ANU Undergraduate Handbook 2009

2009
UNDERGRADUATE
HANDBOOK
Published by
The Australian National University
Produced by
Publications Office
Division of Registrar and Student Services
Cover image: Eels of the Escarpment, 2007, spray enamel,

oils, pencil, ink, found objects, cardboard, 25 x 18 x 7 cm,
by Bradley Santos, Bachelor of Visual Arts.
ISSN 1321-6074
CRICOS Provider Number 00120C
Chapter 1
General information
Chapter 2
ANU College of Arts and Social Sciences
41
Chapter 3
ANU College of Asia and the Pacific
355
Chapter 4
ANU College of Business and Economics
411
Chapter 5
ANU College of Engineering and Computer Science
467
Chapter 6
ANU College of Law
503
Chapter 7
ANU College of Medicine, Biology and Environment
ANU College of Physical Sciences
537
Chapter 8
Combined Programs
665
Chapter 9
Associate Degrees
733
Course Index
743
The Arms of the University granted in 1954
Information sources
The motto `Naturam Primum Cognoscere Rerum is from the

poem De Rerum Natura (III, 1072) by Lucretius, Roman poet,
philosopher and scientist. It is translated by Cyril Bailey
(1946) `first to learn the nature of things; an alternative,
following Rolfe Humphries 1968 translation of De Rerum
Natura, would be àbove all to find out the way things are.
Academic Advisory Services

T: 02 6125 2898 E: enquiries.arts@anu.edu.au
T: 02 6125 0515 E: enquiries.asianstudies@anu.edu.au
T: 02 6125 3807 E: info.cbe@anu.edu.au
T: 02 6125 0677 E: student.services@cecs.anu.edu.au
You can consult The Australian National University Act

and the Statutes, Rules and Orders of the University in the
University Library or on the web at www.anu.edu.au/cabs
under the heading Legislation.
Courses, programs and any arrangements for programs
including staffing, as stated in the Undergraduate Handbook
or other publication, announcement or advice of the
University, are an expression of intent only and are not to be
taken as a firm offer or undertaking. The University reserves
the right to discontinue or vary such courses, programs,
arrangements or staffing at any time without notice.
ANU College of Law

T: 02 6125 3483 E: enquiries.law@anu.edu.au
ANU Colleges of Science
T: 02 6125 2809 E: science.enquiries@anu.edu.au
ANU Medical School
T: 02 6125 2622 E: medadmissions@anu.edu.au
Other services
Academic Skills and Learning Centre
T: 02 6125 2972
Admissions Office
T: 1800 620 032
Careers Centre
T: 02 6125 3593
Enquiries
Counselling Centre
T: 02 6125 2442
All enquiries should be addressed to:
Countrywide Scheme
T: 02 6125 3938
The Registrar
Canberra ACT 0200
F: 02 6125 0751
Disability Services Unit
T: 02 6125 5036
Telephone Typewriter TTY
T: 02 6125 3008
International Education Office IEO
T: 02 6125 4643
Jabal Indigenous Higher Education Centre
T: 02 6125 3520
Student Administration
T: 02 6125 3339
Student Employment Office
T: 02 6125 3593
Student Recruitment
T: 02 6125 4643
University Accommodation Services
T: 02 6125 1100
Undergraduate Scholarships and Prizes
T: 02 6125 5595
The telephone number of the Student Administration

Office is 02 6125 3339.
This publication can be made available in alternative
formats. Information is available from the
Disability Liaison Officer.
T: 02 6125 5036.
If you are in doubt about who can best help you,
telephone 02 6125 5111 or write to:
The Registrar
Canberra ACT 0200
Chapter 1
General Information
General Information
Contents
Principal Dates for 2009
Officers & Staff
University Officers (as at September 2008) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

ANU College of Arts & Social Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
ANU College of Asia & the Pacific . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
ANU College of Business & Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
ANU College of Engineering & Computer Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
ANU College of Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
ANU College of Medicine, Biology & Environment / ANU College of Physical Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
ANU College of Medicine, Biology & Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
ANU College of Physical Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Registrar & Student Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
The University
Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
The culture of ANU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
The ANU Colleges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Sources of advice to students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
The academic year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
University policies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Joint degrees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Graduate study . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Information Services at ANU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Equity at ANU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Application & Admission
14
Bachelor degrees & undergraduate diplomas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14

Undergraduate admission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Application procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Programs & Awards Statute
18
Schedule of Programs offered by ANU
18
Part 1 - Single Bachelor Degrees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

Part 2 - Combined Bachelor Degree Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
Part 3 - Joint Bachelor Degree Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Part 4 - Undergraduate Diploma Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Part 5 - Associate Degrees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Enrolment & re-enrolment
20
Program structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Full-time & part-time enrolment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Enrolment of new students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Registration of enrolment (continuing/re-enrolling students) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Program transfers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Change of address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Lecture timetables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Commonwealth Supported Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Booklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Examination & assessment
22
Assessment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Eligibility to be examined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Examination results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Assessment grades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Conferring of Awards
24
Financial assistance
24
24
On-campus accommodation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Off-campus accommodation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Directorate Student Services
25
Academic Skills & Learning Centre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

Careers Centre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Counselling Centre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Disability Services Centre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Health Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
International Student Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Jabal Indigenous Higher Education Centre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Other ANU student services
28
ANU Students Association . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28

ANU Union . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Chaplains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Child care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Parenting rooms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
The Co-op Bookshop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Dean of Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Environmental management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Mid-Year Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Open Day . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Orientation Week . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Service One Members Banking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Banks, credit union, post office & pharmacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

Student Mobility Program (Exchange) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
SIGN Mentoring Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Sport & Recreation Association . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Undergraduate scholarships, prizes & awards
32
ANU College of Arts & Social Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

ANU College of Asia & the Pacific . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
ANU College of Business & Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
ANU College of Engineering & Computer Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
ANU College of Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
ANU Colleges of Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Prizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
General Information
Principal Dates for 2009

Summer session commences* ............................................................................................................................................................................. Thursday 1 January
Australia Day Holiday (no classes) ................................................................................................................................................................... Monday 26 January
Last date to re-enrol for 2009 ............................................................................................................................................................................... Friday 30 January
Orientation Week commences ........................................................................................................................................................................ Monday 16 February
First teaching period and First Semester commence ............................................................................................. Monday 23 February
Last day to add First Semester courses without penalty.................................................................................................................................... Friday 6 March
Canberra Day Holiday (no classes) ......................................................................................................................................................................... Monday 9 March
Due date for payment of tuition fees and up-front HECS ........................................................................................................................... Friday 13 March
Summer Session ends................................................................................................................................................................................................. Tuesday 31 March
First Semester Census Date .................................................................................................................................................................................... Tuesday 31 March
Autumn Session commences* ............................................................................................................................................................................. Wednesday 1 April
First teaching period ends ............................................................................................................................................................................................Thursday 9 April
Easter Holidays (no classes) ............................................................................................................................................... Friday 10 April and Monday 13 April
ANZAC Day Holiday (no classes) ............................................................................................................................................................................. Monday 27 April
Second teaching period commences ................................................................................................................................. Tuesday 28 April
Last day to drop First Semester courses without failure .................................................................................................................................... Friday 15 May
Last day for applications through UAC for mid-year admission.................................................................................................................... Friday 5 June**
Second teaching period and First Semester end ..................................................................................................................................................... Friday 5 June
Queens Birthday Holiday (no classes)...................................................................................................................................................................... Monday 8 June
First Semester examinations ......................................................................................................................................... Thursday 11 June to Saturday 27 June
Last day to re-enrol for continuing students enrolling in Second Semester courses only ................................................................. Friday 26 June
Autumn Session ends .................................................................................................................................................................................................... Tuesday 30 June
Winter Session commences*.................................................................................................................................................................................... Wednesday 1 July
Examinations results published ................................................................................................................................................................................... Monday 6 July
Conferring of Awards ..................................................................................................................................................................... Thursday 16 and Friday 17 July
Third teaching period and Second Semester commence ............................................................................................... Monday 20 July
Bush Week activities (no classes) ................................................................................................................................................................................. Friday 24 July
Last day for adding Second Semester courses without penalty ...................................................................................................................... Friday 31 July
Due date for payment of tuition fees and up-front HECS ............................................................................................................................. Friday 7 August
ANU and Canberra Tertiary Open Day ............................................................................................................................................................ Saturday 29 August
Second Semester Census Date ............................................................................................................................................................................ Monday 31 August
Last day to drop Second Semester courses without failure ................................................................................................................ Friday 25 September
Third teaching period ends ............................................................................................................................................................................... Friday 25 September
Last day for receipt of applications to enrol for 2010 through UAC without financial penalty ...................................... Friday 25 September**
Winter Session ends ................................................................................................................................................................................. Wednesday 30 September
Spring Session commences* ................................................................................................................................................................................ Thursday 1 October
Labour Day Holiday (no classes) ......................................................................................................................................................................... Monday 5 October
Fourth teaching period commences ............................................................................................................................ Monday 12 October
Fourth teaching period and Second Semester end ...................................................................................................................................... Friday 30 October
ACT Family and Community Day Holiday (no classes) ........................................................................................................................... Tuesday 3 November
Second Semester examinations .............................................................................................................. Thursday 5 November to Saturday 21 November
Examination results published ..................................................................................................................................................................... Monday 30 November
Conferring of Awards .......................................................................................................................................................... Thursday 10 and Friday 11 December
Spring Session ends .......................................................................................................................................................................................... Thursday 31 December
* Check Course Authority for details of actual class commencement date.
** Date to be confirmed
Semester and session dates for 2009

First Semester ....................................................................................................................................................................................................... 23 February to 5 June
Second Semester ................................................................................................................................................................................................. 20 July to 30 October
Summer Session ................................................................................................................................................................................................ 1 January to 31 March
Autumn Session............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 1 April to 30 June
Winter Session ................................................................................................................................................................................................... 1 July to 30 September
Spring Session ..............................................................................................................................................................................................1 October to 31 December
Teaching breaks for 2009

Two weeks and 2 days from ..................................................................................................................................................................................10 April to 27 April
Six weeks from ............................................................................................................................................................................................................... 8 June to 17 July
Two weeks from ........................................................................................................................................................................................ 28 September to 9 October
5
General Information
Officers & Staff
ANU College of Arts & Social Sciences
University Officers (as at September 2008)
Dean
MAKKAI, Professor Toni, BA CIAE, MSPD, PhD Qld,
Chancellor
HAWKE, Dr Allan Douglas, BSc (Hons), PhD ANU, FAIM, FIPAA,
FAICD (to 31 December 2008)
BEAZLEY, Professor the Hon Kim Christian, BA (Hons), MA UWA,
MPhil Oxon (from 1 January 2009)
Pro-Chancellor
BENNETT, Justice Annabelle Claire, AO, BSc (Hons), PhD Syd,
LLB UNSW
Vice-Chancellor and President
CHUBB, Professor Ian William, AC, MSc DPhil Oxon, HonDSc Flin
College General Manager

GORRELL, Ms Julie, BA ANU
Manager, Student Office
DOUGLASS, Ms Therese, BA Wgong
Deputy Manager, Student Office
GOTTING, Ms Vanessa, BA UNSW
Faculty of Arts
Director
BEAUMONT, Professor Joan , BA (Hons) Adel, PhD Lond, FASSA
Deputy Vice-Chancellor and Vice-President

CRAM, Professor Lawrence Edward, BSc (Hons), BE (Hons),
PhD Syd
School of Archaeology and Anthropology

Head of School
PETERSON, Professor Nicolas, BA Camb, PhD Syd, FASSA
Pro Vice-Chancellor
STANTON, Professor Robin Barrington, BE (Hons) PhD UNSW,
FTSE
School of Art
Head of School
BULL, Mr Gordon , BA (Hons), MA (Hons) Syd
Pro Vice-Chancellor (Education)

DEANE, Professor Elizabeth, BSc (Hons) PhD Syd
School of Humanities
Head of School
LO, Dr Jacqueline, BA UWA, DPhil UWA
Pro Vice-Chancellor (Research)

THOMAS, Professor Mandy, BA (Hons) PhD ANU
Dean of Students
OAKES, Professor Penelope, BSc (Hons) PhD Bristol
Registrar
BECKETT, Mr Tim, MA Dub
Director, Scholarly Information Services and University
Librarian
ELLIOTT, Mr Vic, MA Well, MLitt Oxon, DipNZLS, AALIA, FNZLIA
Director, Corporate Information Services
VAN HAEFTEN, Mr Rick, GradDipSc UNSW
Director, ICT Environments
BUCHHORN, Dr Markus, BSc (Hons) Melb, PhD ANU
Director, Facilities and Services
WILLIAMS, Mr Warwick Raymond, BSc UNSW
Director, Human Resources
WATTS, Mr Ron, BCom WAIT, MCom Melb, GradDip(BusMgt)
Monash, GradCert (HRMgt) Aust Quality Council, FAHRI
Director, Policy and Planning
GLENN, Dr Brok, BSc (Hons), PhD Lond
University Counsel
GRIME, Mr Kenneth, BEc LLB Monash
Officers for Ceremonial Occasions

Marshal
CORNISH, Assoc. Professor Selwyn, AM, BEc (Hons) WAust
GUSTAVSON, Dr Royston, BA(Hons) Qld, MBA, PhD Melb,
FAICD (Alternate)
Esquire Bedell
GORRELL, Mrs Julie, BA ANU
CARROLL, Professor Marie, BA (Hons), PhD, Otago (Alternate)
School of Language Studies

Head of School
BROWN, Dr Peter, BA (Hons); M-s-Lettres; M.Linguistique;
D.Phil. Chevalier des Palmes Acadmiques
School of Music
Head of School
Walter, Professor Adrian, BMus (Hons) Adel, GradDipEd SACAE,
PhD CDU
School of Social Sciences
Head of School
MATTHEWS, Professor Jill, BA PhD Adel
Centre for Applied Philosophy & Public Ethics

(ARC Special Research Centre)
Director
MILLER, Professor Seumas, BA ANU, Dip Ed SCV, HDipJourn
Rhodes, PhD Melb
Centre for Arab & Islamic Studies (Middle East

& Central Asia)
Head of Centre
SAIKAL, Professor Amin, BA, PhD ANU
ANU College of Asia & the Pacific

College Chair and Dean
MACINTYRE, Professor Andrew, BA (Hons), MA, PhD ANU
Director, Faculty of Asian Studies and College
Associate Dean
ANDERSON, Professor Kent
HILL, Karen
Sub-Dean
Hendriks, Dr Peter
Convener Honours and Graduate Programs
Maliangkay, Dr Roald
General Information
Centre for Asian Societies & Histories

Powers, Dr John
China Centre
MINFORD, Professor John
Korean Program
Maliangkay, Dr Roald
Japan Centre
Ikeda, Shun
South Asia Centre

TAYLOR, Dr McComas
Southeast Asia Centre

TBA
Security Studies Program

TBA
Pacific Studies Program
ANU College of Engineering &

Computer Science
College Chair and Dean
BAKER, Professor Chris, BSc (Dip App Phys), PhD, FIET, MIEEE
Deputy Dean
CARDEW-HALL, Professor Michael, BSc (Hons) Nottm,
PhD Imperial College, CEng, FIMechE
General Manager
SEARLE, Michelle BA JCU, Grad Dip PS Mgt CQU
Manager Student Services
MELLOY, Paul, BEc Syd, Grad Dip HR
Computer Science
Head of Department
GARDNER, Associate Professor Henry, BSc DipCompSc Melb,
PhD ANU
Associate Dean (Undergraduate)
Strazdins, Dr Peter, BSc, B. Math UOW, MSc Oxon, PhD ANU
Teiwa, Dr Katerina
Engineering
Mainland Southeast Asia Program

Thai, Dr Bao
Head of Department
CUEVAS, Professor Andres, ME PhD Madrid
ANU College of Business & Economics
Associate Dean (Undergraduate)

COMPSTON, Dr Paul, BSc (Hons) Bradford, ME ANU,
College Dean and Chair

HOUGHTON, Professor Keith A., BCom Melb, MSc (Econ) Lond,
PhD UWA, FCA, FCPA
Deputy Dean & Associate Dean (Education)
CLARKE, Associate Professor Alex, BCom, MCom UWA
Associate Dean (Research)
SMITH, Professor Tom, B Comm (Hons), MFM UQ, PhD Stanford
Associate Dean (Research Training)
VAHID, Professor Farshid, BSc (Econ), MSc (Econ) London School
of Economics, PhD UCSD.
General Manager
WYNACK, Anthony B., BCom Woll, MCom UNSW
Manager, College Student Administration
RABEY, Ms Joan M., BA UNE
School of Accounting & Information Systems

Head of School and Professor of Information Systems
JACOBS, Professor Kerry, BCom, MCom (Hons) Canty NZ,
PhD Edin
School of Management, Marketing & International

Business
Head of School
ODONNELL, Associate Professor Michael, BA (Mod) Dublin, MA
Westminister, PhD UNSW
School of Economics
Head of School and Professor of Economics
RICHARDSON, Professor Martin, BA (Hons) Otago, MEc, ANU,
MA PhD Princeton
School of Finance & Applied Statistics

Head of School and Professor of Applied Statistics
ONEILL, Professor Terence J., BSc Adel, MS PhD Stanford, AStat
PhD ANU
ANU College of Law

Dean
COPER, Professor Michael D., BA LLB Syd, PhD UNSW,
Barrister NSW, Barrister and Solicitor ACT
Associate Dean and Head of School
BOTTOMLEY, Professor Stephen Charles, BA LLB Macq,
LLM UNSW
DAUN, Alison, BA Exeter
Sub-Dean
FONTEYNE, Dr Jean-Pierre L., CandLitPhil DrJur Ghent,
LLM Virg
Student Administration Manager
HANCOCK, Susan, BA ANU
ANU College of Medicine, Biology &

Environment / ANU College of Physical
Sciences
Dean of Sciences
BYRNE, Professor Aidan, MS Auck, PhD ANU
Dean of Medicine and Health Sciences
GLASGOW, Professor Nicholas, MBChB, MD, FRNZGP, FRACGP,
FAChPM
Deputy Dean (Teaching and Learning)
BAKER, Dr Richard, BA ANU, PhD Adel
Deputy Dean (Medical School)
ELLWOOD, Professor David, FRANZCOG (CMFM), MA, DPhil Oxon,
DDU
General Information
Sub-Deans
ERRINGTON, Dr Sharyn, BSc Flind, MSc ANU, PhD Flind
NEWITT, Dr Paula, BSc PhD LaTrobe, PGradDipScEd Curtin
ORMEROD, Dr Elizabeth, BSc UNSW, PhD ANU
Associate Deans (HDR)
BROER, Professor Stefan, Diploma Tubingen, PhD Dusseldorf
COWAN, Dr Anna, BSc PhD ANU
MANSON, Professor Neil, BSc (Hons) MSc PhD Aberdeen
VAN LEEUWEN, Dr Barbara, BSc PhD Monash
Deputy Registrar, Systems

ERICKSON, Mr Mark, BSocSc UNSW
Deputy Registrar, Student Services
RODGERS, Dr Neil, BA(Hons), H.D.E. Natal, M.Ed Ottawa, PhD
Macquarie MAPS
Assistant Director, International Cooperation
TAYLOR, Janet Rosalind, BA UCW (Aber).
Academic Skills & Learning Centre
Colleges General Manager

KEALLEY, Anne, Dip Teach WASTC, B.Bus ECU, Grad. Cert. Oil &
Gas Engineering UWA, AAIM, ATEMM
Head
BARTLETT, Ms Annie, MEd UNE

Environment
Head
GEMMELL, Ms Kate BA Newcastle, BSocSc (Psychology) CSU
(Mitchell), AACC
Director, ANU College of Medicine, Biology and

Environment
GIBSON, Professor John, BSc (Hons) PhD Sheffield, MA DSc
Cambridge
Director, The John Curtin School of Medical Research
SHANNON, Professor Frances, BSc (Hons) PhD Nat Uni Ireland
Director, School of Health and Psychological Sciences
BYRNE, Professor Donald, BA, PhD Adel, FASSA, FAPS
Director, School of Biology
GIBSON, Professor John, BSc (Hons) PhD Sheffield, MA DSc
Cambridge
Director, Fenner School of Environment and Society
HUTCHINSON, Dr Michael, BSc(Hons) MSc PhD DipCompSc Syd

Director, ANU College of Physical Sciences
BYRNE, Professor Aidan, MS Auck, PhD ANU
Director, Research School of Astronomy & Astrophysics
BUTCHER, Professor Harvey, BSc(Hons) Caltech, PhD ANU, FASA
Director, Research School of Chemistry
BANWELL, Professor Martin, BSc PhD Wellington FWIF, Hon
FRSNZ, FRACI, FAA
Director, Research School of Earth Sciences
KENNETT, Professor Brian, MA PhD ScD Camb, FRAS, FAA, FRS
Careers Centre
Counselling Centre
Head
McLEOD, Ms Heather, BSc (Psych) Hons UNSW, Grad Dip
Education UNE, MAPS
Disability Services Centre

Head
RYAN, Ms Rebecca BAppSc (Applied Psychology) UC, Grad Dip
(Applied Psychology) UC
International Student Services

Head
BELL, Ms Ann, BA (Asian Studies) ANU

Head
RADOLL, Mr Peter, BInfTech, MInfTech UC
Research Student Development Centre

Head
VICKERS, Dr Trevor, BSc, PhD UNSW, GCHE ANU
Statistical Consulting Unit

Head
WILLIAMS, Dr Emlyn, PhD, A.Stat.
University Health Service
Director, Research School of Physical Sciences &

Engineering
WILLIAMS, Professor Jim, BSc PhD UNSW, FAIP, FIEAust, FTSE
Manager
FERNIE, Mr Andrew, BHSc. Pre Hospital Care CSU, Dip. Remote
Locality Advanced Health Care CSU
Director, Mathematical Sciences

CAREY, Professor Alan, BSc Syd, MSc Adel, Phil Oxon
AdvDip.Human & Resource Management CSU, Dip. Practice

Management UNE
Director, Centre for the Public Awareness of Science

STOCKLMAYER, Dr Sue, BSc Lond, MSc PhD Curtin
National Recruitment
Registrar & Student Services

Registrar
BECKETT, Mr Tim, MA Dub
Deputy Registrar, Student Administration Services
ERICKSON, Mr Mark, BSocSc UNSW
Deputy Registrar, Student Recruitment and International
CARLIN, Ms Jenny, BSc ANU, GradDipEd UC, MBA Deakin
Director, International Development
BROWN, Mr Darren
8
Head
Wadham, Priscilla, BA ANU, GradCert CareerDev RMIT
AusAID Liaison Office

Manager
LASLETT, Carol, BA (Development Studies) ANU
InternationalStudent Recruitment
Co-ordinator
McCARTHY, Rohan, BAsianStudies ANU
General Information
Graduate Studies Program

Academic Adviser
ROBINSON, Dr Anna, BSc (Hons), PhD ANU
Graduate Studies Liaison Officer (Government
Organisations)
WADHAM, Priscilla, BA ANU, GradCert (Career Development)
RMIT
Office of Policy & Regulation

Head
GOULDTHORP, Felicity, BA UWA
For all staff, it is the discovery of new and better ways to

research, to educate and to support these functions of the
University.
For academic staff, it is the discovery of new knowledge and
new insights, and the creative use of these innovations in
further research and education.
For students, it is the discovery of new understanding, in
breadth and in depth, in their fields of interest.
Administration
Head
BROSNAHAN, Dale
The Vice-Chancellor and President is the chief executive officer

of the University. The University is governed by a 15 member
Council.
Enrolments & Records
The ANU Colleges
Manager
BISSETT, Paul, BMedia Macq
Information is available from this Handbook (see: http://

info.anu.edu.au/studyat) and ANU College websites and/or
Handbooks:
Examinations, Graduations & Timetabling

Manager
COLQUHOUN, Brendon, BComm UC
Student Fees
Manager
DENT, Lori
The University
Structure
The Australian National University is an education-intensive
research institute of international distinction, established by an
Act of Parliament of the Commonwealth of Australia. We hold
the view that if it is important enough for us to research a field,
it is important enough for us to teach that field. ANU has seven
Colleges, made up of a network of inter-related research and
education Faculties, Research Schools and Centres.

W: http://arts.anu.edu.au
W: http://cass.anu.edu.au
W: www.anu.edu.au/asianstudies
W: http://asiapacific.anu.edu.au
W: http://cbe.anu.edu.au
W: http://feit.anu.edu.au
W: http://cecs.anu.edu.au
ANU College of Law
W: http://law.anu.edu.au
W: http://medicalschool.anu.edu.au
W: http://cmhs.anu.edu.au
W: http://science.anu.edu.au
W: http://cos.anu.edu.au
Sources of advice to students
ANU College of Law
Students with administrative problems or queries should

address them to the Registrar. If the problems are academic,
students are advised to talk to staff in the relevant ANU College
or Faculty Office. They may be advised to make an appointment
with the Sub-Dean or another member of academic staff
to resolve the issue. If the student is not satisfied that their
problem has been given proper consideration, they may
approach the College Dean.

The ANU Colleges link teaching and research at undergraduate,
graduate coursework and higher degree levels. Research at the
highest standards of excellence informs educational programs
which prepare students to meet the challenges of the future.
An extensive range of bachelor degrees, undergraduate awards
and postgraduate programs are taught with undergraduate
education concentrated in arts, visual arts, music, economics,
business, engineering, information technology, law, medicine
and science and related disciplines.
The culture of ANU

The distinguishing culture of ANU is one where the notion of
discovery pervades all that we do.
The Dean of Students is available for consultation with

individual students on any matter of concern to them. Students
may also seek support and guidance from any of the Support
Service Units. These include the Counselling and Health Centre,
the Disability Support Unit, the Academic Skills and Learning
Centre, the Careers Centre and the Jabal Indigenous Higher
Education Centre. Information on the full range of Student
Services available may be found on the web at http://students.
anu.edu.au
General Information
The academic year

The dates for all teaching periods and semesters in 2009 and
2010 are set out at the front of this Handbook. Students
enrolling in courses taught in the spring, summer, autumn
or winter sessions and those taught intensively within the
semesters should check course start and end dates, examination
and result notification dates with the course authority.
University policies
Protection of personal information
This is a statement in relation to the use and disclosure of
personal information that is held about a student.
Students are entitled to protection of their privacy, as are
staff and others who might have dealings with the University.
The University is subject to the provisions of the Privacy Act
1988 (Clth). Privacy considerations apply to a great deal of
information the University may hold about students, including
factual data (address, age, enrolment status, etc.), academic
progress (examination results, evaluation and assessment and
academic standing) and personal welfare (family matters,
medical matters, financial matters, etc)
Council members, office holders, and staff of the University,
and other authorised persons, may require access at times to
personal information about students. To the extent that the
information is private, the University will restrict access to those
persons who need the information in order to carry out their
responsibilities in your personal and/or academic interests as a
student of this University.
The University will not disclose personal information about
a student to other students, to people outside the University
(other than in accordance with any legal or academic obligation
or as detailed below) or those persons who have no need of
access to the information, unless you tell us, in writing, that you
have given consent.
This means that the University does not release any information
it holds about students, including addresses or results, even to
close relatives without the students consent. The University
does not confirm to a third party that a student is, or has been
a student of the University unless the student has a record of
graduation, as that is a public document.
There are some exceptions to the general application of this
policy that may reflect obligations imposed on the University by
law or the requirements for normal operation of the University.
These include the following:
releasing statistical information to the Department of
Education, Employment and Workplace Relations (DEEWR)
and other educational bodies
telling the Australian Tax Office about a students
Commonwealth supported fee liabilities
publishing examination results and the award of a prize or
scholarship
in the case of an international student or permanent
resident, giving the Department of Immigration
and Citizenship, Australian Agency for International
Development (AusAID) and DEEWR certain information
which the University is required to release
providing information to Centrelink
providing information in response to a subpoena,
summons, or written demand from an administrative body,
10
organisation or Commonwealth, State or Territory authority

with the power to request the information
where a student is alleged to have committed, have been
involved in, or be aware of a criminal offence, assisting the
police by providing them with personal information about
that student for the enforcement of the criminal law
protecting a student or someone else from a serious and
imminent threat to their life or health
notifying a health-related condition, which the University is
required to notify under law
if a student applies to transfer to another tertiary
institution, releasing to that institution or a tertiary
admissions centre information about that students
academic progress at this University
releasing examination results, academic and administrative
information to a students home institution if he or she
is studying at this University as a cross-institutional or
exchange student
if readmission to, or continued stay at, an Affiliated College
or Hall of Residence is dependent on a students academic
results or enrolment status, providing that information to
the College or Hall
providing a list of enrolled students to the returning officer
or other appointed electoral bodies for elections of student
representatives on official University bodies, official ANU
student associations and ANU Union Board
releasing information pursuant to University Statutes, Rules,
Orders, policies and procedures or a contractual obligation
to which the student has agreed
using the personal information about a student in
circumstances where the student has commenced
proceedings against the University
publications about research activities undertaken by the
University in which a student has been involved
contacting students for academic and administrative
purposes connected with the University.
releasing examination results, academic and administrative
information to ANU College for any student enrolled in the
ANU Associate Degree co-taught with ANU College.
On graduation from the University, students will become
a member of the Universitys Alumni. As an Alumnus the
graduate will be contacted by the University (or external parties
appointed by the University) for purposes that include Alumni
networking and providing the graduate with benefits, services
and details of events provided by ANU Alumni Association or
the University.
Dispute resolution
The University has legislation, policies and procedures for the
resolution of disputes:
Determination of Systems and Consultation on
Assessment Policy
Assessment Review and Appeals Policy
Examinations Rules.
Detailed statements are available at the following websites:
http://info.anu.edu.au/policies/browse.asp?view=title
http://info.anu.edu.au/policies/_HCABS/Legislation
For International students also see: http://info.anu.edu.au/
StudyAt/International_Office/student_life/_rights.asp
General Information
For the Student Dispute Resolution Policy see: http://info.anu.edu.

au/Policies/_DVC/Policies/Student_Complaint_Resolution.asp
Course content, teaching practices and general disputes
statements and procedures are available from Faculty or
College Offices.
If a student has concerns about other aspects of a course which
they are undertaking, and which they are unable to resolve with
the lecturer, the student may raise them with the delegated
authority (usually the Sub-dean, Associate Dean/Deputy Dean,
or Dean of Students) who will endeavour to resolve them
informally. If the student is not satisfied with the outcome
and wishes to invoke the formal complaints mechanism, the
student must lodge the complaint in writing, with the lecturer
concerned, with a copy to the Head of Department/Division or,
in the case of ANU Colleges of Asia and the Pacific and Law,
to the Dean of the College. If the student is not satisfied with
the lecturers consideration of the complaint, the student may
require the complaint to be considered by the Dean of the
appropriate ANU College. A copy of the original complaint,
together with any other material that the student considers
relevant, is to be provided to the relevant College Dean.
Teaching & learning

The University has developed a Code of Practice for Teaching
and Learning which describes expectations for students and
staff of teaching and learning at ANU. For details of the
Code visit the website at http://info.anu.edu.au/policies
The University has developed a Code of Practice for Student
Academic Honesty which has University-wide currency and
which addresses the need for awareness on the part of students
and academic staff of the issues of academically honest
practice. The Code also sets out the consequences for students
who transgress the principle of academic honesty, through
academic penalties, to action under the Discipline Rules.
For details of the Code visit the website at http://info.anu.edu.
au/policies
All students are reminded of their duty of care towards others.
A breach of this duty of care may give rise to liability.
Some students may have a disability or medical condition,
which places their own safety or welfare, or that of others,
at risk during University activities. The University accepts the
right of people to privacy. However, such students are advised
to consult the Disability Liaison Officer and relevant Faculty or
College staff about the nature of any disability and its impact
on their studies.
Freedom of information
The provisions of the Freedom of Information Act 1982, as
amended, apply to the University. Enquiries should be addressed
to the Manager, University Records, Building 10A, Chancelry.
The Ombudsman & students*

Canberra students can be affected by the decisions and actions
of both Commonwealth and ACT government agencies. You
can complain to the Ombudsman if you think an agencys
decision was unreasonable, unfair or wrong; or you received
misleading advice; or the agency unreasonably delayed making
a decision. The Ombudsman investigates complaints informally,
in private, and independently of any government agency and
free ofcharge.
Commonwealth agencies include Centrelink, Education,
Taxation, the Australian Federal Police and Australia Post, as well
as ANU. ACT agencies look after ACT Housing, police, schools,
local hospitals, motor vehicle registrations, parking and other

fines, and include the Canberra Institute of Technology and the
University of Canberra.
The Ombudsman usually expects complainants to try first to
sort out the problem with the agency concerned or to use an
alternative review mechanism where one exists; for example,
the Social Security Appeals Tribunal in matters concerning
AUSTUDY or the formal review procedures of the universities
and CIT. If your particular problem cannot be dealt with by the
Ombudsman, you will be advised who can help you.
You can phone, call in or write to:
The Commonwealth/ACT Ombudsman
Ground Floor Shop Front, Farrell Place
Canberra City ACT 2600
T: 02 6276 0111 9am 5pm
F: 02 6249 7829
W: www.ombudsman.gov.au
*This information was supplied by the Ombudsmans Office.
Discrimination, harassment & bullying

The Australian National University is committed to ensuring
that students are treated with integrity and respect, recognising
all members of ANU have the right to work and study in an
environment free from discrimination, harassment and bullying.
The University has a policy on the Prevention of discrimination,
harassment and bullying. Discrimination and harassment
may be unlawful on grounds such as a persons: race, colour,
national or ethnic origin; sex, pregnancy, breastfeeding;
relationship status; carer status; age; transsexuality; disability;
sexuality; religious or political conviction. This policy also
includes vilification which is the public act of a person that
incites hatred toward, serious contempt for, or severe ridicule
of a person or group of persons on the grounds of race,
transsexuality, sexuality and HIV\AIDS. Further information is
available at: http://info.anu.edu.au/Policies/_DSTU/Policies/
Prevention_of_Discrimination_Harrassment_Bullying.asp
For further information about discrimination, harassment and
bullying behaviours and actions refer to the web site Equity@
ANU - Policy
Students can make a complaint about unlawful discrimination,
harassment and bullying behaviours and actions occurring
at ANU by using the University Student Complaints policy
and procedures - refer to Dispute Resolution (Page 3) or web
address: http://info.anu.edu.au/Policies/_DVC/Policies/Student_
Complaint_Resolution.asp
Students with disabilities

The University recognises that from time to time some students
may be affected by long or short-term disabilities or illnesses
and that such disabilities may occur following admission.
In any such case, the University will make every effort to
address the effects of the disability by adapting the delivery of
curriculum, the assessment requirements and the processes of
developing academic skills to meet the needs of students with
disabilities. Such adaptations to normal course requirements
will not compromise the essential nature of the course nor what
is deemed to be an essential skill or knowledge.
Where necessary, appropriate support, services, resources and
access to assistive technology may be provided or modified
to meet the needs of students with disabilities. The provision
of additional and specialised resources is administered by the
Disability Services Unit.
11
General Information
All intending students with disabilities are invited to contact

the Disability Services Centre (T: 02 6125 5036) at the earliest
opportunity so that any prior arrangements, such as the
placement of lectures and tutorials in appropriate or accessible
locations, can be made to facilitate equitable access.
Discipline
programs are available in the respective College entries of this

handbook. Other joint awards with NUS are the Master of Arts
(SEAS) in ANU College of Asia and the Pacific, and PhD degrees
in the field of physics in ANU College of Physical Sciences and
in engineering in ANU College of Engineering and Computer
Science. These programs are at graduate level.
Upon enrolling, students sign a declaration that they will

observe the Statutes, Rules, Orders, policies, procedures and
Codes of the University and the directions of constituted
authorities of the University. Students will be expected to
observe the terms of this declaration and the University may
refuse to admit to lectures or exclude, for such periods as it
thinks fit, any student who commits any serious breach of
discipline.
Graduate study
Under the Discipline Rules, misconduct in relation to a student

is a reference to conduct on the part of the student that:
Security
(a) is prejudicial to the good order and government of the

University; or
(b) unreasonably hinders other persons in the pursuit of their
studies in the University or in participation in the life of the
University; or
(c) is otherwise reprehensible in a member of the University.
It includes such activities as wilful disruption; wilful damage etc
of University property; failure to pay a fee which a student is
required to pay under the Fees Rules; plagiarism; cheating and
other acts of academic dishonesty.
Where it is found that a student has engaged in misconduct,
the penalties which are available to the University under the
Discipline Rules range from a reprimand to the more serious
penalties of termination of the students candidature, exclusion
from the University, a monetary penalty, and the revoking of an
award of the University gained by the student.
A student may appeal against a finding of misconduct.
The Discipline Rules may be found at http://info.anu.edu.au/
policies/_HCABS/Legislation or obtained from a Faculty/College
Office or Student Administration.
Non-smoking policy
Smoking in all public areas including classrooms is not
permitted.
Care of property
Students are requested to observe care in the use of University
property. Any student who damages University furniture,
fittings or other property will be required to pay for the repair
of the damage.
Lost property
The University offers a wide range of graduate awards, including

graduate certificates, graduate diplomas, master degrees by
research and/or coursework, and PhD degrees. See the Graduate
Programs guide or Graduate Coursework Online Handbook for
detailed information or consult the Graduate website at www.
anu.edu.au/graduate_Study@ANU.html
ANU Security Officers, who are all trained in First Aid, patrol
the Acton campus on foot and in vehicles, 24 hours a day
throughout the year. The Security Control Room can be
accessed directly from emergency call points throughout the
campus or by calling extension 52249 from internal extensions
and then following the voice prompts. After hours, Security
can also be contacted by dialing 9 from University internal
extensions (the redirection is automatic).
After hours ANU UniSafe Bus

The ANU UniSafe Bus operates from Monday to Friday evenings
during semester, providing a secure transport service for
students and staff. The timetable is available at www.anu.edu.
au/facilities/security/unisafe/safety_bus.html
UNISAFEGUARD Patrol Officers

Working in conjunction with ANU Security and the UniSafe Bus
are the male and female students who work as UNISAFEGUARD
Patrol Officers (UPOs). These students reside on campus and
have been trained and licensed in security and first aid; they
work in pairs providing foot and mobile escorts from libraries
and offices to student residences, other University buildings and
carparks, for both students and staff. The Patrol works between
6.30pm and 11.30pm weeknights during term. If you need to
be accompanied to your residence (Including Fenner Hall and
UniLodge), Campus buildings or vehicle parked on Campus,
after hours for safety reasons, the UPOs can be reached via ANU
Security on 02 6125 2249. Outside of UPO shift times escorts
can be arranged with ANU Security.
UniSafe
Further information on aspects of personal safety awareness
is available on the UniSafe homepage at www.anu.edu.au/
facilities/security/unisafe
Lost property is held by ANU Security (Facilities and Services

Division), which is located in the John Yencken Building on
Sullivans Creek Road. Lost items may be handed in at any time
and collected between 9am and 3.30pm, Monday to Friday.
Inquiries: 02 6125 2249.
Traffic control
Joint degrees
All parking on campus is regulated under the provisions of the

University Parking and Traffic Statute 2007. This applies to both
off-street parking areas and street parking. All parking and
traffic signs are authorised by the designated authority and
have the force of law.
The University offers several joint degrees with the National

University of Singapore (NUS). These are a Bachelor of Social
Sciences (Honours in Actuarial Studies and Economics) in
ANU College of Economics and Commerce and a Bachelor
of Philosophy (Honours) in ANU College of Arts and Social
Sciences or ANU College of Physical Sciences. Details of the
12
Roads within the University are public streets for the purpose of
the Australian Road Rules, ACT Road Transport legislation and
ANU Parking and Traffic Statute (No. 2) 2007. ACT Policing has
full authority and access to all ANU roads.
Permit Parking restrictions apply in most areas of campus. A

Parking Permit and Label will be issued to eligible staff and
General Information
students on completion of a Parking Permit Application form

and payment of the prescribed fee. These forms are available
from Student Administration or the Transport Office, John
Yencken Building, Sullivans Creek Road. Eligible staff and
students may apply on line for a surface permit via ISIS or
HORUS. Payment options include BPay. GST is applicable to
parking permits and administrative charges relevant to permits
and infringements.
Parking Infringement Notices are issued for non-compliance
with the Parking and Traffic Statute (No. 2) 2007,
which may be found at www.anu.edu.au/cabs/statutes/
parkingandtrafficstatute.pdf
Fines for parking infringements are payable within 28 days of
issuing of the notice. Failure to pay within 28 days will incur an
additional administration fee.
Legal proceedings against offenders who fail to pay fines within
the prescribed period are dealt with by summons to the ACT
Magistrates Court.
Please drive with care and consideration, observe the 40 kph
maximum speed limit and parking rules at all times.
Further parking and permit information is available at
http://transport.anu.edu.au
Information Services at ANU

When you first enrol at ANU you are given a University
Identifier, or UniID. This is in the form of u1234567, and is
printed on your student card. You are also given a computergenerated password. This combination of UniID and password
gives you access to all online information services at ANU.
Interactive Student Information Services (ISIS) is the online
system you use to enrol in courses, to check your course results,
to view your class timetable, to change your password, and to
update your contact and financial details. You can access ISIS at
http://isis.anu.edu.au
Every student is provided with an ANU email account. Your
ANU email address is simply your UniID# followed by
@anu.edu.au. You can access your ANU email account online
at http://anumail.anu.edu.au Please note: all formal University
notices, including fees invoices and Commonwealth supported
place information, will be sent ONLY to your ANU email
account.
WebCT is used by many lectures to post information about your
courses, including the course outline, course assignments and
due dates, and lecture notes and recordings. You can access
WebCT at http://webct.anu.edu.au
The Information Commons includes wireless access to the
University network and approximately 1,000 computers and
numerous printers located across campus in computer labs,
libraries and halls of residence. These computers are equipped
with high-speed Internet access, over 150 software applications,
and non-English character sets. For more details about the
Information Commons go to http://infocommons.anu.edu.au
The Information Literacy Program offers free training on

information technology, information searching techniques and
information management. Training is available in small-group
and one-to-one sessions, and there is an extensive set of online
training modules. For descriptions of courses on offer, and to
register, go to http://ilp.anu.edu.au
AskANU is located on Level 2 of the Chifley Library. AskANU
consultants can give you one-to-one help with ANU computers,
programs, printing, passwords, email and more. Alternatively,
you can contact AskANU by telephone on 612 59666, or online
at https://doihelpdesk.anu.edu.au
Further information about the Library, computers and other
information services can be found in the Student iGuide. The
Student iGuide booklet is available in any Library building or
you can access it online at http://student-iguide.anu.edu.au
Equity at ANU
ANU has an express commitment to equal opportunity in
education for students and prospective students. This means
that ANU promotes inclusive learning environments that value
the diversity of students backgrounds and perspectives.
ANU continues to work towards:
improving access and participation for students who are
under-represented at ANU, such as students from rural
and isolated areas, Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander
students, students with disabilities, women students in
non-traditional areas of study and students with little
financial support
eliminating discrimination on grounds such as sex;
pregnancy; marital status; family responsibility; race, colour,
ethnic or ethno-religious background, descent or national
identity; sexuality; age; transsexuality; disability; political
conviction or religious belief.
The University has policies demonstrating their commitment,
such as:
assessment arrangements for students from language
backgrounds other than English
breastfeeding
disability
disclosure of information by students with a disability
or Illness
equal opportunity policy
prevention of discrimination and harassment and bullying
work, study and carer responsibilities.
Details of these policies and further information on equity
resources are available on the web site Equity@ANU and at
http://Info.anu.edu.au/policies
The ANU Library is composed of four main locations and

several branch locations. Together they contain over two
million print items, 53,000 electronic journals and over 150
electronic databases. The Library holds copies of undergraduate
course materials. These materials are available via the Reserve
Collection or electronically via eReserve. Electronic access to
ANU exam papers is also available from the Library website. The
Library catalogue and opening hours are online at http://anulib.
anu.edu.au
13
General Information
Application & Admission

Bachelor degrees & undergraduate diplomas
The full list of bachelor degrees and combined programs can be
found later in this chapter.
Bachelor degrees & diplomas available to

international students
The University has a total enrolment of approximately 2,578
international students from over 90 countries. International
students wishing to study in Australia require a student visa
and pay tuition fees for their studies, including students
already studying in Australian schools who intend to study at
undergraduate level. No quotas are placed on the number of
international students entering Australia.
New students are admitted at the beginning of the academic
year in mid February. Second Semester admission in mid July is
available for a number of degree programs and current advice
about these may be obtained from the Admissions Office.
International Student Fees (ISF) for tuition are officially
published on a course basis and are adjusted annually.
The fee for each course for each year can be found at http://
info.anu.edu.au/StudyAt/ListCourseFees.asp A list of all degree
programs offered to international students is available from the
Admissions Office.
Undergraduate admission
Authoritative information can be given in writing only by the
Registrar. Enquiries should be made in the first instance to the
Admissions Office. The University cannot accept responsibility
for consequences that may arise if advice is sought from any
other source.
Admissions Office
T: 02 6125 5594 or 1800 620 032
E: admiss.enq@anu.edu.au
F: 02 6125 0751
W: www.anu.edu.au/sas/admissions
Admission requirements
Applicants seeking enrolment in an undergraduate award
program or non-award study must satisfy the standards for
admission. The following qualifications are recognised for the
purposes of admission:
an Australian Year 12 qualification or
a completed Associate Diploma, Associate Degree, Diploma,
Advanced Diploma or Graduate Certificate at an Australian
tertiary institution or
at least half of a standard full-time year (0.5 FTE) of degree
level study at an Australian higher education institution or
an approved tertiary preparation course at an Australian
tertiary institution.
Admission to individual programs is competitive and will be
determined by the applicants level of performance in previous
qualifications and satisfaction of any program prerequisites.
Further details are set out below or are available from the
Admissions Office.
Applicants who hold qualifications other than those listed
above should consult the Admissions Office for advice on
whether they meet minimum admission requirements.
14
Admission requirements for school-leavers

Australian Capital Territory
Applicants from the ACT will be assessed for admission on
the basis of their Universities Admission Index (UAI), which is
calculated on the basis of their performance in the ACT Year
12 Certificate by the ACT Board of Senior Secondary Studies.
Information on the ACT Year 12 Certificate and the calculation
of the UAI is available from the Board.
New South Wales
Applicants from NSW will be assessed for admission on the
basis of their Universities Admission Index (UAI), which is
calculated on the basis of their performance in the Higher
School Certificate. Information on the Higher School Certificate
is available from the NSW Board of Studies. Information on
the calculation of the UAI is published in the Universities
Admissions Centre Guide.
Other States and Territories
Applications from school-leavers elsewhere in Australia, who
have met matriculation requirements within their own State or
Territory, will be assessed on the basis of a calculated entrance
rank (equivalent to a UAI) derived from their local tertiary
entrance rank. See Table 4 in the UAC Guide for conversion
examples.
Adult admission based on abridged secondary

qualifications
Australian residents who wish to seek admission in 2009 on the
basis of abridged secondary qualifications undertaken in 2008
must have been aged 20 years or over by 1 March 2008 or have
completed requirements for the award of the equivalent of a
Year 10 School Certificate by 31 December 2004, and have not
completed their initial continuous secondary schooling.
Applicants must complete the package approved by the relevant
State or Territory Board of Studies for mature age students.
This includes the Mature Age package of the ACT Year 12
Certificate and the Limited UAI offered within the NSW HSC
system. Further information on these programs is available from
local secondary education authorities.
Alternatively, applicants who are at least 18 years of age may
qualify for admission to the University on the basis of the Older
Students package of the ACT Year 12 or the NSW TAFE Tertiary
Preparation Certificate.
Adult entry schemes

Australian residents who will be 21 or over by 1 March (for
admission in First Semester) or the third Monday in July (for
admission in Second Semester) in the year of enrolment will be
considered for admission to an undergraduate course on the
basis of an approved mature-age entry scheme (including those
described below).
University Preparation Scheme (UPS)
Local residents who meet the above age requirements may
attempt the UPS. Applicants are assessed on performance in an
approved course of study offered by ANU Centre for Continuing
Education or ANU College as well as the Special Tertiary
Admissions Test (STAT) multiple-choice test administered
byUAC.
Admission Test
ANU makes available, at no cost, the ACER-developed Unitest
for applicants who have completed Year 12 and have achieved
General Information
a minimum UAI (70 in 2008). For more information see

www.anu.edu.au/sas/admission/admissiontest
Special Adult Entry Scheme (SAES)

Applicants who meet the age requirements set out above and
who do not already hold a qualification that meets minimum
admission requirements may apply through this scheme.
Applicants will be selected on performance in the Special
Tertiary Admissions Test (STAT) multiple-choice and written
English tests taken within the previous three years. Both tests
are administered by UAC.
Mature age applicants who have qualifications which meet
minimum admission requirements, but whose grades are not
high enough to gain a place in their preferred program may
also attempt the SAES, subject to the restrictions noted below.
Please note that those who have attempted tertiary studies
during 20072008 or who have been unsuccessful in the SAES
during 20062008 are ineligible to apply through this scheme
for admission in 2009.
Further details of the UPS and SAES schemes are available
from the Admissions Office. Applicants for both schemes must
register for the STAT on the registration form in the UAC Guide.
Approved tertiary preparation courses

Successful completion of the Canberra Institute of Technology
Certificate in Pre-Tertiary Studies, or an approved tertiary
preparation course from another Australian tertiary institution,
will satisfy minimum admission requirements. Applicants
through these courses must meet the above age requirements.
Further information on approved courses and the level of
achievement required is available from the Admissions Office.
Admission on the basis of tertiary studies

The University will consider applications from those who have
previously undertaken tertiary education in an Australian
university or college of advanced education, or who have
completed a TAFE Associate Diploma, Diploma, Advanced
Diploma or Graduate Certificate. Applicants who have
completed secondary qualifications and tertiary study will be
assessed for admission on their total qualification package.
Intending applicants who have some record of failure at tertiary
level should contact the Admissions Office to check their
eligibility for admission. It may be necessary to seek special
consideration.
Countrywide Access Scheme for applicants who

have experienced an educational disadvantage
Admission to the University through the Countrywide Access
Scheme is available to school-leavers who have experienced
serious disadvantage in their educational preparation for
tertiary entrance. This could be because applicants have
experienced long term disadvantage during Years 11 and 12 (in
some instances disadvantages experienced before Year 11 may
be considered). Or it could be because they have experienced
a traumatic event over a short term that has or will have a
long-term impact on their educational performance. Conditions
such as geographical isolation, low family income or long term
illness can mean that a students results fall below the required
entrance rank for their chosen program. Please note that the
Year 12 qualification does need to have been completed and a
UAI or equivalent awarded.
The places available to students through Countrywide are

allocated on the basis of relative academic merit rather than
the extent or type of disadvantage. All applicants who meet
the eligibility requirements of the Scheme will compete for
selection on a UAI or equivalent lower than that required for
standard entry to the degree programs for which they have
applied.
Applicants for the Countrywide Access Scheme must also apply
for admission to the University through UAC. An Educational
Access Scheme information booklet and application form is
available from August from UAC, NSW/ACT schools or from ANU
Countrywide Coordinator. .
UAC and Countrywide applications close on 30 September
2008. Contact the Countrywide Coordinator on
T: 02 6125 3938 or E: Countrywide.office@anu.edu.au
Admission for Indigenous Australians

The University has implemented an Indigenous Australian
Admission Scheme to assist Indigenous Australians commence
undergraduate studies. Applicants whose qualifications do
not meet minimum admission requirements may apply for
admission through the Scheme. Applicants are interviewed
and complete two assessment tasks involving reading, writing
and listening skills. These tasks take place in late November
or early December, when applicants visit the University for
a Pre-admission Program. The Jabal Centre administers and
facilitates the Pre-admission Program and provides academic
and social support for students on campus.
Further information and application forms are available from
the Jabal Centre. Applications through this scheme close on 30
October 2008 for First Semester of 30 May 2009 for Second
Semester enrolment. Telephone inquiries should be made to the
Jabal Centre on 02 6125 3520. Further details can be found at
www.anu.edu.au/jabal/admission_scheme
English language competence

Applicants who hold qualifications obtained in a language other
than English will be required to demonstrate English language
proficiency to undertake university study. The University accepts
satisfactory results in the International English Language
Testing Service (IELTS) or the Test of English as a Foreign
Language (TOEFL) taken within two years of application.
Minimum requirements for the IELTS are: an overall band score
of 6.5 with a minimum band score of 6 in each band; and for
the TOEFL: a score of 570 on the paper based test, 90 with a
minimum of 20 In all four sections on the Internet based test or
230 on the computer based test, plus a Test of Written English
(Essay) score of 4.5. Higher scores are required for admission
to programs in Law and the Australian National Internships
Program.
ANU reviews the entry level from time to time and students
should check the requirement at the time of application.
Applicants should provide the Admissions Office with other
evidence of English proficiency at the time of application.
The ANU College offers English language programs and offers
an English language program (ELICOS) that is a preparatory
English for Academic purposes program. None of these provide
credit towards a degree but are accredited by the National
ELICOS Accreditation Scheme (NEAS) and the Australian
National Training Authority (ANTA). We do sometimes have
conditional offers where entry to ANU is subject to satisfactory
passing of these programs through the College but again, there
15
General Information
is no credit given towards the ANU degree. See the ANU College
website at www.anucollege.com.au for more information.
Distinguished Scholars
The Faculties of Asian Studies, Engineering and Computer
Science, and Science offer a Distinguished Scholar Program,
which provides customised undergraduate training for students
with outstanding Year 12 results. For more information contact
the relevant College office. See also the Bachelor of Philosophy
(Honours) programs in the Faculties of Arts, Asian Studies
andScience.
Admission with credit

The ANU Colleges grant as much credit (status, or advanced
standing) for tertiary studies successfully completed elsewhere
as can be accommodated within the structure of the particular
award. The credit may be specified or unspecified. Unspecified
credit may be expressed either in general terms or in relation to
a particular subject area. Where courses undertaken in previous
studies correspond closely enough to those taught at this
University, specified credit may be granted. Other courses are
granted unspecified credit.
The appropriate faculty will determine, on the basis of work
already completed, the work that is required to complete the
degree. To meet these requirements, it may not be possible for
the faculty to grant credit for all the work already completed.
Applicants for credit within the School of Art, School of Music
or the Centre for New Media Arts must lodge an Application
for Credit form with the Faculty of Arts by 31 October of the
year of application for admission. Applicants will be required to
undergo interviews, tests and auditions, or present and discuss
folios of completed works.
Centre (UAC)
All students currently attempting an Australian Year 12
qualification, a New Zealand National Certificate of Educational
Achievement Level 3 or an International Baccalaureate in
Australia should apply via UAC. UAC Guides are available in
August from major newsagencies throughout Australia or by
post from:
Universities Admissions Centre (NSW and ACT)
T: 02 9752 0200
W: www.uac.edu.au
UAC charge an application processing fee - see the UAC website
or guide for current fees and charges.
A person awaiting notification of current examination results
should still submit a form before the closing date.
As well as lodging a UAC application, applicants for visual
arts, digital arts or music programs must also contact the
ANUCollege of Arts and Social Sciences on 02 6125 2898 to
arrange an audition/interview. Please note that if you wish to
add one of these programs after 31 October 2008 you should
contact the College first.
Graduates of ANU, currently enrolled ANU students expecting
to complete degree requirements by the end of the current
academic year and former ANU students who no longer hold a
current place in a program of study, must apply for admission
to undergraduate programs through UAC. Current ANU
students (including those on approved program leave) wishing
to transfer to another ANU program must apply direct to the
University (not through UAC).
Direct application to the University

Those applying to enrol in:
Students wishing to take out an ANU degree will be required

to successfully complete at least the equivalent of one years
full-time enrolment, which must include sufficient later year
courses.
non-award courses
Because of their professional requirements, the granting of credit

in the degrees of Bachelor of Laws and Bachelor of Commerce
is subject to different criteria; students should contact the
appropriate faculty office. Credit is not granted towards the
degrees of Bachelor of Medicine/Bachelor of Surgery.
the Australian National Internships Program
The University has procedures for the review of its credit

decisions. For details refer to the policy Review of Decision
Made by a Dean under the Bachelor Degrees Rules on the
Universitys Policies website at http://info.anu.edu.au/policies/
procedures
Application procedures
The University is a participating institution in the Universities
Admissions Centre (UAC). Australian citizens, permanent
residents and New Zealand citizens should apply through UAC
for all undergraduate award programs. International students
who are attempting an Australian Year 12 qualification, an
International Baccalaureate in Australia or the New Zealand
National Certificate of Educational Achievement Level 3 also
apply through UAC . Applicants to new undergraduate programs
that are not listed in the UAC course databases should contact
the Admissions Office for advice on application procedures.
Note: to apply for admission to the MBBS degree program please consult the
ANU College of Medicine, Bioloy and Environment entry in this Handbook.
Application through the Universities Admissions
16
final honours year

Indigenous Australian Admission Scheme
Law Internship Program
BMus (Specialist)
MBBS (see ANU College of Medicine, Biology and
Environment entry)
must apply direct to the University. Intending applicants should
contact the Admissions Office in August or September for
information about closing dates or see www.anu.edu.au/sas/
admission
Application forms are available at www.anu.edu.au/sas/
forms and from the ANU Medical School website at http://
medicalschool.anu.edu.au/admission/admission.asp Details of
closing dates and late application charges (if applicable) for
direct applications are listed on the website.
Application forms should be completed carefully with full
and complete information. The giving of false or incomplete
information may lead to processing delays and refusal of the
application or cancellation of the enrolment.
All applicants will be advised in late January or early February
of the result of their application and, if made an offer, will be
required to register their enrolment in person during a specified
period. Registration also includes completion of HECS-HELP or
Domestic Tuition Fee procedures.
Note: Direct applications for admission to degree programs (not
those programs listed above), accompanied by a late application
General Information
fee, will only be accepted after the final UAC closing date of
5February 2009. The University makes very few (if any) offers to
degree programs after the UAC process is finalised. Check with
the Admissions Office first.
Mid-year admission
Subject to places being available, it is usually possible to
commence studies in Second Semester (July) in most programs.
However, the number of courses available to new students may
be limited. Intending applicants should consult this Handbook
and the relevant ANU College Office. Applications for mid-year
entry are usually made through UAC. For details on application
procedures and closing dates, please contact the Admissions
Office in early May.
Deferment of offer
Deferment is available for up to one year for all undergraduate
programs (with the exception of those offered by the School
of Art, School of Music and the Centre for New Media Arts).
An applicant wishing to defer entry who has received an offer
of a place must either notify the University by the end of the
registration period of the intention to defer or, if enrolment
has been registered, by the census date of the first semester of
enrolment. Requests for deferment should be made in writing
to the Admissions Manager (application methods will be
advised when the offer is made), or online at www.anu.edu.au/
sas/admission/deferment Deferment lapses if tertiary studies
are undertaken.
To secure a place in 2010, an applicant granted deferment for
2009 must follow the instructions contained in their approval
of deferment advice.
Application for non-award studies (applications

direct to the University and not through UAC).
Applicants for non-award enrolment must meet normal
admission requirements and must apply direct to the University
by 31 January 2009 for First Semester enrolment. Admission
may also be approved for Second Semester or Autumn, Spring,
Summer and Winter Sessions. Contact the Admissions Office for
application deadlines.
Individual faculties will assess applications for non-award
studies on their merits. Admission is not guaranteed.
Non-award students enrolled for any course will be entitled to
the same privileges and will be subject to the same discipline
and obligations as apply to students proceeding to a degree.
Non-award students are admitted either as Fee-Paying Students
or as Cross-Institutional Students.
International students must meet the standards for admission

to a program of study, including English language requirements.
Details of educational requirements based on Australian
qualifications and the English language requirements are
set out in the Undergraduate Admissions section above.
International applicants are not eligible to apply on the basis
of abridged secondary qualifications or through the Special
Adult Entry Scheme or University Preparation Scheme. Details
of admission requirements based on overseas qualifications are
available from the Admissions Office.
T: +61 2 6125 5594.
International applicants undertaking an Australian Year 12
qualification, an International Baccalaureate in Australia or a
New Zealand National Certificate of Educational Achievement
Level 3 must apply through UAC. All other international
students should apply direct to the University.
Please note: An offer to an international applicant will become
invalid if that applicant becomes a permanent Australian
resident before enrolment. In such cases another offer may be
made, subject to quotas for Australian residents.
Application forms are available from the Admissions Office
website at www.anu.edu.au/sas/forms. Where possible, direct
applications for 2009 entry for international students must be
submitted by 30 November for First Semester and 31 May for
Second Semester admission. Late applications will be considered
subject to vacancies, offers are made progressively and upon
receipt of application.
Applicants must obtain information from the nearest diplomatic
mission regarding visa requirements for study in Australia and
the procedures to be followed by international applicants.
International applicants should note that admission is available
only on a fee-paying basis.
English language competence
Please refer to the Undergraduate Admissions entry above for
information on English language competence.
Medical insurance
All international students are required to have health insurance
while studying in Australia. Information is available from the
Overseas Student Health Cover Officer on T: +61 2 6125 4643.
International student services

Information regarding student services available through the
International Education Office is listed in the Student Services
section of this Handbook.
Fee-paying students must pay a Domestic Tuition Fee for each

course in which they are enrolled.
Cross-institutional students are students whose non-award
courses are to be counted towards an award of another tertiary
institution. Cross-institutional students are charged a Student
Contribution amount (instead of Domestic Tuition Fees) if they
are enrolled in a Commonwealth Supported Place at their home
institution. Cross-institutional students applying for Summer
Session courses in Law or Economics and Commerce should
contact the respective College for advice about fee liability.
International applicants
An international applicant is an applicant who is not:
an Australian citizen or permanent resident
a New Zealand citizen.
17
General Information
Programs & Awards Statute

The rules set by the University Council which relate to programs and awards, include the:
Undergraduate Awards Rules
Examinations Rules
Academic Progress Rules
For details, visit the website at http://info.anu.edu.au/policies/_HCABS/Legislation
Schedule of Programs offered by ANU

Part 1 - Single Bachelor Degrees
Degree
Program abbreviation
ANU College responsible
Units
Bachelor of Actuarial Studies
BActS
144
Bachelor of Archaeological Practice
BArchPract
144
Bachelor of Arts
BA
144
Bachelor of Arts (Art History and Curatorship)
BA(ArtHistCur)
144
Bachelor of Arts (Australian Studies)
BA(AustS)
144
Bachelor of Arts (Development Studies)
BA (DevS)
144
Bachelor of Arts (European Studies)
BA(EurS)
144
Bachelor of Arts (International Relations)
BA(IR)
144
Bachelor of Arts (Music)
BA(Mus)
144
Bachelor of Arts (New Media Arts)
BA(NMA)
144
Bachelor of Arts (Policy Studies)
BA(PolS)
144
*Bachelor of Asia-Pacific Studies
BAPS
144
Bachelor of Biotechnology
BBiotech
ANU College of Medicine, Biology and Environment 144
Bachelor of Business Administration
BBA
144
Bachelor of Commerce
BComm
144
Bachelor of Computational Science
BComptlSci
144
Bachelor of Computational Science (Honours)
BComptlSci(Hons)
192
Bachelor of Computer Science (Honours)
BCSc(Hons)
192
Bachelor of Design Arts
BDesA
144
Bachelor of Economics
BEc
144
Bachelor of Engineering
BE
192
Bachelor of Engineering (Research and Development)
BE(R&D)
192
Bachelor of Finance
BFin
144
Bachelor of Genetics
BGenetics
Bachelor of Global and Ocean Sciences (Honours)*
BGOSc(Hons)
192
Bachelor of Information Technology
BInfTech
ANU Colleges of Medicine, Biology and

Environment, and Physical Sciences
Bachelor of Interdisciplinary Studies (Sustainability)
BIS(Sust)
144
Bachelor of Interdisciplinary Studies (Honours)

(Sustainability)
Bachelor of International Business
BIS(Hons)(Sust)
BIntBus

Bachelor of Languages (Middle Eastern and Central

Asian)
Bachelor of Languages (Classical)
BLang(MECA)
144
BLang(Class)
144
Bachelor of Languages (Modern European)
BLang(ModEur)
144
Bachelor of Languages (Japanese Language)
BLang(JpnLang)
144
Bachelor of Languages (Japanese Linguistics)
BLang(JpnLing)
144
Bachelor of Languages (Southeast/SouthAsia)
BLang(SE-SthAsia)
144
Bachelor of Languages (China-Korea)
BLang(China-Korea)
144
*Bachelor of Laws
LLB
ANU College of Law
192
Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor of Surgery
MBBS
Bachelor of Medical Science
BMedSc
Bachelor of Music
BMus
144
Bachelor of Music (Performance)
BMus (Performance)
192
18
144
192
144
General Information
Degree
Program abbreviation
ANU College responsible
Units
Bachelor of Music (Composition)
BMus (Composition)
192
Bachelor of Music (Jazz)
BMus (Jazz)
192
Bachelor of Music (Musicology)
BMus (Musicology)
192
Bachelor of Music (Music Language and Techniques)
BMus (MusLangTech)
192
Bachelor of Philosophy (Honours)
PhB
Bachelor of Psychology (Honours)
BPsych(Hons)

192
Environment, and ANU College of Physical Sciences 192
Bachelor of Science
BSc
Bachelor of Science (Advanced) (Honours)
BSc(Adv)(Hons)
Bachelor of Science (Forestry)
BSc (Forestry)

144
Environment, and ANU College of Physical Sciences
192
Bachelor of Science (Psychology)
BSc(Psych)
Bachelor of Science (Resource and Environmental

Management)
Bachelor of Science (Science Communication)
BSc (Res&EnvMan)
BSc (SciCommun)
Bachelor of Security Analysis (Asia-Pacific)
BSecAnalysis

144
144
Bachelor of Software Engineering
BSEng
192
Bachelor of Statistics
BStat
144
Bachelor of Visual Arts
BVA
144
* See ANU College of Asia and the Pacific for pathways to the Graduate Diploma in Asia-Pacific Studies and the Master of Asia and the Pacific (Honours)
* The Juris Doctor JD (144) units is available for graduates of non-law disciplines or non-Australian law degrees
* Bachelor of Global and Ocean Sciences (BGOSc) pass degree may be awarded on exit prior to the honours year
Part 2 - Combined Bachelor Degree Programs
Combined program
Units
NOTES: For more information on combined programs, see

Chapter 9.
Bachelor of Asia-Pacific Studies/Bachelor of Visual Arts
192
Bachelor of Commerce/Bachelor of Economics
192
The abbreviation for a combined program consists of the

abbreviation for each of its components separated by a slash
[eg the abbreviation for the degree of Bachelor of Arts and
degree of Bachelor of Laws is BA/LLB.]
Bachelor of Commerce/Bachelor of Engineering
240
Bachelor of Commerce/Bachelor of Information Technology
192
Bachelor of Commerce/Bachelor of Laws
240
Bachelor of Commerce/Bachelor of Music
192
Combined program
Units
Bachelor of Commerce/Bachelor of Science (Forestry)
240
Bachelor of Actuarial Studies/Bachelor of Economics
192
Bachelor of Commerce/Bachelor of Science (Psychology)
192
Bachelor of Actuarial Studies/Bachelor of Commerce
192
Bachelor of Commerce/Bachelor of Statistics
192
Bachelor of Actuarial Studies/Bachelor of Finance
192
Bachelor of Economics/Bachelor of Finance
192
Bachelor of Actuarial Studies/Bachelor of Laws
240
Bachelor of Economics/Bachelor of Information Technology
192
Bachelor of Actuarial Studies/Bachelor of Science
192
Bachelor of Economics/Bachelor of Laws
240
Bachelor of Actuarial Studies/Bachelor of Statistics
192
Bachelor of Economics/Bachelor of Science (Psychology)
192
Bachelor of Arts/Bachelor of Asia-Pacific Studies
192
Bachelor of Economics/Bachelor of Statistics
192
Bachelor of Arts/Bachelor of Commerce
192
Bachelor of Engineering/Bachelor of Arts
240
Bachelor of Arts/Bachelor of Economics
192
Bachelor of Engineering/Bachelor of Economics
240
Bachelor of Arts/Bachelor of Information Technology
192
Bachelor of Engineering/Bachelor of Information Technology
240
Bachelor of Arts/Bachelor of Laws
240
Bachelor of Engineering/Bachelor of Science
240
Bachelor of Arts/Bachelor of Music
192
Bachelor of Arts/Bachelor of Science
192
Bachelor of Arts/Bachelor of Science (Forestry)
240
Bachelor of Engineering (Research and Development)/Bachelor 240

of Science
Bachelor of Finance/Bachelor of Laws
240
Bachelor of Arts/Bachelor of Science (Psychology)
192
Bachelor of Arts/Bachelor of Visual Arts
192
Bachelor of Asia-Pacific Studies/Bachelor of Commerce
192
Bachelor of Asia-Pacific Studies/Bachelor of Economics
192
Bachelor of Asia-Pacific Studies/Bachelor of Engineering

Bachelor of Asia-Pacific Studies/Bachelor of Laws
Bachelor of Asia-Pacific Studies/Bachelor of Science
Bachelor of Finance/Bachelor of Science
192
Bachelor of Finance/Bachelor of Statistics
192
Bachelor of Information Technology/Bachelor of Laws
240
240
240
Bachelor of Information Technology/Bachelor of Science

(Forestry)
Bachelor of Music/Bachelor of Asia-Pacific Studies
240
Bachelor of Music/Bachelor of Laws
240
192
Bachelor of Music/Bachelor of Science
192
Bachelor of Music/Bachelor of Science (Psychology)
192
Bachelor of Asia-Pacific Studies/Bachelor of Science (Forestry) 240
192
19
General Information
Combined program
Units
Associate Degree
Co-taught by
Units
Bachelor of Science/Bachelor of Commerce
192
192
Bachelor of Science/Bachelor of Laws
240
Bachelor of Science/Bachelor of Science (Forestry)
240
ANU Colleges of Medicine, Biology

and Environment, and Physical
Sciences Science/ANU College
ANU College of Arts and Social
Sciences/ANU College
96
Bachelor of Science/Bachelor of Economics
Bachelor of Science (Forestry)/Bachelor of Economics
240
Associate Degree
specialising in Science and
Technology
Associate Degree
specialising in Social
Studies
Bachelor of Science (Psychology)/Bachelor of Laws
240
Bachelor of Science (Psychology)/Bachelor of Science
192

Management)/Bachelor of Laws
Bachelor of Software Engineering/Bachelor of Commerce
240
Bachelor of Software Engineering/Bachelor of Science
240
Bachelor of Visual Arts/Bachelor of Music
192
Bachelor of Visual Arts/Bachelor of Science (Forestry)
240
240
Part 3 - Joint Bachelor Degree Programs

NOTES: Joint and dual programs are offered by ANU in
association with another tertiary education institution (whether
in Australia or overseas).
Bachelor of Arts
BA
(Dual degree with the Bachelor
of Social Work of the Australian
Catholic University.)
Bachelor of Social Sciences
BSocScs(H)
(Honours in Actuarial Studies and
Economics)
(Offered jointly with the National
University of Singapore.)
PhB
(In the fields of chemistry,
mathematics or physics jointly with
the Bachelor of Science (Honours)
degree of the National University of
Singapore.)
ANU College 192

of Arts
and Social
Sciences
ANU
192
College of
Business and
Economics

PhB
(In the fields of drama, English,
history or philosophy jointly with
the Bachelor of Arts (Honours)
degree of the National University of
Singapore.)
ANU Colleges 192

of Arts
and Social
Sciences
ANU Colleges 192

of Medicine,
Biology and
Environment,
and Physical
Sciences
Part 4 - Undergraduate Diploma Programs

NOTE: For more information, see the relevant ANU College entry.
Diploma of Art
Diploma in Arts
DipArt
DipArts
Diploma of Asia-Pacific Studies
DipAPS
ANU College 96
of Arts
48
and Social
Sciences
ANU College 48
of Asia and
the Pacific
Part 5 - Associate Degrees

NOTE: For more information, see the ANU College entries.
Associate Degree
Co-taught by
Units
Associate Degree
specialising in Business
Associate Degree
specialising in Engineering
ANU College of Business and

Economics/ANU College
ANU College of Engineering and
Computer Science/Canberra
Institute of Technology
ANU College of Arts and Social
Sciences/ Canberra Institute of
Technology
ANU Colleges of Medicine, Biology
and Environment, and Physical
Sciences/ Canberra Institute of
Technology
96
Associate Degree
specialising in Music
Associate Degree
specialising in Science
20
96
96
96
96
Enrolment & re-enrolment

Enquiries about enrolment should be directed to the Student
Administration section of the University (T: 02 6125 3339).
Further information is also available in the Student Enrolment
and Administrative Procedures Guide (SEAP Guide) available
from Student Administration and on the internet at www.anu.
edu.au/sas/SEAP_guide
Students should read the Undergraduate Handbook carefully,
and, if necessary, seek guidance in the selection of courses or
in the choice of a degree program from staff in the relevant
College Office. Those seeking credit (advanced standing) should
consult the relevant College Office for advice.
Program structure
The terminology used by the University in all publications,
including this Handbook, is defined below:
Program: a structured academic program of study normally
leading to the award of a degree, diploma or certificate; eg
Bachelor of Arts program
Course: a discrete entity of study in a subject, normally of one
semesters duration; eg HIST1015 Ends of Empire
Unit: an indicator of the value of a course within the whole
program. Most undergraduate courses are worth six units. A
full-time student is expected to enrol in 24 units per semester
(48 units over two semesters).
All undergraduate award programs are defined in terms of
the number of units required to qualify for the award, eg the
Bachelor of Arts has a total value of 144 units. Details are found
in the appropriate sections of the Handbook.
Combined degree programs

A combined degree program is designed to enable a student
to graduate with two awards in less time (with fewer
units) than would be required if the degrees were taken in
separateprograms.
The total number of units required to complete the majority
of combined degree programs is 240, normally taken over
five years (10 semesters). Students who are unsure of the
requirements should discuss their program with the appropriate
Collegeofficers.
Program requirements in the Handbook

The Handbook contains program requirements and course
details. These are found in the various College chapters
and in the Combined Programs section. The Undergraduate
Handbook will be updated as appropriate from time to time. The
authoritative version at any time can be found at http://info.
anu.edu.au/StudyAt
General Information
Full-time & part-time enrolment

A student can opt to be full-time or part-time each semester. A
student enrolled for the semester in 18 units or more is deemed
to be full-time.
Enrolment of new students

Offers of places will usually be made in January/ February and
June/July. Students who receive an offer of a place in an award
program at ANU, will be sent information with their offer on
how to accept and to register their enrolment.
Registration of enrolment (continuing/

re-enrolling students)
The Student Enrolment and Administrative Procedures (SEAP)
Guide includes information on the following:
how to re-enrol
payment of fees/HECS-HELP
program transfers
leave of absence from your program of study
how and when you may change your enrolment
cross-institutional enrolment
examination and assessment procedures
academic progress requirements
graduation information and procedures.
All re-enrolling students, including students returning from
leave of absence or studying off campus, must enrol via ISIS.
Re-enrolment via ISIS for both semesters in 2008 will open in
early December and enrolment after Friday 25 January 2008 will
attract a late fee.
Students who fail to re-enrol, or who have not obtained
formal approval for leave of absence, will lose their place in
the program, and must apply for readmission to the same
program or a new program of study through the Universities
AdmissionsCentre.
Program transfers
Undergraduate students seeking to transfer to a new
undergraduate program of study in 2009 must apply to the
Enrolments Office by Friday 12 December 2008.
Students seeking to transfer programs must re-enrol via ISIS as
though their application for transfer has been declined. If the
transfer is approved, instructions will be issued about how to
enrol in the new program.
Change of address
It is essential that a change in a students mailing address,
permanent home address or the address of a person to be
contacted in the event of an emergency is recorded promptly
on ISIS by the student. The mailing address is the address to
which the University will normally send all correspondence
relating to a students enrolment. A students home address
is the place of permanent residence and both addresses must
be recorded on ISIS. A temporary mailing address may also
be recorded. A separate billing address may be recorded and
student fees invoices will be mailed to this address but the
student is still responsible for ensuring that the fees are paid
by the due date. Students should update their address via the
web at http://isis.anu.edu.au or, if that is not possible on a

Change of Address/Phone Details form lodged with Student
Administration.
For international students, it is a visa requirement that the
University be notified of any change of address within seven
days. Failure to advise the University of a change of address
could lead to the cancellation of a student visa.
Lecture timetables
The lecture timetable is available on the internet at http://
timetable.anu.edu.au Students should check the timetable
periodically as scheduled lecture times may be changed.
Commonwealth Supported Students

Australian citizens, Permanent Residents and New Zealand
citizens who have not consumed their Student Learning
Entitlement (SLE) will be eligible for a Commonwealth
Supported place. All students enrolled in a Commonwealth
supported place are required to complete on-line a Request for
Commonwealth Support and HECS-HELP at the time of initial
enrolment in their program. Proof of citizenship or residency
will also be required when enrolling. If a student changes
program a new request form for the new program must be
completed on-line before the first course census date for the
new program.
For continuing ANU students who commenced an
undergraduate program of study before 2007 and who
remain In their current program the following are the student
contribution amounts for the equivalent of a full-time student
load (per EFTSL) in 2009:
$4162 Arts, Behavioural Science, Humanities, Social Studies,
Visual and Performing Arts, and foreign languages
$5929 Administration, Agriculture, Business Computing,
Economics, Engineering, Mathematics, Processing,
Renewable Resources and Science
$6941 Law, Legal Studies and Medical Science.
For new students commencing in 2009 the following are the
student contribution amounts for the equivalent of a full-time
student load (per EFTSL):
$5201 Arts, Behavioural Science, Humanities, Social Studies,
Visual and Performing Arts, and Foreign Languages
$7912 Built Environment, Computing, Engineering, Health,
Maths, Science and Statistics
$8677 Accounting, Commerce, Administration, Economics,
Law, Medicine.
National Priorities
$4162 Nursing, Education, Mathematics, Science and
Statistics.
Transferring students
If you are transferring programs there are several different
fee rates that may be applicable to you. To view the
different scenarios which may apply please go to
www anu.edu.au/sas/fees
Any International student who Is enrolled In Administration,
Accounting, Economics or Commerce and becomes a Permanent
Resident and was not Commonwealth supported during 2007
will be charged at the Band 3 rate.
21
General Information
Also any International student who Is enrolled In Mathematics,

Science or Statistics and becomes a Permanent Resident and
was not Commonwealth supported during 2008 will be charged
at the Band 2 rate.
Examination & assessment
Contributions are calculated at the course census date. For

courses taken in First Semester this will be 31 March and
for courses taken in Second Semester 31 August. If these
dates fall in a weekend payments must be finalised by the
previous working day. Census dates for students enrolled in
non-standard sessions are available on the web at http://
studyat.anu.edu.au/fees
Lecturers should discuss with their class at the beginning of

each year or semester, as appropriate, possible and practicable
means of assessing courses.
Each semester students have a choice of either paying their

contribution up front by the date set by the University and
receiving a 20 per cent discount or deferring their payment and
paying the full amount through the taxation system. Students
electing to defer their student contribution payments through
the taxation system are eligible to make partial up front
payments (minimum payment of $500). See the Information
for Commonwealth supported students 2008 booklet for
details. Due dates for payment of student contribution up-front
amounts for 2009 are:
First Semester Friday 13 March
Second Semester Friday 7 August.
Permanent residents and New Zealand citizens who are not
Australian citizens must pay their student contribution up front
without the 20 per cent discount.
It is a condition of new or continuing enrolment at the
University that the procedures associated with HECS-HELP
are completed by the due dates. Failure to do so will cause
cancellation of enrolment and loss if your Commonwealth
Supported place.
All Australian citizens, New Zealand citizens and holders of
permanent visas will receive SLE, giving them access to seven
years equivalent full-time study in a Commonwealth supported
place (to be extended on a pro rata basis if studying part-time).
Continuing students who are part way through their program
of study will also receive the same amount of SLE.
Certain categories of students are exempt from payment under
the Scheme. These include:
non-award undergraduate students (unless studying on
a cross-institutional basis as part of a Commonwealth
supported program at another institution)
international students.
These students are normally liable for a tuition fee instead
of HECS-HELP, and tuition fee details are available on the
web at http://studyat.anu.edu.au/fees Further details about
Commonwealth supported students are contained in a booklet
produced by Department of Education, Employment,Worplace
Relations (DEEWR) and available to all students from Student
Administration or on the www.goingtouni.gov.au web site.
Booklist
The booklist for each course will be available from departments
and centres from about November.
Assessment
Broad assessment guidelines are published in this Handbook as

a guide to students.
Students with a Disability

Students with a disability should contact the Disability
Services Centre (DSC) well in advance of requiring alternative
assessment arrangements.
Students who incur a temporary ailment (and are not registered
with the DSC but require changed assessment conditions)
should collect a Special Examinations Arrangements form
from the Examinations and Graduations Office; once complete,
the form must be submitted at the Examinations and
Graduations Office with appropriate supporting documentation
forconsideration.
This application should be submitted no later than ten working
days before your scheduled examination.
Eligibility to be examined
Students may be excluded from sitting for an examination
if they have not attended lectures or performed practical
or other work as prescribed by the department, school or
centreconcerned.
Students will be admitted to an examination venue subject
to identification by means of their ANU student card (current
drivers license or current passport are also acceptable).
Detailed procedures surrounding the conduct of examinations
are set out in the Student Enrolment and Administrative
Procedures (SEAP) Guide 2009 (www.anu.edu.au/sas).
The Examinations Rules (www.anu.edu.au/cabs/rules) contains
provisions for students who fail to attend a scheduled
examination, or whose studies are affected by illness or other
means. Detailed information is provided in the SEAP Guide.
Examination timetables can be viewed at
http://timetable.anu.edu.au
Supplementary assessment
If a student is eligible for supplementary assessment for a
course, the students Notification of Results will show an
interim result of PX for the course. If a student is notified of an
interim result of PX for a course, the notification constitutes an
offer by the Delegated Authority of supplementary assessment
for the course. A student must accept or reject the offer by
notifying, in writing, the Delegated Authority within 7 working
days of the offer being made to the student.
Further information about supplementary assessment can be
found within the Examinations Rules (www.anu.edu.au/cabs/
rules).
Misconduct in assessment
Misconduct in an examination, that is in any task required for
the assessment of the students performance in a course or
a program of study, can result in serious consequences for a
student, such as failure in the course, a mark penalty, or in some
circumstances disciplinary measures.
22
General Information
Misconduct in examination is defined in the Discipline Rules

(www.anu.edu.au/cabs/rules) as including:
(i) cheating (including copying, or permitting another student
to copy, an answer in relation to an examination or
inappropriately gaining prior knowledge of any part of an
examination)
(ii) plagiarism (including copying, paraphrasing or summarising,
without appropriate acknowledgement, the words, ideas,
scholarship or intellectual property of another person,
whether or not it is with the knowledge or consent of that
other person)

[Note: Plagiarism may also take place when direct use of

others words is not indicated, for example by inverted
commas or indentation, in addition to appropriate citation
of the source.]
(iii) except with the approval of the prescribed authority,

submitting for an examination any work previously
submitted for examination
(iv) failing to comply with the Universitys instructions to
students at, or in relation to, an examination
(v) acting, or assisting another person to act, dishonestly in or in
connection with an examination
Higher Level Performance (ANU Medical School only)

Final fail grades
Fail .............................................................................................................(0-49)
Not completed fail
Withdrawn with failure
Assessment review procedures

Students who wish to query results of an assessment are
advised to first raise the matter informally with the member
of staff responsible for the assessment concerned. If after
consultation a student still believes there are grounds that the
result is improper, a request for a review of the assessment
concerned may be made in writing to the Dean of the relevant
ANU College. It is then the responsibility of the Dean to
investigate the matter and ensure that assessment has been
properly and fairly carried out. Students are entitled to a
statement of the reasons for the final decision; they may ask to
see any relevant documentation that has been generated by the
progress of the review.
See: Assessment Review and Appeals Procedures at
http://info.anu.edu.au/policies and the Examinations Rules at
www.anu.edu.au/cabs/rules
(vi) taking a prohibited document into an examination venue.
Assessment arrangements for students from

language backgrounds other than English
Examination results
The University recognises that students from language

backgrounds other than English may encounter difficulties in
the first year of enrolment, which native speakers of English do
not experience.
Students are reminded that course results are determined not

only by their performance in written examinations ,but also
by the satisfactory completion of essays, class exercises and
practical work as prescribed by the ANU College concerned.
Students who cancel their enrolment in a course should note
that withdrawal after the relevant date (listed in the SEAP
Guide) may be construed as a failure.
Students must not communicate with an examiner in a course
between the time of attempting the examination and the
formal issue of results for that examination.
All official examination results will be published via ISIS
(http://isis.anu.edu.au).
Assessment grades
A uniform grading system was established throughout the
University for all courses effective since 1 January 1994. The
mark range is set out below. The mark as well as the grade
obtained is disclosed on the transcripts of academic record and
the academic history on the ISIS website. This mark range must
not be equated with any grade awarded prior to 1994.
Honours grades
First Class Honours ........................................................................(80-100)
Second Class Honours Division A .............................................. (70-79)
Second Class Honours Division B ..............................................(60-69)
Third Class Honours ........................................................................(50-59)
Most students from language backgrounds other than English

will not need assistance under the assessment arrangements
policy. For those students who are deemed eligible and require
assistance, the support will be for a transitional period to
enable the student to acquire the necessary level of language
competency. It is expected that students will take responsibility
for ensuring that their level of competence in English is
sufficient for their chosen course of study, and for seeking help
in developing proficiency with the English language according
to their particular needs.
Students from language backgrounds other than English who
wish to apply for assessment concessions will be expected to
present early in the first semester of their program of study
to the relevant Course Authority and the ANU College, which
offers the award program in which they are enrolled.
Identifying as a student from language backgrounds other
than English does not, of itself, entitle students to assessment
concessions. The Course Authority will assess the students
applications and determine what, if any, concessions are
appropriate. The decision made in relation to one course will
not necessarily be the same as for another course. For specific
information on how to apply for assessment concessions
students should contact their respective ANU College office.
Final pass grades

High Distinction .............................................................................(80-100)
The policy statement on Assessment Arrangements for Students

from Language Backgrounds Other Than English may be found
at http://info.anu.edu.au/policies/Academic progress
Distinction .......................................................................................... (70-79)
Undergraduate academic progress
Credit ....................................................................................................(60-69)
Uniform minimum academic progress criteria apply across all

ANU Colleges.
Pass ........................................................................................................(50-59)
Passed at supplementary examination .......................................... (50)
Course requirements satisfied
If a student fails a course twice, the student must apply to

obtain the approval of the Course Authority before re-enrolling
in the course.
23
General Information
Students who fail greater than fifty per cent of the unit value
of the courses in which they are enrolled for a semester will
be considered to have breached academic progress minimum
requirements. The first occasion on which students infringe
this rule they will be sent a Probation letter. Students who
infringe this rule for a second time in the same program may
be excluded from the program. A student may appeal against a
decision to be excluded from the program.
Details of the Academic Progress Rules, for both undergraduate
and graduate programs, may be found on the website at
In addition to the above general rules, the Schools of Art
and Music (ANU College of Arts and Social Sciences) and
ANUCollege of Medicine, Biology and Environment have more
specific academic progress rules. Students in these academic
areas should contact the respective ANU College offices for
furtherinformation.
Conferring of Awards
Conferring ceremonies are an important celebration of
academic achievements .Conferral ceremonies will take place
for all awards (including those in the School of Art and the
School of Music) in mid-December and mid-July to enable
those students leaving the ACT on conclusion of their studies to
attend in person.
All coursework and research students enrolled in the Spring
Session of the year prior to graduation, Summer Sessions and
the First Semester of their completion year who have met the
minimum requirements of their program will be automatically
scheduled to have their award(s) conferred at the July
Graduation Session. Those enrolled in Winter Session and/or
Second Semester of their completion year who have met the
minimum requirements of their program will be automatically
scheduled to have their award(s) conferred at the December
Graduation Session.
Students required to submit an Application for Conferring of
Award form by the due date are:
(i) ANU students enrolled elsewhere on a cross institutional or
exchange basis
(ii) those who satisfied the requirements of their program prior
to Winter 2008
(iii) those wishing to confer one award from a combined
program.
Since eligibility for conferring for most graduands will be
conditional on satisfactory completion of award requirements
in the same semester as the ceremonies, it is essential that
students are familiar with graduation information which can be
found at www.anu.edu.au/sas/graduation
Financial assistance
Commonwealth Scholarships for Students with
Financial Hardship
The Commonwealth Government supports a number of
Commonwealth Scholarships each year. These scholarships
provide financial assistance to students with financial
24
hardship. There are two types and the value is indexed. The
Commonwealth Accommodation Scholarships provides
approximately $4,000 per year for up to four years and is
available to applicants who come from rural or remote locations
and the Commonwealth Education Costs Scholarships which
provides approximately $2,000 per year.
Students who are new to the University and current students
are eligible to apply. Applications are through UAC - www.uac.
edu.au/equity/equityschols.html
ANU Student Loan Fund

The University, in association with Service One Credit Union,
has developed a loan scheme for students in short-term
financial need. Loans are approved by either the Undergraduate
Student Loan Fund Committee or Postgraduate Student
Loan Fund Committee. All meetings of the Committee are
strictly confidential. Funds are disbursed by Service One and
repayments, at a subsidised rate of interest, made to it. The
conditions and amounts of loans are flexible to cater for
the needs of individual students, but loans are not available
to pay tuition fees. Undergraduate students may obtain
further information and application forms from the Students
Association office, in the Student Facilities Building (Building
17A). Postgraduate and research students may obtain further
information and application forms from the Postgraduate and
Research Students Association office, at 26 Balmain Crescent
opposite University House.
Welfare Officer
The ANU Student Association employs a Welfare Officer who
can assist with applications to the ANU Student Loan Fund,
Centrelink and other student loan schemes. All advice is
confidential. Appointments are not necessary.
T: 02 6125 2444
E: sa.welfare@anu.edu.au

Our guarantee for new undergraduate students
ANU guarantees accommodation to all new full-time
undergraduates who live outside the Canberra region. So if
you get an offer to study at ANU, you will be offered a place
in an ANU Hall, affiliated Residential College or an approved
accommodation provider (such as UniLodge@ANU). You need
to register. See our website for the full details.
On-campus accommodation
The Halls and Residential Colleges offer you a unique
opportunity to learn even more than is taught in lectures.
You will meet students from around the world and Australia
studying many academic disciplines at undergraduate and
postgraduate levels. They provide you with the chance to
become members of close-knit communities, with sporting,
social and cultural activities and the chance to meet and make
a diverse group of friends.
All Halls and Residential Colleges offer single fully furnished
bedrooms to both men and women. All residences are centrally
heated and carpeted, and each bedroom has its own telephone
and data connection point. The Halls and Residential Colleges
offer facilities such as music rooms, computer labs, libraries,
television rooms and reception rooms along with fully equipped
General Information
laundries. UniLodge@ANU, an approved residence situated

on the ANU Campus, offers fully furnished apartments to
undergraduate and graduate students.
Support
Halls and Residential Colleges provide a range of pastoral care
services and academic assistance programs to help students
in their studies. Senior residents and staff also assist students
with adjusting to life on campus. Halls and Residential Colleges
provide a range of pastoral care services and academic
assistance programs to help students in their studies. Senior
residents and staff also assist students with adjusting to life
oncampus.
Excellent location
The ANU campus is located close to the heart of Canberra
with a variety of cinemas, restaurants, shops and theatres all
within walking distance. Although close to the city, the open
park-like grounds of the campus provide an idyllic setting for
study or leisure. All residences are located on campus except
for Fenner Hall, which is located 2.5 km north of the campus,
on Northbourne Avenue. During the academic term, a free
University bus service operates between Fenner Hall and the
campus in the mornings, lunchtimes and evenings, Monday to
Friday. Public transport is also available between Fenner Hall
and the city centre, and it is about a 10-minute bicycle ride
tocampus.
Which hall or residential college?

While all ANU Halls, affiliated Residential Colleges and approved
accommodation providers offer a unique experience for living
on or near the campus, a key consideration will be whether
you would prefer catered accommodation or to cook your
ownmeals.
Catered accommodation
Self-catered accommodation
Bruce Hall
Burgmann College
John XXIII College
Ursula Hall
Burton and Garran Hall

Fenner Hall
UniLodge@ANU
How do I register?
Anyone thinking of studying at ANU should register for
accommodation as soon as possible. There is no fee and no
penalty if you decide to live elsewhere. Your first step is to let us
know which Halls or Residential Colleges youd most like to live
in. Just complete our online registration form and we will be
in touch. You only need to apply once, just email uni.accom@
anu.edu.au if you need to change or update your application at
anytime.
When do I register?
Registrations for Semester 1, 2009 open on 30 August 2008 and
close on 21 January 2009.
Registrations for Semester 2, 2009 open in April 2009 and close
in mid-June 2009.
If you have applied to study at ANU, you should immediately
apply for accommodation. Do not wait until you have received
an offer of admission to the University. Your application
for accommodation is independent of your application for
admission. Do not arrive without making prior arrangements.
How much does it cost?

In 2009 self-catered accommodation will start from $157 per
week, Catered accommodation ranges from $287-$293 per
week. Charges at UniLodge@ANU will start from $192 per

week. For more details on our fees, please visit our website. The
Halls and Residential Colleges have different charges for phone
and internet usage. It is also important to budget for transport,
textbooks and entertainment expenses.
How are residents chosen?

Halls select residents from large numbers of applications. They
look for a balance of backgrounds, trying to ensure a diverse
community. You are asked to provide your top four preferences
for accommodation. If you miss out on your first preference,
well try and place you in your second or third. We cannot
promise that students will get placed in a residence of their
preference, so students should be prepared to accept any ANUapproved accommodation that they are offered.
Accommodation offers are made only via email. Please ensure
you have a valid email address and check your mail regularly,
especially after accepting your academic offer.
Off-campus accommodation
If living in a Hall or Residential College is not for you, then
UAS should still be your first call for assistance. UAS can
help you look for alternative accommodation such as renting
an apartment, a room in a share house or boarding with a
localfamily. You must allow time to search for local rentals.
Housing online
Housing Online is a free service provided by UAS which acts
as an electronic notice board, advertising vacancies available
to the University community through private landlords or
real estate agents. There are also links from here to other
useful Internet resources. The site contains a comprehensive
listing of share accommodation, accommodation available,
accommodation wanted and opportunities for private board.
Contact us
Building 77, Brian Lewis Crescent
Canberra ACT 0200
T: 02 6125 1100
F: 02 6125 0737
E: uni.accom@anu.edu.au
W: http://accom.anu.edu.au
Directorate Student Services

Academic Skills and Learning Centre (ASLC)
Careers Centre
University Counselling Centre
Health Services
Jabal Indigenous Higher Education Centre (JIHEC)
Research Student Development Centre (RSDC)
Statistical Consulting Unit (SCU)
Other student services at ANU include: ANU Students
Association (ANUSA), ANU Union, Chaplains, Child care/
Parenting Rooms, The Co-Op Bookshop, Dean of Students,
Environmental Management, International Visiting Student
25
General Information
Program, Mid-Year Orientation, Open Day, Orientation Week,

Service One Members Banking, SIGN Mentoring, Student
Exchange Program, Sport and Recreation Association.
Information Literacy Program, Library Services, University
Accommodation Services, ANU Chaplaincy.
Academic Skills & Learning Centre

The Academic Skills and Learning Centre (ASLC) specialises
in helping students, including students of diverse language
background, to improve their performance in the skills required
for effective academic work. Students who would like free and
confidential assistance or advice in any of the following areas
are welcome to contact the Centre.
Individual consultations
The ASLC assists with academic writing techniques, effective
written communication, critical analysis, presenting a reasoned
argument and/or aspects of style in academic writing.
It also offers assistance with academic reading, research
and information gathering skills, planning the effective
distribution of workloads, as well as preparing for tutorials and
examinations. ASLC staff focus directly on the students needs,
using the students current essays/assignments. Consultations
are also available for Maths and Statistics.
Short courses, workshops & drop-in sessions

The ASLC offers regular courses, including Introduction to
University Study and Essay Writing Essentials. StudySmart
workshops cover topics such as time management, taking notes,
referencing appropriately, academic reading, exam revision and
strategies, tutorial participation, and argument and debate.
Drop-in sessions are available for short queries (12 1pm
Monday to Friday).
The ASLC also provides specialist sessions/workshops on request
in the ANU Colleges, including Honours seminars. A half-day
Introduction to Honours Study is held regularly to assist
new and continuing Honours students with a wide range of
Honours-specific academic skills and learning issues.
Electronic resources
The ASLC website academicskills.anu.edu.au has a range
of resources on time management, tutorial participation
and presentation, academic writing, preparing for exams,
acknowledging sources, and learning languages. Academic skills
and learning pod casts are also available, as is the Language
Exchange Program.
Contacting the Centre

Students may make an appointment by dropping in or
telephoning the ASLC on 02 6125 2972. The ASLC website
academicskills.anu.edu.au provides more detailed information
about services, including current courses. Located on the
lower ground floor of the Pauline Griffin Building, Building
11, the ASLC is open weekdays throughout the year, including
non-teaching and semester breaks. Special arrangements can
be made in terms of access or appointments for students with
disabilities or work/family commitments.
Careers Centre
The Centre provides information on casual and part-time
employment for students while they are studying and
information on graduate employment for those making
the transition from study to work. Students at all levels of
their courses can review the career implications of their
26
course choice, the nature of graduate employment, and the

possibilities of further vocational and professional training.
Final year students, especially, are helped in the business
of job seeking through practical advice on job applications
and interviews, information on vacancies and employing
organisations, workshops and contact arranged with
prospective employers, including campus presentations
andinterviews.
A Careers Library contains comprehensive information about
career areas and employers of graduates in Australia and
overseas. The Centre also hosts Careerhub, an electronic notice
board on which graduate and casual employment is advertised.
Current ANU students are strongly advised to register on
CareerHub.
The Centre is staffed by experienced counselling and training
staff as well as a graduate recruitment coordinator and careers
assistant. Contact the Centre on 02 6125 3593 or visit us on the
internet at careers.anu.edu.au
Counselling Centre
The University Counselling Centre offers free confidential
services from professionally qualified counsellors who
understand students psychological concerns and the challenges
of student life. Common concerns may include:
academic work: motivation for study, ability to concentrate,
writing blocks, examination anxiety, speaking in tutorials,
time management, stress management
difficult decisions: about study, career or personal life
Communicating with others: social skills, public speaking,
assertion, dealing with conflicts
relationships: difficulties with boyfriend or girlfriend,
spouse, friends, parents and other family members
mental state: stress and tension, worry and anxiety,
homesickness, depression, lack of confidence, grief, low
self-esteem
health-related problems: sleeplessness, eating disorders,
drug abuse, difficulties arising from a disability
life-crises: leaving home, unwanted pregnancy,
bereavement, severe health problems, sexual abuse,
separation and divorce.
The counselling centre offers:
individual appointments including short, urgent
appointments every day
group programs
seminars
Get up and Go Program - a walking program for those
feeling isolated and wanting a walking partner
electronic resources - tip sheets covering many issues on
the website.
Counselling is usually short-term and aims to increase
understanding of the problem and to assist the individual
to find effective solutions. Group programs are sometimes
available on some of the above topics.
The Counselling Centre contact is T: 02 6125 2442,
E: counselling.centre@anu.edu.au The Centre is located on
the first floor of the Health and Counselling Centre Building,
Building 18 in North Road, adjacent to the Sport and
Recreation Association.
General Information
Additional information and resources can be found on the

Counselling Centres website: www.anu.edu.au/counsel

The University provides adjustments for students with
disabilities and would appreciate knowing a students needs as
soon as it is possible. Applicants are requested to contact the
Disability Services Centre as soon as possible to facilitate the
provision of appropriate adjustments .
For information and advice about services for students with
disabilities, contact the Disability Services Centre, Student
Facilities Building (17a), Union Court.
T: 02 6125 5036
F: 02 6125 9881
Making an appointment
Appointments can be made in person or by telephone on
02 6125 3598. It is advisable to make an appointment prior
to attending. If you attend without an appointment and
your matter is not urgent, you may be required to make an
appointment at a later time or date.
As demand for an appointment is high, please let the health
service know as soon as possible if you are unable to keep a
scheduled appointment. Patients who repeatedly fail to attend
or do not inform health service staff that they are unable to
attend an appointment may incur a fee.
Students are required to bring a current Student card, Medicare
card or Medibank Private/or Worldcare ASSIST card when
attending for consultation.
TTY: 02 6125 3008
Opening hours
E: Disability.Adviser@anu.edu.au
9am to 5pm Monday to Thursday and 9am to 4pm Friday.

(Closed 12.301.25pm daily and public holidays.)
Health Service
The University Health Service provides medical services to ANU
staff and students. ANU students are bulk billed through either
Medicare or OSHC (Overseas Student Health Cover). Health Care
Cards are encouraged. ANU Staff are charged at a discounted
rate. The spouses and children of international students are
eligible for bulk-billed services under OSHC. Children and
spouses who share a Health Care Card with an ANU student
(ie demonstrated need and evidence of formal shared living
arrangements) will be eligible for bulk billing.
All others, including the spouses and children of all other
University students and staff, are eligible for services but will be
charged at the full rate of $75 for a standard consultation.
Services
male and female doctors
a nurse available for health advice, and to manage the
nursing duties within the health service.
We cover all areas of general practice, including:
routine vaccinations for overseas travel available after
consultation with doctor. Routine childhood and adult
immunisations
womens health and routine pap smears
contraceptive advice and counselling
antenatal shared care
Location
Ground floor, University Health Service, North Road, ANU
Campus. Building 18 on ANU Online Map.
Contact Details
T: 02 6125 3598
F: 02 6125 0069
W: www.anu.edu.au/health
After-hours emergency care

Calvary Hospital 02 6201 6111, Haydon Drive, Bruce (5kms)
or The Canberra Hospital 02 6244 2222, Yamba Drive, Garran
(12km). Phone advice is also available 24 hours a day from
Health First - 02 6207 7777

The International Student Services provides welfare and general
support for all international students, offering advice on a
range of issues. Below are some of the common issues students
raise with us:
Before a student arrives

schooling for children
student visa conditions, including:
- work rights
- compulsory full-time study intensity
- bringing immediate family to Australia
wart clinic
accommodation advice we will book temporary

accommodation if required
skin care and mole checks
pre-departure briefings in Singapore and Malaysia
minor surgical procedures, such as mole excision, suturing

of cuts, ingrown toenails, contraceptive hormone implants
a free meet and greet service (to submit your request online
go to: http://info.anu.edu.au/StudyAt/International_Office/
student_life/_meet_and_greet.asp
mens health and regular medicals
management of minor burns and sports injuries

smoking cessation counselling
When a student arrives & while they are here
psychological problems (with referral to ANU Counselling

Service if required)
It is normal for international students arriving in a foreign

country to feel anxious, particularly during the early weeks
in their new environment. To assist students through this
transition time, and to feel part of the wider local community,
we offer the following:
STD checks
drug and alcohol related issues
medicals for employment etc (not generally covered
byMedicare).
the International Student Orientation Program, which

provides information on student services available at ANU,
and about community organisations
27
General Information
welcome lunch and a performance by an Aboriginal

DanceTroupe
for those students who arrive after orientation, a daily
late arrival briefing session during the first three weeks of
Semester 1, and the first two weeks of Semester 2
Canberra bus tours
pre-orientation campus tours and sausage sizzles
welcome Bush Dance/BBQ
academic performance monitoring and focus groups
trips which aim to encourage social interaction between
students and the local community, eg day trips to
Berrima Fitzroy Falls, whale watching, Mt Kosciusko, Blue
Mountains,Sydney
12-day Inland trip in the Winter break

The Jabal Indigenous Higher Education Centre is located on
the lower floor of Melville Hall. The Centre is for Aboriginal and
Torres Strait Islander undergraduate and graduate students and
offers study and tutorial rooms, computer lab, seminar room,
library and students common room.
The Centre provides an identifiable Indigenous Australian
presence on campus. It is a focus for Indigenous Australian
activities, and for the education of other members of the
University community about Indigenous Australian issues.
The Centre provides a first point of contact for all enquiries
about Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander student matters in
the University.
The Jabal Centre staff provide:
free, meet and greet service on arrival in Canberra
admission to the University via the Indigenous Australian

AdmissionScheme
University English Language Support programs for spouses/

partners of students
academic, administrative and social support for the

Universitys Indigenous Australian students
Overseas Student Health Cover
appropriate orientation to the wider University and to the

particular departments students are entering
bi-semester e-newsletter
volunteer program students get involved in assisting the
International Student Services and meet other students
(both local and international)
SIGN The Student Information and Guidance Network
Mentor Program; new students can register for a mentor to
assist them in the transition to life at ANU. SIGN mentors
could be local or international students; liaison with DIMIA
on student visa matters as necessary
referral to appropriate support services on- and off-campus
advocacy and advice.
When a student is about to leave

It is also normal for students to feel anxious about going
home and the IEO offers the following to help them adjust
toreturning.
The Going Home Program provides information about
reverse culture shock, freighting belongings home, Alumni,
and other issues. All potential graduands will be sent a letter
at the beginning of their last semester indicating things
that they should be doing to complete their studies at ANU
and in preparation for their return home. Once students
have returned home we will send them a letter explaining
the impact of reverse culture shock, along with contact
details of the relevant Alumni.
The Valedictory Celebration, a cocktail party where students
and staff can mingle and celebrate the completion of
theirstudies.
For a full list of events in 2009 http://info.anu.edu.au/studyat/
International_Office/events Contact details
Lower Ground Floor, Pauline Griffin Building, Building 11
T: 02 6125 4643
F: 02 6125 5550
E: ieo.support@anu.edu.au
W: www.anu.edu.au/ieo
Office hours:
Monday, Tuesday, Thursday and Friday 9am 5pm
Wednesday 10am 5pm
encouragement in academic excellence

advice on Indigenous scholarships and cadetships
supplementary tutoring in specific disciplines
assistance in arranging accommodation
help in dealing with Government departments, University
Colleges and administration.
The academic and social support focus of the Centre is an
important part of helping to build a successful Indigenous
Australian community at ANU.
T: 02 6125 3520
E: Jabal.Centre@anu.edu.au
Other ANU student services

ANU Students Association
The Australian National University Students Association
(ANUSA) is the elected representative body of undergraduate
students on campus. If you are an undergraduate student at
ANU, then ANUSA is your student voice. ANUSA consists of
a number of elected students who present student issues to
the University Council, to College Boards and on other official
committees. ANUSA also represents student issues outside the
campus, organise social events campus, plus providing some
student services which are not provided by the University (such
as free legal and welfare advice). If an issue needs to be raised,
or something about university life needs to be changed, or
problems need to be talked through, ANUSA can help.
ANUSA objectives are outlined in our Constitution.
ANUSA is a non-profit organisation, which aims to:
promote the welfare and further the interests of its
members, in particular to work for quality and equity in
higher education
to afford a recognised means of representation for its
members both within and outside the University
to promote the social life of its members.
28
General Information
ANUSAs office is located in Building 17, above the

Commonwealth Bank in Union Court. Office hours are 9am
- 5pm weekdays almost all year round.The staff are a really
friendly group of people (most of the time!).Members can come
in and meet representatives, read a magazine, buy second-hand
textbooks, get free legal advice, free tax help and Centrelink
advice and get a student representative to advocate for your
problem. Members can also get involved with all sorts of ANUSA
activities, or just drop in for free tea, a student diary and a
comfy couch. The ANUSA President for 2008 is Jamila Rizvi.
Email her at sa.president@anu.edu.au
E: sa.admin@anu.edu.au,
T: 02 6125 2444
W: http://sa.anu.edu.au
ANU Union
The ANU Union offers a wide variety of services to provide for
members needs. The ground floor of the building is largely
occupied by the Refectory which is a food hall area occupied by
Deli Delite (gourmet fococcias, Turkish pides, wraps, sandwiches,
fruit, drinks etc), Organix (healthy fare including quiches, fruit
salad), Cucina de Pasta (pizzas, pastas, salads) and Plowmans
(chips, fried chicken, fish, burgers and more). Next door to the
JB Chifley Library The Coffee Shop offers you great coffee and
taste treats. The Uni Bar and Games Room are located at the
Sullivans Creek end of the building with the Union Shop, Post
Office and Resources Centre occupying the city end. You can
buy stationery, newspapers, magazines, souvenirs, academic
robes and clothing at the shop, plus it offers a dry cleaning and
photographic service. The Post Office processes passports as
well as offering the normal postal services and you can do your
own photocopying, binding and laminating in the Resources
Centre where passport photos can be taken. Also situated on
the ground floor are a bakery, supermarket and cycle hire and
repair shop.
The first floor of the building is occupied by the Asian Bistro,
Bar, Pajenkas Caf, Rosies Chicken and the Unions Admin
Offices (including the Functions Sales Office, Degree Coffee
Lounge, Ticketek Agency, Computer Shop, Optometrist,
Enigma@ANU hair salon and Dental Surgery. The Bridge lounge
area is located across Sullivans Creek and is an ideal spot for
members to watch their favourite television shows, have a
game of snooker or just relax.
The Uni Bar opens as 12pm and closes at 10pm Monday to
Thursday; later on Fridays when there is a free concert for
students and on Saturdays when live bands often perform.
Big name bands often perform in the Refectory and Bar areas;
these are advertised on the notice board at the Refectory
entrance. The Games Room is open from 8.30am to Bar closing
time for those wishing to relax over a game of snooker, darts or
other amusements, including the latest pinball machines.
The Asian Bistro opens from 12-2pm Monday to Friday.
Pajenkas Caf is open from 7.30am-6pm Monday to Friday for
breakfast, lunch, dinner and in-between snacks.
The ANU Union has several function rooms available for events
large and small; ANU Union also caters for outside seminars,
conferences, weddings etc. Contact the Functions Manager is
on T: 02 6125 2004.
The ANU Union also runs Caterinas, situated behind the
Law School and serving a variety of a la carte meals, snacks,
drinks, etc. Caterinas is open from 7.30am to 4.30pm, Monday
toFriday.
Membership of ANU Union comes from the student population

and all ANU staff and graduates are entitled to become
members. Contact: Administration T: 02 6125 2446, Functions
T: 02 6125 2004, Shop T: 02 6125 3648, Bar T: 02 6125 3660, or
visit our website at www.anuunion.com.au
Chaplains
A multi-faith Chaplaincy Service is available to all ANU
students, staff, their relations and visitors. The Chaplaincy
Centre (T: 02 6125 4246) is located in the Students Association
Building in Union Court (near the Chifley Library). All people are
welcome: any or no faith, any culture or lifestyle, any racial or
ethnic background without discrimination.
The Chaplaincy team includes ordained and lay men and
women, from many linguistic, cultural and education
backgrounds. Chaplains offer confidential, emotional and
spiritual support; referral to counsellors or other professionals
as required; discussion, information and advice on spiritual,
ethical and religious issues; and special events and ministries.
They care for the total person (and even have an officially
accredited Tax Help Volunteer to assist with tax returns). They
also provide, where possible, academic assistance, financial
support and other support inkind.
The Quiet Room is available, on a regular or drop-in basis,
to individuals or groups, for prayer, meditation or simply a
safeplace.
The Chaplaincy Centre is open from 10am to 4pm weekdays
during term and for reduced hours as advertised in
non-teaching periods. During the long vacation chaplains are
available by special appointment.
E: chaplaincy@anu.edu.au or arto.avakian@anu.edu.au
Child care
Heritage Early Childhood Centre
Heritage Early Childhood Centre is a community-based daycare
centre run by a management committee of elected parents. It
offers part-time and full-time care to parents who are students,
staff or interested members of the community. Children from
six weeks to school age are catered for at the Centre, which is
located in Lennox House (75 Lennox Crossing) on ANUcampus.
It is advisable to place your name on the waiting list well in
advance, as places are in very high demand.
T: 02 6125 2976 or 02 6249 8851
E: hecc@anu.edu.au.
F: 02 6230 4591
W: www.anu.edu.au/childcare/heritage
Acton Early Childhood Centre

Acton Early Childhood Centre is a community-based centre
that offers full-time and part-time childcare to families of
students and staff, and also to members of the public. The
Centre operates 50 weeks per year, closing for two weeks in
DecemberJanuary.
Full-time care is offered Monday to Friday, 8.15am to 6pm.
Part-time care is on a daily basis. The Centre is licensed by the
Office of Child Care for 52 places, distributed as follows:
Babies (Billy Buttons group) - eight weeks to two years
15
Toddlers (Sundews group) - two years to three years
15
Pre-School (Kanookas group) - three years to school entry 22
29
General Information
The Centre is homely and is located in a pleasant environment

at 22 Balmain Crescent, Acton. Further information about
the Centre is available at the centres web page. A Wait List
Application form can also be downloaded from this site.
T: 02 6125 5554
F: 02 6125 8488
E: aecc@anu.edu.au
W: www.anu.edu.au/childcare/aecc
The University Preschool & Child Care Centre

The University Preschool and Child Care Centre is a communitybased, not for profit organisation fully accredited to national
standards in childcare service provision. The Preschool and
Centre maintain close links with ANU and are conveniently
situated on the grounds of ANU, alongside Lake Burley Griffin in
Lennox House (Blocks E and F) on the corner of Lennox Crossing
and Lawson Crescent, Acton.
The Centre offers small care groups roughly divided by age,
in an attractive and spacious early childhood setting. Staff to
child ratios are above average and the comprehensive program
is planned and implemented by experienced and qualified early
childhood personnel. Children are accepted from four weeks to
school age and a preschool teacher is employed for the four
year old to school age, group.
Any concerns regarding access to the parenting rooms, contact

Facilities and Services Client Service Unit, T: 612 54000 or
helpdesk.workserv@anu.edu.au. They will then refer the
concern to the relevant area/officer.
The Co-op Bookshop

The Co-op Bookshop is situated in Union Court near the
Commonwealth Bank. From lists supplied by lecturers, it orders
all prescribed and recommended reference books. In addition it
carries a large range of general and paperback titles, as well as
computer software.
Lifetime membership costs $20; students and staff should
consider the advantages of becoming a shareholder.
Membership can be utilised at any of 40 branches, receiving the
same benefits and discount at each.
Full details and application forms are available from the
Bookshop. The shop is open Monday to Sunday 9am5pm.
T: 02 6249 6244 or 02 6125 3550
F: 02 6248 8949
E: anu@coop-bookshop.com.au
W: www.coop-bookshop.com.au
Dean of Students
Opening hours are between 7.45am and 5.45pm Monday to

Friday and the Centre operates all year except for the week
between Christmas and New Year. Enquiries from parents are
welcome regarding future care needs either by phone, email or
in person. An online application form for the waiting list is also
available via thewebsite.
The Dean of Students is a special role designed to give advice

and assistance to students (both undergraduate and graduate)
who are having trouble with any aspect of University life. You
should see the Dean of Students if you have:
T: 02 6125 4113
E: unipresc@iimetro.com.au
W: www.anu.edu.au/childcare/preschool
a grievance about treatment (either academic or personal)

in the University
Central Canberra Family Day Care

This service arranges childcare on a full-time, part-time and
casual basis (eg, after school). Care is arranged for children 0-12
years with family based childcare workers in their homes in the
inner Canberra area.
The Dean can assist in communication between parts of

the University and is in a position to convey broad student
concernsto relevant committees of ANU. If you have an issue
you need to raise, please make an appointment to discuss it
with the Dean.
The Office is located at 16 Balmain Lane, Acton. For

further details contact the Director on T: 02 6125 2000 or
E: info@familydaycarecc.com.au
T: 02 6125 4184
E: dean.students@anu.edu.au
Building 3T, Fellows Lane Cottage
Parenting rooms
Environmental management
Two Parenting Rooms have been established on campus for the

use of staff and students requiring a place to attend to specific
needs of young children and to meet the needs of nursing
mothers. The rooms can be accesses by key card for privacy and
provide baby changing table, nappy disposal, privacy screen for
breastfeeding, comfortable chairs and kitchenette.
Chifley Library Parenting Room

This room is located on Level 3, Chifley Library. It contains
lounge chairs and coffee table, a microwave oven, a baby
changing table and a screen. The room is lockable and is
available during the Librarys open hours.
Acton Early Childhood Centre Parenting Room

This room contains the same facilities as the Chifley Library
parenting room and is attached to the Acton Early Childhood
Centre at 22 Balmain Crescent - see. #72 on the campus map
grid reference CD32
30
questions or difficulties about ANU Procedures or policies,

and/or their application to you
any other issue confronting you or your fellow students.
The University has a strong commitment to the environment

and is a signatory to both the Talloires Declaration and the
NUS Charter for Sustainability. An extensive Environment
Management Plan has been established to reduce waste and
greenhouse gas production, and conserve biodiversity and
vital resources. Details of ANUgreen program can be found at
www.anu.edu.au/facilities/anugreen For enquiries about any
environmental issues on campus call 02 6125 2158.
Mid-Year Orientation
Students commencing programs of study in Second Semester
are encouraged to participate in the one-day Mid-Year
Orientation, which provides an overview of ANU services and
Colleges and an introduction to university study. Mid-Year
Orientation takes place in the week preceding the first teaching
week of second semester.
General Information
Open Day
Banks, credit union, post office & pharmacy
At ANU Open Day on Saturday 29 August you will be able to

tour the Universitys world-class facilities, meet staff and chat
with current students. Displays across campus will showcase
the many courses ANU offers. All University areas will have
general booths in one central location, in addition to activities
in their own buildings across the campus. Talks on courses will
be held throughout the day. For more information visit
http://info.anu.edu.au/studyat/_Student_Recruitment/_
openday.asp
Banking facilities and a pharmacy are located in the

Concessions area (ground floor, Building 17) adjacent to the
J. B. Chifley Building of the University Library. Postal facilities
are available in the Union Shop. Hours of operation are listed
as follows.
Orientation Week
Orientation Week provides an opportunity for students to
familiarise themselves with ANU campus, to learn about student
and administrative student services, to join student clubs
and societies and to participate in numerous social activities
organised by the Students Association. Introductory lectures
are held by each College. They provide a good opportunity to
meet lecturers, find lecture theatres and find out more about
what courses are on offer.
Students are able to join a large range of sporting, social,
religious and academic clubs and societies. Students are
encouraged to participate in the numerous social events held
during O-Week. A program detailing events for the week is
usually available towards the end of January.
Service One Members Banking

Members can obtain a full range products and services at any
of our branches which stretch throughout the Canberra region
including ANU Concessions Area, Batemans Bay, Bemboka,
Cooma, Narooma and Tumut.
Our products and services are designed to meet
yourfinancialneeds.
Our range of products and services include:
Transaction accounts and services: Student Accounts,
Savings Accounts, Business Accounts, Investments Accounts,
VISA Debit and Credit Cards, Phone and Internet Banking,
BPAY, Bank@post
Loans: Home Loans, Personal Loans, Car Loans
Insurance: Home and Contents, Landlord, Motor Vehicle,
Motor Cycle, Caravan and Travel Insurance
Investment services: Bridges Investment Services
Foreign currency services: Cash Passport, Travellers
Cheques and foreign cash, drafts, telegraphic transfers.
Service One Members Banking is located in the concessions
area of ANU and an ATM is located next to the branch and
also inside the branch.
Hours: MondayFriday 9am to 5pm
T: 1300 361 761
F: 02 6247 8362
E: members@somb.com.au
W: www.somb.com.au
Note - when considering any product offered by Service One
Members Banking, please consult the PDS for that product or
obtain personal advice in relation to the product.
Service One Credit Union Ltd (ABN 42 095 848 598 AFSL
240836) operates Service One Members Banking.
Opening hours
Commonwealth Bank of
Australia
Autobanks two available
9.30am-4pm Monday to Thursday

9.30am-5pm Friday
National Australia Bank

Chancelry 2B
Flexi-Teller Concessions
Area
9.30am-4pm Monday to Thursday

9.30am-5pm Friday
6pm-2am daily
The Credit Union of Canberra

(a division of Service One
Credit Union Ltd)
Concessions Area
Rediteller Machines
Concessions Area
University House
9am-5pm Monday to Friday
Post Offic
University Pharmacy
24 hours a day
Available during University House
opening hours
Student Mobility Program (Exchange)

The Student Exchange Program offered by the University
is rewarding both educationally and personally. ANU has
established agreements with institutions of high standing in the
following countries: Austria, Canada, Chile, Colombia, Denmark,
France, French Polynesia, Germany, Hong Kong, Ireland, Italy,
Japan, Korea, Malaysia, The Netherlands, New Zealand, Norway,
Singapore, Taiwan, Thailand, USA, UK, Sweden, Switzerland
and Vietnam. ANU is also the only university in Australia to
have an exchange with the University of Oxford (post-graduate
studentsonly).
Later year undergraduate students should have completed at
least one academic year at ANU and achieved a credit average
or better in order to participate. Students should have a
genuine interest in the people and culture of the country in
which they wish to study and will be expected to represent both
ANU and Australia while abroad.
The period of exchange may be either for 1 semester (6 months)
or a full academic year (12 months). Students interested in
exchange to a non-English speaking country should note that
special arrangements have been made by individual faculties for
some exchanges and usually only language major students will
be considered.
The University is continually adding new institutions and
destinations available for exchange. Students interested in
participating in the Exchange Program should consult the
International Education Office (IEO), Pauline Griffin Building, for
further information. Students interested in specific exchanges
within the School of Art or School of Music should contact
the Executive Officer, ANU College of Arts and Social Sciences
fordetails.
SIGN Mentoring Program

The Student Information and Guidance Network (SIGN)
Mentoring Program is designed to assist new students settle
into university life. New undergraduates/graduates who register
online with SIGN are allocated a later year student who acts as
a voluntary SIGN Mentor a specially trained guide to help
31
General Information
them with questions about life and study at ANU. The program
runs for the first term of each semester, with a number of social
activities, and plenty of free food available.
Undergraduate scholarships,
prizes & awards
Further information about how to register for SIGN can be

found on the internet at www.anu.edu.au/sign or by contacting
the SIGN Coordinator either at ANU Information Centre in
Union Court, via email sign@anu.edu.au or on 02 6125 3938.
The following undergraduate scholarships and awards are

for award to applicants who are or will be students of the
University. Only a small amount of information is provided here.
For detailed information please look at the website below and
follow the links www.anu.edu.au/sas/scholarships
Sport & Recreation Association

Following the introduction of Voluntary Student Unionism
across Australia on 1 July 2006, University students are no
longer required to pay annual General Services Fee levies for
student services. Even though this is now the case, all students
attending ANU continue to automatically remain members of
the Sport and Recreation Association (ANUSRA) by virtue of
enrolment. University staff, graduates of tertiary institutions
and students from other tertiary Institutions may also currently
apply to become members of ANUSRA at a cost of $99 per
annum (2008).
Sport and recreation activities are organised through the
efforts of members and staff, and policy decisions are made by
the Sport and Recreation Council. This Council is made up of
elected members and University-appointed representatives.
The following clubs are affiliated to the Sport and Recreation
Association: aikido, Australian football, basketball, badminton,
boat, caving, cricket, fencing, mens and womens hockey, indoor
hockey, judo, jujitsu, kendo, mountaineering, netball, rugby
union, sailing, scuba, ski and snowboard, mens and womens
soccer, table tennis, tae kwon do, tennis, touch, ultimate disc,
volleyball, weight training and Yu Shih Tao kung fu.
Facilities that are available for use include two multi-purpose
sports halls, a multi-purpose room, climbing walls, a dojo, two
squash courts, 10 tennis courts, four ovals, rowing and sailing
sheds, a heavy weights room, a fitness centre with available
fitness assessment, a cardio theatre, and a circuit training room.
In excess of 40 sport and recreation programs are organised by
ANUSRA each semester of the year providing classes such as
posture and flexibility, yoga, dance, martial arts, pole dancing
and muchmore.
An extensive lunchtime sport program is conducted with the
emphasis on participation and enjoyment.
Student members may also represent ANU in numerous interUniversity sporting competitions held throughout the year.
For information on scholarships and awards supported by the

ANU Colleges please go to the relevant websites, which are
listed on the back cover of the Handbook.
* Indicates that support for this scholarship comes from the
donor and ANU Endowment for Excellence.
ANU National Undergraduate Scholarships*

The University offers a number of ANU National Undergraduate
Scholarships each year. Value is $12,500 pa for the duration of
the scholars chosen program. There is no application process
for this scholarship. Students intending to apply to ANU for
admission will be automatically considered and made an
offer if they achieve the required UAI score. For 2009 the UAI
requirement will be 99.90 (no bonuses). The amount and UAI
requirement are subject to change.
ANU National Merit Scholarships*

The National Merit Scholarships are for students who achieve
a UAI score slightly below the NUS requirement. There is no
application process for this scholarship. Students need to be
intending to apply for admission to the ANU and obtain the
required UAI score, which for 2009 is between 99.50 to 99.89
(no bonuses). This scholarship is valued at $6,500 pa for the
duration of the scholars chosen program. The amount and UAI
requirement are subject to change.
ANU Region Scholarships*

The ANU Region Scholarships are valued at $6,500 pa for four
years. Scholarships are awarded to applicants from the regions
surrounding the University: Wollongong, South Coast, the
Highlands, Goulburn, Yass, Queanbeyan, Western Slopes, Plains,
and South West.
ANU Alumni Association Scholarships*

From time to time ANU offers several scholarships on the basis
of academic merit and financial need, which may include
scholarships of $5,000 for students in First Year and Honours.
The daily operations are the responsibility of an Executive

Officer, Operations Manager, Sport Promotions Manager and
Coordinator, Fitness Centre Manager, Fitness Consultants,
Administration Assistant and Member Services Officers. These
staff can be contacted through Reception on 02 6125 2273.
ANU Honours Scholarships
All Sport and Recreation Association members may join in

on any of the activities organised by ANUSRA or its affiliated
clubs. If a student requires further information on activities or
becoming a member, please contact staff on:
Five full undergraduate tuition scholarships are available for

international students from any country (conditions apply). A
scholarship application form must be submitted by the end of
November (for February entry) and end of the second week in
May (for July entry). This scholarship also covers the Overseas
Student Health Cover.
T: 0261252273,
E: sports.union@anu.edu.au
W: www.anu.edu.au/sport
ANU awards a number of ANU Honours Scholarships valued

at $5,000.
ANU International Undergraduate Scholarships
ANU International Alumni Scholarships

Three full international undergraduate tuition scholarships are
available for a student from each of the following countries:
Malaysia, Singapore and Thailand.
32
General Information
Terrell International Scholarships

A number of scholarships each covering 25 per cent or 50 per
cent of the International Student Fee are available for award
to applicants on the basis of their achievement in at least two
semesters of enrolment at the University. This scholarship also
covers the Overseas Student Health Cover
ANU Enterprise Access Scholarship

Two scholarships of $2,000 per semester for a maximum
of six semesters are available to applicants who can supply
medical and supporting evidence of a permanent disability and
financialneed.
Commonwealth Scholarships
Commonwealth Education Costs Scholarships A number of
scholarships of $2,207 pa for four years for applicants with
financial hardship ( 54 scholarships in 2008).
Commonwealth Accommodation Scholarships A number of
scholarships of $4,415 pa for eight semesters for applicants
with financial hardship who have moved from a rural/regional
area for study (54 scholarships in 2008).
ANU Cricket Club Scholarship*

A scholarship of $3,000 available from time to time for award
to the candidate who: meets the academic requirements for
entry to an undergraduate degree program; has cricketing
ability attested to by two referees; and whose permanent home
is in rural or regional Australia.
Elspeth Young Memorial Grants*

Grants to assist Indigenous students to develop personally or
professionally made possible through a bequest from the late Dr
Elspeth Young.
St Vincent de Paul ANU Alumni Indigenous

Scholarships*
Two scholarships each year to assist Indigenous Australian
students with the opportunity to improve education outcomes
in a way that achieves a multiplier effect in future generations.
Sir Geoffrey Yeend Honours Scholarships*

One or two scholarships of $5,000 for Honours Year in political
science, visual and performing arts and Asian studies.
Scholarships for Indigenous students

The Jabal Centre is currently undertaking a review of the
Scholarships for Indigenous students. For more Information
on these scholarships refer to the Undergraduate Scholarships
website (www.anu.edu.au/sas/scholarships).

ANU Baudin French Student Exchange Scholarship
To assist an undergraduate student who has been awarded
a French Government Baudin Scholarship to undertake an
approved exchange in France.
ANU Foundation for Visual Art Scholarship

Awarded to a student in the School of Art who displays a high
level of artistic ability and accomplishment in any area of
expertise in the School.
ANU National Orchestral Scholarship

For an enrolled student in the School of Music who is selected
to join the Canberra Symphony Orchestra for a specified
number of performances during one calendar year.
Australia-Britain Society (ACT) Honours Scholarship
Joseph and Lindsay Croft Scholarship for an

Indigenous Australian Undergraduate Student*
One scholarship of $1,000 for Honours in the field of British

History, broadly conceived.
A scholarship for an Indigenous Australian student is available

for award on the basis of financial need.
David and Margaret Williams Travelling Scholarship

in the Visual Arts
National Centre for Epidemiology and Population

Health Honours Scholarships
To assist a student enrolled at the School of Art to undertake a

period of study exchange at an overseas Institution.
A number of Honours scholarships will be available for

applicants who are studying full-time in a discipline relevant to
the research undertaken at National Centre for Epidemiology
and Population Health (NCEPH) and ideally will be supervised by
a member of the academic staff at NCEPH. Some of the relevant
fields are: environmental sciences, anthropology, sociology,
economics, population studies and medical sciences. Indigenous
Australian students are encouraged to apply.
Dennis Griffin Scholarship
Nugget Coombs Indigenous Australian Scholarships*

One scholarship for an undergraduate and one for a
postgraduate student available each year. The scholarships are
intended to assist with short fieldwork and research projects of
between two and four weeks in Northern Australia.
Rotary - Alf Gillespie Undergraduate Scholarship*

A scholarship of $2,000 for one year to an Indigenous
Australian student enrolled full-time in the second or
subsequent year of a degree program in the fields of
archaeology, anthropology and taking courses related to
Indigenous Australian culture, history and/or linguistics.
Previous holders may reapply.
Undergraduate and Postgraduate Scholarships offered to

students commencing in Piano and Composition programs
ofstudy
Emerging Artist Support Scheme Patrons Honours

Scholarship in Visual Arts
The scholarship is to assist School of Art Honours students who
have demonstrated a high capacity for achievement in their
chosen field of Visual Arts practice.
Harmony Trust Scholarship

A Scholarship open to Students enrolled in the Bachelor of
Music in any Instrument. $5,000 per year for a maximum of
four years.
Henry Ergas Honours Scholarship in Visual Arts

A number of Henry Ergas Honours Scholarships are available for
students undertaking Honours in Visual Arts.
Janet Wilkie Memorial Award

The Janet Wilkie Memorial Award awarded to the student who
has achieved the best result in Art History Honours to assist
that student to undertake a study tour overseas.
33
General Information
John Kirby Memorial Scholarship

To assist an undergraduate student who has been selected to
undertake an approved exchange at the University of Versailles.
Ken and Vera Fowler Honours Scholarship

Scholarship offered to students undertaking the Honours year
in the Bachelor of Music. Valued at $5,000 for the year
Kornfeld Graduate Tuition Scholarship for Singers

Available to students enrolled in a program of graduate study in
Voice performance
Leonard and Margaret Doman Undergraduate

Scholarship for Flute
This one year Scholarship is awarded to an outstanding level of
music ability and accomplishment as a flautist and possess the
potential to make an outstanding contribution as a musician.
The scholarship is for one year.
Nigel and Ann Flowers Honours Scholarship

for Flute
The winner will display an outstanding level of musical ability
and accomplishment as a flautist and possess the potential to
make an outstanding contribution as a musician.
Ruth Pfanner Undergraduate Scholarship for Cello

Undergraduate Merit Awards
Up to 20 awards valued at $5,000 each are available for
international and domestic students who have completed Year
12 in Australia.
ANU College of Business & Economics Foundation

Merit Scholarship
One scholarship is available for a half-tuition fee waiver
for an ANU College Foundation Student who applies for a
CollegeProgram.
ANU College of Business & Economics International

Merit Scholarship for Commencing Students
Up to seven half-tuition fee waivers for one year are
available to international commencing students based on
academicmerit.
ANU College of Business and Economics International Merit
Scholarship for Continuing Students
Up to 10 half-tuition fee waivers for one year available for
international students in second or third year based on
academic merit.
Awarded every four years to the most outstanding applicant

commencing the Bachelor of Music in Cello Performance
withHonours.

Undergraduate Merit Scholarship for Commencing
Students from Nominated Partners
Ruth Pfanner Commencement Scholarships
Up to three half-tuition fee waivers for one year available to

international students from selected international partner
institutions.
One year scholarships for students commencing the Bachelor of

Music in any instrument, $2,000 for one year.
School of Music Foundation Scholarship

Scholarship available to students enrolled in the Bachelor of
Music supported by the School of Music Foundation.

Westende Travelling Scholarships

This award is available for School of Art undergraduate
students who wish to undertake overseas exchange. Selection
is based on academic merit, reasons for wishing to pursue the
overseas study program, potential ability to adapt to unfamiliar
environment, suitability for overseas studies, and the benefit to
the School of Art as well as the student.

ANU Chinese Language Scholarships*
Two scholarships of $1,800 for the best result in Modern
Chinese 2 and Modern Chinese 4.

34
ANU College of Business & Economics Honours

Scholarships
The College offers a number of scholarships for Honours for
domestic and international students.
Bob Gregory Honours Scholarship

One scholarship of $10,000 for award to the student enrolled in
a Bachelor of Economics (Honours), who Intends to undertake
research in the are of applied economics with policy relevance
for Australia, as part of the Honours year. Selection is based
on academic ability and leadership, as demonstrated by the
students academic record.
DEWR Labour Economic Honours Scholarship

One scholarship of $10,000 for award to the student enrolled in
a Bachelor of Economics (Honours), who Intends to undertake
research in the area of labour economics as part of their Honour
year. Selection is based on academic ability and leadership, as
demonstrated by the students academic record.
John Mitchell Scholarship*

One scholarship of $1,000 for award to a first year, domestic
student of rural origin who enrols in a program offered by
theCollege.
General Information
ANU College of Engineering & Computer

Science
Dickins Scholarship in Engineering*
A number of scholarships valued at $10,000 pa for four years

area available for students with a UAI over 99.5.
One scholarship of $2,000 for award to applicants who are

enrolled in the fourth year of Engineering, are studying in the
area of, or undertaking a project in, Signal Processing and/
or Telecommunications and can demonstrate financial need.
If there is no applicant in the field specified the Selection
Committee will select another field.
ANU College of Engineering & Computer Science

International Undergraduate Award
Paul Thistlewaite Memorial Honours Year

Scholarship*
A number of scholarships valued at $5,000 pa for two years

are available for International students with outstanding
high school results equivalent to an entry score of 99, or with
outstanding results in an approved diploma program.
One scholarship of $5,000 for award to the best academically

qualified female student enrolled in the fourth year Software
Engineering or Honours Year of Information Technology.

Excellence Award

Undergraduate Award
A number of scholarships valued at $5,000 pa for four years are
available to students with a UAI score above 99.

Undergraduate Relocation Award
A number of CECS Relocation Awards valued at $3,500 each are
available for non-ACT students moving to the ACT withaUAIof
98+. Cannot be held concurrently with any other ANU College
of Engineering and Computer Science scholarship or award.
ANU Enterprise Engineering Scholarships

Four scholarships of $4,000 each for full-time students enrolled
in Year 1, 2, 3 or 4 of the Bachelor of Engineering.
ANU Enterprise Engineering Scholarship for Women

known as the Lisa Brodribb Women in Engineering
Scholarship
The Lisa Brodribb Women in Engineering Scholarship of $5,000
for a full-time female student enrolled in the Bachelor of
Engineering.
ANU NICTA Honours Scholarships

A number of scholarships of $5,000 for students in their final
year of an undergraduate program at Honours level. The student
will undertake a research project offered with joint supervision
by a member of the academic area and a NICTA researcher.
Computer Science Research Project Honours Year

Scholarship
Scholarships of $5,000 for applicants enrolled in the Year 4
of Software Engineering, or the Honours Year of Information
Technology or Bachelor of Science with Honours in
ComputerScience.
CSIRO ICT Bachelor of Computer Science (H)

Scholarship
A scholarship valued at $5,000pa is available to a student
enrolling full-time in the Bachelor of Computer Science
(H) program. Assessment will be made as part of the
admissionprocess.
CSIRO ICT Honours Scholarships

A number of scholarships valued at $5,000 are available to
Honours students undertaking a project relevant to the research
of CSIRO, ICT Centre.
ANU College of Law

Littleton Groom Memorial Scholarship
One scholarship is available to a full-time student from
Queensland who has completed all component courses of firstyear law at a standard satisfactory. The recipient continues to
hold the scholarship while studying full time and achieving a
satisfactory standard of results.
Phillipa Weeks Scholarship in Law

The Phillipa Weeks Scholarship in Law was created in memory
of Phillipa Christine Weeks who was a member of the academic
staff of the ANU College of Law. Applicants need to be
successful in obtaining entry into the first year of a program
and must have attended secondary school in a regional or
remote part of Australia.

ANU Medical School Rural Clinical Placement
Scholarships
A number of scholarships to assist with travel, accommodation
and living expenses for students undertaking their rural clinical
placements will be available each year.
Medical Rural Bonded Scholarships

The Scholarships, which are only available to Australian citizens
or permanent residents, are funded by the Commonwealth
Government to encourage doctors to take up positions in rural
areas of Australia after completion of basic medical training
and postgraduate training. Details of the Scholarships including
the benefits and conditions are available at www.health.gov.au/
Internet/wcms/publishing.nfs/Content/work-mrb-summary
ACTION Trust Honours Year Scholarships*

Two scholarships of $6,000 for Honours in a field offered by the
School of Resources, Environment and Society.
Anglo American Services (UK) Ltd Scholarship in

Applied Geochemistry
A scholarship of $10,000 to assist students going Into their
third year in courses that lead to majors in both geosciences
and chemistry. A further $10,000 for Honours year subject to
academic achievement in third year. Awarded to the applicant
who has an outstanding academic record in both areas, and has
demonstrated a high capacity for achievement in the field of
Applied Geochemistry.
35
General Information
Angus Nicholson Honours Scholarship in Science*
Hilary Booth Scholarship
A scholarship of $5,000 for award to a student who can

demonstrate academic merit and a passion for his or her chosen
field of science.
The scholarship of $5,000 will be awarded from time to time

to an applicant who satisfies one or more of the following: a
student returning to study after a break from higher education;
a student not from ANU; a student with an interest in
mathematical biology.
Anjeli Nathan Scholarship*

A scholarship of $5,000 for award to an applicant accepted to
study behavioural ecology or conservation biology as part of
the Honours Program in Botany and Zoology.
Alexander McTaggart Honours Scholarship*

A scholarship of not less than $6,000 to assist a student in
the Fourth Honours Year of a Bachelor degree program of
the College of Science undertaking in a medical science field
preferably related to cancer research. See The John Curtin
School of Medical Research (JCSMR) site.
A L Hales Honours Year Scholarships in Geophysics

& Geochemistry
The Research School of Earth Sciences (RSES) supports several
scholarships for students in the fourth Honours year of a
program leading to the award of a Bachelor of Science degree
in Geology, Mathematics, Physics or Theoretical Physics. See the
RSES site.
I.G. Ross Scholarship

The scholarship of $2,000 for the best result in first
yearChemistry.
Joyce Fildes Honours Scholarship in Medical

Sciences*
A scholarship of $5,000 for a student in the Honours Year of a
bachelors degree offered by ANU College of Physical Sciences
who is undertaking studies related to medical sciences. See the
John Curtin School of Medical Research (JCSMR) site.
Mathematical Sciences Institute Honours

Scholarship
A number of scholarships of $5,000 plus relocation allowance
for Honours in the Centre for Mathematics and its Applications
or the Department of Mathematics in ANU College of Physical
Sciences.
ARC Centre of Excellence in Vision Science
Medical Science Fourth Year (Honours) Scholarships
The ANU node of the ARC Centre of Excellence in Vision Science

supports two or three Honours scholarships. The value is $6,000
plus a relocation allowance of up to $4,000. Research must be
undertaken with one of the Centres Chief Investigators and be
on a Centre related research project.
A number of scholarships of $6,000 with an additional travel

component for Honours Year in BSc in medically related
science fields within the College, normally in the School of Life
Sciences. See the JCSMR site.
ANU Enterprise Chemistry Scholarships

Two scholarships, valued at $1,200 and $800, for the students
with the second and third best results in first year Chemistry.
Bachelor of Global & Ocean Science (H) Internship

Students who enrol in the Bachelor of Global and Ocean
Science (H) are eligible to be considered by an Internship.
Bok Honours Year Scholarship in Astrophysics*

The Research School of Astronomy and Astrophysics (RSAA)
supports each year a scholarship for a student in the Bachelor
of Science with Honours in Astrophysics. See the RSAA site.
Boyapati Computer Science & Mathematics Honours

Scholarship
A scholarship of $5,000 for award to encourage students to
pursue Honours in the related fields of Computer Science and
Mathematics. The scholarship is supported by Dr Boyapati and
alumnus of the Mathematical Sciences Institute.
Bushfire CRC Honours Scholarship

One scholarship of $5,000 for Honours in relevant area.
Curly Humphreys Scholarship for Forestry

For an Honours student undertaking research in Operational
Forestry particularly harvesting and log transportation but
also silviculture, fire science and management, the collection
and presentation of log and forest inventory data, and
forestplanning.
36
National Centre for Epidemiology & Population

Health Honours Scholarship
A number of Honours Scholarships are available for applicants
who are studying full time in a discipline relevant to the
research undertaken at the NCEPH.
Paul Bunyan Memorial Honours Year Scholarship

A scholarship of $6,000 for Honours Year of degree of ANU
College of Physical Sciences in a medical science field preferably
related to cancer research. See JCSMR site.
Research School of Biological Sciences Honours Year

Scholarships
A number of Honours scholarships of $6,000 are available. The
successful applicant must undertake Honours in an area of
research related to the research interests of the Research School
of Biological Sciences (RSBS).
Research School of Chemistry Honours Scholarships

From time to time the Research School of Chemistry (RSC)
awards Honours Scholarships to student who are undertaking
Honours in areas of research related to the research Interests of
the RSC.
Research School of Physical Sciences &

Engineering Honours Year Scholarships
A number of scholarships of $5,000 (plus a relocation allowance
for students outside the ACT) are available for Honours Year
Students enrolled in the Bachelor of Science in areas of
relevance of the work of the School.
General Information
School of Resources, Environment & Society

Scholarship for an Aboriginal or Torres Strait
Islander student
The Scholarship of not less than $1,000 for the Indigenous
Australian student enrolled in Bachelor of Science (Forestry).
Further information
For further information about any of the scholarships listed
above or the prizes listed below please contact:
Prizes and Undergraduate Scholarships Officer
Registrar and Student Services
Pauline Griffin Building 11
Canberra ACT 0200
E: ug.schols@anu.edu.au
T: 02 6125 7733 or 02 6125 5595
W: www.anu.edu.au/sas/scholarships
Prizes
The following prizes are available for award to students of
the University. Further information may be found at
www.anu.edu.au/sas/prizes
The Tillyard Prize

The Tillyard Prize is the oldest and most prestigious prize
and is awarded to a student whose personal qualities and
contribution to University life have been outstanding and who
has completed in that year a degree of bachelor with honours.
The prize serves as a memorial to Dr Robin John Tillyard and
Mrs Patricia Tillyard. The prize takes the form of a certificate
and award of $2000 presented, if possible, at a Conferring
Ceremony.
The University Medal
Friends Bernhard Neumann Prize

Friends of the Library Blackburn Medal in Drama
George Zubrzycki Prize
Grahame Johnston Prize in Australian Literature
Harold Allen Memorial Prize
Hashem Etminan Prize In Persian History and Culture
Iain Wright Prize for English
Introduction to Anthropology Prize
Janet Wilkie Memorial Prize
Kate Buchdahl Memorial Prize for Violin or Viola
Kate North Prize
Lady Isaacs Prize
Leslie Holdsworth Allen Memorial Prize
L.F. Crisp Memorial Prizes for Political Science
L.F. Crisp Memorial Prizes for Political Science IV(H)
L.F. Crisp Memorial Prizes for International Relations IV(H)
Margaret Smiles Accompaniment Prize
Margot Lewin Cello Prize
Mick Williams Prize in History
Peter and Lena Karmel Anniversary Awards (for Art and Music)
Peter May Prize
Istituto Italiano di Cultura Premio Italia Italian Prizes (Artistic
and Literary)
Quentin Gibson Prize for Philosophy
Rachel Dorph Memorial Prize
Reginald de Bray Prize for Linguistics
Richard B. Davis Prize in Anthropology
The University awards a medal to recognise outstanding

candidates for the degree of bachelor, in the Colleges of the
University, provided they obtain first class Honours of sufficient
distinction supported by a distinguished academic record.
Ronin Films Prize for Introduction to Film Studies
Uni Pub ANU Short Story Prize
Swiss Embassy Prizes
In conjunction with The Australian National University the Uni

Pub supports a short story competition for students who are
enrolled in an Undergraduate or Postgraduate program at the
University.
W.E.H. Stanner Prize
Ann Bates Undergraduate Prize for Indonesian Studies
Alliance Francaise de Canberra Prizes (five prizes)
Australia Indonesia Association Prize
Anne Fraser Prize for American Studies
Australian Federation of University Women ACT Prize
Anthony Forge Prize
Basham Prize
Australia-Britain Society Award for Voice
James Ingram Prizes for Excellence In Diplomatic Studies

(Domestic and International)
ANU Classical Society Prize

Basil Bressler Prize for Violin
Bill Hyslop Prize in Voice
D.A. Casey Prize
Dante Alighieri Society (Canberra Branch) Prizes (four prizes)
David Adams Prize for Introduction to Politics
David Campbell Prize
E.A. Lyall Memorial Prize
Erika Haas Award
Friends Chamber Music Prize
Ronin Films Prize for the Film Studies Major

Ronin Films Prize for Film Studies IV(H)
Shahpar Rad Prize In Persian
Winifred Burston Memorial Prize
Klestadt Prize for Japanese

Naoki Matsumoto Consultancy Prize for Japanese and
Political Science
Richard B. Davis Prize in Thai

Accenture Prize for Corporate Strategy
A.D. Barton Prize
AMP Prize for an Honours Thesis in Actuarial Studies
Applied Probability Trust Prize
37
General Information
Australian Finance Conference Prize for Corporate Strategy
Ann Downer Memorial Prize in Law
Australian Finance Conference Prize for Monetary Economics

Australian Institute of Management Prize for Management
Australia and New Zealand Association of Psychiatry,

Psychology and Law Prize
Australian Prudential Regulation Authority (APRA) Prize for

Business Ethics
Australian Capital Territory Bar Association Prize

for Evidence
Commercial Representatives and Agents Association of

Australia Limited Prize
Australian Network for Japanese Law Akira Kawamura Prize

for Japanese Law and Society
CPA Australia Prizes (three prizes; first and second year

Accounting and the Accounting Major)
Bailey Prize for Human Rights
Department of Education, Employment and Workplace

Relations (DEEWR) Prize for Applied Economics IV(H)
B.C. Meagher Prize for Commonwealth

Constitutional Law
Department of Education, Employment and Workplace

Relations (DEEWR) Prize for Applied Micro-Econometrics
Blackburn Medal for Research in Law
Department of Finance and Administration Prize for

Microeconomics 3
Centre for Commercial Law Prize for Takeovers and Securities

Industry Law
Department of Finance and Administration Prize for Public

Sector Accounting
Clayton Utz Prize for Administrative Law
Economic Society Prize for Economics II

Economics Society Prize for Economics IV
Ernst and Young Prize for Accounting
Ernst and Young Prize for Auditing
G.S.L. Tucker Prize
Goldman Sachs, J.B. Were and Son Prize
Lexis Nexis Prize in Company Accounting
Mathews Prize in Public Economics
Noel Butlin Prize for Economic History IV (H)
PricewaterhouseCoopers Prizes in Accounting (two prizes)
Rice Warner Actuaries Prize for Survival Models
Rice Warner Actuaries Prize for Stochastic Modelling
Statistical Society of Australia (Canberra Branch) Prize
Statistical Society of Australia (Canberra Branch) Prize for First
Year Statistics
Swiss Re Life and Health Prize for Actuarial Techniques
Thomson ATP Prize for Taxation Law
Thomson ATP Prize for Taxation Concepts and Issues
Tillinghast-Towers Perrin Prize for Third Year Actuarial Studies
Trowbridge Deloitte Consulting Prize for the Actuarial
ControlCycle

Australian Computer Society (Canberra Branch) Prize
Baker and McKenzie Prize for Intellectual Property
Blake Dawson Prize for Corporations Law
Clayton Utz Prize for Torts

Clayton Utz Prize for Migration Law
Commonwealth Attorney-Generals Department Prize
DLA Phillips Fox Prize for Indigenous and Race Law Studies
Daphne Olive Memorial Prize in Legal Theory
Deans Prizes for Law
Elizabeth Allen Prize for Foundations of Australian Law
Farrar Gesini and Dunn Prize for Family Law
Fragomen Prize for Migration Law and Practice
Freehills Prize for Commercial Law
George Knowles Memorial Prize
Harmers Prize for Work and Law
Holding Redlich Prize for Property
Jack Richardson Prize for Administrative Law
James Davis Prize for Conflict of Laws
John James Memorial Foundation Prize for Health Law
Law Society of the Australian Capital Territory Prize for
Contracts
Lexis Nexis Prizes for Law (10 prizes)
Lexmark Prize for Environmental Law
Mallesons Stephen Jaques Prize for Law Studies
Maree Ayers Prize for Criminal Justice
Minter Ellison Prize
CEA Technologies Prize in Telecommunications
Phillipa Weeks Prize for Labour Law sponsored by Holding

Redlich
Corcas Prize, In Memory of Sean Corcoran
Professional Careers Australia Prize
Erin Brent Computer Science Prize
Haley Prize for Legislation and Expert Systems
Deans Prize, ANU College of Engineering and Computer Science
Haley Prize in Information Technology Law
Google Prize for Honours In Computer Science

H.A. Jones Medal for Excellence in Engineering Studies
Senatore Brennan Rashid DFK prize for Bankruptcy and

Insolvency
Haley Prize in Computer Studies
Sir Victor Windeyer Prize in Legal History
ANU College of Law
Sparke Helmore Prize for Equity and Trusts
ACT Bahai Community Prize in International Law
Stacks the Law Firm Prize
ACT Director of Public Prosecutions Prize for Criminal Law
Supreme Court Judges Prize
ACT Women Lawyers Association Prize for Law Studies
Thomas Richards Prize for Administration Law
Allens Arthur Robinson International Trade Law Prize
Thomson Prizes for Law (10 prizes)
38
General Information
United Nations High Commissioner for Refugees Prize for

Migration Law
Janet Elspeth Crawford Prize
ANU College of Medicine, Biology & Environment
L.D. Pryor Prize
ANU Medical School ACT Medical Board Professionalism and

Leadership Prize - Year Two
M.R. Jacobs Prize in Silviculture
ANU Medical School ACT Psychiatry Prize
May-Jane Chen Prize for Scientific Writing in Psychology
ANU Medical School Anatomy Dissection Prize
Michael Cook Prize for Scientific Writing in Psychology
ANU Medical School Gareth Long Prize In Orthopaedic Surgery
Priscilla Fairfield Bok Prize
ANU Medical School Graham Wilkinson Prize
Psychology Prize for First Year
ANU Medical School Guan Chong Prize in Surgery
Psychology Prize for Third Year
ANU Medical School Mary Potter Prize for Excellence
Royal Australian Chemical Institute Prize
ANU Medical School Womens and Childrens Health Essay Prize

Year One
Schlich Memorial Trust Prize
ANU Medical School Leadership Prize Year Four

ANU Medical School Prize for Population Health
ANU Medical School Womens Health Prize Year Four
ANU Medical School Cancer Council ACT Pathology Prize
Year Four
ANU Medical School Indigenous Health Prize Year Four
ANU Medical School Rural Health Prize Year Four
ANU Medical School Year Three Therapeutics Prize
ANU Medical School Year Three Clinical Skills Prize sponsored by
Welch Allyn
Judith A Slee Prize for Scientific Writing in Psychology
Mavis Prater Prize for Women in Mathematics
State Forests of NSW Prize for Forest Mensuration

Wanda Henry Prize for Optical Communications
W.B. Clarke Prize in Geology
W.P. Packard Prize in Geography
Postgraduate Prizes
Acumen Alliance Prize for Integrated Business Project Part A:
Entrepreneurship and New Venture Planning
Ann Bates Postgraduate Prize for Indonesian Studies
Anthony Reid Prize in Southeast Asian Studies
ANU School of Art Graduate Materials Award in Visual Arts
ANU Medical School Year Two Pathology Prize
AMPLA Prize for Resources and Energy Law
ANU Medical School Southern General Practice Network

Rural Prize
Charles Price Prize in Demography
David Campbell Prize
Adrien Albert Honours Chemistry Prize
Deans Prize for Outstanding Achievement in the Masters

Program in Law
A.N. Hambly Prize

Anthony Seelaf Memorial Prize in Geology
Antonella Salpietro Prize for Marine Ecology
Australian Institute of Agricultural Sciences and
Technology Prize
Australian Institute of Physics Prize
Australian Psychological Society Prize
Australian Psychological Society Prize for Second Year
Australian Society of Exploration Geophysicists (ACT Branch)
Prize for Geophysics
Australian Society for Parasitology Prize
Botany Prize
Boyapati Computer Science and Mathematics Prizes (for First,
Second and Third year)
Centre for Science and Engineering of Materials Prizes
Field Naturalists Association of Canberra Prize
Geological Society of Australia Prize
Hanna Neumann Prizes for Mathematics - Group C and
Honours
Honours Psychology Thesis Prize
Howlett Honours Prize for Geography
Irene Crespin Prize for Palaeontology
Jacobs Medal for Outstanding Field Studies
in Forestry
Chris Higgins Prize
Department of Finance and Administration Prize for the Master

of Financial Management
Dewar Milne Prize for Immunology
Dorothy Cameron Award
Dorothy Cameron Prize
Elspeth Young Prize for Social Contribution
Helen Hughes Graduate Diploma Prize in International and
Development Economics
Helen Hughes Master Degree Prize in International and
Development Economics
Frank Fenner Medal
Jagadishwar Mahanty Prize
J.G. Crawford Prizes. Three prizes are available for award
each year. Two are for Doctoral graduates and one is for a
master degree graduate whose programs of study have been
composed of or included research and the preparation of a
thesis. Academic excellence as evidenced in a thesis is the main
criterion. The prizes take the form of a medal.
Khalifa Bakhit Al-Falasi Prize for Master of Arts specializing in
Middle Eastern and Central Asian Studies
Lado Ruzicka Prize for Social Research
Liz and Bill Allen Prize for Practical Legal Training
Management Services AG Prize
39
Mathews Graduate Diploma Prize in Economics and Public

Economic Policy
P.A.P. Moran Prize
Pauline Griffin Prize In Managing People and Organisations
Peter William Stroud Prize
Phillip Williamson Prize
Raymond Apthorpe Master Degree Prize
Raymond Apthorpe Graduate Diploma Prize
Robert Jones Productivity Commission Prize for the Master of
Economics
Robert Hill Memorial Prize
Sir Roland Wilson Prize
Stephen Wurm Postgraduate Prize for Pacific Linguistic Studies
Tiri Tiri Prize (for the Master of Environmental Management and
Development)
40
Chapter 2
ANU College of Arts &
Social Sciences
41

Contents
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
School of Archaeology and Anthropology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
School of Art . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
School of Humanities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
School of Language Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
School of Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
School of Social Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
The Centre for Arab & Islamic Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Programs
56
Diploma in Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Diploma of Art . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Bachelor of Archaeological Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Bachelor of Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Bachelor of Arts (Art History & Curatorship) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Bachelor of Arts (Development Studies) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Bachelor of Arts (Digital Arts) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Bachelor of Arts (European Studies) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Bachelor of Arts (International Relations) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Bachelor of Arts (Music) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Bachelor of Arts (New Media Arts) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Bachelor of Arts (Policy Studies) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Bachelor of Arts - Dual Degree with the Bachelor of Social Work at Australian Catholic University . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Bachelor of Arts (Visual) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Bachelor of Design Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Bachelor of Design Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Bachelor of Languages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Bachelor of Languages (Classics) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Bachelor of Languages (Middle Eastern & Central Asia) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Bachelor of Languages (Modern European) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Bachelor of Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Bachelor of Music (Specialist) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Bachelor of Philosophy (Honours) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Bachelor of Philosophy (Honours)/Bachelor of Arts (Honours) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Bachelor of Visual Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Bachelor of Visual Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Majors
89
American Studies Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89

Ancient Greek Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Ancient History Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Anthropology Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Applied Linguistics Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Arabic Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Archaeology Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
42
Archaeological Practice Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97

Art History Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Art History & Curatorship Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Art Theory Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Australian Studies Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Biological Anthropology Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Ceramics Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Cinemedia Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Classics Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Composition Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Contemporary Europe Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Development Studies Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Digital Humanities Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Digital Media Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Drama Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
English Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Environmental Policy Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Environmental Studies Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Film Studies Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Forensic Anthropology Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
French Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Furniture Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Gender, Sexuality & Culture Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Geography Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
German Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Glass Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Gold & Silversmithing Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Health, Medicine & Body Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
History Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Human Ecology Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
IT in New Media Arts Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Indigenous Australian Studies Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
International Communication Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
International Relations Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Italian Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Jazz Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Latin Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Linguistics Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Musicology Major in the Bachelor of Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Musicology Major in the Bachelor of Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
New Media Performance Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Painting Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Performance Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Persian Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Philosophy Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Photomedia Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Policy Studies Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Political Science Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Population Studies Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Practical Music Studies Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Printmedia/Drawing Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
43
Printmedia/Drawing Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146

Religious Studies Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Sculpture Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Social Research Methods Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Sociology Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Spanish Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Textiles Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Turkish Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Honours
152
Bachelor of Arts (Honours) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152

Ancient Greek Honours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Ancient History Honours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Anthropology Honours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Applied Linguistics Honours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Archaeology Honours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Art History & Curatorship Honours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Art History Honours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Australian Studies Honours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Biological Anthropology Honours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Classics Honours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Development Studies Honours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .162
Drama Honours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
English Honours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Contemporary Europe Honours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Film Studies Honours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
French Honours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .165
Gender, Sexuality & Culture Honours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Geography Honours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
German Honours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Human Ecology Honours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
History Honours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Human Sciences Honours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
International Relations Honours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Italian Honours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Latin Honours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Linguistics Honours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Musicology Honours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
New Media Arts Honours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Philosophy Honours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Political Science Honours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Population Health Honours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Population Studies Honours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Psychology Honours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Russian Honours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Sociology Honours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Spanish Honours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Course Description
176
Bachelor of Arts Course Listing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339

Science Cognate Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
Courses not offered . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342
44
ANU COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SOCIAL SCIENCES
Introduction
CASS Student Office
The ANU College of Arts and Social Sciences (CASS) has one
of the largest student cohorts at ANU. With more than 3,500
students, it is the heart of the University. Our staff and students
come from more than 40 nations and internationalism is a
key feature of CASS. A broad education is offered to students
in archaeology and anthropology, art, digital media and new
media arts, humanities, languages, music, and social sciences
- both the traditional disciplines and contemporary crossdisciplinary fields of study. Such an education promotes original
thinking and brings with it life-long communication skills, and
skills of criticism and analysis, that are of enduring value in any
field of employment. CASS graduates are employed in a wide
range of occupations, often with less restricted career paths
than graduates with more vocationally oriented qualifications.
The CASS Student Office is located on the ground floor of the

Hayden-Allen Building (opposite the Tank Theatre). Opening
hours are from 9am to 5pm Monday to Friday. Information can
be requested via the email address enquiries.arts@anu.edu.
au All written requests or email enquiries MUST include your
university ID number.
CASSs teaching and research is of the highest standard, with

staff regularly receiving national and international awards
for their work. Through contact with our leading researchers,
students are able to participate in cutting-edge intellectual
debates. At the undergraduate teaching, we place special value
on the personal interaction that is possible only in small-group
teaching. We make use of information technology incorporating
this wherever possible to advantage students.
College structure
CASS is made up of the Faculty of Arts, the Research School
of Social Sciences, the Research School of Humanities, The
Australian Demographic and Social Research Institute, the
Centre for Aboriginal Economic Policy Research, the Centre
for Educational Development Methods and the Australian
National Internship Program. The Faculty of Arts undertakes
the undergraduate teaching within six Schools and one Centre;
Schools of Anthropology and Archaeology, Art, Humanities,
Language Studies, Music and Social Sciences and the Centre for
Arab and Islamic Studies.
New enrolments
If you are enrolling in CASS for the first time you should seek
advice about your choice of courses with the College Student
Office staff at enrolment time. Successful applicants to the
University will be advised in their offer letter of the days set
aside for course advice, course approval and registration of
enrolment.
Assistance for students

There are many sources of advice and assistance available to
students in CASS. Initial points of contact include:
CASS Student Office
undergraduate administrators from each School
Administration Office
lecturers and tutors can assist students with their studies
in each course outside regular class times. Lecturers make
themselves available during special office hours designated
for this purpose
The Office has responsibility for carrying out the general

academic administration of the College in collaboration with
the University Student Administration. Students should seek
advice on the following matters from our expert advisers
located in the College Student Office:
planning your program of study
seeking academic advice about your program
enrolling in or dropping courses related to your program
transferring to another College or program
cross-institutional enrolment
study overseas on Exchange Programs
taking leave from your program
credit (generally referred to as status) for previous study
matters for special consideration - advice on intensity of
enrolment when study is interrupted by illness or other
personal difficulties; transferring to part-time study and on
special examinations
matters concerning the Honours year
advice and approval for overseas exchanges
advice on policies and practices related to the
undergraduate program.
If a student is worried about a particular course, then it is
better to first discuss the problem with the member of staff
concerned with that course, rather than with the staff located
in the College Student Office. General worries about the College
or personal problems can be raised with any member of staff
whom students feel will be sympathetic and helpful.
Contact the College Student Office for further details,
T: 02 6125 2898.
School administration offices

Each School and Centre in the Faculty of Arts has its own
Administration Office centrally located close to the staff and
teaching areas. Locations are as follows:
School of Anthropology and Archaeology
Ground Floor, A. D. Hope Building 014
School of Art
Ground Floor, School of Art Building 105
First Floor, A. D. Hope Building 014
Third Floor, Baldessin Precinct Building 110
Program and Major convenors, together with the

undergraduate and graduate advisers in each discipline area,
offer guidance on the nature and content of majors and
individual courses.
School of Music
School of Music Building 100
Information can also be sourced from the CASS website http://

cass.anu.edu.au or the ANU student website http://students.anu.
edu.au
Centre for Arab and Islamic Studies

Building 127

Second Floor, Copland Building 024
The School Administration Offices are responsible for the

support of students and academic staff. Administrative staff
45
organise the lecture rooms, lab, tutorials etc. for your courses
and carry out the administrative support for disciplines
within the School. Students should seek advice at the School
Administration Office for matters regarding:
Associate Degree in Social Studies offered in conjunction

with ANU College
general enquiries for staff and courses taught within the

School or Centres
Diploma of Art
tutorial list distribution

handling of assessment pieces
reading bricks information, and
allocation of permission codes for web enrolment where
pre-requisites have been waived by a lecturer/Convener.
University Student Administration

The Universitys Student Administration is located on the
ground floor of the Pauline Griffin Building (Bldg 11) and is
responsible for a number of general academic administrative
services. Students should seek advice at Student Administration
for matters regarding:
admissions to programs
coordinating enrolment/re-enrolment advisory sessions
billing and collecting HECS/tuition fees
coordinating end of semester examinations
coordinating graduation/conferring ceremonies
issuing of academic transcript
issuing student cards.
Study options
Within the College there are opportunities to pursue specialised
study as well as the more traditional broadly-based Arts
courses which, by combining study in different disciplines,
enhance individual versatility and adaptability in the changing
circumstances of employment and community life.
Programs
The College offers the following undergraduate programs at
both pass and honours levels:
Bachelor of Arts
Bachelor of Arts (Art History and Curatorship)
Diploma in Arts available in most BA majors offered in the

Faculty of Arts
Combined programs
To expand career options, combined undergraduate programs
are also available in Arts/Visual Arts, Arts/Asia-Pacific Studies,
Arts/Commerce, Arts/Economics, Arts/Engineering, Arts/
Information Technology, Arts/Music, Arts/Science, Arts/Science
(Forestry), Arts/Science (Psychology), Arts/Law, Visual Arts/
Asia-Pacific Studies, Visual Arts/Science (Forestry), Music/
Asia-Pacific Studies, Music/Commerce, Music/Law, Music/
Science, Music/Science (Psychology), Visual Arts/Music. The
specific requirements for all combined programs are set out in
the Handbook section on Combined Programs at the end of
this Handbook.
Program structures and course values

The requirements and structure of undergraduate degrees and
diplomas are expressed in terms of units - with most courses
having a six-unit value. The basic program pattern for an
Arts degree over three years (six semesters) is 8:8:8, that is, a
standard full-time enrolment consisting of four courses per
semester - eight courses per year.
Courses offered
To keep abreast of new developments and educational needs,
the College continually revises the range of courses it offers.
In addition to undergraduate courses offered by the Faculty of
Arts, if you are enrolled in the single Bachelor of Arts (Program
code 3100 series) degree, you may incorporate into your
degree a maximum of 8 courses offered by other Colleges at
ANU, including Asia and the Pacific, Business and Economics,
Engineering and Computer Science, and Science. Generally
students enrolled in combined degree programs may only
enrol in courses offered by the two Colleges of their combined
program (see the combined degree entries later in this
Handbook). All courses are offered subject to staff availability
and sufficient enrolments. A list of courses that may be counted
as Arts in a Bachelor of Arts degree can be found at the end of
this chapter.
Selecting courses
You should read carefully the course descriptions set out in
this Handbook before you finalise your enrolment. You can also
consult the CASS Student Office about program structure and
course choice. T: 02 6125 2898 or E: enquiries.arts@anu.edu.au
All email enquiries MUST include your student ID number.
Graduate programs
Bachelor of Languages (Classics)
The ANU College of Arts and Social Sciences offers Doctor

of Philosophy and Master of Philosophy degrees undertaken
by research only. A wide range of postgraduate coursework
programs is also available in many, but not all disciplines.
Intending coursework students should therefore contact
those areas in which they are interested to see if postgraduate
coursework programs are available. Further information can
be obtained from http://info.anu.edu.au/StudyAt/050PP_
Graduate_Coursework/index.asp

Bachelor of Languages (Middle Eastern and Central Asian)
Bachelor of Music
Bachelor of Arts/Bachelor of Social Work (Dual degree with
the Australian Catholic University)
Associate Degree (specialising in Music) - offered by CIT
and ANU
46
Australian National Internships Program (ANIP)

The Australian National Internships Program (see later entry
in this Handbook) offers three Internships courses which
are available to later-year students in a number of degrees.

Students apply separately to the Program for selection and
admission to these courses. At the time of application to the
Program, students in CASS degrees should consult the CASS
Student Office to determine whether the ANIP course will fit
within degree program requirements. For more information see
www.anu.edu.au/anip
Courses taken at other institutions (Status/Credit)

If you have completed all or part of a degree or approved
diploma in another College at ANU or at another tertiary
institution, you may be granted status (credit) for some of that
work in your Bachelor degree. An application for status should
be made at the time of enrolment. A completed undergraduate
degree will normally be granted status of 54 units, expressed as
an unspecified major and two unspecified first year courses. If
you have an incomplete degree, an individual assessment will be
made to determine if any status may be granted. Where status
is granted you will be given a time limit to complete, which will
be less than the normal maximum of 10 years. Applications for
status need to be made at the CASS Student Office.
Grading and assessment

CASS has the same grading system for examination results that
applies to the University as a whole. For further details see the
Examination and Assessment section of this Handbook.
Methods of assessment proposed in individual course entries
are those preferred by the lecturers concerned. It is CASS policy
that, within the first two weeks of each semester, lecturers
should discuss with their classes the objectives, content
and forms of assessment of courses within the limits of the
broad outlines published. As a result of these discussions, and
subject to the authority of the College, there may be some
modifications in the methods of assessment proposed.
Students who submit written work for assessment in a
particular course may not submit the same piece of written
work (or a piece of work substantially the same) for assessment
in any other course unless, prior to submission, they have
obtained the approval of the Dean, lecturers in charge of the
courses, and Convenors concerned.
Academic dishonesty (plagiarism)

Students enrolled in the College are expected to be able to
express themselves and to sustain an argument in their own
words. They may not submit written work containing improperly
acknowledged transcription or excessive quotation of the work
of others. The University considers academic dishonesty a most
serious academic offence and severe penalties may be imposed
on anyone found guilty of it. The Universitys policy can be
found at http://info.anu.edu.au/policies/Codes_Of_Practice/
Students/Other/Academic_Honesty.asp . The Academic Skills
and Learning Centre is also available to help students who need
assistance with academic writing.
Cross-institutional study
In limited circumstances it may be possible to undertake crossinstitutional courses for status towards ANU Arts programs.
Permission for cross-institutional enrolment will normally only
be given where:
no similar Arts related-course is available at ANU. The
proposed course must be acceptable as an Arts course at
ANU and approved by the CASS Student Office or
a students personal or employment circumstances require

her/him to reside away from Canberra for a given semester;
or
a student is within two semesters of completing a degree
and is required to move away from Canberra.
Students wishing to undertake cross-institutional study must
contact the CASS Student Office. Study on a cross-institutional
basis is limited to the equivalent of one years study (48 units)
for single degree students and 24 units of study for combined
degree students.
If you are seeking approval to include cross-institutional
courses in your degree you must submit a Request for Crossinstitutional Study form in advance of your enrolment at the
other institution. Students must attach course descriptions/
outlines of intended courses for which they are seeking
cross-institutional approval. This form is available at the CASS
Student Office. You must allow AT LEAST 2 weeks for processing
of this application. On completion of the cross-institutional
course/s, you must provide the office with an official transcript
of your studies at the other institution for the granting of
status to be confirmed and entered on your academic record.
Status (credit) will appear on your record as unspecified status
and does not include the grade you achieved at the other
university.
Variation of enrolment
Students may change their course enrolment in accordance
with the dates and procedures determined and published by
the Registrar in the Student Enrolment and Administrative
Procedures (SEAP) Guide.
If you drop courses before the HECS census date you will
have the courses deleted from your academic record. Courses
dropped after census date will appear on your academic
record. Courses dropped after census date will appear on your
academic record with or without failure in accordance with the
specified University Drop (withdrawal) dates determined and
published by the Registrar in the SEAP Guide. In exceptional
circumstances and upon presentation of evidence of medical or
compassionate reasons, the Dean of the College may grant an
exemption from this regulation.
See http://students.anu.edu.au/seap or collect a hard copy from
the Pauline Griffin Building or the CASS Student Office.
Students may discuss such decisions or any other matter
relating to a course of study with the relevant advisor
responsible for undergraduate matters.
Enrolment in prerequisites/co-requisites/
incompatible courses
A prerequisite course is one that a student must successfully
complete prior to enrolling in another course. However, because
the University asks students to enrol in courses for a whole
year Student21 will allow students to enrol in a course if you
are currently enrolled in the prerequisite/s with no result yet
recorded. If you subsequently fail the prerequisite you are
responsible for dropping the intended course.
A co-requisite course is a course that must have been
successfully completed prior to, or be taken in the same
semester as, the course with which it is identified as a
co-requisite. If you want to enrol in a course that has a
specified co-requisite that you have not previously successfully
completed, you must enrol in your elected course and the
co-requisite. You must continue enrolment in both the
47
co-requisite course and the elected course to gain results in

both courses.
Incompatible courses overlap in course content to such an
extent that both courses cannot be taken for credit. You should
not enrol in a course that is identified in the course catalogue
or Handbook as being incompatible with a course you have
already taken and passed. If you do enrol in such a course you
will not receive credit for the incompatible course.
Exemption from a prerequisite/co-requisite course

If you are seeking an exemption from a prerequisite or
co-requisite course you must gain permission from the lecturer.
An Approval to Waive Prerequisite(s) form is available at all
School Administration Offices and the CASS Student Office.
You must consult with the relevant course lecturer or Convenor
and upon their approval they must sign and date the form.
Upon receipt of the signed approval form the relevant School
Administration Office will allocate you a Permission Code that
will allow you to enrol in the course over the web via ISIS.
Repeat courses
You may not enrol in a failed course for a third time without
the approval of the relevant Head of School.
With the approval of the CASS Student Office you may repeat
a course that you have passed previously, in order to fulfill
program requirements or to achieve a higher grade, but this can
only be undertaken as a non-award enrolment that incurs the
upfront payment of a Domestic Tuition Fee.
Student responsibility
While staff will provide you with information and give you
assistance wherever possible, it is your responsibility to ensure
that your enrolment is correct at all times and that you
adhere to the administrative procedures and policies outlined
in the SEAP Guide. Claimed ignorance or misunderstanding
of a procedure will not be sufficient reason for avoiding the
consequences, which may have serious academic, financial or
administrative repercussions for you.
It is strongly recommended that you read the General
Information section of this Handbook and obtain a copy of the
Student Enrolment and Administrative Procedures (SEAP) Guide.
Further information concerning your enrolment and
administrative procedures can be obtained from the CASS
Student Office or from University Student Administration
in the Pauline Griffin Building or you can access the SEAP
Guide contents from the website at www.anu.edu.au/sas/
studentadmin
Following is a list of Schools and Centres within the ANU
College of Arts and Social Sciences that offer undergraduate
courses:
School of Art
School of Music
The Centre for Arab and Islamic Studies (The Middle East and
Central Asia)
Many courses from the Fenner School of the Environment as
also offered within the BA program.
48

Dr Patrick Guinness
Head of School
Archaeology and Anthropology are concerned with the study
of the cultural and biological characteristics of the human
species, in the past as well as in the present. The School has
three discipline-based Programs: Anthropology, Archaeology,
and Biological Anthropology. It also coordinates the Bachelor
of Archaeological Practice, and the cross-disciplinary Programs
in Indigenous Australian Studies, Development Studies, Forensic
Anthropology, and Health, Medicine and the Body.
First year Anthropology and Archaeology are not just the
foundation for a professional training, but are an ideal
foundation for a liberal arts degree providing a broad
humanistic background to understanding the history and
contemporary significance of cultural similarity and difference,
the impact of globalization, the nature and consequences of
development and the significance of culture in peoples lives
from the first to the third world.
Archaeology may be briefly defined as the study of the
human past from its material remains. As a body of theory
and associated techniques it may, of course, be applied to
many different periods and aspects of the human past. So we
have many archaeologies, eg prehistoric, classical, historical,
maritime, just to mention a few. In this School we have
a major focus on the archaeology of the prehistoric past,
in many regions of the world. The archaeology of culture
contact, together with courses which focus on the politics
of the past and archaeological theory, provide a framework
for the consideration of how archaeology intersects with
the contemporary world. Students can obtain training in
archaeology within the BA degree, and the School also provides
a specific professional degree in the form of the Bachelor of
Archaeological Practice.
Anthropology is the study of cultural differences and similarities
in a globalised world and is often referred to as socio-cultural
anthropology. As a field of study anthropology is uniquely
placed to interpret the widest range of contemporary social
phenomena - from migration to religious fundamentalism,
online communities and new social movements, contemporary
indigenous cultural expression and identity politics,
consumption and commodification, and many changing forms
of social relationships. It is also holistic in its approach, seeking
to integrate knowledge about the whole range of human
behaviours. While in the past anthropologists were mainly
interested in small-scale non-western societies, today as many
work in the first world as the third and concern themselves
with issues of change, development and empowerment in the
relations between west and non-west, and between minorities
and sub-cultures and the societies they are encapsulated by.
Biological anthropology is concerned with human evolution
in all its aspects and with the biology of present-day human
populations (genetics, physiology, ecology, demography and
growth), viewed comparatively and synthetically. It is also
concerned with the non-human primates, and with current
debates on the biological bases of human social behaviour.
Honours courses within the three disciplines offer specialist
technical training and examine the theoretical bases of each
discipline. Students considering the possibility of entering
careers as professional social or biological anthropologists
or archaeologists should plan their courses with a view to
taking the degree with Honours. Special honours work begins
in third year. As a School, comparable streams are offered

in anthropology, archaeology and biological anthropology.
A combined honours course in archaeology and biological
anthropology is also offered.
Graduate students participate in the Graduate Programs in
Anthropology and in Archaeology and Palaeoanthropology. The
Archaeology and Paleoanthropology Program forms part of the
cross-campus Centre for Archaeological Research (CAR).
Interdisciplinary programs
The Development Studies program is an interdisciplinary
program designed to provide a broadly based understanding of
theories of development processes through the core courses
which are drawn from various social science disciplines. The
area courses, designed to provide recent experience in at least
one major geographical area, include Central Asia and the
Middle East, China, Oceania, Southeast Asia, and South Asia.
The Indigenous Australian Studies Program is an
interdisciplinary program that enables students with an interest
in Indigenous Studies to take a set of interrelated courses in
different disciplines without the normal prerequisite required
in each course. The major makes it possible to combine
anthropology, archaeology, art, English, history, linguistics,
politics and music for a broadly based understanding of
Indigenous Australian societies and cultures both today and as
they were in the past.
The Health, Medicine and the Body Program enables students
with an interest in health studies to take a set of interrelated
courses from different disciplines within the university. This
major represents a commitment to the teaching about health
and the development of medical knowledge and bodily practice
in a broad historical, social and cultural context, and presents
students with the opportunity to explore further the social
study of health, medicine and the body.
The Forensic Anthropology Program is primarily concerned
with developing and applying a range of anthropological and
archaeological skills to questions of medico-legal importance.
The major in Forensic Anthropology offers a grounding in and
appreciation of the realities and practicalities of anthropological
and archaeological articulations with medico-legal issues in the
forensic arena, both internationally and domestically.
The School offers graduate coursework and research degrees at
the level of Graduate Diploma in Arts (coursework) Master of
Arts (coursework and research), Master of Applied Anthropology
and Participatory Development (coursework), Master of
Anthropology (coursework), Master of Archaeological Science
(coursework), Master of Visual Culture Research (coursework),
MPhil (research) and PhD (research).
For general enquiries contact:
School Administrator: Ms Susan Fraser
Ground Floor, A. D. Hope Building 014
T: 02 6125 3309
F: 02 6125 2711
E: Susan.Fraser@anu.edu.au
W: http://arts.anu.edu.au/AandA
The Centre for Archaeological Research web site
(incorporating monthly news of archaeology at ANU) is at
http://car.anu.edu.au
2009 Program Conveners within the School

Anthropology
Dr Patrick Guinness
E: Patrick.Guinness@anu.edu.au
Archaeology
Dr Peter Hiscock
E: Peter.Hiscock@anu.edu.au
Archaeological Practice
Dr Peter Hiscock
E: Peter.Hiscock@anu.edu.au
Biological Anthropology
Dr Robert Attenborough
E: Robert.Attenborough@anu.edu.au
Development Studies
Dr Patrick Guinness
E: Patrick.Guinness@anu.edu.au
Forensic Anthropology
Dr Marc Oxenham
E: Marc.Oxenham@anu.edu.au
Indigenous Australian Studies
Prof Nicolas Peterson
E: Nicolas.Peterson@anu.edu.au
Health, Medicine and the Body
Dr Robert Attenborough
E: Robert.Attenborough@anu.edu.au
Convenor of the Graduate Program in Anthropology
Dr Andrew McWilliam
E: Andrew.McWilliam@anu.edu.au
Convenor of the Graduate Program in Archaeology and
Palaeoanthropology
Dr Geoffrey Clark
E: Geoffrey.Clark@anu.edu.au
School of Art
Gordon Bull, BA (Hons), MA (Hons) Syd
Head of School
Formally established as a separate institution in 1976, the
School of Art has built a reputation as a leading arts educator
offering undergraduate and postgraduate training in eleven
art, craft and design disciplines - Ceramics, Digital Media, Glass,
Gold and Silversmithing, Painting, Photomedia, Printmedia
and Drawing, Sculpture, Textiles, Furniture and Art Theory. The
School of Art aims to give students experience in specific art
forms, fostering originality and professional levels of execution
through the integration of concepts and skills, and to provide
each student with a professional studio artists working
environment and an individual work space. The School uses a
workshop system as the basis of a highly specialised teaching
program.
The principle underlying the operation of each workshop is the
establishment of the closest possible resemblance between it
and day-to-day professional art activity.
The use of computers and multimedia applications are integral
parts of the Schools philosophy. In addition, Design Arts,
Multimedia, Video Art, Environment and Field Studies are
exciting study options.
In these discipline areas, leading artists with national and
international standing head workshop-based programs
49
designed to prepare students for careers as professional artists.

Heads of Workshop and full-time teaching staff are supported
by a team of practising artists acknowledged in their fields.
Workshop structures and programs have been established to
provide a teaching environment closely related to day-to-day
professional studio art practice. The Schools programs are
designed to give students experience in specific art forms while
fostering originality and innovation through the integration of
concepts and skills.
In all of the visual arts disciplines the Schools policy is to
provide a balance between traditional and new technologies
so that graduates achieve the greatest range of professional
options for their future careers as artists. In recent years the
School has invested significant new technologies such as
specialist computer laboratories, studies in Web-based art, the
Rapid Prototype facility, a wide format Inkjet Printer Research
facility and extensive new darkroom facilities in Photography
and New Media Arts, plus high-end video capture and editing
facilities through the Video Art Studio, Photography and New
Media Arts and Printmedia and Drawing Workshops.
The School of Art is well known for its excellent workshop
facilities, specialist library, exhibitions in the School Gallery,
the Artforum and Visiting Artist Forum guest lecture program,
regular artists-in-residence and participation and support
for other initiatives which benefit students and the local
arts community. . The School interacts extensively with the
community through access to non-award programs, artist-inresidence activities, Art Forum Lectures, exhibitions, summer
schools, teacher in-service programs, online and distance
education and special projects such as specialised symposia and
workshops.
Programs at the School are enriched by productive relationships
with and a close proximity to the National Gallery of Australia,
Screensound Australia, the National Library of Australia, the
National Museum, National Portrait Gallery, the Canberra
Museum and Gallery and the Drill Hall Gallery.
Galleries
The School of Art Gallery is one of the major exhibition spaces
in Canberra. It aims to show the variety and strength of
contemporary Australian visual arts through a diverse program
of events and exhibitions, which include touring exhibitions,
and selected exhibitions in conjunction with other parts of
the University. Graduating students work is displayed at the
completion of each year and each academic year begins with
exhibitions of work by postgraduate students.
The Foyer Gallery is a community access space managed by
the School of Art Gallery. Photospace Gallery primarily exhibits
photographic work as part of the Photography and Media Arts
Workshop activities. The general public is invited to visit these
galleries.
International Student Exchange Program

A special feature of the School of Art is the International
Exchange Network. Through this program students, normally in
their second year, have the opportunity to study at university
schools of art and design in Asia, Europe and North America.
No fees are payable at the host institution, although you
must remain enrolled at School of Art for the duration of the
program and the credit for work undertaken in an approved
study program is accepted by the School of Art. Costs of travel
and accommodation are the students private responsibility.
Students interested in taking part in the Student Exchange
Program should contact the School of Art Office, on 02 6125
5803 for further details.
Cost of materials to students

The School of Art is able to provide very limited materials for
coursework. In addition, students should expect to outlay a
minimum of $1,000 per annum depending on the major study
area. An indication of the order of expense is available from the
Workshops.
School of Art Student Exhibition Policy

1.
Undergraduate exhibitions
1.1
The School does not encourage students to exhibit their

work off campus during their undergraduate years. For
academic reasons, work produced for exhibition purposes
may not always be in the best interests of student
progress, and in any event should be seen as work done
under guidance. It is considered that the student has
reached a certain level of expertise at the completion of
their degree, at which point the School of Art endorses
their work and supports their endeavours as exhibiting
artists.
1.2 Exhibitions and entry to competitions coordinated under

the auspices of Workshops and with staff supervision,
incorporating a public relations or recruitment function,
representing the School in the wider community, may
be an exception to this regulation, with the approval
of the Head of School. The ANU School of Art must be
acknowledged in all such exhibitions and competitions.
2.
End of Year Graduating Student exhibitions
2.1
This major exhibition is presented throughout the School

of Art, incorporating the School of Art Gallery, Foyer
Gallery, Photospace and other areas within workshops.
2.1.1 Students completing their program(s) mid year prepare

an assessment presentation in the relevant workshop or
School Gallery spaces if they are available and are invited
to participate in the end of year major exhibition as
described in 2.1.
2.2
To be eligible to exhibit, students must have successfully

completed all courses within the relevant degree/
diploma.
2.3
All graduating students are expected to exhibit.
2.4
This exhibition is a school-wide responsibility,

coordinated by the Gallery. All Workshop Technical
Officers are expected to contribute towards the
preparation of spaces and students are responsible for
the installation of works.
2.5
These exhibitions take priority over any other exhibition

which may be planned under item 1.2.
Public lecture programs

Throughout the academic year, the Art Theory Workshop
presents a free Art Forum and Visiting Artists Forum public
lecture series featuring members of the local national and
international arts community. Students are required to attend
lectures as an adjunct to their studies and as a means of
keeping abreast of current thought and practice in the visual
arts. The public is invited to attend these lectures.
50
2.6 The sale of student work, not purchased under the EASS
Scheme, is subject to a commission collected by the
School of Art Gallery.
2.7
Proceeds from the commission will be used to support

School of Art Gallery activities.
3.
Postgraduate exhibitions
3.1
February and March are set aside in the School of Art

Gallery program each year for a series of Postgraduate
exhibitions.
3.2
In this context, postgraduate students are at liberty to

approach other galleries to exhibit their assessment
work. The approval of the Graduate Convenor and
Workshop Supervisor is required. All such exhibition
proposals and subsequent exhibition material must
acknowledge the status of the artist as a postgraduate
student of the ANU School of Art, and must abide by the
Schools Exhibition policy at www.anu.edu.au/ITA/CSA/
study.protocols/ExhibitionPolicy/ExhibitionPolicy.html
3.3
The sale of student work is subject to a commission,

collected by the School of Art Gallery if the student is
exhibiting in a commercial venue, a shared percentage
shall be negotiated.
Assessment Procedures and Course Requirements

Refer to Assessment Procedures on the School of Art website
at www.anu.edu.au/ITA/CSA/study.protocols/assess/assess_
procedures.html
Occupational Health and Safety

The School of Art acknowledges the importance of, and
provides for, a safe and healthy working environment. As part of
the curriculum of all Workshops, issues of occupational health
and safety are included and emphasized. Workshops provide
for the training and use of equipment, materials, techniques
and processes that ensure that occupational health and safety
issues have been adequately dealt with and considered.
For General enquiries contact:
School of Art Office
T: 02 6125 5810
W: www.anu.edu.au/art
Heads of Workshops and Studios within the School

Art Theory Workshop
Head of Workshop: Anne Brennan
T: 02 6125 55840
E: Anne.Brennan@anu.edu.au
Ceramics Workshop
Head of Workshop: Janet DeBoos
T: 02 6125 5889
E: Janet.DeBoos@anu.edu.au
Core Studies Workshop
Head of Workshop: Gilbert Riedelbauch
T: 02 3125 5831
E: Gilbert.Riedelbauch@anu.edu.au
Furniture Workshop
Head of Workshop: Rodney Hayward
T: 02 6125 5835
E: Rodney.Hayward@anu.edu.au
Glass Workshop
Head of Workshop: Richard Whiteley
T: 02 6125 5829
E: Richard.Whiteley@anu.edu.au
Gold and Silversmithing Workshop
Head of Workshop: Johannes Kuhnen
T: 02 6125 5834
E: Johannes.Kuhnen@anu.edu.au
Painting Workshop
Head of Workshop: Ruth Waller
T: 02 6125 5827
E: Ruth.Waller@anu.edu.au
Photography and New Media Arts Workshop
Head of Workshop: Martyn Jolly
T: 02 6125 5815
E: Martyn.Jolly@anu.edu.au
Printmedia and Drawing Workshop
Head of Workshop: Patsy Payne
T: 02 6125 5817
E: Patsy.Payne@anu.edu.au
Sculpture Workshop
Head of Workshop: Wendy Teakel
T: 02 6125 5837 or 02 6125 5836
E: Wendy.Teakel@anu.edu.au
Textiles Workshop
Head of Workshop: Valerie Kirk
T: 02 6125 5833
E: Valerie.Kirk@anu.edu.au
Edition and Artist Book Studio
Coordinator: Caren Florance
T: 02 6125 6215
E: Caren.Florance@anu.edu.au
Environment Studio
Coordinator, Environment Studio and Field Studies: John Reid
T: 02 6125 5809.
E: John.Reid@anu.edu.au
Computer Art Studio
Coordinator: Gilbert Riedelbauch
T: 02 6125 6529
E: Gilbert.Riedelbauch@anu.edu.au
Video Art Studio
Coordinator: Peter Fitzpatrick
T: 02 6125 5728
E: Peter.Fitzpatrick@anu.edu.au
Dr Jacqueline Lo, BA UWA, DPhil UWA.
Head of School
The School of Humanities incorporates the six disciplines of
Art History, Drama, English, Film Studies, Gender Sexuality and
Culture (Gender Studies/Cultural Studies), and Philosophy.
The range of programs and courses we offer is extensive: on
painting, sculpture, architecture, curatorship: on prose fiction,
poetry, drama (including as performance): on creative writing:
on cinema and literature-into-film: on gender and cultural
politics: on ethics, logic, aesthetics, continental philosophy: and
much more.
51
Students should consult the individual program entries for

details, but many of the courses complement each other, and
we encourage interdisciplinary study. Humanities courses also
combine well with courses in other parts of the College (eg
Languages, Music, Art, Anthropology, History, Political Science)
and of the University ( eg Law, Asian Studies; many of our
students are reading for combined degrees).
In each of the six disciplines we offer majors and Honours
degrees, including Combined Honours, as part of a BA or of a
combined BA. We also offer a Diploma of Arts in any of our
majors, and postgraduate study at both Masters and PhD level
in all disciplines. The School of Humanities is the one of the
largest and most varied Schools in the ANU College of Arts and
Social Sciences and brings together a number of core disciplines
of the humanities: Art History, Drama, English, Film Studies,
Gender Sexuality and Culture and Philosophy. Each of these
disciplines interprets expressions of the human spirit and each,
in its own way, reflects on what it means to be human.
The School encourages interdisciplinarity and actively promotes
collaboration between its Programs and across its disciplines.
The School also encourages collaboration with other Schools
and disciplines. Students are thus able to work within single
areas or disciplines but are also strongly supported if they
choose to move across traditional boundaries.
For general enquiries:
T: 02 6125 3708.
First Floor, A. D. Hope Building 014
Undergraduate Administrative Assistant
Mr Mark Dullow
T: 02 6125 2723
F: 02 6125 4490
E: SchoolofHumanities@anu.edu.au
W: http://arts.anu.edu.au/humanities
Heads of Programs within the School

Art History
Professor Sasha Grishin
E: Sasha.Grishin@anu.edu.au
Drama
Mr Tony Turner
E: anthony.turner@anu.edu.au
English
Dr Livio Dobrez
E: Livio.Dobrez@anu.edu.au
Film Studies
Dr Gino Moliterno
E: gino.moliterno@anu.edu.au
Gender, Sexuality and Culture
Dr Rosanne Kennedy
E: Rosanne.Kennedy@anu.edu.au
Philosophy
Dr Jeremy Shearmur
E: Jeremy.Shearmur@anu.edu.au
teaching and research of the School of Language Studies is

centred on language in the broadest sense, including:
the theory of language structure, meaning, change, use, etc.
the description of individual languages
the social context of language and language use
the study of individual classical and modern European
languages and the societies and cultures associated with
these languages (including areas such as literature, art,
culture, history, politics, society, etc.)
language acquisition and the nature of language learning
the methodologies, practices, policies, resources and social
contexts of language teaching
the practice and theory of translation
the application of languages and linguistics to wider social
contexts (including language and identity, cross-cultural
communication, language planning, forensic linguistics,
language and culture etc).
The School offers majors in Applied Linguistics, Ancient
Greek, Ancient History, Classics, French, German, International
Communication, Italian, Latin, Linguistics and Spanish. Russian
is also offered, in two semester-length web-based courses. The
courses offered by the School allow students to develop their
understanding of a specific language or explore the nature of
human language in a more general way. The study of language
is a useful part of a general education and helps to develop
useful skills in communication as well as an understanding of
ones own language. Providing prerequisites are met, students
can study any of the courses offered by the School to follow a
specific interest.
Students may study for the degree with Honours in Applied
Linguistics, Ancient Greek, Ancient History, Classics, French,
German, Italian, Latin, Spanish and Linguistics. Provision is
made for students holding a pass degree in Russian to complete
Honours in Russian. The School also offers a range of graduate
qualifications by coursework and by research. Research degrees
at Master of Philosophy and PhD level are offered in all areas of
the Schools expertise. Research degrees may be begun at any
time of the year, and may be pursued by part-time as well as
full-time students. Coursework Graduate Diplomas and Masters
degrees are offered in Classics, Applied Linguistics, Linguistics
and Translation Studies. Students can normally begin their
coursework at the beginning of either semester; but in some
areas there are wider subject choices for students beginning in
semester one. Both full-time and part-time students may take
graduate coursework degrees.
Administration
Third Floor Baldessin Precinct Building 110
T: 02 6125 3026
F: 02 6125 3252
E: language.studies@anu.edu.au
Further details about the School can be found at
http://arts.anu.edu.au/languages
Program Conveners within the School
Dr Peter Brown, BA (Hons); M-s-Lettres; M.Linguistique; D.Phil.

Chevalier des Palmes Acadmiques
Head of School
Ancient Greek/Latin/Classics
Dr Elizabeth Minchin
E: Elizabeth.Minchin@anu.edu.au
The academic focus of the School of Language Studies brings

together the Colleges work in the area of Language. The
52
French
Dr Chantal Crozet
E: Chantal.Crozet@anu.edu.au
German
Ms Gabriele Schmidt
E: gabriele.schmidt@anu.edu.au
Italian
Dr Piera Carroli
E: Piera.Carroli@anu.edu.au
Spanish
Semester 1
Dr Daniel Martin
E: Daniel.Martin@anu.edu.au
Applied Lingusitics
Dr Johanna Rendle-Short
E: Johanna.Rendle-Short@anu.edu.au
Linguistics
Dr Jennifer Hendriks
E: Jennifer.Hendriks@anu.edu.au
Coordinators for other areas of study within the School
Russian
Dr Kevin Windle
E: Kevin.Windle@anu.edu.au
School of Music
Head of School (TBA)
The School of Music has an established reputation as being at
the forefront of national and international best educational
practice in music. As an institution it seeks to challenge and
inspire the creative musician, whether in performance or
research.
The School of Music provides more than professional
training. The staff are inspirational teachers and professionals
of international standing, as performers, composers, and
musicologists. At the heart of our ethos is the development of
the creative musicians and artistic leaders of the future.
Programs are designed to stimulate artistic independence,
curiosity, integrity and creativity and to emphasise that the
musicians of today need a thorough understanding of, and
a sense of, historical trends and practices, social context and
theoretical language as well as good general communication
and organisational skills. The programs are designed to
stimulate development in all the above areas through a
program of individual lessons, performance classes, concert
practice, chamber music, master-classes, ensemble work,
tutorials and seminars. Students receive a significant amount
of individual attention and guidance throughout their time in
the course.
Students are encouraged to extend their cultural horizons
and above all, to think, and develop artistic independence and
integrity. The stimulating intellectual environment of ANU
offers exceptional academic resources and the potential for
interdisciplinary study.
For general inquiries:
School of Music
Building 100
T: 02 6125 5700
E: schoolofmusic@anu.edu.au
Further details about the School can be found at www.anu.edu.

au/music
Heads of Programs within the School

Brass
Area Head: Dominic Harvey
T: 02 6125 5768
E: Dominic.Harvey@anu.edu.au
Composition
Area Head: Jim Cotter
T: 02 6125 4805
E: Jim.Cotter@anu.edu.au
Guitar
Area Head: Timothy Kain
T: 02 6125 5760
E: Timothy.Kain@anu.edu.au
Jazz
Area Head: Mike Price
T: 02 6125 8788
E: Mike.Price@anu.edu.au
Keyboard Institute
Institute Head: Dr Geoffrey Lancaster
T: 02 6125 9781
E: Geoffrey.Lancaster@anu.edu.au
Musicology
Area Head: Dr Ruth Lee Martin
T: 02 6125 5777
E: Ruth.Martin@anu.edu.au
Percussion
Area Head: Gary France
T: 02 6125 5753
E: Gary.France@anu.edu.au
Strings
Area Head: Tor Fromyhr
T: 02 6125 5779
E: Tor.Fromyhr@anu.edu.au
Voice
Area Head: Alan Hicks
T: 02 6125 5750
E: Alan.Hicks@anu.edu.au
Woodwind
Area Head: Virginia Taylor
T: 02 6125 5786
E: Virginia.Taylor@anu.edu.au
Facilities
The School of Music is situated within the grounds of The
Australian National University. The existing facilities at the
School of Music include Llewellyn Hall; The Band Room, ANU
Arts Centre Theatre; a variety of recital venues; professional
recording and broadcast facilities; purpose-built teaching
studios and lecture rooms; practice rooms equipped with
pianos; specialist Music Library with info lab; Audio Studio
- MIDI controllable equipment, software and soundfile
manipulation with facilities for multi-track analog and digital
recording; Video Studio - animation post-production studio,
broadcast standard U-Matic high Band Edit suite and digital
video editing facilities.
53
Public Programs and Community Outreach

The School of Music presents a large and varied program of
public concerts each year. These include performances by
faculty members, lunchtime concert series, performances and
master classes by visiting artists, concerts by the Schools
ensembles, and an opera production. The Canberra Wind
Soloists and Guitar Trek are resident staff ensembles. Staff
members have international and national profiles and are
regularly in demand as performers, guest speakers, composers
and researchers. In addition to the Schools concert program,
Llewellyn Hall is the venue for a large number of performances
by visiting artists and ensembles each year. These include the
Australian Chamber Orchestra, Musica Viva and the Canberra
Symphony Orchestra. The School also runs an extensive
pre-tertiary program providing access to music education
for students from infants all the way through to preparatory
programs for university entry. Mature age students and the
general public may access the Schools tertiary programs
through non-award enrolment in approved programs and
through public lectures.
Friends of the School of Music

The Friends of the School of Music is a membership organisation
made up of music lovers who support the activities of the
staff and students at the School. For a modest subscription
the members enjoy a number of benefits including regular
newsletters and concession ticket prices to School of Music
performances. Since 1980 the Friends have awarded an annual
Friends Prize, awarded Staff Traveling Fellowships for overseas
travel, funded visiting artists, commissioned several works,
provided funds for students to present performances interstate
and sponsored numerous concerts at the School. Enquiries and
applications for membership should be directed to:
The Secretary
Friends of the School of Music
Building 100
Australian National University
Canberra ACT 0200
analytical skills, and encourage them to ask questions which

lead to an understanding of past and present societies.
Political Science and International Relations focus on human
relationships involving power, rule and authority. They study
how societies govern themselves and the different ways of
thinking about how societies ought to be governed. They
consider how nations relate to each other in a global polity,
and the political behaviour of individuals and groups within
societies. It is about those who exercise political power in
society and those who do not.
Sociology is the study of collective human action, social
relationships, and individual human behaviour. Answers to
sociological questions are therefore sought via the systematic
observation of social forces that shape human action. Its
fundamental assumption is that much human behaviour is
socially produced and many of the relations between social
forces and human action are recurrent.
History, Political Science and International Relations, and
Sociology are broadly-based disciplines and the School offers
courses that span several sub-fields within the disciplines.
In first year, the School offers courses that are designed to
provide an introduction to each of the disciplinary areas.
Later-year courses in History enable students to take more
specialised courses in areas such as:
American history
Australian history
gender and sexuality
popular culture.
Later-year courses in Political Science and International
Relations enable students to take more specialised courses in
areas such as:
international politics
Australian government and public policy
political thought and political theory
comparative politics and comparative public policy
the methodology of political science.
Professor Jill Matthews, BA PhD Adel

Head of School
Later-year courses in Sociology enable students to take

specialised courses in:
The School of Social Sciences brings together the disciplines

of History, Political Science and International Relations, and
Sociology. These disciplines involve the study of human
relationships and societies. The broad aims of the School are to:
sociological theory
offer majors in History, Political Science and International

Relations, and Sociology
explore relationships between the three disciplines
provide courses in sub-fields within these disciplines
demonstrate how these disciplines can be applied to
understanding and interpreting social, political and cultural
forces operating in the contemporary world
encourage students to take majors in areas that overlap
with and complement the disciplines of History, Political
Science and International Relations, and Sociology, such as
American Studies, Australian Studies, European Studies, and
Population Studies.
History comprehends all aspects of human experience in the
past. History courses offered in the School of Social Sciences
explore that experience, help students to develop critical and
54
research methods
the relationship between society and a wide range of issues
(such as education, health and illness, gender, environment,
and third world development).
The School of Social Sciences offers courses in several other
majors in the ANU College of Arts and Social Sciences, including
the following programs and degrees: American Studies,
Australian Studies, Contemporary Europe; Development Studies;
European Studies; Gender, Sexuality and Culture; Policy Studies;
Population Studies; Religious Studies and Social Research
Methods. The School also plays an active part in the Australian
National Internships Program.
School Office Manager: Ms Helen Felton
Second Floor, Copland Building 024
T: 02 612 54521
F: 02 612 52222
E: Helen.Felton@anu.edu.au
Further details about the School can be found at

http://arts.anu.edu.au/sss/index.asp
Program Conveners within the School

American Studies
Dr Douglas Craig and Dr John Hart
E: Douglas.Craig@anu.edu.au
E: J.Hart@anu.edu.au
Australian Studies
Dr Alastair Greig
E: alastair.greig@anu.edu.au
Contemporary Europe
Dr Ben Wellings
E: ben.wellings@anu.edu.au
History
Dr John Knott
E: HistoryArts.Convener@anu.edu.au
International Relations
Dr Jim George
E: Jim.George@anu.edu.au
Political Science
Dr David West
E: PoliticalScienceArts.Convener@anu.edu.au
Population Studies
Dr Alastair Greig
E: alastair.greig@anu.edu.au
Social Research Methods
Dr Joanna Sikora
E: joanna.sikora@anu.edu.au
Sociology
Dr AlastairGreig
E: SociologyArts.Convener@anu.edu.au
The Centre for Arab & Islamic Studies

Professor Amin Saikal, BA PhD ANU
Director
to promote Arab, Islamic, Middle Eastern and Central Asian

studies, in both undergraduate and postgraduate domains,
at a national level
to coordinate research by Australian and international
academics and specialists
to provide a pool of expertise for public and private sectors
to strengthen Australias ties with the Middle Eastern and
Central Asian regions.
In addition to its undergraduate courses, the Centre offers
Graduate Diploma and Masters of Middle Eastern and Central
Asian Studies by coursework, MA by coursework and sub-thesis,
double masters courses in Middle Eastern and Central Asian
Studies/Diplomacy, and supervision for MPhil and PhD research
on a wide range of topics relating to its areas of coverage.
The Centre runs a seminar program with visiting speakers
and also hosts an annual lecture by a prominent specialist on
Islamic civilisation, as well as hosting frequent international
conferences.
The undergraduate courses offered by the Centre may be taken
in various Arts majors, including Political Science, International
Relations, History and Development Studies, but are also of
relevance to students of Asian Studies, or students in other
disciplines who are interested in gaining a knowledge of the
Middle East or Central Asia.
The Centre currently offers courses in Islam, and Middle Eastern
and Central Asian politics, languages, history and culture, some
of which are offered in conjunction with Political Science
(School of Social Sciences, Faculty of Arts), and the Faculty of
Asian Studies.
The Arabic, Turkish and Persian courses can be undertaken as
single courses, or as an Arts language major within the Bachelor
of Arts or combined BA degree options or Arabic within the
Bachelor of Asia-Pacific Studies.
The Centre is responsible for the delivery of three Political
Sciences courses:
POLS2069 Politics in Central and West Asia
POLS2031 Politics in the Middle East
The Centre for Arab and Islamic Studies (The Middle East and
Central Asia) - CAIS - formerly known as the Centre for Middle
Eastern and Central Asian Studies, was opened in February
1994. It is the first of its kind in Australia, and is the only Centre
of learning that focuses on the predominantly Muslim regions
of the Middle East and Central Asia together as a major point
of attention in the post-Cold War world. The Centres areas of
coverage are: Islam, the Arab world, including North Africa,
Iran and Turkey, as well as Kazakhstan, Kyeargyzstan, Tajikistan,
Turkmenistan, Uzbekistan, Afghanistan and Pakistan.
POLS2070 Politics in Russia
CAIS is a teaching and research Centre which integrates

the study of Arab, Middle Eastern and Central Asian culture,
civilisation, politics, history and economics, and places these
within the broader framework of the changing global order. It
examines the role of religion - especially Islam - and fosters
the study of the most relevant languages, particularly Arabic,
Persian and Turkish, and looks at gender politics. It also
focuses on issues pertinent to Australias interests in, and the
development of its commercial, scientific and industrial ties
with these dynamic regions.
MEAS2104 Islam: History and Institutions
The primary objectives of the CAIS are fourfold:
The Centre also offers the following MEAS coded courses:

MEAS1001 Introduction to the Modern Middle East
MEAS2000 Iranian History and Culture
MEAS2001 New States of Eurasia: Emerging Issues in Politics
and Security
MEAS2002 Turkish History: Ottoman State to Modern Turkey
MEAS2003 Modern Turkey: History, Culture and Regional
Relations
MEAS2105 The Political Economy of the Middle East
MEAS2106 The History of Persian Art
Centre Administrator
Room 2.09, Building 127
T: 02 6125 4982
F: 02 6125 5410
E: CAIS@anu.edu.au
Further details about the Centre can be found at
http://arts.anu.edu.au/cais
55
Program Convenors within the Centre

Arabic
Mr Ghassan Al Shatter
E: G.Alshatter@anu.edu.au
Persian
Dr Hossein Heirani Moghaddam
E: CAIS@anu.edu.au
Turkish
Dr M. Mehdi Ilhan
E: Mehdi.Ilhan@anu.edu.au
Diploma Programs The diplomas span a number of the Faculty

of Arts offerings in the humanities, languages and the social
sciences. The requirements and options for each diploma are
virtually equivalent to the majors offered within the Bachelor
of Arts degree. Prospective students are encouraged to discuss
their study plans with the Convenor for the particular diploma.
The following diploma programs are available:
American Studies
Ancient History
Ancient Greek #
Anthropology
Applied linguistics
Programs
Diploma in Arts
(Academic Program: 2101 | Academic Plan: 2101XDARTS)
Duration: 1 years full-time
Minimum: 48 units
Academic Contact: College Student Office
CRICOS Code: 029386E
Changes in society are creating new requirements for life-long
learning, retraining, and greater variety in course offerings to
supplement degrees and graduate courses. The diploma courses
are a response to these changing needs, enabling people to
undertake a selection of undergraduate units within a single
discipline or field.
The objectives of the diploma courses are to enable:
mature-age students to obtain a university qualification
in an area of special interest, without previous study at a
university
Archaeology
Art History
Art Theory
Australian Studies
Classics
Contemporary Europe
Development Studies
Drama
English
Film Studies
Forensic Anthropology
French #
German #
Health, Medicine and the Body
History
graduates to obtain qualifications in a new area of interest,

or to update previous qualifications, through further study
at the undergraduate level.
Program requirements
Italian #
Each diploma program requires the completion of a minimum

of 42 units, with a maximum of 12 units at 1st year level
(generally 2 courses) and a minimum of 30 units at later-year
level (generally 5 courses), which is equivalent to an Arts major
as defined later in this chapter. All studies for the diploma are
undertaken at the undergraduate level. The diploma must be
completed within five years of commencement.
Latin #
Note: Although it may be possible to complete the diploma in

one academic year, course availability in any given year may
prevent this.
Attendance pattern
For students including first-year courses in their program, the
typical pattern is to complete 2 first-year courses in the first
year and 1 or 2 later-year courses per semester subsequently.
First-year and later-year courses cannot normally be taken
simultaneously. Not more than 12 units of the diploma can be
at first-year level.
Fees
Diploma students are liable only for HECS (Higher Education
Contribution Scheme) charges, rather than full tuition fees.
56
International Communication #
International Relations #
Linguistics
Musicology (Bachelor of Arts major requirements)
Persian #
Philosophy
Political Science
Population Studies #
Sociology
Spanish #
Turkish #
See the major entry for the relevant discipline later in this
chapter for details of requirements for each major.
# Students are advised that, in the case of a Diploma
majoring in population Studies, International Communication,
International Relations or a language, it may not be possible to
complete the program in two years. Students should consult
the convenors in those areas to obtain information on future
offerings.
The programs are known generally as the Diploma in Arts.

Diplomas are awarded in two grades: Pass and Pass with Merit.
A Pass with Merit requires an average mark for all units in the
distinction range.
Status
Students may have the opportunity to undertake internships

with some of these organisations during the course of their
degree program.
Degree structure
The program consists of 144 units comprising:
Students who have completed relevant courses at a university

in the last ten years may apply for status for up to 12 units
(generally 2 courses) in the diploma. Students who complete
a diploma and subsequently enrol for a Bachelor degree are
eligible to be granted status for up to seven specified courses in
the degree. A diploma cannot be undertaken concurrently with
a degree, but may be commenced afterwards. Degree students
interested in extending the breadth of their studies may only
enrol in a combined degree program.
Diploma of Art
(Academic Program: 2001 | Academic Plan: 2001XDART )
Minimum: 96 units
CRICOS Code: 012068C
This program is normally undertaken as two-years full-time,
although part-time study is available in some workshops. A
candidate qualifies for the diploma by completing courses in
one discipline offered by any of the Schools nine workshops to
the total value of 96 units.
Degree structure
no fewer than 96 units offered by the Arts Faculty

no fewer than 96 units at 2000/3000 level
no more than 48 units at 1000 level
an Archaeological Practice major (min 42 units including no
more than 12 units at 1000 level and a minimum of 30 units at
2000/3000 level)
an Archaeology major (min 42 units including no more than
12 units at 1000 level and a minimum of 30 units at 2000/3000
level)
an additional 18 units from either major.
The degree with Honours

Admission to Honours
To be admitted to the Honours School in Archaeological
Practice students must be eligible to take out their Bachelor of
Archaeological Practice pass degree.
All students wishing to be admitted to the Honours School
must include a minimum of 60 units from specified courses as
follows:
(a) First year courses: Both of the first year Archaeology
courses, ARCH1111 and ARCH1112
Semester 1
Semester 2
Year 1
ARTV1005 Major D1
(24 units)
ARTV1006 Major D2
(24 units)
Year 2
ARTV2009 Major D3
(24 units)
ARTV2010 Major D4
(24 units)
(b) Specific later year courses: Research Design and Analysis

in Archaeology ARCH3000 and one of the two fieldworkbased courses: Archaeological Field and Laboratory Methods
ARCH3004A and ARCH3004B or Landscape Archaeology
ARCH2017. An average mark of 70 per cent or more
(Distinction level) must be obtained for these courses
Year 1
ARTV1007 Major D1
(12 units)
ARTV1008 Major D2
(12 units)
(c) An average mark of 70 per cent or more (Distinction level)

must be obtained for all the later year Archaeological
Practice courses
Year 2
ARTV2011 Major D3
(12 units)
ARTV2012 Major D4
(12 units)
Year 3
ARTV3009 Major D5
(12 units)
ARTV3010 Major D6
(12 units)
Year 4
ARTV4007 Major D7
(12 units)
ARTV4008 Major D8
(12 units)
FULL TIME
PART TIME

(Academic Program: 3110 | Academic Plan: 3110XBARCH)
Minimum: 144 units
Academic Contact: Dr Peter Hiscock, BA ANU PhD Qld
This program is specifically designed to prepare students for a
careers in archaeology, either as a researcher or as a heritage
consultant.
Professional archaeologists are involved in many tasks,
including the discovery and excavation of archaeological sites,
and the interpretation of the material recovered from them.
The many technical skills required to undertake these tasks can
best be obtained through a dedicated tertiary vocational degree
which provides training in the methods of archaeological
investigations.
(d) Field or laboratory experience: It is expected that all

intending Honours students will have had some field-work
experience during their second/third years. This may be
gained by assisting on School field projects or working with
other researchers or archaeological consultants. Information
is often posted on School noticeboards
(e) Students will have to submit a preliminary thesis proposal
for a Bachelor of Archaeological Practice Honours thesis
during the semester before they enter the Honours School.
This proposal should be discussed with a member of staff
willing to be the supervisor for the proposed thesis. The
School reserves the right not to admit a student unable to
find a supervisor or a topic suitable to the School.
Archaeological Practice IVH

Work for the Honours in archaeology degree is a combination
of course work and research.
Research: Students are required to undertake a research
project approved by the School and to submit a Bachelor of
Archaeological Practice Honours thesis of 12-15,000 words. 80
per cent of the final grade will be awarded through examination
of the thesis.
57
Coursework: The remaining 20 per cent is made up of two

Honours coursework courses which may include an assessed
internship. Internships would be arranged with relevant
organisations: archaeological consulting firms, indigenous
archaeology consulting groups, museums or Heritage
management organisations, such as NSW NPWS.
Bachelor of Arts
(Academic Program: 3100 | Academic Plan: 3100XBARTS)
Degree structure
Below is an example of a typical pattern calculated on 6 unit
courses.
Arts Major
eg History
Arts Major
eg Film
Studies
Arts &/or
other units
Total units
1st year
courses
Max 2
courses (12
units)
Max 2
courses (12
units)
Max 4
courses (24
units)
48
Later year
courses
Min 5
courses (30
units)
Min 5
courses (30
units)
Min 6
courses (36
units)
96
TOTAL
7 courses
(42 units)
7 courses
(42 units)
10 courses
(60 units)
144
Minimum: 144 units

Academic Contact: Student Office
CRICOS Code: 002284M
A Bachelor of Arts degree must include courses with a value
totalling no fewer than 144 units and normally not more than
150 units and must also include:
no more than 48 units from first year courses offered at
1000 level
no fewer than 96 units from later year courses offered at
2000/3000 level
no fewer than 96 units offered by the Faculty of Arts (see
Bachelor of Arts course listing)
Majors outside the Faculty

For students in a single BA to include a major from another
College it must be a clearly defined major (as specified in
the Undergraduate Handbook) and the student must follow
the rules and requirements for that major as specified by the
relevant College. A maximum of 48 units of out-of-faculty
courses are allowable in a single BA.
Below is an example of a typical pattern calculated on 6 unit
courses for an Arts major and an Asian Studies major within a
Bachelor of Arts.
Arts Major
eg Political
Science
Arts
Courses
Major out
of Faculty
eg Asian
History
Total units
1st year
courses
Max 2
courses
(12 units)
Max 4
courses
(24 units)
Max 2
courses
(12 units)
48
Later year
courses
Min 5
courses
(30 units)
Min 5
courses
(30 units)
Min 6
courses
(36 units)
96
TOTAL
7 courses
(42 units)
9 courses
(54 units)
8 courses
(48 units)
144
the completion of at least two majors, consisting of either:

- two Arts majors - the two Arts majors cannot have the
same name, or
- one Arts major and one major from another Faculty
(except the Law Faculty). The out-of-Faculty major
must be identified as a major by the other Faculty and
completed according to their rules.
Note: While it is possible to undertake 3 majors within the
Bachelor of Arts program structure it could preclude a student
completing the requirements for admission to Honours.
Students wishing to undertake 3 majors should seek advice
from the Sub-dean.
Arts Majors
An Arts major consists of a minimum of 42 units generally
comprising:
a maximum of 12 units from first year courses offered at
1000 level (generally two courses), and
a minimum of 30 units from later year courses offered at
2000/3000 level (generally five courses).
The number and sequence of courses prescribed for a major are
identified in each major entry. The Faculty of Arts currently has
40 majors available. These are identified below under the Majors
heading.
Please note that many Bachelor of Arts courses are listed as
counting in more than one major. In these cases, the course
may be counted towards one major only. In the case where
a course is a compulsory course in more than one major, the
course may still only be counted in one of the majors, however,
a student is entitled to an exemption from the course in the
other major/s.
Arts min. 96 units
Out-of-Faculty max.
48 units
Combined programs
The combined programs offered by the Arts faculty enable
students to expand their career options, as they have access
to the directly related specialist employment available to
each degree. Employers keenly appreciate the combination of
expertise or professional training with a broad educational base.
The structure of the combined program is such that students
are not permitted to take courses from outside the two
Faculties in which they are enrolled. The only exception to this
ruling is that the Arts Faculty will recognise as Arts cognate
courses up to two courses (12 units) to be undertaken in a third
Faculty where those courses are required to complete an Arts
major. This will only apply to the History, Lingusitics, Applied
Linguistics, Developmental Studies, Population Studies, Social
Research Methods and Religious Studies majors.
Please note that any courses taken within a combined program
may only be counted once (ie towards one degree, not both). In
the case where a course is a compulsory course in both degrees
(or a major within each degree), the course may still only be
counted in one program, however, a student is entitled to an
exemption from the course in the other program.
If you wish to check if a course is classified as an Bachelor of
Arts course, then refer to the list at the end of this chapter.
Note that students in a combined program can also undertake a
maximum of 24 units from the Science Cognate List.
58
The pass degree
Degree structure
The pass degree is designed to give students a sound general

education in one or all of the humanities, social sciences and
languages.
The degree requires the completion of 144 units and two

majors, one of which must be an Art History and Curatorship
major. No more than 48 units may be taken at first year level.
Full-time students can complete the program in three years.

Part-time students need at least six years to complete the
program, assuming that they take four semester-length courses
each year. All students, whether studying part-time or full-time,
are required to finish their programs within ten years.
Students are required to complete:
Even though students enrolled in the BA program must

complete 96 units offered within the Faculty of Arts, they have
a wide choice of courses as they may choose courses up to
the value of 48 units offered by the Faculties of Asian Studies,
Economics and Commerce, and Science (but not Law).
(ii) A second major (minimum of 42 units) from one of the

following: anthropology; archaeology; English; film studies;
gender, sexuality and culture; history; a foreign language
(European or Asian); or philosophy
In exceptional circumstances, a student may include more than

48 units at 1000-level. Students must seek permission from the
Sub-dean.
Within the 96 units required to be undertaken within the

Faculty of Arts, up to 24 units may be taken from the list of
approved Science Cognate Courses (see end of Arts Chapter).
Typical full-time study plan for a Pass degree based on two Arts
Majors:
(i) An Art History and Curatorship major comprising a

minimum of 42 units (seven courses) from the Art History
program including at least one course from Group A and
one course from Group B
(iii) A further 18 units (three courses) in Art History.

The BA (Art History and Curatorship) Honours degree is
designed to provide:
practical experience in art curatorship
advanced training in art historical and curatorial
methodologies
scope to develop independent research skills to a high level
Semester 1
Semester 2
Entry requirements:
2 x Arts 1st year courses

1 x Arts 1st year course
Major A
Major B
2 x Arts 1st year courses

Major A
Major B
(a) Completion of the BA (Art History and Curatorship) pass

degree
2nd Year
(48 units)
1 x Arts Later-year course

2 x Arts Major A
1 x Arts Major B
1 x Arts Later-year course

1 x Arts Major A
2 x Arts Major B
3rd Year
(48 units)
2 x Arts Later-year courses

1 x Arts Major A
1 x Arts Major B
2 x Arts Later-year courses

1 x Arts Major A
1 x Arts Major B
1st Year
(48 units)
Note:
Both Arts majors A and B are based on 42 units ie. 7 courses x 6 units each
A maximum 8 x 1st year courses is allowed

Honours Coordinator: Assistant Dean (Honours and PhB)
Why enrol for the degree with Honours?

The purpose of an Honours program is to encourage students
of high calibre to deepen their involvement in a chosen field of
study.
Intending honours students should read the introductory
section of the Bachelor of Arts (Honours) entry and consult the
relevant honours coordinator.
For further details on honours requirements please see the
Honours section later in this chapter.
Bachelor of Arts (Art History & Curatorship)

(Academic Program: 3100 | Academic Plan: 3100XBAHC )
Minimum: 144 units
Academic Contact: Professor Sasha Grishin
This work-related degree course seeks to bridge the gap
between the theoretical side of Art History as a university
discipline and the practicalities of curating cultural objects and
bringing them before the public.
(b) Attain at least a Credit grade average and at least one

Distinction grade from the Art History and Curatorship
major.
Fourth year honours students follow the syllabus for Art
History IV (Honours), except that the thesis will be focused on a
curatorial topic and normally an internship involving curatorial
work in an art institution will substitute for one of the seminar
courses.
Intending honours students should first read the introductory
section of the Bachelor of Arts (Honours) section.

(Academic Program: 3100 | Academic Plan: 3100XBDEVS)
Minimum: 144 units
Academic Contact: Dr Patrick Guinness
The Bachelor of Arts in Development Studies has been
established to cater for the interests of students seeking to
prepare for a variety of careers related to the development of
Third World countries. These careers may be focused primarily
on economic, social or political development and based in
Australian institutions or abroad.
The BA (Development Studies) course offers students a firm
base in one of the social science disciplines together with a
coherent selection of units focused on generic problems of
development and on the recent experience of Southeast Asia,
China or the Pacific Islands. Whilst it is tightly structured, it
is flexible enough to accommodate an additional major in
a relevant foreign language and to allow for a wide range
of choice among units. The Australian National University is
recognised for its leadership in the field of Development Studies
59
and has an exceptionally large number of staff who have

undertaken extensive research in the Third World, as well as a
strong library collection in the field.
Students taking the degree should achieve an inter-disciplinary
understanding of theory and practice concerning the processes
of development in the Third World, with special competence
concerning one or two of four areas: Central Asia and the
Middle East, China, Oceania, South and Southeast Asia, together
with a firm background in one of the relevant social science
disciplines.
Degree structure
The course consists of 144 units comprising:
First year consists of introductory courses in at least three of
the five relevant social sciences:
Anthropology - ANTH1002 ANTH1003;
Economics - ECON1101 ECON1102;
Geography - ENVS1001 ENVS1008;
Political Science - POLS1002 POLS1003, POLS1004 POLS1005;
Sociology - SOCY1002 SOCY1003.
The second and third years require:
(a) The completion of a major in one of Anthropology,
Economics*, Geography, Human Ecology, Political Science
or Sociology. This consists of a minimum of thirty units (in
addition to the twelve first-year units) drawn from a range
of approved courses at 2000/3000 levels.
(b) The completion of a Development Studies major, building on
any two of the above first year courses plus:
Disciplinary Major
In one of the
following:
Anthropology
Economics
sequence
Geography
Human Ecology
Political Science
Sociology
Development
Studies Major
Two core courses
from Group A
One core course
from Group B
Two approved area
courses
(as listed for
Development
Studies Major)
Additional Courses
(a) A third major in
social science or a
language, or
(b) Three core A
and/or B courses
listed in the
Development
Studies major
and three other
courses.
(30 units)
(30 units)
(36 units)

To qualify for fourth-year Honours in Development Studies,
students must have completed the requirements for the BA
(Development Studies) Pass degree and have achieved at least a
Distinction in both of the core A courses in their Development
Studies major and at least one later-year course in their
disciplinary major.
The Honours IV program consists of two courses, selected
in consultation between the convenor and student, and a
sub-thesis of approximately 15,000-18,000 words.
Bachelor of Arts (Digital Arts)

(Academic Program: 3020 | Academic Plan: 3020XBADIG)
Minimum: 144 units
(i) two core A and one core B course, and
Academic Contact: Dr Martyn Jolly
(ii) two area courses drawn from an approved list of courses

focusing on Central Asia and the Middle East China,
Oceania, South and Southeast Asia.
CRICOS Code: 036664G
(c) Further courses (36 units), normally including at least three

of the core courses (Group A or B) plus any three other later
year courses. These may be omitted by students opting to
complete a third major in a relevant social science discipline
or in a language.
* Subject to availability.
NOTE: If you want to do a sequence in Economics, please see the Student Advisor
from the College of Business and Economics to ensure that your chosen program
is within their rules.

First Year (48 units)
At least 36 units from:

Anthropology: Culture and Human
Diversity: Introducing Anthropology
ANTH1002, Global and Local ANTH1003
Economics: Microeconomics 1
ECON1101, Macroeconomics 1
ECON1102
Geography and Human Ecology:
Resources, Environment and Society
ENVS1001, ENVS1008
Political Science: POLS1002, POLS1003,
POLS1004, POLS1005
Sociology: SOCY1002, SOCY1003
Recommended
options for the
remaining 12 units:
Two first-year
History courses
Individual and
Society in Asia
and the Pacific
A ASIA1025,
Individual and
Society in Asia
and the Pacific B
ASIA1030
An Asian or
European language
60
Later years (96 units)
This program has been replaced by the Digital Media Major in

the Bachelor of Visual Arts
The following information is for current students only.
The Bachelor of Arts (Digital Arts) program is designed for
students who wish to develop a career in film and television,
visual effects and digital animation, digital sound production,
and multimedia and online design. This program aims
to develop students creative practice through studies in
Animation, Interactive Digital Media, Computer Music and
Digital Video.
Throughout the year, students have the opportunity to present
their latest original visual and sound works in a screening
performance, and a hands-on display of interactive digital
media and computer music works.
In the second year of the BA(DA) program there is the
opportunity to participate in an exchange program, by taking
a one semester study period at an international university
offering a similar study program to the BA(DA).
The Bachelor of Arts (Digital Arts) is a three year full-time
program, with the opportunity to undertake a further Honours
year.
Streams
Two streams must be taken from the following:
Computer Animation
The Computer Animation Stream is designed to encourage
students to develop their own personal artistic vision using a
variety of computer animation production processes. During
their time at CNMA students are exposed to various digital
animation techniques, including stop-motion and rotoscoping.

These techniques build up their vocabulary so they are able to
find an appropriate means of expression for their ideas. By the
end of the program students have a strong artistic identity of
their own and are able to place their work in an historical and
contemporary context. They also have the technical competence
to realise an idea from beginning to end.
Degree structure
Typical Program Structure
Semester 1
Semester 2
Year 1
CORE: DART1001
Introduction to Digital
Sound
CORE: DART1002
Introduction to Digital
Image
CORE: NEWM1001 Media
Cultures 1
Theory Elective -List A
STREAM 1: First year course

STREAM 2: First year course
Elective
Elective
Year 2
STREAM 1: Second year

course
course
Cultures 2
Elective

course
course
Theory Elective - List A
Elective
Year 3
STREAM 1: Third year course

Elective
Elective

Elective
Elective
Honours
DART4001 Digital Arts

Practice
Research

Practice
Research
Interactive Digital Media

The interactive digital media stream provides students with
strong practical and theoretical understanding in the field
of new media art. The practical nature of the course enables
students to explore the creative possibilities of web technology
and produce web based interactive media works. Students
will learn XHTML, CSS, DOM and Actionscript programming as
well as creative media production in image, video, animation
and audio. Students will also have opportunities to produce
installation, performance and disk-based works.
Digital Video
Video as a digital medium in combination with the convergence
of media has become incredibly diverse and crosses into many
different media practices. (Interactive Cinema, 3D Animation,
Motion Graphics, Interactive Television, VJing, Internet Art,
Computer Games, Virtual Reality, Mobile Experiences.) This
Digital Arts program offers a way to develop innovative Digital
Video practices.
Computer Music
The Computer Music stream presents to students a wide
ranging investigation into the rapidly changing world of
digital audio arts. The emphasis is on composition, history,
signal processing techniques, digital interfacing, programming,
aesthetics and presentation of computer music. Students will
gain a solid foundation in the art form that will carry them into
future computer music activities.
The Pass Degree
In order to complete the program at a level of a Pass, a
candidate must accumulate 144 units and successfully
complete:
Core courses:
DART1001 Introduction to Digital Sound
DART1002 Introduction to Digital Image
NEWM1001 Media Cultures 1
Two streams from:
Computer Animation
Digital Video
List A First year Theory Elective Courses

ARTH1002 Introduction to Art History
ARTH1004 Art Museums and the World Wide Web
ARTS1000 Logical Thinking
ARTV1009 Introduction to Art Theory A
ARTV1010 Introduction to Art Theory B
DRAM1005 Page to Stage 1: Acting
DRAM1006 Introduction to Western Theatrical Tradition
ENGL1011 Body Matters: An Introduction to Reading in
Literature, Film and Performance
ENGL1012 My Generation: Narratives of Youth in Fiction, Film
and New Media
FILM1002 Introduction to Film Studies
FILM1003 Introduction to Film Genres
GEND1001 Sex, Gender and Identity: An Introduction to Gender
Studies
GEND1002 Reading Popular Culture: An Introduction to
Cultural Studies
LING1021 Cross-Cultural Communication
MUSM1201 Central Concepts of Music
MUSM1203 Turning Points in Music
MUSM1239 Highlights of World Music
Computer Music
NEWM1002 Writing and Structuring Narratives in Traditional

and New Media
to the value of 60 units (see below for further information)
SOCY1002 Self and Society
Theory Electives from List A (below) to the value of 12 units
SOCY1003 Contemporary Society
Other courses to the value of 48 units
SOCY1004 Introduction to Social Psychology
No more than 48 units of courses at 1000 level
Later year theory elective courses
A minimum of 96 units from courses offered at a

2000/3000 level.
ANTH2049 Filming Cultures

ANTH2128 Anthropology of Media
ARCH2052 Archaeology In Film and Fiction
61
ARTH2036 World Wide Web Strategies, Information Publication:

Education, Museums, Commerce
MUSM2205 Australian Music
ARTH2052 Writing, Print and the Information Age
MUSM2251 Music in 18th and 19th Century Europe
ARTV2015 Art and Politics
NEWM2003 Visual Culture and New Media
ARTV2016 Cartographies: Art Exploration and Knowledge

ARTV2017 Contemporary Australian Art
NEWM2004 Hypertextuality: Creative Writing in Traditional and

New Media
ARTV2018 Cyberculture
PHIL2016 Philosophy of Language
ARTV2019 Framing Other Cultures
PHIL2070 Philosophy and Gender
ARTV2020 Gender and Visual Culture
PHIL2091 Identity and Desire
ARTV2021 Indigenous Australian Visual Culture
PHIL2102 Film As Philosophy
ARTV2024 Memory
SOCY2008 The Sociology of Disaster
ARTV2029 Representing the Self

ARTV2030 Shopping Around
SOCY2053 Imagining the Future: the Social Origins Of Utopias

and Science Fiction
ARTV2031 Theories of the Image
SOCY2054 Social Networks: Critical Structure
ARTV2035 Issues in the Decorative Arts and Design
Stream - Computer Animation

DART2001 - Models with Attitude: Creating Believable 3D
Characters
ARTV2037 Art and the Asia Pacific

ARTV2050 Cool Old Masters
ARTV2051 Design History
ENGL2066 Australian Film: Ned Kelly to Mad Max
ENGL2069 Modern Novel Into Film
ENGL2071 Thinking Selves: Philosophy and Literature
ENGL2075 Speculative Fictions: Challenges to Narrative Realism
ENGL2076 Creative Writing
ENGL2077 Creative Writing II: Story to Script
FILM 2005 Moving Pictures: Cinema and the Visual Arts
MUSM2250 Western-Art Music of the 2oth Century and beyond
DART2002 - Matching Dialogue with 3D Animation

DART3001 - Dynamic Visual Effects for Film and Broadcast
DART3002 - Making Light Work in 3D Animation
Stream - Computer Music
DART2007 - The Language of Composition
DART2008 - Out There: Real-Time Control to Performance
DART3007 - Process as Composition and Aesthetic
DART3008 - Shaping Future Sound
FILM 2006 United States Cinema: Hollywood and Beyond
Stream - Digital Video

DART2005 - Screen Exposure
FILM 2010 Documentary: Real Life In Virtual Space
DART2006 - Fusion: Video Remix
FILM2002 Play Into Film: the Cinematic Adaptation of

Theatrical Texts
DART3005 - Audio-Video Output
FILM2004 Post War European Cinema

FILM2008 Film and Music
GEND2000 Culture Matters: An Interdisciplinary Approach
GEND2011 Feminist Film Theory
GEND2016 Writing A Womans life: Studies in Autobiography
and Biography
DART3006 - Screen Evolution

Stream - Interactive Digital Media
DART2003 - Media Framework
DART2004 - Digital Media Fusion
DART3003 - Hybrid Interactive Digital Media
DART3004 - Advanced Interactivity
GEND2019 Race, Gender and Nation
GEND2021 Trauma, Memory and Culture
The Bachelor of Arts (Digital Arts) Honours is available to

students in the Bachelor of Arts (Digital Arts) program, or
to students completing an equivalent degree. Applications
from students with equivalent degrees will be decided on an
individual basis.
GEND2023 Gender, Sex and Sexuality: An Introduction to

Feminist Theory
GEND2026 Technoculture and the Body
HIST2003 Flesh and Fantasy: Body, Self and Society in the
Western World
HIST2018 History of Western Sexuality
HIST2117 Technology and Society 1800 - 2000
Honours may be undertaken in one of the following streams:

Computer Animation
Computer Music
HIST2121 Electric Citizens: The Rise of the Modern Media in

the USA 1865 - 2000
Digital Video
HIST2122 Popular Culture, Gender and Modernity
Honours admission requirements
HIST2130 History on Film

HIST2213 Real Men: Manhood and Identity In the
Western World
LING2103 Discourse and Society
LING3005 Acoustics of Voice
MUSM2088 Music in Indigenous Australian Society
MUSM2089 Music in Asian Cultures
62

To be admitted to a program at Honours level, a candidate
must have:
For students beginning their degree from 2007:
Successfully completed the 3 year Bachelor of Arts (Digital
Arts) Pass degree normally at the overall level of Distinction
for the streams; or hold an equivalent degree from another
institution approved by the College of Arts and Social Sciences
Completed at least 24 units of theory courses from List A

of the BA (DA) requirements, including NEWM3001 Media
Cultures 3, and at least 6 units of later year theory courses
with at least a level of Credit in all courses
Demonstrate an ability to research and articulate concepts
and theories to the satisfaction of the Centre for New Media
Arts Honours Committee
And have their Individual Research Honours Proposal
approved by the School of Art Honours Committee.
For those student who commenced their degree prior to 2007:
Successfully completed the 3 year Bachelor of Arts (Digital
Arts) Pass degree normally at the overall level of Distinction
for the streams
Completed at least 24 units of theory courses from List A
of the BA (DA) requirements with at least a level of Credit
in all courses, and demonstrate an ability to research and
articulate concepts and theories to the satisfaction of the
School of Art Honours Committee
And have their Individual Research Honours Proposal
approved by the School of Art Honours Committee.
Honours requirements
To complete the program at the level of Honours, a candidate
must accumulate 192 units under the Admission Requirements,
and successfully complete:
1. The Digital Arts Practice Honours course: A major work in
at least one of the streams previously undertaken by the
student to the value of 36 units
2. The Digital Arts Research Honours course:, to the value of
12 units.
The Bachelor of Arts in European Studies focuses mainly on

Europe (including Britain) since World War II. The degree
focuses on the foundations of modern Europe, bearing in
mind its long history and how this has shaped contemporary
European societies. It also considers the innovative aspects
of recent developments, particularly the possibilities for
cooperation and unity as well as the tensions between diverse
traditions.
Completion requirements specify that students undertake the
following:
(a) a major in Contemporary Europe
(b) a major in a European language other than English
(c) twelve first-year units in either Political Science, History,
Sociology, English, Philosophy or Art History
(d) eighteen designated later-year units in the same discipline
area as (c) or in any of the Modern European Languages
(e) twelve first-year and eighteen later-year units of their
choice.
Students are advised to consult the Coordinator in order to see
whether there may be other courses that cohere especially well
with the courses of their choice. It may be advisable to enrol in
such courses even if they are not listed as designated.
Aims of this named degree are to enable students:
to gain perspectives on the social, political and cultural
forces that operate in contemporary Europe
to read, understand and speak a European language (other
than English)
The Honours year will comprise of:
to obtain a grounding in one of the following disciplines:

Political Science, History, Sociology, English, Philosophy or
Art History.
1. An independent major work in studio practice
To achieve these aims we offer courses
2. A research thesis of 6,000 words (individual research project)

or a research report of 5,000 words - (placement option)
in European institutions, politics, history and society
3. articipation in the New Media Lecture Series at the NMA

4. Presentation of work in the School of Art Research Forums
5. A 2,000 word project report on studio practice
6. Participation and performance in the DUST; event
Intending Honours students should read the general statement
The Degree with Honours in the introductory section of the
ANU College of Arts and Social Sciences handbook entry. They
should also consult the School of Art Honours Convenor about
their proposed course during their second or third year of study.
Courses offered in 2009

DART4001F Digital Arts Practice Honours (full time)
DART4001P Digital Arts Practice Honours (part time)
DART4002F Digital Arts Research Honours (full time)
DART4002P Digital Arts Research Honours (part time)

(Academic Program: 3100 | Academic Plan: 3100XBEURS)
which combine acquisition of language skills with the study

of politics, society and culture
prepared by specialists in various disciplines located in
departments within the Faculty of Arts.
Students whose language major is offered outside the Faculty
of Arts must complete a major within the Faculty.
Detailed outlines of the core courses and specification of the
designated courses in the Contemporary Europe major can be
found within the major under the Majors or Specialisations
heading below.
The normal requirements for the degree are shown in the
table below.
While the degree in European Studies is founded on the
Contemporary Europe Major and a Language Major, it enables
students to choose from a wide range of offerings in the
Faculty of Arts.
It is also possible, in addition to the Contemporary Europe major
and the language major, to do a third major. This can be done
by selecting free units so that together with the 42 disciplinary
units they make up a major.

Minimum: 144 units
Academic Contact: Dr Ben Wellings
63
Degree structure
Contemporary Europe major
Thirty Disciplinary units
Language major
Free units
12 first-year units
in Political Science,
History, Sociology,
English, Philosophy or
Art History
12 units in German,
French, Italian, Russian,
Spanish or a Slavonic
language (subject
to recognition of
competence)
12 units of the students

choice
At least five of the following (30 units):

European Society and Politics EURO2008
Citizens, the State and Democracy SOCY2052
The European Union: Policies, Institutions and Challenges EURO2003
Green Governance POLS2087
Europe: Contemporary Issues in Historical Perspective EURO2005
Nationalism in Europe EURO2011
Europe in the Twentieth Century HIST2140
plus 6 additional units in the Contemporary Europe major.
18 designated units in
the same discipline area,
or 18 units in a modern
European language
30 units in German,
French, Italian, Russian,
Spanish or a Slavonic
language (subject
to recognition of
competence)
18 additional units of
the students choice
(42 units)
(30 units)
(42 units)
(30 units)
First Year (maximum of 48 units)

Europe in the Modern Era: Foundations of International Relations
EURO1004 (6 unit);
6 additional units from any of the following: POLS1002; POLS1003;
POLS1004; POLS1005; SOCY1002; SOCY1003; HIST1017; HIST1015;
PHIL1003; PHIL1004.
Later Years (minimum of 96 units)

Two Honours Programs are available to students:
Option 1: Honours Program in Contemporary Europe
Option 2: Honours in European Studies
The Single Honours in Contemporary Europe enables either BA

students or BA (European Studies) students to focus on Contemporary
Europe in their fourth year.
The normal requirements for entry into fourth year single Honours in
Contemporary Europe are:
(i) completion of ten courses comprising the Contemporary Europe
major (7 courses/42 units) and 3 courses/18 units of either
designated courses of the Contemporary Europe major or from
European language courses At least 24 of these 60 units are to
comprise courses completed with a grade of Distinction or above,
with the remainder to be completed with grades of Credit or
above. If students obtain one or more High Distinction grades
in later-year courses in addition to the 24 units required at
Distinction level, then later-year courses completed at Pass level
to the same value will be counted at Credit level.
(ii) completion of other courses which, when taken together with (i)
above, are sufficient to meet the requirements for a BA degree.
Students enrolling in the single Honours in Contemporary Europe
but who have not been enrolled in the BA (European Studies) are not
required to have a language major, though competence in a language
is desirable. Students who have completed the BA (European Studies)
will have a major in a language.
The fourth year program will comprise:
a thesis of 15,000-17,000 words on a topic approved by theHonours
Convener. The thesis will be submitted by the end of the second
semester and
participation in two seminar courses (one in each semester) chosen
from a range that will be offered by contributors to the European
Studies Program across the Faculty and from other Faculties.
The thesis will count for 50 per cent of the grade and the two seminar
courses for 25 per cent each. There will also be a work-in-progress
seminar for students enrolled in the Honours Program.
Students wishing to do the Honours in Contemporary Europe should
consult the Contemporary Europe Convener about their choice of
seminar and about other seminars that may be available in 2006.
Students can do a fourth (honours) year in the BA (European Studies) by

combining honours in an affiliated honours school with work at honours
level in Modern European Languages. The affiliated honours schools are:
English
French
German
History
Italian
Philosophy
Political Science
Russian
Sociology
Womens Studies
The normal requirements for entry into fourth year honours are:
(i) satisfaction of the requirements for the BA (European Studies)
(ii) attainment of at least Credit level in all language courses
(iii) attainment of at least Credit level in two of the following: Europe in
the Modern Era: Foundations of International Relations EURO1004;
Introduction to Politics POLS1002; Ideas in Politics POLS1003;
Introduction to International Relations POLS1005; Ends of Empire:
British Colonial Rule and its Outcomes HIST1015; Self and Society
SOCY1002
(iv) attainment of at least credit level in three of the following: Citizens and
the State in Europe EURO2007; The European Union: Policies, Institutions
and Challenges EURO2003; Green Governance POLS2087; or Europe:
ContemporaryIssues in Historical Perspective EURO2005; Nationalism in
Europe EURO2011; Europe in the Twentieth Century HIST2140
(v) completion of at least 42 units from an affiliated honours school at the
level required by that school
(vi) at least 6 of these units may be counted for these purposes as part of
the Contemporary Europe major
(vii) satisfaction of any other requirements for combined honours by the
affiliated honours school.
For the purposes of Honours in the BA (European Studies), the Contemporary
Europe major may include any of the designated courses (see above).
The requirements for the honours year will be agreed between the
Coordinator of the European Studies degree, the relevant School of Language
Studies Convener and the affiliated honours school. The overall workload
will be equivalent to honours in a single school. Students contemplating
honours should consult the degree Coordinator and the relevant School of
Languages Studies Convener and the affiliated honours school, preferably at
the beginning of their second year of study.
64
PLUS
(Academic Program: 3100 | Academic Plan: 3100XBINTR)
(b) A modern European language major (30 additional units,

building on the 12 first year language units). Languages
available are French, German, Italian, Spanish or Persian. See
the relevant major entry in the School of Language Studies
or the Centre for Arab and Islamic Studies for the Persian
major.

Minimum: 144 units
Academic Contact: Dr Jim George
This program aims to introduce students to International
Relations, initially via the broad historical and intellectual
framework which has framed the modern world of states since
the 17th century. It will then concentrate on International
Relations in the 20th century, the age of World Wars and
the Cold War, before finally addressing issues of the present
age, the age of global political economy, global culture and
communication, global environmental concerns and post-Cold
war political conflict, including the War on Terror.
The BA (International Relations) program has been established
to cater for the interests of students seeking both a broad
scholarly understanding of the way the world works, and/or for
those preparing for a variety of employment options related to
international careers in government, business, non-government
organisations, media and international agencies.
It is intended that you will be required to complete a
compulsory major in International Relations plus either a
language major or International Communication major. The
language or International Communication major can be either
an Asian or a European language.
Additional courses can also be selected to cover a variety of
issues related to international economics and business, the
society and politics of important regions (eg the Asia/Pacific,
the European Union, the Americas) and the history and cultures
of many of the worlds peoples.
The Australian National University is recognised for its
leadership in the field of International Relations and has a
number of staff that have undertaken extensive research in
this area.
OR
(c) An Asian language major (36 additional units, building on
the 12 first year language units). See the Faculty of Asian
Studies section of this Handbook for a list of language
major options. See the Faculty of Asian Studies Chapter in
this Handbook.
OR
(d) An International Communications major (30 additional
units) as described below. This major consists of 4 language
courses (from the one language) and 3 courses from List A
of the International Communications major. The language
courses can be either European or Asian courses. See the
International Communications major below.
PLUS
(e) Additional courses consisting of 3 courses from the
International Relations major or from List A. Students
intending to take Honours in International Relations
must select all three of these additional courses from the
International Relations major.
PLUS
(f) Free choice courses to bring the program total to 144 units.
Note: Students undertaking an Asian language major with an Asian language may
take up to 72 units from the Faculty of Asian Studies. This allows for an extra 24
units (4 courses) that can be taken as out-of-Faculty units but they must be from the
Asian Studies designated later year course listing.
List A courses
Anthropology
ANTH2009 Culture and Development
The degree is available at pass level (three years) with an

intended Honours degree (four years).
ANTH2025 Gender in Cross Cultural Perspective
Degree structure
Art History
ARTH2036 World Wide Web Strategies
The program consists of 144 units selected to complete two

majors and a minimum of 96 units from the Faculty of Arts and
96 units from later year level:
First-year consists of:
12 units from Political Science 1000 level courses including
the compulsory course POLS1005 International Relations
6 unit compulsory course EURO1004 Europe in the Modern
Era: Foundations of International Relations
12 units from 1000 level Language courses - selected from
either modern European languages or Asian Languages
ANTH2056 Belonging Identity and Nationalism
Asian Studies
ASIA2014 China Now
ASIA3002 Chinese Southern Diaspora
ASHY2011 Colonialism and Resistance in Indonesia, Malaysia
and the Philippines
ASIA2020 Engaging Asia: Working with Government
ASIA2035 Gender in Asia
ASIA2267 India: the Emerging Giant
18 further free choice units.
ASIA2516 Indonesia: Politics, Society and Development
Second and third years provide:
ASIA2017 International Relations of Northeast Asia
(a) An International Relations major (30 additional units,

building on the 12 first year Political Science units).
ASIA2162 Islam: History and Institutions
ASHY2013 Mainland Southeast Asia to 1900: Cambodia,

Myanmar (Burma), Thailand and Vietnam
This consists of five courses chosen from the International

Relations major including the compulsory course POLS3001
Australian Foreign Policy and at least two other courses
from the list of core courses in the major. See the
International Relations major entry.
ASIA2268 Law and Society in Southeast Asia
ASIA2515 Malaysia: A Developing Multicultural Society

ASIA2007 North Korea: History and Politics 1945-1990s
65
ASIA2161 Religion and Politics in India, Pakistan and

Bangladesh 1193-1858
Language Planning and Politics LING2022
ASIA2163 Religion and Politics in India, Pakistan and

Bangladesh 1858-present
Philosophy
Philosophy of the Enlightenment PHIL2092
ASIA2173 Religion and Social Movements in Southeast Asia

State, Society and Politics in Indonesia, Malaysia and the
ASHY2012 Philippines
ASHY2014 State, Society and Politics in Cambodia, Myanmar
(Burma), Thailand and Vietnam
ASIA2028 Strategic and Security Studies in the Asia Region A
Languages in Contact LING2018
Politics and Rights PHIL2065

Power and Subjectivity PHIL2089
Political Science
All courses listed for the IR major not taken as part of that
major and any of the following:
ASIA2030 Strategic and Security Studies in the Asia Region B
Australian Government Administration and Public Policy:

POLS2005
ASIA2024 Thailand in the Age of Globalisation
Classical Marxism POLS2061
ASIA2025 Understanding the Asian Diaspora in Southeast Asia

and the Pacific
Fascism and Antifascism POLS2092
ASIA2022 Understandings of Post-War Japan

ASIA2413 Windows onto the Contemporary Vietnamese Society
Centre for Arab and Islamic Studies
New Eurasia States: Emerging Issues in Politics and Security
MEAS2001
Frankfurt School and Habermas POLS2076

Germany and Austria in Europe POLS2071
Government and Politics in the USA POLS2013
Green Governance POLS2087
New Social Movements POLS2064
Classics
The World of Athens ANCH2010
Pacific Politics POLS2055
Contemporary Europe
Europe: Contemporary Issues in Historical Perspective
EURO2005
Politics in Central and West Asia POLS2070
European Society and Politics EURO2008
Sociology
Citizens, the State and Democracy SOCY2052
European Union: Policies, Institutions and Challenges EURO2003

Economics
Globalisation and Regionalisation in the World Economy
ECHI2006
International Business ECHI3006
Film Studies
European Cinemas, European Societies FILM2003
US Cinema: Hollywood and Beyond FILM2006
Trauma, Memory and Culture GEND2021
Geography
People and Environment and Development ENVS2013
Politics in Britain POLS2025

Politics in Japan POLS2029
Politics in Russia POLS2069
Environment and Society SOCY2022

Identity Difference and Ethnicity SOCY3022
Sociology of Third World Development SOCY2030
Theatre Studies
Modern European Theatre DRAM2001
The Degree with Honours

Convener: Dr Kim Huynh
section of the [Bachelor of Arts (Honours) entry.|3100HBARTS]
Human Sciences
Human Ecology ENVS2011
(Academic Program: 3100 | Academic Plan: 3100XBAMUS)
History
Afro-American History HIST2002
Minimum: 144 units
American Sixties HIST2126

American Voices HIST2107
Electric Citizens (Also for IC major) HIST2121
Race and Racism in Modern Europe HIST2133
Technology and Society HIST2117
Twentieth Century Australia HIST2134
Twentieth Century US History HIST2004
US Emigration and Ethnicity HIST2135
World History HIST2131
Writing, Print and the Information Age ARTS2000
Linguistics
Cross-Cultural Communication LING2021
66

Academic Contact: Dr Ruth Lee Martin
The Bachelor of Arts (Music) has been established to cater for
students seeking a degree with a strong emphasis in music,
yet with a flexible, more general and broader focus in order to
prepare students for a variety of careers in music.
This course of study embraces an innovative more flexible
curriculum approach that aims to develop students_
independent and creative thinking about music through a
variety of approaches to music: practical, theoretical, analytical,
compositional, historical and sociological. Students gain broad
knowledge of the musician_s craft and an ability to apply this
as part of the creative process through an understanding of
music and the musical profession as being an integral part of
contemporary world culture. Study emphasizes the need to
perform, research, analyse, discuss and critically reflect upon

music in a wide range ofmusical, cultural, and technological
contexts.
The Bachelor of Arts (Music) consists of 144 units that students
must complete:
i) A Practical Music Studies major comprising 42 units
ii) 30 units from courses included in the Critical Music Studies
core list, with a maximum of 12 units at first year level
iii) 24 units of courses from the Designated List
MUSM 2088 Music in Indigenous Australian Society (6 units)

MUSM 0077 Popular Culture in Southeast Asia (6 units)
Jazz units:
MUSM2240 Jazz History 3 (3 units)
MUSM2241Jazz History 4 (3 units)
MUSM2212 Jazz Harmony and Analysis 3 (3 units)
Designated List (enrolment in courses is subject to approval of
the relevant course co-ordinator )
iv) A further 48 units with at least 24 of these units from the

Arts Course List.
Code
Name
Units
MUSM3244
Advanced Jazz Composition
No more than 48 units may be taken from 1st year courses.
MUSM1228
Aural 1
The Practical Music Studies Major can only be taken in a BA

(Music) degree structure.
MUSM1229
Aural 2
MUSM2228
Aural 3
MUSM2229
Aural 4
MUSM4098
Directed Individual Project
MUSM2262
Electronic Music
MUSM1167
Film Scoring
MUSM2247
General Musical Acoustics
MUSM1239
Highlights of World Music
MUSM0076
Introduction to Asian Performing Arts:

Performance, Genres and Intercultural
Translation
MUSM1260
Introduction to Drum Kit
MUSM1258
Introduction to Vibraphone
MUSM1235
Jazz Arranging and Composition 1
MUSM1236
MUSM2235
MUSM2236
MUSM1261
Keyboard Repertoire 1
MUSM1262
MUSM2257
MUSM2258
MUSM2259
MUSM2260
MUSM3245
Large Ensemble Arranging
MUSM1259
Latin Percussion and Hand Drumming
MUSM2089
Music in Asian cultures
MUSM1240
Music in Colonial Society
MUSM2088
Music in Indigenous Australian Society
MUSM1257
Percussion Composition and Arranging
MUSM1254
Percussion Literature
MUSM1253
Percussion Pedagogy
MUSM1280
Performance Wellness
MUSM0077
Popular Culture in Southeast Asia
Later Year
Classical music units:
MUSM1263
Recording Techniques A
MUSM1264
Recording Techniques B
MUSM 2205 Australian Music (6 units)
MUSM2248
Studio Piano Pedagogy 1
MUSM 2250 Western Art Music of the Twentieth Century and

Beyond (6 units)
MUSM2249
MUSM1177
World Music Ensemble
Typical Structure
Year 1
Year 2
Year 3
Semester 1
Semester 2
6 units of Practical Music

Studies major
6 units of Critical Music
Studies
6 units of first year
designated courses
6 units of First Year Arts

Studies major
Studies
6 units of first year free
choice
6 units of First Year Arts

Studies major
Studies
6 units of later year
designated courses
6 units of later year Arts

Studies major
Studies
designated courses
6 units of later year Arts

Studies major
Studies
designated courses
6 units of other later year
courses

Studies major
Studies major
courses
courses
Critical Music Studies Core List

First Year
MUSM 1201 Central Concepts of Music (compulsory for all
Classical and World Music stream students) (6 units)
MUSM 1203 Turning Points in Music(6 units)
MUSM 1239 Highlights of World Music (6 units)
MUSM2211Jazz Harmony and Analysis 2 (3 units)
MUSM 2251 Music in18th and 19th Century Europe (6 units)

MUSM 2252 Folk Music: Theory and Practice (6 units)
World music units:
MUSM 0076 Introduction to Asian Performing Arts:
Performance, Genres and Intercultural Translation (6 units)
MUSM 2089 Music in Asian Cultures (6 units)
67
ARTV2024 Memory
(Academic Program: 3030 | Academic Plan: 3030XBANMA)
ARTV2100 Complementary Studies 1 [in Animation, Video, Web

Cinema, Sound Art, Physical Computing for the Arts or Digital
Compositing]

Minimum: 144 units
Academic Contact: Dr Cathie Summerhayes
The Bachelor of Arts in New Media Arts is designed to prepare
graduates for careers in the burgeoning field of new media arts
and performance. What is unique about this offering is the
breadth and integrated nature of its offerings: from Interactive
Digital Media to Documentary Film; from Directing for the
Camera to New Music.
While the degree is founded upon a marriage of the arts with
design, application and performance, the degree also rests
upon a firm technological base. Throughout, the BA(NMA)
emphasizes creativity and professional application. The degree
cross-cuts many disciplines which are often segregated in
separate faculties.
The pass degree
In order to complete the program at a level of a Pass, a
candidate must accumulate 144 units and successfully
complete:
Core Courses:

COMP1710 Tools for New Media and the Web
COMP2720 Automating Tools for New Media
One Major from:

Digital Humanities
New Media Performance
Cinemedia
IT in New Media Arts
to the value of 42 units, with a maximum of 12 units of first

year courses offered at 1000 level and a minimum of 30
units of later year courses;
A minimum of 96 units from the courses listed in List A

including those from chosen major.
No more than 48 units of first year courses;
A minimum of 96 units of later year courses;
48 units of electives.
Details of the majors in this degree are listed in the Majors
section later in this chapter.

Compositing]
COMP2400 Relational Databases
COMP2410 Networked Information Systems
COMP4210 Usability and Design of the Human/Computer
Interface
COMP4211 Engineering Law
COMP4610 Computer Graphics
DART3001 Dynamic Visual Effects for Film and Broadcast
DART3002 Making Light Work in 3D Animation
DART3003 Hybrid Interactive Digital Media
DART3004 Professional Practice
DART3005 Sample: Feedback, Plasticity and Architectonics
DART3006 Push Play: Audio-Video Output
DART3007 Process as Composition and Aesthetic
DART3008 Solo Projects
DRAM1005 Page to Stage 1: Acting
DRAM1006 Introduction to the Western Theatrical Tradition
DRAM2010 Design and the Theatre: Scenic Design
DRAM2016 Acting Skills: Character Creation, Improvisation and
Performance 1
Performance 2
and New Media
ENGL2055 Shakespeare and Film
ENGL2067 Classic Novel into Film
ENGL2077 Creative Writing 2: Story to Script
ENGL2078 Creative Writing 3: Advanced Fiction
LIST A
ANTH2128 Anthropology of Media

ARTH1004 Art, Museums and the World Wide Web
FILM2002 Play into Film: The Cinematic Adaptation of Theatrical

Texts
ARTV1101 Introduction to Creative Digital Environment
FILM2004 Post War European Cinema
FILM2005 Moving Pictures: Cinema and the Visual Arts

Compositing]
FILM2006 United States Cinema: Hollywood and Beyond

Compositing]
68
FILM2007 Directing for the Camera

FILM2010 Documentary: Real Life in Virtual Space
GEND1002 Reading Popular Culture: An Introduction to

Cultural Studies
GEND2005 From Apocalipstick to Virtual Virginity Performing
Religion and Culture on the Internet
HIST2121 Electric Citizens: The Rise of the Modern Media in the
United States, 1865-2000
MATH1005 Mathematical Modelling 2
MUSM1167 Film Scoring
The Bachelor of Arts in Policy Studies focuses on the study of

public policy in Australia. Students take a major in both Political
Science and Policy Studies. They also take a minimum of five
economics related units, which may be extended into a major.
Depending on the options chosen within the policy studies
major and in relation to the three free courses, it is possible
for a student to take a number of other courses in Philosophy,
Sociology or History. It is intended that students taking the
degree will acquire an understanding of public policy making
in the context of Australias political, social and economic life.
Skills will also be gained in economic analysis, statistics and
clear thinking.
MUSM1177 World Music Ensemble
Degree structure
MUSM1218 Composition 1
The course consists of 144 units comprising the following:
First-year consists of:
12 units from Political Science 1000 level courses
MUSM1259 Latin Percussion and Hand Drumming
12 units from Philosophy 1000 level courses - Fundamental

Ideas in Philosophy: an Historical Introduction PHIL1004
and Contemporary Issues in Philosophy PHIL1003
MUSM1263 Recording Techniques A

MUSM1274 Contemporary Music Ensemble 1
NEWM1002 Writing and Structuring Narratives in Traditional
and New Media
NEWM2002 Cinemedia as Performance
NEWM2005 Concepts in Practice
PHIL2102 Film as Philosophy
SOCY2053 Imagining the Future: The Social Origins of Utopias
and Science Fiction
Degree structure
Semester 1
Semester 2
Year 1
MAJOR
CORE: Elective
CORE: COMP1710 Tools for
New Media and the Web
Elective - List A
MAJOR
Elective
NEWM1001 Media
Cultures 1
Elective - List A
Year 2
MAJOR
Cultures 2
Elective
Elective - List A
MAJOR
CORE: COMP2720
Automating Tools for
New Media
Elective
Elective - List A
MAJOR
Elective - List A
Elective
Elective - List A
MAJOR
Elective - List A
Elective
Elective - List A
Year 3

Intending honours students should read the Honours entry
introductory later in the chapter.

(Academic Program: 3100 | Academic Plan: 3100XBPLST)
Minimum: 144 units
Academic Contact: Dr Alastair Greig
12 units from 1000 level Economics or Economic History

courses*
12 further units from first-year courses in: Sociology,
HIST1203 Australian History, STAT1003 Statistical
Techniques, Quantitative Research Methods STAT1008
* In order to maximise choice among second and third year
Economic and Economic History course, the Faculty of
Economic and Commerce strongly recommends that their
students undertake ECON1101 Microeconomics 1 and ECON1102
Macroeconomics 1.
Second and third years provide:
(a) A Political Science major (30 additional units, building on
the 12 first year Political Science units).

This consists of five courses to the value of 30 units, taken

from the Political Science approved list (List 1) and the
Australian National Internship Program.
With the written permission of the Convener, students may

substitute up to two other Political Science courses for two
of the designated courses from List 1.
(b) A Policy Studies major (30 additional units, building on the

12 first year units).

It consists of PHIL2085 Applied Ethics and SOCY2038

Introduction to Quantitative Research Methods to be taken
if Statistics has not been taken as a first-year option; and
three or four additional courses to be taken from Lists 1_3
or courses to the value of 30 units if an internship is taken.
(c) Additional Courses (to the value of 36 units).

Three of the additional courses (18 units) will come from
either later year Economics or from approved courses building
on first-year Economic History courses. Students have a free
choice for the final three courses of the degree. This will
allow the completion of an Economics Major or an Economic
HistoryMajor.
Hence all students will take a Political Science major, a Policy
Studies major and five economics related courses, with the
option of completing a major in Economics or Economic
History. Note: If you want to do a major in Economics or
Economic History, please see the Student Advisor from the
College of Economics and Businessto ensure that your chosen
program is within their rules.
69
All enquiries concerning the Australian National Internships

Program (ANIP) should be made to the Coordinator of the ANIP
Program.
Bachelor of Arts - Dual Degree with the

Bachelor of Social Work at Australian Catholic
University
First Year (48 units)
36 units from:
12 units from 1000 Level

courses in:
Two 1000 Level Political Science

courses
Fundamental Ideas in Philosophy:
an Historical Introduction
PHIL1004
Contemporary Issues in
Philosophy PHIL1003
Microeconomics 1 ECON1101 and
Macroeconomics 2 ECON1102 or
two courses of Economic History
at 1000 Level
Sociology
Australian History HIST1203
Australian Economy ECHI1006
Business and Economy in the Asia
Pacific Region ECHI1005
Fundamentals of Economic and
Financial Modelling EMET1001
Statistical Techniques STAT1003
Quantitative Research Methods
STAT1008
Later Years (96 units)

Political Science
Major
Policy Studies Major Six Additional

Courses
Five courses from

List 1, that is, from
approved Political
Science courses or
courses to the value
of 30 units if courses
are included from the
Australian National
Internship Program
(ANIP)
Applied Ethics
PHIL2085
Introduction to
Quantitative Research
Methods SOCY2038,
unless statistics taken
in the first year.
Two to four additional
courses from Lists
1-3, depending on
the value of the
courses and whether
Introduction to
Quantitative Research
Methods is taken.
Three advanced
courses in Economics
or Economic History
from List 3.
Three or four
additional advanced
courses (these need
not be from list of
approved courses)
(30 units)
(36 units)
(30 units)

CRICOS Code: 042954B
This dual degree program of Bachelor of Arts / Bachelor of
Social Work is offered in conjunction with the Australian
Catholic University, Canberra Campus.
The aim of the dual degree program is to provide an education
in social work that is informed by a critical understanding
of the social science disciplines and that is oriented to the
professional values and practice of the social work profession.
Education in social work will inform professional practice in its
purpose of:
protecting vulnerable members of society
empowering individuals to determine and change the
conditions in which they live
facilitating the participation of individuals, families, groups
and communities in the decisions affecting their lives
helping change social institutions and policies which
constrain development
contributing to a more equitable distribution of resources
in society.
Lists 1 -3
See Policy Studies major (under Majors or Specialisations
heading above).

The honours program in Policy Studies is akin to taking a
combined Honours program in the Faculty of Arts. The BA
(Policy Studies) consists of the Political Science and Policy
Studies majors, which yields a total of 84 units. The additional
units needed to complete the 96 units required for combined
honours may come from either the economics-related courses
noted above or from the three free courses, if they are drawn
from the lists of approved courses.The Fourth Year program
consists of a thesis of 15,000 to 17,500 words and courses
taken in one or more of the disciplines or programs that are
central to the policy studies degree, namely, Political Science,
Philosophy, Economics, Economic History, History and Sociology.
The minimum standard for entry to Fourth Year is a credit
average. The disciplines in which Fourth Year work is taken may
specify a standard of performance above this credit average
minimum.Students contemplating honours should consult the
Bachelor of Arts (Policy Studies) Coordinator as early as possible.
70
Minimum: 192 units
The combined program (dual degree) consists of at least 96

units from the Faculty of Arts ANU including:
a Sociology or Political Science major, comprising no fewer
than 42 units as defined by the Arts Faculty
completion of a minimum of 6 units each in Sociology and
Political Science at first year level plus an additional 6 unit
course of Sociology at later year level
completion of 12 units in Psychology at 1000 level
a total of no fewer than 48 units from Arts courses offered
at 2000/3000 level
at least 160 credit points (cps) from the School of Social
Work ACU as specified for the BSW program.
Degree structure
Bachelor of Arts - dual program - a typical full-time course
pattern
Semester 1
Semester 2
Year 1
(ANU)
SOCY 1st year course (6u)

SOCY or POLS 1st year
POLS 1st year course (6u)
course (6u)
PSYC1003 Introduction to
PSYC1004 Introduction to
Psychology 1 (core)(6u)
Psychology 2 (core) (6u)
Arts 1st year elective course Arts 1st year elective course
(6u)
(12u)
Year 2
(ANU/
ACU)
ANU - Arts later year

courses (18u) which must
include one later year
SOCY course
ACU - Introduction to
Social Work

courses (18u)
ACU - Social Work and
the Law
Year 3
(ANU/
ACU)
Year 4
(ACU)
Semester 1
Semester 2

courses (12u)
ACU - Theoretical
Frameworks for Social
Work practice
ACU - Social Work Practice
with Individuals and
Groups 1
ACU - Social Work Field

Placement 1
ACU- Social Work practice
with Children, Young
People and Families
Public Policy for Social

Workers
Individual and Community:
Risk and Resilience
Social Work Practice with
Communities
Social Work Practice with
Individuals and Groups 2
Social Work Field

Placement 2
Organisational Practice
Social Work and Mental
Health
The pass degree

Award Completion Requirements
Students are required to complete a total of 96 Arts units from
ANU and 160 credit points from ACU remembering that 20 ACU
cps equals 12 ANU units. This is the equivalent of 192
ANU units.
The full dual degree program requirements must be completed
before admission to either of the respective degrees. In order to
meet the requirements of professional association accreditation
a student may not exit the ANU Bachelor of Arts degree ahead
of completing all dual program requirements, except by means
of a course transfer to the single standard Bachelor of Arts
(code 3100) degree. Consequently a student who wishes to
complete their study after 3 years will be required to transfer
to graduate with a standard Bachelor of Arts. Full credit will be
given for any successfully completed ACU courses. The Bachelor
of Arts from ANU will only be conferred after the completion of
the full dual degree.
Full-time status
Students when studying at both universities in any given
semester or year are considered to be concurrently enrolled.
Students should try to undertake their studies on a full-time
basis at either university each semester or year. The ability
to maintain full-time status at either university will provide
students with normal concessions for travel etc.
Concurrent enrolment has implication for student parking
permits on ANU campus. For further information please refer
to the Student Enrolment and Administrative Procedures
(SEAP)Guide.

Having completed the dual degree program, students may be
eligible for admission to the Bachelor of Social Work (Honours)
at ACU. ANU students having met the Bachelor of Arts pass
degree and Honours admission requirements (for either
Sociology or Political Science) could undertake an Honours year
after the completion of the dual program. This would require an
additional year of full-time study or part-time equivalent.
Bachelor of Arts (Visual)

(Academic Program: 3010 | Academic Plan: 3010XBAVIS)
Minimum: 144 units
This program is no longer accepting new applicants. Please see
the entry for the [Bachelor of Visual Arts|3013XBVA] for new
structure.
The information below is for current students only.
In order to complete the program, a candidate must accumulate
144 units and successfully complete:
a) A Major comprising the units Major 1 to 5 in one workshop
to the value of 60 units
b) Complementary Studies 1-5 in approved Classes to the
value of 30 units
c) Art Theory from the list of Art Theory courses to the value of
36 units
d) The Core course to the value of 18 units.
Degree structure
Semester 1
Semester 2
Year 1
ARTV1019 Core (18 units)

ARTV1009 Introduction to
Art Theory A (6 units)
ARTV1011 Major 1 (12 units)

ARTV1021 Complementary
Studies (6 units)
Art Theory B (6 units)
Year 2
ARTV2002 Major 2
(12 units)
Art Theory (6 units)
Complementary Studies
(6 units)
ARTV3001 Major 3
(12 units)
(6 units)
Year 3
ARTV3002 Major 4
(12 units)
(6 units)
ARTV3026 Major 5
(12 units)
(6 units)

The Honours program at the School of Art offers graduates of
the three year Bachelor degree programs with the opportunity
to pursue high-level Studio Practice research projects under the
supervision of senior staff. Through the planning, preparation
and execution of a two-semester project, Honours students
experience advanced studio practice research methodologies
and explore the contextual, technical, and theoretical
dimensions of the specific modes of practice encompassed by
their project.
Applications to enter the BA (Visual) Honours degree may
be made in all Studio Workshop disciplines: Ceramics, Glass,
Gold and Silversmithing, Painting, Photomedia and Drawing,
Sculpture, Textiles, and Wood. In addition, Honours research
may be proposed for projects carried our in conjunction with
the Environment Studio, the Computer Art Studio, the Editions
and Artist Book Studio, and the Art Theory Workshop.
To be admitted to the fourth year program at Honours level, a
candidate must have either:
successfully completed three years of the Bachelor of Arts
(Visual), normally at the level of Distinction, and have had their
Research Proposal approved by the School of Art Academic
71
Committee, on the recommendation of the Workshop

Admissions Panel
Degree structure
Typical pattern of study
or
Semester 1
Semester 2
hold an equivalent 3 year degree from another institution

approved by the School of Art Academic Committee or its
Status Committee, comply with the National Institute of the
Arts Undergraduate Admission Orders, and have a Research
Proposal approved by the School of Art Academic Committee,
on the recommendation of the Workshop Admissions Panel.
Year 1
DESA1019 Core (18 units)

Art and Design Theory A
(6 units)
DESA1001 Major 1
(12 units)
ARTV1032 Core Computer
Studies (6 units)
Art and Design Theory B
(6 units)
A candidate who commences their Honours program from

semester 1, 2003 will qualify for the Honours degree by
completing the 48 unit course Honours in Visual Arts.
Honours students who commenced their Honours program
prior to 2003 will qualify for the Honours degree by completing
48 units comprising Honours Studio, Honours Research and
Final Honours Result.
Year 2
DESA2001 Major 2
DESA2002 Major 3
(12 units)
(12 units)
Art Theory elective from List Complementary Studies
1 (6 units)
elective from List 2 (6
units)
elective from List 2 (6
Art Theory elective from List
units)
1 (6 units)
Year 3
DESA3001 Major 4
DESA3002 Major 5
(12 units)
(12 units)
elective from list 2
elective from list 2
(6 units)
(6 units)
Art Theory elective from List Art Theory elective from list
1 (6 units)
1 (6 units)

(Academic Program: 3011 | Academic Plan: 3011XBDESA)
Minimum: 144 units
Academic Contact: Mr Gilbert Riedelbauch
Summary of courses offered in the Bachelor of Design Arts

Program in 2009
Semester 1

the entry for the [Bachelor of Design Arts|3014XBDA] for new
structure.
Compulsory Courses

The BDA aims to prepare students for careers as professional
designer-makers. The program is offered in all disciplines but
has particular relevance to students in Ceramics, Glass, Textiles,
Furniture and Gold and Silversmithing. It utilises current digital
technology in design development providing an ideal platform
for future design professionals. Students undertake Core Studies
in semester 1 with Semesters 2-6 focussing on the relevant
Workshop discipline as the major study. This is supported by art
and design theory courses and complementary studies including
3D computer modelling and drawing, inkjet printing and rapid
prototyping.
Program Requirements
The program consists of 144 compulsory units as follows:
18u Core Studies (Foundation)
60u Major Departments
DESA1001 Major 1
DESA2002 Major 3
DESA3001 Major 4
DESA3002 Major 5
Semester 2
DESA1001 Major 1
DESA2002 Major 3
DESA3001 Major 4
DESA3002 Major 5
List 1
ARTV1009 Introduction to Art and
Design Theory A
ARTV2027 Professional Practices
ARTV2034 Individual Research
Unit
ARTV2052 Introducing Asian
Modernisms
ARTV2054 Australian Art: The
Modern Period
ARTV2055 Costume, Fashion and
Visual Culture
ARTV1010 Introduction to Art and

Design Theory B
ARTV2017 Contemporary
Australian Art
ARTV2021 Indigenous Australian
Visual Culture
ARTV2024 Memory
Advanced
ARTV2034 Individual Research
Unit
ARTV2053 Contemporary
Asian Art
List 2
Studies 2
Studies 1
Studies 2
Studies 1
36u Art Theory for List 1
Courses that count towards this Program
6u Core Computer Studies
Compulsory Courses
DESA1001 Major 1
24u Complementary Studies from List 2
DESA2001 Major 2
DESA2002 Major 3
DESA3001 Major 4
DESA3002 Major 5
List 1
ARTV1009 Introduction to Art and Design Theory A
ARTV1010 Introduction to Art and Design Theory B
72
Degree structure
Typical pattern of study

Semester 1
Semester 2
Year 1
DESA1020 Core Studies in

Design Arts: 2D Image
Tracking (6 units)
Design Arts: 3D/Space
and Materials (6 units)
(6 units)
DESA1001 Major 1 (6 units)

Design Arts: Life Drawing
(6 units)
DESA1002 Major 2 (6 units)
Studies (6 units)
(6 units)
Year 2
DESA2002 Major 3
(12 units)
Art Theory from Art Theory
Elective list (6 units)
Complementary Studies in
Product Design and Web
Art (6 units)
DESA3001 Major 4
(12 units)
Art (6 units)
Year 3
DESA3002 Major 5
(12 units)
Art (6 units)
DESA3003 Major 6
(12 units)
Art (6 units)

ARTV2024 Memory
ARTV2028 Professional Practices Advanced
ARTV2034 Individual Research Unit
ARTV2052 Introducing Asian Modernisms
ARTV2053 Contemporary Asian Art
ARTV2054 Australian Art: The Modern Period
ARTV2055 Costume, Fashion and Visual Culture
List 2
ARTV2022 Complementary Studies 2
Courses that count towards this Program
Art Theory Electives

(Academic Program: 3014 | Academic Plan: 3014XBDA )
Minimum: 144 units
CRICOS Code: 064767A
The BDA aims to prepare students for careers as professional

designer-makers. The program is offered in all disciplines but
has particular relevance to students in Ceramics, Glass, Textiles,
Furniture, Gold and Silversmithing and Sculpture. It utilises
current digital technology in design development providing
an ideal platform for future design professionals. Students
undertake Core Studies in semesters 1 and 2 with Semesters
1-6 focussing on the relevant Workshop discipline as the major
study. This is supported by art and design theory courses and
complementary studies including 3D computer modelling and
drawing, inkjet printing and rapid prototyping.
ARTV2024 Memory
The program consists of 144 compulsory units as follows:
18u Core Studies (Foundation)
60u Major Departments
36u Art Theory from Art Theory Elective List
6u Core Computer Studies
24u Complementary Studies in Product Design and Web Art
ARTV2056 City Sites: studies in art and urbanity

73
Core courses
ARTV1032 Core Computer Studies
DESA1020 Core Studies in Design Arts: 2D image trading
DESA1021 Core Studies in Design Arts: 3D/ Space and Materials
DESA1022 Core Studies in Design Arts: Life Drawing
Major courses
DESA1001 Major 1
DESA1002 Major 2
DESA2002 Major 3
DESA3001 Major 4
DESA3002 Major 5
DESA3003 Major 6
Bachelor of Languages (China/Korea): Academic Plan:

3150XCHKR
Bachelor of Languages (Japanese Language): Academic Plan:
3150XJLANG
Bachelor of Languages (Japanese Linguistics): Academic Plan:
3510XJLING
Bachelor of Languages (Southeast/South Asia): Academic Plan:
3510XSESA
Degree structure
Typical full-time study plan for a Bachelor of Languages student
Semester 1
Semester 2
1st Year
(48 units)
6 units language major

6 units LING1001(core A)
6 units free choice
6 units free choice

6 units List A
6 units List B
6 units free choice
2nd Year
(48 units)

6 units List B
6 units List C
6 units free choice

6 units List B
6 units List C
6 units free choice
3rd Year
(48 units)

6units List B
12 units free choice

6 units List B
6 units free choice
Bachelor of Languages
(Academic Program: 3150 | Academic Plan: 3150XBLANG)
Minimum: 144 units
Academic Contact: Dr Daniel Martin
CRICOS Code: 061766D
The Bachelor of Languages is a degree which prepares
students for the challenges they will face in the increasingly
multicultural and international workplaces of the 21st century.
The degree combines a solid foundation in one or more
languages with knowledge about linguistics (the science of
language), and the culture and cultural practices associated
with the chosen language(s). The degree draws upon the
complementary strengths of the language programs in the
College of Asia and the Pacific and the College of Arts and
Social Sciences at ANU.
Students select one the seven streams in the degree, which
allow students to major in one of eighteen different languages:
Classics (Ancient Greek or Latin); China/Korea (Korean or
Chinese); Japanese (Japanese Language or Japanese Linguistics);
Modern European (French, German, Italian or Spanish); Middle
Eastern and Central Asia (Arabic, Persian or Turkish); Southeast/
South Asia (Indonesian, Hindi, Sanskrit, Thai, Urdu/Persian or
Vietnamese).
An exchange semester or year in a country in which the
language of the language major is the language of instruction
is not compulsory, but is strongly recommended. This will
usually take place in the fifth semester of study, depending
upon the students language proficiency, the degree
coordinators recommendation and the College of Arts and
Social Sciences Student Advisors approval.
The program consists of 144 units selected to complete a full
major in the chosen language (42 units), and a minimum of 96
units from the Faculty of Arts and 96 units from later year level.
A maximum of 48 units of first year courses offered at 1000
level may be included.
Please refer to the chosen specialisation for details of the
specific degree requirements:
Bachelor of Languages (Classics): Academic Plan: 3150XCLAS
Bachelor of Languages (Middle Eastern and Central Asia):
Academic Plan: 3150XMEAS
Bachelor of Languages (Modern European): Academic Plan:
3150XEURO
74

A 4th Honours year will be approved in future, however
Honours will not be available in 2008.
Bachelor of Languages (Classics)

(Academic Program: 3150 | Academic Plan: 3150XCLAS )
Minimum: 144 units
Academic Contact: Elizabeth Minchin
Chinese); Japanese Language; Japanese Linguistics; Modern
European (French, German, Italian or Spanish); Middle Eastern
and Central Asia (Arabic, Persian or Turkish); Southeast/
Vietnamese).
major in a Classical language (42 units), and a minimum of 96
units from the Faculty of Arts and 96 units from later year level.
A maximum of 48 units of first year courses offered at 1000

level may be included:
LING2010 Phonetics: Sounds of the Worlds Languages (L)
The degree consists of:
LING2015 Language and Culture
a) A language major selected from one of the following

classical languages: Ancient Greek or Latin (42 units).
LING2018 Languages in Contact
PLUS
b) 12 units (minimum) of compulsory Linguistics courses. This
includes the compulsory course LING1001 - Introduction
to the Study of Language and at least one other course(s)
selected from List A.
LING2013 Teaching Languages
LING2019 Phonological Analysis

LING2020 Structure of English (L)
LING2021 Cross Cultural Communication (L)
LING2022 Language Planning and Language Politics
LING2023 Dictionaries and Dictionary-Making
PLUS
LING2026 Syntactic Theory
c) An additional compulsory component in classical languages

(a minimum of 30 units from List B). This typically consists
of:
LING2101 Second Language Acquisition
1. a minimum of 18 units of courses in the other classical

language not chosen as the language major (Ancient
Greek for Latin majors or vice versa), CLAS1001/2011
must be completed if not used in the language major;
and/or
2. with the approval of the Classics major Convenor a
student may undertake CLAS and ANCH courses in the
Classics major where the student uses a significant
amount of material in the classical languages in the
course assignments; and/or
3. extra courses in the language of the language
major. Students who would like to choose another
(non-classical) language for this component (eg
German or Sanskrit) must seek the permission of the
Bachelor of Languages (Classics) convener.
LING2104 The History of the English Language

LING3008 Study of A Language Family
LING3009 Research Design in (Applied) Linguistics
LING3011 Conversation Analysis
LING3021 Child Language Acquisition
LING3022 Seminar on Semantics
LING3025 Special Topics in Linguistics
List B
B.1. CLAS1001/2011 must be completed if not used in the
language major; and/or any GREK or LATN courses as listed
below:
GREK2101 Intermediate Ancient Greek
GREK2102 Advanced Ancient Greek A
PLUS
GREK2103 Advanced Ancient Greek B
d) 12 units (minimum) of compulsory courses studying the

culture(s) of Rome or Ancient Greece (List C).
GREK2104 Advanced Ancient Greek C
PLUS
GREK2106 Advanced Ancient Greek E
e) Free choice to bring the program total to 144 units (a

maximum of 48 units).
GREK2107 Advanced Ancient Greek F
Students may complete an additional elective major in any

of the majors offered by the university using the free choice
courses. The electives may also be used to complete further List
A, B or C courses. If students want to complete the additional
elective major, they are advised to plan their degree with the
College of Arts and Social Sciences Student Advisor as early as
possible.
List A
Compulsory course
LING1001 Introduction to the Study of Language
Elective courses
LING1002 Language and Society
GREK2105 Advanced Ancient Greek D
GREK2108 Advanced ancient Greek G

GREK2109 Advanced Ancient Greek H
GREK2110 Advanced Ancient Greek I
GREK2111 Advanced Ancient Greek J
GREK2112 Advanced Ancient Greek K
GREK2113 Advanced Ancient Greek L
GREK2114 Advanced Ancient Greek M
GREK2115 Advanced Ancient Greek N
GREK2116 Advanced Ancient Greek O
GREK2117 Advanced Ancient Greek P Reading course
GREK2118 Advanced Ancient Greek Q Reading Course
LING1010 Phonetics: Sounds of the Worlds Languages
GREK2119 Continuing Ancient Greek (L)
LING1020 Structure of English
LATN2101 Intermediate Latin
LATN2102 Advanced Latin A
LING2002 Language and Society (L)
LATN2103 Advanced Latin B
LING2005 Language Change
LATN2104 Advanced Latin C
LING2003 Introduction to Syntax
LATN2105 Advanced Latin D
LING2007 Morphology
LATN2106 Advanced Latin E
LING2008 Semantics
LATN2107 Advanced Latin F
LING2009 Field Methods
LATN2108 Advanced Latin G

75
LATN2110 Advanced Latin I
Bachelor of Languages (Middle Eastern &

Central Asia)
LATN2111 Advanced Latin J
(Academic Program: 3150 | Academic Plan: 3150XMEAS )
LATN2112 Advanced Latin K
LATN2113 Advanced Latin L
Minimum: 144 units
LATN2114 Advanced Latin M
Academic Contact: to be advised
LATN2115 Advanced Latin N
LATN2116 Advanced Latin O

LATN2109 Advanced Latin H
LATN2117 Advanced Latin P Reading Course

LATN2118 Advanced Latin Q Reading Course
LATN2119 Continuing Latin (L)
B.2. Any GREK or LATN courses as listed above in B.1. To include
courses in this component, students (with the approval of the
Classics major Convenor) must use a significant amount of
material in the classical languages in their assignments.
B.3. Further language courses in the language of the language
major ie either GREK or LATN courses as listed above in B.1.
List C
ANCH1013 5th Century Athens:an Imperialistic Democracy?
HIST1019 Rome: Republic to Empire
ANCH2009 Artefacts and Society in the Greco-Roman World
ANCH2014 Homer and the Trojan War
ANCH2015 Travellers and Geographers in Antiquity
CLAS2012 The Hero in Classical Literature: Identity, Gender and
Self-Definition in Ancient Poetry
HIST2216 Religion and Society in the Roman Empire
HIST2218 The City in the Roman Empire
ARCH2002 Britain before the Romans from Stonehenge to the
Celts
ARCH2037 Post-Roman Archaeology of Britain: Arthur and the
Anglo Saxons

Vietnamese).
upon the students language proficiency, the degree
ARTH2015 Byzantine Empire

major in a Middle Eastern/Central Asian language (42 units),
and a minimum of 96 units from the Faculty of Arts and 96
units from later year level. A maximum of 48 units of first year
courses offered at 1000 level may be included:
ARTH2053 Greek Art and Architecture
The degree consists of:
ARTH2054 Roman Art and Architecture
a) A language major selected from one of the following Middle

Eastern/Central Asian languages: Arabic, Persian or Turkish
(42 units).
ARCH2056 Britons and Romans: Archaeology of the Western

Roman Empire
Degree structure
Typical full-time study plan for a Bachelor of Languages
(Classics) student:
Semester 1
Semester 2
1st Year
(48 units)

6 units LING1001 (core A)
6 units free choice
6 units free choice

6 units List A
6 units List B
6 units free choice
2nd Year
(48 units)

6 units List B
6 units List C
6 units free choice

6 units List B
6 units List C
6 units free choice

6 units List B

6 units List B
6 units free choice
3rd Year
(48 units)

76
PLUS
b) 12 units (minimum) of compulsory Linguistics courses.
This includes the two compulsory courses: LING1001
- Introduction to the Study of Language + LING1010 Phonetics: Sounds of the Worlds Languages. Students
may also include further course(s) selected from List A as
electives.
PLUS
c) An additional compulsory component in Middle Eastern/
Central Asian languages (a minimum of 30 units from List
B). This typically consists of:
1. a minimum of 18 units of courses in another of the
Middle Eastern/Central Asian language/s not chosen as the
major; and/or
2. with the approval of the Middle Eastern and Central Asia
convener a student may undertake MEAS courses where the
student uses a significant amount of material in the major

language in the course assignments; and/or
3. extra courses in the language of the language major.
Students who would like to choose another (non-Middle
Eastern/Central Asian)language for this component (eg
German or Urdu must seek the permission of the Bachelor
of Languages (Middle Eastern and Central Asia) convener.
4.students majoring in Arabic may undertake thematic
courses (see below) delivered in Arabic in immersion mode

List B
B.1. ARAB1002 Introductory Arabic A
ARAB1003 Introductory Arabic B
PLUS
ARAB2011 Intermediate Arabic A

culture(s) of the Middle East and/or Central Asia this
includes the compulsory course MEAS2104 - Islam:History
and Institutions, and at least one other course selected from
List C.
ARAB2012 Intermediate Arabic B
PLUS
PERS1002 Introductory Persian B

PERS2003 Intermediate-Persian A
Students may complete an additional elective major in any

of the majors offered by the university using the free choice
courses. The electives may also be used to complete further List
A, B or C courses. If students want to complete the additional
elective major, they are advised to plan their degree with the
College of Arts and Social Sciences Student Advisor as early as
possible.
List A
Compulsory courses
Elective Courses
LING2007 Morphology
LING2008 Semantics
ARAB3001 Advanced Arabic A

ARAB3002 Advanced Arabic B
PERS1001 Introductory Persian A
PERS2004 Intermediate-Persian B
PERS3005 Advanced Persian A
PERS3006 Advanced Persian B
TURK1001 Elementary Turkish A
TURK1002 Elementary Turkish B
TURK2001 Intermediate Turkish A
TURK2002 Intermediate Turkish B
TURK3001 Advanced Turkish A
TURK3002 Advanced Turkish B
B.2. Any MEAS courses as listed below in List C. To include
courses in this component, students (with the approval of
the Middle Eastern and Central Asia Convenor) must use a
significant amount of material in one of the Middle eastern or
Central Asian languages in their assignments.
B.3. Further language courses in the language of the language
major as listed above in B.1.
B.4. ARAB3003 Introductory Course to Arabic Linguistics
ARAB3004 Research Essay (Arabic)
ARAB3005 Introductory Course to Arabic Literature
ARAB3006 Special Topics in Arabic
ARAB3007 Directed Study Project (Arabic)
List C
Compulsory course
MEAS2104 Islam: History and Institutions

Elective courses
Relations
POLS2070 Politics in Central Asia

77
Degree structure
Typical full-time study plan for a Bachelor of Languages (Middle
Eastern and Central Asia) student:
Semester 1
Semester 2
1st Year
(48 units)

6 units free choice
6 units free choice

6 units List B
6 units free choice
2nd Year
(48 units)

6 units List B
6 units MEAS2104 (core C)
6 units free choice

6 units List B
6 units List C
6 units free choice
3rd Year
(48 units)

6units List B

6 units List B
6 units free choice


(Academic Program: 3150 | Academic Plan: 3150XEURO )
Minimum: 144 units
b) 12 units (minimum) of compulsory Linguistics courses. This

includes the compulsory course LING1001 - Introduction
to the Study of Language and at least one other course(s)
selected from List A.
PLUS
c) An additional compulsory component in European
languages (a minimum of 30 units from List B). This typically
consists of:
1. a minimum of an additional 18 units of courses in the
language of the language major, consisting of thematic
courses included in the corresponding European
language major and LANG common options courses;
and/or,
2. courses in one of the other European languages
(eg Introductory Italian for students majoring in
Spanish). Students who would like to choose another
(non-European) language for this component (eg Latin
or Turkish) must seek the permission of the Bachelor of
Languages (Modern European) convener.
PLUS
culture(s) that corresponds to the language major (List C).
PLUS

Students may complete an elective major in any of the majors

offered by the university using the free choice courses. The
electives may also be used to complete further List A, B or C
courses. If students want to complete the additional elective
major, they are advised to plan their degree with the College of
Arts and Social Sciences Student Advisor as early as possible.

Vietnamese).
Elective Courses
CLAS1001 Traditional Grammar

upon the students language proficiency; the degree

major in a European language (42 units), and a minimum of 96
units from the Faculty of Arts and 96 units from later year level
courses. A maximum of 48 units of first year courses offered at
1000 level may be included: The degree consists of:
a) A language major selected from one of the following

European languages: French, German, Italian or Spanish
(42 units).
PLUS
78
List A
Compulsory course

LING2003 Introduction to Syntax LING2007 Morphology
LING2008 Semantics

ITAL1003 Italian Studies Introductory 2

Later Year
ITAL2005 Italian Studies Continuing 1
ITAL2007 Italian Studies Intermediate 1
ITAL3015 Italian Studies Advanced 1
Later Year Thematic Courses

FILM2009 Postwar Italian Cinema
List B
First Year
FREN1003 Introductory French I
FREN1004 Introductory French II
ITAL2009 Literature, History, Cinema: A-Three-Voice Dialogue

ITAL2010 Early Italian Literature from the Sicilian School to the
Renaissance

FREN2012 Contemporary France
ITAL2011 Italian flair: Cultural life style in todays Italy
FREN2014 Ideological Issues Under the Fifth Republic
ITAL3014 Women in Italian Society
FREN2021 Selected Topics in French Studies
ITAL3017 Apocalypse Then: Dantes Inferno
FREN2023 French Cinema from the Nouvelle Vague to the

nineties
ITAL3018 Italiano/Standard e Regionale: Aspects of Spoken

Italian
FREN2026 New Caledonia: Field Work and Research
Later year core language courses


FREN2024 Continuing French I
ITAL3010 Politics, Culture and Society in Postwar Italy
FREN2025 Continuing French II
FREN3006 Intermediate French I
FREN3007 Intermediate French II
FREN3008 Advanced French I
FREN3009 Advanced French II
First Year
SPAN1001 Introduction to Spanish I
First Year core language courses

GERM1021 German Studies: Introduction to German (1)
GERM2020 Postwar German Society
GERM2023 German Language Today
GERM2024 Classical German Literature
GERM2046 German Cinema
GERM2048 Spoken Interaction in German: Theory and Practice
GERM2110 Structure of German
GERM3041 German Prose of the 20th Century
GERM3047 Images of 20th Century German Culture
GERM2103 German Studies: Continuing German 1
SPAN1002 Introduction to Spanish II

SPAN2003 Selected Topics in Spanish I
SPAN2004 Selected Topics in Spanish II
SPAN2100 Current Affairs in the Spanish-speaking world
(Continuing)
SPAN3100 Current Affairs in the Spanish-speaking World
(Intermediate)
SPAN3101 The Spanish Speaking World Through Its Songs
SPAN2001 Continuing Spanish I
SPAN2002 Continuing Spanish II
SPAN3001 Intermediate Spanish I
SPAN3002 Intermediate Spanish II
SPAN3003 Advanced Spanish I
SPAN3004 Advanced Spanish II
GERM2105 German Studies: Intermediate German 1
Later year thematic (common) courses

LANG3001 Translation across Languages: the translation of
literary texts
LANG3002 Translation across Languages: specialised material
GERM3007 German Studies: Advanced German 1
LANG3003 Contemporary European Narrative
LANG3005 Language and Identity in a European Context
First Year
List C
ITAL1002 Italian Studies Introductory I
EURO1004 Europe in the Modern Era: Foundations of

79
EURO2003 European Union: Policies, Institutions and Challenges
EURO2005 Europe: Contemporary Issues in Historical

Perspective

EURO2008 European Society And Politics

EURO2011 Nationalism in Europe: History, Politics, Theory
HIST2140 Europe in the 20th Century
Bachelor of Music
(Academic Program: 3004 | Academic Plan: 3004XBMUS )
HIST2214 The Great War, 1914-1918
Minimum: 144 units
POLS2061 Classical Marxism

POLS2092 Fascism and Antifascism
SOCY2052 Citizens, The State and Democracy
The School of Music offers students a broad range of courses

and provides highly specialist practical and personal skills from
a wide variety of musical periods, styles and cultures. Students
become part of a community that is supportive, professional
and respectfully competitive, while developing critical,
analytical and enquiry-based approaches to the interpretation
and understanding of music.
ARTH2019 Italian Renaissance: Art and Architecture

ARTH2095 Early Medieval Europe: Art and Architecture
ARTH2096 Charlemagne to Chartres
DRAM2001 Modern European Theatre
FILM2003 European Cinemas, European Societies
FILM2004 Postwar European Cinema: Films and Directors
The Bachelor of Music is a three year degree with majors in

Performance, Jazz Performance, Composition or Musicology
with the option of a 4th year at Honours level. Students
wishing to undertake an additional year at Pass level may
apply to transfer to the Bachelor of Music (Specialist) degree at
the end of their third year.
HIST2136 World at War, 1939-1945

144 units and successfully complete one of the major patterns
listed below:
HIST2141 The Cold War: 1945-1989

Renaissance
Major in Performance (all instruments except Voice)

(a) 36 units from schedule A, comprised of sequenced courses
in one instrument
(b) 30 units from schedule B, including:
(i.) 18 units of ensemble performance
(ii.) 12 units of Aural
PHIL2059 Love Death and Freedom (20th Century French

Phenomenology)
(c) 30 units from schedule C
PHIL2087 European Philosophy A
(d) Any other music or non-music courses to the value of 48

units
PHIL2092 Philosophy of The Enlightenment

PHIL2097 European Philosophy B
Major in Performance (Voice)
(a) 36 units from schedule A, comprised of sequenced courses in

one instrument
POLS2071 Germany and Austria in Europe

POLS2076 Frankfurt School and Habermas
Degree structure
Typical full-time study plan for a Bachelor of Languages
(Modern European) student:
Semester 1
Semester 2
1st Year
(48 units)

6 units LING1001 (core)
6 units free choice
6 units free choice

6 units List A
6 units List B
6 units free choice
2nd Year
(48 units)

6 units List B
6 units List C
6 units free choice

6 units List B
6 units List C
6 units free choice

6 units List B

6 units List B
6 units free choice
3rd Year
(48 units)

(i.) 6 units of Aural
(ii.) 6 units of Vocal Ensemble
(iii.) 12 units of Italian Studies: normally ITAL1001 and
ITAL1002
(iv.) 12 units of German studies: normally GERM1021 and
GERM1022
(d) Any other music or non-music courses to the value of
48 units
Major in Jazz
(a) 36 units from A, comprised of sequenced courses in one jazz
instrument
(i.) 18 units of Jazz Aural & Jazz Improvisation 1-6
(ii.) 12 units of Jazz Arranging & Composition 1-4
80
(c) 30 units from schedule C, including:
Schedule B
(ii.) 12 units of Jazz Harmony & Analysis 1-4
Ensemble Performance 1-6

(3 units each)
(iii.) 6 units of Jazz Individual Research 1-2
MUSM1224 Ensemble Performance 1
(i.) 12 units of Jazz History 1-4

units
Major in Composition
(a) 36 units from schedule A, comprised of sequenced courses

in composition.
Jazz Arranging and Composition 1-4

(3 units each)

(ii.) Any other music or non-music courses approved as
complementary to the students major area of research,
units
Major in Musicology
(a) 36 units from schedule A, comprised of sequenced courses in
music research
(ii.) Any other music or non-music courses approved as
MUSM1235 Jazz Arranging and Composition 1

Aural 1-6
(3 units each)
MUSM1276 Aural 1 Foundation level
MUSM1277 Aural 1 Intermediate level
MUSM1278 Aural 2 Foundation level
MUSM2254 Aural 3 Advanced level
MUSM2256 Aural 4 Advanced level

units
MUSM3228 Aural 5
Schedule A
Jazz Aural and Improvisation 1-6

(3 units each)
Performance 1-6
(6 units each)
MUSM3229 Aural 6
MUSM1230 Jazz Aural and Improvisation 1
MUSM1214 Performance 1
Vocal Ensemble 1-2

(3 units each)
Composition 1-6
(6 units each)
MUSM1270 Vocal Ensemble 1

Schedule C
(6 units each)
MUSM1201 Central Concepts of Music (core)
MUSM1203 Turning Points in Music: 1600-1914 (core)
Musicology 1-6
(6 units each)
MUSM2251 Music in 18th and 19th Century Europe (core)
MUSM1220 Musicology 1
MUSM2250 Western Art Music of the 20th Century and beyond

(core)
MUSM2252 Folk Music: Theory and Practice

81
(3 units each)
MUSM2259 Keyboard Repertoire 5
MUSM1210 Jazz History 1
MUSM3245 Large Ensemble Arranging
MUSM1259 Latin Percussion and Hand Drumming
MUSM1240 Music in Colonial Society
MUSM2210 Jazz Harmony and Analysis 1
MUSM1252 Opera
MUSM1257 Percussion Composition and Arranging
MUSM1254 Percussion Literature
MUSM1253 Percussion Pedagogy
MUSM3239 Jazz Individual Research 1
MUSM1280 Performance Wellness
MUSM0077 Popular Culture in Southeast Asia (6 units)
Other Music courses
(3 units each unless otherwise indicated)
MUSM1264 Recording Techniques B
MUSM3244 Advanced Jazz Composition
MUSM2248 Studio Piano Pedagogy 1
MUSM1272 Conducting 1
MUSM2249 Studio Piano Pedagogy 2
MUSM3241 The Critical Ear - the History of Tuning
MUSM2262 Electronic Music (6 units)
MUSM1250 Vocal Literature 1
MUSM1226 Ensemble Performance Extension 1
MUSM1251 Vocal Literature 2
MUSM1177 World Music Ensemble
Classes
The following classes are available in Performance 1 - 6:
Performance: bassoon, cello, clarinet, double bass, flute,

fortepiano, guitar, harp, horn, oboe, percussion, piano,
trombone, trumpet, viola, violin, voice.

FILM2008 Film and Music (6 units)
MUSM1168 Functional Music Technology (6 units)
MUSM2247 General Music Acoustics
MUSM1281 How Piano is your Forte?
MUSM1216 Instrumental Studies 1
MUSM0076 Introduction to Asian Performing Arts:
Performance, Genres and Intercultural Translation
MUSM1260 Introduction to Drum Kit
MUSM2263 Introduction to Music Technology 1
MUSM2264 Introduction to Music Technology 2
MUSM1258 Introduction to Vibraphone
MUSM1268 Keyboard for Singers 1
MUSM1269 Keyboard for Singers 2
82
Performance Jazz: jazz bass, jazz clarinet, jazz drums, jazz flute,
jazz guitar, jazz piano, jazz saxophone, jazz trombone, jazz
trumpet, jazz violin, jazz voice
Additional Provisions
1. Part-time Study
Only in exceptional circumstances may a candidate seek the
permission of the Head of School to undertake a part-time
enrolment in first year of the program. If a candidate
successfully completes all the courses prescribed in the first year
of the program, the Head of School may approve the candidate
enrolling, in a subsequent year, in fewer courses than prescribed
for that year.
2. Program Leave of Absence
If a candidate has successfully completed all courses prescribed
for the first year of the program, a candidate may apply to
the College of Arts and Social Sciences Student Office on
the appropriate form to take leave of absence for a period
not exceeding 12 months, giving reason. This must occur
on or before the HECS census date of that semester. Only in
exceptional circumstances may a candidate seek the permission
of the Executive Committee to take leave of absence for a
period of time in the first year of the program.
3. Professional Engagements
The approval of the Head of School is required for an enrolled
candidate to undertake professional engagements that are not
part of that candidates program of study.
4. Leave of Absence
The Head of School may grant leave to a candidate for periods
of not more than one month. If the period is no greater than
one week, a Head of Area may approve the leave.
The pass degree

It is possible for students to undertake a fourth year at either
Pass or Honours level. Student seeking enrolment in the
Honours Year will remain enrolled in the B Music (program
3004) - please see the Honours degree entry below for further
details.
Students wishing to undertake a fourth year at Pass level
will need to apply for a program transfer from the Bachelor of
Music three year Pass degree to the four year Bachelor of Music
(Specialist) degree (program 4001) and should seek the formal
approval of the Head of School, in consultation with their
teacher and Head of Area, prior to re-enrolment at the end of
Year 3. The application to transfer to the Specialist degree must
be lodged with the CASS Student Office not later than:
b) the course MUSM4117A/B Individual Research Honours in an

area as approved by the School of Music Honours Committee
(12 units).
Honours objectives
The Honours degree builds on an already achieved high level
achievement.
The objectives are:
the development of a high level of skills
the development of a candidates capacities as a
knowledgeable and articulate musician with a capacity for
independent and original work
to enhance the candidates standing as a practising
musician, and to prepare the candidate for professional life
to provide access to higher degree programs which require
Honours as a pre-requisite for entry
2nd Friday in December - to take effect from Semester 1
to provide enhanced access to vocational training or

employment in related areas such as education, arts
administration, librarianship and archival work
Last teaching day of Semester 1 - to take effect from

Semester 2
to provide advanced level access to public and private sector

employment.
For further details please see the degree entry for the Bachelor
of Music (Specialist).
Honours specialisation

Admission to the Honours Year
Applications for the Honours degree will normally be
provisionally considered in October and May each year
for students enrolled in Performance 6, Composition 6 or
Musicology 6. Candidates from other institutions apply to be
admitted by direct ANU undergraduate application. Application
should be made on the Honours Application Form available
from the CASS Student Office by the due date, except in
circumstances as approved by the Head of School (for example,
consideration of students on approved overseas study or
exchange). The process of development of the application
is spelt out in separate guidelines which accompany the
application form, and in the questions incorporated in the form.
To be admitted to a course at Honours level, a candidate
must have:
Either
successfully completed the 3 year Bachelor of Music to
the value of 144 units, including the units Performance 4,
Composition 4, or Musicology 4 in the relevant Discipline,
normally at the level of Credit, and Performance 6, Composition
6, or Musicology 6 in the relevant Discipline, normally at the
level of High Distinction and at least a Credit average in other
Music courses in Year 3;
or
approved by the School of Music at an equivalent level;
and
have their Individual Research Honours Proposal approved by
the School of Music Honours Committee.
Honours Degree requirements

a) the course MUSM4093A/B Principal Study 4 Honours in
Performance, Jazz, Composition or Musicology (36 units)
The candidate will develop a highly focused individual Principal

Study Honours program (36 units), and also an Individual
Research Project (12 units) integral to their specialisation, in
consultation with their teacher and supervisors. The proposal
should include a proposed mode of delivery eg lecture recital,
sub thesis, analysis, edition, CD Rom etc.
Bachelor of Music (Specialist)

(Academic Program: 4001 | Academic Plan: 4001XBMUS )
Minimum: 192 units
Academic Contact: Gary France
CRICOS Code: 033851F
Students initially enrol in the three-year Bachelor of Music
degree (program 3004) but at the completion of the pass
degree may apply to transfer into the four-year specialist Pass
degree. The four-year program offers further specialisation in
the relevant instrument/discipline. Specialisations available are
Composition, Musicology, Performance and Performance Jazz.
To be admitted to the program at Pass level, a candidate must
have:
Either
successfully completed the 144 units required for the 3
year Bachelor of Music, including the course Performance
4, Composition 4, or Musicology 4 in the relevant Discipline,
normally at the level of Credit, and Performance 6, Composition
6, or Musicology 6 in the relevant Discipline, normally at the
level of Credit;
or
approved by the School of Music at an equivalent level.
Please note that Honours is not available in this specialist
degree. Students considering an Honours year should look at
the Bachelor of Music (Program 3004) for further details.
83
Additional provisions
1. Part-time study
Only in exceptional circumstances may a candidate seek the
permission of the Head of School to undertake a part-time
enrolment in this program.
2. Professional engagements
The approval of the Head of School is required for an enrolled
candidate to undertake professional engagements that are not
part of that candidates program of study.
3. Leave of absence
The Head of School may grant leave to a candidate for periods
of not more than one month. If the period is no greater than
one week, a Head of Area may approve the leave.
Degree structure
The programs may be undertaken at the pass level only.
192 units, and successfully complete:
A. Pass degree
a) the course MUSM4090A/B Principal Study 4 in either
Performance, Jazz, Composition or Musicology (24units);
b) the course MUSM4121A/B Integrated Studies (12 units)
consisting of participation in a range of ensembles that
augment the development of the students musical, social,
organisational and critical skills, and provide experience in
a range of potential fields of professional musical activity.
Ensemble activities may include a folio of ensemble work
from outside the School of Music, related to their specific
area of interest, as approved by the Specialist Degree
Coordinator.
The PhB is flexible in its structure with your program

determined each year in collaboration with your academic
advisor. One quarter of your studies in the first three years
will consist of individually tailored advanced studies courses
specifically designed to provide you with a strong base in
research. In these courses, you might do a reading course or
literature review with an academic. In the fourth year you will
undertake an Honours year centred around one Arts discipline.
It will be possible to accelerate the program to complete in
three years by taking extra courses in Year 1 and by undertaking
Advanced Studies or internship courses in breaks.
To qualify for this degree, you will need to complete all of the
course requirements, at High Distinction level, and complete the
Honours year with first class honours. After your completion
of the equivalent of each 48 units for the degree, the Faculty
will determine whether your level of performance is sufficient
to remain in the degree program. It will be possible to transfer
to another undergraduate degree program of the Faculty and
receive credit for work successfully completed in the PhB.
Through the PhB, it is possible to specialise in areas as diverse
as Ancient Greek, anthropology, applied linguistics, archaeology,
art history, Australian studies, biological anthropology, classics,
contemporary Europe, development studies, English, film
studies, French, gender, sexuality and culture, geography,
German, history, human ecology, international relations, Italian,
Latin, linguistics, musicology, philosophy, political science,
population studies, psychology, sociology and theatre studies.
A strict quota will apply to enrolments in this degree program. A
wide range of scholarships is available to potential applicants.
Degree structure
a combination of approved courses from within or outside the

School of Music to the value of 12 units
The degree normally requires completion of at least 192 units

approved by the Faculty of Arts on the recommendation of the
PhB Convenor with which the candidates academic advisor is
associated, including:
Or:
no more than 48 units from courses offered at 1000 level
MUSM4098A/B Directed Individual Project (12 units) related

to their specific area of interest designed to develop particular
career skills, subject to appropriate supervision being available.
This may include a professional experience program in an
outside organisation, developing and managing an extended
performance project, a pedagogy or a community outreach
project, or an extended piece of work.
a minimum of 96 units from courses offered at 2000/3000

level
completion of a major from a second disciplinary area,

either within the Arts Faculty OR a major from another
Faculty
c) And either:
(Academic Program: 4140 | Academic Plan: 4140HBPHIL)

Minimum: 192 units
Academic Contact: Assistant Dean (Honours and PhB)
CRICOS Code: 048427K
The Bachelor of Philosophy (Honours) is an exciting researchfocused degree at ANU. It is an integrated program leading to
an Honours award. It is designed for intellectually ambitious
students who aspire to study at the highest level. Every student
receives intensive individual attention from an academic
advisor.
84
a minimum of 96 units from courses offered by the Faculty

of Arts
completion of a minimum of 60 units in an Arts disciplinary
area, with the approval of the Assistant Dean (Honours and
PhB) to meet eligibility requirements for entry to Honours
completion of a minimum of 36 units of Advanced Studies

courses ARTS1101, ARTS1102, ARTS2101, ARTS2102,
ARTS3101, ARTS3102
an Honours year to the value of 48 units in a discipline
within the Faculty of Arts and completed at first class
honours level.
The Assistant Dean (Honours and PhB) can approve variations
to the above pattern where appropriate.
Typical PhB Program Pattern

Year 1
(48 units)
Year 2
(48 units)
Semester 1
Semester 2
ARTS1101 Advanced Studies

1 (6u) (common AS
course)
Arts 1st year major course
(6u)
Arts 1st year second major
course (6u)
1st year course (6u)
ARTS 1102 Advanced

Studies 2 (6u) (common
AS course)
(6u)
course (6u)
1st year course (6u)
ARTS 2101 Advanced

AS course)
(6u)
course (6u)
Later year course (6u)
ARTS 2102 Advanced

AS course)
(6u)
course (6u)
Later year course (6u)
Year 3
(48 units)
ARTS3101 Advanced Studies ARTS3102 Advanced Studies

5 (6u)
6 (6u)
3 x later year courses (18u) 3 x later year courses (18u)
Year 4
(48 units)
Arts Honours thesis _ (80 per cent) and Research Seminar

(20 per cent)
NB: Advanced Studies courses may count towards majors.
Bachelor of Philosophy (Honours)/Bachelor of

Arts (Honours)
(Academic Program: 4141 | Academic Plan: 4141HBPHIL)
Minimum: 192 units
Academic Contact: Assistant Dean (Honours and PhB)
The PhB/BA (Hons) can be taken in one of four majors (Drama,
English, History or Philosophy) and is offered as a joint program
by the Faculty of Arts and Social Sciences (NUS) and the
Faculty of Arts (ANU). This highly selective program provides a
challenging course of study for intellectually ambitious students
who aspire to study at the highest level. It is an integrated
program leading to an Honours award. Every student receives
intensive individual attention from an academic advisor.
At ANU it is offered to both direct school entry students or to
current PhB students and at NUS it is only offered to Faculty
of Arts and Social Sciences students in the University Scholars
Program.
This is a four-year, Honours only, research-based degree. You
will spend three semesters in residence at your host university
and will write your Honours thesis at your home university. If
your institution of primary enrolment is the NUS, you spend the
first three semesters there, your next three semesters at ANU
and your final two semesters back at NUS. If you are primarily
enrolled at ANU, you will spend the first three semesters there,
your next three semesters at NUS and your final two semesters
back at ANU. The PhB/BA (Hons) is flexible in its structure with
your program determined each year in collaboration with your
academic advisor. One quarter of your studies in the first three
years will consist of individually tailored advanced studies
courses specifically designed to provide you with a strong base
in research.
complete the Honours year with first class honours. After your
completion of the equivalent of each 48 units for the degree,
the Faculty will determine whether your level of performance
is sufficient to remain in the degree program. It will be possible
to transfer to another undergraduate degree program of the
Faculty and receive credit for work successfully completed in
the PhB/BA (Hons).
A strict quota will apply to enrolments in this degree program. A
wide range of scholarships is available to potential applicants.
The course of study in each major is indicated in the tables
below. There is significant flexibility and you can tailor your
program of study in consultation with the Joint Degree Program
(JDP) coordinator at your home institution.
The degree requires completion of at least 192 units as
approved by the Faculty of Arts on the recommendation of the
PhB Convenor, requirements include:
a) No more than 48 units from courses offered at 1000 level
b) A minimum of 96 units (or equivalent NUS MC) from
courses offered at 2000/3000 level at ANU or 2000-4000
level at NUS
c) A minimum of 96 units (or equivalent NUS MC) from
courses offered by the Faculty of Arts (ANU) and the Faculty
of Arts and Social Sciences (NUS)
d) Completion of a minimum of 60 units (or equivalent NUS
MC) in either: Drama, English, History or Philosophy, with
the approval of the Assistant Dean (Honours and PhB) to
meet eligibility requirements for entry to Honours at ANU
e) Completion of a major from a second disciplinary area,
students must undertake a major that can be completed at
NUS;
f) Completion of a minimum of 18 units of Advanced Studies
courses ARTS1101, ARTS1102, ARTS2101 at ANU + 3 modules
(12MC) of Independent Study Modules (ISMs) at NUS
and
g) An Honours year to the value of 48 units in either: Drama,
English, History or Philosophy completed at first class
honours level.
h) At NUS students will complete 15 modules (60 MC) over
three semesters ie 5 modules per semester, including a
minimum of 8 modules in their major; 3 modules approved
for their 2nd major and 4 modules of USP First Tier modules.
The Assistant Dean (Honours and PhB) can approve variations to
the above pattern where appropriate.
Degree structure
Typical structure
The tables below show typical ways in which students can meet
the requirements of the program. The distributions of major/s
and elective modules between the two universities may, of
course, vary from student to student. In other words, a student
may elect (for instance) to do a larger proportion than shown
below of his/her major at NUS or ANU.
To qualify for this degree, you will need to complete all of the
course requirements, normally at High Distinction level, and
85
Drama
Semester 1
Semester 2
Semester 3
Semesters 1-3
ANU
ARTS1101 Adv St 1 (6u)

DRAM1005 Page to Stage (6u)
Arts 2nd major 1st year course (6u)
Arts 1st year course (6u)
ARTS1102 Adv St 2 (6u) (DRAM 1006)

Arts 1st or later year course (6u)
ARTS 2101 Adv St 3 (6u) (later year

DRAM course)
Later year DRAM course (6u)
Later year 2nd major course (6u)
Semesters 4-6
NUS
3 Modules* in Theatre Studies (TS)

(12 MC)
2 Modules in 2nd major (8 MC)
2 Modules* in Theatre Studies (TS) =

(8 MC)
1 Module in 2nd major (4 MC)
2 Modules USP (8MC)
3 Modules* in Theatre Studies (TS) =

(12 MC)
2 Modules USP (8MC)
Semesters 7-8
ANU
Drama Honours Thesis (80 per cent) and Research Seminar (20 per cent) (48u)
* One of these modules (courses) will be designated as being the Advanced Studies course for each semester at NUS
Note: To be eligible for DRAM Honours 5 of the 8 later year DRAM courses (modules) must be from Group A in the Drama major (or approved NUS equivalent).
English
Semester 1
Semester 2
Semester 3
Semesters 1-3
ANU

ENGL100# 1st year ENGL course (6u)
ARTS1102 Adv St 2 (6u) (ENGL100#)

ARTS 2101 Adv St 3 (6u) (later year ENGL

course)
Later year ENGL course (6u)
Semesters 4-6
NUS
3 Modules* in English (EN) (12 MC)

2 Modules* in English (EN) = (8 MC)

2 Modules USP (8MC)
3 Modules* in English (EN) = (12 MC)

2 Modules USP (8MC)
Semesters 7-8
ANU
English Honours Thesis (80 per cent) and Research Seminar (20 per cent) (48u)
*One of these courses will be designated as being the Advanced Studies course for each semester at NUS
Note: Completion of ENGL2008 19th & 20th Century Poetry + ENGL3005 16th, 17th and 18th Century Literature (or approved NUS equivalent) are required for English Honours.
History
Semester 1
Semester 2
Semester 3
Semesters 1-3
ANU

HIST100# 1st year HIST course (6u)
ARTS1102 Adv St 2 (6u) (HIST100#)

ARTS 2101 Adv St 3 (6u) (later year HIST

course)
Later year HIST course (6u)
Semesters 4-6
NUS
3 Modules* in History (HT) (12 MC)

2 Modules* in History (HT) = (8 MC)

2 Modules USP (8MC)
3 Modules* in History (HT) = (12 MC)

2 Modules USP (8MC)
Semesters 7-8
ANU
History Honours Thesis (80 per cent) and Research Seminar (20 per cent) (48u)
Note: Completion of HIST2110 History & Theory + HIST2139 Researching and Writing History (or approved NUS equivalent) are required for History Honours.
Philosophy
Semester 1
Semester 2
Semester 3
Semesters 1-3
ANU

PHIL1004Fund Ideas in Phil(6u)
ARTS1102 Adv St 2 (6u) (PHIL1003 or

ARTS1000)
ARTS 2101 Adv St 3 (6u) (later year PHIL

course)
Later year PHIL course (6u)
Semesters 4-6
NUS
3 Modules* in Philosophy (PH) (12 MC)

2 Modules* in Philosophy (PH) = (8 MC)

2 Modules USP (8MC)
3 Modules* in Philosophy (PH) = (12 MC)

2 Modules USP (8MC)
Semesters 7-8
ANU
Philosophy Honours Thesis (80 per cent) and Research Seminar (20 per cent) (48u)
Note: Completion of PHIL2099 Ideas, Causality and Personal Identity + PHIL2100 Origins of Analytical Philosophy + the Third Year Honours Seminars - PHIL3070 and either
PHIL3071 or PHIL3072 (or approved NUS equivalent/s) are required for Philosophy Honours.
86
The pass degree

Please see program requirements section.
Semester 1
Semester 2
Year 2
ARTV2003 Major 3 (12

units)
(6 units)

units)
(6 units)
Year 3

units)
(6 units)

units)
(6 units)

This is a four year Honours degree ie completion of a 4th
Honours year is a compulsory degree requirement, please see
program requirements section.

(Academic Program: 3013 | Academic Plan: 3013XBVA )
Minimum: 144 units
The Bachelor of Visual Arts Honours program at the School

of Art offers graduates of the three year Bachelor degree
programs the opportunity to pursue high-level Studio Practice
research projects under the supervision of senior staff. Through
the planning, preparation and execution of a two-semester
project, Honours students experience advanced studio practice
research methodologies and explore the contextual, technical,
and theoretical dimensions of the specific modes of practice
encompassed by their project.

The three year Bachelor of Visual Arts is available for students
who wish to major in one of the disciplines offered at the
undergraduate level: Ceramics, Digital Media, Furniture, Glass,
and Drawing, Sculpture and Textiles. The program includes two
semesters of Core Studies, followed by practical skills-based
project work in the major workshop, general and specific art
theory and art history and a range of complementary studio
programs.
For all workshops except Digital Media:
a) A Major comprising the courses Major 1 to 6 in one
Workshop to the value of 60 units
b) Complementary Studies 1-4 in approved classes to the value
of 24 units
36 units
d) The Core courses 1-3 to the value of 18 units and Core
Computer Studies (ARTV1032) to the value of 6 units.
For the Digital Media workshop:
Applications to enter the BVA Honours degree may be made

in all Studio Workshop disciplines: Ceramics, Digital Media,
Furniture, Glass, Gold and Silversmithing, Painting, Photomedia,
Printmedia and Drawing, Sculpture and Textiles. In addition,
Honours research may be proposed for projects carried our in
conjunction with the Environment Studio, the Computer Art
Studio, and the Art Theory Workshop.
Candidates must have successfully completed three years of the
Bachelor of Visual Arts or equivalent qualification normally at
the level of Distinction, and have had their Honours Research
Proposal approved by the School of Art Committee, or its
nominee.
For more information please refer to the School of Art website.
Courses that count towards this program

Art Theory Electives
a) A Major comprising the units Major 1 to 6 in the

Photography and Media Workshop to the value of 60 units
b) Complementary Studies 1-4 in approved classes to the value

of 24 units
36 units including the course Media Cultures 2 (DART2001)
d) The Core courses 1-3 to the value of 18 units and Media

Cultures 1 (NEWM1001) to the value of 6 units.

Degree structure
Year 1
Semester 1
Semester 2
ARTV1020 Core Studies in

Visual Arts: 2D Image
Trading (6 units)
Visual Arts: 3D/Space and
Materials (6 units)
(6 units)

Visual Arts: Life Drawing
(6 units)
Studies (6 units)
For all workshops
except Digital Media:
(6 units)
For the Digital Media
Workshop: NEWM1001
Media Cultures 1 (6 units)
ARTV2024 Memory
87
d) The Core course (ARTV1019) to the value of 18 units and

Core Computer Studies (ARTV1032) to the value of 6 units.
For the Digital Media workshop:
a) A Major comprising the units Major 1 to 5 in the Digital

Media Workshop to the value of 60 units
ARTV2056 City Sites: studies in art and urbanity

Complementary Studies Courses

value of 24 units
36 units including the course Media Cultures 2 (DART2001)
d) The Core course (ARTV1019) to the value of 18 units and

Media Cultures 1 (NEWM1001) to the value of 6 units.
Degree Structure

Core Courses
ARTV1020 Core Studies in Visual Arts: 2D image trading
Semester 1
Semester 2
Year 1
ARTV1019 Core (18 units)

(6 units)

Studies (6 units)
For all workshops except
Digital Media: ARTV1010
Introduction to Art and
Design Theory B (6 units)
For the Digital Media
Workshop: NEWM1001
Media Cultures 1 (6 units)
Year 2
ARTV2002 Major 2
(12 units)
(6 units)
ARTV3001 Major 3
(12 units)
(6 units)
Year 3
ARTV3002 Major 4
(12 units)
(6 units)
ARTV3026 Major 5
(12 units)
(6 units)
ARTV1021 Core Studies in Visual Arts: 3D/ Space and Materials

ARTV1022 Core Studies in Visual Arts: Life Drawing
ARTV1032 Core Computer Studies
Major Courses
ARTV1011 Major 1
ARTV1012 Major 2
ARTV2003 Major 3
ARTV2004 Major 4
ARTV3026 Major 5
ARTV3027 Major 6

(Academic Program: 3012 | Academic Plan: 3012XBVA )
Minimum: 144 units
the entry for the [Bachelor of Visual Arts|3013XBVA] for new
structure.
The three year Bachelor of Visual Arts is available for students
who wish to major in one of the disciplines offered at the
undergraduate level: Ceramics, Digital Media, Glass, Furniture,
and Drawing, Sculpture and Textiles. The program includes a
semester of Core Studies, followed by practical skills-based
project work in the major workshop, general and specific art
theory and art history and a range of complementary studio
programs.
For all workshops except Digital Media:
a) A Major comprising the units Major 1 to 5 in one workshop
value of 24 units
36 units
88

The Bachelor of Visual Arts Honours program at the School
of Art offers graduates of the three year Bachelor degree
programs the opportunity to pursue high-level Studio Practice
research projects under the supervision of senior staff. Through
the planning, preparation and execution of a two-semester
project, Honours students experience advanced studio practice
research methodologies and explore the contextual, technical,
and theoretical dimensions of the specific modes of practice
encompassed by their project.
Applications to enter the BVA Honours degree may be
made in all Studio Workshop disciplines: Ceramics, Digital
Media, Furniture, Glass, Gold and Silversmithing, Painting,
Photomedia and Drawing, Sculpture and Textiles. In addition,
Honours research may be proposed for projects carried our in
conjunction with the Environment Studio, the Computer Art
Studio, and the Art Theory Workshop.
Candidates must have successfully completed three years of the
Bachelor of Visual Arts or equivalent qualification normally at
the level of Distinction, and have had their Honours Research
Proposal approved by the School of Art Committee, or its
nominee.
For more information please refer to the School of Art website.
Majors
Courses that count towards this Major
American Studies Major
Core Courses
HIST1206 Three American Revolutions, 1765 1876
Academic Contact: Dr John Hart and Dr Douglas Craig

The United States is the most powerful nation on earth, and
arguably the most powerful state in world history. Whatever
the United States does affects the rest of the world in a variety
of ways and therefore it is vital to understand the broader
framework within which America acts on the world stage. The
major in American Studies gives students the opportunity to
develop their knowledge and understanding of the U.S. through
a range of courses on its history, politics, literature, and culture
in a multi-disciplinary program.
The major draws upon a selection of courses offered in the
Schools of Social Sciences and Humanities in the Faculty of
Arts. It caters for those who want a broad introduction to the
United States and also for those who wish to develop special
interests within this area. The major in American Studies also
provides an excellent grounding for honours level study in
American literature, history and politics.
First Year
ENGL1004 Introduction to Australian Literature
ENGL1008 Introduction to the Novel
ENGL1009 Exploring Poetry
ENGL1010 Indigenous Australian Literature
HIST1205 Europe and the Atlantic World, c. 1450-1750
POLS1002 Introduction to Politics
POLS1003 Ideas in Politics
POLS1004 Money, Power, War
POLS1005 Introduction to International Relations
Later Year Designated Courses
DRAM2015 20th Century American Drama
DRAM2020 The American Musical
Requirements
ENGL2005 Democratic Vistas: Aspects of Nineteenth Century

American Literature
The major will consist of a minimum requirement of 42 units

(seven courses) comprising:
ENGL2006 American Accents, Race Gender and Ethnicity in

Modern American Literature
(a) a maximum of 12 units (two courses) at first-year level

including the core course HIST1206 Three American
Revolutions and one course from the First Year courses
listed for this major, plus
ENGL2072 Savage Dreams Native Truths: Representations of the

Native Other in America and Australia
(b) a minimum of 30 units (five courses) of designated lateryear courses listed for this major.

HIST2107 American Voices: Aspects of Social Thought in the
United States
Please note that:

In 2007 HIST1205 Europe and the Atlantic World, c.

1450-1750 was the core course for this major
in 2006 HIST1206 Three American Revolutions was the core

course for this major, and
in 2003-2005 HIST1020 Foundations of the United States to

1900 was the core course for this major.
Summary of courses offered in the American

Studies Major in 2009
HIST2126 American Sixties

POLS2013A Government and Politics in the USA (Part A)
POLS2013B Government and Politics in the USA (Part B)
POLS3021 Washington Internship
Ancient Greek Major
Core Courses
Academic Contact: Dr Elizabeth Minchin
Semester 2
The Classics Program offers a major in Ancient Greek.

Proficiency in Ancient Greek is highly recommended at the
earliest possible stage for those wishing to specialize in the
study of ancient Greek history and civilization, or of the GrecoRoman world. The study of Ancient Greek is also very rewarding
in itself. The courses we offer give you a unique opportunity
to read in the original language the literature, history and
philosophy of the Greek world. From your engagement with the
past through its language and literature you will gain a richer
understanding not only of that world but also of contemporary
society.

First Year
Semester 1
Semester 2
Semester 1
Requirements

The major in Ancient Greek consists of a minimum of 42 units

(normally seven courses).
Semester 2
ENGL2005 Democratic Vistas: Aspects of Nineteenth Century American
Literature
The sequence of courses for the Ancient Greek major is

dependent on the students language competence.
1. Major for beginners:
89
Traditional Grammar, Continuing Ancient Greek,

Intermediate Ancient Greek, three courses from Advanced
Ancient Greek A-J; plus one course which may be any
other GREK, LATN, CLAS, or ANCH course, or a HIST or other
course deemed relevant to the major by the Convenor.

2. Major for post-beginners (HSC or equivalent competence):
Six courses from Advanced Ancient Greek A-J; plus one

course which may be any other GREK, LATN, CLAS, or ANCH
course, or a HIST or other course deemed relevant to the
major by the Convenor.
With the permission of the Convener, a student with

appropriate language competence may also enter the major at
Continuing Ancient Greek or Intermediate Ancient Greek level.
Students with prior experience of Ancient Greek should consult
the Convener prior to, or at the time of, enrolment.
Students taking both an Ancient Greek and a Latin major may
not count Traditional Grammar towards both majors. Such
students should consult the Convener as to which further
course they should take to complete both majors.
Advanced Ancient Greek H: Revisiting the past in oral
traditional epic: Homer, Iliad, book 1 (Dr Elizabeth Minchin)
Advanced Ancient Greek I: Battle for freedom: Herodotus,
book 8 (Dr Peter Londey)
For information on Honours in Ancient Greek see the Honours
entry later in this chapter.
Summary of courses offered in the Ancient Greek

Major in 2009
Ancient History Major

Academic Contact: Dr Peter Londey
The Ancient History major will allow students to focus their
studies on the Greek and Roman world, while acquiring a sound
basis in history as a discipline. At the same time, the major
offers the flexibility to allow students to commence language
studies, which would be essential for further study (at Honours
level or higher) in this field, or to incorporate some relevant
units from other disciplines.
Requirements
The major consists of 42 units, with at least 30 units from the
Core List. Remaining units (to a maximum of 12) may be taken
from the Designated List. No more than 12 units from 1st Year
courses may be included.
Summary of courses offered in the Ancient History

Major in 2009
Core 1st Year List
Semester 1
ANCH1013 Ancient Athens: democracy and empire
First Year
Semester 2
Semester 1
Core Later Year list
Semester 2
Semester 1
GREK1102 Continuing Ancient Greek
HIST2222 Emperors and Madmen: The Early Roman Empire
Later Year
Semester 2
Semester 1
ANCH2016 Bad Neighbours: Law and Life in Ancient Athens
CLAS2011 Traditional Grammar (L)

Designated 1st Year list
Semester 2
Semester 2


LATN1102 Continuing Latin

First Year
Later Year
90
Semester 1
Designated Later Year list

Semester 1
ARCH2037 Post-Roman Archaeology of Britain: Arthur and the Anglo
Saxons
HIST2110 History and Theory (H)
Semester 2
CLAS2002 Myths and Legends of Ancient Greece and Rome
HIST2139 Researching and Writing History
LATN2119 Continuing Latin (L
Core 1st Year List

Core Later Year list

ANCH2016 Bad neighbours: Law and life in ancient Athens
Designated 1st Year list


For information on Honours in Ancient History see the Honours
Anthropology Major
Designated Later Year list

ARCH2001 The Archaeology of South-West Asia and Egypt:
Early Agriculture to Urban Civilisation
Academic Contact: Dr Guinness
ARCH2002 Britain before the Romans from Stonehenge to the

Celts
Anglo Saxons
Roman Empire
ARTH2014 Classical Tradition in Art
ARTS2001 Speaking and Persuading
Anthropology is the study of cultural differences and similarities

in a globalised world. As a field of study anthropology is
uniquely placed to interpret the widest range of contemporary
social phenomena from migration to religious fundamentalism,
online communities and new social movements, contemporary
indigenous cultural expression and identity politics,
consumption and commodification, and many changing
forms of social relationships. The School of Archaeology and
Anthropology offers a diverse range of undergraduate courses
which cover these themes and more.
The disciplines distinctive methodology, long-term
ethnographic fieldwork, provides anthropologists with finely
grained and in-depth understandings of complex social
phenomena. With a commitment to a comparative and holistic
framework, anthropologists treatment of cultural diversity
provides insights into the different ways people comprehend
their place in the world and relationships to each other, as
well as new ways for us to think about our own relationships
and society. It is an ideal foundation for a contemporary
liberal-arts degree. Students of non-English languages can find
anthropology especially useful.
Anthropologists in the School of Archaeology and Anthropology
are actively engaged in research and teaching across
areas including Indigenous-State relations in Australia;
representations of Islam; transnational and diasporic studies;
consumption; multiculturalism; kinship; post-agrarianism;
ethnographic film and visual media; development; medical
anthropology and embodiment; gender and sexuality; marine
tenure; religion; violence and terror; conceptions of culture and
society. Teaching staff have area expertise in diverse geographic
regions including Australia, Indonesia and South East Asia, the
Pacific and Melanesia, Germany, and India.
The pass degree courses are not planned to provide specialised

professional training, but to present students with a
comparative view of the nature of human social organisation
and culture. Some major themes represented within courses
include:
regional foci (eg south-east Asia, Australia)
major dimensions of analysis of societies and cultures (eg,

gender, religion, personhood, identity, violence, emotion,
state, nation, globalisation)

91
directed as well as unintended processes of change (eg,

culture and development, applied anthropology)
the interrelation of technique and theory in the recording

and describing of cultures (eg, film), and
First Year
ANTH1002 Culture and Human Diversity: Introducing
Anthropology
the intersection of bio-social and material dimensions of

social life.
ANTH1003 Global and Local
Honours courses offer specialist technical training and examine

the theoretical bases of the discipline.
Later Year
ANTH2004 Religion, Ritual and Cosmology
Students considering the possibility of entering careers as

professional anthropologists should plan their course with a
view to taking the degree with honours. Advice on planning for
the Honours year is available from the Honours Convener and
the Undergraduate Convener.
ANTH2005 Indigenous Australian Societies and Cultures
Requirements
The Anthropology major requires the completion of a minimum
of 42 units, consisting of:
(a) First Year Anthropology courses to the value of 12 units:
Culture and Human Diversity: Introducing Anthropology
ANTH1002 and Global and Local ANTH1003. Normally these
are taken in sequence, plus
(b) Later-year courses to the value of 30 units, chosen from
the following designated Later Year courses. In some
circumstances, the major may consist of 42 units at lateryear level.
ANTH2006 Anthropology of New Guinea and Melanesia

ANTH2010 Anthropology of Art
ANTH2017 Indigenous Australians and Australian Society Today
ANTH2025 Gender in Cross-Cultural Perspective
ANTH2026 Medical Anthropology
ANTH2033 Religion and Society in India
ANTH2034 Anthropology of Emotion
ANTH2050 Themes in Anthropology I
ANTH2051 Themes in Anthropology II
ANTH2054 Anthropology and the Urban Experience
ANTH2056 Belonging, Identity and Nationalism
Honours Degree
ANTH2057 Culture and Person
Convener: Dr Guinness
ANTH2061 Exploring Youth Cultures
For information on Honours in Anthropology see the Honours

ANTH2062 Applied Anthropology
Summary of courses offered in the Anthropology

Major in 2009
First Year
Semester 1
ANTH1002 Culture and Human Diversity: Introducing Anthropology
Semester 2
Later Year
Semester 1
ANTH2127 Genes, Memes and Cultural Difference tv0

ANTH2128 Media and Modernity
ANTH2129 Crossing Borders: Diasporas and Transnationalism
ANTH2130 Violence and Terror
ANTH2131 Cultures in Motion: The Anthropology of
Globalisation
ANTH2132 Food for Thought: Anthropological theories of food
and eating
ANTH2133 Social Animals: anthropological perspectives on
animal-human relationships

ANTH2127 Genes, Memes and Cultural Difference
ANTH3010 Supervised Research in Anthropology
BIAN2115 Race and Human Genetic Variation
BIAN2126 Primate Evolutionary Biology
BIAN3115 Regional Topics in Human Genetic Variation
Semester 2
BIAN2013 Human Evolution

ANTH2133 Social Animals: anthropological perspectives on animalhuman relationships
ARCH2126 Analytical Methods for Anthropology and Archaeology
BIAN2124 Human Society as Animal Society: Sex, Conflict, Cooperation and Human Uniqueness
BIAN2127 Primate Ecology and Behaviour
BIAN3012 Topics in Primatology
Spring Session 2009
ANTH3014 SouthEast Asia Field School: Contemporary Change in

SouthEast Asia
BIAN3013 Topics in Human Evolution
92
ANTH3014 SouthEast Asia Field School: Contemporary Change

in SouthEast Asia
ARCH2039 Origins and Dispersals of Agricultural Populations
ARCH2108 Animals, Plants and People
ARCH2126 Analytical Methods for Anthropology and
Archaeology
BIAN2119 Nutrition, Disease and the Human Environment

BIAN2120 Culture, Biology and Population Dynamics
BIAN2124 Human Society as Animal Society: Sex, Conflict,
Co-operation and Human Uniqueness

BIAN3119 Regional Topics in Nutrition, Disease and the Human
Environment
BIAN3120 Regional and Thematic Topics in Demographic
Anthropology
ENVS2017 Vietnam Field School
Applied Linguistics Major

Academic Contact: Dr Johanna Rendle-Short
In Applied Linguistics people investigate how an understanding
of language can be put to use in a variety of fields including
first and second language acquisition and child language
development, second language teaching, literacy, language and
classroom education across the curriculum, the use of language
in university academic contexts, language and the law, speech
pathology, translation and advertising. Applied Linguistics is a
useful major for people majoring in a foreign language.
Requirements
A major in Applied Linguistics consists of a minimum of 42
units including a maximum of 12 units at First Year level.
The major must include the core course Introduction to the
Study of Language LING1001/LING2001, unless it has been
completed as part of another major, and at least six units (one
course) from List A. Other courses that may be included in the
major in Applied Linguistics are those in List B.
Other courses taught in the Linguistics and Applied Linguistics
Program may be included with permission of the Head of
School.
Further information
Although it is a core course for Linguistics and Applied
Linguistics majors and a List A course for the International
communication major, students may not count Introduction to
the Study of Language to more than one major. Such students
should consult the Convener as to which further course they
should take to complete both majors.
Warning: Students should note that although courses from
other Faculties are included in this major, they are not classified
as Arts; courses and you may not be able to include them in
your degree.
For students enrolled in a single Bachelor of Arts (BA) the
Program Rules allow for a maximum of 48 units (eight courses)
out-of-faculty.
For BA students enrolled in a combined degree, enrolment is
restricted to Arts courses only, therefore you may not include
out-of-faculty courses.
For a list of courses that are approved to count as Arts; courses
in the BA please see the Bachelor of Arts Course Listing at the
end of the ANU College of Arts and Social Sciences entry in the
Undergraduate Handbook or see the Undergraduate Courses
offered by the ANU College of Arts and Social Sciences.
Assessment
All courses involve a substantial amount of continuous
assessment, in the form of problems, essays, quizzes, reports,
and practical assignments, according to the nature of the
subject matter. The assessment of some courses includes a

take-home exam. Some courses have a final formal exam. The
School reserves the right to apply a penalty to the final mark of
students who do not submit enough work during the term.
Honours Degree
For information on Honours in Applied Linguistics see the
Honours entry later in this chapter.
Summary of courses offered in the Applied

Linguistics Major in 2009
Core Course
Semester 1
LING2001 Introduction to the Study of Language (L)
List A
Semester 1
Semester 2
List B
Semester 1
ASIA1001 Language in Asia
LING2008 Semantics
LING2016 Language in Indigenous Australia
Semester 2
JPNS2007 Japanese Linguistics
JPNS2009 Japanese Lexicon
LING2010 Phonetics: Sounds of the Worlds Languages - Later Year
PASI2020 Languages of the Pacific

Core Course
List A
List B
GERM2023 German Language Today
93
GERM2111 German Language Change

Italian
JPNS2019 Japanese Phonetics and Phonology
literary texts
LING2008 Semantics
Later Year
LING2017 Chinese Linguistics
grammar rules, and the study of samples of modern Arabic

literature and print media. The method of teaching is based on
an audio-visual and audio-lingual approach, which is designed
to develop the four skills of listening, speaking, reading and
writing in an integrated way through the use of dialogues
in realistic situations, class interaction and oral and written
drills. Grammar is explained in its functional aspect using
basic structures of Arabic. Later courses cover more advanced
grammar, as well as the style and language of the Arabic media,
contemporary Arabic fiction and Classical Arabic.
Courses in Arabic use Modern Standard Arabic as the language
of teaching. In third year, students will have the opportunity
to read some literature and works in Classical Arabic, including
readings from the Quran. Students will thus gain a sound
knowledge of Arabic grammar and appreciation of modern and
classical, secular and religious texts.
Students who successfully complete their third year of Arabic
may then undertake further Arabic studies which include
modern literary genres, classical poetry, religious and historical
texts.
Students enrolled in the Bachelor of Arts/Bachelor of Asian
Studies combined program must indicate to the relevant
College Student Office if they are undertaking this major as
part of their Arts or Asian Studies component of the combined
degree, as major requirements differ between Colleges.
Requirements
Three streams of Arabic language study are available depending
on the prior studies of the student. The Arabic major in the
Bachelor of Arts requires the completion of 42 units of study
comprising of courses indicated in one of the streams below.
The major must include ARAB3002 Advanced Arabic B, or
equivalent, with the permission of the Coordinator.
Major at beginners level: the beginners stream is available

to students who have little or no knowledge of Arabic. It is
available at both first and second year level, although students
intending to complete a major will need to commence their
language study in their First Year.
The beginners stream consists of:
Arabic Major
ARAB1002 Introductory Arabic A
Plus one ARAB elective course
LING2103 Language Power and Identity

Academic Contact: Ghassan Al Shatter

Arabic is the mother language of over 250 million people in
the Middle east (West Asia and North Africa), and one of the
six official languages of the United Nations. Arabic is also the
language of the Quran with special importance to all Muslims
in the world numbering over 1.5 billion people.
Arabic is the language of an ancient civilization, which
contributed greatly to human knowledge. Its influence is
strongly felt on such languages as Persian, Turkish, Urdu,
Indonesian and Malay, among others. And many European
languages still preserve hundreds of words from Arabic origin
in various fields of knowledge. Arabic is also the living medium
of a contemporary dynamic literature and culture. Its rich
and magnificent poetry, classical and modern, is especially
captivating.
The Arabic courses can be undertaken as an Arts language
major within the Bachelor of Arts (BA) or combined BA degree
options or within the Bachelor of Asian Studies, or as single
courses.
First Year Arabic assumes no previous knowledge of the
language. It covers the Arabic script and sound system, basic
94
Major at post-beginners level is usually only available to

students who have obtained a pass in HSC Arabic, or its
equivalent.
The post-beginners stream consists of:

Plus three ARAB elective courses
Major at advanced level is only available to students whose

level in Arabic is higher than HSC standard and who have
passed a special placement test.
The advanced stream consists of:
Archaeology Major
Academic Contact: Dr Peter Hiscock
Plus five ARAB elective courses
The program in Archaeology provides students with an

understanding of all periods of the human past and an insight
into the application of archaeological techniques, especially
those of excavation and the analysis of material evidence.
Archaeology is the study of human life as revealed by the
material debris of human activities. Many archaeological
investigations focus on the exploration of human societies
in the past, accomplished by the application of a variety of
scientific techniques. Studying archaeology therefore can form
an interesting bridge for many students across the divide
between the two cultures of science and the humanities.
Courses in the Archaeology major are designed to give students
a secure grounding in archaeological theory, methods and
techniques as well as in studies of particular regions of the
world. There are several courses that involve practical and field
components. In these courses students learn techniques of site
recording, description and mapping, and the analysis of bones,
plants and artefacts from archaeological sites.
ARAB Electives include:

ARAB2010 Applied Arabic
ARAB3003 An Introductory course to Arabic Linguistics
ARAB3005 An Introductory course to Arabic Literature

appropriate language competence may enter the major without
the Introductory Arabic courses at First Year level.
Summary of courses offered in the Arabic Major in

2009
First Year
Semester 1
Semester 2
Later Year
Semester 1
ARAB3003 Introductory Course to Arabic Linguistics
Semester 2
Spring Session 2009

First Year
Later Year
ARAB3003 Introductory Course to Arabic Linguistics
First Year archaeology courses give an introduction to the

techniques and theory of archaeology and a survey of the
ancient world, from the origins of humans to the emergence
of civilisations. In later-year courses there is an emphasis on
the archaeology of Australia and adjacent regions in the Pacific
and Asia. European and Latin American archaeology are further
areas of concentration at this level. Thematic later-year courses
include the connection of archaeology and popular culture, the
organisation of ancient and modern agricultural and huntergatherer societies, the processes that form the archaeological
record, environmental archaeology, understanding early
technologies, landscape archaeology, archaeology of death and
mortuary practices, the history of archaeology, and field and
laboratory methods.
professional archaeologists should plan their courses with a
view to taking the degree with honours. Specific preparation
for honours work begins in third year with ARCH3000. Students
intending to take honours are advised to discuss course
selection with the archaeology convener.
Requirements
A major in Archaeology is made up of a minimum of 42 units
consisting of:
(a) First Year Archaeology course to the value of 12 units:
ARCH1111 and ARCH1112, plus
(b) Later-year courses to the value of 30 units chosen from List
1. (See List 1 below)
For information on combined Honours in Archaeology and
Biological Anthropology see the Honours entry later in this
chapter.
Honours Degree
Convener: to be advised
Archaeology Honours students are required to meet both
coursework and thesis requirements.
For information on Honours in Archaeology see the Honours
95
Summary of courses offered in the Archaeology

Major in 2009
First Year
ARCH2035 Decay and disturbance: Archaeological formation

processes
ARCH2036 Archaeology of the Neanderthals: who were they?
ARCH1111 Archaeology: Finding treasure and history

Anglo Saxons
Semester 2
ARCH1112 From Origins to Civilizations
ARCH2040 Archaeology of the Central Andes
Later Year List 1
ARCH2041 Introduction to Environmental Archaeology
Semester 1
ARCH2050 Archaeology of China and Southeast Asia
Semester 1

ARCH2005 The Archaeology of the Pacific Islanders
Saxons
ARCH2055 Supervised Research in Archaeology
ARCH3004A Archaeological Field and Laboratory Methods A
BIAN3015 Human Skeletal Analysis
ARCH2051 Introduction to Cultural Heritage Management

ARCH2052 Archaeology in Film and Fiction
ARCH2053 Indigenous Perspectives in Archaeological Fieldwork
ARCH2054 Archaeology of Death and Mortuary Practices
Roman Empire
Semester 2
ARCH2004 Australian Archaeology

ARCH3000 Research Design and Analysis in Archaeology
ARCH3004B Archaeological Field and Laboratory Methods B
BIAN2128 Forensic Anthropology and Archaeology
BIAN3010 Scientific Dating and Isotope analysis for Archaeology and
Palaeoanthropology

Archaeology
Later Year List 2

Semester 1
Semester 2

First Year

ARCH3019 Topics in Pacific Archaeology
BIAN2125 Health, Disease and Behaviours in the Past
BIAN3010 Scientific Dating and Isotope analysis for
Archaeology and Palaeoanthropology
Later Year List 1

BIAN3016 Analysis of Mammalian Remains
ANTH2010 Anthropology of Art

Environment

ARCH2002 Britain before the Romans from Stonehenge to
the Celts
ARCH2006 History of Archaeology: Discovering the Past
ARCH2017 Landscape Archaeology
ARCH2021 Archaeology of Mexico and the Maya
ARCH2034 Archaeology and the Document
96

Anthropology
ENVS3029 Palaeo-Environmental Reconstruction
Later Year List 2

Archaeological Practice Major

ENVS2015 Introduction to Remote Sensing and Geographic

Information Systems
ENVS2016 Landscape Systems 1: Landforms and Soils
ENVS3004 Land and Catchment Management
This major is only available to students who are undertaking the

Bachelor of Archaeological Practice Degree Program.
Art History Major
The major in Archaeological practice is centred on skills in field

and laboratory analysis of archaeological materials.
Art History offers a broad range of courses at undergraduate,

honours and postgraduate levels, which examine aspects of
the visual cultures of Australia, Europe, Asia and America. Art
History has been taught at ANU since 1977, initially as the
Fine Art Program, then as the Department of Art History, and
more recently, with expansion in offerings to include curatorial
studies, as the Art History and Curatorship Program.
Requirements
The requirements for the major are a minimum of 42 units
composed as follows:
a) a maximum of 12 first-year units within the Faculty of Arts
or Faculty of Science
b) a minimum of 30 later-year units from the select list of
designated Later Year courses
Summary of courses offered in the Archaeology

Practice Major in 2009
Semester 1
EMSC2014 Surficial Processes, Source to Sink
EMSC2017 Mineralogy
Semester 2
Palaeoanthropology

processes
ARCH2041 Introduction to Environmental Archaeology
Archaeology
Our courses are designed to introduce students to painting,

sculpture, printmaking, photography, architecture, film, digital
images and the decorative arts seen within their historical,
social, cultural and political context. Art History is rapidly
changing and our courses reflect the wide range of new
approaches, methodologies and technologies found in recent
critical, cultural and museum studies. They cover many aspects
of art from prehistoric Australian Aboriginal art and classical
antiquity through to the art of the present day, focussing on
topics, which can illuminate specific trends and problems.
Questions of technique are often examined in detail to assist in
the study of selected monuments.
Reflecting our unique location in the national capital, many
of our courses draw on the collections and staff expertise of
the national cultural institutions. Some of our tutorial classes
in many of our courses are held at the National Gallery of
Australia, the National Library of Australia and the Australian
War Memorial. Our highly successful Internship Program
enables students to undertake curatorial work as part of their
studies at approved art galleries or museums. Curators and
directors from these institutions have frequently been invited to
present guest lectures in our courses. Art History also conducts
regular research seminars that deal with questions of art
history, art theory and curatorial practice and bring together
local, national and international expertise.
Although there are no prerequisites for Introduction to Art
History ARTH1002, students are reminded that Art History is
a visual discipline supported by documentation and scholarly
literature. Because of the international nature of the discipline,
students are encouraged to develop reading skills in foreign
languages.
The BA (Art History and Curatorship) includes in its
requirements a minimum of seven courses (minimum 42 units)
of Art History. It is available as a BA pass degree and as a BA
Honours degree. See Faculty of Arts entry Undergraduate
Courses.
Prerequisites

Introduction to Art History ARTH1002 and Introduction Modern

Art ARTH1003 normally form the prerequisites for later-year
courses in Art History; other subjects are sometimes acceptable
as prerequisites for specific courses (see individual entries for
details).

EMSC2014 Surficial Processes, Source to Sink
EMSC2017 Mineralogy
EMSC3026 Environmental and Regolith Geoscience
For intending students without the listed prerequisites, special

permission may always be sought from the Convener. The later-
97
year courses may be taken in any order, although not all courses
will be available every year.
Later Year Courses that count toward the Major

Requirements
Art History Major The major in Art History consists of a

minimum of seven courses chosen from the courses in Art
History, with no more than two courses at first-year level.
For example, Introduction to Art History ARTH1002 and
Introduction to Modern Art ARTH1003, together with a
minimum of five later-year courses, form a major in Art History.
ARTH2027 Australian Art: 20th and 21st Century
The following are particularly suitable for combination with an

Art History major: Film Studies; Classical and Modern European
Languages; English; History; Philosophy; Archaeology and
Anthropology.
ARTH2044 Art and Its Context: Materials, Techniques, Display
Art History courses in other Majors
Byzantine courses may form part of the Classics major and

are included as West Asia-related courses in the Faculty of
Asian Studies. Asian Art courses may form part of the Religious
Studies or Contemporary Asian Societies majors.
ARTH2055 Fabric of Life: An Introduction To Textile History
Assessment
Assessment may include a mixture of essay, tutorial and/or
seminar presentations, together with visual tests, the balance of
marks to be determined at the beginning of each course after
discussion with students. Art History Honours IV will normally
be assessed on a thesis, and on seminar presentations and the
resultant papers.
ARTH2038 Byzantine Commonwealth

ARTH2039 Painters of Modern Life
ARTH2043 Modernism and Postmodernism in Art and Design:
1850-2000
ARTH2045 Curatorship Theory and Practice
ARTH2049 Australian Art: Methods and Approaches
ARTH2052 Art of the Modern Print
ARTH2056 Art and Architecture of Southeast Asia: Tradition and

Transformation
ARTH2057 Art and Politics of Collecting
ARTH2059 Art and Architecture of Asia: Continuity and Change
ARTH2060 Russian Art: Icons and Revolutions
ARTH2061 Postmodern Sublime
ARTH2092 Modernism and Postmodernism: Architecture in our
Century
ARTH2093 Post-Colonial Discourses in Australian Art
Honours Degree
Convener: First Semester Professor Sasha Grishin, second

semester Dr Elisabeth Findlay

section of the Bachelor of Arts (Honours) entry.
For information on Honours in Art History see the Honours
Summary of courses offered in the Art History

Major in 2009
ARTH2097 Victorian and Edwardian Art: Australia and Europe

1837-1914
ARTH2098 Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Art
ARTH2100 Islamic Art and the West
ARTH2101 Contemporary International Art: Critical Themes
ARTH2102 Art of Portraiture: History and Theory
First Year Courses that count toward the Major
Art History & Curatorship Major
Semester 1
Art History offers a broad range of courses at undergraduate,

honours and postgraduate levels, which examine aspects of
the visual cultures of Australia, Europe, Asia and America. Art
History has been taught at ANU since 1977, initially as the
Fine Art Program, then as the Department of Art History, and
more recently, with expansion in offerings to include curatorial
studies, as the Art History and Curatorship program.
Semester 2
ARTH1003 Introduction to Modern and Contemporary Art
Later Year Courses that count toward the Major
Semester 1
Semester 2

First Year Courses that count toward the Major
Our courses are designed to introduce students to painting,

sculpture, printmaking, photography, architecture, film, digital
images and the decorative arts seen within their historical,
social, cultural and political context. Art History is rapidly
changing and our courses reflect the wide range of new
approaches, methodologies and technologies found in recent
critical, cultural and museum studies. They cover many aspects
of art from prehistoric Australian Aboriginal art and classical
antiquity through to the art of the present day, focusing on
topics, which can illuminate specific trends and problems.
Questions of technique are often examined in detail to assist in
the study of selected monuments.
Reflecting our unique location in the national capital, many
of our courses draw on the collections and staff expertise of
the national cultural institutions. Some of our tutorial classes
98
in many of our courses are held at the National Gallery of

Australia, the National Library of Australia and the Australian
War Memorial. Our highly successful Internship Program
enables students to undertake curatorial work as part of their
studies at approved art galleries or museums. Curators and
directors from these institutions have frequently been invited to
present guest lectures in our courses. Art History also conducts
regular research seminars that deal with questions of art
history, art theory and curatorial practice and bring together
local, national and international expertise.
Although there are no prerequisites for Introduction to Art
History ARTH1002, students are reminded that Art History is
a visual discipline supported by documentation and scholarly
literature. Because of the international nature of the discipline,
students are encouraged to develop reading skills in foreign
languages.
The BA (Art History and Curatorship) includes in its
requirements a minimum of seven courses (minimum 42 units)
of Art History. It is available as a BA pass degree and as a BA
Honours degree. See Faculty of Arts entry Undergraduate
Courses.
Prerequisites
Introduction to Art History ARTH1002 and Introduction to
Modern Art ARTH1003 normally form the prerequisites for
later-year courses in Art History; other subjects are sometimes
acceptable as prerequisites for specific courses (see individual
entries for details).
For intending students without the listed prerequisites, special
permission may always be sought from the Convener. The lateryear courses may be taken in any order, although not all courses
will be available every year.
Requirements
The major in Art History and Curatorship consists of a minimum
of seven courses chosen from the courses in Art History, with
no more than two courses at first-year level. For example,
Introduction to Art History ARTH1002 and Introduction to
Modern Art ARTH1003, together with a minimum of five lateryear courses, including one course from Group A and one course
from Group B to form a major in Art History and Curatorship.
The following disciplines are particularly suitable for
combination with an Art History and Curatorship major: Film
Studies; Classical and Modern European Languages; English;
Gender, Sexuality and Culture; History; Philosophy; Archaeology
and Anthropology.
Assessment
Assessment may include a mixture of essay, tutorial and/or
seminar presentations, together with visual tests, the balance of
marks to be determined at the beginning of each course after
discussion with students. Art History and Curatorship Honours
IV will normally be assessed on a thesis, and on seminar
presentations and the resultant papers.
Honours Degree
Convener: Dr Elisabeth Findlay
For information on Honours in Art History and Curatorship see
the Honours entry later in this chapter.
Summary of courses offered in the Art History &

Curatorship Major in 2009
First Year
Semester 1
Semester 2
Group A Later Year
Semester 1
Semester 2
Group B Later Year
Semester 1
Semester 2
Later Year
Semester 1
Semester 2

First Year
Group A Later Year
Group B Later Year
ARTH2050 Photography: A History in Art
ARTH2055 Fabric of Life: An Introduction To Textile History
Later Year
ARTH2014 Classical Tradition in Art
ARTH2020 Age of Baroque
ARTH2038 Byzantine Commonwealth
ARTH2039 Painters of Modern Life
ARTH2043 Modernism and Postmodernism in Art and Design:
1850-2000
99

Summary of courses offered in the Art Theory Major

in 2009
First Year

Transformation
Semester 1
Semester 2
ARTH2060 Russian Art: Icons and Revolutions

Century
1837-1914
ARTH2100 Islamic Art and the West
ARTH2101 Contemporary International Art: Critical Themes
Art Theory Major

Art Theory is taught within the studio-based environment of
the School of Art. Courses offered by the Art Theory Workshop
are primarily designed to meet the interests and needs of
student practitioners in the nine discipline areas offering a
major in visual arts: Ceramics, Glass, Gold and Silversmithing,
Painting, Printmedia and Drawing, Photomedia, Sculpture,
Textiles and Furniture. This program offers the opportunity for
sustained inquiry into the relationship of critical and historical
studies to contemporary practice in the visual arts, undertaken
alongside students whose primary interests are in visual arts
practice.
The Art Theory Workshop aims to develop the analytical skills
necessary for students of the visual arts. These include looking
at images and objects with a critical eye, selective reading,
and the ability to write and speak effectively about works
in different media. Students are introduced to critical and
historical writings dealing with the visual arts and cultural
theory in general. After First Year courses focusing on art of the
modern period, Later Year students choose from a diverse menu
of advanced courses. First Year Art Theory courses are held at
the National Gallery of Australia, providing students with a rich
learning environment and direct access to works in the National
Collection.
Later Year
Semester 1
Semester 2
ARTV2024 Memory

First Year
Later Year
ARTV2024 Memory
Requirements
An Art Theory major consists of 42 units comprising a maximum

of 12 units in first-year Art Theory courses and a minimum of
30 units in later-year courses offered or approved for the major.
Australian Studies Major

This is a multi-disciplinary major that draws on the Universitys
considerable strengths in the area of Australian Studies, in
both the humanities and social sciences. It takes Australia
as its focus, and provides opportunities for the detailed
study of Australian history, environment, geography, society,
politics, and culture. Emphasis is given to both indigenous
and non-indigenous Australia, with many courses focusing
specifically on indigenous Australian societies and cultures.
100
In the courses which make up this major, Australia is studied

in a series of relationships and comparisons: to the European
origins and allegiances of many of its people and institutions;
to similar settler societies, especially those which also have
British connections; and to the societies and cultures of
the Asia-Pacific region. The theoretical and methodological
frameworks used to consider Australian society are varied,
according to the approach of the contributing disciplines and
teachers. Some of the themes and concepts used include:
national identity and nationalism, class and power, popular
culture, colonialism and postcolonialism, gender and sexuality,
and race, ethnicity and diaspora.
Requirements
ENVS1008 Contemporary Issues in Asia and Australia

HIST1203 Australian History
HIST1207 Twentieth Century Australia
Later Year
ANTH2058 Contemporary Australian Cultures An
Anthropological View

(seven courses) with:
1. a maximum of 12 units (two courses) at First Year level,

from the List Below.
2. a minimum of 30 units (five courses) with no more than

18 units (three courses) to be taken from a single discipline
(signified by a common alpha in the subject code).

ARCH3017 Archaeological Artefact Analysis
There are no compulsory courses or additional requirements
For information on Honours in Australian Studies click here.

1837-1914
Honours Degree
Convener: Dr Alastair Greig
See the Australian Studies Honours Program.
Summary of courses offered in the Australian

First Year
Semester 1
Later Year
Semester 1
ENGL2011 Contemporary Australian Writing
HIST2022 Indigenous Australian History
POLS3001 Australian Foreign Policy: Australias Foreign Wars
DRAM2008 Modern Australian Drama

ENGL2004 Lines of Growth in Australian Literature
ENGL2052 Contact Discourse
ENGL2065 Australian English
ENVS2013 Environment and Development
HIST2111 Healing Powers: Medicine and Society Since 1750
HIST2119 City Life and Suburban Dream: a History of Urban
Australia
HIST2128 Convicts and Emigrants: Australia 1770s to 1870s
HIST2129 Country Lives: Australian Rural History
Semester 2

HIST2119 City Life and Suburban Dream: a History of Urban Australia
SOCY2021 Education and Society
SOCY2022 Environment and Society
SOCY2032 Population and Australia
POLS2005 Australian Government Administration and

Public Policy

First Year
ENVS1001 Resources, Environment and Society: Geography of
Sustainability
POLS2043 Pressure Groups and Political Lobbying

POLS2067 Australian Political Parties
POLS2075 Globalism and the Politics of Identity
POLS2081 Religion and Politics in Australia
POLS2083 Contemporary Australian Political Issues
SOCY2033 Australian Society: Development and Change
101
Biological Anthropology Major

Academic Contact: Dr Robert Attenborough
Biological anthropology is the branch of anthropology
that focuses on the evolutionary and biological aspects of
humankind: Homo sapiens as an evolved species human
populations as varied and dynamically changing sets of
biological individuals, adaptable but also vulnerable to
ever-changing circumstances. It is also concerned with
the non-human primates, and with current debates on the
biological bases of human social behaviour. The subject thus
encompasses what used to be called physical anthropology,
as well as primatology, palaeoanthropology and human
population biology, including human genetics and the study of
human health, nutrition, growth, demography and ecological
adaptation, viewed comparatively and synthetically.
Biological anthropology thus takes an overview of the various
biological specialisms as they apply to human beings and their
evolutionary relatives, especially at the population level. Its
place amongst the anthropological disciplines is reflected in its
comparative (cross-cultural and cross-species) approach.
Human beings are highly complex cultural animals. Studying
human evolution and biology within a School of Archaeology
and Anthropology, biological anthropologists are constantly
aware of and interested in the manifold interactions between
the biological and socio-cultural dimensions of human
existence.
Key topics in courses included in the Biological Anthropology
major include the:
archaeology or biology as indicated under First Year

below). There is no dedicated first-year course in biological
anthropology. Students are recommended to include at
least 12 relevant first-year units in their first-year studies,
chosen from the following: Culture and Human Diversity:
Introducing Anthropology ANTH1002, Global and Local
ANTH1003, Archaeology: Finding Treasure and History
ARCH1111, From Origins to Civilisations ARCH1112, and any
First Year biology courses, normally BIOL1003 and BIOL1004
or BIOL1008, PLUS
(b) 30 later-year units from lists A, B and C below. At least 18
units should be chosen from List A. No more than six units
may be chosen from List C.
Notes:
1. Most advanced courses in Biological Anthropology are
normally offered in alternate years only see individual
course entries.
2. The prerequisites for the advanced courses vary see
individual course entries.
3. List A of the major includes the core and compulsory
courses for honours.
4. When prerequisites are fulfilled outside the major, the
number of later-year units may alternatively be increased
to 36 or 42 and the number of first-year units decreased
commensurately so that the total remains 42. In these cases,
at least 24 units should be from List A and and no more
than 12 units may be chosen from List C.
primates (apes, monkeys, lemurs etc.), as the group of

mammals amongst which humanity has its evolutionary
origin

your degree.
course of human evolution, as it can be traced from the

fossil remains of human ancestors and relatives, or inferred
from comparative genetics and anatomy

out-of-faculty.
archaeologically excavated skeletal remains of more recent

human populations, for what they can tell us about what
past populations were like and how they lived

genetic and physical variety of living human populations,

seen both as outcomes of natural selection and other
micro-evolutionary processes, and as traces of long-term
population origins, movements and histories, and the

varied ecological adaptations and health patterns of

living human populations in different parts of the world,
reflecting as they do the diverse physical, biotic, social and
cultural environments in which different populations live.
The pass degree courses are planned, not to provide specialised
professional training, but to present students with an overall
understanding of biological anthropology and its main
sub-fields. Honours courses offer more specialist training
and examine in more depth the disciplines theoretical basis.
professional biological anthropologists should plan their
courses with a view to taking the degree with Honours. Specific
preparation for honours work begins in third year.
Requirements
The Biological Anthropology major requires the completion of a
minimum of 42 units consisting of the following:
(a) Any combination of 12 first-year units from the School of
Archaeology and Anthropology and/or School of Biology
(normally but not necessarily a sequence in anthropology,
102
Honours Degree
Convener: Dr Attenborough
For information on Honours in Biological Anthropology,
Population Health and combined Archaeology and Biological
Anthropology see the Honours entry later in this chapter.
Summary of courses offered in the Biological

Anthropology Major in 2009
First Year
Semester 1
BIOL1003 Biology 1: Evolution, Ecology and Genetics
Semester 2
BIOL1004 Biology 2: Molecular Biology
BIOL1008 Human Biology

Later Year List A
Semester 1
BIAN3014 Research Design and Analysis in Biological

Anthropology

Semester 2

Environment

BIAN3014 Research Design and Analysis in Biological Anthropology
BIAN3017 Research Design in Biological Anthropology
Later Year List B
Semester 1
BIAN2129 Supervised Research in Biological Anthropology
Semester 2
ANTH2133 Social Animals: anthropological perspectives on animalhuman relationships
Palaeoanthropology
BIOL2152 Advances in Human Genetics
Later Year List C
Semester 1
BIOL2151 Introductory Genetics
BIOL2171 Biochemistry and Nutrition
BIOL2191 Ecology of Health and Disease
BIOL3131 Evolutionary and Behavioural Ecology
PSYC2007 Biological Basis of Behaviour
Semester 2
BIOL2174 Cell Physiology in Health and Disease
BIOL2176 Introductory Human Anatomy
BIOL3142 Parasitology
HIST2133 Human Variations and Racism in Western Culture,
c. 1450-1950

First Year
Anthropology
BIAN3017 Research Design in Biological Anthropology

Later Year List B

ANTH2063 Drugs in a Changing World Order
and eating
ANTH2133 Social Animals: anthropological perspectives on
Archaeology
ARCH3005 Science and Myths of the Human Past: Atlantis and
the Pyramid Builders
Anthropology
Later Year List C
ARCH2006 History of Archaeology: Discovering the Past
ARCH2038 Foragers and Hunters of Pre Agricultural Europe
Later Year List A

BIOL3134 Biodiversity and Systematics
ENVS2011 Human Ecology
GEND2025 Gender, Health and Embodiment
HIST2133 Human Variations and Racism in Western Culture, c.

1450-1950
103

POPS2002 Population Analysis
SOCY2038 Introduction to Quantitative Research Methods
Ceramics Major
Academic Contact: Janet DeBoos
This workshop major may only be taken in a Bachelor of Visual
Arts, Bachelor of Design Arts or a Diploma of Art.
The Ceramics Workshop has a long-established tradition
and has become prominent within Australia for its facilities,
teaching program and student successes. As the only tertiary
institution conducting ceramics programs within the Australian
Capital Territory, the School caters for a wide range of ceramic
interests and modes of expression from the more conventional
functional pottery to exploratory and innovatory figurative
and sculptural ceramics. This diversity is reflected in the range
of programs and study programs available in the Ceramics
Workshop. The facilities of the Workshop are extensive and
offer some of the best studio spaces and ceramic equipment
in Australia. Many of the thirty kilns within the Workshop are
student built, especially the wood-firing and top-hat trolley
kilns, and supplement the other gas, electric, raku, blackfire
and test kilns. Along with clay-making equipment and other
associated machinery, these facilities offer almost unlimited
potential for students to artistically explore the versatile
ceramic medium.
The three-year Degree program allows for the mastery of
skills and the promotion of conceptual development within
a specialisation of the students choice. During the first three
semesters of study in the Ceramics Workshop students are
introduced to a broad range of ceramic skills, methods of
production and kiln and glaze technology, while their aesthetic
sensibilities are developed through a project system of teaching.
The workshop teaching program is based on intensive
instruction in semester one (Processes), short projects dealing
in second semester (Surfacing) and in depth projects of
longer duration in semester three which will be led by artists
specialising in various areas. This semester will also allow
students to be part of an international linkage project (The
Space Between) conducted in collaboration with ceramic
programs in Hawaii, Ann Arbor, Michigan and Halle, Germany.
In the final two years of study students are encouraged to
diversify and specialise according to individual interests and
capabilities, under the guidance and supervision of staff.
The two-year Diploma is presently offered both as a day
program or a part-time evening program (catering for many
employed Canberrans) and has an orientation to more
conventional approaches to clay, especially wheel-thrown
pottery. A compulsory workshop fee applies for all students.
Cinemedia Major
Through this major, students will develop an understanding

of cinema as both an early and current form of new media
practice. This exposition of cinema as new media will define
cinema, and the many multimedia formats that are based on
cinema, as a combination of creative practices, texts, formats
and reception which are based on principle properties of
computer digitally derived material.
Similarly to new media, cinema depends on processes that
encode material in discrete samples, which use multimedia and
produce texts that can be randomly accessed. Students will
be able to select a number of courses that explain the many
and various ways in which screens are currently used. Courses
available in this major explore in different ways the relationship
between many varieties of screen media and the cultural
information which they encode and transmit not only in the
context of art, but also as an integral part of everyday living.
Requirements
The major in Cinemedia requires the completion of 42 units
from the select list with a maximum of 12 units of First Year
courses offered at 1000 level and a minimum of 30 units of
Later Year courses.
Summary of courses offered in the Cinemedia Major

in 2009
First Year
Semester 1
ARTV1001 Introduction to the Creative Digital Environment
Semester 2
Later Year
Semester 1
ARTV2100 Complementary Studies 1 Video 1
ARTV2100 Complementary Studies 1 Animation 1
ARTV2100 Complementary Studies 1 Web Cinema 1
ARTV2022Complementary Studies 2 Web Cinema 2
FILM2002 Play into Film: The Cinematic Adaptation of Theatrical Texts
Semester 2

First Year
This major may only be included in a Bachelor of Arts (New

Media Arts) degree.
Screen media are currently one of the most prevalent formats

for exchanging cultural information. An understanding
of cinematic representation underlies many of the design
processes which are used in the production and reception of
screen media.
Later Year

104
Students may not count any course towards more than

one major.
Honours Degree

For information on Honours in Classics see the Honours entry

later in this chapter.

Texts
Summary of courses offered in the Classics Major

in 2009

Classics Major
First Year
Semester 1
Semester 2
Later Year List A
Semester 1
HIST 2222 Emperors and Madmen: The Early Roman Empire
Semester 2
ANCH2016 Bad Neighbours: Law and Life in Ancient Athens
Later Year List B
Semester 1
The modern world has its roots deep in the past. The two
civilizations that have most powerfully influenced Western
society as it is today are those of Ancient Greece and Rome. The
study of these two civilizations is called Classics.

The courses we offer in the Classics major give you an

opportunity to engage with the history (social, political and
cultural), literature, archaeology, art and philosophy of ancient
Greece and Rome. All these courses are so-called in-translation
courses: that is, there is no need to have studied any Ancient
Greek or Latin. All the readings from ancient texts will be in
English translations.
If, however, you are thinking of further study in this field
(Honours in Classics, or postgraduate work), some knowledge of
either language, and in many cases both languages, is essential.
It is possible to include a limited number of language courses
in the Classics major, in recognition of the critical importance
of language.
Requirements
The major in Classics requires completion of 42 units comprising
a maximum of 12 units at first-year level (two courses),
followed by a minimum of 30 units at later-year level (five
courses). The two first-year courses are to be selected from the
following:
Semester 2
Later Year List C
Semester 1
Saxons

First Year
CLAS1002 Myths and Legends of Greece and Rome
Continuing Ancient Greek GREK1102
Continuing Latin LATN1102
Rome: Republic to Empire HIST1019
Later Year List A

Traditional Grammar CLAS1001

Fifth Century Athens ANCH1013
The five later-year courses may all be selected from the courses
in List A below, but up to two of them may be selected from the
courses in List B and List C. Of these, only one may be selected
from List C.
No more than four language courses may be included in
this major.

105
and design structures and an ability to apply these in a diverse

range of repertoire and contemporary music settings.
Later Year List B

Requirements
a) 36 units from Schedule A
b) 30 units from Schedule B, including:
i) 12 units of Aural and
ii) Any other music or non-music courses approved as

complementary to the students major area of research
to the value of 18 units, and

c) 30 units from Schedule C.
Honours Degree
Convener: TBA
For information on Honours in Composition see the Honours
Summary of courses offered in the Composition

Major in 2009
Schedule A
Semester 1
MUSM3218 Composition Studies 5
Semester 2
Schedule B
Semester 1
MUSM1276 Aural 1 Foundation Level

MUSM1277 Aural 1 Intermediate Level
MUSM2254 Aural 3 Advanced Level

Later Year List C
ARCH2002 Britain before the Romans from Stonehenge to
the Celts
Anglo Saxons
Roman Empire
Semester 2
Schedule C
Semester 1
MUSM2251 Music in Eighteenth and Nineteenth Century Europe
Semester 2
MUSM1203 Turning points in Music: 1600-1914
MUSM2250 Western Art Music of the Twentieth-Century and Beyond
Composition Major
Academic Contact: Jim Cotter
Schedule A
This major may only be taken as part of the Bachelor of Music

Composition studies incorporate composition for instrumental
and vocal genres, and electroacoustic composition. This
discipline emphasises individuality of thought, style and
creativity, a thorough grounding in compositional techniques
106

Schedule B
Schedule C
What is the relationship between Europe and Australia, past,

present and future?
This major is taken by students enrolled in the BA (European
Studies) and is also available to students enrolled in the BA.
Requirements
The major consists of a minimum of 42 units consisting of the
following courses:
(a) 12 units (TWO courses) at First Year level. This must include
the compulsory course EURO1004 Europe in the Modern
Era: Foundations of International Relations and any other
First Year course from the selected list plus
(b) A minimum of 30 units (usually equivalent to five courses)
at Later Year level. Four of these must be from the selected
list of Later Year core courses. The other course can be
drawn from the wide selection of designated courses.
Any later-year option courses in German, French or Italian are
allowed providing they are not primarily language based (see
entries under School of Language Studies).
Honours Degree
MUSM2250 Western Art Music of the Twentieth-Century

and Beyond
Convener: Dr Ben Wellings
MUSM2251 Music in Eighteenth and Nineteenth Century

Europe
Contemporary Europe Major

Academic Contact: Dr Ben Wellings
After centuries of conflict, Europe has recently regained a unity
not seen since the Roman Empire with the European Union
being the most advanced form of supranational government
on the planet. For much of the continent, the type of interstate warfare that characterised the twentieth century seems
banished to the past, even though other parts of the continent
are still undergoing painful transitions brought about by the
intensification of globalisation. Although Europe no longer
dominates the globe through its extensive empires, Europes
global impact lives on in philosophical ideas, literary traditions
and practices of government. But the exchange is a two-way
process since European society has been profoundly changed by
contact with people from those former colonies.
The Contemporary Europe major will allow you to integrate
diverse interests under one field of enquiry. Studying
Contemporary Europe is a perfect way to combine international
relations, politics, history, sociology, philosophy, literature and
cultural studies, as well as being an ideal accompaniment
to those learning European languages. On completing the
Contemporary Europe major, you will have an understanding
of the historical development of this important part of the
world as well as an understanding of its future directions and
possibilities.
Some of the key ideas underpinning the Contemporary Europe
major at the Australian National University are:
What exactly is Europe, where does it end and when did it
begin?
How has military conflict in Europe been replaced by
supranational governance?
How can we characterise Europes relations with the rest of
the world?
For information on Honours in Contemporary Europe see the

Summary of courses offered in the Contemporary

Europe Major in 2009
First Year Compulsory Courses
Semester 1
EURO1004 Europe in the Modern Era: Foundations of International
Relations
First Year Elective Courses
Semester 1
HIST1015 Ends of Empire: British Colonial Rule and its Outcomes
PHIL1004 Fundamental Ideas in Philosophy: An Introduction
Semester 2
Later Year Core Courses
Semester 1
Semester 2
Semester 1
Renaissance
POLS2025 Politics in Britain
Semester 2
ENGL2008 19th and 20th Century Literature
POLS2064 Global Social Movements
107


HIST1015 Ends of Empire: British Colonial Rule and its
Outcomes

Phenomenology)
PHIL2064 Theories of Ethics
PHIL2089 Power and Subjectivity

PHIL2099 Ideas, Causality and Personal Identity: Issues from

Locke and Hume



Perspective
SOCY2055 Social Inequality in Comparative Perspective

ARTH2020 Age of Baroque
Century
1837-1914
DRAM2009 Postwar British Drama
ENGL2009 Introduction to Literary Theory
Texts
Renaissance
108
Development Studies Major

Academic Contact: Dr Guinness
Development Studies refers to a broad range of courses that
address the planning, implementation and consequences of
social, political and economic change among peoples of the
Third and Fourth Worlds.
Development as an aspect of state policy, and specifically as
an integral part of relations between states of the wealthy
West or North (First World) and states of the South (Third
World), gained prominence after the Second World War
with the establishment of the IMF/World Bank and other
development banks and aid agencies, such as USAID and the
Australian Development Assistance Bureau. Since then agency
and government officials, practitioners and intellectuals
have debated the rights and wrongs of development and the
merits of particular approaches to development. These have
crystallised in various theories or approaches to development,
such as the modernisation theories, world system theories,
or the more recent emphasis on empowerment or popular
participation.
Development Studies examines the impact of globalisation
on states and peoples of the South, and reviews notions of
economic viability, democracy, governance, human rights or
environmental sustainability as they apply to such culturally
divergent entities. In the last two decades there has been an
explosion in the numbers of non-government organisations
(NGOs) or voluntary organisations (VOs) also concentrating on
development.
Requirements
The Development Studies major consists of a minimum of 42
units comprising:
First Year courses to the value of 12 units (two courses)
from: ANTH1002, ANTH1003, ECON1101, ECON1102,
ASIA1025, ASIA1030, HIST1015, HIST1017, HIST1019,
HIST1203, HIST1204, HIST1205, HIST1206, HIST1207,
MEAS1001, POLS1002, POLS1003, POLS1004, POLS1005,
SOCY1002, SOCY1003, ENVS1001, ENVS1008.
Five later-year courses to the value of 30 units. Among

these later-year courses:
Area Courses
* Three must be selected from the core courses listed below,

which focus on the theoretical and practical problems of
development. These three courses must be drawn from two
different disciplines (alphanumerics), two must be drawn from
Group A and one from Group B.
ASIA2026 The Politics of China

ASIA2027 The Future of East Timor
ASIA2041 Mainland Southeast Asia: Colonial and Postcolonial
Predicaments
PASI2001 Learning Oceania: an Introduction to Pacific Studies
POLS2055 Pacific Politics
* Two area courses as listed below. The two need not come from
the same area. Details of each course will be found under the
appropriate major entry.
Semester 1
Semester 2
Students should try to include the normal prerequisites for

advanced courses in their selection of first-year courses, but
exemptions from normal prerequisites may be made for courses
included in a Development Studies major on consultation with
the lecturer concerned.

ASIA2165 Islam in Southeast Asia
ECON3009 Southeast Asian Economic Policy and Development (P)
PASI2002 Pacific Encounters: an Introduction to History and Culture
in Oceania
Advice on appropriate combinations and sequences is available

from the convener.
Spring Session 2009

the Faculty of Asian Studies and ANU College of Business and
Economics may be used in a Development Studies major, they
are not classified as Bachelor of Arts courses. For students
enrolled in a single Bachelor of Arts (BA) the program rules
allow for a maximum of 48 units (eight courses) out-ofFaculty. For BA students enrolled in a combined degree up
to two out-of-Faculty courses are available in this major. For
details of Bachelor of Arts courses, see the Schedule At the end
of the ANU College of Arts and Social Sciences entry in the
Honours Degree
ANTH3014 SouthEast Asia Field School: Contemporary Change in

SouthEast Asia

Core Courses Group A
POLS2011 Development and Change
SOCY2030 Sociology of Third World Development
Core Courses Group B
ANTH2054 Anthropology and the Urban Experience
Convener: Dr Patrick Guinness
ANTH2055 Anthropology of Modernity and Postmodernity
For information on Honours in Development Studies see the

Summary of courses offered in the Development

ANTH2062 Applied Anthropology

Core Courses Group A

Globalisation
Semester 1
Semester 2

Environment
Summer Session, 2009

Anthropology
BUSI2025 International Business
BUSI2023 Dynamics of Asian Business
Semester 1

ECHI2003 Development Poverty and Famine (P)
POPS2001 Population and Society
ECHI2003 Development Poverty and Famine (P)
Semester 2
ENVS2012 Cities and their Hinterlands

POLS2095 Pathways from the Periphery? Miracle Economies and
World Poverty
POLS2101 Refugee Politics: Statelessness and Displacement in the
Twentieth and Twenty-First Centuries
SOCY3022 Identity, Difference and Ethnicity
Core Courses Group B
ECHI2006 Globalisation and Regionalisation in the World

Economy (P)
ENVS3021 Human Futures

ENVS3028 Environmental Policy and Planning
POLS2086 Gender Globalisation and Development
109
POLS2095 Pathways from the Periphery? Miracle Economies

and World Poverty
POLS2101 Refugee Politics: Statelessness and Displacement in
the Twentieth and Twenty-First Centuries
POLS3020 Lies, Drugs, Sex and Video Tapes: Counter-Narratives
to Global Politics
Area Courses
ANTH2060 Southeast Asia: Contemporary Issues in
Anthropological Perspective
ANTH3014 SouthEast Asia Field School: Contemporary Change
in SouthEast Asia
ASIA2013 Mainland Southeast Asia to 1900: Cambodia,
Myanmar (Burma) Thailand and Vietnam
ASIA2014 China Now
ASIA2018 Society and economy in China: Historical
Development
ASIA2019 Society and Economy in China: The Peoples Republic
ASIA2021 State, Society and Politics in Indonesia, Malaysia and
the Philippines
ASIA2024 Thailand in the Age of Globilazation
ASIA2039 Burma/Myanmar a Country in Crisis
Digital Humanities Major

This major may only be included in the Bachelor of Arts (New
Media Arts). Developments in digital technology are altering the
manner in which research in the humanities is being performed
in a number of fields, including art history and theory and
cultural studies. A major in the digital humanities would
involve an overview of historical developments and theoretical
approaches to new technologies, with a view to providing
students with a critical and interdisciplinary approach to the
new humanities.
In addition to giving graduates a rigorous critical perspective on
digital technology, the major would also provide students with
some practical experience in designing and creating innovative
digital products, since there is a need for graduates literate in
technology and the humanities.
Requirements
The major in Digital Humanities requires the completion of 42
units from the select list with a maximum of 12 units of First
Year courses offered at 1000 level and a minimum of 30 units
of Later Year courses.
Summary of courses offered in the Digital

Humanities Major in 2009
First Year
Semester 2
GEND1002 Reading Popular Culture: An Introduction to Cultural
Studies
NEWM1002 Narrative in Traditional and New Media
Later Year
Semester 1
ASIA2041 Mainland Southeast Asia: Colonial and Postcolonial

Predicaments

ASIA2163 Religion and Politics in South Asia B
Semester 2
ARTV2024 Memory
ASIA2267 India: The Emerging Giant

ASIA2413 Contemporary Vietnamese Society
ASIA2515 Malaysia A Developing Multicultural Society
ASIA3002 The Chinese Southern Diaspora
First Year
ECHI2109 Asian Giants: India, China and Japan; Alternate Paths

to Prosperity (P)
ECON3009 Southeast Asian Economic Policy and Development (P)
and Security

and New Media

Studies
PASI2001 Learning Oceania: an Introduction to Pacific Studies
NEWM1002 Narrative in Traditional and New Media
PASI2002 Pacific Encounters: an Introduction to History and

Culture in Oceania
Later Year

ARTV2024 Memory
110

NEWM2004 Hypertextuality: Creative Writing in Traditional and
New Media
and Science Fiction
Digital Media Major

The Department of Photography and Media Arts provides
programs and facilities allowing visual arts students to explore a
wide range of visual and conceptual possibilities. Full instruction
is provided in the areas of either Photomedia or Digital Media.
The Digital Media Major focuses on digital video, computer
animation, networked art and electronic sound. Emerging
aspects of digital media such as networked systems, distributive
technologies, and installation are also explored. Students will
gain a general grounding in video, animation, sound and the
internet and will then be able to specialize in one area of
expertise. They have access to extensive audio-visual recording
and production studios, and are encouraged to participate in
exhibitions and performances, and the recording, publishing
and performance of new media and time-based arts. Students
have access to an extensive complex of up to date computer
labs with peripherals and software; a suite of filming, recording
and editing studios; and a student gallery. Graduates go on to
be practicing filmmakers, animators, sound artists, and new
media artists; to undertake further study and higher degree; to
work in galleries and museums; to train as teachers or lecturers;
to set up their own businesses; or to work in the new media,
film and animation industry.
Photography and Media Arts places great emphasis on
professional training. Students learn about applying for grants;
working collaboratively; working with large institutions or with
the community; project management; the verbal expression of
their ideas; and the presentation of professional portfolios and
show reels .We dont train our students for just one kind of job,
or teach them to work in an already familiar style. Rather we
give them both the technical and conceptual tools to develop
their own set of interests and an original visual vocabulary.
These can then be applied and extended in a wide variety of
personal and professional contexts in the creative arts and new
media industries. We encourage our students to enrich their
ideas and develop their skills by researching the wider cultural
context of their work. All our lecturing staff have nationally and
internationally recognised careers as artists and media makers,
and all have independent research interests in contemporary
visual culture.
Graduates from Photography and Media Arts go on to be
practicing visual artists, filmmakers, animators, sound artists,
and new media artists; to undertake further study and higher
degree research (often with scholarships); to work in galleries
and museums; to train as teachers or lecturers; to set up their
own businesses; to work in the new media, film and animation
industry, or in printing, design and publishing businesses; and

so on. Many of our graduates travel and work overseas, others
find employment in Canberras many national institutions.
Our students place their work in a national and international
context. Photography and Media Arts often hosts significant
international visiting artist for extended periods of time, and
students have the opportunity to study at major art schools
in Paris, Berlin, Glasgow, Vancouver, Alberta, Chicago, Kyoto,
Valencia and other centres of contemporary art.
Drama Major
Academic Contact: Mr Anthony Turner, BA(HONS) UNE, DipEd
London, DipDramaticArt London, The Ethel Tory Head of Drama
Drama courses focus on the examination of changing
theatrical conventions that relate to the performance of
dramatic texts. Using a combined theoretical and practical
approach, the courses concentrate on European, American,
British and Australian drama/theatre. Play texts are studied as
potential performance texts. While the historical performance
conventions of staging and acting are examined, students
also study how to apply modern acting, directing and design
conventions to plays written in earlier periods. A variety of
approaches to acting, directing and design are explored.
Practical workshops help to clarify how these conventions work
in the theatre.
Drama cooperates closely with English and Film Studies and
students will find these majors highly complementary.
Requirements
Students are required to submit written work by the due dates,
to attend all lectures, workshops and tutorial classes, and to
present any required tutorial and workshop exercises. Students
are expected to possess copies of the prescribed texts.
consisting of two First Year core courses, Page to Stage
I DRAM1005 and Introduction to the Western Theatrical
Tradition DRAM1006, plus a minimum of five later-year courses
to the value of 30 units from those named in List A in the
Undergraduate Handbook.
Further information
All courses are semester-long. Later-year courses are most
commonly offered in alternate years.
All courses are offered subject to staff availability and sufficient
enrolments.
Lectures are normally taped.
It is not possible to give full details of courses or full lists
of recommended reading in the entries in this Handbook.
Prospective students are encouraged to approach the School
of Humanities, for a copy of the Drama brochure. In addition,
the Coordinators responsible for each course will be pleased to
provide further information.
Honours Degree
Honours Convener: Ms Cathie Clelland
For information on Honours in Drama see the Honours entry
111
Summary of courses offered in the Drama Major in

2009
First Year
Semester 1
DRAM1005 Page to Stage 1 : Acting
Semester 2
Later Year
Semester 1
Performance 1
Performance 2
DRAM2021 Acting Skills 3: Advanced Character Preparation and
Performance
Semester 2
DRAM2005 Page to Stage 2 : Directing
DRAM2012 Experience Theatre II: Drama before 1900
Performance 1
Performance

First Year
Later Year
DRAM2011 Experience Theatre I: Twentieth Century Theatre
DRAM2014 Experience of Theatre III: Greek, Roman and
Medieval Theatre
Performance 1
Performance 2
English Major
Academic Contact: Dr Ian Higgins
The English Program at ANU offers a wide range of courses
in English literary studies from the late sixteenth century
to the present day. There are courses in all major fields of
British literary studies, including early modern, eighteenth-,
nineteenth-, and twentieth-century British literature, covering
the Renaissance, Enlightenment, Romanticism, Modernism
and Postmodernism. There are courses in Australian, American,
Scottish, postcolonial, and transnational literatures in English.
There are theory and criticism, gender, cultural studies, new
media, and contemporary literature courses. There are courses
of an interdisciplinary kind on philosophy and literature, on
history and literature, and on literary and cultural theory.
The Program offers several literature-on-screen courses, an
Australian film course, and courses in creative writing.
As well as seeking to broaden students knowledge and
enjoyment of the literature studied, our courses aim to enhance
their powers of analysis, argument, inquiry, expression and
criticism both on paper and in class discussions.
A major in English combines well with many other disciplines
in the Humanities (Drama, Art History, Film Studies, Philosophy,
Gender, Sexuality and Culture), as well as disciplines in other
Arts Schools (History, Sociology, Linguistics) and other Colleges
(Law).
All courses are semester-long and have a value of six units.
Later-year courses are normally offered in alternate years. All
courses are offered subject to staff availability and sufficient
enrolments.
Requirements
(a) Any two of the following first-year courses: ENGL1004,
ENGL1008, ENGL1009, ENGL1012, DRAM1005, DRAM1006,
LING1020 or NEWM1002 (ENGL1001, ENGL1002, ENGL1003,
ENGL1010, ENGL1055, ENGL1007 and ENGL1011 are no
longer offered but may still be counted in the major as firstyear courses) plus
(b) Five later-year English courses to the value of 30 units,
including at least one from the list of core courses.
Note: A major in English may contain one course from the list
of cognate courses in place of one later-year English course.
Certain English courses may be taken as part of other Arts
majors: Australian Studies, Drama, Film Studies, Contemporary
Europe, Applied Linguistics and Gender, Sexuality and Culture.
In some cases this involves altered prerequisites. For details see
the individual major/course entries.
DRAM2019 Themes in Australian Theatre: The Migrant

Experience
Any English course to be counted in a major other than English,

cannot also be counted towards an English major. In the case
where a course may be included in more than one major, the
student must choose in which major it is to be included.
Assessment

Performance

present any prescribed tutorial exercises. Students are expected
to possess copies of the prescribed texts.
ENGL2012 Renaissance Drama

Texts
112
Recording of lectures: Lectures are normally digitally recorded.

Methods of assessment will be discussed with students
enrolled in each course before they are finalised. A substantial
proportion of final marks come from written work presented
during the year.
Further information
It is not possible to give full details of courses or full lists of
recommended reading in the entries in this Handbook.

and New Media
Prospective students are encouraged to approach the relevant

Administrator in the Humanities School Office for a copy of our
descriptive brochure. In addition, the Coordinators responsible
for each course will be pleased to provide further information.
NEWM1002-Narrative in Traditional and New Media
Information about English courses is also available online at

Study@. English course guides are frequently available on
WebCT (for enrolled students) and further English Program
material is available through the Universitys library online
services.
ENGL2012 Renaissance Drama
Honours Degree
Honours Convener: Dr Monique Rooney
For information on Honours in English see the Honours entry
Summary of courses offered in the English Major

in 2009
First Year
Semester 1
Semester 2
NEWM1002-Narrative in Traditional and New Media

ENGL2050 Eighteenth Century Literature
ENGL2056 Renaissance and England
ENGL2057 Representations of Nature
ENGL2063 Scottish Literature
ENGL2073 Souls and Lives: Models of the Self in Literature
ENGL2074 Jane Austen History and Fiction
ENGL3005 16th, 17th and 18th Century Literature (H)
GEND2024 Gender in Humanities: Reading Jane Eyre
Later Year Courses
ENGL2005 Democratic Vistas: Aspects of Nineteenth Century
American Literature
ENGL2006 American Accents, Race Gender and Ethnicity in
ENGL2009 Introduction to Literary Theory
ENGL2018 Post-Colonial Literature
ENGL2058 Theories of Imitation and Representation
Semester 1
ENGL2061 Victorian Literature
ENGL2056 Renaissance and England

ENGL3005 16th, 17th and 18th Century Literature (H)
ENGL2064 Texts and Contexts

Semester 2
ENGL2068 Empire and its Fictions
Later Year Courses
Semester 1
ENGL2070 India Imagined: Constructing Nationhood

Semester 2
ENGL2005 Democratic Vistas: Aspects of Nineteenth Century American
Literature
ENGL2068 Empire and its Fictions
ENGL2080 Modernist Literature
ENGL2081-Australian Crimes
Later Year Courses Cognates
None offered
ENGL2071 Thinking Selves: Philosophy and Literature

ENGL2075 Speculative Fictions: Challenges to Narrative Realism
ENGL2080 Modernist Literature
ENGL2081-Australian Crimes

First Year
GEND2016 Writing a Womans Life: Studies in Autobiography

and Biography
PHIL2068 Aesthetics

113
Environmental Policy Major

Academic Contact: Professor Steve Dovers and Dr Richard Baker
Policy expertise is scarce in the rapidly expanding areas
of natural resource management, urban environmental
management, and sustainable development. There are
significant career opportunities in all three levels of Australian
government, as well as in the expanding regional organisations,
and in the private sector. In particular, graduates with
substantial policy skills matched with a sound background in
areas such as water science, landscape ecology and similar
areas are highly sought after, in Australia and internationally.
This major offers foundational knowledge in public policy,
placed firmly within the context of some of the big challenges
in areas such as climate impacts and adaptation, landscape
management and water resource management, including
research-intensive courses and methods training. Details of
environmental policy positions that many former ANU students
are now working in are at http://fennerschool-people.anu.edu.
au/richard_baker/resources/formernow.html
Requirements
A minimum of 42 units listed in (a), (b) and (c) and requiring (a)
no more than 12 units from the following:

ENVS1001 Resources, Environment and Society
natural ecological and earth processes through environmental

management and resource use to cultural ecology and the
history of environmental change, perception and philosophy.
The fundamental nature of environmental resources, essential
to life and increasingly subject to conflict over ends and means,
makes their study necessarily broad. Relevant courses are
taught in four faculties. Arts, Economics and Commerce, Law
and Science. Grouping these courses appropriately, different
coherent approaches and areas of focus are possible, ranging
from a concentration on those resources that provide the
essential economic foundations for society through to the study
of more general aspects of the environment affecting quality of
life. Common to all is the interactive process between humans
and their environment at the individual and societal levels.
Students enrolled in the Faculty of Arts should make their
selections as indicated under each major below but are
reminded that, if desired, a major may consist entirely of 2000
and 3000 level courses. Details of ENVS courses can be found in
the School of Resources, Environment and Society entry of the
Undergraduate Handbook or from the List of courses below.
Requirements
The major consists of a minimum of 42 units with a maximum
of 12 units at First Year level and a minimum of 12 30 units at
Later Year level comprising:
(a) No more than 12 units from group 1
(b) at least one of the following:
(b) Compulsory courses ENVS2011 Human Ecology and

ENVS2007 Economics for the Environment
(c) six units from group 2
ENVS2010 Australias Forests
(d) 12 further units from either group 2 or group 3
Supporting courses in statistics would be an advantage.
ENVS2014 Qualitative Research Methods for Sustainability
LAWS3103 Law and the Environment

your degree.
(c) at least 18 units from:

ENVS3001 Climate Change Science and Policy Field School
ENVS3007 Participatory Resource Management
ENVS3010 Independent Research Project
ENVS3018 Policy and Institutional Analysis in Environment

and Sustainability
ENVS3020 Climate Change Science and Policy
ENVS3031 Murray-Darling Basin Field School
ENVS3033 International Environmental Policy
ENVS3036 Integrative Research Methods
ENVS4006 Forest Policies and Practices
It is also possible to complete a double major in Environmental

Policy by completing 10 of the above listed courses, including
no more than two of the courses listed under (a) and at least six
listed under (c).
Environmental Studies Major

Academic Contact: Dr Robert Dyball, BA (Hons)
Environmental Studies has the broad objective of developing
understanding of the interrelationships between human
societies and their environment. The areas of study vary from
114

out-of-faculty.
Please note that most ENVS coded courses do count as Arts,
but please check the BA Course Listing carefully.
Summary of courses offered in the Environmental

Compulsory Courses
None offered
Group 1
ECON1102 Macroeconomics 1

Semester 1
ECHI1006 Australian Economy
ECON1101 Microeconomics 1
Semester 2
Group 2
None offered
Group 3
ENVS3018 Policy and Institutional Analysis in Environment and

Sustainability
SOCY2035 Development and Change of Urban Society
Film Studies Major
Semester 1
Academic Contact: Dr Gino Moliterno
ECON2128 Resource and Environmental Economics (P)

Film is a leading art form and a major means of communication

of our time. The ANU Film Studies Program brings together
different perspectives offered by a variety of courses in a range
of disciplines and programs throughout the university. Film
Studies courses also fit well into other majors such as Drama
and Gender, Sexuality and Culture and complement courses in
New Media Arts. The core course, Introduction to Film Studies
FILM1002, described below, introduces students to both film
theory and film analysis, seeking to develop in students a high
degree of cinema literacy with which to make better sense of
our increasingly visual media culture.
Semester 2
BUSN3017 Corporate Social Responsibility, Accountability and
Reporting

Compulsory Courses
Group 1
Sustainability
Students interested in the major are encouraged to consult with

the Convener to assemble an appropriate sequence of courses.
Please note that not all later-year courses are offered each year.
Requirements
The Film Studies major requires a minimum of seven courses
(42 units) normally consisting of Introduction to Film Studies
FILM1002 and FILM1003 courses plus five Later Year courses (30
units) from Groups A and B. Note that no more than two Group
B courses may be included. Full details of List B courses will be
found under their respective majors.
Assessment
As with all other courses in the Humanities, students are
required to submit written work by the due dates, to attend
all lectures and tutorial classes, and to present any prescribed
tutorial exercises. Students are also expected to possess copies
of the prescribed texts.
Group 2
Honours Degree

ENVS3023 Agroecology and Sustainable Systems
For information on Honours in Film Studies see the Honours

Further information
Group 3
BUSN3017 Corporate Social Responsibility, Accountability and
Reporting
Internships with the National Film and Sound Archive

Arts 3000
Later Year students in the Film Studies program may count
an internship at the National Film and Sound Archive as one
course (six units) toward their Honours. Entry into the N.F.S.A.
internship program is through a competitive selection process
requiring a formal application on the part of the student.
For information regarding the process of application contact
the internships Convenor, Dr Gino Moliterno, or go to http://
screensound.gov.au/about_us/SAR/internship-program.html

ENVS3005 Water Resource Management
ENVS3007 Participatory Resource Management: Addressing
Environmental Conflict
Convenor: Dr Catherine Summerhayes
115
Summary of courses offered in the Film Studies

Major in 2009

First Year
Semester 1
Semester 2
Forensic Anthropology Major
Later Year Group A
Academic Contact: Dr Marc Oxenham
Semester 1
ARTS3000 Internship
Semester 2
ARTS3000 Internship
GEND2031 Cinema in Southeast Asia: Genre and Cultural Identities
Later Year Group B
Semester 1
Semester 2

First Year
Later Year Group A
ARTS3000 Internship
Texts
FREN2023 French Cinema
Forensic anthropology is rapidly developing a high profile both

internationally and domestically. Much of this interest has
been catalysed by way of media coverage of investigations into
crimes against humanity and unsolved murders. Australians
have been involved in such work recently with respect to East
Timor and the Solomon Islands in particular.
Forensic anthropology, as a discipline, is primarily concerned
with developing and applying a range of anthropological and
archaeological skills to questions of medico-legal importance.
Traditionally the subject is broken down into three main
sub-fields: (1) forensic osteology; (2) forensic archaeology; and
(3) forensic taphonomy. Forensic osteology uses methods and
procedures developed in physical anthropology and focuses on
human identification by way of the analysis of physical remains
(skeletal and dental material in general). Forensic archaeology
is concerned with managing and often excavating crime
scenes that contain human remains (including mass graves in
war-crimes situations). Forensic taphonomy is the examination
and analysis of the various biological (eg, decomposition),
environmental (climate, soil acidity, temperature etc), and
cultural (eg, evidence for trauma) changes that can impact on
human remains both at the time of death and after death.
This major will give students a grounding in and appreciation
of the realities and practicalities of anthropological and
archaeological articulations with medico-legal issues in the
forensic arena both internationally and domestically. While
the emphasis is on the anthropological and archaeological
contributions to forensic investigations, students are provided
with a range of relevant electives in other disciplines (law,
politics, sociology and psychology) to generate greater
intellectual and applied breadth and also to situate forensic
anthropology in a broader disciplinary context.
Requirements
A major in Forensic Anthropology consists of a minimum of 42
units. These are to be selected as follows (note, some of these
courses have prerequisites and/or particular entry requirements
and you will need to check these, particularly for those outside
the School of Archaeology and Anthropology):
A maximum of 12 units of First Year courses chosen from

the following: ARCH1111, ARCH1112, ANTH1002, ANTH1003,
BIOL1003, BIOL1008 (students should choose appropriate
First Year courses depending on the prerequisites required
for their Later Year course choices).
A minimum of 30 units of Later Year courses consisting of:
GEND2031 Cinema in Southeast Asia: Genre and Cultural

Identities

Later Year Group B
ANTH2128 Media and Modernity
116
(a) 12 units of Core courses: BIAN2128 Forensic

Anthropology and Archaeology and ARCH2035 Decay
and Disturbance: Archaeological Formation Processes.
(b) 18 units of additional courses of which 12 units must
be from List 1 (note: either ARCH2017 or ARCH3004A
and ARCH3004B may count toward the major, but not
both). The remaining six units may be from either List 1
or List2.

your degree.
out-of-faculty.
Summary of courses offered in the Forensic

Anthropology Major in 2009
First Year
Semester 1
Semester 2
Core Courses
Semester 2
List 1
Semester 1
Semester 2
List 2
Semester 1
POLS2096 Genocide Studies
PSYC3025 Abnormal Psychology across the Life Span

First Year
Anthropology
Core Courses
processes
List 1
processes
Archaeology
List 2
POLS2097 Strategy I: Grand Strategy Peace and Security
Through War, Power, Force and Fraud
POLS2098 Strategy II: Revolution, Terror, Resistance, Rebellion
and Death
SOCY3016 Law, Crime and Social Control
French Major
Academic Contact: Dr Chantal Crozet
People of many nationalities besides the French themselves
speak French; it is one of the languages of the Pacific region,
of North America and of much of Africa. France is influential
in the European Union and in world affairs and has been home
to a great culture since medieval times. It has produced some
of the worlds most eminent philosophers, writers, painters and
film directors. France is also a leading industrial nation and has
major business interests in Australia, particularly in the mining
and viticulture sectors, and increasingly in electronics, banking
and finance, while French-Australian collaboration in scientific
and industrial research is strong and growing.
In language teaching the French program aims at developing
students ability to understand, pronounce and speak
standard French and to read and write French as it appears in
newspapers, magazines and works of literature. All our courses,
right from the Introductory level, emphasise the importance
of culture, including cinema, politics and society. The aim is to
have students combine fluency in French with an understanding
of France, both in the European context and overseas,
particularly the Pacific. To this end, we use a variety of material
drawn from written, audio-visual and electronic sources.
We encourage students to study for part of their degree at a
French-speaking university, once they have reached a sufficient
level of linguistic competence. It is standard for Honours
students to spend a semester abroad. The ANU has exchange
agreements with several French universities, including in the
Pacific (Noumea, Tahiti). We also have exchanges with Canada:
McGill University, Montreal; the bilingual University of Ottawa;
117
and with Switzerland: the University of Geneva. Scholarships

are available on a competitive basis.
On graduation, our students find employment in a broad range

of fields, including international organisations, the public
service, particularly DFAT and AUSAID, the professions, business
and economics, education, the media and the arts.

Reading lists of prescribed texts and recommended reference

books for all French courses are available from the School.
Later Year core language courses
Prerequisites

Semester 1
Semester 2
Semester 1
There are several points of entry, depending on previous

acquaintance with the language, beginning with FREN1003
Introductory French 1, suitable for students who come with no
knowledge of French. New students who already have some
knowledge of the language are required to sit for a Placement
test before enrolling, to determine the level at which they
should enrol: Continuing, Intermediate or Advanced.
Native or near native speakers should see the Convener before

the start of semester to plan their major.
First Year
Requirements
The major consists of a minimum of 42 units (normally seven

courses). There are several ways of making up a major in French,
including those based on mid-year entry.

The sequence of courses for the French major is dependent

on the students language ability at point of entry. The most
common sequences are:
Semester 2

FREN2023 French Cinema
1. Major for beginners (introductory):

Introductory French 1 FREN1003, Introductory French 2

FREN1004, Continuing French 1 FREN2024, Continuing
French 2 FREN2025, Intermediate French 1 FREN3006,
Intermediate French 2 FREN3007 plus one thematic* course.
2. Major for post-beginners (continuing):

Continuing French 1 FREN2024, Continuing French 2

FREN2025, Intermediate French 1 FREN3006, Intermediate
French 2 FREN3007, Advanced French 1 FREN3008,
Advanced French 2 FREN3009 plus a thematic* course.
3. Major for the intermediate level:

Intermediate French 1 FREN3006, Intermediate French 2

FREN3007, Advanced French 1 FREN3008, Advanced French
2 FREN3009, plus three thematic* courses.
4. Major for advanced level:

Advanced French 1 FREN3008, Advanced French 2

FREN3009 plus five thematic* courses.
* There are two kinds of thematic courses: French-specific and

common (to the Modern European languages).
Honours Degree
For information on Honours in French see the Honours entry
Summary of courses offered in the French Major in

2009
First Year
Semester 1
Semester 2
118

Later Year thematic (common) courses
Furniture Major
Academic Contact: Rodney Hayward
The Furniture Workshop provides comprehensive skills-oriented
courses of study intended primarily for students who ultimately
wish to work as designers/makers. The student experiences
a paced core program upon which both skills and theory
components can be logically assembled. As a natural outcome,
this is extended to the challenge of real and hypothetical design
briefs. The latter encourage the development and extension of
their design and making skills in the use of wood products as
media for functional aesthetic expression. There is the growth
of a skills base and the establishment of the fundamentals
of a personal expressive language. The emphasis of the
Workshop is directed to professional practice. A Visiting Artist
program establishes contact with professionals and focuses on
clients, design, making, and such outcomes as exhibiting and
marketing. This is the reality of where most graduates will find
themselves. The academic relationships possible between the

School of Art and the Furniture Workshop together with the
proximity of Australias national collecting institutions make
the Workshop unique in Australia for original investigation. The
fundamental basis of the workshop is to train its students to
think, explore and work with forms in wood.
The Workshop thus provides a context for Graduate Studies.
In these there is emphasis of the development of the students
prior practice in practical and conceptual terms. It is seen by
the Workshop as a time of maturation; the putting in place
a known, deeply understood and reasoned skill. Applicants
to the graduate programs are selected on the basis of prior
achievement, the merit of the submitted study proposal and the
availability of appropriate resources.
Gender, Sexuality & Culture Major

Academic Contact: Dr Rosanne Kennedy, BA MtHolyokeColl.,
PhD Duke
Gender, Sexuality and Culture offers students the opportunity
to explore the related fields of Gender Studies and Cultural
Studies, with a strong international and regional component.
Both fields draw on new theoretical and methodological
developments, including feminist theory, queer theory,
psychoanalysis, deconstruction, post-structuralism and
post-modernism. Students will have the opportunity to take
courses that apply these theories and methodologies to a range
of contemporary issues and practices. Students may choose to
concentrate either on gender studies or cultural studies, or to
devise a major that integrates both fields.
Gender studies is concerned with the ways in which identities
and sexualities (feminine, masculine, heterosexual, lesbian
and gay) are constructed in a range of discourses (political,
legal, historical, scientific, literary, popular), in the media and
in embodied practices (sport, behaviour, cosmetic surgery,
dieting, leisure activities). Courses in the major reveal how
gender and sexuality are socially constructed and reproduced,
and how hierarchies of gender and sexuality are implicated in
all aspects of social life. Students will examine interrelations
between gender, race, class and sexuality in a variety of cultural,
historical and political contexts. In addition, students will have
the opportunity to explore the construction of social identities
and power relations, and the role of gender and sexuality in
citizenship, state politics, development, war and international
relations.
Cultural studies is concerned with questions of meaning,
identity, production and consumption. How do everyday objects
and behaviours from mobile phones to rave parties become
meaningful cultural commodities and practices? What role do
objects and practices play in constructing social identities?
Cultural Studies is also concerned with cultural politics at
the local, national, regional and international level. Courses
in the major explore issues such as how significant national
and international events are represented in the media; whose
voices are heard and whose stories are told; what events are
memorialised, and the construction of histories. Students
will have the opportunity to study the role of the media in
contemporary culture, and will be introduced to important
concepts for the study of culture such as mass culture,
popular culture, representation, the sign, the text, the body,
sexuality, power, subjectivity, pleasure and consumption.
Courses in the major draw on a wide range of texts from
elite and popular culture, including magazines, newspapers,
film, art, photography, political tracts, video, the internet and

performance art.
Requirements
The major consists of 42 units. These must include a
minimum of:
1. at least six but no more than 12 units of GEND First Year
courses
2. at least 24 units chosen from core courses
3. the remaining units may include either core or cognate
courses
Core courses are those in which
1. the concepts of gender and/or culture are central to the
course
2. are grounded in gender studies and/or cultural studies
3. are transdisciplinary
Cognate courses are those in which
1. the concepts of gender and/or culture have a significant but
not necessarily central role
2. are disciplinary in nature
The list of core and cognate courses will change from year to
year, depending on availability.
your degree.
out-of-faculty.
Honours Degree
Honours Convener: Dr Gaik Cheng Khoo
For information on Honours in Gender, Sexuality and Culture
see the Honours entry later in this chapter.
Summary of courses offered in the Gender, Sexuality

& Culture Major in 2009
First Year
Semester 1
Studies
Semester 2
Studies
119

ASIA2006 Gender and Korean History
Semester 1
ASIA2035 Gender in China

GEND2032 Transforming Culture: Race, Gender and Nation

Semester 2
GEND2031 Cinema in Southeast Asia: Genre and Cultural Identities
POLS2085 Gendered Politics of War
Semester 1
PHIL2101 Democracy, Difference and Desire
Semester 2

First Year
Studies
ENGL2018 Post-Colonial Literature

ENGL2059 Eighteenth Century Novel
Phenomenology)

Studies

Geography Major

GEND2016 Writing a Womans Life: Studies in Autobiography
and Biography
GEND2023 Gender, Sex and Sexuality: An Introduction to
Feminist Theory
GEND2024 Gender in Humanities: Reading Jane Eyre
GEND2027 Topics in Gender/Cultural Studies A
GEND2030 The Politics of Dance/Musicals
GEND2031 Cinema in Southeast Asia: Genre and Cultural
Identities
GEND2032 Transforming Culture: Race, Gender and Nation
Western World
SOCY2044 Sex, Gender and Society
Academic Contact: Dr Richard Baker

Geography deals with human-environment interactions.
Geography is about Earths diversity, its resources, and
humankinds survival on the planet. Geographers analyse the
associations of things and events that give special character
to particular places; the interconnections between different
areas; and the working of complex systems through time. The
discipline integrates natural and social science approaches to
provide an integrative approach to the study of environmental
problems and their solution. Such approaches include the study
of economic and social goals and processes that determine
strategies of resource use and ecosystem management. The
Geography Major provides students with the opportunity to
develop a deep understanding of a wide range of geographic
issues. The major offers many opportunities for experiential and
field-based learning, and its completion at the appropriate level
is good preparation for Honours in Geography (see the relevant
section of the Undergraduate Handbook).
Requirements
This major will consist of a minimum of 42 units from courses
listed in (a), (b) and (c) and requiring:
HIST2213 Real Men: Manhood and Identity in the Western

World
(a) no more than 12 units of:

EMSC1006 The Blue Planet
PASI2001 Learning Oceania
ENVS1003 Environment and Society Research Methods
RELS2001 Gender, Religion and Culture
ENVS1004 Australias Environment

ANTH2057 Culture and Person

Globalisation
120
(b) no more than 12 units of the following Group B ENVS

courses

ENVS2004 Weather, Climate and Fire
ENVS2008 Hydrology for Natural Resource Management
ENVS2015 Introduction to Remote sensing and GIS
ENVS2016 Landforms and Soils: Landscape Systems 2
ENVS2019 Vegetation Ecology: Landscape Systems 1
(c) at least 18 units of the following Group C ENVS courses
The German courses set out below comprise a set of First

Year and Later Year core language courses, together with a
proposed range of thematic courses. There are two kinds of
thematic courses: German-specific and common (to the Modern
European languages). Each thematic course will be offered
approximately every third year, subject to enrolment figures
and availability of staff. However, it is expected that a sufficient
number of thematic courses will be offered every year, and all
students will be given the opportunity to complete a major and
the degree with honours in German Studies.
The sequence of courses for the German Studies major is
dependent on the students language competence. New
students with some previous knowledge of German will be
given a placement test during Orientation Week to decide their
appropriate entry point to the core language courses. Students
who have completed an accredited major in Continuing German
at an ACT secondary college or have an equivalent qualification
frequently begin at the intermediate level with GERM2105.
Native speakers of German or those who speak and write the
language fluently are asked to consult the Convener of German
Studies during Registration Week to plan their major.
ENVS3002 Soil Resources

ENVS3013 Climatology

and Sustainability
ENVS3024 Applied Geographic Information Science
ENVS3026 Geomorphology: Landscape evolution under

changing climates
The major consists of a minimum of 42 units seven courses.

For beginning students, the major consists normally of six core
language courses plus one thematic course; for students who
have previous knowledge of German, the major consists of core
language courses and thematic courses.
ENVS3031 Murray-Darling Field School
It is also possible to complete a double major in Geography by

completing 10 of the above listed courses including no more
than two of the courses listed under (a) and at least six listed
under (c).
Requirements

German Major
Academic Contact: Ms Gabriele Schmidt, MA Bielefeld
German is the most commonly spoken language in the
European Union, being spoken by about 100 million people in
Germany, Austria, Switzerland and other nations as their first
language. With a rich literary and philosophical heritage (eg
Goethe, Kafka, Nietzsche), German is a language of culture,
science, technology, trade, and international relations. This role
has increased since Germanys reunification and the political
changes in Eastern Europe.
In the Australian context, German has a long tradition as one
of the top ten community languages on this continent. German
migrants have made major contributions to Australias cultural
and economic development. Nowadays over half a million
Australians are of German origin.
German and English are both members of the Indo-European
group of languages and have many similarities, which makes
it easy for native speakers of English to learn German. The
School of Language Studies offers courses in German language,
linguistics, literature, society and film from beginners to
honours and postgraduate levels. The German Studies Program
encourages students to study abroad and has various exchange
agreements with partner universities in Germany and Austria.
Introduction to German (1) GERM1021, Introduction to

German (2) GERM1022, Continuing German 1 GERM2103,
Continuing German 2 GERM2104, Intermediate German 1
GERM2105, Intermediate German 2 GERM2106, plus one
thematic course (German specific);
Continuing German 1 GERM2103, Continuing German
2 GERM2104, Intermediate German 1 GERM2105,
Intermediate German 2 GERM2106, Advanced German
1 GERM3007, Advanced German 2 GERM3008, plus one
thematic course;
3. Major for students beginning at an intermediate language

level:

Intermediate German 1 GERM2105, Intermediate German

2 GERM2106, Advanced German 1 GERM3007, Advanced
German 2 GERM3008, plus three thematic courses (at least
two German specific);
4. Major for students beginning at an advanced language

level:

Advanced German 1 GERM3007, Advanced German 2

GERM3008, plus five thematic courses (at least three
German specific).
Assessment
Details of assessment for all courses will be arranged at the
beginning of each semester in consultation with students.
Course entries below provide further information on proposed
assessment.
Honours Degree
For information on Honours in German see the Honours entry
121
Summary of courses offered in the German Major

in 2009
Semester 1
Semester 2
Semester 1
Semester 2
Semester 1
Semester 2
Semester 2

GERM2024 Classical German Literature
GERM3041 German Prose of the 20th Century
122
Glass Major
Academic Contact: Mr Richard Whiteley
The internationally recognised Glass Workshop offers students
one of the best educational experiences in the field today.
Over the past twenty-five years, the school has developed a
reputation for producing artists with impressive portfolios
and boasts an exceptionally high rate of graduates who
become practicing professionals, these include: Ben Edols and
Kathy Elliot, Giles Bettison, Jessica Loughlin, Kristie Rea, Scott
Chasling, Blanche Tilden, April Surgent and Cobi Cockburn to
name a few.
The Workshop focuses on developing the strengths of an
individuals practice whilst providing a sound technical
foundation and also helping students locate their work within
the broader context of the visual arts. Courses are led through
one on one teaching, group presentations and seminars. A
vibrant visiting artists program provides unique opportunities
for students to work closely with contemporary luminaries
such as Harumi Yuutake (Japan), Tessa Klegg (UK), Susan Cohn
(Australia), Umiko Noda (Japan), Franz Xaver Holler (Germany),
Michael Schiener (US), Ben Edols and Kathy Elliot (Australia),
Nick Mount (Australia), Henry Halem (US), Therman Statom
(USA), Mark Zirple (USA) and Dante Marioni (USA). All academic
staff maintain active international careers and the Workshop
also actively encourages international exchanges and supports
students working abroad in facilities such as Pilchuck and
Corning. The diversity of training across the areas of conceptual
and technique development, material knowledge, history and
equipment use encourages the development of a cohesive
community for a high level of exchange and dialogue within
the Glass Workshop.
The curriculum offers degrees for Undergraduate, Honours and
Post Graduate studies and the Workshops extensive facilities
allow students to focus on glass blowing, kiln forming, glass
painting, mould making, glass cutting and polishing. The
studio-based academic environment allows students to fully
immerse themselves in their exploration, learning, thinking and
development of individual aesthetic interests in glass. With
over 70 per cent of graduates sustaining a professional level
involvement within the field. Canberra is regarded by many
as the most comprehensive and strongest glass programs
worldwide.
Gold & Silversmithing Major

Academic Contact: Johannes Kuhnen
The terminology Gold and Silversmithing addresses the
traditional origins for the design and production of wearable
and utilitarian objects. The art of Gold and Silversmithing in its
ancient origins was often the initial training for some of the
worlds most respected artists. The use of precious material as
indicated in the name is not a limitation for the works produced
by students and staff but a historical reference as jewellery
and tableware made from metal traditionally involving the
use of most aspects of smithing. The materials used in the
workshop reflect the contemporary practice and encompasses
all accessible metals, a wide range of plastics, synthetic and
natural materials. The work produced extends beyond the
traditional use and scale of jewellery and hollow ware. The

programs aim to provide students with professional skills to
produce objects of high aesthetic and technical standard for
both functional and decorative purposes. Throughout the
courses, design concepts will be dealt with on a day-to-day
basis as students develop their particular projects. The workshop
environment and method of operation is a key aspect of Gold
and Silversmithing courses. Students are expected to be fully
involved in all activities such as equipment, tool maintenance
and Occupational Health and Safety training with the aim to
fully preparing them to establish and conduct an independent
workshop upon graduation.The workshop has facilities for most
metal working techniques and students are able to experience
by demonstration or personal application the various processes
in the use of equipment, machines and media related to
contemporary developments in Gold and Silversmithing. The
facilities have been specifically designed to achieve the aims of
the course and include provisions for the following processes;
casting in various materials; cold and hot forging; lathe work
and other machining; toolmaking; metal finishing such as
polishing and anodising as well as design studio techniques
including computer aided design and rapid prototyping.
Health, Medicine & Body Major

Understanding the nature of health, sickness, and healing
necessarily includes exploration of the historical, social,
cultural, and economic contexts in which illness is defined and
understood. It is in these contexts also that medical systems
and specific sets of health care practices arise and evolve.
The wider study of health and medicine thus involves a number
of disciplines, whose perspectives can complement and deepen
the understandings derived from scientific knowledge and
training in clinical skills that take primacy in medical training.
These include fields such as socio-cultural anthropology,
biological anthropology, population health, the sociology of
health and illness, health psychology, the history of medicine,
philosophy and ethics, and gender studies.
For example, cultural as well as class, ethnic, and gender
differences shape understandings of the body, the experience
of illness, as well as the classification of illness states, and the
application of healing practices. Globalisation processes, too,
must be examined as to their impact on the environment and
on society and health. The history of medicine leads us to ask
how conditions of life have changed over time and place, how
people in the past have dealt with sickness and death, and the
interplay between political and economic environments and the
development of particular medical systems. And, inevitably, the
provision of health care results in complex moral and ethical
issues, making the field of bioethics an important site of critical
investigation.
This major represents a commitment to teaching about health
and the development of medical knowledge and bodily practice
in a broad historical, social, and cultural context, and presents
students with the opportunity to explore further the social
study of health, medicine, and the body.
Requirements
First Year courses to a maximum value of 12 units (normally

two courses), taken from courses with the alpha prefix ANTH,
ARCH, BIOL, PHIL, HIST, GEND, PSYC, and/or SOCY plus;
The completion of later-year courses to the value of at least 30
units (normally five courses), taken from the Later Year courses
listed in the summary of courses for this major.
NB: Unless the convener recommends otherwise, the Later Year
courses must be selected from at least three different disciplines
as indicated by their alphanumeric codes.
Or:
A minimum of 42 units (normally seven courses) at Later Year
level taken from the Later Year courses listed in the summary of
courses for this major. The Later Year courses must be selected
from at least three different disciplines as indicated by their
alphanumeric codes.
There is no honours program in Health, Medicine and the
Body as such. However, there is a Population Health Honours
program, and the Health, Medicine and the Body major is part
of the preparation for it. See the Honours section later in this
chapter for further information.
Summary of courses offered in the Health, Medicine

& Body Major in 2009
Later Year Courses that count towards this Major
Semester 1
ECON3004 Health Economics
GEND2033 Excessive Appetites: Sociocultural Perspectives on
Addiction, Drug Use and Gender
PHIL2082 Sex and Death: the Philosophy of Biology
PHIL2085 Applied Ethics
Semester 2
BIAN3014 Research Design and Analysis in Biological Anthropology
HIST2133 Human Variations and Racism in Western Culture, c. 14501950
PSYC3020 Health Psychology
SCOM3001 Science, Risk and Ethics

Later Year Courses that count towards this Major
ANTH2051 Themes in Anthropology II
and eating
The major in Health, Medicine, and the Body consists of a

minimum of 42 units. These should be selected as follows:
Either:

123

BIAN3014 Research Design and Analysis in Biological
Anthropology
All courses are of one semesters duration, and are worth

six units.
Prerequisites
For all later-year courses forming part of a History major the

prerequisites are any first-year courses to the value of twelve
units offered by History, unless otherwise specified.
Requirements
Apart from Faculty requirements there is no limit on the

number of History courses that may be included in the pass
degree course.
GEND2033 Excessive Appetites: Sociocultural Perspectives on

Addiction, Drug Use and Gender
Western World
1450-1950
PHIL2057 Philosophy of Science
PHIL2061 Philosophy of Psychology
PHIL2082 Sex and Death: the Philosophy of Biology
PHIL2109 Commodification and the Self
SOCY3021 Sociology of Health and Illness
History Major
Academic Contact: Dr John Knott
History encompasses all aspects of human experience. History
courses offered in the School of Social Sciences explore that
experience, help students to develop critical and analytical
skills, and encourage them to ask questions which lead to an
understanding of past and present societies.
Within these courses it is possible for students to pursue their
particular interests, for example in society, politics, economics,
philosophy, and religion. Our courses also explore the historical
significance of ideas, technologies, and cultures. Some courses
cover broad themes across national boundaries, while others
explore the theories and values that underlie all historical
explanations. There are courses that investigate Australian
society, and others which examine aspects of Western societies
and cultures in Europe and North America. Students can include
in their History major courses on aspects of Asian History
offered by the Faculty of Asian Studies.
History is a central discipline within an Arts degree, and within
the various combined degrees (eg Arts/Law, Arts/Science, Arts/
Economics). History courses are also included in many of the
majors offered within the Faculty of Arts, notably Australian
Studies, American Studies, Gender, Sexuality and Culture,
Indigenous Australian Studies, International Relations and
Religious Studies.
While students who have studied history before coming to
University will be able to extend their knowledge and interest,
no prior grounding in history is required to take First Year
courses.
124
A History major consists of a minimum of 42 units, made up of

a maximum of twelve units in first-year History courses, with a
minimum of 30 units in later-year courses offered or approved
for the major.
Alternatively the History pass major may consist of 42 units
from later-year courses offered or approved for the major
where the first-year History courses are counted as part of
another major or where exemption from the first-year History
courses has been granted by the Convenor. At least 30 units
must be in History courses taught in the School of Social
Sciences. Courses that are jointly taught will count as History
courses if they are listed as such.
Students may include in the History major, up to a maximum of
12 units, courses from the list of designated courses.
your degree.
out-of-faculty.
Assessment
In all History courses students will be required to submit written
work by the due dates, attend lectures, attend tutorial classes
and present prescribed tutorial exercises. Tutorial attendance is
compulsory even if specific marks are not allotted for tutorial
participation, and students who miss more than three tutorials
in any semester in any particular History course may be
excluded from assessment in that course. Students are expected
to possess prescribed text-books and course readings and will
be expected to use them in tutorials and, in some instances, in
examinations.
Methods of assessment will be discussed with students early in
each semester. A students final grade in a course will usually
take into account some or all of the following elements: essays
and other exercises undertaken in the course; contributions to
tutorials; a final examination or, alternatively, a synoptic essay.
In first-year courses the final examination is compulsory; in
later-year courses there is normally a choice between a final
examination and a synoptic essay.
Honours Degree
Convener: Dr Paul Burton
First Year Designated Course

For information on Honours in History see the Honours entry

Later Year
Summary of courses offered in the History Major in

2009
First Year
Semester 1
HIST2078 Australians at Work

HIST2107 American Voices: Aspects of Social Thought in the
United States

Relations
Semester 2
HIST2117 Technology and Society 1800-2000


Australia
First Year Designated Course

Semester 1
Later Year
Semester 1

HIST2126 American Sixties

HIST2219 Tudor-Stuart England, c.1485-1714: Politics, Society and
Culture
HIST2128 Convicts and Emigrants: Australia 1770s to 1870s
Semester 2

HIST2133 Human Variations and Racism in Western Culture, c. 14501950
HIST2221 Consumerism and its Critics, Britain 1714-1846

1450-1950

HIST2213 Real Men: Manhood and Identity in the Western

World
Semester 1

Semester 2
ASIA2009 Modern Japanese Society
ASIA2061 India and Modernity: concepts and issues in South Asia
from the 18th to the 21st centuries
HIST2219 Tudor-Stuart England, c.1485-1714: Politics, Society

and Culture
HIST2220 Topics in History
HIST2221 Consumerism and its Critics, Britain 1714-1846
First Year

Outcomes

Roman Empire
HIST1017 French Revolution: A Cultural Perspective
ASIA2021 State, Society and Politics in Indonesia, Malaysia and

the Philippines
ASIA2029 History of Modern Japan: Imperial Japan 1895-1945
ASIA2061 India and Modernity: concepts and issues in South

Asia from the 18th to the 21st centuries
HIST1204 Riots and Rebellions Eighteenth and NineteenthCentury Protest Movements under British Rule
HIST1205 Europe and the Atlantic World, c. 1450-1750
ASIA2261 Pre-Modern Japan: History and Culture
HIST1207 Twentieth Century Australia

ASIA3002 The Chinese Southern Diaspora
125

(d) and if needed one of:

Perspective


and Sustainability

Relations

POLS2100 Genocide Post 1945
and Science Fiction
Human Ecology Major
First Year course advice

Students should take ENVS1001, BIOL1003, ENVS1008 and
BIOL1008.
Notes: Students who commenced in 2006 or before should
consult the Colleges of Science Sub Deans on acceptable
courses for their major.
Academic Contact: Dr Rob Dyball
IT in New Media Arts Major
Human Ecology is an explicitly transdisciplinary major that

addresses a key issue of the 21st Century, the maintenance of
the health and well-being of our planets ecosystems in the
face of the socio-cultural demands placed on them. The major
is open to undergraduates with a wide range of First Year
backgrounds.
This major may only be counted in a Bachelor of Arts (New

Media Arts) or Bachelor of Information Technology degree.
The foundation course, ENVS2011 (Human Ecology), provides an

introduction to the fundamental linkages between social and
ecological systems that all humans live within, and introduces
dynamic system science as a means of understanding how these
coupled systems behave. The next core course, ENVS2012 (Cities
and Their Hinterlands), applies dynamic systems approaches to
understanding the rise and dominance of cities as our major
habitat and the consequences of this on human health and the
environment. ENVS3023 (Agroecology and Sustainable Systems)
focuses on the sustainability of human food production
systems. The final course in the program, ENVS3023 (Human
Futures) is designed to engage students in the practice of
collaborative, integrative, multidisciplinary research needed for
the exploration of any human social or ecological system and
for creating viable human futures.
Most Human Ecology courses have a field component and all
involve a combination of practical and theoretical exercises.
ENVS3010 provides the opportunity for senior students to
undertake focused research on a human ecological topic of
their choice. This may include the chance to work with a range
of government, NGO and private sector organisations.
The combination of a new BInfTech core with the major in

IT in New Media Arts from BA(NMA) widens the approach
to computing to include the creative and conceptual touch,
starting by applying scripting to the application area of new
media (video and audio).
This major will introduce the key concepts of IT literacy in the
area of development and generalized use of IT tools in new
media. By the latter we mean computational and IT literacy
underpinnings of the use of such tools rather than instruction
in specific tools or artistic production using tools.
With the increasing pervasiveness of IT, we expect a higher
level of IT literacy and understanding of the potentials of the IT
technologies to be of interest and relevant as a second major
for many students.
Requirements
The major in IT in New Media Arts requires the completion of
42 units from the select list with a maximum of 12 units of First
Year courses offered at 1000 level and a minimum of 30 units
of Later Year courses.
Summary of courses offered in the IT in New Media

Arts Major in 2009
First Year
Semester 1
Requirements
A minimum of 42 units of courses including:
Semester 2
(a) no more than 12 units of First Year ANTH, ARCH, BIOL, SOCY
or ENVS courses.
MATH1005 Discrete Mathematical Models

(b) ENVS2011 Human Ecology and at least two of ENVS2012

Cities and Their Hinterlands, ENVS2014 Qualitative Research
Methods for Sustainability, ENVS3023 Agroecology and
Sustainable Systems or ENVS3021 Human Futures
Semester 1
Later Year
COMP2750 Java Programming for New Media
(c) and up to 12 units chosen from:
Semester 2
ENVS2016 Landform and Soils: Landscape Systems 2

126
First Year

MATH1005 Discrete Mathematical Models
Later Year
ARTH2098 Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Art

COMP2750 Java Programming for New Media

COMP3900 Human Computer Interface Design and Evaluation
Indigenous Australian Studies Major

Academic Contact: Professor Nicolas Peterson, BA Camb., PhD Syd
The major in Indigenous Australian Studies enables students
with an interest in Indigenous Australian studies to take a
set of interrelated courses in different disciplines without the
normal prerequisite required in each course. The major is an
interdisciplinary program in which it is possible to combine
courses from the majors in Anthropology; Archaeology;
Art History; English; Gender, Sexuality and Culture;
History; Linguistics; Politics; and Music for a broadly based
understanding of Indigenous Australian societies and cultures,
both past and present. Taken together, the courses provide
a comprehensive insight into Indigenous Australian studies
including Aboriginal origins, their occupation and adaptation
to the continent, their traditional and contemporary social,
cultural artistic, musical and linguistic practices, the impact
of European colonisation, the history of the interrelationship
between Aboriginal people and other Australians, the place of
Indigenous people in Australian society today and issues of
representation.
The School of Humanities offers ENGL1010 Indigenous
Australian Literature as a First Year course that should also be of
interest to students undertaking this major.
Requirements
The requirements for the major are 42 units composed as
follows:
1. 12 first-year units within the Faculty of Arts; plus
2. 30 later-year units from among the designated courses set
out below

International Communication Major

Academic Contact: Dr Jennifer Hendriks (Semester 1) and Dr
Cynthia Allen (Semester 2)
The International Communication major is intended to provide
students with a working knowledge of another language and
an awareness of cross-cultural issues, rather than language
competence. It is an interdisciplinary major which combines
language study with courses which are offered in the areas
of Anthropology, Applied Linguistics, Asian Studies, Classics,
English, Linguistics, Political Science, and Sociology. The major
may easily be completed by students undertaking their first
study of a foreign language at ANU; however, such students will
not be able to include any First Year courses other than their
first-year language courses in their major, since only 12 First
Year units may be included in any Arts major.
Students who wish to include an Asian language in this major
need to be aware that this limit on First Year units in the major
applies to them even if the major in that language is structured
to include more than 12 First Year units; such students may
need to complete more than 24 units in their language to
include their language study in this major and should see the
Convener of the major to discuss their program.
Students who already have a background in a language when
they come to ANU and begin their language study here at the
Later Year level may include in their major up to two first-year
courses, selected from List A (ie the courses listed below as
counting towards this major).
This major may be undertaken as one of the two majors

required in the BA (International Relations) or may be
completed as an Arts major in a BA or any other degree whose
rules allow for the completion of an Arts major. It is a good
complement to any other Arts major.
Semester 1
This major does not have an associated Honours Program.
Summary of courses offered in the Indigenous

Australian Studies Major in 2009

Semester 2
Requirements
The major consists of a minimum of 42 units with a maximum
of 12 units at First Year level and a minimum of 30 units at
Later Year level comprising:
(a) 24 units (four courses) of one language (European or Asian);
plus
(b) 18 units (three courses) from List A (ie the courses listed
below as counting towards this major).
127

your degree.
out-of-faculty.
* Students in a combined degree may not include an Asian
language in this major as these courses do not count as Arts;
courses.

literary texts

Summary of courses offered in the International

Communication Major in 2009
Academic Contact: Dr Jim George
List A First Year

Semester 1
Semester 2
List A Later Year
Semester 1
Semester 2

List A First Year
PHIL2111 Global Citizens

International Relations Major

The study of International Relations has traditionally been
focused upon the (often hostile) engagements between
nation-states and/or their diplomatic elites seeking to advance
the national interest by means other than warfare. These are
still important and relevant themes on the contemporary IR
agenda. But at the beginning of the 21st century analysts and
policymakers require a broader, more comprehensive body
of knowledge and understanding in their dealings with the
complex and volatile era beyond the Cold War. This major
is designed to provide students with such knowledge and
understanding in regard to both traditional and more recent
agendas.
Requirements
The International Relations major consists of a minimum of 42
units comprising a maximum of 12 units (two courses) at First
Year level, including the compulsory course POLS1005 followed
by a minimum of 30 units (five courses) at Later Year level
which must include the compulsory course POLS3001.
First Year courses:
POLS1005 Introduction to International Relations (compulsory
course)
Plus
POLS1002 Introduction to Politics; or

Outcomes; or

List A Later Year
INDN3007 Introduction to Asian Performing Arts: Performance
Genres and Intercultural Translation
128
POLS1003 Ideas in Politics; or

POLS1004 Money, Power, War; or
ENVS1008 Contemporary Issues in Asia and Australia; or
Later Year courses:
Students must choose a minimum of five Later Year courses.
Three of these courses must be selected from the list of
core courses including POLS3001 Australian Foreign Policy:
Australias Foreign Wars. The remaining two courses can be
selected from core courses or from the designated course list.

your degree.
out-of-faculty.



Outcomes
Honours Degree
Convener: Dr Kim Huynh

For information on Honours in International Relationssee the

Summary of courses offered in the International Relations
Major in 2009
Semester 2
Semester 1
Relations
ENVS1008 Contemporary Issues in Asia & Australia
Semester 2
Semester 1
Semester 2
World Poverty


POLS2056 Diplomacy and International Conflict
POLS2094 Issues in International Political Economy
and World Poverty
and Death
POLS2099 Cartographies of Security: Critical Security Studies
and International Politics
to Global Politics
Semester 1

POLS2102 The Political Philosophy of Deception
POLS3017 International Relations Theory
Semester 2

and Security
POLS2030 Japanese Politics
Later Year Compulsory Courses
Semester 1

129
POLS2082 Japanese Foreign Policy and the Asia-Pacific Region



Later Year Compulsory Courses
Italian occupies a special position in Australia in being a

language of high culture and also a language spoken by one of
the largest ethnic communities in the country. Students who
learn Italian will have access to one of the richest European
cultural traditions, from the Renaissance to the present day,
and to the language of many operas, films and musical scores
as well as the language of architecture, fashion and industrial
design. Italy is today a very dynamic society, it is one of
Australias largest trading partners and is a member of the
G8 (the eight most industrialised countries in the world) and
Italian is one of the eleven official languages of the European
Union. Learning Italian is, therefore, also advantageous for
students interested in international law, trade, commerce, and
economics. In addition, because of the large number of Italian
speakers in Australia, Italian is relevant to such areas as migrant
studies and sociology.
Continuing 1 ITAL2005, Continuing 2 ITAL2006, Intermediate

1 ITAL2007, Intermediate 2 ITAL2008, Advanced 1 ITAL3015,
Advanced 2 ITAL3016 plus a thematic* course.
3. Major for students with adequate competence

(intermediate):

Italian Major
Academic Contact: Dr Piera Carroli, BA(Hons), MA Flind, PhD
ANU
Italian Studies Introductory 1 ITAL1002, Introductory 2

ITAL1003, Continuing 1 ITAL2005, Continuing 2 ITAL2006,
Intermediate 1 ITAL2007, Intermediate 2 ITAL2008,
Advanced 1 ITAL3015, or a thematic* course.
Intermediate 1 ITAL2007, Intermediate 2 ITAL2008,

Advanced 1 ITAL3015, Advanced 2 ITAL3016 plus three
thematic* courses.
4. Major for advanced language competence:

Advanced 1 ITAL3015, Advanced 2 ITAL3016 plus five

thematic* courses.
* There are two kinds of thematic courses: Italian-specific and

common (to the Modern European languages); inclusion of the
latter in the major requires the permission of the Convener.
Honours Degree
For information on Honours in Italian see the Honours entry
Summary of courses offered in the Italian Major in

2009
First Year
Semester 1
Semester 2
The Italian Studies Program emphasizes fluency as well as

accuracy in language. Students learn to speak and understand
standard Italian and to read and write accurate and idiomatic
Italian. Along with the literature and language interests of
the course, attention is given to cultural, social and historical
aspects of Italy. Material relating to these aspects, drawn from
history texts, newspaper articles, radio, TV recordings and films,
is worked into the language teaching program. Language
learning is thus integrated with the development of cultural
awareness.
In a nutshell, Italian Studies is a rich and diversified area of

study allowing you, the learner the opportunity to become an
intercultural traveller, moving between different cultural space
and building bridges between cultures.
Prerequisites
No previous knowledge of Italian is required for Introductory
Italian ITAL1002. New students who already have some
knowledge of the language are required to sit for a Placement
test before enrolling, to determine the level at which they
should enrol.
Requirements
The major comprises a minimum of 42 units (normally seven
courses). There are several ways of making up a major in Italian,
including those based on mid-year entry.
The sequence of courses for the Italian major is dependent on
the students language ability:
Later Year
Semester 1
Semester 2
Semester 1
Renaissance
Semester 2
Semester 1
Semester 2

First Year
130
Later Year
Honours Degree
For information on Honours in Jazz Performance see the


Convener: TBA
Summary of courses offered in the Jazz Major in

2009
Schedule A

Semester 1

Renaissance
Semester 2

ITAL3017 Apocalypse Then: Dantes Inferno
Italian
Schedule B
Semester 1

Semester 2


Schedule C
Semester 1

Jazz Major
Academic Contact: Mike Price
This major may only be counted in a Bachelor of Music degree
program.
Jazz studies include both Performance and Jazz Arranging and
Composition, emphasising the ability to improvise, express
and communicate artistic ideas. Individual tuition, extensive
ensemble experience in large and small groups, and public
performances expose students to a diverse range of traditional
and contemporary jazz idioms.
Requirements
Major in Performance Jazz
Semester 2

Schedule A
a) 36 units from Schedule A, comprised of sequenced courses

in one jazz instrument;
i.) 18 units of Jazz Aural and Jazz Improvisation 1-6, and
ii.) 12 units of Jazz Arranging and Composition 1-4, and
c) 30 units from Schedule C, including:

i.) 12 units of Jazz History 1-4, and
Schedule B
ii.) 12 units of Jazz Harmony and Analysis 1-4, and
iii.) 6 units of Jazz Individual Research 1-2.

131

Advanced Latin I: The epistolary style: letter-writing in the

Roman world (Cicero, Seneca, Pliny) (Dr Elizabeth Minchin)
Honours Degree
For information on Honours in Latin see the Honours entry later

in this chapter.

Schedule C
Summary of courses offered in the Latin Major in

2009
First Year
Semester 1

Semester 2
Later Year
Semester 1


Latin Major
Academic Contact: Dr Jessica Dietrich
The Classics Program offers a major in Latin. Proficiency in
Latin is highly recommended at the earliest possible stage for
those wishing to specialize in the study of the Roman world.
The study of Latin is also very rewarding in itself. The courses
we offer give you a unique opportunity to read in the original
language the literature, history and philosophy of the ancient
Roman world. From your engagement with the past through its
language and literature you will gain a richer understanding not
only of that world but also of contemporary society.
Requirements
The major in Latin consists of a minimum of 42 units (normally
seven courses):
The sequence of courses for the Latin major is dependent on the
students language competence.
Semester 2

First Year
Later Year
Traditional Grammar, Continuing Latin, Intermediate Latin

and three courses from Advanced Latin A-J; plus one course
which may be any other GREK, LATN, CLAS, or ANCH course,
or a HIST or other course deemed relevant to the major by
the Convenor

2. Major for post-beginners (HSC or equivalent competence):
Six courses from Advanced Latin A-J; plus one course which
may be any other GREK, LATN, CLAS, or ANCH course, or a
HIST or other course deemed relevant to the major by the
Convenor

appropriate language competence may also enter the major at
Continuing Latin or Intermediate Latin level. Students with prior
experience of Latin should consult the Convener prior to, or at
the time of enrolment. Students taking both an Ancient Greek
and a Latin major may not count Traditional Grammar towards
both majors. Such students should consult the Convener as to
which further course they should take to complete both majors.
Courses to be offered in 2009:
Advanced Latin H: varium et mutabile semper femina: Virgil,
Aeneid IV (Dr Jessica Dietrich)
132
Linguistics Major
Academic Contact: Dr Jennifer Hendriks (Semester 1) and Dr
Johanna Rendle-Short (Semester 2)
Linguistics is the study of human language. Linguistics is
concerned with analysing and describing the features that
are common to all languages as well as determining to what
extent languages can differ from one another. Linguists
study languages from various points of view: their structure,
acquisition, historical evolution, function in society. The
different components of language are each the subject of
special branches of linguistics: the study of the sounds of
language is phonetics and phonology; the study of word
structure is morphology; the study of sentence structure is

syntax; the study of conversation and texts is discourse analysis;
and the study of meaning is semantics.
Of the courses taught by the Program, some are devoted
to the theory and methods of describing the components
of language. Others deal with applied issues such as crosscultural communication, language teaching methods, language
planning, dictionary-making. Still others are concerned with
particular languages or language families.
In all courses taught in the Program, emphasis is placed on
teaching students how to think and reason, and on sharpening
their linguistic intuitions, rather than on the learning of facts.
Students are exposed to data from a wide variety of languages
and may do detailed work on a number of different languages
and language families. Thorough training is given in linguistic
theory and its application to a variety of empirical problems.
Attention is also directed to research methods, the application
of linguistics to language teaching, language planning and
socio-linguistic issues.
Requirements
A major in Linguistics consists of a minimum of 42 units of
linguistics (ie courses with a LING prefix or courses from outside
the School given in List B) including a maximum of 12 units at
First Year level.
subject matter. The assessment of some courses includes a

take-home exam. Some courses have a final formal exam.
Honours Degree
For information on Honours in Linguistics see the Honours entry
Summary of courses offered in the Linguistics Major

in 2009
Core Course
Semester 1
List A
Semester 1
LING2008 Semantics
Semester 2
LING2010 Phonetics: Sounds of the Worlds Languages - Later Year
List B
Semester 1
The major must include the core course Introduction to the

Study of Language LING1001/LING2001, unless it has been
completed as part of another major, and at least six units (one
course) from List A. The major may also include a maximum of
12 units (two courses) from List B.

JPNS2024 Japanese Grammar
Other courses taught in the Linguistics and Applied Linguistics

Program, or particularly relevant courses from other programs
may be included with permission of the convenor.
Other courses in this Major
Further Information
Although it is a core course for Linguistics and Applied
Linguistics majors and a List A course for the International
Communication major, students may not count Introduction to
the Study of Language to more than one major. Such students
should consult the Convener as to which further course they
should take to complete both majors.
as Arts courses and you may not be able to include them in
your degree.
out-of-faculty.
Assessment
All courses involve a substantial amount of continuous
assessment, in the form of problems, essays, quizzes, reports,
and practical assignments, according to the nature of the
Semester 2
Semester 1
Semester 2
LING2007 Morphology

Core Course
List A
LING2008 Semantics
LING2010 Phonetics: Sounds of the Worlds Languages Later Year
133
List B
Requirements

in music research; and
i.) 12 units of Aural; and
JPNS2019 Japanese Phonetics and Phonology
ii.) Any other music or non-music courses approved as

to the value of 18 units; and
JPNS2024 Japanese Grammar

JPNS3011 Language Variation and Change in the Japanese
Archipelago
c) 30 units from Schedule C
Honours Degree
Other courses in this Major

Convener: TBA
section of the [Bachelor ofMusic (Specialist)entry.|4001XBMUS]
Summary of courses offered in the Musicology

Major in 2009
Schedule A
LING2007 Morphology
Semester 1

LING2017 Chinese Linguistics
Semester 2
Schedule B
Semester 1

Semester 2


Musicology Major in the Bachelor of Music

This major may only be counted in a Bachelor of Music degree
program.
Musicology explores a wide range of approaches to music
scholarship within European and other cultural traditions, with
an emphasis upon research in an Australian context. In addition
to traditional methods and approaches to musicological
research, problem solving, critical reasoning and the ability to
analyse, criticise, evaluate and interpret a wide range of music
from score, sound and other sources are fundamental research
skills developed in this program.
Schedule C
Semester 1
Semester 2

Schedule A
134
Schedule B
MUSM1203 Turning Points in Music: 1600 1914
MUSM2250 Western Art Music of the Twentieth-Century

and Beyond
Schedule C

Europe
MUSM2252 Folk Music

The remaining 12 units can be drawn from any courses offered

by the School of Music (ie with a MUSM course code prefix).
A working knowledge of music theory (notation and basic tonal

harmony) is assumed in all courses after the first semester of
First Year.
Musical Performance & Composition
MUSM2250 Western Art Music of the Twentieth-Century and

Beyond
Students may undertake courses in instrumental and vocal

performance, ensemble performance, or composition. Entry
to these courses is usually subject to audition or interview.
Intending students must contact the relevant Head of Area at
the School of Music as early as possible (ideally towards the
end of the previous semester) to arrange an audition before
finalising their enrolment.

Europe
Musicology Major in the Bachelor of Arts

Honours Degree
The Bachelor of Arts major in musicology aims to develop

students independent and creative thinking about music,
a comprehensive knowledge of the musicians craft, and an
understanding of music and of the musical profession as an
integral part of world culture. Study emphasises the ability to
research, analyse, discuss and critically reflect upon music in a
range of different musical, cultural and technological contexts.
Students may undertake music courses leading to an Arts major
in music, an honours program in Musicology, or individual
semester courses in European music or in music of other
cultural traditions. Studies in world musics may also form part
of the Indigenous Australian Studies major.
Convener: Dr Ruth Lee Martin

For information on Honours in Musicology see the Honours
Summary of courses offered in the Musicology

Major in 2009
Core Courses
Semester 1
All students undertaking Music courses are strongly encouraged

to participate in some form of music performance, whether
choral, chamber, orchestral, or individual instrumental or vocal
study.
Semester 2
BA Musicology major students may enrol in individual and

ensemble performance courses at the School of Music
as non-Bachelor of Arts elective courses. The core of the
Musicology major is a sequence of courses examining musical
periods, genres and cultures both Western and non-Western
over the last four centuries. Within these courses students
explore a variety of musical styles, historical periods, repertoire,
approaches and concepts, through both historical and
theoretical perspectives on music. Within the courses, students
may be given a choice of topics and activities designed to
develop a range of skills and knowledge in music.
First Year
Requirements
The Musicology major in the Bachelor of Arts requires the
completion of at least 42 units, no more than 12 of which can
be at first-year level. At least 30 units must be drawn from the
following list of core courses:

Semester 1
Semester 2
Later Year
Semester 1
Semester 2
135

Core Courses
culturally diverse music, contemporary performance practice,

improvisation and music production. Students will be offered a
variety of courses from which they can construct their major.
Requirements
The major in New Media Performance requires the completion

of 42 units from the select list with a maximum of 12 units of
First Year courses offered at 1000 level and a minimum of 30
units of Later Year courses.

Beyond
Europe
First Year
Later Year
Beyond
Europe
New Media Performance Major

This major may only be included in a Bachelor of Arts (New
Media Arts) degree.
The continual and rapid changes in digital technologies and
performance modes offer new media artists many new and
different formats for their artistic practice. With so many new
technologies and so many ways in which to apply them, there is
an outstanding need for students to learn about the theatrical,
music, sound and cinematic contexts in which new media arts
have evolved.
Through this major students will also develop both a critical and
practical understanding of what it means to perform in the
context of new media arts and technology. This understanding
will be based on a working definition of performance as an
active process of both making and receiving art (and life) but
always as behaviour which is for or with an audience. Following
on from the introduction to media and new media theory
taught in the compulsory courses, Media Cultures I and Media
Cultures 2, this major will explore performances which are
not only presented in live spaces but also through cinematic,
multimedia and otherwise digitally mediated processes and/or
new performance contexts.
Those courses drawn from Drama will particularly address
the need for students to understand ways in which both the
theory and practice of new media arts are historically based on
both traditional and current uses of performance media and
methodology.
Those courses drawn from Music will focus on the
developments in music which have a primarily aural focus,
including interactive performance, the performance of
136
Summary of courses offered in the New Media

Performance Major in 2009
First Year
Semester 1
Semester 2
Later Year
Semester 1
ARTV2100 Complementary Studies 1 Sound Art 1
ARTV2100 Complementary Studies 1 Physical Computing for the
Arts 1
Arts 2
ARTV2100 Complementary Studies 1 Digital Compositing 1
ARTV2022Complementary Studies 2 Digital Compositing 2
Performance 1
Performance 2
Semester 2
Arts 1
Arts 2
Performance 1

First Year

Later Year
sprays. Photocopying, cameras, digital imaging and projection

facilites and slide projection equipment are all available for
student use. The early stages of the course involve a series of
projects designed to expand students creative and technical
skills while laying the foundations for the development of
critical judgment. As the course progresses more emphasis is
placed on each individuals creative conceptual and technical
development.
Weekly intensive drawing sessions are taught by visiting artists
with national/international significance and experience. This
programme, which may involve observational or exploratory
drawing, develops visual research skills and broadens the
students experience and conception of drawing.
ARTV2100 Complementary Studies 1 Physical Computing for

the Arts 1
The Studio Theory Seminar programme covers aspects of

the history and theory of painting introducing themes and
issues for analysis and debate, and emphasises the range of
contemporary practice nationally and internationally.
ARTV2022 Complementary Studies 2 Physical Computing for

the Arts 2
Performance Major
Academic Contact: Virginia Taylor
This major may only be included in the Bachelor of Music

degree program.
DART2007 The Language of Composition

DART2008 Out There: Real-Time Control to Performance
DRAM2014 Experience of Theatre III: Greek, Roman and
Medieval Theatre
Performance 1
Performance 2
Painting Major
Academic Contact: Ruth Waller
Arts or a Diploma of Art.
The Painting Workshop aims to equip each of its graduates with
the ability to develop their ideas visually through processes of
research, discussion and reflection, drawing on an appreciation
of art history and theory and fostering an understanding of
the broad range of contemporary practice. Our programme
encourages students to be self-reliant and self-motivated,
resourceful, inventive and imaginative, exploring the full
expressive potential of materials and processes. Students are
taught to develop a capacity to reflect critically on their own
work and to communicate effectively their intentions and
interests in a lively exchange of ideas. This approach provides a
strong grounding for future professional practice.
Studio facilities include a multi-purpose tool shop containing
all the equipment necessary to work wood, other soft materials
and some metals. A dedicated drawing space is equiped
with specialist lighting. Studios are open planned, well lit
and well ventilated. An extraction room is provided for toxic
Performance is available in Brass, Harp, Piano, Guitar,

Percussion, Strings, Woodwind, and Voice. Intensive individual
tuition, extensive ensemble experience and many public
performance opportunities provide a strong practical focus
and allow for a high degree of technical development and
artistic exploration. Weekly one or two hour individual lessons,
orchestra, opera, chamber music, specialist ensembles such as
brass or contemporary music ensemble, performance classes,
concert practice and accompaniment workshop all create a rich
milieu in which the student will find varied opportunities to
develop their performance skills with a view to the pursuit of a
professional performing career.
Requirements
Major in Performance (excluding Voice)
in one instrument; and
i.) 18 units of ensemble performance; and
ii.) 12 units of Aural; and
c) 30 units from Schedule C.
Major in Performance (Voice)
in Voice; and
i) 6 units of Aural; and
ii) 6 units of Vocal Ensemble; and
iii) 12 units of Italian Studies:
Normally:
iv) 12 units of German studies:
Normally:
GERM1022 German Studies: Introduction to German
(2); and
c) 24 units from Schedule C
137
Honours Degree
Convener: TBA
Schedule A
For information on Honours in Performance see the Honours

Summary of courses offered in the Performance

Major in 2009
Schedule A
Semester 1
Semester 2
Schedule B
Semester 1
Semester 2
Schedule C
Semester 1
Schedule B
Schedule C
Beyond
Europe

Semester 2
Academic Contact: Dr Hossein Heirani Moghaddam

Persian language (Farsi) is the mother tongue of more than 150

million people in the Middle East and Central Asia. Persian is
spoken today primarily in Iran, Afghanistan and Tajikistan. There
138
Persian Major
are also speakers of Persian in a number of other countries in

the region. Historically, Persian was widely understood from
the Mediterranean to India, and has a rich historical and
cultural legacy. Many distinguished works by writers such as
Ferdousi, Khayyam, Saadi, Rumi and Hafiz have been produced
in Farsi, and Persian literature influenced the works of European
writers such as Victor Hugo, Voltaire, Alphonse de Lamartine,
Maeterlinck, Goethe and F. Scott Fitzgerald. The influence of
Persian literature can also been seen in many Arabic, Turkish
and Urdu writings, and many Persian words are retained in
those language.
Requirements
The Arts major in Persian requires a minimum of 42 units
(normally seven courses) consisting of 12 units at First Year level
(two courses) plus 30 units at Later Year level (five courses).
The sequence of courses for the Persian major is dependent on
the students reading and language ability.

MEAS2000 Iranian History and Culture or MEAS2106 The

History of Persian Art plus six Persian language courses.
2. Major for post-beginners:

MEAS2000 Iranian History and Culture or MEAS2106 The

History of Persian Art plus language courses dependent on
language proficiency and additional courses to achieve the
requirement for 42 units determined in consultation with
the Convenor.

appropriate language competence may enter the major at
Intermediate Persian or Advanced Persian level.
Summary of courses offered in the Persian Major in

2009
First Year
Semester 1
Semester 2
Later Year
Semester 1
PERS2003 Intermediate_Persian A
Semester 2
PERS2004 Intermediate_Persian B

First Year
Later Year
PERS2003 Intermediate_Persian A
PERS2004 Intermediate_Persian B
Philosophy Major
Academic Contact: Dr Fiona Jenkins
Philosophy is an investigation into fundamental matters of
human concern. It is at the same time an investigation into
problems basic to all the various special disciplines pursued in a
university. It is not normally taught outside universities, and for
this reason there are no special prerequisites for admission to a
philosophy course.
For students in their First Year there are, instead, three
non-technical introductory semester courses. These courses,
Fundamental Ideas in Philosophy PHIL1004, Critical Thinking
and Practical Reasoning PHIL1005, and Philosophy, Society and
Humanity PHIL1007, are designed to be of use both to students
who intend to specialise in philosophy and to students who
intend to take only one or two courses in the subject. Teaching
in these courses is fairly flexible. It consists of general lectures,
with tutorials, on the history and problems of philosophy. The
options cover in an introductory way a number of traditionally
distinct fields of philosophical inquiry, such as ethics, political
philosophy, logic, theory of knowledge, philosophy of mind and
philosophy of religion. Some of the options are designed to
throw light on topical problems, or on studies pursued in other
parts of the university. The introductory courses in philosophy
are thus appropriate and recommended for students of all
faculties.
In addition to the philosophy major there are a number of other
majors that include philosophy courses. They are Contemporary
Europe, Gender, Sexuality and Culture, Religious Studies, and
English.
Requirements
A major in Philosophy consists of at least 42 units chosen from
the courses offered by the discipline. Study at first-year level
consists of a maximum of 12 units (two courses) a minimum of
30 units (five courses) at Later Year level.
All courses are offered subject to staff availability and sufficient
enrolments.
Science students
Students enrolled for the degree of Bachelor of Science may
count the following as Group B courses: Logic PHIL2080,
Philosophy of Science PHIL2057, Sex and Death: Philosophy of
Biology PHIL2082, and Philosophy of Psychology PHIL2061.
Assessment
Unless otherwise specified under the particular course,
assessment will be based on essays, other written work and
contributions to tutorials. In some courses, formal examinations
form part of students assessment. For each course, details
concerning forms, weights and options of work to be assessed
are proposed on the course Web CT page and decided upon
after consultation with the class.
Eligibility for assessment: In each course, completion of
prescribed written work and participation in classes is a
condition, which, if unfulfilled, will render a student ineligible
for assessment. The policy in this regard is further explained on
the in the course guides on the different courses Web CT pages.

139
Honours Degree
PHIL2082 Sex and Death: The Philosophy of Biology
Honours Convener: Semester 1 2009- Dr Jason Grossman;

Semester 2 2009 Dr Christian Barry.
For information on Honours in Philosophy see the Honours

Further information
It is not possible in this Handbook to explain all philosophy

courses in sufficient detail. For further information please
consult individual members of staff or look at the following
web site: http://info.anu.edu.au/StudyAt/AcadOrgCourseList.asp
?strCareer=UGRDandstrAcadOrg=01

PHIL2094 Themes from Wittgenstein
PHIL2099 Ideas, Causality and Personal Identity: Issues from
Locke and Hume
PHIL2100 Origins of Analytical Philosophy
Note: all Philosophy courses will have the PHIL at the beginning
of the course code.
Summary of courses offered in the Philosophy

Major in 2009
PHIL2108 Rationalism: Themes from Descartes to Leibniz
PHIL2107 Great Thinkers of the 20th Century

PHIL2109 Commodification and the Self
First Year
PHIL2110 Social Philosophy
Semester 1
PHIL2111 Global Citizens
PHIL2112 Consequentialism
Semester 2
PHIL2113 Global Justice
PHIL1005 Critical Thinking and Practical Reasoning

PHIL1007 Philosophy, Society, Humanity
PHIL2114 Sustainability, System and Agency
Later Year
PHIL3062 Advanced Philosophical Topics A
Semester 1
PHIL3063 Advanced Philosophical Topics B
PHIL2042 Philosophy of the Cosmos

PHIL2074 Modern Theories of Knowledge
PHIL2082 Sex and Death: The Philosophy of Biology
PHIL3071 Advanced Continental Philosophy
PHIL3072 Advanced Analytic Philosophy
PHIL3070 Reason, Critique and the Self: Kant and German

Idealism
Semester 2
PHIL2094 Themes from Wittgenstein
PHIL2113 Global Justice
PHIL2114 Sustainability, System and Agency
PHIL3073 Advanced Ethics, Social and Political Philosophy

First Year
PHIL1005 Critical Thinking and Practical Reasoning
PHIL1006 Mind, World and Dreams
PHIL1007 Philosophy, Society, Humanity
Later Year
PHIL2016 Philosophy of Language
PHIL2042 Philosophy of the Cosmos
Phenomenology)
PHIL2060 Contemporary Metaphysics
PHIL2061 Philosophy of Psychology
PHIL2065 Politics and Rights
PHIL2068 Aesthetics
PHIL2074 Modern Theories of Knowledge
PHIL2080 Logic
140
PHIL3071 Advanced Continental Philosophy

PHIL3072 Advanced Analytic Philosophy
PHIL3073 Advanced Ethics, Social and Political Philosophy
Photomedia Major
Arts or a Diploma of Art.
The Department of Photography and Media Arts provides
programs and facilities allowing visual arts students to explore a
wide range of visual and conceptual possibilities. Full instruction
is provided in the areas of either Photomedia or Digital Media.
The Photomedia Major focuses on the still image and teaches
fundamental techniques such as digital and analogue
photography; studio lighting; computer manipulation; and
other experimental techniques. It also teaches aspects of video
production and public and community art. We take our students
beyond core photographic competencies and introduce them to
the other skills they need to be fully-rounded image-makers in
the twenty-first century. Students have access to well equipped
colour and black and white darkrooms, a professional lighting
studio, a student gallery for exhibitions of art works, generous
student work spaces, and specialist research facilities such as
an inkjet research facility for wide format printing on a variety
of materials. Graduates go on to be practicing visual artists and
photographers, to undertake further study and higher degree
research; to work in galleries and museums; to train as teachers
or lecturers; to set up their own businesses; or to work in the
printing, design and publishing businesses.
Photography and Media Arts places great emphasis on
professional training. Students learn about applying for grants;
working collaboratively; working with large institutions or with
the community; project management; the verbal expression of

their ideas; and the presentation of professional portfolios and
show reels. We dont train our students for just one kind of job,
or teach them to work in an already familiar style. Rather we
give them both the technical and conceptual tools to develop
their own set of interests and an original visual vocabulary.
These can then be applied and extended in a wide variety of
personal and professional contexts in the creative arts and new
media industries. We encourage our students to enrich their
ideas and develop their skills by researching the wider cultural
context of their work. All our lecturing staff have nationally and
internationally recognised careers as artists and media makers,
and all have independent research interests in contemporary
visual culture.
Graduates from Photography and Media Arts go on to be
practicing visual artists, filmmakers, animators, sound artists,
and new media artists; to undertake further study and higher
degree research (often with scholarships); to work in galleries
and museums; to train as teachers or lecturers; to set up their
own businesses; to work in the new media, film and animation
industry, or in printing, design and publishing businesses; and
so on. Many of our graduates travel and work overseas, others
find employment in Canberras many national institutions.
Our students place their work in a national and international
context. Photography and Media Arts often hosts significant
international visiting artist for extended periods of time, and
students have the opportunity to study at major art schools
in Paris, Berlin, Glasgow, Vancouver, Alberta, Chicago, Kyoto,
Valencia and other centres of contemporary art.
Policy Studies Major

This major may only be counted in a Bachelor of Arts (Policy
Studies) or Bachelor of Interdisciplinary Studies (Sustainability)
degree.
Requirements
A Policy Studies major builds on the 12 First Year units
designated for the Bachelor of Arts (Policy Studies) degree
program. Students must complete an additional 30 Later Year
units (5 Later Year courses).
Summary of courses offered in the Policy Studies

Major in 2009
Core Courses
Semester 1
List 1
Semester 1
POLS2009 Bureaucracy Politics and Power
Semester 2
POLS2105 Political Leadership and Executive Government
List 2
Semester 1
Semester 2
SOCY2043 Qualitative Research Methods
List 3
Semester 1
ECHI2003 Development Poverty and Famine(P)
ECHI2005 History of Economic Thought(P)
ECON2009 Labour Economics and Industrial Relations(P)
ECON2101 Microeconomics 2(P)
ECON2131 Public Economics Theory (P)
ECON3103 International Economics
Semester 2
ECON2102 Macroeconomics 2(P)
ECON2107 Industrial Organisation(P)
ECON2120 Law and Economics(P)
ECON3009 Southeast Asian Economic Policy and Development(P)
These must consist of:
a) PHIL2085 Applied Ethics (core) and SOCY2038 Introduction

to Quantitative Research Methods (to be taken if Statistics
has not been taken as a first-year option); and
Core Courses
b) three or four additional courses to be taken from the Lists

1-3.
OR
c) PHIL2085 Applied Ethics (core) and SOCY2038 Introduction
to Quantitative Research Methods (to be taken if Statistics
has not been taken as a first-year option); and
d) If an internship is taken, additional courses to the value of
30 units from the lists 1-3.

List 1
POLS2005 Australian Government Administration and Public
Policy
141
List 2
Political Science Major
Political Science is the study of human relationships that

involve power, rule, or authority. It is about how societies
govern themselves and how societies ought to be governed. It is
about how nations relate to each other. It is about the political
behaviour of individuals and groups that occurs in all societies.
It is about those who have political power in society and those
who do not.

HIST2117 Technology and Society 1800-2000
Australia
Academic Contact: Dr David West
Political Science is a broadly-based discipline offering courses

that span a number of sub-fields. First-year courses provide an
introduction to the study of politics while later-year courses
allow students to take more specialised courses within (and
across) four principal areas:
1. Political thought and political theory,
PHIL2080 Logic
2. Australian government and public policy,
3. Comparative politics and comparative public policy, and
4. International politics.


SOCY2037 Foundations of Social Research
List 3
ECHI2003 Development Poverty and Famine(P)
ECHI2005 History of Economic Thought(P)
ECHI2006 Globalisation and Regionalisation in the World
Economy (P)
ECHI2109 Asian Giants: India, China and Japan; Alternate Paths
to Prosperity(P)
ECON2009 Labour Economics and Industrial Relations(P)
ECON2026 Money and Banking
ECON2040 Applied Tax Policy(P)
Requirements
A major in Political Science usually consists of any two firstyear courses in Political Science followed by Later Year courses
in Political Science for a total of 42 units (see the summary of
courses page).
There are no compulsory requirements in the major and
students can take a broad range of advanced courses or, if they
choose, specialise in one or two of the four principal areas
identified above.
There are no prerequisites for entry into first-year courses,
but those offered at later-year level normally require at least
successful completion of two first-year courses in Political
Science.
First Year Courses

The First Year in Political Science usually consists of two of
four available courses. (See courses under the heading First
Year). A Political Science major usually starts with POLS1002
Introduction to Politics in the first semester followed by one
of the three courses offered in the second semester. However,
it is possible for students to take two courses in the second
semester and thus complete the First Year of Political Science
in one semester. Students who enter in mid-year may spread
their First Year in Political Science across two calendar years (by
taking one course in the second semester and then POLS1002
Introduction to Politics in the first semester of the following
year).
ECON2101 Microeconomics 2(P)
Honours Degree
ECON2102 Macroeconomics 2(P)
Honours convener: Dr Kim Huynh
ECON2107 Industrial Organisation(P)
For information on Honours in Political Science see the Honours

ECON2120 Law and Economics(P)

ECON2131 Public Economics Theory (P)
ECON3009 Southeast Asian Economic Policy and
Development(P)
ECON3103 International Economics
142
Summary of courses offered in the Political Science

Major in 2009
POLS2030 Japanese Politics

First Year
Semester 1
POLS2056 Diplomacy and International Conflict
Semester 2

POLS2063 Contemporary Political Theory
Later Year
Semester 1
POLS2067 Australian Political Parties

POLS2103 Australian Democracy: Comparative and Theoretical
Approaches
Semester 2
World Poverty
POLS2104 Media Politics: Political leaders, media moguls, journalists
and audiences.

First Year

and World Poverty
and Death
POLS2099 Cartographies of Security: Critical Security Studies
and International Politics
POLS2103 Australian Democracy: Comparative and Theoretical
Approaches
POLS2104 Media Politics: Political leaders, media moguls,
journalists and audiences.
Later Year
POLS2107 Topics in Politics: Ideology in Australian Politics


to Global Politics

and Security

143
Population Studies Major
Honours Degree
Convener: Dr Robert Attenborough
The ANU is the principal centre for demographic research and

training in Australia. An education in Population Studies is
intended to enable students to obtain qualifications in a field
of vital significance to Australias national and international
interests.
For information on Honours in Population Studies or Population

Health see the Honours entry later in this chapter.
The Population Studies Program offers core undergraduate

courses and links population-related courses in several
disciplines to enable students to pursue a structured sequence
of studies in this field. Population Studies addresses a range
of concerns including families, communities, immigration,
education, ageing, health, environmental change and
national development. The major is designed to teach a range
of complementary skills and perspectives necessary to an
understanding of population in the context of historical trends
and current issues.
Requirements
A major in Population Studies consists of a minimum of 42
units generally seven courses selected as follows: 12 units
of appropriate first-year courses followed by: POPS2002
Population Analysis, at least 12 units of other Population
Studies core courses, and up to 12 units of other designated
Later Year courses.
A major in Population Studies may also consist entirely of lateryear courses to the value of 42 units, if appropriate first-year
courses have been completed but are being counted as part of
a different major. The 42 units will come from the following
courses: Population Analysis POPS2002*, at least 12 units of
other Population Studies core courses, and up to 24 units of
other designated Later Year courses.
Population Studies core courses may also be taken as individual
courses or as components of other majors such as Geography
(maximum of 12 units), Sociology and Social Research Methods.
Summary of courses offered in the Population

First Year
STAT1008 Quantitative Research Methods
Semester 1
STAT1003 Statistical Techniques
Semester 2
EMET1001 Foundations of Economic and Financial Models
Semester 1
Semester 2
Semester 2
There is a fourth honours year in Population Studies (see below).

Students wishing to pursue honours or graduate studies on
population topics may also do so through disciplines such as
Anthropology, Geography or Sociology, provided they have
satisfied the requirements in that particular discipline.

your degree.

out-of-faculty.
First Year
Anthropology
Sustainability
144
Later Year
Semester 1


Australia
Practical Music Studies Major

The Practical Music Studies Major can only be taken in a BA
(Music) degree.
Semester 2

First Year
DART1001 Introduction to Digital Sound
Requirements
This major requires the completion of 42 units of courses listed

below with a maximum of 12 units of First Year courses and a
minimum of 30 units of Later Year courses.
Instrumental Studies courses are available in the following

instruments subject to audition:
Brass, Harp, Keyboard, Guitar, Percussion, Strings,

Woodwind, Voice and in Jazz (bass, clarinet, drums, flute,
guitar, piano, saxophone, trombone, trumpet, violin and
voice).
Ensemble Performance is available in the following subject to

audition:

Accompaniment, Brass Ensemble, Chamber Music, Chamber

Orchestra, Guitar Workshop, Harp Ensemble, Jazz Ensemble,
Percussion Ensemble.
Summary of courses offered in the Practical Music

Later Year
DART2007 The Language of Composition
DART2008 Out There: Real-Time Control to Performance
First Year
Semester 1

Semester 2

145
Printmedia/Drawing Major
Academic Contact: Patsy Payne
This workshop may only be taken as part of a Bachelor of Visual
Arts degree program.
The Printmedia and Drawing workshop aims to equip its
graduates with a range of practical, critical and research
skills which will enable them to fully realise the conceptual
and visual possibilities of drawing, printmaking and related
media, in their professional practice. The workshop provides
a comprehensive program including instruction in all print
technologies. An environment is provided where students can,
through discussion and critical evaluation, develop self-reliance,
confidence and the ability to communicate effectively.
Undergraduate courses balance traditional craft skills and
contemporary modes and application of these skills. A variety
of structured programs and set projects are offered. There is the
opportunity to gain a technical grounding in media selected
from a menu which includes relief printing, lithography, screen
printing, etching, digital imaging, papermaking, typography and
book design. Drawing is a fundamental activity in the workshop
and is integrated into the timetable for the first four semesters.
The drawing program spans experimental, life drawing and
conceptual approaches.
Complementing studio classes and drawing is a studio theory
program developed to provide an historical, theoretical and
critical context for students working in printmedia and drawing.
The national collections of prints, works on paper and artists
books housed at the Australian National Gallery and the
National Library, are a valuable resource in these studies. In
the latter semesters of the course, individual investigation and
research is emphasised and students propose independent study
programs. Progress is monitored through individual tutorials
and reviews where work is presented for critical appraisal.
The workshop provides excellent facilities and equipment. The
printing studios are equipped with four lithography and offset
presses, four intaglio presses, four relief presses, six screen
printing tables and an Editions and Artists Book facility. Four
large studio areas are provided for personal workspaces. Each
student is allocated a workstation, including a desk and wall
space. There is a networked Macintosh computer room for
image manipulation, graphics and photo process applications.
The Printmedia and Drawing workshop benefits from a
continuing visiting artists program which incorporates the
expertise of artists, printers, and designers into the course.
Students also benefit from field trips, both interstate and
into the landscape. The workshop also provides a context
for Graduate Studies which take advantage of the range
of expertise and resources available in the workshop, and
emphasise the development of the students prior practice in
practical and conceptual terms. Applicants to the graduate
programs are selected on the basis of prior achievement, the
merit of the study proposal submitted and the availability of
appropriate resources.
Printmedia/Drawing Major
Academic Contact: Patsy Payne
This workshop may only be taken as part of a Bachelor of Visual
Arts degree program.
The Printmedia and Drawing workshop aims to equip its
graduates with a range of practical, critical and research
skills which will enable them to fully realise the conceptual
146
and visual possibilities of drawing, printmaking and related

media, in their professional practice. The workshop provides
a comprehensive program including instruction in all print
technologies. An environment is provided where students can,
through discussion and critical evaluation, develop self-reliance,
confidence and the ability to communicate effectively.
Undergraduate courses balance traditional craft skills and
contemporary modes and application of these skills. A variety
of structured programs and set projects are offered. There is the
opportunity to gain a technical grounding in media selected
from a menu which includes relief printing, lithography, screen
printing, etching, digital imaging, papermaking, typography and
book design. Drawing is a fundamental activity in the workshop
and is integrated into the timetable for the first four semesters.
The drawing program spans experimental, life drawing and
conceptual approaches.
Complementing studio classes and drawing is a studio theory
program developed to provide an historical, theoretical and
critical context for students working in printmedia and drawing.
The national collections of prints, works on paper and artists
books housed at the Australian National Gallery and the
National Library, are a valuable resource in these studies. In
the latter semesters of the course, individual investigation and
research is emphasised and students propose independent study
programs. Progress is monitored through individual tutorials
and reviews where work is presented for critical appraisal.
The workshop provides excellent facilities and equipment. The
printing studios are equipped with four lithography and offset
presses, four intaglio presses, four relief presses, six screen
printing tables and an Editions and Artists Book facility. Four
large studio areas are provided for personal workspaces. Each
student is allocated a workstation, including a desk and wall
space. There is a networked Macintosh computer room for
image manipulation, graphics and photo process applications.
The Printmedia and Drawing workshop benefits from a
continuing visiting artists program which incorporates the
expertise of artists, printers, and designers into the course.
Students also benefit from field trips, both interstate and
into the landscape. The workshop also provides a context
for Graduate Studies which take advantage of the range
of expertise and resources available in the workshop, and
emphasise the development of the students prior practice in
practical and conceptual terms. Applicants to the graduate
programs are selected on the basis of prior achievement, the
merit of the study proposal submitted and the availability of
appropriate resources.
Religious Studies Major

Please note that this major is for existing students (pre 2009)
only and is not available to new students.
Religious Studies is an interdisciplinary program. It operates
in association with the Faculty of Asian Studies major in Asian
Religions, but is administratively separate and attached to the
School of Social Sciences.
Religion is a phenomenon known to human societies of all
times and places, and it is intimately connected with the social
organisation, psychology, literature and art of those societies.
The critical study of religion can therefore take the form either
of the study of religious concepts, patterns of behaviour, and
linguistic or artistic forms of expression common to a variety of
societies; or of the study of the religious aspects of a particular

society. Both of these forms of study are exemplified in the
religion courses offered in this program.
Requirements
The major in Religious Studies requires a minimum of 42 units
(seven courses) including RELS1002 Introduction to Religion
A and RELS1003 Introduction to Religious Studies B plus a
minimum of 30 units (five courses) of approved later-year
courses see List Below.
Warning: Students should note that although courses from the
Faculty of Asian Studies may be used in the Religious Studies
major, they are not classified as Arts courses. For students
enrolled in a single Bachelor of Arts (BA) the program rules
allow for a maximum of 48 units (eight courses) out-of-Faculty.
For BA students enrolled in a combined degree up to two
out-of-Faculty courses are available in this major. For details
of Arts courses, see the Schedule At the end of the Faculty of
Arts Handbook entry in the Undergraduate Handbook or see the
Undergraduate Courses offered by the ANU College of Arts and
Social Sciences.
Assessment
to attend workshops and tutorial classes, and to present any
prescribed tutorial exercises. Students are expected to possess
copies of the prescribed texts.
Summary of courses offered in the Religious Studies

Major in 2009
First Year
Semester 2
RELS1003 Introduction to Religions B
Later Year
Semester 1
ASIA2161 Religion and Politics in South Asia A
ASIA2251 Buddhism
Semester 2
MEAS2104 Islam : History and Institutions

First Year
RELS1002 Introduction to Religion A
Later Year
ANCH2012 Myths and Legends of Ancient Greece and Rome
Transformation
ASIA2059 New Religions in China, Japan and Korea
ASIA2174 Mysticism
ASIA2251 Buddhism
MEAS2104 Islam : History and Institutions
Sculpture Major
Academic Contact: Wendy Teakel
The Australian National University, School of Art Sculpture
Workshop provides an excellent environment for study and
research. Students are prepared for professions in the visual
arts. Many graduates of Sculpture work in diverse fields across
the arts some are high profile professional artists exhibiting
in public and commercial galleries locally, nationally and
internationally. Graduates of Sculpture are also sought to
develop major commission pieces for the public domain and
they pursue careers as academics and teachers, curators, gallery
assistants, technicians and managers. Applications are invited
from school leavers and mature-aged students from Australia
and overseas. Prospective students are strongly encouraged
to make contact with the Head of Workshop, Wendy Teakel
to discuss the courses on offer in Sculpture. Workshop staff
interview applicants and ask them to present for consideration
a comprehensive folio of recent work detailing threedimensional interests and explorations, development of ideas
through visual diaries and examples of observational drawing.
For applicants who have had little opportunity to work in a
sculptural medium, an awareness of contemporary sculptural
practice is an advantage.
Candidates for the Visual Arts Graduate Program apply directly
to that program. However they are encouraged to discuss
their study options with the Head of Workshop. The Graduate
Program presumes that an applicant has previous working
experience as an artist or is a highly accomplished recent
graduate. Applicants to the program are selected based on their
prior achievements, the merit of the study proposal submitted
and the availability of appropriate resources. Graduate students
are entitled to 24-hour access to the Workshop and computer
facilities. They are provided with individual studio spaces in
the Workshop and work closely with Workshop staff and the
Graduate Convenor.
The Sculpture Workshop encourages students to explore a
range of conceptual, thematic and design considerations
to develop personal creative responses through making. We
offer studio introductions to a broad range of sculptural
techniques including, Installation, metal and timber
fabrication, carving, modelling, mould making, casting and
bronze foundry. Sculptural outcomes find form through
construction, assemblage and mixed media as objects and/
or Installations or temporal works. In second year students
begin to develop Independent Work Proposals and creative
development is facilitated through tutorial sessions, one on one
contact with lecturing staff and Workshop critique sessions.
Students are encouraged to develop flexible approaches to
making which are ideas driven. Drawing and spatial studies
are integral components of the course where students explore
spatial properties of sculpture through a range of media and
approaches. Studio Theory seminars enhance the program by
encouraging students to understand contexts of making and
to discuss sculpture through theoretical and art historical
references. The Sculpture Workshop has strong links with the
Environmental Studio and encourages students to take up at
least one Field Studies research project during undergraduate
to promote environmental awareness and primary research
opportunities.

147
The Workshop facilities, upgraded in 2008, comply with the

latest OHandS standards. They offer students individual work
spaces and well-resourced, media-specific studios dedicated to
effective manipulation and fabrication of metal, clay and wax
modelling, plaster and rubber moulding, plaster casting and
construction of new and recycled timber as well as carving.
An extensive range of plant equipment, hand power tools and
air driven tools augment well-lit and ventilated studios. The
Workshop facilities extend to a professional foundry casting in
bronze and aluminium, fork lift, lifting tables and trolleys and
a clean room for seminar presentations which can facilitate
video projection. Spaces within the Workshop can be used for
drawing, viewing of work, and Installation-based or temporal
practice as well as constructing and fabricating. In addition,
through the Complementary Studies Program, students can
access the resources of other Workshops within the School
and University, including video editing and three dimensional
modelling and drawing offered by the Schools Design Art
Studio.
The expertise of the Workshop Lecturing staff is complemented
by a full time technical officer and a dynamic program of
visiting artists, artists-in-residence and graduate in residence
programs. Visiting artists interact with students through
workshops, lectures and demonstrations. Previous visitors
include international sculptors such as Claire Barclay, Kevin
Henderson and Zoe Walker, from Scotland, Daniel Brandely and
Anne Rochette from France, Australian artists Mikala Dwyer,
Fiona Hall, Nola Farman, Geoffrey Bartlett and Michael Snape,
Udom Chimpukdee, Peerapong Doungkwe, from Thailand,
Koichi Ishino from Japan and Lucia Pacenza from Argentina.
Recent Graduates in residence include Geoff Farquhar-Still,
Chlandouml;e Bussenschutt, Steven Holland, Ayako Saito and
Rosalind Lemoh
major may also consist of later-year courses to the value of 42

units, if prerequisite first-year courses have been completed but
are being counted as part of a different major.
To give students adequate breadth in their studies, not more
than three later-year courses in the major can be taken in any
one study area. The later-year courses must be drawn from at
least two of the following study areas:
(1) Social Investigation
(2) Spatial Analysis
(3) Demographic Analysis
(4) Data Management
(5) Behavioural Studies.
Normal prerequisites apply. All courses are six units unless
indicated otherwise.
Later-year courses
At least 30 units from at least two of the following categories
of courses:
1. Social Investigation

SOCY2037 Foundations of Social Research provides

an extensive coverage of concept formation, theory
construction and other methodological issues. SOCY2043
Qualitative Research Methods is concerned with the study
of the social world through methods such as participant
observation and in-depth interviewing. SOCY2038
Introduction to Quantitative Research Methods provides
training in data acquisition procedures, including survey
design, and quantitative analytical techniques for examining
social data. SOCY2055 Social Inequality in Comparative
Perspective introduces principles of comparative analysis.
Social Research Methods Major

Academic Contact: Dr Joanna Sikora
This major equips students with social research skills sought by
employers in different industries. Students enrolled in the major
build expertise in using specialist computer software packages
and receive instruction in research methodology, comprising
qualitative designs and statistical techniques.
For students trained in a particular discipline, knowledge of the
methods of related disciplines enhances their ability to conduct
research and analyse information in their field of specialisation.
Historians, political scientists, sociologists, social psychologists,
demographers, environmental scientists and even economists
use similar statistical techniques, although each field has its
unique traditions and a slightly different approach. The ability
to handle a range of problems and methodological issues is
important in occupations using practical investigative skills.
Therefore multidisciplinary training is increasingly valuable for
people intending to pursue research related occupations in
academia, government and private organizations.
The major in research methods recognises the complementarity
of training in the techniques of different social science
disciplines. The structure of the major exposes students to a
range of learning experiences, which combine to give students
substantial skills in social research.
Requirements
The requirements of the major are a minimum of 42 units
consisting of 12 units from appropriate first-year courses,
followed by 30 units from later-year courses (listed below). The
148
2. Spatial Analysis

ENVS2015 Introduction to GIS and Remote Sensing
These courses discuss the analysis of spatial information and

data sets commonly encountered in geography. Extensive
use is made of computers for mapping and graphing data,
calculating descriptive statistics and analysing spatial data
from satellites and other sources.
3. Demographic Analysis

Vital statistics, migration statistics and census figures on

population characteristics such as age composition, family
structure and occupations are important source materials
in the social sciences. POPS2002 Population Analysis equips
students to find and use such materials.
4. Data Management

ARTH2036 World Wide Web Strategies
This course covers the development and management of

electronic information.
5. Behavioural Studies

PSYC2009 Quantitative Methods in Psychology
PSYC3018 Advanced Research Methods: Analysis of

Variance
These courses present strategies, statistical methods and

computing techniques in psychology. Coverage includes
the design and analysis of experiments and applications of
techniques of psychological measurement in experiments
and in psychological testing.

your degree.
out-of-faculty.
Summary of courses offered in the Social Research

Methods Major in 2009
First Year
Semester 1
Semester 2
Later Year
Semester 1
Semester 2
PSYC3018 Advanced Research Methods

First Year
Anthropology

Later Year
ENVS2015 Introduction to Remote Sensing and Geographic
Information Systems
Sociology Major
Sociology is the study of social relationships in their various
forms and of the social institutions and organisations that
make up society. Sociologists study the significant changes in
the contemporary world which include the transformation in
work arrangements, family life, growing inequalities between
groups of people and the impact of information technology
on everyday life. Emphasis is placed on the social forces and
constraints which influence the way both small groups and
large institutions work. By studying sociology, students learn to
understand how individuals and groups shape and are shaped
by their social world. Additionally, students learn methodologies
and techniques that help them, as independent researchers, in
developing skills necessary to study social change.
The first-year courses, SOCY1002 Self and Society and
SOCY1004 Introduction to Social Psychology (Sociology),
provide a sociological perspective and introduce some basic
sociological concepts and principles.
The Convenor and members of staff are happy to offer advice
on the choice of courses.
All first-year and most later-year courses are six units. These
courses involve approximately 32 contact hours over a semester.
As far as possible forms of assessment in each course will be
discussed with students before being finalised (see Faculty entry
on assessment).
Requirements
A major in Sociology consists of any courses listed in this entry

to the total value of 42 units consisting of a maximum of 12
units at First Year level plus a minimum of 30 units at Later Year
level.
First Year Courses
Although students may enrol in any number of First Year

Sociology courses, not more than two can be included in a
major. First Year courses may be taken in any order.
Sustainability
The courses Self and Society SOCY1002 and Introduction to

Social Psychology (Sociology) SOCY1004 may not be combined
in a degree with the former SOCY1001.

149
Honours Degree
Convener: Dr Joanna Sikora
SOCY2056 Sociology of Work and Employment
For information on Honours in Sociology see the Honours entry

SOCY2057 Relationships, Marriage and Family
Summary of courses offered in the Sociology Major

in 2009
SOCY3014 Modern Sociological Theory
SOCY2058 Studies in Social Problems

First Year
Semester 1

Semester 2
Later Year
Semester 1
SOCY2054 Social Networks: Critical Structure and Processes in Modern
Society
SOCY2057 Relationships, Marriage and Family
SOCY3014 Modern Sociological Theory
Semester 2
Spanish Major
Academic Contact: Dr Daniel Martin, B Science Tucumm, MA
Delaware, PhD ANU
Spanish is a major language. It is the national language of
Spain and most of Central and South America. It is a major
second language in the United States. It is a language rich in
literature, significant in international affairs and trade and, in
the Australian context, a vibrant community language.
The primary goal of the Spanish major is to develop proficiency
in students communication skills so they can function
linguistically in a natural, spontaneous and efficient way in
a Spanish-speaking environment. It also gives students the
opportunity to become familiar with the main social, political,
economic and cultural issues of Latin American and Spanish
societies. This is achieved by the use of a communicative
methodology in all courses.
Prerequisites
First Year
No previous knowledge of Spanish is required for Introductory

Spanish SPAN1001. New students who already have some
knowledge of the language are required to sit for a placement
test before enrolling to determine the level at which they
should enrol.

Later Year
Requirements

SOCY2008 The Sociology of Disaster


Spanish Studies Introductory 1 SPAN1001, Introductory

2 SPAN1002, Continuing 1 SPAN2001, Continuing 2
SPAN2002, Intermediate 1 SPAN3001, Intermediate 2
SPAN3002, Advanced 1 SPAN3003, or one thematic* course
Continuing 1 SPAN2001, Continuing 2 SPAN2002,
Intermediate 1 SPAN3001, Intermediate 2 SPAN3002,
Advanced 1 SPAN3003, Advanced 2 SPAN3004 plus one
thematic* course
3. Major for students with adequate competence

(intermediate):

Intermediate 1 SPAN3001, Intermediate 2 SPAN3002,

Advanced 1 SPAN3003, Advanced 2 SPAN3004 plus three
thematic* courses
SOCY2040 Classical Sociological Theory
4. Major for students with advanced language competence:
SOCY2041 Collective Behaviour and Social Movements

and Science Fiction
SOCY2054 Social Networks: Critical Structure and Processes in
Modern Society
150
Advanced 1 SPAN3003, Advanced 2 SPAN3004 plus five

thematic* courses
* There are two kinds of thematic courses: Spanish-specific and

common (to the Modern European Languages); inclusion of
the latter in the major requires the permission of the Convener.
Translation courses (LANG3001 and LANG3002) where the
language used is Spanish, can also be considered among the
thematic courses in this version of the major, with the approval
of the Convenor.
Transitional arrangements for students who commenced their

Spanish major at the University of Canberra, please click the
details link above, or click here.
Honours Degree
For information on Honours in Spanish see the Honours entry
Summary of courses offered in the Spanish Major

in 2009
First Year
Semester 1
Semester 2
Semester 1
Semester 2
Semester 1
Semester 2
SPAN2100 Current Affairs in the Spanish-speaking world (Continuing)
(Intermediate)

First Year
SPAN2100 Current Affairs in the Spanish-speaking world
(Continuing)
(Intermediate)
The Textiles Workshop provides programs and facilities for

students wishing to explore the broad range of textile studies,
studio practice and research. Programs aim to prepare students
for careers as textile designers, small business producers,
practicing artists, teachers, curators, community artists and for
employment in public art. With active academic staff, excellent
technical facilities and located close to Australias national
collecting institutions, the Workshop provides an excellent
environment for studio practice, study and research.
The Textiles Workshop promotes a creative and innovative
approach to textiles based on a thorough technical
understanding of the medium and knowledge of the historical
and contemporary context. Concept and ideas development
parallels technical training, allowing students to use the textile
medium to express theory, personal concerns, concepts and
ideas to develop an individual approach to their art practice.
Students develop an historical perspective and conceptual,
creative and critical abilities.
Applications are welcome from school-leavers and mature-age
students Australia wide and internationally. All prospective
students are interviewed and must present a folio of recent
work. The folio can consist of drawings, sketchbooks, textiles
and other forms of artwork, reflecting the applicants interests
and abilities.
The Textiles Workshop offers a three-year Degree, fourth
Honours year and a two year Diploma program. Students
receive full instruction in the diverse range of traditional and
contemporary textiles from weave, tapestry and surface design
to felt-making, dyeing, rug-tufting, basketry and embroidery.
The workshop is well resourced with equipment to give students
the knowledge of processes and develop a range of skills.
Later, students are encouraged to pursue their own goals and
establish an artistic identity through self-directed projects
developed in consultation with Workshop staff. Progress is
monitored through individual tutorials, group discussions and
reviews where work is presented to staff and fellow students
for critical appraisal. Regular visits to galleries and museums
are organised each year. The well-equipped Workshop allocates
each student an individual work area in the open plan studio,
providing a stimulating environment that encourages an
exchange of ideas. Technical assistance is available and
facilities include tapestry looms for large- and small-scale
work, floor and table looms for weaving, two computer-linked
dobby looms for computer-aided weaving, a fully equipped
dyehouse, modern hank and yarn winding machinery, a fabric
printing facility, sewing machines and rug-tufting equipment.
In addition the Workshop has areas for display and general
drawing and design. Facilities for computer-aided design are
available in the Workshop with specialist textile software and
graphic packages for the exploration and development of
colour, pattern and imagery in relation to both traditional and
contemporary textiles. Students can take cross-disciplinary
practices and are encouraged to access the resources of the
Schools Workshops and studios including the Edition and Artist
Book Studio and the Computer Art Studio.
Turkish Major
Textiles Major
Academic Contact: Dr Mehdi Ilhan
Academic Contact: Valerie Kirk
Turkey, with a population of seventy million, vast economic

resources and a thriving tourist market, is one of the fastest
growing countries in the world. It is a member of NATO and an

151
associate member of the European Union, and has close ties

with the Balkan countries and Turkic states of Central Asia.
The official language of Turkey is Turkish, a branch of the
Uralo-Altay linguistic family. While Turks have used many
alphabets over the centuries, including Armenian, Georgian,
Greek and Arabic, Modern Turkish uses the Latin alphabet. The
richness of the language?s transformations has enabled the
Turks to produce works of outstanding literature in a variety
of alphabets. Millions of books and official documents written
particularly in Ottoman and Modern Turkish provide invaluable
insight into the history and culture of not only Turkey, but also
the Middle East, Central Asia and the Balkans.
Since Ottoman times, Turks have migrated widely throughout
the world. As a result, studies in Turkish language, culture
and history are in great demand in universities worldwide,
and knowledge of Turkish offers job opportunities in diverse
professions, including media, public relations, education and
foreign affairs.
Turkish Language, Culture and History courses assume no
previous knowledge of the language. Classes cover spelling,
pronunciation, vowel harmony and grammar through specially
designed exercises and drills which will equip students with
the skills necessary to read, write and speak Modern Turkish.
Advanced Turkish introduces students to important writers from
the Republican and Ottoman periods, while History courses
examine Ottoman culture and its heterogeneous population,
as well as Modern Turkey in relation to the Middle East and the
Balkan states. The ANU is in process of signing an agreement
with the Middle East Technical University in Ankara for student
exchanges, which will enable Australian students to take
courses in their specific field of interest.
Summary of courses offered in the Turkish Major in

2009
First Year
Semester 1
Semester 2
Later Year
Semester 1
MEAS2108 Gallipoli: History and National Imagination
Semester 2

First Year
Later Year
Relations
MEAS2108 Gallipoli: History and National Imagination
Students with no knowledge of Turkish are expected to start

with Elementary Turkish. Placements tests for new students
with previous knowledge of Turkish language are held at the
beginning of the semester to determine their level of entry.
Requirements
Honours
The major in Turkish requires a minimum of 42 units (normally

seven courses) consisting of 12 units at First Year level (two
courses) plus 30 units at Later Year level (five courses).
Bachelor of Arts (Honours)
The sequence of courses for the Turkish major is dependent on

the students reading and language ability.
(Academic Program: 3100 | Academic Plan: 3100HBARTS)
Minimum: 144 units
Academic Contact: Dr Christine Helliwell
MEAS2002 Turkish History: Ottoman State to Modern

Turkey or MEAS 2003 Modern Turkey: History, Cultural and
Regional Relations plus six Turkish language courses
2. Major for post-beginners:

MEAS2002 Turkish History: Ottoman State to Modern

Turkey or MEAS 2003 Modern Turkey: History, Cultural
and Regional Relations plus Turkish language courses
dependent on language proficiency and additional courses
to achieve the requirement for 42 units to be determined in
consultation with the Convenor.
With the permission of the Convenor, a student with

appropriate language competence may enter the major at
Intermediate Turkish or Advanced Turkish level.

Honours in the Bachelor of Arts is available in the following
disciplines:
Ancient Greek, Anthropology, Applied Linguistics, Archaeology,
Art History, Art History and Curatorship, Australian Studies,
Biological Anthropology, Classics, Contemporary Europe,
Development Studies, Drama, English, Film Studies, French
Studies, Gender, Sexuality and Culture, Geography, German,
Human Ecology, History, International Relations, Italian, Latin,
Linguistics, Musicology, Philosophy, Political Science, Population
Health, Population Studies, Russian, Sociology, Spanish.
Why enrol for the degree with Honours?

The purpose of an Honours degree is to encourage students
of high calibre to deepen their involvement in a chosen field
of study for an additional year of full-time study or part-time
equivalent.
152
The structure of the Bachelor of Arts pass degree avoids both

extreme variety and extreme specialisation, although it still
allows students to concentrate on a specific area of their
choice. The degree with Honours differs in that it declares its
specialisation and provides an extra year (the Honours year) of
more advanced work in the chosen discipline.
The Honours degree provides students with the opportunity
to refine their analytical skills and research techniques while
significantly expanding job and study options. A bachelor
degree with Honours is both a prestigious qualification in its
own right and also the most effective means of qualifying for
higher degree work at Masters and PhD level.
Honours - a brief description

The Honours program is an advanced level of study designed
to allow students to specialise their knowledge in one of three
options:
(1) Single honours - study in one area of specialisation
(2) Combined honours - study in two areas of specialisation; or
(3) Double honours - two single honours programs.
Students accepted into an Honours program undertake fourth
year level coursework and a research thesis.
Eligibility
In order to be eligible for admission to Honours, the Faculty of
Arts requires students fulfill the following minimum criteria:
(a) completion of the requirements for the Bachelor of Arts
pass degree
(b) completion of 10 courses (at least 60 units) with the
appropriate level of grades and prerequisite courses (if
applicable) that has been prescribed by the specific Honours
program for single Honours
with the approval of the Assistant Dean (Honours). A request

for deferment of the commencement of the Honours program
must be submitted to the ANU College of Arts and Social
Sciences Student Office.
All Honours candidates must commence their Honours program
within two years of the completion of the Bachelor of Arts pass
degree.
If you have any queries regarding your eligibility, please contact
the Honours Convenor from the relevant Discipline or the
Coursework Officer, Faculty of Arts.
Combined Arts degree students wishing to pursue

Honours
If you are currently enrolled in a combined degree at ANU (eg
BA/LLB, BA/BScience etc) you should remember that only 16
courses (96 units) exist in the structure of your degree within
which to complete your BA Honours admission requirements.
The honours admission requirements and nomination
procedures for the Bachelor of Arts degree within a combined
program are the same as for the single Bachelor of Arts degree.
Students undertaking combined degrees may undertake a single
Honours year or combined Honours. Double Honours is not
possible for students undertaking the Bachelor of Arts within a
combined degree program.
Before you can be admitted to any Arts Honours program, you
must complete sufficient units (48 units/eight courses) towards
your other degree which would, if you were to discontinue
the other degree, give you sufficient units to complete the
requirements for the single Bachelor of Arts pass degree.
ie 144 units.
A student may normally pursue honours in either or both
degree components of a combined program.
(c) completion of eight courses (at least 48 units) with the

appropriate level of grades and prerequisite courses (if
applicable) that has been prescribed by two Honours
programs for combined Honours ie 16 courses (96 units).
If you have any queries regarding your eligibility, please contact

the Dr Christine Helliwell, Assistant Dean (Honours and PhB) or
Deputy Manager, Student Office.
The honours admission requirements differ from discipline to

discipline. Full details of honours eligibility requirements are set
out in the individual entries for those disciplines or programs
that offer an Honours year.
Continuing ANU students should submit the Application

for Admission to Honours form which has been signed by a
Supervisor, the relevant Honours Convenor to the ANU College
of Arts and Social Sciences Student Office by 30 June, 2009
(mid-2009 entry) or 31 October, 2009 (for Semester 1, 2010
entry). This form is also available at each School Administration
Office and the ANU College of Arts and Social Sciences Student
Office.
How do I become an honours candidate?

There are currently 30 Honours programs available within
the Faculty and intending honours students should make
themselves known to the relevant Honours Convenor in their
second year of study. Honours candidates will take a normal
first year, but should discuss the choice of later-year courses
with the Honours Convenor concerned.
Provided that candidates satisfy the eligibility requirements of
the honours program the Honours Convenor, will at the end
of the students pass degree recommend them to the Assistant
Dean (Honours) for admission to the Honours year.
Honours programs are available for the degree of Bachelor
of Arts (Honours) with single, combined and double honours
options. All of these Honours programs involve one further year
of full-time study or part-time equivalent after completion
of the pass degree, and enrolment in a program of study
prescribed by the honours program. Part-time students take two
years to complete the fourth year honours program.
There must be no gap between the completion of the pass
degree and the commencement of the Honours year, except
Admission procedures
An offer for admission to Honours is conditional on the ability

of the applicant to secure confirmation of a thesis supervisor
before the commencement of the semester.
Bachelor of Arts undergraduates seeking admission

from other universities
If you are currently enrolled in (and expect to complete) a
Bachelor of Arts pass degree at another university and are
encouraged to apply for Honours at ANU, you should first
contact the Honours Convenor for your discipline prior to
submitting your application for advice on procedures and
scholarships. Applications will be assessed on a case-by-case
basis; however external applicants should still have completed
courses (at the appropriate grade level) equivalent to the 10
required by internal ANU applicants. Applicants should be aware
that supervisory resources are finite and so interested students
153
should contact the Honours Convenor midway through the year

preceding their anticipated Honours commencement.
External applicants must complete an Application for
Undergraduate Admission Form and an Application for
Admission to Honours Form that must be submitted to the ANU
Admissions Office by June 30 for mid-2009 entry or October 31
for semester 1 entry in 2010.
Honours scholarships
ANU students and external applicants for full-time Honours
should apply for an Honours Scholarship if eligible. The deadline
for submission is 31 October, 2009.
Below is an example of a typical honours pattern based on an

Arts major and an Asian Studies major.
Arts Major
Political
Science Hons
Arts Courses
Major eg
Asian History
Total
units
1st yr
courses
Max 2 courses
(12 units)
Max 4 courses
(24 units)
Max 2 courses
(12 units)
48
Later yr
courses
Min 8 courses
(48 units)
Min 2 courses
(12 units)
Min 6 courses
(36 units)
96
TOTAL
10 courses
(60 units)
6 courses
(36 units)
8 courses
(48 units)
144
Arts min. 96 units
Out-of Faculty max.

48 units
Mid-Year entry to Honours

Not all Honours programs allow for mid-year entry so if you
wish to commence Honours mid-year, from the commencement
of second semester, you must contact the relevant Honours
Convener for advice.
Typical full-time study plan for single Honours in Major A:

Semester 1
Semester 2
1st Year
(48 units)
2 x Arts 1st yr courses

1 x Arts 1st yr course
Major A
Major B
2 x Arts 1st yr courses

Major A
Major B
2nd Year
(48 units)
1 x Arts Later-yr course

2 x Arts Major A
1 x Arts Major B

2 x Arts Major A
1 x Arts Major B
3rd Year
(48 units)
2 x Arts Major A
2 x Arts Major B

2 x Arts Major A
1 x Arts Major B
Workload
An Honours program is usually taken as one year of full-time
study although in special circumstances with the approval
of the Assistant Dean (Honours), students may be permitted
to undertake the Honours program part-time over two years.
Full-time students are usually not permitted to transfer to
part-time study after commencing the Honours program.
Full details on Honours policies and procedures can be found
on the ANU College of Arts and Social Sciences student
homepage.
Major A Honours year requires the completion of at least 10 courses (min. of 60

units)
Major B is based on 42 units ie 7 courses x 6 units each
Degree structure
How to plan your study in preparation for Honours
Planning your progression through your undergraduate degree
must be carefully considered so as to complete the minimum
requirement of 10 courses (at least 60 units) in your Arts major.
This is particularly important if the Honours program also
requires the completion of requisite courses.
Below are examples of study patterns suitable for the three
Honours options available. Details on the specific admission
requirements for each Honours program are set out below.
Single Honours
Completed the equivalent of 10 courses (at least 60 units) with
the appropriate level of grades and prerequisite courses (if
applicable) that has been prescribed by the Honours program.
Below is an example of a typical honours pattern based on two
Arts majors.
Arts Major
Archaeology
Honours
Arts Major
Classics
Arts and/
or Other
Courses
Total
Units
1st yr
courses
Max 2 courses
(12 units)
Max 2 courses
(12 units)
Max 4 courses
(24 units)
48
Later yr
courses
Min 8 courses
(48 units)
Min 5 courses
(30 units)
Min 3 courses
(18 units)
96
TOTAL
10 courses
(60 units)
7 courses
(42 units)
7 courses
(42 units)
144
154
Note:
Honours eligibility is also determined by completion of specified courses and

grade level see BA Honours School entry.
Combined Honours
It is possible to take an honours year of study combining two
Honours programs. For admission, students will be required to
complete the equivalent of 48 units (8 x 6-unit courses) from
two Honours programs at the appropriate level, eg combined
Honours in Linguistics and Anthropology.
Below is an example of a typical combined honours pattern
based on two Arts majors (6 unit courses).
Arts Major
Linguistics
Honours
Arts Major
Arts and/
Anthropology or Other
Honours
Courses
Total
Units
1st yr
courses
Max 2 courses
(12 units)
Max 2 courses
(12 units)
Max 4 courses
(24 units)
48
Later yr
courses
Min 6 courses
(36 units)
Min 6 courses
(36 units)
Min 4 courses
(24 units)
96
TOTAL
8 courses
(48 units)
8 courses
(48 units)
8 courses
(48 units)
144
Double Honours
Double honours involves completion of the full requirements
for two separate Honours programs. eg double honours in
English and Philosophy would require one honours year of
study in one discipline, then another honours year of study in
the other program. So the admission requirements are the same
as for single honours but for two separate honours programs.
Below is an example of a typical double honours pattern based

on two single honours programs (6 unit courses).
Arts Major
English
Honours
Arts Major
Philosophy
Honours
Arts and/
or Other
Courses
Total
Units
1st yr
courses
Max 2 courses
(12 units)
Max 2 courses
(12 units)
Max 4 courses
(24 units)
48
Later yr
courses
Min 8 courses
(48 units)
Min 8 courses
(48 units)
TOTAL
10 courses
(60 units)
10 courses
(60 units)
4 courses
(24 units)
Science
courses
Total
units
48
Max 2 courses
(12 units)
Max 2 courses
(12 units)
Max 4 courses
(24 units)
144
Later yr
courses
Min 6 courses
(36 units)
Min 6 courses
(36 units)
Min 12 courses 96
(72 units)
TOTAL
8 courses
(48 units)
6 courses
(48 units)
16 courses
(96 units)
Eg. SCIENCE
Arts Major
Philosophy
Honours
Other Arts
Courses
Science
courses
Total
units
1st yr
courses
Max 2 courses
(12 units)
Max 2 courses
(12 units)
Max 4 courses
(24 units)
48
Later yr
courses
Min 8 courses
(48 units)
Min 4 courses
(24 units)
Min 12 courses 96
(72 units)
TOTAL
10 courses
(60 units)
6 courses
(36 units)
16 courses
(96 units)
Arts - min. of 96 units
Science - min.
of 96 units
Semester 1
Semester 2
1st Year
(48 units)

1 x Arts 1st yr Philosophy
course
2 x 1st yr courses from
other Faculty

1 x Arts 1st yr Philosophy
course
other Faculty
2nd Year
(48 units)
1 x Arts later-yr course

1 x Arts later-year
Philosophy course
2 x later-year courses from
other Faculty

1 x Arts later-year
Philosophy course
other Faculty
3rd Year
(48 units)

1 x Arts later-year
Philosophy course
other Faculty

1 x Arts later-year
Philosophy course
other Faculty
4th Year
(48 units)
2 x Arts later-year
Philosophy courses
other Faculty
2 x Arts later-yr Philosophy

courses
other Faculty
PHILOSOPHY F/T HONS IV

(24 units)
PHILOSOPHY F/T HONS IV

(24 units)
Note:
Maximum 4 x 1st year Arts courses
Arts major - single Honours requires the completion of at least 10 courses (min.
of 60 units)
192
Science - min.
of 96 units
Typical full-time study plan for the Arts component of a 4 year

combined program for combined Honours:
Semester 1
Semester 2
1st Year
(48 units)
1 x Arts 1st yr Theatre

Studies course
1 x Arts 1st yr English
course
other Faculty
1 x Arts 1st yr Theatre

Studiescourse
1 x Arts 1st yr English
course
other Faculty
2nd Year
(48 units)
1 x Arts later-yr Theatre

Studies course
1 x Arts later-year English
course
other Faculty

Studies course
course
other Faculty
3rd Year
(48 units)

Studies course
course
other Faculty

Studies course
course
other Faculty
4th Year
(48 units)
1 x Arts later-year Theatre

Studies course
course
other Faculty

Studies course
course
other Faculty
5th Year
(48 units)
Combined ENGL/DRAM F/T

HONS IV (24u)
Combined ENGL/DRAM F/T

HONS IV (24u)
192
Typical full-time study plan for the Arts component of a 4 year

combined program for single Honours:
5th Year
(48 units)
Eg SCIENCE
Arts Major
Theatre
Studies
Honours
1st yr
courses
Typical pattern for the Arts component of a 4 year combined

program for single Honours:
Arts - min. of 96 units
ARTS
Arts Major
English
Honours
96
Honours for students enrolled in a combined Arts degree

The honours admission requirements and nomination
procedures for the Bachelor of Arts degree within a combined
program are the same as for the single Bachelor of Arts degree.
ARTS
Typical pattern for the Arts component of a 4 year combined

program for combined Honours:
Note:
Maximum 4 x 1st year Arts courses
Arts major - combined Honours requires the completion of at least eight courses
(min. of 48 units) in both majors
Combined Honours eligibility is also determined by completion of specified
courses and grade level - see BA (Honours) entry and specific Honours program
entry.
For information regarding courses from other Faculty - refer to Combined
Programs chapter and specific combined degree program
Can I include languages study in fourth year?

If you wish to continue language study into your fourth year
while enrolled in a non-language fourth-year honours course,
you should discuss with your Honours Convener the possibility
of including language courses in your fourth-year course work
component.
Honours eligibility is also determined by completion of specified courses and

grade level - see BA (Honours) entry and specific Honours program entry.
For information regarding courses from other Faculty - refer to Combined
Programs chapter and specific combined degree program
155
Ancient Greek Honours

Offered by: Faculty of Arts
Convenor: Dr Elizabeth Minchin
Administration: School of Language Studies
The program for the degree with Honours in Ancient Greek will
comprise the following:
1. completion of the pass degree
2. a major in Ancient Greek
3. three other courses from among the courses offered by the
Classics Program (or included in List A or List B of later-year
courses in the Classics major or the Ancient History major)
4. other courses to make up the units for a pass degree,
including a major from outside the Honours Program.
the Classics Program:

2. majors in Ancient Greek and Ancient History; OR Ancient
Greek and Classics; OR Ancient Greek and Latin; OR Latin
and Ancient History; OR Latin and Classics
3. two other courses from among the courses offered by the
courses in the Classics major)
4. a Credit average must be attained in the required courses,
including Distinction levels in at least two of the courses in
each major.
Ancient History Honours

It is strongly recommended that candidates for Honours in

Ancient Greek take at least one course of Latin.
A Credit average must be attained in the required courses,

including Distinction levels in at least two of the courses in the
Ancient Greek major.
The program for the degree with Honours in Ancient History

will comprise the following:
Mid-year admission is possible.
Ancient Greek lV (Honours)

The Honours year consists of three components, viz. a thesis and
two seminars. One Honours seminar is offered each semester:
Seminar A and Seminar B.
Thesis
A thesis of 15,000 words on an approved topic, to be submitted
normally by the Monday of the next to last teaching week
of the final semester of the candidates course. Students are
required to select the topic for the thesis in consultation with
the Convener before the end of their preceding year, and to
begin study for it during the intervening vacation.
1. completion of the BA pass degree

2. a major in Classics
courses in the Ancient History major), including at least two
courses from either the Ancient Greek or Latin major. Ideally
students should have reached Intermediate level in one of
the ancient languages
A credit average must be attained in the required courses,
Ancient History major.
Fourth Year
GREK4005F Ancient Greek IV Honours (full time)
External applicants to ANU
GREK4005P Ancient Greek IV Honours (part time)
Assessment
Honours candidates will be assessed on the thesis and the
seminars. The seminars will be assessed on a combination of
coursework and a final three-hour examination.
There will also be a final three-hour examination (one and a
half-hour for Combined Honours courses) in unseen translation
from Ancient Greek to be taken at the end of the last semester
of the candidates course.
The thesis will carry one-third of the assessment and the
coursework in both seminars and the final examinations
(including the unseen translation paper) two-thirds of the
assessment.
Combined Honours in the Classics Program

The Classics program has Combined Honours courses in the
following: Ancient Greek and Ancient History; Ancient Greek
and Classics; Ancient Greek and Latin; Latin and Ancient
History; Latin and Classics. Combined Honours courses may also
be arranged with other Programs in the Faculty of Arts.
Admission requirements for Combined Honours courses in
156
Students who have completed the requirements for their BA

pass degree elsewhere are encouraged to apply for Honours in
Ancient History. Applications will be assessed on a case-by-case
basis; however these applicants should still have completed
courses (at the appropriate grade level) equivalent to the 10
required for ANU applicants, this includes completion of any
comparable pre-Honours courses as listed above.
Ancient History IV (Honours)

two seminars. One Honours seminar is offered in each semester:
Thesis
the Convenor before the end of their preceding year, and to

ANCH4005F Ancient History IV Honours (full time)
ANCH4005P Ancient History IV Honours (part time)
Assessment
Combined Honours

coursework and a final three-hour examination at the end of
the semester in which the seminar is taken.
Students can undertake Combined Honours degrees between

Anthropology and various other areas of the Arts Faculty. For
further information consult the relevant Honours Conveners.

two-thirds of the assessment.
Combined honours courses in the Classics program

The Classics Program has Combined Honours courses in the
Admission requirements for combined honours courses in the
Classics program:

Fourth Year
ANTH4005F Anthropology IV Honours (full time)
ANTH4005P Anthropology IV Honours (part time)
Further Information
Graduate Studies
See the Anthropology Graduate Program Convenor
For details on the graduate diplomas and degrees in
Anthropology see the Postgraduate Research Prospectus or
Postgraduate Coursework Guide.
Applied Linguistics Honours


courses in the Ancient History major)
each major.
Anthropology Honours
Administration: School of Archaeology and Anthropology
Completion of the Bachelor of Arts pass degree including
a minimum of 10 courses to the value of 60 units of
anthropology are required to enter 4th year, the Anthropology
courses are to be made up as follows:
(a) Twelve units of first year, Culture and Human Diversity:
Introducing Anthropology ANTH1002 and Global and Local
ANTH1003 (normally taken in sequence in the first year of
study).
(b) Eight later year Anthropology courses (which may include
LANG2015 or LING2015).
The Honours Convener may be contacted for advice on choice
of courses.
To enter 4th year Honours, you must normally have achieved a
distinction average over all later-year ANTH courses.
Anthropology IV
There will be three components:
(i) Two thirteen-week seminar courses, each of two hours a
week.
History of Anthropological Theory
Explanation and Interpretation in the Analysis of
Cultures
(ii) A research thesis of some 15,000 words.
(iii) A thesis-writing seminar throughout the year.
Field work is not proposed for anthropology undergraduates.
Convenor: Dr Phil Rose

Applied Linguistics Honours Advisor: Dr Johanna Rendle-Short
Honours in Applied Linguistics requires:
(a) completion of the BA pass degree requirements; including
(b) a minimum of 10 approved courses totalling at least 60
units.
Students must attain at the very least a high Credit average in
these 10 courses as well as some Distinctions to be considered
for admission.
In Honours in Applied Linguistics, students concentrate on the
many areas in which linguistic knowledge can be applied, for
example in language teaching, language learning, language
planning, language maintenance, or forensic phonetics.
Students are formally admitted into Honours in the Applied
Linguistics Program only in the Fourth Year. However, the
Program invites students to consider doing honours on the
basis of their first year marks. Intending honours students
should therefore plan the second and third years of their course
carefully so as to make sure that they qualify for admission
to fourth-year honours, and to decide whether they will do
Honours in Linguistics or Applied Linguistics. Students are
advised to make an appointment with the honours coordinator
and Honours Advisor to discuss their options. The prerequisite
courses for entry to fourth-year honours are set out below.
Approved courses for Honours in Applied Linguistics

Students should normally have taken 10 courses (ie at least 60
units worth) from Lists A and B above under Major in Applied
Linguistics. They must also have satisfied the requirements for
the Applied Linguistics Major (q.v.). This means that their 10
courses must include LING1001/2001 Introduction to the Study
of Language and at least one of the basic three core courses
- List A:
LING1010/LING2010 Phonetics: Sounds of the Worlds
Languages
LING2008 Semantics
157
Note: Students who have taken LING1004/2004 Phonetics

and Phonology can substitute this one course for LING1010/
LING2010 Phonetics: Sounds of the Worlds Languages.
Finally, at least one course must be chosen from the following
list of Applied Linguistics courses:
LING3021 Childrens Language Acquisition
Graduate Diploma in Translation Studies

Master of Translation Studies
Master of Applied Linguistics (by coursework and research)
Master of Linguistics (by coursework and research)
Master of Philosophy (by research only)
Doctor of Philosophy
Archaeology Honours
For other courses that may be included in the Applied

Linguistics Honours, please see the list of additional courses in
the Applied Linguistics major.
Convener: Prof. Peter Bellwood
It is important that prospective honours students consult

with the designated honours coordinator at least once a year,
to discuss their choice of courses and ensure that they are
recommended to the Faculty for entry to fourth-year honours
when the time comes.
Honours year work

In their Honours year, students normally take three Linguistics
courses as their coursework component, and write a substantial
sub-thesis reporting the results of their own research. Both
Thesis and coursework count equally (ie 50 per cent) to their
final mark. All fourth-year honours coursework is assessed at
fourth-year (ie postgraduate) level.
An early start is very important to successful completion
of honours. As soon as, or even before, they finish the
requirements of their pass degree, they should consult with
the honours coordinator to determine a sub-thesis topic and
supervisor.
Combined Honours
It is possible to combine honours in Applied Linguistics with
honours in a language offered by either the Faculty of Arts
or the Faculty of Asian Studies, as well as with a number of
other disciplines, for example Political Science or International
Relations. Prerequisites for entry to Fourth Year for Combined
Honours in the Arts Faculty are as follows. The student must
have completed a total of eight courses in each of the two
relevant subjects, including at least a major in each discipline
area and possibly certain specified overlapping courses. Their
choice of Applied Linguistics courses must be consistent with
either the general or applied stream as set out above.
Interested students are asked to consult the honours
coordinators of both Programs from their second year and
have their topic and program formally approved. The Fourth
Year should involve coursework in both discipline areas and
a sub-thesis combining aspects of both disciplines, which is
supervised and examined by staff from both Programs. The
exact structure and the weighting of the various components is
negotiated between the two relevant programs.

LING4105F Applied Linguistics IV Honours (full time)
LING4105P Applied Linguistics IV Honours (part time)
Graduate Studies

To be admitted to the Honours School in Archaeology students
must be eligible to take out their BA pass degree. Students
wishing to take Honours in Archaeology after undertaking a
combined program (for example BA/BSc or BA/Asia-Pacific
Studies) must complete the requirements for their BA degree
before admission to the Honours in Archaeology degree.
All students wishing to be admitted to the Honours in
Archaeology School must include a minimum of 10 courses to
the value of at least 60 specified units as follows:
(a) First year courses: One or both of the first year Archaeology
courses, ARCH1111 and ARCH1112.
(b) Specific later year courses: Prospective Honours students
are normally expected to take Research Design and
Analysis in Archaeology ARCH3000 in their third year and
a minimum of 12 units of field work in Archaeology (i.e
either ARCH2017 Landscape Archaeology or ARCH3004A
Archaeological Field and Laboratory Methods A and
ARCH3004B Archaeological Field and Laboratory Methods
B). Under exceptional circumstances and with the approval
of the Honours convener, these may be substituted by 12
units from the following practical courses: ARCH2035,
ARCH2041, ARCH3017, ARCH2126 or BIAN3015. An average
mark of 70 per cent or more (Distinction level) must be
obtained for these courses.
(c) Other later year courses: The remaining archaeology courses
can come from any of the following courses: ARCH2001,
ARCH2002, ARCH2004, ARCH2005, ARCH2006, ARCH2021,
ARCH2056, ARCH3017. Under certain circumstances,
students may count other courses listed in the Archaeology
major with permission of the Honours Convener. Students
who commenced their degree prior to 2004 may seek
permission from the Honours Convenor to count other
courses towards their 60 units for admission to Archaeology
Honours.

Students are encouraged to take as many archaeological

courses as possible if they are planning a career in
archaeology. It is advisable for any prospective Honours
students to contact the Honours Coordinator as soon as
possible after completion of their first year for advice in
their choice of later year courses.
The Graduate Program in Linguistics offers the following

courses. For details see the Graduate School website.
(d) An average mark of 70 per cent or more (Distinction level)

must be obtained for all the later year archaeology courses.
Graduate Diploma in Arts (specialising in Linguistics)
(e) Field or laboratory experience: It is expected that all

intending Honours students will have had some field-work
experience during their second/third years. This may be
Graduate Diploma in Applied Linguistics

158
gained by successfully completing either of the two School

fieldwork courses or by working with other researchers or
archaeological consultants. Information is often posted on
School notice-boards.
(f) Students will have to submit a preliminary thesis proposal
for a BA Honours thesis during the semester before they
enter the Honours in Archaeology School. This proposal
should be discussed with a member of staff willing to be the
supervisor for the proposed thesis. The School reserves the
right not to admit a student unable to find a supervisor or a
topic suitable to the School.
Work for the Honours in archaeology degree is a combination
of course work and research.
Course Work: All students are required to take two honours
courses (which, combined, contribute 40 per cent of the final
mark) and successfully complete all assessment requirements.
The latter may comprise essays, annotated bibliographies or
presentations. Full-time students will complete these in the first
semester; part-time students can study them over two years.
Research: Students are required to undertake a supervised
research project on a topic approved by the Archaeology staff
of the School and to submit a BA Honours thesis of between
15,000 and 20,000 words in length and suitably illustrated
for examination. Its mark comprises 60 per cent of the total
requirements for honours. The research may be field, laboratory
or library based.
Combined Honours in Archaeology

The only Combined Honours program currently formalized is in
Archaeology and Biological Anthropology (see below). Students
wishing to undertake other Combined Honours degrees
between Archaeology and various areas of the Arts Faculty
should consult the relevant honours conveners. Such students
will be required to complete 96 units in the combined area, 48
units in each discipline. Such students will be required to fulfill
all requirements set out in points (a) - (f) above.

Fourth Year
ARCH4105F Archaeology IV Honours (full time)
Credit and including at least two Distinctions; up to two

later-year Film Studies courses may be included in the 10
courses.
Syllabus:
1. A research sub-thesis of 15,000 words on a topic approved
by the discipline (40 per cent)
2. Two research Honours subjects (30 per cent each) or
alternatively, one coursework Honours subject and a two
semester Internship (30 per cent each)
Combined Honours in Film Studies & Art History &

Curatorship
Entry requirements:
Minimum of eight courses (48 units) from the Film Studies
major with an average grade of Credit and including at least
two Distinctions plus minimum of eight courses in Art History
and Curatorship with an average grade of Credit and including
at least two Distinctions.
Syllabus:
1. A research thesis of 15,000 words on a topic approved by
both academic areas worth approximately 40 per cent
2. A one semester FILM course worth approx. 30 per cent
3. Half Art Historys course requirements, worth approximately
30 per cent
The pass Degree in Art History & Curatorship

See Bachelor of Arts (Art History and Curatorship) degree entry:
Undergraduate - Single Programs.

Fourth Year
ARTH4006F Art History and Curatorship IV Honours (full time)
ARTH4006P Art History and Curatorship IV Honours (part time)
Further information
Gallery/Museum Internships
Two semester duration, starting either first or second semester
Coordinator: Dr Andrew Montana
Art History & Curatorship Honours
In collaboration with the National Gallery of Australia, the

National Library of Australia and other Canberra institutions,
a system of internships has been established whereby, as part
of the course for their degree or diploma, selected students
may undertake curatorial work at the approved art gallery
and museum under host institution supervision. Honours IV,
GradDip, MA (coursework) and PhD students are eligible to
apply. Available intern positions in specific curatorial areas and
institutions will be advertised in Art History towards the end of
the preceding semester.
Preliminary reading
Convenor: First semester: Dr Sasha Grishin Second Semester: Dr

Elisabeth Findlay
1. Shelley, M, The Care and Handling of Art Objects, Abrams,

New York, 1987
Administration: School of Humanities
2. Thompson, J M A (ed.), Manual of Curatorship: A Guide to

Museum Practice, 2nd edition, Butterworth-Heinemann,
Oxford, 1992
ARCH4105P Archaeology IV Honours (part time)
Further information
Graduate Studies
Convener: Dr G Clark
For details on the graduate diplomas and degrees in
Archaeology see the Postgraduate Prospectus.
Single Honours in Art History & Curatorship

Entry requirements:
1. completion of the requirements for the BA pass degree or
BA (Art History and Curatorship) pass degree
Graduate studies
2. ten courses (60 units) from the Art History and Curatorship
major including at least one course from Group A and one
course from Group B courses with an average grade of
Graduate Diploma/Masters by coursework
Graduate Adviser: Professor Sasha Grishin

Graduates in any field may study for a Graduate Diploma or
Masters in Art History or in Art History and Curatorship.
159
Master of Philosophy & Doctor of Philosophy
Entry requirements
These degrees can be taken in Art History. A good honours

degree is normally required for admission to these courses. A
graduate with a pass degree in Art History or a higher degree in
another field who wishes to proceed to the degree of Master of
Arts may be required to undertake a Master of Arts qualifying
course.
To enter the honours year a student must have completed 10

courses with no fewer than 60 units in the Australian Studies
major. The student must have achieved at least a credit average,
including at least twelve units at distinction level.
Art History Honours
Fourth Year
AUST4005F Australian Studies IV Honours (full-time)
AUST4005P Australian Studies IV Honours (part-time)
Convenor: First Semester: Dr Sasha Grishin; Second Semester:

Dr Elisabeth Findlay
Combined Honours
Single Honours in Art History

Entry Requirements
1. Completion of the requirements for the pass degree;
2. Ten courses (60 units) of Art History with an average grade
of Credit and including at least two Distinctions; up to two
later-year Film Studies courses may be included in the 10
courses with the permission of the Honours Convenor. In
some circumstances, with the approval of the Faculty, up to
two cognates may be included in the 10 courses provided
that there are at least eight courses of Art History.
Syllabus
1. A research sub-thesis of 15,000 words on a topic approved
by the discipline (40 per cent)
2. Two coursework Honours subjects (30 per cent each) or
alternatively, one Honours subject and a two semester
internship (30 per cent each)

Fourth Year
ARTH4005F Art History IV Honours (full time)
ARTH4005P Art History IV Honours (part time)
Combined Honours in Art History

It may be possible to undertake a Combined Honours program
between Art History and other areas of the Faculty. Interested
students should consult the appropriate Honours convenor in
both disciplines in the second year of their degree to discuss
combined possibilities and requirements in order to enrol in an
appropriate program of study.
Australian Studies Honours


between Australian Studies and other areas of the Faculty.
Interested students should consult the appropriate Honours
Convenor in both disciplines in the second year of their degree
to discuss combined possibilities and requirements in order to
enrol in an appropriate program of study.
Biological Anthropology Honours

Convener: Dr Robert Attenborough
To enter Honours IV in Biological Anthropology, students should
be eligible to graduate with an ANU BA, BSc or PhB pass degree,
which should include coursework (60 units) as specified below:
Alternatively, students graduating from another university
or faculty may apply to enter the ANU honours program in
biological anthropology: their degree should match as closely as
possible the requirements specified below
(a) First-year courses: First-year courses to the value of 12
units in the School of Archaeology and Anthropology and/
or School of Biology. Normally these will be ANTH1002 and
ANTH1003 or ARCH1111 and ARCH1112 or BIOL1003 and
BIOL1004 or BIOL1008, though other combinations are
acceptable. Any two of these courses allow entry to any of
the compulsory and core courses in biological anthropology,
but they vary regarding the other later-year courses to
which they allow entry. Where prerequisites permit, relevant
later-year courses listed under the biological anthropology
major may be substituted for 6-12 of these units.
(b) Later-year thematic core courses: Students are advised to
take as many as possible of the programs courses covering
core thematic topics in biological anthropology, but must
take at least four, chosen as follows:
(i) Human Evolution BIAN2013, normally offered in
even-numbered years; and
Convenor: Dr Alastair Greig

Administration: School of Social Sciences
Intending honours students should first read the general
statement The degree with honours in the introductory section
of the Faculty of Arts entry, and should consult the Honours
Coordinator about their proposed courses at an early stage.
Honours in Australian Studies is available, subject to negotiation
between the student, the Convenor, and the relevant Heads
of School. Students hoping to undertake a Combined Honours
year, which includes Australian Studies, should consult with the
Convenor early in their second year of study. The honours year
will consist of a thesis, and two special subjects.
160
(ii) Race and Human Genetic Variation BIAN2115, normally

offered in odd-numbered years; and
(iii) two chosen from amongst the following: The Primates
BIAN2012, Primate Evolutionary Biology BIAN2126,
Primate Ecology and Behaviour BIAN2127, Nutrition,
Disease and the Human Environment BIAN2119, and
Health, Disease and Behaviour in the Past BIAN2125.
(The Primates is incompatible with the other two
primate courses.)

It is important to note that none of these courses will

be offered every year: in general they will be offered in
alternate years only. In exceptional cases, students who
have missed i) or ii) above may apply to the convener for

permission to substitute one of the courses listed under iii)
for it.
(c) Practically oriented Honours preparation courses: 12 units
of Honours preparation courses, as follows: BIAN3015
Human Skeletal Analysis and BIAN3014 Research Design
and Analysis in Biological Anthropology. These are offered
every year and generally recommended for the last year
of study before the Honours year. The combination of
ARCH2126 with BIAN3017 will be accepted in place of
BIAN3014 for students who already have ARCH2126,
but BIAN3014 is the standard recommendation. During
a transitional period, the Honours preparation courses
available up to 2005 will be accepted in place of BIAN3015
and BIAN3014: please see the Honours Convener to confirm
details.
(d) Later-year optional courses: Further later-year courses to
the value of 12 units chosen from those listed under the
Biological Anthropology major. Many of these are also
offered in alternate years or irregularly. Students are advised
to check as appropriate for any changes in the Schools
range of course offerings.
requirements within their degree structure. (Honours IV need

not be the last component of a combined degree, but students
who wish to undertake Honours IV before they complete the
pass component of the combined degree must at least be
eligible to take out a pass degree that includes the prerequisites
for Honours entry.)
Combined Honours
The only Combined Honours program currently formalized is in
Archaeology and Biological Anthropology (see below). Students
interested in other combinations should consult the honours
conveners in question for individual advice.
Syllabus:
(i) A weekly seminar on theoretical topics in biological
anthropology (20 per cent)
(ii) Project work on advanced topics in biological
anthropology (20 per cent)
(iii) A research essay of 12,000-15,000 words (60 per cent)

Fourth Year
BIAN4005F Biological Anthropology IV Honours (full time)
The normal admission requirement in terms of grades is an

average of at least 70 per cent across all BIAN coded courses
taken.
BIAN4005P Biological Anthropology IV Honours (part time)
Timing and entry arrangements: Students interested in

Biological Anthropology Honours are advised to construct
a coursework plan consistent with that possibility at least
from the beginning of second year. This is on account of the
stringent timetabling limitations on the availability of core
courses. They should also seek advice early on from the Honours
Convener and Faculty Assistant Dean. Full-time students in
their second year should take core courses as available in that
year, and other optional courses according to interest: then in
their third year they should take further core courses at least
sufficient to fulfil the requirements under (b) above, the balance
of the optional courses, and the honours preparation courses.
Part-time students and combined-degree students should
adjust the same basic plan to their more extended schedule,
normally taking the honours preparation courses in their last
year before Honours IV.
Graduate Studies
Interested students may approach or be approached by the

Honours Convener during second year or third year, to discuss
the possibility of Honours. Near the end of third year (or
equivalent) interested students should formally apply, the
School and Faculty will jointly review the eligibility of each
applicant to proceed to Honours IV, and formal letters are sent
out accordingly.
Coursework outside the School: Courses relevant to the study
of biological anthropology are offered in several other sections
of the University, eg Botany and Zoology, Earth and Marine
Sciences, SRES and Statistics. Many of these are listed under
the Biological Anthropology major, though this list omits,
for example, first-year courses in Statistics. Students are
advised to consider enrolling in these courses, but also to note
prerequisites and any degree structure implications. The School
is willing to consider accepting such courses as part of the
Honours program, and requests to do this should be directed in
the first instance to the Honours Convener.
Combined and other degrees: Students doing combined degrees
such as BA/BSc or other single degrees may also enter Honours
IV in Biological Anthropology, providing they meet the above
Further information
For details on the graduate diplomas and degrees in Biological
Anthropology see the Postgraduate Research Prospectus or
Postgraduate Coursework Guide.
Postgraduate Convener
Biological Anthropology - Professor Groves
Classics Honours
The program for the degree with Honours in Classics will
comprise the following:
2. a major in Classics
courses in the Classics major or the Ancient History major),
including at least two courses from either the Ancient Greek
or the Latin major. Ideally students should have reached
Intermediate level in one of the ancient languages
Classics major. Mid-year admission is possible.
Classics lV (Honours)
161
Thesis

Fourth Year
CLAS4005F Classics IV Honours (full time)
of Honours and Masters level courses offered across

the campus (including an Internship option), to suit the
disciplinary and theoretical interest of the student
(ii) a research thesis of 15,000-18,000 words
(iii) a thesis-writing seminar throughout the year.

Fourth Year
DEST4005F Development Studies IV Honours (full time)
DEST4005P Development Studies IV Honours (part time)
CLAS4005P Classics IV Honours (part time)
Combined Honours
Assessment

between Development Studies and other areas of the Faculty.
convenor in both disciplines in the second year of their degree

two-thirds of the assessment.
Drama Honours
Convenor: Ms Cathie Clelland

Admission requirements for Combined Honours courses in the

Classics Program:
courses in the Classics major)
each major.
Development Studies Honours

To qualify for fourth-year Honours in Development Studies,
students must have completed:
1. the requirements for the BA or the BA (Development
Studies) Pass degree
2. completed at least ten courses listed under the
Development Studies major
3. have achieved at least a Distinction in both of the core A
courses in the Development Studies major and at least one
later-year course in the disciplinary major.
Development Studies IV
There will be three components:
(i) two semester-long courses. These will be selected in
consultation between convenor and student from a range
162
To be eligible for admission to Drama IV, students must have:
1. completed the requirements for a BA pass degree with a
Drama major and an additional course from the Drama
List A and two later year courses from either List A or List
B cognate courses. No more than two of these ten courses
shall be at first-year level
2. achieved Credit or above in the two core courses DRAM1005
and DRAM1006 and a Credit average or above in the Drama
major, including two courses at the level of Distinction.
Students are expected to consult with the Honours Convener
in December 2008 about their thesis topic, and are required
to seek approval for their topic and arrange supervision with
a member of staff no later than early January, when work on
their thesis should commence.
Combined Honours including Drama

Students may combine honours in Drama with honours in
another discipline. A Combined Honours course must be agreed
and arranged through the relevant Conveners, and intending
candidates should consult those Conveners at the beginning of
their second year of study and take into account the honours
requirements in both subjects. Honours programs which would
most appropriately be combined with Drama include History,
Art History and Visual Studies, Classical and Modern European
Languages and Philosophy.
In particular students may take Combined Honours in English
and Drama, and Film and Drama. Other possible combinations
will also be considered.
List B Cognate Courses
ENGL2009 Theories of Literature and Criticism
ENGL2058 Theories of Imitation and Representation
ENGL2069 Modern Novel into Film
English Honours
FILM1001A/B Introduction to Film Studies (Annual course)
Convenor: Monique Rooney
FILM2006 U.S. Cinema: Hollywood and Beyond

FREN2023 Cinema in France
HIST2113 Shakespeares England
ITAL3009 Postwar Italian Cinema
LING2021 Cross-cultural Communication (L)
Requirements
Honours IV syllabus:
1. one 15,000 word thesis on an approved topic to be
submitted before the end of October of the preceding year
and to count for 30 per cent of total assessment
2. two Drama honours courses, or one course and one
internship to be taken, in the first and second semesters.
Each course will count for 20 per cent of the total
assessment and will be assessed by essay work and seminar
papers
3. a fully mounted production, to be cast, designed and
directed by each honours student OR the complete design
of a production including costumes and set designs with the
construction of a set model. These productions will normally
be mounted in the first semester. Each student will also
submit a written analysis (3,000 words) of the production
and take part in a viva voce examination on the production
with the staff of Drama. Each production will have a budget
of $500.

Fourth Year
DRAM4005F Drama Honours IV Honours (full time)
DRAM4005P Drama Honours IV Honours (part time)
Further information
Graduate Studies
Graduate Convenor: Mr Turner (Drama)
The Graduate Program is Creative Arts. Level of courses offered:
Master of Philosophy
Master of Arts
Graduate Diploma in Arts
The Graduate Program in Literature, Screen and Theatre Studies
offers students expert supervision in a wide range of research
fields. In the literary area we have special strengths and research
interests in British, Australian, American, Commonwealth
and Comparative Literature, Postcolonial and Gender Studies,
Literary Theory, and literature-related studies in Classical and
Modern European languages. Within screen studies, our main
area of interest and expertise is the adaptation of literary and
dramatic texts. For students wishing to specialise in drama,
supervision can be offered in various aspects of drama,
including theatre history, text and performance.
For those beginning their degree in 2009, or later:

To be recommended for entry into Fourth Year Honours,
students must have completed the requirements for the pass
degree including:
(a) the completion of the requirements for a BA degree
including
(b) ten English courses to the value of 60 units, including an
English major and the two special Honours courses 19th
and 20th Century Literature ENGL2008 and 16th, 17th and
18th Century Literature ENGL3005. Eight of the courses
must be at later year level
(c) a Distinction average in the English courses, with
distinctions in the two Honours courses ENGL2008 and
ENGL3005.
For students who have commenced their degree course
prior to 2009:
degree including:
including
18th Century Literature ENGL3005. Eight of the courses
must be at later year level
(c) a Distinction average in the English courses.
For students who have commenced their degree course
prior to 2005:
degree including:
including
18th Century Literature ENGL3005
(c) a Credit average in the English courses.
Students achieving a Distinction or above in both first year
English courses may be invited to pursue an honours degree
in the field which involves enrolment in the Honours courses
ENGL2008 and ENGL3005, normally taking one in their second
year of study, the other in their third year of study.
All students who have the prerequisites for ENGL2008 and
ENGL3005 are free to enrol in these courses without invitation.
If they subsequently meet the prerequisite for entry into English
IV they will be recommended to the Faculty.
Intending honours students in English should consult the
Convenor about their proposed courses before the beginning of
their second year of study.
163
Combined Honours including English

Students may combine honours in English with honours in
another discipline. A Combined Honours course must be agreed
and arranged through the relevant Convenors, and intending
candidates should consult those Convenors at the beginning of
their second year of study and take into account the honours
requirements in both subjects. In the case of English, this
would normally entail gaining at least eight courses (48 units)
of English, including a major and the two honours courses
ENGL2008 and ENGL3005, all at Distinction level or above.
Honours schools which would most appropriately be combined
with English include Film Studies, History, Art History, Classical
and Modern European Languages, Classics, Linguistics,
Philosophy, and Political Science.
Students may very appropriately take Combined Honours in
English and Drama. Other possibilities will also be considered.
Double Honours including English

A Double Honours course usually takes five years to complete
and allows more extended work in English and another
discipline. Intending students should consult the Convener at
the beginning of their second year of study.

Fourth Year
ENGL4005F English IV Honours (full time)
ENGL4005P English IV Honours (part time)
Contemporary Europe Honours
a thesis of 17,000 words on a topic approved by the

Honours Convenor. The thesis will be submitted by the end
of the second semester and
participation in two seminar courses chosen from a range
which will be offered by contributors to the European
Studies Program across the Faculty and from other Faculties.
The thesis will count for 50 per cent of the grade and the two
seminar courses for 25 per cent each.
Students wishing to do the Honours in Contemporary Europe
should consult the Convenor about their choice of seminar and
about other seminars that may be available.
Students can do a fourth (honours) year in the BA (European
Studies) by combining honours in an affiliated honours school
with work at honours level in European Languages (see School
of Language Studies).

Fourth Year
EURO4105F Contemporary Europe IV Honours (full time)
EURO4105P Contemporary Europe IV Honours (part time)
Combined Honours
between Contemporary Europe and other areas of the Faculty.
Film Studies Honours
Convenor: Dr Ben Wellings BA (Hons) Sussex, MSc Edinburgh,

PhD ANU
The single Honours in Contemporary Europe enables either

BA students or BA (European Studies) students to focus on
Contemporary Europe in their Fourth Year.
Students are expected to consult with the honours convener

well ahead of time about their choice of thesis topic, and
are required to seek approval for their topics and arrange
supervision with a member of staff no later than mid-January
or mid-June, when work on the thesis should commence.
The normal requirements for entry into Fourth Year single
Honours in Contemporary Europe are:
(a) completion of ten courses from the Contemporary Europe
major comprising seven courses/42 units and three
courses/18 units from either designated courses of the
Contemporary Europe major or European language courses.
At least 24 of these 60 units are to comprise of courses
completed with a grade of Distinction or above, with the
remainder to be completed with grades of Credit or above.
If students obtain one or more High Distinction grades in
later-year courses in addition to the 24 units required at
Distinction level, then later-year courses completed at Pass
level to the same value will be counted at Credit level
(b) completion of other courses which, when taken together
with (i) above, are sufficient to meet the requirements for a
BA degree.
Students who have completed the BA (European Studies) will
have a major in a language. Students enrolling in the single
Honours in Contemporary Europe but who have not been
enrolled in the BA (European Studies) are not required to have a
language major, though competence in a language is desirable.
The Fourth Year program will comprise:
164
A student may commence Film Studies IV (Honours) in the

second semester.
Entry requirements
1. Completion of the requirements for the pass degree;
2. Ten courses to the value of 60 units in Film Studies,
including the Film Studies major. The 60 units (ten courses)
must be attained with Credit or above and include at least
three Distinctions. A maximum of three courses (18 units)
of later-year Group B courses may be included in the 10
courses (60 units)
Film Studies IV (Honours)

1. Either two 1-semester Film courses or an Internship and one
1-semester course; each 30 per cent. In exceptional cases
other courses may be approved from Group A in the Film
Studies major.
2. A research thesis of 15,000 words on an approved topic 40
per cent.
Combined Honours Program in Film Studies
Entry requirements
University, undertaking an approved program of study. For

the other semester they normally research and write their
thesis and they also do associated oral/written work. Those
students who cannot spend a semester in France should see
the Convener for Further information regarding coursework
arrangements and requirements.
To be admitted to Combined Honours a student must complete

the Bachelor of Arts pass requirements and include:
Combined Honours
Film Studies offers a Combined Honours program in

combination with any area in the Faculty of Arts where the
combination makes academic sense.
(a) a minimum of eight courses (48 units) from the Film Studies
major with a Credit average and two Distinctions (unless by
special permission of the Head of School, Humanities), with
a maximum of two courses (12 units) from Group B; and
(b) eight courses (48 units) from the other Honours Program.
The Combined Honours Year will comprise:
1. one-semester Film course
2. coursework prescribed by the other Honours Program
3. research thesis of 15,000 words on a topic approved by both
areas.
Courses Offered in 2009

Fourth Year
FILM4005F Film Studies IV Honours (full time)
FILM4005P Film Studies IV Honours (part time)
French Honours
Convenor: Dr Chantal Crozet
It is possible to combine French Honours with Honours in

another language or discipline of the School of Language
Studies, or with another Honours program in the Faculty of Arts.
As far as the French half of the program is concerned, students
should normally have completed eight courses (48 units), at
least at credit level.
The two areas concerned in Combined Honours will negotiate
the supervision and assessment of work, in consultation with
the student. This will normally consist of two essays and a
sub-thesis, with marks roughly divided between the two areas.

Fourth Year
FREN4005F French IV Honours (full time)
FREN4005P French IV Honours (part time)
Further information
Honours students usually spend one semester (sometimes
longer) at a French or Francophone university and their studies
there normally form the basis of the written work they bring
back to ANU for assessment. Arrangements for this must be
made well in advance.
Gender, Sexuality & Culture Honours
To be eligible for French IV Honours students must have

completed:

Convenor: Dr Gaik Cheng Khoo
1. BA pass degree requirements
2. 10 courses, in French, (a total of at least 60 units) with at

least a Credit level in all courses.

supervision with a member of staff no later than mid-January
or mid-June, when work on the thesis should commence.
Entry into French IV Honours can be typically made in the

following ways:
1. from FREN2024 and FREN2025 (Continuing level). Students
take the courses at continuing, intermediate and advanced
levels plus four thematic courses, in consultation with the
Convener
2. from FREN3006 and FREN3007 (Intermediate level).
Students take the intermediate and advanced courses plus
six thematic courses, in consultation with the Convener
3. from FREN3008 and FREN3009 (advanced level). Students
take the two advanced language courses plus eight
thematic courses, in consultation with the Convener.
NB: To complete Honours from the beginners level will require
special permission and may require additional language work
before entering Fourth Year.
French Honours IV normally comprises:
(a) two coursework components worth 40 per cent in all
(b) thesis of 12-15,000 words, written in French unless a
compelling case can be made for an exemption, worth 50
per cent
(c) other thesis-related work, worth 10 per cent.
It has become common practice for students to spend one
semester of the Honours Year at a French or Francophone
A student may commence Gender, Sexuality and Culture IV

(Honours) in the second semester on agreement of Honours
Convener.
Entry requirements
(a) Completion of the requirements for the pass degree
(b) Ten courses to the value of 60 units of Gender, Sexuality
and Culture including the Gender, Sexuality and Culture
major. The 60 units must be attained with an average grade
of Credit and include at least four Distinctions. A maximum
of three later year level courses (18 units) of cognate
courses may be included in the 10 courses (60 units).
The Honours year will comprise:
(a) a research thesis of 12,000 - 15,000 words on an approved
topic (50 per cent)
(b) Honours seminar in Gender, Sexuality and Culture including
written work totalling 7,000 words (25 per cent)
(c) an appropriate 4th year or later year unit taken in the
cognate discipline or elsewhere in the Faculty, assessed at a
Fourth Year honours level (25 per cent).
165
Combined Honours program in Gender, Sexuality &

Culture
Gender, Sexuality and Culture offers a Combined Honours
program in combination with other areas in the Faculty of Arts
where the combination has academic merit and subject to
the approval of both discipline areas. The overall workload will
be equivalent to Honours in a single subject. When planning
such a degree students should take account of the Honours
requirements in both disciplines.
Combined Honours entry requirements

the Bachelor of Arts pass requirements and include a minimum
of 48 units from the Gender, Sexuality and Culture major with a
maximum of 12 units of cognate courses plus a Credit average
and two Distinctions (unless by special permission of the Head
of School, Humanities) and 48 units from the other Honours
Program.
The Combined Honours year will comprise:

(a) Honours seminar in Gender, Sexuality and Culture
(b) coursework prescribed by the other Honours Program
(c) a research thesis of 12,000 - 15,000 words on a topic
approved by both Honours Program Conveners.
(Percentage value of each element to be agreed in negotiation
with the other Honours program).

Fourth Year
GEND4105F Gender, Sexuality and Culture Honours IV (full time)
GEND4105P Gender, Sexuality and Culture Honours IV (part
time)
(d) approval of proposed topic by a member of academic staff

willing to act as the Honours supervisor, and of the relevant
Honours Convener; (e) approval of the Head of the Fenner
School of Environment and Society.
The Honours year starts either in the first week of February,
or - for mid-year entry - in the first week in July. Details of the
Honours Programs and candidature are presented in the FSES
Honours Handbook.

Fourth Year
ENVS4015F Geography IV Honours (full time)
ENVS4015P Geography IV Honours (part time)
Assessment
The grade awarded or Honours depends principally (90 per cent)
on the mark award the thesis, and on the mark awarded to the
final Honours seminar (10 per cent). All Honours students are
examined orally subsequent to the examiners assessment of
the thesis. Honours students are also required to participate in a
mid-term review.
Further information
The School encourages eligible students to pursue Honours,
and seeks to assist prospective Honours students structure
their degree to facilitate their entry to Honours. Students
contemplating Honours should contact the relevant convenor
as early as possible in their degree, and at least a semester prior
to their intended Honours commencement date.
German Honours
Convener: Dr Roger Hillman
Geography Honours
Convenor: Dr Janette Lindesay

Administration: Fenner School Environment and Society, Faculty
of Science
The Fenner School of Environment and Society (FSES) Honours
Programs are intended to support promising students in
developing their knowledge base, and their research skills and
experience. Honours students work closely with their FSES
supervisor, often in partnership with collaborators elsewhere
in the ANU, and/or in CSIRO, government, industry, and
community groups. The FSES Yearbook lists the research projects
of current Honours students, and the research interests of
prospective supervisors.
An Honours candidate will usually pursue Honours in the same
Program in which they have completed their undergraduate
degree. However, students also enter Honours from other
degrees, as well as from other universities, or after gaining
professional experience.
(a) Completion of the BA pass degree
(b) a minimum credit average in later year courses relevant to
the area of study in which the student intends to pursue
Honours
(c) a minimum of two Distinctions in the courses most relevant
to the area of study in which the student intends to study
Honours
166
For the degree with Honours in German Studies the program

extends over four years and consists of:
(a) ten later-year German courses (ie later-year core language
courses and thematic courses) to the value of at least 60
units
(b) completion of BA pass degree requirements;
(c) a Fourth-Year Honours program as described below.
Candidates for Honours are expected to maintain at least a
Credit average in their German courses, with results for three
courses normally at Distinction level or better.
Exceptions to (a) above:
(i) Students entering core language courses at the
Intermediate German 1 GERM2105 level may take up to
two later-year courses outside German. These need to be
approved by the Convener on the basis of their relevance
and should come from one of the following areas: Applied
Linguistics, Linguistics or Translation Studies. Courses from
other areas (eg Contemporary Europe) maybe approved by
the Convener if found suitable.
(ii) Students entering core language courses at the Advanced
German 1 GERM3007 level may take up to three later-year
courses outside German. These need to be approved by
the Convener on the basis of their relevance and should
come from one of the following areas: Applied Linguistics,
Linguistics or Translation Studies. Courses from other
areas (eg Contemporary Europe) may be approved by the

Convener if found suitable.
(iii) To enter the Honours program from first-year level
GERM1021 and GERM1022 will require special permission,
which might only be granted after a special language
proficiency test, or a period of studying overseas at a
German-speaking university.
The Fourth-Year Honours Program
community groups. The FSES Yearbook lists the research projects

of current Honours students, and the research interests of
prospective supervisors.
An Honours candidate will usually pursue Honours in the same
Program in which they have completed their undergraduate
degrees, as well as from other universities, or after gaining
professional experience.
The Honours program consists of:
(a) two coursework components, each worth 20 per cent
(a) Completion of the BA pass degree
(b) a thesis of 12,000 - 15,000 words, written in German unless

a compelling case can be made for an exemption, worth 50
per cent
(b) a minimum credit average in later year courses relevant to

the area of study in which the student intends to pursue
Honours
(c) a thesis-related seminar, worth 10 per cent.
(c) a minimum of two Distinctions in the courses most relevant

Honours
Coursework
The coursework components can include courses in other
discipline areas or Honours programs approved as suitable
within the students overall program. Where students
coursework is not specifically designed as an Honours course,
students will need to do extra reading and longer essays.
Where a students active command of German is seen as
needing improvement, practical studies aimed at increasing
proficiency may be prescribed as part of the Honours Year.
Combined Honours
The German component in the program of a student who
wishes to do Combined Honours in this discipline and another
discipline is the following:
(d) approval of proposed topic by a member of academic staff

Honours Convener; (e) approval of the Head of the Fenner
The Honours year starts either in the first week of February,
or - for mid-year entry - in the first week in July. Details of the
Honours Programs and candidature are presented in the FSES
Honours Handbook.

Fourth Year
ECOS4005F Human Ecology IV Honours (full time)
(a) a minimum of 48 units from later-year courses counting

towards German Studies
ECOS4005P Human Ecology IV Honours (part time)
(b) half the normal coursework of the German Fourth-Year

Honours program
The grade awarded or Honours depends principally (90 per cent)

on the mark award the thesis, and on the mark awarded to the
final Honours seminar (10 per cent). All Honours students are
examined orally subsequent to the examiners assessment of
the thesis. Honours students are also required to participate in a
mid-term review.
(c) a minor thesis, to be determined after consultation between

the two disciplinary areas or Schools concerned.

Fourth Year
GERM4005F German IV Honours (full time)
GERM4005P German IV Honours (part time)
Further information
Prospective fourth-year students should discuss their plans with
the Convener well in advance.
Such students are strongly encouraged to consider taking part
of their German studies (for credit) at a German-speaking
university, and should again consult the Convener well in
advance. Overseas study, however, is not a requirement.
Human Ecology Honours

Convenor: Dr Robert Dyball
Administration: Fenner School of Environment and Society,
Faculty of Science
The Fenner School of Environment and Society Honours
Programs are intended to support promising students in
developing their knowledge base, and their research skills and
experience. Honours students work closely with their FSES
supervisor, often in partnership with collaborators elsewhere
in the ANU, and/or in CSIRO, government, industry, and
Assessment
Further information
and seeks to assist prospective Honours students structure
their degree to facilitate their entry to Honours. Students
contemplating Honours should contact the relevant convenor
as early as possible in their degree, and at least a semester prior
to their intended Honours commencement date.
History Honours
Convenor: Dr Paul Burton
Students entering the honours year (History IV) need to have
completed:
(a) the pass degree with 60 units in at least 10 courses offered
or approved for the History major
(b) at least 48 of the 60 units must be in History courses
taught in the School of Social Sciences, and students must
have completed both History and Theory HIST2110 and
Researching and Writing History HIST2139 (previously
HIST3006)
167
(c) Of the 60 History units required to enter the honours year

(History IV), at least twelve units (two courses) must be
completed at Distinction level or above and the remainder
at Credit level or above. Students may compensate for up to
twelve units in History at Pass level with an equal number
of points in History at Distinction level or above (that is, in
addition to the twelve Distinction units which are required
as a minimum).
Prospective students should consult the Graduate School

website www.anu.edu.au/graduate/index.php They are advised
to contact the Graduate Convenor in the History Program
for advice about admission procedures and the availability of
supervision in the field they wish to study.
Combined Honours
Students entering a Combined Honours year will need to have

completed 48 units in courses offered or approved for the
History major. At least 30 of the 48 units must be in History
courses taught in the School of Social Sciences, and students
must have completed both History and Theory HIST2110
and Researching and Writing History HIST2139 (previously
HIST3006). Students considering a Combined Honours year
should consult the Convenor as early as possible.
Administration: Fenner School of Environment and Society,

Faculty of Science
Of the 48 History units required to enter a Combined Honours

year, at least six must be at Distinction level or above and the
remainder at Credit level or above. Students may compensate
for up to twelve units in History at Pass level with an equal
number of points in History at Distinction level or above (that
is, in addition to the six Distinction units which are required as
a minimum).
History IV
The coursework of the honours year will be prescribed from year
to year by the Convenor.
In 2009 it will consist of:
History 4A - a research thesis of 15,000 words on an approved
topic. The thesis must be submitted on Monday 22 June 2009;
students will give at least one seminar on their topic during the
first semester. Students are expected to have sought approval
for their topic and made supervision arrangements with a
member of staff no later than January.
History 4B - a special course involving intensive reading, weekly
tutorials and the presentation of essays during the second
semester.
History 4C - a special course involving intensive reading, weekly
tutorials and the presentation of essays during the second
semester.
Final honours results are determined on the basis of History IV
as a whole.

Fourth Year
HIST4005F History IV Honours (full time)
HIST4005P History IV Honours (part time)
Further information
Graduate Studies
History provides teaching and supervision of research projects
in a range of courses within the Graduate School. Courses
are available leading to the Graduate Diploma and to the
degrees of Master of Arts, Master of Philosophy and Doctor of
Philosophy. Normally graduate students will be enrolled in the
History Program of the Graduate School, but students can also
undertake M Phil and PhD study through the Australian Studies
Program of the Graduate School, or the Gender, Sexuality and
Culture Program.
168
Human Sciences Honours

Intending Honours students in Human Sciences who are

enrolled in the Faculty of Arts should first read the general
statement The degree with Honours in the introductory section
of the Faculty of Arts entry.
The program for students in the Faculty of Arts extends over
four years and normally consists of:
Completion of BA degree requirements to include:
(a) major in Human Sciences, together with another course to a
value of 6 units from among those listed for the major
(b) Another major in a cognate area of study. The school,
department or program responsible for that major may
require completion of an additional course to a value of 6
units.
Intending Honours students in Human Sciences should normally
contact the convener of the Human Sciences program no later
than the beginning of the third year of the degree. They should
plan the third and Fourth Years of their degree in consultation
with the Convenor of Human Sciences and with the head of the
school, department or program responsible for their cognate
major.
Admission to Human Sciences IV (H) is approved by Faculty on
the recommendation of the Head of the School of Resources,
Environment and Society acting on the advice of the Convener
of Human Sciences. The normal requirements for entry are:
(a) ECOS2001 at Credit level or better, and one Human Sciences
core 3000 level course
(b) two other Human Sciences courses or one other Human
Sciences course and one of the optional courses listed for
the Human Sciences major (see above). Two at least of the
Human Sciences core courses must be passed at Distinction
level
(c) Later-year courses to a value of at least 30 units (five
courses) from a cognate major.
Admission is possible only if a suitable supervisor is
available.
The course for Human Sciences IV(H) will normally consist of
(a) human Sciences Honours and Graduate Seminar, together
with an associated reading program and/or course work
(b) course work approved by the cognate department
(c) an original investigation, presented in a seminar and as a
subthesis of approximately 15,000 words, due in the first
week of November.
International Relations Honours

Convenor: Dr Kim Huynh
Information session
There will be a meeting for students hoping to advance to
International Relations IV during the year. Further information
can also be obtained from the School of Social Science
Administration Office or through the School of Social Sciences
web page (http://arts.anu.edu.au/sss/Honours.asp). Students
with particular enquiries should consult the Honours Convenor.
For those beginning their degree in 2004, or after, to be
recommended for entry into Fourth Year Honours, students
must have completed the requirements for the pass degree
including:
(a) two first-year courses consisting of either POLS1002 or
POLS1003 or POLS1004 or GEOG1008 or EURO1004 or
HIST1015 plus POLS1005 (compulsory course)
(b) eight later - year level courses from the International
Relations major to the value of 48 units, including the
compulsory course POLS3001 and a minimum of 12
additional units from core courses
(c) all eight later-year level courses must be completed with a
minimum of Distinction grade or higher
(d) confirmation of a supervisor before the commencement of
your Honours year.
For ANU students who have commenced their degree course
prior to 2004, the following requirements are applicable:
To be recommended for entry into the Honours year in
International Relations, students must have completed the
requirements for the pass degree including:
(a) two first-year courses consisting of either POLS1002, or
POLS1003, or POLS1004 or GEOG1008 or EURO1004 or
HIST1015 and POLS1005 (the compulsory first-year course)
(b) eight later-year level courses from the International
Relations major to the value of 48 units, including the core
course POLS3001 and a minimum of 12 additional units
from core courses. At least 24 of these 48 later-year units
must be at Distinction level or higher with the remainder
completed at Credit level or better. If students obtain one
or more High Distinction grades in later-year courses in
addition to the 24 units required at Distinction level, then
the later-year courses completed at Pass level to the same
value will be counted at Credit level
(c) confirmation of a supervisor before the commencement of
your Honours year.
International Relations IV Honours year comprises:
(a) a thesis on a topic approved by the Head of School
(b) participation in seminar courses.
Final honours results are determined on the basis of a students
overall performance in International Relations IV.
Combined Honours including International Relations

For those beginning their degree in 2004, or after, students may
combine honours in International Relations with honours in
certain other disciplines, the overall workload being equivalent
to honours in a single discipline.
Eight courses from the International Relations major (48 units).

Six at later-year level are to be completed with grades of
Distinction or above.
For ANU students who have commenced their degree prior to
2004, the following requirements are applicable:
three courses from the International Relations major (18
units) at later-year level are to be completed with grades of
Distinction or above. The remaining three courses (18 units)
should be completed with grades of Credit or above.
When planning such a degree students should take account of
the honours requirements in both disciplines. Those interested
should consult the Honours Convenor as early as possible.
Double Honours including International Relations

Students interested in doing more extended work in
International Relations and another discipline may take a
double honours degree. This usually takes two years to complete
full-time. Intending students should consult the Honours
Convenor.

Fourth Year
POLS4105F International Relations IV Honours (full time)
POLS4105P International Relations IV Honours (part time)
Italian Honours
Convenor: Dr Piera Carroli
To be admitted to Italian IV (Honours), students must have
completed 10 courses in Italian to a value of 60 units. The 10
courses in Italian may be made up in two ways:
1. The Italian major of 42 units (normally seven courses) plus
18 units (normally three other courses) of Italian, each at
Credit level; or
2. With the permission of the Head of School, 48 units
(normally eight courses) of Italian, including the Italian
major, plus two courses with an Italian content eg Art and
Architecture of the Italian Renaissance ARTH2019 at credit
level.

Intending students should consult the Italian Convener for

the full list of cognate courses and express their intention
no later than the beginning of their second year.
Italian IV Honours consists of:

(a) coursework worth 40 per cent in all:

Coursework will be determined according to the needs

of each student. Coursework components can include
courses in other disciplines, Schools or overseas universities
approved as suitable within the students overall program.
Where a students active command of Italian is seen as
needing improvement, practical work aimed at increasing
proficiency may be prescribed as part of the Honours Year
(b) thesis of 12-15,000 words, written in Italian unless a

per cent
(c) a thesis proposal worth 10 per cent.
169
Combined Honours
It is possible to combine honours in Italian with other honours
schools in the Faculty of Arts. To be admitted to Combined
Honours, students should normally have completed 48 units
(normally eight courses) in Italian with at least Credit level
throughout.
The coursework for Combined Honours consists of Part (a) or
part (b) above.
The two disciplines concerned in Combined Honours will
negotiate the supervision and assessment of work, in
consultation with the student.

Fourth Year
ITAL4005F Italian IV Honours (full time)
ITAL4005P Italian IV Honours (part time)
Latin Honours
The program for the degree with Honours in Latin will comprise
the following:
2. a major in Latin
courses in the Classics major).

half-hour in Combined Honours courses) in unseen translation
from Latin to be taken at the end of the last semester of the
candidates course.
(including the unseen translation paper) two-thirds of the
assessment.

Admission requirements for Combined Honours courses in the
Classics Program:
1. completion of the pass degree.
and Ancient History; OR Latin and Classics.
courses in the Classics major).
each major.
Linguistics Honours

It is strongly recommended that candidates for Honours in Latin

take at least one course of Ancient Greek.
Convenor: Dr Phil Rose

Latin major.
Latin lV (Honours)
(b) a minimum of 10 approved courses totalling at least 60

units.

Students must attain at the very least a high Credit average in

these courses as well as some Distinctions to be considered for
admission.
Thesis
In Honours in Linguistics, students continue to study and

research Language Structure: theories on what it is like, how to
describe it, how it changes over time etc.

Fourth Year
LATN4005F Latin IV Honours (full time)
LATN4005P Latin IV Honours (part time)
Assessment
170
Entry to Honours in Linguistics requires:

(a) completion of the requirements for the BA pass degree; and
Students are formally admitted into Honours in Linguistics only

in the Fourth Year. However, the Program invites students to
consider doing honours on the basis of their first year marks.
Intending honours students should therefore plan the second
and third years of their course carefully so as to make sure
that they qualify for admission to fourth-year honours, and to
decide whether they will do Honours in Linguistics or Applied
Linguistics. Students are advised to make an appointment
with the honours coordinator to discuss their options. The
prerequisites for entry to fourth-year honours are set out below.
Approved courses for entry into Honours in

Linguistics
Students should normally have taken 10 Linguistics courses
(ie at least 60 units worth). These 10 courses must include the
basic three courses, ie List A, and at least one course from List
B.
Three compulsory courses - List A:
LING1010/LING2010 Phonetics: Sounds of the Worlds
Languages
LING2008 Semantics
Note: Students who have taken Phonetics and Phonology
LING1004/2004 can substitute this one course for Phonetics:
Sounds of the Worlds Languages LING1010/LING2010.
List B:
in the Arts Faculty are as follows. The student must have

completed a total of eight courses in each of the two relevant
subjects, including at least a major in each discipline area and
possibly certain specified overlapping courses. Their choice of
Linguistics courses must be consistent with either the general
or applied stream as set out above.
Interested students are asked to consult the honours
coordinators of both Programs from their second year and
have their topic and program formally approved. The Fourth
Year should involve coursework in both discipline areas and
a sub-thesis combining aspects of both disciplines, which is
supervised and examined by staff from both Programs. The
exact structure and the weighting of the various components is
negotiated between the two relevant programs.
Fourth Year
LING4005F Linguistics IV Honours (full time)
LING2009 Morphology
LING4005P Linguistics IV Honours (part time)

Graduate Studies The Graduate Program in Linguistics offers the

following courses. For details see the Graduate School website.
Graduate Diploma in Arts (specialising in Linguistics)
Graduate Diploma in Applied Linguistics
Each of the above courses amplifies the knowledge and

expertise in linguistic analysis provided by one or more of the
basic four core courses.
Graduate Diploma in Translation Studies
A sensible set of choices for intending Linguistics Honours

students would be to take the introductory course LING1001
Introduction to the Study of Language, and LING1010/LING2010
Phonetics: Sounds of the Worlds Language in the first year (six
linguistics units in each semester), and then take four courses
(24 units) in each of the following two years, doing LING2003
Introduction to Syntax and LING2008 Semantics in the second
year.
Master of Applied Linguistics (by coursework and research)
It is important that prospective honours students should

consult with the designated honours coordinator at least once a
year, to discuss their choice of courses and ensure that they are
recommended to the Faculty for entry to fourth-year honours
when the time comes.
Master of Translation Studies

Master of Linguistics (by coursework and research)
Master of Philosophy (by research only)
Musicology Honours
Convenor: To be advised
Administration: School of Music
Students may undertake the Bachelor of Arts degree with
Honours in Music (Musicology) or in combination with another
Honours program with the approval of the relevant Heads.
For other courses that may be included in the Linguistics

Honours, please see the list of additional courses in the
Linguistics major.
Honours year work

In their Honours year, students normally take three Linguistics
courses as their coursework component, and write a substantial
sub-thesis reporting the results of their own research. Both
thesis and coursework count equally (ie 50 per cent) to their
final mark. All fourth-year honours coursework is assessed at
fourth-year (ie postgraduate) level.
(a) the BA pass degree requirements;

requirements of their pass degree, students should consult with
supervisor.
Fourth Year
MUSM4105F Musicology IV Honours (full time)
Combined Honours
It is possible to combine honours in Linguistics with honours in

a language offered by either the Faculty of Arts or the Faculty
of Asian Studies, as well as with a number of other disciplines,
for example Political Science or International Relations.
Prerequisites for entry to Fourth Year for Combined Honours
To qualify for entry to Honours in Music, students must have

completed:
(b) at least 60 units (10 courses) in music which must include
at least 12 units (two courses) in Musicology 1 - 6 and
which may include one cognate course in another relevant
discipline.
MUSM4105P Musicology IV Honours (part time)
New Media Arts Honours

The Honours Program in New Media Arts entails study, analysis
and research into the area of New Media Studies. Students
171
who successfully complete this program will have attained

a professional level of capability in assessing policy, artistic
practice and literature involved in the growing area of digital
media and its use in society.
Students are expected to consult with the honours convenor
supervision with a member of staff no later than mid-January.
This Honours Program may only be taken in the Bachelor of Arts
(New Media Arts)
Coursework prescribed by the other Honours Program; and

A research thesis of 15,000 words on a topic approved by both
Honours Program Convenors.

Fourth Year
NEWM4005F New Media Arts IV Honours (full time)
NEWM4005P New Media Arts IV Honours (part time)
Philosophy Honours
Completion of the requirements for the BA (New Media Arts)

pass degree.
Convenor: 2009 Sem 1 - Dr Jason Grossman; 2009 Sem 2 - Dr

Christian Barry.
A Distinction average in the courses making up the 42 units

of the chosen Major together with the courses Media Cultures
1 (NEWM1001) and Media Cultures 2 (NEWM2001), plus an
additional later year 6 unit course from List A of courses for
the BA (New Media Arts) as set out in the Handbook: 60 units
in total.

Students who have completed the requirements for their BA
pass degree (or equivalent BA majoring in media studies or
relevant disciplines) elsewhere are encouraged to apply for
Honours in New Media Arts. Applications will assessed on a
case-by-case basis; however these applicants should still have
completed 10 relevant courses at the appropriate grade level.
New Media Arts IV (Honours)

A research thesis of 15,000 words (60 per cent). After
consultation with and permission from the Convenor, this
component may be varied: a practice project may also be
undertaken (20 per cent), with the written thesis being 12,000
words (40 per cent). The practice project would be undertaken
under supervision from staff in the Digital Media program in
the School of Art.
Honours Seminar program: including written work totalling
4000 words (20 per cent).
An appropriate 4th year or later year unit taken in the cognate
discipline or elsewhere in the Faculty, assessed at a Fourth Year
honours level, including written work totalling 5000 words or
the creative practice equivalent (20 per cent).
Combined Honours Program in New Media Arts

New Media Arts offers a Combined Honours program in
combination with other areas in the Faculty of Arts where the
combination has academic merit and subject to the approval
of both discipline areas. The overall workload will be equivalent
to Honours in a single subject. When planning such a degree
students should take account of the Honours requirements in
both disciplines.
Combined Honours Entry requirements
the Bachelor of Arts (New Media Arts) requirements with
Distinctions in Media Cultures 1 (NEWM1001), Media Cultures 2
(NEWM2001) and two courses from the chosen Major, together
with the relevant Major requirements, together with one
extra later year course in that major from the other Honours
Program.
The Combined Honours year will comprise:
Honours Seminar in New Media Arts
172
Entry requirements
An entrant to 4th year Honours will have completed courses to
the value of 144 units of which 60 units must be in Philosophy
with at least a distinction average.
Syllabus
Philosophy IV (final Honours) consists of an integrated course of
study as prescribed by the Honours Convenor.
Students will take three courses in total. At least two of these
will be Advanced courses (of which three will be offered each
year - Advanced Continental Philosophy, Advanced Analytical
Philosophy, and Advanced Ethical and Political Philosophy).
The third course, if not another advanced course, will be a
regular upper level course or a reading group (the latter to be
negotiated on an individual basis). The essays for these courses
will be between 4,000 and 4,500 words in length and will be
worth 15 per cent each.
The sub-thesis of between 8,000 and 10,000 words will be
worth 55 per cent. (However students writing on an approved
topic in Logic will normally write a rather shorter thesis, the
length to be approved by the Honours Convenor).
Assessment will be based on:
(i) a sub-thesis (8,000-10,000 words) on a chosen topic (55 per
cent)
(ii) three essays submitted for the advanced courses/reading
groups (4,000-4,500 words each) (15 per cent each/45 per
cent in total).
Note: two copies of course work/seminar assessment items
should be handed in to the school of humanities office. Two
Copies of the Sub-Thesis are lodged with the ANU College of
Arts and Social Sciences Office by the advertised deadline.
Combined Honours courses including Philosophy

Honours courses of four years duration that combines
philosophy with some other subject may be arranged in
consultation with other disciplines (including English).
Interested students should consult the Honours Convener.
Double Honours courses including philosophy

Such courses, normally of five years duration, are available
for those who wish to do more extended honours work in
philosophy and in some other subject. Those interested should
consult the Honours Convener.
Arts/Law with philosophy Honours

This course is available and may be completed in six years.
Details of the course of study may be obtained by consulting
the Honours Convener.

Fourth Year
PHIL4005F Philosophy IV Honours (full time)
PHIL4005P Philosophy IV Honours (part time)
Master of Philosophy and Doctor of Philosophy
These degrees can be taken in the discipline. For information
consult the Graduate School Handbook. A good honours degree
is normally required for admission to these degrees. A graduate
with a pass degree in philosophy who wishes to proceed to
the degree of Master of Philosophy may undertake a Master of
Philosophy qualifying course.
Further information
It is not possible in this Handbook to explain all philosophy
courses in sufficient detail. For further information, see the
philosophy web page: http://arts.anu.edu.au philosophy, or
consult individual members of staff.
Political Science Honours

Convenors: Dr Kim Huynh
Information session
There will be a meeting for students hoping to advance to
Political Science IV during the year. Information can be obtained
from the School of Social Sciences web page (http://arts.anu.
edu.au/sss/Honours.asp). Students with particular enquiries
should consult the Honours Convenor.
To be eligible for entry into Fourth Year Honours, students must
have completed the requirements for the pass degree.
The degree with honours in Political Science normally
comprises:
(a) two first-year courses in Political Science
(b) eight later-year level courses of political science to the
value of 48 units. At least 24 of these 48 units of Political
Science are to comprise courses completed with a grade of
Distinction or above, with the remainder to be completed
with grades of Credit or above. If students obtain one
or more High Distinction grades in later-year courses in
addition to the 24 units required at Distinction level, then
later-year courses completed at Pass level to the same value
will be counted at Credit level.
Political Science IV comprises:
(a) a thesis on a topic approved by the Head of School
(b) participation in seminar courses.
overall performance in Political Science IV.
Combined Honours including Political Science

Students may combine honours in Political Science with
honours in certain other disciplines. The overall workload is
equivalent to honours in a single discipline.
Three courses from the Political Science major (18 units) at

later-year level are to be completed with grades of Distinction
or above. The remaining three courses (18 units) of Political
Science should be completed with grades of Credit or above.
When planning such a degree, students should take account of
the honours requirements in both disciplines. Those interested
should consult the Honours Convenor as early as possible.
Double honours including Political Science

Students interested in doing more extended work in Political
Science and another discipline may take a double honours
degree. This usually takes two years to complete full-time.
Intending students should consult Honours Convenor in the
ANU College of Arts and Social Sciences Student Office.

Fourth Year
POLS4005F Political Science IV Honours (full time)
POLS4005P Political Science IV Honours (part time)
Population Health Honours

Convenor: Dr Robert Attenborough
Population Health Honours provides a route for undergraduates
with a background in social and/or biological aspects of health
to develop honours-level skills and experience relevant to
research on health studied at a population level.
1. Completion of the requirements for a BA or BSc pass degree
plus;
2. 60 units of coursework consisting of:
completion of one of the following majors: Health,
Medicine and the Body; Population Studies; Biological
Anthropology; Genetics; Immunology & Microbiology; or
Physiology (42 units) plus
at least 18 additional units chosen from either a second
of those majors or a major in a discipline included in
Health, Medicine & the Body or Population Studies.
70 per cent average or better achieved across all 60
units
the pass degree should usually include completion of
an honours research preparation course (BIAN3014
Research Design and Analysis in Biological Anthropology,
or approved equivalent in another discipline). The
recommendation is where possible to take this course in
the last semester of the honours applicants pass degree.
Honours IV Syllabus
1. Two relevant honours-level courses relevant to population
health (20 per cent each)
2. a sub-thesis of approximately 15,000 words on a population
health topic (60 per cent).
The coursework components available will be confirmed year
by year by the convener, in consultation with the university
areas offering them and with the applicants. The most likely
coursework components include relevant honours courses in
the Faculties (eg the population biology theory seminar of the
biological anthropology honours program, Arts), and relevant
postgraduate courses offered by Demography RSSS (eg health
173
demography), the Medical School, and/or the National Centre

for Epidemiology and Population Health. Thesis supervision
is to be provided by relevant faculties staff with, where so
negotiated, co-supervision by other staff, eg from Demography
or NCEPH.
Psychology Honours
Fourth Year
POPS4105F Population Health IV Honours (full time)
To qualify for entry to honours in Psychology, students must

have completed:
POPS4105P Population Health IV Honours (part time)
(a) the BA pass degree requirements
Population Studies Honours

Convenor: Dr Robert Attenborough
Offered by: Faculty of Science

Convenor: Dr Mark Edwards
Administration: Department of Psychology, Faculty of Science
(b) at least 72 units in Psychology as follows:

PSYC1003; PSYC1004; PSYC2001; PSYC2002; PSYC2009;

PSYC2008; PSYC2009 (or equivalent); PSYC3026 or
PSYC2004; PSYC3018; plus at least three other Group C
psychology courses.
(c) at least an average grade level of Credit to be considered.
The requirements for entry to honours in Population Studies

normally consists of completion of a Bachelor of Arts degree or
a combined degree, including 10 courses to the value of at least
60 units from:
These restrictions are imposed to ensure that all Fourth Year

students have been exposed to a suitably wide range of areas
of psychology (as is guaranteed by the BSc(Psych) and BPsych
in line with the requirements of accreditation of the courses by
the Australian Psychological Society).
(a) a major in population studies (min. 42 units). The seven

courses are to be completed with at least a credit grade
average
Psychology IV Honours
(b) and either a major (42 units) in a cognate area, such as

sociology or geography, or additional courses to the value of
18 units from the lists of core courses and other later-year
courses in the Population Studies major.
Population Studies IV syllabus
The requirements for the Fourth Year normally consist of:
(a) the honours seminar in Population Studies (Theories in
Demography). This course is offered by the Graduate
Program in Demography and may be taken at honours level
(b) an appropriate later-year course taken in the Faculties or
in the Graduate Program in Demography, and assessed at
fourth-year honours level
(c) a sub-thesis of 15,000 to 20,000 words supervised by staff
from one or more of the following: the Population Studies
Program, Sociology, School of Social Sciences, the School of
Resources, Environment and Society, the Graduate Program
in Demography. Normally, the sub-thesis will count for 60
per cent of the overall result, the graduate seminar and the
additional course for 20 per cent each.

Fourth Year
POPS4005F Population Studies IV Honours (full time)
During Fourth Year, honours candidates work solely in the area

of psychology. The work comprises coursework and research.
Each of these contributes 50 per cent to the overall program
grade.
Coursework
Honours students complete three courses comprising two
compulsory courses, one on research methods and the other
on psychological testing, and one elective. Students are able to
choose from three electives covering:
1) abnormal and developmental psychology
2) cognition and the biological basis of behaviour
3) social psychology.
Research Work
Research thesis (maximum 12,000 words). The thesis reports an
empirical investigation of a topic in psychology. The student is
responsible for the design and execution of all phases of the
project however s/he works with the support of a supervisor.
The report is submitted in a publishable form which follows APA
style guidelines.

Fourth Year
PSYC4005F Psychology IV Honours (full time)
PSYC4005P Psychology IV Honours (part time)
POPS4005P Population Studies IV Honours (part time)
Combined Honours
Combined Honours

between Psychology and other areas of the Faculty. Interested
students should consult the appropriate Honours Convenor in

between Population Studies and other areas of the Faculty.
174
Russian Honours
Requirements for admission to honours year
(a) Completion of Bachelor of Arts pass degree requirements

with 60 units (10 courses) in Sociology including:
at least one Theory course (ie SOCY2040, SOCY3014)
at least one Research Methods course (ie SOCY2037,
SOCY2043, SOCY2038, POPS2002)
Convenor: Dr Kevin Windle

(a) completion of a BA pass degree;
(b) minimum of 60 units (normally10 courses) in Russian with
no more than 12 units (two courses) undertaken at first year
level;
(c) Attained a minimum of a credit average for Russian courses.
Russian IV Honours
The Honours program normally comprises five equal
components:
(a) and (b) Practical language work, oral and written, including
translation into and from Russian (two contact hours per
week throughout the year);
(c) a sub-thesis of circa 10,000 words on an approved topic;
(d) and (e) Two courses selected from the following:
Nineteenth-century Russian literature
Twentieth-century Russian literature
Comparative Slavonic Philology
History of the Russian Language.
Internal ANU BA students

Students must have completed 24 units (four later year
courses) comprising RUSS3002 Reading Russian for Academic
Purposes I, RUSS3003 Reading Russian for Academic Purposes
II, LANG3001 Translation across Languages: the Translation of
Literary Texts and LANG3002 Translation across Languages:
Specialised Material plus the 36 units (normally 6 courses) of
Russian language courses (undertaken by cross-institutional
study).
(b) Half of all courses in Sociology must be at the level of

Distinction or above, unless the convenor of sociology
determines otherwise.
(c) Supervisory arrangements must normally be in place before
a candidate can be admitted to the honours year.

Fourth Year
SOCY4005F Sociology IV Honours (full time)
SOCY4005P Sociology IV Honours (part time)
Combined Honours
between Sociology and other areas of the Faculty. Interested
Spanish Honours
Convenor: Dr Daniel Martin
For the degree with Honours in Spanish the program extends
over four years and consists of:
(a) ten Spanish courses to the value of at least 60 units
(b) completion of BA pass degree requirements
(c) a Fourth-Year honours program as described below.
Students will be assessed on an individual basis but should still

have completed the required 60 units and equivalent courses
for the designated courses above.
Candidates for honours are expected to maintain at least a

Credit average in their Spanish courses, with results for three
advanced courses normally at Distinction level or better.
Exceptions to (a) above:
Fourth Year
RUSS4005F Russian IV Honours (full time)
RUSS4005P Russian IV Honours (part time)
Combined Honours
between Russian and other areas of the Faculty. Interested
Sociology Honours
Convenor: Dr Joanna Sikora
The course for the degree with Honours in Sociology extends
over four years.
(i) students entering core language courses at the Intermediate

Spanish I SPAN3001 level may take up to two later-year
courses outside of the Spanish discipline. Students will need
the approval of the Spanish Convener
(ii) students entering core language courses at the Advanced
Spanish I SPAN3003 level may take up to three later-year
courses outside of the Spanish discipline. Students will need
the approval of the Spanish Convener
(iii) students who have completed an undergraduate pass
degree at ANU or another Australian university which
includes a normal (seven courses) major in Spanish, and
also an exchange with a Spanish-speaking university. In
such cases, students should have studied (in Spanish) the
equivalent of three normal later-year ANU subjects that
counted towards other majors in their degree
(iv) students who have completed an undergraduate degree at
a Spanish-speaking university and/or who have substantial
experience teaching Spanish as a foreign language.
175
The Fourth-Year Honours Program

The Honours program consists of:
(a) two coursework components, each worth 20 per cent
(b) thesis of 12,000-15,000 words, written in Spanish unless a
per cent
Coursework
within the students overall program, especially Research
Methods courses. Where students coursework is not specifically
designed as an Honours course, students will need to do extra
work (eg. longer essays).
Where a students active command of Spanish is seen as
Combined Honours
The Spanish component in the program of a student who
wishes to do Combined Honours in this discipline and another
discipline is normally the following:
Course Description
Ancient Athens: Democracy & Empire
ANCH1013 (6 units)
First Year Course
First Semester, 2009
Workload: 2 hour lecture per week and one tutorial a week
Course Description: The democratic Athens of Perikles has
seemed to many the high point of Greek history, a period in
which Athens became one of the worlds first democratic states
and at the same time the most powerful state in the Greek
world, and at the same time a time of a tremendous flowering
in art and literature. This course will explore the development
of Athenian democracy in the late 6th and 5th centuries BC,
and the way in which democratic Athens became an imperial
power in the 5th century. The course will look at Athens in the
context of Greek political and social structures, and consider
the relationship, in Athens case, between democracy and
empire. Students will read important ancient authors, including
Herodotos and Thucydides.
(a) a minimum of 48 units (preferably from later-year courses)

counting towards Spanish Studies
Course Syllabus
(b) half the normal coursework of Spanish IV
Development of Athenian democracy from Solon to Kleisthenes
(c) a sub-thesis, to be determined after consultation between

Herodotos and the Persian Wars
Component (c) above could be replaced by a combined

15,000-word thesis written in Spanish but using substantial
bibliographic material from the other area of the Combined
Honours program. In such cases the thesis would also fulfill the
thesis requirement of the other area combined with Spanish. A
thesis written in English, or another language, using substantial
source materials in Spanish could also be a possibility,
depending on the area with which Spanish is combined.

Fourth Year
SPAN4005F Spanish IV Honours (full time)
Greek states and society in the archaic period
Athenian democracy, society and the arts in the 5th century

Thucydides and the Peloponnesian War
Indicative Assessment: One 1500 word essay (30 per cent)
Tutorial presentation and partcipation (10 per cent), One
in-class midterm examination (20 per cent), One three-hour
exam in the examination period (40 per cent)
Recommended preliminary reading: S.B. Pomeroy, S.M. Burstein,
W. Donlan and J.T. Roberts, Ancient Greece: a political, social,
and cultural history (New York, Oxford University Press, 1999;
2nd ed. 2008)
SPAN4005P Spanish IV Honours (part time)
Bad Neighbours: Law & life in Ancient Athens

ANCH2016 (6 units)
Further information
Later Year Course

the Convenor well in advance.
Second Semester, 2009
Students are strongly encouraged to consider taking part

of their Spanish studies (for credit) at a Spanish-speaking
176
Workload: The course will consist of 12 one-hour tutorials and

24 hours of lecturesover the course of the semester.
Academic Contact: Peter Londey
Prerequisites: 12 units of first year Arts courses
Recommended: ANCH1013, HIST1019
Course Description: The large corpus of extant speeches from
the Athenian law-courts of the 4th century BC provide us with
our best set of evidence for the social, economic and even
political life of ancient Greece. Students will read speeches by
orators such as Lysias, Isokrates, Demosthenes and Aischines,
and explore in detail what we can learn from the individual
cases being argued about Athenian society at large. Reading
from the law-court speeches themselves will be supplemented
with evidence from philosophers, writers of treatises, literary
sources, inscriptions, and archaeological evidence. cases to
be studied will include disputes over inheritance, marital
and sexual relationships, business partnerships, and political
disputes. Students will also learn about the economic structure

of agriculture, mining and trade in Athens; family structure
and relationships; slavery; effects of war; and other aspects of
Athenian life.
Indicative Assessment: Tutorial participation (5 per cent) Class
presentation and written report (2,000 words group report)
(25 per cent) Essay (2,000 words) (30 per cent) One three-hour
exam in the examination period (40 per cent)
Recommended preliminary reading: S.B. Pomeroy, S.M. Burstein,
W. Donlan and J.T. Roberts, Ancient Greece: a political, social,
and cultural history (New York, Oxford University Press, 1999;
2nd ed. 2008)
Ancient History IV Honours (S)

ANCH4005F (24 units each Semester)
Later Year Course
First Semester, 2009 and Second Semester, 2009
Course Description: The coursework of the Honours year will
be prescribed from year to year by the Convener. In 2009 it will
consist of:
1. A thesis of 15,000 words on an approved topic, to be
submitted normally by the Friday of the next to last teaching
week of the final semester of the candidates course. Students
are required to select the topic for the thesis in consultation
with the Convener before the end of their preceding year, and
to begin study for it during the intervening vacation.
2. Seminar A: The poetics of landscape (Dr Jessica Dietrich).
3. Seminar B: To be announced.
Indicative Assessment: The seminars will be assessed on a
combination of coursework and a final three-hour examination
at the end of the semester in which the seminar is taken.
The thesis will carry 40 per cent of the assessment and the
coursework in both seminars and the final examinations 60 per
cent of the assessment.

ANCH4005P (12 units each semester)
Later Year Course
Course Description: As for ANCH4005F
This course is taken by students undertaking Ancient History
Honours on a part-time basis. See full-time entry for further
details.
Australian National Internship A

ANIP3004 (18 units)
Later Year Course
Workload: 2.5 days per week for 11 weeks working on the
Internship research report. A weekly workshop for 1 hour
dealing with course issues and a public policy seminar for 1.5
hours per week for about 6 weeks.
Academic Contact: Director, Dr Robert Campbell
Course Description: The Australian National Internships
Program provides undergraduate course work students, from
any discipline, with the opportunity to undertake a significant

research project within the work place. Academic credit will
be awarded towards the students degrees. All placements
are in Canberra at national organisations (eg Parliament
House, government departments and NGOs/lobby groups), or
international organisations (eg foreign embassies). Placements
are for 11 weeks. The research topic is agreed between the
Intern and the placement and topics usually have a public
policy focus. During the Internship students attend workshops
and a course work seminar series on campus.
Indicative Assessment: Research report up to 8,000 words
(70 per cent of final grade), oral presentation on the research
report (20 per cent of final grade) and a written report or oral
presentation on the course work (10 per cent of final grade).
Australian National Internship B

ANIP3005 (12 units)
Later Year Course
Workload: 2.5 days per week for 11 weeks working on the
Internship research report and a weekly workshop for 1 hour
dealing with course issues.
on campus.
Indicative Assessment: Research report up to 8,000 words (80
per cent of final grade) and oral presentation on the research
report (20 per cent of final grade).
Australian National Internship C

ANIP3006 (18 units)
Later Year Course
Workload: 4 days per week for 11 weeks working on the
Internship research report and a weekly workshop for 1 hour
dealing with course issues.
on campus.
177
Indicative Assessment: Research report up to 16,000 words (80

per cent of final grade) and oral presentation on the research
report (20 per cent of final grade).
Culture & Human Diversity: Introducing

Anthropology
ANTH1002 (6 units)
First Year Course
Workload: 2 hours of lectures and one hour of tutorial per week
+ 1-3 hours of study outside of contact hours per week.
Academic Contact: Dr Simone Dennis
Recommended: Students taking this course are advised to
combine it with the course Global and Local ANTH1003.
Course Description: Anthropology is the study of human
cultures, in all their breadth, depth and range. This range of
study positions anthropology as a very broad discipline but it
is equally a specialist one: anthropologists seek to generate a
disciplinary-specific knoweldge about human beings that goes
beyond the taken for granted. A key practice of anthropology
is ethnography. Ethnographic information is collected over
long periods of time, among the people the anthropologist
wants to study. On the basis of long-term and in-depth
engagement, anthropologists are able to arrive at very specific
cultural understandings of the world, which differ from
conventional, assumed and even stereotypical or ethnocentric
understandings. In the world we live in today, generating
understandings of people that take account of the equal but
different ways in which people live in the world is more crucial
than ever. In this course, we will look at the distinctive ways in
which anthropologists generate knowledge of human societies.
Students will also have opportunity to learn how to apply
anthropological understanding and ethnographic techniques
in a hands-on way to their immediate circumstances: the
culture of the University. In a supportive and exciting researchbased teaching environment, students will become budding
researchers in the culture they have just arrived in, and will take
these new experiences for anthropological analysis.
Indicative Assessment: Tutorial assignment (research workshop)
(5 per cent), tutorial attendance and participation (20 per cent),
ethnographic portfolio (35 per cent) 1,500 word essay (40 per
cent).
Preliminary Reading: None is required, but students may
choose to consult an introductory textbook of the discipline,
such as Eriksen, T.H. Small Places, Large Issues: an Introduction
to Social and Cultural Anthropology, 2nd ed., Pluto Press, 2001,
or Scupin, Raymond 2000 Introduction to Social Anthropology
in his Cultural Anthropology: A Global Perspective 4th ed., New
Jersey: Prentice Hall pp 1-19. .
This course may be counted towards an Anthropology,
Biological Anthropology, Development Studies, Human Sciences,
Indigenous Australian (Aboriginal) Studies or Population Studies
major.
Global & Local

ANTH1003 (6 units)
First Year Course
Workload: 1 hour lecture, one to two hours of group work
(timing is flexible for this) and one hour of tutorial per week
178
Academic Contact: Dr Ashley Carruthers

Course Description: Introducing the Anthropology of
Globalisation. In this course we will learn the fundamental
concepts anthropologists and other social scientists use to make
sense of globalisations exciting new cultural and social forms
and its not so exciting new forms of exploitation. The focus will
be on the practical and critical application of these concepts to
some hot global issues:
global consumption the social relations in our clothes
- affluenza, overconsumption and fair-trade - us as
consumers: identity and taste - eating the west in Asia (and
vice versa) - global media flows
global cities virtual communities - tourism - multiculturalism
and migration - the end of suburbia? urban design and
mobility - sport and global spectacle
This course emphasizes flexible learning and independent small
group research projects and presentations. Students in previous
years have done research on topics such as Fairtrade cocoa
and coffee, soldiers blogging from the front line in Iraq, eating
McDonalds in India, college drinking culture and tastes in
ethnic eating in Canberra.
Indicative Assessment: Tutorial attendance and participation
(10 per cent), Group research project: individual learning
portfolio (20 per cent) and group presentation (10 per cent),
1500-2000 word essay (30 per cent), group poster project (10
per cent) and examination (20 per cent).
Preliminary Reading: Eriksen, T.H., 2007 Globalization: The Key
Concepts, Berg: Oxford and New York.
Religion, Ritual & Cosmology

ANTH2004 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Academic Contact: Dr Don Gardner
Prerequisites: Two first year courses to a value of 12 units in
Anthropology; or Sociology; or Religious Studies.
Course Description: This course explores some fundamental
questions about the role that religious institutions, practices
and commitments play in shaping contemporary social, cultural
and political life. Attention to the diversity of human religious
practice has been central to anthropology and remains a topic
of considerable interest and continuing research. The course will
considers a variety of religious phenomena found throughout
the world and the theoretical and methodological approaches
anthropologists use to account for them. Emphasis is given
to the analysis of religious forms of representation, symbolic
settings and social action, understanding how religious
experience is perceived and interpreted by adherents, and
highlighting the way in which individual and group identities
are constructed, maintained and contested within religious
contexts.
Indicative Assessment: Tutorial paper (10 per cent), tutorial
participation (15 per cent), research essay (35 per cent) and
take-home exam (40 per cent).
This course may be counted towards an Anthropology or
Religious Studies major.
Indigenous Australian Societies & Cultures

ANTH2005 (6 units)
Indigenous Australians & Australian Society Today

ANTH2017 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Later Year Course
Academic Contact: Professor Nicolas Peterson
Academic Contact: Professor Nicolas Peterson
Prerequisites: Two first year courses to the value of 12 units in

the Faculty of Arts.
Prerequisites: Two first-year courses to the value of 12 units in

Course Description: From the moment of Australias discovery

by Europeans the history, life and culture of Aboriginal people
has been a subject of intellectual fascination. In the nineteenth
century their social and cultural practices were widely
believed to open up a window onto the origins of religion and
European social institutions. More recently they have become
a sociological, evolutionary and ecological prototype of the
hunting and gathering way of life. This course will examine
the details of traditional life, including subsistence economy,
land ownership, social organisation, marriage arrangements,
religion, magic, art and totemism and consider its impact on the
European imagination and the production of social theory.
Course Description: Despite full citizenship, the expenditure

of much money and effort and twenty-five years of benign
government policies, the material circumstances of many
Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander people have remained poor
by all the standard social indicators. Their life circumstances are
often a shock to those who have not seen them before and for
those familiar with them the problems can seem intractable. In
this course we will explore why it is so difficult to improve these
circumstances by examining a range of theoretical and social
issues relevant to a sociological analysis of the diversity and
complexity of the surviving indigenous social orders and their
location within the state.
Indicative Assessment: Tutorial assessment (15 per cent),

tutorial essay (25 per cent) and 2000 word essay (60 per cent).

(15 per cent), 1000 word Tutorial Essay (35 per cent) and a 2000
word Main Essay (50 per cent).
Preliminary Reading:
*Hart, C.W.M. and Pilling, A.R. The Tiwi of North Australia, Holt,
1965.
*Tonkinson, R. The Mardudjara Aborigines, Holt, 1978.
*Poirier, S. A. World of Relationships: Itineraries, Dreams, and
Events in the Australian Western Desert, University of Toronto
Press, 2005.
Culture & Development

ANTH2009 (6 units)
*Broome, R. Aboriginal Australians. Black responses to White
dominance 1788-2001, Third edition, Allen and Unwin, 2002.
*Grossman, M. (ed.) Blacklines. Contemporary critical writing by
Indigenous Australians, Melbourne University Press, 2003.
This course may be counted towards an Anthropology,
Biological Anthropology, Development Studies or Indigenous
Australian (Aboriginal) Studies major.
Gender in Cross-Cultural Perspective

ANTH2025 (6 units)
Later Year Course

the Arts Faculty or the Centre for Asian Societies and Histories,
or Economics or Economic History.
Later Year Course
Course Description: This course examines mainstream

and alternative concepts of development by focusing on
development issues and case studies located in so-called
Third World countries. It examines the historical background
to development ideas and practices, and the cultural
presuppositions and assumptions on which they are
consequently based, as well as the ways in which they impact
on different cultures throughout the world. Of particular
interest will be alternative concepts of development, such
as people-centred development, gender and development,
equity in development, local knowledge and values, sustainable
development, and participation and empowerment in
development.
Indicative Assessment: Tutorial participation (10 per cent), short
papers (20 per cent), exam (30 per cent) and 2,000-2,500 word
essay (40 per cent).
*Sachs, W. (ed.). The Development Dictionary, A Guide to
Knowledge as Power, Zed Books, 1992.
*Schech, S. and Haggis, J. Culture and Development, Blackwell,
2000.

Anthropology; or Sociology; or Gender Sexuality and Culture.
Course Description: Anthropology is uniquely situated to look
into concepts and theories of gender, sex and sexuality through
its concern with the culturally-specific character of human
categories and practices. This course explores gender, sex and
sexuality across a range of cultural settings seeking, in the
process, to question most of what we - including most theorists
of sex/gender - take for granted about the gendered and sexed
character of human identity and difference. Topics explored
include: the saliency of the categories man and woman; the
relationships between race and gender; the role of colonialism
and neocolonialism in the representation of gender, sex and
sexuality; the usefulness of the notion of oppression; the
relationship between cultural conceptions of personhood and
cultural conceptions of gender; and the ethnocentricity of the
concepts of gender, sex and sexuality themselves. To assist these
explorations we will make use of cross-cultural case studies
in a number of areas including rape, prostitution, work and
domesticity, the third sex and homosexuality.
179
Indicative Assessment: Tutorial attendance and participation (15

per cent), 1,500-2,000 word essay (40 per cent) and take-home
exam(45 per cent).
Medical Anthropology
ANTH2026 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Workload: 2 hours of lectures and one hour of tutorial per
week.
The total notional workload over the semester, including time
spent in class, is about 10 hours per week. However, a students
personal workload will depend on individual factors such as
prior knowledge, existing skills and learning style.
Academic Contact: Doreen Montag
Prerequisites: Any two First Year courses from any Faculty or
permission of the lecturer.
Course Description: Medical anthropology is a large subfield
of anthropology, covering selected topics in the study of
medical systems from a cross-cultural perspective. This is an
introductory course that aims to give students an overview of
the scope of medical anthropology and increase understanding
of the application of different forms of social and cultural
analysis to the study of health, illness, and healing. Topics to
be discussed include: the social and cultural construction of
illness; anthropology of the body; the notion of culture-bound
syndromes; biomedicine as an ethnomedical system; healers
and their roles; the foundations of efficacy in healing; the
place of individual and social agency in health and illness;
the political economy of health; biomedical hegemony in the
context of medical pluralism; health, human rights and ethical
issues; and the impact of social and political changes on health
status and health care in both the developed and developing
world.
Indicative Assessment: Tutorial participation (10 per cent),
Alliance discussion forum (10 per cent), four short essays, 500
words each (40 per cent), long essay, 2500 words (40 per cent).
*No preliminary required reading, however, the following texts
are recommended as background reading:
Brown, P.J (1998) Understanding and Applying Medical
Anthropology: Second Edition. Mountain View, CA: Mayfield.
Sargent, C.F and T.M Johnson (1996) Medical Anthropology:
Contemporary Theory and Method, Revised Edition. Westport,
CT: Praeger.
Genes, Memes & Cultural Difference

ANTH2127 (6 units) B
Later Year Course
Academic Contact: Dr Don Gardner
the School of Archaeology and Anthropology (ANTH, ARCH or
PREH), or other appropriate Arts first year subject, or relevant
Science Faculty first year courses.
Incompatibility: PRAN2027 Genes, Memes and Cultural
Difference.
180
Course Description: The course will consider the issues and

controversies surrounding attempts to introduce into the social
sciences concepts and theoretical perspectives developed in
evolutionary biology. Its aim is to make recent perspectives
and the arguments for and against available to students of
the social and the biological sciences, as well as to those with
more general methodological interests. Although a naturalistic
strand has always been present in the social sciences, it is
fair to say that most of the more influential social theorists
have seen a basic discontinuity between the biological and
the social sciences. Recent ethological and sociobiological
research has posed questions of the view that there are
fundamental differences between human social behaviour and
that of animals. This approach, however, has been augmented
by the extension of certain evolutionary concepts to human
cultural life itself, and it is predominantly with these that this
course is concerned. Here, the suggestion is that evolutionary
processes operate in cultural life not only through descent
with modification as it applies to genes, but through a
comparable process that operates on cultural elements. The
second form of evolution that Dawkins notions of memes
(cultural representations that are subject to selection pressure)
is thought to entail has led some to proclaim the social sciences
to be a sub-category of the life sciences. Other scholars, who
take their lead from a cognitive psychology grounded in
evolutionary perspectives, dispute the memetic viewpoint, but
nevertheless argue that there are no longer any grounds for
separating the biological and the social sciences.
(10 per cent), workbook (25 per cent), 1500 word essay (25 per
cent) and pre-circulated exam(40 per cent).
*Dawkins, R. The Selfish Gene, (second edn.), Penguin Books,
1989.
*Dawkins, R. The Blind Watchmaker, Penguin Books, 1991.
*Runciman, W.G. The Social Animal, Harper Collins 1998.
Crossing Borders: Diasporas & Transnationalism

ANTH2129 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Academic Contact: Dr Ashley Carruthers
Prerequisites: Two first year courses to the value of 12 units.
Course Description: The transnational paradigm represents
a significant new perspective on migration under conditions
of late capitalist globalisation, a context in which cultural
interconnectedness and mobility across space are becoming
more and more intensified. This approach focuses us on the
ways migrants, refugees, sojourners and other displaced and/or
mobile populations ground their lives in two or more national
fields - whether this be through mobility, social relationships,
media, communications or consumption. These links constitute
transnational social and cultural fields that are paradoxically
grounded in national territories and yet at the same time
transcend them.
In the course we will address key theoretical issues in the study
of migration, as well as deal with a variety of ethnographic
and historical case studies in contexts that cross the borders of
Southeast and East Asia, Australia and North America.

tutorial exercises (10 per cent), 2,500 word essay (50 per cent)
and take-home examination (30 per cent).
Violence & Terror

ANTH2130 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Prerequisites: Two first year courses to the value of 12 units
of Credit or two first year courses to the value of 12 units in
the School of Archaeology and Anthropology (ARCH, ANTH or
PREH); or History; or Political Science or Sociology
Course Description: All societies experience violence in
some form, and this course considers violence as a social
phenomenon across a range of historical and contemporary
settings. Key questions include: is there such a thing as violent
culture? Is group identity always violent? In approaching
violence from an anthropological perspective, the course
emphasises concerns of meaning, representation and
symbolism. A central theme concerns the role violence plays in
establishing, maintaining and transforming social order. To this
end, students will examine subtle forms of violence perpetrated
by national and global institutions alongside explicit acts of
bodily harm occurring in violent conflicts. A vital aspect of the
course involves theorising the relation of the modern state to
practices of violence and identity. Students will also consider
the position of the researcher in witnessing and writing about
violence, and the challenges, ethical dilemmas, dangers and
responsibilities involved in such research.
Indicative Assessment: Two 500 word tutorial reading response
papers (20 per cent), 1,000 word critical book review (25 per
cent), 2,200 word research essay (40 per cent) and participation
(15 per cent).
Social Animals: anthropological perspectives on

ANTH2133 (6 units)
Later Year Course
even suggested that the anthropological exploring animalhuman relationships allows the discipline to come to terms
with its colonial past. Early understandings of animals focused
on their sustenance and symbolic value, and structuralist
perspectives placed animals centrally in marriage and other
systems of great importance to human social lives. More recent
approaches have retained the notion that animals are important
because they offer insight into human conceptualisations of
and actions in the world. These approaches, which arise from a
multiply of theoretical perspectives, have attempted to nuance
old dichotomies and to look into the interesting and sometimes
conflicting positions that animals occupy as pets, food, friends,
enemies, beings with rights, organ donors and spectacles of
nature.
Indicative Assessment: Minor essay (1,500 words 25 per cent);
major essay (2,500 words 40 per cent); tutorial presentation
(20 per cent); tutorial participation (10 per cent); tutorial
attendance (5 per cent).
None is required, but students will benefit from reading the
following texts:
Mullins, M. 2002 Animals in Anthropology Society and Animals
vol 10 (4) pp 378-393.
Mullin, M. 1999 Mirrors and Windows: Sociocultural Studies of
Human-Animal Relationships Annual Review of Anthropology
28 201-24.
Bulliet, R. 2005 Hunters, Herders, and Hamburgers: The Past and
Future of Human-Animal Relationships. Col.:Columbia UP
Supervised Research in Anthropology

ANTH3010 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Workload: Offered each semester Supervised research and
project report
Academic Contact: Supervision with School approval
Prerequisites: 12 later-year units in Anthropology
Course Description: Conduct of an agreed program of research,
prescribed readings and final project report.
Indicative Assessment: Research proposal and oral presentation
of final research paper
Workload: Two hours of lectures and one hour of tutorials per

week + 1-3 hours of personal study per week.
This course may be counted towards an Anthropology major.
Academic Contact: Dr Simone Dennis
SouthEast Asia Field School: Contemporary Change

in SouthEast Asia
ANTH3014 (6 units)

Course Description: This course explores animal-human
relationships from a multiply of theoretical perspectives to
explore the various positions that animals occupy in human (as
pets, food, friends, enemies, beings with rights, organ donors
and spectacles of nature). It also introduces students to some
of the theoretical cornerstones (and classic readings) of the
discipline of Anthropology.
What are animals? How do we classify them? What sorts
of relationships do animals have to humans? What can
the anthropological exploration of animals and their
relationships to humans tell us about ourselves? Animals
and their relationships with people have been of interest to
anthropologists for a long time, and some theoreticians have
Later Year Course

Autumn Session, 2009
Workload: Offered as intensive four to five week teaching
and fieldwork course in the Autumn session. One week of
preparatory lectures and workshops at ANU followed by three
to four weeks in a research location in Southeast Asia working
in cooperation with local universities and supervised by ANU
and local university staff. The cost of the course will be charged
directly to students.
Enrolment will be limited, and selection will be based on
interview.
181
Prerequisites: Completion of at least 12 units of later year

courses in social science disciplines.
Introductory Arabic A
ARAB1002 (6 units)
Course Description: In 2009 the course will focus on

contemporary urban change in the city of Yogyakarta in central
Java, Indonesia. Each student will be resident in an urban
neighbourhood for the duration of the fieldwork period where
they will conduct research in collaboration with counterpart
Indonesian students. A preparatory week of lectures and
workshops at ANU will prepare students for this exercise, and
regular supervisory meetings, lectures and group workshops
will be held in Yogyakarta for the duration of the fieldwork.
The focus of the research will be on interactions of individuals,
communities and the state in the rapidly changing political and
economic climate of contemporary Indonesia. This could include
issues of education, health, infrastructure development, local
environment care, community leadership, economic livelihood,
savings and credit associations, womens associations, and
youth activities as they pertain in urban kampung.
First Year Course
Indicative Assessment: Students to submit one 1,500 word

essay (20 per cent) on completion of one week workshop in
Canberra, and a final research report of 2,500 words (60 per
cent) at end of course. Students will also be required to keep
a research journal and field notes (20 per cent) which will be
regularly monitored by coordinators.
All assignments will be completed by the end of the fieldwork
period. An initial research essay will be prepared at ANU and
field research findings will be presented orally at workshops and
in final written form at the end of the fieldwork.
The course can be included within anthropology and
development studies majors.

Workload: Four class hours and one hour of autonomous work
in the language laboratory per week
Academic Contact: Dr Ali Yunis Aldahesh
Prerequisites: Nil
Course Description: This course assumes no previous knowledge
of the language. It covers the Arabic script and sound system
and basic structures. The method of teaching is based on an
audio-visual and audio-lingual approach, which is designed
to develop the four skills of listening, speaking, reading and
writing in an integrated way through the use of dialogues in
realistic situations, class interaction and oral and written drills.
On completion of the course, students will have acquired a
spoken facility at a basic level in Modern Standard Arabic;
the ability to read and understand a range of simple Arabic
texts within a vocabulary range of 200-400 most commonly
used words and some basic grammatical structures of Arabic
language.
Indicative Assessment: Homework (10 per cent), language
lab (10 per cent), quizzes (10 per cent), attendance and class
participation (10 per cent), mid-semester exam (written 20 per
cent), final exam (oral 10 per cent and written 30 per cent).
Prescribed Text:
Alosh, M., Ahlan wa Sahlan, Functional Modern Standard Arabic
for Beginners, New Haven; London: Yale University Press, 2000.
Costs: including airfares, local transportation, accommodation,

most meals and learning material: in the range of $1,500-2,000
Introductory Arabic B
ARAB1003 (6 units)
Anthropology IV Honours (S)

ANTH4005F (24 units each Semester)
First Year Course
Later Year Course


Course Description: There will be three components:
(i) Two thirteen-week seminar courses, each of two hours a
week.
History of Anthropological Theory
Incompatibility: ANTH2053 Anthropological Approaches to the
Study of Social Life
Explanation and Interpretation in the Analysis of Cultures
Incompatibility: ANTH3013 C Honours
(ii) A research thesis of some 15,000 words

ANTH4005P (12 units each semester)
Later Year Course

Prerequisites: ARAB1002 (Introductory Arabic A)
Course Description: This course extends Introductory Arabic
A. Students will develop their conversational skills. This is a
continuation of the work covered in the first semester and will
consolidate and build on the sentence patterns and vocabulary
previously acquired. Cultural topics will be discussed in
conjunction with the language material. Grammar is explained
in its functional aspect using basic structures of Arabic in
realistic situations.
lab (10 per cent), quizzes (10 per cent), attendance and
class participation (5 per cent), presentation (10 per cent),
mid-semester exam (written 20 per cent), final exam (oral 10
per cent and written 30 per cent)
Prescribed Text:

Course Description: As for ANTH4005F
Applied Arabic
ARAB2010 (12 units)
Later Year Course
Spring Session 2009
182
Workload: Workload consists of lectures, workshops and

activities five days per week. The course will be held in an Arab
country in the summer semester for a period of up to six weeks.
Prerequisites: ARAB2012 Intermediate Arabic B or equivalent
Course Description: The course comprises four main sections:
reading/listening comprehension and video, grammar,
conversation and writing. Within the classroom, communicative
methodologies will be emphasised through activities including
role-plays, games and exercises.
Indicative Assessment: To be Advised
Intermediate Arabic A
ARAB2011 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Prerequisites: ARAB1003 (Introductory Arabic B)
Course Description: As in Introductory Arabic B, emphasis will
be given to the development of practical language skills for
oral and aural practice; reading of texts; and the writing of
compositions that incorporate features of the language already
presented through some important cultural issues. The basic
communicative functions, syntactic patterns and vocabulary
acquired will be considerably broadened and consolidated.
Indicative Assessment: Homework (5 per cent), language lab
(10 per cent), quizzes (10 per cent), attendance and class
participation (5 per cent), report and presentation (10 per cent),
per cent and written 30 per cent).
Prescribed Text:
Intermediate Arabic B
ARAB2012 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Prescribed Text:
Advanced Arabic A
ARAB3001 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Workload: Three class hours and one hour of autonomous work
Prerequisites: ARAB2012 Intermediate Arabic B
Course Description: This course includes advanced oral and
written practice; advanced study of Arabic morphology and
syntax; translation tasks using extracts from Arabic print media
items and other sources. Negotiation and debating techniques
will be practiced on a broad range of topics and supervised
discussions on current and relevant issues will further promote
oral and listening skills. Written sources will include recorded
Modern Standard Arabic discourse material. These will offer a
wide range of courses, register and style. Formal and informal
speech, idiomatic expressions, proverbs and figurative language
will be a focus. Selection of current affairs material from
a variety of sources will be examined in order to acquaint
students with a wide range of lexical and idiomatic variants.
per cent and written 30 per cent)
Prescribed Text:
Alosh, M., Ahlna Wa Sahlan: Modern Standard Arabic for
Intermediate Learners, New haven, London: Yale University
Press, 2006.
Advanced Arabic B
ARAB3002 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Workload: Three class hours and one hour of autonomous work



Prerequisites: ARAB2011 (Intermediate Arabic A)
Course Description: This course continues the work undertaken
in Intermediate Arabic A and introduces students to more
advanced texts in Arabic. This course includes a more detailed
presentation of functions of the language; oral and aural
practice; syntax and morphology; reading of texts and writing
compositions. In this course, students will learn to interact
and express themselves in spoken Arabic, both in formal and
informal situations.
Indicative Assessment: Homework (5 per cent), language lab
(10 per cent), quizzes (10 per cent), attendance and class
Prerequisites: ARAB3001 Advanced Arabic A

Course Description: This course will develop a number of
students skills: idiomatic and conversational forms freely
in speech; proficiency in written structures of moderate
complexity and the capacity to use such structures clearly
and accurately; interpreting messages of a medium level of
complexity occurring in a variety of audio-visual media and
individual and group spoken forms. It will also cover the role
and function of stylistic complexity in Arabic, the development
of Arabic literature in the modern period including some
examples of writing and translation of texts of moderate
difficulty in non-technical language from Arabic to English and
vice versa using dictionaries. Emphasis will be on writing in
Modern Standard Arabic. The acquisition of practical language
skills for spoken communication, non-verbal communication
and aural comprehension will also continue to be focused on.
183
The basic syntactic patterns and vocabulary acquired in the

previous course will be consolidated.

Course Description: This is a reading course for students who

have completed Advanced Arabic A or equivalent. Readings
should be completed in line with the guidelines provided to the
student. Focus will be on one area of Arabic studies: literature.
Students enrolling in this course should be able to undertake
a small-scale research project in Arabic literature and present
findings in a scholarly manner.
Prescribed Text:
Alosh, M., Ahlna Wa Sahlan: Modern Standard Arabic for
Intermediate Learners, New haven, London: Yale University
Press, 2006.
Introductory Course to Arabic Linguistics

ARAB3003 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Indicative Assessment: 3000 word essay - in Arabic and due at

the end of semester (50 per cent) and a 30 minute presentation
(50 per cent).
Prescribed Text: The lecturer will provide material selected from
Arabic printed media, short stories, poems, novels and other
sources.
Workload: Two hours of language classes per week or regular

meeting with the Supervisor
Special Topics in Arabic

ARAB3006 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Prerequisites: ARAB2012 Intermediate Arabic B
Course Description: This is a reading course for students who

have completed Advanced Arabic A or equivalent. Readings
should be completed in line with the guidelines provided to
students. Focus will be on one area of Arabic studies: linguistics.
Students enrolling in this course should be able to undertake
a small-scale research project in Arabic linguistics and present
their findings in a scholarly manner.

Indicative Assessment: 3,000 word essay in Arabic due at the

end of semester (50 per cent) and 30 minutes presentation (50
per cent).
Arabic newspaper news items, short stories, poems, novels and
other sources.
Research Essay (Arabic)

ARAB3004 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Course Description: A research essay on a topic related to Arabic
studies, Middle Eastern Studies or Islamic studies
Indicative Assessment: 3000 word essay in Arabic due at the
end of semester (50 per cent) and a 30 minute presentation (50
per cent).
Arabic printed media, short stories, poems, novels and other
sources.
Introductory Course to Arabic Literature

ARAB3005 (6 units)
Later Year Course
184

Prerequisites: ARAB3005 An Introductory Course to Arabic
Literature
Course Description: This course is for students who have
satisfactorily completed ARAB3005 Introductory Course
to Arabic Literature. It aims to further enhance students
proficiency of Arabic language through their focus on a
special area of interest in modern standard Arabic and their
understanding of an application of grammatical and stylistic
rules. Students will read and analyse selected texts from one
genre in modern standard Arabic such as short stories, novels,
plays and poems. This course will develop students proficiency
in written structures of sophisticated complexity and their
capacity to understand and evaluate specialist and technical
language use as well as Arabic grammar.
Indicative Assessment: 3,000 word essay written in Arabic (50
per cent) and a 30 minute presentation (50 per cent).
Prescribed Text: The lecturer will provide materials selected
from Arabic print media, short stories, poems, novels and other
sources.
Directed Study Project (Arabic)

ARAB3007 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Prerequisites: ARAB3002 Advanced Arabic B or permission of
coordinator
Course Description: This course involves a special study based
on the students other courses taken previously or concurrently.
Readings can be in any of the following areas: Arabic literature,
Islamic studies or Middle Eastern studies. Students completing
this course should be able to undertake a small scale research
project in Arabic studies, Islamic studies or Middle Eastern
Indicative Assessment: 3,000 word essay written in Arabic

and due at the end of semester (50 per cent) and a 30 minute
presentation (50 per cent).
of the ancient past of humankind. Major aspects of human

physical and cultural development to be reviewed include the
evolution of modern humans, the origins of language and art,
the basic history of hunter-gatherer and agricultural societies,
and the development of complex human societies and the first
civilisations.
Archaeology: Finding treasure & history

ARCH1111 (6 units)
Indicative Assessment: Assessment takes the form of two 2,000

word essays (70 per cent), tutorial attendance and presentation
(20 per cent) and an in-class test (10 per cent).
studies in an area of interest to them and consistent with the

aim of the course; and present the findings of their research in
a scholarly manner.
First Year Course

Workload: 2 hours of lectures and 1 hour of laboratories per
week. Films will also be shown but are not compulsory. Students
will normally spend an additional 4 hours per week in study.
Incompatibility: PREH1111 Introduction to Archaeology
Course Description: Exotic locations, the romance and danger
of treasure-hunting, and the discovery of unknown human
history. This colourful and entertaining course explores these
dimensions of archaeology, and takes you on other adventures
as well. We will encounter the builders of Stonehenge, the
treasures of ancient Egyptians, the Pyramids of the Aztecs,
the search for Homers Troy, evidence for the extinction of the
Viking civilization in Greenland, the grisly reality of cannibalism
in North America, and what archaeology reveals about Custers
Last Stand. We will handle ancient archaeological materials
from Roman Britain, Southern Africa, Scandinavia and
Australia. Extensive online multimedia presentations provide
a comprehensive educational experience; you dont need to
take notes or do any other research. This is the adventure of
archaeology!
Indicative Assessment: All assessment is related to and develops
understandings of archaeological methods. Three pieces of
assessment are based on laboratory activities: a short review
(10 per cent) of an archaeological report, laboratory exercises
(15 per cent), and a 1,500 word essay based on class work (35
per cent). At the end of semester a short test (40 per cent)
evaluates overall learning.
Prescribed Text:
McIntosh, J. The Practical Archaeologist: How We Know What
We Know About the Past. 2nd Rev Edition, Checkmark Books,
1999.
Scarre, C. ed The Human Past, Thames and Hudson, 2005.
Australian Archaeology
ARCH2004 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Normally offered in alternate years.
Workload: 2 hours of lectures and 1 hour tutorial per week.
Students will normally spend an additional 4 hours per week in
study.
Prerequisites: One first year course to the value of 6 units in
Archaeology (ARCH or PREH) or enrolment in the Indigenous
Australian (Aboriginal) Studies major.
Incompatibility: PREH2004 Australian Archaeology.
Course Description: Australia has been occupied by people for
at least 50,000 years. During that period geographically varied
cultural systems changed frequently, adjusting to the altered
economic and social circumstances. By using archaeological,
historical, climate and biological evidence we can understand
aspects of these ancient societies, such as how their economies
operated, and how people perceived their society and
environment. This course traces the long history of humans in
this continent, a surprising, remarkable story of culture change.
Indicative Assessment: Discussions and consideration of the
evidence are facilitated by two tutorial presentations, each with
a one page written summary (15 per cent). Students are able to
review and critique a specific issue in Australian archaeology in
a 3,000 word essay (70 per cent).
Prescribed Text:
Hiscock, P. 2008 Archaeology of Ancient Australia. Routledge.
From Origins to Civilizations

ARCH1112 (6 units)
The Archaeology of the Pacific Islanders

ARCH2005 (6 units)
First Year Course
Later Year Course
Workload: 2 hours lectures and 1 hour tutorial/laboratory per

week. Films will be shown but are not compulsory. Students will
normally spend an additional 4 hours per week in study.
Academic Contact: Professor Matthew Spriggs
Academic Contact: Professor Peter Bellwood and TBA
Incompatibility: PREH2005 Archaeology of the Pacific Islanders.
Incompatibility: PREH1112 From Origins to Civilisations.
Course Description: An introduction to the archaeology of the

Pacific Islands, spanning Melanesia (including the Island of
New Guinea), Micronesia and Polynesia. The course examines
the amazing human endeavour which was the location and
settlement of some of the most remote islands on earth, and
the subsequent cultural and environmental changes through
to the period of early contact with European explorers,
missionaries and traders. The regions past includes the
Course Description: This course introduces students to current

interpretations of human evolution and cultural development.
Topics are chosen from a vast chronological range, beginning
with origins of humanity over 2 million years ago, moving
through the rise of modern humans and their cultures, to end
with the rise of the first civilisations in Mesopotamia, Egypt, the
Americas and China. We will examine generally accepted views
Prerequisites: One First Year course to the value of 6 units in

Arts or Asian Studies, or permission of the lecturer.
185
earliest evidence for open sea voyaging in the world, unique

hunting and gathering adaptations to tropical rainforest
environments, the mass extinction of species of birds and other
vertebrates with initial human settlement on many islands,
the development of over a quarter of the worlds modern
languages, and the construction of the mysterious Easter Island
statues.
Indicative Assessment: Tutorial attendance (10 per cent),
lecture notes appraisal (10 per cent), two 2500 word essays
(40 per cent each).
Spriggs, M. The Island Melanesians, Blackwell, 1997.
Prescribed Text:
Kirch, P. On the Road of the Winds: an Archaeological History
of the Pacific Islands before European Contact, University of
California Press, 2002
History of Archaeology: Discovering the Past

ARCH2006 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Not offered in 2009, normally offered in alternate years
Workload: Normally offered in alternate years
2 hours of lectures and one hour of tutorial per week. . Students
Archaeology (ARCH or PREH) or permission of the lecturer.
Incompatibility: PREH2006 History of Archaeology: Discovering
the Past.
Course Description: This course looks at the intriguing history
of archaeological investigations. It focuses on the way
influential discoveries were made, the influence of rivalries and
political/social pressures on archaeological research, and the
development of archaeological practice.
Indicative Assessment: Students explore the lives and
discoveries of individual archaeologists in two tutorial
presentations (15 per cent) and their written summaries (15 per
cent), while they review schools of archaeological thought in a
3,000 word essay (70 per cent).
Trigger, B. A History of Archaeological Thought, Cambridge
University Press, 1990.
Archaeology of Mexico & the Maya

ARCH2021 (6 units)
Later Year Course
the Classic Period (Teotihuacan and the Maya) and the empire
of the Aztecs.
Indicative Assessment: Two2,000 word essays (50 per cent each).
Blanton, R. et al. Ancient Mesoamerica,a comparison of change
in three regions, Cambridge University Press.
Hammond, N. Ancient Maya Civilization, Cambridge University
Press, 1982.
Archaeology & the Document

ARCH2034 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Workload: 2 hours of lectures and one hour tutorial per week.
Academic Contact: Mr Ian Farrington
Incompatibility: PREH2034 Archaeology and the Document
Course Description: This course explores the interface between
the archaeological record and the ethnohistoric document.
It will outline the legendary and official histories and
administrative accounts of the ancient, large scale political
empires, and the archaeology of the urban centre, its rural
sustaining area and its distant provinces in order to discuss
the difficulty of using these divergent sources to construct an
understanding of these extensive and complex socio-political
and economic entities. The course will consider various models
of complex society reconstruction, such as core and periphery,
dominance and subordination, kingship and social organisation,
and ethnicity, as well as questions of the meanings of material
culture, settlement hierarchies, agricultural systems and the
sacred landscape. Various ancient imperial settings will be
considered comparatively, where appropriate.
Indicative Assessment: Short essay (25 per cent), document
analysis exercise (25 per cent) and long essay (50 per cent).
Townsend, R. The Aztecs, Thames and Hudson, 1992.
Kendall, A. Everyday Life of the Incas, Batsford, 1973.
Juan de Betanzos. Narrative of the Incas, University of Texas
Press, 1996.
Hyslop, J. Inka Settlement Planning, University of Texas Press,
1990.
Berdan, F. Codex Mendoza, University of California Press, 1996.
Hodge, M. & Smith, M. (eds). Economies and Polities in the
Aztec Realm, 1994.
Workload: 2 hours of lectures and one hour tutorial per week.
Decay & disturbance: Archaeological formation

processes
ARCH2035 (6 units)
Later Year Course

Not offered in 2009, normally offered in alternate years.
Incompatibility: PREH2021 Archaeology of Mexico and the

Maya.
Course Description: This course examines the definition and
evolution of Mesoamerican culture and its civilisations. It will
focus on the emergence of sedentary life and ceremonialism,
architecture and town planning, and the political, social and
economic life of the major states. Emphasis will be placed on
186
Workload: 2 hours of lectures and 1 hour of laboratories per

week. Students will normally spend an additional 4 hours per
week in study.
Prerequisites: One First Year course to the value of 6 units in
Incompatibility: PREH3035 Archaeological Formation Processes.
Course Description: Introduces the fundamental processes of

decay and disturbance in archaeological sites. The importance
of these formation processes for interpretations in archaeology
is explored using a number of case studies from Africa,
Europe, the Americas and Australia. Case studies focus on the
dismemberment, consumption, decay and destruction of animal
remains in the past, and the interpretation of those remains
in archaeological deposits. Examples of specific processes are
discussed and material examined in the laboratory.
Indicative Assessment: Theoretical issues and reviews of the
existing literature are assessed through a 3,000 word essay (65
per cent), while practical skills are reflected in a 2,000 word
laboratory report (35 per cent).
Prescribed Text:
Lyman, R.L., Vertebrate Taphonomy, Cambridge University Press,
1994.
Incompatibility: PREH2037 Post-Roman Archaeology of Britain:

Arthur and the Anglo-Saxons.
Course Description: This course considers the archaeology of
the period when the English language arose and the English
state was formed from the various Anglo-Saxon kingdoms. It
was during this period that the current Celtic Fringe of Europe
developed in Brittany, Cornwall, Wales, Scotland, and Ireland
and the legend of King Arthur arose. Looking at Post-Roman
Britain during the period from about 400 to 800 AD allows
us to examine issues such as continuity versus replacement
in biological anthropology, migration versus diffusion in the
archaeological record, the relation between archaeological
and linguistic entities and the interplay of archaeology and
nationalism in the modern world. Contemporary developments
in Continental Europe at the end of the Western Roman Empire
are also examined.
Schiffer, M B, Formation processes of the archaeological record,

University of New Mexico Press, 1987.
Indicative Assessment: Tutorial attendance (10 per cent), lecture

notes appraisal (10 per cent), two 2500 word essays (40 per cent
each).
Archaeology of the Neanderthals: who were they?

ARCH2036 (6 units)
Bassett, S. (ed.) The Origins of Anglo-Saxon Kingdoms, Leicester
Dark, K. From Civitas to Kingdom: British Political Continuity
300-800 AD, Leicester University Press, 1994.
Later Year Course

Workload: 2 hours of lectures and one hour of laboratories per
week. Students will normally spend an additional 4 hours per
week in study.
Prescribed Text:
Dark, K. Britain and the end of the Roman Empire. Tempus, 2000.
Origins & Dispersals of Agricultural Populations

ARCH2039 (6 units)

Later Year Course
Incompatibility: PREH2036 Understanding Early Technologies.
Course Description: Neanderthals are the most well known,

and most maligned, of the peoples that lived before modern
humans. Were they sophisticated, evolving cultural beings
or non-cultural, cannibalistic dunces? This course explores
this question by examining the information about the tools,
bodies and sites left behind by Neanderthals. Additional
questions are when and why they became extinct, and when
and how modern behaviour developed? Emerging evidence
yields surprising conclusions about the Neanderthals, and by
implication about ourselves.
Indicative Assessment: Students review the theory and method

of archaeological interpretations through the review of two
articles (20 per cent) and 3,000 word essay (80 per cent).
Mellars, P. 1996 The Neanderthal Legacy. Princeton University
Press, New York.
Academic Contact: Professor Peter Bellwood

Prerequisites: One first-year courses to the value of 6 units in
Incompatibility: PREH2039 Origins and Dispersals of Agricultural
Populations.
Course Description: Without agricultural production, civilisation
as we know it today could never have come into existence. Nor
could any of the great civilisations of history. This course will
examine the role of agricultural subsistence at a crucial stage
in human history, when post-hunter-gatherer populations in
various regions began to lay the foundations of the present
distributions of peoples, cultures and languages across the
tropical and temperate latitudes of the earth. The course will
examine both archaeological and linguistic data.
Indicative Assessment: Two 2,000 word essays and in-class test.
Post-Roman Archaeology of Britain: Arthur & the

Anglo Saxons
ARCH2037 (6 units)
Later Year Course
First Semester, 2009, normally offered in alternate years.
Bellwood, P. First Farmers, Blackwell, 2005.
Archaeology of the Central Andes

ARCH2040 (6 units)

week.
Later Year Course
Academic Contact: Professor Matthew Spriggs

week

Archaeology (ARCH or PREH) or History or permission of the
lecturer.
187

Incompatibility: PREH2040 Archaeology of Central Andes.
Course Description: An introduction to the archaeology of Peru,
Bolivia, northern Chile and Argentina, and Ecuador through the
study of particular themes: hunter-gatherers-fishers and the
emergence of agriculture and sedentary life; the development
of ranked societies and ceremonialism; urbanism and the rise
of major political states and empires. It will outline the various
culture periods including the Late Preceramic and Initial;
Chavin; Mochica; Tiwanaku and Wari, Chimu and Inka focussing
in particular on the North and Central Coasts and the southern
Highlands of Peru. Settlement pattern studies and the analysis
of art and material culture play an important role in this course.
Indicative Assessment: Two 2,000 word essays (50 per cent
each).
Keatinge, R. Peruvian Prehistory, Cambridge University Press,
1988.
Introduction to Environmental Archaeology

ARCH2041 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Workload: 2 hours of lectures and one hour of laboratories/
tutorial per week
Academic Contact: To be advised
Incompatibility: PREH2041 Introduction to Environmental
Archaeology.
Course Description: Human communities are dependant
on and shaped by the environments in which they live,
but are also a major factor in environmental change. We
are increasingly aware of how human activity affects the
contemporary environment: sustainability, greenhouse effect,
acid rain, deforestation have all become commonly used terms.
Environmental archaeology provides a way of tracing the
long-term history and prehistory of such human-environment
interactions. This course examines its theory, techniques and
practices, the latter via a series of case studies showing how
artefactual, biological, climatic and geomorphological evidence
are drawn together to illuminate the long-term dynamics of
humans and the environments in which they are an intrinsic
part. Case studies will be drawn from Europe, the Americas,
Asia, Australia and the Indo-Pacific region, focusing on the
evidence for humans as agents of broad ecological change,
especially extinctions, and the effects of environments and
environmental change on the course of culture change. The
increasingly important and controversial role of these studies in
the contemporary world will also be discussed. The course is an
introduction to the subject and requires no previous scientific
background.
Indicative Assessment: Annotated bibliography (25 per cent),
essay (50 per cent), debate contribution (15 per cent) and
laboratory/field notebook (10 per cent).
Diamond, J. Guns, Germs and Steel: A Short History of
Everybody for the Last 13,000 Years, Vintage 1997.
Evans, J. and OConnor, T. Environmental Archaeology: Principles
and Methods, Sutton Publishing 1999.
188
Flannery, T. The Future Eaters: An Ecological History of the

Australasian Lands and People, Reed Books, 1994.
Wilkinson, K. and Stevens, C. Environmental Archaeology:
Approaches, Techniques and Applications, Tempus, 2003.
Introduction to Cultural Heritage Management

ARCH2051 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Workload: 2 hours of lectures and one hour tutorial/laboratory
per week
Incompatibility: PREH2051 Introduction to Cultural Heritage
Management.
Course Description: This course will examine the principles
underlying the practice of cultural heritage management. The
course will cover the following topics:
Basic legislative frameworks (Federal and State) governing the
protection of cultural heritage; the principles and processes of
heritage conservation planning, including the Burra Charter; the
role of archaeology and archaeologists in heritage conservation
and land management planning; indigenous control of heritage
and issues of representation (gender, class, ethnicity) in heritage
management; what is cultural significance and how is it
assessed?; archaeological practice, ethics and the role of the
consultant archaeologist.
Indicative Assessment: Conservation management plan (70 per
cent). Completed site recording forms and field diaries (20 per
cent). Attendance and participation (10 per cent).
Prescribed Text:
Pearson, M. and S. Sullivan, Looking After Heritage Places. The
Basics of Heritage Planning for Managers, Landowners and
Administrators, Melbourne University Press, 1995
Supervised Research in Archaeology

ARCH2055 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Normally offered every semester
Workload: A total of contact 33 hours.
Supervision by regular meetings with co-ordinator
Prerequisites: Normally 12 units in Archaeology at second/third
year level, completed at Distinction or High Distinction level;
plus the agreement of the prospective supervisor.
Course Description: Conduct of an agreed program of
prescribed readings and research on a defined topic or case
study in archaeology.
Indicative Assessment: Tutorial attendance (10 per cent),
lecture notes appraisal (10 per cent), two 2500 word essays (40
per cent each).
Animals, Plants & People

ARCH2108 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Academic Contact: Professor Colin Groves

PREH) or Evolution, Ecology and Heredity BIOL1003; Human
Biology BIOL1008.
Incompatibility: ARCH2126 Analytical Methods for Archaeology

and Anthropology, BIAN3014 Research Design and Analysis
in Biological Anthropology, BIAN3017 Research Design in
Biological Anthropology.
Course Description: The course examines the relationships

between the human and the plant and animal worlds. Particular
attention will be given to the concept of domestication, to
the wild precursors of domesticates, and to the exploitation,
manipulation and transformation of selected plant and animal
species.
Course Description: This course is designed to provide the

student with an introduction to the principles by which
archaeological projects are devised and executed. It will deal
with the issues of finding a topic to research, defining its
scope and limitations, developing a research bibliography and
data inventory, devising a methodology by which the topic
becomes a research question, and elaborating a research design.
This course is a pre-requisite for Honours in Archaeology or
Archeological Practice
Indicative Assessment: Two 2,000 word essays (50 per cent each).
Prescribed Text:
Zeder, M. Bradley,D. Emshwiller,E. and B.D. Smith
(eds),Documenting Domestication: New Genetic and
Archaeological Paradigms, University of California Press, 2006
Analytical Methods for Anthropology & Archaeology

ARCH2126 (3 units)
Later Year Course
Second Semester, 2009, normally offered every year.
Workload: 1-2 hours per week to a total of 15 hours. Students
the School of Archaeology and Anthropology; (ARCH, ANTH or
PREH) or permission of the lecturer.
Incompatibility: ARCH3000 Research Design and Analysis
in Archaeology, BIAN3014 Research Design and Analysis in
Course Description: After an examination of the characteristics
of different kinds of anthropological and archaeological
observations, we look at procedures for recording and storing
information. Methods of quantitative analysis are described,
using examples from archaeology, biological anthropology, and
social anthropology.
Indicative Assessment: Students are assessed in four take-home
tests (25 per cent each).
Drennan, R.D. Statistics for Archaeologists, Plenum Press, 1996.
Madrigal, L. Statistics for Anthropology, Cambridge University
Press, 1998.
The content of ARCH2126 is also included in ARCH3000
and BIAN3014 (both 6 units). Students intending honours in
archaeology or biological anthropology should normally enrol
in ARCH3000 or BIAN3014 as appropriate, in preference to
ARCH2126.
Research Design & Analysis in Archaeology

ARCH3000 (6 units)
Indicative Assessment: Development of research design capacity

is assessed with a 3,000 word research proposal (50 per
cent), while the development of quantitative analysis skills is
evaluated with four take home tests (50 per cent).
Archaeological Field & Laboratory Methods A

ARCH3004A (6 units)
Later Year Course
Workload: 60 contact hours including compulsory fieldwork,
followed by intensive laboratory work.
Academic Contact: TBA
Prerequisites: 24 units in Archaeology (ARCH or PREH) or
permission of lecturer.
Incompatibility: PREH3004/ARCH3004 Archaeological Field and
Laboratory Methods
Course Description: The course is designed to provide students
with a practical introduction to basic archaeological field and
laboratory methods. Its focus is on techniques of excavation,
archaeological stratigraphy, the recording of artefacts and the
analysis and interpretation of structures, features and excavated
materials. The course usually comprises a compulsory residential
field school as well as supervised laboratory work during the
first semester
Indicative Assessment: 8,000 word Research Report (75 per
cent) plus field diary and appropriate contributions to the field
and post-field activities (25 per cent), such as context sheets,
field and final illustrations, Harris matrices, and cataloguing;
due as part of ARCH3004B.
G. Barker Techniques of Archaeological Excavation, 1977 or
later editions
Archaeological Field & Laboratory Methods B

ARCH3004B (6 units)
Later Year Course
Later Year Course
Second Semester, 2009, normally offered every year.
Workload: 20 hours supervised laboratory work. Students also

will be expected to undertake about 4 hours per week study.
Workload:3 contact hours per week. Students will normally

spend an additional 4 hours per week in study.
Prerequisites: ARCH3004A
Prerequisites: Either ARCH1111 or ARCH1112, and 18 units of

ARCH or PREH courses at later- year level, or permission of the
Convener.
Incompatibility: PREH3004/ARCH3004 Archaeological Field and

Laboratory Methods
Course Description: The course is designed to provide students
with a practical introduction to basic archaeological field and
189
laboratory methods. Its focus is on techniques of excavation,

archaeological stratigraphy, the recording of artefacts and the
analysis and interpretation of structures, features and excavated
materials. The course usually comprises a compulsory residential
field school as well as supervised laboratory work during the
first semester.
Indicative Assessment: 8,000 word Research Report (75 per
cent) plus field diary and appropriate contributions to the field
and post-field activities (25 per cent), such as context sheets,
field and final illustrations, Harris matrices, and cataloguing.
G. Barker Techniques of Archaeological Excavation, 1977 or
later editions
Archaeology IV Honours (S)

ARCH4105F (24 units each Semester)
research. It is structured as a survey course, moving from a

discussion of Aboriginal rock art through to Romanticism.
Introduction to Art History also has a vocational emphasis and
starts to prepare students for careers in the visual arts and
gallery sector.
Indicative Assessment: Mid semester visual analysis (30 per
cent), research essay (40 per cent), end of semester visual test
(20 per cent) and tutorial participation (10 per cent).
Passing the course is conditional on satisfactory tutorial
attendance.
Anne DAlleva, Methods and Theories of Art History, London:
Laurence King, 2005
Christina Maranci, A Survival Guide for Art History Students,
New Jersey: Pearson Prentice Hall, 2005
Introduction to Modern & Contemporary Art

ARTH1003 (6 units)
First Year Course
Course Description: Archaeology Honours students are required

to meet both coursework and thesis requirements
Coursework: All students are required to take two honours

courses (which, combined, contribute 40 per cent of the final
mark) and successfully complete all assessment requirements.
The latter may comprise essays, annotated bibliographies or
presentations. Full-time students will complete these in the first
semester, part-time students can study them over two years.
Academic Contact: Dr Elisabeth Findlay
Later Year Course
Research: Students are required to undertake a supervised

research project on a topic approved by the Archaeology staff
of the School and to submit a BA Honours thesis of between
15,000 and 20,000 words in length and suitably illustrated
for examination. Its mark comprises 60 per cent of the total
requirements for honours. The research may be field, laboratory
or library based.

ARCH4105P (12 units each semester)
Later Year Course
Course Description: As for syllabus ARCH4105F
Introduction to Art History

ARTH1002 (6 units)
Workload: Three hours a week in lectures and tutorials

Incompatibility: ARTV1009 & ARTV1010
Course Description: This course examines the emergence of
Modern art in the 19th century and traces the development

of the visual arts through until today. In the last 150
years, Modern art has seen the rise and decline of various
movements and philosophies, resulting in a rich but often
troubled history. This course is dominated by a number of
isms and we will examine the diverse outlooks of groups as
far ranging as the Impressionists and Conceptual artists.
Indicative Assessment: Oral presentation and article (30 per
cent), research essay (40 per cent), end of semester visual test
(20 per cent) and tutorial participation (10 per cent).Passing the
course is conditional on satisfactory tutorial attendance.
Arnason, H H, A History of Modern Art, Thames & Hudson
Francis Frascina et al 1993, Modernity and modernism: French
painting in the nineteenth century, New Have: Yale University
Press, 1993
Art & Its Context: Materials, Techniques, Display

ARTH2044 (6 units)
Later Year Course
First Year Course
Workload: Two hours of lectures per week and a tutorial in

alternate weeks
Workload: Contact hours include 3 hours per week in lectures

and tutorials.
Attendance on campus but with many visits to major art
institutions in Canberra.
Students are expected to complete an average of 5 hours per
week outside these contact hours.
Academic Contact: Dr Andrew Montana
Incompatibility: ARTV1009 & ARTV1010
Course Description: A first year subject that examines the
fascinating history of art. This course introduces a broad range
of art movements, methodologies and theories of art historical
190
Academic Contact: Dr Erika Esau

Prerequisites: Introduction to Art History ARTH1002 and
Introduction to Modern Art ARTH1003 or permission of the
Coordinator.
Course Description: This course has two aims: (1) to examine
the major techniques used to create art work, in both the
historical and contemporary environment; and (2) to examine
the relationship between display and techniques, and the effect
of display on the interpretation of the object. Students will
study specific objects and interrogate their broader context in
terms of display and this extends to the role of an art object in

the context of landscape and architectural sites.
Indicative Assessment: 2 x 1500 word tutorial papers (30 per
cent each, due one week after class presentation), one take
home final paper (30 per cent, due first day of the examination
period), tutorial participation 10 per cent.
Art and the power of placement Victoria Newhouse, New York:
Monacelli Press, 2005.
Europe and Asia, to the role of patrons and princes, past and
present in the establishment of art collections and policies. The
impact of world exploration and empire on the development
of collections and the evolution of public collections are major
themes. In addition, contemporary issues regarding collection
development will be addressed. The impact of social, political
and ethical environments on museum collecting, display and
documentation will be explored with particular reference to
Australian collections.
The penguin dictionary of decorative arts John Fleming and

Hugh Honour, London: Viking, 1989
Indicative Assessment: Two tutorial papers 1500 words each to

be submitted one week after class presentation of 10-12 mins.
2x 35 per cent (paper), 2 x 10 per cent (presentation); Tutorial
participation 10 per cent.
Art of the Modern Print

ARTH2052 (6 units)
The Cultures of Collecting John Elsner and Roger Cardinal
Later Year Course
(eds.) london: Reaktion Books, 1194.
The rare art traditions. The history of art collecting and its
linked phenomena Joseph Alsop, New Yourk: Harper and
Workload: Two hours of lectures per week and a tutorial in

alternate weeks
Coordinator.
Course Description: The course will examine the emergence of
the modern print in nineteenth century Europe and trace its
development up to the present day. Questions of technique,
from etching, lithography and relief prints, through to
photograph-based printmaking and the computer digitised
image, will be considered in considerable detail. Questions of
what constitutes an original print and some of the theoretical
implications of these definitions will be discussed. Although
the course will examine the heritage of European and
American printmaking, a major focus will be twentieth century
printmaking in Australia. Extensive use will be made of the
major collections of Australian and international prints in public
collections in Canberra.
Indicative Assessment: 1,000 word tutorial paper (25 per cent),
2,000 word essay (40 per cent), Visual test (25 per cent) and
Tutorial participation (10 per cent).
* Grishin, S, Contemporary Australian Printmaking, Craftsman
House
* Tallman, S, The Contemporary Print from Pre-Pop to
Postmodern, Thames
* Ivins, W M, Prints and Visual Communication, MIT
Art & Politics of Collecting

ARTH2057 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Workload: An average of two and a half class contact hours a
week
Academic Contact: Dr Erika Esau
Coordinator.
Row: 1976.
Kings and Connoisseurs. Collecting art inseventeenth century
Europe, Johnathon Brown, Princeton: University Press, 1994.
Postmodern Sublime
ARTH2061 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Workload: 2 hours per week of lectures, 1 hour tutorial per
week, and up to a days reading and writing per week.
Coordinator.
Course Description: This course will both survey postmodern
art in general, and will pursue a more focused approach to a
dominant theme of such art, the sublime. In this respect, we
will concentrate on the writing of Lyotard and other critical
responses to Postmodernism. The course will investigate
whether postmodern art should be considered fundamentally
neo-Romantic, or whether it should stand as an independent,
revolutionary category in itself. The relation of Modernism to
Postmodernism will be examined, and in the context of diverse
issues explored by artists including identity politics, gender,
subjectivity, constructs of essence and self, and the strategies
of historic quotation and appropriation. Other topics to be
examined include the political values and claims of postmodern
art and the status of the art-producer as artist-theoretician.
Media explored include painting, photo-media, video.
performance art, design and fashion.
2,500 word essay (50 per cent) and image test (20 per cent).
* Benjamin, A, (ed), The Lyotard Reader, New York, 1989
* Docherty, T, Postmodernism: A Reader, New York, 1993
* Kristeva, J, The Powers of Horror, New York, 1982
* Foster, Hal (ed), The Anti-Aesthetic : Essays on Postmodern
Culture, Washington, 1983
Course Description: This course will examine the history of art

collecting and collections from their origins in temple treasuries,
through the private collections of the mediaeval worlds of
191
Post-Colonial Discourses in Australian Art

ARTH2093 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Workload: 2 hours per week of lectures, 1 hour tutorial per
week, and up to a days reading and writing per week.
Introduction to Modern Art ARTH1003 or Australian History
HIST1203 or Introduction to Australian Literature ENGL1004 or
permission of the Coordinator.
commemoration; identity and the projection of self; portraiture

and it relationship to class, race and gender struggles. We will
also explore the curatorial and exhibition practices surrounding
portraiture, especially the formation and role of National
Portrait Galleries.
Indicative Assessment: Oral presentation and visual analysis
(30 per cent); research essay (40 per cent); end of semester
visual test (20 per cent); and tutorial participation (10 per
cent). Passing the course is conditional on satisfactory tutorial
attendance.
Harry Berger, Fictions of the pose: facing the gaze in early
Modern portraiture, Representations, Spring, 1994, pp. 87-120
Course Description: Current debates about the question of

art on the periphery and the idea of the other have direct
relevance to the development of art in Australian colonial life
and to the practice of art today. This course will examine these
questions by concentrating on aspects of art, architecture and
design in Australia, both in the colonial era and in the current
re-appropriation of early Australian imagery. The course will
address such issues as the dependence on imported modes, the
role of landscape imagery, and the distinctions between high
and popular art forms. The course draws upon staff expertise
at the University and upon the rich collection of resources of
the National Gallery of Australia, the National Library, and the
built environment and existent fabrics from local sites surviving
from the colonial era.
Richard Brilliant, Portraiture, London: Reaktion Books, 1991

2,500 word essay (50 per cent) and image test (20 per cent).
(1) History of Art History

First Semester
Lecturer: Professor Sasha Grishin
Assessment: Seminar papers and essays; 30 per cent.
* Bonyhady, T, Images in Opposition: Australian Landscape
Painting 1801-1890, OUP,1985
* Smith, B, and Smith, T, Australian Painting 1788-1990,
OUP,1991
* Allen, C, Art in Australia: From Colonization to Postmodernism,
Thames & Hudson, 1997
*Sayers, A, Australian Art, OUP, 2001
Art of Portraiture: History & Theory

ARTH2102 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Shearer West, Portraiture, Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2004

Art History IV Honours (S)
ARTH4005F (24 units EACH Semester)
Later Year Course
Course Description: (a) A research thesis of 15,000 words on an
approved topic; 40 per cent.
(b) Either two one-semester courses or a Gallery/ Museum
Internship of two semesters duration and one one-semester
course; each 30 per cent. In 2009 the semester course topics
will be:
(2) Thematic Seminar

Second Semester
Lecturer: Dr Erika Esau
Assessment: Seminar papers and essays; 30 per cent
Students are expected to consult with the honours course
coordinator in November of the previous year about their
choice of thesis topic, and are required to seek approval for
their topics and arrange supervision with a member of staff
no later than mid-January, when work on the thesis should
commence.
A student may commence Art History IV (Honours) in the
second semester.
Workload: Contact hours include 3 hours per week in lectures

and tutorials. Attendance is on campus but with many tutorials
held off campus. Students are expected to complete an average
of 5 hours per week outside of these contact hours.
Art History IV Honours (S)

ARTH4005P (12 units in each semester)
Prerequisites: ARTH1002 and ARTH1003 or permission of the

lecturer
Course Description: As for ARTH4005F
Course Description: This course will examine the history

and theory of portraiture. A diverse range of images will be
discussed from Egyptian funerary portraits through to modern
and contemporary likenesses. Alongside large oil paintings
and monumental sculpture, the course will include the study
of coins, miniatures, silhouettes, photographs, prints and
caricatures. The major figures in the history of portraiture, such
as Van Eyck, Leonardo da Vinci, Titian, Hals, Rubens, Rembrandt,
Velsquez, Holbein, Goya, Ingres, Reynolds, Gainsborough,
Picasso and Bacon will all be included. We will also utilise
local collections and will study Australian portraiture. A
range of challenging concerns and issues will be addressed:
such as likeness and truth; concepts of beauty; memory and
192
Later Year Course

This course is taken by students undertaking Art History

details.
Art History & Curatorship IV Honours (S)

ARTH4006F (24 units each Semester)
Later Year Course
Course Description: (a) A research thesis focused on an
approved curatorial topic of 15,000 words; 40 per cent.
(b) Either two one-semester courses or a Gallery/ Museum

Internship of two semesters duration and one one-semester
course; each 30 per cent. In 2009 the semester course topics
will be:
Workload: Normal duration 12??13 weeks, although this may

be varied in consultation with the supervisor and Assistant
Dean (Honours and PhB).
(1) History of Art History

First Semester
Lecturer: Professor Sasha Grishin
Assessment: Seminar papers and essays; 30 per cent.
Prerequisites: Enrolment in the Bachelor of Philosophy degree

program (Faculty Consent)
(2) Thematic Seminar

Second Semester
Lecturer: Dr Erika Esau
Assessment: Seminar papers and essays; 30 per cent
Students are expected to consult with the honours course
coordinator in November of the previous year about their
choice of thesis topic, and are required to seek approval for
their topics and arrange supervision with a member of staff
no later than mid-January, when work on the thesis should
commence.
A student may commence Art History and Curatorship IV
(Honours) in the second semester.
Art History and Curatorship IV Honours (S)
ARTH4006P (12 units in each semester)
Later Year Course
Course Course Description: As for ANCH4005F
This course is taken by students undertaking Art History and
Curatorship Honours on a part-time basis. See full-time entry
for further details.
Advanced Studies 1
ARTS1101 (6 units)
First Year Course
Workload: Two seminar hours per week for 12 weeks
Academic Contact: Assistant Dean (Honours & PhB)
program (College Consent required)
Course Description: The aim of this course is to introduce PhB
students to the research process and to provide them with basic
training in research skills and techniques while, at the same
time, introducing them to the range of Arts disciplines available
for study. Topics to be explored include research concepts, the
role of paradigms, disciplinary discourses and practices and the
writing-up process. Academics from a range of humanities and
social science disciplines at the ANU will present aspects of
their research to the class.
Indicative Assessment: Three small exercises/essays (15 per cent
each) and one 2500 word essay (55 per cent).
ARTS 1101 is compulsory for any student entering the PhB
program.
Advanced Studies 2
ARTS1102 (6 units)
First Year Course
Course Description: The Advanced Studies courses are taken

under the direction of the supervisor, but may involve teaching
and learning from a wide variety of sources, including other
ANU Faculties/Schools/Centres. In each case, the experience
of the student will be oriented towards the development of
a research career. Advanced Studies courses can be counted
towards a major, with the permission of the discipline
concerned and of the Assistant Dean (Honours and PhB).
There are two main ways in which Advanced Studies courses
may be negotiated:
An individualised tailor-made course
Under the guidance of the supervisor, the student may
arrange for a Reading Course in which to pursue a particular
topic in more detail. The Reading Course may be run by the
supervisor, or by another member of academic staff working
in an area of particular relevance to the students interests.
If the course is run by someone other than the supervisor,
that person is known as the course convenor.
Alternatively, the student may want to focus on a
mini-project. Once again the student would negotiate an
appropriate program under the guidance of the supervisor
and, once again, such a program may be run by someone
other than the supervisor: the course convenor.
Undertaking an internship. Again, this would be negotiated
under the guidance of the supervisor.
OR, an extension of an existing course:
With the agreement of the supervisor, the student may do
additional work in a course already offered, and classify it
as an Advanced Studies course. Such a decision would take
into account the students interests and academic direction.
The supervisor, course convenor and student would together
decide on an appropriate theme that would be the focus
of the students work throughout the semester (ideally this
would occur prior to Week 1), and this theme would result
in a major project.
Indicative Assessment: A total of 4500-5500 words, although this
may be reduced in special cases in consultation with the Assistant
Dean (Honours and PhB). The type and breakdown of assessment
exercises will be negotiated between student, supervisor and
course convenor (if there is one) early in the semester, and must
be approved by the Assistant Dean (Honours and PhB).
Advanced Studies 3
ARTS2101 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Workload: Normal duration 12??13 weeks, although this may
be varied in consultation with the supervisor and Assistant
Dean (Honours and PhB).
193

may be negotiated:
in a major project.
Indicative Assessment: A total of 4500-5500 words, although
this may be reduced in special cases in consultation with the
Assistant Dean (Honours and PhB). The type and breakdown
of assessment exercises will be negotiated between student,
supervisor and course convenor (if there is one) early in the
semester, and must be approved by the Assistant Dean (Honours
and PhB).
Advanced Studies 4
ARTS2102 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Workload: Normal duration 12-13 weeks, although this may be
varied in consultation with the supervisor and Assistant Dean
(Honours and PhB).
194

may be negotiated:
in a major project.
and PhB).
Internship
ARTS3000 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Academic Contact: Relevant Major Convenor
Prerequisites: Specific courses to be determined by each
discipline areas - consult with Internship Coordinator. Minimum
requirement is that students must be in their third year of
academic study.
Course Description: This course will provide some students with
the opportunity to undertake relevant work experience under
the supervision of professional staff of a host organisation. The
discipline-specific nature of the Internship will be reflected in
the specific tasks designated by the host organisation supervisor
and the Internship Coordinator. These tasks will be appropriate
to the level of students ability within their study program and
complement the students choice of major area of study. There
is no coursework component. Duties and tasks undertaken
will involve the application of theoretical knowledge to work
practices and culture of the organisation. Selected students will
be required to attend a pre-internship orientation and briefing
session with the Internship being a minimum of 70 hours
attendance in the workplace.
Indicative Assessment: Negotiated work project (normally a

minimum of 3,000 words) 50 per cent, a work diary 25 per cent
and host supervisors report 25 per cent.
To be determined by host organisation supervisor and
Internship Coordinator. Required reading of texts, reports or
work related material would be based on the nature and intent
of the negotiated work project.
Discuss the availability of placements in your area with the
Internship Coordinator. Internship placement opportunities will
normally be advertised the previous semester before placement
so that a selection process can be undertaken and placements
offered and finalised before the reenrolment deadline.
Internship 2
ARTS3050 (12 units)
Later Year Course
Academic Contact: Relevant Major Convenor
Prerequisites: Specific courses to be determined by each
discipline area - consult with Internship Coordinator. Minimum
requirement is that students must be in their third year of
academic study.
Course Description: This course will provide some students with
the opportunity to undertake relevant work experience under
the supervision of professional staff of a host organisation. The
discipline specific nature of the Internship will be reflected in
the specific tasks designated by the host organisation supervisor
and the Internship Coordinator. These tasks will be appropriate
to the level of students ability within their study program and
complement the students choice of major area of study. There
is no coursework component. Duties and tasks undertaken
will involve the application of theoretical knowledge to work
practices and culture of the organisation. Selected students will
be required to attend a pre-internship orientation and briefing
session with the Internship being a minimum of 140 hours
attendance in the workplace.
Indicative Assessment: Negotiated work project (normally a
minimum of 8,000 words) 70 per cent, a work diary 15 per cent
and host supervisors report 15 per cent.
To be determined by host organisation supervisor and
Internship Coordinator. Required reading of texts, reports or
work related material would be based on the nature and intent
of the negotiated work project.
Discuss the availability of placements in your area with the
Internship Coordinator. Internship placement opportunities will
normally be advertised the previous semester before placement
so that a selection process can be undertaken and placements
offered and finalised before the re-enrolment deadline.
Advanced Studies 5
ARTS3101 (6 units)
Later Year Course
(Honours and PhB).

may be negotiated:
in a major project.
and PhB).
Advanced Studies 6
ARTS3102 (6 units)
Later Year Course
(Honours and PhB).
195

1. One of the two seminar series run in first semester under the
Archaeology honours program (q.v.), weighted at 10 per cent of
the total assessment for the honours program.

may be negotiated:
2. Either the seminar series or the advanced project work run

in first semester under the Biological Anthropology honours
program (q.v.), weighted at 20 per cent of the total assessment
for the honours program.

in a major project.
and PhB).
Combined Arts Honours

ARTS4500F (24 units each Semester)
Later Year Course
See relevant honours convenors for further information.

ARTS4500P (12 units each Semester)
Later Year Course
See relevant honours convenors for further information.
3. A BA honours sub-thesis of 12-15,000 words based on a

research project approved by the supervisor(s) and honours
convener, weighted at 70 per cent of the total assessment for
the honours program. While the School does not require an
exact 50:50 balance between the archaeology and biological
anthropology components, the substantial involvement of both
disciplines should be clear in the end-product.
The convener will advise regarding the options in (i) and (ii)
above, and regarding the sub-thesis topic and supervision.
Enquiries are welcomed and should be directed to the convener
and/or other staff as relevant.
Archaeology/Biological Anthropology IV Honours (S)

Later Year Course
Course Description: The basic components will be:1. One of the two seminar series run in first semester under the
Archaeology honours program (q.v.), weighted at 10 per cent of
the total assessment for the honours program.
2. Either the seminar series or the advanced project work run
in first semester under the Biological Anthropology honours
program (q.v.), weighted at 20 per cent of the total assessment
for the honours program.
3. A BA honours sub-thesis of 12-15,000 words based on a
research project approved by the supervisor(s) and honours
convener, weighted at 70 per cent of the total assessment for
the honours program. While the School does not require an
exact 50:50 balance between the archaeology and biological
anthropology components, the substantial involvement of both
disciplines should be clear in the end-product.
The convener will advise regarding the options in (i) and (ii)
above, and regarding the sub-thesis topic and supervision.
Enquiries are welcomed and should be directed to the convener
and/or other staff as relevant.
Major D1 F/T
ARTV1005 (24 units)
First Year Course
Workload: 12 hours of studio practice

Prerequisites: Folio/Interview
Later Year Course
Topics
The details for the course(s) shown above apply to all of the
following topics. Specific descriptions for Syllabus and Proposed
Assessment that apply to each topic are detailed below.

Course Description: The basic components will be:-
196
This Course is part of a Diploma of Art Program
Ceramics
Syllabus: Projects are designed to introduce students to both a
range of skills and technologies and a range of conceptual and
thematic aspects addressed by the program of study. Students

are introduced to a range of hand constructed and wheelformed methods and complete a series of projects using various
technologies. The glaze/clay/kilns course stage I is commenced
second semester each year - either D1 or D2 depending on
individual course commencement date.
All students are required to keep a record of all technical

information acquired during their time spent in the workshop,
including technical processes, equipment used, risk assessment
notes, sampling, material research, suppliers lists etc; as well
as sketches, working drawings, ideas, inspiration, research and
visual references.
Indicative Assessment: Assessment is in accordance to ANU

School of Art Assessment Procedures by periodic review
sessions andscheduled critiques with peers and staff. At the
end of semester students present their work to the Workshop
Assessment Panel. Glaze/clay/kilns is assessed by completing
a short open book exam and presentation of completed glaze
testing. www.anu.edu.au/ITA/CSA/study.protocols/assess/
index_art.html

Assessment Panel. www.anu.edu.au/ITA/CSA/study.protocols/
assess/index_art.html
Furniture
Syllabus: A program is structured around projects and lectures
designed to introduce both a range of skills and technologies
and a range of conceptual and thematic aspects addressed by
the program of study. The study and application of jointing
systems will continue, together with relevant wood-shaping
techniques, marking-out systems, woodfinishing and
technical drawing. Objective freehand drawing, life drawing,
and presentation drawing are components. All of the above
are integrated into a series of set projects to provide an
introductory experience of the craft of woodwork and to
heighten awareness of the design potential of the medium.
sessions and scheduled critiques with peers and staff. At the
Glass
Syllabus: A program is structured around projects designed to
introduce a wide range of skills and technologies and a range of
conceptual and thematic aspects. Students work independently
through the pathways laid out by their Work Proposal, or
POD (Point of Departure) which is developed in consultation
with the Workshop Head or relevant lecturer and in reference
to the published guidelines (see Program Requirements and
Assessment Criteria).
Gold and Silversmithing
introduce a range of skills. Students concentrate on set exercises
to give the widest possible introduction to the basic hand tools.
Later, there is an increasing emphasis on the development of
personal concepts and the planning of future work programs.
The program includes a significant component of design work
and the development of techniques of metal working.
Indicative Assessment: The assessment process and Course
requirements are based on the successful completion of seven
set projects each of which is allocated a fractional weighting.
The progressive outcomes of this course are assessed by
periodic critique and review sessions, and an end-of-semester
presentation to the Assessment Panel.
Painting
introduce both a range of skills and technologies and a range of
conceptual and thematic aspects. Projects focus on approaches
to the figure and approaches to abstraction. These projects are
introduced with lectures and seminars which contextualise
these studio practices both historically and theoretically. One
day a week is allocated to drawing. The drawing program is
developed and taught in eight-week blocks by the artist-inresidence. Such visiting artists conduct drawing programs which
develop skills of visual representation to broaden the students
range of methods and materials.
Photomedia
introduce both a range of skills and technologies and a range
of conceptual and thematic aspects. Study provides for the
completion of a structured project aimed to give an insight into
the nature of the photographic process and perception, and
to introduce students to the visual, conceptual and technical
possibilities of the medium. Students will be also required in
Major 1 and Major 2 to complete the technical program and a
program in the history and theory of photography.
Sculpture
Syllabus: Major D1 introduces students to a diversity of skills,
processes, technologies and materials relevant to the practice of
sculpture. Students are expected to develop an understanding
of making processes including modelling, cold casting,
construction and assemblage to facilitate thinking within
the sphere of sculptural concerns. Students start to explore a
range of conceptual, thematic and design considerations as
a vehicle to develop their creative responses through making.
We offer studio introductions to a broad range of approaches
to making. Focus sessions in investigative drawing and studio
theory introduce students to a wide range of artists, ideas and
approaches to making. An awareness of occupational health
and safety issues is introduced through studio procedures and
management.
197

Textiles
Syllabus: Students work on a program of structured projects,
which aim to develop technical, conceptual and design skills. In
the first semester students also undertake a one-day per week
drawing and basic design project.
Major D2 F/T
ARTV1006 (24 units)
First Year Course
Workload: 12 hours of studio practice per week
Prerequisites: ARTV1005
This course is part of a Diploma of Art Program
Topics
Ceramics
technologies. The glaze/clay/kilns course stage I is commenced
in second semester each year and will be undertaken in either
D1 or D2 depending on when enrolment commenced. The
glaze/clay/kilns course stage 2 is offered in first semester
each year and so can be undertaken after stage 1 has been
successfully completed.
index_art.html
Furniture
198

Glass
introduce students to a range of skills. Students concentrate
on set exercises to give the widest possible introduction to the
basic hand tools. Later, there is an increasing emphasis on the
development of personal concepts and the planning of future
work programs. The program includes a significant component
of design work and the development of techniques of metal
working.
visual references.
Painting

Photomedia
Sculpture
Syllabus: Major D2 is an active program of instruction
encouraging a diversity of skills, processes, technologies and
materials relevant to the practice of sculpture. Students engage
with a range of conceptual, thematic and design considerations
through an imaginative exploration of their creative responses
to making. Students explore their responses through set
projects to develop new skills in areas that might include
modelling, cold casting, construction, assemblage, installation
and hot metal casting. There are studio introductions to a
broad range of approaches to making. We offer focus sessions
in investigative drawing and studio theory sessions, which
introduce students to a wide range of artists, ideas and
management.
Textiles
Major D1 P/T
ARTV1007 (12 units)
First Year Course
Workload: 6 hours per week part-time
Prerequisites: Folio/interview
This course is part of a part-time Diploma of Art program
Topics
Ceramics
technologies. The glaze/clay/kilns course is commenced in either
D1 or D2 depending on when it is offered. It may also be taken
online via WebCT.
index_art.html
Furniture
Glass
working.
199



including technical processes, equipment used, risk asessment
visual references.
Textiles
Painting
Photomedia
Sculpture
Syllabus: Major D1 introduce students to a diversity of skills,
management.
200

Major D2 P/T
ARTV1008 (12 units)
First Year Course
Topics
Ceramics
technologies. The glaze/clay/kilns course is commenced in either
D1 or D2 depending on when it is offered. It may also betaken
online via WebCT.
index_art.html
Furniture

Glass
working.
requirements are based on the successful completion of seven
set projects each of which is allocated a fractional weighting.
presentation to the Assessment Panel. All students are required
to keep a record of all technical information acquired during
their time spent in the workshop, including technical processes,
equipment used, risk asessment notes, sampling, material
research, suppliers lists etc; as well as sketches, working
drawings, ideas, inspiration, research and visual references.
Both technical notebooks and sketchbooks must be included
in the presentation of work at time of assessment at the end
of semester. www.anu.edu.au/ITA/CSA/study.protocols/assess/
index_art.html
Painting
Photomedia
Sculpture
Syllabus: Major D2 introduces students to a diversity of skills,
management.
Textiles
Introduction to Art & Design Theory A

ARTV1009 (6 units)
First Year Course
Workload: Two lectures and one tutorial per week.
Academic Contact: Anne Brennan
Incompatibility: ARTH1002 & ARTH1003
Course Description: This course focuses on the modern period
and issues raised by modern art practices. It spans the period
from the mid-nineteenth century to the late 1930s, before
the outbreak of the second World War. The program makes a
201
distinction between modernity as a social phenomenon and

modernism as an activity in the visual arts. It will consider the
role of the artist in modern society and will include detailed
examination of the new forms of representation developed by
artists in Europe with particular reference to works of art in the
collection of the National Gallery of Australia. Most lectures and
tutorials are held in the National Gallery.
Indicative Assessment: Written essay (60 per cent), oral
presentation (30 per cent), attendance and participation (10 per
cent) or equivalent.
Attendance at lectures and tutorials is compulsory.
Introduction to Art & Design Theory B

ARTV1010 (6 units)
First Year Course
Prerequisites: ARTV1009 or with approval
Incompatibility: ARTH1002 & ARTH1003
Course Description: This course considers issues raised by
modern and postmodern art practices in the latter half of the
twentieth century to the present. The focus is on art practice
in Australia as it relates to developments in the international
context. This involves an examination of the nature of
modernism in Australia; the relationship between so-called
cultural centres and peripheries; and Australias relation to
the Asia Pacific. Issues associated with cultural identity will be
central: questioning what it means to be an Australian artist in
the late twentieth century. Most lectures and tutorials are held
in the National Gallery.
cent); or equivalent.
Major 1
ARTV1011 (6 units)
First Year Course
Workload: First semester
8 hours per week lectures, tutorials, critiques and supervised
studio practice and 4 hours per week independent studio
practice
Incompatibility: Student must be enrolled in the BVA.
Indicative Assessment: The Studio Practice methodology
proceeds under periodic review and critique leading to a final
assessment of the presentation of the semesters work totaling
100 per cent. Each element of assessment incorporates 10 per
cent attendance and participation.
Topics
Ceramics
Syllabus: A series of hand building and wheel-based projects
of one to two weeks duration, which illustrate and explore
materials and the various construction, forming, decorating
202
and firing processes that are the basic toolkit of the ceramic
artist. The emphasis is not on product and final resolutions, but
on gaining an understanding of these processes, and creatively
exploring possibilities inherent in them.
Indicative Assessment: The progressive outcomes of this Studio
Practice-based course (Teaching lab) are assessed by periodic
critique plus mid-course review sessions and end-of-semester
presentation to an assessment panel. Critique sessions will
provide advice on work in progress in response to given
projects, the mid-course reviews will provide indicative advice
on a students achievement against the criteria, and the end of
semester presentation will assess the final outcomes against
the agreed requirements of course projects. The glaze/clay/kilns
course is assessed by presentation of completed glaze tests.
www.anu.edu.au/ITA/CSA/study.protocols/assess/index_art.html
Digital Media
Syllabus: The course is structured around projects designed to
introduce both a range of digital media skills and technologies,
as well as a range of conceptual and thematic topics. Students
engage in a process of investigation through individual
responses to various set projects. The visual, conceptual and
technical possibilities and the history of the medium are further
expanded as the program progresses. The project includes a
student research component and a critical evaluation of the
subjects studied. Students must complete a technical program
in animation, sound, video and networked media, and a studio
theory program.
Indicative Assessment: Assessment is by periodic criticism
and review sessions, and end-of-semester presentation to the
Assessment Panel. Critique sessions provide ongoing advice on
work in progress in response to set projects, the mid-course
reviews provide indicative advice on a students achievement
against the assessment criteria, and the end of semester
presentation will assess the final outcomes against the agreed
requirements of course projects.
Furniture
Syllabus: The program is structured around projects and lectures
and a range of conceptual and thematic aspects. The study
and application of jointing systems is introduced, together
with relevant wood-shaping techniques, marking-out systems,
woodfinishing and technical drawing. All are integrated into
a series of set projects intended to provide an introductory
experience of the craft of woodwork and to heighten awareness
of the design potential of the medium.
requirements of course projects. www.anu.edu.au/ITA/CSA/study.
protocols/assess/index_art.html
Glass
Syllabus: The Glass Workshop focuses on a one-to-one
approach to teaching and is designed to foster individual
potential and creativity. Through the first semester, students
will be set specific projects in developing and understanding
technical processes, critical thinking and artistic awareness.
The focus in the first year is on kiln forming, hot glass skills
development and an overview of the field of contemporary

studio glass. Fundamentals taught in practical kiln forming
areas include fusing, kiln use and cold working techniques. In
the hot shop students learn the foundations of the material
including gathering and manipulating hot glass as well as
exercises which provide a vocabulary of working with solid and
blown glass forms.
requirements are based on the successful completion of set
projects each of which is allocated a fractional weighting.
presentation to the Assessment Panel.
notes, sampling, material research, suppliers lists etc.; as well
visual references.
Assessment is in accordance to ANU School of Art Assessment
Procedures by periodic review sessions and scheduled critiques
with peers and staff. At the end of semester students present
their work to the Workshop Assessment Panel. www.anu.edu.au/
ITA/CSA/study.protocols/assess/index_art.html
Painting
Syllabus: A series of projects designed to introduce students to
the basics of painting, technically and conceptually, involving
a survey of approaches to composition, figure/ground and
pictorial space, developing tonal values, colour mixing and
paint handling using a range of materials and techniques. Each
project will be introduced by lectures providing a historical and
theoretical context for the studio program. Projects explore
a range of conventions such as still life and figure painting.
Drawing will be developed as both a foundation for painting
and as a parallel creative practice.
requirements of course projects. Drawing and visual research
form a component in the assessment of this unit. www.anu.edu.
au/ITA/CSA/study.protocols/assess/index_art.html
Photomedia
Syllabus: The course is structured around short projects
and a range of conceptual and thematic topics. Students
technical possibilities of Photomedia are introduced. Students
must complete an introductory technical program in black and
white, colour and digital photography, and a studio theory
program.
Printmedia and Drawing
Syllabus: A weekly drawing class emphasises the development
of personal imagery within a broad interpretation of drawing
activity. A series of studio based projects are presented, with
a strong emphasis placed on the inventive manipulation of
techniques and materials of stenciling and screenprinting. An
accompanying studio theory class helps students to locate their
work and creative thinking within an art historical context.
Indicative Assessment: Proposed Assessment: Assessment is
by periodic criticism and review sessions, and end-of-semester
presentation to the Assessment Panel. Critique sessions provide
ongoing advice on work in progress in response to set projects,
the mid-course reviews provide indicative advice on a students
achievement against the assessment criteria, and the end of
semester presentation will assess the final outcomes against the
agreed requirements of course projects. www.anu.edu.au/ITA/
CSA/study.protocols/assess/index_art.html
Sculpture
Syllabus: The program introduces students to a diversity of
ideas and materiality relevant to the practice of sculpture.
Students start to explore their own creative responses through
making. They develop an understanding of processes appropiate
to sculpture through set projects, which explore a range of
conceptual, thematic and design considerations. Focus sessions
in studio theory introduce students to an extensive range of
artists, ideas and approaches to making through historical
precedent and contemporary practice. Studio introductions
cover a wide variety of approaches to fabrication, construction
and modelling and casting in materials including steel, wood,
clay, found and mixed media. Students are introduced to
most of the large plant within the Sculpture Workshop in this
course. Outcomes can embrace abstraction as well as figuration.
Students develop an awareness of occupational health and
safety issues introduced through studio procedures and
management.
203


Textiles
Syllabus: Students are introduced to the fundamentals of the
discipline through a program of structured projects, which aim
to develop technical, conceptual and art/design/textile skills.
Through the semester students will work creatively with a
range of materials and techniques to develop an understanding
of textile processes and how they can be used in relation to
art and design. the history, theory and contemporary field of
textiles will be considered and discussed in lectures, seminars
and workshops with staff and visiting artists, to provide a
context for the practical studio work.
Concept development, fostering artistic awareness and
exploration of visual art and design approaches will be integral
to the projects. Students also participate in excursions to
galleries, studios and workshops to develop their understanding
of the contemporary field.

Major 2
ARTV1012 (6 units)
First Year Course
Workload: 8 hours per week lectures, tutorials, critiques and
supervised studio practice and 4 hours per week independent
studio practice
Prerequisites: ARTV1011 or with permission of the convenor
Incompatibility: ARTV2002
Topics
Ceramics
Syllabus: This semester will be centred on a field study and
will incorporate all or some of the processes covered in Major
1. An introduction to sourcing materials will be included. The
glaze/clay/kilns course commences during this semester and is
completed in Major 3.
204
Digital Media
extend both a range of digital media skills and technologies,
as well as a range of conceptual and thematic topics. Students
technical possibilities and the history of the new media are
further expanded. The projects include a student research
component and a critical evaluation of the subjects studied.
Students must extend the introductory technical program in
animation, sound, video and networked media, and a studio
theory program.
Furniture
further the introduction of a range of conceptual and thematic
aspects. The study and application of jointing systems will
continue, together with relevant wood-shaping techniques,
marking-out systems, woodfinishing and technical drawing.
Objective free hand drawing and presentation drawing are
scheduled components of the course. Concept development,
research, drawing and design are part of the practical and
theory components of the course work structure. The Workshop
teaching program is supported by specialties such as tool
making which are run through the Workshop Visiting Artist
Program.
Glass
Syllabus: The second semester will continue the focus on
kiln forming, hot glass skills development and an overview
of the field of contemporary studio glass. Fundamentals
taught in practical kiln forming areas include fusing, kiln use
and cold working techniques. In the hot shop students learn
the foundations of the material including gathering and
manipulating hot glass as well as exercises which provide a
vocabulary of working with sold and blown glass forms.

Syllabus: Students extend their studies by developing individual
themes and work methods. The programs of study are projectoriented and concentrate on developing students skills and
on choosing and applying techniques appropriate to their
particular tasks. There is a greater emphasis on the use of
varied methods in the same work and new materials and a
combination of materials which will be introduced. Individual
projects are decided upon in consultation with Workshop staff.
Reference throughout, will be made to the history of gold and
silversmithing so that students become aware of the context in
which their subject has evolved.
Indicative Assessment: The Assessment process and course
requirements are based on the successful completion of 2
prescribed projects and one work proposal. All students are
required to keep a record of all technical information acquired
during their time spent in the Workshop, including technical
processes, equipment used, risk assessment notes, sampling,
material research, suppliers lists as well as sketches, working
drawings, ideas, inspiration, research and visual reference. Both
technical notebooks and sketchbooks must be included in the
presentation of work at time of assessment at the end of each
semester.
Procedures by periodic critique and review sessions and end-ofsemester presentation to the Assessment Panel.
Painting
Syllabus: This program is designed to creatively extend and
consolidate the skills developed in Major 1, both conceptually
and technically. This semesters painting projects emphasise
colour - exploring both observational and subjective approaches
applied to the figure and landscape, and considering the role
of colour in compositions, both representational and abstract.
Projects will be introduced by lectures providing a historical and
theoretical context for the course. Drawing will continue to be
developed as both a foundation for painting and as a parallel
creative practice.
requirements of course projects. Drawing and visual research
form a component in the assessment of this course. www.anu.
edu.au/ITA/CSA/study.protocols/assess/index_art.html
Photomedia
extend both a range of skills and technologies and a range of
conceptual and thematic topics. Students engage in a process
of investigation through individual responses to various set
projects. The visual, conceptual and technical possibilities
and the history of the photomedia are further expanded. The
projects include a student research component and a critical
evaluation of the subjects studied. Students must complete
a technical program in black and white, colour and digital
photography, and a studio theory program.

Syllabus: A weekly drawing class emphasises the development
of personal imagery within a broad interpretation of drawing
activity. The technical skills of Relief Printing are taught in a
series of studio based projects, with a strong emphasis placed
on the inventive manipulation of techniques. An accompanying
studio theory class helps students to locate their work and
creative thinking within an art historical context.
Sculpture
Syllabus: students embrace a diversity of ideas and materiality
relevant to the practice of sculpture. Students engage with
a range of conceptual, thematic and design considerations
to making. Set projects explore modeling and casting,
assemblage and installation. Focus sessions in studio theory
introduce students to an extensive range of artists, ideas
and approaches to making through historical precedent and
contemporary practice. Studio introductions cover a wide
range of approaches to making and materiality. Knowledge of
large plant within the Sculpture Workshop is reinforced in this
Students further develop an awareness of occupational health
and safety issues introduced through studio procedures and
management.
Textiles
which aim to develop technical, conceptual and design skills.
Weaving consists of warping, loom dressing and weaving
procedures, exploration of woven structures, colour and design,
surface texture and manipulation through structural tension.
Tapestry consists of warp/weft settings and ratios, exploration
of concepts and personal themes in the tapestry medium,
finishing and presentation. Surface Design comprises printing,
stitch and fabric manipulation, fabric painting techniques and
machine embroidery. Concept development, research, drawing
205
and design are all an integral part of the coursework structure.

The workshops computer facilities, Photoshop and textile
design software, are used in all areas of the course.
Core Studies in Visual Arts: 2D image trading

ARTV1020 (6 units)
First Year Course
Academic Contact: Gilbert Riedelbauch
Course Description: The program consists of projects which
introduce students to a range of skills and conceptual issues
relevant to all visual arts disciplines, and provides a foundation
for future specialised work.
Introduces students to the application of two-dimensional
representation, dealing with the dynamics of colour, design,
composition and pictorial space.
Indicative Assessment: Assessment is based on the presentation
of a portfolio of studio work with related documentation.
Assessment items may include (as specified in individual
classes): a body or works of art; a body of technical/exploratory
works; a visual diary; or support work and documentation of
process.
Core Studies in Visual Arts: 3D/ Space & Materials

ARTV1021 (6 units)
First Year Course
Course Description: The program consits of projects which
Introduces the analysis and language of materials, space, form
and design in art practice through reference to nature and
visual culture. Skill development and safe work practices are
essential parts of the program.

Introduces the analysis of form and composition through
observation and anotomical study. Investigates drawing
materials, develops technical skills, and considers the cultural
differences with regard to representing the human body in the
visual arts.
classes): a body of works of art; a body of technical/exploratory
process.
Core Computer Studies

ARTV1032 (6 units)
First Year Course
Workload: Four hours per week.
Prerequisites: ARTV1019 and folio/interview
Course Description: The course provides an introduction to
IT-based infrastructure, computer software and information
technology available for Visual and Design Arts students. The
program has 2 hour lab modules as well as a lecture program.
Students will be introduced to digital image manipulation,
computer graphics, computer aided design and web design.
As part of this program students will work initially to a
sequence of structured computer lab sessions, leading to a
self-directed focus at the end of the program.
Indicative Assessment: Assessment is by periodic reviews and an
end-of-semester presentation of a website that will represent
the outcome of studies outlined above, submitted to the Core
Computer Panel.
Assessment is by periodic reviews and an end-of-semester
presentation of a website that will represent the outcome of
studies outlined above, submitted to the Core Computer Panel.
Introduction to the Creative Digital Environment

ARTV1100 (6 units)
First Year Course

process.
Course Description: This course comprises of an introduction

to the fundamental principles and techniques for digitally
producing, recording and editing images and sounds. This
course is recommended for students intending to undertake the
digital media electives offered by Photography and Media Arts
in the School of Art and for students in the Bachelor of Arts
(New Media Arts).
Core Studies in Visual Arts: Life Drawing

ARTV1022 (6 units)
Indicative Assessment: Assessment is by a series of assignments,

and a final presentation of a project. Assignments (50 per cent),
Major Project (50 per cent)
First Year Course

206
Specific references will be announced during the course.
Major 3
ARTV2003 (12 units)
presentation to the Assessment Panel. www.anu.edu.au/ITA/CSA/

study.protocols/assess/index_art.html
Later Year Course
Digital Media
Syllabus: The program is structured around projects designed to
conceptual and thematic aspects. The course teaches animation,
video, networked media, sound and critical thinking. Students
responses to the various topics. The visual, conceptual and
technical possibilities and the history of new media are further
expanded as the program progresses. A studio theory program
introducing students to the history and theory of the media
arts must also be completed.

Workload: First or second semester
practice
Major 4
ARTV2004 (12 units)
Later Year Course
Workload: First or second semester
practice
Topics
Ceramics
Syllabus: Two or more projects, each of which may run for the
duration of up to half a semester, which concentrate on aspects
of the ceramic surface and address the meaning of surface. One
of these projects will be wheel-based and one will be off-wheel.
The projects may include decorative techniques that are applied,
or those created through the manipulation of clay or its firing
(eg. salt, wood, saggar raku or black firings). Use of plaster in
the form of working surface may be included. Two short pieces
of research on the broader ceramic field and documentation/
presentation of these are required. Part 2 of the glaze/clay/kilns
course is undertaken in Major 3.
Indicative Assessment: The progressive outcomes of this
studio practice based course are assessed by periodic critique
plus mid-review sessions and end-of-semester presentation
to an assessment panel. Critique sessions will provide advice
on work in progress in response to given projects, the
mid-course reviews will provide indicative advice on a students
achievement against the criteria, and the end of semester
requirements of course projects. The glaze/clay/kilns course
will be assessed by completing a short open book exam and
presentation of completed glaze testing. Assessment is in
accordance to ANU School of Art Assessment Procedures by
periodic critique and review sessions and end-of-semester

Furniture
Program.
Glass
Syllabus: The focus in the second year continues in the areas
of kiln forming, hot glass skills development, learning cold
working techniques and glass history. Fundamentals taught
in the practical kiln forming area include fusing, kiln use and
cold working techniques. In the hot shop, students continue
to develop technical skills while in the cold shop, cutting using
lathes with stone and diamond wheels, and other cold working
techniques are introduced.
Indicative Assessment: Assessment is progressive throughout
the semester via critique sessions, mid-semester review and
end-of-semester presentation of completed work. All students
are required to keep notebooks containing drawings and
sketches of developing works; visual reference materials and a
notebook detailing processes, technical information, material
tests, etc. 80 per cent of the semester grade is on the practical
aspect of the course, including kiln forming, hot shop and cold
working classes, the keeping of notebooks and visual diaries and
207
participating in studio operation and visiting presentations. The

remaining 20 per cent of the total semester grade is comprised
of the studio theory component. Assessment is in accordance to
ANU School of Art Assessment Procedures by periodic critique
and review sessions and end-of-semester presentation to the
Syllabus: Students extend their studies by developing
individual themes and work methods. The programs of study
are project-oriented and concentrate on developing students
skills and on choosing and applying techniques appropriate
to their particular tasks. There is a greater emphasis on the
use of varied methods in the same work and new materials
and a combination of materials will be introduced. Individual
semester.
Painting
Syllabus: This course begins by further exploring issues of
composition, figure/ground and pictorial space via the figure,
and follows with a project designed to introduce the principles
of abstraction, exploring a range of approaches to paint
delivery, surface and scale. Studio work will be supported by
a series of lectures and student seminar presentations which
provide a historical and theoretical context for each project
and introduce students to a wide range of artists and ideas.
Drawing occupies one day each week and is taught by artists
participating in the Visiting Artists Program.
requirements of course projects. Participation in seminars and
drawing/visual research are components in the assessment of
this course.
Photomedia
Syllabus: The program is structured around projects designed to
conceptual and thematic aspects. The course teaches darkroom
imaging, camera skills (medium and large format), digital
environment and critical thinking. Students engage in a process
208
of investigation through individual responses to the various

topics. The visual, conceptual and technical possibilities and the
history of the medium are further expanded as the program
progresses. A studio theory program introducing students to the
history and theory of the medium must also be completed.
against the assessment criteria, and the end-of-semester
Syllabus: A weekly drawing and digital imaging class
emphasises the development of personal imagery within a
broad interpretation of drawing activity, and provides the basis
for investigation of Printmaking processes. Technical skills
are taught in a series of studio based projects which cover
Lithography and Etching, with a strong emphasis placed on
the inventive manipulation of techniques and materials. An
accompanying studio theory class helps students to locate their
work and creative thinking within an Australasian context.
Sculpture
Syllabus: The program prepares students to work with
both projects and Independent Work Proposals (IWP) in an
experimental and expansive way. Sculpture supports students
wishing to participate in Environmental Studio Studies trips
and programs as part of the IWP. Students expand their
conceptual, thematic and design considerations through
gaining further knowledge of skills, processes, technologies
and materials relevant to the practice of sculpture. Individual
development is supported through one on one dialogue with
supervisors and critique sessions. Focus sessions in studio
theory assist the student to locate their practice critically
within the contemporary arena. Sessions in investigative
drawing are introduced as a tool to support a developing
awareness of a professional sculptural practice. An introduction
to flexible mould making and hot metal casting as well as
short explorations into temporal mediums such as video are
completed before moving onto independent research. An
expanded competency of aspects of making is encouraged.
It is expected that there is a demonstrated awareness of
occupational health and safety issues as they have been
introduced through procedures and studio management.

Textiles
Syllabus: Students extend their studies through the
development of individual themes and work methods. Students
must develop independent study programs. The study program
as outlined in a Work Proposal (see guidelines provided with
Assessment Procedures) is subject to the approval of the Head
of Workshop or relevant lecturer.
Major D3 F/T
ARTV2009 (24 units)
Later Year Course
Workload: 12 hours of studio practice per week
This course is part of a Diploma of Art program
Major D4 F/T
ARTV2010 (24 units)
Later Year Course
Workload: Fifteen hours of studio practice per week
This course is part of a Diploma of Art program
Major D3 P/T
ARTV2011 (12 units)
Later Year Course
Workload: Six hours per week Part-time
This course is part of a part-time Diploma of Art
Major D4 P/T
ARTV2012 (12 units)
Later Year Course
Workload: Six hours per week part-time
Topics
Ceramics
are introduced to a broader range of ceramic technologies
with press moulding and slip casting processes being explored.
Kiln understanding is extended in the use of wood and salt
firings. Greater emphasis is placed on individual conceptual
development within this semester. Alternatively, students
seeking particular requirements and skills development may
apply to study by Work Proposal subject to approval by the
Head of Workshop or relevant lecturer. Glaze/clay/kilns may be
completed in D3 (if it has not previously been completed in D2).
Short presentations on broader ceramic fields are required as
outlined in project.
sessions, scheduled critiques with peers and staff. At the end
of semester students present their work to the Workshop
Assessment Panel. Glaze/clay/kilns is assessed by presentation
of completed testing program and the completion of a written
examination. www.anu.edu.au/ITA/CSA/study.protocols/assess/
index_art.html
Furniture
Syllabus: A program is structured around projects designed
to reinforce a range of skills and technologies, and to extend
previous studies through the development of individual themes
and work methods in the form of Design Briefs. The students
are expected to further develop their research and presentation
skills. The study program is supported by lectures in design and
studio theory. Students must demonstrate an ability to develop
a resolved body of work contextualised within a design and
social milieu.
Glass
themes and working methodology, and independent study
programs outlined in a work proposal, or POD (Point Of
Departure). The POD is developed in consultation with their
relevant lecturer and in reference to the published guidelines
(see Program Requirements and Assessment Criteria). It is
subject to approval by the Head of Workshop or relevant
lecturer.
use of varied methods in the same work, and new materials
209

Throughout, reference will be made to the history of gold and
requirements are based on the successful completion of
prescribed projects and work proposed, each of which is
allocated a fractional weighting. The progressive outcomes
of this course are assessed by periodic critique and review
sessions, and an end-of-semester presentation to the
Assessment Panel. All students are required to keep a record of
all technical information acquired during their time spent in
the workshop, including technical processes, equipment used,
risk assessment notes, sampling, material research, suppliers
etc.; as well as sketches, working drawings, ideas, inspiration,
research and visual reference. Both technical notebooks and
sketchbooks must be included in the presentation of work at
time of assessment at the end of each semester. Assessment
is in accordance to ANU School of Art Assessment Procedures
by periodic review sessions, scheduled critiques with peers and
staff. At the end of semester students present their work to the
Workshop Assessment Panel. www.anu.edu.au/ITA/CSA/study.
Painting
individual themes and work methods, and independent study
programs. The study program as outlined in a Work Proposal
(see guidelines provided with Program Requirements and
Assessment Criteria) is subject to approval by the Head of
Workshop or relevant lecturer. One day a week is allocated
to drawing. The drawing program is developed and taught
in eight-week blocks by the artist-in-residence. Such visiting
artists conduct drawing programs which develop skills of visual
representation to broaden the students range of methods,
materials and compositional drawings.
Photomedia
themes and work methods, and independent study programs.
They also participate in workshops, demonstrations and
discussions dealing with specific techniques, processes and
conceptual considerations. The study program as outlined in
a Workshop Proposal (see guidelines provided with Program
Requirements and Assessment Criteria) is subject to approval by
the Head of Workshop or relevant lecturer.
Sculpture
Syllabus: In Major D3 students are encouraged to pursue
personal interests and approaches to making through
independent research (IWP) that recognises and embraces
the breadth of what may constitute a sculptural practice. An
experimental and expansive approach to making is encouraged
210
as students enhance their growing knowledge of the field

of sculpture. Students engage with a range of conceptual,
thematic and design considerations through their creative
responses to making. Independent research facilitates, a
growing understanding of critical and theoretical issues, which
informs an integrated approach to all aspects of making.
Students must work towards developing a resolved body of
work, which they can locate within a broader professional
and cultural context. We offer focus sessions in investigative
drawing and studio theory that facilitates an understanding of
occupational health and safety issues. Responsibilities of the
artist in relation to procedures and studio management are
required.
Textiles
Syllabus: Research, drawing and concept development is an
integral part of coursework. Students will develop individual
work proposals. The study program outlined in a Work Proposal
(see guidelines provided with Course Requirements and
Assessment Criteria) is subject to the approval of the Head of
Workshop or relevant lecturer.
Contemporary Australian Art

ARTV2017 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Workload: 3 hours per week
Prerequisites: ARTV1009, 1010; or with approval
Course Description: This course deals with aspects of Australian
art practice from the 1970s to the present. Issues to be
discussed revolve around notions of identity, as constructed
in personal and cultural terms. Art works in different media,
including new technologies, will be considered. The course also
has a practical focus; students are expected to engage critically
with current exhibitions of contemporary art.
Indigenous Australian Visual Culture

ARTV2021 (6 units)
Later Year Course

Course Description: A study of the development of Aboriginal
and Torres Strait Islander art in the context of Australian
social history, this unit will examine Indigenous responses
to the history of colonial occupation and expansion. It will
also consider non-Indigenous attitudes to Indigenous culture
and the significance of attempts to assimilate or appropriate
it. A diversity of visual practices, including varied traditions,
contemporary and urban-based art and craft practices will
be addressed in relation to the ongoing history of Indigenous
political struggle.
Book design
Syllabus: The Complementary Book Design course covers both
traditional and alternate approaches to producing artists
books with a balance of book design theory, practical binding
experience and self-directed project work.
Semester 1 covers a wide range of bookbinding and design
concepts.
Semester 2 has a letterpress project for the first term and a
more basic binding exploration for second term.


Assessment Panel.
Complementary Studies 2
ARTV2022 (6 units)
Ceramics
Syllabus: This course will be offered on an intensive basis over
seven weeks.
Later Year Course

supervised studio practice
Topics
Animation 2
Syllabus: A program is structured around further projects
designed to introduce an additional range of skills in 3D
computer animation production. The course provides optional
choices regarding themes, subjects and intentions, aimed at
further developing and introducing students to the visual,
conceptual and technical possibilities of the discipline. A
continuation of the technical program and demonstrations will
further the students understanding of the computer animation
production process and workflow.
Assessment Panel.
Applied Design/Product Design
Syllabus: This course focuses on Computer Aided Design and
high level visual simulation of creative ideas. The project based
nature of the program aims to develop skills to communicate an
idea or concept through computer modeling and if appropriate
produce a real object using the schools Rapid Prototyping
facility. Based on a series of given exercises, progressively
complex modelling and rendering methods are introduced,
leading to student projects defined in their Individual Work with
a focus on the individuals interest.
This is a two semester sequence and Semester 1 is a prerequisite

for Semester 2 unless there is a demonstrated evidence of prior
ceramic experience.
Semester 1 - Printing Techniques in Ceramics (2-D) will be the
exploration of the potential of various printing processes on
tiles, flexible ceramic sheets, glass and slip cast slabs.
Semester 2 - Printing Techniques on forms (3-D) will be further
development of these processes as well as mastering the use of
transfer printing techniques on slip cast or thrown forms.
Assessment Panel.
Digital Compositing 2
Syllabus: This course is a further introduction to digital
compositing with particular reference to creative arts practice.
The program is structured around further projects designed
to introduce an additional range of skills and technologies. A
continuation of the technical program and demonstrations will
further the students understanding and use of compositing
software and processes.
Assessment Panel.
Drawing
Syllabus: Further projects will be designed to introduce an
additional range of skills and drawing strategies. Students will
be expected to continue an experimental approach to drawing,
and to consolidate their proficiency with a broad range of
materials.

Assessment Panel.

Assessment Panel.
211
Enamelling
Syllabus: The program is based on the introduction to key
enamelling techniques and the colouring options available
through the use of vitreous enamel. Students will produce a
serious of objects applying a range of enamelling techniques,
with the aim to develop an approach to the use of colour on
metal and its limitations.
skills and approved access to Workshop production facilities

that are required to undertake the submitted work proposal.

Assessment Panel.
Environment Studio
Syllabus: The Environment Studio is conceived as providing
an academic forum and network within the School for staff
and students who are addressing environmental issues in their
artwork. Environment Studio Complementary Studies offer
sustained, environmentally orientated field research in the wide
variety of landscapes easily accessible from Canberra - from
alpine to coastal, semi-arid to rainforest, from wilderness
to rural to urban. Field research may concentrate on the
formulation of ideas, the seeking of inspiration, the gathering
of materials and visual data or the undertaking of site specific
work. The Complementary Study Supervisor is responsible
for the academic and logistic co-ordination of Group
Complementary Studies in the field. Periods between field
trips allow for further independent development and critical
appraisal of work back in the School Workshops. Field experts
and members of local communities may consult with the group
to enrich the field experience. A Group Complementary Studies
culminates with a group exhibition of artwork produced as
an outcome of the participants individual field research. The
exhibition is usually curated by the Complementary Study
Supervisor and is held in the following semester. The exhibition
takes place at the School and often at a venue on or near the
field location. Contribution to the exhibition is not compulsory.
Students from any discipline in the School may undertake
either a Group or individual Complementary Study. Sustained
field research also provides participants with temporal and
conceptual space for independent analysis, reflection and
contemplation as an essential part of the material construction
of artwork. The repeated return to the field location and the
collaborative, inter-disciplinary and outreach nature of the
Studios courses greatly assists the development of participants
work proposals.
Group Complementary Studies
Contact hours: Ten to fourteen days in the field during
non-teaching periods taken in two blocks normally during
mid and end-of-semester breaks. Transport is provided. Nine
enrolments and the allocation of School resources are also a
requirement for a specific group complementary study to be
offered.
Individual Complementary Study
Contact hours: By arrangement but equivalent to a standard
Complementary Study with emphasis on an Individual schedule
of field work.
Prerequisite: A work proposal investigating environmental issues
based on sustained field research approved by the Environment
Studio Complementary Study Supervisor. Necessary technical
212

Assessment Panel.
Etching
Syllabus: Students work to a program structured around
projects to extend their understanding of intaglio processes as
well as conceptual and themetic concerns. At the beginning of
each course students will be provided with a detailed outline
of the objectives, duration and requirements for either the
technical introduction or the subsequent projects.
Assessment Panel.
Furniture
Syllabus: A program is structured around projects which
are designed to introduce the techniques of woodwork,
with an emphasis on traditional hand skills, tool usage and
maintenance. The projects will involve basic timber technology,
traditional jointed structures, wood shaping and finishing
techniques, and basic Workshop ergonomics and safety.
Assessment Panel.
Glass
lecturer. Students should note that glass blowing is not
available to Complementary Students.
Assessment Panel.
Gold & Silversmithing
Syllabus: A program is structured with an increasing emphasis
on the development of personal concepts and the planning
of work programs and projects for the future in the light of
personal interests and special abilities. This includes a significant
component of design work as well as the development of
techniques of metal working.

Assessment Panel.
Life drawing
Syllabus: A program structured around key aspects of life
drawing: observation and analysis of form, anatomical study,
and composition. Students will explore a range of drawing
materials and develop sound technical skills.
Assessment Panel.
Painting
Syllabus: During Semester One this course involves two projects.
The first introduces the conventions of figure painting: the
fundamentals of composition, pictorial space, observation,
colour mixing and paint handling. The second project introduces
the principles and practice of abstraction in painting.
During Semester Two this course involves a project exploring
the ways painting relates to contemporary visual technologies:
photography, film and the digital. In the second half of Semster
Two, students will develop their individual work proposals in
consultation with their lecturer.
Assessment Panel.
Photography 2
designed to introduce an additional range of skills and
technologies. Optional choices regarding themes, subjects
and intentions, aimed to further develop and introduce
students to the visual, conceptual and technical possibilities
of photography. A continuation of the technical program
and demonstrations will further the students understanding
and use of photographic and video equipment, materials and
processes.
Assessment Panel.
Physical Computing for the Arts 2
Syllabus: This program is structured around further projects
technologies in physical computing with particular reference
to creative practice. The objective of this course is the
familiarization with this new creative field and the relevant
technology. It is intended to initiate personal understanding of
the varied approaches to digital connectivity and interaction
for a range of creative practices. This course functions primarily
as a starting point for further study but is intended to make
the issues and the technology clear enough to understand how
and where it is appropriate to be used. In addition, a practical
component adds tangible experience to this course.

Assessment Panel.
Screen printing
Syllabus: Further projects will be designed to introduce an
additional range of skills and strategies. Students will be
expected to further develop their understanding of themes and
concepts, and to consolidate their proficiency in screen printing.
Assessment Panel.
Sculpture
Syllabus:
Construction - Semester 1, 2009
Students are asked to develop work within the framework
of Constructed form. They will be introduced to the ideas
of construction in sculpture through historical context and
contemporary issues. Students will be invited to develop works
that explore the formal properties of constructed objects
through close consultation with staff to develop a focused
Independent Work Proposal. Students will be introduced to
appropriate ways of working with processes and materials
through the program of study. There will be limits to the scale
of works which can be made and the palette of materials and
processes that can be investigated due to time constraints,
teacher availability and OHS issues.
Assemblage - Semester 2, 2009
of Assembled form. They will be introduced to the ideas of
Assemblage as a sculptural convention through historical
context and contemporary issues. Students will be invited to
develop works that explore the formal properties of assembled
objects through close consultation with staff to develop
a focused Independent Work Proposal. Students will be
introduced to appropriate ways of working with processes and
materials through the program of study. There will be limits to
the palette of materials and processes that can be investigated
due to time constraints, teacher availability and OHS issues.
Assessment Panel.
Sound Art 2
Syllabus: This program is structured around further projects
technologies in Sound Art. This course extends ideas and
concepts of Sound as a material and the broader idea of how
it can be designed and used in the wider creative community.
The aims and objectives of this course are to further develop
an understanding of Sound Art concepts and practices and the
relevant technology for presenting sound in different contexts.
213

Assessment Panel.
Textiles
technologies.
Assessment Panel.
Tool making
Syllabus: TOOL MAKING WILL NOT BE OFFERED IN 2009
A program is structured on a number of toolmaking projects,
with an aim to produce hand held tools such as engravers and
burnishing tools to be used in metalwork and related fields. The
program will introduce students to the various steel grades and
alloys and provide a means of identifying recycled steels. Please
note: it is proposed that this unit will run in the mid-semester
breaks of the first and second semesters as an intensive block.
Video 2
designed to introduce an additional range of video skills and
technologies. Optional choices regarding themes, subjects
and intentions, aimed to further develop and introduce
students to the visual, conceptual and technical possibilities
of photography. A continuation of the technical program and
demonstrations will further the students understanding and
use of video and editing equipment.
Assessment Panel.
Web Art
Syllabus: This one semester long course, builds the potential of
the Web for presentation and commercialising creative work
and it promises to engage in collaborative projects. Students
will further develop concepts and designs to create web based
representations using communication tools including web sites,
blogs and e-commerce tools. The assessment of contemporary
themes and methods form the basis to articulate an individual
style of web representation. Video and 2D (Flash) animation can
be used to create new content to address a variety of display/
output options eg mobile phones. Prerequisite is ARTV2100 Web
Art or by folio and interview.
214

Assessment Panel.
Web Cinema 2
technologies. Optional choices regarding themes, subjects, and
intentions, aimed to further develop and introduce students to
the visual, conceptual, and technical possibilities of web cinema.
A continuation of the technical program and demonstrations
will further the students understanding and use of web cinema
production and processes.
Assessment Panel.
ARTV2023 (6 units)
Later Year Course
supervised studio practice.
Topics
Animation 3
themes and work methods and must develop independent
study programs, as outlined in a Work Proposal developed
in consultation with staff, and in reference to the published
guidelines (see program Requirements and Assessment Criteria),
for approval by the Head of Workshop or relevant lecturer.
Further technical programs and/or demonstrations may be
designed and introduced to respond to the requirements of the
students individual study programs.
Assessment Panel.
complex modeling and rendering methods are introduced,

Assessment Panel.
Book Design
Syllabus: Students extend the studies in the previous units of
the course by developing individual themes and work methods.
Students are required to develop independent study programs.
A work proposal is developed in reference to published
guidelines (see Program Requirements and Assessment
Procedures) and must be approved by the relevant lecturer.
Assessment Panel.
Ceramics
seven weeks.
ceramic experience.
Assessment Panel.
guidelines (see Program Requirements and Assessment Criteria).
Assessment Panel.
Drawing
guidelines (see Program Requirements and Assessment Criteria),

Assessment Panel.
Enamelling
Assessment Panel.
Environment Studio
work proposals.
offered.
215

of field work.

Syllabus: GOLD and SILVERSMITHING WILL NOT BE OFFERED IN
2009

A program is structured with an increasing emphasis on the

development of personal concepts and the planning of work
programs and projects for the future in the light of personal
interests and special abilities. This includes a significant

Assessment Panel.

Assessment Panel.
Etching
Life Drawing
guidelines ( see Program Requirements and Assessment

Assessment Panel.
Furniture
Syllabus: Students will consolidate and expand the skills
acquired in the previous semesters and will be encouraged
towards a greater degree of self-direction. Projects will be
devised in consultation with Workshop staff and may involve
the production of functional or decorative objects. Aesthetic
considerations will have equal importance to those of a craft or
technical nature.
Assessment Panel.
Glass
programs outlined in a Work Proposal, or POD (Point Of
available to Complementary Studies students.
Assessment Panel.
216

Assessment Panel.
Painting
Syllabus: Students extend the studies initiated in the previous
programs of the course by developing individual themes and
work methods. Students are required to develop independent
study programs, as outlined in a Work Proposal developed in
consultation with staff, and with reference to the published
Assessment Panel.
Photography 3
for approval by the Head of Department or relevant lecturer.
Assessment Panel.

Criteria), for approval by the Head of Department or relevant
lecturer. This course continues study in the application of this
technology to individual creative practice.
Assessment Panel.
Screen Printing
guidelines ( see Program Requirements and Assessment
Assessment Panel.
Sculpture
Syllabus: Installation
of Installed form. They will be introduced to the ideas of
Installation as a sculptural convention through historical
context and contemporary issues. Students will be invited
to develop works that explore the formal properties of
Installation art through close consultation with staff to
develop a focused Independent Work Proposal. Students will
be introduced to appropriate ways of working with processes
and materials through the program of study. There will be
limits to the palette of materials that can be investigated due
to time constraints, teacher availability and OHS issues. It is
necessary that students taking this course have completed
Construction and/or Assemblage in order to gain skills with
equipment in the Workshop
OR
Independent Studies
Students extend their studies by identifying areas of interest
within the range of Sculptural concerns which can be pursued
through an Independent Work Proposal. The scope of the
proposed study will be dependant on prior study in the program
and it is a prerequisite that at least the Construction or
Assemblage unit has been successfully completed. Students will
and materials through the program of study. There will be limits
to the palette of materials that can be investigated due to time
constraints, teacher availability and OHS issues.
Assessment Panel.
Sound Art 3
Syllabus: Students extend their studies in Sound Art by
developing individual themes and work methods and must
develop independent study programs, as outlined in a Work
Proposal developed in consultation with staff, and in reference
Assessment Criteria), for approval by the Head of Department
or relevant lecturer. Further software and implementations are
considered with the objective of applying these to individual
projects. A continuing study of software and creative work
are undertaken with the objective of applying these new
approaches to individual projects.
Assessment Panel.
Textiles
development of individual themes and work methods and
must develop independent study programs, as outlined in a
Work Proposal developed in consultation with Workshop staff,
and with reference to the published guidelines (see Course
Requirements and Assessment Criteria), for approval by the
Head of Workshop or relevant lecturer. Each work proposal may
be based upon further exploration of studies undertaken in
Semesters 1 and 2.
Assessment Panel.
Toolmaking
Syllabus: toolmaking is not offered in 2009
alloys and provide a means of identifying recycled steels. Please
Assessment Panel.
Video 3
217

Assessment Panel.
Web Cinema 3
study programs, as outlined in a work proposal developed
Assessment Panel.
Memory
ARTV2024 (6 units)
An Advanced Course (i.e. a second course of Professional

Practices) or work placements may also be available and must
be negotiated by the student with the Head of Art Theory and
the Major Workshop.
Professional Practices Advanced

ARTV2028 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Course Description: This course may only be taken by third year
students following the successful completion of Professional
Practices (ARTV2027). This course usually takes the form of an
internship and must be negotiated with the co-ordinator of the
course. Enrolment in this course depends on a course of study
being approved by the course co-ordinator.
Later Year Course


Course Description: At the end of the twentieth century, the
concept of memory is hotly debated: some argue that we have
become locked into a state of cultural amnesia, others argue
that the need to remember has become a cultural malaise. This
multi-disciplinary course explores the intersections between
public and historical memory in the construction of national
identity, the role of memory in the archive and the exploration
of memory in contemporary visual practise, film and fiction.
Professional Practices
ARTV2027 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Course Description: Professional Practices is presented under
the auspices of the Art Theory Workshop. It may be taken as a
Complementary Studies course, or as an Art Theory course at
third-year level. It aims to provide a basic understanding of the
economic and legal framework of the art world; to provide an
understanding of the skills necessary for an artist to practise
professionally; to introduce resources available to artists to
assist their economic survival in the production of art. It is a
crucial nuts and bolts unit.
218
Theories of the Image

ARTV2031 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Workload: Three hours a week.
Course Description: The aim of this course is to encourage
students to engage with different theoretical and historical
frameworks for interpreting images. It will cover a wide range
of primarily western theories of the image including marxism,
feminism, psychoanalysis, and phenomenology. It also deals
with the culture industry, film, the televisual and with recent
theories of technology. Students will be encouraged to think
about how the various different interpretative methods
addressed in the course might relate to their studio.
Individual Research Unit

ARTV2034 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Workload: approx 3 hours per week
Course Description: Students will be permitted to produce an
extended research paper as a complementary studies course
or as part of Art Theory provided that they have demonstrated

the requisite writing and research skills and can show that
their research topic is relevant to their Workshop concerns.
Students will normally take this course in the first semester and
will consult with a supervisor from the Art Theory Workshop
on a regular basis. Enrolment in this course is subject to prior
approval from the Head of Art Theory.
universalist ideologies that has influenced recent scholarship in

the humanities and social sciences.
This course introduces students to a varied and exciting range
of artistic practices from contemporary India, Indonesia, Japan
and China. Students will also be offered an understanding of
political, cultural and artistic contexts against which this work
may be located. Questions of postcolonial politics, globalisation
and nationalism will be addressed as part of the theoretical
framework.
presentation (25 per cent), assessment and participation (10 per
Introducing Asian Modernisms

ARTV2052 (6 units)
Later Year Course

Australian Art: The Modern Period

ARTV2054 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Prerequisites: ARTV1009, ARTV1010 or any ASIA coded course or

with the permission of the coordinator
Course Description: This course introduces students to the

development of modernism in Indian, Indonesian and Japanese
art. Whereas the dominant discourse of art history from a
Euro-American perspective tends to consign non-western
modernist art to a marginal status and treats it as derivative,
this course argues that modernism in particular Asian countries
follows trajectories that are regionally specific and culturally
diverse, responding to political, technological and social
transformations. At the same time, the course addresses the
complex interrelations between these non-western modernisms
and the development of Euro-American modernism.
Prerequisites: ARTV1009, 1010; or with approval*
Concentrating on a century of artistic practices from the later

nineteenth century onwards, the course will offer students
an introduction to visual practices, historical approaches and
theoretical formulations relating to this material. Colonial and
postcolonial histories of art, as well as relations between art
practice and nationhood will form the core of the inquiry.
cent)
Contemporary Asian Art

ARTV2053 (6 units)

Course Description: This course will focus on the modern period
in Australian art from the early twentieth century to the 1960s.
It deals with a wide range of issues centring on modernity and
modernism and will place Australian art within an international
context. Key debates around nationalism, provincialism and
gender will be considered in depth. Topics will include responses
to war, the contribution of/migr/artists, the relationship
between art and politics and the role of women artists. A
particular emphasis of the course will be on photographic
practice as an emblem of modernity; the work of photographers
Max Dupain, Olive Cotton and Wolfgang Sievers will be closely
examined.
The course will employ contemporary methodological
approaches to illuminate this crucial period in Australian art
and cultural life.
Classes will be taught primarily at the National Gallery of
Australia and will be based on the NGA collection, using
works on display as well as works in storage. Students will be
expected to engage directly with works of art in different media
including painting, sculpture, printmaking, the decorative arts
as well as photography. The course complements Contemporary
Australian art, also offered by the Art Theory Workshop, which
deals with the period from the 1970s to the present.

Later Year Course

Prerequisites: ARTV1009, 1010 or any ASIA coded course or with
the permission of the coordinator
Costume, Fashion & Visual Culture

ARTV2055 (6 units)
Course Description: Contemporary art from various Asian

contexts has attained a high level of international visibility
during the past two decades. In part brought about by
geopolitical developments, a major and continuing realignment
of international exhibition rationales has seen the work of a
number of Asian artists featured regularly in major biennial and
triennial exhibitions around the world. This new visibility for
non-western art is also related to the critique of Eurocentric,
Later Year Course

Prerequisites: ARTV1009, 1010 or with the permission of the
coordinator
219
Course Description: This course will explore the impact of

modernity on the history of 150 years of fashion. Notions
of clothing, dress and the fashion system will be explored in
the context of gender, identity and social change, focusing
on changing constructions of the body in the 19th and 20th
century. The course will also explore connections between
the avant-garde and popular culture in the history of 20th
century fashion, utilising the extensive collection of fashion
and costume at the National Gallery of Australia for a series of
focus seminars.
Book Design
Syllabus: The Complementary Book Design course covers both
traditional and alternate approaches to producing artists
books with a balance of book design theory, practical binding
experience and self-directed project work.


Assessment Panel.
ARTV2100 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Prerequisites: ARTV1019 and folio/interview
Topics
Animation 1
Syllabus: A project is designed to provide an insight into the
conceptual and visual possibilities of 3D computer animation
and introduce students to fundamental animation techniques
and processes. Students will be required to participate in
technical programs and demonstrations aimed at developing
an understanding and proficiency in computer animation
production. No additional equipment is required for this course,
though it is expected that students will provide media required
to store and transfer data, ie DVDs, USB thumb drives or
portable hard drives.
Assessment Panel.
Assessment Panel.
220
Semester 1 covers a wide range of bookbinding and design

concepts.
Semester 2 has a letterpress project for the first term and a
more basic binding exploration for second term.
Ceramics
seven weeks.
ceramic experience.
Assessment Panel.
Syllabus: This course is an introduction to digital compositing
with particular reference to creative arts practice. The program
is designed to provide an insight into the conceptual and
visual possibilities of the medium, broadly defined as still and
moving images, to introduce students to basic computer-based
compositing techniques and processes. Students will be required
to participate in technical programs and demonstrations aimed
at developing understanding and proficiency in the use of
compositing software and processes.
Assessment Panel.
Drawing
Syllabus: A program structured around projects designed to
introduce a range of skills and processes. Students will be
working with analytical and observational approaches to
drawing.

Enamelling
Assessment Panel.
Environment Studio
work proposals.
offered.
of field work.

Assessment Panel.
Etching
Syllabus: Students work to a program structured around
projects designed to introduce them to both a range of skills
and technologies and a range of conceptual and thematic
aspects addressed by the program of study. At the beginning of
each course students will be provided with a detailed outline
of the objectives, duration and requirements for either the
technical introduction or the subsequent projects.
Assessment Panel.
Furniture
Syllabus: A program is structured around projects which
are designed to introduce the techniques of woodwork,
with an emphasis on traditional hand skills, tool usage and
maintenance. The projects will involve basic timber technology,
traditional jointed structures, wood shaping and finishing
techniques, and basic Workshop ergonomics and safety.
Assessment Panel.
Glass
Syllabus: The program begins with an introduction to skills
and processes relevant to the medium, providing a basic
understanding of the technologies. This introductory stage
may include basic glass-cutting techniques, laminating, various
methods of grinding, polishing and finishing glass; also mouldmaking techniques relevant to kiln-slumping and casting.
Students should note that glass blowing is not available to
Complementary Studies students.
Assessment Panel.
Syllabus: A program is structured on set exercises and projects
designed to give a wide introduction to the basic hand tools.
All students are expected to keep a record of all technical
information gleaned during their time in the workshop,
visual reference. Both technical notebooks and sketchbooks are
221
considered assessble and must be included in the presentation

of work at time of assessment at the end of each semester.
Assessment Panel.
the technology clear enough to understand how and where it is

appropriate to be used. In addition, a practical component adds
tangible experience to this course.
Assessment Panel.
Life Drawing

Assessment Panel.

Assessment Panel.
Painting
Syllabus: During Semester One this course involves two projects.
The first introduces the conventions of figure painting: the
fundamentals of composition, pictorial space, observation,
colour mixing and paint handling. The second project introduces
the principles and practice of abstraction in painting.
Sculpture
Syllabus:
During Semester Two this course involves a project exploring

the ways painting relates to contemporary visual technologies:
photography, film and the digital. In the second half of Semster
Two, students will develop their individual work proposals in
consultation with their lecturer.
Assessment Panel.
Photography 1
Syllabus: A project is designed to provide an insight into
the conceptual and visual possibilities photography, and
to introduce students to basic photographic or computerbased techniques and processes. Students will be required to
participate in technical programs and demonstrations aimed
to develop an understanding and proficiency in the use of
photographic equipment, materials and processes. A material
list giving basic requirements will be issued at enrolment.
Assessment Panel.
Physical Computing for the Arts
physical computing with particular reference to creative
practice. The objective of this course is the familiarization
with this new creative field and the relevant technology. It
is intended to initiate personal understanding of the varied
approaches to digital connectivity and interaction for a range of
creative practices. This course functions primarily as a starting
point for further study but is intended to make the issues and
222
Screen Printing
Syllabus: A program structured around projects designed to
introduce a range of skills and technologies and a range of
relevant concepts and themes.
Construction - Semester 1, 2009

of Constructed form. They will be introduced to the ideas
of construction in sculpture through historical context and
contemporary issues. Students will be invited to develop works
that explore the formal properties of constructed objects
through close consultation with staff to develop a focused
Independent Work Proposal. Students will be introduced to
appropriate ways of working with processes and materials
through the program of study. There will be limits to the scale
of works which can be made and the palette of materials and
processes that can be investigated due to time constraints,
teacher availability and OHS issues.
Assemblage - Semester 2, 2009
of Assembled form. They will be introduced to the ideas of
Assemblage as a sculptural convention through historical
context and contemporary issues. Students will be invited to
develop works that explore the formal properties of assembled
objects through close consultation with staff to develop
a focused Independent Work Proposal. Students will be
introduced to appropriate ways of working with processes and
materials through the program of study. There will be limits to
the palette of materials and processes that can be investigated
due to time constraints, teacher availability and OHS issues.
Assessment Panel.
Sound Art 1
Syllabus: A project is designed to provide an insight into the
conceptual and practical possibilities Sound as a material and
the broader idea of how it can be designed and used in the
wider creative community. The aims and objectives of this
course are to develop an understanding of Sound Art concepts
and practices and the relevant technology for presenting sound
in different contexts. While various artists and their creative

practices will be discussed, there
Assessment Panel.
Textiles
Syllabus: To introduce and build skills in practical, conceptual
and design aspects of textiles, through a program structured
around technologies and themes. Students will be introduced,
through set projects, to the basics of textiles construction,
material resources and manipulation. The projects will cover
areas such as fabrication, felting, weaving, tapestry, silk
painting, machine embroidery and applied design. The design
components will focus on colour, repeat pattern and 2D
computer image making.
Assessment Panel.
The Art of Mould Making
Syllabus: the art of mould making will not be offered in 2009
Assessment Panel.
Toolmaking
Syllabus: TOOLMAKING WILL NOT BE OFFERED IN 2009
burnishing tools to be used in metalwork and related fields.
the program will introduce students to the various steel grades
and alloys and provide a means of identifying recycled steels.
Please note: it is proposed that this course will run in the
mid-semester breaks of the first and second semesters as an
intensive block.
Assessment Panel.

Assessment Panel.
Web Art
Syllabus: This one semester long course, explores the potential
of the Web for presentation and commercialising creative
work and its promises to engage in collaborative projects.
Students will develop concepts and designs to create web based
representation using communication tools including web sites,
blogs and e-commerce tools. The assessment of contemporary
themes and methods form the basis to articulate an individual
style of web representation.
Assessment Panel.
Web Cinema 1
the conceptual and visual possibilities of web cinema, and
to introduce students to web technology and computerbased techniques and processes. Students will be required to
participate in technical programs and demonstrations aimed
at developing an understanding and proficiency in the use of
web technology and digital media production and processes.
A material list giving basic requirements will be issued at
enrolment.
Assessment Panel.
Major D5 P/T
ARTV3009 (12 units)
Later Year Course
Major D6 P/T
ARTV3010 (12 units)
Later Year Course
Video 1
the conceptual and visual possibilities of video, to introduce
students to basic video shooting and editing techniques
and processes. Students will be required to participate in
technical programs and demonstrations aimed to develop an
understanding and proficiency in the use of video and editing
equipment. A material list giving basic requirements will be
issued at enrolment.


This course is part of a part-time Diploma of Art
Topics
223
Ceramics
Syllabus: Continuing projects are designed to introduce
students toa broaderrange of skills and technologies and
develop conceptual and thematic aspects addressed by the
program of study. Greater emphasis is placed on individual
conceptual development within this semester. to study by
Work Proposal subject to approval by the Head of Workshop or
relevant lecturer. Glaze/clay/kilns may be completed in D5 or
D6 (if it has not previously been completed in D3 or D4). Short
presentations on broader ceramic fields may be required as
outlined in project outline.
Assessment Panel. Glaze/clay/kilns is assessed by presentation
of completed testing program and the completion of an open
bookwritten examination. www.anu.edu.au/ITA/CSA/study.
Furniture
Syllabus: A program is structured around projects designed
to reinforce a range of skills and technologies, and to extend
previous studies through the development of individual themes
and work methods in the form of Design Briefs. The students
are expected to further develop their research and presentation
skills. The study program is supported by lectures in design and
studio theory. Students must demonstrate an ability to develop
a resolved body of work contextualised within a design and
social milieu.
Glass
individual themes and work methodology, and independent
study programs outlined in a work proposal, or POD (Point Of
lecturer.
Throughout, reference will be made to the history of gold and
silversmithing so that students become aware of the context
in which their subject has evolved. In the final year a high
224
degree of self motivation should operate in the Workshop with

considerable independence required.
Indicative Assessment: All students are required to keep a record
of all technical information acquired during their time spent in
the workshop, including technical processes, equipment used,
risk assessment notes, sampling, material research, suppliers
etc.; as well as sketches, working drawings, ideas, inspiration,
research and visual reference. Both technical notebooks and
sketchbooks must be included in the presentation of work at
time of assessment at the end of each semester. Assessment is
in accordance to ANU School of Art Assessment Procedures by
periodic review sessions andscheduled critiques with peers and
staff. At the end of semester students present their work to the
Workshop Assessment Panel. www.anu.edu.au/ITA/CSA/study.
Painting
Workshop or relevant lecturer. One day a week is allocated
to drawing. The drawing program is developed and taught
in eight-week blocks by the artist-in-residence. Such visiting
artists conduct drawing programs which develop skills of visual
representation to broaden the students range of methods,
materials and compositional drawings.
Photomedia
programs and to participate in workshops, demonstrations and
discussions dealing with specific techniques, processes and
a Workshop Proposal (see guidelines provided with Program
Requirements and Assessment Criteria) is subject to approval by
Sculpture
Syllabus: In Major D5 students are encouraged to pursue
personal interests and approaches to making through
independent research (IWP) that recognises and embraces
the breadth of what may constitute a sculptural practice. An
experimental and expansive approach to making is encouraged
as students enhance their growing knowledge of the field
of sculpture. Students engage with a range of conceptual,
thematic and design considerations through their creative
responses to making. Independent research facilitates a growing
understanding of critical and theoretical issues, which informs
an integrated approach to all aspects of making. Students must
work towards developing a resolved body of work, which they
can locate within a broader professional and cultural context.
We offer focus sessions in investigative drawing and studio

theory that facilitates an understanding of occupational health
and safety issues. Responsibilities of the artist in relation to
procedures and studio management are required.
Textiles
Syllabus: Research, drawing and concept development is an
integral part of coursework. Students develop individual work
proposals. The study program outlined in a Work Proposal (see
guidelines provided with Course Requirements and Assessment
Criteria) is subject to the approval of the Head of Workshop or
relevant lecturer.
ARTV3024 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Topics
Animation 4
guidelines (see program Requirements and Assessment Criteria),
Assessment Panel.
idea or concept through computer modelling and if appropriate

Book Design
Ceramics
seven weeks.
ceramic experience.
Assessment Panel.
Drawing
225

Enamelling
Assessment Panel.
Environment Studio
work proposals.
offered.
226

of field work.
Etching
Assessment Panel.
Furniture
Work Proposal developed in consultation with staff, and with
reference to the published guidelines (see Course Requirements
and Assessment Criteria) for approval by the Head of Workshop
or relevant lecturer. The study program will be supported by
lectures in design and studio theory.
Glass
available to Complementary Students.

Syllabus: A program is structured with an increasing emphasis
on the development of personal concepts and the planning
of work programs and projects for the future in the light of
personal interests and special abilities. This includes a significant
Assessment Panel.
Life Drawing
Painting
programs of the course by developing individual themes and
work methods. Students are required to develop independent
study programs, as outlined in a Work Proposal developed in
consultation with staff, and with reference to the published
Assessment Panel.
Photography 4
Assessment Panel.

This course provides further study in the application of this
technology to individual creative practice.
Assessment Panel.
Screen Printing
Assessment Panel.
Sculpture
Syllabus: Installation
of Installed form. They will be introduced to the ideas of
Installation as a sculptural convention through historical
context and contemporary issues. Students will be invited
to develop works that explore the formal properties of
Installation art through close consultation with staff to
develop a focused Independent Work Proposal. Students will
and materials through the program of study. There will be
limits to the palette of materials that can be investigated due
to time constraints, teacher availability and OHS issues. It is
necessary that students taking this course have completed
Construction and/or Assemblage in order to gain skills with
equipment in the Workshop
OR
Independent Studies
Students extend their studies by identifying areas of interest
within the range of Sculptural concerns which can be pursued
through an Independent Work Proposal. The scope of the
proposed study will be dependant on prior study in the program
and it is a prerequisite that at least the Construction or
Assemblage unit has been successfully completed. Students will
and materials through the program of study. There will be limits
to the palette of materials that can be investigated due to time
constraints, teacher availability and OHS issues.
Assessment Panel.
Sound Art 4
Syllabus: Students extend their studies in Sound Art by
developing individual themes and work methods and must
develop independent study programs, as outlined in a Work
227
Proposal developed in consultation with staff, and in reference

Assessment Criteria), for approval by the Head of Department
or relevant lecturer. A continuing study of software and creative
work are undertaken with the objective of applying these new
approaches to individual projects.
Assessment Panel.
Web Cinema 4
study programs, as outlined in a work proposal developed
Assessment Panel.
Textiles
Work Proposal developed in consultation with Workshop staff,
and with reference to the published guidelines (see Course
Requirements and Assessment Criteria), for approval by the
Head of Workshop or relevant lecturer. Each work proposal may
be based upon further exploration of studies undertaken in
Semesters 1 and 2.
Major 5
ARTV3026 (12 units)

Assessment Panel.
Toolmaking
Syllabus: Toolmaking will not be offered in 2009
alloys and provide a means of identifying recylcled steels. Please
Assessment Panel.
Video 4
Assessment Panel.
228
Later Year Course

studio practice.
assessment of the presentation of the semesters work totalling
Topics
Ceramics
Syllabus: Students extend their studies in the development of
individual themes and work methods and develop independent
study programs subject to approval by the Head of Workshop or
relevant lecturer. An increasing level of critical and contextual
understanding is developed through weekly critiques.
Digital Media
development of individual themes and work methods
and understanding studio theory. Students must develop
independent study programs and as the need arises, participate
in workshops, demonstrations and discussions dealing with
specific techniques, processes and conceptual considerations,
including installation, public art, collaboration and professional
practices. The study program as outlined in a Work Proposal
(see guidelines provided with Assessment Procedures) is subject
to the approval of the Head of Workshop or relevant lecturer.
Students complete studio theory aimed at further developing
skills of analysis and criticism in relation to new media through

gallery visits, talks and critical reading and discussion of
relevant publications, with a focus on contemporary Australian
new media.
Furniture
development of individual themes and work methods
addressing a design brief. Students are expected to further
develop their research and presentation skills. The study
program is supported by lectures in design and studio theory.
Focus sessions, investigative and expressive drawing will be part
of the Visiting Artist Program.
Glass
Syllabus: Students extend their abilities by developing
individual themes and working methods and must develop
an independent study program. As the need arises, they
will also participate in set projects, which cover specialised
areas, demonstrations and discussions dealing with specific
techniques, processes, and conceptual considerations. The
study program as outlined in a Work Proposal, or POD (Point Of
Departure, see guidelines provided with Program Requirements
and Assessment Criteria). is subject to approval by the Head of
Workshop or relevant lecturer. The Workshops expectation is for
clear demonstration of greater innovation in students technical
work methodology, critical thinking and resulting artwork.
requirements of course projects. Students are expected to
continue to keep all diaries, to engage with visiting artists,
and to participate in Workshop operation. 80 per cent of the
semester grade is on th practical aspect of the course, including
kiln forming, hot shop classes, the keeping of notebooks and
visual diaries and participation in studio operation and visiting
artist presentations. The remaining 20 per cent of the total
semester grade is comprised of the studio theory component,
an exhibition and demonstration of critical awareness.

varied methods in the same work and on new materials and a
combination of materials will be introduced. Individual projects
are decided in consultation with Workshop staff. In the final
year a high degree of self-motivation should operate in the
workshop with considerable independence required.
requirements are based on the successful completion of a
project set by independent work proposal. All students are
drawings, ideas, inspiration. research and visual reference. Both
semester.
Assessment is by periodic criticism and review sessions, and
end-of-semester presentation to the Assessment Panel. Critique
sessions provide ongoing advice on work in progress in response
to set projects, the mid-course reviews provide indicative advice
on a students achievement against the assessment criteria, and
the end of semester presentation will assess the final outcomes
against the agreed requirements of course projects.
Painting
Syllabus: Students develop individual research themes and work
methods as an independent study program in consultation with
staff. The study program as outlined in a Work Proposal (see
guidelines provided with Assessment Procedures) is subject to
approval by the Head of Workshop or relevant lecturer. Each
student contributes to a weekly Studio Theory seminar program
which addresses current issues in painting and the history
of the discipline. A weekly Drawing class is conducted by the
Visiting Artist, resident in Painting.
Photomedia
undertaking studio theory. Students must develop independent
study programs and as the need arises, participate in workshops,
demonstrations and discussions dealing with specific
techniques, conceptual considerations, including public art,
collaboration and professional practices. The study program
Program Requirements and Assessment Procedures) is subject to
approval by the Head of Workshop or relevant lecturer. Students
complete studio theory aimed at further developing skills of
analysis and criticism in ralation to the photographic medium
229
through gallery visits, talks and critical reading and discussion

of relevant publications, with a focus on contemporary
Australian Photography.


Textiles
development of individual themes and work methods.
Students must develop an independent study programs. The
study program, as outlined in a Work Proposal (see guidelines
provided with Assessment Procedures), is subject to approval by

courses by developing individual themes and work methods. The
study program is outlined in an Individual Work Proposal (IWP)
and is subject to approval by the Head of Workshop. Students
are expected to work in an independent and exploratory
way, developing their own ideas through an ongoing process
of experimentation and research. They may participate in
workshops, demonstrations and discussions dealing with
specific techniques, processes and conceptual considerations.
Studio Theory develops discussions on issues of relevance to
contemporary printmedia and drawing.
Indicative Assessment: Course requirements: - Fulfillment
of objectives as defined in the IWP - Development of
understanding in selection and use of materials appropriate
to the theme and conceptual framework of the IWP - Seminar
presentation.
Assessment is by periodic criticism and review sessions, and
end-of-semester presentation to the Assessment Panel. Critique
sessions provide ongoing advice on work in progress in response
to set projects, the mid-course reviews provide indicative advice
on a students achievement against the assessment criteria, and
the end of semester presentation will assess the final outcomes
against the agreed requirements of course projects.
Sculpture
Syllabus: Students are encouraged to pursue personal interests
and approaches to making through independent research
(Individual Work Proposal IWP). Sculpture supports students
wishing to participate in Environmental Studio Field Studies
trips and programs as part of the IWP. An experimental
and expansive approach to making is encouraged and
students exploit a range of conceptual, thematic and design
considerations to facilitate personal concerns in the field.
Independent research facilitates a growing understanding of
critical and theoretical issues underpinning making. Focus
sessions in investigative drawing explore site specificity as well
as art in the public arena. Studio theory facilitates approaches
to independent research while continuing to develop critical
awareness of artists, ideas and approaches to making. A
demonstrated understanding of occupational health and
safety issues and responsibilities of the artist as they have been
introduced through procedures and studio management is
necessary.
230

Major 6
ARTV3027 (12 units)
Later Year Course
studio practice.
assessment of the presentation of the semesters work totalling
Topics
Ceramics
Syllabus: Students extend their studies in the development
of individual themes and work methods and are encouraged
to develop a particular and narrow field of work in which
they have a personal interest through independent study
programs. They study program as outlined in a Work Proposal
Digital Media
themes and work methods, and independent study programs
and participation in new media workshops, demonstrations and
discussions dealing with professional presentation, contextual
research and conceptual processes. The study program as

outlined in a Work Proposal (see guidelines provided with
Program Requirements and Assessment Criteria) is subject to
approval by the Head of Department or relevant lecturer.
Furniture
Syllabus: Students must develop independent study programs
initiated from set design briefs. As the need arises, students
will be expected to participate in specific projects initiated
by Visiting Artists and which will cover specialized areas,
demonstrations, and discussions dealing with specific processes
and conceptual considerations.
Glass
Syllabus: Students extend their abilities by developing individual
themes and working methods through an independent study
program. As the need arises, they will also participate in set
projects, which cover specialised areas, demonstrations and
discussions dealing with specific techniques, processes, and
a Work Proposal, or POD (Point Of Departure), see guidelines
provided with Program Requirements and Assessment Criteria.
The program is subject to approval by the Head of Workshop
or relevant lecturer. The Workshops expectation is for clear
demonstration of innovation in students technical work
methodology, critical thinking and resulting artwork.
year, students are expected to achieve a high degree of self
motivation and independence.

School of Art Assessment Procedures by periodic critique
and review sessions and end of semester presentation to the
The Assessment process and course requirements are based
on the successful completion of a project set by independent
work proposal. All students are required to keep a record of all
technical information acquired during their time spent in the
Workshop, including technical processes, equipment used, risk
assessment notes, sampling, material research, suppliers lists as
well as sketches, working drawings, ideas, inspiration. research
and visual reference. Both technical notebooks and sketchbooks
must be included in the presentation of work at time of
assessment at the end of each semester.
Painting
Assessment Criteria)is subject to approval by the Head of
Workshop or relevant lecturer. Each student contributes to a
weekly Studio Theory seminar program which addresses current
issues in painting and the history of the discipline. A weekly
Drawing class is conducted by the Visiting Artist in Painting.
Photomedia
themes and work methods, and independent study programs
and participation in workshops, demonstrations and discussions
dealing with professional presentation, contextual research and
conceptual processes. The study program as outlined in a Work
Proposal (see guidelines provided with Program Requirements
and Assessment Criteria)is subject to approval by the Head of
courses by developing individual themes and work methods. The
study program is outlined in an Individual Work Proposal (IWP)
and is subject to approval by the Head of Workshop. Students
are expected to work in an independent and exploratory
way, developing their own ideas through an ongoing process
of experimentation and research. They may participate in
workshops, demonstrations and discussions dealing with
231
specific techniques, processes and conceptual considerations.

Studio Theory focuses on professional practice.
Sculpture
Syllabus: Students pursue personal interests and approaches
to making through independent research (Individual Work
Proposal IWP). Students work towards developing a resolved
body of work to pressent as fulfillment of Major studies in
Sculpture. Critical awareness of the sculptural issues presented
through their sculptural practice and an ability to locate their
work within a broader professional and cultural context both
verbally and in a written artist statement are important learning
objectives. Focus on research skills and working methods
underpin developments towards independent professional
practice. A demonstrated understanding of occupational health
and safety issues and responsibilities of the artist as they have
been introduced through procedures and studio management
is required.
Textiles
must develop an independent study program outlined as a Work
and Assessment Criteria) subject to the approval of the Head of
Honours in Visual Arts

ARTV4200F (24 units each Semester)
Course Description: The Honours course involves students in a

two semester supervised Studio Research project (80 per cent)
which culminates in the presentation of a body of artwork.
An accompanying Studio Report (20 per cent) documents
the development of the research and describes its theoretical
framework. A critical approach to studio research is encouraged
through Honours sessions, Workshop seminars, critiques
and individual consultation. Studio and contextual research
methods appropriate to individual projects provide an early
focus for discussion and are developed over the length of the
program.
Studio Practice-based course are assessed by periodic critique
plus mid-course review sessions and final presentation to the
Honours Examination Panel. Critique sessions and mid-year
review sessions provide feedback on work in progress and the
final presentation is assessed against the criteria set out in the
Honours Course Study Guide.

ARTV4200P (12 units each Semester)
Later Year Course
Course Description: Part-time enrolment in the Honours course
requires the approval of the Assistant Dean, Honours.
The Honours course in part-time mode is comprised of a
four semester supervised Studio Practice research project
(80 per cent) which culminates in the presentation of a body
of artwork. An accompanying Studio Report (20 per cent)
documents the development of the research and describes its
theoretical framework. A critical approach to studio research
is encouraged through Honours sessions, Workshop seminars,
critiques and individual consultation. Studio and contextual
research methods appropriate to individual projects provide an
early focus for discussion and are developed over the length of
the program.
Studio Practice-based course are assessed by periodic critique
plus mid-course review sessions and final presentation to
the Honours Assessment Panel. Critique sessions an mid-year
review sessions provide feedback on work in progress and the
final presentation is assessed against the criteria set out in the
Honours Course Study Guide.
Australian Studies IV Honours (S)

AUST4005F (24 units each Semester)
Later Year Course
Human Evolution
BIAN2013 (6 units) B
Later Year Course
Later Year Course

Not offered in 2009, normally offered in even-numbered years.
Academic Contact: Ms Patsy Hely
Academic Contact: Prof. Colin Groves
Prerequisites: Successful completion of requirements of the BVA

or equivalent qualification normally at the level of Distinction
and a Research Proposal approved by the School of Art
Committee or its nominee.
Prerequisites: Two first-year courses in the School of

Archaeology and Anthropology (ANTH, ARCH or PREH) and/or
the School of Botany and Zoology.
232
Workload: 2 hours lectures and one hour of tutorial per week
Incompatibility: PREH2011 Human Evolution
Course Description: The place of humans among the primates,

the mechanisms of evolution, and the evolution of humans and
other primates. The main part of the course details the fossil
record of the evolution of the human line since its separation
from other primates.
Indicative Assessment: 3,000 word essay (50 per cent), two class
tests (10 per cent each) and one tutorial presentation (30 per
cent).
Lewin,R , Human Evolution, Blackwell.
Race & Human Genetic Variation

Later Year Course
First Semester, 2009, normally offered in odd-numbered years.
Workload: Up to 2 hours lectures, one hour of tutorial and one
hour of film/videos per week
Archaeology and Anthropology (ANTH, ARCH or PREH) and/or
the School of Botany and Zoology. This course is intended to
complement Advances in Human Genetics BIOL2152. Biological
Anthropology students are recommended to take both.
Course Description: Race was once thought capable of
explaining a great deal about both human biology and society.
That is no longer true, either in anthropology or in human
biology; but biological variation between individuals and
between populations is real and remains to be explained. This
course is about human biological variation, especially variation
amongst populations in physical traits, blood genetics and DNA.
Through case studies rather than comprehensively, variation
amongst peoples of the world will be viewed as an outcome
of evolution and biogeography, and as a reflection of ancestry,
interrelationships and population histories. Principles of genetic
inheritance will be introduced. General human genetics topics
selected for discussion may include: genetic disease; heredityenvironment interaction; social implications of genetic issues,
and forensic genetics. The main emphasis, however, will be on
human population diversity and anthropological genetics and
genomics, including: the race concept; principles of population
genetics; the geography of biological variation; the explanation
of biological variation in terms of micro-evolution; and
inferences from biological evidence about population origins
and affinities, compared with inferences from archaeology and
linguistics.
Indicative Assessment: 2,500 word essay (45 per cent),
examination (40 per cent), tutorial presentation (15 per cent)
Harrison, G A, Tanner, J M, Pilbeam, D R and Baker, P T, Human
Biology, Part II, 3rd edn, Oxford UP, 1988
Cavalli-Sforza, L.L. & F., The great human diasporas, Reading,
Mass., Addison-Wesley, 1995
Jones, S, In the blood, London, HarperCollins, 1996
Ridley, M, Genome, London, HarperCollins, 2000
Wells, S, Journey of Man, London, Penguin, 2003
Nutrition, Disease & the Human Environment

Later Year Course

hour of film per week
Archaeology and Anthropology (ANTH, ARCH or PREH) and/
or the School of Botany and Zoology. This course is intended
to complement BIAN2125 which focuses more on skeletal
evidence. Biological Anthropology students are recommended
to take both.
Course Description: Our species has a capacity for flexible
biological response to environmental conditions within a
lifetime, as well as specific adaptations acquired over the
long span of evolution. Pre-industrial human populations,
sharing a similar range of physiological capacities, succeeded
in occupying much of the globe and a wide diversity of
environments. This course examines this adaptability and its
limits in an anthropological context, with particular attention
to nutrition, the physical environment, and disease. The main
sections of the course will be: on nutritional ecology, discussing
the adequacy of the diet (especially in energy and protein) for
health and growth, and environmental and social influences on
nutrition; on environmental physiology, especially responses
to physical factors (e.g. climate), also psychosocial factors (e.g.
stress); on disease ecology, contrasting patterns of disease
occurrence in traditional and developing societies with those
in developed societies, and considering the processes involved
in selected cases; and finally on the critical assessment of
arguments that interpret aspects of culture as adaptations to
biological variables, such as protein needs, population pressure
or nutrient flows in the ecosystem. Throughout, examples for
study will be selected on a cross-cultural basis, with a focus on
indigenous, traditional and developing societies, but with some
attention also to developed societies.
examination (40 per cent), tutorial presentation (15 per cent).
Harrison, G., Tanner, J., Pilbeam, D. and Baker, P. Human Biology,
Part IV, 3rd edn, Oxford UP, 1988.
Ashcroft, F. Life at the Extremes, Harper Collins, 2000.
McMichael, T. Human Frontiers, Environments and Disease,
Cambridge UP, 2001.
Culture, Biology & Population Dynamics

Later Year Course
Workload: Up to 2 hours lectures and one hour of tutorial per
week
the School of Archaeology and Anthropology (ANTH, ARCH or
PREH) and/or the School of Botany and Zoology, or enrolment
in the Population Studies major.
Course Description: The potential of human populations to
grow, stabilise or decline is realised through events which
are often strongly marked culturally and always crucial for
individuals: birth, migration and death. The prospects and
hazards of survival, mobility, marriage and raising a family
vary greatly between populations, and are often related to
sociocultural factors including religion, education, gender
roles, valuation of children, political organisation and economy.
233
Yet if sociocultural factors are to influence the dynamics of

fertility and mortality, they must do so through their effects
on those very biological events, giving birth and dying. This
course explores in an anthropological context the complex
interplay between culture and biology in producing population
dynamics of different kinds, as well as the implications of those
population dynamics for the societies in question. Course topics
include: population size and structure in the past and present;
the biology of natural fertility; social factors controlling
fertility; mortality and the impact of varying life expectancies;
population pressure on resources and consequences for
migration; marital mobility, marriage practices, kinship systems
and sex ratios; the demography of small-scale societies;
health, nutrition and the demographic effect of epidemics;
demographic implications of warfare; change, development
and demographic transitions. Quantitative demographic
techniques are introduced but not pursued in depth. Examples
are drawn mainly from the mass societies of Asia and the
small-scale indigenous societies of the Australia-Pacific region.
The course is designed on the premise that what is distinctive
about the anthropological (in the broad sense) approach to
population is its concern with the processes that lie behind
population numbers more than the numbers themselves, and its
comparative perspective across cultures and from the distant
past to the present.
been that radical differences between us and other animals

render such questions fruitless, even dangerous, to pursue.
But recent developments in the study of animal behaviour
have challenged this view. Biological perspectives on human
social life are attracting a fresh interest and research effort,
though they remain controversial. This course examines the
resulting debates. Communication, conflict, altruism, kinship,
sex, parenthood, social organisation, language and culture are
amongst the topics covered. These will be discussed in three main
contexts: the evolutionary past of hominid social characteristics;
child development and child-rearing; and adult interactions,
relationships and social structures. The main empirical base will
be present-day and ethnographically described human societies,
with some discussion of evidence on the undocumented past,
and some use of animal examples. The aim will be to present
the biological approaches and the criticisms they have attracted
in a balanced way, and to identify both the strengths and the
weaknesses of these approaches. Students will be encouraged to
form their own views on the material studied, and on its status in
the natural and social sciences.
examination (40 per cent), and tutorial presentation
(15 per cent)
McFalls, J. A., Population: A Lively Introduction, Population
Bulletin58 (4), Population Reference Bureau, Washington,
DC, 2003
Reynolds, V., The Biology of Human Action, Parts I and II, 2nd
ed, Freeman, 1980
Dunbar, R. Grooming, Gossip and the Evolution of Language,
Faber and Faber, 1996
de Waal, F. The Ape and the Sushi Master, Allen Lane, 2001
Laland, K. N. and Brown, G. R. Sense and Nonsense, Oxford UP,
2002
Scheper-Hughes, N., Demography without Numbers, in Kertzer,

D and Fricke, T (eds), Anthropological Demography, Chicago:
Chicago University Press, 1997
Primate Evolutionary Biology


examination (40 per cent), tutorial presentation (15 per cent).
Human Society as Animal Society: Sex, Conflict, Cooperation & Human Uniqueness
Later Year Course
Second Semester 2009, normally offered in odd-numbered
years.
hour of film/video per week
Archaeology and Anthropology (ANTH, ARCH or PREH), or the
School of Botany and Zoology. Students are also recommended
to include at least one other later-year course in Archaeology
and Anthropology or Life Sciences in their studies before
or alongside this one: for example, ANTH2025, 2034, 2127,
BIAN2013, 2115, 2127, BIOL3131, 3132, LING2015, 2021,
PSYC2007.
Incompatibility: PRAN2024 Human Society and Animal Society:
Comparisons and Relationships
Course Description: What continuities are there between human
and animal social lives? How did characteristically human social
arrangements emerge over the course of hominid evolution?
Is there, despite human cultural diversity, a genetically based
human nature that can be contrasted with, eg chimpanzee
nature? What might the human social sciences learn from
the zoological disciplines that study animal social behaviour
(ethology, sociobiology, behavioural ecology) or from evolutionary
psychology? The long-standing social-science orthodoxy has
234
Later Year Course

Workload: 2 hours lectures, one hour of film and one hour of
tutorial each week
Prerequisites: Any ARCH, ANTH, BIAN or BIOL course valued 6
units or more.
Incompatibility: The course is INCOMPATIBLE with BIAN2012,
The Primates.
Course Description: The course begins with surveying general
principles of evolution, biodiversity and systematics, species
theory, phylogeny reconstruction and biogeography, and
quickly progresses to a consideration of how these apply in
turn to lemurs, lorises and galagos, tarsiers, New and Old
World monkeys, and apes, because the meaning and relevance
of theory are best appreciated in context. Students will be
expected to be able to recognise and characterise all the main
groups of primates to a limited extent, and a few groups in
depth, and to use this as the basis for an understanding of the
current conservation crisis.
Indicative Assessment: 3,000 word Essay (50 per cent), two tests
(10 per cent each) and 30 minute tutorial presentation (30 per
cent).
Groves, C. Primate Taxonomy, Smithsonian Institution Press,
2001.
Primate Ecology & Behaviour

Later Year Course
Workload: 2 hours lectures, one hour of film and one hour of
tutorial each week.
Prerequisites: Any ARCH, ANTH, BIAN or BIOL course valued
6 units or more; but it is STRONGLY RECOMMENDED that
students should have completed Primate evolutionary biology
in the previous semester.
Incompatibility: The course is INCOMPATIBLE with BIAN2012,
The Primates.
Course Description: The course begins with surveying general
principles of ecology and behaviour, and quickly progresses
to a consideration of how these apply in turn to lemurs,
lorises and galagos, tarsiers, New and Old World monkeys,
and apes, because the meaning and relevance of theory are
best appreciated in context. Students will be expected to
apply the principles of behavioural evolution to primates,
and to understand all groups in outline and a few groups in
somedepth.
There will be (optional) visits to the National Zoo and Aquarium
and to Taronga Zoo.
Indicative Assessment: 3,000 word Essay (50 per cent), two
tests (10 per cent each) and 30 minute tutorial presentation
(30 per cent).
Forensic Anthropology & Archaeology

Indicative Assessment: Forensic excavation/crime scene

management report (50 per cent), essay and literature based
research (50 per cent).
Supervised Research in Biological Anthropology

Later Year Course
Normally offered every semester
Workload: Supervision by regular meetings with co-ordinator
Academic Contact: Any biological anthropology program staff
member, as agreed between student and prospective supervisor,
and approved by Head of School
Prerequisites: Normally 12 units in Biological Anthropology,
completed at Distinction or High Distinction level, and an
average of at least 70 per cent across all completed BIAN
courses; plus the agreement of the prospective supervisor.
Course Description: Conduct of an agreed program of
prescribed readings and research on a defined topic or case
study in biological anthropology.
Indicative Assessment: Annotated bibliography, essay and
final project report (the report is to be oral and/or written as
negotiated).
Scientific Dating & Isotope analysis for Archaeology

& Palaeoanthropology
BIAN3010 (6 units) C
Later Year Course
Second Semester, 2009, Normally offered every year
Later Year Course
Workload: 2 hours lectures, one hour discussions per week plus

laboratory visits
Academic Contact: Professor Rainer Grun
Workload: 2 hours of lectures and one hour of laboratory each

week (may be in block form).
Prerequisites: 2 first-year courses in the School of Archaeology

and Anthropology (ARCH or PREH) and/or a science discipline,
or one with permission of the co-ordinator.

Prerequisites: Any ARCH, BIAN or BIOL course valued at 6 units
or more.
Course Description: Forensic anthropology and archaeology
constitute a discipline that has made significant contributions
to the resolution of legal and medical problems and issues
both domestically and internationally. The study of forensic
science through the lens of archaeological and anthropological
theory, method and procedures is primarily concerned with
the reconstruction of identity (a persons age, sex, race, height,
occupation etc) and the events surrounding their death (cause
of death for instance) and those factors impacting on the
body (decomposition for example) after death and up until
they are discovered. At the completion of this course, students
will have become acquainted with a range of theories and
techniques used to identify skeletonised human remains; have
an appreciation and understanding of a wide range of factors
modifying a body and a crime scene over time; and finally,
have a set of skills necessary, and appropriate in terms of the
requirements of the Australian medico-legal professions, for the
practical management and excavation of a body/crime scene.
Numerous real-life case-studies illustrate the theory and ideas
presented in this course. Students will participate in a practical
crime scene management/excavation exercise involving a
simulated murder victim burial.
Course Description: An overview of the principal techniques

deployed in modern archaeology and palaeoanthropology to
place the material remains of the human past and the human
environment in a chronological context, from earliest human
origins to quite recent times. Starting with fundamental
principles such as stratigraphy and relatively simple methods
such as dendrochronology (tree-ring dating), the course will
progress to examine some of the main scientifically based
methods relevant to prehistory and human evolution, such as
radiocarbon, U-series, potassium/argon, luminescence, electron
spin resonance and fission-track dating. The course also
examines the use of isotope analysis in the reconstruction of
ancient diet.
Where possible the course will include visits to the respective
laboratories.
Indicative Assessment: A 3000 word assignment (80 per cent)
and one short test (20 per cent)
Aitken, M.J. 1990 Science-based dating in archaeology.
Longman, London.
235
This course is primarily intended for Honours students in

Archaeology and/or Biological Anthropology, and when places
are limited priority may be given to students intending to
undertake one of these courses in the following year.
Topics in Primatology
Later Year Course
Normally offered in the same semester as the pre-/co-requisite
course.
Workload: Attendance in the pre/co-requisite course plus 3-4
hours extra tutorials
Incompatibility: ARCH2126, ARCH3000, BIAN3017.

Course Description: This course is designed to provide the
student with an introduction to the principles and methods by
which research projects in biological anthropology are devised
and executed. It will deal with the issues of finding a topic
to research, defining its scope and limitations, developing a
research bibliography, elaborating a research design, defining
and collecting relevant data, methods of data analysis, data
presentation and hypothesis testing. The main aim of this
course is to prepare students considering Honours in Biological
Anthropology for the thesis component of the Honours year,
though it does not require a commitment to Honours and is
open to other students who fulfil the prerequisites.
This course is a prerequisite for entry into Biological

Anthropology Honours
Prerequisites: Concurrent enrolment in BIAN2127 Primate

Ecology and Behavior or previous completion of BIAN2012
Primates (ANTH2011 Primates), or BIAN2126 Primate
Evolutionary Biology.
Indicative Assessment: 3,000 word research proposal (60 per

cent), interpretation exercises and assignments (30 per cent)
and workshop participation (10 per cent).
Incompatibility: ANTH3011 Topics in Primatology.
Human Skeletal Analysis

Course Description: The course consists of a series of tutorials

taken while BIAN2127 is in progress. It treats selected themes in
primatology in critical detail.
Indicative Assessment: Tutorial presentations (40 per cent), a
final 3,000-word essay (60 per cent).
Topics in Human Evolution

Later Year Course
Not offered in 2009, normally offered in the same semester as
BIAN2013.
Prerequisites: Concurrent enrolment in, or previous completion
of BIAN2013 Human Evolution (PREH2011 Human Evolution).
Incompatibility: PREH3011 Topics in Human Evolution.
Course Description: The course consists of a series of tutorials
taken while BIAN2013 Human Evolution is in progress. It treats
selected themes in palaeoanthropology, or other topics in the
field of human evolution, in critical detail.
Later Year Course

First Semester, 2009, normally offered in successive years.
Workload: Up to 3 hours per week, some of which will be
delivered in block lab sessions.
Prerequisites: Two courses in ARCH, BIAN or BIOL and/or School
of Botany and Zoology valued at 6 units or more
Incompatibility: BIAN3011 Skeletal Analysis.
Course Description: Anatomy of the human skeleton.
Techniques in human identification: age-at-death, sex,
stature, ancestry, pathology, trauma, handedness and habitual
behaviours. This course has a strong practical component with
two thirds of contact time spent in the skeletal laboratory.
Acquired skills will be of value to any students interested
in skeletal studies including vertebrate biology, medicine,
palaeontology, human and primate evolution, forensic sciences
and archaeology.
Indicative Assessment: Literature and practicals (50 per cent)
final practical/lab exams (50 per cent)
Indicative Assessment: Practical presentations (40 per cent) and

a final 3,000-word essay (60 per cent).
Research Design in Biological Anthropology

BIAN3017 (3 units)
see under BIAN2013.
Later Year Course
Research Design & Analysis in Biological

Anthropology
Later Year Course

Second Semester, 2009, Offered every year.
Workload: Academic Contact: Dr Peter Hiscock
Prerequisites: 24 units of BIAN courses or permission of the
Biological Anthropology Honours Convener; and students
should normally be on track for qualification to enter Biological
Anthropology Honours in the following year.
236

Prerequisites: Permission of the Biological Anthropology
Honours convener is required. Normally the convener will
expect students to have 24 units of BIAN courses plus
ARCH2126 (3u), and to be on track for qualification to enter
Biological Anthropology Honours in the following year.
Students able to take BIAN3014 are normally expected to take
that in preference.
Incompatibility: ARCH3000, BIAN3014.
Course Description: This course is intended to provide students
with an introduction to the principles and processes by which
research projects in biological anthropology are devised and
executed. It will deal with the issues of finding a topic to
research, defining its scope and limitations, developing a

research bibliography and elaborating a research design. The
main aim of this course is to form part of the preparation of
students considering Honours in Biological Anthropology for
the thesis component of the Honours program, though it does
not require a commitment to Honours and is open to other
students who fulfil the prerequisites.
It is anticipated that most intending Honours students will
enrol in BIAN3014 (Research Design and Analysis in Biological
Anthropology) rather than the present course. However,
some students may already have covered the data analysis
component in ARCH2126 (Analytical Methods in Anthropology
and Archaeology), and the present course is intended primarily
to allow such students to complete their Honours preparation
by focusing on the research design component. ARCH2126
(3u) and the present course (3u) together form an honours
preparation equivalent to BIAN3014 (6u).
Indicative Assessment: 3000-word research proposal plus
workshop participation.
Regional Topics in Human Genetic Variation

Later Year Course
First Semester, 2009, normally offered in the same semester as
BIAN2115.
of BIAN2115 Race and Human Genetic Variation.
Course Description: This course is designed to be taken in
conjunction with Race and Human Genetic Variation, and
develops the theme of that course. Special attention in tutorials
and written work will be given to developing a focus on a
specific region or population group. The course is open to pass
and intending honours students and the latter are especially
encouraged to take it.
Indicative Assessment: Tutorial work (including oral
presentation) (40 per cent), and a 3,000-word essay (60 per
cent).
Harrison, G A, Tanner, J M, Pilbeam, D R and Baker, P T, Human
Biology, Part II, 3rd edn, Oxford UP, 1988
Cavalli-Sforza, L L & F, The great human diasporas, Reading,
Mass., Addison-Wesley, 1995
Jones, S, In the blood, London, HarperCollins, 1996
Ridley, M, Genome, London, HarperCollins, 2000
Wells, S, Journey of Man, London, Penguin, 2003
Regional Topics in Nutrition, Disease & the Human

Environment
Later Year Course
BIAN2119.

of BIAN2119 Nutrition, Disease and the Human Environment.
Course Description: This course is designed to be taken
in conjunction with Nutrition, Disease and the Human
Environment, and develops the theme of that course. Special
attention in tutorials and written work will be given to
developing a focus on a specific region or population group,
and/or on the human biology of poverty, underdevelopment
and marginalization. The course is open to pass and intending
honours students and the latter are especially encouraged to
take it.
presentation) (40 per cent) and a 3,000-word essay (60 per
cent).
Harrison, G., Tanner, J., Pilbeam, D. and Baker, P. Human Biology,
Part IV, 3rd edn, Oxford UP, 1988.
Aschroft, F. Life at the Extremes. HarperCollins, 2000.
McMichael, T. Human Frontiers, Environments and Disease,
Cambridge UP, 2001.
Regional & Thematic Topics in Demographic

Anthropology
Later Year Course
BIAN2120.
hours extra tutorials.
of BIAN2120 Culture, Biology and Population Dynamics.
Course Description: This course is designed to be taken in
conjunction with Culture, Biology and Population Dynamics,
and builds on that courses subject matter. Special attention in
tutorials and written work will be given to developing a focus
on a specific region or theme within the broader scope of
Culture, Biology and Population Dynamics.
presentation) (40 per cent), and a 3,000-word essay (60 per
cent).
See under BIAN2120.
Biological Anthropology IV S
BIAN4005F (24 units each Semester)
Later Year Course
Course Description: The basic components will be (i) a weekly seminar on theoretical topics in biological
anthropology (20 per cent).
(ii) Project work on advanced topics in biological anthropology
(20 per cent).
(iii) A research essay of 12,000-15,000 words (60 per cent).
237
BIAN4005P (12 units in each semester)
Later Year Course
Course Description: As for BIAN4005F
This course is taken by students undertaking Biological
Anthropology Honours on a part-time basis. See full-time entry
Traditional Grammar
CLAS1001 (6 units)
form of history, their prevalence in art, the narrative techniques

used, and some religious, philosophical and poetic dimensions
will be addressed. While the primary focus is on the classical
sources, the various interests and disciplinary backgrounds that
members of the class may bring to the subject will be integral
to the course.
500 word comparison exercise (15 per cent), 1,500 word essay
(30 per cent), test (20 per cent) and tutorial participation (10
per cent).
Prescribed Text:
* Ovid, Metamorphoses, tr. A.D. Melville, Oxford pb
* Price, S. & Kearns, E., The Oxford Dictionary of Classical Myth
and Religion, Oxford pb
First Year Course

Course Description: This course provides a valuable introduction
to the study of traditional grammar for all those who are
studying a second language. It is the foundation course
for those wishing to take further study in Ancient Greek or
Latin. The course covers, week by week, a series of topics in
what we know as traditional grammar. With each new topic
students first consider a number of examples from English;
then they study the same phenomenon in ancient Greek and
Latin. Students therefore gain an understanding of traditional
grammar as it applies to English, Ancient Greek and Latin. This
knowledge may be readily transferred to other languages. For
each topic studied there will be a number of short exercises
to be completed in class; and, to ensure that the student has
a thorough understanding of the topic, a weekly assignment
is to be submitted for assessment. A small vocabulary in
Ancient Greek and Latin will be gradually built up over the
semester. Students will be expected to memorise the small list
prescribed each week. The final examination will include tests
of English, Ancient Greek and Latin morphology; translation of
simple sentences from and into Ancient Greek and Latin; and
commentary in terms of traditional grammar on sentences and/
or passages of English.
Indicative Assessment: Final examination (50 per cent), tests
(10 per cent) and exercises done throughout the semester (40
per cent).
Hurford, JR, Grammar: A Students Guide, Cambridge UP
Prescribed Text:
A coursebook will be made available for purchase through the
School of Language Studies administration.
Myths & Legends of Ancient Greece & Rome

CLAS2002 (6 units)
Traditional Grammar (L)

CLAS2011 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Course Description: This course provides a valuable introduction
to the study of traditional grammar for all those who are
studying a second language. It is the foundation course
for those wishing to take further study in Ancient Greek or
Latin. The course covers, week by week, a series of topics in
what we know as traditional grammar. With each new topic
students first consider a number of examples from English;
then they study the same phenomenon in Ancient Greek and
Latin. Students therefore gain an understanding of traditional
grammar as it applies to English, Ancient Greek and Latin. This
knowledge may be readily transferred to other languages. For
each topic studied there will be a number of short exercises to
be completed in class; and, to ensure that the student has a
thorough understanding of the topic, a weekly assignment is
to be submitted for assessment. A small vocabulary in Ancient
Greek and Latin will be gradually built up over the semester.
Students will be expected to memorise the small list prescribed
each week. The final examination will include tests of English,
Ancient Greek and Latin morphology; translation of sentences
from and into Ancient Greek and Latin at a higher level of
difficulty than for CLAS1001; and commentary in terms of
traditional grammar on sentences and/or passages of English.
Indicative Assessment: A final examination (50 per cent) and
tests (10 per cent) and exercises done throughout the semester
(40 per cent).
Hurford, JR, Grammar: A Students Guide, Cambridge UP
Prescribed Text:
A coursebook will be made available for purchase through the
School of Language Studies administration.
Later Year Course

Workload: 20 lectures; weekly tutorials
Classics IV Honours
CLAS4005F (24 units each Semester)
Later Year Course
Incompatibility: ANCH1012, CLAS1012 and CLAS2012
Course Description: There are three facets to this study: the

stories themselves; the Greek, Roman, and subsequent contexts
and the ways in which the stories have been presented; the
various attempts in recent years to account for the enduring
appeal of these myths. The ancient myths and legends as a
238

be prescribed from year to year by the Convenor. In 2009 it will
consist of

submitted normally by the Friday of the next to last teaching
week of the final semester of the candidates course. Students
are required to select the topic for the thesis in consultation
with the Convener before the end of their preceding year, and
to begin study for it during the intervening vacation.
2. Seminar A: The poetics of landscape (Dr Jessica Dietrich)
coursework in both seminars and the final examinations 60 per
cent of the assessment.
Classics IV Honours
CLAS4005P (12 units in each semester)
Later Year Course
Course Description: As for CLAS4005F
This course is for students undertaking Classics Honours on a
part-time basis.
Dynamic Visual Effects for Film & Broadcast

DART3001 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Students are expected to do at least an extra 4 - 6 hours of

independent studio practice each week
Academic Contact: Lucien Leon
Prerequisites: DART3001 Dynamic Visual Effects for Film &
Broadcast
Course Description: This is an advanced course in 3D animation
using Maya software. Students learn the fundamentals of
real-world lighting and how to generate photorealistic images
using the Mentalray renderer. Professional practice will be
explored in discussions about industry expectations and the
production of a portfolio of work. The production focus of the
course is the development of a major work.
Indicative Assessment: Assessment is by a series of assignments
and a final presentation of the major project to the Viva
Examination panel Assignments (50 per cent), Major Project (50
per cent)
Learning Dynamics, Alias/Wavefront Publishing, 2003.
Ng, Kian Bee. Digital Effects Animation Using Maya, Charles
River Media, 1999.
Hybrid Interactive Digital Media

DART3003 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Workload: All sessions take place in a computer laboratory: 3
hours of seminar / studio practice per week

Workload: All sessions take place in a computer laboratory:
Academic Contact: Christopher Fulham
3 hours of seminar / studio practice per week
Prerequisites: DART2004 Digital Media Fusion

Course Description: Interactive digital media incorporates a

diverse range of digital practices. In this unit, students will
be given the opportunity to broaden their interactive digital
media practice by exploring an extended range of digital
media forms and production techniques. Students will produce
web-based projects that incorporate programming, typography,
photography, graphics, video, animation, and sound. At this
stage of the course, students are encouraged to refine their
creative vision and the direction of their web based art practice.
Academic Contact: Lucien Leon

Prerequisites: DART2002 Matching Dialogue with 3D Animation
Course Description: This is an advanced course in 3D animation
using Maya software. Students learn the fundamentals of
visual effects creation using Mayas dynamics toolset, as well
as the application of Mayas Unlimited toolsets in animation
production. Students will also explore the new media arts in a
socio-political context and the potential of 3D animation in the
making of artistic political statements. This course includes a
production schedule for the completion of a major project.
Examination panel. Assignments (50 per cent), Major Project (50
per cent)
Kundert-Gibbs, John, Maya 5 Savvy, Sybex, 2004.
Kundert-Gibbs, John, Maya Secrets of the Pros, Sybex, 2002.
Making Light Work in 3D Animation

DART3002 (6 units)
Later Year Course

Examination panel. Term Assignments (50 per cent), Semester
Project (50 per cent)
Packer,Randall and Jordan, Ken. eds., Multimedia from
Wagner to Virtual Reality, New York: W.W. Norton &
Company, 2001.

Wardrip,Noah and Montfort, Nick.eds, The New Media

Reader, Cambridge MA: MIT Press, 2003.
Advanced Interactivity
DART3004 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Workload: All sessions take place in a computer laboratory: 3
hours of seminar / studio practice per week

239

Academic Contact: Christopher Fulham
Prerequisites: DART3003 Hybrid Interactive Digital Media
Course Description: In this unit students will employ the broad
range of knowledge and skill they have developed by working
towards the completion of an independent semester project.
In addition to the development of new work, students will
be required to produce a comprehensive work portfolio. This
unit will also canvas a range of contemporary issues facing
the graduating digital media student in order to facilitate
the transition from study to professional practice. The class
will consist of lectures, tutorials, discussions, supervision and
feedback.
and the final presentation of the major project to the Viva
Examination panel.
Term Assignments (50 per cent), Semester Project (50 per cent)
Watkinson, John, The Art of Digital Video, Oxford: Focal

Press, Third edition 2000.
Audio-Video Output
DART3005 (6 units)
Manovich, Lev, The Language of New Media, Cambridge,

MA.: MIT Press, 2001.
Later Year Course

Academic Contact: Che Baker and Paul Kirwan
Prerequisites: DART2006 Fusion: Video Remix
Course Description: The students will research and develop their
major work for final submission at the end of the year. This will
include preparing a written proposal and production plan, along
with demonstrating the ability to utilise prototype development
phases to develop a DV project. There will be further technical
and creative work in advanced DV software. Other specialized
areas of digital video will be explored, such as video installations
and performance.
per cent)
Watkinson, John, The Art of Digital Video, Oxford: Focal
Press, Third edition 2000.
MA.: MIT Press, 2001.
Shaw, Jeffrey and Weibel, Peter. eds. Future Cinema: The
Cinematic Imaginary after Film, Cambridge, MA.: MIT Press,
2003.
Wardrip, Noah and Montfort, Nick. eds., The New Media
Reader, Cambridge MA.: MIT Press, 2003.
Packer, Randall and Jordan, Ken eds., Multimedia from
Company, 2001.
Shaw, Jeffrey and Weibel, Peter. eds., Future Cinema: The

Cinematic Imaginary after Film, Cambridge, MA.: MIT Press,
2003.
Screen Evolution
DART3006 (6 units)
Later Year Course
240

Academic Contact: Ch Baker and Paul Kirwan
Prerequisites: DART3005 Audio-Video Output
Course Description: The main emphasis of this course focuses
on developing advanced technical and conceptual skills in DV
content development. Throughout the semester students will be
working towards a major video project, which will be exhibited
at the end of the semester.
Examination panel.
Assignments (50 per cent), Major Project (50 per cent)
Wardrip, Noah and Montfort, Nick. eds. The New Media

Reader, Cambridge MA.: MIT Press, 2003

Packer, Randall and Jordan, Ken. eds. Multimedia from

Company, 2001.
Process as Composition & Aesthetic

DART3007 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Academic Contact: Dr Alistair Ridddell
Prerequisites: DART2008 Out There: Real Time Control to
Performance
Course Description: Now that the basic technical skills have
been acquired over the previous two semesters in DART2007
and DART2008, this course takes a deeper look at the principles
and aesthetics of Algorithmic and Interactive Computer Music.
Algorithmic music is music produced through processes that
are pre-determined. The composer deals more with macrostructural principles rather than fine detail. Algorithmic
techniques often form the basis of interactive works; as such
interactivity in sound works will be explored in conjunction with
algorithmic techniques. Students will develop an interactive or
algorithmic sound work using techniques discussed or may even
develop their own interactive/algorithmic techniques.
per cent)
Cook, Perry. Real Sound Synthesis for Interactive

Applications, Mass: AK Peters, 2002.
Roads, Curtis. Microsound, Cambridge Mass: MIT Press, 2001.
Rowe, Robert. Machine Musicianship, Cambridge Mass: MIT
Press, 2001.
Rowe, Robert. Interactive Music Systems: Machines
Listening and Composing, Cambridge Mass: MIT Press, 1993.
Cottle, David. Computer Music with Examples in
SuperCollider 3, 2007 (Online)
Shaping Future Sound

DART3008 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Academic Contact: Dr Alistair Riddell
Prerequisites: DART3007 Process as Composition and Aesthetic
Course Description: This semester is given over to the creation
of a major computer music work either as a single recorded
composition, series of compositions, a performance or
installation. By this stage of the course students should have
a broad skill set in digital sound and media to draw upon. The
work must reflect a strong technical understanding of computer
music and a formal and aesthetic premise commensurate with
expectations at a final year level. Consultation with the lecturer
is required at appropriate times during the production of the
work. The course commences with students devising a project
under the supervision of the lecturer that they must complete
by the end of the semester.
Indicative Assessment: Assessment includes a project proposal
and project documentation, and a final presentation of the
major project to the Viva Examination panel.
Project Proposal (10 per cent), Concept & Project
Documentation (40 per cent), Project Implementation (50 per
cent)
Digital Arts Practice Honours

DART4001F (18 units each Semester)
Later Year Course
Workload: Contact will be on a supervisory basis in agreement
with the appropriate lecturer. Course must be undertaken over
two semesters.
Academic Contact: Patsy Hely
Prerequisites: Completion of the Bachelor of Arts (Digital Arts)
at an appropriate level and approval of the CNMA Academic
Committee.
Course Description: To develop a major work for performance or
presentation in at least one of the streams previously taken by
the student. Students will be encouraged to develop a concept
under supervision from the relevant lecturer(s).
This concept will be realized during the year and will be
presented in a major performance /installation /exhibition.
Indicative Assessment: Assessment is by a Research Proposal,

Studio Report and presentation of the Major Work to the Viva
Examination panel. Research Proposal (10 per cent), Final Report
and Presentation (20 per cent), Major Work (70 per cent)

DART4001P (9 units in each semester)
Later Year Course
with the appropriate lecturer.
Prerequisites: Completion of the Bachelor of Arts (Digital Arts
Committee
Course Description: To develop a major work for performance or
presentation in at least one of the streams previously taken by
the student. Students will be encouraged to develop a concept
under supervision from the relevant lecturers.
This concept will be realized during the year and will be
presented in a major performance/ installation/ exhibition.
Indicative Assessment: Assessment is by a Research Proposal
(10 per cent), Final Report and Presentation (20 per cent), and
presentation of the Major Work to the Viva Examination panel
(70 per cent)
Digital Arts Research Honours

Later Year Course
with the appropriate lecturer. Course must be undertaken over
two semesters.
Prerequisites: Completion of Bachelor of Arts (Digital Arts)
Committee
Course Description: To give students an in-depth knowledge of
one area of digital arts practice from a theoretical perspective.
Students will conduct an individual research project with
supervision from the appropriate lecturer.
Alternatively the course may provide some students with
the opportunity to take relevant research experience under
the supervision of professional staff of a host organisation.
The specific nature of the placement will be reflected in the
specific tasks designated by the host organisation Supervisor
and the Course Convenor. These tasks will be appropriate to
the level of the students ability within the study program and
will complement the students choice of major area of study.
Research undertaken will involve the application of theoretical
knowledge to work practices and culture of the organisation.
Selected students will be required to attend a pre-internship
briefing session with the internship being a minimum of 140
hours attendance in the workplace.
Indicative Assessment: Assessment is by submission of a 6,000
word research thesis and a formal presentation of the research.
2 x Research Presentation (40 per cent), Thesis (60 per cent)
Proposed assessment for placement option:
241
Assessment is by submission of a 5,000 word research report

and a formal presentation of the research.
Research Project Proposal (10 per cent), 2 x Research
Presentation (40 per cent), Research Project Report (50 per
cent)

Later Year Course
with the appropriate lecturer.
Prerequisites: Completion of Bachelor of Arts (Digital Arts)
Committee
Course Description: This course is designed to give students an
in-depth knowledge of one area of digital arts practice from
a theoretical perspective. Students will conduct an individual
research project with supervision from the appropriate lecturer.
Alternatively the course may provide some students with
the opportunity to take relevant research experience under
the supervision of professional staff of a host organisation.
The specific nature of the placement will be reflected in the
specific tasks designated by the host organisation supervisor
and the course convener. These tasks will be appropriate to
the level of the students ability within the study program
and complement the students choice of major area of study.
Research undertaken will involve the application of theoretical
knowledge to work practices and culture of the organisation.
Selected students will be required to attend a pre-internship
briefing session with the internship being a minimum of 140
hours attendance in the workplace.
Indicative Assessment: Assessment is by submission of a 6,000
word research thesis and a formal presentation of the research.
2 x Research Presentation (40 per cent), Thesis (60 per cent)
Proposed assessment for placement option:
Assessment is by submission of a 5,000 word research report
and a formal presentation of the research.
Research Project Proposal (10 per cent), 2 x Research
Presentations (40 per cent), Research Project Report (50 per
cent)
Major 1
DESA1001 (6 units)
First Year Course
Preliminary Reading: None.
Topics
Ceramics
Syllabus: A series of hand building and wheel-based projects
of one to two weeks duration, which illustrate and explore the
various construction, forming, decorating and firing processes
that are the basic toolkit of the ceramic artist and designer. The
242
emphasis is not on product and final resolutions, but on gaining

an understanding of these processes, and creatively exploring
possibilities inherent in them. The Glaze, Clay, Kilns course
commences during this semester and is completed in Major 2.
semester presentation will assess the final outcomes against the
agreed requirements of course projects. The Glaze, Clay, Kilns
Furniture
Syllabus: The program is structured around projects and lectures
and a range of conceptual and thematic aspects. The study
and application of jointing systems is introduced, together
with relevant wood-shaping techniques, marking-out systems,
woodfinishing and technical drawing. All are integrated into
a series of set projects intended to provide an introductory
experience of making and to begin heightening awareness of
the design potential of the medium. Each major also requires
the completion of two written Research Assignments. These
assignments are chosen to be directly relevant to both the
Workshop experience of the student and their conceptualand
design development.
Glass
Syllabus: The Glass Workshop focuses on a one-to-one
approach to teaching and is designed to foster individual
potential and creativity. Through the first semester, students
will be set specific projects in developing and understanding
technical processes, critical thinking and artistic as well as
designawareness. The focus in the first year is on kiln forming,
hot glass skills development and an overview of the field of
contemporary studio glass. Fundamentals taught in practical
kiln forming areas include fusing, kiln use and cold working
techniques. In the hot shop students learn the basics of the
material including gathering and manipulating hot glass as well
as exercises which provide a vocabulary of working with solid
and blown glass forms.



requirements are based on the successful completion of set
projects each of which is allocated a fractional weighting.
presentation to the Assessment Panel. All students are required
to keep a record of all technical information acquired during
their time spent in the workshop, including technical processes,
equipment used, risk assessment notes, sampling, material
research, suppliers lists etc.; as well as sketches, working
drawings, ideas, inspiration, research and visual references. Both
semester.
Textiles
and design are all interegal part of the coursework structure.


Major 2
DESA1002 (6 units)
First Year Course
Prerequisites: DESA1001
Topics
Ceramics
Syllabus: This semester will be centered on a field study and
will incorporate all or some of the processes covered in Major
1. An introduction to sourcing materials will be included. The
glaze/clay/kilns course commences during this semester and is
completed in Major 3.
Furniture
Program.
Glass
Syllabus: The second semester will continue the focus on
kiln forming, hot glass skills development and an overview
of the field of contemporary studio glass. Fundamentals
taught in practical kiln forming areas include fusing, kiln use
and cold working techniques. In the hot shop students learn
the foundations of the material including gathering and
manipulating hot glass as well as exercises which provide a
vocabulary of working with sold and blown glass forms.
varied methods in the same work and new materials and a
combination of materials which will be introduced. Individual
243

semester. Assessment is in accordance to ANU School of Art
Assessment Procedures by periodic critique and review sessions
and end-of-semester presentation to the Assessment Panel.
Sculpture
Syllabus: Students embrace a diversity of ideas and materiality
relevant to the practice of sculpture. Students engage with
a range of conceptual, thematic and design considerations
to making. Set projects explore modeling and casting,
assemblage and installation. Focus sessions in studio theory
introduce students to an extensive range of artists, ideas
and approaches to making through historical precedent and
contemporary practice. Studio introductions cover a wide
range of approaches to making and materiality. Knowledge of
large plant within the Sculpture Workshop is reinforced in this
Students further develop an awareness of occupational health
and safety issues introduced through studio procedures and
management.
Textiles
and design are all an integral part of the coursework structure.

Introduces students to the application of two-dimensional
respresentation, dealing with the dynamics of colour, design,
composition and pictorial space. Explores visual and material
solutions through techniques and technologies providing an
emphasis on contemporary design practices methods and
outcomes.
Assessment items may include (as specified in individual classes):
a body of works of art; a body of technical/exploratory works; a
visual diary; or support work and documentation of process.
Core Studies in Design Arts: 3D/ Space & Materials

DESA1021 (6 units)
First Year Course
Introduces the analysis and language of materials, space,
form and design in art practice through reference to nature
and visual culture. Skill development and safe work practices
are essential parts of the program. Through the use of visual
investigation skills, and similation and realisation processes,
students are introduced to manual and modelling techniques,
with reference to design antecedents.
Core Studies in Design Arts: Life Drawing

DESA1022 (6 units)
First Year Course
Introduces the analysis of form and composition through
observation and anatomical study. Investigates drawing
materials, develops technical skills, and considers the cultural
differences with regard to representing the human body in the
visual arts and design.
process.
Core Studies in Design Arts: 2D image trading

DESA1020 (6 units)
Major 3
DESA2002 (12 units)
First Year Course
Later Year Course

244
Major 4
DESA3001 (12 units)
Later Year Course
Topics
Ceramics
Syllabus: Two or more projects, each of which may run for the
duration of up to half a semester, which concentrate on aspects
of the ceramic surface and address the meaning of surface. One
of these projects will be wheel-based and one will be off-wheel.
The projects may include decorative techniques that are applied,
or those created through the manipulation of clay or its firing
(eg. salt, wood, saggar raku or black firings). Use of plaster in
the form of working surface may be included. Two short pieces
of research on the broader ceramic field and documentation/
presentation of these are required. Part 2 of the glaze/clay/kilns
course is undertaken in Major 3.
studio practice based course are assessed by periodic critique
plus mid-review sessions and end-of-semester presentation
to an assessment panel. Critique sessions will provide advice
on work in progress in response to given projects, the
mid-course reviews will provide indicative advice on a students
achievement against the criteria, and the end of semester
requirements of course projects. The glaze/clay/kilns course
will be assessed by completing a short open book exam and
presentation of completed glaze testing. Assessment is in
accordance to ANU School of Art Assessment Procedures by
periodic critique and review sessions and end-of-semester
presentation to the Assessment Panel. www.anu.edu.au/ITA/CSA/
study.protocols/assess/index_art.html
Furniture
Program.
Glass
Syllabus: The focus in the second year continues in the areas
of kiln forming, hot glass skills development, learning cold
working techniques and glass history. Fundamentals taught
in the practical kiln forming area include fusing, kiln use and
cold working techniques. In the hot shop, students continue
to develop technical skills while in the cold shop, cutting using
lathes with stone and diamond wheels, and other cold working
techniques are introduced.
Indicative Assessment: Assessment is progressive throughout
the semester via critique sessions, mid-semester review and
end-of-semester presentation of completed work. All students
are required to keep notebooks containing drawings and
sketches of developing works; visual reference materials and a
notebook detailing processes, technical information, material
tests, etc. 80 per cent of the semester grade is on the practical
aspect of the course, including kiln forming, hot shop and cold
working classes, the keeping of notebooks and visual diaries and
participating in studio operation and visiting presentations. The
remaining 20 per cent of the total semester grade is comprised
of the studio theory component. Assessment is in accordance to
ANU School of Art Assessment Procedures by periodic critique
and review sessions and end-of-semester presentation to the
drawings, ideas, inspiration, research and visual reference.
Both technical notebooks and sketchbooks must be included
in the presentation of work at time of assessment at the end
of each semester.
Textiles
must develop independent study programs. The study program
Assessment Procedures) is subject to the approval of the Head
of Workshop or relevant lecturer.
245

study program as outlined in a Work Proposal, or POD (Point Of

Departure), see guidelines provided with Program Requirements
and Assessment Criteria. The program is subject to approval
by the Head of Workshop or relevant lecturer. The Workshops
expectation is for clear demonstration of innovation in students
technical work methodology, critical thinking and resulting
artwork.
Major 5
DESA3002 (12 units)

Later Year Course

Topics
Ceramics
Syllabus: Students extend their studies through independent
study programs in which they develop designs demonstrating
individual themes and work methods and through which they
are encouraged to develop a particular and focused body of
work in which they have a personal interest. The study program
Program Requirements and Assessment Criteria) is subject to
approval by the Head of Workshop or relevant lecturer.
Furniture
Syllabus: In Major 5, students must develop independent study
programs initiated from set design briefs drawn from the genres
of furniture - chair, table, and cabinet. As the need arises,
students will be expected to participate in specific projects
initiated by Visiting Artists and which will cover specialized
areas, demonstrations, and discussions dealing with specific
processes and conceptual considerations. By this level the
Workshop expects a clear demonstration of innovation, critical
thinking, technical soundness of making and maturity in
understanding the design process.

designs based on themes and work methods. The programs
of study are project-oriented and concentrate on developing
students skills and on choosing and applying techniques
appropriate to their particular tasks. There is a greater emphasis
on the use of varied methods in the same work and on new
materials and a combination of materials will be introduced.
Individual projects are decided in consultation with Workshop
staff. In the final year, students are expected to achieve a high
degree of self motivation and independence.
and review sessions and end of semester presentation to
the Assessment Panel. The Assessment process and course
requirements are based on the successful completion of a
project set by independent work proposal. All students are
drawings, ideas, inspiration. research and visual reference. Both
semester.
Textiles
development of designs demonstating individual themes and
work methods. Students must develop an independent study
program outlined as a Work Proposal (see guidelines provided
with Program Requirements and Assessment Criteria) subject to
the approval of the Head of Workshop or relevant lecturer.
Glass
designs based on themes and working methods through
an independent study program. As the need arises, they
will also participate in set projects, which cover specialised
areas, demonstrations and discussions dealing with specific
techniques, processes, and conceptual considerations. The
246
Major 6
DESA3003 (12 units)
Later Year Course
Workload: Studio/Lab based; 12 hours contact.
Academic Contact: Gordon Bull

Course Description: The details of the course apply to all of the
topics detailed below.
Topics
Ceramics
Syllabus: Students extend their studies in the development
of individual themes and work methods and are encouraged
to develop a particular and narrow field of work in which
they have a personal interest through independent study
programs. They study program as outlined in a Work Proposal
Furniture
Syllabus: Students must develop independent study programs
initiated from set design briefs. As the need arises, students
will be expected to participate in specific projects initiated
by Visiting Artists and which will cover specialized areas,
demonstrations, and discussions dealing with specific processes
and conceptual considerations.
Glass
themes and working methods through an independent study
program. As the need arises, they will also participate in set
projects, which cover specialised areas, demonstrations and
discussions dealing with specific techniques, processes, and
a Work Proposal, or POD (Point Of Departure), see guidelines
provided with Program Requirements and Assessment Criteria.
The program is subject to approval by the Head of Workshop
or relevant lecturer. The Workshops expectation is for clear
demonstration of innovation in students technical work
methodology, critical thinking and resulting artwork.

year, students are expected to achieve a high degree of self
motivation and independence.
and review sessions and end of semester presentation to the
The Assessment process and course requirements are based
on the successful completion of a project set by independent
work proposal. All students are required to keep a record of all
technical information acquired during their time spent in the
Workshop, including technical processes, equipment used, risk
assessment notes, sampling, material research, suppliers lists as
well as sketches, working drawings, ideas, inspiration. research
and visual reference. Both technical notebooks and sketchbooks
must be included in the presentation of work at time of
assessment at the end of each semester.
Textiles
must develop an independent study program outlined as a Work
and Assessment Criteria) subject to the approval of the Head of
Design Arts Honours

DESA4005F (24 units each Semester)
Later Year Course
Design Arts Honours

DESA4005P (12 units in each semester)
Later Year Course
247
Development Studies IV Honours (S)

DEST4005F (24 units each Semester)
Later Year Course
Course Description: There will be three components:
(i) Two semester-long courses. These will be selected in
consultation between convenor and student from a range
of Honours and Masters level courses offered across
the campus, (including an Internship option) to suit the
disciplinary and theoretical interest of the student.
(ii) A research thesis of 15,000-18,000 words

DEST4005P (12 units in each semester)
to provide students with a clear picture of the major dramatic

and theatrical developments in terms of playwriting, acting and
staging that have taken place since the fifth century BC. The
course will examine key dramatic texts from the fifth century
Greeks to the present day. The theatrical representation of these
plays will be historically contextualised and workshops will
involve students in an examination of appropriate performance
styles.
Indicative Assessment: One major essay of 1,500 - 2,000 words
(25 per cent) Tutorial presentation and paper (25 per cent)
Workshop contribution and performance (50 per cent). Students
must pass both the written and practical components of the
course.
Page to Stage 2 : Directing

DRAM2005 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Later Year Course
Workload: Three and a half hours per week: one 1-hour lecture,
one 1-hour tutorial and one 1.5-hour workshop.
Course Description: As for DEST4005F

This course is taken by students undertaking Development
Studies Honours on a part-time basis. See full-time entry for
further details.
Page to Stage 1: Acting

DRAM1005 (6 units)
First Year Course
one 1-hour tutorial and one 1.5 hour workshop. Plus at least
four hours extra rehearsal time during the semester. Plus
approximately two hours reading time per week outside classes.
Academic Contact: Ms Rebecca Clifford
Course Description: This course will concentrate on various
ways in which actors work on translating literary play texts into
performance texts. A number of different acting theories will
be examined. The appropriateness of these different approaches
to acting to the performance of various kinds of play-texts
selected from different historical periods will be assessed.
Acting exercises will be prepared and performed in workshop
sessions.
Indicative Assessment: One major essay of 1,500 - 2,000 words
(25 per cent) Tutorial presentation and paper (25 per cent)
Workshop contribution and performance (50 per cent). Students
must pass both the written and practical components of the
course.
Introduction to the Western Theatrical Tradition

DRAM1006 (6 units)
First Year Course
one 1-hour tutorial and one 1.5 hour workshop. Plus at least
four hours extra rehearsal time during the semester. Plus
approximately two hours reading time per week outside classes.
Academic Contact: Ms Rebecca Clifford
Course Description: This course is designed to be general
introduction to the western theatrical tradition. It is intended
248
At least 12 hours of rehearsal time during the course of the

semester.
2 hours reading time per week.
Academic Contact: Ms Cathie Clelland
Prerequisites: Any two courses in Drama or with permission of
the Coordinator.
Course Description: This course follows on directly from
DRAM1005 and concentrates on the rise and development of
the modern theatre director. Students will examine the tasks
that face a director when working on translating a play text
into a performance text. Directing exercises will be prepared
and performed in workshop sessions.
Indicative Assessment: Two 1,500 - 2,000 word essays (25 per
cent) each and workshop contribution and performance (50 per
cent).
Prescribed Text:
Hodge, Francis and Michael Mc Lain, Play Directing, Analysis,
Communication and Style, Sixth Edition, Boston: Pearson, 2005
Experience Theatre II: Drama before 1900

DRAM2012 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Workload: Offered every three years with DRAM2011 Experience
of Theatre I and DRAM2014 Experience of Theatre III : Three and
a half hours per week: one 1-hour lecture, one 1-hour tutorial
and one 1.5 hour workshop
At least 12 hours rehearsal time over the course of the semester.
1 hour reading time per week.
Prerequisites: Two courses in Drama.
Course Description: The course will involve students in the
whole process of production. They will perform, design and
stage manage, etc, a play that will be directed by one of the
Theatre Studies staff. The play will be chosen from plays written
before 1900 and will explore the particular problems involved in
presenting plays whose performance conventions are different
from those normally employed in modern theatre.
Indicative Assessment: 2,000 word essay (25 per cent), tutorial

presentation (25 per cent) and workshop assessment and end of
semester performance (50 per cent).
Workload: Offered annually. One two-hour workshop per week.
20th Century American Drama

DRAM2015 (6 units)
Recommended: DRAM1005 or DRAM1006
Later Year Course

Workload: One 1-hour lecture, one 1-hour tutorial and one and
a half hour workshop per week. Lectures will be taped.
Plus at least 10 hours of rehearsal time during the course of the
semester.
Academic Contact: Mr Tony Turner
Prerequisites: One Drama course or with the permission of the
Coordinator.
Course Description: This course will examine plays of American
playwrights of the Twentieth Century through analysis of the
text and in performance. A brief history of American Theatre in
the Twentieth Century will also be studied. Playwrights to be
studied will include Eugene ONeill, Tennessee Williams, Arthur
Miller, Clifford Odets, Neil Simon, Edward Albee, Sam Shepherd,
James Baldwin, Arthur Kopit, David Mamet et al. At the end of
the course students will be expected to perform in a scene from
one of the plays studied.
Indicative Assessment: One 2,000 word essay (25 per cent),
2,000 word seminar paper (25 per cent) and performance
component (50 per cent).
Bigsby, C.W.E., Modern American Drama, Cambridge 2000
Acting Skills: Character Creation, Improvisation &

Performance 1
DRAM2016 (3 units)
Later Year Course
Workload: Offered annually. One two-hour workshop per week.
Prerequisites: DRAM1005 and DRAM1006
Course Description: Each week the Clinical School provides a
detailed character history and presenting complaint to each
student. The student learns the history and presents himself
to the Clinical School at the Canberra Hospital where he is
interviewed by a second year medical student. In this unit the
history will be enlivened by detailed emotional states which
the medical students will have to overcome in order to create a
coherent patient history.
Indicative Assessment: Written analysis (50 per cent) and
performance (50 per cent).
Prescribed Text:
A patient history script will be provided each week by the
medical school.
Acting Skills: Character Creation, Improvisation &

Performance 2
DRAM2017 (3 units)
Later Year Course

Prerequisites: DRAM1005 and DRAM1006
Indicative Assessment: Written analysis (50 per cent) and
performance (50 per cent).
Prescribed Text:
Cole, T., Ed. Acting, A Handbook of the Stanislavski System,
Crown, N.Y.
The American Musical

DRAM2020 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Workload: For 10 Weeks: Four hours per week: 1x 1 hour lecture,
1x 3 hour workshop. The final two weeks will be reserved for
rehearsal and performance.
2 hours reading time per week.
At least 12 hours rehearsal time over the course of the semester.
Prerequisites: DRAM1005 or DRAM1006 or with the permission
of the Coordinator
Course Description: The structure of the course is an overview
of the development of the phenomenon of the American
Musical on stage and film. The subject matter will briefly
address the 19th century forerunners of and influences on the
development of the American Musical, but will focus on the
developments from the 1940s, from the groundbreaking work
of Rodgers and Hammerstein through to the megamusicals
of the later 20th century. Because of the wide scope of this
topic, key representative works will be selected for in-depth
consideration. The course will address the history, nature and
the function of the musical. Students will be encouraged to
consider the Musical as performance. The components of this
integrated art form will be examined, including music, dialogue,
voice, design, direction, choreography and movement. Students
are expected to be involved in practical workshops and to
participate in a prepared performance piece.
Indicative Assessment: One 1500-2000 word research essay;
one examination, one performance/practical piece.
Prescribed Text:
Kislan, Richard, The Musical: A look at the American Musical
Theater. Revised edition. New York: Applause. 1995
Acting Skills 3: Advanced Character Preparation &

Performance
DRAM2021 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Workload: 1 x 2 hour workshop performance session.
249

Prerequisites: DRAM2017
Prescribed Text:
Mc Grath, John, A Good Night Out. London: Nick Hern Books, 1997.
Sypher, Wylie, Editor. Comedy. London: John Hopkins University
Press, 1956.
Drama IV Honours (S)

DRAM4005P (12 units each semester)
Later Year Course
Indicative Assessment: Final performance assessed by Course

Convenor (50 per cent), 1 x 2,500 word character analysis and
reflection essay (50 per cent).
Workload: 3 hours per week seminar
Prescribed Text:
Character histories will be provided each week by the medical
school.
Topics
Film Workshop
Medical School
Street Theatre
1 hour per week consultation with supervisor

13 hours per week for research, writing and rehearsal
Recommended: DRAM2006 and DRAM2010 as part of the
Drama Major.
Course Description: As for DRAM4005F
This course is taken by students undertaking Drama Honours on
a part-time basis. See full-time entry for further details.
Introduction to Australian Literature

ENGL1004 (6 units)
First Year Course

DRAM4005F (24 units each Semester)
Later Year Course
Workload: Normally offered in alternate years: 24 hours of

lectures and one 1-hour tutorial per week.
Academic Contact: Dr Julieanne Lamond
Workload: 3 hours per week seminar
Course Description: A study of Australian literary as well as

some visual and filmic texts, by way of introducing the diversity
of Australian cultural production. From early travel writing
through to contemporary novel and film, this course will
provide and introduction to the stories Australians have told
and been told, and provide a framework for thinking about
Australian culture and history, past and present.
1 hour per week consultation with supervisor

26 hours per week for research, writing and rehearsal.
Recommended: DRAM2006 and DRAM2010 as part of the
Drama Major
Course Description:
(a) A 15,000 word thesis on an approved topic to be submitted
before the end of October of the preceding year and to
count for 30 per cent of total assessment;
(b) Two drama honours courses to be taken, one in each
semester. Each course will count for 20 per cent of the total
assessment and will be assessed by essay work and seminar
papers; and
(c) A fully mounted production lasting no more than 50
minutes, to be cast, designed and directed by each honours
student or the complete design of a production including
costumes and set designs with the construction of a set
model. These productions will normally be mounted in the
second semester and count for 30 per cent of the total
assessment.
(d) Each student will also submit a written analysis (3,000
words) of the production and take part in a viva voce
examination on the production with the staff of Theatre
Studies. Each production will have a budget.
in December 2007 about their thesis topic, and are required
to seek approval for their topic and arrange supervision with
a member of staff no later than early January, when work on
their thesis should commence.
250
Indicative Assessment: 750 word essay (15 per cent), 1500 word
essay (35 per cent); Examination (with take home option) (40
per cent); Tutorial participation (10 per cent).
David Day, Claiming a Continent : a New history of Australia.
Prescribed Text: Texts studied may include Henry Lawson
-While the Billy Boils, Barbara Baynton -Bush Studies, Henry
Handel Richardson -The Getting of Wisdom, Miles Franklin
-My Brilliant Career (alongside film by Gillian Armstrong),
Patrick White -The Aunts Story,Andrew Mc Gahans - The
White Earth as well as a selection of Australian short fiction
and poetry.
Introduction to the Novel

ENGL1008 (6 units)
First Year Course
Workload: Offered in 2007 and normally in succeeding years
24 hours of lectures and one 1-hour tutorial per week
Academic Contact: Gillian Elizabeth Anne Russell and Dr Gillian
Russell
Course Description: The novel in English has been one of the
most influential (and controversial) of modern literary forms.
From the seventeenth century to the publicity surrounding the

Booker Prize or the Oprah Book Club, readers and commentators
have argued about the value and relevance of prose fiction: are
novels good or bad for you?; how, why and should we get
lost in a book?; what constitutes a novel in the first place?;
does the novel have a future in the electronic age? This course
is an introduction to the novel that explores these questions
with reference to a selection of texts, ranging from the early
nineteenth to the early twenty-first century. Novels to be
studied will include: Jane Austen, Northanger Abbey, Mary
Shelley, Frankenstein, H. G. Wells, The War of the Worlds, Jasper
Fforde, The Eyre Affair, Peter Carey, True History of the Kelly
Gang.
Indicative Assessment: 750 word essay (20 per cent), research
exercise (15 per cent) and 1,500 word essay (40 per cent), final
two-hour examination (25 per cent).
in the nations growth. Students will read and study literary

and popular works of this period. Key topics to be discussed
include the development of a representative/national literature;
responses to slavery; the writer in the marketplace; womens
writing.
Indicative Assessment: One essay of 1500 words (40 per cent);
One essay of 2500 words (50 per cent); tutorial attendance/
participation (10 per cent). The first essay will be focused on
a single set text and the second essay will be a comparative
question that will require knowledge of at least two set
texts. Students will also be expected to demonstrate a broad
knowledge of the themes and texts covered in the course.
* Whitman, W, Leaves of Grass
* Dickinson, E, Selected Poems
Jane Austen: Northanger Abbey (Penguin Classics)
19th & 20th Century Literature

ENGL2008 (6 units)
Exploring Poetry
ENGL1009 (6 units)
Later Year Course
First Year Course

Workload: 24 Hours of lectures and one 1-hour tutorial per
week.
Academic Contact: Dr Melinda Harvey
Course Description: : This course is intended to help students
to think, talk and write about poetry. No prior knowledge is
assumed; the course is designed to offer a useful introduction.
But if you have already read some poetry, this course will
deepen your appreciation and enjoyment of it. Poetry studied
will range from the 15th century to the present, from
Renaissance sonnets to Sylvia Plaths Arielpoems. There will
bea special in-depth studies of T.S. Eliots The Waste Land.
Students will be given a broad picture of the history and
development of poetry in English, as well as an introduction
to key critical terms. The course also serves as a general
introduction to the methods of literary criticism. Teaching
and assessment will aim at developing each students capacity
to explore his or her own responses to what they read, to
construct cogent arguments and to write and speak clearly.
Indicative Assessment: 1 x 700 word close reading of a poem
(15 per cent), 1 x 1500 word essay (40 per cent), 1 x 2 hour
exam (35 per cent), Tutorial participation (10 per cent).
Prescribed Text:
The Norton Anthology of Poetry, Ferguson, Salter & Stallworthy
eds. 5th Edition.

Workload: Normally offered in successive years. : This course is
open to all students but is required for Honours. : 20 hours of
lectures and one 1-hour tutorial per week
Prerequisites: Any two English courses.
Course Description: This course spans an historical era of
enormous range and significance: from the blissful dawn of
the French Revolution in 1789 to the years of World War II;
from the publication of William Blakes Songs of Innocence to
the completion of T. S. Eliots Four Quartets; from Romanticism
to Modernism. This is a vast literary-historical panorama, and
yet there are many discernible, essential and vital continuities
between the writers and texts on this course. These major
writers and especially challenging texts have been amongst the
most influential of all in setting the agenda for modern literary
practice in our language, as well as for modern conceptions
and theories of literature. Writers studied will include Blake,
Wordsworth, Yeats, Eliot and Joyce.
Indicative Assessment: One in-class exercise, one 2000-word
essay and a final two-hour examination
The Norton Anthology of English Literature, 7th edn., vol. 2A,
The Romantic Period
Contemporary Australian Writing

ENGL2011 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Democratic Vistas: Aspects of Nineteenth Century

American Literature
ENGL2005 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Academic Contact: Dr Monique Rooney
Course Description: This course provides an overview of recent

developments and new directions in Australian writing, across a
range of genres from fiction and poetry to forms that blur the
boundaries between fiction and non-fiction.
Indicative Assessment: Written assignments totally 4,000 words.
Workload: One 1.5-hour lecture and one 1-hour tutorial per

week. Approx. 6 hours reading/writing time per week.
Workload: 20 Hours of lectures and 1 hour tutorial per week.

Academic Contact: To Be Advised
Course Description: This course provides and overview of key

developments in American literature during a formative period
251
Renaissance & England

ENGL2056 (6 units)
R.L. Stevenson, The Strange Case of Dr Jekyll and Mr Hyde
Later Year Course
and selected film adaptations of each novel.

Normally students could expect to spend 8 hours per week on
work related to this course.
Academic Contact: Graham Cullum
Prerequisites: Any two First Year English courses or comparable
expertise in historical or cultural studies.
Assumed Knowledge and Required Skills: Those relevant to the
courses indicated under eligibility above.
Course Description: The course will examine a wide range
of literary works from the sixteenth and early seventeenth
centuries. It will also explore some connections between English
literature and the European Renaissance, including creative
translations and some parallel developments in painting and
music. Works by Wyatt, Surrey, Spenser, Shakespeare, Jonson
and Milton will provide the focus for study.
Indicative Assessment: 2,500 word essay (50 per cent) and final
examination (50 per cent).
* Norbrook, D (ed), The Penguin Book of Renaissance Verse
* Shakespeare, Troilus & Cressida; Shakespeare, Timon of Athens
* Milton, Paradise Lost
Prescribed Text:
Norbrook, D (Ed.), The Penguin Book of Renaissance Verse
Shakespeare, Troilus and Cressida and Timon of Athens
Milton, Paradise Lost
Classic Novel into Film

ENGL2067 (6 units)
Later Year Course
H, James, Portrait of a Lady
Empire & its Fictions

ENGL2068 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Workload: One lecture per week (20 hours of lectures in total in
the semester) and one 1 hour tutorial per week.
Prerequisites: Any two English courses, or with the permission
of the Convener of English
Assumed Knowledge and Required Skills: The knowledge and
skills acquired from completing two English courses successfully.
Course Description: This course examines some landmarks
in the literary history of late 19th and early 20th century
imperialism. The focus is on novels of the British Empire,
although a French novel in English translation will also be
studied. The course involves the analysis of literary works
and investigation of germane contexts (political, social,
literary etc). Particular attention will be paid to issues of race
relations, gender and class generated by the texts. The course
will explore some significant metropolitan works that are
striated by empire and its discontents. The set texts include
novels by H. Rider Haggard, Joseph Conrad, H.G. Wells, Evelyn
Waugh, and Louis-Ferdinand Celine.
Indicative Assessment: Written assignments totalling 4,000
words. Normally one critical essay due in mid-semester and one
critical essay due at the end of semester.
* Haggard, H. Rider, King Solomons Mines
* Conrad, J, Heart of Darkness
Prescribed Text:
H. Rider Haggard, King Solomons Mines (Oxford Worlds
Classics)
Workload: 20 hours of lectures and one 1-hour tutorial per

week and a number of film viewing sessions of up to 2 1/2
hours.
H. Rider Haggard, She (Oxford Worlds Classics)
Normally students could expect to spend 8 hours per week on

work related to this course.
H.G. Wells, The War of the Worlds (Penguin Classics)
Academic Contact: Graham Cullum
J. Conrad, The Secret Agent (Oxford Worlds Classics)
J. Conrad, Heart of Darkness and Other Tales (Oxford Worlds

Classics)
Bram Stoker, Dracula (Broadview)
Prerequisites: Any two first year English courses or FILM1002

and FILM1003.
E. Waugh, Decline and Fall (Penguin)
Assumed Knowledge and Required Skills: Those relevant to the

courses indicated under eligibility above.
L-F Celine, Journey to the End of the Night (New Directions)
E. Waugh, Black Mischief (Penguin)
Course Description: An exploration of four 19th Century novels

and how they have been turned into movies. The set texts will
be Jane Austens Persuasion, Leo Tolstoys Anna Karenina, Henry
Jamess The Portrait of a Lady and R.L. Stevensons The Strange
Case of Dr Jekyll and Mr Hyde.
Modern Novel Into Film

ENGL2069 (6 units)
Indicative Assessment: Written assessments totally 4,000 words.
Workload: One 1.5 hour lecture and 1-hour tutorial per week.
Some film screenings. Approximately 4-6 hours reading/writing
time per week.
* Tolstoy, L. Anna Karenina,
* James, H. The Portrait of a Lady
Prescribed Text:
L. Tolstoy, Anna Karenina
J. Austen, Persuasion
252
Later Year Course


Prerequisites: Any two English courses or Intro to Film Studies
FILM1001A/B or FILM1002 and FILM1003.
Course Description: An exploration of a number of novels and

films, including Joseph Conrads Heart of Darkness (paired with
the film Apocalypse Now), Philip K. Dicks Do Androids Dream
of Electric Sleep? (paired with the film Blade Runner) and Irvine
Welshs Trainspotting.
Indicative Assessment: Two essays of 2000 words (45 per
cent); tutorial attendance/participation (10 per cent). Essays
are focused on a novel/film pair. Students are expected to
familiarise themselves with theories of adaptation to be covered
in lectures and made available in secondary reading material.
Preliminary Reading: * Conrad, J, Heart of Darkness
Jane Austen History & Fiction

ENGL2074 (6 units)
Later Year Course
your own creative writing.

For further details, please contact Lucy.Neave@anu.edu.au by
January 23, 2009.
Course Description: Who would not wish to be a published
author? This course provides an introduction to creative
writing of various kinds, chiefly short-story prose and poetry,
in a workshop situation in which recent and, in particular,
contemporary writing, made available in a reading brick, will
be critically analysed and, where appropriate, used as a model.
Stylistic diversity will be encouraged and the workshop will
ensure close discussion of, and feedback on, student work. The
course will include some consideration of the practical process
of publishing.
Indicative Assessment: 1,500 word essay (25 per cent), written
and oral critiques of student writing (15 per cent) and portfolio
of creative work: 60 per cent

Academic Contact: Gillian Elizabeth Anne Russell and Dr Gillian
Russell
Creative Writing 3: Advanced Fiction

ENGL2078 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Prerequisites: Any two English courses
Incompatibility: ENHI2001 or HIST2006 Jane Austen in History.
Workload: Normally offered in alternate years. : 3 contact hours

per week during semester; approximately 4 hours preparation/
writing time on average per week.
Course Description: This interdisciplinary course will focus

on five novels by Jane Austen: Pride and Prejudice, Sense
and Sensibility, Mansfield Park, Emma and Persuasion. Each
novel will provide a starting point from which well explore
the representation of broad themes of historical and literary
significance relating to late eighteenth and early nineteenth
century Britain. We shall examine the ways in which knowledge
of the period in which Austen wrote enriches our understanding
of her fiction and how the novels in turn participate in certain
crucial debates and developments of the period. Topics to be
covered will include the representation with the novels of
the following: the Navy, marriage and adultery, fashion and
consumption, slavery and empire, the landed estate, Bath,
the concept of improvement, the female reading public and
its institutions, leisure, the Gothic, ideas of the family and
domesticity, music, the theatre, female friendship, philanthropy
and science. We shall also examine the significance of the
Austen craze with reference to film and television versions of
the novels as well as Austens presence on the internet.
Indicative Assessment: Tutorial participation (10 per cent), 1,500
word essay (40 per cent) and 2,500 word essay (50 per cent).
Preliminary Reading: Jane Austen, Sense and Sensibility (Oxford
Worlds Classics)
Creative Writing
ENGL2076 (6 units)
Academic Contact: Ms Lucy Neave

Prerequisites: Creative Writing: ENGL2076 or permission of the
convenor
Recommended: ENGL2076
Course Description: In this unit, students will write a series
of short stories, experimenting with a variety of forms, styles
and genres. Through the workshop process, story ideas will
be subject to critique, and students will be encouraged to
develop their early drafts. Lectures will address theoretical and
practical concerns involved in writing fiction, and will examine
contemporary short fiction and novels as examples. Close
reading of published fiction is intended to inform students
own work. The course will include some consideration of the
practical processes involved in publishing stories and longer
works.
Indicative Assessment: Portfolio (60 per cent), essay (25 per
cent) and oral and written critiques of other students? work
(15 per cent).
Prescribed Text: Reading Brick
Modernist Literature 1890-1940

ENGL2080 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Later Year Course
Workload: 13 lectures, weekly tutorials
Workload: 7-8 hours per week on average including 3 contact

hours.
Academic Contact: Melinda Harvey
Academic Contact: Ms Lucy Neave

Prerequisites: A credit average in first-year English or with the
permission of Convener.
This new course will have a maximum enrolment of 50 students.
Those wishing to enrol should have a Credit average in first year,
and submit a short statement (in 500 words or less) indicating
why they want to do the course and enclose a short piece of
Prerequisites: Any 2 First Year Courses

Course Description: This course is a survey of the key literary
texts of the international movement in the arts known as
Modernism. While the emphasis is on the classic writings of
the period 1890-1940 - that is, works by writers such as Joseph
Conrad, D. H. Lawrence, William Faulkner and Virginia Woolf
- some less well-known Modernists such as Jean Rhys and
Katherine Mansfield will be considered. The course will consider
253
Modernism within the context of historical upheavals such

as World War I, the Russian Revolution, the Great Depression
and the rise of Fascism as well as cultural changes such as the
first wave feminism and the impact of new technologies (the
cinema, the motor car, the gramophone, and so on).
Indicative Assessment: 1,500 essay 40 per cent, 2,500 essay 50
per cent, tutorial participation 10 per cent
Australian Crimes: Crime narratives on page, stage

& screen
ENGL2081 (6 units)
Course Description: A study of selected poetry, prose and drama

from the late 16th, 17th and 18th centuries. Discussions of the
set texts will be at an advanced level and will raise wider issues
of critical theory and practice. Authors to be studied will include
Shakespeare, Donne, Marvell, Milton, Rochester, Behn, Dryden,
Swift, Pope and Johnson.
Indicative Assessment: Written assignments totalling
4,000 words: 100 per cent. Normally one critical essay due
mid-semester and a second essay due at the end of semester.
Preliminary Reading: Shakespeare, W., Twelfth Night
Later Year Course
Prescribed Text: The Norton Anthology of English Literature,

Eighth Edition, Volume 1.
This course is open to all students but is required for Honours
Workload: Course delivered through a combination of small

and large group teaching. Lectures and course syllabus will ba
available online.
English IV Honours (S)

ENGL4005F (24 units each Semester)
Later Year Course

FILM1001A/B or FILM1002 and FILM1003 or with permission of
the convenor.
Course Description: This course examines a range of Australian

literary, theatrical and cinematic crime narratives from the
19th century to the present. It explores Australian literary,
stage and screen history through the ideas of crime and the
criminal, introducing students to key 19th and 20th century
Australian texts and investigating the relationships between
literature, ethics, law and society. It also introduces students to
a range of critical approaches to reading generic or popular
fiction and film. Writers considered may include Marcus Clarke,
Mary Fortune, Fergus Hume, Peter Temple, Doris Pilkington and
Andrew McGahan.
Workload: 3 x 26 hours (seminar contact)

Thesis of 12,000 - 15,000 words.
Assumed Knowledge and Required Skills: see eligibility
Course Description: In the first semester full-time students will
normally take two courses, in the second semester full-time
students will complete a sub-thesis of 12,000-15,000 words and
take one course.
In 2009 the course choices are:
Semester one:
Marvell
Course Syllabus
Authorship/Authority in 20th Century American Literature
The course will examine a selection of literary, theatrical and

cinematic texts in the context of theories about crime, genre
fiction and the popular. Topics to be addressed include:
Scottish Literature
*Australian true crime as a genre

*theories of genre and/or popular fiction
*reading stolen generation narratives as crime literature
*criminals on the 19th century stage
*crime on film and television
*women and crime
*crime and the Australian city
Indicative Assessment: Essay of 1,500 word essay (35 per cent)
Essay of 2,500 word essay (55 per cent)
Tutorial participation (10 per cent)
Semester two:
Inter war Literature 1919-1939
Shakespeare
Students are expected to consult with the Honours Adviser in
December 2008 about their choice of courses and long essay
topic, and are required to seek approval for their topic, and
commence work on the essay as early in 2009 as possible.
Indicative Assessment: In the first semester full time students
will normally take two courses, in the second semester students
will complete a sub-thesis of 12,000 - 15,000 words and take
one course.

ENGL4005P (12 units each Semester)
16th, 17th & 18th Century Literature (H)

ENGL3005 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Later Year Course
Workload: 3 x 26 hours (seminar contact)
Thesis of 12,000 - 15,000 words.
Workload: One lecture per week (20 hours of lecturesin total in

semester) and one 1 hour tutorial per week.
Course Description: As for ENGL4005F
This course is taken by students undertaking English Honours on

Assumed Knowledge and Required Skills: The Knowledge and

skills acquired from completing two English courses successfully.
254
Assumed Knowledge and Required Skills: See eligibility
Europe in the Modern Era: Foundations of

EURO1004 (6 units)
European Studies IV Honours(S)

EURO4005F
First Year Course
Later Year Course

Workload: 26 hours of lectures and 12 tutorials. Lectures will be
recorded on DLD.

EURO4005P (12 units each Semester)
Academic Contact: Dr Betros
Later Year Course
Incompatibility: EURO1002 Foundations of Modern Europe.
Course Description: This course develops perspectives on the

concept of Europe from the Reformation to the 20th century. It
considers political, social and cultural forces at work in Europe
with respect to elements of unity and diversity, tradition and
innovation.
Among the core themes are the idea of European unity, the
shifting boundaries of European culture and identity, the
development of political, social and economic theory, the
impact of encounters with cultures outside of Europe, the
political and industrial revolutions of the late eighteenth and
nineteenth centuries and the development of states, nations
and empires.
The course provides access to perspectives on modern
Europe, which are critical of prevailing orthodoxies and offers
explanations and interpretations of social, political and cultural
forces at work in Europe. It also introduces students to key
ideas and concepts essential for an understanding of History,
International Relations and Contemporary Europe.
Indicative Assessment: 1,500 word synoptic essay (40 per cent),
2,000 word final essay (50 per cent) and tutorial participation
(10 per cent).
Perry, M. (et al), Western Civilisation: Ideas, Politics and Society,
Houghton Mifflin Co, Boston, 2007.
European Union: Policies, Institutions & Challenges

EURO2003 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Workload: 22 hours of lectures and 11 tutorials. Lectures will be
recorded on DLD.
Academic Contact: Dr Wellings
Course Description: The syllabus reflects the shifting challenges
confronting the European Union. It includes an analysis of the
institutions of the European Union in the context of questions
of European identity, the democratic deficit, Euroscepticism and
likely reforms. The course also covers the nature, history and
evolution of major policies and their impact on member states
as well as the wider debate over the evolution of the European
Union as it confronts `globalisation.
Other considerations include the perspective of member states
on issues like defence, social policy, culture and enlargement;
and the European Union in the world, as an expanding regional
bloc. By taking an overall thematic approach, the course will
equip students with an understanding of the European Union
and the issues it confronts and engenders.
Indicative Assessment: One research essay of 2,500 words (60
per cent) and one shorter essay of 1,500 words (40 per cent).
Contemporary Europe IV Honours(S)

EURO4105F (24 units each Semester)
Later Year Course

Later Year Course
Introduction to Film Studies

FILM1002 (6 units)
First Year Course
Workload: Two 1-hour lectures, one 1-hour tutorial, and a
two hour film screening per week. In addition students will be
required to spend up to 5 hours per week outside the course,
reviewing films and preparing tutorial responses.
Academic Contact: Dr Gino Moliterno
Assumed Knowledge and Required Skills: No assumption of
having done a prior film or media course.
Recommended: For students contemplating a Film Studies
major, we strongly recommend taking this course ahead of FILM
1003.
Incompatibility: FILM1001A Introduction to Film Studies Part A
and FILM1001B Introduction to Film Studies Part B
Course Description: This course is intended as an introduction
to the history and aesthetics of film, as well as a primer in film
analysis. Building on an acquired understanding of the elements
of film technique, students will address questions of narrative,
spectatorship, and a consideration of film as social and cultural
document.
Indicative Assessment: A 2000 word analytical essay, due
mid-semester, weighted 50 per cent, plus a two-hour end of
semester exam, worth 50 per cent.
Prescribed Text:
Maria Pramaggiore and Tom Wallis, Film: A Critical Introduction
(London: Lawrence King, 2008)
Introduction to Film Genres

FILM1003 (6 units)
First Year Course
Workload: Two 1-hour lectures, one tutorial and two hour film
screening per week. In addition students would be required to
255
spend up to 5 extra hours per week reviewing films and doing

tutorial and other secondary reading.
European Cinemas, European Societies

FILM2003 (6 units)
Academic Contact: Dr Roger Hillman
Later Year Course
Prerequisites: None. But for students contemplating a Film

Studies major, we strongly recommend taking FILM1002 ahead
of this course
Assumed Knowledge and Required Skills: Students will be

assumed to have a basic knowledge of textual and film analysis,
gained in FILM1002 or equivalent.
Incompatibility: FILM1001A Introduction to Film Studies Part A
and FILM1001B Introduction to Film Studies Part B
Course Description: This course is intended as an introduction
to the theory and historical evolution of film genres. A crucial
aspect of Film Studies, especially as viewed from the US, film
genres can also enrich understanding of literary genres and of
some of the determinants of new media forms. Genres studied
include film noir, comedy, the musical, the Western, the road
movie, and many others.
Indicative Assessment: One 2,000 word theoretical essay, due
mid-semester, weighted 50 per cent; one 2-hour end-ofsemester exam, weighted 50 per cent.
Prescribed Text:
Barry Langford, Film Genre: Hollywood and Beyond (Edinburgh
University Press, 2005)
For students contemplating a Film Studies major, we strongly
recommend taking FILM1002 ahead of this course.
Play into Film: The Cinematic Adaptation of

Theatrical Texts
FILM2002 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Workload: One 3 hour session comprising of lecture and film
screening per week; one 1-hour tutorial workshop per week;
students would also be required to spend up to 5 hours per
week reading plays and preparing for the workshop session
Academic Contact: Dr Gino Moliterno and Ms Rebecca Clifford
Prerequisites: For those students taking it as part of a major
in Film Studies, the pre-requisites are Intro to Film Studies
FILM1002 and FILM1003, or, for those taking it as part of a
Drama major, two courses in Drama.
assumed to have a basic knowledge of textual and film analysis
plus some familiarity with theatrical history and conventions.
Workload: One 1-hour lecture, one 1-hour tutorial and a 2-hour

film screening per week.
In addition students would be required to spend up to 5
hours per week reviewing films and doing tutorial and other
supplementary reading.
Prerequisites: For Film Studies major, Intro to Film Studies
FILM1002 and Intro to Film Genres FILM1003, or two courses
from the Faculty of Arts or permission of the Coordinator.
There is no language prerequisite. Films not in English are
subtitled.
assumed to have a basic knowledge of film analysis and of film
genres gained in FILM1002 and FILM1003.
Recommended: History on Film, HIST2136
Course Description: The course examines how selected
postwar European cinema movements and filmmakers have
used film as a way to represent the past. The main focus is on
issues - aesthetic, cultural and industrial - arising from the
representation of history in film. Chronologically the course
extends from a retrospective view of Stalinism in Burnt by the
Sun to the present; it also includes cult art-house films whose
historical contexts are still of particular significance (Hiroshima,
mon amour). The interplay between fact, fiction and memory
foregrounds the role of film in creating or perpetuating cultural
myths via historical themes. Discourses addressed include
national identities, the aestheticisation of fascism and the
limits of representation. The course will combine the symbolic
dimension of (political) history with the social dimension of
(film) art. In this it complements Postwar European Cinema:
Films and Directors (FILM2004).
Indicative Assessment: One 1500 - 2000 word critical essay, due
mid-semester, weighted 45 per cent; a second 1500-2000 word
critical essay, due end of semester, weighted 55 per cent.
Forbes, Jill and Street, Sarah, European Cinema: An Introduction.
Prescribed Text: Reading brick prepared by lecturer.
Directing for the Camera

FILM2007 (6 units)
Course Description: Cinema has a rich tradition of attempts

to translate theatrical texts into film. If at one level such
attempts can be appreciated simply as productions of the
plays in question, at another level such adaptations bring to
the fore the specificity of theatre and film as distinct forms of
representation working within differing conventions. The course
thus covers a number of films adapted from plays not merely
with the intention of gauging the fidelity of the adaptation
to the original, but more importantly in order to explore the
complex dynamics of exchange between these two different
forms of representation.
Later Year Course
Indicative Assessment: Two 1,500 word essays addressing

theoretical issues, one due mid-semester, one due end-ofsemester, each weighted 35 per cent; tutorial workshop
participation, assessed weekly, weighted at 30 per cent.
Course Description: In this course students will analyse the

process of translating scripts into visual images for the camera
through an examination of the work of a number of film
directors including Kazan, Hitchcock, Altman, Welles, Spielberg,
256

Workload: One 2-hour session for lecture and film viewing
(excerpts) plus one 2-hour session for directing workshops
and film making per week. Students will be expected to work
outside these hours if necessary.
Prerequisites: Permission of the Coordinator is required for
entry to this course. Note: preference will be given to students
who are undertaking a Film Studies or Drama major.
Weir, and others. It will also include a practical workshop in

which students will study the process of directing actors and
the process of film making.
Indicative Assessment: Storyboard (30 per cent), logbook (30 per
cent) and film project (40 per cent).
Prescribed Text: To be selected from the following:
Film Directing Shot by Shot: Visualizing from Concept to
Screen by Steven D Katz
The Directors Journey: The Creative Collaboration Between
Directors, Writers and Actors by Mark W Travis
Directing Actors: Creating Memorable Performances for Film
and Television by Judith Weston
A Reading Brick available from the School of Humanities
Administration Office
Documentary: Real Life in Virtual Space

FILM2010 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Workload: 3 hour combined lecture and screening and a one
hour tutorial/seminar per week
Academic Contact: Dr Cathie Summerhayes
Prerequisites: For students taking this course as part of the
Film Studies major, Introduction to Film Studies FILM1001.
Otherwise, 12 first year units from or accredited by the Faculty
of Arts.
Assumed Knowledge and Required Skills: Film Analysis
Course Description: This course offers a broad study of
documentary film and theory which addresses the many kinds
of style, form, content and social performance issues related to
documentary filmmaking and reception. Films will range from
early documentary through to animated and experimental/
art documentary, transcultural, and web-based documentary;
screeenings will include documentaries made for television
as well as for theatrical release. The course will particularly
focus on the significance of documentary as a non-fiction
format and will interrogate the relationship between past and
present filmmaking technologies and the blurring of fiction and
non-fiction in documentary film. Discussions will also include
the categories of docudrama and mocumentary. Students
who take this course will develop a broad understanding of
non-fiction film and the ways in which documentary films
operate in a social context -as unreal presentations of time and
space in real life.
Indicative Assessment: Tutorial presentation and participation
(20 per cent), 1,500-2,000 word essay (40 per cent) 1,500-2,000
word essay (40 per cent).
Prescribed Text:
Nichols, Bill, Introduction to Documentary, Bloomington, Ind.:
Indiana University Press, 2001
There will also be a brick of readings (also available
electronically) prepared by the lecturer for this course.
Film Studies IV Honours (S) Fulltime

FILM4005F (24 units each Semester)
Later Year Course
Academic Contact: Dr Catherine Summerhayes
Course Description: Film Studies IV (Honours)

(a) Either two 1-semester courses or an Internship and one
1-semester course; each 30 per cent.
(b) A research thesis of 15,000 words on an approved topic 40
per cent.
Combined Honours Program in Film Studies:
Film Studies offers a combined Honours program in
combination with any area in the Faculty of Arts where the
combination makes academic sense.
The Honours Year will comprise:
(a) a one-semester Film course
(b) coursework prescribed by the other Honours Program
(c) a research thesis of 15,000 words on a topic approved by
both areas.

FILM4005P (12 units each Semester)
Later Year Course
Course Description: As for FILM4005F
This course is taken by students undertaking Film Studies
details.
Introductory French I
FREN1003 (6 units)
First Year Course
Workload: 5 hours of classes per week
Academic Contact: Dr Louise Maurer
Course Description: An intensive course giving grounding in
basic vocabulary, pronunciation and grammar sufficient to
become functional at an elementary level, both in written and
spoken French (eg learning tenses necessary to operate in the
past, present and future). The textbook will be complemented
by additional video-viewing, language and computer laboratory
sessions and there will be constant exposure to the diverse
facets of French culture and society.
Indicative Assessment: Regular homework (20 per cent), two
written tests (40 per cent), two comprehension tests (20 per
cent) and participation in set activities and oral presentation
(20 per cent).
Introductory French II
FREN1004 (6 units)
First Year Course
Prerequisites: Introductory French 1 FREN1003 or equivalent
demonstrated, previous study of French or active contact with
the language.
Course Description: Further intensive study of the language, to
improve vocabulary, pronunciation and grammar, with a view
to developing self-expression both in writing and speaking.
Introduction to authentic short texts (literary and other) and
257
further listening practice to enable students to deal with more

everyday situations as well as to develop and share a critical
understanding of French culture and society.
Indicative Assessment: Regular Homework (20 per cent), two
written tests (40 per cent), two comprehension tests (20 per
cent), participation in set activities and oral presentation (20
per cent).
Selected Topics in French Studies

FREN2021 (6 units)
to be of importance in present times. Focus is given to three

particular themes: women and the French feminist movement,
tensions between religion(s) and political power and the
migrant presence in France. A broad range of readings,
documentaries, film extracts and songs are used as teaching
and learning materials.
Indicative Assessment: Oral presentation (25 per cent), 2,000
word essay (50 per cent) and an in-class test (25 per cent).
Later Year Course
French Literature & The Pacific

FREN2022 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Workload: 33 hours of lectures and seminars
Prerequisites: For Semester 1: Intermediate French 2 FREN3007

or permission of the convenor.
Workload: 33 hours of lectures and seminars
For Semester 2: Continuing French 1 FREN 2024, or permission

of the convenor. This course is designed to cater for both
Continuing French 2 and Intermediate level students. Students
who have already completed Intermediate French 2 (FREN 3007)
should select another Later Year course.
Prerequisites: Intermediate French 2 FREN3007 or equivalent.
Course Description: This will vary from year to year depending

on the lecturer. Topics for 2009 are listed below.
Topic: Representations of French culture: community and
nation in the age of globalisation
Prerequisites: Intermediate French 2 (FREN3007) or permission
of Convener.
Course Description: This course will focus on representations of
region, city and community in a range of French cinematic and
literary works, and how these various forms of local or national
representation relate to broader, global concerns. Attention will
be given to the historical context (national and international)
against which these works were produced and received,
including the question of genre.
word essay (50 per cent) and other work (25 per cent).
Topic: Aspects of contemporary French society and culture.
Prerequisites: Continuing French 1 FREN 2024, or permission of
Convener. This course is designed to cater for both Continuing
French 2 and Intermediate level students. Students who have
already completed Intermediate French 2 (FREN 3007) should
select another Later Year course.
Course Description: This course will examine aspects of
contemporary French society and culture.
Academic Contact: Dr Peter Brown

Course Description: The South Pacific has been a privileged
locus of European and particularly French imaginative
projection since the 18th century. The course will examine
French attitudes, as expressed in philosophy and imaginative
literature relating to the Pacific, to such categories as the
exotic; knowledge; innocence; the savage, both noble and
ignoble; civilisation; nature; in an attempt to understand one of
Europes major encounters with itself through the Other.
Continuing French I
FREN2024 (6 units)
Later Year Course
All new students with prior knowledge of French are required to
contact the course coordinator before enrolling.
Prerequisites: Introductory French 2 FREN1004 or equivalent, as
demonstrated by test results.
Course Description: This is an intensive course building on
French language and culture acquired in FREN1004. The aim is
to expand students oral and aural skills as well as reading and
writing skills. It is also to learn, and reflect on, different aspects
of French culture and society through the introductory study of
literary texts and the use of a variety of written and audiovisual material.
Indicative Assessment: Grammar (25 per cent), culture (25 per
cent), reading (25 per cent), oral (25 per cent).

Continuing French II
FREN2025 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Topic: Social movements in French history (women, religion(s)

& migrants)

Prerequisites: Intermediate French 2 (FREN3007) or permission
of Convener.
Course Description: This course reflects on social movements
which have shaped French society in the past and continue
258

All new students with prior knowledge of French are required to
contact the course coordinator before enrolling.
Prerequisites: Continuing French 1 FREN2024 or equivalent, as
Course Description: This is an intensive course building

on the language skills and cultural knowledge acquired in
FREN2024. The aim is to develop further students reading,
writing, listening and speaking skills in French and to acquire
an appreciation of Francophone cultures. It is also intended
to develop the capacity to reflect critically on cross-cultural
differences between Francophone cultures and other cultures.
Indicative Assessment: Grammar (25 per cent), culture (25 per
cent), reading (25 per cent), and oral (25 per cent).
New Caledonia: Field Work & Research

FREN2026 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Prerequisites: For students taking the course as part of a French
major: FREN3007 Intermediate French II or the permission of
the Convener.
Course Description: This course, including an intensive
in-country component, will explore aspects of New Caledonian
culture, particularly through a study of recent imaginative
literature. New Caledonia has undergone considerable change
in recent years, emerging from near civil war in the 1980s to a
consensus for constitutional transition. Coursework will take
place at the ANU and in New Caledonia, where there will also
be excursions to the old convict penitentiary, the new Kanak
Customary Senate, the Tjibaou Cultural Centre, and a stay in a
Kanak village in the Northern Province.
Indicative Assessment: Coursework (35 per cent), fieldwork
report (25 per cent) and research essay (40 per cent).
Intermediate French I
FREN3006 (6 units)

Course Description: An integrated course on aspects of French
language, culture and society. Language skills emphasised are
listening comprehension, an ability to produce spoken French,
and the reading and writing of extended pieces of authentic
French. The course includes systematic grammar revision and
extension, study of selected literary texts, mainly of the 20th
century. All classes are in French.
Indicative Assessment: Literature tasks (25 per cent), essay/
test on French society and culture (25 per cent), grammar and
writing exercises and tests (25 per cent) and oral/aural tasks (25
per cent).
Advanced French I
FREN3008 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Workload: 3.5 hours of classes per week plus project work
Course Description: The course aims to equip students to
understand and use French at an advanced level. A variety of
texts and other materials, literary, journalistic and visual are
used for comprehension, oral and written work.
Indicative Assessment: Oral and Culture presentation and test
(40 per cent), written assignments and test (30 per cent) and
one literature essay and test (30 per cent)
Advanced French II
FREN3009 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Later Year Course
Workload: 3.5 hours of classes per week plus project work
Prerequisites: Advanced French 1 FREN3008 or equivalent.
Prerequisites: Continuing French 2 FREN2025 or equivalent, as

Course Description: Written work at an advanced level on

selected literary and journalistic texts as well as multimedia
material. The oral and culture class will develop students
autonomy as mature speakers of French.
Course Description: An integrated course on aspects of

French language, culture and society, designed to improve the
students competence in understanding, speaking, reading and
writing in the language, and to acquaint them with aspects
of contemporary French society. The course comprises an oral
class, a grammar and writing class, a class on French society and
culture, and a reading class using literary texts. All classes are
held in French.
Indicative Assessment: Literature tasks (25 per cent), essay/
test on French society and culture (25 per cent), grammar and
writing exercises and tests (25 per cent) and oral/aural tasks,
test and participation (25 per cent).
Intermediate French II
FREN3007 (6 units)
Indicative Assessment: Oral and Culture presentation and test

(40 per cent), written assignments and test (30 per cent), and
one literature essay and test (30 per cent).
French IV Honours (S)

FREN4005F (24 units each Semester)
Later Year Course
Course Description: French Honours IV normally comprises:
(a) two coursework components worth 40 per cent in all;
Later Year Course
(b) thesis of 12-15,000 words, written in French, worth 50 per

cent; and
(c) other thesis-related work, worth 10 per cent.
259
It has become common practice for students to spend one

semester of the Honours Year at a French or Francophone
University, undertaking an approved program of study. For the
other semester they complete the other requirements (thesis,
dissertations etc) for Honours in French. Those students who
cannot spend a semester in France should see the Convener for
further information regarding coursework arrangements and
requirements.
There is also a reading brick which includes articles and book

chapters by authors such as Particia Hill-Collins, Jeffrey Weeks,
Bronwyn Davies, Ann Fausto-Sterling and Emily Martin.
Reading Popular Culture: An Introduction to

Cultural Studies
GEND1002 (6 units)
First Year Course

FREN4005P (12 units each Semester)
Later Year Course
Academic Contact: Dr Rosanne Kennedy
Course Description: This course will introduce the field of

cultural studies by teaching students how to do a cultural study
of an object. In class, we will take as our examples products
such as the iPOD, the Holden and the Barbie doll - all of which
have been the objects of major marketing campaigns nationally
and internationally, and of academic research by feminist and
cultural critics.

Course Description: As for FREN4005F
This course is taken by students undertaking French Honours on
Sex, Gender & Identity: An Introduction to Gender

Studies
GEND1001 (6 units)
First Year Course
Workload: 24 hours of lectures and 12 hours of tutorials
4-7 hours of independent study depending on assessment
schedule.
Academic Contact: Dr Helen Keane
Course Description: How are womens and mens identities
shaped by society? In what ways are mens and womens
lives different and in what ways are they similar? How do we
learn to become proper women and men? How do gender
relations intersect with race, class and sexuality? This course
gives an accessible and lively introduction to Gender Studies.
It introduces the key concepts of gender, sexuality, femininity
and masculinity, and the key idea that gender is socially
constructed. The course includes case studies of three areas
of popular controversy in gender relations: sex and sexuality
(bodies, cosmetic surgery, sport, etc.); images of women and
men in the media; and mens and womens experiences of
violence. These case studies are used to explore the significance
of gender analysis in understanding social and cultural life, and
to introduce the diversity of feminist approaches within Gender
Studies.
Indicative Assessment: Reading report (15 per cent) (500 words)
Essay (35 per cent) (1500 words)
Reflective Excercise 15 per cent (500 words)
Tutorial Presentation and Report (25 per cent) (500 words)
Tutorial Attendance and Participation 10 per cent
Tutorial attendance is compulsory.
Connell, R.W. (2002) The Question of Gender. From Gender,
Cambridge; Polity Press
Prescribed Text:
The course uses a textbook, Anne Cranny-Francis et al (2004)
Gender Studies: Terms and Debates, Basingstoke: Palgrave.
We will examine:
1) how objects such as the iPOD, the Holden and the Barbie
doll have been represented in advertising and in product
promotions;
2) how these representations construct identities that become
associated with and are used to sell the product;
3) how objects are consumed or used by different cultural
groups, and
4) the global processes of production and product regulation.
In the first half of the course, students will be introduced to
semiotics, a method that is widely used by cultural and feminist
critics to study how meanings are produced in images and
texts, and to theories of identity and subjectivity. By the end
of the course, students should have a basic understanding of
key concepts shared by cultural and gender studies, including
representation, culture, the sign, identity, production and
consumption.
Indicative Assessment: Tutorial exercises 400 words (10 per
cent) and participation (10 per cent), a semiotic analysis (35 per
cent) and a short final project (45 per cent).
The semiotic analysis is due in the middle of term and is
approximately 1200 words in length.
The final essay (1750 words) is due the week after the last
lecture.
Regular attendance at tutorial is compulsory. If you miss more
than 2 tutorials without a medical certificate, you may be
barred from handing in the final assessment.
* Stuart Hall (ed), Representation: Cultural Representations and
Signifying Practices, the Open University/ Sage 1997
* Roland Barthes, Mythologies, London, 1972
* Paul du Gay and Stuart Hall, Doing Cultural Studies: The Story
of the Sony Walkman, Sage, 1997
Trauma, Memory & Culture

GEND2021 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Workload: Offered in alternate years
20 hours of lectures and 12 hours of tutorial, plus film
screenings
260
Academic Contact: Dr Kennedy

Prerequisites: GEND1002 Reading Popular Culture: An
Introduction to Cultural Studies recommended or with the
permission of the Convener.
Incompatibility: WOMS2021 Trauma, Memory and Culture
Course Description: This course is concerned with the cultural
politics of memory and trauma. Whose memories are sought,
believed and commemorated in the public sphere? What
problems do traumatic events present for those attempting
to commemorate or represent them? Is trauma a useful crosscultural concept? We will begin by tracing the history of the
concept of trauma in psychoanalysis, medicine and popular
culture. Next, students will be introduced to theories of memory
and trauma drawn from cultural studies, anthropology, history,
psychoanalysis, and feminist theory. We will study the cultural
politics of trauma and memory in relation to two events the Holocaust and the Stolen Generations. In particular, we
will consider the relationship between trauma, history and
mourning, the role of public memorials, and the problem of
forgetting. Texts for study will include autobiographies, films,
novels, poetry, testimonials, media texts and political essays.
relations and gender/religious identity (Gubra), topics regarded

as taboo in their respective societies.
Indicative Assessment: Students will be assessed thus: 3 writing
assignments: Film review (500 words, 15 per cent) Mid-term
paper (1500 words, 35 per cent) Final paper (1500 words, 40 per
cent) Participation and attendance during tutorial and lecture/
discussions (10 per cent)
Aruna Vasudev, Latika Padgaonkar and Rashmi Doraiswamy, eds.
Being and Becoming, The Cinemas of Asia. India: Macmillan,
2002.
David Hanan, ed. Film in South East Asia: Views from the
Region. SEAPAVAA in association with the Vietnam Film
Institute and the National Screen and Sound Archive of
Australia, 2001.
Robert Stam, Film Theory: an Introduction. Malden, Mass:
Blackwell, 1999.
Transforming Culture: Race, Gender & Nation

GEND2032 (6 units)
Indicative Assessment: 3,000-4,000 words of written work, and

tutorial participation.
Later Year Course
Antze, Paul, and Michael Lambek, eds, Tense Past: Cultural
Essays in Trauma and Memory, New York: Routledge, 1996.
Workload: 13 2-hr weekly lectures and 12 1-hour tutorials
Cinema in Southeast Asia: Genre & Cultural

Identities
GEND2031 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Workload: 19-20 lectures (1.5 hrs a week), 12 weekly tutorials, 2
hr film screening.
Academic Contact: Dr Gaik Cheng Khoo
Prerequisites: Either GEND1001 or GEND 1002; or FILM 1002 or
FILM 1003; or permission from the coordinator
diverse contemporary culture and society of SEAsia as well as to
cinema practices in the region. Since there is too much to cover
in one semester, this survey course will focus broadly on three
categories: national film histories, genres and social themes.
This semester we will focus on cinema from Malaysia, Singapore
and Thailand. A brief summary of cinema in these three
countries will provide students with a sense of the duration
of cinema and cinematic traditions in the region. The sheer
origin of cinema has always signified modernity for Southeast
Asians. With nearly a century of exposure to film in the region,
how has this form become unique to each country through
self-representation and documentation of a society in sociocultural transition and economic and political development?
Assuming that film not only fulfills the function of reflecting
social concerns (through mass entertainment as well as more
political concerns), what are the forms of creative and artistic
expression that are possible to achieve with new technologies
and familiarity with film genres despite censorship and other
socio-economic restrictions? Contemporary independent
filmmakers in the region have broached topics such as
homosexuality (Tropical Malady), teenage gangs (15) race

Prerequisites: GEND 1001 or GEND 1002 or with the permission
of the Coordinator
Course Description: This course will further develop students
knowledge and understanding of concepts and theories of
gender and sex, as well as examining the aims of feminist
theory in general. In particular, the course will trace changes
from the late 1960s to the present in the status of the
categories of women and gender as foundational concepts
in Feminist Theory. In addition, it will consider how theories
of discourse and representation have changed the way
theorists have conceived of women and gender. Topics to
be covered include: biological and cultural theories of sex and
gender; feminist analyses of identity, power and sexuality, the
relationship between gender and differences of race and class;
feminist theory, postmodernism and postfeminism
Indicative Assessment: The recommended assessment for this
course is 3,000- 3,500 words of written work and tutorial
participation.
Preliminary reading:
Stacey, J. Feminist Theory: Capital F, Capital T in V. Robinson
& D. Richardson (eds) Introducing Womens Studies: Feminist
Theory and Practice, MacMillan, 1997.
* Ang, I., Im a Feminist But... Other Women and Postnational
Feminism in B. Caine and R. Pringle, (eds) Transitions: New
Australian Feminisms, Allen & Unwin, 1995.
Going Public: Sex, Sexuality & Feminism

GEND2034 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Workload: In-class time includes ten 1.5 hour lectures, three
2-hr lecture/film screenings and twelve 1-hr tutorials for a
thirteen week course. Preparatory time for the weekly readings
would take another 3 hours per week.
261
Academic Contact: Dr Gaik Cheng-Khoo

Prerequisites: Either GEND1001 or GEND1002, or with the
Convenors permission.
Course Description: This course focuses on how and why sex,
sexuality and feminism have gone public in the last few decades
in the west: in the proliferation of sex talk on 1-800 telephone
lines, on talk shows, internet pornography, the rise of raunch
culture in the late 1990s, prostitution, children and sexuality,
HIV, and its dominant presence in popular culture, media and
the public sphere. What are the effects of the discourses of
sex, sexuality and feminism going public? Is sex empowering
or disempowering? What do feminists think about this current
condition? Our readings will begin from second wave feminism
and other counter-cultural events in the late 1960s onwards.
We will trace their influences on postfeminists and third wave
feminists and follow the continuing debates. Some of the topics
the course might cover include pornography, representation,
reproduction (abortion), the linkages between race/sex/gender/
class, queer sexuality, sexual practices, sexual harassment, child
sexuality, sex work, the global sex trade and issues of intimacy.
This course is taken by students undertaking Gender, Sexuality

and culture Honours on a part-time basis. See full-time entry
German Studies: Introduction to German (1)

GERM1021 (6 units)
First Year Course
Workload: 4 contact hours per week plus approximately 6 hours
of regular work per week outside class.
Academic Contact: Dr Louise Jansen
Course Description: (a) development of basic listening and
reading comprehension skills
(b) development of basic oral and written communication skills
(c) introduction to German grammar
(d) training in and reflection on language learning strategies
(e) life and culture of the German-speaking societies
(f) intercultural communication
A ten minute presentation including a handout to be submitted

before the presentation begins (20 per cent)
Indicative Assessment: This course has continuous assessment

to provide students with regular feedback on their learning
progress. Proposed are: five in-class tests (60 per cent), one
in-class written communication task (20 per cent), one
semester-long, interactive writing project (20 per cent).
Tutorial attendance and participation (10 per cent)
Preliminary Reading: NA
McNair, Brian (2002) Striptease Culture: Sex, Media and the
Democratization of Desire, London: Routledge; Echols, Alice
(2002) Shaky ground: the 60s and its aftershocks, New York:
Columbia University Press; Seidman, Steven (1992) Embattled
Eros: Sexual Politics & Ethics in Contemporary America, New
York: Routledge; Siegel, Deborah (2007) Sisterhood, Interrupted:
From Radical Women to Grrrls Gone Wild, New York: Palgrave
Macmillan; Levy, Ariel (2005) Female Chauvinist Pigs: Women
and the Rise of Raunch Culture, Melbourne: Schwartz.
Prescribed Text:
To be confirmed: Kontakte Textbook and Arbeitsbuch. Sixth
Edition. New York: McGraw-Hill, 2009.
Indicative Assessment: Two written assignments - one mid term

and one final paper, totalling 3,000 - 4,000 words (70 per cent)
Gender, Sexuality & Culture Honours IV

GEND4105F (24 units each Semester)
Later Year Course
Course Description:

(a) A research thesis of 12,000 - 15,000 words on an

approved topic (50 per cent);
(b) Honours seminar in Gender, Sexuality and Culture
including written work totaling 7,000 words (25 per cent);
and
(c) An appropriate 4th year or later year unit taken in the
cognate department or elsewhere in the faculty, assessed at
a fourth year honours level (25 per cent).

GEND4105P (12 units each Semester)
Later Year Course

GERM1022 (6 units)
First Year Course
Prerequisites: GERM1021 or equivalent language proficiency.
Course Description: (a) development of basic listening and
reading comprehension skills
(b) development of basic oral and written communication skills
(c) introduction to German grammar
(d) training in and reflection on language learning strategies
(e) life and culture of the German-speaking societies
(f) intercultural communication
progress. Proposed are: five in-class tests (50 per cent), two
outside-class written assignments (20 per cent), one in-class
written communication task (20 per cent), one oral examination
(10 per cent).
Prescribed Text:
To be confirmed: Kontakte Textbook and Arbeitsbuch. Sixth
Edition. New York: McGraw-Hill, 2009.
Postwar German Society

GERM2020 (6 units)
Course Description: As for GEND4005F
Later Year Course

262
Workload: 2.5 hours/week of classes. The amount of time

students could reasonably expect to spend outside of contact
hours will depend on reading speeds and level. Students who
have started at Beginners level will have slightly reduced
assessment (essay length, and expectations of language
proficiency).
Prescribed Text:
To be confirmed: Muller, Martin et al. (2005): Optimal A2.
Lehrwerk fur Deutsch als Fremdsprache. Berlin, Munchen:
Langenscheidt.
German Studies: Continuing German 2

GERM2104 (6 units)
Prerequisites: GERM2105, or equivalent language proficiency.
Later Year Course
Corequisites: Recommended: GERM2106 or GERM3008.
Recommended: Anything in the European Studies/IR area will of

course help as background. But our prescribed texts for German
language courses also provide a solid base.

Course Description: The primary focus will be the Federal

Republic of Germany present and past, but the course will also
include the former German Democratic Republic, Austria and
Switzerland. The German situation today will be approached via
discussion of major social, political and cultural issues. At the
same time, changes in everyday lifestyles, traditions and values
(ecology, peace, the womens movement) will not be neglected.
Indicative Assessment: In-class exam (20 per cent), and two
essays (35 per cent and 45 per cent), roughly evenly spaced.
Any brief historical overview (in German) of Germany from
1945 on.
Prescribed Text:
Likely to be brick only. Texts in a reading brick will be
supplemented by the latest material available from the German
media and by articles from journals and websites.

GERM2103 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Academic Contact: Ms Gabriele Schmidt
Assumed Knowledge and Required Skills: Students should have
an assumed language proficiency equivalent to the successful
completion of the introductory level.
Course Description: This course continues with the development
of listening and reading comprehension skills and with
the development of oral and written communication. This
includes a review and extension of basic German grammar and
vocabulary, and training in and reflection on language learning
strategies.
The course focuses also on the analysis of literary and non
literary texts - appropriate to the language level - about life
and culture of the German-speaking societies. Furthermore,
it engages students in learning opportunities in the area of
intercultural communication.
progress. Proposed are: three in-class tests (30 per cent), three
outside-class written assignments (30 per cent), one oral
examination (15 per cent), and one final examination (25 per
cent).

Prerequisites: GERM2103 or equivalent language proficiency
completion of GERM2103.
of listening and reading comprehension skills and with
the development of oral and written communication. This
includes a review and extension of basic German grammar and
vocabulary, and training in and reflection on language learning
strategies.
The course focuses also on the analysis of literary and non
literary texts - appropriate to the language level - about life
and culture of the German-speaking societies. Furthermore,
it engages students in learning opportunities in the area of
Indicative Assessment: This course has continuous assessment to
provide students with regular feedback on their learning progress.
Proposed are: three in-class tests (30 per cent), three outsideclass written assignments (30 per cent), one oral examination (15
per cent), and one final examination (25 per cent).
Prescribed Text:
To be confirmed: Muller, Martin et al. (2006): Optimal B1.
Lehrwerk fr Deutsch als Fremdsprache. Berlin, Mnchen:
Langenscheidt.
German Studies: Intermediate German 1

GERM2105 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Workload: 3.5 contact hours per week plus approximately 6.5
hours of regular work per week outside class.
completion of the continuing level.
of listening and reading comprehension skills and with the
development of oral and written communication. This includes
the study of modern German grammar and vocabulary, and
training in and reflection on language learning strategies.
The course introduces students to contemporary literature, film
and culture in the German language and engages students in
the study of topical issues in contemporary German-speaking
societies. Furthermore, it provides students with learning
opportunities in the area of intercultural communication.
263

progress. Proposed are: one in-class mid-semester tests (15 per
cent), three outside-class written assignments (45 per cent), one
oral examination (15 per cent), and one final examination (25
per cent).
Prescribed Text:
Motyl-Mudretzkyj, Irene and Michaela Spinghaus (2005):
Anders gedacht: Text and Context in the German-Speaking
World. Kursbuch und Arbeitsbuch. Boston: Houghton Mifflin

GERM2106 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Recommended: GERM2020 Postwar German Society
of listening and reading comprehension skills and with the
development of oral and written communication. This includes
the study of modern German grammar and vocabulary, and
training in and reflection on language learning strategies.
The course introduces students to contemporary literature,
film and culture in the German language with a focus on 20th
century history of the German-speaking countries. Students will
reflect on concepts such as Vergangenheitsbewltigung and
how they are dealt with in literature, film, museums, etc. The
course encourages students to relate those contents to their
own cultural background.
progress. Proposed are: one in-class mid-semester tests (15 per
cent), three outside-class written assignments (45 per cent), one
oral examination (15 per cent), and one final examination (25
per cent).
Prescribed Text:
Motyl-Mudretzkyj, Irene and Michaela Spinghaus (2005):
Anders gedacht: Text and Context in the German-Speaking
World. Kursbuch und Arbeitsbuch. Boston: Houghton Mifflin.
Brussig, Thomas (2003): Am krzeren Ende der Sonnenallee.
Easy Readers edition. Stuttgart: Klett.
German Studies: Advanced German 1

GERM3007 (6 units)
Later Year Course
hours of regular work per week outside class
Prerequisites: GERM2106 or equivalent language proficiency
264

completion of the intermediate level.
Recommended: GERM3047 Images of 20th Century German
Culture
Course Description: With an emphasis on academic German,
this course continues with the development of listening and
reading comprehension skills and with the development of oral
and written communication. Students will learn and practise
how to write a university essay in German and how to give a
class presentation with an academic content.
The course introduces students to post-war German literature
and engages students in the study of topical issues in
contemporary German-speaking societies. Furthermore, it
provides students with learning opportunities in the area of
progress. Proposed are: one in-class mid-semester tests (15
per cent), three written assignments (45 per cent), one oral
examination (15 per cent), and one final examination (25 per
cent).
Prescribed Text: To be announced

GERM3008 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Recommended: GERM2020 Postwar German Society
Course Description: With an emphasis on academic German,
this course continues with the development of listening and
reading comprehension skills and with the development of oral
and written communication. Students will learn and practise
how to write a university essay in German and how to give a
class presentation with an academic content.
The course introduces students to post-war German literature
and engages students in the study of topical issues in
contemporary German-speaking societies. The latter includes a
research project on Switzerland.
Furthermore, the course provides students with learning
opportunities in the area of intercultural communication.
progress. Proposed are: one in-class mid-semester tests (15
per cent), one essay (20 per cent), one research project (20 per
cent), one group project (10 per cent), one oral examination (15
per cent), and one final examination (20 per cent).
Prescribed Text: To be announced.
Schlink, Bernhard (1995): Der Vorleser. Zrich, Diogenes.
Images of 20th Century German Culture

GERM3047 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Workload: 2.5 contact hours/week (one lecture, one tutorial plus
on average one hours viewing per week). No really long texts
- time involved outside of contact hours will vary according to
reading speed in German.
The German component in the program of a student who

wishes to do combined Honours in this discipline and another
discipline is the following:
(a) half the normal coursework of the German Fourth-Year
Honours program;
(b) a minor thesis, to be determined after consultation between
Indicative Assessment: Full German Honours:
(a) two coursework components, each worth 20 per cent;
Prerequisites: GERM2106 Intermediate German 2 or equivalent

competence.

per cent; and
Corequisites: No co-requisite required, but GERM3007 is highly

recommended as a concurrent course.
Recommended: Other literature or film courses will assist with
this course, but they are not assumed.
Course Description: The course examines the representation of
German culture in filmic images and literary texts over the last
century. The aim is to sensitize students to the power of visual
imagery in a tradition where this was banefully exploited by the
Nazis, as well as providing a panoramic overview of post-war
German cinema and an encounter with some major post-war
writers. Questions of narrative with respect to both mediums
of film and literature will be of primary importance. Memory
debates around sites like Berlins Jdisches Museum will also
be addressed.
Indicative Assessment: 10 per cent in-class participation; two
essays of ca. 1,500 words (40 per cent and 50 per cent), one due
mid-course, the other at exam time
Preliminary Reading: Reading brick plus:
* Heinrich Bll, Die verlorene Ehre der Katharina Blum
Prescribed Text:
Heinrich Bll, Die verlorene Ehre der Katharina Blum; Uwe
Timm, Am Beispiel meines Bruders
German IV Honours (S)

GERM4005F (24 units each Semester)
Later Year Course
Workload: Full-time, i.e. approximately 40 hours per week
Course Description:
The Fourth-Year Honours Program consists of:
per cent; and
within the students overall program. Where students
coursework is not specifically designed as an Honours course,
students will need to do extra reading and longer essays.

Preliminary Reading: To be announced

GERM4005P (12 units each Semester)
Later Year Course
Workload: Part-time, i.e. approximately 20 hours per week.
Course Description: As for GERM4005F
This course is taken by students undertaking German Honours
on a part-time basis. See full-time entry for further details.
Continuing Ancient Greek

GREK1102 (6 units)
First Year Course
Prerequisites: CLAS1001 Traditional Grammar or permission of
Convener.
study of Ancient Greek. It consists of a series of carefully graded
readings drawn (for the most part in modified form) from the
writers of the Greek world, including Aristophanes and Plato.
As students work through these readings they are introduced
to the fundamental grammatical principles that underpin Greek
and to a basic working vocabulary in Greek. To ensure that they
understand these grammatical principles and can apply them,
students complete a number of short exercises in class and
a weekly assignment for assessment. A brief weekly test will
monitor their acquisition of vocabulary and basic paradigms.
per cent).
Prescribed Text:
Joint Association of Classical Teachers, Reading Greek 2nd edn.
(2 vols), Cambridge UP
Where a students active command of German is seen as

Intermediate Ancient Greek

GREK2101 (6 units)
Combined Honours:
Later Year Course

265

Prerequisites: GREK1102 Continuing Ancient Greek or
permission of Convener.
Course Description: This course continues the study of Ancient
Greek grammar and vocabulary. As students progress through
the semester, readings are introduced from the works of
a variety of writers. As they work through these readings,
students will reinforce and extend their working vocabulary
and rehearse the more advanced grammatical principles. These
are essential steps in learning how to read Ancient Greek. In
addition to this, a number of short exercises will be completed
in class; there will be a weekly assignment; and a short weekly
test will monitor acquisition of vocabulary and morphology.
Indicative Assessment: Final examination (45 per cent); tests (25
per cent); exercises completed during the semester (30 per cent)
Prescribed Text:
Advanced Ancient Greek H

GREK2109 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Prerequisites: GREK2101 Intermediate Ancient Greek, or HSC
level Ancient Greek, or permission of Convener.
Course Description: Revisiting the past in oral traditional epic:
Homer, Iliad, book I
of Herodotus centres on the key moment in this, the Battle

of Salamis, when the Athenian-led Greek fleet defeated the
Persians off the island of Salamis, setting the Greeks on the
road to victory. Herodotus energetic account, written just a few
decades later and our key source for these events, also describes
the sack of Athens, the machinations of Themistokles, and how
divine heroes defended Delphi.
Indicative Assessment: Exercises (20 per cent), 2,000-3,000
words essay (25 per cent), mid-semester test (15 per cent) and
final examination (40 per cent).
Advanced Ancient Greek P - Reading course

GREK2117 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Course Description: Topics may include: Homeric epic, drama,
historiography, oratory, art, architecture, Athenian society,
Plato and Aristotle, Hellenistic Alexandria, New Testament, the
novel; authors may include those mentioned above as well
as Euripides, Xenophon, Lysias, and ancient Greek writers of
the Roman period. In studying the chosen text (or collection
of texts) and its political, social and literary context, students
continue their study of the Ancient Greek language.
The first book of the Iliad describes events in the tenth year of
the Trojan War. The poet traces the origins of the violent quarrel
that breaks out between Agamemnon, the leader of the Achaian
forces, and Achilles, one of the Achaian princes; he gives a vivid
account of this quarrel and its far-reaching consequences - the
gods on Olympos also become involved.
Advanced Ancient Greek Q - Reading Course

GREK2118 (6 units)
The class will study Iliad I in Greek and will become acquainted
with the rest of the Iliad in translation. Topics for discussion will
include the art of storytelling, the relationship of Iliad I to the
rest of the epic, the characterisation of the principal heroes and
Olympic gods, Homeric diction, the oral epic tradition of the
Ancient Greek world and its relation to memory.

Advanced Ancient Greek I

GREK2110 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Later Year Course

Course Description: Topics may include: Homeric epic, drama,
historiography, oratory, art, architecture, Athenian society,
Plato and Aristotle, Hellenistic Alexandria, New Testament, the
novel; authors may include those mentioned above as well
as Euripides, Xenophon, Lysias, and ancient Greek writers of
the Roman period. In studying the chosen text (or collection
of texts) and its political, social and literary context, students
continue their study of the Ancient Greek language.
Continuing Ancient Greek (L)

GREK2119 (6 units)

Later Year Course
Course Description: Battle for freedom: Herodotus, book 8

One of the foundation myths of European civilisation has been
the defence of Greece against the Persians in 480 BC. Book 8
266

Prerequisites: CLAS1001 Traditional Grammar or CLAS2011

Traditional Grammar (L) or permission of Convener.
Ends of Empire: British Colonial Rule & its Outcomes

HIST1015 (6 units)

study of Ancient Greek. It consists of a series of carefully graded
readings drawn (for the most part in modified form) from the
writers of the Greek world, including Aristophanes and Plato.
As students work through these readings they are introduced
to the fundamental grammatical principles that underpin Greek
and to a basic working vocabulary in Greek. To ensure that they
understand these grammatical principles and can apply them,
students complete a number of short exercises in class and a
weekly assignment for assessment. These assignments will be of
a higher degree of difficulty than for GREK1102. A brief weekly
test will monitor acquisition of vocabulary and basic paradigms.
First Year Course
Indicative Assessment: A final examination (50 per cent) and

tests (25 per cent) and exercises done throughout the semester
(25 per cent).
Prescribed Text:
Ancient Greek IV Honours

GREK4005F (24 units each Semester)
Later Year Course
consist of:
submitted normally by the Friday of the next to last
teaching week of the final semester of the candidates
course. Students are required to select the topic for the
thesis in consultation with the Convener before the end of
their preceding year, and to begin study for it during the
intervening vacation.

Workload: Two hour-long lectures and one hour-long tutorial
per week. Lectures will be taped.
Academic Contact: Dr Laugesen
Course Description: The expansion of the Second British
Empire from the late 18th century created or transformed
many societies. The legacy of this empire meant in some cases
the substantial implantation of British civilisation, and in
others the superficial introduction of Western democracy. The
imperial inheritance bestowed racial and ethnic divisions, social
inequalities, and lop-sided economic and cultural development.
In this course we shall investigate how new states emerged
and older ones collapsed; how traditional religions and political
structures resisted or collaborated, or contrived to do both; how
racial attitudes determined the character of British or settler
rule; and how the character of colonial government in turn
affected racial feelings. Other themes to be examined include:
the formation or development of white settler colonies; the
abolition of the slave trade; the imposition of colonial rule; the
spread of mission Christianity and of Western education; the
growth of trade and investment; and the demands of imperial
security. Our study of these themes will focus upon Africa, India
and Australia.
Indicative Assessment: One 1,000 word exercise (15 per cent),
one 2,500 word essay (40 per cent), tutorial participation (10
per cent) and a final examination (35 per cent).
Porter, B, The Lions Share: A Short History of British
Imperialism, 1850-1983, Longman, London, 1996 edition or
later.
Rome: Republic to Empire

HIST1019 (6 units)
2. Seminar A: The poetics of landscape (Dr Jessica Dietrich).
First Year Course
4. Extensive reading, normally on a weekly basis, of one or

more Ancient Greek texts.
Workload: Semester 2 2009 on campus.

half-hour for Combined Honours courses) in unseen translation
from Ancient Greek to be taken at the end of the last semester
of the candidates course.
(including the unseen translation paper) 60 per cent of the
assessment.

GREK4005P (12 units each Semester)
Later Year Course
3 contact hours per week (two lectures and one tutorial),

generating 4 hours of preparation time.
Academic Contact: Dr Burton
Incompatibility: ANHY1001 Ancient History I or ANCH1003
Ancient History IB.
Course Description: By the end of the second century BCE,
Rome was the greatest power in the Mediterranean World,
and the master of a vast Empire. Yet, less than a century later,
the Republican political system had disintegrated amid a
series of horrifying civil wars. In its place, a veiled autocracy
was established, with Augustus as the first emperor. Why was
the Republican political system, which had delivered such
stunning successes abroad, torn apart from within? And how
did Augustus manage to secure and consolidate power, in spite
of the traditional Roman distrust of autocracy? In this course,
we shall attempt to answer these questions. In doing so, special
attention will be given to various key aspects of the social
history of the Roman World, and their interaction with political
and military events.
Course Description: As for GREK4005F

267
Indicative Assessment: One document exercise (20 per cent),

one 2,500 word essay (40 per cent), tutorial attendance and
participation (10 per cent) and a two hour examination (30
per cent).
Crawford, M., The Roman Republic, Fontana, London, 1992, 2nd
edition.
Eck, W., The Age of Augustus, Blackwell, Oxford, 2003.
Prescribed Text:
Reading Brick (mandatory purchase) Sallust, Catilines War,
The Jugurthine War, Histories, trans. A.J. Woodman (mandatory
purchase)
Plutarch, The Fall of the Roman Republic, trans. R. Warner
Plutarch, Makers of Rome, trans. I. Scott-Kilvert
Cicero, Selected Political Speeches, trans. M. Grant
thus equipping students to undertake either a History or an

American Studies major.
Indicative Assessment: 1,500 word document exercise (20 per
cent), 2,500 word essay (30 per cent), tutorial participation (10
per cent) and final examination (40 per cent).
David M. Kennedy, Lizabeth Cohen, Thomas A. Bailey, The
American Pageant Vol.1, to 1877. Thirteenth Edition. Boston:
Houghton Mifflin, 2006.
Prescribed Text: A reading brick will be made available at the
beginning of semester.
Indigenous Australian History

HIST2022 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Dio Cassius, The Roman History: The Reign of Augustus, trans. I.

Scott-Kilvert
Three American Revolutions, 1765 - 1876

HIST1206 (6 units)
First Year Course

Workload: The course is offered on campus via lectures (which
will be streamed) and tutorials.
Two one-hour lectures and one hour-long tutorial per week.
Lectures will be taped/streamed.
Students will be expected to spend an average of seven hours
per week outside these contact hours to prepare for tutorials,
research and write the written work, and to prepare for the final
examination.
Academic Contact: Dr Craig
Assumed Knowledge and Required Skills: HIST 1206 is a first
year course which requires no pre-requisites or assumed
knowledge.
Incompatibility: HIST 1020, Foundations of the United States
to 1900
Course Description: This course offers an introduction to the
history of the United States by examining three revolutions
in its formation and development. The course begins by
examining the American Revolution, including the writing and
ratification of the Constitution of the United States. Between
1765 and 1787 the American colonies first re-thought their
attachment to the British Empire, then successfully fought
for their independence from Britain, and finally created a new
form of government that put the United States on a new path
of independence and republicanism. The second revolution
saw the emergence of a democratic culture in the 1830s and
1840s. This included a new conception of the peoples role in
politics, government, literature, culture and community. The
course ends by examining the third revolution, which centred
on the Civil War (1861-1865), the end of slavery and the
beginnings of what Abraham Lincoln called a new birth of
freedom - one that would eventually enable the inclusion of
African-Americans into the broader destiny and community of
the United States.
The course will explore these revolutions with the help of three
perspectives: history, political science and literature. These
perspectives will be built into the lecture and tutorial programs,
268
Workload: A two-hour lecture/video screening session per week,

plus one tutorial per week. Lectures will be streamed.
Prerequisites: First-year courses in History to the value of twelve
units, courses in Indigenous Studies to the value of six units, or
with permission of the Convener.
Incompatibility: HIST2022 Aboriginal Australian History
Course Description: A study of the history of Indigenous
Australians since European contact. We consider the ways in
which the conceptual tools for understanding this history have
changed over time, in response both to a changing political
climate and the increasing impact of Indigenous perspectives
on historical writing. Topics to be covered include: first contact;
processes of invasion, dispossession, and settlement; Indigenous
workers and labour relations; the gendered and sexual
dimensions of colonisation in the Australian context; changes
to government policy; the motivations for and experience and
consequences of the large-scale removal of children from their
parents; the constitutional changes of 1967; the struggle for
land rights; housing, health, and education and Indigenous
achievements in the arts, sport and society generally. There
will be special attention to the dialogue between Indigenous
and non-Indigenous Australians through various cultural
forms such as writing and the visual and performing arts, and
through public protest and political action for Aboriginal rights.
Students will be encouraged to use the extensive resources
for Indigenous history located in Canberra, at the Australian
Institute for Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Studies, the
National Museum of Australia, and elsewhere. An excursion to a
site of significance in Indigenous history is planned.
Indicative Assessment: Two essays and a class presentation.
(Class presentation and participation worth 15 per cent, 1st
essay worth 35 per cent, and final essay 50 per cent).
Reynolds, H. Why werent we told?: a personal search for the
truth about our history, 1999.
History & Theory (H)

HIST2110 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Workload: One lecture (1.5 hours) and one tutorial (1 hour) per
week for thirteen weeks. Lectures will be recorded.
Academic Contact: Dr Cook

Prerequisites: At least twelve units at first-year level in History
(Faculty of Arts) or Asian History (Faculty of Asian Studies).
Students entering History IV must have successfully completed
this course.
Davison, G. The Rise and Fall of Marvellous Melbourne, MUP,
1996.
Course Description: This course considers what historians aim to

do, and what they actually do. It asks questions such as:
Human Variations & Racism in Western Culture, c.

1450-1950
HIST2133 (6 units)
How can we know what happened in the past?
Later Year Course
Why do historians disagree with each other?
What is the relationship between the present and the past?
Workload: Semester 2, 2009. On-campus. Lectures streamed via

DLD audio, and Web video as available.
How does that relationship inform the way we research and

write history?
The course will consider key developments in historical
thought and method, from the classical period to the present
day. It will invite students to consider the social functions of
historical writing, as well as to critically assess the methods
and models employed by different schools and traditions
amongst historians. Students will have a chance to examine a
range of trends in recent historical writing, and to explore the
influence of movements such as postmodernism, feminism and
post-colonialism on historical thought.
Indicative Assessment: 1st essay of 1500 words (40 per cent);
2nd essay of 2500 words (50 per cent); tutorial participation (10
per cent).
Curthoys, A. & Docker, J., Is History Fiction? (UNSW Press, 2005)
City Life & Suburban Dream: a History of Urban

Australia
HIST2119 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Workload: Two lectures and one tutorial a week. Lectures will
be taped.
Academic Contact: Dr Knott
Prerequisites: Any first-year History courses to the value of
twelve units, or with permission of the Convener.
Course Description: Australia is one of the most heavily
urbanised nations on earth. It also has an extraordinarily
large concentration of its population in large metropolitan
centres. This is surprising given Australias reputation overseas
(and its image of itself) as a country of wide-open spaces,
laconic bushfolk and an economy built on rural industries and
mining. This course will examine the history of the growth
and development of city and suburban living in Australia.
Theories and models of city development will be presented the commercial city, the industrial city, the metropolis and the
hinterland, ideal cities and garden suburbs, the post-modern
city - and their applicability to the history of urban
development in Australia explored. Themes to be examined
will include: poverty, crime and corruption; the revolutions in
public health, transport and communications; suburbia and
domestic architecture; planning, city architecture, and high
culture; settlement patterns, immigration, urban decay and
urban rebirth.
Indicative Assessment: Tutorial participation (10 per cent), 2,000
word essay (30 per cent), optional 3,500 word essay or 2 hour
closed book exam (50 per cent) and a floating 10 per cent.
One two-hour lecture and one one-hour tutorial session

per week. Tutorial sessions will involve group discussion but
also a combination of research workshops, consultations and
presentations. Students should expect to devote a similar period
of time each week to private study.
Academic Contact: Dr Dawson
Prerequisites: History first year courses to the value of twelve
units, or with permission of the Convener.
Course Description: This course investigates how Western
societies have comprehended humanitys physical diversity
and why these understandings have changed over time
(c.1450-1950). We will examine the historical processes which
gradually encouraged this diversity to be read both as evidence
of permanent, innate, racial difference and justification for
socio-political inequality, or racist discrimination. The course
will consider the concept of race within the contexts of the
development of scientific knowledge regarding the natural
world and the intellectual history of what it was to be human.
We will also explore some of the signal manifestations of these
beliefs in European and neo-European societies, including how
they shaped colonisation and chattel slavery; nationalism and
empire; segregation and sexuality; eugenics and genocide.
Indicative Assessment: An independent research essay of 3500
words (60 per cent); the remaining coursework will consist of
preparatory exercise(s) for the research essay, such as a book
review and/or formal research proposal, which together would
total no more that 2000 words (40 per cent).
While students will have considerable freedom to formulate a
research topic which is of particular interest to them, ongoing
consultation with the course convener will be required.
Preparatory exercises will typically be due in the first 6-8 weeks
of teaching. As there is no final examination, the research essay
will be due on the last day of teaching.
Ivan Hannaford, Race: The History of an Idea in the West
(Baltimore, 1996).
Prescribed Text:
A Reading Brick will be compiled. Purchase of the Preliminary
Reading is also recommended.
World at War, 1939-1945

HIST2136 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Workload: 2 x one-hour lectures and 1 x one hour tutorial a
week. Lectures will be taped.
Academic Contact: Dr Knott
269
Prerequisites: First-year courses in History or Political Science to

the value of 12 units, or with permission of the Convener.
Course Description: The Second World War was the greatest
conflict in history. An estimated 60 million men, women and
children died in a war that engulfed the globe and shaped the
world in which we live; it is the defining event in the history
of the twentieth century. This comparative history course will
focus on political, social and cultural aspects of World War
Two. It will encompass the war in Europe, and the war in Asia
and the Pacific. Topics and themes will include: Hitler and
Japans war aims; Blitzkrieg in Poland and France; the uses of
propaganda; civilian mobilisation and total war; the effects
of mass bombing; allied leadership, cooperation and division
(Churchill, Roosevelt and Stalin); civilians under Nazi occupation
(collaboration and resistance); racial policies and genocide;
wartime espionage; science at war; Japans occupation of South
East Asia; anti-colonialism and the war in Asia; planning for
peace and the liberation of Europe; the decision to drop the
atomic bomb.
Indicative Assessment: Tutorial participation (10 per cent), one
1,200 word essay (15 per cent), one 3,000 word case study essay
(45 per cent) and a two-hour closed book examination (30 per
cent).
Kitchen, M., World in Flames, Longman.
Beevor, A., Stalingrad, Penguin.
This course can be counted towards a Contemporary Europe,
International Relations or History major and is a designated
course for the BA (European Studies).
Researching & Writing History

HIST2139 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Workload: Seminars and excursions, class contact average three
hours per week.
Academic Contact: Dr Laugesen
Prerequisites: Completion of 18 units in History.
Incompatibility: HIST3005 Third Year Honours Seminar
Course Description: This course aims to enable students to
undertake original research in history. Questions of method
and ethics in historical research and writing will be discussed,
and students will undertake research exercises and a research
essay. Each student will be helped to formulate an independent
research proposal based on primary evidence and will be
encouraged to conduct research using a variety of traditional
and non-traditional historical sources (i.e. published and
archival written documents, oral history, material culture,
place and cultural landscape, and visual sources such as
photographs and film). Excursions will be arranged to various
collecting institutions in Canberra (the National Library, the
War Memorial, National Film and Sound Archive, the National
Museum of Australia, the National Archives of Australia, the
Noel Butlin Archives) and staff at each of these institutions will
supply an introduction to the strength of holdings, relevance
to historical research, and methods of access to the collections.
Finally, a series of writing workshops will encourage students
to experiment with historical writing, reflect on their work, and
offer each other constructive criticism and support.
270
Indicative Assessment: 1,000 word research proposal (20 per

cent), a 4,000-word research essay (60 per cent); and one
exercise interpreting source material (20 per cent).
Prescribed Text:
Howell, M., & Prevenier, W., From Reliable Sources, Cornell,
2001.
Europe in the 20th Century

HIST2140 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Workload: 2 x one hour lecture per week and 1 x one hour
tutorial per week for twelve weeks. Lecture notes will be made
available on the internet.
Prerequisites: If this course is to be included in a History
major, any first year History courses to the value of twelve
units. Otherwise EURO1004 Europe in the Modern Era, or with
permission of the Coordinators.
Course Description: This course provides an introduction to
political events and socio-cultural developments in Europe from
the end of World War One to the present. It covers a range
of topics across a variety of countries, including: post-War
reconstruction, the rise of the Soviet Union, the emergence of
fascist movements, the causes and aftermath of World War
Two, the collapse of European colonialism, the economic and
cultural challenge of America, the rise of youth movements
in the 1960s, the creation of the European Union, the demise
of communism, and the resurgence of nationalism and racism
in recent years. By addressing Europes changing relationship
with the rest of the world, this course provides an essential
background for understanding the major political, social and
cultural developments of the twentieth century.
Indicative Assessment: 1,500 word response essay (40 per
cent), 2,500 word research essay (50 per cent) and tutorial
participation (10 per cent).
This course counts towards a History, Contemporary Europe,
International Relations or Political Science major.
The Cold War: 1945-1989

HIST2141 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Workload: The course is offered on campus via lectures (which
will be streamed) and tutorials.
One 90 minute lecture and one tutorial per week. Students
will be expected to spend an average of seven hours per week
outside these contact hours to prepare for tutorials, research
and write the written work, and to prepare for the final
examination.
Academic Contact: Dr Lee-Koo and Dr Craig
Prerequisites: Two First year courses in POLS or HIST or by
approval of the Convenor
Assumed Knowledge and Required Skills: HIST 2214 requires
completion of the first year requirements for majors in History,
Political Science, International Relations and Contemporary
Europe.
Course Description: At the Potsdam Conference in 1945

Josef Stalin and Harry Truman met as allies. Three years later
their two nations had descended into an ideological conflict
that would last for nearly 50 years and affect the whole
world. The Cold War, as the ideological, military and cultural
conflict between the USA, the Soviet Union and the Peoples
Republic of China was called, involved proxy wars and crises
throughout Africa, Asia, Europe and Latin America, a massive
and revolutionary arms race, great power rivalry that deeply
affected domestic populations, complex diplomacy and the
eventual collapse of a great empire. This course combines
historical and International Relations methods, inquiries and
theories to explore the onset, conduct and outcomes of the
Cold War. The course will ask questions such as who was
responsible for the Cold War?, what kinds of thinking about
International Relations made Cold War strategies such as
Mutually Assured Destruction seem rational?, did the Cold War
develop a more stable international system than the one we
have today?, and what is the historical significance of the Cold
War? By combining approaches and materials from History
and International Relations, this course is designed to appeal
to students pursuing degrees and majors in American Studies,
History, Political Science, International Relations, European
Studies and Security Analysis.
Students will be free to select their topic from among the first
6-8 tutorials for the course. Essays will typically be due 1-2
weeks after their discussion at tutorials.
The second essay (3,000-words/45 per cent) will be researchbased so that students have an opportunity practise
historiography for themselves. They will formulate their own
research question (to be approved by the course convener) and
learn how to use primary and secondary sources to frame an
answer. As there is no examination for the course, this essay will
be due on the last day of teaching.
To recognize and reward the process behind this assessment,
the better of the two essays will be apportioned a floating
10 per cent. Finally, the last coursework component (tutorial
participation and attendance-10 per cent) will emphasize group
discussion of work-in-progress.
Sharpe, J.A., Early Modern England. A Social History 1550-1760,
2nd edition, 1997 (or later).
Prescribed Text: A Reading Brick will be compiled.
Consumerism & its Critics, Britain 1714-1846

HIST2221 (6 units)
Indicative Assessment: 2,500 word essay (40 per cent), 500 word
tutorial paper (15 per cent), tutorial participation (10 per cent)
and examination (35 per cent). Successful completion of the
course requires attendance and participation in at least 10 of
the thirteen tutorials.
Later Year Course
Tudor-Stuart England c.1485-1714: Politics, Society

& Culture
HIST2219 (6 units)
Prerequisites: Prerequisite: completion of two courses (12 units)

in History at first-year level or with permission of the convenor
Later Year Course

Workload: On-campus. Lectures streamed via DLD audio, and
Web video as available.
Two one-hour lectures and one one-hour tutorial session per
week. Students should expect to devote a similar period of time
each week to private study.
Academic Contact: Dr Dawson
Prerequisites: Any first year history courses to the value of
twelve units or with permission of the Convener.
Course Description: The course introduces students to the
history of Tudor and Stuart England. A main element is politics
and personage, yet just as important will be ordinary peoples
daily lives and relationships; their beliefs, values, and customs;
fundamental concepts and methods used in the study of the
same. Where possible, comparative consideration will be given
to the British Isles and Englands place therein.
While no prior knowledge is expected, the course should
be of particular interest to those who have studied early
modern European and American history (e.g. HIST1205/6) or
are undertaking courses which consider 16th-18th-century
literature, art, or philosophy.
Indicative Assessment: Candidates will complete two essays.
The first (2,000-words/35 per cent) will consider a particular
tutorial topic so that students have a focussed, manageable
introduction to the practice of early modern historiography.

Workload: One lecture (1.5 hours) and one tutorial (1 hour) per
week for thirteen weeks. Lectures will be recorded.
Academic Contact: Dr Cook
Course Description: Participants in this course will study the

process by which many British people came to believe, over
the course of the eighteenth century, that they were living
in a fundamentally new kind of society - a commercial
society - and they will investigate a range of early responses
to that belief. They will study the development of new forms
of consumer culture during this period, and they will examine
a range of contemporary and modern theories seeking to link
these developments to broader transformations in society
from the rise of the British empire, to industrialization, cultural
evolution and political change.
The course will offer participants the opportunity to develop
an informed and critical perspective on the history of a range
of 21st-century concerns: from globalisation and market
philosophy to models of social development, theories of the
modern state and anxieties about ecological sustainability.
Indicative Assessment: An essay of 1,500 words (35 per cent);
an essay of 2,500 words (55 per cent); and tutorial participation
(10 per cent).
Brewer, J., McKendrick, N. & Plumb, J.H. (eds.), The Birth of
a Consumer Society: The Commercialization of Eighteenthcentury England (London: Europa, 1982).
Langford, P., A Polite and Commercial People: England
1727-1783 (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1989) (new
edition 1998)
271
Emperors & Madmen: The Early Roman Empire

HIST2222 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Workload: Two lectures per week (1 hour each) for a total of 24,
and approximately one tutorial (1 hour) per week
Academic Contact: Dr Burton
Recommended: HIST1019 Rome: Republic to Empire
Course Description: This course examines the institutions,
organisation and society of the Roman Empire during the
first century A.D. to the beginning of the second century. The
approach to the period will be primarily through literary sources
in translation, including especially Tacitus and Suetonius.
Indicative Assessment: Final honours results are determined on

the basis of History IV as a whole.
History IV Honours (S)

HIST4005P (12 units each Semester)
Later Year Course
Course Description: As for HIST4005F
This course is taken by students undertaking History Honours on
Italian Studies - Introductory I

ITAL1002 (6 units)
Course Syllabus
First Year Course
This course will cover the following topics in tutorials and

lectures:
1. Tacitus and the historiography of the early Roman Empire.
Workload: 4 hours of classes plus 1 hour of laboratory session

per week
2. The reign of Tiberius.
Academic Contact: Ms Patrizia Berti
3. The reign of Caligula.

Italian language and culture. It is designed to give learners
the knowledge and skills required to use Italian in a variety of
contexts. The methodology employed adopts an Intercultural
Perspective and integrates a Communicative Approach with
linguistic reflection.
4. The reign of Claudius.

5. The reign of Nero.
6. The reign of Vespasian.
7. The reigns of Titus and Domitian.
8. The reigns of Trajan and Hadrian.
9. Roman Realities I: The Rich and the Poor.
10. Roman Realities II: The Aristocracy and Social Mobility.
11. The Urbanization of the Roman Empire.
Use is made of different media and authentic texts, in addition

to the prescribed course materials. Class time is divided between
interactive language work, linguistic and cultural reflection and
computer aided language learning.
13. The Colosseum.
Indicative Assessment: Class tests including grammar,

vocabulary, writing and audio comprehension tests 70 per cent
and written and oral assignments 30 per cent
14. Rome encounters the provincial Other I: The Germans.
Prescribed Text: To be advised
12. The destruction of Pompeii.
15. Rome encounters the provincial Other II: The Jews.

Indicative Assessment: 3000-word essay (50 per cent) ,tutorial
attendance and participation (10 per cent) and final exam
(40 per cent)

HIST4005F (24 units each Semester)
Italian Studies - Introductory 2

ITAL1003 (6 units)
First Year Course
Workload: 4 hours of classes plus 1 hour of laboratory session
per week
Later Year Course
Academic Contact: Ms Patrizia Berti
Prerequisites: ITAL1002 Introductory 1 or equivalent
Course Description: The coursework of the honours year will

consist of:
(a) History 4A, a research thesis of 15,000 words on an approved
topic. The thesis must be submitted on a specified date soon
after the end of the first semester; students will give at least
one seminar on their topic during the first semester. Students
are expected to have sought approval for their topic and made
supervision arrangements with a member of staff no later than
January.
(b) History 4B, a special course involving intensive reading,
weekly tutorials and the presentation of essays during the
second semester.
(c) History 4C, a special course involving intensive reading,
weekly tutorials and the presentation of written essays during
the second semester.
Course Description: This course builds on knowledge and skills

provided in the ITAL1002 course, or equivalent study. The course
is designed to broaden the knowledge and develop further
the skills required to use Italian in a variety of contexts. The
methodology employed adopts an Intercultural Perspective and
integrates a Communicative Approach with linguistic reflection.
272
Use is made of different media and authentic texts, in addition

to the prescribed course materials, with particular attention to
Italian films. Class time is divided between interactive language
work, linguistic and cultural reflection, and computer aided
language learning.
Indicative Assessment: Class tests including grammar,
vocabulary, writing and audio comprehension tests 60 per cent
and written and oral assignments 40 per cent
Italian Studies Continuing 1

ITAL2005 (6 units)
Workload: 3 hours of classes plus 1 hour of audio-visual

activities per week
Later Year Course
Academic Contact: Dr Piera Carroli
Prerequisites: ITAL2006 Continuing 2 or equivalent
Workload: 4 hours of classes per week including 1 hour of

audio-visual activities
Course Description: This course aims to develop students

language proficiency and extend students knowledge of
contemporary Italian culture and society. The course integrates
written and multi-media materials to increase students fluency
and accuracy in oral and written forms. A particular aim of the
course is to develop recognition and ability to use appropriately
idiomatic forms of the language within their cultural context.
Active language production is encouraged in classroom
situations, structured conversations and oral presentations.
Class time is divided between interactive language work using
information from the Italian media, focus and reflection on
form and analysis of Italian films. The course furthers students
knowledge of Italian culture and society through a selection of
films as well as other types of written and visual texts on salient
issues in contemporary Italy.

Prerequisites: ITAL1003 Introductory 2 or equivalent
Course Description: The aim of this course is to deepen and
build upon the introductory grounding in Italian that students
have gained by completing ITAL1003 Introductory 2. This is also
a possible entry point for students with some prior experience
of Italian. Use is made of different media including audiovisual
material and computer aided language teaching. The course
includes study of Italian songs to further students linguistic
and cultural learning. Active language production is encouraged
in classroom situations such as role playing, structured
conversations and reading and writing activities. Class time is
divided between interactive language work, linguistic reflection
and Italian culture and society.
The assessment is designed to optimise learning through tasks
that presume a holistic conception of language and culture
learning.
Indicative Assessment: In-class tests (50 per cent), written
assignments (20 per cent) and orals (30 per cent).
Prescribed Text:
Italian Espresso 2 (Textbook, CD and workbook bundle). Firenze:
Alma Edizioni, 2007
Italian Studies - Continuing 2

ITAL2006 (6 units)
Indicative Assessment: Class review tests (35 per cent), written

assignments (30 per cent), oral assignments (35 per cent) and
exercises linked to multi-media autonomous learning.
Prescribed Text:
*Chiappini and de Filippo. Un giorno in Italia. Livello 2 (Textbook
and CD). Roma: Bonacci, 2005
*Nocchi. Grammatica pratica della lingua italiana. Firenze:
Alma, 2002
Italian Studies - Intermediate 2

ITAL2008 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Later Year Course

activities per week
Workload: 4 hours of classes per week including 1 hour of

audio-visual activities
Prerequisites: ITAL2007 Intermediate 1 or equivalent
Prerequisites: ITAL2005 Continuing 1 or equivalent
Course Description: The aims of the course are to extend

students fluency and accuracy in spoken and written Italian,
to promote a deeper linguistic and cultural sensitivity in social
interactions in Italian and to introduce students to Italian
history and history of the language. Class time is divided
between interactive language work, focus and reflection on
form, and a series of lectures on history, language and culture
aimed at developing students understanding of the origins of
the Italian state and its rich historical, linguistic, artistic and
cultural background.
Course Description: This course continues the probing review of

the Italian language begun in ITAL2005. Use is made of different
media including audiovisual material and computer aided
language teaching. The course integrates music and literature
to further the linguistic and cultural learning objectives of the
unit. Active language production is encouraged in classroom
situations such as role playing, structured conversations and
reading and writing activities. Class time is divided between
interactive language work, linguistic reflection and Italian
culture and society.
The assessment is designed to optimise learning through tasks
that presume a holistic conception of language and culture
learning.
Indicative Assessment: In-class tests (50 per cent), written
assignments (20 per cent) and oral tests (30 per cent).
Prescribed Text:
Italian Espresso 2 (Textbook, CD and workbook bundle). Firenze:
Alma Edizioni, 2007

ITAL2007 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Indicative Assessment: Two written assignments - one linked

to the Swiss Embassy Essay Competition (20 per cent) and one
semester-long individual written research project (15 per cent)
with oral presentation linked to Italian cultural history (15 per
cent), two class review tests (30 per cent) and in-class oral
assessment on current affairs (20 per cent).
Baldoni and Santipolo. Note di Storia, Italiana per Stranieri.
Perugia Guerra, 2004
Prescribed Text:
*Chiappini and de Filippo. Un giorno in Italia. Livello 2 (Textbook
and CD). Roma: Bonacci, 2005
*Nocchi. Grammatica pratica della lingua italiana. Firenze:
Alma, 2002
273
*Baldoni and Santipolo. Note di Storia, Italiana per Stranieri.

Perugia Guerra, 2004.
of love in Boccaccio and visual narratives of good government

(Lorenzettis Buongoverno).
Literature, History, Cinema: A-Three-Voice Dialogue

ITAL2009 (6 units)
Indicative Assessment: 1,500 word essay (30 per cent), oral

presentation (30 per cent), tutorial participation mark (10 per
cent) and textual analysis exercises during the semester (30 per
cent). All assessment is conducted in Italian.
Later Year Course

Workload: One hour of lecture and one hour of tutorial per
week over 13 weeks plus 6 film sessions (films will also be
available for individual group viewing)
Lectures will be taped
Academic Contact: Dr Piera Caroli
Prerequisites: Completion of ITAL2007 Italian Studies Intermediate 1 or concurrent enrolment with ITAL3015 Italian
Studies - Advanced 1 or permission of the lecturer.
Course Description: This course analyses the making of the
Italian nation and how this process has been represented,
mainly through the literature and the cinema, from the
Risorgimento to the present day.
Indicative Assessment: 2 x 1500 word essays (60 per cent), 1
oral presentation (30 per cent), tutorial participation mark (10
per cent).
Asor Rosa, A. (ed.) 1997 La narrativa italiana dalle origini ai
giorni nostri, Torino: Einaudi
Asor Rosa, A. (1985) Storia della letteratura italiana, Firenze:
La Nuova Italia
Mariani, C. (1999) La letteratura italiana. Electronic resource
Firenze: DAnna, Thesis
Pasquini, E. (ed) 1997 Guida allo studio della letteratura
italiana, Bologna: Il Mulino
Prescribed Text:
An anthology of texts to be studied will be supplied in
electronic brick form. The brick will also include critical
works and introductions to the periods, authors and literary
movements studied.
Italian Italian Studies - Advanced 1

ITAL3015 (6 units)
Costa, Antonio (1993) Immagine di unimmagine. Cinema e

letteratura, Torino, UTET
Later Year Course
Tomasi di Lampedusa, Gioacchino (1960) Il gattopardo,

Milano, Feltrinelli

activities per week
Bassani, Giorgio (1972), Il giardino dei Finzi-Contini, Torino,

Einaudi
Fenoglio, Giuseppe (1968) Il partigiano Johnny, Torino,

Einaudi
Prescribed Text:
An anthology of texts to be studied will be supplied in
electronic brick form
Early Italian Literature from the Sicilian School to

the Renaissance
ITAL2010 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Workload: One hour of lecture and one hour of tutorial per
week over 13 weeks plus 7 hours of seminars
Lectures will be taped.
Prerequisites: Completion of ITAL2007 Italian Studies Intermediate 1 or concurrent enrolment with ITAL3015 Italian
Studies - Advanced 1 or permission of the lecturer.
Incompatibility: This course is incompatible with ITAL3011.
Course Description: In this course students will analyse the
origins and the development of Italian language and literature
from the Sicilian school to Renaissance . The course will include
a selection of literary and visual texts, from Cielo dAlcamo
to Lorenzetti, Boccaccio and Leonardo. Through the study of
these texts students will learn about the most important early
literary movements and major themes such as a philosophical
examination of love with the stil novo, profane explorations
274
Prerequisites: ITAL2008 Intermediate II or ITAL2004 Italian 2 or

equivalent language competence
Incompatibility: ITAL3008 Italian III.
Course Description: This multimedia course develops
students communication skills in Italian through practice in
the recognition and production of different registers of the
language. Idioms and registers will be studied in relation to
their socio-cultural and historical framework. The study of
different types of written and audio-visual texts (photographs,
films, poems, short stories, interviews, critical reviews) will
increase students comprehension and literacy skills in Italian
while also increasing their knowledge of Italian society, art,
history, language and geography.
Indicative Assessment: Two written assignments (20 per cent),
two oral presentations (30 per cent), one-semester-long project
(30 per cent), tasks linked to the multi-media activities (20 per
cent).
Prescribed Text:
* A. de Giuli/C. Guastalla/C.M. Naddeo, MAGARI! Alma Ed.,
Firenze, 2008
* Plus additional hand-outs
Italian Studies - Advanced 2

ITAL3016 (6 units)
Later Year Course
activities per week
Prerequisites: ITAL3015 Advanced 1 or ITAL3012 Italian IIIA or

equivalent language competence.
Course Description: This course continues to develop students
communication competence in Italian through practice in the
recognition, analysis and production - especially written - of
formal registers and structures of the language. The course also
outlines Italian linguistics history, Italys dialects and todays
neo-standard Italian. Texts will be studied in relation to their
socio-cultural, historical and genre framework within thematic
areas of inquiry. The course aims to refine students analytical
skills as well as their imaginative writing ability.
Indicative Assessment: Presentations and written assignments
linked to project work during semester 35 per cent; creative
writing assignment 15 per cent; oral and written assignments
linked to the Premio Italia 30 per cent and multimedia audio
visual assignments 20 per cent
Italian IV Honours (S)

ITAL4005P (12 units each Semester)
Later Year Course
Course Description: As for ITAL4005F
This course is taken by students undertaking Italian Honours on
Translation across Languages: specialised material

LANG3002 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Workload: 13 hours of lectures, 13 hours of seminars and 7
hours of tutorials
Academic Contact: Dr Kevin Windle
* Duff, A, The Third Language: Recurrent Problems of

Translation into English, London, 1981
* Munday, J, Introducing Translation Studies: Theories and
Applications, London, 2001
Continuing Latin
LATN1102 (6 units)
First Year Course
Prerequisites: CLAS1001 Traditional Grammar or permission of
Convener
study of classical Latin and to the work of the Roman comic
writer Plautus, whose plays had a profound influence on the
comic writing of Shakespeare and Moliere. The course consists
of a series of carefully graded readings from three of Plautus
plays. As students work through these readings they become
acquainted with the Roman comic tradition and, at the same
time, they are introduced to the fundamental grammatical
principles which underpin Latin and to a basic working
vocabulary. To ensure that they thoroughly understand these
grammatical principles students complete a number of short
exercises in class and a weekly assignment for assessment. A
brief weekly test will monitor their acquisition of vocabulary.
per cent).
Prescribed Text: Jones, PV & Sidwell, KC, Reading Latin, (2 vols)
Cambridge UP
Intermediate Latin
LATN2101 (6 units)
Prerequisites: Adequate knowledge of one of the languages

taught at ANU (e.g. French (FREN3007 Intermediate French 2),
German (GERM2106 Intermediate German 2), Italian, Latin,
Greek Asian Languages), or of a language not taught at ANU,
with the approval of the Coordinator.
Later Year Course
Course Description: A study of the problems regularly

encountered in the process of cross-language and cross-cultural
transfer as found in texts not classifiable as literary and in
handling material other than the written word. We shall begin
by exploring genres of translation and establishing our focus on
the vocational, specialised or practical forms as opposed to the
literary, which is the focus of LANG3001. We shall proceed to
explore general principles, and look at topics such as translation
in international organisations, technical translation, machine
translation, interpreting, the translation of film scripts and the
design and use of dictionaries and other works of reference.
Prerequisites: LATN1102 Continuing Latin or permission of

Convener.
Indicative Assessment: 1,500-word essay (45 per cent),

extended translation (c.1,200 words) with detailed commentary
(45 per cent) and tutorial exercises (10 per cent).
It is desirable that intending students should gain some
preliminary acquaintance with the field by reading, not
necessarily in full, ONE of the following:
* Weinreich, U, Languages in Contact. Findings and Problems,
The Hague, 1967

Course Description: This course continues the study of Latin

grammar through readings from the Latin prose writers Cicero
and Sallust. A series of adapted readings, from Ciceros speeches
against Verres, the corrupt governor of Sicily, and from Sallusts
account of Catilines unsuccessful conspiracy to overthrow the
state, introduces students to the history of the late Roman
Republic and a number of its interesting personalities. As
students work through these readings they are introduced
to the more advanced grammatical principles that underpin
complex Latin sentences and they expand their working
exercises in class and weekly assignments for assessment. A
brief weekly test will monitor their acquisition of vocabulary.
per cent).
Prescribed Text: Jones, PV & Sidwell, KC, Reading Latin (2 vols)
Cambridge UP
275
Advanced Latin H
LATN2109 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Prerequisites: LATN2101 Intermediate Latin, or HSC level Latin,

or permission of Convener.

Course Description: varium et mutabile semper femina: Virgil,
Aeneid IV
Virgils presentation of the Carthaginian queen Dido in the
fourth book of the Aeneid raises many problems for an
interpretation of the epic as a whole - does Didos tragedy
reaffirm Roman masculine values or call into question the
imperial mission? This hugely influential literary work raises
issues of gender, ethnicity and empire in the Roman world of
the first century BCE.
Indicative Assessment: Exercises (20 per cent), 2,000-3,000 word
essay (25 per cent), mid-semester test (15 per cent) and final
Advanced Latin I
LATN2110 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Course Description: The epistolary style: letter-writing in the
Roman world (Cicero, Seneca, and Pliny)
Course Description: Topics may include epic, historiography,

satire, oratory, personal poetry, art, architecture, Roman
philosophy and religion, early imperial society, late antiquity,
Medieval Latin; authors may include Catullus, Virgil, Ovid,
Martial, Cicero, Caesar, and Pliny the Younger. In studying the
chosen text (or collection of texts) and its political, social and
literary context students continue their study of the Latin
language.
Advanced Latin Q - Reading Course

LATN2118 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Course Description: Topics may include epic, historiography,
satire, oratory, personal poetry, art, architecture, Roman
philosophy and religion, early imperial society, late antiquity,
Medieval Latin; authors may include Catullus, Virgil, Ovid,
Martial, Cicero, Caesar, and Pliny the Younger. In studying the
chosen text (or collection of texts) and its political, social and
literary context students continue their study of the Latin
language.
Marcus Tullius Cicero, writing during a particularly fraught

period in Roman history, maintained contact with family and
friends, with political allies and political masters, through his
letters. Gossip, family problems, home decorating, political
wheeling and dealing, and matters of state mingle in his
copious correspondence. Seneca, writing during the reign of
Nero, produces letters of a different kind: they are literary
letters on philosophical themes. Plinys letters fall somewhere
between the two. His letters, published during the reign of
Trajan, are written with publication in mind. But they have
their origins in day to day events (including his recollections in
connection with the eruption of Vesuvius in 79AD). As we read
the letters of these three writers we build up a picture of the
world they lived in - seeing this world through their eyes.

In this course we will set each correspondent in his social and

political context; we will consider the letters as a source of
information on the past, taking into account questions such as
the self-presentation of the letter-writer and the ways in which
he represents reality.

study of classical Latin and to the work of the Roman comic
writer Plautus, whose plays had a profound influence on the
comic writing of Shakespeare and Moliere. The course consists
of a series of carefully graded readings from three of Plautus
plays. As students work through these readings they become
acquainted with the Roman comic tradition and, at the same
time, they are introduced to the fundamental grammatical
principles which underpin Latin and to a basic working
exercises in class and a weekly assignment for assessment.
These assignments will be at a higher level of difficulty than

Advanced Latin P - Reading Course

LATN2117 (6 units)
Later Year Course
276
Continuing Latin (L)

LATN2119 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Prerequisites: CLAS1001 Traditional Grammar or CLAS2011
Traditional Grammar (L) or permission of Convener.
for LATN1102. A brief weekly test will monitor acquisition of

vocabulary.
per cent).
Prescribed Text: Jones, PV & Sidwell, KC, Reading Latin, (2 vols)
Cambridge UP
Latin IV Honours (S)

LATN4005F (24 units each Semester)
Later Year Course
consist of
of generalisations that say what all human languages share.

The aim of the unit is to give a conceptual framework for (1)
thinking about and discussing language and language-related
topics, and (2) aiding the acquisition of a second language.
Topics covered include: The nature of human language.
Speech sounds, and how they are made (Phonetics) and
function to distinguish words (Phonemics). The structure
of words (Morphology). How words are combined into
larger units like phrases and sentences (Syntax). The kinds
of meaning that are signaled (Semantics). How a language
changes: over time (Historical Linguistics), over distance
(Dialectology), and with social background (Sociolinguistics).
General concepts will be illustrated as much as possible using
languages taught at the ANU.
Indicative Assessment: Four assignments (50 per cent) and final
Prescribed Text:
Fromkin et al., An Introduction to Language, 7th or later ed.,
Thomson.

submitted normally by the Friday of the next to last
teaching week of the final semester of the candidates
course. Students are required to select the topic for the
thesis in consultation with the Convener before the end of
their preceding year, and to begin study for it during the
intervening vacation.
Language & Society

LING1002 (6 units)
2. Seminar A: The poetics of landcape: Virgils Eclogues and

Georgics and Statius Silvae (Dr Jessica Dietrich)
Workload: 2 hours of lectures and 1 hour of tutorial per week
There will also be a final three-hour examination (one-and-ahalf-hours for Combined Honours courses) in unseen translation
from Latin to be taken at the end of the last semester of the
candidates course.
(including the unseen translation paper) 60 per cent of the
assessment.

LATN4005P (12 units each Semester)
Later Year Course
Course Description: As for LATN4005F
Introduction to the Study of Language

LING1001 (6 units)
First Year Course
Academic Contact: Dr Phil Rose
Incompatibility: LING2001
Course Description: This course gives an introduction to
human language, its structure and how it can be described
and analysed. The methodology of linguistics (the scientific
study of language) is introduced, focusing on the formulation
First Year Course

Prerequisites: None but students are advised to take
Introduction to the Study of Language LING1001/LING2001 or
Cross-cultural Communication LING1021 first.
Course Description: Do we see our world through the language
we speak or does everyone see the world in the same way? Are
all languages equal? What does it mean to speak a dialect of
a language? Do we vary our language according to different
social situations? How do we show our identity through
language? This course surveys the main concepts and methods
used to analyse language within different social settings.
Concepts will be illustrated by current and topical examples.
Students will also have an opportunity to do their own
sociolinguistic survey.
Indicative Assessment: Practical assignment (40 per cent),
tutorial summaries (20 per cent) and final examination (40 per
cent).
Prescribed Text: Meyerhoff, M. 2006. Introducing
Sociolinguistics: Routledge
Phonetics: Sounds of the Worlds Languages

LING1010 (6 units)
First Year Course
Prerequisites: None, but students are advised to take
Introduction to the Study of Language LING1001/LING2001
first.
Incompatibility: LING2010 Phonetics: Sounds of the Worlds
Languages and LING1004/LING2004 Phonetics and Phonology
Course Description: This course has two main aims. Firstly,
it teaches the nature of speech sounds, and how they are
277
produced, transmitted acoustically, and perceived. Secondly,

students are shown how to work out the sounds of an unknown
language from scratch. Students learn how to produce and
transcribe a large number of the speech sounds of the worlds
languages, and how to quantify some important speech
acoustics with a computer. Each student chooses a language
they know nothing about and works out its sounds with
recordings from a native speaker. Students are also introduced
to Forensic Speaker Identification, and the proper way of
evaluating forensic evidence.
Lectures are supplemented by practical classes, involving the
production and recognition of a wide variety of speech sounds
from European and Asian languages.
Indicative Assessment: Tape transcription assignments (30 per
cent), transcription test (15 per cent), fieldwork transcription
(10 per cent), acoustics vowel/tone plot (8per cent), fieldwork
project (27per cent)and in-class test (10 per cent).
The Cambridge Encyclopedia of Language, Chapters 22-30
Prescribed Text:
Ladefoged, P, A Course in Phonetics, 4th or later ed., Harcourt.
This course or its predecessor LING1004/LING2004 is required
for honours in Linguistics.
Structure of English
LING1020 (6 units)
First Year Course
Academic Contact: Dr Cynthia Allen
Incompatibility: LENG1020, LENG2020, LING2020 Structure of
English
Course Description: This course investigates the structural
elements of English, and how they are organised. The emphasis
will be on grammar (syntax and morphology), although we will
also explore some of the connections between grammar and
semantics. In the first and larger part of the course, students
will be introduced to the grammar of Modern English. The
structural changes of English will be compared with those of
other languages. The last third of the course will deal with
variation in English, including historical, regional, social and
stylistic variation.
Indicative Assessment: One research paper plan (10 per cent),
two practical assignments (40 per cent), 1,500-1,800 word
paper (20 per cent) and two-hour open book final examination
(30 per cent).
Prescribed Text:
Burridge, K., and Mulder, J., English in Australia and New
Zealand, OUP 1998
Cross-Cultural Communication
LING1021 (6 units)
conversation? Non-verbal communication: gestures, postures,

facial expressions. Key words and core cultural values. Different
cultural attitudes to the emotions. Different styles of social
interaction. Cultural scripts. Heterogeneity of cultures and the
problem of stereotyping. Selected cultural profiles: AngloAmerican; Anglo-Australian; Black American; Australian
Aboriginal; Japanese; Javanese; Malay; Russian; Polish; Italian;
Spanish; Jewish; Malay; Chinese.
Indicative Assessment: Essay (30 per cent), test (20 per cent),
tutorial participation (10 per cent) and final examination (40
per cent).
Prescribed Text:
Wierzbicka, Anna. Cross-cultural pragmatics, Berlin: Mouton de
Gruyter. (Chapters 2, 3, 5, 10)
There will also be a Reading Brick.
Introduction to the Study of Language (L)

LING2001 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Prerequisites: 24 units in Arts, Asian Studies, Psychology,
Computer Science or with written permission of the lecturer.
Note: First-year students will normally take LING1001, lateryear students LING2001.
Incompatibility: LING1001 Introduction to the Study of
Language.
Course Description: This course covers the same topics as
Introduction to the Study of Language (LING1001), but adopts a
more theoretical stance, and requires some different reading.
Indicative Assessment: Three assignments (50 per cent) and a
Prescribed Text: Fromkin et al., An Introduction to Language,
5th ed., Thomson.
Language & Society (L)

LING2002 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Incompatibility: LING1002 Language and Society.
Course Description: As for Language and Society LING1002 with
a more theoretical stance and additional reading.
Indicative Assessment: Practical assignment (40 per cent), 2,000
word essay (40 per cent), tutorial summaries (10 per cent) and
tutorial discussion (10 per cent).
Prescribed Text:
Myerhoff, M. Introducing Sociolinguistics: Routledge, 2006.
First Year Course

Introduction to Syntax
LING2003 (6 units)
Academic Contact: Dr Zhengdao Ye
Later Year Course
Course Description: Are there universal human concepts?

Are there universal human values? Are there universal
human emotions? Are there universal principles of human
278
Workload: 2 hours of lectures and 1 hour of tutorial per week.
Academic Contact: Dr Avery Andrews

Prerequisites: Introduction to the Study of Language
(1001/2001), or with permission of the Convener, Structure of
English (LING1020/2020 or LENG1020/2020).
Course Description: A study of the syntactic structures found
in the worlds languages, emphasising the semantic notions
that are being expressed in languages of various different types.
The major topics discussed are: word classes (parts of speech);
phrase structure and word-order, grammatical categories,
grammatical relations; and relations between clauses.
Indicative Assessment: Three assignments (50 per cent), research
report (25 per cent), and final examination (25 per cent).
Semantics
LING2008 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Workload: 35 classes per semester structured as follows: Three
classes per week in weeks 1-9, two classes per week in weeks
10-13.
Prerequisites: Introduction to the Study of Language LING1001/
LING2001 or Cross-Cultural Communication LING1021/2021 or
with permission of Lecturer.
This course is required for Honours in Linguistics.
Course Description: This course will investigate meaning in a

range of areas:
Language Change
LING2005 (6 units)
Language and emotions; the meaning of moral emotions

(e.g. shame, guilt, outrage, humiliation, jealousy);
perspectives on happiness; the meaning of bodily
expression
Later Year Course

Academic Contact: Dr Harold Koch
The semantics of social relations: the meaning of words

like friend and mate: cross- cultural variation and its
significance
Prerequisites: Introduction to the Study of Languages

LING1001/2001 and Phonetics: Sounds of the Worlds
Languages LING1010/2010.
Speech acts and speech genres: the semantics of threats,

promises, gossip, quarrels, negotiations, etc.: crosslinguistic variation and its significance.
Course Description: An examination of the ways in which, and

the reasons why, languages change. Types of sound change:
morphological and syntactic change. Semantic shift. Methods
of linguistic reconstruction. Cultural inferences from linguistic
reconstruction.
The semantics of everyday life and of concrete vocabulary:

The meaning of words like cup and mug, box and bag,
pants and skirt, open and close, cook and fry, kiss and
kick, green and purple.
Indicative Assessment: 5 analytical assignments (40 per cent),

2,500 word essay (30 per cent) and 2.5 hour examination (30
per cent).
Prescribed Text:
Robert McColl Millar. 2007. Trasks Historical Linguistics. 2nd
edition. Paperback. Hodder Arnold.
Morphology
LING2007 (6 units)
Later Year Course
The language of human categorisation: ethno-biological

classifications (e.g. animals, birds, and creepy-crawlies
across language and cultures).
Discourse particles and interjections (e.g. OK, yeah-no
yuk, and gosh)
Semantics and the problems of translation
Semantics and lexicography
Indicative Assessment: One assignment (5 per cent), Test (15 per
cent), 2,500 word essay (30 per cent), class participation (10 per
cent) and final examination (40 per cent).
Prescribed Text: Goddard, C, Semantic analysis: a practical

introduction, OUP, 1998
Workload: 26 lectures and 8 tutorials
This course is required for Honours in Linguistics.
Academic Contact: Dr Avery Andrews

Prerequisites: Introduction to Syntax LING2003
Course Description: Morphology is the study of how complex
words are put together. The course surveys the main concepts
and methods used for the analysis of word-structure, both
traditional and modern, with examples drawn from English
and many other languages. There is a major emphasis on doing
problems to develop skills in describing and analysing data from
a wide range of languages.
Indicative Assessment: 4 analytical assignments (60 per
cent), 1,500 word critical report (20 per cent) and 2.5 hour
Prescribed Text:
Laurie Bauer. 2003. Introducing Linguistic Morphology. 2nd
Edition Edinburgh UP.
Teaching Languages
LING2013 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Workload: 2 Lectures and 1 tutorial per week in weeks 1-10.
1 hour teaching workshop (weeks 11-13)
Prerequisites: LING1001/2001 Introduction to the Study of
Language and a further 6 units from Linguistics (one LING
course). Some proficiency in a second language is useful. This
course is also open to second or third-year students majoring in
a European, classical or Asian language.
Course Description: This course will focus on the theory and
practice of language teaching. It will investigate key areas of
linguistic and applied linguistic theory pertinent to language
279
teaching. It will also review a range of teaching methodologies

and evaluate their relative effectiveness. Students will be
encouraged to reflect on their learning experiences and to
develop their own approach to language teaching.
Indicative Assessment: 2 written assignments (50 per cent),
teaching demonstration (25 per cent) and learning journal (25
per cent).
Prescribed Text:
Larsen-Freeman, D. Techniques and Principles in Language
Teaching, New York, Oxford U.P, 2000; Reading Brick
Language & Culture

LING2015 (6 units)
Later Year Course
kinship and placenames), and how these reflect the physical,

social, and cultural environments of the speakers. Speech use
and etiquette, including specialised codes and respect language.
The impact of English on traditional languages: borrowing,
language reduction, loss and shift. New varieties of language:
pidgins, creoles (some Northern Territory Kriol will be learned),
and Aboriginal English. Language reclamation and revitalisation.
Language and education: policy, bilingual education, etc.
Language and the law, including land rights and Native Title.
Indicative Assessment: Three exercises (30 per cent), 2,500 word
essay (35 per cent) and final examination (35 per cent).
Prescribed Text:
Michael Walsh and Colin Yallop (eds), 2005. Language and
Culture in Aboriginal Australia. Aboriginal Studies Press.
Structure of English (L)

LING2020 (6 units)
Academic Contact: Professor Anna Wierzbicka
Later Year Course
Prerequisites: Open to students who have completed

either Introduction to the Study of Language LING1001 or
Cross-Cultural Communication LING1021 or Introducing
Anthropology ANTH1002 or Global and Local ANTH1003 or with
permission of Lecturer.
Incompatibility: LANG2015 Language and Culture.

Course Description: This course explores relationships
between languages and cultures, from a variety of theoretical
perspectives. Special attention will be given to recent debates
on the nature of language, culture and social life, on the
interplay between diversity and universals and on the issues of
continuity, change and variation in the languages and cultures.
Areas discussed will include ethno-theories of human life, folk
taxonomies, speech practices across language and cultures; key
ethical concepts in cross-cultural perspective; conceptualisation
of time, space, colour and shape; and the issue of Anglo
English and Anglo-culture(s).
Indicative Assessment: Test (20 per cent), class participation (10
per cent), 2,500 word essay (30 per cent) and final examination
(40 per cent).
* Foley, W A, Anthropological linguistics, Oxford, Blackwell, 1997
(Chapters 5, 7, 10, 11, 14),
* Wierzbicka, A, English: Meaning and culture, New York, OUP,
2006(Chapters 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 9)
Language in Indigenous Australia

LING2016 (6 units)

Academic Contact: Dr Cynthia Allen
Prerequisites: Completion of 24 units in Arts or Asian Studies
or with the written permission of the lecturer. Students in
their second or third year of university study will normally take
LING2020; first-year students will normally take LING1020.
Incompatibility: LENG1020, LING1020 and LENG2020 Structure
of English
Course Description: As for LING1020. LING2020 has the same
lectures as LING1020 but different tutorials. It adopts a more
theoretical stance.
Indicative Assessment: 1,500-1,800 word paper (30 per cent),
two practical assignments (40 per cent) and two-hour open
book final examination (30 per cent).
Burridge, K and Mulder, J, English in Australia and New Zealand,
Oxford University Press 1998
Cross Cultural Communication (L)

LING2021 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Prerequisites: 12 units of Anthropology, Archaeology, History,

Linguistics or Sociology.
Prerequisites: At least 12 units of first year courses in

anthropology, archaeology (ARCH or PREH), philosophy,
psychology, sociology, history, computer science, English or any
language (Asian or European, modern or classical). Students
who have completed other first-year courses may be admitted
to this course at the discretion of the lecturer.
Note: First-year students will normally take LING1021, lateryear students LING2021.
Incompatibility: LING2016 Language in Aboriginal Australian
Incompatibility: LING1021 Cross-cultural Communication.
Course Description: Introduction to the languages of the

traditional and modern Indigenous societies of Australia. History
of research on Australian languages. Language and territoriality.
Main characteristics of the sounds and grammar of Australian
languages (including some learning of one of the traditional
languages). Vocabulary and semantic structure (especially
Course Description: This course covers the same topics as

Cross-cultural Communication LING1021, but adopts a more
theoretical stance, involves more recommended reading, and
slightly different assignments.
Later Year Course

Workload: 26 hours of lectures and 7 tutorials.
Academic Contact: Dr Harold Koch
280
Indicative Assessment: Essay (30 per cent), test (20 per cent),
tutorial participation (10 per cent) and final examination (40
per cent).
Prescribed Text:
Wierzbicka, Anna. Cross-cultural pragmatics, Berlin: Mouton de
Gruyter. (Chapters 2, 3, 5, 10)
There will also Reading Brick.
Acoustics of Voice
LING3005 (6 units)
Language Planning & Language Politics

LING2022 (6 units)
Workload: 2 hours of lectures and one hour of practical per

week
Later Year Course
Prerequisites: Phonetics: Sounds of the Worlds Languages

LING1010/LING2010 or the earlier course Phonetics and
Phonology LING1004/LING2004

Academic Contact: Dr Jennifer Hendriks
Prerequisites: At least 12 units from the Faculty of Arts or the
Faculty of Asian Studies, or with written permission of the
lecturer.
Course Description: This course aims to introduce students to
the main issues involved in language planning and language
policy. It will look at such issues as: How and why languages
are chosen as official languages and what this means politically
in a society; How languages are developed to fulfil new
functions and express new ideologies; How language education
policy can affect members of a society; How societies treat
indigenous languages; Language spread and linguistics
imperialism; Language rights. Emphasis will be given to
language planning and policy development in Australia, but
the course will also examine language planning in other parts
of the world.
Indicative Assessment: 3,000 word case study (40 per cent),one
assignment (20 per cent), tutorial participation (10 per cent)
and final examination (30 per cent).
Later Year Course

Course Description: Acoustics of Voice teaches the knowledge

and practical expertise necessary to enable students to:
measure the acoustics of speech with computers; interpret the
results; assess the Linguistic-Phonetic and Forensic-Phonetic
significance of their findings. Topics include: Basic Acoustics.
Acoustic Theory of Speech Production (Source-Filter Theory).
Acoustics of selected speech sounds (including Tones and
Intonation). Statistics. Bayes Theorem. Between-speaker and
within-speaker variation and its Forensic Application. Lectures
will be supplemented by laboratory work, with students being
trained in digital instrumental techniques.
Indicative Assessment: Research project (40 per cent), 3-4
assignments (50 per cent) and in-class test (10 per cent).
Conversation Analysis
LING3011 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Prescribed Text: Spolsky, B., 2004 Language Policy, Cambridge UP
Workload: 22 lectures and 10 tutorials/practical sessions. (Data

sessions in weeks 12 and 13)
Second Language Acquisition

LING2101 (6 units)
Later Year Course

Workload: One two-hour lecture per week and one-hour
tutorial every second week
Prerequisites: Either LING1001/2001 Introduction to the Study
of Language and one other LING course, preferably LING1020
Structure of English or LING2003 Introduction to Syntax.
Students who have not completed these prerequisites but have
completed units in other languages should seek the written
Incompatibility: LING2102 or LANG2101 Second Language
Acquisition
Course Description: This course gives an overview of the field
of second language acquisition research. The study of second
language acquisition started out as a primarily pedagogical
enterprise and has now taken a distinctly cognitive slant.
This course will trace the historic factors leading to this
development, in particular theory formation and the analysis of
observational data. A number of approaches to the explanation
of language acquisition will be reviewed and evaluated against
the background of empirical data.
Indicative Assessment: Two assignments (40 per cent), pilot
project (20 per cent) and empirical research project (40
percent).
Prerequisites: 12 units (2 Linguistics courses) or permission of

the Convenor.
Course Description: How is conversation organised? How do
we know when it is our turn to talk? How is talk managed
so that only one person speaks at a time? Do you know the
rules for starting a conversation? Are there any rules for
closing a conversation? This course will seek to answer these
questions by examining everyday interaction. It will examine
actual interaction to see how people organize their talk so that
only one person talks at a time. It will look at the structure of
interaction and examine how speakers move from one topic to
another. This course is relevant for anyone interested in talk-ininteraction and in understanding how we use language within
society.
Indicative Assessment: Three transcription and data assignments
(20 per cent each) and data analysis essay (40 per cent).
This course can be counted towards an Applied Linguistics,
Linguistics major or International Communication major.
Child Language Acquisition

LING3021 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Workload: 2 hours of lectures per week and 6 tutorials over
13 weeks
281
Prerequisites: LING1020/LING2020 Structure of English

or LING2003 Introduction to Syntax or permission of the
coordinator.
Course Description: By the time children are 3 years old,
they know about 3,000 words; they can formulate complex
sentences; and they can produce all the sounds of their own
language. How do they do this? This course will seek to answer
these questions and more. It will survey the central themes
in language acquisition. It will focus on all the stages in
acquisition from the babbling infant up to the pre-school child.
This course is relevant not only for linguists, but for anyone
interested in child development.
Indicative Assessment: Theoretical essay (30 per cent) and
practical assignments (70 per cent).
Seminar on Semantics
LING3022 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Workload: A two-hour weekly seminar.
Academic Contact: Professor Anna Wierzbicka
Prerequisites: Semantics LING2008 or equivalent; or with the
permission of the Lecturer.
Course Description: This course is theoretically and
methodologically oriented. It focuses on semantic universals,
their role as a tool for comparing meanings across languages
and cultures, and their implications for semantic analysis on all
levels of language, including lexicon, grammar and discourse.
The course aims at improving the students skills in exploring
and describing the meaning of words, constructions and whole
texts in the context of the study of languages and the stream
of life.
Linguistics IV Honours (S)

LING4005F (24 units each Semester)
Later Year Course
Course Description: Linguistics Honours IV work:
In their Linguistics Honours program, students normally take
three units of coursework and write a substantial sub-thesis.
The coursework and thesis are normally weighted equally, at 50
per cent each. All fourth-year coursework is assessed at fourthyear i.e. postgraduate level. Where possible, at least one external
examiner is involved in examination of the thesis, in addition to
two in-house examiners.
supervisor.

LING4005P (12 units each Semester)
Later Year Course
Course Description: As for LING4005F
This course is taken by students undertaking Linguistics Honours
Applied Linguistics IV Honours

Topics discussed will involve the following: Human bodies,

Social categories, Speech Acts, Mental predicates, Emotions,
Physical properties and Physical activities.
Later Year Course
Indicative Assessment: Two 2,500 - 3,000 word essays (90 per

cent) and class participation, including class presentation (10
per cent).
Course Description: Applied Linguistics Honours IV work:

In their Honours year, students take three coursework courses
and write a substantial sub-thesis. The coursework and thesis
are normally weighed equally 50 per cent each. All fourth-year
coursework is assessed at fourth-year i.e. postgraduate level.
Where possible, at least one external examiner is involved
in examination of the thesis, in addition to two in-house
examiners.
Prescribed Text: Wierzbicka, A, Semantics: primes and

universals, OUP, 1996
Special Topics in Linguistics

LING3025 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Workload: May be offered dependent on demand and
availability of resources. Students must contact a specific
lecturer with a proposal.
Academic Contact: Dr Jennifer Hendriks
Prerequisites: Approval of the Convener

Academic Contact: Dr Johanna Rendle-Short and Dr Phil Rose

supervisor.

Course Description: Intensive study of one or more topics

in linguistics, through a combination of lectures, prescribed
readings, and written analysis. The topics may be studied in
conjunction with the Australian Linguistic Institute organised
by the Australian Linguistic Society.
Later Year Course
Indicative Assessment: By written reports/analyses and essays.
This course is taken by students undertaking Applied Linguistics

details.
282

Course Description: As for LING4105F
Introduction to the Modern Middle East

MEAS1001 (6 units)
First Year Course
Workload: 2 X 1 Hr Lectures plus 1 x 1 Hr tutorial each week
Academic Contact: James Piscatori
Course Description: This interdisciplinary course will examine
the emergence of the modern Middle East. It will be organised
thematically rather than chronologically and its aim is to
acquaint beginning students with the major historical,
religious, social, economic, and political dimensions of the
Middle East. Students will be exposed to lectures and a variety
of readings that cover such topics as the construction of
identities, the place of tradition and history, the impact of
imperialism, the development of nationalism, and the reasons
for revolution and conflict in the region. The course will also
look at the contemporary challenges of globalisation, religious
radicalisation, democratisation, and transnational terrorism.
Indicative Assessment: The assessment for this course will be :Book Report (500 words) 20 per cent; Essay (1200 words) 40
per cent, End of Semester Examination 30 per cent, Tutorial
Performance 10 per cent
Albert Hourani, A History of the Arab Peoples; Mehran Kamrava,
The Modern Middle East
This course may be counted towards a Development Studies
major.
Iranian History & Culture

MEAS2000 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Workload: 2 x 1 hour lectures and a one hour tutorial
Academic Contact: Dr Hossein Moghaddam
Prerequisites: First year courses to the value of 12 units from
Arts or Asian Studies, or with permission of the Director of the
Centre.
Course Description: This course broadly examines the
historical, cultural and social processes which have formed
and transformed Iranian culture and civilisation. The unit
comprises three sections, ancient, middle and modern Iran.
The student will be introduced to history, politics, language,
literature, art and society in Iran, ranging from ancient Persia
to contemporary Iran. The course will seek to analyse a range
of topics, which includes the legacy of Pre-Islamic Iran as well
as the history of Islamic conquest and its impact on Iranian
literature, art and architecture. It will also provide an analysis
of the socio-political aspects that came to create modern Iran,
emphasising the move towards the constitutional revolution,
the consequences of the fifty-year Pahlavi rule and finally the
developments of the domestic and foreign policies under the
Islamic Republic of Iran.
Indicative Assessment: Essay (3000 words) 50 per cent, final
Examination (two hours) 40 per cent, Tutorial assessment (based
on attendance, reading and performance) 10 per cent.
Arberry, A.J., (ed.). The Legacy of Persia, Clarendon Press, 1953.
Browne, E.G. Literary History of Persia, Cambridge: Cambridge

Mackey, Sandra. THe Iranians: Persia, Islam and the Soul of a
Nation, New York: Plume Book, 1998
Frye, R.N., The Golden Age of Persia. London: Weidenfeld and
Nicholson, 1975. * Saikal, A., The Rise and Fall of the Shah,
Princeton University Press, 1980.
Turkish History: Ottoman State to Modern Turkey

MEAS2002 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Workload: Two one-hour lectures and one one-hour tutorial
per week
Academic Contact: Dr M. Mehdi Ilhan
Course Description: The Ottoman State grew from a principality
(c. 1300) into one of the worlds greatest powers and lasted
for 640 years. As a ghazi state the Ottomans confronted the
Byzantines, contributing to their decay. Mehmed II with his
conquest of Istanbul put an end to the Byzantine Empire
in 1453 and set out to build a new empire on its economic
and cultural heritage. At its peak in the sixteenth century
the Ottoman State spread across three continents. European
colonial penetration and the rise of nationalism undermined
the vitality of Ottoman State and Empire came to an end after
the First World War. The Turks however, reunited and founded a
new modern state after the War of Independence. The modern
Turkish state is secular and is expecting to become a member of
the European Union. Turkey today acts as a bridge between the
East and the West. From a geo-strategic perspective it is one of
the most important countries in the post-cold war world.
The emphasis in this course will be on topics that will facilitate
an understanding of both the Ottoman and modern Turkish
state. Political, military and administrative systems of the
Ottomans, as well as continuity and differences between the
Ottoman and modern Turkish state will be discussed through
introducing interrelated themes.
Indicative Assessment: One 3,000-word essay (50 per cent), and
either a two hour examination or a 2,000 word essay (40 per
cent) and tutorial assessment (based on attendance, reading
and performance) (10 per cent).
* McCarthy, J., The Ottoman Turks: AN Introductory History to
1923, Longman 1997.
* Imber, C., The Otoman Empire, 1300-1650: The Structure of
Powers, Palgrave Macmillan, 2002.
* Goffman, D., The Ottoman Empire and Early Modern Europe,
Cambridge University Press, 2002.
* Ahmed, F., The Making of Modern Turkey, Routledge, 1993.
This course may be counted towards a History major or a
Turkish major.
Islam : History & Institutions

MEAS2104 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Workload: Two one-hour lectures and one one-hour tutorial
per week
Academic Contact: Prof Jim Piscatori
283
Prerequisites: 12 units from Arts or Asian Studies or permission

of coordinator.
Prescribed Text: A reading brick will be made available

to students.
Incompatibility: AREL2162 Islam: History and Institutions and

AREL2815 Trends in Modern Islamic Thought and ASIA2162
Islam: History & Institutions.
This course is considered compatible with Security Studies,

Asian Politics and International Relations, and Contemporary
Asian Societies fields of study.
Course Description: Students will be presented with a general

outline of the history of Islam from the seventh century to
the present day. The course also examines the development of
the central institutions of Islam in the context of that history.
Special attention will be paid to particular developments and
institutions such as: the emergence of Islam; the Quran and
basic Islamic teachings; Islamic Jurisprudence; and political
institutions (e.g. the Caliphate), which have influenced the
modern political debate in Muslim communities in the Middle
East and Southeast Asia.
Indicative Assessment: 3,000 word essay (50 per cent), End of
semester examination (40 per cent) and tutorial assessment
based on attendance, reading and performance (10 per cent).
Esposito, J.L., Islam: The Straight Path, New York: Oxford
University Press, 3rd Ed., 2004
Makris, G.P., Islam in the Middle East: a Living Tradition, London:
Blackwell Publishing, 2007
Rahman, F., Islam, Chicago & London, The University of Chicago
Press, (2nd ed), 1979.
Sonn, T., A Brief History of Islam, Oxford: Blackwell, 2005.
Asian Religions, Asian Politics and International Relations, and
Contemporary Asian Societies fields of study.
The Political Economy of the Middle East

MEAS2105 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Workload: One two-hour seminar and one one hour tutorial
per week.
Academic Contact: Dr Matthew Gray
Prerequisites: Two first-year courses in Political Science, or with
permission of the lecturer. This course does not require any
previous study of economics.
Course Description: The aim of this course is to analyse and
explain the dynamics of political economy in the contemporary
Middle East. There is a focus on how political actors and
social forces influence, and in turn are influenced, by political
economy structures and development strategies. In particular,
the effects of state institutions, international actors, social
classes, and new groups such as private sector businesspeople
are assessed, and their roles considered in the context of
political economy theoretical approaches. Particular case studies
focus on recent trends in the region, especially: the growth of
Islamic models of economic development; the processes and
outcomes of economic reform; the impacts of globalisation and
foreign penetration of the region; and the ways in which new
industries and technologies are shaping the political economies
of the region.
participation (10 per cent) and final two-hour examination (40
per cent).
284
Gallipoli: History & National Imagination

MEAS2108 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Workload: 1 x 2 hour Lecture plus 1 x one hour tutorial
Academic Contact: Dr Mehdi Ilhan
Course Description: The Dardanelles Straight and Gallipoli
Peninsula witnessed one of the most devastating campaigns,
fought between the Allies and the Ottomans, which was to
determine the course of the First World War. It was as the Allies
had planned it, however. The Ottomans proved that the Sick
Man of Europe was mere propaganda and that they still could
resist a joint force despite the fact they had already lost their
last remaining lands in North Africa to the Italians (1911-1912)
and had come out of the Balkan Wars exhausted (1912-1913).
The British and French joint project mobilized not only a strong
navy, but also a very strong joint military force, including
young men from Australia and New Zealand as well as British
India. The German officers used their skills in organizing
Ottoman forces on the Peninsula. Sir Ian Hamilton and General
Liman von Sanders found on the battleground at Gallipoli the
opportunity to compete for the upper hand in the First World
War. The Allies failed to reach Istanbul, the Ottoman capital,
nor were they able to meet up with the Russians on the other
end of the Black Sea. The Allied losses were almost 45,000 dead
and 100,000 wounded. The Ottoman losses were almost 60,000
dead and 150,000 wounded. No one would have imagined how
soldiers on both sides were later to be commemorated: they
not only fought for their countries, but also laid the seeds of
national consciousness for their countries.
Indicative Assessment: 50 per cent first compulsory essay
(3000 words), 40 per cent final exam or optional second essay
(2000 words), 10 per cent tutorial participation.
1. Broadbent, Harvey: Gallipoli: the Fatal Shore, London: Viking
(an imprint of Penguin Books) 2005. 2. Carlyon, Les: Gallipoli,
Sydney: Macmillan 2001.
3. Frame, Tom: The Shores of Gallipoli: Naval Dimensions of the
Anzac Campaign, Alexandria: Hale and Iremonger 2000.
4. Hickey, Michael: Gallipoli, London: John Murray 1995.
5. Steel, Nigel and Hart, Peter: Defeat at Gallipoli, London:
Macmillan 1994.

MUSM1177 (3 units)
First Year Course
Workload: One and a half hour workshop
Prerequisites: Central Concepts of Music (MUSM1201) or
permission of coordinator.
Course Description: World Music Ensemble develops the various

instrumental and vocal techniques required forperforming
adiverse range of world musics. It deepens the students
understanding of the traditional musics of Australia, Asia, the
Pacific Islands,Africa, Latin America,andEurope. World Music
Ensemble fosters skills in performance techniques of other
cultures, an understanding of music in its cultural contexts,
an inter-cultural understanding through practical experience
of playing and singing music from oral cultures, and an
understanding of the fusion of world musics as currently used
in contemporary music.
Indicative Assessment: Presentation of performance skills
acquired in practical workshops on the basis of Course
Requirements Satisfied or otherwise.
Assumed Knowledge and Required Skills: A working knowledge

of music theory (notation and basic tonal harmony) is assumed
in all courses after the first semester of first year.
Course Description: This course examines some of the
significant points of change in the history of European art
music, through the detailed study of representative works.
Musical works will be considered within their historical,
theoretical and cultural contexts.
Indicative Assessment: Weekly in-class theory tests (30 per
cent), two in-class listening tests (20 per cent), and a 2500 word
Jazz History 1
MUSM1210 (3 units)
Central Concepts of Music

MUSM1201 (6 units)
First Year Course
First Year Course
Workload: 1 hour per week.
Academic Contact: Colin Hoorweg
Workload: 3 hours per week, a mixture of lectures and tutorials.
Prerequisites: None.
Course Description: This course develops the students ability

to formulate their musical ideas, informed by historical and
contemporary cultural and stylistic concepts and practice,
and to research, analyse, discuss and critically reflect on
music. It deepens the students understanding of jazz and
the historical, social and cultural contexts which affected its
development. In considering past and present musical practice,
the student is introduced to issues of criticism, analysis,
history, interpretation and cross-cultural understanding. This
course fosters: self-reliance and confidence in the ability to
communicate effectively through the written and spoken
word; ability to analyse, criticise, evaluate and interpret music
from score, sound and other sources; an understanding of the
methodologies in history, analysis and criticism; cross-cultural
understanding; research skills; problem solving and critical
reasoning; an open-minded attitude to musical invention; a
sensitivity to ethical and conceptual issues involved in the
musical process; and ability to meet practical requirements and
deadlines.

broad cultural and theoretical perspectives involved in studying
music at tertiary level, as well as developing the academic skills
they will need to complete subsequent courses.
From a cultural viewpoint, the course introduces students
to music as a universal, socio-cultural human phenomenon.
Western, non-Western and intercultural traditions are
considered from common points of view such as music and the
environment, music and power, music and identity, music and
other arts, music and society. The course develops the students
ability to formulate ideas informed by contemporary cultural
concepts, to research, discuss and critically reflect on musical
practice, and to present ideas in a variety of formats and media.
From a theoretical viewpoint, this course takes as its starting
point the assumption that music can be understood as
structured sound. Students learn to appreciate and understand
the ways in which musical elements such as motives, themes,
durations, textures, timbres and so on, combine and contribute
to the articulation of the structure, or design, of musical works.
The basic emphasis of the course is analytical, and students will
develop their ability to study musical works in terms of smaller
parts that function together to create the whole.
Indicative Assessment: Assessment will be based on various
tasks commensurate with the aims of the course. While written
and oral presentations are required of all students, work in
other media and formats may be included in the individual
students assessed work. Students will also be tested on material
presented in lectures and in the required reading and listening/
viewing. Theoretical exercises (30 per cent), one 1500 word
socio-cultural essay (30 per cent), exam (30 per cent) and
Tutorial participation (10 per cent).
Turning points in Music: 1600-1914

MUSM1203 (6 units)
First Year Course
Workload: 3 hours per week, a mixture of lectures and tutorials
Indicative Assessment: Two 2000-3000 word essays on the

related material (50 per cent each).
Jazz History 2
MUSM1211 (3 units)
First Year Course
Prerequisites:MUSM1210 Jazz History 1.
285

musical process; and ability to meet practical requirements and
deadlines.
Performance 1
MUSM1214 (6 units)
First Year Course
Workload: Total contact time will vary according to instrument,
but will normally include one hours individual tuition per
week, plus performance class and concert practice. Symphony
Orchestra or Orchestral Repertoire (for orchestral players) and
Opera (for singers) will also be included.
Academic Contact: Virginia Taylor (Performance Coordinator),
Tor Fromyhr (Symphony Orchestra Coordinator), and Dominic
Harvey (Orchestral Repertoire Coordinator)
is placed on regular critical feedback and formative evaluation

by staff. Assessment requirements and criteria vary according
to the nature of the discipline. Guidelines setting out specific
requirements and assessment criteria for each discipline will be
provided.
Instruments/classes available in the Bachelor of Music
(performance major): Bassoon, Cello, Clarinet, Double Bass,
Flute, Guitar, Harp, French Horn, Classical Horn, Jazz Arranging
and Composition, Jazz Bass, Jazz Clarinet, Jazz Drums, Jazz
Flute, Jazz Guitar, Jazz Piano, Jazz Saxophone, Jazz Trombone,
Jazz Trumpet, Jazz Violin, Jazz Voice, Oboe, Percussion, Piano,
Fortepiano, Trombone, Trumpet, Viola, Violin, Voice.
Instrumental Studies 1
MUSM1216 (3 units)
First Year Course
Workload: Total contact time 1.5 hours per week, including
individual tuition normally for half an hour per week, plus
performance classes (classical). Attendance at and participation
in concert practice may be recommended. Voice and Jazz
students may be required to participate in ensemble activities.
Prerequisites: Audition/interview
Performance 2
MUSM1215 (6 units)
Incompatibility: May not be taken concurrently with any other

performance course in the same instrument as a performance
major.
First Year Course

Prerequisites: Successful completion ofMUSM1214 (in the same
instrument)
Course Description: Performance develops each students
technical skill in their discipline, and challenges and extends
their artistic understanding and creativity. Study of an
instrument/voice is undertaken through individual lessons,
performance and technical classes and concert practice
activities, from which the students technical and musical
proficiency is assessed and developed and a range of repertoire
of diverse styles and historical periods is explored. This study is
strongly sequenced according to the needs and abilities of each
individual, and the discipline-specific demands.
Performance fosters a thorough technical foundation in the
discipline, repertoire and stylistic knowledge, the ability to
express and communicate artistic ideas and intentions, the
ability to perform confidently in public, independence and
problem solving, self reliance in practice, critical reflection on
personal musical expression, self motivation and organisation,
management of physical demands, and an ability to meet
practical requirements and deadlines.
Indicative Assessment: A graded result reflects the level of
achievement in technical assessments and recitals. Emphasis
286
MUSM1217 (3 units)
First Year Course
Prerequisites: Successful completion ofMUSM1216 in the same
instrument.
major.
Course Description: Instrumental Studies aims to develop the
students skills and abilities on an instrument/voice. Study of
an instrument/voice is undertaken in individual tuition and in
associated practical activities as relevant to the discipline and
appropriate to the students level of technical ability.
Indicative Assessment: Assessment will be by teachers report
(20 per cent) and an area exam of 15 minutes (80 per cent).
Students will be assessed according to their increasing level of
achievement.
Instruments/classes available: Bassoon, Cello, Clarinet,
Composition, Double Bass, Flute, Guitar, Harp, French Horn,
Jazz Arranging and Composition, Jazz Bass, Jazz Clarinet, Jazz
Bass Clarinet, Jazz Drums, Jazz Flute, Jazz Guitar, Jazz Piano,
Jazz Saxophone, Jazz Trombone, Jazz Trumpet, Jazz Violin, Jazz
Voice, Musicology, Oboe, Percussion, Piano, Piccolo, Trombone,
Trumpet, Viola, Violin, Voice, Classical Horn, Sackbut, Baroque

Oboe, Cor Anglais, Baroque Horn, Bass Clarinet, Contra Bassoon,
Fortepiano.
Musicology 2
MUSM1221 (6 units)
Composition 1
MUSM1218 (6 units)
First Year Course
Prerequisites: MUSM1220
Workload: Total contact time 3 - 4 hours per week, including

individual tuition and composition seminar.
Course Description: Musicology develops the students ability

to research and explore scholarly ideas in music, examining
music as cultural and aesthetic practice in historical,
contemporary and cross-cultural contexts. It introduces the
student to the materials, critical, historical, and oral sources,
conceptual approaches and disciplines of musical research
and scholarship. It deepens the students understanding of
the historical, social and cultural contexts in which music has
developed and is practised. The student is challenged to address
issues, practices and methods relating to criticism, style and
analysis, artistic interpretation, history, bibliography, biography,
archival research, cultural theory, field work and cross-cultural
knowledge. The student will develop the vocabulary and tools
for speaking and writing critically about the rich traditions
of music inherited from European and other traditions, and
learn to use, synthesise and evaluate primary sources, with an
emphasis upon Australian resources. At times this seminar may
be taken, in part, at various cultural institutions in Canberra.

Prerequisites: Interview and/or submission of a folio of works.
Composition 2
MUSM1219 (6 units)
First Year Course
Workload: Total contact time 3-4 hours per week, including
Prerequisites:MUSM1218 Composition 1
Course Description: Composition develops each students
technical knowledge and craft, and challenges and extends
their artistic understanding and creativity. It promotes the
development of the students understanding of a range of
styles, genres, approaches and idioms.
The student will analyse theories, structures, methods,
approaches and techniques in a range of twentieth century
styles and in a range of instrumental and vocal repertoire.
This allows systematic development of understanding and
application of knowledge in the development of their own
musical works. The study of instrumentation and orchestration,
with reference to scores from a range of historical periods,
informs the techniques required for a composer to function in
the complexities of the profession. Consideration of the history
of ideas as expressed in literature, the visual and the performing
arts, both within European and other traditions, is encouraged
to further the students range of conceptual and aesthetic
understanding.
achievement in class work, and a folio of works, (including
original works, analyses, orchestrations) as appropriate to the
discipline. Satisfactory participation in composition seminar
forms a prerequisite to graded assessment. The assessment
requirements and criteria for evaluation in musical composition
will be defined in written guidelines given to students at the
beginning of each semester. Emphasis will be placed on regular
critical feedback and formative evaluation by staff.
Folio (70 per cent), Seminar notes/Research project (30 per
cent).
Musicology 1
MUSM1220 (6 units)
First Year Course
Workload: Contact time 2 hours per week.
First Year Course

Workload: Contact time 2 hours per week
Indicative Assessment: One major project (50 per cent); two

minor projects which may include group work and/or class
presentations (50 per cent).
Ensemble Performance 1
MUSM1224 (3 units)
First Year Course
Workload: Average contact time 2 hours per week. There will be
fixed rehearsal times for some ensembles; others will rehearse
intensively prior to performance. Students are cautioned to
check the detailed timetables for the ensembles they will be
participating in prior to confirming their enrolment.
Prerequisites: Audition
MUSM1225 (3 units)
First Year Course
Prerequisites:MUSM1224 Ensemble Performance 1
Course Description: Students whose major is in performance
will undertake a variety of ensemble work appropriate to their
major. Orchestral players will typically perform in chamber
ensembles. Piano majors will undertake chamber music and
accompaniment class. The precise details of students_ programs
of study will be determined in consultation with the course
coordinator and the students_ instrumental teachers.
Prerequisites: Interview
287
Indicative Assessment: Students will be assessed on preparation,

participation, performance and presentation in the ensemble of
which they are members. No grades will be awarded other than
Course Requirements Satisfied or otherwise.
Ensembles: Accompaniment, Brass Ensemble, Chamber Music,
Chamber Orchestra, Guitar Workshop, Harp Ensemble, Jazz
Ensemble, Percussion Ensemble.
Topics
Indicative Assessment: Pass/fail, based on:

Satisfactory organization of rehearsals/tutorials.
Adequate preparation and satisfactory participation in four
group tutorials per semester.
Masterclass participation where required.
Attendance at two of four Chamber Music masterclasses as
an observer.
Satisfactory presentation of the rehearsed item(s) in a public
concert.
Submission of tutorial diary/sheet at the end of semester.
Accompaniment
Syllabus: Accompaniment deepens the students understanding
of the role of the associate artist through gaining familiarity
with a range of vocal repertoire and string, brass and woodwind
duo repertoire. There is a strong emphasis upon developing the
students skills in rehearsal techniques and sight-reading, as
well as developing an understanding of musical partnership.
Chamber Orchestra
Syllabus: ANU Chamber Orchestra provides students with the
opportunity of performing mainly string works from the 18th to
21st Century. These works will be of the major string repertoire
and chosen because of the value to young string players. Where
possible public performances will take place throughout the
year.
The course aims to foster the musical attributes necessary to

accompanying another artist, enhanced sight-reading facility,
and an understanding of the role of the accompanist in a range
of repertoire contexts.
Indicative Assessment: Students will be assessed on preparation

and participation, and a demonstrated growth in ability within
the rehearsal and performance environment of a chamber
orchestra. No grades will be awarded other than Course
Indicative Assessment: Ensemble Performance 1, 3 and 5:

sight-reading exams; preparation for, and performances at
masterclasses.
Ensemble Performance 2: 15 minute accompaniment exam or
participation in Accompaniment Competition.
Ensemble Performance 4 and 6: participation in Margaret
Smiles Accompaniment Competition (10 minute performance
with singer, 10 minute performance with instrumentalist).
No grades will be awarded other than Course Requirements
Satisfied or otherwise.
Brass Ensemble
Syllabus: The School of Music Brass Department prides itself
upon the varied performance opportunities it provides its
students, from schools programs and tours, specific Brass
Ensemble concert programs, through to professional activities
outside of the ANU. Through Brass Ensemble, students can
develop skills as entrepreneurs in their own individual field
as well as the collective environment. All possible music
performance is supported and explored. Arranging and
composing for Brass Ensemble is also actively encouraged.
Students will also develop skills in improvisation and new
music concepts. Brass Ensemble is a very specific discipline,
and students come to understand the necessity to be highly
proficient, soloistic and capable of behaving as a team player
within this ensemble context.
Indicative Assessment: Pass/Fail. Attendance, commitment
and development as a player and leader. Preparation of
parts and ability to understand and undertake more complex
responsibilities as ensemble members.
Chamber Music
Syllabus: The study of Chamber Music provides instrumental
students with the opportunity to develop rehearsal and
performance skills in small ensemble situations, and to gain
close familiarity with works from the Chamber Music repertoire.
Students acquire useful knowledge of the characteristics and
peculiar difficulties of other instruments in tutorials, group-run
rehearsals, and masterclasses during each semester, culminating
in a public performance of their chosen work.
288
Guitar Workshop
Syllabus: Guitar Workshop focuses on two main areas of skill
development: guitar ensemble performance and sight reading.
The guitar ensemble component involves the learning and
detailed rehearsal of works for multiple guitars, usually for
public performance. The course aims to develop all the usual
skills needed for high level chamber music performance with
particular reference to the repertoire and issues specific to
multiple guitars.
The sight reading component deals with the particular problems
presented by sight reading on the guitar. The course uses a
position-based approached aimed at developing fluency and
confidence and instant recognition of notes in all positions of
the fingerboard with students largely, though not exclusively,
playing single lines often in the higher positions and in a group
context.
Indicative Assessment: Pass/Fail - based on preparation,
commitment and progress.
Harp Ensemble
Syllabus: Harp Ensemble provides students with the opportunity
to gain experience playing together, enhancing chamber
music and orchestral skills. Repertoire covers a broad range
and includes traditional duo and contemporary Australian
works. The School of Music Harp Ensemble performs regularly
both internally and outside the ANU, and is the basis for entry
to the professional Kioloa Harp Ensemble. Requirements are
the conscientious preparation of the ensemble repertoire and
participation in any scheduled performances. The course is held
concurrently with Harp Performance Class.
Indicative Assessment: Pass/fail. Effort, commitment and
progress, including the students capacity to undertake
increasingly complex tasks.
Jazz Ensemble
Syllabus: Jazz Ensemble provides students with the opportunity
to perform a variety of repertoire from standards through to
contemporary. Material is tailored to suit each ensembles level
of performance skills. Jazz Ensemble allows the student to study,
from a performance perspective, historically important works

in the jazz repertoire, and deepens the students understanding
of current trends the jazz idiom. The course develops skills
in improvisation, rehearsal techniques, interpretation, and
arranging for small ensemble.
Percussion Ensemble
Syllabus: Percussion Ensemble provides students with the
opportunity to perform the full spectrum of percussion though
an emphasis on developing the individual percussionist as a
chamber and solo musician. It allows the student to study, from
a performance perspective, historically important works of the
twentieth century, and deepens the students understanding
of current trends in contemporary music as well as the wide
body of Australian percussion music. This course also develops
skills in improvisation, extended techniques, analysis and
interpretation.

The following ensembles are available, subject to numbers:
Advanced Orchestral Studies, Big Band, Classic Era Fortepiano
vs Modern Piano, Commercial Jazz Ensemble, Contemporary
Music Ensemble, Haydn and the English Keyboard, Jazz
Ensemble Studies, Jazz Vocal Group, Keyboard Performance
Practice, Opera for non-Voice major students, Orchestra for
non-performance major students, Recording Ensemble, Styles
in the Studio.
Topics
Advanced Orchestral Studies for Flute/Clarinet
Syllabus: Offered to B.Mus Performance 3 and above students
who are enrolled in Clarinet Performance Major.
Pre requisiteMUSM1215 Performance 2.

Offered First or Second Semester. The course is delivered as

a one week (5 days) intensive outside of regular Semester
teaching time. Contact master class and listening time will total
15 hours.
Ensemble Performance Extension 1

MUSM1226 (3 units)
Orchestral Studies-Clarinet aims to further develop the

knowledge, repertoire and art of orchestral playing in
specific regard to students wishing to gain a further in depth
knowledge of style, orchestral techniques and related discipline
encountered in the profession. The course covers a broad range
of symphonic repertoire and deals with the challenges of
preparing and focusing on orchestral auditions.
First Year Course

Prerequisites: Entry by audition.
Corequisites: Students must be concurrently enrolled in one of
the Ensemble Performance courses (MUSM 1224, 1225, 2224,
2225, 3224, 3225).

MUSM1227 (3 units)
First Year Course
2225, 3224, 3225).
Course Description: Ensemble Performance - Extension allows
students to take additional ensemble work for academic credit.
This might be to perform in specialist ensembles, such as the
Contemporary Music Ensemble, Jazz Vocal Group, or Big Band.
Alternatively, it allows students to participate in ensembles such
as the School of Music orchestra on a second instrument.
The course will comprise a series of daily master classes with

set repertoire and listening sessions with feedback throughout
the week.
Indicative Assessment: The course will be assessed at pass/
fail only, based on effort, commitment and progress including
the students capacity to undertake the required tasks. It is
envisaged that students will have the opportunity to present
a mock-audition behind screens (in keeping with professional
situations) at the conclusion of the course.
Big Band
Syllabus: Big Band aims to provide students with exposure
to the many different styles of large ensemble performance.
Big Band enhances an understanding of Big Band styles and
application of those styles. Skills such as soloing techniques,
instrumental blending, tuning and sight-reading will also be
fostered. The course will also allow for and encourage students
to compose and arrange for the Big Band structure. The Big
Band members will be expected to undertake full rehearsals,
recording experience, public performances, and recruitment
projects within the education system.
It is expected that students would enrol in this course for
Semesters 1 and 2 in any given year.
Indicative Assessment: The course will be assessed at a pass/
fail level only, based on the students level of achievement and
participation including an 80 per cent attendance requirement.
In every case of absence the student must arrange a deputy.
Classic era Fortepiano vs Modern Piano
Syllabus: As with all instruments, the piano developed from
an instrument that could speak into an instrument that
could sing. Classic era (ca. 1740-1830) keyboard instruments
differ radically from 21st century counterparts in design,
289
construction, sound, and touch. Such was the rapidity of

development in keyboard instrument design during the Classic
era, that the sound and touch of instruments made five years
apart is markedly different. Classic era composers were aware
of the latest developments in keyboard instrument design, and
wrote specifically for the unique qualities of sound and touch
inherent in the instruments of their preferred makers. Much
of the notated and implied performance details in Classic era
keyboard scores cannot be realised, or can only be realised
through compromise, when performed on the modern piano;
this corruption has resulted in the emergence of conventions
of performance that differ greatly from those of the Classic era.
This course outlines a history of the development of the piano
to the end of the Classic era, and reveals the consequences for
performance practice in relation to Classic era repertoire of the
use of earlier and modern instruments.
Commercial Jazz Ensemble
Syllabus: The Commercial Ensemble is a concert performancegeared ensemble.
and Viennese pianos, compositional devices, and performance

practices, with a focus on the English keyboard works of Joseph
Haydn.
Jazz Ensemble Studies
Indicative Assessment: Pass/Fail based on effort, commitment
and progress, including the students capacity and level of
expertise to undertake increasingly complex tasks.
The aim of the ensemble is to equip the members of the band

with the ability to play a wide variety of styles of music (always
with a jazz influence and improvised sections). The band is
based on modern music ranging from classic jazz compositions
to popular contemporary music such as funk, rock and pop. The
repertoire is designed to develop the students performance
skills in areas such as reading, interpretation, improvisation,
performance, section playing and rehearsal techniques.
Jazz Keyboard
Jazz Vocal Group
Syllabus: Jazz Vocal Group provides students with the
opportunity to perform a variety of repertoire from standards
through to contemporary. Material is tailored to suit the
ensembles level of performance skills. Jazz Vocal Group
allows the student to study, from a performance perspective,
historically important works in the jazz repertoire, and
deepens the students understanding of current trends the jazz
idiom. The course develops skills in section singing, rehearsal
techniques, interpretation, and arranging for vocal ensemble.


progress, including the students capacity and level of expertise
to undertake increasingly complex tasks.
Contemporary Music Ensemble

Syllabus: Contemporary Music Ensemble provides students
with the opportunity to perform experimental and important
twentieth and twenty-first century repertoire. It allows the
student to study, from a performance perspective, historically
important works of the twentieth century, and deepens the
students understanding of current trends in contemporary
music. The course develops skills in improvisation, extended
techniques, analysis and interpretation, and knowledge of the
relationship between world music and contemporary music. The
ensemble has a working relationship with the School of Music
composition program as well as the School of Art Field Studies
program.
Keyboard Performance Practice 1700-1830

Syllabus: The study of historically-informed High-Baroque and
Classic era performance practice (i.e. the varying conventions
of performance that appear to have been prevalent among
knowledgeable performers from the early 1700s to the 1820s)
is an essential key to our understanding the incomplete record
represented by Eighteenth and early-Nineteenth century
musical notation. The course is designed for students who,
within the context of High-Baroque and Classic era repertoire,
wish to mediate in a richly contextualised way between an
historic past documented in the musical score of a work
and its correlative aesthetic present. The course will include
an examination of issues arising from historically-informed
Eighteenth and early-Nineteenth century performance
practice, such as for example, accentuation, articulation,
tempo, ornamentation, rubato, notation, affect, and resultant
conceptual, interpretative and aesthetic implications. This will
almost certainly lead to a reassessment of both received and
personal interpretative responses to High-Baroque and Classic
era repertoire.

Haydn and the English Keyboard Style
Syllabus: Between 1760 and 1800, London and Vienna were
the two most important centres of piano manufacture. English
pianos differed greatly from those of Vienna in both design and
aesthetics of sound. Consequently, the compositional styles
and performance practices associated with keyboard music
in London and Vienna were markedly different. Haydn visited
London twice, and admitted that he composed his works for
London with the English taste in mind. An erroneous, and
commonly heard evaluation of Haydns last three piano sonatas
suggests that they are forward looking and written under the
influence of Beethoven; however, Haydns English keyboard
compositions clearly reveal the influence both of the English
piano, and of the English keyboard compositional style.
This course presents a survey of sources, quotations, and
examples related to Classic era differences between English
290
Indicative Assessment: One written assignment based on

material presented in lectures. Course requirements satisfied
or otherwise.
Opera for non-Voice students
Syllabus: Involvement in an opera production in activities
such as minor set construction, props sourcing, stage manager
assistance, costume assistance or even playing a silent walk-on
role. All activities assigned according to aptitude.
participation, performance and/or punctual completion of
assigned activities. Course requirements satisfied or otherwise.
Orchestra for non-Performance students

Syllabus: Orchestra for non-performance majors provides
students with the opportunity to perform important works
from the standard orchestral repertoire as well as new
works by Australian composers. The course develops skills
in ensemble performance, orchestral rehearsal technique
and aural development and provides a structured forum for
non-performance students with the required instrumental skills
to be actively involved in high level music making. The orchestra
has input from all performance staff at the School of Music.
Jazz Aural & Improvisation 1

MUSM1230 (3 units)
Enrolment is by arrangement with and approval of the

relevant Area Coordinator of the particular instrument and the
Orchestral Coordinator. Audition as directed by the Coordinator
will be required in some circumstances.
Course Description: Jazz Improvisation develops the students

practical ability in improvisation, informed by theoretical,
aural, historical, cultural and stylistic concepts. It deepens
the students understanding of structure within improvised
music and the historical and cultural contexts which affected
its development. Emphasis is placed upon developing the
students melodic, rhythmic and aural skills as well as their
ability accurately to transcribe and analyse music from sound
recordings. Throughout three years of study, a variety of
concepts, approaches, methodologies and skills are introduced
through which student learning is progressively extended and
consolidated.

progress, including the students capacity and level of expertise.
An attendance of not less than 80 per cent of all scheduled
rehearsals and performances as directed by the coordinator of
the orchestral program is necessary to full the requirements.
Recording Ensemble
Syllabus: Class Time: 2-3 hours per week
On completion of this course students will be able to
demonstrate familiarity with contemporary jazz styles, ensemble
blending and interaction and effective rehearsal techniques of
new original compositions.
Students will develop original compositions and arrangements
by advanced composition students in weekly rehearsals.
Students will also develop performance skills in a recording
studio as well as in live concert situation.
Indicative Assessment: Ensembles are graded pass or fail.
Students will be assessed on ability to work coherently within
a group, ensemble blending, improvisation and interaction.
There is an 80 per cent attendance requirement. In every case of
absence the student must arrange a deputy.
Part of the duties as ensemble members may include
appearances at festivals, University concerts and performances
for recruitment purposes. These commitments are unpaid and
are considered part of the course requirements.
Styles in the Studio
Syllabus: Styles in the Studio is a class designed to develop
the students performance skills in the recording studio
environment. A wide variety of material will be recorded each
week in an actual recording session of three hours. Students
will be presented with material that they have not previously
seen or rehearsed, with the aim of developing their ability to
interpret music quickly and precisely. The material recorded
will consist of various styles of music ranging from television
themes, TV commercials, pop songs, jazz, Latin, rock songs,
movie themes etc.
Students will learn how to work with a click track, overdub
parts and work with midi tracks. The class will also take part in a
mix-down session of some of their recording performances.
The class usually consists of a full rhythm section, five horns
and two vocalists. Instrumental makeup is subject to change
according the result of the audition process.
Acceptance into the class is through audition only. It is expected
that students would enrol in this course for Semesters 1 and 2
in any given year.
First Year Course

Workload: Two hours per week.
Academic Contact: Eric Ajaye
Prerequisites: enrolled in a Jazz major; or for non-jazz
studentsMUSM1210 and approval by the Jazz Area coordinator.

achievement and participation taking into account academic
effort, commitment, progress and level of expertise, including
the students capacity to undertake increasing complex tasks.
Emphasis will be placed on regular critical feedback and
formative evaluation. The assessment requirements and criteria
for evaluation will be defined in written guidelines handed out
at the beginning of each semester.
Mid-term test (40 per cent), final test (40 per cent) and weekly
assignments (20 per cent).
Jazz Aural and Improvisation 2

MUSM1231 (3 units)
First Year Course
Prerequisites:MUSM1230 Jazz Aural and Improvisation 1.
aural, historical, cultural and stylistic concepts. It deepens
consolidated.
Indicative Assessment: Four in-class tests - rhythmic
improvisation, rhythmic notation, rhythmic dictation and
polyrhythmic understanding (25 per cent each).
Jazz Arranging & Composition 1

MUSM1235 (3 units)
First Year Course
291
Workload: Average two hours per week.

Academic Contact: Matt Thompson
Prerequisites: enrolment in a Jazz major; or for non-jazz
studentsMUSM1210 and approval by Jazz Area coordinator.

MUSM1236 (3 units)
First Year Course
Workload: Average two hours per week
Prerequisites:MUSM1235 Jazz Arranging and Composition 1.
Course Description: Jazz Arranging and Composition introduces
the student to a variety of writing techniques and approaches
in a variety of styles and ensemble settings. It deepens the
students understanding of the elements of notation, structure,
orchestration and style in the creative writing process. These are
studied from practical and theoretical perspectives. There is a
strong emphasis upon developing the students skills in applying
the written language of jazz within a range of contexts. A
variety of concepts, approaches, methodologies and skills are
introduced through which student learning is progressively
extended and consolidated.
Jazz Arranging and Composition fosters an understanding
of the specifics of notation, structure and invention; an
understanding of the principles of timbre, sonority and
scoring in different instrumental/vocal combinations; skills in
applying arranging and compositional techniques in different
instrumental/vocal settings. There is particular focus on writing
for the rhythm section.
achievement and participation, taking into account academic
effort, commitment and progress and level of expertise
including the students capacity to undertake increasingly
complex tasks. Emphasis will be placed on regular critical
feedback and formative evaluation by staff. The assessment
requirements and criteria for evaluation will be defined in
written guidelines handed out at the beginning of each
semester.
Four assignments (40 per cent) and two projects (30 per cent
each).
Latin Percussion & Hand Drumming

MUSM1259 (3 units)
First Year Course
Workload: 1.5 hours per week.
Prerequisites: By Interview.
Course Description: This elective is designed to give
percussionists and drummers a basic understanding of folkloric
hand drumming techniques and pedagogy. Instruction will
be given in a group class format and will incorporate Conga,
Bongo, Kpalango, Djembe, Tabla, Mridangam drums as well a
wide range of associated accessory percussion instruments.
Pedagogical theories and styles will be examined. Students will
perform in the following styles: Cuban, Afro Cuban, Brazilian
and South Indian.
292
Indicative Assessment: Performance examination of selected

etudes and transcribed solos (80 per cent) and one class
Prescribed Text:
Charles, David, Conga, Bongo, and Timbale Techniques, Marimba
Productions, 1982.
Leake, Jerry, A.I.M Vol. 1 Afro-American Aspects, Rhombus
Publishing, 1986.
Leake, Jerry, A.I.M Vol. 2 Indian Influence, Rhombus Publishing,
1986.
Leake, Jerry, Clave, Rhombus Publishing, 1989.
Malabe, Frank, Weiner, Bob, Afro-Cuban Rhythms for the
Drumset, Manhattan Music Inc., 1990.
Moria Airto, Airto, 20th Century Publications, 1986.
Nash, Kenneth, Rhythms Talk, Advance Music, 1991.
Sulsbruck, Birger, Latin American Percussion, Den Rytmiske
Aftenskoles Forlag, 1980.
MUSM1263 (3 units)
First Year Course
Workload: Students undertake lectures/workshops and
recording/mixdown sessions as appropriate. These may be
delivered weekly or in intensive blocks (average of two hours
per week).
Academic Contact: Niven Stines
Prerequisites: Approval of Course Coordinator
Course Description: Recording Techniques A introduces students
to the recording environment. It allows the student to become
familiar with recording equipment, procedures and techniques,
and to gain an awareness of the music recording process.
Recording Techniques A fosters skills in the use of recording
equipment such as microphones, recording consoles, signal
processing and noise reduction devices, and sound recorders
(stereo and multitrack). Students will gain an understanding of
studio/live recording, mixdown techniques and acoustics.
Indicative Assessment: Learning tasks for specific equipment
types (20 per cent), two recording assignments (each 25 per
cent), and two written assignments (each 15 per cent).
MUSM1264 (3 units)
First Year Course
Workload: Students undertake lectures/workshops and
recording/mixdown sessions as appropriate. These may be
delivered weekly or in intensive blocks (average of two hours
per week).
Academic Contact: Niven Stines
Prerequisites:MUSM1263
Course Description: Syllabus: Recording Techniques B furthers
students understanding of the recording environment. It
allows the student to become more familiar with recording
equipment, procedures and techniques, and to further their
awareness of music recording and editing processes. Recording
Techniques B fosters skills in the use of recording equipment
such as microphones, recording consoles, loudspeakers,

signal processing and noise reduction devices, and sound
recorders (stereo and multitrack). The course aims to develop
an understanding of hard disc recording, digital audio
workstations, mastering and CD production, and sound media.
Indicative Assessment: Learning tasks for specific equipment
types (20 per cent), two recording assignments (each 25 per
cent), and two written assignments (each 15 per cent).
Keyboard for Singers 1

MUSM1268 (3 units)
First Year Course
Workload: One hour per week.
Academic Contact: Alan Hicks

Course Description: Students will learn a graded series of
ensembles from the opera and concert repertoire.
performance and presentation of assigned ensembles in classes
and concerts. No grades will be awarded other than Course
Conducting 1
MUSM1272 (3 units)
First Year Course
Workload: Students undertake class instruction (average of one

hour per week) plus relevant practical conducting experience.
Prerequisites: enrolled in a voice major and subject to

assessment of keyboard skills by course coordinator.
Course Description: An introduction to basic keyboard skills

using scales, chords and simple tunes.
Indicative Assessment: Assessment will be by mid-semester
test (40 per cent) and final exam (60 per cent). Students will
be required to demonstrate proficiency in playing melodies
and chords in a variety of keys, demonstrating an appropriate
awareness of style in choice of accompaniment patterns.
Prerequisites: Interview
Recommended: It is recommended that students electing to
take this course also enrol inMUSM1273 - Conducting 2 in
semester 2.
Conducting 2
MUSM1273 (3 units)
First Year Course

MUSM1269 (3 units)
First Year Course

Workload: One hour per week.
Course Description: Conducting provides the student with an

awareness of the techniques of orchestral, choral and ensemble
conducting. It deepens the students understanding of the
role of conductor. There is a strong emphasis upon developing
practical techniques and experience. Conducting fosters: an
understanding of the role of the conductor; the development
of the practical techniques in ensemble, choral and orchestral
conducting; and skills in preparation, techniques and rehearsal
procedures.
Prerequisites:MUSM1268 and enrolled in a voice major.

Course Description: The aim of the course is to further voice
students piano skills, to enable them to read and play simple
accompaniments for their own practice.
Indicative Assessment: Assessment will be by mid-semester
test (40 per cent) and final exam (60 per cent). Students will be
required to demonstrate proficiency in playing vocal exercises
with chordal accompaniment, and to analyse and improvise
accompaniments to vocal repertoire of an appropriate difficulty.
Vocal Ensemble 1
MUSM1270 (3 units)
Indicative Assessment: A work-in-progress assessment of work

done in class at the end of each term (30 per cent);an end of
semester test involving a practical demonstration of conducting
work done throughout semester (70 per cent).
Contemporary Music Ensemble 1

MUSM1274 (3 units)
First Year Course
Prerequisites: Enrolled in voice major or by approval of Voice

Area coordinator.
Workload: Students undertake rehearsals and performances,

and the study and discussion of works (two hours per week).
First Year Course
Academic Contact: Tor Fromyhr
Vocal Ensemble 2
MUSM1271 (3 units)
First Year Course
Prerequisites: interview
Recommended: It is recommended that students also
undertakeMUSM1275 - Contemporary Music Ensemble 2 in the
following semester.
293

MUSM1275 (3 units)
Aural 1 Intermediate Level

MUSM1277 (3 units)
First Year Course
First Year Course
Workload: Students undertake rehearsals and performances,

and the study and discussion of works (two hours per week).
Workload: 2 hours per week, one weekly lecture and one weekly
tutorial.
Academic Contact: Tor Fromyhr
In addition to the weekly lecture and tutorial, students are

expected to develop their skills in their own time, to the value
of one hour per week for every contact hour.
Course Description: Contemporary Music Ensemble provides
students with the opportunity to perform experimental and
important twentieth and twenty first century repertoire. It
historically important works of the twentieth century, and
deepens the students understanding of current trends in
contemporary music. The course develops skills in improvisation,
extended techniques, analysis and interpretation, and
knowledge of the relationship between world music and
contemporary music. The ensemble has a working relationship
with the School of Music composition program as well as the
School of Art Field Studies program.
Aural 1 Foundation Level

MUSM1276 (3 units)
First Year Course
tutorial.
Academic Contact: Bengt-Olov Palmqvist

Prerequisites: All new students will be given a placement test
during the Audition Week or the Orientation Week to determine
the level at which they should enter.
Incompatibility:MUSM1276 Aural 1 Foundation level
Course Description: Aural 1 (Intermediate) develops students
ability to hear and apply concepts of musical language.
It introduces students to inner hearing, aural awareness and
skills in listening and notation through sight-singing, sightreading, dictation and aural analysis. It aims to develop the
students understanding of fundamental musical vocabulary
and structures, and of harmonic, rhythmic and melodic
concepts. The content in this course consists of materials at a
more demanding level than the foundation level and requires
established basic skill in Aural work.
Indicative Assessment: Progress tests (50 per cent) will assess
student development in rhythmic and melodic acuity and
harmonic understanding.
In-class assessment (50 per cent) will account for student
development in skills listed above, and also assess the expansion
of their individual knowledge base and their capacity to
contribute to the pool of musical wisdom.
Prescribed Text:
Modus Vetus by Lars Edlund
The Refinement of Rhythm by Bengt-Olov Palmqvist
Prerequisites: All new students will be given a placement test

during the Audition Week or the Orientation Week to determine
the level at which they should enter.

MUSM1278 (3 units)
Incompatibility:MUSM1277 Aural 1 Intermediate level
First Year Course
Course Description: Aural 1 (Foundation) develops students

It introduces students to inner hearing, aural awareness and

skills in listening and notation through sight-singing, sightreading, dictation and aural analysis. It aims to develop the
students understanding of fundamental musical vocabulary
and structures, and of harmonic, rhythmic and melodic
concepts.
Prescribed Text:
294
tutorial.
Prerequisites:MUSM1276 Aural 1 Foundation orMUSM1277
Aural 1 Intermediate, depending on results achieved in Aural 1
Course Description: Aural 2 (Foundation) continues from the
foundation laid in Aural 1, and develops the students ability to
hear and apply concepts of musical language.
It continues to introduce students to inner hearing, aural
awareness and skills in listening and notation through sightsinging, sight-reading, dictation and aural analysis. It aims to
develop the students understanding of fundamental musical
vocabulary and structures, and of harmonic, rhythmic and
melodic concepts.

Prescribed Text:

MUSM1279 (3 units)
First Year Course
tutorial.
2. Discussion of issues relevant to performance health:

Students will study wellness issues related to various body
systems and the management of common musicians
problems including mind-body relationships, management of
performance anxiety, energy boosters, exercising for better
health, nutrition for musicians, prevention and management
of injuries, vocal health, alcohol and substance abuse, self
identity and value, audiological health, managing the emotions,
workstyle changes, fine tuning a performance and the healing
powers of music.
Wellness issues studied may change according to students
needs. Some relevant healing modalities will be critically
examined. From time to time guest specialists in the health
sciences may be invited to contribute to lectures and tutorials.
Indicative Assessment: Paper (50 per cent) and tutorial
Llobet, Jaume Rosset and Odam, George Ruth. 2007. The
Musicians Body: A Maintenance Manual for Peak Performance.
London, The Guildhall School of Music and Drama and
Aldershot, Ashgate Publishing Ltd.

MUSM2088 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Incompatibility:MUSM1278 Aural 2 Foundation level
Course Description: Aural 2 (Intermediate) continues from

the foundation that was provided in Aural 1, and develops
the students ability to hear and apply concepts of musical
language.
Workload: One lecture, one tutorial and one workshop each

week.
It continues to introduce students to inner hearing, aural

awareness and skills in listening and notation through sightsinging, sight-reading, dictation and aural analysis on a more
demanding level. It aims to develop the students understanding
of fundamental musical vocabulary and structures, and of
harmonic, rhythmic and melodic concepts.
Prescribed Text:
Introduction to Performance Wellness

MUSM1280 (3 units)
Academic Contact: Dr Stephen Wild

Prerequisites: Although Central Concepts of Music (MUSM1201)
or Highlights of World Music (MUSM1239) are the normal
prerequisites for this course, it has a broadly humanistic
perspective and may be studied without musical prerequisites
with the permission of the Coordinator.
Incompatibility:MUSM2088 Music in Aboriginal Society
Course Description: A study of music in Aboriginal society, in
both traditional tribal and contemporary contexts. The course
will examine the relationship of music to spiritual beliefs,
ceremonies, social structures, dance and art, in music of the
Aborigines from Central Australia and Arnhem Land, and will
examine issues relating to changing contexts in Aboriginal
society. Students also participate in a weekly workshop,
which develops their intercultural understanding through the
experience of playing and singing music from oral cultures.
Indicative Assessment: Tutorial assignments (20 per cent),
written project (30 per cent), examination (30 per cent), and
practical workshop (20 per cent).
First Year Course
Ellis, C, Aboriginal Music, Education for Living: Cross Cultural
Experiences from South Australia, Uni of Queensland, 1985
Breen, M, ed, Our Place, Our Music, Aboriginal Studies, 1989
Workload: One one-hour lecture and one one-hour tutorial

each week.
Required and recommended reading and listening as directed

by the lecturer
Academic Contact: Dr Hazel Hall

Course Description: The course will be divided into two sections:
1. Integral systems of the human body:
Students will be introduced to the following body systems:
nervous, endocrine, muscular- skeletal, digestive, immune,
cardiovascular, integumentary, urinary, reproductive, special
senses (includes vision and hearing).
Music in Asian Cultures

MUSM2089 (6 units)
Later Year Course
295
Workload: One hour lecture, one hour tutorial and one hour
workshop per week.
Academic Contact: Dr Hazel Hall
Course Description: A study of music in selected Asian cultures.
Although the study will examine both the social context and
technical aspects of music in Asian cultures, the program has
a broad humanistic perspective and may be studied without
musical prerequisites. Within a comparative approach to
music of different Asian cultures, there will be a focus upon
the relationship of music to religion, dance, literature and
rituals within one specific Asian culture. The course will
include a systematic, historical and ethnographic survey of
the principles of ethnomusicology, its prominent writers and
theories. Students also participate in a weekly music workshop
which develops their inter-cultural understanding through the
experience of playing and singing music from oral cultures.
the ability to use, synthesise and evaluate primary material in

relation to music; to gain an understanding of the relationship
between historical analysis and criticism, and a sensitivity to
ethical, cultural and conceptual issues involved in the music
process.
viewing.
An essay outline (10 per cent), an in-class presentation (20 per
cent), a 1500 word essay (40 per cent) and 2 in-class listening
tests (30 per cent).
Indicative Assessment: Listening test (30 per cent); tutorial

presentations and paper (30 per cent); and gamelan ensemble
(40 per cent).
Jazz Harmony & Analysis 1

MUSM2210 (3 units)
Hast, Dorothea, Cowdery, James R and Scott, Stan. 1999.
Exploring the World of Music. Kendall Hunt. Iowa.
Later Year Course

Workload: 2 hours per week.
Prescribed Text:
Miller, Terry and Shahriari, Andrew. 2006. World Music. A
Global Journey. London and New York. Routledge. Includes two
compact discs containing listening material for the course.
Supplementary texts:

MUSM2211 (3 units)
Miller, Terry and Williams, Sean (eds). 1998. Garland

Encyclopaedia of World Music. Volume 4. South East Asia.
London and New York. Routledge.
Prerequisites: enrolled in a Jazz major; or for non-jazz

studentsMUSM1210 and approval by the Jazz Area coordinator.
Later Year Course
Arnold, Alison (ed). 2000. Garland Encyclopaedia of World

Music. Volume 5. The Indian Subcontinent. London and New
York. Routledge.
Provine, Robert, Yoshihiko Tomumaru and Witzeben, J Lawrence

(eds). 2002. Garland Encyclopaedia of World Music. Volume
7. East Asia: China, Japan and Korea. London and New York.
Routledge.
Prerequisites:MUSM2210 Jazz Harmony and Analysis 1.
Australian Music
MUSM2205 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Later Year Course
Workload: 3 hours per week, a mixture of lectures and seminars.
Prerequisites:MUSM2211 Jazz Harmony and Analysis 2

Prerequisites: 12 units from List C
Course Description: This course is an in-depth study into
Australian music of the Western art tradition. The primary
focus is on music of the twentieth century and beyond from
a compositional perspective. The student will develop the
vocabulary and tools for speaking and writing critically about
music through presentations, writing, analysis, listening and
films. An awareness of the rich traditions of music that have
contributed to the development of Australian music, and an
understanding of the cultural, gendered, and aesthetic contexts
of music practice in Australia will be a central theme.
Students are challenged to address issues, practices and
methods relating to criticism, style and analysis, artistic
interpretations, history, bibliography, biography, archival
research, cultural theory, field work, and cross-cultural
knowledge. The aim of the course is to provide students with
296


MUSM2212 (3 units)

MUSM2213 (3 units)
Later Year Course
contemporary cultural and stylistic concepts and practice, and
to research, analyse, discuss and critically reflect on music. It
deepens the students understanding of jazz and the historical,
social and cultural contexts which affected its development. In
considering past and present musical practice, the student is
introduced to issues of criticism, analysis, history, interpretation
and cross-cultural understanding. It also develops the students

command of specialist musical language as found in a range
of musical genres, styles, forms and contexts, to develop
aural skills and awareness, and writing skills. It deepens the
students understanding of the elements of notation, rhythm,
melody, harmony, counterpoint and voice leading, tonalities
and structure. These are studied from aural, practical and
theoretical perspectives. There is a strong emphasis upon
developing the students aural awareness and skills in applying
the harmonic language of jazz within a range of contexts. Aural
and theoretical skills are applied to a wide range of literature
and material.
Indicative Assessment: A graded result based on the students
level of achievement and participation, taking into account
academic effort, commitment and progress, including
the students capacity and level of expertise to undertake
increasingly complex tasks. The assessment requirements and
criteria for evaluation will be defined in written guidelines
handed out at the beginning of each semester.
Two Exams (40 per cent), major assignment (30 per cent) and
weekly homework assignments (30 per cent).
Performance 3
MUSM2214 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Prerequisites: successful completion ofMUSM1215 (in the same
instrument)
Performance 4
MUSM2215 (6 units)
Later Year Course
instrument)

provided.
MUSM2216 (3 units)
Later Year Course
instrument.
major.
MUSM2217 (3 units)
Later Year Course
Prerequisites: Successful completion ofMUSM2216 in the
instrument.
major.
297



Students will be assessed according to their increasing level of
achievement.
Folio (70 per cent), Seminar notes/Research project (30 per

cent).

Composition, Double Bass, Flute, Guitar, Harp, French Horn,
Jazz Arranging and Composition, Jazz Bass, Jazz Clarinet, Jazz
Bass Clarinet, Jazz Drums, Jazz Flute, Jazz Guitar, Jazz Piano,
Jazz Saxophone, Jazz Trombone, Jazz Trumpet, Jazz Violin, Jazz
Voice, Musicology, Oboe, Percussion, Piano, Piccolo, Trombone,
Trumpet, Viola, Violin, Voice, Classical Horn, Sackbut, Baroque
Oboe, Cor Anglais, Baroque Horn, Bass Clarinet, Contra Bassoon,
Fortepiano.
Composition 3
MUSM2218 (6 units)
Musicology 3
MUSM2220 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Prerequisites:MUSM1221 Musicology 2
Musicology 4
MUSM2221 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Later Year Course


Composition 4
MUSM2219 (6 units)
Later Year Course
understanding.

presentations (50 per cent)
MUSM2224 (3 units)
Later Year Course
Workload: Averagecontact time2 hours per week. There will be
MUSM2225 (3 units)
Later Year Course
298

will undertake a variety of ensemble work appropriate to
their principal study. Orchestral players will typically perform
in chamber ensembles. Piano majors will undertake chamber
music and accompaniment class. The precise details of students
programs of study will be determined in consultation with the
course coordinator and the students instrumental teachers.

Chamber Music
Satisfactory organisation of rehearsals/tutorials.
Ensembles: Accompaniment, Brass Ensemble, Chamber

Orchestra, Chamber Music, Guitar Workshop, Harp Ensemble,
Jazz Ensemble, Percussion Ensemble.

Topics

an observer.
Accompaniment
masterclasses.
Associate Degree Ensemble

Brass Ensemble
students, from school programs and tours, specific Brass

concert.
Chamber Orchestra
year.
Guitar Workshop
multiple guitars.
context.
Harp Ensemble
299

progress, including the students capacityto undertake
Jazz Ensemble
Percussion Ensemble
interpretation.

MUSM2226 (3 units)
Later Year Course
2225, 3224, 3225).

MUSM2227 (3 units)
Later Year Course
300

2225, 3224, 3225).
Advanced Orchestral Studies, Big Band, Commercial Jazz
Ensemble, Contemporary Music Ensemble, Jazz Ensemble
Studies, Jazz Vocal Group, Keyboard Performance Practice, Opera
for non-Voice major students, Orchestra for non-performance
major students, Recording Ensemble, Styles in the Studio.
Topics
who are enrolled in Clarinet Performance Major.
15 hours.
the week.
Big Band





program.
Jazz Keyboard
Jazz Vocal Group

Recording Ensemble
301

movie themes etc.
in any given year.

consolidated.
Weekly assessments (50 per cent) and final test (50 per cent).

MUSM2230 (3 units)
Later Year Course

MUSM2235 (3 units)
Later Year Course

aural historical, cultural and stylistic concepts. It deepens
consolidated.
Two tests (40 per cent), major assignment (30 per cent), and
weekly assignments (30 per cent)

MUSM2231 (3 units)
Later Year Course
Academic Contact: John Mackey
302

for sextet to octet.
written guidelines handed out at the beginning of each
semester.
each).

MUSM2236 (3 units)
Later Year Course

for larger ensembles.
guidelines handed out at the beginning of each year.
their choice of music-culture by way of a 10 minute scholarly

presentation; and a 1500 word academic essay summarising
their findings. The development of analytical and research skills
at university level is crucial to this task.
To evaluate the students familiarity and knowledge of the
music-cultures studied in the course, a listening test will be held
at the end of semester. Students will be expected to recognise
the musical example played, and provide a brief description of
instrumentation and performance context.
The end of semester World Music Ensemble exam is designed to
assess individual student progress in learning and performing
assigned repertoire from a given world music ensemble.
Professional conduct and musicianship, and knowledge of the
music-culture will be considered during this exam.
Hast, Dorothea, Cowdery, James R and Scott, Stan. 1999.
Exploring the World of Music. Kendall Hunt. Iowa.
Prescribed Text:
Miller, Terry and Shahriari, Andrew. 2006. World Music. A Global
Journey. London and New York. Routledge.
Recommended reading:
Manuel, Peter. 1988. Popular Musics of the Non Western World.
London: Oxford University Press
Miller, Terry and Williams, Sean (eds). 1998. Garland
Encyclopaedia of World Music. Volume 4. South East Asia.
London and New York. Routledge.
Four assignments (40 per cent) and two projects (30 per
cent each).
Provine, Robert, Yoshihiko Tomumaru and Witzeben, J Lawrence

(eds). 2002. Garland Encyclopaedia of World Music. Volume 7.
East Asia: China, Japan and Korea. London and New York

MUSM2239 (6 units)
Jazz History 3
MUSM2240 (3 units)
Later Year Course
Later Year Course
Workload: 1 hour lecture, 1 hour tutorial, 1 hour workshop.
Prerequisites: none
Course Description: A study of musics from selected regions of

the world, in both their traditional and contemporary contexts,
and a further exploration of the fusion of world musics as
currently used in contemporary music. The course explores
musical styles, techniques, ideas and practices in various
cultures and societies. Students are introduced to cross-cultural
methods of analysis through selected repertoire from a wide
variety of cultures, and to various performance contexts
through reading, listening and audio-visual viewing. Students
also participate in a weekly music workshop, which develops
their inter-cultural understanding through the experience of
playing and singing music from oral cultures.
tutorial project (25 per cent), listening test (30 per cent) and
World Music Ensemble exam (40 per cent)
All learning outcomes are intrinsically linked to the set
assessment. Specifically speaking, the mark for tutorial
participation involves sharing analytical thoughts and scholarly
observations during class.
The assigned tutorial project involves the study of a musicculture as a social phenomenon. This assessment is in two
parts: a presentation, in which students are expected to present
Jazz History 4
MUSM2241 (3 units)
Later Year Course
303

musical process; and an ability to meet practical requirements
and deadlines.
Course Description: This course will extend studies undertaken

in Conducting 1, 2 and 3. This course may not be conducted
each year.
done in class at the end of each term (30 per cent); an end of
Vocal Ensemble 3
MUSM2243 (3 units)
Western Art Music of the Twentieth-Century &

Beyond
MUSM2250 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Later Year Course

Workload: 3 hours per week, a mixture of 2 hour seminars and 1

hour workshops/lectures

Prerequisites: 12 units from List C
Vocal Ensemble 4
MUSM2244 (3 units)
Later Year Course
Conducting 3
MUSM2245 (3 units)
Later Year Course
Course Description: The aim of this course is to view the often

dramatic changes that took place stylistically within the musical
world in the Twentieth-Century as a response to socio-cultural
forces (social, political, religious, philosophical, and economical)
to enquire about why and how change occurred.
The approach is stylistically based. Each seminar will focus on
a specific compositional change that took place and examine
the music in the light of its particular context, both on a
socio-cultural and music-theoretical level. The theoretical
underpinnings of this period will be investigated by reading,
listening, score-reading, analysis, class discussion and
composition exercises.
viewing. An in-class presentation (20 per cent), a folio of
theoretical exercises (20 per cent), an exam consisting of a 1500
word essay (40 per cent) and a logbook (20 per cent).
Music in Eighteenth & Nineteenth Century Europe

MUSM2251 (6 units)
Prerequisites:MUSM1273 and interview
Later Year Course
Course Description: This course will extend studies undertaken

in Conducting 1 and 2. This course may not be conducted each
year.

done in class at the end of each term (30 per cent); an end of
Conducting 4
MUSM2246 (3 units)
Later Year Course
304
Workload: One one-hour lecture and one two-hour tutorial

each week.
Prerequisites: 12 units from Schedule C
Course Description: A detailed study of musical culture in
Europe from the mid-eighteenth century to the end of the
nineteenth century. A representative sample of operatic,
symphonic and chamber repertoire will be examined from
historical and cultural, theoretical and analytical perspectives.
Indicative Assessment: 2,500 - 3,000 word essay (30 per cent),
two class presentations (30 per cent) and end of semester
examination on theoretical and analytical topics (40 per cent).
Friedrich Blume, Classic and Romantic Music (W.W. Norton,
1970)
Leon Plantinga, Romantic Music (W.W. Norton, 1984)

Prescribed Text:
E. Aldwell and C. Schachter, Harmony and Voice-leading (W.W.
Norton, 2003)
singing, sight-reading, dictation and aural analysis. It aims to

develop the students understanding of sophisticated musical
vocabulary and structures, and of more complex harmonic,
rhythmic and melodic concepts.

MUSM2253 (3 units)

Later Year Course

tutorial.

Prescribed Text:
The Refinement of Rhythm, Volume 2 by Bengt-Olov Palmqvist

MUSM2255 (3 units)
Later Year Course
Incompatibility:MUSM2254 Aural 3 Advanced level
Course Description: Aural 3 (Intermediate) builds on the

foundation laid in Aural 1 and 2 study to develop students
tutorial.
It continues to develop students facility for inner hearing,

aural awareness and skills in listening and notation through
sight-singing, sight-reading, dictation and aural analysis. It
aims to develop the students understanding of further musical
melodic concepts.

Prescribed Text:

Prerequisites:MUSM2253 Aural 3 Intermediate orMUSM2254
Aural 3 Advanced, depending on results achieved in third
semester.
Incompatibility:MUSM2256 Aural 4 Advanced level
Course Description: Aural 4 (Intermediate) builds on the
foundation laid in Aural 1, 2 and 3 study to develop students
It continues to develop students facility for inner hearing,
aural awareness and skills in listening and notation through
sight-singing, sight-reading, dictation and aural analysis. It
aims to develop the students understanding of further musical
melodic concepts.
Aural 3 Advanced Level

MUSM2254 (3 units)

Later Year Course

tutorial.


Prescribed Text:

Course Description: Aural 3 (Advanced) builds on the
foundation laid in Aural 1 and 2 study to develop students
It continues to develop students facility for inner hearing, aural
awareness and skills in listening and notation through sight-

MUSM2256 (3 units)
Later Year Course
tutorial.
305

Prerequisites:MUSM2253 Aural 3 Intermediate orMUSM2254
Aural 3 Advanced, depending on results achieved in third
semester.
Course Description: Aural 4 (Advanced) builds on the
foundation laid in Aural 1, 2 and 3 study to develop students
It continues to develop students facility for inner hearing, aural
awareness and skills in listening and notation through sightsinging, sight-reading, dictation and aural analysis. It aims to
develop the students understanding of sophisticated musical
vocabulary and structures, and of more complex harmonic,
rhythmic and melodic concepts.
Prescribed Text:
Keyboard Repertoire 3 - Schubert, Mendelssohn,

Chopin
MUSM2257 (3 units)
Later Year Course
Workload: One hour per week
Academic Contact: Arnan Wiesel
Prerequisites: None. Keyboard Repertoire courses 1 - 6 need
not be taken sequentially.
Course Description: Selected representative keyboard works
from the corpus of currently-available keyboard repertoire with
a focus on the post Beethoven period of the first half of the
19th century (including Schubert, Mendelssohn and Chopin)
will be examined. Through guided listening of rare video and
audio material reflections on the historical and cultural value of
the performances, as well as upon the implications of ensuing
acquired knowledge will be discussed. Performances will be
compared within parameters of specifically-selected criteria.
Indicative Assessment: A graded result based on: Short class
presentation on selected topic related to the course (50 per
cent), and a listening quiz (50 per cent). Minimum attendance
80 per cent.
Keyboard Repertoire 4 - Schumann, Liszt, Brahms

MUSM2258 (3 units)
Later Year Course
Workload: One hour per week
Academic Contact: Arnan Wiesel
Course Description: Selected representative keyboard works
from the corpus of currently-available keyboard repertoire
306
with a focus on the period of the 2nd half of the 19th

century (including Schumann, Liszt and Brahms) will be
examined. Through guided listening of rare video and audio
material reflections on the historical and cultural value of the
performances, as well as upon the implications of ensuing
acquired knowledge will be discussed. Performances will be
compared within parameters of specifically-selected criteria.
Indicative Assessment: A graded result based on: Short class
presentation on selected topic related to the course (50 per
cent), and a listening quiz (50 per cent). Minimum attendance
80 per cent.
Electronic Music: History, Theory & Practice

MUSM2262 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Workload: One 1-hour lecture, one 1-hour tutorial weekly; one
2-hour seminar fortnightly
Prerequisites: Normally, completion of at least 48 units of first
year courses and approval of the course convenor.
Course Description: This course will trace the evolution of
electronic music from its origins through to the present day. As
well as an historical overview of the subject, classic techniques
will be investigated and students will create their own works
within historical parameters. The methods of the classic tape
studio, for example, will be investigated and applied within a
digital domain.
Indicative Assessment: Two 1500-2000 word written
assignments on historical subjects designated by the lecturer
(eg essays, annotated bibliography, annotated webography) (40
per cent), two electronic music works (40 per cent) and journal
of seminar notes (20 per cent).
Introduction to Music Technology 1: Theory &

Practice (Music Notation, Acoustics, Synthesis)
MUSM2263 (3 units)
Later Year Course
Workload: 1.5 hour lecture/tutorial per week
Prerequisites: No Prerequisite
Recommended: Nil
Course Description: This course will introduce and develop
students understanding of music technology within the digital
age. Students will gain a basic proficiency and knowledge of
music notation (typesetting) and analogue and digital synthesis
through interactive engagement with computer hardware,
software and peripherals. Students will also develop an
appreciation of the fusion between music and technology in its
cultural contexts through selected reading, listening and hands
on assignments.
Indicative Assessment: Portfolio of assignments 50 per cent,
mid-term exam 25 per cent, final exam 25 per cent
Preliminary Reading: Nil
Introduction to Music Technology 2: Theory &

Practice (Music Sampling, Sequencing, Recording)
MUSM2264 (3 units)
Later Year Course
Workload: 1.5 hour lecture/tutorial per week
Prerequisites:MUSM2263 Introduction to Music Technology 1:
Theory and Practice is a prerequisite to this course
Course Description: will further develop students understanding
of music technology within the digital age. Students will gain
a basic proficiency and knowledge of music Sampling and
Sequencing as well as basic audio recording through interactive
engagement with computer hardware, software and peripherals.
Students will also continue to develop an appreciation of the
fusion between music and technology in its cultural contexts
through selected reading, listening and hands on assignments.
Indicative Assessment: Portfolio of assignments 50 per cent,
mid-term exam 25 per cent, final exam 25 per cent
Preliminary Reading: Nil
Performance 5
MUSM3214 (6 units)
Later Year Course
but will normally include one hours individual tuition per week,
plus performance and concert practice. Symphony Orchestra
or Orchestral Repertoire (for orchestral players) and Opera (for
singers) will also be included.

provided.
MUSM3216 (3 units)
Later Year Course

instrument)
Performance 6
MUSM3215 (6 units)
Incompatibility: May not be taken concurrently with any

other performance course in the same instrument as a
performancemajor.
Later Year Course

instrument)

instrument.
MUSM3217 (3 units)
Later Year Course
Prerequisites: Successful completion of MUSM3216 in the same
instrument.
Incompatibility: May not be taken concurrently with any
other performance course in the same instrument as a
performancemajor.
307

Students will be assessed according to their increasing level
of achievement.
Composition, Double Bass, Flute, Guitar, Harp, French Horn, Jazz
Arranging and Composition, Jazz Bass, Jazz Clarinet, Jazz Bass
Clarinet, Jazz Drums, Jazz Flute, Jazz Guitar, Jazz Piano, Jazz
Saxophone, Jazz Trombone, Jazz Trumpet, Jazz Violin, Jazz Voice,
Musicology, Oboe, Percussion, Piano, Piccolo, Trombone, Trumpet,
Viola, Violin, Voice, Classical Horn, Sackbut, Baroque Oboe, Cor
Anglais, Baroque Horn, Bass Clarinet, Contra Bassoon, Fortepiano.
Composition Studies 5
MUSM3218 (6 units)

Folio (70 per cent), Seminar notes/Research project
(30 per cent).
Musicology 5
MUSM3220 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Musicology 6
MUSM3221 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Later Year Course
Workload: Contact time 2 hours per week.
Workload: Total contact time 3 - 4 hours per week, including


MUSM3219 (6 units)
Later Year Course
understanding.
presentations (50 per cent)
MUSM3224 (3 units)
Later Year Course
MUSM3225 (3 units)
Later Year Course
308

will undertake a variety of ensemble work appropriate to
their principal study. Orchestral players will typically perform
inchamber ensembles. Piano majors will undertake chamber
music and accompaniment class. The precise details of students
programs of study will be determined in consultation with the
course coordinator and the students instrumental teachers.
Ensembles: Accompaniment, Brass Ensemble, Chamber
Orchestra, Chamber Music, Guitar Workshop, Harp Ensemble,
Jazz Ensemble, Percussion Ensemble.
Topics

Chamber Music
Satisfactory organization of rehearsals/tutorials.
an observer.
concert.
Accompaniment
Chamber Orchestra
year.



masterclasses.
Brass Ensemble
students, from school programs and tours, specific Brass
Guitar Workshop
multiple guitars.
context.
Harp Ensemble
309
Jazz Ensemble
progress, including the students capacityto undertake
Percussion Ensemble
interpretation.

MUSM3226 (3 units)
Later Year Course
Students must be concurrently enrolled in one of the Ensemble
Performance courses (MUSM 1224, 1225, 2224, 2225, 3224,
3225).

MUSM3227 (3 units)
Later Year Course
310
Prerequisites: Entry by audition. Students must be concurrently

enrolled in one of the Ensemble Performance courses (MUSM
1224, 1225, 2224, 2225, 3224, 3225)
Advanced Orchestral Studies, Big Band, Commercial Jazz
Ensemble, Contemporary Music Ensemble, Jazz Ensemble
Studies, Jazz Vocal Group, Keyboard Performance Practice, Opera
for non-Voice major students, Orchestra for non-performance
major students, Recording Ensemble, Styles in the Studio.
Topics
who are enrolled in ClarinetPerformance Major.
15 hours.
the week.
Big Band

program.
Jazz Keyboard
Jazz Vocal Group

Recording Ensemble
movie themes etc.
311

Indicative Assessment: A graded result based on progress tests

(60 per cent), and an end-of-semester examination (40 per
cent).

in any given year.
Prescribed Text: Texts will be recommended by the lecturer.


MUSM3230 (3 units)
Later Year Course
Aural 5
MUSM3228 (3 units)
Workload: Twohours per week
Later Year Course
Prerequisites:MUSM2231 Jazz Aural and Improvisation 4

consolidated.
Workload: Two one-hour seminars per week.

Prerequisites:MUSM2256 Aural 4 Advanced Level or with
permission of the coordinator.
Students who have completedMUSM2255 Aural 4 Intermediate
Level and are interested in this course should discuss their
eligibility with the coordinator.
Course Description: Aural 5 and Aural 6 are additional,
high-level studies for those students with the ability and
interest who wish to continue their aural training further.
These advanced Aural courses extend the students ability to
They extend the students inner hearing, aural awareness
and skills in listening and notating music through sightsinging, sight-reading, dictation and aural analysis. They aim
to deepen the students understanding of more complex
musical vocabulary and structures, and of advanced harmonic,
rhythmic, and melodic concepts. There is a strong emphasis on
the application of these concepts to real music.
Indicative Assessment: A graded result based on progress tests
(60 per cent), and an end-of-semester examination (40 per
cent).
Prescribed Text: Texts will be recommended by the lecturer.
Academic Contact: John Mackey

Weekly assessments(50 per cent) and final test (50 per cent).

MUSM3231 (3 units)
Later Year Course
Aural 6
MUSM3229 (3 units)
Later Year Course
Academic Contact: Miroslav Bukovsky
Prerequisites:MUSM3230 Jazz Aural and Improvisation 5
Workload: Two one-hour seminars per week.

consolidated.

Course Description: Aural 5 and Aural 6 are additional,
high-level studies for those students with the ability and
interest who wish to continue their aural training further.
These advanced Aural courses extend the students ability to
They extend the students inner hearing, aural awareness
and skills in listening and notating music through sightsinging, sight-reading, dictation and aural analysis. They aim
to deepen the students understanding of more complex
musical vocabulary and structures, and of advanced harmonic,
rhythmic, and melodic concepts. There is a strong emphasis on
the application of these concepts to real music.
312
Workload: Two hours per week


Five progress assessments (10 per cent each) and final test (50
per cent).

MUSM3244 (3 units)
Later Year Course
Jazz Individual Research 1

MUSM3239 (3 units)
Later Year Course
Course Description: Advanced Jazz Composition furthers the

students knowledge of compositional techniques used in a
variety of contemporary jazz styles. It gives students insight
into the techniques of advanced jazz composition through
the study of form, structure, melody writing, bitonality,
counterpoint and orchestration in contemporary, post-bop and
modal styles. Advanced Jazz Composition fosters knowledge
and understanding of the techniques of composition in a
range of jazz styles, and skills in applying more advanced jazz
compositional tools and processes.

Workload: Average 1 hour per week, a mixture of individual
supervision and tutorials.

MUSM3240 (3 units)
Later Year Course
Workload: Average 1 hour per week, a mixture of individual
supervision and tutorials.
Course Description: A focused program related to a students
specific area of interest, designed to develop particular career
skills (subject to appropriate supervision being available).
It may include a professional experience program in an
performance project, pedagogy or a community outreach
project, or an extended piece of written work.
Prerequisites: Audition/Interview

effort, commitment and progress, including the students
capacity and level of expertise to undertake increasingly
complex tasks. The assessment requirements and criteria for
evaluation will de defined in written guidelines handed out at
the beginning of each semester.
each).

MUSM3245 (3 units)
Later Year Course
Indicative Assessment: A body of written work (50 per cent) and

related performance activity (50 per cent).
Vocal Ensemble 5
MUSM3242 (3 units)
Later Year Course

Vocal Ensemble 6
MUSM3243 (3 units)
Later Year Course

Course Description: Large Ensemble Arranging furthers students
knowledge of arranging techniques as applied to Big Band and
other large ensembles. It provides students with insight into
arranging techniques for large ensembles in traditional and
contemporary jazz styles. Large Ensemble Arranging fosters: an
understanding of the practical requirements of writing for a
large ensemble; knowledge and skills in arranging for large jazz
ensemble; and familiarity with the arranging styles of selected
jazz artists.
effort, commitment and progress, including the students
capacity and level of expertise to undertake increasingly
complex tasks.
The assessment requirements and criteria for evaluation will de

defined in written guidelines handed out at the beginning of
each semester.

each).

313
Principal Study 4
MUSM4090A (12 units)
Later Year Course
Workload: Contact time will vary according to the area of
principal study. For orchestral instruments, this will include
Symphony Orchestra or Orchestral Repertoire.
Prerequisites:MUSM3215 orMUSM3219 orMUSM3221
Principal Study 4
MUSM4090B (12 units)
Later Year Course
Symphony Orchestra or Orchestral Repertoire.

to the nature of the discipline. Written guidelines for these will
be given to students at the beginning of each course setting
out specific requirements and assessment criteria for each
discipline.

MUSM4098A (6 units each Semester)
Later Year Course
Prerequisites:MUSM4090A

to the nature of the discipline. Written guidelines for these will
be given to students at the beginning of each course setting
out specific requirements and assessment criteria for each
discipline.
Corequisites: Enrolment in Principal Study 4A (MUSM4090A)

Corequisites: Enrolment in Principal Study 4B (MUSM4090B)
Principal Study 4 Honours (Part A)

Later Year Course
principal study. For orchestral instruments, contact time will
include Symphony Orchestra or Orchestral Repertoire.
Prerequisites: Admission into the Honours Program.
Principal Study 4 Honours (Part B)

MUSM4093B (18 units each Semester)
Later Year Course
Symphony Orchestra and Orchestral Repertoire.
314

Later Year Course
Course Description: A focused program related to a students
specific area of interest, designed to develop particular career
skills (subject to appropriate supervision being available).
It may include a professional experience program in an
performance project, pedagogy or a community outreach
project, or an extended piece of written work.
Indicative Assessment: As agreed with the course coordinator.
Music IV Honours (S)

MUSM4105F (24 units each Semester)
Later Year Course
Course Description: The Honours IV yea consists of an
individually approved program of study.
This would normally consist of:
(a) the courses Musicology 5 and 6 (50 per cent); and
(b) an Honours level thesis of approximately 12,000 words (50
per cent).
Through various types of project work and presentations,
commensurate with Honours level, students must demonstrate
a comprehensive understanding of the range of approaches and
research methods in musicology and a critical knowledge of the
sources and literature of music and musicology. Students must
also demonstrate an understanding of music across cultures.
Students are encouraged to undertake at least one archival
project or field work in Australian music, using collections such
as the National Library of Australia, ScreenSound Australia,
the Australian Institute of Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander

Studies, the Butlin Archives and other national collecting
institutions.
outside the School of Music, related to their specific area of

interest, as agreed with the course coordinator.
Indicative Assessment: As agreed with the coordinator.
This course in undertaken in a Bachelor of Arts degree.

MUSM4105P (12 units each Semester)
Later Year Course
Exchange Program for Music Students

MUSM5920 (6 units to 24 units)
Later Year Course

Course Description: As forMUSM4105F
This course is taken by students undertaking Music Honours on
Individual Research Honours (Part A)

Later Year Course
Workload:
Prerequisites: Admission into the Honours Program.
Individual Research Honours (Part B)

Later Year Course
Workload:
Course Description: A supervised individual research project
on an approved topic which complements the principal study,
in the form of a written sub-thesis, a lecture-recital, analysis,
scholarly edition, CD-ROM, or some other format, as approved
by the Honours Convenor.
Indicative Assessment: As approved by the Honours Convenor.
Integrated Studies
MUSM4121A (6 units)
Later Year Course
Media Cultures 1
NEWM1001 (6 units)
First Year Course
Workload: 1 x 2-hour lecture/seminar per week
1 x 1-hour tutorial per week
Course Description: This interdisciplinary course is one of four
compulsory core units in the Bachelor of Arts (New Media Arts)
degree, and is also a compulsory core unit in the Digital Media
Major in the Bachelor of Visual Arts.
It introduces students to key concepts in new media theory
and specifically focuses on the many exciting relationships
that are possible between analytic theory and artistic practice.
The course develops a framework for analysing a broad range
of contemporary digital arts practice including digital sound
and music, installation art, digital video and animation. It
also explores ways in which contemporary everyday practices,
such as SMS (short message service) and MMS (multimedia
messaging services) via mobile phone technology and the
internet, offer new opportunities for artistic practice and new
understandings of what it means to belong to a community in
contemporary media cultures.
Indicative Assessment: 1x 500 words Tutorial Paper (20 per cent
), 1x 15 minute Tutorial Presentation based on Tutorial Paper (10
per cent), 1 x 1000 word Research Assignment (30 per cent), 1 x
1500 word Essay (40 per cent)
Prescribed Text:
Flew, Terry, New Media. An Introduction, 3rd Edn. Sth.
Melbourne: OUP, 2008
Lister, Martin; Dovey, Jon; Giddings, Seth; Grant, Iain; Kelly,
Kieran; New Media: A Critical Introduction, London and New
York: Routledge, 2003.
Extra readings and reading lists will be posted on the

courses on-line teaching site during the course.
Integrated Studies
MUSM4121B (6 units)
Narrative in Traditional & New Media

NEWM1002 (6 units)
Later Year Course
First Year Course
Course Description: Integrated Studies A and B (12 units)

consisting of participation in a range of ensembles that
augment the development of the students musical, social,
organisational and critical skills, and provide experience in
a range of potential fields of professional musical activity.
Ensemble activities may include a folio of ensemble work from
Course Description: Storytelling is one of the most fundamental

ways in which human beings make sense of the world, of
their past and their future, their origins and their destinies.
This course aims to introduce students to basic concepts and
techniques for reading and writing narratives. The course
will cover a broad historical range, from foundation myths to
science fiction, and a broad range of media, from novels and
315
films to computer games and YouTube. A central component of

the course will involve students creating short narrative works
in their own chosen medium, providing a platform for later
study in English, Creative Writing and New Media Arts.
Indicative Assessment:
1 x Essay of 1000 words about theoretical aspects of narrative
(30 per cent),
1 x Portfolio of written exercises of about 1000 words (20 per
cent),
1 x Project - longer creative piece (equivalent to 1000 words)
(40 per cent),
Student participation/written and oral critiques of other
students work in a workshop format (10 per cent)
Media Cultures 2
NEWM2001 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Workload: 1 x 2-hour lecture /seminar per week
1 x 1-hour tutorial per week
Academic Contact: Catherine Frances Summerhayes and Dr
Catherine Summerhayes
Prerequisites: NEWM1001 Media Cultures 1, or by permission
by Convenor
Recommended: NEWM1001 Media Cultures 1
Course Description: This interdisciplinary course is one of four
compulsory core units in the Bachelor of Arts (New Media Arts)
degree.
It builds on Media Cultures 1 to critically address a range of
concepts and media practices that have a long tradition in
the arts but which are now changing in the context of digital
technologies and new media art. These changes are crucial to
our understanding of both creative artistic practice and broader
systems of communication in contemporary society. The
course focuses particularly on new medias cinematic heritage
and its use of remediation in form and content, as well as its
manipulation of memory as emotion and as database, and its
integration of live and virtual modes of performance through
computer-generated simulation and immersion technologies.
In addition, the course also aims to explore the current lively
debates on narrative structures in the new media arts. A
screening or on-line activity each week will provide a grounded
example for exploring these exciting ideas and practices.
Indicative Assessment: 1 x 20 minute Tutorial Presentation +
paper (20 per cent), 1 x 1800 word Essay (40 per cent), 1 x 1800
word Essay (40 per cent)
Prescribed Text:
Paul, Christiane, Digital Art, London: Thames & Hudson,
2003.
Media Cultures 3
NEWM3001 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Workload: 1 x 2-hour seminar per week
Up to 12 hours of discretionary screenings which can include
cinema, on-line or data-base work.
Academic Contact: Catherine Frances Summerhayes and Dr
Cathie Summerhayes
Prerequisites: NEWM2001 Media Cultures 2, or permission of
the Convenor.
Course Description: This later year course is a weekly reading
and discussion seminar which will further explore new media
arts issues that have been introduced in Media Cultures 1 and 2.
Discussion topics will include ethics, authorship, intertextuality,
performativity and transcultural communication. These topics
will be addressed with particular reference to new media
formats. The course seminars will also offer group discussions
on the development of students individual research projects
and, with the assessment process, will develop a high level of
intellectual and practical expertise in research, analysis and
project development.
Indicative Assessment: 1x 5-10 presentation on Artforum
seminars (5 per cent), 500 word paper on a prescribed reading
- presented in class (15 per cent), Research Project Proposal,
200-300 words (10 per cent), Research Project Outline and
Research Bibliography, 500-600 words (20 per cent), Final
Submission of Research Project, 4000 words (50 per cent)
Introductory Persian A
PERS1001 (6 units)
First Year Course
Workload: Four hours of lectures per week (may include
language laboratory sessions).
Course Description:
(a) Sound system and script
(b) Grammar
(c) Study of selected texts
(d) Translation from and into Persian
Indicative Assessment: Final examination (50 per cent (,
attendance and class participation (25 per cent) and homework
(25 per cent).
Prescribed Text: Study materials to be provided by lecturer.
Introductory Persian B
PERS1002 (6 units)

MA.: The MIT Press, 2001.
First Year Course
Extra readings and reading lists will be posted on the

courses on-line teaching site during the course.

Nightingale, Virginia and Dwyer, Tin (Ed.s) New Media

Worlds. Challenges for convergence, South Melbourne,
Oxford University Press. 2007
Prerequisites: Introductory Persian A (or equivalent prior

knowledge, with permission of the lecturer)
Course Description:
(a) More grammar
316
(b) Study of some suitable Persian texts

(c) Translation from and into Persian
Indicative Assessment: Final examination 50 per cent,
attendance and class participation 25 per cent, homework 25
per cent.
Intermediate Persian A
PERS2003 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Prerequisites: Introductory Persian B (or equivalent prior
Course Description:
(a) More advanced grammar
(b) Study of some Persian texts literary texts (particularly
Persian prose)
(c) Advanced translation from and into Persian
per cent.
Intermediate Persian B
PERS2004 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Prerequisites: Intermediate Persian A (or equivalent prior
Course Description:
(a) More advanced grammar
(b) Study of some Persian texts literary texts (particularly
Persian prose)
(c) Advanced translation from and into Persian
Indicative Assessment: Final examination 50 per cent, attendance
and class participation 25 per cent, homework 25 per cent.
Advanced Persian A
PERS3005 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Prerequisites: Intermediate Persian B (or equivalent prior
Course Description: This course builds on the Introductory
and Intermediate levels of Persian language and is aimed at
developing the students knowledge and improving their ability
in reading, writing and speaking Persian. The grammar in this

course will cover more about prefixes and suffixes as well as
adverbs and prepositions. Selected texts will also be studied.
per cent
Prescribed Text: Course materials will be available from the
lecturer.
Advanced Persian B
PERS3006 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Prerequisites: Advanced Persian A (or equivalent prior
Course Description: This course will further develop the
students knowledge and improve Persian reading, writing and
speaking skills. The course will deal with Persian literature, both
prose and verse, including the three areas of Persian verse: the
epic, the lyric and the dramatic, and consider poetic structure
such as rhythm, rhyme and rank. Students will read selected
texts from Persian prose and poetry.
per cent.
Prescribed Text: Course materials will be available from the
lecturer.
Fundamental Ideas in Philosophy: An Introduction

PHIL1004 (6 units)
First Year Course
Workload: Two 1-hour lectures and one 1-hour tutorial per
week
Academic Contact: Dr Jeremy Shearmur
Incompatibility: PHIL1002 Introduction to Philosophy.
Course Description: An introduction to some key philosophical
problems and to some of the responses that may be offered
to them. Topics which will be discussed include morality,
arguments for the existence of God, the identity of the self,
determinism indeterminism and free will, the mind-body
problem, theories of knowledge, and some issues relating to
language and the philosophy of science. The course will provide
students with ideas which may be of use in reflecting on
philosophical problems which may be of personal interest to
them, offer an introduction to philosophy opon which they may
build in subsequent courses, and also provide the opportunity to
develop analytical skills which may be of use in further studies
in philosophy, in other courses, and in day-to-day life.
Indicative Assessment: Short exercise (10 per cent), 1,500
word essay (40 per cent), bibliographical exercise (10 per cent),
examination (30 per cent) and tutorial performance (10 per
cent).
Karl Popper, the Myth of the Framework, London, Routledge.
317
Critical Thinking & Practical Reasoning

PHIL1005 (6 units)
First Year Course
Workload: Course will be taught by lecture and tutorial (3 hours
per week) and web-CT at a level appropriate for first years. It
will also make use of online facilities for setting exams and
tests.
Academic Contact: Fiona Jenkins
Recommended: PHIL 1004: Fundamental questions in
Philosophy and PHIL 1006 Mind, World and Dreams
Incompatibility: ARTS 1000 and PHIL1003 (both to be replaced
by this course)
practices of reasoning that are both integral to the discipline
of philosophy and tremendously useful in any area of study
or of life in which it matters to be able to evaluate arguments,
to persuade people through rational means and to test ones
own views for coherence. The course aims to demonstrate how
reasoning is a vital skill and can be used to further important
ends. The course will include an introduction to critical
thinking and elementary logic and examine the use of reason
in developing ethical arguments. It comprises two 6 week
segments, in most cases taught sequentially by two faculty
members. Segment topics will be devised by lecturers to provide
an interesting introduction to these areas of philosophy and a
coherent study programme.
Indicative Assessment: In the first 6 week segment there will
be 2 exams as well as on-line (WebCT) exercises. The second six
week component will be similarly assessed.
Assessment will thus comprise 2 x exams worth 20 per
cent each, 2 x exams worth 25 per cent each, TUTORIAL
PARTICIPATION, 10 per cent.
H Pospesel Propositional Logic (3rd ed) Prentice Hall 2000
Philosophy, Society, Humanity

PHIL1007 (6 units)
First Year Course
Workload: Weekly Seminars or Lectures plus tutorials - the
course aims to encourage participation at a supportive and
introductory level of discussion, with webCT recording, notes
etc.as back-up.
Academic Contact: Fiona Jenkins
Recommended: Either PHIL 1006 Mind, World and Dreams or
PHIL1004, Fundamental ideas in Philosophy are recommended.
Incompatibility: PHIL 1003
Course Description: Philosophy has always been concerned
with raising and exploring fundamental questions about the
nature of humanity and society, questions that still preoccupy
us today and inform many of the other disciplines studied at
university. This first year course aims to introduce students to
philosophical reflection on questions to do with the meaning
and potential in human life, how we imagine ourselves to
be capable of living and how we understand ourselves as
connected with one another in societies. It comprises two
6 week segments, in most cases taught sequentially by two
faculty members. Segment topics will be devised by lecturers to
318
provide an interesting introduction to these areas of philosophy

and a coherent study programme: examples of topics might
include the following; Examined Lives and Existentialism;
Philosophy and Tragedy; Utopias; Introduction to Continental
Philosophy; Philosophy and the Environment.
Course Syllabus
Under development. The course will comprise two segments
typically taught by different lecturers. Some of these will
reproduce existing syllabi developed for PHIL1003 in previous
years.
Indicative Assessment: 2 x short essays (500 words each): 15 per
cent each; 2 x long essays (1,500 words) or exams:30 per cent
each; Tutorial participation: 10 per cent
Philosophy of the Cosmos

PHIL2042 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Workload: 26 hours of lectures and 12 hours of tutorials.
Course offered jointly by the Departments of Mathematics and
Philosophy. Offered also as a first-year course MATH1042 (see
the entry of the Mathematics Department).
Academic Contact: Jason Grossman and Dayal Wickramasinghe
Incompatibility: MATH1007 Poetry of the Universe MATH1042
PHIL2058 Poetry of the Universe
Course Description: This course aims at providing a conceptual
understanding of some of the many faces of the Universe.
General issues relating to the nature of mathematics
and science, of space and time, and of the universe as a
whole will be discussed. The course will be divided into the
following sections: The Structure of the Universe, Shape and
Measurement, The Geometry of Space-Time, Cosmology and
the Arrow of Time, The Development of Life and the Anthropic
Principle. The various sections will be introduced in a historical
context emphasising the evolution of thought leading to
current understanding. Topics to be covered include: the nature
of numbers and of mathematical knowledge; geometry and
the physical world, the nature of gravity and black holes, time
travel and backward causation, determinism and free will, and
mathematical models of the universe.
Indicative Assessment: 600-word essay (April): 20 per cent
600-word essay (May): 20 per cent
3,000-word essay (June): 40 per cent
tutorial participation: 20 per cent
Modern Theories of Knowledge

PHIL2074 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Academic Contact: Dr Brian Garrett
Prerequisites: Two Philosophy courses or permission of the
Coordinator.
Assumed Knowledge and Required Skills: 1st Year Philosophy.
Course Description: In this course we shall look at: various
attempts to analyse the concept of knowledge, the debate
between the Foundationalist and the Coherentist about the
structure of knowledge, perceptual knowledge, memory
knowledge, knowledge by induction, the distinction between

a priora and a posteriori knowledge and the arguments of the
sceptic.
Academic Contact: Dr Jeremy Shearmur
Indicative Assessment: Two 1,500 word essays.
Course Description: This course will examine a range of issues

in applied ethics, including abortion, euthanasia, suicide,
issues in medical and professional ethics, and issues relating to
cloning and transgenic research, as a means through which to
give students skills to deal with issues in applied ethics, more
generally.
D. Pritchard, What is this thing called Knowledge? Routledge
2006.
Prescribed Text:
D. Pritchard, What is this thing called Knowledge? Routledge
2006.
Sex & Death: the Philosophy of Biology

PHIL2082 (6 units) B
Later Year Course
Academic Contact: Jason Grossman
Prerequisites: Two courses in Philosophy, Biology, Psychology, or
Anthropology or permission of the Coordinator.
Assumed Knowledge and Required Skills: Very little actual
knowledge will be assumed, but an interest in biology and
an ability to pick up a smattering of biology quickly will be
assumed. Students who have not taken biology to at least high
school level should contact the lecturer before enrolling.
Prerequisites: Completion of at least one course in Philosophy

or with the permission of the Coordinator
Indicative Assessment: One 2,500 word essay, plus a course

journal.
* Singer, P (ed.), Applied Ethics, Oxford U.P.
* Glover, J, Causing Death and Saving Lives
Themes from Wittgenstein

PHIL2094 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Prerequisites: Two courses in Philosophy or permission of
Coordinator.
* causation and biological determinism
Course Description: This course will be based around the key

text by Ludwig Wittgenstein: the Tractatus and Philosophical
Investigations. We shall examine the important contributions
made by Wittgenstein to the philosophy of language and the
philosophy of mind. We will look at Wittgensteins move away
from his earlier (Tractarian) conception of language, towards a
less essentialist conception; normativity and the rule-following
considerations; the impossibility of private meaning; the
relation between the inner (eg sensations) and the outer
(eg behaviour); and Wittgensteins therapeutic conception
of philosophy. We also attempt to place Wittgenstein in the
context of 20th century philosophy.
* competing definitions of gene
Indicative Assessment: Two 1,500 word essays.
* genes and developmental constraints
Draft chapters of my book will be available on WebCT.
Course Description: This course asks what we know about

biology at a general, conceptual level. It looks particularly
at evolutionary biology and genetics, and related topics in
philosophy of science, history of science and sociology of
science.
Specific topics include:
* the diversity of life on (and off) Earth
* Darwinism and natural selection
* environment and inheritance
* are genes real?

* altruism and group selection
* organisms, groups and superorganisms
* are species real?
Indicative Assessment: Four short exercises (weeks 3, 5, 7 and 9),
each worth 10 per cent of the total mark for the course: total
40 per cent.
Wittgenstein, L, Philosophical Investigations, Basil Blackwell,

Oxford, 1978
European Philosophy B
PHIL2097 (6 units)
Later Year Course
One essay of 2000 words: 40 per cent.
Class participation: 20 per cent.
Prescribed Text:
Sex and Death by Kim Sterelny and Paul Griffiths, Chicago
University Press, Chicago (1999). (approx. $35)
Academic Contact: Dr Carleton (Bruin) Christensen
This course can be counted as a Group B course towards a

degree of Bachelor of Science.
Recommended: European Philosophy A PHIL2087 or Great

Thinkers of the 20th Century PHIL2107
Applied Ethics
PHIL2085 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Prerequisites: Two courses in Philosophy courses or permission

of the Coordinator.
Course Description: The course will examine one or more of

the major 20th century European philosophies or philosophical
traditions: the phenomenology of Edmund Husserl and Martin
Heidegger; the existentialist tradition, e.g., Satre and Camus;
and Critical Theory in the tradition of the Frankfurt School
(Adorno, Marcuse and, later, Habermas and Honneth). It will
319
involve a close study of seminal texts from representative

authors in these traditions. Students should consult the
Philosophy web page for detailed course content.
Indicative Assessment: tutorial presentation (10 per cent);
tutorial participation (10 per cent) and two short essay or one
long essay (80 per cent)
Moran, Dermot, Introduction to Phenomenology, New York:
Routledge, 2000.
Prescribed Text:
A selection of readings will be made available to students.
This is a designated course for the BA (European Studies).
Democracy, Difference & Desire

PHIL2101 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Workload: Participation in this course requires as a minimum:
attendance and positive contribution to tutorials; 1 oral
presentation; submission of assignments within deadlines or
as agreed with the lecturer. Face to face teaching in the course
consists of two lectures each week and a tutorial. Along with
the minimum requirements, it is expected that students will:
attend each lecture.
catch up on the occasional lecture by listening to the digital
recording on Web CT.
prepare for each tutorial by reading and preparing questions
(approx 4 hours each week)
spend approximately 50 hours researching and completing
assignments
This level of participation can be expected to amount to around
11 hours of work each week.
Film as Philosophy
PHIL2102 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Workload: A one-hour lecture, a one hour tutorial and a
screening per week.
Prerequisites: PHIL1004 and PHIL1003 or FILM1003 or Film1002
Course Description: The creation of film was as if meant for
philosophy - meant to reorient everything philosophy has said
about reality and its representation, about art and imitation,
about greatness and conventionality, about judgement and
pleasure, about scepticism and transcendence, about language
and expression (Stanley Cavell, Contesting Tears).
This course aims to explore the hypothesis that film may
reorientate philosophy, even as philosophy may illuminate film.
The course will proceed by viewing films in conjunction with
philosophical texts with a view to their mutual illumination.
Some texts will be philosophically inspired commentaries on
film or treatments of the intersections of film and philosophy.
Others are selected for a philosophical content that resonates
with and is reoriented by the film viewed. The course also
examines philosophical approaches to the aesthetics and
phenomenology of film and looks at the idea that in the
twentieth century our understanding of materiality, images and
representation is fundamentally transformed by the experience
of cinema.
Indicative Assessment: One 2,500 word essay, plus other
components chosen from shorter written exercises, tutorial
participation and tutorial presentations.
* Chris Falzon, Philosophy Goes to the Movies: An Introduction
to Philosophy (Routledge, London and New York 2002)

Prerequisites: Completion of:
(a) two courses of Philosophy; or
Global Justice
PHIL2113 (6 units)
(b) two courses in Political Science, Anthropology, Sociology or

Gender, Sexuality and Culture; or
Later Year Course
(c) with permission of the Coordinator.
Workload: Lectures and tutorials, with web-ct back-up

(recordings, notes, discussion board etc.)
Course Description: This course seeks to philosophically pursue a

richly interconnected set of questions.
What is the relation between democracy as a political ideal
and our capacity as a society to respect and foster plurality?
If democracy is a form of mass rule then how can it honour
and do justice to cultural and individual differences? Can we
think critically about our conceptions of democracy and our
conceptions of difference in ways that might give us new
approaches to problems of multiculturalism, of the place of
religion in secular societies, or of racially based exclusion? What
is the place of tolerance in addressing our differences? and
which political models can help us best in identifying the major
issues faced by democratic nations today?
Indicative Assessment: 1,000 word article review (25 per cent),
2,500 word essay (55 per cent), tutorial presentation (10 per
cent) and tutorial participation (10 per cent).
Academic Contact: Christian Barry

Prerequisites: two PHIL first year, or have the permission of the
lecturer.
Course Description: This course consists of in depth study of
the work contemporary philosophers writing on the issues in
international ethics. These include environmental issues such
as climate change, poverty and development, and the use of
military force internationally. New material will be taught each
year, and the course will be opened to second and third year
students in philosophy
This course is intended as offering a rich grounding in moral,
social and political philosophy and is relevant to questions in
applied ethics.
Indicative Assessment: Two pieces of written work, one 1500
words (35 per cent) the other 3500 plus (55 per cent), plus 10
per cent for performance in tutorials or seminars
Preliminary Reading: None.
320
Sustainability, System & Agency

PHIL2114 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Examples of philosophers who might be studied include Hegel,

Kierkegaard, Nietzsche, Husserl, Heidegger, Sartre, Derrida,
Benjamin, Agamben, Nancy.
Indicative Assessment: A Short Critical Essay (1500 words) 25

per cent
Workload:
A Final Essay (3000 words) 50 per cent
Two Hours of lectures per week
Tutorial Presentation (about 900 words) 15 per cent
One Hour of Tutorial per week
Tutorial Participation 10 per cent
Academic Contact: Charleton Christensen
* Critchley, S.,Continental Philosophy: A Very Short Introduction
Prerequisites: 12 units of first year Philosophy or with

permission of the convenor.
Course Description: Is sustainability just a matter of radical
efficiency? Of just being cleverer in the way we do what we
have always done? Of mimicking nature? Or of living more
frugally and communally? We first examine conventional
solutions to problems of sustainability in order to identify how
they conceive sustainability and how to achieve it. We then
examine whether adequate solutions require one to integrate
reflection on (and possible revision of) notions what it is to live
well. Finally, those conceptions of sustainable human existence
which implicitly recognise the link between living sustainably
and living well, e.g., simple living movements, alternative
communities, eco-feminism, etc., are examined.
Indicative Assessment: One 2,500 word essay or research
assignment (40 per cent) and one 1,500 word take-home exam
(40 per cent) and tutorial attendance (10 per cent), tutorial
participation (10 per cent)
OR
One 4,000 word essay (80 per cent) for those with a particular
interest in a particular topic (and who get permission first)
and tutorial attendance (10 per cent), tutorial participation
(10 per cent)
Advanced Continental Philosophy

PHIL3071 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Workload: Participation in this course requires as a minimum:
attendance and positive contribution to seminars; one oral
presentation; submission of assignments within deadlines
or as agreed with the lecturer. Face to face teaching in this
course consists of one two hour seminar each week. Along with
the minimum requirements, it is expected that students will
prepare for each seminar by reading and preparing questions
(approx 4-5 hours each week); spend approximately 50 hours
researching and completing assignments.
This level of participation can be expected to amount to around
10-11 hours of work each weeks.
Prerequisites: Two later year philosophy courses, one of them
in the area of continental philosophy (PHIL2002, PHIL2059,
PHIL2087, PHIL2097, PHIL2089) or by the written permission of
the lecturer
the work of one or two post-Kantian Continental European
philosophers, examining a representative sample of their work
or one key text with a view to its important internal themes and
relevance in the history of philosophy.
For Philosophy Honours either Advanced Continental

Philosophy Advanced Ethics, Social and Political Philosophy or
Advanced Analytic Philosophy is required.
Advanced Analytic Philosophy

PHIL3072 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Workload: For Philosophy Honours either Advanced Continental
Philosophy or Advanced Analytic Philosophy is required. :
Offered in succeeding years : 13 x two-hour lectures and 12 x
one-hour tutorials
Prerequisites: At least two later year philosophy courses in the
area of analytic philosophy (PHIL2060, 2061, 2099, 2080, 2100)
or by the written permission of the lecturer.
Course Description: This course is intended as a grounding in
analytic philosophy for those who intend to continue to 4th
year Honours.
I will use Volume II by Scott Soames, The Age of Meaning,
(Princeton UP 2008)
Indicative Assessment: Tutorial participation (10 per cent) and
two 2,500 word essays (45 per cent each).
S. Soames, The Age of Meaning (PUP) 2006
Prescribed Text:
S. Soames, The Age of Meaning (PUP) 2006
For Philosophy Honours either Advanced Continental
Philosophy or Advanced Analytic Philosophy is required.
Advanced Ethics, Social & Political Philosophy

PHIL3073 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Workload: Weekly Seminars or Lectures plus tutorials
Recommended:
Students should have taken at least two second or third year
courses in ethics, social or political philosophy
the work of one or two contemporary philosophers writing on,
or issues in, moral, social or political philosophy. New material
will be taught each year, and the course will be opened to
honours 4 students and graduate students, so that those
participating get a feel for what the study of philosophy is like
at an advanced level. It will draw upon the research interests of
the member of staff taking the course in any one year.
321
This course is intended as a grounding in moral, social and

political philosophy for those who intend to continue to 4th
year Honours
Indicative Assessment: Two pieces of written work, one 1500
words (35 per cent) the other 3500 (55 per cent), plus 10 per
cent for performance in tutorials or seminars
Philosophy IV Honours (S)

PHIL4005F (24 units each Semester)
Later Year Course
Academic Contact: Dr Jason Grossman 2009 Sem 1 and Dr
Christian Barry 2009 Sem 2
Course Description: Philosophy IV (final honours) consists of
an integrated course of study as prescribed by the Honours
Convener.
Students will take three courses in total. At least two of these
will be Advanced courses (of which three will be offered each
year - Advanced Continental Philosophy, Advanced Analytic
Philosophy, and Advanced Ethical and Political Philosophy).
The third course, if not another advanced course, will be a
regular upper level course or a reading group (the latter to be
negotiated on an individual basis). The essays for these courses
will be between 4,000- 4,500 words in length and will be worth
15 per cent each. The sub-thesis of between 8-10,000 words
will be worth 55 per cent. (However, students writing on an
approved topic in Logic will normally write a rather shorter
thesis, the length to be approved by the Honours Convenor).
Indicative Assessment: Assessment will be based on:
(i) a sub-thesis (8-10,000 words) on a chosen topic (55 per
cent); (ii) three essays submitted for the advanced courses/
reading groups (4-4,500 words each) (15 per cent each/ 45 per
cent in total).

PHIL4005P (12 units each Semester)
Later Year Course
Workload: Semester 1, 2009 ; Semester 2, 2009
Academic Contact: Dr Jason Grossman 2009 Sem 1 and Dr
Christian Barry 2009 Sem 2
Course Description: As for PHIL4005F
This course is taken by students undertaking Philosophy Honours
Policy Studies IV Honours (S)

PLST4005F (24 units each Semester)
Later Year Course

PLST4005P (12 units each Semester)
Later Year Course
Introduction to Politics
POLS1002 (6 units)
First Year Course
Workload: Two lectures and one tutorial a week. Lectures will be
recorded. Summaries of lectures will be available on the web.
Academic Contact: Dr Errington
Course Description: The first aim of this course is to introduce
students to some of the key concepts in the discipline of
Political Science: power, influence, authority, legitimacy,
coercion, conflict, interests, policy-making, bureaucracy, political
communication, accountability and democracy.
The second aim is to use these and other concepts to examine
the major institutions of Australian politics, often in a
comparative perspective. Students will explore the Constitution,
Federalism, Parliament, Cabinet, the Public Service, the Electoral
System, the High Court, Political Parties, Interest Groups, Social
Movements and the Media.
Indicative Assessment: Written work (55 per cent), examination
(40 per cent) and tutorial participation (5 per cent).
Regular reading of any one of The Canberra Times, The
Australian, The Sydney Morning Herald, The Age or The
Australian Financial Review.
Eccleston, R., Williams, P. and Hollander, R. Foundations of
Australian Politics, (Pearson, 2006).
Money, Power, War

POLS1004 (6 units)
First Year Course
Workload: Two lectures, one discussion period and one tutorial
per week.
Academic Contact: Dr Kuhn
Course Description: This course is about power and its disguises.
It deals with questions of politics and material interests and
identitifes economic power as fundamental to understanding
politics in Australia and globally. We look at:
the social forces and arrangements, notably class structures,
that dominate our lives
economic rationalist, social democratic and Marxist ideas
that justify political action and economic policies
the main institutions that shape these policies in Australia
and internationally
Issues we examine include inequality, racism, war and
globalisation.
No background in political science or political economy is
assumed. We debate and explore current Australian and
international issues as they arise in the media.
The course helps students develop individual and collective
critical and analytical skills for discussing, researching, writing
and debating about Australian and international political
economy.
Indicative Assessment: Book review (25-35 per cent), essay
(45-55 per cent) and role play (20-30 per cent).
Prescribed Text:
Kuhn, R (ed.), Class and struggle in Australia, Pearson, 2005.
322
Introduction to International Relations

POLS1005 (6 units)
Economics or Economic History, or with the permission of the

coordinator.
First Year Course
Course Description: This course is about development

and change in Third World societies. It surveys the impact
of colonialism and examines theoretical approaches to
development. Against this background the course takes up
some key issues facing Third World countries, including foreign
investment, trade, debt, aid, food, the environment, human
rights, and agents of change.

Workload: Two lectures and one tutorial a week. Lectures will
be taped.
Academic Contact: Dr George
Incompatibility: International Politics POLS2015.
Course Description: This course provides a broad ranging
introduction to the study of international relations. It
concentrates primarily on the major events (eg The World
Wars, The Nuclear age, The Cold War); ideas (realism, liberalism,
communism) and strategic practices (eg balance of power,
collective security, deterrence) that have shaped the traditional
international relations agenda, before engaging the new agenda
of the post-Cold War era, particularly the new international
political economy of the globalisation era and its impact upon
Australian foreign policy. It also explores elements of the war on
terror of the post 9/11 period.
Indicative Assessment: Essay (50 per cent), examination (40 per
cent) and tutorial participation (10 per cent).
George, J. et al (eds) Introduction to International Relations:
Australian Perspectives, Cambridge University Press, 2007.
Bureaucracy Politics & Power

POLS2009 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Indicative Assessment: 2,500 word essay (50 per cent) and a

Green, D. and Luehrmann, L. Comparative Politics of the Third
World, Boulder, Colorado: Lynne Reiner Publications, 2003.
Sachs, J. The End of Poverty, New York: Penguin Press, 2005.
Schech, S. and Haggis, J. Culture and Development: A Critical
Introduction, Oxford: Blackwell, 2000.
Government & Politics in the USA (Part A)

POLS2013A (6 units)
Politics in Britain
POLS2025 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Academic Contact: Dr Wellings

the permission of the lecturer.
Workload: Two hours of lectures and one tutorial a week.
Incompatibility: From Socialism to Thatcherism HIST2103
Academic Contact: Dr Maley
Course Description: The course is about the development of

party politics in post-war Britain. Its principal focus will be
the competition between the parties in terms of ideology,
policy, and electoral appeal. It will examine the breakdown of
the post-war consensus, the rise of minor parties, theories of
partisan decline, the impact of the media on voting behaviour,
and the response of the parties to major domestic and foreign
policy issues since 1945, including the Suez Crisis, Northern
Ireland, the European Community, the Falklands War, economic
management, industrial relations, and race and immigration.

Course Description: This course will provide an introduction
to the study of public administration and public policy. Topics
to be covered include: the role and nature of governmental
bureaucracy; administrative politics; theories of bureaucracy
and bureaucratic behaviour; governmental failings and
corruption; governments, markets and the community; trends
in modern government; and the policy-making process. The
course will contain a blend of theory and case studies.
Indicative Assessment: Written work (50 per cent), a final
examination (35 per cent) and tutorial work (15 per cent).
Howlett M. and Ramesh M., Studying Public Policy - Policy
Cycles and Policy Subsystems, 2nd Edition (2003) (optional)
Development & Change

POLS2011 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Workload: Two lectures and one tutorial per week. Lecture
outlines will be available on the web.
Prerequisites: First-year courses to the value of 12 units in
Political Science or Sociology or Anthropology or Geography or
Indicative Assessment: One short essay of 1500 words (40 per

cent) and one research essay of 2500 words (60 per cent)
Politics in the Middle East

POLS2031 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Workload: Two x 1 hr lectures and one x 1hr tutorial per week
Academic Contact: Professor Saikal
the permission of the lecturer
Course Description: The course concentrates on the
contemporary politics of the Arab world, Iran, Turkey and Israel,
with some reference to Afghanistan. It examines the political
development and dynamics of the major countries involved
at national and regional levels. This is done in the context of
four major variables - Islam, oil, the Arab-Israeli conflict and
323
other regional disputes, and major power involvement - and

the consequences of the interaction of these variables for the
region in world politics.
two-hour examination or 2,000 word essay (40 per cent)
and tutorial assessment [based on attendance, reading,
performance] (10 per cent).
Mansfield, P., A Brief History of the Middle East (2nd ed),
Penguin, 2003.
Saikal, A., The Rise and Fall of the Shah: Iran from Autocracy to
Religious Rule, Princeton: Princeton University Press, 2009.
Palmer, M., The Politics of the Middle East (2nd ed), California:
Thomson Wadsworth, 2007.
post-materialism. More recently, an increasingly global civil

society has emerged with a variety of indigenous, third-world,
anti-corporate globalisation, international trade union and
social justice movements. The course will examine these
developments in the light of current research and analysis.
Indicative Assessment: Essay (45 per cent), second assignment
(45 per cent) and tutorial work (10 per cent).
Burgmann, V., Power, Profit and Protest: Australian social
movements and globalisation (Allen & Unwin, 2003).
Politics in Russia
POLS2069 (6 units)
Later Year Course
This course is considered compatible with Security Studies and

Asian Politics and International Relations fields of study.
Pacific Politics
POLS2055 (6 units)
Academic Contact: Professor Saikal and Dr Nourzhanov
Later Year Course

Workload: Two lectures and one tutorial per week. Lecture
outlines will be available on the web.
Academic Contact: Dr Standish
Prerequisites: Two first-year courses in Political Science, or
Sociology, or Anthropology, or Geography, or Economics, or
Economic History, or with the permission of the lecturer.
Course Description: This course is about development and
politics in the island countries of the Pacific. It outlines the
vulnerability of these countries and surveys colonial impacts
and forms of government. Tensions between tradition and
modernity are then examined through a consideration of
culture and ideology, political participation, state and civil
society, the situation of Pacific women, and the indigenous
question. The last part of the course is concerned with the
Pacific Islands in the global context. It examines key economic
issues, regional cooperation and the process of reform in the
1990s.
Global Social Movements

POLS2064 (6 units)
Workload: Two 1 hr lectures and one 1 hr tutorial per week

Course Description: This course provides an introduction to the
politics of Russia. It traces the evolution of Russian politics by
offering a wide-range discussion of main events, figures and
scholarly interpretations of Russias past and present. While
the initial focus is on the rise and fall of communist ideology
and institutions, the course examines in detail the ongoing
development of political structures in post-communist Russia
and the forces, both domestic and international, that shape the
life of Russians today.
Indicative Assessment: One 3,000 word essay (50 per cent) and
either a two-hour examination, or a 2,000 word essay (40 per
cent) and tutorial assessment [based on attendance, reading,
performance] (10 per cent).
Robinson, N., Russia: A State of Uncertainty, London and New
York: Routledge, 2002.
Remington, T. F., Politics in Russia, London and New York:
Longman, 2002.
Politics in Central Asia

POLS2070 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Workload: Two x 1 hr lectures and one x 1 hr tutorial per week
Later Year Course
Academic Contact: Professor Saikal and Dr Nourzhanov

Workload: Two lectures and one tutorial a week.

Academic Contact: Dr West
History, or Sociology, or with the permission of the lecturer.
Course Description: This course will examine the changing role
of social movements in bringing about change in a globalising
world. From the 1960s so-called new social movements,
including womens, lesbian and gay and environmental
movements, transformed the social and political landscape
of western societies. These movements promoted new
forms of organisation, tactics and ideas such as the politics
of oppression, identity and culture, empowerment and
324
Course Description: This course covers a predominantly Muslim

region, which has recently come to prominence in world
politics since the collapse of the Soviet Union in 1991. Its
focus is on the national politics and regional and international
relations of Afghanistan, Tajikistan, Uzbekistan, Turkmenistan,
Kyrgyzstan and Kazakhstan, with references to other players
role in the region. The course concentrates on selected themes
concerning political and social change, economic modernisation
and regional security against the backdrop of sectarian,
ethnolinguistic and ideological diversity, as well as outside
interference.
Indicative Assessment: One 3,000 word essay (50 per cent), and
either a two-hour examination, or a 2,000 word essay (40 per
cent) and tutorial assessment [based on attendance, reading,
performance](10 per cent).
Svat Soucek, A History of Inner Asia, Cambridge: Cambridge
Saikal, A., Modern Afghanistan: A History of Struggle and
Survival, London: I.B. Tauris, 2004.
Asian Politics and International Relations, and Contemporary
Asian Societies fields of study.
war. It will begin with an analysis of the international politics

of identity, boundary politics and the making of the outsider.
It will then focus on the gendered politics of war and peace.
It interrogates key concepts in critical security studies, peace
research and feminist ethics. It will conclude with a review of
contemporary womens organising across identity and state
lines for peace.
Indicative Assessment: Essay (2,000 words) 50 per cent, Essay
(500 words) 15 per cent, Exam 25 per cent and Tutorial Work
10 per cent.
Enloe, C. Does Khaki Become You? The Militarization of
Womens Lives, 2nd edition, Pandora, 1998.
Frankfurt School & Habermas

POLS2076 (6 units)
Pettman, J.J. Worlding Women: A Feminist International Politics,

Allen & Unwin, 1996.
Later Year Course
Fascism & Antifascism

POLS2092 (6 units)

Academic Contact: Dr West
Sociology, or Philosophy or with the permission of the lecturer.
Course Description: This course will examine the social and
political thought of the Frankfurt School and Habermas. After a
brief look at the formation and history of the Institute for Social
Research in Frankfurt, the first part of the course will examine
some of the major themes of the Frankfurt Schools brand of
critical theory. Themes will include: Marxism; Weber and the
philosophy of history; Freudian psychoanalysis; aesthetics, art
and the culture industry; and the notion of a critical theory
of society. The work of theorists such as Horkheimer, Adorno
and Marcuse will be discussed. The second part of the course
will look in more detail at the work of Jurgen Habermas, the
latest and most systematic of the thinkers associated with the
Frankfurt School. We shall consider Habermass reformulation of
critical theory, his account of knowledge and human interests
and his theory of communication.
Indicative Assessment: Essay (45 per cent), second assignment
(45 per cent) and tutorial work (10 per cent).
West, D. An Introduction to Continental Philosophy, 1996.
Held, D. Introduction to Critical Theory, 1980.
Gendered Politics of War

POLS2085 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Workload: 22 hours of lectures and 10 hours of tutorial.
Later Year Course

Academic Contact: Dr Kuhn
Prerequisites: Two first-year courses in Political Science,
Sociology, History or Anthropology, or with the permission of
the lecturer.
Incompatibility: From Fascism to Neo-Fascism EUHY2001.
Course Description: Fascism is not simply a matter of history.
Facists were involved in the December 2005 race riot at
Cronulla beach in Sydney. There are large fascist and far right
movements in several European countries, India and other
parts of the world. Smaller fascist groups are widespread
from Australia to Russia, Japan to the United States. In many
countries right wing populist and racist parties have attracted
mass support. This course examines the emergence of fascism
as a distinct form of social movement since the late 19th
century, the circumstances under which fascist organisations
have expanded and even taken power. It also explores struggles
against fascism and the strategies and theories which guided
them, in order to encourage students to develop their own
systematic understanding of fascism and effective ways to
prevent or combat fascist movements. In addition, the course
will consider how governments have treated antifascist
movements.
Indicative Assessment: Short paper (15-25 per cent), essay
(55-65 per cent) and role play written material (20-30 per cent).
Pathways from the Periphery? Miracle Economies

& World Poverty
POLS2095 (6 units)
Academic Contact: Dr Lee-Koo
Later Year Course
Prerequisites: Two first-year courses in Political Science when

taken as a Political Science course or any 12 first-year units
when taken as a Gender, Sexuality and Culture course.
Incompatibility: POLS2068 Gender and International Politics.

Course Description: This course focuses on key questions to
do with gender and global politics. It will analyse men and
womens experiences, gender relations and feminist scholarship
in relation to collective identity conflicts, political violence and
Workload: 1 x two hour lecture and 1 x one hour discussion

forum each week. In addition a non-compulsory 3-hour
workshop will be offered each week on a day following the
lecture and forum. This will consist of one of the following:
1 a background lecture and discussion on matters related to
but not essential to the course
2 a film relevant to the course followed by discussion
325
3 a presentation on research methods and essay writing

followed by small group workshopping of essay topics.
attempting to understand the indifference of bystanders

while these events occur;
Lectures will be taped .
assessing gradations of genocide - from destroying cultural

institutions, to forcibly transferring children from one group
to another, to the planned, total annihilation of an entire
race/group;
Academic Contact: Dr Minns

Prerequisites: Two first year courses in Political Science, or with
Course Description: The dramatic industrial transformation
of a small number of countries since the Second World War
has provoked a variety of responses. For some, the appearance
of these Newly Industrialising Countries (NICs) has been a
verification of their faith in the ability of world capitalism
to raise the incomes of the poor. However, this generally
optimistic, pro-capitalist outlook has been soured by two
factors. The first is the rarity of the NICs - the limitation of the
economic miracles to relatively small sections of the worlds
population. The second is that each of them has, at different
times and to different degrees, disappointed its supporters ceasing to post high growth rates and even suffering major
economic crises. Their rankings in the global hierarchy of
economic power have fallen as a result.
This course provides an overview of the transformation of four
countries - South Korea, Taiwan, Mexico and Brazil - each of
which has been considered, at various times, to have been a
miracle economy. It will investigate the connections between
local culture, social and political structures and rapid economic
growth. A particular focus will be the international political
and economic circumstances in which these miracles occurred.
These developments will be placed in the context both of
older industrialisations - particularly those which took place
in Europe and Japan - and of the continuing poverty of third
world societies today. We will also look at the crises which have
thrown these miracles into reverse.
Prescribed Text: A reading brick will be made available to
students.
Genocide Studies
POLS2096 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Workload: 1 x two-hour lecture, 1 x one-hour tutorial per week
(tutorials begin second week).
distinguishing between genocide, ethnocide, and ethnic

cleansing;
assessing punishment and impunity in genocide;
reviewing what safeguards there are against repetitions of
genocide.
Indicative Assessment: Long essay (3,200 - 3,800 words) on
the Armenian and Jewish genocides of the twentieth century
(50 per cent); a second essay (2,000 - 2,500 words) on any
one of 34 genocidal case studies apart from the two above,
(40 per cent); and tutorial work (10 per cent). Note: For the
second assignment, Indigenous Studies students will be directed
towards study of the experiences of indigenous peoples in
colonial contexts in Africa, Australia, Asia, and in North, Central
and South America.
The Holocaust and Antisemitism chapters in the
Encyclopaedia Judaica.
Remembering and Understanding the Armenian Genocide,
by Rouben Adalian, on www.genocide.am/index0.htm
Aboriginal History journal, vol. 25, 2001: special issue on
genocide in Australia.
The Encyclopedia of Genocide, ed. Israel Charny, selected
case studies.
Prescribed Text:
Tatz, C. With Intent to Destroy: Reflecting on Genocide, Verso,
London, 2000.
Reading Brick: volumes I and II Genocide Studies.
Refugee Politics: Statelessness & Displacement in

the Twentieth & Twenty-First Centuries
POLS2101 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Workload: 2 hour lecture and 1 hour tutorial for 11 weeks.
The lectures will not be recorded.
Academic Contact: Dr Bloul
Academic Contact: Dr Huynh
Prerequisites: Two first year courses in Political Science to

the value of 12 points, or with the written permission of the
lecturer.
Prerequisites: Two first year political science courses or

EURO1004 and POLS1005 or with the permission of the lecturer.
Course Description: This is a study of the systematic destruction

of national, racial, religious, ethnic (or tribal), or political groups.
Our aims include:
analysing the motives for, and the ideological bases of, such
killings;
examining the socio-political conditions under which such
mass killings can and do occur;
observing the techniques and technologies used in
genocides;
attempting to pinpoint legal and moral/personal
responsibility for their occurrence;
326
Course Description: This course addresses three questions.

Firstly, who is a refugee? Secondly, what compels refugees
to leave their homes? And thirdly, how should governments
and groups approach refugees and irregular migrants? In
answering the first question we will explore the twentieth and
twenty-first century history of asylum seeking, modern state
building, issues of international law and debates over political
belonging. In answering the second question we will look at
the impacts of globalisation, war, persecution, poverty and
environmental change on flows of people across and within
state boundaries. In answering the third question we will
assess border protection, international refugee organisations,
mandatory detention, and refugee advocacy. Twentieth century
case studies will be drawn from post-World War II Europe, the
Middle East, Indochina and the Balkans. The accumulation and

interaction of concepts and examples will provide a foundation
for our understanding of contemporary refugee issues in
Australia and beyond.
Indicative Assessment: 3,000 word essay (55 per cent); Tutorial
Presentation and Participation (5 per cent); Formal Examination
(40 per cent)
This course can be counted towards the Politics and
International Relations majors.
politics from both a theoretical and comparative perspective,

and opens by considering various theories of democracy,
including liberal, pluralist, feminist and Marxist perspectives.
It also examines the origins of democracy in Australia and its
historical development, and seeks to establish whether and
to what extent Australian democracy has its own distinctive
character. How resilient is it and how has it coped with crises
at both state and federal levels? The course will also look at
comparisons between Australias democracy and its institutions
and those in a number of other countries.
The Political Philosophy of Deception

POLS2102 (6 units)
Indicative Assessment: Assessment will consist of a research

essay of 3000 words, a tutorial paper, a two-hour examination
and tutorial participation.
Later Year Course
Maddox, G. Australian Democracy in Theory and Practice, 5th
ed. Longman, Sydney.

Workload: 2 hour lecture and 1 hour tutorial for 11 weeks.
Academic Contact: Dr Huynh
Prerequisites: Two first year political science courses or
EURO1004 and POLS1005 or with the permission of the lecturer.
Incompatibility: This course is incompatible with ASIA2045
Course Description: This course examines the proposition
that the Western political-philosophical tradition is based
on conscious lying. In recognition of this reality, political
theorists such as Plato, Machiavelli, Strauss and members of the
neoconservative persuasion have tried to keep certain truths
from the public lest they lead to social decay. Liberal thinkers,
on the other hand, have been convinced in the emancipating
potential of overarching truth. The first and major part of the
course is concerned with understanding how and why lying
has become central to politics as we know it. The second part
of the course concerns the implications of political lying and
will explore Australian political lying, and political language
and writing (particularly from George Orwell). The third part
of the course looks at lies from the bottom up, drawing from
the ideas of Antonio Gramsci, Michel de Certeau and James C.
Scott. It asks what ordinary people might have to gain and lose
from believing lies and questions whether they are capable of
resisting oppression and deception by manufacturing their own
tactical fictions. At the end of the course we will revisit and
scrutinise the initial proposition and, whether we agree with it
or not, ask how we might be more ethical in politics.
This course is included in a Political Science major and as a
designate course in the International Relations major.
Indicative Assessment: 3,000 word essay (55 per cent); Tutorial
Presentation (5 per cent), Formal Examination (40 per cent)
Preliminary Reading: George Orwells 1984
Australian Democracy: Comparative & Theoretical

Approaches
POLS2103 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Workload: 22 lectures, weekly tutorials
Academic Contact: Dr Abjorensen
Prerequisites: 12u of 1st year POLS courses
Course Description: This course explores the nature of
Australian democracy, and is designed to build on a developing
understanding of the dynamics of the Australian political
system and its institutions. The course approaches Australian
Sawer, M., Abjorensen, N. and Larkin, P. Australia: The State of

Democracy, Federation Press, Sydney, 2008.
Media Politics: Political leaders, media moguls,

journalists & audiences.
POLS2104 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Workload: 22 lectures, weekly tutorials.
Academic Contact: Dr Errington
Prerequisites: 12u of 1st year POLS courses
Course Description: This course introduces the complex set of
interactions between politics and the media. It examines the
function, roles and strategies of both individual journalists
and media corporations in their relationships with politicians,
political institutions and citizens. It also considers the
implications of the media as a powerful political institution
in its own right. The course begins with a critical introduction
to the concept of the public sphere, examining the way that
the role and influence of the mass media is perceived by
political actors, producers of media content and audiences.
Various theories of media effects and agenda-setting are
also introduced. The course examines the medias role in
democratic politics and decision-making in both domestic
and foreign policy, including the medias influence on policy
governing media ownership. The course will use predominantly
Australian literature and examples, but will draw on overseas
experiences, such as American presidential campaigns, as
necessary. The consequences of trends such as globalisation
and the proliferation of new media will be integrated into
discussions of issues such as media effects, censorship and
public broadcasting.
Indicative Assessment: Assessment will consist of an essay of
2500 words, a 90-minute examination consisting of two essaystyle questions and a tutorial leadership exercise.
Cunningham, S. and G. Turner. Media and Communications in
Australia. Allen and Unwin, Sydney. 2006.
Prescribed Text:
Errington, W. and Miragliotta, N., Media and Politics: an
Introduction, Oxford University Press, Melbourne, 2007.
327
Political Leadership & Executive Government

POLS2105 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Workload: Two hours of lectures and one hour of tutorials each
week.
Academic Contact: Dr Maley
Prerequisites: Two first year courses in POLS or by approval of
the Convenor
Course Description: This course focuses on political leadership,
as manifested in executive government in Australia. The
course begins by examining different approaches to the
study of political leadership, as well as theories of leadership
and leadership styles. The rest of the course mainly takes an
institutional approach to the study of political leadership in
Australia, looking at the impact of institutional design within
political systems, and examining in detail the institutions
within the Australian political executive: Cabinet, Ministers,
and chief executives (Prime Ministers and Premiers). The
course also explores the roles of those who advise political
leaders - political advisers and senior bureaucrats. While the
course focuses on Australian political leadership, the Australian
experience is illuminated by international comparisons.
The course aims to develop students knowledge about
key Australian executive institutions and their distinctive
characteristics, as well as increasing their understanding of
theories of political leadership. This course will count in the
Political Science major and in List 1 of the Policy Studies major.
participation (5 per cent) a group presentation (10 per cent) and
an examination (35 per cent).
Preliminary Reading: N/A
Australian Foreign Policy: Australias Foreign Wars

POLS3001 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Workload: 1 x two hour lecture and one tutorial per week.
Lectures are not taped.
Academic Contact: Dr McKinley
Course Description: Australias international history in the
twentieth and twenty-first centuries is frequently marked by
conflict: right through to the present day, decisions to wage
war of one type or another punctuate national life. This course
will examine the record in terms of the implications it has for,
and the insights it gives into, the countrys role as a political
actor. Accordingly, in the first instance, the focus will be on
Australian policy with respect to major wars - the First World
War, Second World War, Vietnam War, Gulf War of 1990-91
and the post 9-11 wars in Afghanistan and Iraq. Within this
perspective, particular attention will be paid to both Australias
alliance relationship with the United States of America, and its
concepts of peace - in which name, presumably, the former are
established, and ultimately, the wars were fought. Attention
will then turn to what many see is the principal security
pre-occupation of Australian foreign policy in the post-Cold
war era - namely the global war on terror.
328

two-hour examination (50 per cent) or a take-home final
assignment (50 per cent).
International Relations Theory

POLS3017 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Workload: One lecture and 1 x two hour seminar a week.
Academic Contact: Dr George
Course Description: This course addresses some of the most
important issues in International Relations Theory with special
emphasis on developments in the post WWII period. Following
an introduction to the major theoretical concepts employed
by IR scholars and policymakers, the course explores in more
detail: theories of power politics Realism, the neo (realism)/neo
(liberalism) debate, various critical social theory perspectives, the
resurgence of religion in IR and the neo-conservatism intrinsic to
the Bush administration at the beginning of the 21st Century.
Indicative Assessment: Essay (60 per cent), examination (30 per
cent) and tutorial assessment (10 per cent).
Washington Internship
POLS3021 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Workload: Internship placement in Washington D.C. during
January and February and supervised research program during
first semester.
Academic Contact: Dr Hart
Prerequisites: Completion of Government and Politics in the
USA (POLS2013A/B) at Credit-level or better.
Admission to this course is selective due to the limited number
of places available on any one year. Applications for 2010 will
need to be submitted by 31 July 2009.
Course Description: This course consists of a six-week internship
during January and February in the United States Congress in
Washington D.C. during which time students will begin work
on a research project to be completed at ANU during the first
semester under the supervision of the course coordinator.
Normally, students will be assigned to the office of a member
of the U.S. Congress or the office of a congressional committee.
The placement will be determined before departure for
Washington. The research topic will be agreed between the
internship provider, the student, and the course coordinator.
Students will commence work on their topic during their
internship and will be required to present a 6,000 word paper
on the approved research topic at the end of the first semester
of the year in which the internship is taken.
The purpose of this course is to give students with a good
background in American government an opportunity to
experience political life in Washington, D.C. firsthand and
to pursue an advanced program of study and research on a
specialised aspect of American government, politics, and public
policy.
Admission to this course is selective due to the limited

number of placements available in any one year and the firm
requirement that participating students have a sufficiently
high level of knowledge and ability to enable them to perform
effectively during their placement in Washington.
Students accepted for this course will be responsible for the
cost of their own airfares, accommodation and other expenses.
Further details are made available in the Washington Internship
Information Pack published in June of each year.
Political Science IV Honours

POLS4005F (24 units each Semester)
Later Year Course
Course Description: Political Science IV comprises:
(a) A thesis on a topic approved by the Head of School.
(b) Participation in seminar courses.
overall performance in Political Science IV.
Academic Contact: Dr Zhao

Prerequisites: Any one of: 12 units of first year courses in
Anthropology or Archaeology or Geography or Sociology or
History or Economic History or Political Science or Economics,
or a later-year course of a Population Studies major, or with the
permission of the Convener
Course Description: This course introduces the main concepts
in population studies, showing how they relate to issues in
research, planning and policy development. Topics include
contemporary thought on population growth, mortality control,
changes in fertility, population mobility, the life cycle, the study
of generations and the population dimension of environmental
changes and social issues. The content is non-mathematical and
coverage is global, with emphasis on comparisons between less
developed and more developed countries.
Indicative Assessment: Tutorial work (15 per cent), essay (40 per
cent) and open book examination or take-home examination
(45 per cent).

POLS4005P (12 units each Semester
Population Studies IV Honours(S)

POPS4005F (24 units each Semester)
Later Year Course
Later Year Course
Course Description: As for POLS4005F
Workload: Full-Time
This course is taken by students undertaking Political Science

details.
Course Description: The requirements for the fourth year

normally consist of:
International Relations IV Honours - Fulltime

Later Year Course
Workload: Full Year
Course Description: International Relations IV Honours year
comprises:
(a) A thesis on a topic approved by the Head of School.
(b) Participation in seminar courses.Final honours results are
determined on the basis of a students overall performance
in International Relations IV.
International Relations IV Honours - Parttime

POLS4105P (12 units each Semester)
Later Year Course
Workload: Full Year
Course Description: As for POLS4105F
This course is taken by students undertaking International
Relations Honours on a part-time basis. See full-time entry for
further details.
Population & Society

POPS2001 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Workload: Normally offered in odd years.
24 hours of lectures and 10 one-hour tutorials.
1. The honours seminar in Population Studies (Theories in

Demography). This course is offered by the Graduate
Program in Demography and may be taken at honours level.
2. An appropriate later-year course taken in the Faculties or
in the Graduate Program in Demography, and assessed at
fourth-year honours level.
3. A sub-thesis of 15,000 to 20,000 words supervised by staff
from one or more of the following: the Population Studies
Program, Sociology, School of Social Sciences, the School of
Resources, Environment and Society, the Graduate Program
in Demography. Normally, the sub-thesis will count for 60
per cent of the overall result, the graduate seminar and the
additional course for 20 per cent each.

POPS4005P (12 units each Semester)
Later Year Course
Workload: Part-time
Course Description: As for POPS4005F
This course is taken by students undertaking Population Studies
details.

Later Year Course
Course Description: The basic components will be
329
1. two relevant honours-level courses relevant to population

health (20 per cent each)
2. a sub-thesis of approximately 15,000 words on a population
health topic (60 per cent)
The coursework components available will be confirmed year
by year by the convener, in consultation with the university
areas offering them and with the applicants. The most likely
coursework components include relevant honours courses in
the Faculties (e.g. the population biology theory seminar of the
biological anthropology honours program, Arts), and relevant
postgraduate courses offered by Demography ADSRI (e.g. health
demography), the Medical School, and/or the National Centre
for Epidemiology and Population Health. Thesis supervision
is to be provided by relevant faculties staff with, where so
negotiated, co-supervision by other staff, e.g. from Demography
or NCEPH.
and comprehension. It is designed to meet the needs of lateryear undergraduates, especially those in Honours programs,
whose research and projects require them to acquire a reading
knowledge of Russian in a short time. The course covers the
Cyrillic script and the fundamentals of the Russian sound
system, and develops basic reading skills through the analysis
of simple sentences and grammatical and syntactic structures.
It provides an understanding of the workings of Russian
inflections, while building a core vocabulary centred largely on
international words.
Indicative Assessment: Two tests (Weeks 7 and 11), examination
in examination period, and weekly on-line quizzes. The
proposed weighting is Examination: 50 per cent, Tests: 30 per
cent, On-line quizzes: 20 per cent
Click here for further information about Population Health

Honours.
Prescribed Text:
Recommended: Nicholas J. Brown, The New Penguin
Russian Course, Harmondsworth, 1996; The Oxford Russian
Minidictionary; edited by Della Thompson, revised 1997.

POPS4105P (12 units each Semster)
Reading Russian For Academic Purposes II

RUSS3003 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Later Year Course
Workload: On-line study designed to require approximately ten

hours per week.
Course Description: As for POPS4105F

This course is taken by students undertaking Population Health
details.
Introduction to Religions B
RELS1003 (6 units)
First Year Course
Workload: Two hours of lectures and one one-hour tutorial a
week.
Academic Contact: Dr John Powers
Prerequisites: No prerequisites.
Incompatibility: RELS1001 Religious Studies I
Course Description: Textual and philosophical approaches to
religion. An introduction to Indian, Japanese, Tibetan, and
Chinese religious traditions. A discussion of Asian and Western
views of religion from a philosophical perspective. Religion and
ideology in the world today.
Indicative Assessment: Two examinations or essays (45 per cent
each), Tutorial performance (10 per cent).
Powers, J. and Fieser, J., Scriptures of the World Religions,
McGraw Hill, 1997
Reading Russian for Academic Purposes I

RUSS3002 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Workload: Online study designed to require approximately ten
hours per week.
the basics of the Russian language for the purpose of reading
330

Prerequisites: RUSS3002 or permission of the lecturer.
Course Description: The course develops further the basic
reading skills introduced in RUSS3002 with further study of
Russian morphology, building reading strategies, dictionary skills
and confidence in approaching the analysis of more complex
sentences. Word-formation processes are examined through
the study of common prefixes and suffixes. Students can begin
guided work on texts in their own particular field of study.
Indicative Assessment: Two tests (Weeks 7 and 11), examination
in examination period, and weekly on-line quizzes. The
proposed weighting is: Examination: 50 per cent, Tests: 30 per
cent. On-line quizzes: 20 per cent
Prescribed Text:
Recommended: Nicholas J. Brown, The New Penguin
Russian Course, Harmondsworth, 1996; The Oxford Russian
Minidictionary; edited by Della Thompson, revised 1997.
Russian IV Honours (S)

RUSS4005F (24 units each Semester)
Later Year Course
Course Description: Russian Honours IV normally comprises five
equal components:
(a) and (b) Practical language work, oral and written, including
translation into and from Russian (two contact hours per week
throughout the year);
(c) a sub-thesis of circa 10,000 words on an approved topic;
(d) and (e) Two courses selected from the following:
Nineteenth-century Russian literature;
Twentieth-century Russian literature;
Comparative Slavonic Philology;
History of the Russian Language

RUSS4005P (12 units each Semester)
Education & Society

SOCY2021 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Later Year Course

Course Description: As for RUSS4005F

This course is taken by students undertaking Russian Honours
Academic Contact: Dr Sikora
Self & Society

SOCY1002 (6 units)
Course Description: The purpose of this course will be to

examine the dialectical relationship between education and
society.
First Year Course

Workload: Two one-hour lectures and one one-hour tutorial.
Offered every year.
Lectures will be taped and will be available on WebCT
Academic Contact: Dr Greig
Course Description: This course deals with the social
construction of the self. It addresses the paradox that, although
we are shaped by powerful social forces, we have a sense of
ourselves as autonomous individuals. It will show how this
sense of individual selfhood is of recent origin, associated with
the development of modern society. We will also explore how
individuals confront unfamiliar institutional environments to
show that the sociological imagination can help us come to
terms with every day experiences. Throughout the unit, we will
use historical and comparative research in order to question the
taken-for-granted assumption that the way we organise our
lives is the natural way human beings shape their interactions.
We will see how concepts such as time, space, nature and
self are social constructs that change through history.
Indicative Assessment: 500 word exercise (10 per cent), essay
plan (10 per cent), tutorial participation (10 per cent), research
essay (35 per cent) and synoptic essay (35 per cent).
Introduction to Social Psychology

SOCY1004 (6 units)
Prerequisites: Any two first-year courses, or with the permission

of the lecturer.
The course will firstly consider the main theoretical perspectives

which attempt to explain variations in educational systems
and the ways that they change (eg functionalist, Marxist
and interpretative). This will be followed by a socio-historical
examination of the emergence of schooling, from antiquity
through the industrial revolution to mass schooling in many
societies today. Topics will include the relationship between
education and the economy, the political system (the State) and
the cultural and ideological system. The relationship between
the family, gender, schooling and life chances will also receive
attention. Finally, alternative educational structures will be
examined with respect to their appropriateness for different
types of societies.
All topics will be treated in a comparative perspective, although
the Australian context will receive considerable attention.
The similarities and differences between school processes
in industrialised and non-industrialised societies, as well as
capitalist and socialist societies, will be a consistent theme
throughout the course.
Indicative Assessment: The suggested assessment program
includes one 2,200 word essay (40 per cent), tutorial
participation (25 per cent), and final examination (35 per cent).
Environment & Society

SOCY2022 (6 units)
Later Year Course
First Year Course

Workload: Offered every year.2 lectures per week and 10 hours

of tutorials.
Academic Contact: Dr White
Course Description: The course will introduce students to major
topics in social psychology, with an emphasis on sociological
approaches. The course will focus specifically on normative,
cultural and cross-cultural dimensions of social psychological
aspects of human behaviour. Students will be introduced to
the notion of the social self, including self-perception and
self-presentation. Subsequent topics may include the formation
and change of attitudes and values, social judgement,
persuasion, attraction, altruism and self-interest, and group
behaviour. Case studies will show how social psychological
processes are found in everyday life.
Indicative Assessment: Three 1,000 word essays (30 per cent
each) and tutorial participation (10 per cent).
Academic Contact: Dr Klovdahl

Prerequisites: Any two first-year courses from Sociology,
Anthropology, Archaeology, Political Science, or the Science
Faculty, or permission of the lecturer.
Course Description: Human societies and their natural
environments are interdependent yet this is often ignored. This
course studies society-environment relationships including a
consideration of these through human history as a basis for a
better understanding contemporary environment/society issues.
The course covers such topics as the role of the environment
in the development of different levels of societal organization
(civilisation), sociological theories pertaining to environmentsociety relationships, the population problem, personal and
household energy consumption, infectious diseases in human
history and present-day society (including bioterrorism), the
limits to growth debate, energy and cities, international/global
dimensions of environmental problems, the environmental
movement, optimistic and pessimistic predictions for the future,
331
and so on. There will be an opportunity for participants to

examine environmentally related issues of particular interest to
them.
Indicative Assessment: two 750 word assignments (15 per cent
each), tutorial presentation paper 1,000 words (20 per cent);
synthesis essay 1,500 words (40 per cent); tutorial participation
(10 per cent).
Sociology of Third World Development

SOCY2030 (6 units)
the causes and effects of demographic processes. Emphasis is

given to contemporary questions and their historical origins,
referring to concepts and theories concerning migration, the
demographic transition and social change.
Indicative Assessment: An essay (45 per cent), tutorial work (10
per cent) and an open book examination (45 per cent).
Khoo, S and McDonald, P, (Eds), The Transformation of
Australias Population 1970-2030, UNSW Press, 2003.
Development & Change of Urban Society

SOCY2035 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Lectures will be taped and be available on WebCT
Academic Contact: Dr Greig
Prerequisites: Completion of first year, including any two firstyear courses of Sociology or Anthropology or Political Science
or with the permission of the lecturer.
Later Year Course
Course Description: The course surveys various sociological

perspectives on global change and development. The course
is divided into three components: theories of development;
resistance and development; and globalisation and
development.
The first section charts the history of the concept of
development. Using a variety of case studies from Russia
to Central America and Africa, the second section examines
resistance to social and political inequalities and their
relationship to social change and development.
The final section draws upon contemporary critiques of
development and progress and examines the concept of
globalisation. These approaches will be assessed through
examining a range of contemporary issues, ranging from
the advent of the Newly Industrialising Countries (NICs),
global consumerism, environmental degradation and global
institutions.
Students will be encouraged to take these issues and apply
them to their own specific fields of interest in any aspect of
global development.
Indicative Assessment: 2,500 word research essay (45 per
cent), three short course papers (45 per cent) and tutorial
Population & Australia

SOCY2032 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Workload: 24 hours of lectures and 10 one-hour tutorials.
Academic Contact: Dr Khoo
Prerequisites: Any one of: 12 units of first-year courses in
Anthropology or Archaeology (ARCH or PREH) or Geography or
Sociology or Economic History or History or Political Science or
Economics, or a later-year course of a Population Studies major,
Course Description: Population processes have contributed to
many changes in Australian society, including urbanisation, the
development of muliticulturalism, the diversification of family
forms, the emergence of ageing as a major social issue and
the growth and decline of urban and rural communities. This
course examines changes in Australia from the perspective of
332
Prerequisites: Any two first-year courses of Sociology,

Anthropology or Archaeology (PREH or ARCH), Political Science,
Course Description: The purpose of this course is to look at the
origins of cities and the development of urban society in order
to learn more about the foundations on which modern cities
have been built. The urban revolution that saw the rise of the
first cities will be the starting point for the course, followed
by an examination of the pre-industrial city, the influence of
the Middle Ages on modern cities, the profound effects of
industrialisation, and subsequent development of the Western
city.
Topics include unique factors affecting Australian cities as these
developed in the 19th century and thereafter; and some the
development of non-Western, non-industrial cities.
Indicative Assessment: A 3,000-word research essay, tutorial
participation, and a final examination.
Qualitative Research Methods

SOCY2043 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Prerequisites: Any two first-year Sociology courses or with the
Course Description: Students will be introduced to the
theoretical basis of the interpretive tradition in sociology. This
tradition has produced a range of methods for examining
the social world. Those examined may include participant
observation, in depth interviewing, oral histories, life histories
and unstructured interviewing.
Indicative Assessment: Essay (60 per cent) and take-home
Social Networks: Critical Structure & Processes in

Modern Society
SOCY2054 (6 units)
Later Year Course

Lectures taped.
Prerequisites: Any two first-year courses from the Faculties of
Arts or Science, or permission of Coordinator.
Course Description: Social networks are everywhere.
Information (e.g., factual in an organization, gossip in a
residential college), influence (e.g., others trying to get us to
do what they want or visa versa) and infection (e.g., HIV/AIDS,
SARS, sexually transmitted diseases) pass through networks.
Social networks affect friendships, romantic liaisons, marriages,
work, health and so on. At one end of the spectrum networks
connect us together as individuals, increasingly through
electronic means, such as email over the Internet or World
Wide Web (WWW), and through mobile phones. In some cases
these networks may be benign (e.g., students getting together
to party). In other cases they may not be benign (e.g., terrorist
networks or spy networks). At the other end of the spectrum
networks connect the organisations and societies that affect us
(whether or not we are members of them). These higher level
networks can have far reaching consequences (sometimes for
better; sometimes for worse). The focus of this course is on
a broad range of network structures and processes, and how
these assist (or impede) personal survival in modern society.
It is a non-mathematical introduction to network theory and
research (data and assistance are available if anyone would like
to do a quantitative essay).
Indicative Assessment: two 750 word assignments (15 per cent
each), tutorial presentation paper 1,000 words (20 per cent);
synthesis essay 1,500 words (40 per cent); tutorial participation
(10 per cent)
Explore the www.sfu.ca/~insna and course WebCT site.
Relationships, Marriage & Family

SOCY2057 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Academic Contact: Dr Sikora
Prerequisites: 12 units of 1000-level courses or with the
Course Description: The second half of the twentieth century
has seen profound changes in the structure and social meaning
of family and marriage. The main goal of this course is to
examine these changes in contemporary Australia and in
cross-national context. Students will gain the understanding
of demographic changes, shifts in attitudes to family and
marriage, the work-family balance and the effectiveness of
government policy in this area. The course will also introduce
sociological and social-psychological theories of marriage and
family.
A large part of the course will be devoted to the examination
of special topics including gender, love and sexuality in
relationships, the meaning of family and marriage across
cultures, singlehood, partner selection; stress, crisis, violence
and abuse in relationships; divorce, remarriage and their effect
on children; childlessness as a lifestyle, same-sex relationships,
balancing work and family life, globalisation and outsourcing
of care.
Indicative Assessment: 2,500 word Essay (40 per cent); 1000

word Tutorial Paper (20 per cent); Tutorial Participation (10 per
cent); Tutorial Research Project (30 per cent).
Gilding, M., Australian Families. A Comparative Perspective,
Melbourne: Longman, 1997.
Identity, Difference & Ethnicity

SOCY3022 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Academic Contact: Dr Bloul
Course Description: Ethnic relations form a central feature
of many societies today, as colonialism and post-colonial
migrations have created minority populations in many parts of
the world. This course examines the origins and maintenance
of racial and ethnic divisions in a comparative perspective.
It focuses on the social construction of ethnic identities in
multicultural settings. The course is concerned with general
theoretical issues informing debates on identity and the cultural
politics of difference, at both individual and collective levels.
Special attention is given to case studies, with an emphasis on
new cultural pluralism, the place of individual self-projects and
the status of difference in a global world.
Indicative Assessment: First essay (50 per cent),second
essay(40 per cent) and tutorials (10 per cent).
Sociology IV Honours (S)

SOCY4005F (24 units each Semester)
Later Year Course
Course Description: In the fourth year, candidates for the
degree with honours will have three course components The Honours Seminars - two weekly seminars focusing on
aspects of sociological theory and research. These seminars will
contribute 25 per cent each to the final honours grade.
A Sub-thesis of 15,000 to 20,000 words which will count for
50 per cent of the honours grade. Thesis work covers both
semesters.

SOCY4005P (12 units each Semester)
Later Year Course
Course Description: As for SOCY4005F
This course is taken by students undertaking Sociology Honours
Introduction to Spanish I
SPAN1001 (6 units)
First Year Course
333
Workload: 4 hours of classes plus 1 hour laboratory session per

week
Academic Contact: Dr Guillermo Anad
Course Description: Based on a communicative and culturebased approach, this course is designed to develop listening,
speaking, reading and writing skills in the Spanish language.
Students are introduced to grammatical and syntactic
structures and training is provided in language learning
strategies.
Indicative Assessment: A mixture of tests (70 per cent),
assignments (20 per cent), performance and participation in
class (10 per cent).
Course Description: This course is designed to further develop

listening, speaking, reading and writing skills in the Spanish
language. Grammatical structures and vocabulary are reviewed
and extended and further training is provided in language
learning strategies. Students are also exposed to texts and
audio-visual materials in which the cultures and societies of
Spanish-speaking countries are explored further.
class (5 per cent).
Selected Topics in Spanish I

SPAN2003 (6 units)
Introduction to Spanish II
SPAN1002 (6 units)
Later Year Course
First Year Course
Workload: 2.5 hours of classes per week
Workload: 4 hours of classes plus 1 hour laboratory session per

week
Prerequisites: Permission of the coordinator
Academic Contact: Dr Guillermo Anad

Prerequisites: SPAN1001 or or equivalent competence.
Course Description: Based on a communicative and culturebased approach, this course is designed to further develop
language skills acquired in SPAN1001. Special emphasis will be
given to improving oral skills, written practices and grammatical
accuracy.
class (10 per cent).
Continuing Spanish I
SPAN2001 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Academic Contact: Ms Martha Florez
Prerequisites: SPAN1002 or equivalent competence

on the lecturer. In any given year, the course will provide
intensive and advanced study of a topic or topics in an area of
Spanish Studies.
assignments (45 per cent), an oral presentation (25 per cent)
and performance and participation (5 per cent).
Selected Topics in Spanish II

SPAN2004 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Workload: 2.5 hours of classes a week
on the lecturer. In any given year, the course will provide
intensive and advanced study of a topic or topics in an area of
Spanish Studies.
Course Description: This course is designed to further develop

listening, speaking, reading and writing skills in the Spanish
language. Grammatical structures and vocabulary are reviewed
and extended, and further training is provided in language
learning strategies. Students are also exposed to texts and
audio-visual materials in which the cultures and societies of
Spanish-speaking countries are explored further.

assignments (45 per cent), an oral presentation (15 per cent)
and performance and participation in class (5 per cent).

class (5 per cent).
Later Year Course
Continuing Spanish II
SPAN2002 (6 units)
Later Year Course

334
Current Affairs in the Spanish-speaking world

(Continuing)
SPAN2100 (6 units)
Prerequisites: Completion of SPAN2001 (Continuing Spanish
I) with Distinction or High Distinction, or permission of the
convenor
Course Description: The subject will analyse current affairs
in Spain and Latin America, as well as the impact of world
current affairs on the Spanish-speaking world. A set of current
issues, and their social and historical contexts will be analysed.
The approach will be thematic rather than chronological.
Throughout the course students will analyze radio news, read

and discuss radio scripts in Spanish, as well as material drawn
from the Spanish-speaking press. Students will also write and
produce their own radio program.
Indicative Assessment: Exercises leading to the writing and
production of a radio program (25 per cent), oral presentations
on current affairs topics of the students choice (30 per cent),
two listening comprehension exams (35 per cent) and tutorial
Intermediate Spanish I
SPAN3001 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Course Description: This course aims to extend the students
ability to communicate clearly and effectively both in spoken
and written Spanish. A variety of literary, non-literary texts
and audiovisual material will be used to further develop the
students communicative competence in Spanish.
Advanced Spanish II
SPAN3004 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Course Description: This course aims to equip students to
understand and use Spanish at an advanced level. A variety of
literary, non-literary texts and film are used for comprehension,
oral and written work.
assignments (30 per cent) and oral presentations (20 per cent)
and performance and participation in class (10 per cent).
Current Affairs in the Spanish-speaking World

(Intermediate)
SPAN3100 (6 units)
Later Year Course

class (5 per cent).
Intermediate Spanish II
SPAN3002 (6 units)
Course Description: The subject will analyse current affairs

in Spain and Latin America, as well as the impact of world
current affairs on the Spanish-speaking world. A set of current
issues, and their social and historical contexts will be analysed.
The approach will be thematic rather than chronological.
Throughout the course students will analyze radio and tv news,
as well as the Spanish-speaking press. Students will also write
and produce their own radio program.
Later Year Course

Course Description: This course aims to extend the students
ability to communicate clearly and effectively both in spoken
and written Spanish. A variety of literary, non-literary texts
and audiovisual material will be used to further develop the
students communicative competence in Spanish.
class (5 per cent).
Prerequisites: SPAN3001 (Intermediate Spanish I) or equivalent

level of proficiency
Indicative Assessment: Exercises leading to the writing and

production of a radio program (25 per cent), oral presentation
on current affairs topics of the students choice (20 per cent),
two exams (50 per cent) and tutorial participation (5 per cent).
The Spanish Speaking World Through Its Songs

SPAN3101 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Advanced Spanish I
SPAN3003 (6 units)
Workload: 3 hours of classes per week.
Later Year Course
Prerequisites: SPAN2002 (Continuing Spanish II) or equivalent

level of proficiency

Course Description: This course aims to equip students to
understand and use Spanish at an advanced level. A variety of
literary, non-literary texts and films are used for comprehension,
oral and written work.
assignments (20 per cent), oral presentations (25 per cent) and
performance and participation in class (5 per cent).
Course Description: The aim of this course is to provide a view

of significant political, social and artistic issues in the Spanishspeaking world through its rich heritage of musical culture.
The study of classic genres, such as the tango, the bolero or
the Spanish copla, will be contrasted with contemporary music
genres that have been inspired by them, and Spanish and Latin
American responses to the rock, punk and hip-hop movements.
The social and cultural background of the societies that gave
rise to such genres will be explored, and significant political
events reflected in music, such as the Cuban revolution, the fall
of Allendes Chile or the return to democracy in Spain after the
Franco regime, will be studied. A listening mp3 CD with relevant
335
interviews and radio programs on the genres or artists studied

through the course will be provided.
introduced within sentences. The course will include simple and

comprehensive reading passages.
Indicative Assessment: Report and presentation (40 per cent),

two written exams (50 per cent) and tutorial participation (10
per cent).
Indicative Assessment: Attendance and class participation

(20 per cent), assignments (30 per cent), final examination
(including oral component) (50 per cent).
Spanish IV Honours
SPAN4005F (24 units each Semester)
Later Year Course
Course Description: Spanish Honours IV normally comprises:
(b) thesis of 12,000-15,000 words, written in Spanish unless a
per cent; and
the Convenor well in advance.
Spanish IV Honours
SPAN4005P (12 units each Semester)
* G. L. Lewis, Turkish Grammar, OUP, 2001
* Lewis V. Thomas, Elementary Turkish, Cambridge,
Massachusetts 1967.
* Bengisu Rona, Turkish in Three Months, Woodbridge, Suffolk:
Hugo 1989
Prescribed Text:
Tmer HITIT: Yabancllar iin Trke 1, Ankara: Ankara University
Press, 2002
Text book with cassettes will be available from the Uni
Bookshop.
All the lessons include exercises, reading passages and listening
to tapes. Students will have a work-book and glossary for
their homework. The lecturer may provide reading passages
whenever necessary. The students are encouraged to read some
articles and books on Turkish Language and Culture written in
English.
Elementary Turkish B
TURK1002 (6 units)
First Year Course
language laboratory sessions)
Later Year Course
Prerequisites: Elementary Turkish A
Course Description: The course will cover Turkish alphabet,

spelling and pronunciation as well as vowel harmony. No direct
emphasis will be put on grammar, but the use of simple verb
tense and other grammatical features will be introduced within
sentences. The course will include simple and comprehensive
reading passages.

Course Description: As for SPAN4005F
This course is taken by students undertaking Spanish Honours
Elementary Turkish A
TURK1001 (6 units)
First Year Course
language laboratory sessions)
Prerequisites: Elementary Turkish does not require previous
knowledge of the language.
Course Description: The course will cover Turkish alphabet,
spelling and pronunciation as well as vowel harmony. No
direct emphasis will be put on teaching grammar, but the use
of simple verb tenses and other grammatical features will be
336
Indicative Assessment: Attendance and class participation

(20 per cent), assignments (30 per cent), final examination
G.L. Lewis, Turkish Grammar, OUP, 2001.
Lewis V. Thomas, Elementary Turkish, Cambridge, Massachusetts,
1967.
Bengisu Rona, Turkish in Three Months, Woodbridge, Suffolk:
Hugo, 1989.
Prescribed Text:
Tmer HITIT: Yabancllar iin Trke1, Ankara: Ankara University
Press, 2002
Text book with cassettes will be available from the Uni
bookshop.
Intermediate Turkish A
TURK2001 (6 units)
Later Year Course

language laboratory sessions). Students will be required to
spend one additional hour in the language laboratory doing self
study.
Prerequisites: Elementary Turkish B
Course Description: Intermediate Turkish A is designed for

students who can already read and understand paragraphs of a
fair length and also write short paragraphs in present, past and
future tenses using gerunds. The course will further cover the
use of verb active, auxiliary verbs, participles, indirect speech,
causative gerunds, and gerunds of time. Due to the nature of
Turkish language the use of relevant suffixes with the verbs
will be explained within sentences. The course will include
comprehensive reading passages of a fair length.
Prerequisites: TURK2002 Intermediate Turkish B

language laboratory session). Students will be required to spend
one additional hour in the language laboratory doing self study.
Indicative Assessment: Attendance and Class Participation

- 20 per cent; Assignments - 30 per cent; Final Examination
(including oral component) - 50 per cent
Prescribed Text:
Tmer HITIT: Yabancllar iin Trke2 & 3, Ankara: Ankara
University Press, 2002
Additional Sources:
G. L. Lewis, Teach yourself Turkish, The English University Press,
London 1968
N. A. McQuown & S. Koylan, Spoken Turkish: Book 1 (1972),
Book 2 (1981), and a set of six cassettes
G. L. Lewis, Turkish Grammar, 2nd edition, 2000
Intermediate Turkish B
TURK2002 (6 units)
Later Year Course
language laboratory session). Students will be required to spend
one additional hour in the language laboratory doing self study.
Prerequisites: Intermediate Turkish A
Course Description: Intermediate Turkish B is designed for
students who can already read and write paragraphs of a fair
length using most tenses both in direct and indirect speech.
The course will further cover urgency and continuity verbs,
deverbatives of time and simulation. The course will include
comprehensive reading passages on Turkish theatre, cinema,
dance and music. Some Turkish terms, proverbs and poems will
also be introduced in this course.
Indicative Assessment: Attendance and class participation (20
per cent), assignments (30 per cent) and final examination including oral component (50 per cent)
Prescribed Text:
Tmer HITIT: Yabancllar iin Trke3, Ankara: Ankara University
Press, 2002
Additional Sources:
G. L. Lewis, Teach Yourself Turkish, The English University Press
N. A. McQuown & S. Koylan, Spoken Turkish: Book 1 (1972),
Book 2 (1981), and a series of six cassettes
Advanced Turkish A
TURK3001 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Course Description: Advanced Turkish A is designed for students

who can read and write Turkish using tenses both direct and
indirect speech. The course will further cover selections from
recent and contemporary men of letters. In other words there
will be selections from two periods of Turkish Literature. First
selections from the authors who were born in Ottoman Period
and had witnessed First World War and the Turkish War of
Independence such as Mehmed Akif Ersoy and Halide Edip
Adivar. Second the authors who grew up during the Republican
Period and adopted the writing style that developed and
underwent changes following the adoption of Latin alphabet
such as Kemal Tahir and Necati Cumali. The course will include
comprehension and literary analysis of the reading passages
and poems selected. The course will also cover study of Turkish
Grammar such as word formation, nouns, adjectives, pronouns
and adverbs.
The students will be required to attend the Language laboratory
one hour a week reading newspapers, listening and watching
news, films and music in Turkish on which they will write
a short report. Such material and dialogues will also be
introduced in class as the time permits.
Indicative Assessment: Attendance and class participation (20
per cent), assignments (30 per cent) and final examination
Prescribed Text:
Nihad Sami Banarli, 2001. Resimli Trkenin Edebiyat Tarihi, vol.
2, Istanbul: Milli E itim Basimevi.
G.L. Lewis, 2000. Turkish Grammar, Oxford: University Press, 2nd
edition.
Tahsin Banguolu, 1990. Trkenin Grameri, Ankara: Turk Tarih
Kurumu Basimevi.
Advanced Turkish B
TURK3002 (6 units)
Later Year Course
language laboratory sessions). Students will be required to
spend one additional hour in the language laboratory doing self
study.
Prerequisites: TURK3001 Advanced Turkish A
Course Description: Advanced Turkish B is designed for students
who can read and write Turkish using tenses both direct and
indirect speech. The course will further cover reading passages
and poems from pre-Republican period men of letters. In
other words there will be writings and poems of a number
of authors from the pre-Ottoman and Ottoman periods of
Turkish Literature such as Epic Literature, Oral Literature,
Tanzimat (Reforms) Period Literature, and Dawn of the New
Age Literature. There will be selections from Kagarli Mahmud,
Yusuf Has Hacib, Baki, Nedim, Abdulhak Sinasi and Ahmet Haim.
The course will include comprehension and literary analysis
of the reading passages and poems selected. The course will
337
also cover study of Turkish Grammar analyzing and studying

in detail Determinative word groups, Proposition word groups,
and Compound Phrase. The students will be required to attend
the Language laboratory one hour a week reading newspapers,
listening and watching news, films and music in Turkish
on which they will write a short report. Such material and
dialogues will also be introduced in class as the time permits.
Indicative Assessment: Attendance and Class Participation (20
per cent), Assignments (30 per cent) and Final Examination
Prescribed Text:
Selections from pre-Republican Period writers and poets
compiled by the lecturer.
Nihad Sami Banarl1, 2001. Resimli Trk Edebiyat Tarihi, vol. 2,
Istanbul: Milli Eitim Basimevi.
G.L. Lewis, 2000. Turkish Grammar, Oxford: University Press, 2nd
edition.
Tahsin Banguolu, 1990. Trkenin Grameri, Ankara: Trk Tarih
Kurumu Basimevi.
338
Bachelor of Arts Course Listing

For the purposes of the Bachelor of Arts program requirements
(including combined programs) set out below is a list of all
courses that count as Arts courses. Not all courses are offered
each year. See individual major entries for availability year by
year.
This list of Arts courses does not apply to the Bachelor of Arts
(Music), Bachelor of Arts (New Media Arts) or the Bachelor of
Arts (Digital) - see the degree entries for specific courses that
can be included in these three degrees.
Subject
First Year
Later Year
Anthropology
All ANTH 1000 level courses
All ANTH 2000 and 3000 level courses
Arabic
All ARAB 1000 level courses
All ARAB 2000 and 3000 level courses
Archaeology
All ARCH 1000 level courses
All ARCH 2000 and 3000 level courses
Arts - PhB research

courses
ARTS1101 Advanced Studies 1


Art History
All ARTH 1000 level courses
All ARTH 2000 and 3000 level courses
School of Art
ARTV1009 Intro to Art & Design Theory A

ARTV1010 Intro to Art & Design Theory B

ARTV2016 Cartographies : Art, Exploration and Knowledge
ARTV2024 Memory
ARTV2030 Shopping Around: a unit on objects
ARTV2031 Theories of the image
ARTV2054 Australian Art: the modern period
ARTV2056 City Sites: Studies in Art and Urbanity
Biological
Anthropology
All BIAN 2000 and 3000 level courses
Classics and Ancient

History
All ANCH 1000 level courses

All CLAS 1000 level courses
All ANCH 2000 and 3000 level courses

All CLAS 2000 and 3000 level courses
Drama
All DRAM 1000 level courses
All DRAM 2000 and 3000 level courses
Economic History
ECHI1105 Understanding Economic Behaviour:

Microeconomics for Social Scientists
ECHI1106 Understanding Economic Behaviour:
Microeconomics for Social Scientists
English
All ENGL 1000 level courses
ARTS2000 Writing, Print and the Information Age

All ENGL 2000 and 3000 level courses
Film Studies
All FILM 1000 level courses
All FILM 2000 and 3000 level courses
French
All FREN 1000 level Courses
All FREN 2000 and 3000 level courses
Gender, Sexuality and All GEND 1000 level Courses

Culture
All GEND 2000 and 3000 level courses
German
All GERM 1000 level Courses
All GERM 2000 and 3000 level courses
Greek Ancient
All GREK 1000 level Courses
All GREK 2000 and 3000 level course
History
All HIST 1000 level Courses
All HIST 2000 and 3000 level courses
Internships (ANIP)
Italian
ANIP3005 Internship B *
*ONLY with permission of the CASS Student Advisor
All ITAL 1000 level Courses
All ITAL 2000 and 3000 level courses
339

Subject
First Year
Later Year
Latin
All LATN 1000 level Courses
All LATN 2000 and 3000 level courses
Law
Language
Linguistics
All LANG 3000 level courses

All LING 1000 level Courses
Middle East Asian

Studies
All LING 2000 and 3000 level courses

All MEAS 2000 and 3000 level courses
Music

MUSM1203 Turning Points in Music

New Media Arts
All NEWM 1000 level courses
All NEWM 2000 and 3000 level courses
Persian
All PERS 1000 level courses
All PERS 2000 and 3000 level courses
Philosophy
All PHIL 1000 level Courses
All PHIL 2000 and 3000 level courses
Political Science
& International
Relations
All POLS 1000 level Courses
All POLS 2000 and 3000 level courses
Population Studies
All POPS 2000 and 3000 level courses
Religious Studies
RELS1002 Introduction to Religions A

RELS2001 Gender, Religion and Culture
Resources,
Environment and
Society:
Geography
Human Ecology
Human Sciences
Environmental
Studies
ENVS1001 Resources, Environment and

Society: Geography of Sustainability
ENVS1003 Environment and Society Research
Methods
ENVS1008 Contemporary Issues in Asia and
Australia: An Introduction to Social Theory
and Practice

ENVS2013 Environment and Development: Exploring Interactions Through
Theory and Practice
ENVS3007 Participatory Resource Management: Addressing Environmental
Conflict
ENVS3018 Policy and Institutional Analysis in Environment and Sustainability
ENVS3020 Greenhouse Science & Policy
ENVS3023 Agroecology and Sustainable Systems
ENVS 4015F Geography IV Honours (S)
ENVS 4015P Geography IV Honours (S)
ENVS 4025F Human Ecology IV Honours (S)
ENVS 4025P Human Ecology IV Honours (S) *
* ONLY with approval from CASS Student Advisor
Russian
RUSS3002 Reading Russian for Academic Purposes I

RUSS3003 Reading Russian for Academic Purposes II
Skills and Inquiry

Courses
ARTS1000 Logical Thinking

ARTS1001 WWW Strategies
ARTS1002 Research Skills for the Humanities
and Social Sciences
ARTS2000 Writing, Print and the Information Age

ARTS2010 Equity and Ethics in Global and Local Perspective
ARTS3000 Arts Internship
ARTS3050 Arts Internship 2 (12 units)
Sociology
All SOCY 1000 level courses
All SOCY 2000 and 3000 level courses
Spanish
All SPAN 1000 level courses
All SPAN 2000 and 3000 level courses
Turkish
All TURK 1000 level courses
All TURK 2000 and 3000 level courses
340
Science Cognate Courses

Students may use up to 24 units from the list below of Science
Cognates towards satisfaction of the 96 Arts units required
in the BA including combined programs. Not all courses
are offered each year. See the Science Faculty chapter for
availability year by year.
BIOL1007 Living Cells
BIOL1009 Diversity of Life
BIOL2111 Australian Vertebrates
BIOL3134 Biodiversity and Systematics
Travellers & Geographers in Antiquity

ANCH2015 (6 units)
Prerequisites: 12 units of first year Arts courses
Corequisites: 12 units of first year Arts courses
Anthropology of New Guinea & Melanesia

ANTH2006 (6 units)
Anthropology.
Anthropology of Art
ANTH2010 (6 units)
PREH) or Art History.
Religion & Society in India

ANTH2033 (6 units)
EMSC1006 The Blue Planet: An Introduction to Earth System

Science
Prerequisites: Any two first year courses to the value of 12 units

from the Faculty of Arts or Faculty of Asian Studies.
PSYC1003 Psychology 1: Understanding Mind, Brain and

Behaviour (6 units)
Anthropology of Emotion
ANTH2034 (6 units)
PSYC1004 Psychology 2: Understanding People in Context (6

units)
PSYC2001 Social Psychology
PSYC2002 Developmental Psychology
Prerequisites: Any two first year courses in any Faculty or

Filming Cultures
ANTH2049 (6 units)
PSYC2008 Visual Perception and Cognition
Prerequisites: Two first-year courses to the value of 12 units.

PSYC3026 Personality and the Assessment of Individual
Differences
BIOL3191 Biotechnology in Context
SCOM1001 Science and Public Awareness
SCOM2001 Practical Skills for Communicating Science
ENVS3010 Independent Research Project*
* May only be Included In the BA with approval of the CASS Student Adviser
Courses not offered

The following courses will not be offered in 2009. Most will
be offered in subsequent years. For the most up-to-date
information on when courses will be offered, please go to
Study@ANU at http://info.anu.edu.au/studyat/ or contact the
ANU College of Arts and Social Sciences.
Artefacts & Society in the Greco-Roman World

ANCH2009 (6 units)
Prerequisites: At least 12 units in Classics, History, Ancient Greek
or Latin, or ARTH2053 Greek Art and Architecture or ARTH2054
Roman Art and Architecture.
Themes in Anthropology I
ANTH2050 (6 units)
Prerequisites: Two first year courses in Anthropology or
Themes in Anthropology II
ANTH2051 (6 units)
Prerequisites: Two first year courses in Anthropology or
Anthropology & the Urban Experience

ANTH2054 (6 units)
PREH); or History; or Political Science or Sociology
Belonging, Identity & Nationalism

ANTH2056 (6 units)
Anthropology; or Sociology; or one first year ANTH or SOCY
course and another in a cognate discipline
Homer & the Trojan War

ANCH2014 (6 units)
Culture & Person

ANTH2057 (6 units)
Prerequisites: Normally 12 units in Classics, Ancient History,

History, Ancient Greek or Latin.

Anthropology or Gender Sexuality and Culture.
341
Exploring Youth Cultures

ANTH2061 (6 units)
Indigenous Perspectives in Archaeological Fieldwork

ARCH2053 (6 units)

Anthropology and/or Sociology.

Archaeology (ARCH or PREH), or permission of lecturer
Applied Anthropology
ANTH2062 (6 units)
Archaeology of Death & Mortuary Practices

ARCH2054 (6 units)

Anthropology; or Archaeology; or Geography; or Sociology; or
Political Science, or permission of lecturer.

Archaeology (ARCH or PREH) or permission of the lecturer
The Archaeology of South-West Asia & Egypt: Early

Agriculture to Urban Civilisation
ARCH2001 (6 units)
Britain before the Romans - from Stonehenge to

the Celts
ARCH2002 (6 units)
Media & Modernity

ANTH2128 (6 units)
Prerequisites: Two first year courses to the value of 12 units
Cultures in Motion: The Anthropology of

Globalisation
ANTH2131 (6 units)
Food for Thought: Anthropological theories of food
& eating
ANTH2132 (6 units)
Britons & Romans: Archaeology of the Western

Roman Empire
ARCH2056 (6 units)
Topics in Pacific Archaeology
ARCH3019 (6 units)
Prerequisites: ARCH2005 (PREH2005) Archaeology of the Pacific
Islanders or permission of the lecturer.
Byzantine Empire
ARTH2015 (6 units)
Introduction to Modern Art ARTH1003 or Ancient Israel
HIST2137 or The Historical Jesus HIST2138 or RELS1002
Introduction to Religion A and RELS1003 Introduction
to Religion B or Rome: Republic to Empire HIST1019 and
Illuminating the Dark Ages HIST1018 or permission of the
Coordinator.
Italian Renaissance: Art & Architecture

ARTH2019 (6 units)
Introduction to Modern Art ARTH1003 or Rome: From Republic
to Empire HIST1019 and Illuminating the Dark Ages HIST1018 or

the Faculty of Arts
Australian Art: 20th & 21st Century

ARTH2027 (6 units)
Landscape Archaeology
ARCH2017 (12 units)

Introduction to Modern Art ARTH1003 or Australian History
HIST1203 or Lines of Growth in Australian Literature ENGL2004
or 20th Century Australian Fiction ENGL2011 or with permission
of the Coordinator.
Prerequisites: 24 units in Archaeology (ARCH or PREH) or

permission of the lecturer. The course will be limited to 45
enrolments, based on the practical limitations of field vehicles
and university field safety guidelines.
Archaeology of China & Southeast Asia

ARCH2050 (6 units)
Incompatibility: PREH2050 Archaeology of China and Southeast
Asia.
Archaeology in Film & Fiction

ARCH2052 (6 units)
Prerequisites: Any courses to the value 12 units or more.
342
Byzantine Commonwealth
ARTH2038 (6 units)
Introduction to Modern Art ARTH1003 or Ancient Israel
HIST2137 or The Historical Jesus HIST2138 or RELS1002
Introduction to Religion A and RELS1003 Introduction
to Religion B or Rome: Republic to Empire HIST1019 and
Illuminating the Dark Ages HIST1018 or permission of the
Coordinator.
Painters of Modern Life

ARTH2039 (6 units)
Coordinator.
Modernism & Postmodernism in Art & Design:

1850-2000
ARTH2043 (6 units)
Modernism & Postmodernism: Architecture in our

Century
ARTH2092 (6 units)

Introduction to Modern Art ARTH1003 or Urban Society
SOCY2035 or Modern Society SOCY2034 or permission of the
Coordinator.

Coordinator.
Curatorship Theory & Practice

ARTH2045 (6 units)
Early Medieval Europe: Art & Architecture

ARTH2095 (6 units)

Coordinator.

Introduction to Modern Art ARTH1003 or Rome: from Republic
to Empire HIST1019 and Illuminating the Dark Ages HIST1018
or Myths and Legends of Greece and Rome ANCH1012 or
permission of the Convener.
Australian Art: Methods & Approaches

ARTH2049 (6 units)
Charlemagne to Chartres
ARTH2096 (6 units)

Coordinator.

Convenor.
Photography: A History in Art

ARTH2050 (6 units)
Victorian & Edwardian Art: Australia & Europe

1837-1914
ARTH2097 (6 units)

Coordinator.
Greek Art & Architecture

ARTH2053 (6 units)
Introduction to Modern Art ARTH1003 or with permission of
the Coordinator.
Fabric of Life: An Introduction To Textile History

ARTH2055 (6 units)
Coordinator.
Art & Architecture of Southeast Asia: Tradition &

Transformation
ARTH2056 (6 units)
the Coordinator.
Art & Architecture of Asia: Continuity & Change

ARTH2059 (6 units)
Coordinator.

Coordinator.
Aboriginal & Torres Strait Islander Art

ARTH2098 (6 units)
Prerequisites: ARTH1002 - Introduction to Art History and
ARTH1003 - Introduction to Modern Art, or the permission of
the Coordinator
Islamic Art & the West

ARTH2100 (6 units)
Prerequisites: ARTH1002 and ARTH1003.
Contemporary International Art: Critical Themes

ARTH2101 (6 units)
Prerequisites: ARTH1002 and ARTH1003
Equity & Justice

ARTS2010 (6 units)
Prerequisites: Completion of 48 units towards a degree
program.
Art & Politics

ARTV2015 (6 units)
Russian Art: Icons & Revolutions

ARTH2060 (6 units)
Cartographies: Art Exploration & Knowledge

ARTV2016 (6 units)

the Coordinator.
343
Cyberculture
ARTV2018 (6 units)
Framing Other Cultures

ARTV2019 (6 units)
Gender & Visual Culture

ARTV2020 (6 units)
Prerequisites: artv1009, 1010; or with approval
Representing the Self

ARTV2029 (6 units)
Shopping Around
ARTV2030 (6 units)
Issues in the Decorative Arts & Design

ARTV2035 (6 units)
Cool Old Masters

ARTV2050 (6 units)
intended to complement BIAN2119, which focuses more

on living populations. Biological anthropology students are
recommended to take both.
Analysis of Mammalian Remains

Archaeology and Anthropology (ANTH, ARCH or PREH) and/
or the School of Botany and Zoology, and BIAN3015 (Human
Skeletal Analysis)

CLAS1002 (6 units)
Incompatibility: ANCH1012, ANCH2012, CLAS2002
This course may be included in a Classics, History or Religious
Studies major.
The Hero in Classical Literature: Identity, Gender &

CLAS2012 (6 units)
Prerequisites: 12 units of Bachelor of Arts courses
Modern European Theatre

DRAM2001 (6 units)
Prerequisites: Any two courses in the Faculty of Arts
Experience of Theatre III: Greek, Roman & Medieval

Theatre
DRAM2014 (6 units)
Design History
ARTV2051 (6 units)
Prerequisites: Two courses in Drama or with permission of the

coordinator.
Prerequisites: ARTV1009, ARTV1010; or with approval
Major D7 (Part-Time)
ARTV4007 (12 units)
ARTV4008 (12 units)
City Sites: studies in art & urbanity

ARTV2056 (6 units)
Prerequisites: Students should have successfully completed
ARTV1009 and ARTV1010 or any two 1000-level courses in the
School of Humanities.
Health, Disease & Behaviours in the Past

Prerequisites: Two first year courses in the School of
Archaeology and Anthropology (ANTH, ARCH, PREH)
and/or the School of Botany and Zoology. This course is
344
Modern Australian Drama

DRAM2008 (6 units)
Prerequisites: Any two courses from the Faculty of Arts
Postwar British Drama

DRAM2009 (6 units)
Prerequisites: DRAM1005 Page to Stage I or DRAM1006
Introduction to the Western Theatrical Tradition or with
Design & the Theatre: Scenic Design

DRAM2010 (6 units)
Experience Theatre I: Twentieth Century Theatre
DRAM2011 (6 units)
Prerequisites: Two courses in Drama.
Themes in Australian Theatre: The Migrant

Experience
DRAM2019 (6 units)
Prerequisites: DRAM1005 or DRAM1006 or with the permission
of the coordinator
My Generation: Narratives of Youth in Fiction, Film

& New Media
ENGL1012 (6 units)
Speculative Fictions: Challenges to Narrative

Realism
ENGL2075 (6 units)
Prescribed Text: Texts and films may include:
American Accents, Race Gender & Ethnicity in

ENGL2006 (6 units)
Creative Writing 2: Story to Script

ENGL2077 (6 units)
Introduction to Literary Theory

ENGL2009 (6 units)
Prerequisites: Any two English courses or with the permission of
the Convener of English
Renaissance Drama
ENGL2012 (6 units)
Prerequisites: Any two English courses. Students may count
either Introduction to the Western Theatrical Tradition
DRAM1006, or Introduction to Dramatic Form ENGL1002 as a
prerequisite, if ENGL2012 is counted towards a major in Theatre
Studies
Post-Colonial Literature
ENGL2018 (6 units)
Prerequisites: Any two English courses or two compulsory
courses in the Gender, Sexuality and Culture major or with the
permission of the Convener of English.
Eighteenth Century Literature

ENGL2050 (6 units)
Incompatibility: ENGL3001 Seventeenth and Eighteenth Century
English Literature
Shakespeare & Film

ENGL2055 (6 units)
FILM1001A/B.
Incompatibility: ENGL1055 Shakespeare and Film, an
Introduction to the screen adaptation of literary texts
India Imagined: Constructing Nationhood

ENGL2070 (6 units)
Thinking Selves: Philosophy & Literature

ENGL2071 (6 units)
the Convener of English
Incompatibility: PHEN2001 Philosophy and Literature
Souls & Lives: Models of the Self in Literature

ENGL2073 (6 units)
Prerequisites: Creative Writing 2076 or permission from Ms

Neave.
Body Matters: An Introduction to Reading in

Literature, Film & Performance
ENGL2079 (6 units)
Selected Topics in European Studies
EURO2010 (6 units)
Nationalism in Europe: History, Politics, Theory
EURO2011 (6 units)
Prerequisites: Any first year POLS, International Relations or
EURO course.
Postwar European Cinema: Films and Directors

FILM2004 (6 units)
Prerequisites: For Film Studies major, Intro to Film Studies FILM
1002 and Intro to Film Genres FILM 1003 or two courses from
the Faculty of Arts or permission of the Coordinator.
Moving Pictures: Cinema & the Visual Arts

FILM2005 (6 units)
Prerequisites: For the Film Studies major, Intro to Film Studies
FILM1002 and Intro to Film Genres FILM 1003 for students
taking it for Art History, Intro to Art History ARTH1002 and Intro
to Modern Art ARTH1003; or two courses from the Faculty of
Arts or the permission of the Film Studies Convener.
United States Cinema: Hollywood & Beyond

FILM2006 (6 units)
Prerequisites: Intro to Film Studies FILM1002 and Intro to Film
Genres FILM1003 or Intro to Art History ARTH1002 and Intro to
Modern Art ARTH1003, or with permission of the Film Studies
Convener.
Representations of Nature
ENGL2057 (6 units)
Theories of Imitation & Representation

ENGL2058 (6 units)
the Convener of English.
Victorian Literature
ENGL2061 (6 units)
345
Scottish Literature
ENGL2063 (6 units)
Culture Matters: An Interdisciplinary Approach

GEND2000 (6 units)
Prerequisites: Two courses in Anthropology or Gender, Sexuality

and Culture.
Texts & Contexts

ENGL2064 (6 units)
Prerequisites: Completion of 2 English courses
Australian Film: Ned Kelly to Mad Max

ENGL2066 (6 units)
FILM1001A/B, or with the permission of the Convener of English
Film & Music

FILM2008 (6 units)
Prerequisites: Courses counting towards a Film Studies or
Musicology major to the value of twelve units, or permission
of the Convener. Students are expected to have some technical
background in one field (e.g. score-reading, or grasp of technical
film terms, but not necessarily both).
Postwar Italian Cinema

FILM2009 (6 units)
Prerequisites:
Writing a Womans Life: Studies in Autobiography

& Biography
GEND2016 (6 units)
Gender, Sex & Sexuality: An Introduction to
Feminist Theory
GEND2023 (6 units)
Prerequisites: GEND1001, GEND1002 or with permission of the
Coordinator.
Incompatibility: WOMS2023 Gender, Sex and Sexuality: An
Introduction to Feminist Theory
Gender in Humanities: Reading Jane Eyre

GEND2024 (6 units)
Prerequisites: A first year course to the value of 6 units in
English or Gender, Sexuality and Culture or History
Gender, Health & Embodiment

GEND2025 (6 units)
(a) For students taking the course as part of the Film Studies
major, Introduction to Film Studies FILM1002 and Intro to
Film Genres FILM 1003.
Prerequisites: At least one of GEND1001, GEND1002, ENGL1011

or permission of the lecturer.
(b) for students taking the course as part of the Italian major,
Continuing 2 ITAL2006 or equivalent language competence
(these students will discuss the films and do their written
work for assessment in Italian);
Technoculture & the Body

GEND2026 (6 units)
(c) for students taking the course as part of the Contemporary

Europe major, EURO1002 and EURO1003;
otherwise 12 first-year units in the Faculty of Arts
Incompatibility: ITAL3005: Cinema and Literature in Postwar
Italy and ITAL3009: Postwar Italian Cinema
Contemporary France
FREN2012 (6 units)
Prerequisites: Intermediate French 2 FREN3007 or permission of
convenor.
Ideological Issues Under the Fifth Republic

FREN2014 (6 units)
Prerequisites: Intermediate French 1 FREN3007 or permission of
convenor.
French Cinema
FREN2023 (6 units)
Prerequisites: For students taking the course as part of a French
major: FREN3007 Intermediate French 2 or permission of
convenor. This course can also be credited towards a major in
Film Studies. Interested students should first speak to the course
coordinator, Dr Peter Brown.
Prerequisites: At least one of GEND1001, GEND1002, ENGL1011

or permission from the coordinator.
Topics in Gender/Cultural Studies A

GEND2027 (6 units)
Prerequisites: GEND1001 or GEND1002, or permission of the
coordinator.
Topics in Gender/Cultural Studies B

GEND2028 (6 units)
Prerequisites: GEND1001 or GEND1002, or permission of the
coordinator.
The Politics of Dance/Musicals

GEND2030 (6 units)
Prerequisites: Two first year courses in Gender, Sexuality and
Culture or with permission of the course convenor
Excessive Appetites: Sociocultural Perspectives on

Addiction, Drug Use & Gender
GEND2033 (6 units)
Classical German Literature
GERM2024 (6 units)
competence
346
German Cinema
GERM2046 (6 units)
Advanced Ancient Greek C

GREK2104 (6 units)
Prerequisites: For German majors, GERM2105 Intermediate

German 1 or equivalent competence; For Film majors, FILM1001
or permission from the lecturer.

Spoken Interaction in German: Theory & Practice

GERM2048 (6 units)
competence.
Structure of German
GERM2110 (6 units)
competence
German Language Change

GERM2111 (6 units)
competence
Advanced Ancient Greek D

GREK2105 (6 units)
Advanced Ancient Greek E

GREK2106 (6 units)
Advanced Ancient Greek F

GREK2107 (6 units)
Corequisites: (recommended): GERM3007 Advanced German 1
Advanced ancient Greek G

GREK2108 (6 units)
German Prose of the 20th Century

GERM3041 (6 units)


competence
Corequisites: (recommended) GERM3007 Advanced German 1
German Cinema
GERM3046 (6 units)
Prerequisites: For German majors, GERM3007 Advanced German
1 or equivalent competence. For Film majors, FILM1001 or
permission from the lecturer.
Corequisites: (recommended) LANG3003 Contemporary
European Narrative, any Film-prefix course.

GERM3048 (6 units)
Prerequisites: GERM3007 Advanced German 1 or equivalent
competence
Corequisites: (recommended): GERM3008 Advanced German 2
Incompatibility: GERM2048 Spoken Interaction in German:
Theory and Practice
Advanced Ancient Greek A

GREK2102 (6 units)
Advanced Ancient Greek B

GREK2103 (6 units)
Advanced Ancient Greek J

GREK2111 (6 units)
Advanced Ancient Greek N

GREK2115 (6 units)
Advanced Ancient Greek O

GREK2116 (6 units)
French Revolution: A Cultural Perspective

HIST1017 (6 units)
Australian History
HIST1203 (6 units)
Riots & Rebellions - Eighteenth & NineteenthCentury Protest Movements under British Rule
HIST1204 (6 units)
Europe & the Atlantic World, c. 1450-1750
HIST1205 (6 units)
347
Twentieth Century Australia

HIST1207 (6 units)
Convicts & Emigrants: Australia 1770s to 1870s

HIST2128 (6 units)
Prerequisites: None
Incompatibility: HIST1001, HIST1203 and HIST2134

History of Western Sexuality

HIST2018 (6 units)
Country Lives: Australian Rural History

HIST2129 (6 units)
Prerequisites: If this course is to be included in a History major,

any first year History courses to the value of twelve units,
otherwise any first year courses to the value of twelve units.

Australians at Work
HIST2078 (6 units)
American Voices: Aspects of Social Thought in the

United States
HIST2107 (6 units)
Prerequisites: Any first-year History courses to the value of
Healing Powers: Medicine & Society Since 1750

HIST2111 (6 units)
History on Film
HIST2130 (6 units)
any first year History courses to the value of twelve units. If it
is to be included in a Film Studies major, Intro to Film Studies
FILM1001, otherwise any first year courses to the value of
twelve units.
Real Men: Manhood & Identity in the Western

World
HIST2213 (6 units)
History or Gender, Sexuality and Culture, or with permission of
the Coordinator.

units or with permission of the Convener.
The Great War, 1914-1918

HIST2214 (6 units)
Technology & Society 1800-2000

HIST2117 (6 units)
Prerequisites: First-year courses in History or Political Science to

the value of 12 units, or with permission of the Convener.
Prerequisites: Any first year History courses (including

EURO1004) to the value of twelve units, or with permission of
the Convener.
Electric Citizens: The Rise of the Modern Media in

the United States, 1865-2000
HIST2121 (6 units)
Assumed Knowledge and Required Skills: HIST 2214 requires

completion of the first year requirements for a major in History,
Contemporary Europe or International Relations.).
The City in the Roman Empire

HIST2218 (6 units)
Prerequisites: 12 units in HIST, CLAS or ANCH coded courses.
Prerequisites: Any first year History courses to the value of

Topics in History
HIST2220 (6 units)
Popular Culture, Gender & Modernity

HIST2122 (6 units)
Prerequisites: This is a later year course, so 12 first year units in

History.

any first year History courses to the value of twelve units. If it
is to be included in a film studies major, Intro to Film Studies
FILM1001 otherwise, any first year courses to the value of
twelve units.
flair: Cultural life style in todays Italy

ITAL2011 (6 units)
American Sixties
HIST2126 (6 units)
Prerequisites: Any first year History courses to the value of
Prerequisites: ITAL2007 or with the permission of the

coordinator
Politics, Culture & Society in Postwar Italy

ITAL3010 (6 units)
Prerequisites:
(a) For students taking the unit as part of the Italian major
ITAL2006 Continuing 2 or equivalent (these students will
read material in Italian and present written work in Italian)
(b) For students taking it as part of the Contemporary Europe
major EURO1001 Introduction to Contemporary Europe, or
EURO1002 Foundations of Modern Europe and EURO1003
Contemporary European Society
348
(c) Otherwise, 12 first-year units in the Faculty of Arts.

Incompatibility: ITAL3005 Cinema and Literature in Post-war
Italy.
Women in Italian Society

ITAL3014 (6 units)
Prerequisites: (a) For students taking the course as part of an
Italian major: ITAL2006 Continuing 2 or equivalent language
competence
(b) For students taking the course as part of the Contemporary
Europe major: EURO1002 and EURO1003
(c) For students with no knowledge of Italian - completion of
first-year Arts courses to the value of 12 units
Apocalypse Then: Dantes Inferno

ITAL3017 (6 units)
Prerequisites: For students taking this course for the Italian
major ITAL2006 Continuing 2. Otherwise students should have
qualified for entry into 3rd year studies or permission of the
coordinator.
Incompatibility: ITAL3004
Italiano/Standard e Regionale: Aspects of Spoken

Italian
ITAL3018 (6 units)
Prerequisites: ITAL2006 Continuing 2.

ITAL4005F (24 units each Semester)
Translation across Languages: the translation of
literary texts
LANG3001 (6 units)
Prerequisites: Adequate knowledge of one of the languages
taught at ANU (e.g. French (FREN3007 Intermediate French
2), German(GERM2106 Intermediate German 2), Italian, Latin,
Greek Asian Languages), or of a language not taught at ANU,
with the approval of the Coordinator.
Contemporary European Narrative

LANG3003 (6 units)
Prerequisites: One of the following: Intermediate French 2
FREN3007, Intermediate German 2 GERM2106, Italian Studies
- Intermediate 1 ITAL2007, or permission is granted by the
Convener of the relevant major.
Incompatibility: CMEL3001 Contemporary European Narratives:
Literary and Visual
Language & Identity in a European Context

LANG3005 (6 units)
Prerequisites: One of the following, depending on the relevant
major: Intermediate French 2 FREN3007 (French major),
Intermediate German 2 GERM2106 (German major), Italian
Studies - Intermediate 1 ITAL2007 (Italian major), at least one
later year LING or LANG course (Applied Linguistics).
Incompatibility: CMEL3002 Language and Identity in a European
Context
Advanced Latin A
LATN2102 (6 units)
Advanced Latin B
LATN2103 (6 units)
Advanced Latin C
LATN2104 (6 units)
Advanced Latin D
LATN2105 (6 units)
Advanced Latin E
LATN2106 (6 units)
Advanced Latin F
LATN2107 (6 units)
Advanced Latin G
LATN2108 (6 units)
Advanced Latin J
LATN2111 (6 units)
Advanced Latin N
LATN2115 (6 units)
Advanced Latin O
LATN2116 (6 units)
Chinese Linguistics
LING2017 (6 units)
Prerequisites: Introduction to the Study of Language
LING1001 and normally either Phonetics: Sounds of the
Worlds Languages LING1010/LING2020, Phonological
Analysis LING2019 or Introduction to Syntax LING2003. Some
349
knowledge of Chinese is desirable but not essential. This course

is for second and third-year students (first-year students
may enrol only with special permission from the Convener of
Linguistics and Applied Linguistics, and the Head, China Centre).
Field Methods
LING2009 (6 units)
Prerequisites: Introduction to Syntax LING2003 plus either
Phonological Analysis LING2019 or Phonetics: Sounds of the
Worlds Languages (LING1010/2010) and Morphology LING2007.
Phonetics: Sounds of the Worlds Languages - Later

Year
LING2010 (6 units)
Prerequisites: None but students are advised to take
Introduction to the Study of Language LING1001/2001
first.First year students are advised to take Phonetics: Sounds
of the Worlds Languages LING1010.
Incompatibility: LING1004/LING2004 Phonetics and Phonology
and LING1010 Phonetics: Sounds of the Worlds Languages.
Languages in Contact
LING2018 (6 units)
Prerequisites: At least 12 units (2 courses) in Linguistics;
including LING2003 Introduction to Syntax; recommended
LING1002/LING2002 Language in Society or LING1020/2020
Structure of English.
Phonological Analysis
LING2019 (6 units)
Prerequisites: Phonetics: Sounds of the Worlds Languages
LING1010/LING2010
Dictionaries & Dictionary-Making

LING2023 (6 units)
Prerequisites: 12 units (two courses with a LING prefix)
or permission of the Convener of Linguistics and Applied
Linguistics.
Syntactic Theory
LING2026 (6 units)
Study of A Language Family

LING3008 (6 units)
Prerequisites: Permission of the Convenor
New States of Eurasia: Emerging Issues in Politics &

Security
MEAS2001 (6 units)
Prerequisites: First year courses to the value of 12 units from
Centre.
Modern Turkey: History, Culture & Regional

Relations
MEAS2003 (6 units)
The History of Persian Art
MEAS2106 (6 units)
Prerequisites: First year units to the value of 12 units from
Centre for Arabic and Islamic Studies.
Film Scoring
MUSM1167 (3 units)
MUSM1240 (6 units)
Vocal Literature 1
MUSM1250 (3 units)
Vocal Literature 2
MUSM1251 (3 units)
Opera
MUSM1252 (3 units)
Prerequisites: Audition and approval of the Voice Area
Coordinator.
Percussion Pedagogy
MUSM1253 (3 units)
Prerequisites: Introduction to Syntax LING2003

Incompatibility: LING2006 Generative Grammar
MUSM1254 (3 units)
Language Power & Identity

LING2103 (6 units)
Prerequisites: By Interview
Prerequisites: 24 units including at least one linguistics (LING)

course.
Percussion Arranging & Composition

MUSM1257 (3 units)
The History of the English Language

LING2104 (6 units)
Prerequisites: LING1001 or LING2001 (Introduction to the Study
of Language) or LING1020 or LING2020 (Structure of English)
350
Prerequisites: By Interview
MUSM1258 (3 units)

MUSM1260 (3 units)
Introduction to Asian Performing Arts: Performance,

Genres & Intercultural Translation
MUSM76 (6 units)
MUSM1261 (3 units)
Prerequisites: One year of tertiary Asian language study or

equivalent; or any Later Year Course from the Faculty of Arts; or
by permission from coordinator.
Prerequisites: None. Keyboard Repertoire courses 1 - 6 need not

be taken sequentially.
MUSM1262 (3 units)
How Piano is your Forte? - The History of the Piano

MUSM1281 (3 units)
MUSM2247 (3 units)
Studio Piano Pedagogy I
MUSM2248 (3 units)
Prerequisites: Enrolment in a Keyboard performance major or
by audition

MUSM2249 (3 units)
Folk Music: Theory & Practice

MUSM2252 (6 units)
Prerequisites: Concepts of Music (MUSM1201) or permission of
Coordinator
Keyboard Repertoire 5 - Debussy & Ravel

MUSM2259 (3 units)
Keyboard Repertoire 6 - 20th & 21st century

MUSM2260 (3 units)
J.S. Bach & Sons

MUSM2261 (3 units)
The Critical Ear - the History of Tuning
MUSM3241 (3 units)
Prerequisites: none

MUSM77 (6 units)
Prerequisites: One year of tertiary Asian language study or
equivalent; or any Later Year Course from the Faculty of Arts; or
permission by coordinator.
Cinemedia as Performance
NEWM2002 (6 units)
Prerequisites: NEWM1001 Media Cultures 1, or FILM1001
Introduction to Film Studies, or DRAM1005 Page to Stage 1:
Acting, or by permission of the Convenor
Visual Culture & New Media Arts

NEWM2003 (6 units)
Concepts in Practice
NEWM2005 (6 units)
Mind, World & Dreams
PHIL1006 (6 units)
Philosophy of Language
PHIL2016 (6 units)
Philosophy of Science
Prerequisites: Two courses in Philosophy, Science, or
Mathematics.
Poetry of the Universe

PHIL2058 (6 units)
Prerequisites: Two philosophy courses.
Love Death & Freedom (20th Century French

Phenomenology)
PHIL2059 (6 units)
Prerequisites: Completion of at least 12 units of Philosophy.
Students who have completed other units to the value of 12
units may also be admitted with the permission of the lecturer.
Contemporary Metaphysics
PHIL2060 (6 units)
Coordinator.
Philosophy of Psychology
Coordinator.
351
Theories of Ethics
PHIL2064 (6 units)
Rationalism: Themes from Descartes to Leibniz

PHIL2108 (6 units)
Prerequisites: One philosophy course or permission of the

Coordinator.
Prerequisites: Any philosophy courses to the value of 12 units
Politics & Rights

PHIL2065 (6 units)
Prerequisites: One Philosophy, Law or Political Science course or
Aesthetics
PHIL2068 (6 units)
Prerequisites: Two Philosophy courses or, with the permission of
the Coordinator, two Arts courses.
Incompatibility: PHIL2084 Aesthetics
Logic
Prerequisites: Completion of two courses in Philosophy, or
Mathematics, or Statistics, or Computer Science or Physics or
Linguistics.
European Philosophy A
PHIL2087 (6 units)
Prerequisites: Two Philosophy courses or EURO1002
Introduction to Contemporary Europe or EURO1004 Europe in
the Modern Era: Foundations of International Relations or with
the permission of the Coordinator, any two Arts courses.
Incompatibility: PHIL2062 German Philosophy and PHIL2054
Contemporary European Philosophy.
Philosophy of The Enlightenment

PHIL2092 (6 units)
Prerequisites: Any two philosophy courses
Incompatibility: PHIL2056 The Empiricists and PHIL2055 The
Rationalists.
Ideas, Causality & Personal Identity: Issues from

Locke & Hume
PHIL2099 (6 units)
Prerequisites: Two courses in Philosophy courses
Incompatibility: PHIL2096 2nd year Honours Seminar B and
PHIL2077 Philosophy 2nd Year Honours Seminar
Origins of Analytical Philosophy

PHIL2100 (6 units)
Commodification & the Self

PHIL2109 (6 units)
Prerequisites: 12 units of first year courses
Social Philosophy
PHIL2110 (6 units)
Prerequisites: 12 units of first year courses
Global Citizens
PHIL2111 (6 units)
Prerequisites: Any first year course in the College of Arts and
Social Sciences
Consequentialism
PHIL2112 (6 units)
Recommended: Phil1004; [also Social Philosophy: alphanumeric
to come]
Advanced Philosophical Topics A

PHIL3062 (6 units)
Prerequisites: At least 4 courses in philosophy or with the
Advanced Philosophical Topics B

PHIL3063 (6 units)
Prerequisites: At least four courses in philosophy or with the
permission of the Coordinator
Reason, Critique & the Self: Kant & German

Idealism
PHIL3070 (6 units)
Prerequisites: Four courses in philosophy
Incompatibility: PHIL3068 Third Year Honours Seminar Part A,
PHIL3069 Third Year Honours Seminar Part B
Ideas in Politics
POLS1003 (6 units)
Government & Politics in the USA (Part B)
POLS2013B (6 units)
Prerequisites: Two first-year courses in Political Science or with
Prerequisites: Two courses in Philosophy

Incompatibility: PHIL2096 2nd year Honours Seminar B and
PHIL2077 Philosophy 2nd Year Honours Seminar
Japanese Politics
POLS2030 (6 units)
Great Thinkers of the 20th Century

PHIL2107 (6 units)
Prerequisites: 8 University courses including two ASIA

coded courses (12 units) or two POLS coded courses or with
Prerequisites: Any courses to the value of at least 12 units
Incompatibility: ASIA2031
352
Pressure Groups & Political Lobbying

POLS2043 (6 units)
Gender Globalisation & Development

POLS2086 (6 units)

Prerequisites: Two first-year courses in Political Science when

taken as a Political Science course or any 12 first-year units
when taken as a Gender, Sexuality and Culture course.
Australian Political Economy

POLS2054 (6 units)
Incompatibility: POLS2068 Gender and International Politics
Later Year Course
Issues in International Political Economy

POLS2094 (6 units)
Not offered in 2009

Academic Contact: To be advised.
Diplomacy & International Conflict

POLS2056 (6 units)
Classical Marxism
POLS2061 (6 units)
Sociology, or Anthropology, or Philosophy, or History, or with
the permission of the lecturer
Contemporary Political Theory

POLS2063 (6 units)
Prerequisites: Two first-year courses in Political Science or
Philosophy or with the permission of the lecturer.
Germany & Austria in Europe

POLS2071 (6 units)
Post-war German Society GERM2020, or with the permission of
the lecturer.
Globalism & the Politics of Identity

POLS2075 (6 units)
Prerequisites: Two first-year courses in Political Science if
undertaking a Political Science or International Relations
major, or two first-year GEND courses if undertaking a Gender,
Sexuality and Culture or Womens Studies major with the
Australian Political Parties

POLS2067 (6 units)
Prerequisites: Two first-year courses in Political Science or with

the permission of the coordinator.
Strategy I: Grand Strategy - Peace & Security

Through War, Power, Force & Fraud
POLS2097 (6 units)
Prerequisites: Two first-year courses in Political Science and /
or International Relations, or with the permission of the Course
Coordinator.
Incompatibility: This Course is not available to students who
have successfully complete POLS 2060 Strategy: Paths to Peace
and Security.
Strategy II: Revolution, Terror, Resistance, Rebellion

& Death
POLS2098 (6 units)
Prerequisites: Two first-year courses in Political Science and /
or International Relations, or with the permission of the Course
Coordinator (Lecturer).
Incompatibility: This Course is not available to students who
have successfully complete POLS 2060 Strategy: Paths to Peace
and Security.
Cartographies of Security: Critical Security Studies

& International Politics
POLS2099 (6 units)
Prerequisites: Two first year courses in Political Sciences, or with
Genocide - Post 1945

POLS2100 (6 units)
Prerequisites: 6 units of first year POLS and 6 units of later year
POLS, or with the permission of the convenor.

Fear, Fighting & Flourishing: Australia in the World

System
POLS2106 (6 units)
Religion & Politics in Australia

POLS2081 (6 units)
Prerequisites: Two first year political science courses or with the

permission of the course convenor.

Topics in Politics: Ideology in Australian Politics

POLS2107 (6 units)
Contemporary Australian Political Issues

POLS2083 (6 units)
Prerequisites: Two first year courses in POLS or by approval of

the Convenor

Philosophy, or with the permission of the lecturer.
353
Lies, Drugs, Sex & Video Tapes: Counter-Narratives

to Global Politics
POLS3020 (6 units)
Citizens, The State & Democracy

SOCY2052 (6 units)
Prerequisites: Any two first-year Sociology courses if
undertaking the Sociology major or two first-year Arts courses.
Incompatibility: Governance, Identity, and Silenced Discourse

POLS3020
Imagining the Future: The Social Origins of Utopias

& Science Fiction
SOCY2053 (6 units)
Australian Society: Development & Change

SOCY2033 (6 units)
Prerequisites: Completion of first year, including any first year

history or sociology course.
Prerequisites: Completion of first year, including any two firstyear Sociology courses or with the permission of the lecturer.
Population Analysis
POPS2002 (6 units)
Prerequisites: Any one of: 12 units of first-year courses in
Anthropology or Archaeology (ARCH or PREH) or Geography or
Sociology or Economic History or History or Political Science or
Economics, or a later-year course of a Population Studies major,
Introduction to Religion A
RELS1002 (6 units)
Incompatibility: RELS1001 Religious Studies I
Contemporary Society
SOCY1003 (6 units)
The Sociology of Disaster
SOCY2008 (6 units)
Prerequisites: Any two first-year courses in the Faculty of Arts
Foundations of Social Research

SOCY2037 (6 units)
Prerequisites: Any two first-year courses from either Sociology;
Anthropology; Geography; Political Science; Archaeology (PREH
or ARCH); Psychology or with the permission of the lecturer.
Introduction to Quantitative Research Methods

SOCY2038 (6 units)
Prerequisites: Any two first-year courses or with the permission
of the coordinator.
Classical Sociological Theory

SOCY2040 (6 units)
Collective Behaviour & Social Movements

SOCY2041 (6 units)
Prerequisites: Prerequisite: 12 units of 1000-level SOCY courses
Sex, Gender & Society

SOCY2044 (6 units)
354
Social Inequality in Comparative Perspective

SOCY2055 (6 units)
Prerequisites: Any two first-year courses or with the permission
of the coordinator.
Sociology of Work & Employment

SOCY2056 (6 units)
Prerequisites: Any two first-year courses.
Law, Crime & Social Control

SOCY3016 (6 units)
Prerequisites: Any two first-year courses in the Faculty of Arts
Sociology of Health & Illness

SOCY3021 (6 units)
Prerequisites: Any two first year Sociology courses or with the
Studies in Social Problems

SOCY2058 (6 units)
Prerequisites: Prerequisite: 6 units of 1000-level SOCY courses
Selected Topics in Sociology

SOCY3003 (6 units)
Modern Sociological Theory
SOCY3014 (6 units)
Prerequisites: One later-year Sociology course or with the
Chapter 3
355

Contents
Introduction
357
Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358
Academic Programs
358
Bachelor degrees in the ANU College of Asia & the Pacific . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358
Bachelor of Asia-Pacific Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358
Bachelor of Security Analysis (Asia-Pacific) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
Graduate Diploma in Asia-Pacific Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
Honours Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
Bachelor of languages (Asia) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
Bachelor of International Business (Asia) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .361
Combined Programs Leading to Two Degrees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
Diploma of ASIA-PACIFIC Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
Course Descriptions
356
362
ANU COLLEGE OF ASIA AND THE PACIFIC
Introduction
ANU is a major world centre for teaching and research on Asia
and the Pacific and is the leading centre for Asian and Pacific
Studies in Australia, unrivalled in the breadth of its interests and
the depth of its expertise. There are some 200 Asia and Pacific
specialists at ANU. Within the framework of the ANU College of
Asia and the Pacific, the Faculty of Asian Studies collaborates
with the Research School of Pacific and Asian Studies, the
Crawford School of Economics and Government, and the
Asia-Pacific College of Diplomacy, as well as the College of Arts
and Social Sciences, the College of Business and Economics, and
the ANU College of Law, to offer the widest range of Asian and
Pacific Studies available in Australia, both at undergraduate and
graduate levels. The Facultys programs are backed by library
resources comprising more than 70 per cent of Australias
total Asian and Pacific Studies resource material, held by the
University Library and the National Library of Australia.
Study abroad
Mastery of a language and the ability to negotiate a culture
with confidence is vastly enhanced by in-country experience.
Thus, the Faculty boasts more opportunities to live and study in
the countries of Asia and the Pacific than any other program.
Study abroad options include short intensive in-country courses
during Summer and Winter terms, semester exchange programs,
and the flagship Year in Asia-Pacific program. All programs
are subject to cancellation due to travel restrictions. Currently,
intensive in-country courses are available in East Timor,
Java, India, Thailand and the Thai-Burma border. Semester
Exchange programs are arranged through the Universitys
International Education Office. See http://info.anu.edu.au/
studyat/International_Office/index.asp. The Year in Asia-Pacific
is explained in detail below under the Graduate Diploma in
Asia-Pacific Studies.
Internships
Internship opportunities are available through the Australian
National Internships Program (ANIP) and through the Faculty
administered Practical Assignment courses.
ANIP Internship courses are available to later-year students.
ANIP students apply separately for selection and admission to
the Internships Program. For more information visit the ANU
website at www.anu.edu.au/anip.
Practical Assignment internships are available for relevant work
experience in the countries of Asia-Pacific, including Australia.
For Practical Assignment courses, students are expected to
arrange their own placement, though the Faculty may offer
assistance. Any Practical Assignment to take place overseas is
subject to cancellations due to travel restrictions.
Selecting courses
Successful applicants will normally be advised in writing by
Student Administration, regarding the designated days set aside
for enrolment registration. Students enrolling in the Faculty
for the first time will normally receive confirming advice and
agreement from the Sub-Dean or program adviser regarding
their choice of courses, at the time of enrolment.
Students are advised to make informed decisions in choosing
courses for their degree by careful reading of the syllabuses of
courses in this Handbook, as well as through consultation with
the Sub-Dean and program advisers. The Sub-Dean is available
to discuss program plans and matters relating to the overall
direction and progress of an undergraduate program. More
specific guidance about the content, assessment and conduct

of particular courses is best sought initially from the lecturer in
charge of the course, or the convener of the Program offering
the courses.
Mid-year enrolment
Mid-year enrolment is possible but students wishing to begin
their enrolment mid-year should consult with the Sub-Dean.
A modified program will normally be necessary. Those who
have no prior knowledge of a regional language will normally
be required to delay commencing language studies until the
following year.
Admission with status

Students who have previously studied in an approved tertiary
institution whether in Australia or overseas may be eligible
for status towards the coursework requirements of any of the
undergraduate programs offered by the Faculty.
Students who already have some knowledge of a regional
language may be permitted to start at a more advanced level
after a placement test. If their knowledge of the Asian language
was gained through study at an approved tertiary institution,
status for that study may be granted. Otherwise an exemption
from elementary courses will be approved. While status counts
toward the total of units required for a degree program,
exemptions do not.
For courses other than languages, the Universitys general status
provisions apply (see Introduction section of this Handbook).
Part-time enrolment
The Faculty welcomes part-time enrolments. The coursework
for Faculty degrees and most combined programs may be
taken either full-time or part-time. Part-time students need
to take account of the special requirements for successful
language study: High intensity of class contact is necessary,
and some continuity must be maintained over a number of
years. As the Year in Asia-Pacific must be taken full-time, care
and commitment are needed in planning a part-time program.
Advice should be sought from the Sub-Dean.
Prerequisites & assumed prior knowledge

Non-language courses in the Faculty generally have very open
prerequisites, so that they can be readily included in flexible
learning paths. However, students are strongly advised to
heed any advice on assumed prior knowledge and skills. It is
important to be realistic about these requirements. In cases of
doubt, consult the course coordinator, your academic advisor or
the Sub-Dean.
Prescribed prerequisites may be waived in particular cases by
the convener of the relevant course or by the Sub-Dean in
consultation with the coordinator.
Assessment & grading

The proposed assessment regime for each course is briefly
indicated in the descriptions of courses listed in the ANU
Handbook or in Study@ANU. Assessment will be confirmed
after class discussion at the beginning of each course. Students
should be aware that it may be necessary to scale marks in
some subjects at the end of semester to comply with Faculty
and University requirements. Students should appreciate that
marks they receive for assessments during the course are raw
scores only. The Director may moderate the final grades in any
Faculty courses, before official publication.
357
Administration
The Faculty Office
The Faculty Office is located in the foyer of Level 2 of the Asian
Studies building (known as the Baldessin Precinct Building
No.110). Consult the Faculty office with questions about:
admission, enrolment, and status for studies taken elsewhere.
Advice on degree program plans should be sought from
your academic advisor or the Sub-Dean. The Faculty Office
will normally be the first point of contact, and will arrange
appointments with the Sub-Dean.
The first point of contact for advice about administrative
arrangements for the Year-in-Asia programs is the Convener
of the relevant program or Administrator of the relevant
languagecentre.
a. Language major: comprising at least eight courses (48 units)

of language study, satisfying at least Intermediate Level of a
language program prescribed or agreed by the College. The
language majors are:
Arabic
Chinese
Hindi
Indonesian
Japanese
Korean
Pacific Languages Major*
Urdu
Sanskrit
Thai
Vietnamese
Academic Programs
Bachelor degrees in the ANU College of Asia &
the Pacific
The primary degree of the College of Asia and the Pacific is the
Bachelor of Asia-Pacific Studies (BAPS), which may be enhanced
with the one-year study abroad program Graduate Diploma
in Asia-Pacific Studies, described below. This degree is built
around two academicgoals:
1. Learning a language of the Asia Pacific region

The core tenet of the BAPS program is that the Asia

Pacific region cannot be fully understood without an
understanding to an advanced degree of a language of the
region. No previous knowledge of a regional language is
expected, but students with some language background
may be placed into a higher level (native speakers are
excluded from specialising in their native language).
2. Understanding the context of the Asia Pacific region

True fluency of the Asia Pacific region is only possible

by complimenting the regional language skills with an
understanding of the regions context through, for example,
the study of history, society, politics, literature, culture,
linguistics, and so forth. This broader contextual knowledge
is also supplemented by taking electives within the degree
from other ANU colleges and by the various combined
degrees offered.
Bachelor of Asia-Pacific Studies

(Academic Program: 3501 | Academic Plan: 3501XBAPS)
Duration: Three years full-time
CRICOS Code: 063249J
This degree provides an understanding to an advanced level
of a language of the Asia Pacific region and an understanding
of the context of the Asia Pacific region. The degree program
comprises 24 courses (144 units), and may be augmented by
the one-year study in Asia or the Pacific program through the
Graduate Diploma in Asia- Pacific Studies, described below. The
Bachelor of Asia-Pacific Studies degree has three components:
a regional language major, a contextual major, and an elective
component.
358
*Pacific Languages Major: Students taking the Pacific Studies

Contextual Major may combine that program with any of
the Language Majors offered in the College, the French Major
offered in the College of Arts and Social Science, or the Pacific
Languages Major. The Pacific Languages Major consists of four
courses (24 units) of a relevant language (eg French, Hindi, etc),
two additional language courses (12 units) of any language
(eg French, Pacific Pidgin, Japanese, etc), and and two relevant
courses taught within the College or elsewhere at the ANU (eg
Language in Asia, Cross-Cultural Communication, etc). Relevant
courses, while broadly understood, must be confirmed by the
convenor of the Pacific Studies Program and the convenor of
the primary language program.
b. Contextual major: comprising at least eight courses
(48 units) consisting of (i) two introductory courses (ie
ASIA1000-level courses), one of which must be ASIA1025
(please note that more than 12 units of 1000-level
courses can normally be taken), (ii) two core courses
corresponding to the major, (iii) two to three elective
courses relevant to the area of specialisation, and (iv) two
relevant courses taught within the College or elsewhere at
the ANU. Relevant courses, while broadly understood, will
be confirmed by an academic advisor or the Sub-Dean. The
Contextual majors are:
Chinese Studies
Indonesian Studies
Japanese Studies
Northeast Asian Studies
Pacific Studies
Security Studies
South Asian Studies
Southeast Asian Studies
c. Elective component: comprising up to eight courses (48
units) unprescribed. This allows the option to take courses
or a major in another College, or to take further language or
other Asia-Pacific Studies courses.
A typical full-time course pattern for Bachelor of Asia-Pacific

Studies
A typical full-time course pattern for Bachelor of Security

Analysis (Asia-Pacific)
Year 1
Year 2
Year 3
Semester 1
Semester 2
Individual and Society

in Asia & the Pacific A
(compulsory Contextual
major introductory course)
Language course 1
Language course A or
Contextual course A
Elective course
Individual and Society

in Asia & the Pacific B
(compulsory Contextual
major introductory course)
Language course 2
Language course B or
Contextual course B
Elective course
Contextual Major Core

Course A
Language course 3
Language course A or
Contextual course A
Elective course
Contextual Major Core

Course B
Language course 4
Language course B or
Contextual course B
Elective course
Contextual Major Elective

Course C
Language course 5
Elective course
Elective course
Contextual Major Elective

Course D
Language course 6
Elective Course
Elective course
Bachelor of Security Analysis (Asia-Pacific)

(Academic Program: 3551 | Academic Plan: 3551XBSECA)
This degree combines study of the languages and context of the
Asia Pacific region with issues in security and strategy, leading
to an in-depth understanding of the region and competence in
security analysis.
The Bachelor of Security Analysis (Asia-Pacific) requires
completion of 24 courses (144 units) including:
a. Security Analysis component: 10 courses (60 units) giving a
disciplinary foundation in security analysis from approved
courses offered in the ANU College of Asia and the Pacific
and the ANU College of Arts and SocialSciences
b. Language component: a language sequence comprising four
courses (24 units) in one of the Colleges language majors.
c. Elective component: 10 courses (60 units) unprescribed.
This allows the option to take courses or a major in another
College, or to take further language or other Asia-Pacific
Studies courses.
Security Analysis Component:

First-year Students take two first-year disciplinary courses
Individual and Society in Asia A and Individual and Society in
Asia B.
Second/Later Year There are a further eight courses
(48 units) including Security and Strategic Studies A and B, and
six courses that may be grouped to reflect focused regional
themes in: Northeast Asia (China, Japan, Korea), Southeast
Asia (Indonesia, Thailand, Vietnam), South Asia (India, Pakistan,
Bangladesh), the Pacific region, the Arab world and in regional
relations (eg Islamic Alternatives in Southeast Asia).
Semester 1
Semester 2
Year 1
Individual and Society in

Asia & the Pacific A
Language
2 x Elective courses
Individual and Society in

Asia & the Pacific B
Language
Year 2
Security and Strategic

Studies Core A
Security Analysis course
Language
Elective course
Security and Strategic

Studies Core B
Security Analysis course
Language
Elective course
Year 3
2 x Security Analysis courses

2 x Security Analysis courses

Graduate Diploma in Asia-Pacific Studies

(Academic Program: 6505 | Academic Plan: 6505XAPS)
Duration: One year full-time
While semester and intensive in-country study abroad programs
are available through the standard degrees, for qualifying
students, the Bachelor of Asia-Pacific Studies, the Bachelor of
Security Analysis (Asia-Pacific), or the Bachelor of Languages
(Asia), may be augmented with the Graduate Diploma in AsiaPacific Studies a one-year, eight course (48 units) study
abroad program. This combined degree leads to a deeper and
richer understanding and fluency in a regional language and
the context of the region.
The Graduate Diploma is an elite program intended for talented
and dedicated students. For single Bachelor degree programs,
admission is based on successful completion of 16 College
courses (96 units), including language courses to a sufficient
proficiency level, at an overall high credit average or better; for
combined degree programs, admission is based on successful
completion of 12 College courses (72 units), at an overall high
credit average or better. Selection is approved by the Director
on advice from the relevant program convenor.
As the Graduate Diploma in Asia-Pacific Studies augments the
Bachelor degrees, it is awarded only upon successful completion
of the requirements for both the Bachelor degree and the
Graduate Diploma.
Eligible students will have access to a Commonwealth
supported place (formerly the Higher Education Contribution
Scheme).
Disclaimer: Applicants are advised that due to circumstances
beyond the Universitys control (for example, specific
international security concerns and international health crises)
it may not be possible for students to commence or complete
the Graduate Diploma in Asia-Pacific Studies.
359

A typical full-time course pattern for Graduate Diploma in
Asia-Pacific Studies
Semester 1
Semester 2
Year 1
Bachelor of Asia-Pacific
Studies, Semester 1
Studies, Semester 2
Year 2
Studies, Semester 3
Studies, Semester 4
Year 3
Year in Asia of the Pacific

Graduate Diploma in AsiaPacific Studies, Semester 1
Year in Asia or the Pacific

Graduate Diploma in AsiaPacific Studies, Semester 2
Year 4
Studies, Semester 5
Studies, Semester 6
Honours Programs
Honours in the Australian context is a unique program that is
recognise as a prestigious qualification in itself and one of the
most effective means for qualifying for higher degree studies.
The College runs jointly three Honours programs to encourage
students of the highest calibre to deepen their understanding of
a chosen field of study:
Master of Asia and the Pacific (Honours)
Bachelor of Asia- Pacific Studies with Honours
Bachelor of Security Analysis (Asia-Pacific) with Honours
Admission to the Master of Asia and the Pacific (Honours) is
restricted to those students completing both the Bachelor
of Asia-Pacific Studies or Bachelor of Security Analysis
(Asia-Pacific), and the Graduate Diploma in Asia-Pacific Studies
(or the equivalent at a different institution) with an overall
Distinction or high Credit average and evidence of proficiency
of a regional language sufficient to conduct supervised research
in the language.
Admission to the Bachelor of Asia-Pacific Studies with Honours
is available to those students completing the Bachelor of
Asia-Pacific Studies (or the equivalent at a different institution)
with a high credit average in relevant courses and evidence of
proficiency of a regional language equivalent to completion of
the Colleges relevant language major.
Admission to the Bachelor of Security Analysis (Asia-Pacific)
with Honours is available to those students completing the
Bachelor of Security Analysis (Asia-Pacific) (or the equivalent
at a different institution) with a high credit average in
relevantcourses.
The Honours programs are one-year full time. The degrees
with Honours involve coursework (ie a research methodology
course and a third-year undergraduate or graduate-level
College course) and a research dissertation (15,000 to 20,000
words). Honours topics are selected by the students but must
be approved by the convenor of the Honours program and
only undertaken with confirmed supervision. Students are
encouraged to look beyond the Faculty for supervisors and
especially within the other parts of the College (eg Research
School of Pacific and Asian Studies, Crawford School, and
Asia-Pacific College of Diplomacy) and other relevant parts of
the University (eg Pacific scholars).
Scheme).
If you are interested in Honours you should visit the website
www.anu.edu.au/asianstudies/hons.html or obtain a copy of the
360
Honours in Asia-Pacific Studies Guidelines from the Honours

Program Administrator.
Bachelor of languages (Asia)

(Academic Program: 3150 | Academic Plan: 3150XBLANG)
CRICOS Code: 0617D
The Bachelor of Languages is a degree which prepares students
for the challenges they will face in the increasing multicultural
and international workplaces of the 21st century. The degree
combines a solid foundation in one or more languages with
knowledge about linguistics (the science of language), and
the culture and cultural practices associated with the chosen
language(s) . The degree draws from the complementary
strengths of the language programs in the Colleges of Asia and
the Pacific and the ANU College of Arts and Social Sciences
at ANU, and the linguistics and contextual courses offered by
these two colleges.
There are seven streams in the degree, which allow students
to major in eighteen different languages: Classics (Ancient
Greek and Latin); China/Korea (Korean and Chinese); Japanese
(Japanese Language and Japanese Linguistics); Modern
European (French, German, Italian and Spanish); Middle Eastern
and Central Asia (Arabic, Persian and Turkish); Southeast/
South Asia (Indonesian, Hindi, Sanskrit, Thai, Urdu/Persian and
Vietnamese).
There are four Specialisations offered by the ANU College
of Asia and the Pacific; China/Korea, Japanese, Japanese
Linguistics, and Southeast/South Asia (Indonesian, Hindi,
Sanskrit, Thai, Urdu/Persian and Vietnamese).
China/Korea Specialisation (Chinese, Korean)
a. Asian Language Major: comprising at least 8 courses (48
units) in either Chinese or Korean, satisfying at least the
minimum level of attainment for a language program
prescribed or agreed by the Faculty.
b. Advanced Language Study: a further 4 courses (24 units)
of advanced coursework in the Language Major OR a
sub-sequence (24 units) of courses chosen from a second
Asian Language in the China/Korea Specialisation.
c. Cultural Component: comprising 2 courses (12 units)
relevant to the language stream.

Chinese Stream:

ASIA1066 Introduction to Chinese Culture and Thought
ASIA1067 Introduction to Chinese Society
Korea Stream An indicative list includes, when offered:

ASIA2006 Gender and Korean History
ASIA2040 Modern Korea
ASIA2055 Music and Society in 20th Century Korea
ASIA2056 Korean and Japanese Cinema: Shaping

Identities through the Lens
d. Linguistics Component: A minimum of 2 courses including

LING1001/2001 Introduction to the Study of Language
(choose one only), and a further 6 units of approved
coursework chosen from the following list:
ASIA1001 Language in Asia or
e. Elective Component: 8 courses (48 units) - unprescribed.
Hindi Stream:
ASIA2267 India: Emerging Giant
Japanese Specialisation (Japanese Language)
a .Asian Language Major: comprising at least 8 courses (48

units) of Japanese Language study, satisfying at least the
sub-sequence (24 units) of courses chosen from towards an
approved Asian Language as agreed by the Faculty.
c. Compulsory Languages Component: consisting of 2 courses
(12 units) of coursework chosen from the list of approved
courses as defined for the Japanese Linguistics Major.
d. Cultural Component: comprising 2 courses (12 units) from
approved coursework offerings . An indicative list includes,
when offered:
Indonesian Stream:

ASIA2060 Southeast Asian Security
Thai Stream:

ASIA2039 Burma/Myanmar a Country in Crisis
Urdu/Persian Stream:

ASIA2031 Japanese Politics
ASIA2032 Japanese Law and Society
Sanskrit Stream:
ASIA2056 Korean and Japanese Cinema: Shaping Identities

through the Lens
ASIA2251 Buddhism
ASIA2058 Modern Japanese Culture

e. Elective Component: 8 courses (48 units) - unprescribed.
Japanese Linguistics Specialisation (Japanese Linguistics)

units) of Japanese Language study, satisfying at least the
b. Linguistics Core: Three compulsory courses (18 units) chosen

from:
LING1010/2010 Phonetics: Sounds of the Worlds Languages
c. Elective Linguistics: consisting of 5 courses (30 units) of
coursework chosen from the list of approved courses as
defined for the Japanese Linguistics Major.
d. Linguistics Component: A minimum of 2 courses including

(choose one only), and a further 6 units of approved
coursework chosen from the following list:
e. Elective Component: 8 courses (48 units) unprescribed
Bachelor of International Business (Asia)
d. Elective Component: 8 courses (48 units) - unprescribed.
(Academic Program: 3409 | Academic Plan: 3409XBINTB)

Southeast/South Asia Specialisation (Hindi, Indonesian,

Sanskrit, Thai, Urdu/Persian, Vietnamese)
Please see http://info.anu.edu.au/StudyAt/_Economics_and_

Commerce/Undergraduate/Programs/_3409XBINTB.asp

units) in one of the following Languages; Hindi, Indonesian,
Sanskrit, Thai, Urdu/Persian or Vietnamese, satisfying at least
the minimum level of attainment for a language program
Combined Programs Leading to Two Degrees

sub-sequence (24 units) of courses chosen from a second
Asian Language in the Southeast/South Asia Specialisatio
c. Cultural Component: comprising 2 courses (12 units)
relevant to the language stream, consisting of (a) ASIA1025
Individual and Society in Asia and the Pacific A; and (b)
either ASIA1030 Individual and Society in Asia and the
Pacific B OR a further 6 units of approved coursework
relevant to the Language Major . An indicative list includes,
when offered:
Please see: http://info.anu.edu.au/studyat/010PP_

Undergraduate/_AOI_Combined_Programs.asp
In combined programs, the Asia-Pacific Studies component
amounts to 96 units, comprising an regional language major
of eight courses (48 units) and the Contextual major of eight
courses (48 units).
Diploma of ASIA-PACIFIC Studies

(Academic Program: 2500 | Academic Plan: 2500XDASST)
Duration: Two years part-time, three years part-time
The College offers an undergraduate diploma program which
requires the completion of the equivalent eight courses (48
units) to meet the requirements of an approved Language or
361
Contextual major. The Diploma is intended for both matureage non-graduates and graduates who wish to upgrade
qualifications in an Asia-related discipline. It is offered on
a part-time basis and it would not normally be possible to
complete it in less than two years. Admission is based on
normal requirements for university undergraduate admission
and no prior knowledge is required.
Scheme).
Prescribed Text: Vervoorn, A.E., Re Orient: Change in Asian

Societies, 3rd ed., Oxford University Press, 2006
Individual & Society in Asia & the Pacific B

ASIA1030 (6 units)
First Year Course
Semester 2
Contact Hours: Two lectures and one tutorial per week.
Coordinator: Jane Ferguson
Prerequisites: ASIA1025
Course Descriptions
Arabic coursework
See entries in the Faculty of Arts section.
Language in Asia
ASIA1001 (6 units)
First Year Course
Semester 1
Contact Hours: Students requiring this course as a language
option must take ASIA2103
Coordinator: Dr Peter Hendriks
Prerequisites: Nil
Incompatible: ALIN1001
Syllabus: See ASIA2001
Proposed Assessment: See ASIA2001
Preliminary Reading: See ASIA2001
Prescribed Text: See ASIA2001
Note:ASIA2103 Language in Asia (L) is for students wishing to
take this course as a language option. ASIA2103 is offered as
a language option in some of the Facultys language majors.
Assignments are completed in your nominated language,
agreed with the coordinator.
Individual & Society in Asia & the Pacific A

ASIA1025 (6 units)
First Year Course
Semester 1
Contact Hours: Two lectures and one tutorial per week
Coordinator: Dr McComas Taylor
Prerequisites: Nil
Syllabus: This course introduces students to some of the
central issues that Asian and Pacific nations have been facing
in modern times. Major themes include concepts of rights and
responsibilities and the impact of globalisation on political and
social environments. The course aims to develop a comparative
understanding of cultures and societies through critical analysis
of sources. For assignments, students will have opportunities to
focus on the countries in which they have a particular interest.
High-level English-language skills are required.
Proposed Assessment: Three written assessment tasks (45 per
cent), final reflective piece (25 per cent), weekly written tutorial
questions (10 per cent), tutorial participation (10 per cent),
online discussion (10 per cent).
362
Syllabus: This course further explores the themes introduced

in Individual and Society in Asia and the Pacific A, with
an additional focus on development, labour, population,
environment, media and knowledge. Attention is given to the
various disciplinary perspectives and theoretical approaches
commonly used in the study of societies and histories. For
assignments, students will have opportunities to focus on the
countries in which they have a particular interest. High-level
English-language skills are required.
Proposed Assessment: Two essays (45 per cent), final reflective
piece (25 per cent), weekly written tutorial questions (10 per
cent), tutorial participation (10 per cent), online discussion (10
per cent).
Prescribed Text: Vervoorn, A.E., Re Orient: Change in Asian
Societies, 3rd Ed, Oxford University Press, 2006.
Introduction to Chinese Culture and Thought
ASIA1066 (6 units)
First Year Course
Semester 1
Coordinator: Professor John Minford
Incompatible with ASIA2366
Recommended courses: Introduction to Chinese Society
ASIA1067/2367
Syllabus: This course is for students interested in China. It is
a sequel to the core course Introduction to Chinese Society
(ASIA1067/2367). The course focuses on key historical, social
and cultural topics essential to understanding modern China
and the influence and legacy of traditional society. The
course is structured on the following themes: Geography and
Environment, The Written and Spoken Word, Cultural Heroes,
Cultural Villains, Philosophy and Thought, and Religion and
Belief. The course assumes no background knowledge of China
or the Chinese language.
This is a core course for a major in Chinese Studies (or
alternatively for a China-rich concentration of later-year
course) and may also be taken by students from other faculties.
Once you have successfully completed this course and its sequel
(Introduction to Chinese Society) you will be well prepared to
undertake the study of Chinese history, culture and society at
intermediate and then advanced levels. You will also be in a
better position to identify topics that are of interest to you in
that vast world called Chinese Studies.
Proposed assessment: Weekly preparation of tutorial questions
(4-5 questions) 5 per cent, tutorial participation 10 per cent,
two tutorial papers 25 per cent each, final exam 35 per cent.
Introduction to Chinese Society

ASIA1067 (6 units)
Modern Japanese Society

ASIA2009 (6 units)
First Year Course
Later Year Course
Semester 2
Semester 2
Coordinator: Duncan Campbell
Coordinator: Dr Tomoko Akami
Pre requisites: Nil
Prerequisites: Completion of 6 university courses (36 units).
Syllabus: This course is for students interested in China. It is a

sequel to the core course Introduction to Chinese Culture and
Thought (ASIA1066) (not offered in 2008). It introduces key
historical, social and cultural topics essential to understanding
modern China and the influence and legacy of traditional
society. The course is structured on the following themes:
From Sinology to China Studies, Literature, Education, Identity,
Gender, and Contemporary Social and Political Issues.
Syllabus: This course is an introductory course on modern

Japanese society, which provides students with basic
understanding and introduces key issues and various
perspectives to analyse these issues. While it covers major
economic and political events after the Meiji restoration of
1868 to the present, its main focus is on the consequences of
these events on social, intellectual and cultural aspects. The
course aims to provoke questions about assumptions behind the
perspectives, such as the notion of an East/West dichotomy and
the totality of national culture. It also tries to see the historicity
of conventional understandings of modern Japanese society. It
sets out to examine when, how and why these understandings
were constructed, and it considers the implications of recent
events. Students will be encouraged to bring in a comparative
perspective in tutorials and essays.
Together with Introduction to Chinese Culture and Thought, this

course serves as a core course for a major in Chinese Studies
(and also for a China-rich concentration of later-year course)
and may also be taken by students from other faculties.
Proposed Assessment: Weekly preparation of tutorial questions
5 per cent, tutorial participation 10 per cent, 2 tutorial papers
25 per cent each, final exam 35 per cent
Preliminary Reading: Reading brick
Proposed Assessment: Tutorial work (20 per cent), Essay (40 per
cent), Final exam (40 per cent).
Language in Asia
ASIA2001 (6 units)
Preliminary Reading: Allinson, G., The Structure and

Transformation of Conservative Rule, in Gordon (ed)
Postwar Japan as History, UC Press, 1993.
Later Year Course

Semester 1
Hane, M., Modern Japan: A Historical Survey, Westview

Press, 1986.
Contact Hours: Normally delivered intensively/flexibly over two

weekends, complemented by on-line assignment work.
Gordon, A. ed., Postwar Japan as History, University of

California Press, 1981.
Gordon, A., A Modern History of Japan: From Tokugawa Times

to the Present, Oxford University Press, 2003.
Prerequisites: Nil
Incompatible: with ALIN2001
Syllabus: The course aims to familiarise students with the
linguistic situation in Asia. It investigates the major languages
of the region from the perspective of their genetic status, their
historical development and interaction, their major typological
features, and their present-day social position. Sample topics
discussed will include writing-systems, the role of classical
varieties, patterns of borrowing, honorifics, and language
standardisation, with illustration from the range of Asian
languages taught at ANU. Students enrolled in ASIA2001 will be
required to undertake additional reading and assignments.
Proposed Assessment: Short essays (45 per cent), Final essay (40
per cent), Tutorial participation (5 per cent), On-line discussion
(10 per cent).
Prescribed Text: An e-brick will be provided.
Note: ASIA2103 Language in Asia (L) is available for students
wishing to take this course as a language option. Assignments
are completed in your nominated language, agreed with the
coordinator.
Southeast Asia: Introduction to Key Debates

ASIA2015 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 2
Coordinator: Edward Aspinall
Prerequisites: 6 university courses (36 units)
Syllabus: This course introduces students to different
disciplinary approaches to the study of Southeast Asia. Taught
by a team of historians, political scientists, anthropologists,
economists, international relations experts and other research
staff from the Research School of Pacific and Asian Studies,
it covers both mainland and archipelagic Southeast Asia.
Students will be introduced to key trends, controversies and
debates on various topics in the study of Southeast Asian
societies, including authoritarianism and democracy, centreperiphery relations, the impact of globalisation, and economic,
demographic and religious change.
Assessment: Tutorial participation 10 per cent, tutorial
presentation 10 per cent, 1000-word tutorial paper 15 per cent,
two-hour closed book exam 30 per cent, 3,000-word essay 35
per cent
Preliminary Reading: The Emergence of Modern Southeast Asia:
A New History, David Chandler et al, University of Hawaii
Press, 2005
363
The Mongol Empire in World History

ASIA2016 (6 units)
Engaging Asia: Working with Government

ASIA2020 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Later Year Course
Semester 2
Semester 2
May be delivered intensively - arrangements to be advised.
Asian Societies and Histories Program
This course is normally offered every second year. It will not be

offered in 2010.
Coordinator: Professor Anthony Milner
Coordinator: Dr Li Narangoa and Dr Robert Cribb
Prerequisites: 14 university courses (84 units).
Prerequisites: 36 units
Syllabus: The ambitious Asia Programs of the Australian

National University were initiated fifty years ago to support
the Australian Governments postwar national re-orientation
toward Asia. The application of knowledge about Asia
to Governments engagement with the region is a vital
concern, especially with the emergence of terrorist threats,
the complexity of Australia-Indonesia relations, and the
involvement of Australia in the Asian region-building of
the East Asia Summit. Further north there are the growing
tensions between the regions superpowers, China and Japan.
This course involves a) an overview of the development of
Australian government policy toward the Asian region, b) an
analysis of a number of crisis issues in Australia-Asia relations,
and c) an introduction to the practical work of a number of
government departments and organizations in implementing
Commonwealth Government policy.
Course Description: In the 13th century, Mongol armies created

one of the largest empires in world history, stretching at its
height from the Sea of Japan to the Mediterranean, from
the South China Sea to the Baltic. Although short-lived, this
empire had a profound influence on world history, creating
unprecedented cultural and economic links between East and
West and transforming political structures in China, the Middle
East and Europe.This course examines the Mongol empire,
its rapid rise and sudden decline, comparatively in the global
context of empire-building and the management of complex
imperial structures. It assesses the long-term impacts of the
Mongol eruption on politics, religion and popular culture.
Proposed assessment: Book report presentation 5 per cent,
book review (600 words) 10 per cent, participation 10 per cent,
examination (1 hour) 25 per cent (students to answer 4 of 10
short-answer questions), essay (3000 words) 50 per cent
International Relations in North East Asia

ASIA2017 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 1
Contact Hours: 32 contact hours per semester.
Coordinator: Dr Tomoko Akami
Prerequisites: 6 university courses (36 units) or permission
of coordinator.
Proposed Assessment: Class-related activities (30 per cent),

Essay (30 per cent), Research paper (40 per cent). No final exam.
Preliminary Reading
Milner, A.C., and Quilty, M., Australia in Asia: Comparing
Cultures, Oxford University Press, 1998. This text is out of date,
but provides an introduction to key, continuing issues.
Japanese Economic Development Since World War 2

ASIA2023 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 2
Incompatible: with ASIA2050 and ASIA2051
Syllabus: This course aims to deepen students understanding

of the international relations of Northeast Asia from the
mid-nineteenth century to the present. It will examine the
dynamic relationship among the empires, colonies and nationstates. It will focus on Japan, China, and Korea as the core of
this region, and examine their relationship with each other, as
well as with other powers, such as the USSR/Russia, the United
States and Britain. While the region has been significant for
global security especially since the 1930s, the course examines
not only political and strategic relations, but also social and
cultural relations that were important for their political
relations.
Coordinator: Professor Jenny Corbett
Proposed Assessment: Tutorial contribution (attendance, and

contribution to the discussions) (20 per cent), A short paper (10
per cent), Essay proposal (10 per cent), research essay (2,500
words) (30 per cent), and a final exam (2 hours) (30 per cent)
Preliminary Reading: Flath, David, The Japanese Economy,

Oxford University Press
Preliminary Reading: Iriye, Akira, China and Japan in the Global

Setting (Cambridge, Massachusetts: Harvard UP, 1992).
Yahuda, M., The International Politics of the Asia-Pacific:
1945-1995 (New York: Routledge, 1996).
Duus, Peter, Ramon H. Myers, and Mark R. Peattie eds., The
Japanese Informal Empire in China, 1895-1937 (Princeton, N.J. :
Princeton University Press, 1989).
364
Prerequisites: 6 university courses (36 units). No formal

economics training required.
Incompatible: with ECON2008: Japanese Economy and
Economic Policy.
Syllabus: The economy of Japan since World War II; the course
is concerned with the political economy of Japan and focuses
on post-World War 2 economic growth, the development of
economic institutions and on economic policy issues.
Proposed Assessment: Essay and final examination: best grade
will receive 60 per cent/second best 40 per cent.
The Politics of China

ASIA2026 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 1
Coordinator: Aat Vervoorn
Syllabus: This course is designed to provide an introduction

to the key issues in the contemporary politics of the Peoples
Republic of China. It covers the periods spanning from the
Maoist (1949-1976) to reform eras (1978-present). The
course is divided into four sections: Communist China under
Mao; the political economy of transition; the political agents
under transition, and the challenges that China faces in
moving forward. While Chinas political transformations
are characterized by many cultural traditions and informal
norms, this course focuses on the formal aspects of political
institutions, actors and forces shaping Chinas transition. It is
intended to complement the other more humanities-oriented
China courses currently offered by the Faculty of Asian Studies.
Security & Strategic Studies A

ASIA2028 (6 units)
Proposed Assessment: Tutorial contribution (attendance,

participation and presentation) (30 per cent), research essay (35
per cent) and final exam (35 per cent)
Prerequisites: ASHI1001, or ASHI1002 and ASHI1003, or

ASIA1025 and ASIA1030 or permission of coordinator.
Preliminary Reading
Lieberthal, K. G. 1995. Governing China: From Revolution
Through Reform. New York; and London: W.W.Norton &
Company, Inc.
Saich, Tony. 2001. Governance and Politics in China. New York:
Palgrave.
The Future of East Timor

ASIA2027 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 1
32 contact hours per semester
Coordinator: TBA
Subject to enrolments
Prerequisites: Six university courses (36 units)
Syllabus: The course provides an introduction to the main
political, economic, social and strategic issues that East Timor
will face in the first decade of its independence. The first part
of the course provides an overview of East Timors past and
present as an essential context for the study of its future. The
major component of the course assesses the nations future
problems and prospects in diverse domains, concentrating on
politics, the economy, community development and military/
strategic issues. There is a special focus on East Timors crisis of
2006 and its second general election of May 2007.
Proposed Assessment: Attendance at lectures and tutorials (10
per cent), two seminar presentations (40 per cent), and a final
Prescribed Text
There are two compulsory texts:
(a) James Fox and Dionisio Soares (Eds.), Out of the Ashes:
Destruction and Reconstruction of East Timor, Crawford House,
Bathurst 1999
(b) an anthology (or brick) of readings compiled by the course
coordinator. Supplementary materials will be handed out in
class and students are provided with a bibliography.
The course will be team-taught with contributions from ANU
academics (Faculty of Asian Studies and RSPAS) as well as
experts from off-campus. In tutorial classes there is round-table
discussion of the issues raised in lectures, and in the first weeks
of the course films and TV reports will be shown. Current events
in East Timor will be discussed.
Later Year Course

Semester 1
Contact Hours: 32 contact hours per semester
A 2-hour lecture session per week for twelve weeks in and
a 1-hour tutorial per week for ten weeks of the semester.
The formal teaching sessions will involve leading specialist
deliverers, videos, debates and some hypothetical and other
decision games.
Coordinator: TBA
Syllabus: Understanding security is essential to an

understanding of the international environment. Security in this
course includes the security of individual people, the security
of families, clans, ethnic or other sub-national groups, the
security of nation states and the security of the entire globe.
It encompasses economic, social, cultural and environmental
well-being as well as security from the more conventional
forms of hostility and war. This course is designed to introduce
students to the complexities of modern national and
international security. By the end of this two-semester program,
students should have a clear understanding of the nature of
the major powers in Asia, the key issues that drive their security
policies in this region, the most serious points of pressure and
international tension and the forms of international tension
and conflict that are most likely to characterise this region in
the coming quarter of a century.
Proposed Assessment: Tutorial attendance and participation (10
per cent), Tutorial presentation (10 per cent), Rapid Response
Papers 25 per cent, Essay 1 (30 per cent), Exam or Review Essay
2 (25 per cent).
Preliminary Reading: Robert Ayson and Desmond Ball (eds),
Strategy and Security in the Asia-Pacific, NSW: Allen and
Unwin, 2006. Students are also encouraged to read selectively
from: The Far Eastern Economic Review; Janes Defence Weekly;
The Economist.
Security & Strategic Studies B

ASIA2030 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 2
Contact Hours: 32 contact hours per semester. One 2-hour
session per week for twelve weeks, and a 1-hour tutorial per
week for ten weeks of the semester. The formal teaching
sessions will involve leading specialist deliverers, videos, debates
and some hypothetical and other decision games.
Coordinator: Marcus Mietzner
Prerequisites: ASIA2028.
Syllabus: The purpose of the second semester is to extend
understanding of the different dimensions of security in the
Asia-Pacific region, nuclear biological and chemical weapons
proliferation; economic and energy security; issues such as
terrorism and counter-terrorism and trans-national crime as
a security challenge; environmental pressures and resource
competition; and ethnic conflict and separatism. The course will
also look at different approaches to promoting security, and
365
will consider the issues of regional order, alliances, international

law, NGOs and civil society, intervention and peace operations
as examples of the range of approaches. By the end of this two
semester course, students should have a clear understanding
of the nature of the major powers in Asia, the key issues that
drive their security policies in this region, the most serious
points of pressure and international tension and the forms
of international tension and conflict that are most likely to
characterise this region in the coming quarter of a century.
per cent), Tutorial presentation (10 per cent), Rapid Response
Papers 25 per cent, Essay 1 (30 per cent), Exam or Review Essay
2 (25 per cent).
Preliminary Reading: Ken Booth (ed), Critical Security Studies
and World Politics, New York: Lynne Rienner, 2005
Students are also encouraged to read selectively from: The Far
Eastern Economic Review; Janes Defence Weekly; The Guardian;
The Economist.
Japanese Law & Society

ASIA2032 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 1
Contact Hours: Three class hours per week
Coordinator: Kent Anderson
Assumed Knowledge: No knowledge of Japanese Law is
required.
Syllabus: This course provides an image of Japanese society
drawing upon its legal and non-legal rules and structures.
The course will cover the history, structure, and socio-legal
environment of Japanese law. It will investigate and challenge
some of the assumptions about the place of law in Japanese
society. Topics covered in the first part of the course on
Japanese legal structure include its legal history, judicial system,
legal education, and legal profession. Topics covered in the
second part of the course on Japanese legal society include
Japans views on litigation, foreigners, and minorities. Topics
covered in the third part of the course will be selected with
consultation of the class and may cover a variety of specific
issues in Japanese society such as the Article 9 Peace Clause,
environmental protection, the rise and fall of the Bubble
Economy, claims for WWII compensation and reconciliation, and
enforcement of criminal norms.

Assumed Knowledge: Two ASIA, HIST or POLS coded courses
amongst prerequisites.
Syllabus: Knowledge of modern Chinese history is fundamental
to understanding contemporary China. This course introduces
students to a selection of key events and themes in modern
Chinese history from the late imperial period to the present.
Collectively, these events and themes have defined the course
of modern Chinese history. The course also provides an
understanding of how those events have been interpreted.
The course assumes no prior understanding of the history of
modern China. Workshop discussion and tutorial presentations
will address historical and contemporary approaches to
interpreting aspects of these events and themes. English is the
language for instruction and for all readings.
Proposed Assessment: 20 per cent tutorial presentation, 40 per
cent mid-semester essay, 40 per cent final exam
Prescribed Text: Reading Brick
Modern Korea
ASIA2040 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 2
Contact Hours:
Coordinator: Dr Ruth Barraclough
Syllabus: This course will introduce students to the history of
Korea from 1800 to the present with an emphasis on modernity,
gender, war and capitalism. Using primary sources, literary
works, documentary, and film, we will explore such topics as:
the genealogy of modern Korean nationalism through peasant
and aristocratic rebellions in the 19th century; the tangled
relationship between Korea and Japan during the period of
Japanese colonial rule (19120-1945); how North Korea became
communist and specifically women in the creation of North
Korea; the scars of the Korean War (1950-53); counter-cultural
movements in 1970s and 80s South Korea; and contemporary
challenges facing South and North Korea. This course will give
students a thorough grounding in Korean history, and introduce
them to major interpretative currents in the study of Korean
history.
Proposed Assessment: Tutorial contribution(30 per cent),
Research essay (40 per cent), Final examination (30 per cent).

per cent), WebCT Discussion Participation (5 per cent); Group
presentation (20 per cent), Paper from group presentation (20
per cent), Final paper or exam (50 per cent).
Mainland SE Asia: Colonial and Postcolonial

Predicaments
ASIA2041 (6 units)
Prescribed Text: Course materials will be available as an eBrick

on WebCT.
Later Year Course
Emperors & Revolutionaries: Histories of

Modern China
ASIA2037 (6 units)
Later Year Course

Semester 2
366
Semester 1
Incompatible with ASHY2014
Syllabus: Through historical examples from Vietnam, Burma,
Thailand, Laos, and Cambodia, this course will emphasise the
study of mainland Southeast Asia in a comparative framework,
with particular attention to political culture, the production
of knowledge, concepts of civilisation, and emerging civil

societies in the twentieth century.
Other information: Prior assumed knowledge: an introductory
knowledge of Asian societies, Asian religions, or the fields of
history, politics, or anthropology indicated by the completion
of two introductory courses in Asian Societies and Histories,
Introduction to Religions B (RELS1003) or two introductory
courses in history, politics or anthropology is desirable.
Proposed Assessment: Class participation (20 per cent), First
essay (20 per cent) Second essay (30 per cent), Final exam (30
per cent)
Preliminary Reading: Steinberg, D. J. (ed.), In Search of Southeast
Asia: A Modern History, Allen & Unwin, 1987 (rev. ed.).
Human Security: Conflict, Displacement & Peace

Building
ASIA2047 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Korean and Japanese Cinema: Shaping Identities

through the Lens
ASIA2056 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 1
39 contact hours per semester
Coordinator: Dr Carol Hayes, Dr Roald Maliangkay
Syllabus: This course aims to train the eyes of the participants
into seeing the intricacies of film making and viewing. Students
will be shown the various ways to look at film, and use it to
learn about Korean and Japanese societies both through the
eyes of directors, and those of their audiences. We will use the
following themes to explore a number of issues: the popularity
of ghost stories, buddy movies, the importance of Confucianism
and Shintoism, gender relations, political issues, national and
personal identity, alienation and the modern versus tradition.
Semester 2
Theme 1: General Introduction to Film Studies; Theoretical

Framework; Historical Overview of Japanese and Korean Cinema
Contact Hours: Three class hours per week
Theme 2: Sound
Coordinator: TBA
Theme 3: Cinematography
Theme 4: Scenario
Syllabus: In recent years, human security problems and issues

have gained increasing attention on global and regional
security agendas as essential priorities alongside more
traditional or military (or national) security concerns. The
traditional definition of security, premised on military defence
of a territory, puts human security and social factors at the
periphery. Advocates for a human security approach argue
that to insist on a narrower state-centric security paradigm
at the expense of human security would leave the concept of
security bereft of any practical meaning in many real-world
circumstances. What is human security, and what kinds of
security issues, problems or conflicts can it be applied to? How
do human security perspectives generate different approaches
and policies to traditional security thinking? In what ways does
a human security approach provide innovative perspectives to
address sources of insecurity more holistically? This course will
critically examine the human security concept and a range of
key human security issues in the Asian region, including intrastate and ethnic conflict, post-conflict peace building, displaced
persons and refugees, landmines and small arms, the protection
of children in conflict, and poverty and human development.
Theme 5: War and Colonialism
Proposed Assessment: Tutorial participation 30 per cent (15 per

cent being allocated for special preparation and leading tutorial
discussion), Two essays (2,500 words each) 50 per cent, take
home exam 20 per cent
Preliminary Reading: Dewi Fortuna Anwar, Human security: an
intractable problem in Asia, in Muthiah Alagappa (ed), Asian
Security Order: Instrumental and Normative Features (Stanford
University Press, Stanford, California, 2003).
Edward Newman and Joanne van Selm (eds), Refugees
and Forced Displacement: International Security, Human
Vulnerability, and the State (Tokyo, United Nations University
Press, 2003).
William T.Tow, Ramesh Thakur, and In-Taek Hyun (eds), Asias
Emerging Regional Order: Reconciling Traditional and Human
Security (Tokyo, New York and Paris, United Nations University
Press, 2000).
Theme 6: Beautifying Rural Life

Theme 7: Social Critique
Theme 8: Anime and Crossing Boundaries
Proposed Assessment: Attendance, tutorial question preparation
and participation in class discussions & WebCT discussion board
(15 per cent), seminar presentation (15 per cent), essay (40 per
cent) and final exam (30 per cent)
Prescribed Text: eBrick will be available
Modern Japanese Culture

ASIA2058 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 1
Coordinator: Dr Mark Gibeau
Prerequisites: Completion of 6 university courses (36 units).
Syllabus: This is the companion course to ASIA 2009 Modern
Japanese Society (MJS). Whereas MJS examines Japan through
the lens of the social sciences Modern Japanese Culture (MJC)
approaches Japan through the humanities. Specifically, this
class will draw on such materials as novels, short stories,
film, poetry, anime and theatre to introduce students to a
cross-section of Japanese culture: high and low, metropolitan
and peripheral, contemporary and not-so-contemporary. In
this class we will move beyond simplistic characterizations
of Japanese culture and Japanese cultural identity as
homogeneous, monolithic entities and arrive at understandings
of Japan, Japanese culture and cultural identity as an amalgams
of coexisting, competing and oftentimes conflicting narratives,
each with its own historical and political context.
Proposed Assessment: Attendance 10 per cent, Tutorial work
10 per cent, Quizzes 20 per cent, midterm exam 20 per cent and
final take home exam 40 per cent.
367
Southeast Asian Security

ASIA2060 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 1
Contact Hours: One two-hour lecture and one one-hour tutorial
Prerequisites: ASIA 2028 and ASIA 2030
Assumed Knowledge: An introductory knowledge of Asian
societies, Asian religions, or the fields of history, politics, or
anthropology indicated by the completion of two introductory
courses in Asian Societies and Histories, or two introductory
courses in history, politics or anthropology is desirable.
Syllabus: This course surveys the main issues of Southeast
Asian security, giving due attention to traditional concerns
with interstate conflict as well as non-traditional themes like
the economy and the quality of democratic governance. It also
provides a grounding in the Cold War-era conflicts that shaped
the region as we know it today. The central focus, however, is
on contemporary internal armed conflict rooted in processes of
state formation and state decay. Key internal conflicts affecting
the human security of millions of Southeast Asians, as well as
near neighbours like Australia, will be analysed in their unique
historical and cultural context, and related to cross-cutting
questions with broad inter-disciplinary significance negotiating
views from above and below, from inside and outside.
Proposed Assessment: Tutorial Attendance and Participation
(10 per cent), Tutorial Presentation (15 per cent), Tutorial Paper
(1000 words: 15 per cent), Research Paper (2500 words: 30 per
cent), Take-home Exam (30 per cent).
Preliminary Reading: All essential readings and some
recommended texts will be placed on WebCT, and the course
guide will include a bibliography for each wee k. For course
preparation, students should read Alan Collins, Security and
Southeast Asia: Domestic, Regional and Global Issues (Boulder:
Lynne Rienner, 2003).
India & Modernity: Concepts & Issues in South

Asia from the 18th to the 21st Centuries
ASIA2061 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 2
Coordinator: Dr Assa Doron/Prof Robin Jeffrey
Pre-requisites: 36 units
Recommended courses: ASIA1025 and ASIA1030
Syllabus: This course introduces students to i) great issues and
events in India from the British ascendancy in the mid-18th
century until today and ii) the ways in which the modern
world has created knowledge and compartmentalized it into
disciplines, such as history, anthropology and religious
studies. The course looks at selected events and problems to
see how British rulers wrote Indian history and studied Indian
religions, beginning in the 1780s and coming down to Indias
history wars and religious conflicts of the 21st century. It
also examines how administrative needs helped to shape the
discipline of anthropology and how this process became an
important factor in colonial policy-making and in attempts to
achieve economic development after independence.
368
Proposed Assessment: Tutorial quizzes, worth 25 per cent of

the total mark. A one-hour class test at the end of the course,
worth 25 per cent of the total mark. The option of an Essay
Plan, worth 10 per cent of the total mark and an Essay, worth
40 per cent OR an Essay alone, worth 50 per cent
Preliminary Reading: William Dalrymple, The Last Mughal,
London, Bloomsbury Paperbacks, 2007; Sunil Khilnani, The Idea
of India, New York: Farrar Straus Giroux, 1997; 2nd ed., New
Delhi: Penguin Books, 2004
The Chinese Art of War: Sunzi Bingfa

ASIA2066 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 1
Contact Hours:
Coordinator: Prof John Minford
Pre-requisites: Nil
Recommended: Chinese Culture and Thought; Introduction to
Chinese Society
Syllabus: The classic text, Sunzis Art of War, Sunzi Bingfa, has
informed Chinese (and Japanese) strategic thinking for over two
thousand years, was central to the theory and practice of (for
example) both Chiang Kai-shek and Mao Zedong, and continues
to be hugely influential and widely read today, both in East Asia
and in the boardrooms of multinational corporations. Napoleon
is said to have had a copy of the early French translation in his
pocket during the battle of Waterloo.
This text is not however primarily a handbook of military
strategy. Instead, it applies some of the fundamentals of
early Chinese philosophical thinking to issues such as conflict
resolution, optimum use of energy, both personal and
circumambient (the inherent power or dynamic of a situation
or moment in time), and adaptation to change. As such, it
has more in common with the ancient classic Book of Change
than it has with other classics of military thinking. This course
is relevant for students of Chinese, but also more broadly
for a wide range of disciplines: security studies, business
management, interpersonal psychology, etc.
The extensive body of Chinese commentary that has grown
up around the text, much of it using historical annals and
historical romance to provide concrete illustrations of its
strategic principles, enables todays reader to enter deeply into
this fascinating (and often chilling) text.
The version used will be the Penguin Classics (2003) The Art of
War: Sun-tzu, translated with commentary by John Minford.
Each of the 13 weeks will be devoted to one of the 13 chapters
of the work.
Proposed Assessment: Tutorial attendance 10 per cent; tutorial
presentation 10 per cent; End-of-term test 35 per cent; essay
45 per cent.
Indonesias Regions: Politics, Society and Economy

ASIA2069 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 1
Syllabus: This course will focus on political, social and economic
aspects of Indonesias decentralisation program after 1999.
Emphasising the importance of studying Indonesias regions in

order to understand the nature of the post-Suharto state as a
whole, the course will explain the declining power of the central
government vis-a-vis the provinces, districts and municipalities.
Based on several case studies, the course demonstrates
the implications of Indonesias decentralised structures for
electoral competition, distribution of executive authority,
fiscal planning and cultural expressions of local identities. The
primary objective of the course is to enable students interested
in Indonesia to complement their studies of national politics,
society, economy and culture with an equally important local
component.
Proposed Assessment: Tutorial attendance and participation
10 per cent, tutorial presentation 15 per cent, tutorial paper
(1000 words) 15 per cent, main essay (2000 words) 30 per cent,
take-home exam: 30 per cent
Preliminary Reading: Henk Schulte Nordholt and Gerry van
Klinken (eds.), Renegotiating Boundaries: Local Politics in
Post-Suharto Indonesia, Leiden: KITLV Press, 2007; Edward
Aspinall and Greg Fealy (eds.), Local Power and Politics in
Indonesia: Decentralisation & Democratisation, Singapore:
Institute of Southeast Asian Studies, 2003.
Syllabus: This course is taken under the guidance of the

students academic advisor, but may involve teaching and
learning from a wide variety of sources. The program of study
and/or research is approved by the PhB Convener on the
recommendation of the academic advisor of the student. The
sources include but are not limited to:
involvement in current research at the University or
organisation external to ANU
special research projects from both the Faculties, Research
Schools and the Emeritus Faculty of ANU
special lecture courses
integrated, cross-disciplinary offerings which could involve
another Faculty as well as the Faculty of Asian Studies
reading courses/literature reviews
if applicable, specially designed courses of field work or
laboratory work
seminars to staff and students.
Language in Asia (L)

ASIA2103 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Elections in Southeast Asia: Between Democracy

and Electoral Authoritarianism
ASIA2070 (6 units)
Semester 1
Later Year Course
Contact Hours: Normally delivered intensively/flexibly over two

weekends, complemented by on-line assignment work. Taken as
a language course only.
Semester 2
Prerequisites: Permission of Coordinator.
Syllabus: This course will focus on electoral systems in

Southeast Asia and the political contexts in which they are
applied. Examining parliamentary and presidential elections
in the Philippines, Malaysia, Thailand, Singapore, Cambodia
and Indonesia, the course measures electoral competitiveness,
openness and fairness in these countries in order to assess their
general state of democratisation. The course also analyses the
socio-political environment of elections in Southeast Asian
states, discussing in particular the role of the media, social
inequality, individual liberties and gender issues. The primary
objective of the course is to provide students with a solid
understanding of the various electoral systems in Southeast
Asia as well as their implications for political developments in
each of the six analysed nations.
Incompatible: with ALIN2001
Proposed Assessment: Tutorial attendance and participation

10 per cent, tutorial presentation 15 per cent, tutorial paper
(1000 words) 15 per cent, main eesay (2000 words) 30 per cent,
take-home exam 30 per cent
Preliminary Reading: Aurel Croissant and Beate Martin, Between
Crisis and Consolidation: Elections and Democracy in Five
Nations in Southeast Asia, Munster: Lit Verlag, 2006
Advanced Studies 3
ASIA2102 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 1 and Semester 2
Contact Hours:
Coordinator: Sub-Dean (Advanced Programs)
Prerequisites: Advanced Studies 1 and 2 or permission of
Sub-Dean (Advanced Programs).
Syllabus: The course aims to familiarise students with the

linguistic situation in Asia. It investigates the major languages
of the region from the perspective of their genetic status, their
historical development and interaction, their major typological
features, and their present-day social position. Sample topics
discussed will include writing-systems, the role of classical
varieties, patterns of borrowing, honorifics, and language
standardisation, with illustration from the range of Asian
languages taught at ANU. Students enrolled in ASIA2001 will be
required to undertake additional reading and assignments.
Proposed Assessment: Short essays (45 per cent), Final essay (40
per cent), Tutorial participation (5 per cent), On-line discussion
(10 per cent) written work in the prerequisite language
Prescribed Text: An e-brick will be provided.
Advanced Studies 4
ASIA2104 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Contact Hours:
Coordinator: Sub-Dean (Advanced Program)
Prerequisites: Permission of Sub-Dean (Advanced Programs).
369

laboratory work
Religion and Politics in South Asia A

ASIA2161 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 1
Coordinator: Dr Richard Barz
Prerequisites: Six university courses (36 units)
Incompatible: with AREL2161 Indian Religions and Cultures
Syllabus: Religion mainly Hinduism, Islam, Christianity,
Sikhism and Buddhism is intimately bound up with politics
in South Asia. This course explores the way in which this
association has developed from the earliest times until the
modern era. Particular attention is given to religious and
political aspects of fundamentalism, communalism, militarism
and movements for national independence. The course focuses
on India, Pakistan and Bangladesh. A wide range of sources
including text and film will be drawn on.
Proposed Assessment: Tutorial participation 20 per cent, online
discussion 10 per cent, essay 40 per cent and exam 30 per cent.
Preliminary Reading: Keay, John, India: A History, Harper
Collins, India, 2000
Islam in Southeast Asia

ASIA2165 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 2
Contact Hours: 32 contact hours per Semester.
Coordinator: Dr Greg Fealy
Incompatible: ASIA2162 and AREL2162 Islam: History and
Institutions and AREL2815 Trends in Modern Islamic Thought
Syllabus: This course concentrates on historical and
contemporary issues in Southeast Asian Islam . As a background,
students will be presented with a general outline of the history
and central teachings of Islam, before studying the process of
Islamisation within Southeast Asia. It will examine the ongoing
interaction between external Islamic influences and local
political and religious traditions, analysing the extent to which
this produced thinking and institutions which were distinctive
to Southeast Asia. Particular attention will be paid to recent
issues such as sharia-isation in Indonesia and Malaysia, gender
discourses, militant Islamism and terrorism, liberal Islamic
thought and the Islamic insurgencies in southern Thailand,
western Burma and the southern Philippines.
370
Proposed Assessment: Tutorial Participation (10 per cent),

Tutorial Presentation and Paper (30 per cent), Essay (30 per
cent), Exam (30 per cent).
Preliminary Reading: Esposito, J. L., Islam: The Straight Path,
Oxford and New York, Oxford University Press, 3rd edition, 1998
Greg Fealy
Virginia Hooker (eds), Voices of Islam in Southeast Asia: A
Contemporary Sourcebook, Singapore, ISEAS, 2006
Peter Riddell, Islam and the Malay-Indonesian World, London,
Hurst and Co, 2001.
First year courses in the cultural and political environment of
SE Asia.
East Asian Women and War

ASIA2166 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 2
Coordinator: Ruth Barraclough
Recommended courses: ASIA1025 and ASIA1030
Syllabus: Taking a broad definition of war to include revolution,
espionage and postwar militarized societies, this course
examines some of the main regional wars in East Asia over
the last century and scrutinizes the biographies of some of
the extraordinary women spies, collaborators and comfort
women - who played a part in them. The course begins by
examining womens troubled relationship with the state,
and goes on to question assumptions about patriotism,
collaboration and the mobilization of female subjects in
wartime. In this course we explore the painful complicity of
women in war and occupation societies, as we examine the life
of famous Korean aviatrix and collaborator Park Kyong-won,
and the unbearable heroism of women in the Vietnam War.
We shall examine the roles war, foreign occupation and military
service have played in womens political enfranchisement in
Japan and in Vietnam. We will also study the gendered politics
of state violence in North and South Korea in the 1980s. Using
a host of translated primary material, guest lectures, interviews
and autobiographies from Vietnam, China, Japan, and South
and North Korea, as well as selected film and documentary, this
course surveys East Asias most turbulent years through the
lives of women.
Proposed Assessment: 1 essay x 2500 words, 1 essay x
1,500 words, 1 tutorial presentation, 1 final exam, class
participationmark.
Mainland SEA Borders

ASIA2167 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 1
Syllabus: While many area studies courses have taken the
nation-state as the initial unit of analysis and inquiry,
this course shifts to look at margins and borders in order
to understand the broader (sub) and (supra)state historic,
economic, cultural, and political processes throughout
the region of Mainland Southeast Asia. In so doing, this
course is divided into two major parts: first, we will examine
transnational historic processes which are themselves
transgressive of state boundaries, and second, we will look at
the ways in which borders themselves are mobilized as part of

the states assertion of sovereignty over geography, however
incomplete this might be. In addition to assigned readings
and two short essays, students will complete an independent
research paper on a topic of their own choosing.
Proposed Assessment: Attendance/participation 10 per cent,
two assigned essays 40 per cent, independent research paper
50 per cent
Preliminary Reading: Thongchai Winichakul Siam Mapped;
Andrew Walker The Golden Boat; Horstmann and Wadley, eds.
Centering the Margins
Chinese Traditional Theatre: Literature and

Performance
ASIA2169 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 2
Coordinator: John Minford
Syllabus: The colourful Chinese theatrical tradition goes back
a millenium to the Mongol Dynasty (12th-13th century AD).
It has produced many literary masterpieces (The Western
Chamber, The Peony Pavilion), and an extraordinary stylised
performance tradition that has survived to the present day
(Peking Opera, Kunqu). Kunqu Theatre has recently been
inscribed in the UN list of world intangible heritage sites. The
basic aesthetic of Chinese Theatre is informed by the same
basic ideas that underly Chinese poetry, art, calligraphy and
philosophy.
This is a middle level non-language course designed to
introduce students across the university to the literary and
aesthetic foundations of traditional Chinese lyric drama/opera.
The course serves the following objectives. First, it builds
on the existing strands in our programme, offering Chinese
literature for non-language students (we already have Fiction,
and Poetry). Second, it provides students with an insight into
the working world of the Chinese opera performer, delivering
a classical repertoire in a modern context.. Third, it provides
an introduction to the fundamentals of traditional Chinese
aesthetics. (It is envisaged eventually that we may have further
courses in Chinese Art, Chinese Calligraphy, and possibly
Chinese Garden and Landscape Design).
Course readings consist of literary and theoretical writings
in translation on the history, literature and performing art of
Chinese theatre, beginning from the Yuan dynasty (zaju and
zhugongdiao), through the Ming and Qing (chuanqi, kunqu and
jingju).
Proposed course structure is as follows:
First 4 weeks: Introduction to the classic literature and practice
of Chinese drama, from the Yuan, Ming and Qing periods.
Middle 4 weeks: Aesthetics of Chinese theatrical performance
art, including movement, singing and make-up.
Last 5 weeks: Readings in the literature, and further viewings of
performances.
Proposed Assessment: Tutorial attendance 10 per cent; tutorial
presentation 10 per cent; end-of-term test 35 per cent; essay
45 per cent
Buddhism
ASIA2251 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 1
33 contact hours for the semester.
Coordinator: Dr John Powers
Incompatible: with AREL2251
Syllabus: This course is concerned with the world views of
selected Buddhist traditions - their context, history, philosophy,
manifestations and impact on Asian cultures. We will examine
the Indian background of Buddhism, how it was translated
into Tibet, China and Japan, and how major philosophical
and religious movements in India were adapted to East Asian
ideas and symbols. The course will be concerned mainly with
a history of ideas in Asian Buddhism, and its aim is to give
students a conceptual grasp of important Buddhist ideas, myths
and symbols. In addition to these theoretical concerns, we will
examine the connection between theory and practice and the
cross-cultural ramifications of Buddhist thought.
Proposed Assessment: Two exams or Essays (totaling 70 per
cent), Tutorial work (30 per cent).
Preliminary Reading: Kasulis, T., Zen Action - Zen Person, State
University New York Press, 1981; Powers, J., Introduction to
Tibetan Buddhism, Snow Lion, 1995

ASIA2366 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 1
Prerequisites: A minimum of six units at first year level OR
permission of coordinator
Recommended courses: Introduction to Chinese Society
ASIA1067/2367
Syllabus: This course is for students interested in China. It is
a sequel to the core course Introduction to Chinese Society
(ASIA1067/2367). The course focuses on key historical, social
and the influence and legacy of traditional society. The
course is structured on the following themes: Geography and
Environment, The Written and Spoken Word, Cultural Heroes,
Cultural Villains, Philosophy and Thought, and Religion and
Belief. The course assumes no background knowledge of China
or the Chinese language.
This is a core course for a major in Chinese Studies (or
alternatively for a China-rich concentration of later-year
course) and may also be taken by students from other faculties.
Once you have successfully completed this course and its sequel
(Introduction to Chinese Society) you will be well prepared to
undertake the study of Chinese history, culture and society at
intermediate and then advanced levels. You will also be in a
better position to identify topics that are of interest to you in
that vast world called Chinese Studies.
371

(4-5 questions) 5 per cent, tutorial participation 10 per cent,
two tutorial papers 25 per cent each, final exam 35 per cent.
Practical Assignment in Australia

ASIA3006 (6 units)
Introduction to Chinese Society and Culture

ASIA2367 (6 units)
Semester 1 , Semester 2, Spring and Summer Sessions
Later Year Course

Semester 2
Prerequisites: A minimum of six units at first year level OR
Recommended courses: Introduction to Chinese Culture and
Thought ASIA1066/2366
Syllabus: This course is for students interested in China. It is a
sequel to the core course Introduction to Chinese Culture and
Thought (ASIA1066/2366). It introduces key historical, social
and the influence and legacy of traditional society.
Together with Introduction to Chinese Culture and Thought,
this course serves as a core course for the contextual major
in Chinese Studies (and also for a China-rich concentration
of later-year course) and may also be taken by students from
other faculties.
The course is structured on the following themes: From
Sinology to China Studies, Literature, Education, Identity,
Gender, and Contemporary Social and Political Issues.
5 per cent, tutorial participation 10 per cent, 2 tutorial papers
25 per cent each, final exam 35 per cent
Indonesia: Politics, Society & Development

ASIA2516 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 2
Later Year Course

Contact Hours:
Coordinator: Tomoko Akami
Prerequisites: 14 university courses (84 units) and permission
of coordinator.
Syllabus: The aim is to give students towards the end of their
degree an opportunity to apply in a work environment the
knowledge and skills they have acquired. This involves a ten
week half-time (6 units) placement with either a public sector
or private sector organisation in Australia, during which the
student undertakes an agreed project or duties that will provide
experience in using and further developing their Asian Studies
knowledge in an organisation context, while learning about
the operations of the organisation itself. During the placement
the student will receive advice and direction from a designated
supervisor within the organisation and a supervisor from the
Faculty. Details of the project to be undertaken will be agreed
by the supervisors in consultation with the student.
Placements will be subject to availability and security
assessment. Participants are advised that due to circumstances
beyond the Universitys control (for example: the onset of
specific international security concerns, or international health
crises) it may not be possible for this program to run or it may
be terminated at short notice or without notice. Students enter
this program at their own risk.
Proposed Assessment: Assessment will be based on:(i) a learning
journal kept by the student reflecting on tasks undertaken,
the organisation and the knowledge and skills acquired, and
an overall evaluation of the placement (60 per cent); and (ii)
a report on the students performance by the organisational
supervisor during the placement (40 per cent).
Students wanting to undertake an assignment should consult
with the Coordinator no less than three months in advance.
NB. Placements will be subject to availability.
NOTE: Entry to this course in the summer or winter session is by
departmental consent.
Coordinator: Dr Greg Fealy

Syllabus: This course focuses on political and social
developments in Indonesia since 1945. It summarises the
major political events and figures of the post-independence
period before examining specific themes such as the role of
the military, Islamic movements, the state Pancasila ideology,
criminality and violence, gender, foreign policy and the position
of minorities. Discussion of different scholarly interpretations of
these events and themes will form a major part of the course.
Proposed Assessment: Essay (30 per cent), Tutorial (40 per cent),
and Final exam (30 per cent).
Preliminary Reading: Robert Cribb and Colin Brown, Modern
Indonesia: A History since 1945, Longman, Harlow, 1996
Merle Ricklefs, A History of Modern Indonesia Since c.1200 (3rd
edn), Palgrave, London, 2001.
372
Practical Assignment in Southeast Asia

ASIA3007 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Summer Session, Semester 1, Semester 2 and Spring Session
Contact Hours: Six weeks participation in an approved
professional organisation in Indonesia or Thailand or Vietnam.
assessment.
NOTE: Entry to this course in the summer session is by
departmental consent.
Coordinator: Amrih Widodo
Prerequisites: Permission of coordinator (based on Distinction
(or above) in a second year Asian language course (or
equivalent) or completion of any relevant third year language
course. May be taken at any time after completion of second
year language courses (or equivalent) with prior approval
of the coordinator. Ability to finance travel to and from
destination and pay for visa and living expenses for the period
of participation in the organisation. Students will not receive

remuneration for their participation in the organisation.
Syllabus: Students will be required to attend four weeks of
regular briefing sessions before departure. These will cover the
background of the organisations with which they will work,
current in-country situation, and basic skills such as letter
writing in the target language and business etiquette.
Before departure students will select an assignment topic in
consultation with the coordinator. While participating in the
organisation they will collect material for their topic and may
begin writing it.
Proposed Assessment: Portfolio of correspondence (20 per cent),
Daily Journal ((30 per cent), Essay (50 per cent).
Preliminary Reading: Eldridge, P. J., Non-Government
Organisations and Democratic Participation in Indonesia, OUP
1995, or Visit Thai Website: www.nectec.or.th/directories/org.
html#Non
Ability to finance travel to and from destination and pay for a
visa and living expenses for the period of participation in the
organisation. Students will not receive remuneration for their
participation in the organisation.
Knowledge and Society

ASIA3009 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 1
3 contact hours per week.
Coordinator: Dr Aat Vervoorn
Prerequisites: Six university courses (36 units).
Syllabus: The course focuses on the ways in which
contemporary societies produce knowledge and are in turn
shaped by knowledge systems. It considers how traditional
knowledge systems and modern scientific systems function and
interact, paying particular attention to ideas regarding how
knowledge is generated, communicated and institutionalised.
Perspectives on knowledge to be explored include personal
experience and the social production of knowledge;
epistemic communities; the processes by which knowledge
is institutionalised and formalised; scientific knowledge and
ideas of development and progress; public and private sector
knowledge production; and epistemic ideals and the reality of
knowledge production. The course examines the experience
of a range of Asian societies as well as drawing on western
experience. In assignments it will be possible for students
to concentrate on countries in which they have a particular
interest.
Students who want to do honours are encouraged to take this
course.
Learning Objectives: Students will develop their ability to reflect
critically on their own epistemological beliefs and assumptions,
as well as those underlying major historical and contemporary
knowledge systems, and how those beliefs and assumptions
influence the production and transmission of knowledge. They
will develop research, analytical and communication skills

essential for knowledge production and transmission while
gaining insight into the intellectual and social forces that shape
knowledge.
Proposed Assessment: Tutorial contribution (25 per cent), two
essays (25 per cent each) and a final take home exam (25 per
cent), OR tutorial contribution (25 per cent), one essay (25 per
cent) and a learning journal written during the course (50 per
cent).
Vervoorn, A., Re Orient: Change in Asian Societies, 3rd edition,
Melbourne, Oxford University Press, 2006.
Wertheim, M., Pythagoras Trousers: God, Physics, and the
Gender Wars, London, Fourth Estate, 1997
Samurai Society in Japan

ASIA3011 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 1
Coordinator: Dr Li Narangoa
Syllabus: This course treats the development of Japanese
culture from earliest times to the early 19th century in the
context of the major political and social forces that moulded
the countrys history. The course covers major periods and
cultural epochs of Japanese history, but particular attention
will be paid to samurai culture and systems of social control
from the 12th century onwards. The themes to be covered
include the formation and the evolving conceptions of Japans
identity, politics, economic development, social trends, and
religion, as well as Japans interaction with Asian and European
civilizations. The course aims to provide students with a basic
factual knowledge in Japanese history and to assist them in
understanding modern Japanese society in its historical context
to develop the ability to assess and think critically about
historical issues.
Proposed Assessment: One essay 3500 words (60 per cent),
short outline essay 400-500 words (10 per cent), annotated
bibliography (10 per cent), class participation (20 per cent)
Preliminary Reading: Morris ,I., The Nobility of Failure: Tragic
Heroes in the History of Japan, New York, Holt, Rinehart, and
Winston,1975; Collcutt, M., Jansen,M., Kumakura,I., A Short
Cultural Atlas of Japan, Phaidon,1988; Hall, J.W., Japan from
Prehistory to Modern Times, Delacore Press, 1994
Readings in Asian Societies & Histories A

ASIA3012 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 1
Contact Hours: Weekly meetings to discuss material covered
will be on a one-to-one basis.
Coordinator: Subdean, Advanced Programs
Prerequisites: Permission of Coordinator, based on evidence of
strong ability and motivation. Enrolment will be subject to the
availability of a suitable supervisor.
Syllabus: An individual course of readings on a topic identified
by the student in consultation with the coordinator. The
focus will be on English language material but students with
particular Asian language skills will be encouraged to use them
373
where possible. Weekly meetings to discuss material covered

Proposed Assessment: Reports (40 per cent), Research essay
(60 per cent).
Note: Enrolment will be subject to the availability of a suitable
supervisor.
Readings in Asian Societies & Histories B

ASIA3013 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 2
Contact Hours: Weekly meetings to discuss material covered
Prerequisites: Permission of coordinator, based on evidence of
strong ability and motivation. Enrolment will be subject to the
availability of a suitable supervisor.
Syllabus: An individual course of readings on a topic identified
by the student in consultation with the coordinator. The focus
will be English language but students with particular Asian
language skills will be encouraged to use them where possible.
Weekly meetings to discuss material covered will be on a
one-to-one basis.
Proposed Assessment: Reports (40 per cent), Research essay
(60 per cent).
Note:Enrolment will be subject to the availability of a suitable
supervisor.
Southeast Asian Frontiers: Thailand & Burma/

Myanmar
ASIA3014 (12 units)
Later Year Course
Summer Session
Consent: Departmental consent is required
Contact Hours: This intensive course is the equivalent of a
two-semester ANU course conducted over 4 weeks in the
summer session (January - February 2009).

The course complements the following courses: Thai 1A and 1B,
Thai 2A and 2B, Thai 3A; Burmese 1A; Security and Strategic
Studies A and B; Individual and Society in Asia A and B; Burma/
Myanmar: A Country in Crisis.
Proposed Assessment: Assessment will be based on four
components:
1. In-country attendance and participation in academic
activities (10 per cent)
2. Thai language communication skills. Assessment will be
based on students efforts to communicate with local
people in the Thai language throughout the duration of the
course. Assessment will be conducted by the Thai language
convenor. (25 per cent)
3. Burmese and other ethnic language skills. Assessment will
be based on students efforts to communicate throughout
the duration of the course. Assessment will be conducted by
appropriately qualified language staff. (25 per cent)
4. Research paper based on field experiences in Southeast Asia.
(40 per cent)
Chachavalapongpun, Parvin, A Plastic Nation: The Curse of
Thainess in Thai-Burmese Relations, Lanham, University Press of
America, 2005.
Fink, Christina, Living Silence: Burma Under Military Rule,
Bangkok, White Lotus, 2001.
Lang, Hazel, Fear and Sanctury: Burmese Refugees in Thailand,
Ithaca, Cornell University Press, 2002.
Pasuk Phongpaichit and Chris Baker, History of Thailand, New
York, Cambridge University Press, 2005.

ASIA3016 (12 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 1 , Semester 2, Summer and Spring Sessions
Coordinator: Chintana Sandilands
Contact Hours:
Recommended prior course(s): Thai 1B or equivalent OR

Security and Strategic Studies A and B OR Individual and
Society in Asia OR Burma/Myanmar: A Country in Crisis
Coordinator: Tomoko Akami
Syllabus: Students will explore issues relating to international

relations, transnational security and regional trade. They will
also explore the experiences of various ethnic minority groups
in considerable detail. This course will engage students in
an interactive approach to learning the Thai and Burmese
languages alongside a structured introduction to the cultures,
societies and politics of mainland Southeast Asias frontiers.
On the ground in northern Thailand students developing
linguistic and analytical skills will be tested and refined during
four-weeks of structured field exercises, language training and
academic seminars. Taking account of the broad complexities
of these Southeast Asian borderlands, this course puts the
challenges of greater regional integration in comparative and
transnational perspective.
assessment. Students are advised that due to circumstances
374
Prerequisites: 14 university courses (84 units) and permission

of coordinator.
Syllabus: The aim is to give students towards the end of their
degree an opportunity to apply in a work environment the
knowledge and skills they have acquired. This involves a ten
week full-time (12 units) placement with either a public sector
or private sector organisation in Australia, during which the
student undertakes an agreed project or duties that will provide
experience in using and further developing their Asian Studies
knowledge in an organisation context, while learning about
the operations of the organisation itself. During the placement
the student will receive advice and direction from a designated
supervisor within the organisation and a supervisor from the
Faculty. Details of the project to be undertaken will be agreed
by the supervisors in consultation with the student.

Proposed Assessment: Assessment will be based on: (i) a
learning journal kept by the student reflecting on tasks
undertaken, the organisation and the knowledge and skills
acquired, and an overall evaluation of the placement (60 per
cent); and (ii) a report on the students performance by the
organisational supervisor during the placement (40 per cent).
Students wanting to undertake an assignment should apply to
the Coordinator no less than three months in advance.
NB.Placements will be subject to availability.
NOTE: Entry to this course in the summer session is by
departmental consent
Practical Assignment in China

ASIA3019 (6 units)
Prerequisites: 14 university courses (84u). Students will need to

maintain distinction average to enter.
Syllabus: These classes allow small groups of advanced
undergraduates to work closely with an active researcher from
the ANU College of Asia and the Pacific in some field of current
research. The programme will offer the students an apprenticestyle training in research practice which will both enrich their
undergraduate studies and contribute to preparing them for
further study. The schedule of classes will vary for year to year
and will generally be announced in the October before teaching
begins.
Proposed Assessment: 6000 word essay (90 per cent), class
participation (10 per cent)
The Origins of the International Order in Southeast

Asia
ASIA3030 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Later Year Course
Semester 1
Semesters 1 and 2, Summmer and Spring Sessions
Coordinator: Professor Tony Milner
Coordinator: Tiejun Yang
Syllabus: This course will trace the emergence of the

international order in Southeast Asia. It will examine the
different types of polity that have been established in the
region, and how they defined relations with their neighbours
and with the more distant civilizations of China, India and
the Muslim world. The course will examine the series of
transformations in Southeast Asias international system
which European colonial powers brought about, and will
consider Southeast Asias influence on the emergence of the
global international relations system. Particular attention
will be given to the dynamic of decolonization - to the
transformation of political identities and the assumptions about
state identity and international relations which shaped the
present configuration of the region. The course will conclude
with a consideration of the making of the post-colonial state
system in Southeast Asia, including the creation of the ASEAN
regional architecture and attempts to build a regional security
community.
Prerequisites: Permission of coordinator based on completion

of third year Chinese language courses or qualifiers for doing
the Year-in-China. Selection criteria from the participating
professional organizations may also apply. Placement is subject
to position availability.
Syllabus: Students will be required to attend four weeks of
regular briefing sessions before departure. These will cover the
background of the organisations with which they will work, the
current in-country situation, and basic skills such as Chinese
and English letter writing and report writing and business
etiquette. Before departure students will select an assignment
topic in consultation with the coordinator. While participating
in the organisation they will collect material for their topic and
may begin writing it. Students must be able to finance their
travel to and from the destination and pay for visa and living
expenses for the period of participation in the organisation.
Proposed Assessment: Assessment will be based on: (i) a
learning journal kept by the student weekly reflecting on
tasks undertaken, the organization and the knowledge and
skills acquired (20 per cent); (ii) an overall evaluation of the
placement including the students written reports (60 per
cent); and (iii) a report on the students performance by the
organisational supervisor during the placement (20 per cent).
Advanced Studies in Asia & the Pacific

ASIA3026 (6 units)
Later Year Course
In assuming a historical perspective, the course will suggest

ways in which the heritage of ideas about community - and
relations between communities - continues to shadow
international relations in the region today.
Course topics will include: People without states, states without
borders; patterns of cultural transfer; the political/religious
system of the empire of Srivijaya; the tribute system; Islamic
models of international order; the European struggle for
hegemony, and the place of Southeast Asia in international
law; hegemony, native states and the construction of modern
colonialism; creating colonial states and the creation of
ethnicity in the modern system; the Japanese alternative;
claiming independence and the making of nation states;
Cold-War alliances, the emergence of ASEAN and the modern
international order of Southeast Asia.
Proposed Assessment: Essay (40 per cent), tutorial participation
(10 per cent), and short tutorial discussion papers (25 per cent
each).

Contact Hours:?
375
Advanced Studies 5
ASIA3101 (6 units)
Practical Assignment in Japan

ASIA3107 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Later Year Course
Semester 1, Semester 2, Summer and Spring Sessions
Contact Hours:
Coordinator: Dr Li Narangoa (for Summer 2009 and Semester

1) and Mr Shun Ikeda (for Semester 2 2009, Spring 2009 and
Summer 2010)
Coordinator: Sub-Dean (Advanced Program)

Prerequisites: Advanced Studies 4 or permission of the
Sub-Dean (Advanced Programs).
laboratory work
Prerequisites: Permission of Coordinator

Syllabus: Six weeks participation in an approved professional
organisation in Japan. Students will be required to attend four
weeks of regular briefing sessions before departure. These will
cover the background of the organisations with which they
will work, the current in-country situation, and basic skills such
as letter writing in Japanese and Japanese business etiquette.
Before departure,e students will select an assignment topic in
consultation with the coordinator. Whilst participating in there
respective organisations, students will collect material for their
topic and may begin writing it.
be terminated at short notice or without notice. STUDENTS
ENTER THIS PROGRAM AT THEIR OWN RISK.
Proposed Assessment: Portfolio of correspondence (20 per cent),

Daily Journal (30 per cent), Essay (50 per cent)
Advanced Studies 6
ASIA3102 (6 units)
Islam in South Asia

ASIA3164 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Later Year Course
Semester 1
Contact Hours:
Coordinator: Dr McComas Taylor and Dr Rizwan Hussain
Coordinator: Sub-Dean (Advanced Programs)
Syllabus: Half the worlds Muslims live in South Asia. Three

of the worlds biggest Muslim population - India, Pakistan
and Bangladesh - are in our study region.The latter two, in
particular, are sites of major social instability and security
concern. The security and welfare of South Asia, and by
implication, much of the rest of the world including Australia,
will depend largely on the future trajectories of these states.
Better understanding of Islam in South Asia is essential if we
are to make the most of the challenges and opportunities it
presents.
Prerequisites: Advanced Studies 5 or permission of Sub-Dean

(Advanced Programs).
laboratory work
376
The objective of this course is the study of Islam, Muslims and

Muslim society in the South Asian environment, with a focus
on contemporary trends and issues. Since the 19th century,
there has been a tendency for commentators to treat Islam
in South Asia (and indeed globally) as a monolithic religious,
social and historical phenomenon.This course will challenge
these preconceptions. The reality is that Islam in South Asia- as
elsewhere in the world - takes many different forms. We will
begin with a historical outline of Islam in South Asia as this
provides the key to understanding the challenges we face today.
In recognition of the heavy study and workloads borne by many
students, this course will be flexibly delivered. The facilitators
will provide a comprehensive, supportive online framework to
enable student-focussed learning. Students will be free to learn
through exploration of a wide range of historical, literary and
theoretical texts and document.
Proposed Assessment: (1) Seven weekly learning tasks (70

per cent): Theory reading (10 per cent); Mind-map (10 per
cent); Living account - literary reading (10 per cent); Literary
response (10 per cent); Read and respond - peer assessment
and review (10 per cent); 90-minute workshop (10 per cent);
Famous Last Words - academic journal entry (10 per cent). (2)
Substantial creative project (30 per cent): may include essay,
website, creative writing, audio-visual presentation, etc., to be
determined in consultation with facilitators. A higher standard
of achievement in the final project will be expected from
undergraduate students than for students taking the cognate
course at postgraduate level.
Preliminary Reading: Jackie Assayag. 2004. At the Confluence of
Two Rivers. Muslims and Hindus in South India. Manohar, New
Delhi.
Politics of the Korean Peninsula

ASIA3814 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 2
Contact Hours: One seminar discussion per week, each a
two-hour session
Coordinator: Associate Professor Hyung-a Kim
Consent: Enrolment in this course is by departmental consent
for advanced-level students.
Syllabus: This course examines the contemporary politics of
the Korean peninsula, with emphasis on South Korea (the
Republic of Korea) and its economic and political developments
of recent decades. The course will focus on the post World
War II development of Korean politics from a historical
andcomparative perspective. North Korea (the Democratic
Peoples Republic of Korea) is treated, with emphasis on the
security and inter-relations problems between North and
South Korea and the international factors at work. Theoretical
issues covered will include political culture, nationalism,
developmentalism, democratisation, civil society, state/market
relations, as well as topics in international relations theory. The
course will complement existing undergraduate courses on
Korea, China, Japan and Indonesia, as well as existing graduate
courses on East Asian politics.
Proposed Assessment: (1) 2000-2500 word essay 35 per cent,
(2) 3000-3500 word essay 50 per cent, (3) class participation/
presentation 15 per cent.
Preliminary Reading: Don Oberdorfer, The Two Koreas: A
Contemporary History, Massachusetts: Addison-wesley, 1997
Visualising Contemporary Pacific and Asian Cultures

through Art
ASIA3905 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 1
Coordinator: Dr Michelle Antoinette
Prerequisite: 36 units or permission of coordinator
Syllabus: The world is finally taking notice of contemporary art
from Asia and the Pacific art dealers are buying and collecting
it, major curators of international exhibitions are selecting and
showing it. Similarly, the world is developing a new awareness
of avant-garde art trends emanating from these regions, trends
as potent as any in Europe, the United States or Australia. What
then does this art tell us about the changing cultures of Asia
and the Pacific today?
This course stresses visual texts as key resources of cultural
knowledge about Asia and the Pacific and will examine a range
of contemporary visual art that has emerged from these regions
over the last two decades. It emphasises the dynamism of
contemporary artistic culture in Asia and the Pacific, and aims
to counter long-held stereotypes of art from these regions as
persistently exotic, traditional and firmly belonging to the past.
We will discuss different contemporary art forms (painting,
sculpture, performance art, installation art and other visual
forms) in relation to the particular social, historical, cultural and
political contexts within which they were produced as well as
where they are exhibited and received. In doing so, the course
will foster a contemporary understanding of visual art forms
and cultural contexts of Asia and the Pacific as different from
Western art histories.
We will examine specific national, regional and/or global
contexts of contemporary Asian and Pacific art, and explore key
issues in art through thematic case-studies including: mapping
Asia and the Pacific; exoticism/Orientalism; colonialism/
postcolonialism; nationalism, modernity; gender/sexuality;
faith, spirituality and religion; ethnicity, race, indigeneity;
traditionalism and the contemporary; art and anthropology in
museums and galleries; biennales and triennales; globalisation
and diasporas.
Proposed Assessment: Assessment exercises will provide
students with opportunities to focus on Asian and Pacific
countries of their own selection and interest and will also
encourage comparative, cross-cultural approaches where
appropriate: (a) tutorial activities (30 per cent); (b) short
research exercise (analysis/review) (30 per cent); (c) long
research essay (40 per cent).
Preliminary Reading: Students are encouraged to familiarise
themselves with a key generalist art journal on contemporary
Asian and Pacific art, Art AsiaPacific (also known as Art and
AsiaPacific).
Prescribed Text: Reading Brick (eBrick on WebCT), forming the
core course reading materials.
Asian Studies IV Honours (S)

ASIA4001F (12 units)
Later Year Course
Contact Hours: TBA
Coordinator: TBA
Prerequisites: Faculty permission based on completion of
coursework component of an Asian Studies degree usually with
a Distinction average or better
Syllabus: In the Faculty of Asian Studies at ANU, an Honours
year is an opportunity for those who have completed a good
pass degree to do independent research on a chosen topic in
one of the worlds leading universities in the study of Asia. As
an Honours student you have access to the Universitys wealth
of Asian expertise across disciplines and to the great holdings
of the University and the National libraries. You will have expert
supervisory guidance and you will share your experience with
other Honours students in the Faculty, working in a variety of
disciplines on many of the countries of Asia. As a member of
377
the ANU Asia research community, you will also be in touch

with the latest thinking on many issues as expressed by visitors
and ANU people in the Universitys frequent seminars, special
lectures and conferences on Asia. Students intending to take an
honours degree should plan to take a preparatory course such
as; History and Theory (HIST2110), the Pre-Honours Research
Seminar (ASIA3010), or Knowledge and Society (ASIA3009), in
the year prior to their honours year.
Proposed Assessment: Normally based on: Thesis (70 per cent),
Prescribed coursework (30 per cent).

ASIA4001P (12 units)
Later Year Course
Contact Hours: TBA
Coordinator: TBA
Prerequisites: Faculty permision based on completion of
coursework component of an Asian Studies degree usually with
a Distinction average or better
Syllabus: In the Faculty of Asian Studies at ANU, an Honours
year is an opportunity for those who have completed a good
pass degree to do independent research on a chosen topic in
one of the worlds leading universities in the study of Asia. As
an Honours student you have access to the Universitys wealth
of Asian expertise across disciplines and to the great holdings
of the University and the National libraries. You will have expert
supervisory guidance and you will share your experience with
other Honours students in the Faculty, working in a variety of
disciplines on many of the countries of Asia. As a member of
the ANU Asia research community, you will also be in touch
with the latest thinking on many issues as expressed by visitors
and ANU people in the Universitys frequent seminars, special
lectures and conferences on Asia. Students intending to take an
honours degree should plan to take a preparatory course such
as; History and Theory (HIST2110), the Pre-Honours Research
Seminar (ASIA3010), or Knowledge and Society (ASIA3009), in
the year prior to their honours year.
Proposed Assessment: Normally based on: Thesis (70 per cent),
Prescribed coursework (30 per cent).
Exchange Program for Asian Studies Students

ASIA5920 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Contact Hours: TBA
Proposed Assessment: Two oral tests during the semester

(20 per cent), one written test during the semester (20 per
cent), one written exam during the exam period (50 per cent,
ten short weekly tests (10 per cent).
Prescribed Text: Reading materials may be purchased through
the China Centre.
Modern Chinese 2
CHIN2020 (12 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 2
Contact Hours: Four hours of lectures and four of tutorials each
week
Coordinator: Ms Yanyan Wang
Prerequisites: Modern Chinese 1 (CHIN1020)
Syllabus: This course completes the intensive beginners program
in modern standard Chinese. Students who complete the year
successfully will have a good grasp of the fundamentals of
written and spoken Chinese.
Proposed Assessment: Two oral tests during the semester (20
per cent), one written test during the semester (20 per cent),
one written exam during the exam period (50 per cent, ten
short weekly tests (10 per cent).
the China Centre.
Chinese Language & Society

CHIN3005 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 1
Contact Hours: 32 contact hours per semester
Course conducted subject to enrolments.
Coordinator: William Che
Assumed Knowledge: Elementary knowledge of Mandarin
Chinese (equivalent to first-year Chinese) is highly
recommended for success at this course.
Syllabus: This course explores the Chinese language as it
functions within diverse social and political contexts. The course
examines specific socio-linguistic phenomena such as: dialects
and regionalects, language policy and language reform, the
politicization of language, language and gender, the evolution
of Modern Standard Chinese and its relationship to other
Chinese languages, phoneticization of Chinese characters, social
motivation and language change, grammar and social meaning.
Coordinator: TBA
Proposed Assessment: Assignment work (totaling 60 per cent)

and a final examination (totaling 40 per cent).
Modern Chinese 1
CHIN1020 (12 units)

the China Centre.
First Year Course

Semester 1
Contact Hours: Four hours of lectures and tutorials each week.
Prerequisites: Nil
Syllabus: This is the first half of a one-year intensive beginners
program in modern standard Chinese (Putonghua). The course
includes both spoken and written Chinese.
378
Readings in Chinese Popular Culture

CHIN3014 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 1
Coordinator: Geng Song
Syllabus: The course serves two purposes. First, it serves as a
Chinese language course between the advanced group stage
and the independent research stage, focusing on improving
the students reading and listening comprehension proficiency.

Second, it allows a comparative and theoretically informed
investigation of popular culture in contemporary China from
the perspective of cultural studies.
The course provides an overview of popular cultures
in contemporary China, Taiwan, Hong Kong, and other
transnational Chinese communities. We will discuss several
important themes in Chinese popular culture in the recent
decades, including the rise of consumerism, the impact of
globalization, the outburst of nationalist sentiment, and the
dynamics between cultural production, media technology, and
political discourses, etc.
Proposed Assessment: (1) two essays: one short essay (30 per
cent) and one final take-home essay exam (40 per cent); (2)
one in-class oral presentation (20 per cent), and (3) classroom
participation and preparation of in-class readings (10 per cent).
Modern Chinese 3
CHIN3020 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 1
Contact Hours: Five class hours per week
Syllabus: This course, with Modern Chinese 4 (CHIN3021), is
designed to raise students competence in reading, writing,
listening and speaking through the use of a variety of
approaches and media, including texts, audio and video
recordings. Students will also learn about Chinese culture,
history, science and society within this language program.
Proposed Assessment: One oral tests (10 per cent), one listening
test (10 per cent), one written exam during semester (20 per
cent), one written exam during exam period (50 per cent),
weekly tests (10 per cent).
Modern Chinese 4
CHIN3021 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 2
Contact Hours: Five hours per week
Prerequisites: Modern Chinese 3 (CHIN3020) or equivalent
Syllabus: A continuation of the work in Modern Chinese 3
(CHIN3020).
Proposed Assessment: One oral tests (10 per cent), one listening
test (10 per cent), one written exam during semester (20 per
cent), one written exam during exam period (50 per cent),
weekly tests (10 per cent).
Modern Chinese 5
CHIN3022 (6 units)
competence in reading, speaking and writing modern Chinese. A

wider range of texts will be read and discussed in Chinese. There
will be a study of selected aspects of Chinese grammar.
Proposed Assessment: Assignment (20 per cent), mid-term
examination (15 per cent), oral examination (15 per cent), final
examination (50 per cent)
Modern Chinese 6
CHIN3023 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 2
Contact Hours: Four hours per week
Coordinator: Ms Tiejun Yang
Syllabus: A continuation of the work in Modern Chinese 5
(CHIN3022) and an introduction to the original complex forms
of simplified Chinese characters and language variation used in
Taiwan.
Proposed Assessment: Assignment (20 per cent), mid-term
examination (15 per cent), oral examination (15 per cent), final
examination (50 per cent)
Modern Chinese 7
CHIN3024 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 1
Contact Hours: Three hours per week
Coordinator: Dr Geng Song
Prerequisites: Successful completion of CHIN3550, or Modern
Chinese 6 (CHIN3023).
Incompatible: Advanced Modern Chinese 1
Syllabus: Reading and discussion of a variety of texts on
modern China. Translations of Chinese into English. Most classes
will be conducted in the Chinese language.
Proposed Assessment: Assignment (20 per cent), mid-term exam
(15 per cent), oral exam (15 per cent), final exam (50 per cent).
Modern Chinese 8
CHIN3025 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 2
Coordinator: John Minford
Incompatible: Advanced Modern Chinese 2
Syllabus: A continuation of the work of Modern Chinese 7
including translation from English into Chinese.
Proposed Assessment: Assignment (20 per cent), mid-term exam
(15 per cent), oral exam (15 per cent), final exam (50 per cent)
Later Year Course

Classical Chinese 1
CHIN3030 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 1
Syllabus: This course, with Modern Chinese 6 (CHIN3023),

is designed to enable students to reach advanced levels of
Contact Hours: Thirty hours per semester
Semester 1
379

Prerequisites: Modern Chinese 2 (CHIN2020) or Written
Japanese B (JPNS1015) or permission of the coordinator.
Syllabus: The basic grammar of Classical Chinese and
introductory readings.
Proposed Assessment: Written tests during the semester (60 per
Classical Chinese 2
CHIN3031 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 2
Coordinator: Duncan Campbell/John Minford
Prerequisites: Classical Chinese 1 (CHIN3030)
Syllabus: Further readings in Classical Chinese.
Proposed weekly syllabus: (1) Introduction; (2) The Classic of

Poetry and sexuality in early Chinese texts; (3) The legend of Qu
Yuan and the legacy of same-sex desire in pre-modern China;
(4) Alternative interpretations of the Music Bureau poems; (5)
The male body and A New Account of Tales of the World; (6)
The formation of the canons of Tang poems and Song lyrics; (7)
The lovers bible: The Story of the Western Wing; (8) Re-reading
Ming-Qing novels; (9) The theme of The Dream of the Red
Chamber or is there such a thing? (10) Lu Xun and national
allegory; (11) An alternative reading of The Thunderstorm (12)
The proletarian revolutionary literature and the pursuit of
(alternative) modernity.
Proposed Assessment: Assessment will be based on (1)
two essays: one short essay (20 per cent) and one final
take-home essay exam (35 per cent); (2) one in-class oral
presentation (35 per cent), and (3) classroom participation
and preparation of in-class readings (10 per cent).
Cantonese A
CHIN3201 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Classical Chinese 3
CHIN3032 (6 units)
Semester 1
Later Year Course
Course conducted subject to enrolments
Semester 1
Prerequisites: Modern Chinese 6 or permission of the

coordinator. This course is also appropriate for background
Mandarin speakers.

Coordinator: Duncan Campbell/John Minford
Syllabus: An introduction to Cantonese with emphasis on

comparison with Modern Standard Chinese.
Syllabus: Readings in Classical Chinese history, philosophy and

poetry from various periods.
Proposed Assessment: Written tests during the Semester (60 per

cent), Final exam (40 per cent)

Classical Chinese 4
CHIN3033 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 2
Coordinator: Prof. John Minford
Syllabus: Further readings in Classical Chinese history,
philosophy and poetry from various periods.
Cantonese B
CHIN3202 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 2
Prerequisites: Cantonese A (CHIN3201) or permission of
coordinator. This course is also appropriate for background
Mandarin speakers
Syllabus: A continuation of the work in Cantonese A.
cent), Final exam (40 per cent)
Alternative Readings of Chinese Masterpieces

CHIN3116 (6 units)
Advanced Readings in Chinese A

CHIN3211 (6 units)
Later Year Course

Semester 1
Coordinator: Geng Song
Later Year Course
Prerequisites: CHIN3025 Modern Chinese 8 or above OR

approval of the course coordinator.
Syllabus: This course invites students to break away from
established ideological confinement and to re-read Chinese
literary masterpieces from a theoretically informed and crosscultural perspective.
380
Semester 1
Prerequisites: Completion of Year in China (CHIN3550) or
permission of coordinator.
Syllabus: This course guides advanced students in extensive
reading and in analysis and discussion of Chinese texts in a
field of specialisation. This course will enhance students skills

in translation to and from Chinese. The content of the course
will be determined in the light of students specific needs
and the availability of teaching, and will prepare students for
independent research in their field.
Proposed Assessment: One book review of 1000 words (20 per
cent); one seminar presentation and related essay of 1000
words (30 per cent); one essay of 2000 words (40 per cent) ;
classroom performance 10 per cent.
Prerequisites: Modern Chinese 4 (CHIN3021) at credit level and

permission of the Head of Centre and the Coordinator.
Syllabus: Intensive language study taken at a higher
educational institution in China and/or Taiwan. Throughout
the year students may also work on a research project using
Chinese material, in preparation for writing it up after their
return as the Year in China Project course.
Proposed Assessment: Satisfying assessment requirements of
host institution, plus a test on students return if necessary.
Advanced Readings in Chinese B

CHIN3212 (6 units)
Hindi 1A: in-country

HIND1008 (6 units)
Later Year Course
First Year Course
Semester 2
Winter Session
Contact Hours: Hindi 1A: in-country is an intensive course with

conversational focus taught in India three hours per day, five
days a week for four weeks in June and July.

Prerequisites: Completion of Year in China (CHIN3550), or
Syllabus: (As for Advanced Readings in Chinese A) This course
guides advanced students in extensive reading and in analysis
and discussion of Chinese texts in a field of specialisation.
The content of the course will be determined in the light of
students specific needs and the availability of teaching, and will
prepare students for independent research in their field.
Proposed Assessment: Proposed Assessment: One book review
of 1000 words (20 per cent); one seminar presentation and
related essay of 1000 words (30 per cent); one essay of 2000
words (40 per cent); classroom performance 10 per cent.
Coordinator: Yogendra Yadav

only
Incompatible: with HIND1100, HIND1002, HIND1006 and
SWAH1002
Year in China Project

CHIN3501 (6 units)
Syllabus:
(a) development of conversational skills in Hindi and Urdu;
Later Year Course
(b) instruction in reading and writing the Devanagari script as

used for Hindi;
Semester 1, Semester 2 and Summer Session

Contact Hours: Available only to students taking the Bachelor
of Asian Studies (Chinese) degree
(c) explanation of the grammar of Hindi and Urdu;
Note: Students must have permission of coordinator prior

to departure on Year in China
(e) original compositions in the Hindi script.

Prerequisites: Year in China (CHIN3550)
(d) reading of graded texts in the Hindi script

As Hindi and Urdu are identical in grammar and basic
vocabulary, Hindi 1A in-country provides foundational skills for
those interested in learning Urdu.
Syllabus: This course involves further supervised work on the

independent study project prepared in China or Taiwan, leading
to the writing of a report of approximately 5,000 words. It will
involve bibliography, special readings, preparation and delivery
of a work-in-progress seminar, and the submission of the
report.
Proposed Assessment: continuous testing 40 per cent, written

assignments 50 per cent, class participation 10 per cent.
Proposed Assessment: 5000 word essay as described in Syllabus.
Bulcke, C., An English-Hindi Dictionary, S. Chand, New Delhi, 1997
Year in China (S)

CHIN3550 (24 units)
Later Year Course
Contact Hours: Requires enrolment for two semesters, totalling
48 units.
Available only to students taking the Bachelor of Asian Studies
(Chinese) or Bachelor of Translation (Asian Region) degree
Prescribed Text: Barz, R.K. and Yadav, Y.K., An Introduction to

Hindi and Urdu, Munshiram Manoharlal, New Delhi, 2000
Barz, R.K. and Yadav, Y.K., Hindi Exercise Manual with CD set,
South Asia Centre, Canberra, 1994
McGregor, R.S., The Oxford Hindi-English Dictionary, Oxford
University Press, Delhi, 1993
Hindi 1B: in-country

HIND1009 (6 units)
First Year Course
Winter Session, Spring Session
Contact Hours: Hindi 1B: in-country is an intensive course
with conversational focus taught in India three hours per day,
five days a week for four weeks in June and July and again in
November and December.
381

Prerequisite: HIND1008 or HIND1100 or equivalent (HIND1002
plus HIND1006) or permission of coordinator
only
Incompatible: with HIND1200, HIND1003, HIND1007 and
SWAH1003
Prescribed Texts: Barz, R.K. and Yadav, Y.K., An Introduction to

Bulcke, C., An English-Hindi Dictionary, S. Chand, New Delhi,
1997
Hindi 1B
HIND1200 (6 units)
First Year Course
Semester 2
Syllabus:
Contact Hours: Five contact hours per week
(a) Development of conversational skills in Hindi and Urdu;

used for Hindi;
Prerequisites: HIND1008 or HIND1100 or equivalent (HIND1002

plus HIND1006) or permission of coordinator
Incompatible: HIND1003, HIND1007 and SWAH1003
(d) reading of graded texts in the Hindi script;
Syllabus:

vocabulary, Hindi 1B in-country provides foundational skills for
those interested in learning Urdu.

used for Hindi;
Proposed Assessment: Continuous testing 40 per cent, written

assignments 50 per cent and class participation 10 per cent.
(d) reading of graded texts in the Hindi script


vocabulary, Hindi 1B provides foundational skills for those
interested in learning Urdu.


1997
Proposed Assessment: Semester based testing 40 per cent,

written assignments 50 per cent and class participation 10 per
cent.


Hindi 1A
HIND1100 (6 units)
First Year Course
Semester 1
Contact Hours: Five contact hours per week
Incompatible: with HIND1002 and HIND1006 and SWAH1002
Syllabus:
used for Hindi;
1997
Hindi 2 A-B: in-country

HIND2002 (18 units)
Later Year Course
Summer and Winter Sessions
Contact Hours: Three hours of lectures in the morning and

workshop sessions in the afternoon five days per week in a
city in northern India. The course will be held in January and
February for a period of six weeks. Emphasis is on acquisition of
conversational skills in Hindi.

vocabulary, Hindi 1A provides foundational skills for those
interested in learning Urdu.
Coordinator: Mr Yogendra Yadav

Prerequisites: Introductory Hindi B (HIND1003) and Basic Hindi
Conversation B (HIND1007)

written assignments 50 per cent and class participation
10 per cent.
Incompatible: with SWAH2002

(d) reading of graded texts in the Hindi script;
382
Syllabus: (a) Reading graded selections from modern Hindi

literature, including newspaper and magazine articles
(b) conversational practice

(c) 2,000-word essay in Hindi on a workshop topic
Hindi 2A
HIND2300 (6 units)

Later Year Course
Proposed Assessment: Oral and Written tests (totalling 50 per

cent), Essay in Hindi (50 per cent).
Incompatible: with HIND2004, HIND2006, HIND2103,

HIND3006, SWAH2004 and SWAH2103
Syllabus: Hindi 2A is conducted in Hindi. The course would also

be of interest to Urdu students.
Readings in South Asian Cultures

HIND2108 (6 units)
Semester 1
Prerequisites: HIND1009 or HIND1200 or equivalent (HIND1003
plus HIND1007), or permission of coordinator
(a) Development of advanced conversational skills in Hindi;
Later Year Course
(b) advanced discussion of Hindi grammatical usage and

literary style;
Semester 1
(c) comprehension of lectures given in Hindi;
Contact Hours: Fortnightly meetings with lecturer.
(d) reading of Hindi prose and poetry.

10 per cent.
Prerequisites: Permission of the Coordinator.

Assumed Knowledge: Two years study of Hindi, with at least a
high credit result in the second semester of the second year or
completion of Applied Hindi course at same level.
Syllabus: The content of the course is decided by consultation
between each student and the supervising lecturer. Students
read widely in all aspects of the culture of the language studied,
including literature, linguistics, anthropology, religious studies,
politics and mass media. Texts studied should be primarily in
one of the relevant languages with supplementary material in
English. Students present short reports on their reading every
fortnight.
Proposed Assessment: Short fortnightly reports (25 per cent),
tutorial performance (20 per cent), final essay (40 per cent) plus
annotated bibliography (15 per cent).
Prescribed Text: A reading list has been prepared for inclusion in
the course outline.

1997
Hindi 2B
HIND2400 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 2
Contact Hours: Four hours per week.
Filmi Hindi
HIND2150 (6 units)
Prerequisites: HIND2300 or equivalent, or permission of

coordinator.
Later Year Course
Incompatible: with HIND2005, HIND2007, HIND2102, HIND3007,

SWAH2005 and SWAH2102
Summer Session
Contact hours: 33 hours at the ANU Centre at 52 Collins Street
in Melbourne
Prerequisites: Permission of coordinator
Syllabus: This course, conducted in Hindi, provides students
with the opportunity to explore spoken Hindi creatively through
Bollywood film. It would also be of interest to speakers and
students of Urdu.
(a) Comprehension of a range of Hindi film dialogues;
(b) socio-linguistic analysis of Hindi use in film;
Syllabus: Hindi 2B is conducted in Hindi. The course would also

be of interest to Urdu students.
(a) Development of advanced conversational skills in Hindi;
(b) advanced discussion of Hindi grammatical usage and
literary style;
(c) comprehension of lectures given in Hindi;
(d) reading of Hindi prose and poetry.
written assignments 50 per cent and class participation 10
per cent.
(c) practical application of skills acquired through the

examination of film dialogues.

Proposed Assessment: Class participation 10 per cent; class oral

presentation 20 per cent; composition and performance of a
Hindi film dialogue 70 per cent, assessment to be based on a
video recording of the performance and its analysis.


1997
383
Hindi 2 C-D: in-country

HIND3002 (18 units)

(Hindi) or Bachelor of Translation (Asian Region) degree.
Later Year Course
Summer and Winter Sessions
Prerequisites: The equivalent of at least four university courses

(24 units) in Hindi at credit level and permission of the Program
Coordinator
Contact Hours: Three hours of lectures in the morning and

workshop sessions in the afternoon five days per week in a
city in northern India. The course will be held in January and
February for a period of six weeks. Emphasis is on improvement
of conversational skills in Hindi.
Coordinator: Mr Yogendra Yadav
Prerequisites: Applied Hindi (HIND2002)
Syllabus:
(a) Reading selections from modern Hindi literature, including
newspaper and magazine articles
(b) conversational practice
(c) 2,000-word essay in Hindi on a workshop topic

Syllabus: A combination of intensive Hindi language study,
disciplinary study, and a study project, to be arranged with a
university or tertiary institution in India.
Proposed Assessment: Satisfy requirements of host institution.
Students will be required to write a descriptive essay of
2000 words in Hindi about their experiences during the year.
The essay is to be submitted upon completion of the Year.
Subsidiary Faculty testing may be necessary.
Indonesian 1A
INDN1002 (6 units)

First Year Course
Proposed Assessment: Oral and Written tests (50 per cent),

Essay in Hindi (50 per cent).
Syllabus: An introduction to spoken Indonesian covering the

core vocabulary and grammar of the language, questionanswer interaction and a practical command of four commonly
occurring conversational topics/situations.
Advanced Readings in South Asian Cultures

HIND3108 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 2
Contact Hours: Fortnightly meetings with lecturer.
Assumed Knowledge: Completion of Readings in South Asian
Cultures HIND2108, or equivalent at a satisfactory level.
Semester 1
Contact Hours: Five class hours a week.
Coordinator: Tim Hassall
Prerequisites: Nil
Incompatible: with SEAI1002 and INDN1005
Proposed Assessment: Mid-course oral examination (20 per

cent), end of course oral examination (30 per cent), four in-class
written tests (totalling 20 per cent), four in-class written
quizzes (totalling 10 per cent), classroom performance and
participation (15 per cent), attendance (5 per cent). Less than
50 per cent attendance in class will result in course failure
regardless of other marks.
Prescribed Text: Quinn, G., The Indonesian Way 1 and 2
(available through the Southeast Asia Centre)

fortnight.
Indonesian 1B
INDN1003 (6 units)

Prerequisites: INDN1002 or INDN1005 or permission of

coordinator
Syllabus: An introduction to spoken Indonesian covering the

core vocabulary and grammar of the language, questionanswer interaction and a practical command of four commonly
occurring conversational topics/situations.
Year in India (S)

HIND3550 (24 units)
Later Year Course
48 units.
384
First Year Course

Semester 2
Contact Hours: Five class hours a week.
Incompatible: with SEAI1003 and INDN1006

cent), end of course oral examination (30 per cent), four in-class
written tests (totalling 20 per cent), four in-class written
quizzes (totalling 10 per cent), classroom performance and
participation (15 per cent), attendance (5 per cent). Less than
50 per cent attendance in class will result in course failure

regardless of other marks.
Prerequisites: Permission of Coordinator. Departmental consent

is also required.
Prescribed Text: Quinn, G., The Indonesian Way 1 and 2

(available through the Southeast Asia Centre)

Indonesian 1A: In-Country

INDN1005 (6 units)
First Year Course
Summer, Winter and Spring Sessions
Contact Hours: The course will be taught over a period of one
month or approximately 70 contact hours at The Language
Centre, Faculty of Language and Literature, Satya Wacana
Christian University, Salatiga, Indonesia. It is expected that the
Summer Session course will be run in January and the Winter
Session course in June and July
Prerequisites: Permission of Coordinator. Students must have
completed at least one Semester of study at ANU to be eligible
for this course. Students with previous study of Indonesian may
not be eligible to take this course. Departmental consent is also
required.
Incompatible: with Indonesian 1A (INDN1002)
Syllabus: This course will provide students with a solid working
competence in basic Indonesian. After completing the course,
students will able to use basic Indonesian appropriately,
correctly and with some degree of spontaneity and variation
in a number of very commonly occurring situations and
interactions. Students will acquire: an active, well-pronounced
command of the core vocabulary of Indonesian that is close
to 1,000 of the very frequently used words in everyday
conversation; and a working command of the most frequent
features of Indonesian grammar
Proposed Assessment: Assessment will be based on: class
performance (attendance and participation) (20 per cent), two
quick quizzes (10 per cent), mid-program written test (15 per
cent), mid-program oral test (20 per cent), final program written
test (15 per cent) and final program oral test (20 per cent)
Prescribed Text: There will be a textbook that is specially
developed by a team of writers at Satya Wacana University
based on the ANU workbook for Indonesian 1A
Indonesian 1B: In-Country

INDN1006 (6 units)
First Year Course
Christian University, Salatiga, Indonesia. It is expected that the
Session course in June and July.
Assumed Knowledge: Satisfactory completion of Indonesian 1A

(INDN1002) or equivalent.
Incompatible: with Indonesian 1B (INDN1003).
competence in basic Indonesian. After completing the course,
students will able to use basic Indonesian appropriately,
command of the core vocabulary of Indonesian that is close
to 1,000 of the very frequently used words in everyday
features of Indonesian grammar.
test (15 per cent) and final program oral test (20 per cent).
Prescribed Text: There will be a textbook that is specially
developed by a team of writers at Satya Wacana University
based on the ANU workbook for Indonesian 1B.
Indonesian 2A
INDN2002 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 1
Contact Hours: Four class hours a week.
Coordinator: Dr Timothy Hassall
Prerequisites: Indonesian 1B (INDN1002) or Indonesian 1B
In-Country (INDN1006) or permission of the coordinator.
Assumed Knowledge: A sound preparation in basic Indonesian,
equivalent to at least a good pass in Indonesian 1B.
Incompatible: SEAI2002 and INDN2004
Syllabus: (a) text study, vocabulary extension and grammar
(b) practice in spoken Indonesian
Proposed Assessment Mid-semester written tests (25 per cent),
Mid-semester oral test (15 per cent), End-of-semester written
tests (25 per cent), End of semester oral test (20 per cent), Class
performance (10 per cent), Attendance (5 per cent)
Prescribed Text: Indonesian 2A Workbook (available through the
Southeast Asia Centre)
Indonesian 2B
INDN2003 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 2
Contact Hours: Four class hours a week.
385
Prerequisites: Indonesian 2A (INDN2002) or Indonesian 2A

In-Country (INDN2004) or permission of the coordinator.
Incompatible: SEAI2003 and INDN2006
Syllabus: (a) further text study, vocabulary extension and
grammar (b) more practice in spoken Indonesian
Proposed Assessment: Mid-semester written tests (25 per cent),
Mid-semester oral test (15 per cent), End-of-semester written
tests (25 per cent), End of semester oral test (20 per cent), Class
performance (10 per cent), Attendance (5 per cent)
Prescribed Text: Indonesian 2B Workbook (available through the
Southeast Asia Centre)

INDN2004 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Christian University Salatiga, Indonesia. It is expected that the
Coordinator: Timothy Hassall/Amrih Widodo
is also required.
Assumed Knowledge: Satisfactory completion of Indonesian
1B (INDN1003) or Indonesian 1B: In-Country (INDN1006) or
equivalent.
Incompatible: with Indonesian 2A (INDN2002).
Syllabus: Practice in listening, speaking, reading, writing and
translating will be based on a number of texts which are
selected to introduce certain topics. The course aims to enable
students to:
a. discuss a variety of non-technical topics relating to
Indonesia and Australia with a native speaker, with
appropriate fluency and range of language
b. to locate main ideas in slightly simplified or short authentic
reading texts, with the aid of a vocabulary guide
c. translate simplified English reading texts into Indonesian
with only minor or occasional inaccuracies
d. demonstrate a formal understanding of key grammatical
features by using them correctly in oral and written
exercises
e. demonstrate an active command of a number of specific
vocabulary items by using them correctly in written and
oral exercises.
386
Prescribed Text: A textbook will be specially developed by

writers at Satya Wacana University based on the ANU workbook
for Indonesian 2A.

INDN2006 (6 units)
Later Year Course
is also required.
Assumed Knowledge: Satisfactory completion of Indonesian
2A (INDN2002), Indonesian 2A:In-Country (INDN2004) or
equivalent.
Incompatible: with Indonesian 2B (INDN2003).
Syllabus: This course covers all four language skills: speaking,
listening, reading and writing. It aims to enable the students to:
a. discuss a variety of non-technical topics relating to
Indonesia and Australia with a native speaker, with
appropriate fluency and range of language
b. to locate main ideas in slightly simplified or short authentic
reading texts, with the aid of a vocabulary guide
c. translate simplified English reading texts into Indonesian
with only minor or occasional inaccuracies
d. demonstrate a formal understanding of key grammatical
features by using them correctly in oral and written
exercises
e. write a short essay on a general topic relating to Indonesia
and Australia, containing moderately complex ideas, with
sufficient accuracy and range of language for a reader to
understand without special effort.
Prescribed Text: A textbook will be developed by writers at
Satya Wacana University based on the ANU workbook for
Indonesian 2B.
Indonesian 3A
INDN3002 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 1
Contact Hours: Four hours a week.
Prerequisites: Indonesian 2B (INDN2003 OR SEAI2003)OR

Indonesian 2B: In-Country (INDN2006).
Advanced Readings in Southeast Asian Culture

INDN3005 (6 units)
Incompatible: with SEAI3002
Later Year Course
Syllabus: (a) working from Indonesian to English

(b) working from English to Indonesian
(c) spoken Indonesian
Proposed Assessment: Indonesian-English translation (25
per cent), English-Indonesian translation (25 per cent),
Communicative skills (50 per cent).
Semester 2
Contact Hours: Fortnightly meetings with lecturers
Indonesian, Thai and Vietnamese Programs.
Prescribed Text: Indonesian 3A Text (available through the

Southeast Asia Centre).
Assumed Knowledge: Completion of Year in Asia, or a

Distinction average in third year language.
Indonesian 3B
INDN3003 (6 units)
Recommended: Students are strongly advised to take a

supporting course (focused on historical background culture,
linguistics, anthropology etc) before enrolling in this vernacular
language Reading Course.
Later Year Course

Semester 2
Contact Hours: Four hours a week.
Prerequisites: Indonesian 3A (INDN3002 OR SEAI3002)
Syllabus: (a) working from Indonesian to English
(b) working from English to Indonesian
(c) consolidation of an active command of spoken Indonesian,
including the informal style.
Proposed Assessment: Indonesian-English translation (30 per
cent), English-Indonesian translation (35 per cent), Final oral
exam (35 per cent).
Prescribed Text: Indonesian 3B Text (available through the
Southeast Asia Centre).

read widely in a vernacular language about Southeast Asian
on one of the following: literature, socio-linguistics, religion,
popular culture, political culture. Students present short reports
on their reading every fortnight, prepare a Bibliography based
on vernacular holdings in the ANU libraries and write a long
essay analysing their reading topic.
tutorial performance (20 per cent), final essay (40 per cent),
plus annotated bibliography (15 per cent).
Indonesian 3A In-Country
INDN3012 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Readings in Southeast Asian Culture

INDN3004 (6 units)

Indonesian, Thai and Vietnamese Programs

Coordinator: Timothy Hassall
Prerequisites: INDN2003 Indonesian 2B or INDN2006

Indonesian 2B In-Country or equivalent or permission of
coordinator after a placement test. Placements will be subject
to availability and security assessment. Departmental consent is
also required. Participants are advised that due to circumstances
Later Year Course

Semester 1
Assumed Knowledge: Completion of Year in Asia, or a

Distinction average in third year Language.
Recommended: Students are strongly advised to take a
supporting course (focused on historical background culture,
linguistics, anthropology etc) before enrolling in this vernacular
language Reading Course.
read widely in a vernacular language about Southeast Asia
on one of the following: literature, socio-linguistics, religion,
popular culture, political culture. Students present short reports
on their reading every fortnight, prepare a bibliography based
on vernacular holdings in the ANU libraries and write a long
essay analysing their reading topic.
Assumed Knowledge: Command of Indonesian equivalent to the

standard reached at the end of Indonesian 2B.
Incompatible: INDN3002 Indonesian 3A
Syllabus: The course is intended to extend the language
experience gained in second year, to give more confidence in
the correct use of grammar and to consolidate fluency. By the
end of the course students will be able to converse in a way
acceptable to a native speaker on a diverse range of subjects
using appropriate idiomatic expressions. They should also be
387
able to translate materials such as newspaper articles from

English into Indonesian and from Indonesian into English.
terminated at short notice or without notice. Students enter

To achieve these aims, the course falls into three components:

Indonesian-English Translation
Assumed Knowledge: Command of Indonesian equivalent to the

standard reached at the end of Indonesian 3A.
English-Indonesian Translation
Incompatible: INDN3003 Indonesian 3B
Communicative Skills
Syllabus: The course is intended to extend the language

experience gained in second year, and in the first semester of
third year level study to give more confidence in the correct
use of grammar and to consolidate fluency. By the end of the
course students will be able to converse in a way acceptable
to a native speaker on a diverse range of subjects using
appropriate idiomatic expressions. They should also be able to
translate materials such as newspaper articles from English into
Indonesian and from Indonesian into English.
These are coordinated so that the components reinforce each

other. In this way instructors try to restrict the number of
new vocabulary items so that students may concentrate on
strengthening communicative competence and gain confidence
in mastery of grammar.
Reading and translation materials are organized into several
topics which may vary from one day to the next. Topics may
include current affairs, media, religion, ethnicity, gender,
literature, performing arts, media, pop culture and others.
Proposed Assessment: Assessment will be based on: (i)
Indonesian-English translation (25 per cent), (ii) EnglishIndonesian translation (25 per cent) and (iii) communicative
skills (50 per cent). Assessment in each of these skill domains
will be further sub-divided as follows:
(i) Indonesian-English translation

Attendance and contribution to in-class work 10 per cent
Two assignments 40 per cent
A final written test 50 per cent
(ii) English-Indonesian translation

To achieve these aims, the course falls into three components:

Indonesian-English Translation
English-Indonesian Translation
Communicative Skills
These are coordinated so that the components reinforce each
other. In this way instructors try to restrict the number of
new vocabulary items so that students may concentrate on
strengthening communicative competence and gain confidence
in mastery of grammar.
Reading and translation materials are organized into several
topics which may vary from one day to the next. Topics may
include current affairs, media, religion, ethnicity, gender,
literature, performing arts, media, pop culture and others.
Attendance 10 per cent
Proposed Assessment: Assessment will be based on: (i)

Indonesian-English translation (25 per cent), (ii) EnglishIndonesian translation (25 per cent) and (iii) communicative
skills (50 per cent). Assessment in each of these skill domains
will be further sub-divided as follows:
Class participation 10 per cent
(i) Indonesian-English translation
Presentation/project in Indonesian 10 per cent
Mid semester oral examination 30 per cent
Final Oral examination 40 per cent

for Indonesian 3A.
(ii) English-Indonesian translation

INDN3013 (6 units)
(iii) Communicative skills
Later Year Course

Prerequisites: INDN3002 Indonesian 3A or INDN3012
Indonesian 3A In-Country or permission of coordinator after a
placement test. Placements will be subject to availability and
security assessment. Departmental consent is also required.
Participants are advised that due to circumstances beyond
the Universitys control (for example: the onset of specific
international security concerns, or international health crises)
it may not be possible for this program to run or it may be
388
(iii) Communicative skills

Attendance 10 per cent
Class participation 10 per cent
Presentation/project in Indonesian 10 per cent
Mid semester oral examination 30 per cent

Final Oral examination 40 per cent

for Indonesian 3B.
Year in Indonesia (S)

INDN3550 (24 units)
Later Year Course
48 units

(Indonesian) or Bachelor of Translation (Asian Region) degree.
Coordinator: Dr Timothy Hassall/Amrih Widodo
Prerequisites: Four university courses (24 units) in Indonesian at
high credit level, and permission of the Program Coordinator
Syllabus: Students enrol in courses of study at an approved
Indonesian university (in 2002 Gadjah Mada University in
Yogyakarta and Muhammadiyah University in Malang).
Proposed Assessment: Satisfy assessment requirements of the
host Indonesian institutions. Subsidiary testing by Faculty may
be required.
Spoken Japanese 1
JPNS1012 (6 units)
First Year Course
Semester 1
Japanese Program
Coordinator: Dr Duckyoung Lee
Prerequisites: No previous study of the Japanese language is
required
Syllabus: The course is designed to provide a wide range of
knowledge and skills which are necessary to develop the
Japanese communication skills at the beginners level, and to
establish a basis of further study of the language. By the end
of the semester, the successful learner of the course will be
expected:
(i) To have good basic knowledge of the system of the
Japanese language;
(ii) To be able to produce and comprehend various types of
simple sentences/ expressions;
(iii) To be able to communicate in Japanese in situations
involving the day-to-day life and some limited topics;
(iv) To obtain basic knowledge of Japanese culture and people;
and
(v) To have good self-study skills of the Japanese language.
Proposed Assessment: Oral tests (50 per cent), in-class quizzes
(25 per cent), Language Laboratory test (20 per cent) and class
performance (5 per cent)
Prescribed Text: Nihongo ga Ippai, Japan Centre Elementary
textbook development team; other photocopied worksheets will
also be provided
Spoken Japanese 2
JPNS1013 (6 units)
First Year Course
Semester 2
Japanese Program
Coordinator: Shun Ikeda
Prerequisites: Successful completion of Spoken Japanese 1.
Students may be exempted from this prerequisite if they have
been placed in Spoken Japanese 2 in the Centre placement test,
or have permission from the course coordinator.
Syllabus: This course is the second half of the beginners level.

On the basis of the knowledge and skills obtained through
Spoken Japanese 1, the course aims to further develop the
Japanese communication skills. It will also establish a solid basis
for further study of the language.
By the end of the semester, the successful learner of the course
will be expected to:
(i) Acquire further knowledge of grammar for producing and
comprehending basic Japanese expressions;
(ii) Be able to effectively communicate in Japanese in various
situations which involve expressions for functions such
as making suggestions, asking preferences, and making
comments;
(iii) Gain knowledge of some Japanese cultural aspects; and
(iv) Have good self-study skills of the Japanese language.
Proposed Assessment: Oral tests (50 per cent), in-class quizzes
(25 per cent), Language Laboratory test (20 per cent) and class
performance (5 per cent)
Prescribed Text: Nihongo ga Ippai, Japan Centre Elementary
textbook development team; other photocopied worksheets will
also be provided.
Written Japanese A
JPNS1014 (6 units)
First Year Course
Semester 1
Contact Hours: Two hours per week
Japanese Program
Coordinator: Dr Shunichi Ishihara
of, Spoken Japanese 1(JPNS1012)
Syllabus: (a) Principles of the modern Japanese writing system;
(b) Acquisition of hiragana, katakana and 120 kanji;
(c) Reading of graded Japanese texts
Proposed Assessment: Periodic tests and quizzes (30 per cent),
assignment work (35 per cent), and a final examination
(35 per cent).
Prescribed Text: Photocopied materials will be provided
Written Japanese B
JPNS1015 (6 units)
First Year Course
Semester 2
Japanese Program
Coordinator: Shunichi Ishihara
Prerequisites: Spoken Japanese 1 (JPNS1012) and Written
Japanese A (JPNS1014). Concurrent enrolment in, or previous
completion of Spoken Japanese 2 (JPNS1013)
Syllabus: (a) Acquisition of further 180 kanji
(b) composition and reading comprehension of short passages
(600 ji) on various topics.
Proposed Assessment: Periodic tests and quizzes (30 per cent),
assignment work (35 per cent), and a final examination
(35 per cent).
389
Japanese Linguistics
JPNS2007 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 2
Japanese Linguistics Program
Prerequisites: Introduction to the Study of Language (LING1001/
LING2001) or permission of the coordinator.
Recommended: Some knowledge of Japanese is desirable but
not essential.
Syllabus: This course is designed for both students of the
Japanese language who are interested in linguistics, and for
linguists who have an interest in learning about Japanese. For
the former this will provide a conceptual structure which will
complement the practical side of their Japanese studies. For
the latter, the course will be an introduction to data and issues
that are generally discussed when talking about Japanese. We
will cover most aspects of the language, from phonetics and
phonology through to syntax and pragmatics.
Proposed Assessment: A one-hour midterm test (20 per cent),
an essay of approximately 2500-3000 words (30 per cent),
weekly short assignments (totaling 20 per cent), participation in
discussions (5 per cent), a three-hour final exam
(25 per cent).
Prescribed Text: Online resources wil be available
Japanese Lexicon
JPNS2009 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 2
Three hours per week
Japanese Program/Japanese Linguistics Program
Coordinator: Dr Carol Hayes

Japanese B (JPNS1015)
Syllabus:
(a) Grammar and vocabulary
(b) structure and usage drills
(c) listening comprehension
(d) speaking skills
Proposed Assessment: Periodic oral and written testing (25 per
cent each), assignment (10 per cent), mid-term (15 per cent)
and final exam (25 per cent).
Preliminary Reading: Backhouse, A. E., The Japanese Language:
An Introduction , Oxford University Press, 1993
Prescribed Text: Ohso, M. and Koyama, Y., Japanese for You,
Taishuukan, 1993
Spoken Japanese 4
JPNS2013 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 2
Japanese Program
Coordinator: Peter Hendriks
Japanese B (JPNS1015)
Syllabus:
(a) Grammar and vocabulary
(b) speech levels and styles
(c) conversation skills
Proposed Assessment: Proposed Assessment: Periodic oral and
written testing (25 per cent each), assignment (10 per cent),
mid-term (15 per cent) and final exam (25 per cent).
Prescribed Text: Yokoso

Additional photocopied materials will be provided
Prerequisites: Spoken Japanese 4 (JPNS2013), Written Japanese

D (JPNS2015) and Introduction to the Study of Language
(LING1001/2001), or permission of the coordinator.
Written Japanese C
JPNS2014 (6 units)
Syllabus: This course is an introduction to the study of the

modern Japanese vocabulary: it examines the various ways in
which Japanese words are interrelated and will be of practical
help to students in their acquisition of Japanese vocabulary.
Topics discussed will include: word classes (nouns/verbs/
adjectives/adverbs), lexical strata (native words/Sino-Japanese
and Western loanwords/mimetic words), word formation
(compounds/derived forms), lexical meaning (Japanese-English
contrastive semantics/semantic fields), lexical style (colloquial
and bookish vocabulary/male and female usage).
Proposed Assessment: 6 assignments (50 per cent), Mid-term
exam (20 per cent), Final exam (30 per cent).
Preliminary Reading
Miura, A., Japanese Words and their Uses, Tuttle, 1983
Spoken Japanese 3
JPNS2012 (6 units) E
Later Year Course
Semester 1
Japanese Program
390
Later Year Course

Semester 1
Japanese Program
Coordinator: Mark Gibeau
Japanese B (JPNS1015) or equivalent. Concurrent enrolment in
or previous completion of Spoken Japanese 3 (JPNS2012)
Syllabus:
(a) Grammar and vocabulary of modern written Japanese
(b) acquisition of further 300 kanji
(c) reading of Japanese texts
(d) basic composition
Proposed Assessment: Periodic quizzes (20 per cent), three short
essays (totalling 20 per cent), tutorial work (20 per cent) and a
three-hour final examination (40 per cent).
Written Japanese D
JPNS2015 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 2
Japanese Program
Lee, D-Y., 2002. The function of the zero particle with special
reference to spoken Japanese, Journal of Pragmatics 34(6):
645-682.
Lee, D-Y and A. Yoshida (2002). A study of nda-kedo in
Japanese conversation, Sekaino Nihongo Kyoiku (Journal of the
Language Institute of the Japan Foundation) 12: 223-237.
Coordinator: Mark Gibeau
Tsujimura, N., 1999. The handbook of Japanese linguistics.

Blackwell.

Japanese C (JPNS2014). Concurrent enrolment in, or previous
completion of, Spoken Japanese 4 (JPNS2013)
Backhouse, A. E., 1993. The Japanese Language: An

Introduction. Oxford University Press.
Syllabus:
(a) Grammar and vocabulary of written Japanese
(b) acquisition of further 300 kanji
(c) reading of Japanese texts
(d) composition
Proposed Assessment: Periodic quizzes (20 per cent), three short
essays (totaling 20 per cent), tutorial work (20 per cent) and a
three-hour final examination (40 per cent).
Japanese Grammar
JPNS2024 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 1
Contact Hours:
Coordinator: Dr Duckyoung Lee
Prerequisites: Successful completion of Written Japanese B
(JPNS1015) and Spoken Japanese 4 (JPNS2013) is required
to enroll in this course. Students may be exempted from this
prerequisite if they have passed the required level in the center
placement test, or have been permitted by the course director.
Those who have completed the Year-in-Japan program or those
who are eligible for admission to third-year level Japanese
language courses are not permitted to enroll in the course.
Syllabus: The course aims to provide a systematic treatment
of modern Japanese grammar for intermediate students of
the language. Lectures will include regular exercises, with
the objective of consolidating and extending students_
grammatical knowledge and proficiency. Some theoretical
aspects of Japanese grammar in spoken discourse will also be
discussed.
By the end of the course, successful learners will be expected to:
(a) have good knowledge of the system of the Japanese
language
(b) be able to produce and comprehend various types of
Japanese sentences/ expressions
(c) be able to discuss basic issues of Japanese grammar
(d) have good self-study skills for further study of Japanese.
Proposed Assessment: In-class quizzes (40 per cent) written
tests (55 per cent) and class performance (5 per cent) for
undergraduate students; In-class quizzes (30 per cent) written
tests (45 per cent) and essay (25 per cent) for postgraduate
students.
Preliminary Reading: Lee, D-Y (2006) Involvement and the
Japanese interactive particles ne and yo Journal of Pragmatics.
Shibatani, M., 1990. The Language of Japan. Cambridge

University Press.
Kuno, S., 1988. The Structure of Japanese Language. MIT Press.
Martin, S. E., 1975. A Reference Grammar of Japanese. Yale
University Press.
Advanced Japanese: Speech and Presentation

JPNS3005 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 1
Contact Hours: Three hours of classes per week
Japanese D (JPNS2015), or permission of coordinator
Note: Passes in JPNS2013 and JPNS2015 must be at credit level
or above.
Syllabus: This unit aims at develop an advanced competence
in the modern spoken language by focusing on speech making
and presentation skills. The course will be based on authentic
materials taken from Japanese media and film with a view to
exploring different styles of speech making.
Proposed Assessment: Class participation (10 per cent), 2 x
Speech Presentation (40 per cent), Debate (15 per cent) , Essay 1
(5 per cent), Essay 2 (10 per cent), Mid-term exam (15 per cent),
Final exam (30 per cent)
Advanced Japanese: Readings in Print and Electronic

Media
JPNS3007 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 2
Four hours per week over a nine week period
Japanese D (JPNS2015).
Note: Passes in JPNS2013 and JPNS2015 must be at credit level
or above.
Syllabus: Readings from Japanese newspapers, magazines
and other print media as well as internet sources, focusing on
contemporary social issues.
Proposed Assessment: Class participation (10 per cent), Speech
/ Presentation (30 per cent), Homework assignments (10 per
cent), Essay (10 per cent), Mid-term exam (15 per cent), Final
exam (25 per cent).
Prescribed Text: Web CT Site E-Materials will be available and
additional photocopied materials may be provided
391
Teaching Japanese: Content

JPNS3012 (6 units)
developing students research and bibliographic skills in

advanced studies in the humanities and social sciences.
Later Year Course

Semester 1
Proposed Assessment: Periodic assignment work (totaling 50

per cent); final exam (40 per cent) and self-assessment
(10 per cent).
Three class hours per week

Japanese Program / Japanese Linguistics Program
Prescribed Text: Materials will be selected after consultation

between the lecturer and each student.

Prerequisites: Completion of Year in Japan (JPNS3550 /
JPNS3500) or permission of coordinator
Readings in Japanese B
JPNS3019 (6 units)
Syllabus: This course focuses on the teaching of Japanese to

English-speaking learners from the viewpoint of the linguistic
and sociocultural content of Japanese language courses.
The broad areas of sound, writing, grammar, vocabulary and
discourse are surveyed from this perspective, with detailed
consideration of specific topics and analysis of learner errors.
Later Year Course
Proposed Assessment: Reports (20 per cent), Homework

Assignments (20 per cent), mid term (25 per cent) and end of
term exams (35 per cent), to be confirmed at first lecture
Prescribed Text
Backhouse, A.E., The Japanese Language: An Introduction ,
Oxford UP, 1993
Japanese - English Translation

JPNS3013 (6 units)
Semester 2
Japanese Program
Syllabus: The course draws on pre-modern, modern, or
contemporary materials, as appropriate, with a view to
(10 per cent).
Later Year Course

Semester 2
Coordinators: Mr Shun Ikeda, Dr Mark Gibeau
Prerequisites: Completion of Year in Japan (JPNS3550) or
permission of the Head of Centre
Syllabus: The aim of the course is to develop Japanese-English
and English-Japanese translation skills, to develop an awareness
of the issues which arise from the cultural and linguistic
differences between Japanese and English and to familiarise
students with available reference and technological resources.
Students will translate original Japanese and English texts
from a range of fields and genres, such as: literary, economic,
political, technical, and journalistic.
Proposed Assessment: Unseen Japanese to English Spot
Translations (10 per cent), Weekly Japanese to English
Partnered Translations (10 per cent), Unseen English to
Japanese Translations (10 per cent), Weekly Japanese to English
Translation Homework (10 per cent), 2 x Translation Projects (30
per cent), and a Final Take-Home Exam (30 per cent)
Preliminary Reading: Photocopied materials will be provided
Readings in Japanese C
JPNS3020 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 1
Japanese Program
Coordinator: Dr Carol Hsyes
(10 per cent).
Readings in Japanese D
JPNS3021 (6 units)
Readings in Japanese A
JPNS3018 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Later Year Course

Japanese Program
Semester 1
Japanese Program
Coordinator: Dr Carol Hayes
392
Semester 2


per cent); final exam (40 per cent) and self-assessment (10 per
cent).
Advanced Readings in Japanese History

JPNS3023 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 2
Coordinator: Shun Ikeda
Prerequisites: No background in Japanese history is expected or
required. However, students are required to fulfil the following
prerequisites:
Students who obtained D or above in at least one of the
Advanced Level Japanese Language Courses JPNS3005,
JPNS3006, JPNS3007 or JPNS3008, or permission of the Head
of Centre.
Students who have completed the Year in Japan Program.
Syllabus: This is a high level advanced language course (on the
same level as Seminar A and Japanese-English Translation; thus,
higher than the Advanced Japanese Language courses). It serves
three purposes. First, it serves as an intermediate stage between
advanced group language study and independent research.
Second, it allows students to familiarise themselves with key
concepts and issues of Japanese history. Third, it improves the
students ability to read Japanese historical texts.
Using history textbooks and popular history writings, which
are written in contemporary language, the course introduces
students to both the basic conceptual terminology in the field
of history, and to the major happenings in Japanese history
and how these relate to more recent social and political
issues. The topics may cover a variety of historical periods,
ranging from samurai to modern soldiers, from Japanese
creation myths to the foundation of the modern state, from
imperialism to nationalism, from Kabuki theatre to soccer in
contemporary Japan.
By the conclusion of the course, students should be familiar
with the appropriate Japanese language tools necessary for
Japanese history reading and for writing research essays in
Japanese.The specific topics offered in a given year will depend
on the lecturer(s) who will teach the course.
This course will be useful to students interested in history and
current Japanese social and political issues.
Proposed Assessment: Japanese Essay (20 per cent), JapaneseEnglish translation (25 per cent), Presentation of project (15 per
cent), Take home examination (30 per cent), Self-assessment (10
per cent)
Prescribed Text: course materials will be prepared by the lecturer
and available as handouts or as an e-Brick
Advanced Readings in Japanese Law

JPNS3024 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Note: Completion of JPNS3006 or JPNS3008 or permission of

the coordinator. Consultation with the lecturer is recommended
if students are in doubt to the appropriateness of their
background for taking this course
Syllabus: This course serves two purposes. First, it fills a role
as a Japanese language course between the advanced group
stage and the independent research stage. Second, it allows
substantive investigation into the discipline and issues of
Japanese law.
As a Japanese language course, it is primarily a readings course
focusing on improving the students ability to read Japanese
legal texts. The course will emphasise Japanese-English (wa-ei)
understanding and expression. Correspondingly, this course is
neither a spoken Japanese language course nor an EnglishJapanese translation course; though both formats will be
explored to the extent they develop the core goals. The course
will introduce students to basic Japanese language resources
available to assist in the reading and translating of Japanese
legal texts. The course will methodically and progressively
introduce the students to the basic Japanese legal materials, for
example, non-specialist coverage of legal issues, statutes and
regulations, case law, academic commentary, government policy
papers (hakusho), practitioners notes, and so forth. By the
conclusion of the course, the student should be familiar with
the Japanese language tools available to assist in Japanese legal
reading and translation, and the basic structure and vocabulary
of Japanese legal texts.
As a Japanese law disciplinary subject, this course will introduce
the students to a specific, current legal topic in Japan. The topic
will be determined by the students in consultation with the
lecturer. By investigating the matter from the primary sources,
students will develop a deep understanding of the issue and its
representation by different interested parties. This will prepare
students to be both critical readers and analysts. This course will
be useful to students interested in translation, current Japanese
societal issues, and legal careers involving Japan.
Proposed Assessment: (1) two short translations (50 per cent,
ie 25 per cent each), (2) one final translation (40 per cent), and
(3) classroom participation and preparation of in-class readings
(10 per cent)
Prescribed Text: The course materials will be prepared by the
lecturer and available as handouts or as an e-Brick
Japanese Seminar A
JPNS3102 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 1
Japanese Program
Coordinator: Peter Hendriks
Prerequisites: Year in Japan (JPNS3550)
Syllabus: Extensive reading in contemporary Japanese texts on
social, religious, historical, and cultural themes, and discussion
of issues raised. No English translation involved. Essays in
Japanese will be required.
Coordinator: Kent Anderson
Proposed Assessment: Two presentations (totalling 30 per cent),

two oral exams (totalling 30 per cent), two summaries of the
reading texts (totalling 20 per cent), a book review in Japanese
(10 per cent) and self-assessment (10 per cent).
Prerequisites: Permission of coordinator.
Prescribed Text: Photocopied materials will be provided.
Semester 1
393
Japanese Seminar B
JPNS3103 (6 units)
Modern Korean 1
KORE1020 (6 units)
Later Year Course
First Year Course
Semester 2
Semester 1
Five hours per week

Japanese Program
Coordinator: Dr Maliangkay
Coordinator: Meredith McKinney
Incompatible: with CHIK1020
Prerequisites: Year-in-Japan (JPNS3550)
Syllabus: This course introduces students to the basic structure

of modern spoken Korean and to its writing system, Hang l. It
lays the foundations for later Korean language courses.
Syllabus: Extensive reading in contemporary Japanese texts on

social, religious, historical, and cultural themes, and discussion
of issues raised. No English translation involved. Essays in
Japanese will be required.
Proposed Assessment: Two presentations (totaling 30 per cent),
two oral exams (totaling 30 per cent), two summaries of the
reading texts (totaling 20 per cent), an annotated bibliography
(10 per cent) and self-assessment (totaling 10 per cent).
Year in Japan (S)

JPNS3550 (24 units)
Later Year Course
Coordinators: Summer 2009 and Semester 1 Mark Gibeau/
Peter Hendriks; Semester 2 and Summer 2010 Mark Gibeau/
Shun Ikeda
Proposed Assessment: Two mid-term tests one written, one

oral (together 30 per cent), one final written exam (40 per
cent) and one final oral exam (30 per cent)
Prescribed Text: Young-Mee Cho, Hyo Sang Lee, Carol Schulz,
Ho-Min Sohn, Sung-Ock Sohn, Integrated Korean: Beginning 1
(Hawaiì University Press, ISBN 0-8248-2342-7); Carol Schulz,
Integrated Korean Workbook: Beginning 1 (ISBN 0-8248-21750); WEBCT materials.
Modern Korean 2
KORE1021 (6 units)
First Year Course
Semester 2
Five hours per week

48 units.
Prerequisites: Modern Korean 1 (KORE1020)
Not available to all students (consult with the course

coordinator, your academic advisor or the sub-dean regarding
eligibility)
Syllabus: This course further builds up beginning students

active and passive understanding of modern spoken Korean. By
the end of the course students will be able to conduct a simple
daily conversation and to find their way around in Korea.
Prerequisites: Permission of Head of Centre and the Coordinator.

Students who start their Japanese language studies with
Spoken Japanese 1 and Written Japanese A need to have
completed the Japanese language major, as well as at least six
courses in their non-language major in the Faculty of Asian
Studies. Students who start their Japanese language studies
with Spoken Japanese 3, Written Japanese C, or more advanced
courses need to have completed at least six courses in their
language major, and at least six courses in their non-language
major in the Faculty of Asian Studies.
Selection will be based on the students overall academic record
which must include a Credit or higher in all courses completed
as part of the Asian Studies degree. A Distinction average in all
Japanese language courses is desirable.
Syllabus: A combination of Japanese language study and
approved study in a discipline. This work will be undertaken in
Japan under arrangements made between ANU and a Japanese
university. Students will be required to write an academic essay
in Japanese, to be submitted upon return. Students will further
be interviewed about their essay and related materials.
Proposed Assessment: Students will be required to show
evidence of satisfactory progress at their host Japanese
institution/s and on return to Australia submit an academic
essay written in Japanese and pass an oral examination based
on their essay and related materials. Failure in any itemwill lead
to failure in the Year-in-Japan program.
394
Proposed Assessment: Two mid-term tests one written, one

oral (together 30 per cent), one final written exam (35 per
cent) and one final oral exam (35 per cent).
Integrated Korean Workbook: Beginning 1 (ISBN 0-8248-21750); WEBCT materials.
Modern Korean 3
KORE2521 (12 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 1
Seven hours per week
Coordinator: Dr Barraclough
Prerequisites: Modern Korean 2 (KORE1021). Students with
background spoken Korean may enrol in this course with the
Incompatible: with CHIK2009, KORE2009 and KORE2020
Syllabus: This course extends the students command of spoken
and written Korean and explains fundamentals of written
Korean grammar. While focusing on various themes relevant
to daily life, this course introduces basic functions in Korean;
including requesting, offering, thanking, apologising, asking for
and giving directions.
Proposed Assessment: Attendance and participation (10 per

cent), periodic testing (40 per cent), assignment work (20 per
cent) and a final examination (30 per cent).
Integrated Korean Workbook: Beginning 2 (ISBN 0-8248-21750); Choon-Hak Cho et al., Korean Reader for Chinese Characters
(University of Hawaiì Press, ISBN 0-8248-2499-7); WEBCT
materials.
Modern Korean 4
KORE2522 (12 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 2
Seven hours per week
Prerequisites: Modern Korean 3 (KORE2521). Students with
background spoken Korean may enrol in this course with the
Incompatible: with CHIK2010, KORE2010 and KORE2021
Syllabus: This course continues to raise the students
competence in speaking, reading and writing Korean through
the use of graded materials and systematic practice.
Integrated Korean Workbook: Beginning 2 (ISBN 0-8248-21750); Choon-Hak Cho et al., Korean Reader for Chinese Characters
(University of Hawaiì Press, ISBN 0-8248-2499-7); WEBCT
materials.
Korean Seminar A
KORE3009 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 1
Coordinator: Ms Jiyeon Cho
Prerequisites: Completion of Year in Korea (KORE3550), Year in
Korea FBS (KORE3552) or permission of the Coordinator.
Syllabus: This course continues to pursue more complex themes
in daily life, such as money matters, immigration, education and
employment, this course also provides a systematic practice of a
wide range of functions in Korean.
Prescribed Text: Selected readings on economic, political, legal,
cultural and other topics from newspapers and academic
journals. The selection of material to be studied each year will
take account of the needs of the students.
Proposed Assessment: Attendance (10 per cent), one seminar
presentation (25 per cent) and two essays (all in Korean)
(totalling 65 per cent).
Korean Seminar B
KORE3010 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 2
Coordinator: Ms Jiyeon Cho
Prerequisites: Completion of Year in Korea (KORE3550), Year in
Korea FBS (KORE3552) or permission of the Coordinator.
Syllabus: This course continues to pursue more complex themes
in daily life, such as money matters, immigration, education and
employment, this course also provides a systematic practice of a
wide range of functions in Korean.
Prescribed Text: Selected readings on economic, political, legal,
cultural and other topics from newspapers and academic
journals. The selection of material to be studied each year will
take account of the needs of the students.
Proposed Assessment: Attendance (10 per cent), one seminar
presentation (25 per cent) and two essays (all in Korean)
(totalling 65 per cent).
Modern Korean 5
KORE3012 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 1
competence in written Korean with a particular focus on
newspaper articles and academic writing.
Prescribed Text: Pong Ja Paik, Ji Young Kwak and Ji Hyoun Choi,
Korean Composition (Hawaiì University Press, ISBN 0-82482477-6); WEBCT materials.
Modern Korean 6
KORE3013 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 2
competence in written Korean with a particular focus on
newspaper articles and academic writing.
Prescribed Text: Pong Ja Paik, Ji Young Kwak and Ji Hyoun Choi,
Korean Composition (Hawaiì University Press, ISBN 0-82482477-6); WEBCT materials.
395
Practical Assignment In Korea

KORE3016 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 1, Semester 2, Spring and Summer Sessions
Coordinator: Roald Maliangkay/Ruth Barraclough
Prerequisites: Completion of Year in Korea (KORE3550) or Year
in Korea FBS (KORE3552) and permission of the Coordinator.
Syllabus: The course involves a ten week (6 units) placement
with a private sector organisation in the Republic of Korea.
During the placement, the student undertakes an agreed
project or duties that will provide experience in extending their
linguistic and cultural competence in an organisational context,
while learning about the operations of the organisation itself.
While in Korea the student will receive advice and direction
from a designated supervisor within the organisation and
a supervisor from the Faculty. Details of the project to be
undertaken will be agreed by the supervisors in consultation
with the student.
The aim is to give returning students from their Year in Korea
an opportunity to apply in a work environment their Korean
language skills and knowledge about the culture.
Proposed Assessment: A daily learning journal, maintained
by the student, reflecting on tasks undertaken within the
organisation and the knowledge and the skills acquired (50
per cent); plus an overall evaluation of the placement by the
coordinator, which will include reported performance in the
organization (50 per cent).
Intending students should apply to the Coordinator no less
than four months in advance. Placement will be subject to
availability of a hosting organisation in Korea.

KORE3017 (12 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 1, Semester 2, Spring and Summer Sessions
Coordinator: Dr Roald Maliangkay/Ruth Barraclough
Prerequisites: Completion of Year in Korea (KORE3550) or Year
in Korea FBS (KORE3552) and permission of the Coordinator.
Syllabus: The course involves a twenty week half-time
placement with a private sector organisation in the Republic
of Korea. During the placement, the student undertakes
an agreed project or duties that will provide experience in
extending their linguistic and cultural competence in an
organisational context, while learning about the operations of
the organisation itself. While in Korea the student will receive
advice and direction from a designated supervisor within the
organisation and a supervisor from the Faculty. Details of the
project to be undertaken will be agreed by the supervisors in
consultation with the student. The aim is to give returning
students from their Year in Korea an opportunity to apply in a
work environment their Korean language skills and knowledge
about the culture.
396

Proposed Assessment: A daily learning journal, maintained
by the student, reflecting on tasks undertaken within the
organisation and the knowledge and the skills acquired (50
per cent); plus an overall evaluation of the placement by the
coordinator, which will include reported performance in the
organization (50 per cent).
Intending students should apply to the Coordinator no less
than four months in advance. Placement will be subject to
availability of a hosting organisation in Korea.
Year in Korea Project

KORE3501 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 1, Semester 2
(Korean) degree
Prerequisites: Modern Korean 4 (KORE2010). Permission of Head
of Centre and the Coordinator.
Syllabus: A supervised work on the independent study
project prepared in Korea, leading to the writing of a report
approximately 5,000 words. It will involve writing a bibliography
and a literary review, special readings, the preparation and
delivery of a work-in-progress seminar, and the submission of
the report.
Proposed Assessment: Assessment is based on the quality of the
seminar (30 per cent) and the finalreport (70 per cent).
Year in Korea (Semester)

KORE3550 (24 units)
Later Year Course
Requires enrolment for two semesters, totalling 48 units.
(Korean) or Bachelor of Translation (Asian Region) degree
Coordinator: Dr Maliangkay/Dr Ruth Barraclough
Prerequisites: Modern Korean 4 (KORE2010). Permission of Head
of Centre and the Coordinator.
Syllabus: A combination of intensive Korean language study
and study through Korean in their field of specialisation. This
will be undertaken at a Korean university under arrangements
approved by the Dean of the Faculty.
Proposed Assessment: The setting up and management of a
web-based blog in Korean with updates posted twice monthly.
Students may prepare for a research project using Korean
material during the year. This can be written up as the six-unit
Year in Korea Project after their return to the ANU.
Year in Korea for Background Speakers (Semester)

KORE3552 (24 units)
Islander approaches to engaging and learning Oceania are

particularly highlighted.
Later Year Course

cent), Article and Film Review (20 per cent), Essay (20 per cent),
Group project (10 per cent), Final exam (30 per cent).

of Asian Studies (Korean)
Korean Program
Coordinator: Dr Roald Maliangkay/Ruth Barraclough
Prerequisites: Korean for Background Speakers C (KORE3014).
Permission of Head of Centre and the Coordinator
Syllabus: A years study in their field of specialisation through
Korean. This will be undertaken at a Korean university under
arrangements approved by the Dean of the Faculty. Students
may prepare for a research project using Korean material during
the year. This can be written up as the six unit Year in Korea
Project after their return to ANU.
Proposed Assessment: Advised separately as part of
preparatory brief.
Introduction to Melanesian Pidgins and Creoles

(PNG Tok Pisin, Solomon Islands Pijin and Vanuatu
Bis) PASI1010 (6 units)
First Year Course
Semester 1
Coordinator: Dr Ruth Saovana-Spriggs and Dr Katerina Teaiwa
Syllabus: An introductory course that provides students
basic understanding of Melanesian Pidgins widely spoken in
the Melanesian region. Its component includes: the history
of Pidgins; an introduction to the grammar of Pidgins;
Melanesians perspectives of social, political and economic
issues through literature, films, etc; and a practical aspect in the
use of the Pidgins.
Proposed Assessment: Attendance (10 per cent), participation
(10 per cent), translation of a major piece of work from English
to Tok Pisin (20 per cent), two grammar tests - 10 per cent each
(20 per cent), group project - group performance in Tok Pisin
(20 per cent), final exam (20 per cent)
Prescribed Text: Web CT based readings will be available as well
as directions to online Pacific resources.
Pacific Encounters: an Introduction to History &

Culture in Oceania
PASI2002 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 2
Contact Hours:
Coordinator: Katerina Teaiwa
Prerequisites: Nil
Assumed Knowledge: Nil
Syllabus: This course presents a broad overview of Pacific history
from first colonization to the present day. It seeks to provide an
understanding of the historical processes shaping contemporary
Pacific communities. Emphasis is placed on the cultural diversity
of the Pacific Islands, the dynamic nature of Pacific societies,
and the important role external influences have always played
in these communities.
cent), Two 2000-word essays (40 per cent), Final exam
(40 per cent).
Prescribed Text: A book of readings compiled by the course
coordinator. Supplementary materials will be handed out in
class and students are provided with a bibliography.
Themes in Contemporary Melanesia

PASI2003 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 1
Coordinator: Dr Matthew Allen and Dr Katerina Teaiwa
Learning Oceania: an Introduction to Pacific Studies

PASI2001 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 1
Contact Hours:
Coordinator: Katerina Teaiwa
Prerequisites: Nil
Assumed Knowledge: Nil
Syllabus: This course introduces students to the histories, key
terms and approaches shaping the dynamic field of Pacific
Studies. It outlines the ways in which Oceania has been
mapped, represented and approached in scholarly and popular
knowledge and emphasizes the complexity and diversity of this
region. It provides an introduction in particular to the ways
in which Australia and New Zealand interact with the Pacific
and a comparative lens on the position of Pacific Islander
communities within these two countries. Indigenous Pacific
Syllabus: The course provides an overview of the culture,

geography and contemporary history of the cultural region
known as Melanesia, with a particular focus on Papua
New Guinea, Solomon Islands, Vanuatu and Fiji, and with
reference to Papua and Timor Leste. It focuses on a critical
and multidisciplinary exploration of four key themes in
contemporary Melanesia: development, governance, conflict
and Australias engagements with the region. It aims to provide
students with an understanding of the key academic and policy
debates relating to these themes.
The course provides an overview of the culture, geography
and contemporary history of the cultural region known as
Melanesia, with a particular focus on Papua New Guinea,
Solomon Islands, Vanuatu and Fiji, and with reference to Papua
and Timor Leste. It focuses on a critical and multidisciplinary
exploration of four key themes in contemporary Melanesia:
397
development, governance, conflict and Australias engagements

with the region. It aims to provide students with an
understanding of the key academic and policy debates relating
to these themes.
transcription and analysis problem/s (30 per cent), final essay

[individual or group options] (30 per cent)
Proposed Assessment: Attendance (10 per cent), participation

(10 per cent), 1000 word film review or reaction paper (20 per
cent), course journal (20 per cent), 3000 word final essay (40
per cent)
Recommended Courses: PASI 1010 if you are doing the Pacific

Languages Major
On the Beach: Film and History in the Pacific

PASI2004 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 2
Coordinator: Dr Chris Ballard and Dr Katerina Teaiwa
Syllabus: Syllabus: This course explores the creative relationship
between history, film studies, and Pacific studies, and aims
to introduce students with a background in any one of these
disciplines to some of the exciting questions produced at
their intersection. Cinema has played a critical role during
the twentieth century in promoting stereotyped but highly
influential representations of the Pacific and of Pacific people.
The historical development of Pacific cinema is traced from
pre-cinematic forms of visual representation (drawings,
engravings and photography), through early colonial and
ethnographic film, to contemporary feature films and
documentaries. Particular emphasis is placed on the emergence
of an indigenous Pacific cinema, which challenges and subverts
representations of the region by outsiders.
Proposed Assessment: Presentation and contribution to tutorial
(10 per cent), video-link interview (10 per cent), 1000 word film
review (20 per cent), 1500 word essay (25 per cent), 2500 word
Languages of the Pacific

PASI2020 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 2
Coordinator: Prof Nick Evans and Dr Katerina Teaiwa
Syllabus: This course provides an introductory overview to the
languages of the Pacific, extending from Timor in the west
through the island of New Guinea out through Melanesia
into Pacific Polynesia. It deals equally with the Austronesian
languages which have arrived in the region some three
millennia ago and the many Papuan languages whose presence
in the region goes back much further in time and which are
geographically focussed on the island of New Guinea with
outliers in Timor, the Moluccas, and the Solomon Islands.
The emphasis is on giving an understanding of these very
diverse language structures, an appreciation of the astounding
linguistic diversity of the region (containing around a fifth
of the worlds languages), the cultural context of language
function and structure, and the continuities between traditional
languages and the emergent pidgins and creoles of the region
(eg Tok Pisin, Bislama, Solomons Pijin and Melayu Papua).
No previous exposure to linguistics or to Pacific languages is
assumed.
Proposed Assessment: Tutorial attendance (10 per cent), specific
language profile for one adopted language (30 per cent),
398
Preliminary Reading: Lynch, John. 1998. Pacific Languages: an

Introduction, University of Hawaii Press is recommended.
The Contemporary Pacific: Society, Politics and

Development
PASI3001 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 2
7-week intensive course
Coordinator: Dr Katerina Teaiwa
for advanced-level students
Syllabus: The South Pacific is a region of diverse and complex
island states. Its post-colonial history has been characterized
by both stability and turbulence at national, regional and local
levels. Pacific leaders have recently taken stock of the situation,
affirmed their commitment to maintain and strengthen cultural
identities, and endorsed improved regional cooperation as a
means toward effective governance, security and development.
Australias policy towards the countries of the South Pacific,
long supportive of their independence and economic
development, has moved to a more activist, interventionist
approach in light of recent conflict in Fiji, the Solomon Islands,
Tonga and elsewhere.
This course aims to enhance understanding of the challenges
and prospects facing the contemporary Pacific Islands region.
It particularly engages Pacific Island cultural approaches to the
current challenges. It is designed for students, development
practitioners and policy-makers alike.
Through a series of short lectures and seminars the course
examines the following topics and issues:
Peoples and cultures of Melanesia, Polynesia and Micronesia
Historical roots of the contemporary Pacific
Conflict, stability and development - cases from Papua New
Guinea, Solomon Islands, Fiji, Kiribati, Nauru, Vanuatu,
Tonga, and Samoa
Regionalism and the interests of external powers
Comparing Australia, Asia and New Zealands engagement
with the Pacific
Pacific Futures
Proposed Assessment:Reading Review 20 per cent, Film Review
20 per cent, Weekly Reflection Papers and Participation 20 per
cent, Research Project 40 per cent
Navigating the Pacific:

Mapping the study and research resources
PASI3006
Spring Session
Coordinator: Dr Katerina Teaiwa
Consent: Departmental consent is required to enrol in this
course
Syllabus: This course will provide students with the essential
skills for studying and researching Pacific Island topics. Students
will expand their existing information literacy skills for using

primary and secondary sources for Pacific research. The course
will be complimented by field trips to local institutions where
students will gain an understanding of the wide range of Pacific
collections, resources and record formats available in Australia
and the region.
Contact Hours: Three hours per week.
Proposed assessment: attendance (5 per cent), participation (10

per cent), information literacy questionnaire (5 per cent), field
trip report (10 per cent), annotated bibliography and critical
review (20 per cent), comparative analysis of source materials
(20 per cent), research proposal and presentation (30 per cent).
Introduction
(a) Further studies in the grammar of classical Sanskrit
RELS1003 (6 units)
First Year Course
Semester 2
Contact Hours: Two hours of lectures and one one-hour
tutorial a week.
Coordinator: Barbara Nelson

Prerequisites: Introductory Sanskrit A (SKRT1002 OR SWAS1002)
Incompatible: with SWAS1003
Syllabus:
(b) Reading of classical texts
(c) Living Sanskrit - conversation, chanting and singing
Proposed Assessment: Proposed Assessment: Three assignments
(at 15 per cent each), Open book exam (55 per cent).
Prescribed Text: Egenes, T., Introduction to Sanskrit vol. 1 and 2
The course will include classes delivered by video conferencing
from the University of Sydney.
Advanced Sanskrit A
SKRT2103 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Coordinator: Dr John Powers
Semester 1
Prerequisites: Nil
Contact Hours: Three hours a week
Incompatible: RELS1001 Religious Studies I
Syllabus: Textual and philosophical approaches to religion. An

introduction to Indian, Japanese, Tibetan, and Chinese religious
traditions. A discussion of Asian and Western views of religion
from a philosophical perspective. Religion and ideology in the
world today.
Prerequisites: Introductory Sanskrit B (SKRT1003 OR SWAS1003)
Proposed Assessment: Two examinations or essays (45 per cent

each), Tutorial performance (10 per cent).
Preliminary Reading: Powers, J. and Fieser, J., Scriptures of the
World Religions, McGraw Hill, 1997
Incompatible: SWAS2103
Syllabus: Study of Sanskrit grammar and reading of selections
from Sanskrit Literature.
Proposed Assessment: Three assignments (at 20 per cent each),
Open book exam (40 per cent)
Prescribed Text: Macdonnell, A., A Sanskrit Grammar.
Macdonnell, A., A Practical Sanskrit Dictionary.
Lanmans Sanskrit reader.
Introduction to Sanskrit A
SKRT1002 (6 units)
First Year Course
Advanced Sanskrit B
SKRT2104 (6 units)
Semester 1
Later Year Course
Contact Hours: Prospective students should contact the Asian

Studies Faculty Executive Officer or the Sub-dean, before
enrolling. Three hours per week.
Semester 2

Prerequisites: Nil
Syllabus:
(a) Grammar of classical Sanskrit
(b) Reading of easy classical texts
(c) Living Sanskrit - conversation, chanting and singing
Proposed Assessment: Three assignments (@15 per cent each),
Open book exam (55 per cent).
Prescribed Text: Egenes, T., Introduction to Sanskrit vol. 1
The course will include classes delivered by video conferencing
from the University of Sydney.
Contact Hours: Three hours of lectures a week.

Prerequisites: Introductory Sanskrit B (SKRT1003)
Incompatible: SWAS2104
Syllabus: Study of Sanskrit grammar and reading of selections
from Sanskrit Literature.
Proposed Assessment: Three assignments (at 15 per cent each),
Open book exam (55 per cent).
Prescribed Text: Macdonnell, A., A Sanskrit Grammar.
Macdonnell, A., A Practical Sanskrit Dictionary.
Lanmans Sanskrit reader.
Advanced Sanskrit C
SKRT2105 (6 units)
Introduction to Sanskrit B
SKRT1003 (6 units)
Later Year Course
First Year Course
Contact Hours:
Semester 2
Semester 1
399
Prerequisites: Introductory Sanskrit B (SKRT1003/SWAS1003)

Syllabus: Reading of selections from the Bhagavad Gita or a
Purana or a similar text
Proposed Assessment: Three assignments (50 per cent), exam(50
per cent)
This course is delivered with the cooperation of the University
of Sydney
Advanced Sanskrit D
SKRT2106 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 2
Contact Hours:
Prerequisites: Introductory Sanskrit B (SKRT1003/SWAS1003)
Incompatible: with SWA2103
Syllabus: Further study of Sanskrit grammar and reading of
selections from Sanskrit literature
Proposed Assessment: Three assignments (50 per cent), exam
(50 per cent)
This course is delivered with the cooperation of the University
of Sydney

SKRT2108 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 1
Assumed Knowledge: Two years study of Sanskrit taught in
the South Asia Centre, with at least a high credit result in the
second semester of the second year.
fortnight.
Assumed Knowledge: Two years study of Sanskrit taught in

the South Asia Centre, with at least a high credit result in the
second semester of the second year, or completeion of Readings
in South Asian Cultures with at least a high credit result.
fortnight.
Tetum 1A
TETM1002 (6 units)
First Year Course
Semester 1
60 hours of class time per Semester
Coordinator: TBA
It is recommended that students take the complimentary
non-language course, The Future of East Timor (ASIA2027), if
available.
Syllabus: The course will provide students with an introduction
to a communicative command of Tetum, with emphasis
on interactive use of the language in commonly occurring
situations.
Proposed Assessment: Four written tests during semester (20
per cent), vocab quizzes during semester (10 per cent), one
take-home written assignment (10 per cent), class performance
and participation (20 per cent), two oral examinations (40 per
cent).
This course is for students who have no substantial previous
study of Tetum.
Tetum 1B
TETM1003 (6 units)
First Year Course
Semester 2
60 hours of class time per Semester.

Coordinator: TBA
Syllabus: The course comprises some 60 contact hours of

classroom tuition over the 13 weeks of semester. Students
will be required to complete an additional 40 hours of study
outside the classroom. Tetum 1B aims, firstly, to give students
a more advanced spoken command of Tetum, with emphasis
(as in Tetum 1A) on interactive use of language in commonly
occurring situations, and secondly, to develop reading and
listening skills using a variety of texts.
Advanced Reading In South Asian Cultures

SKRT3108 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 2
Contact Hours: Fortnightly meetings with lecturers.
400
Prerequisites: Tetum 1A (TETM1002) or permission of

coordinator
Proposed Assessment: Four written tests during semester (20

per cent), vocab quizzes during semester (10 per cent), one
take-home written assignment (10 per cent), class performance

and participation (20 per cent), two oral examinations (40 per
cent).
Prescribed Text: Hull, Geoffrey,-- (accompanied by audio tapes).
Tetum 2A In-Country
TETM2002 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Summer Session
month or approximately 70 contact hours at Dili Institute of
Technology in Dili, East Timor. It is conducted in intensive mode
over three weeks of classes and one week of rural practicum
(held in about the third week). It is expected that the Summer
Session course will be run in January and the Winter Session
course in June and July.
Prerequisites: Tetum 1B or equivalent, or permission of
Coordinator.
Recommended: It is recommended that students take the
complimentary non-language course, The Future of East Timor
(ASIA2027), if available.
Syllabus: The three weeks of classes focus primarily on oral
communication, ranging from conversational to more formal
settings. This will include grammar and vocabulary, idiomatic
expressions, appropriate terms of address, strategies for
language learning in-country, pronunciation correction if
required, and language for meetings and presentations. Lessons
will mostly be conducted monolingually in Tetum. During
this period, it is intended that students will live with Tetumspeaking families in Dili.
During the one-week rural practicum, students will travel to
rural areas with students from the Dili Institute of Technology,
travelling on local transport, and staying with host families.
They will have the opportunity for a wide range of local
experiences, depending on their own interests and the local
environment. This could include visiting farms, schools, clinics,
churches, youth groups, and historical sites. They could listen to
good story-tellers, learn to cook traditional dishes, participate in
house-building, or attend local ceremonies if any are available.
The basic text for the course is Tetun Language Course by
Catharina Williams-van Klinken, Dili: Peace Corps East Timor,
2003. The course covers grammar, vocabulary and interactional
practice relating to the following topics, activities and
situations: health, causing, birth and death, emotions, dates and
invitations, taking care of yourself, farewells, education., work,
building, making appointments, meetings and administration.
The course will be taught under the direction of Dr Catharina
Williams, Language Unit Coordinator, Dili Institute of
Technology, with native-speaker teaching staff drawn from the
Language Unit of the Dili Institute of Technology, and with the
collaboration of ANU instructor in Tetum Ms Adelaide Lopes.
Before admission to the course, students will be advised that if
circumstances arise that are beyond the Universitys control (for
example: the onset of specific international security concerns,
or international health crises) it may not be possible for this
program to run or it may be terminated at short notice or
without notice. Students enter this program at their own risk.
cent), end of course oral examination (25 per cent), quick
quizzes (10 per cent), four written tests (20 per cent), field
assignment (20 per cent).
Preliminary Reading: Hull, Geoffrey, Mai Kolia Tetun. Sydney:
Caritas Australia and Australian Catholic Social Justice Council,
1999 Williams-van Klinken, Catharina with John Hajek and
Rachel Nordlinger, Tetun Dili: A Grammar of an East Timorese
Language. Canberra: Research School of Pacific and Asian
Studies, Australian National University, 2002
Tetum 2B In-Country
TETM2003 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Summer Session
month or approximately 70 contact hours at Dili Institute of
Technology in Dili, East Timor. It is conducted in intensive mode
over three weeks of classes and one week of rural practicum
(held in about the third week). It is expected that the Summer
Session course will be run in January and the Winter Session
course in June and July.
Prerequisites: TETM2002 Tetum 2A In-Country or permission of
coordinator.
Recommended: It is recommended that students take the
complimentary non-language course, The Future of East Timor
(ASIA2027), if available.
Syllabus: The three weeks of classes focus primarily on oral
communication, ranging from conversational to more formal
settings. This will include grammar and vocabulary, idiomatic
expressions, appropriate terms of address, strategies for
language learning in-country, pronunciation correction if
required, and language for meetings and presentations. Lessons
will mostly be conducted monolingually in Tetum. During
this period, it is intended that students will live with Tetumspeaking families in Dili.
During the one-week rural practicum, students will travel to
rural areas with students from the Dili Institute of Technology,
travelling on local transport, and staying with host families.
They will have the opportunity for a wide range of local
experiences, depending on their own interests and the local
environment. This could include visiting farms, schools, clinics,
churches, youth groups, and historical sites. They could listen to
good story-tellers, learn to cook traditional dishes, participate in
house-building, or attend local ceremonies if any are available.
The basic text for the course is Tetun Language Course by
Catharina Williams-van Klinken, Dili: Peace Corps East Timor,
2003. The course covers grammar, vocabulary and interactional
practice relating to the following topics: administration,
finance, family affairs and occasions, farming, animals and fish,
war and religion. The course introduces students to dialects and
specialist variants of Tetum, including liturgical Tetum, Tetum
Terik (and mountain Tetum), and journalistic Tetum.
The course will be taught under the direction of Dr Catharina
Williams, Language Unit Coordinator, Dili Institute of
Technology, with native-speaker teaching staff drawn from the
Language Unit of the Dili Institute of Technology, and with the
collaboration of ANU instructor in Tetum Ms Adelaide Lopes.
Before admission to the course, students will be advised that if
circumstances arise that are beyond the Universitys control (for
example: the onset of specific international security concerns,
401
or international health crises) it may not be possible for this

program to run or it may be terminated at short notice or
without notice. Students enter this program at their own risk.
cent), end of course oral examination (25 per cent), quick
quizzes (10 per cent), four written tests (20 per cent), field
assignment (20 per cent)
Preliminary Reading: Hull, Geoffrey and Lance Eccles, Tetum
Reference Grammar. Sydney: SASP, 2004 Williams-van Klinken,
Catharina with John Hajek and Rachel Nordlinger, Tetun Dili: A
Grammar of an East Timorese Language. Canberra: Research
School of Pacific and Asian Studies, Australian National
University, 2002
the spoken language and non-verbal communication. By the

completion of this unit it is expected that you will be able to
handle routine social situations and transactional needs with
increasing confidence and flexibility. The course will also include
the following topics:
a) Grammar and drills on speech patterns
b) Oral and written comprehension
c) Conversation practice
d) Further topics in the Thai reading and writing system
Proposed Assessment: Oral tests during the semester (40 per
cent), written assignments (30 per cent), written mid-semester
Thai 1A
THAI1002 (6 units)
First Year Course
Thai 1A: In-Country

THAI1004 (6 units)
Semester 1
First Year Course
Summer Session
Coordinator: Ms Chintana Sandilands
Contact Hours: The course will be taught over a period of

one month or approximately 70 contact hours in January and
February at Thammasat University, Bangkok, Thailand.
Prerequisites: Nil
Incompatible: with SEAT1002 and THAI1004
Syllabus: This course aims to develop your basic language
proficiency in spoken Thai. You will acquire basic proficiency in
a range of social situations and contexts relevant to your basic
survival needs. The course also aims to develop an awareness
of cultural norms and values in Thai society as well as an
understanding of cultural behaviour expressed in both the
spoken language and non-verbal communication. This unit
will provide you with the necessary language skills to be able
to communicate and understand simple personal information,
follow simple directions and take part in simple transactions .
The course will also introduce you to the following topics:

(a) Phonology

This course is for students who have no previous substantial
study of Thai.
(b) Drills on basic syntactic patterns
Incompatible: with Thai 1A (THAI1002)
(c) Elementary conversation
Syllabus: This course aims to develop your basic language

proficiency in spoken Thai. You will acquire basic proficiency in a
range of social situations and contexts relevant to basic survival
needs. The course also aims to develop an awareness of cultural
norms and values in Thai society as well as an understanding
of cultural behaviour expressed in both the spoken language
and non-verbal communication. This course will provide you
with the necessary language skills to be able to communicate
and understand simple personal information, follow simple
directions and take part in simple transactions. The course will
also introduce you to the Thai reading and writing system.
(d) Introduction to the Thai reading and writing system

Thai 1B
THAI1003 (6 units)
First Year Course
Proposed Assessment: Oral test during the course: 40 per

cent; Written assignments during the course: 20 per cent; Two
written exams: 40 per cent
Semester 2
Prerequisites: Thai 1A (THAI1002 OR SEAT1002) or Thai

1A:In-Country (THAI1004) or permission of coordinator
Incompatible: with SEAT1003
Syllabus: This course builds on the language and skills acquired
in Thai 1A and aims to develop communicative competence
in a greater range of social situations and contexts relevant
to your needs. The course also aims to further develop an
awareness of cultural norms and values in Thai society as well
as an understanding of cultural behaviour expressed in both
402
Thai 2A
THAI2002 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 1
Prerequisites: Thai 1B (THAI1003 OR SEAT1003) or permission of

coordinator

Syllabus: This course builds on the skills and language

learnt in Thai 1. You will be introduced to language and
grammar items of increasing complexity from those you were
introduced to in Thai 1B/fundamental Thai courses. You will be
encouraged to read and interpret texts appropriate for your
level of competence. The course also aims to increase your
vocabulary and your understanding of high frequency idiomatic
expressions as well as improving your ability to use these items
with greater flexibility in speech and writing.
Preliminary Reading: Review of readings in Thai 2A
In addition to the language-based input, we will also study

important Thai customs, aspects of Thai culture, points of view
of Thai people and the effect of these on Thai people and Thai
society in the past, the present and the future. This will give you
a greater understanding of Thai people and Thai society. The
course will also focus on the following activities:
(a) Grammar review and vocabulary study

(b) Intermediate conversation
(c) Reading of graded cultural texts
(d) Study of oral narrative
Thai 2B
THAI2003 (6 units)
Thai 3A
THAI3002 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 1
Prerequisites: Thai 2B (THAI2003 OR SEAT2003) or permission of
coordinator
Syllabus: This course aims to increase your language proficiency
in spoken and written Thai to an advanced level. You will be
introduced to a variety of written and spoken academic and
journalistic texts. The aim is to increase your understanding of
such texts and your ability to discuss the ideas presented in
these texts. At the same time you will become more familiar
with certain political, economic and social events that have
shaped Thailand and Thai society. Emphasis will be on your
understanding and ability to express your ideas with sufficient
structural and lexical accuracy in written and spoken discourse
derived from various sources. The course will also focus on the
following activities:
(a) Intensive reading of modern Thai texts
Later Year Course
(b) Thai discussions and debates
Semester 2
(c) Formal and informal styles
(d) Advanced composition

Prerequisites: Thai 2A (THAI2002 OR SEAT2002) or permission of
coordinator

Preliminary Reading: Review of readings in Thai 2A and 2B.
Syllabus: This course aims to introduce language and grammar

items of increasing complexity. You will be encouraged to
read, interpret and analyse readings appropriate for your
level of competence. The course also aims to improve your
vocabulary and your understanding of high frequency idiomatic
expressions as well as improving your ability to use these items
with greater flexibility in speech and writing.
In addition to the language-based input, we will study various

aspects of the ethnic groups in Thailand including their
language, customs, beliefs, way of life as well as their problems.
We will also study important Thai customs, aspects of Thai
culture, points of view of Thai people towards some ethnic
groups, policy formulation and implementation of the Thai
government towards some ethnic groups, government policy,
the effect of these on Thai people and Thai society in the past,
the present and the future as well as some contemporary
issues. This will give you a greater understanding of Thai people
and Thai society and will endeavour to provide inspiration for
learning about Thailand in this era of globalisation. The course
will also focus on the following activities:
(a) Reading of graded cultural texts

(b) Written composition
(c) Intermediate conversation and discussion
Modern Thai Prose

THAI3006 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 1
Prerequisites: Thai 3A (THAI3002)
Incompatible: SEAT3006, THAI3012 and former Thai 3C.
Syllabus: This advanced course, conducted entirely in Thai, aims
to familiarise the student with many forms of modern Thai
prose, its position and importance in modern Thai society, and
how different forms of prose are manifest in the Thai language
and cultural milieu. Students gain a practical knowledge of
several genres of modern Thai prose. They will also be able to
recognise and understand the work of key authors, popular
narratives and controversial issues in the modern era. Students
are expected to actively engage in critical discussions, and
to produce critical reviews of topics under consideration in
the course. The class will assist each participant to actively
403
develop their own views of modern Thai prose and its salience
in contemporary Thai society. The course will also include the
a) Critical reading of Thai modern fiction, newspaper selections
and other contemporary writing
Modern Thai Prose: In-Country

THAI3012 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Summer Session
c) Special reports on cultural topics
Contact Hours: The course will be taught over a period of

one month or approximately 70 contact hours in January and
February at Thammasat University, Bangkok, Thailand.
d) Advanced composition
Proposed Assessment: Assessment will be based on:

contribution to class discussion (20 per cent); written
assignments (30 per cent); oral presentation (25 per cent); final
essay (25 per cent). All assessment is conducted in the Thai
language.
Preliminary Reading: A short list of books will be assigned as
core readings.

b) Advanced conversation and discussion
Advanced Readings in Thai Language and Culture

THAI3008 (6 units)

Assumed Knowledge: Thai 3A (THAI3002 OR SEAT3002)
or equivalent.
Later Year Course
Incompatible: with THAI3006
Semester 2
Syllabus: This advanced course, conducted entirely in Thai, aims

to familiarise the student with many forms of modern Thai
prose, its position and importance in modern Thai society, and
how different forms of prose are manifest in the Thai language
and cultural milieu. Students gain a practical knowledge of
several genres of modern Thai prose. They will also be able to
recognise and understand the work of key authors, popular
narratives and controversial issues in the modern era. Students
are expected to actively engage in critical discussions, and
to produce critical reviews of topics under consideration in
the course. The class will assist each participant to actively
develop their own views of modern Thai prose and its salience
in contemporary Thai society. The course will also focus on the

Prerequisites: THAI3002 Thai 3A or permission of coordinator
(based on third year level proficiency in speaking and reading
the Thai language)
Syllabus: This course will provide students with an in-depth
knowledge of Thai language and culture including values,
beliefs and attitudes that are widely held in Thai society today.
The course will also enhance students Thai language skills. By
studying traditional Thai literature, students will increase their
understanding of the complexity of Thai culture. Topics covered
will include Thai values and attitudes in the spheres of politics,
economics, religion, and international and cross-cultural
relations, tracing these back to their social and historic roots.
Students will be expected to engage with parts of relevant
texts without necessarily having an in-depth knowledge of the
texts in their entirety. The themes which these texts illustrate
will form the basis for further discussion and further insight
into the character of contemporary Thai language, values
and beliefs. In addition, the course will introduce additional
sources of historical and contemporary materials, including
contemporary works from various Thai writings, cinema
and drama, traditional and modern Thai sayings, idioms and
proverbs.
Students will be introduced to a range of Thai literature, both
historical and contemporary, over the course of the semester.
(a) Critical reading of Thai modern fiction, newspaper selections

and other contemporary writing
(b) Advanced conversation and discussion
(c) Special reports on cultural topics
(d) Advanced composition
Proposed Assessment: Assessment will be based on:
contribution to class discussion (20 per cent); written
assignments (30 per cent); oral presentation (25 per cent); final
essay (25 per cent). All assessment is conducted in the Thai
language.
Preliminary Reading: A short list of books will be assigned as
core readings.
Proposed Assessment: Attendance and class participation 15 per

cent; weekly short written assignments 25 per cent; two class
presentations 10 per cent; translation into English 15 per cent;
minor project 15 per cent; major essay 20 per cent.
Year in Thailand Project

THAI3501 (6 units)
Preliminary Reading: Thailand: The Worldly Kingdom. Maurizio

Peleggi. The University of Chicago Press and Reaktion Books,
Chicago, USA. (2007).
Semester 1, Semester 2, Summer Session and Winter Session
Very Thai. Philip Cornwel-Smith. River Books Press, 396 Maharaj

Road, Tatien Bangkok, Thailand. (2007).
A History of Thailand. Chris Baker and Pasuk Phongpaichit.
Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK. (2005).
404
Later Year Course

of Asian Studies (Thai) or Bachelor of Translation (Asian Region)
degree.
Note: Students must have permission of coordinator prior to
departure on Year in Thailand
Prerequisites: Year in Thailand (THAI3550 OR SEAT3550)
(c) reading of Urdu prose and poetry.
Urdu 2B in-country is conducted in Urdu. The course would

also be of interest to Hindi students.

study project prepared in Thailand, and thus will be tailored to
the needs of individual students. It will involve a bibliography,
special readings and an extensive report written in Thai.
Proposed Assessment: Essay in Thai based on research carried
out in Thailand (70 per cent), regular oral tests (15 per cent),
oral exam (15 per cent).

written assignments 50 per cent, class participation 10 per cent.
Platts, J.T., A Dictionary of Urdu, Classical Hindi, and English,
Oxford University Press, 1968
Year in Thailand (S)

THAI3550 (24 units)
Urdu 2A
URDU2300 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Later Year Course
Semester 1
Semester 1, Semester 2, Summer Session and Winter Session
Four hours per week
Contact Hours: Requires enrolment for two semesters,

totalling 48 units

(Thai) or Bachelor of Translation (Asian Region) degree.
Prerequisites: HIND1200 Hindi 1B or equivalent (HIND1003 plus

HIND1007)) or HIND1009 Hindi 1B: in-country or permission of
coordinator
Incompatible: with URDU2006 and SWAU2006
Prerequisites: Thai 3A (THAI3002 OR SEAT3002) at high credit

level and permission of Program coordinator.
Syllabus: Syllabus:

Syllabus: A combination of intensive Thai language study,
approved Thai university courses in language/literature and in
a discipline, together with preparation for a study project. This
work will be undertaken in Thailand under arrangements made
between ANU and Thai universities.
(a) Instruction in reading and writing the Urdu script;

(b) development of advanced conversational skills in Urdu;
(c) advanced discussion of Urdu grammatical usage and
literary style;
(d) comprehension of lectures given in Urdu;
(c) reading of Urdu prose.

host institution. Subsidiary testing by Faculty may be required.
Urdu 2A is conducted in Urdu. The course would also be of

interest to Hindi students.
Urdu 2B: in-country

URDU2008 (6 units)

written assignments 50 per cent and class participation 10 per
cent.
Later Year Course

Spring Session
Consent: Enrolment in this course is by departmental
consent only
Prerequisites: URDU2300 Urdu 2A or equivalent (URDU2006
Urdu Prose) or permission of coordinator
Contact Hours: Urdu 2B in-country is an intensive course with
conversational focus taught in India three hours per day, five
days a week for four weeks in November and December.
Prescribed Text: Prescribed Text: Barz, R.K. and Yadav, Y.K., An

Introduction to Hindi and Urdu, Munshiram Manoharlal, New
Delhi, 2000
Recommended Text: Platts, J.T., A Dictionary of Urdu, Classical
Hindi, and English, Oxford University Press, 1968
Urdu 2B
URDU2400 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 2

Four hours per week
(a) Development of advanced conversational skills in Urdu;
Syllabus:
(c) advanced discussion of Urdu grammatical usage and literary

style;
(a) Development of advanced conversational skills in Urdu;

(c) advanced discussion of Urdu grammatical usage and
literary style;

Prerequisites: URDU2300 Urdu 2A or equivalent (URDU2006) or
Syllabus:

(c) reading of Urdu prose and poetry.

405
Urdu 2B is conducted in Urdu. The course would also be of

interest to Hindi students.
10 per cent.
Platts, J.T., A Dictionary of Urdu, Classical Hindi, and English,
Oxford University Press, 1968
Vietnamese 1A
VIET1002 (6 units)
First Year Course
Semester 1
Proposed Assessment: Attendance and class participation (10

per cent), Weekly assignments (totaling 20 per cent), Mid-term
exam (30 per cent), Final exam (30 per cent), Minor project (10
per cent).
Preliminary Reading: Hue, Nguyen Van (ed), Vietnamese as a
Second Language II (VSL 2), Giao Duc Publishing House, Ho Chi
Minh City, 2003
Ton-That Quynh-Du, Learning Vietnamese for Speakers of
English, Book 2 Dept Asian Languages and Studies, Monash
University, 1993
Thomson L Vietnamese grammar, University Hawaii Press, 1988
Prescribed Text: Nguyen, L., Clark, M. and Nguyen Bich Thuan,
Spoken Vietnamese for Beginners, Northern Illinois University
1994
Contact Hours: Six hours a week.
Vietnamese 1A: In-Country

VIET1006 (6 units)
Coordinator: Dr Bao Duy Thai
First Year Course
Prerequisites: None
Summer Session
Recommended: Ton-That Quynh-Du, Learning Vietnamese for

Speakers of English, Book 1 Dept Asian Languages and Studies,
Monash University, 1993

month or approximately 70 contact hours in central Vietnam
Thomson L., Vietnamese grammar, University Hawaii Press, 1988

Incompatible: with SEAV1002 and VIET1006
Syllabus: An introduction to contemporary spoken and written
Vietnamese. This course introduces the tones, essential syntax
and the writing system of the Vietnamese language. By working
through a series of graded and contextualised dialogues the
students will begin to develop reading, writing, listening and
speaking skills. The context of language use includes greetings,
the individual, the family, time and date. Attention is given to
the social and cultural context of language use.
per cent).
Prescribed Text: Hue, Nguyen Van (ed), Vietnamese as a Second
Language I (VSL 1), Giao Duc Publishing House, Ho Chi Minh
City, 2003
Nguyen, L., Clark, M., and Nguyen Bich Thuan, Spoken
Vietnamese for Beginners, Northern Illinois University, 1994
Vietnamese 1B
VIET1003 (6 units)
First Year Course
Semester 2
Contact Hours: Six class hours a week.
Prerequisites: Vietnamese 1A (VIET1002 OR SEAV1002) or
equivalent.
Incompatible: with SEAV1003
Syllabus: This course builds on the previous course, VIET1002.
It deals with the question of tense, usage of conjunctions and
more complex particles. The context of language use covers
comparisons, directions, distances and modes of transport, the
human body and basic health terms. Attention is given to the
social and cultural context of language use.
406

ENTER THIS PROGRAM AT THEIR OWN RISK
Coordinator: Dr Thai Duy Bao
Incompatible: with Vietnamese 1A (VIET1002)
competence in basic Vietnamese. After completing the course,
students will able to use basic Vietnamese appropriately,
command of the core vocabulary of Vietnamese that is
close to 1,000 of the very frequently used words in everyday
features of Vietnamese grammar
Proposed Assessment: Class performance, attendance
and participation (10 per cent); three tests (30 per cent);
mid-program written exam (15 per cent); mid-program oral
exam (15 per cent); final program written test (15 per cent);
project presentation (15 per cent).
Language I (VSL 1), College of Social Sciences and Humanities,
Vietnam National University- HCMC, 2003
Nguyen Bich Thuan, Marybeth Clark, Nguyen Long, Spoken
Vietnamese For Beginners, Northern Illinois University, 1994
Vietnamese 1B: In-Country

VIET1007 (6 units)
First Year Course
Summer Session
month or approximately 70 contact hours in central Vietnam.

Coordinator: Dr Thai Duy Bao
Preliminary Reading: Ton-That Quynh-Du, Learning Vietnamese

for Speakers of English, Book 3 Dept Asian Languages and
Studies, Monash University, 1994
Language III (VSL 3), College of Social Sciences and Humanities,
Nguyen Bich Thuan, Contemporary Vietnamese: An
Intermediate Text, Northern Illinois University, 1996

Incompatible: with Vietnamese 1B (VIET1003)
competence in basic Vietnamese. After completing the course,
students will able to use basic Vietnamese appropriately,
command of the core vocabulary of Vietnamese that is
close to 1,000 of the very frequently used words in everyday
features of Vietnamese grammar.
Proposed Assessment: Class performance, attendance
and participation (10 per cent); three tests (30 per cent);
mid-program written exam (15 per cent); mid-program oral
exam (15 per cent); final program written test (15 per cent);
project presentation (15 per cent)
Prescribed Text: Hue, Nguyen Van (ed), Vietnamese as a
Second Language I (VSL 1), ANU College of Social Sciences and
Humanities, Vietnam National University- HCMC, 2003
Nguyen Bich Thuan, Marybeth Clark, Nguyen Long, Spoken
Vietnamese For Beginners, Northern Illinois University, 1994
Vietnamese 2B
VIET2003 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 2
Prerequisites: Vietnamese 2A (VIET2002 OR SEAV2002)
Syllabus: This course is an intermediate level of Vietnamese
with an emphasis on active oral and writing skills. It focuses
on communicating in Vietnamese in the context of daily
life activities in Vietnam and places an emphasis on areas of
accommodation, travel, social customs and education. A reading
program forms an integral part of the syllabus.
per cent).
Prescribed Text: Nguyen Bich Thuan, Contemporary Vietnamese:
An Intermediate Text, Northern Illinois University, 1996
Hue, Nguyen Van (ed), Vietnamese as a Second Language
III (VSL 3), ANU College of Social Sciences and Humanities,
Vietnamese 3A
VIET3002 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Vietnamese 2A
VIET2002 (6 units)
Semester 1
Later Year Course
Semester 1
Prerequisites: Vietnamese 2B (VIET2003 OR SEAV2003)
Syllabus: The course focuses on language usage at an advanced

intermediate level in a number of selected settings directly
relevant to life in Vietnam. Contexts of language use include
aspects of life in Vietnam such as education system, family,
social institutions and tourism. A reading program including
selected writings by twentieth-century Vietnamese authors
forms a part of the course.
Prerequisites: Vietnamese 1B (VIET1003 OR SEAV1003)

or equivalent.
Syllabus: An intermediate level of Vietnamese with an emphasis
on active oral and writing skills. This course consolidates
and builds on the foundation set in the first year. It focuses
on active production of language in selected contexts to
promote active recall of vocabulary items and their usage in
the appropriate context using the correct grammatical form
in accordance with accepted conversational conventions. A
reading program forms a part of the course.
per cent).

per cent).
Language IV (VSL 4), College of Social Sciences and Humanities,
407
Phan Van Giuong, Modern Vietnamese, Stage Three, Victoria

University, 1996Phan Van Giuong, Modern Vietnamese, Stage
Four, Victoria University, 1996
Vietnamese for Nationals B

VIET3005 (6 units)
Vietnamese 3B
VIET3003 (6 units)
Semester 2
Later Year Course
Semester 2
Syllabus: This unit is designed for Vietnamese native speakers

who can speak the language but have no formal experience in
reading and writing Vietnamese. Students will be introduced
to Vietnamese grammar and syntax, and practice reading,
discussing and writing on academic themes.

Prerequisites: Vietnamese 3A (VIET3002 OR SEAV3002)
Syllabus: The course focuses on language usage at an advanced
intermediate level in a number of selected settings directly
relevant to life in Vietnam. Contexts of language use include
aspects of life in Vietnam such as culture, religion, social
institutions, recreation and sports. A speaking weekly program
forms a part of the course.
Later Year Course

Contact Hours:

per cent), weekly assignments (totalling 20 per cent), mid-term
exam (30 per cent), final exam (30 per cent), minor project (10
per cent)
Prescribed Text: Reading and Writing for Vietnamese Speakers,
University of Hawaii

per cent).
English - Vietnamese Translation

VIET3015 (6 units)

Language IV (VSL 4), College of Social Sciences and Humanities,
Semester 2
Later Year Course

Contact Hours: One lecture and one tutorial per week

Phan Van Giuong, Modern Vietnamese, Stage Three, Victoria

University, 1996
Syllabus: This course is to develop Vietnamese-English and

English-Vietnamese translation skills with particular reference
to specific fields relevant to participants professional
requirements. It is designed to familiarize students with
available reference and technological resources. It involves
regular written and oral tasks in the participants first language
and in Vietnamese. On completion of this course, the student
will be able to translate standard documents within their field
and begin to interpret in oral communication situations
Phan Van Giuong, Modern Vietnamese, Stage Four, Victoria

University, 1996
Vietnamese for Nationals A

VIET3004 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 1
Contact Hours:
Incompatible: with VIET1004/SEAV1004
Syllabus: This unit is designed for Vietnamese native speakers
who can speak the language but have no formal experience
in reading and writing Vietnamese. Students will familiarize
themselves with the writing system, tones, tone markings and
diacritics, and practice reading and writing.
Proposed Assessment: Short bi-weekly unseen translation/

interpretation tasks (30 per cent); translation into and from
Vietnamese (25 per cent); translation/interpretation project into
Vietnamese (15 per cent); final examination (30 per cent)
Preliminary Reading: To be advised
Year In Vietnam Project

VIET3501 (6 units)
Later Year Course

per cent), weekly assignments (totalling 20 per cent), mid-term
exam (30 per cent), final exam (30 per cent), minor project (10
per cent)
Prescribed Text: Reading and Writing for Vietnamese Speakers,

University of Hawaii
Note: Students must have permission of coordinator prior to

departure on Year in Vietnam

of Asian Studies (Vietnamese) or Bachelor of Translation (Asian
Region) degree.

Prerequisites: Year in Vietnam (VIET3550 OR VIET3500)
408

study project prepared in Vietnam, and thus will be tailored to
the needs of individual students. It will involve a report in one
of the students disciplines of approximately 6,000 words in
English using primary sources in Vietnamese and a bibliography.
Proposed Assessment: Satisfy assessment requirements of host
institution/s in Vietnam. Subsidiary testing by Faculty may be
required.
Year In Vietnam (S)

VIET3550 (24 units)
Later Year Course
Contact Hours: Requires enrolment for two semesters,
totalling 48 units
(Vietnamese) or Bachelor of Translation (Asian Region) degree
Vietnamese Program
Prerequisites: A high credit in Vietnamese 2A (VIET2002 OR
SEAV2002) and 2B (VIET2003 OR SEAV2003) and permission of
Program Coordinator.
Syllabus: February-June: intensive language course at a
Vietnamese university either in North or South Vietnam;
July-August: intensive language course or travel in Vietnam and
independent study; September-January: advanced language
study and lectures in the students discipline.
host institutions in Vietnam. Subsidiary testing by Faculty may
be required.
409
410
Chapter 4
ANU College of Business &
Economics
411

Contents
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413
Fields of study . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414
General information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414
The Schools
416
Accounting & Business Information Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416

Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416
Finance & Applied Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416
Management, Marketing & International Business . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
Programs
417
Associate Degree in Business . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417

Actuarial Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
Business Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418
Commerce . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419
Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422
Finance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423
International Business . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424
Social Sciences (Honours in Actuarial Studies & Economics) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426
Bachelor of Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427
College schedules
428
Schedule 1: List of College Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428

Schedule 2: Bachelor of Economics Electives Courses for the Second Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434
Schedule 3: Bachelor of Commerce Majors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434
Schedule 4: Bachelor of Finance Majors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435
Schedule A: Specialisations for the Bachelor of Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435
Course descriptions
436
Courses not offered . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463
412
ANU COLLEGE OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS
Dean: Professor K.A. Houghton, BCom Melb., MSc (Econ) Lond.,

PhD W.Aust., FCPA, FCA
Introduction
The objective of the ANU College of Business and Economics
is to advance knowledge through high quality teaching and
research in the closely related areas of accounting, actuarial
studies, business administration, business information
systems, econometrics, economic history, economics, finance,
international business, management, marketing and statistics.
It endeavours to do this through the provision of a range
of undergraduate and graduate programs, and through its
research, publications and contributions to the associated
professions, commerce, industry and government.
The undergraduate program includes the following bachelor
degrees:
Bachelor of Actuarial Studies at pass and honours level
Bachelor of Business Administration at pass and
honours level
Bachelor of Commerce at pass and honours level
Bachelor of Economics at pass and honours level
Bachelor of Finance at pass and honours level
Bachelor of International Business (with specialisations
in either Asia, Europe or the Middle East) at pass and
honours level
Bachelor of Social Sciences (Honours in Actuarial Studies
and Economics) - offered jointly with the National
University of Singapore (NUS)
Bachelor of Statistics at pass and honours level
The Actuarial Studies degree may be combined with degrees in
Commerce, Economics, Finance, Law, Science and Statistics.
The Commerce degree may be combined with degrees in
Actuarial Studies, Arts, Asian Studies, Economics, Engineering,
Information Technology, Law, Music, Science, Science (Forestry),
Science (Psychology), Software Engineering and Statistics.
The Economics degree may be combined with degrees in
Actuarial Studies, Arts, Asian Studies, Commerce, Engineering,
Finance, Information Technology, Law, Science, Science
(Forestry) Science (Psychology), and Statistics.
The Finance degree may be combined with degrees in Actuarial
Studies, Economics, Law, Science and Statistics.
The Statistics degree may be combined with degrees in Actuarial
Studies, Commerce, Economics and Finance.
The Bachelor of International Business, the Bachelor of Social
Sciences (Honours In Actuarial Studies and Economics), and
the Bachelor of Business Administration are not available in
combined degree format.
The Business and Economics degrees allow for substantial
choice and diversity in the selection of courses. Beyond the
minimum degree requirements, students have an opportunity to
pursue a wide range of elective courses and optional majors.
The Bachelor of Actuarial Studies is a specialist degree
combining studies in the areas of economics, finance, and
statistics.
The Bachelor of Business Administration aims to develop
students leadership and management skills. It focuses on
business communication, human resource and strategic
management, leadership, marketing and international business.
The Bachelor of Commerce degree focuses on accounting,

business information systems, corporate sustainability,
international business, finance, management and marketing.
The Bachelor of Economics degree focuses on economics as the
major discipline.
The Bachelor of Finance is a specialist degree focusing on the
study of financial instruments, institutions and markets. It
provides the opportunity to study the field of financial decisionmaking in more depth than within the finance major of the
Bachelor of Commerce degree program. Students may choose
to major in either quantitative finance or corporate finance and
investment management.
The Bachelor of International Business provides students with
a three-year sequence of specialist studies focusing on Asia,
Europe or the Middle East in which the study of international
business is complemented and enhanced through the study of a
related language and culture. The specialisations are offered in
conjunction with the Faculties of Asian Studies and Arts.
The Bachelor of Social Sciences (Honours in Actuarial Studies
and Economics) is a highly specialised four-year joint honours
program in Actuarial Studies and Economics offered in
conjunction with the National University of Singapore, with half
of the program undertaken on campus at ANU and the balance
of the program completed on campus at NUS in Singapore.
Entry is highly competitive, and is open to suitably qualified
domestic and international applicants.
The Bachelor of Statistics provides an opportunity for students
who are interested in quantitative disciplines to take subjects
from across the campus and requires students to develop strong
mathematical, computational and statistical skills. Students
may choose from six statistical specialisations including
Business, Mathematical or Financial Statistics, Econometrics,
Psychological Research Methods or Sociological Research
Methods.
The College aims to educate its students for a wide range of
careers including work as professional actuaries, economists,
bankers, financial managers, administrators, accountants,
econometricians, business and management analysts, marketers,
statisticians, fund managers, stock brokers, treasurers and
information systems professionals in the public and private
sectors of the economy. Through its teaching programs, it
seeks to develop in its students the ability to recognise and
solve problems, and to make policy recommendations and
management decisions. The College expects that its graduates
will become competent professionals in their fields of
employment once adequate experience has been obtained.
The degree programs have been designed to also enable
students to meet the educational requirements for entry to
the relevant professional associations including the Australian
Computer Society, Institute of Actuaries of Australia, CPA
Australia, The Institute of Chartered Accountants in Australia,
National Institute of Accountants, Chartered Institute of
Management Accountants, Finance and Treasury Association,
Statistical Society of Australia, and the Chartered Institute of
Company Secretaries.
Students who excel in the undergraduate program may
be invited to undertake an honours year, or may consider
progression to higher studies and research at graduate level.
413
Fields of study
Accounting is concerned with measurement, reporting and
evaluation of information, including computerised information,
which assists in the management of resources in business
entities and government organisations. The program aims to
develop the theory and practice of financial measurement for
both business and public entities.
The field of Actuarial studies combines studies in economics,
finance and statistics, to develop techniques and skills to assess,
evaluate and manage future financial risk and thereby address
a wide range of practical problems in long-term financial
planning and management.
Business information systems is concerned with the study of
business information and its production, flows and usage within
organisations. It encompasses both manual activities and those
involving any form of automation, particularly computing
and telecommunications. Courses in electronic commerce are
available as an extension of this subject area.
Business Administration involves study in the areas of business
communications, managing human resources, marketing,
international business, entrepreneurship and innovation,
leadership and strategic management.
Econometrics is concerned with economic measurement and
interpretation. The program aims to develop proper methods of
measuring economic relationships using economic data.
Statistics is concerned with a wide variety of data measurement

and interpretation across the range of natural and social
sciences. The program aims to develop a coherent body
of statistical theory and practices applicable to various
disciplineareas.
Other activities
The honours and graduate programs in each discipline cover
advanced theoretical and applied topics. They are designed to
equip graduates with research abilities as well as higher-level
professional expertise. The graduate work of the College also
involves the supervision of PhD candidates and the training of
research workers and future academic staff.
Research within the College is concerned with the advancement
of knowledge in its disciplines, in both theoretical and applied
areas, and covers a wide range of topics. College members
regularly contribute to leading academic and professional
journals, and publish books, monographs and working papers.
Members of College also provide specialist advice to business,
the Federal Government and its instrumentalities, and play an
active role in appropriate professional bodies.
The Australian National Centre for Audit and Assurance
Research (ANCAAR) is a focus for research concerning the audit
process and financial reporting and, in particular, improving the
quality of audit and assurance services and the role of the audit
process in capital markets.
Economic history involves a study of change over time in the

performance and structure of an economy. The program aims to
analyse economic problems in a long-run time and institutional
framework in a range of economies from underdeveloped
countries through to advanced developed countries and for
both free market and command systems.
The Centre for Actuarial Research is a focus for, and sponsors

activities related to, the examination and promotion of areas of
current actuarial research and interest.
Economics aims to provide students with an appreciation of

economic systems and an understanding of various economic
issues such as unemployment, inflation, resource allocation,
economic growth, income distribution and international trade.
Economics is the science of rational decision-making about
economic choices and behaviour, and the effective use of scarce
resources. The discipline involves a wide range of technical
and analytical skills in addition to institutional and factual
knowledge.
The College produces the journal Agenda in electronic form,

which publishes work of topical policy interest in economics
and finance.
Finance is concerned with the study of financial instruments,

institutions, markets and systems. It involves the study of
financial decision-making under uncertainty, which has many
applications such as in the fields of accounting, banking,
financial consulting and planning, funds management,
merchant banking, stock broking and treasury.
International business focuses on the principles and processes
of managing business in a global environment. Emphasis is
placed on international issues in the internal and external
environments of business and the management responses to
those issues in different country contexts.
Management is concerned with the study of the theories
and practices relevant to management in business and
organisational contexts including individual, group and
organisational behaviour, human resource management,
international management, leadership, strategy, managing
performance and managerial decision-making.
Marketing is concerned with the principles and practices
involved in addressing marketing management problems related
to the needs and wants of customers, and with the techniques
of planning and managing marketing strategies.
414
The National Centre for Information Systems Research (NCISR)

is a focus for research on business information systems and
e-commerce relevant to industry and government.
General information
Admission & restrictions on entry
Applicants for admission to a program leading to the degree
of Bachelor of Actuarial Studies, Bachelor of Business
Administration, Bachelor of Commerce, Bachelor of Economics,
Bachelor of Finance, Bachelor of International Business,
Bachelor of Social Sciences (Honours in Actuarial Studies and
Economics) or Bachelor of Statistics, including the associated
combined degrees, must satisfy the general requirements for
admission to the University and meet the competitive entry
level for the particular program. Applicants for the Actuarial
Studies degree programs, including the Bachelor of Social
Sciences (Honours in Actuarial Studies and Economics), and
the Bachelor of Statistics must also satisfy a mathematics
prerequisite as a requirement for admission. Applicants for the
Commerce, Economics, and International Business and Finance
degree programs are assumed to have achieved a satisfactory
level of knowledge of mathematics prior to admission. There is
no assumed knowledge required for the Bachelor of Business
Administration. There is a quota on entry to the ANU College
of Business and Economics. The College ranks applicants for
each program in order of academic merit and places are offered
to the most highly qualified. Information concerning program
approval and registration of enrolment is included with the
offer of admission.
Mathematics prerequisite & assumed knowledge

requirements
BActS, BSocScs(H) and BStats Applicants for the Actuarial
Studies, Social Sciences (Honours) and Statistics degree
programs must have achieved at least ACT Specialist
Mathematics Major /Minor (+160) or at least NSW HSC
Mathematics Extension 1 (Band E3) or equivalent.
BComm, BIntBus, BEc and BFin Applicants for the Commerce,
Economics, Finance and International Business degree programs
are assumed to have achieved a level of knowledge of
mathematics comparable to at least a major in Mathematical
Methods in the ACT, NSW HSC 2 unit Mathematics or
equivalent. Successful applicants for these degrees will not be
prevented from enrolling in the program if they do not have
the assumed level of knowledge in mathematics. However,
knowledge of mathematics, particularly calculus, is considered
desirable for successful study in the College. Candidates who do
not have this level of knowledge of mathematics may be at a
disadvantage in their studies and it is very strongly advised that
such applicants undertake a suitable bridging or preparation
course in mathematics prior to commencing study.
Further details concerning admission are given in the General
Information section of the Handbook.
Status
Applications for status may be considered under the following
categories:
studies successfully completed at a recognised institution of
higher education within the last ten years
cross-institutional study
exchange and study abroad programs
Summer programs.
Applications for status are considered on a case-by-case basis
and restrictions apply. Inquiries concerning status can be
directed to the College Office.
Arrangement of programs
The pass degrees consist of courses to the value of 144 units in
specified sequences. Full-time students normally take courses
with a total value of 48 units in each year. Usually, a semester
course in the College has a value of 6 units. The standard
pattern of full-time enrolment in College courses is four courses
each semester.
A major sequence of study consists of 36 units normally
comprising a sequence of six cognate courses. Further details
concerning the arrangement of programs are contained in the
General Information section at the front of this Handbook and
in the sections relating to each degree.
Enrolment/re-enrolment
A student must enrol/re-enrol in the manner and at the time
prescribed by the Registrar. Failure to do so may lead to the
imposition of conditions or fees, or cancellation of enrolment.
It is a students responsibility to ensure that she/he is correctly
enrolled. A student may not attempt an examination in, nor
receive a result in a course for which she/he is not properly
enrolled.
Leave of absence from a program

A student who wishes to temporarily suspend studies may apply
for leave of absence by completing an application for program
leave form obtainable from the College Office. The application
should include the reason(s) for the request. The application

must be lodged no later than the start of the period for which
leave is sought. Approval is not automatic and is not normally
granted for more than two semesters on an occasion, nor more
than four semesters in total. Periods of leave count towards
maximum time for completion of a program.
Examinations
The College may refuse to admit to an examination in a course
a student who has been repeatedly absent from classes or who
has not submitted prescribed work in the course. A student
must be available for the whole of the examination period. See
also the General Information section earlier in this Handbook.
Academic performance
All undergraduate students are subject to a minimum standard
of academic performance. Progress in courses and programs,
including combined programs, will be considered at the end
of each semester. Unsatisfactory performance may lead to
exclusion from a course, a program of study, or the College.
The criteria, as determined by the University are detailed in the
General Information section of this Handbook.

The program for the degree of bachelor with honours is a
four-year program for full-time students. During the first three
years students take the pass program and may take additional
honours work in the more important courses. Admission to
the fourth honours year depends on the achievement of a
sufficiently high standard, especially in the more important
courses, during the first three years of the program and is at the
discretion of the head of the relevant school and the College.
Students enrolled in the ANU College of Business and
Economics are not formally enrolled in the program for the
degree with honours until the fourth honours year except in
the Social Sciences program. Students hoping to undertake the
honours year should consult the ANU College of Business and
Economics Honours School Convenor early in their program for
advice on course selection and preparation for the honours year.
Pass degree students from other higher education institutions
may apply to undertake the honours degree.
The Social Sciences program is a specialist integrated honours
program with the honours preparation commencing in year 1
of the program - a description of this program is given later in
the Handbook.
Graduate study
The College offers a range of postgraduate programs at
certificate, diploma, master and doctor of philosophy level.
Details are contained in various information brochures
produced by the College and affiliated Graduate Programs
in Business Administration, Commerce, Economics, Finance,
and Statistics. Further information may be obtained from the
College Office, the College and ANU websites at http://cbe.anu.
edu.au and http://anu.edu.au
Professional accreditation
Students undertaking appropriate courses in degrees offered
by the College are recognised for professional accreditation
and/or exemptions from a number of professional associations
in the areas of actuarial studies, accounting, computing
and information systems, economics, finance, management
and statistics. A detailed brochure outlining the professional
accreditation requirements is available from the College Office.
415
Policies & procedures relating to students
Economics
The ANU College of Business and Economics has determined

a number of policies and procedures relating to studies in the
College. These are available from the Colleges website at http://
cbe.anu.edu.au
Martin Richardson, BA Otago, MEc ANU, PhD Princeton
Further information & contact details

Detailed information concerning the ANU College of Business
and Economics is available at its website. The ANU College of
Business and Economics Office is located on the first floor,
Copland Building (Room 1120, Building 24), Acton Campus.
Contact details are:
The ANU College of Business and Economics
Copland Building (Building 24)
Canberra ACT 0200 Australia
T: 02 6125 3807
F: 02 6125 0744
E: info.cbe@anu.edu.au
W: http://cbe.anu.edu.au
The Schools
The ANU College of Business and Economics comprises the
School of Accounting and Business Information Systems,
the School of Economics, the School of Finance and Applied
Statistics and the School of Management, Marketing and
International Business,
Accounting & Business Information Systems

Kerry Jacobs, BCom, MCom(Hons) Canty NZ, PhD Edin
Head of School and Professor of Accounting
The School of Accounting and Business Information Systems
offers major sequences of study in the areas of accounting
and business information systems. Courses offered by the
School may be taken in various combinations as part of the
degrees of Bachelor of Actuarial Studies, Bachelor of Business
Administration, Bachelor of Commerce, Bachelor of Economics,
Bachelor of Finance, Bachelor of International Business, and
Bachelor of Information Technology.
The courses taught in the School prepare students for careers
in a wide range of fields including business and commercial
development, public accounting, management accounting,
information management, taxation, financial accounting and
reporting, auditing, public sector accounting, and business and
management information systems.
Courses offered by the School of Accounting and Business
Information Systems enable students to satisfy the educational
requirements of a number of professional bodies including CPA
Australia, the Institute of Chartered Accountants in Australia,
the National Institute of Accountants and the Australian
Computer Society. Professional membership requires specified
sequences of courses. Students are advised to seek advice from
the College Office.
An honours degree program is available for students who
qualify. It includes advanced level coursework, research training
and a thesis, and may be undertaken in any of the major areas
of study in the School. The School has an active graduate
program and is a primary provider of teaching and supervision
of candidates in master and doctor of philosophy degrees.
416
Head of School and Professor of Economics

The School of Economics embraces the subject areas of
microeconomics, macroeconomics, economic history and
econometrics. It provides the backbone of economics teaching
at both undergraduate and graduate levels in ANU and, in
cooperation with economists located elsewhere in ANU, it is a
focus for the highest level of economic research activity and
training available in Australia.
The undergraduate economics courses are distinctive within
Australia for the high degree of analytical and problemsolving content and their structured progression from first to
third year. The courses seek to give students an appreciation
of the workings of the economic system: how individual
consumers and firms make decisions about consumption,
savings, investment and prices (microeconomics) and how
these decisions interact through markets to affect outcomes
such as interest rates, inflation and the exchange rate
(macroeconomics). Students have the opportunity to specialise
in particular areas such as applied microeconomics, labour
economics, international economics, econometrics and
economic history. Econometrics courses teach methods of
statistical analysis of economic data, designed to test economic
hypotheses and to forecast economic outcomes.
In its teaching program the School aims to provide students
with the ability to recognise and to solve economic problems,
to analyse and to make recommendations on economic policy,
and to make good management decisions. The courses offered
by the School contribute importantly to all College degrees and
form the basis of the Bachelor of Economics degree and, subject
to prerequisites, are available to students in all faculties of the
University who wish to gain an understanding of economic
behaviour and decision-making.
In addition to the Bachelor of Economics pass degree, the
School offers highly prestigious undergraduate honours
programs that provide higher level teaching in each of the
three years of the pass degree as well as intensive full-time
fourth year courses. Students who hold a strong economics
degree from another university may apply to be considered
for admission to the honours programs in Economics, Applied
Economics, and Economic History. The School also provides the
core teaching in the Universitys large and highly respected
PhD Program in Economics. The School has an active research
program leading to publications of books and articles in major
international journals and its staff are engaged in supervising
the research of candidates for PhD degrees both within the
school and throughout the University.
Finance & Applied Statistics

T. J. ONeill, BSc Adel, MS, PhD Stanford, AStat
Head of School and Professor of Applied Statistics
The School of Finance and Applied Statistics has primary
responsibility for the disciplines of actuarial studies, finance and
applied statistics. The undergraduate teaching responsibilities of
the School cover four main areas.
First, the School offers courses concerned with financial
institutions, markets and instruments; the valuation and use
of risky securities; portfolio theory, and the operation and
financing of modern businesses. The College offers a Bachelor of

Finance as well as the popular undergraduate major in finance
that is a core major in the Bachelor of Commerce. Finance
courses taught within the school include money, markets and
finance, corporate finance, investments, international financial
management and financial instruments and risk management.
In addition, the School offers a sequence of courses in
quantitative finance, and administers the Quantitative Finance
major which, in conjunction with the Corporate Finance and
Investment Management major, forms the core of the Bachelor
of Finance degree structure.
of multinational enterprises in the global context. The

management program aims to provide students with the
conceptual, analytical and practical skills to assist public
and private sector organizations address a range of complex
challenges. These include challenges of leadership, managing
for sustainability, strategic thinking, managing people and
problem-solving and decision-making. Marketing in the
School combines aspects of economics/commerce, psychology/
sociology and statistical analysis in the assessment of market
behaviour and the development of appropriate business
responses.
Second, the College offers an accredited Bachelor of Actuarial

Studies for which the School teaches the specialist actuarial
courses that form the core of the degree.
An honours degree program is available for students who

qualify. It includes advanced level coursework, research methods
and a thesis and may be undertaken in any of the major areas
of study in the School. The School has an active graduate
program and is a primary provider of teaching and supervision
for candidates in graduate diplomas, master and doctor of
philosophy degrees.
Third, the School is the focus within the College for the
Bachelor of Social Sciences (Honours in Actuarial Studies and
Economics). This is a unique four-year integrated joint honours
program in actuarial studies and economics, which is offered in
conjunction with the National University of Singapore. Students
undertake half of the program on campus at ANU and complete
the balance of the program on campus at NUS in Singapore.
The program incorporates specialist actuarial courses for
professional practice.
Fourth, the School is the focus within the University for the
Bachelor of Statistics for which the School teaches a host
of courses that form the core of the degree. The School
also operates closely with the ANU Colleges of Science and
offers courses in areas of statistics and mathematical finance
that are closely related to the cognate areas in science and
mathematics. These courses can be completed as majors in
either Mathematical Finance or Statistics within the Bachelor
of Science.
The School supervises undergraduate honours programs in
actuarial studies, finance and statistics. Students who excel in
these areas at pass level either at ANU or another university
may be considered for admission to an honours degree. Honours
students undertake a mix of coursework and research projects.
At the graduate level, the School is responsible for the
coursework teaching and supervision of students in the
University-wide Graduate Programs in Finance and Statistics.
Both programs offer degrees at the Graduate Certificate,
Master by coursework, MPhil and PhD level, including graduate
offerings in Actuarial Studies.
Management, Marketing & International

Business
Michael ODonnell, BA (Mod) Dublin, MA Westminister, PhD
UNSW
Head of School and Associate Professor
The School of Management, Marketing and International
Business offers a range of courses that may be taken as
components of the marketing, management and international
business majors or as electives in the undergraduate degrees
of the ANU College of Business and Economics: Bachelor of
Business Administration; Bachelor of Commerce; Bachelor of
Actuarial Studies; Bachelor of Economics; Bachelor of Finance;
and Bachelor of International Business.
International Business is a rapidly growing field of study
dealing with the development, management and strategy
Programs
Associate Degree in Business
See Chapter 10.
Actuarial Studies
(Academic Program: 3401 | Academic Plan: 3401XBACTS)
Minimum: 144 units
The degree Bachelor of Actuarial studies is offered through
the School of Finance and Applied Statistics. Up to fifteen of
the twenty-four courses in the three-year pass degree may
be accepted by the Institute of Actuaries of Australia to give
exemption from the eight Part I subjects of the examinations
for Fellowship of the Institute. Although a three-year pass
degree leading to the Bachelor of Actuarial Studies is available,
completion of Part II subjects examined by the Institute can
only be obtained by completing the four-year degree leading
to the Bachelor of Actuarial Studies (Honours) or by separate
graduate study. The program is highly prescribed. Interested
students should consult the Convener of the Actuarial Program
or the ANU College of Business and Economics.
The Bachelor of Actuarial Studies degree requires completion
of 144 units including:
1. At least 96 units taken from courses listed in Schedule 1 of
the ANU College of Business and Economics
2. Not more than 48 units at 1000 level
3. The following compulsory courses:
(a) ECON1101 Microeconomics
(b) ECON1102 Macroeconomics 1 or
ECON1100 Economics 1 (H)
(c) ECON2102/2112 Macroeconomics 2 [(P)/ (H)
(d) BUSN1001 Business Reporting and Analysis
417
Degree structure
Typical full-time program pattern: Actuarial Studies meeting IAA Part 1 and II requirements
Semester 1
Semester 2
Year 1
(48 units)
BUSN1001 Business Reporting and Analysis

MATH1115 Mathematics and Applications 1 Honours
FINM1001 Money, Markets and Finance
FINM2001 Corporate Finance

STAT2001 Introductory Mathematical Statistics
Elective (6u)
Year 2
(48 units)
STAT2008 Regression Modelling

STAT2032 Financial Mathematics
STAT3004 Stochastic Modelling
Elective (6u)
STAT3032 Survival Models
FINM2002 Financial Instruments and Risk Management
Elective (6u)
Year 3
(48 units)
FINM3001 Investments
FINM3003 Continuous Time Finance
STAT3035 Risk Theory
STAT3037 Life Contingencies
STAT3036 Credibility Theory

STAT3038 Actuarial Techniques
Elective (6u)
Elective (6u)
Year 4 Honours
(48 units)
ACST4004F Actuarial Studies IV Honours
(e) The professional courses consisting of:

(i) STAT2032 Financial Mathematics
(ii) STAT3032 Survival Models
(iii) STAT3035 Risk Theory
(iv) STAT3036 Credibility Theory
(v) STAT3037 Life Contingencies
(vi) STAT3038 Actuarial Techniques
(f) The following courses:

(i) STAT2001 Introductory Mathematical Statistics
(ii) STAT2008 Regression Modelling
(iii) STAT3004 Stochastic Modelling.

Students may proceed to the fourth honours year in Actuarial
Studies. Entry to the honours year program is subject to an
appropriately high average grade (generally distinction level or
above) in the 3000-level compulsory subjects described in the
course listings and requires the approval of the School. Other
conditions may also apply. Students who are interested in the
honours program should seek further advice from the Convenor
of the Actuarial Program in the School of Finance and Applied
Statistics.
Business Administration
(Academic Program: 3410 | Academic Plan: 3410xBBA)
Minimum: 144 units
The Bachelor of Business Administration aims to develop
students leadership and management skills. The degree
places emphasis on problem-solving and decision-making,
leadership, cross-cultural communications and strategic
thinking. It provides students with the leadership capabilities to
springboard their careers in either the private or public sectors.
The degree develops leadership and management skills
through a range of core courses in business communications,
managing human resources, marketing, international business,
entrepreneurship and innovation, leadership and strategic
418
management. Students may also choose to major in accounting,

finance, marketing, international business or corporate
sustainability. Studies from other areas of the university may
also be included in the program.
The Bachelor of Business Administration requires the
completion of 144 units including:
2. Not more than 60 units at 1000-level with not more than
12 of these units from courses not listed in Schedule 1
(a) BUSN1001 Business Reporting and Analysis
(b) ECON1101 Microeconomics 1
(c) ECON1102 Macroeconomics 1
(d) MGMT1001 Business Skills
(e) MGMT3021 Leadership
4. At least one of the following courses:
(a) MGMT2003 Business Decision Making
(b) STAT1009 Business Statistics
(c) STAT1008 Quantitative Research Methods
4. A sequence of study in Business Administration of at least
36 units consisting of:
(a) MGMT1003 Management, People and Organisations
(b) MKTG2004 Marketing
(c) BUSI2025 International Business
(d) MGMT2030 Human Resource Management & Strategy
(e) MGMT3015 Corporate Strategy
(f) MGMT3027 Entrepreneurship and Innovation

Students who excel in the pass degree may be invited to
undertake an honours year. The honours year provides advanced
research training in the fields of management, marketing,
international business, or corporate sustainability. Students
who are interested in the honours program should consult the
Honours Coordinator in the School
Degree structure
Typical full-time program pattern Business Administration
Semester 1
Semester 2
Year 1
48 units)
MGMT1001 Business Skills
Elective (6u)
MGMT2003 Business Decision Making
MGMT1003 Management People and Organisation
Elective (6u)
Year 2
(48 units)
MGMT2030 Human Resource Management and Strategy

MKTG2004 Marketing
Elective (6u)
Elective (6u)

College Elective (6u)
Elective (6u)
Elective (6u)
Year 3
(48 units)
MGMT3021 Leadership
MGMT3051 Corporate Strategy
College Elective (6u)
Elective (6u)
MGMT3027 Entrepreneurship & Innovation

College Elective l (6u)
Elective (6u)
Elective (6u)
Commerce
(Academic Program: 3400 | Academic Plan: 3400XBCOM)
The Bachelor of Commerce program requires completion of

144 units including:

Minimum: 144 units
The Bachelor of Commerce offers significant flexibility and
diversity in student choice. Students can complete specialist
sequences in a wide variety of business-related fields in
addition to studies from elsewhere in the University. Students
are required to complete 144 units typically comprised of 24
semester length courses each worth 6 units. Full-time students
normally take 4 courses each semester. Within the degree
structure, there are three basic components.
First, students complete a set of core courses comprising
one-fourth of the degree. These core courses provide the
foundations of the degree and subsequent studies build upon
this knowledge. Core courses are generally taken during the
first year of study and cover business reporting, financial and
management accounting, commercial law, economics, finance,
information systems and management, and quantitative
methods and techniques.
The second component involves one or more major(s) in the
students chosen area of specialisation. A major consists of
a sequence of related courses taken over three years of the
degree that build upon the core courses. The major(s) can be
taken from accounting, business information systems, corporate
sustainability, finance, international business, management or
marketing.
The third component involves elective courses to complete the
remaining units in the degree. For most students, the elective
component represents around one-third of their degree.
Some students opt to undertake a further specialist major as
part of the elective component. The elective component may
include further courses from the ANU College of Business
and Economics and/or courses from another College such as
language, arts or science-related courses.
Professional accreditation: students who intend to seek
membership of CPA Australia, the Institute of Chartered
Accountants in Australia or the Australian Computer Society
are required to complete specified professional sequences of
courses. Further information is available from the College office.

(c) ECON1102 Macroeconomics 1 or
(d) STAT1008 Quantitative Research Methods
4. At least two of the following courses:
(a) BUSN1002 Accounting Processes and Systems
(b) INFS1001 Business Information Systems
(c) BUSN1101 Introduction to Commercial Law
(d) FINM1001 Money, Markets and Finance
(e) MGMT1003 Management, People and Organisations
5. At least one major taken from Schedule 3 of the
College (See List of Majors under the heading Majors or
Specialisations).
6. In the combined degree program Bachelor of Commerce/
Bachelor of Laws, the requirement in paragraph 4(c) is not
available.
Bachelor of Information Technology the major in Business
Information Systems cannot be taken in satisfying the
requirements of paragraph 5.
Bachelor of Software Engineering, the major in Business
Information Systems cannot be used in satisfying the
requirements of paragraph 5.
9. In the combined degree program Bachelor of Actuarial
Studies/Bachelor of Commerce, an exemption is given from
the requirement in paragraph 3(d).

Students who achieve very good results in their first three years
of the degree may be invited to join the Honours Program.
The Honours Program is an intensive two-semester program
taken in a fourth year leading to the award Bachelor of
419
Commerce (Honours). The program extends the undergraduate

material and focuses on highly complex, analytical and
practical problems. Students undertake a program of advanced
coursework and a research thesis. Classes in the Honours
Program are small due to its high standard for entry. Students
have the opportunity to compete for a range of scholarships,
prizes and internships. Students from other universities are also

able to join the Honours Program after completing the pass
degree requirements in their own institutions.
Students who intend to proceed to the degree of Bachelor
of Commerce with Honours should consult the Honours
Coordinator in the school for advice.
Degree structures
Typical full-time program pattern: Commerce with a major in Accounting and meeting professional accounting requirements
Semester 1
Semester 2
Year 1
(48 units)
BUSN1002 Accounting Processes and Systems
BUSN1101 Introduction to Commercial Law
Elective (6u)
Year 2
(48 units)
BUSN2015 Company Accounting

BUSN2101 Law of Business Entities
Elective - Schedule 1 - 2000/3000 level (6u)
Elective (6u)
BUSN2011 Management Accounting

INFS2005 Accounting Information Systems
Elective (6u)
Year 3
(48 units)
BUSN3001 Accounting Theory

BUSN3014 Principles of Tax Law
Elective (6u)
Elective (6u)
BUSN3002 Auditing
Accounting major elective (6u)*
Elective (6u)
Note:
1. At least one of the courses BUSN3003 (Advanced Management Accounting), BUSN3006 (Public Sector Accounting), BUSN3008 (Financial Reporting by Corporations) or
BUSN3017 (Corporate Social Responsibility, Accountability, and Reporting) must be included as part of the major in accounting.
Typical full-time program pattern: Commerce with a major in Business Information Systems, satisfying professional level requirements
of the Australian Computer Society
Semester 1
Semester 2
Year 1
(48 units)
COMP1100 Introduction to Programming and Algorithms
INFS1001Business Information Systems
Elective (6u)
Year 2
(48 units)
INFS2024 Information Systems Analysis

Elective (6u)
INFS2004 Electronic Business

Elective (6u)
Elective (6u)
Year 3
(48 units)
INFS3024 Information Systems Management

Elective (6u)
INFS3059 Project Management and Information Systems

INFS3002 Enterprise Systems in Business
Elective (6u)
Elective (6u)
Note:
1. The electives must include at least two of the following first-year courses from the ANU College of Business and Economics: BUSN1002 Accounting Processes and Systems,
BUSN1101 Introduction to Commercial Law, INFS1001 Business Information Systems, FINM1001 Money, Markets and Finance, MGMT1003 Management, People and
Organisations.
2. To satisfy requirements for Professional level accreditation with the Australian Computer Society a minimum of 8 information systems courses (48 units) are required,
including INFS1001, COMP1100, COMP2400, INFS2004, INFS2024, INFS3059, INFS3024 plus one of COMP2410, COMP3410, COMP3420, INFS3002, INFS2005.
Typical full-time program pattern: Commerce with a major in Corporate Sustainability

Semester 1
Semester 2
Year 1
(48 units)
Commerce Core Elective)
Commerce Core Elective
Elective (6u)
Elective (6u)
Year 2
(48 units)
MGMT2001 Corporate Sustainability

Elective (6u)
MKTG2002 Sustainable Marketing

BUSN3017 Corporate Social Responsibility Accountability and
Reporting
Elective (6u)
Year 3
(48 units)
Corporate Sustainability major elective (6u)

Elective (6u)
Elective (6u)
Corporate Sustainability major elective (6u)

Elective (6u)
Elective (6u)
Note:
Organisations.
420
Typical full-time program pattern: Commerce with a major in Finance

Semester 1
Semester 2
Year 1
(48 units)
Elective (6u)
Elective (6u)
Year 2
(48 units)

Elective (6u)
Elective (6u)

Elective (6u)
Year 3
(48 units)
Elective (6u)
FINM3002 International Financial Management

Elective (6u)
Elective (6u)
Note:
Organisations.
Typical full-time program pattern: Commerce with a major in International Business

Semester 1
Semester 2
Year 1
(48 units)
Commerce Core Elective (6u)
Elective (6u)
Year 2
(48 units)
BUSI2023 Dynamics of Asian Business or International Business

Elective
Elective (6u)
BUSI2034 Dynamics of European Business or BUSI2024

Dynamics of Business in the Middle East or International
Business Elective
Elective (6u)
Elective (6u)
Year 3
(48 units)
BUSI3020 International Strategic Management

MGMT3025 International Human Resource Management
Elective (6u)
Elective (6u)
International Business major elective

Elective (6u)
Elective (6u)
Note:
Organisations.
2. The international business major electives must include two of BUSI2023 Dynamics of Asian Business, BUSI2034 Dynamics of European Business, BUSI2024 Dynamics of
Business in the Middle East, BUSI3024 International Marketing, BUSI2027 Development of Modern Business, MGMT3025 International Human Resource Management,
BUSI3030 International Logistics, BUSI3028 Business in China or FINM3002 International Financial Management.
Typical full-time program pattern: Commerce with a major in Management

Semester 1
Semester 2
Year 1
(48 units)
MGMT1003 Management, People and Organisations
Elective (6u)
Year 2
(48 units)

Elective (6u)
Management Major Elective (6u)

Elective (6u)
Elective (6u)
Year 3
(48 units)

Elective (6u)
Elective (6u)
MGMT3027 Entrepreneurship and Innovation

Management major elective (6u)
Elective (6u)
Elective (6u)
Note:
Organisations.
2. The management major elective must include one of, MGMT2001 Corporate Sustainability, MGMT2002 Employment Relations, MGMT2007 Organisational Behaviour,
MGMT2030 Human Resource Management and Strategy, MGMT2035 Managing Organisational Change, MGMT3002 Techniques for Project Management, MGMT3016 Business
Ethics, MGMT3021 Leadership, BUSI3025 International Human Resource Management, MGMT3027 Entrepreneurship and Innovation, ECON2009/2059 Labour Economics and
Industrial Relations (P) & (H).
421
Typical full-time program pattern: Commerce with a major in Marketing

Semester 1
Semester 2
Year 1
(48 units)
Elective (6u)
MKTG2031 Consumer Behaviour

Commerce Core Elective
MKTG2004 Marketing
Year 2
(48 units)
MKTG2001 Marketing Research

Elective (6u)
Elective (6u)
Management Major Elective (6u)

BComm Compulsory major (6u)
Elective (6u)
Year 3
(48 units)
Marketing major elective (6u)

Elective (6u)
Elective (6u)
MKTG3023 Strategic Marketing

Elective (6u)
Elective (6u)
Note:
Organisations.
2. The marketing major elective must include one of MKTG2003 Statistical Marketing Research Methods, MKTG2033 Advertising, MKTG3024 Social Marketing, MKTG3024
International Marketing, MGMT3027 Entrepreneurship and Innovation, STAT3005 Advanced Marketing Research Methods.
Economics
The degree consists of four components:
(Academic Program: 3200 | Academic Plan: 3200XBECON)
Economics sequence
Second sequence
Minimum: 144 units
Economic history requirement
Electives.
The Bachelor of Economics degree offers students rigorous

training in the analytic tools of economics, and the opportunity
to apply these to a wide variety of economic issues. It is an
intellectually challenging degree that develops powers of logical
analysis. It offers insight into the ways in which businesses
are structured and compete, the ways in which households
and individuals make decisions and interact, and the role of
government in providing public goods and regulating the
market sector.
The Economics degree at ANU is widely regarded as one of the

very best in Australia and its graduates are much in demand
from government and business employers. The three-year
degree is built around two sequences that run through all
years in the degree. The core economics sequence consists of
semester length microeconomics and macroeconomics courses
in each of the three years. The second sequence consists of
two semester courses in quantitative methods in the first year,
a course in econometrics normally taken at second year and
three elective courses drawn from a list of optional semester
courses. These courses provide a wide variety of applications of
economic analysis.
The two sequences aim to give students an appreciation of the
operation of the economic system and an understanding of
a variety of issues of economic policy importance. Examples
include problems of unemployment and inflation, the impact
of monopoly power and regulation, the impact of foreign trade,
and public intervention to deal with problems of environmental
pollution. The core courses emphasise an analytical approach
to the discipline. Graduates will possess a solid theoretical
background as well as a capacity to apply those economic
concepts to numerous issues.
The degree requires students to complete 144 units of courses
typically taken over three years of equivalent full-time study.
Generally, a semester length course carries a value of six
units and, therefore, the degree requires completion of 24
such courses based on a pattern of four courses per full-time
semester.
422
The Bachelor of Economics degree requires completion of 144

units including:
1. At least 96 units taken from courses listed in Schedule 1
of the ANU College of Business and Economics
2. Not more than 48 units at 1000-level
3. The compulsory sequence in economics comprising:
(a) ECON1101 Microeconomics 1
(b) ECON1102 Macroeconomics 1 or
(c) ECON2101/2111Microeconomics 2 [(P) or (H)]
(d) ECON2102/2112 Macroeconomics 2 [(P) or (H)]
(e) ECON3101Microeconomics 3
(f) ECON3102 Macroeconomics 3
4. The second compulsory sequence comprising:
(a) EMET1001 Foundations of Economic and Financial
Models
(b) STAT1008 Quantitative Research Methods
(c) EMET2007 Econometric Methods
(d) Courses from Schedule 2 to a total value of at least
18 units
5. An approved course in the subject of Economic History from
Schedule 1of a value of at least 6 units.
6. In the Bachelor of Economics degree program, STAT2008
Regression Modelling cannot be taken in satisfying the
requirement in 4(c)
7. In the combined degree Bachelor of Actuarial Studies/
Bachelor of Economics, an exemption is given from the
requirement of paragraphs 4(a) and (b).
Degree structure
Typical full-time program pattern: Economics
Semester 1
Semester 2
Year 1
(48 units)
Electives (6u)
Electives (6u)
Electives (6u)
Electives (6u)
Year 2
(48 units)
EMET2007 Econometric Methods
Electives (6u)
Electives (6u)
Electives (6u)
Electives (6u)
Electives (6u)
Year 3
(48 units)
Electives (6u)
Electives (6u)
Electives (6u)
Electives (6u)
Electives (6u)
Electives (6u)
Note: The elective courses must include:

At least 18 units from Schedule 2
At least 6 units in Economic History (ECHI) from Schedule1

Alongside the courses in the economics major, an honours
stream is offered commencing in second semester of first year.
This stream is designed for (but not exclusive to) students
whose performance in economics is at credit level or better.
It aims to provide students with a deeper understanding of
economic analysis and to impart greater confidence and
capacity in addressing economic issues. Participation in the
honours stream is important for students who may wish to
work as professional economists or who want to go on to
further study of economics at the fourth year or at graduate
level. The honours stream involves an additional lecture and
tutorial per week, plus an additional examination each semester.
Students are able to enter, or leave, the honours stream at any
stage during the major.
After the standard three-year program, students can undertake
the Honours Year in a fourth year of study. Entry to the Honours
Year is by invitation extended to high achieving students.
Students who have attained a similar level of performance at
another university are also eligible to enter the fourth honours
year. Honours programs are offered in Applied Economics,
Economics, Economic History.
The degree offers a rigorous program of training in the theory

and applications of finance. The program involves a core
in mainstream finance supplemented by studies in related
quantitative techniques and methodologies, economics
and management. Students may choose to major in ether
Quantitative Finance or Corporate Finance and Investment
Management. Some studies from other areas of the University
may be included in the program.
The Bachelor of Finance program requires completion of 144
units including:
(c) ECON1102 Macroeconomics 1 OR ECON1100 Economics
1 (H)
Requirements for entry into the honours program in each area

are determined by the schools concerned and vary according to
the particular area chosen. Interested students should obtain
advice from the Honours Convenor in the School of Economics.
(d) EMET1001 Foundations of Economic and Financial

Models OR STAT2032 Financial Mathematics
Finance
(g) STAT2008 Regression Modelling
(Academic Program: 3408 | Academic Plan: 3408XBFI)
(e) FINM1001 Money, Markets and Finance

(f) STAT1008 Quantitative Research Methods
(h) ECON2101/2111 Microeconomics 2 [(P)/(H)]
4. At least one major chosen from schedule 4 of the College
Minimum: 144 units
5. At least one of:
(a) MGMT3015 Corporate Strategy
The Bachelor of Finance is a specialist three-year full-time (or

part-time equivalent) program comprising 144 units.
(b) ECON3006/3016 Financial Economics [(P)/(H)]
Finance is concerned with the study of financial instruments,

institutions, markets and systems. It involves the study of
financial decision making under uncertainty, which has
applications in many fields including banking, financial
consulting and planning, funds management, merchant
banking, stock broking and treasury.
(d) ECON2102/2112 Macroeconomics 2 [(P)/(H)]
(c) BUSI2025 International Business

(e) ECON2026 Money and Banking
6. In the combined degree program Bachelor of Actuarial
Studies/Bachelor of Finance, an exemption is given from the
requirement in paragraph 3(f).
423
Degree structure
Typical full-time program pattern: Finance with a major in Corporate Finance and Investment Management
Semester 1
Semester 2
Year 1
(48 units)
Elective (6u)
Year 2
(48 units)
Elective (6u)

FINM3005 Corporate Valuation
Quantitative course (6u)
Elective (6u)
Year 3
(48 units)
Finance related course (6u)

Elective (6u)
Elective (6u)
Elective (6u)

Elective (6u)
Elective (6u)
Elective (6u)
1. Finance related course - at least one of the following courses must be taken: MGMT3015 Corporate Strategy, ECON3006/3016 Financial Economics [(P) or (H)], BUSI2025
International Business, ECON2102/2112 Macroeconomics 2 [(P) or (H)], ECON2026 Money and Banking.
2. Quantitative course - at least one of the following courses must be taken: EMET3007 Business and Economic Forecasting, EMET2008 Econometric Modelling, STAT3015
Generalised Linear Modelling, STAT3011 Graphical Data Analysis.
3. At least one of the courses FINM3005 Corporate Valuation or FINM3006 Fixed Income must be completed.
Typical full-time program pattern: Finance with a major Quantitative Finance

Semester 1
Semester 2
Year 1
(48 units)
MATH1115 Mathematics and Applications 1 (H)
Year 2
(48 units)

Finance related course (6u)
Elective (6u)
Elective (6u)
Year 3
(48 units)

Elective (6u)
Elective (6u)
Elective (6u)
FINM3007 Advanced Derivatives Pricing and Applications

Elective (6u)
Elective (6u)
Elective (6u)

undertake an honours year. The honours year extends the
undergraduate material and focuses on highly complex,
analytical and practical problems. Students undertake a
program of advanced coursework and a research thesis.
Students from other universities are also able to join
the Honours Program after completing the pass degree
requirements in their own institutions. Students who are
interested in the Honours Program should consult the Honours
Coordinator in the School.
Students completing the Asian or European specialisation may

choose to study for one semester (in English) at one of the
partner universities of the College of Business and Economics in
Asia or Europe.
The Bachelor of International Business requires completion of
144 units including:
1. At least 60 units taken from courses listed in Schedule 1of
International Business
2. At least 60 units taken from courses within the ANU College

of Asia and the Pacific (Asia plan) or the College of Arts and
Social Sciences (Europe plan or Middle East plan)
(Academic Program: 3409 | Academic Plan: 3409XBINTB)
3. Not more than 60 units at 1000-level
4. The following compulsory courses from the ANU College of

Business and Economics:
Minimum: 144 units

(a) ECON1101 Microeconomics 1
The Bachelor of International Business degree offers

specialisations in Asia, Europe or the Middle East and provides
a three year program in which the study of international
business is enhanced through study of an Asian, European or
Middle Eastern language and culture. Languages available for
study include Chinese, Hindi, Indonesian, Japanese, Korean, Lao,
Thai, Urdu, Vietnamese, Arabic, Turkish, Persian (Farsi), Malay,
Javanese, Tetum, Sanskrit, Spanish, German, French or Italian.
(b) ECON1102 Macroeconomics 1 or ECON1100 Economics 1

(H)
424
(c) BUSN1001 Business Reporting and Analysis

(d) STAT1008 Quantitative Research Methods
5. The International Business major as detailed in Schedule 3
of the ANU College of Business and Economics (See List of
Majors under the heading Bachelor of Commerce Majors)
(iii) Middle East plan (the College of Arts and Social

Sciences) comprising:
6. One of the following compulsory specialist plans

(i) Asia Plan (ANU College of Asia and the Pacific)
comprising:
(a) MEAS1001 Introduction to the Modern Middle East
(a) ASIA1025 Individual and Society in Asia A
(b) MEAS2105 The Political Economy of the Middle East
(b) ASIA1030 Individual and Society in Asia B
(c) 36 units in Arabic, Persian or Turkish (not more than

12 units at introductory level)
(c) 36 units in an Asian Language

(d) 12 units of courses offered within the Faculty of
Asian Studies.
OR
(ii) Europe plan (the College of Arts and Social Sciences)
comprising:
(a) EURO1004 Europe in Modern Era
(b) EURO2003 The European Union: Policies Institutions
and Challenges
(c) 36 units in a single European Language (not more
than 12 units at introductory level)
(d) 12 units of courses offered within the Centre for

Arab and Islamic Studies.

undertake an honours year. The honours year provides advanced
research training in the areas of international business,
including international management and international
marketing. Students who are interested in the honours program
should consult the Honours Coordinator in the School.
(d) 12 units of courses offered within the Faculty

ofArts.
OR
Degree structure
Typical full-time program pattern: International Business with an Asian Specialisation
Semester 1
Semester 2
Year 1
(48 units)
ECON1101Microeconomics 1
BUSN1001Business Reporting and Analysis
Asian language (6u)
ASIA1025Individual and Society in Asia A
ECON1102Macroeconomics 1
STAT1008Quantitative Research Methods
Asian language (6u)
ASIA1030Individual and Society in Asia B
Year 2
(48 units)
International Business course (6u)

Elective (6u)
Asian language (6u)
Elective (6u)

Asian language (6u)
Elective (6u)
Year 3
(48 units)

Asian language (6u)
Asian Studies Elective** (6u)
International Business course* (6u)

Asian language (6u)
Asian Studies Elective** (6u)
Elective (6u)
Notes:
* Students may study abroad for one semester in English at a CBE partner institution in one of 8 Asian countries,or substitute 4 elective courses at ANU.
** Students are encouraged to include 12 further units in their chosen language, in order to achieve a language major.
Please note that it may not be possible for students to study abroad and achieve a language major. Students must consult with a CBE course advisor in the first semester of their
program of study.
Typical full-time program pattern: International Business with a European Specialisation

Semester 1
Semester 2
Year 1
(48 units)
European language (6u)
EURO1004Europe in the Modern Era
Year 2
(48 units)

Elective (6u)

EURO2003The European Union: Policies Institutions and
Challenges (6u)
Year 3
(48 units)
European Semester**
(in English at a CBE partner institution in one of 5 European
countries)

Elective* (6u)
Notes:
*Students are encouraged to take one further course (6 units) in their chosen language, which would give them a language major.
** Students may study aboard for one semester or substitute 4 elective courses at ANU.
425
Typical full-time program pattern: International Business with a Middle Eastern Specialisation
Semester 1
Semester 2
Year 1
(48 units)
Middle Easternlanguage (6u)
Middle Eastern language
Year 2
(48 units)

Elective *(6u)
Middle Easternlanguage(6u)
Elective (6u)

Middle Easternlanguage(6u)
Elective* (6u)
Year 3
(48 units)

International Business course(6u)
Middle Easternlanguage course (6u)
Elective* (6u)

Middle Easternlanguage course(6u)
Centre for Arabic and Islamic Elective*(6u)
Elective* (6u)
Notes:
*Students are encouraged to include 12 further units in their chosen language, in order to achieve a language major.
Social Sciences (Honours in Actuarial Studies

& Economics)
EC2152 Macroeconomic Analysis I
(Academic Program: 4444 | Academic Plan: 4444HBSOCS)
BH2004 Finance
EC3151 Microeconomic Analysis II
Minimum: 192 units
EC3152 Macroeconomic Analysis II
EC3237 Econometrics II
This is a four-year honours-level program in actuarial studies

and economics offered in conjunction with the National
University of Singapore. The program comprises the equivalent
of 192 units of study of which half is undertaken on campus at
ANU, and half is undertaken on campus at NUS in Singapore.
This is a highly specialised program of study and specific
enrolment requirements are subject to approval by the program
coordinator.
EC4151 Microeconomic Analysis III
OR
The general requirements of the program are:*
MA1102R Calculus plus one exposure module from the

Faculty of Arts and Social Sciences (NUS)
1. Courses at ANU
EC3231 Econometrics I
EC4152 Macroeconomic Analysis III

EC4401 Honours Thesis
One module in Singapore Studies
One module in General Education
Two exposure modules from the Faculty of Arts and Social
Sciences (NUS)
Notes:
STAT4031 Actuarial Control Cycle 1
1. Admission
Admission is competitive and based on academic merit.
Entry may be via ANU or NUS. Selection of ANU students
will be conducted by ANU prior to the commencement of
the program and will be based on approved final senior
secondary school results.


Electives (24 units) from the ANU College of Business and
Economics
2. Courses at NUS
EC1101E Introduction to Economic Analysis
EC2231 Foundations for Econometrics
BH1002 Financial Accounting
MA1101R Linear Algebra I
EC2151 Microeconomic Analysis I
426
NUS students will typically be selected after two semesters

of study at NUS. Such students must ensure that they
undertake the modules essential to it in the first two
semesters. Selection is competitive and will be based on a
CAP of at least 4.0 over the two semesters plus excellence of
performance in EC2151, EC2152, EC3231 and MA1101R.
2. Enrolment
This is a highly specialised program of studies. Students
must obtain the approval of the relevant program
coordinator prior to finalising each semester of enrolment.
3. Continuation in the program
Continuation in the program is subject to academic
performance. Generally, any student whose CAP falls below
3.5 at NUS or an average of 60 at ANU will be required to
leave the program.
Degree structure
Typical full-time program pattern
Statistics is concerned with the study of quantitative data

analysis, including estimation, prediction and hypothesis
testing. It has applications in many fields including the physical,
biological and social sciences as well as business, finance,
engineering and information technology. Students who
complete the Bachelor of Statistics are eligible for GStat status
from the Statistical Society of Australia, Inc.
Semester 1
NUS
EC1101E Introduction to Economic Analysis

EC2231 Foundations for Econometrics
BH1002 Financial Accounting
MA1101R Linear Algebra I
FASS exposure module
Semester 2
NUS
EC2151 Microeconomic Analysis I

EC2152 Macroeconomic Analysis I
EC3231 Econometrics I
BH2004 Finance
1 of GEM / exposure / Singapore Studies
Semester 3
NUS
EC3151 Microeconomic Analysis II

EC3152 Macroeconomic Analysis II
EC3237 Econometrics II
Semester 4
ANU

1 elective module
Semester 5
ANU

FINM2002 Financial Instruments and Risk
Management
1 elective module

the ANU College of Business and Economics.
Semester 6
ANU

Semester 7
ANU

2 elective modules
Semester 8
NUS
EC4151 Microeconomic Analysis III

EC4152 Macroeconomic Analysis III
EC4401 Honours Thesis (8 MCs)
4 more MCs from Economics Level 4000 module
* To obtain full part I accreditation from IAAust, STAT2001 (Introductory

Mathematical Statistics) must be completed during the ANU component of the
degree.
The degree offers a rigorous program of training in the theory

and applications of statistics. The program involves a core in
mainstream statistical application and theory, supplemented by
studies in specialist streams. Students may choose to specialise
in any of a number of areas including Business Statistics,
Econometrics, Financial Statistics, Mathematical Statistics and
Psychological or Social Research Methods. Some studies from
other areas of the University may be included in the program.
The Bachelor of Statistics program requires completion of 144
units including:

(a) COMP1100 Introduction to Programming and
Algorithms
(b) MATH1013 Mathematics and Applications 1 OR
(c) MATH1014 Mathematics and Applications 2 OR
(d) MATH3512 Matrix Computations and Optimisation
(e) STAT1003 Statistical Techniques OR STAT1008
(f) STAT2001 Introductory Mathematical Statistics
Bachelor of Statistics
(g) STAT2008 Regression Modelling
(Academic Program: 3407 | Academic Plan: 3407XBSTAT)
(h) STAT3011 Graphical Data Analysis
(i) STAT3012 Design of Experiments and Surveys
Minimum: 144 units
(j) STAT3013 Statistical Inference

The Bachelor of Statistics is a specialist three-year full-time
(or part-time equivalent) program comprising 144 units. An
Honours year is also available for suitably qualified students.
(k) STAT3015 Generalised Linear Modelling

4. At least one specialisation chosen from schedule A
Specialisation of the Bachelor of Statistics..
Degree structure
Typical full-time Statistics program pattern
Semester 1
Semester 2
Year 1
(48 units)

MATH1115 Mathematics & Applications 1 Honours
Elective (6u)

Specialist Pre-requisite Course (6u)
Elective (6u)
Year 2
(48 units)

Specialisation Course (6u)
Elective (6u)
Elective (6u)
STAT3015 Generalised Linear Modelling

STAT3011 Graphical Data Analysis
Specialisation Course (6u) 2
MATH3512 Matrix Computations and Optimisation
Year 3
(48 units)
STAT3012 Design of Experiments & Survey

Specialisation Course (6u) 2
Elective (6u)
Elective (6u)
STAT3013 Statistical Inference

Specialisation Course (6u)
Elective (6u)
Elective (6u)
1. Some specialisations in Schedule A require pre-requisite courses. Students should check the details in Schedule A.
2. At least one specialisation from Schedule A must be completed.
427

Students may proceed to the fourth honours year in
Statistics. Entry to the honours year program is subject to an
appropriately high average grade (generally distinction level or
above) in the 3000-level compulsory subjects described in the
course listings and requires the approval of the School. Other

conditions may also apply. Students who are interested in the
honours program should seek further advice from the Convenor
of the Actuarial Program in the School of Finance and Applied
Statistics.
College schedules
Schedule 1: List of College Courses
1000 Level (First Year)
Course Name
Course Code Unit

Value
Conditions
Accounting Processes and Systems
BUSN1002
BUSN1001 Business Reporting and Analysis, or COMM1010 Financial Accounting

Fundamentals
Incompatible with COMM1020 Accounting and Financial Management
Australian Economy
ECHI1006
Incompatible with ECHI1001 Australian Economy, ECH1003 Australian Economy (S)

and ECHI1004 Australian Economy (S2)
Business Information Systems
INFS1001
Incompatible with INFS2012 Business Information Systems
Business Reporting and Analysis
BUSN1001
Incompatible with COMM1010 Financial Accounting Fundamentals
Business Skills
MGMT1001
Business Statistics
STAT1009
Economics 1 (H)
ECON1100
Incompatible with ECON1001/1011 Economics I [(P)/(H)] and ECON1102
Macroeconomics 1
ECON1100 Economics 1 (H) may be taken as an alternative to ECON1102
Macroeconomics 1 and satisfies all prerequisites that would be satisfied by that
course
Foundations of Economic and Financial EMET1001

Models
Incompatible with STAT1006 Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics 1
Introduction to Actuarial Studies
STAT1031
Introduction to Commercial Law
BUSN1101
Incompatible with COMM1101 Introduction to Commercial Law, ENGN4003

Engineering Law, LAWS1204 Contracts LAWS2101 Introductory Business law and
LAWS2210 Commercial Law
Introduction to Programming and

Algorithms
COMP1100
Students are assumed to have achieved a level of knowledge of mathematics

comparable to at least Mathematical Methods major or NSW 2 units mathematics.
Introduction to Psychology I
PSYC1003
Introduction to Psychology II
PSYC1004
SOCY1004
Macroeconomics 1
ECON1102
Completion of or concurrent enrolment in ECON1101 Microeconomics 1

Incompatible with ECON1001/1011 Economics I [(P)/(H)] and ECON1100
Economics1(H)
Management, People and Organisations MGMT1003
Incompatible with BUSN1003/BUSN2029 Management, People and Organisations
Mathematical Modelling 1
MATH1003
ACT Mathematical Methods or NSW HSC Mathematics or equivalent
MATH1005
ACT Mathematical Methods or NSW HSC Mathematics or equivalent
Mathematics and its Applications 1
MATH1013
MATH1003 or satisfactory result in ACT Specialist Mathematics or NSW HSC

Mathematics Extension 1 or equivalent
MATH1014
MATH1013 Mathematics and its Applications 1 or MATH1115 Mathematics and its

Applications 1 Honours

Honours
MATH1115
A satisfactory pass in ACT Specialist Mathematics double major or NSW HSC

Mathematics Extension 2 or equivalent. Student with excellent results in ACT
Specialist Mathematics major-minor or NSW HSC Mathematics Extension 1 or
equivalent may be permitted to enrol.

Honours
MATH1116
A mark of 60 or more in MATH1021 or MATH1115.
Microeconomics 1
ECON1101
Incompatible with ECON1001/1011 Economics I [(P)/(H)]
Money, Markets and Finance
FINM1001
STAT1008
428
Incompatible with STAT1007 Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics 2

and STAT1003 Statistical Techniques 1
2000 & 3000 Level (Later Year)

Course Name
Course Code Unit

Value
Conditions
Accounting Information Systems
INFS2005
Accounting Theory
BUSN3001
Prerequisites: BUSN2015/COMM2015 Company Accounting

Incompatible with COMM3001 Accounting Theory
Actuarial Control Cycle 1
STAT4031
Enrolment in ACST4004 F/P Actuarial Studies IV (H)
STAT4032
Actuarial Techniques
STAT3038

Incompatible with STAT3038 Actuarial Techniques 2
Advanced Databases and Data Mining
COMP3420
COMP1100 introduction to Programming and Algorithms or COMP2720

Automating Tools for New Media; 6 units of 2000 level courses; 6 units of 1000
level MATH/STS courses.
Advanced Derivatives Pricing and

Applications
FINM3007
Advanced Econometric Methods
EMET3011
EMET2008 Econometric Modelling
Advanced Management Accounting
BUSN3003
BUSN2011/COMM2011 Management Accounting

Incompatible with BUSN3003/COMM3003 Management Decision Making
Advanced Marketing Research Methods STAT3005
STAT2003 Statistical Marketing Research Methods
Advanced Topics In Information

Systems
INFS3021
Head of School Approval
Advertising
MKTG2033
MKTG2004 /MKTG1004/BUSN1004
Analysis 1 Honours
MATH2320
Applied Macro and Financial

Econometrics
EMET3008
EMET2008 Econometric Modelling or at least a Distinction in EMET2007

Econometric Methods.
Applied Micro-Econometrics
EMET3006
EMET2008 Econometric Modelling, or at least a distinction grade in EMET2007

Applied Statistics
STAT3008
STAT1008 Quantitative Research Methods or STAT1003 Statistical Techniques or

STAT2001 Introductory Mathematical Statistics.
Applied Tax Policy (P)

Applied Tax Policy (H)
ECON2040
ECON2090
6
6
Completion of or concurrent enrolment in ECON2101/2111 Microeconomics 2

(P or H)
As for ECON2040 Applied Tax Policy (P)
Asian Giants: China, India and Japan:

alternative paths to prosperity (P)
Asian Giants: China, India and Japan:
alternative paths to prosperity (H)
ECHI2109
ECHI2119
6
6
ECON1101 Microeconomics 1 and ECON1102 Macroeconomics 1 or ECON1100

Economics 1 (H), or ECON1001/1011 Economics I [(P)/(H)],
As for ECHI2119 Asian Giants: China, India and Japan: alternative paths to
prosperity (P)
Auditing
BUSN3002
BUSN2101/COMM2101 Law of Business Entities or LAWS2203 Corporations Law

and BUSN2015/COMM2015 Company Accounting.
Incompatible with COMM3002 Auditing
Automating Tool for New Media
COMP2720
COMP1710 or COMP1100
Behavioural Economics
ECON2013
ECON1101 Microeconomics or ECON1100 Economics 1(H)
Business and Economic Forecasting
EMET3007
EMET2007 Econometric Methods, or STAT2008 Regression Modelling
Business Decision Making
MGMT2003
At least 24 units
Business Ethics
MGMT3016
At least 72 units. Incompatible with COMM3016/BUSN3016 Business Ethics
Business in China
BUSI3028
At least 72 units including at least 48 units from Schedule 1 or Head of School

approval. Incompatible with BUSN3028 Business in China
Case Studies in Commerce
BUSN3059
Head of School approval
Company Accounting
BUSN2015
BUSN1002 Accounting Processes and Systems, or COMM1020 Accounting and

Financial Management
Incompatible with COMM2015 Company Accounting
Competition Policy, Privatisation and

Regulation (P)
Competition Policy, Privatisation and
Regulation (H)
ECON2010
ECON2012
6
6
ECON2101/2111 Microeconomics 2 (P or H)
As for ECON2010 Competition Policy, Privatisation and Regulation (P)
Consumer Behaviour
MKTG2031
At least 24 units. Incompatible with BUSN2031 Consumer Behaviour.
Continuous State Stochastic Processes
STAT3006
Continuous Time Finance
FINM3003
FINM2002/COMM2006 Financial Instruments and Risk Management and STAT3004

Stochastic Modelling
Corporate Finance
FINM2001

Incompatible with COMM2005 Corporate Finance
Corporate Social Responsibility,

Accountability and Reporting
BUSN3017
At least 72 units. Incompatible with BUSN3017/COMM3017 Environmental

Accountability and Reporting
Corporate Strategy
MGMT3015
At least 48 units. Incompatible with COMM3015/BUSN3015 Corporate Strategy
Corporate Sustainability
MGMT2001
At least 48 units
429

Course Name
Course Code Unit

Value
Conditions
Corporate Valuation
FINM3005
Cost-benefit Analysis
ECON2133
Completion of or concurrent enrolment in ECON2101/2111 Microeconomics 2 (P

or H)
Credibility Theory
STAT3036
STAT2001 Introductory Mathematical Statistics.

Incompatible with STAT3031 Risk Theory
Cross-Cultural Management
BUSI3029
Assumed Knowledge: foundation level of knowledge of international business, eg

BUSI2025 International Business or MKTG1004/BUSN1004/BUSN2010 Marketing
Incompatible with BUSN3029 Cross-Cultural Management.
Database Systems
COMP3420
COMP1100 or COMP2720; 6 units of 2000-level IT courses
Design of Experiments and Surveys
STAT3012
STAT2001 Introductory Mathematical Statistics or STAT2008 Regression Modelling
Development of Modern Business
BUSI2027

Economics 1 (H), or ECON1001/1011 Economics I (P or H).
Incompatible: with BUSN2027/ECHI2010/ECHI2020 Development of Modern
Business (P/H).
Development, Poverty and Famine (P)

Development, Poverty and Famine (H)
ECHI2003
ECHI2013
6
6

Economics 1 (H), or ECON1001/1011 Economics I [(P)/(H)]
Differential Equations and Applications
MATH2305
MATH1014 Mathematics and its Applications 2 or MATH1116 Mathematics and its

Applications 2 Honours or ENGN1222
Dynamics of Asian Business
BUSI2023
At least 24 units
Incompatible with ECHI2023/2024, BUSN2023/BUSN2024 Dynamics of Asian
Business (P/H)
Dynamics of Business in the Middle

East
BUSI2024
At least 24 units
Dynamics of European Business
BUSI2034
At least 24 units. Incompatible with BUSN2034 Dynamics of European Business.
Econometric Methods
EMET2007
Completion of or concurrent enrolment in ECON1101 Microeconomics 1 or

ECON1001/ 1011 Economics I [(P)/(H)], and completion of EMET1001 Foundations
of Economic and Financial Models and STAT1008 Quantitative Research Methods,
or STAT1006 Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics 1 and STAT1007
Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics 2, or STAT2001 Introductory
Mathematical Statistics.
Econometric Modelling
EMET2008
EMET2007 Econometric Methods or STAT2008 Regression Modelling, and ECON1101

Microeconomics 1 or ECON1001/1011 Economics I [(P)/(H)]
Economics 3 (H)
ECON3100
ECON2101/2111 Microeconomics 2 (P or H) and ECON2102/2112 Macroeconomics

2 (P or H)
Electronic Business
INFS2004
INFS1001 Business Information Systems, or COMP1100 Introduction to

Programming and Algorithms, or INFS2012 Business Information Systems
Incompatible with INFS3060 Electronic Commerce
E-Marketing
MKTG2032
MKTG2004/MKTG1004/BUSN1004/2010Marketing or INFS2004 Electronic Business.

Incompatible with INFS2032 E-Marketing.
Employment Relations
MGMT2002
At least 48 units
Enterprise Systems In Business
INFS3002
Assumed Knowledge: To the level of INFS2004 Electronic Business
Entrepreneurship and Innovation
MGMT3027
MKTG2004/MKTG1004/2010 Marketing or MGMT1003/2029 Management, People

and Organisations. Incompatible with BUSN3027 Entrepreneurship and Innovation.
Experience in Asia Project
BUSI3065
Entry with written agreement from course coordinator
Financial Economics (P)

Financial Economics (H)
ECON3006
ECON3016
6
6
As for ECON3006 Financial Economics (P)
Financial Instruments and Risk

Management
FINM2002

Incompatible with COMM2006 Financial Institutions and Risk Management
Financial Mathematics
STAT2032

Financial Reporting by Corporations
BUSN3008
BUSN2015/COMM2015 Company Accounting

Incompatible with COMM3008 Financial Reporting by Corporations
Fixed Income Securities
FINM3006
Foundations of Computational Science
MATH2501
Generalised Linear Modelling
STAT3015
STAT2008 Regression Modelling.

Incompatible with STAT2009 Generalised Linear Modelling
Globalisation and Regionalisation in

the World Economy (P)
Globalisation and Regionalisation in
the World Economy (H)
ECHI2006
ECHI2016
6
6

Graphical Data Analysis
STAT3011

Health Economics
ECON3004

or H)
430

Course Name
Course Code Unit

Value
Conditions
History of Economic Thought (P)

History of Economic Thought (H)
ECHI2005
ECHI2015
6
6

Economics 1 (H), or ECON1001/1011 Economics I [(P/H) and ECON2101/2111
Microeconomics 2 (P/H).
Human Resource Management and

Strategy
MGMT2030
At least 24 units.
Incompatible with BUSN2030 Human Resource Management and Strategy.
Industrial Organisation (P)

Industrial Organisation (H)
ECON2107
ECON2057
6
6

or H)
As for ECON2107 Industrial Organisation (P)
Information Systems Analysis
INFS2024
INFS1001 Business Information Systems or equivalent, or COMP1100 Introduction

to Programming and Algorithms or COMP1720 Tools for New Media.
Information Systems Management
INFS3024
INFS2024 Information Systems Analysis, or COMP2400 Relational Databases
Information Technology in Electronic

Commerce
COMP3410
COMP1100 or COMP2720; 12 units of 2000-level IT courses, and 6 units of MATH/

STAT courses
BUSI2025
At least 24 units
Incompatible with ECHI3006/3007 International Business (P/H) and
BUSN3018/3019 International Business (P/H) and BUSN2025 International Business.
International Economics (P)

International Economics (H)
ECON3103
ECON3013
6
6

2 (P or H)
International Financial Management
FINM3002
FINM2001/COMM2005 Corporate Finance

Incompatible with COMM3005 International Financial Management
International Human Resource

Management
MGMT3025
BUSI2025/BUSN2025/2026 International Business (P/H) or MGMT2030 Human

Resource Management and Strategy. Incompatible with BUSN3025 International
Human Resource Management.
International Logistics
BUSI3030
BUSI2025/BUSN2025/2026 International Business (P/H) or MKTG2004/MKTG1004/

BUSN1004/BUSN2010 Marketing.
Incompatible with BUSN3030 International Logistics
International Marketing
BUSI3024
BUSN2025/2026/BUSI2025 International Business (P/H) or MKTG2004/MKTG1004/

BUSN1004/2010Marketing
Incompatible with BUSN3024 International Marketing.
International Strategic Management
BUSI3020
72 units including at least 48 units from Schedule 1

Incompatible with BUSI3020/BUSN3020 International Business Management.
Introductory Mathematical Statistics
STAT2001
Either: MATH1115 Mathematics and Applications 1 (H) OR Both MATH1013

Mathematics and Applications 1 AND MATH1014 Mathematics and Applications 2
Investments
FINM3001

Incompatible with COMM3011 Investments
Japanese Economy and Economic

Policy
ECON2008

(P or H)
Incompatible with ASHI2023 Japanese Economic Development Since World War II
Labour Economics and Industrial

Relations (P)
Labour Economics and Industrial
Relations (H)
ECON2009
ECON2059
6
6

(P or H)
Law and Economics (P)

Law and Economics (H)
ECON2120
ECON2139
6
6

(P or H)
Law of Business Entities
BUSN2101

Incompatible with COMM2101 Law of Business Entities and LAWS2203
Corporations Law
Leadership
MGMT3021
At least 72 units
Life Contingencies
STAT3037
STAT2001 Introductory Mathematical Statistics and STAT2032 Financial

Mathematics
Macroeconomics 2 (P)
Macroeconomics 2 (H)
ECON2102
ECON2112
6
6
ECON1101, or Microeconomics 1 and ECON1102 Macroeconomics 1 or ECON1100

As for ECON2102 Macroeconomics 2 (P)
Macroeconomics 3
ECON3102

2 (P or H)
Management Accounting
BUSN2011
BUSN1002 Accounting Processes and Systems or COMM1020 Accounting and

Financial Management
Incompatible with COMM2011 Management Accounting
Managerial Decision Analysis
STAT3014

Managing Organisational Change
MGMT2035
MGMT1003/BUSN1003/2029 Management, People and Organisations or

MGMT2007/BUSN2007 Organisational Behaviour. Incompatible with BUSN2035
Managing Organisational Change.
Marketing
MKTG2004
Incompatible with MKTG1004/BUSN1004/ BUSN2010/ COMM2010Marketing
Marketing for Financial Services
MKTG2003
STAT1008 Quantitative Research Methods or STAT1009 Business Statistics
431

Course Name
Course Code Unit

Value
Conditions
Marketing Research
MKTG2001
Completion of or concurrent enrolment in MKTG2004/MKTG1004/BUSN1004/2101

Marketing and STAT1008 Quantitative Research Methods or STAT1009 Business
Statistics
Mathematical Economics
ECON3121
ECON2125 and 2127 Mathematics for Economists A and B, and ECON2101/2111

Microeconomics 2 (P or H) and ECON2102/2112 Macroeconomics (P or H)
Incompatible with ECON2121/2122 and ECON2023/2024 Mathematical Economics
1A/1B [(P)/(H)](or prior study in university mathematics to an appropriate level)
Mathematics for Economists A
ECON2125

Economics 1 (H), or ECON1001/1011 Economics I [(P)/(H)], and EMET1001
Foundations of Economic and Financial Models or STAT1006 Quantitative Methods
for Business and Economics 1
Mathematics for Economists B
ECON2127
ECON2125 Mathematics for Economists A
Mathematics of Finance
MATH3015
MATH3029 Probability Modelling with Applications
Microeconomics 2 (P)
Microeconomics 2 (H)
ECON2101
ECON2111
6
6
ECON1101 Microeconomics 1, or ECON1001/1011 Economics I [(P)/(H)],

As for ECON2101 Microeconomics 2 (P)
Microeconomics 3
ECON3101
Modelling the Open Economy
ECON3054
ECON2101/2111 Microeconomics 2 [(P) or (H)]
Money and Banking
ECON2026
ECON1102 Macroeconomics 1, or ECON1100 Economics 1 (H), or ECON1001/1011

Economics I (P or H), and completion of or concurrent enrolment in ECON2101/2111
Microeconomics 2 (P or H)
Incompatible with ECON2076 Money and Banking (H)
Networked Information Systems
COMP2410
COMP1100 or COMP1710, and 6 units of MATH/STAT courses
Non Profit and Public Sector Marketing MKTG3026
Assumed Knowledge: MKTG2004/MKTG1004/BUSN1004/2010 Marketing and

MKTG2031/BUSN2031 Consumer Behaviour
Organisational Behaviour
MGMT2007
At least 24 units
Incompatible with COMM2007/3007/BUSN2007 Organisational Behaviour
Organisational Performance
Management
BUSN3013
BUSN2011/COMM2011 Management Accounting

Incompatible with COMM3013 Organisational Performance Management
Political Economy of Macroeconomic

Policy
ECON3053
ECON2102/2112 Macroeconomics 2 [(P) or (H)]. Recommended co-requisite:

ECON2141/2142 Strategic Thinking: An Introduction to Game Theory
Principles of Taxation Law
BUSN3014
BUSN1101/COMM1101 Introduction to Commercial Law

Incompatible with COMM3014 Principles of Taxation Law and
LAWS2221 Income Tax
Project Management and Information

Systems
INFS3059
INFS2024 Information Systems Analysis and COMP2400 Relational Databases or

Public Economics Theory (P)

Public Economics Theory (H)
ECON2131
ECON2132
6
6

or H)
As for ECON2131 Public Economic Theory (P)
Public Sector Accounting
BUSN3006

Economics 1 (H), or ECON1001/1011 Economics I [(P)/(H)], and BUSN2015/
COMM2015 Company Accounting, and BUSN2011/COMM2011 Management
Accounting
Incompatible with COMM3006 Public Sector Accounting
Relational Databases
COMP2400
Assumed knowledge: COMP1100 or COMP1710 Tools for New Media and the Web
or INFS1001 Business Information Systems
Regression Modelling
STAT2008

Resource and Environmental

Economics (P)
ECON2128

(P or H)
Resource and Environmental

Economics (H)
ECON2129

(P or H)
Risk Theory
STAT3035
STAT3004 Stochastic Modelling.

Incompatible: with STAT3031 Risk Theory
Scientific and Industrial Modelling
MATH3501
MATH2305 Differential Equations and Applications or MATH2405 Calculus and

Differential Equations Honours or 12 units of Group B Mathematics with a mark of
60 or better
Social Marketing
MKTG3024
MKTG2004/1004/BUSN1004/BUSN2010/COMM2010 or MKTG2031 Consumer

Behaviour
Social Psychology
PSYC2001
PSYC1001 and PSYC1004 or PSYC1001 and either STAT1003 or STAT1008
SOCY2030
Completion of first year including any two first year courses in Sociology or
Anthropology or Political Science or with permission of the lecturer
South East Asian Economic Policy and

Development (P)
South East Asian Economic Policy and
Development (H)
ECON3009
ECON3019
6
6

2 (P or H)
As for ECON3009 South East Asian Economic Policy and Development (P)
Special Topics in Actuarial Studies
ACST3001
432

Course Name
Course Code Unit

Value
Conditions
Special Topics in Commerce
BUSN3060
Special Topics in Economics
ECON3020
Special Topics in Finance
FINM3004
Special Topics in Statistics
STAT3039
Statistical Inference
STAT3013
Statistical Marketing Research Methods STAT2003
MKTG2001 Marketing Research and either STAT1008 Quantitative Research

Methods or STAT1003 Statistical Techniques or STAT2001 Introductory
Mathematical Statistics
STAT3004
Strategic Marketing
MKTG3023
MKTG2004/MKTG1004/BUSN1004/2010 Marketing and one other marketing course.

Incompatible with BUSN3023 Strategic Marketing
Strategic Thinking: An Introduction to

Game Theory (P)
ECON2141
ECON1101 Microeconomics 1 or ECON1001/1011 Economic I (P or H), and EMET1001

Foundations of Economic and Financial Models or STAT1006 Quantitative Methods
for Business and Economics 1

Game Theory (H)
ECON2142
ECON2125 Mathematics for Economists A and ECON2101/2111 Microeconomics (P

or H)
Survival Models
STAT3032

and STAT2008 Regression Modelling
Sustainable Marketing
MKTG2002
At least 48 units
Techniques for Business Project

Management
MGMT3002
At least 72 units
The Social Psychology of Groups and

Organisations
PSYC3002
4000 Level (Honours Year)

The honours program is a 48-unit program typically comprising two semesters of full-time enrolment. Part-time enrolment is only
considered in exceptional circumstances. The relevant school determines the conditions for admission to, and completion of, the
honours program. Enquiries concerning honours should be directed to the coordinator of the relevant honours program.
Course Name
Course Code
(semester)
Unit Value
(semester)
Conditions
Accounting IV (H) Full-time Semester

Accounting IV (H) Part-time Semester
ACCT4004F
ACCT4004P
24
12

Actuarial Studies IV (H) Full-time Semester

Actuarial Studies IV (H) Part-time Semester
ACST4004F
ACST4004P
24
12
Head of School approval; mid-year entry

not possible
Applied Economics IV (H) Full-time Semester

Applied Economics IV (H) Part-time Semester
ECON4021F
ECON4021P
24
12

Business (IV) (H) Full-time Semester

Business (IV) (H) Part time Semester
MMIB4004F
MMIB4004P
24
12

Commerce IV (H) Full-time Semester

Commerce IV (H) Part-time Semester
COMM4004F
COMM4004P
24
12

Economic History IV (H) Full-time Semester

Economic History IV (H) Part-time Semester
ECHI4004F
ECHI4004P
24
12

Economics IV (H) Full-time Semester

Economics IV (H) Part-time Semester
ECON4004F
ECON4004P
24
12

Finance IV (H) Full-time Semester

Finance IV (H) Part-time Semester
FINM4004F
FINM4004P
24
12

Statistics IV (H) Full-time Semester

Statistics IV (H) Part-time Semester
STAT4004F
STAT4004P
24
12

1. Commerce selected graduate courses available to undergraduates. Students enrolled in the Bachelor of Commerce program may include as part of the degree not more
than 12 units of graduate-level courses offered through the Graduate Program in Commerce. A standard semester course will be assigned a value of six units. Entry to such
courses is subject to College approval and only with the written permission of the Head of the School. Information concerning course availability may be obtained from the
SchoolOffice.
433
Schedule 2: Bachelor of Economics Electives

Courses for the Second Sequence
EMET3011 Advanced Econometric Methods
BUSN3008 Financial Reporting by Corporations

BUSN3017 Corporate Social Responsibility, Accountability
and Reporting
EMET3006 Applied Micro-econometrics
*Students wishing to meet the requirements of the professional accounting bodies

should either contact the College office for details or refer to the following links:
ECON2040/ECON2090 Applied Tax Policy [(P) or (H)]
http://ecocomm.anu.edu.au/ug/accreditation/cpa.asp(for CPA Australia) and
EMET3007 Business and Economic Forecasting
http://ecocomm.anu.edu.au/ug/accreditation/icaa.asp for the Institute of Chartered

Accountants
ECON2013 Behavioural Economics: Psychology and Economics

ECON2010/ECON2012 Competition Policy, Privatisation and
Regulation [(P) or (H)]
ECON2133 Cost-Benefit Analysis
ECHI2003/ECHI2013 Development, Poverty and Famine
[(P) or (H)]
Business Information Systems Major

At least 36 units consisting of:
COMP1100 Introduction to Programming and Algorithms OR
COMP1710 Tools for New Media
INFS1001 Business Information Systems
EMET3008 Applied Macro and Financial Econometrics
And any one of the following:*
ECON3006/ECON3016 Financial Economics [(P) or (H)]
INFS2004 Electronic Business
ECHI2006/ECHI2016 Globalisation and Regionalisation in the

World Economy [(P) or (H)]
INFS3002 Enterprise Systems in Business
ECHI2005/ECHI2015 History of Economic Thought [(P) or (H)]
COMP3410 Information Technology in Electronic Commerce
ECON2107/ECON2057 Industrial Organisation [(P) or (H)]

ECON3103/ECON3013 International Economics [(P) or (H)]
ECON2009/ECON2059 Labour Economics and Industrial
Relations [(P) or (H)]
COMP3420 Advanced Databases and Data Mining

* To satisfy requirements for Professional level accreditation with the Australian
Computer Society a minimum of 8 information systems courses (48 units) are
required, including INFS1001, COMP1100, COMP2400, INFS2004, INFS2024, INFS3059,
INFS3024 plus one of COMP2410, COMP3410, COMP3420, INFS3002, INFS2005.
Corporate Sustainability Major

ECON2120/ECON2139 Law and Economics [(P) or (H)]
ECON3121 Mathematical Economics
MKTG2002 Sustainable Marketing or ECON2128/ECON2129

Resource and Environmental Economics [(P)/(H)]
ECON3054 Modelling the Open Economy

ECON2026 Money and Banking
ECON3053 Political Economy of Macroeconomic Policy
ECON2131/ECON2132 Public Economics - Theory [(P) or (H)]
ECON2128/ECON2129 Resource and Environmental Economics
[(P) or (H)]
ECON2141/ECON2142 Strategic Thinking: An introduction to
Game Theory [(P) or (H)])
MATH2320 Analysis 1 Honours
Schedule 3: Bachelor of Commerce Majors

Accounting*
And any one of the following:
MGMT3015 Corporate Strategy or MGMT2035 Managing

Organisational Change
BUSN3017 Corporate Social Responsibility, Accountability
and Reporting
Plus two of:
ECON2128/ECON2129 Resource and Environmental
Economics [(P)/(H)]
MGMT2035 Managing Organisational Change
MGMT3016 Business Ethics
MGMT3021 Leadership
MKTG3024 Social Marketing
ENVS2011 Human Ecology OR ENVS3021 Human Futures OR
and Sustainability OR ENVS3020 Climate Change Science
and Policy OR ENVS3028 Environmental Policy and Planning
Finance Major
BUSN3003 Advanced Management Accounting
BUSN3006 Public Sector Accounting

434
And any one of the following:
And any two of:

MKTG2033 Advertising
MKTG3023 International Marketing
STAT2003 Statistical Marketing Research Methods
MKTG2003 Marketing for Financial Services
STAT3005 Advanced Marketing Research Methods
International Business Major

BUSI2023 Dynamics of Asian Business OR BUSI2034
Dynamics of European Business OR BUSI2024 Dynamics of
Business in the Middle East
BUSI3024 International Marketing OR MGMT3025
International Human Resource Management
And any two of the following:
BUSI3030 International Logistics
BUSI3028 Business In China
BUSI2027 Development of Modern Business
BUSI2024 Dynamics of Business in the Middle East
BUSI2034 Dynamics of European Business
BUSI3024 International Marketing
Management Major
MGMT2007 Organisational Behaviour OR MGMT2030
Human Resource Management and Strategy
MGMT3027 Entrepreneurship and Innovation OR
MGMT3021 Leadership
And any two of:
MGMT2002 Employment Relations
MGMT2007 Organisational Behaviour
MGMT3002 Techniques for Business Project Management
MGMT3021 Leadership
ECON2009/2059 Labour Economics & Industrial Relations
(P) & (H)
Marketing Major
MKTG2004 Marketing
MKTG2031 Consumer Behaviour
MKTG2001 Marketing Research
MKTG3023 Strategic Marketing
MKTG2003 Marketing for Financial service
Schedule 4: Bachelor of Finance Majors

Corporate Finance & Investment
Management Major
At least one of:
FINM3006 Fixed Income Securities
At least one of:
Quantitative Finance Major

FINM3007 Advanced Derivatives, Pricing and Applications
Schedule A: Specialisations for the Bachelor

of Statistics
Business Statistics
Assumed Knowledge: To the level of MKTG2001 Marketing
Research
STAT2003 Marketing Research
STAT3005 Advanced Marketing Research
STAT3014 Managerial Decision Analysis
Econometrics
Pre-requisite ECON1101 Microeconomics1; Also recommended
At least three of:
435

EMET3011Advanced Econometric Methods
Financial Statistics
Pre-requisites: FINM1001 Money Markets and Finance,
Course descriptions
Accounting IV Honours (S)
ACCT4004F (24 units)
Later Year Course
Prerequisites: Entry into the Accounting Honours program is

by invitation only. Invitations are issued based on the student
performance across the whole undergraduate degree results,
with heavier emphasis on performances in second and third
year courses. Seminars are also run in the second semester to
provide prospective honours students with an introduction to
the honours year.
FINM3007 Advanced Derivative Pricing and Applications

At least one of:
MATH3015 Mathematics of Finance
Recommended MATH1115 Mathematics and its applications 1
Honours and
MATH1116 Mathematics and its applications 2 Honours
At least two of:
MATH2035/MATH2045 Diff Equations &
MATH2320/MATH2322 Analysis 1 Hons/Al
MATH3501 Scientific and Industrial Model
Psychological Research Methods

Pre-requisites: PSYC1003 Introduction of Psychology l,
PSYC1004 Introduction to Psychology ll
Syllabus: Accounting Honours builds on undergraduate studies

in auditing, taxation, financial accounting or management
accounting. The program comprises four courses of advanced
coursework and the completion of a research thesis. Candidates
must present a seminar on their proposed thesis during their
first semester.
The coursework component comprises the core courses
BUSN8013 Seminar in Research Method, BUSN8010 Special
Topics in Commerce (Behavioural Accounting), STAT8055
Quantitative Methods and BUSN8007 Analysis of Financial
Reporting.
Interested students should contact the Honours Convenor, for
more detailed information.
ACCT4004F Accounting honours is offered on a full-time
basis over one year. Please refer to ACCT4004P for part-time
enrolment

ACCT4004P (12 units)
Later Year Course

Differences
At least one of:

PSYC2002 Development Psychology
Sociological Research Methods

Pre-requisites: SOCY1003 Contemporary Society , SOCY1004
SOCY2037 Foundation of Social Research
SOCY2038 Introduction to Quantitative Research
Prerequisites: Entry into the Accounting Honours program is

by invitation only. Invitations are issued based on the student
performance across the whole undergraduate degree results,
with heavier emphasis on performances in second and third
year courses. Seminars are also run in the second semester to
provide prospective honours students with an introduction to
the honours year.
Syllabus: Accounting Honours builds on undergraduate studies
in auditing, taxation, financial accounting or management
accounting. The program comprises four courses of advanced
first semester.
The coursework component comprises the core courses
BUSN8013 Seminar in Research Method, BUSN8010 Special
Topics in Commerce (Behavioural Accounting), STAT8055
Quantitative Methods and BUSN8007 Analysis of Financial
Reporting.
ACCT4004P Accounting honours is offered on a part-time
basis over two years. Please refer to ACCT4004F for full-time
enrolment.
Interested students should contact the Honours Convenor, for
more detailed information.
436
Actuarial Studies IV Honours (S)

ACST4004F (24 units)
Later Year Course
Syllabus: The fourth-year honours program in Actuarial Studies
entails consecutive enrolment in ACST4004P or ACST4004F
for the equivalent of 48 units. Mid-year entry is not possible.
Entry to the fourth-year program requires approval of the Head
of School. Interested students should discuss their proposed
program with the convenor of the actuarial honours program in
the School of Finance and Applied Statistics.

ACST4004P (12 units)
Later Year Course
Syllabus: The fourth-year honours program in Actuarial Studies
entails consecutive enrolment in ACST4004P or ACST4004F
for the equivalent of 48 units. Mid-year entry is not possible.
Entry to the fourth-year program requires approval of the Head
of School. Interested students should discuss their proposed
program with the convenor of the actuarial honours program in
the School of Finance and Applied Statistics.
Dynamics of Asian Business

BUSI2023 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 1
Contact Hours: At least three contact hours per week.
Prerequisites: At least 24 units.
Incompatible: with BUSN2023 Dynamics of Asian Business/
ECHI2023/2024 Dynamics of Asian Business (P/H).
Syllabus: Rapid economic growth in most of Asia during
recent decades has seen the emergence of large corporate
enterprises which were organised in ways different from
companies based in Western countries. This course discusses the
evolution of Japanese, Korean and ethnic Chinese conglomerate
enterprises and business networks. It introduces students to
the particulars of corporate organisation and management of
these enterprises, and elaborates the degree to which these
help explain the success of Asian companies. Evolution and
particulars of Asian business enterprise will be placed in the
economic and social context of the countries where these
companies originated.
Dynamics of Business in the Middle East

BUSI2024 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 2
Syllabus: The course provides an overview of business in the
Middle East and an examination of specific issues for companies
doing business in the region. The course focuses most on the
Arab countries of the Middle East, but with some attention paid
to Turkey, Israel and Iran as well. Specific topics include the
Middle Eastern business environment, the cultural specifics of
the region that impact on business, the legal framework, and
specific strategies in international and cross-cultural marketing,
human resource management, labour relations, logistics, and

finance. Strategies for dealing with the public sector in the
region also are covered, given the role of bureaucracies and
state -owned enterprises in the region. The aim of the course
is to enhance students understanding of the Middle Eastern
business environment and the ways in which various dynamics
impact on business operations of firms in the region..
BUSI2025 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 2
Incompatible: with BUSN2025 International Business and
BUSN3018/BUSN3019 International Business (P/H) and
BUSN2026 International Business (H).
Syllabus: This course is a broad survey of the field of
international business and provides the foundations for further
specialisation in this field. It will begin with a brief overview of
international business, focused on the concept of globalisation.
The course will then examine the environment for international
firms, particularly the political, social and economic
configurations that support cross-border commerce. Amongst
others, we will look at the role of national policies and cultures,
the evolution of international markets in goods, services and
finance, and the supernational mechanisms and infrastructures
for trade, investment and finance. The course will then probe
international firms: their strategies and organisational design,
their entry modes into international enterprise, and their
behavioural and control systems.

BUSI2034 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 2
Incompatible: with BUSN2034 Dynamics of European Business
Syllabus: The course provides an overview of business in
Europe and an examination of specific issues related to foreign
companies doing business in Europe. Specific topics include the
European business environment, European Union institutions,
legal framework and policies, the growth of the European
Union, emerging European economies, business strategy for
the European market, marketing strategy in Europe, managing
cultural diversity in Europe, human resource management issues
in Europe and corporate governance and control in Europe.
The aim of the course is to enhance students understanding
of the European business environment, the organisation of the
European Union and its associated policies, and their impact
upon the business and marketing strategies of firms in Europe.

BUSI3020 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 1
Contact Hours: At least three contact hours per week
Prerequisites: 72 units including at least 48 units from
Schedule 1.
437
Incompatible: with BUSN3020 International Business

Management and BUSI3020 International Business
Management.
Syllabus: International firms need to formulate company
policies that take account of the fact that they manufacture,
service, employ and market to or in countries with different
laws, different beliefs and different levels of socio-economic
development compared to a firms country of origin. This
course examines the contextual, organisational and managerial
issues associated with the operation of multinational firms.
Interactions between contextual elements and management of
an international enterprise will be studied from both theoretical
and practical perspectives. The course includes topics such as
international strategic management; international social and
ethical responsibilities of firms; cross-cultural management
and communication and negotiation across cultures; managing
international joint ventures, exporting operations, and
licensing agreement; leadership and motivation across cultures,
international human resource management and workplace
relations.
BUSI3024 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 2
Prerequisites: BUSI2025/BUSN2025/2026 International Business
or MKTG2004/MKTG1004/BUSN1004/BUSN2010 Marketing.
Incompatible: with BUSN3024 International Marketing.
Syllabus: This course aims to develop an advanced
understanding of the international marketing environment,
the international marketing mix, and international marketing
strategy. Specific topics include the rationale for international
marketing; marketing issues related to international economic,
financial political, legal, cultural and information technology
environments; international marketing research; market
selection and entry; product adaptation for international
markets, promotion, pricing and distribution in international
markets; channel selection and alliances; and strategic issues in
international marketing.
Business in China
BUSI3028 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 2
Prerequisites: 72 units including at least 48 units from
Schedule 1, or Head of School approval.
Incompatible: with BUSN3028 Business in China.
Syllabus: It is frequently stated that the 21st century will be
one in which China is a dominant player. This is very likely to
be the case politically - but equally or more so in relation to
business. Yet for many China is a difficult place to fathom, let
alone do business in. The landscape is littered with companies
which have tried but failed miserably to take advantage of the
supposed myriad of opportunities which a country of 1.3 billion
persons represents.
438
This course aims to provide students with an understanding

of the contemporary environment of business China and an
appreciation of some of the implications for firms seeking to
undertake business there
BUSI3030 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 1
Prerequisites: BUSI2025/BUSN2025 International Business or
MKTG2004/BUSN1004/BUSN2010 Marketing.
Incompatible: with BUSN3030 International Logistics.
Syllabus: The integration of the global economy and the
development of global economy and the development of
global competition require firms to design products for
international markets, and rationalise their purchasing,
production and distribution options accordingly. To facilitate
that process, logistics is taking an increasing important place
in the international strategies that firms pursue. The course
explores the main issues in international logistics to underline
their strategic importance to firms. It first places international
logistics in the context of the growth of international business.
It then discusses the logistics concept, the available modes
of transportation and their dependence on each other and
on available infrastructure, the role of transportation in the
whole supply chain, and the design of logistics systems. It also
draws attention to the formalities involved in international
logistics and how these are changing to facilitate international
trade. The course highlights some of the strategic options that
international firms pursue in international logistics.

BUSN1001 (6 units)
First Year Course
Incompatible: with COMM1010 Financial Accounting
Fundamentals.
Syllabus: The course focuses on the nature and ambit
of business reporting. The course examines the financial
information needs of business decision makers, and the
production and analysis of financial reports. Students acquire
an understanding of accounting concepts and the ability to
apply basic financial decision tools. The time value of money
is used as a basis for principles of financial management and
investment decisions.
Topics include: understanding the relationship of business
reporting to the social and economic environment; the nature
of historic cost accounting; the principles and construction
of financial reports; accounting for different business forms;
analysis and interpretation of financial reports; identifying and
measuring costs for practical business decisions; and evaluating
investment opportunities.

BUSN1002 (6 units)
Company Accounting
BUSN2015 (6 units)
First Year Course
Later Year Course
Prerequisites: BUSN1001 Business Reporting and Analysis or

COMM1010 Financial Accounting Fundamentals.
Prerequisites: BUSN1002 Accounting Processes and Systems or

COMM1020 Accounting and Financial Management.
Incompatible: with COMM1020 Accounting and Financial

Management.
Incompatible: with COMM2015 Company Accounting.
Syllabus: The course extends the material in Business Reporting

and Analysis. It provides detailed understanding of the
technical aspects and concepts used in producing financial and
management accounting reports. This includes cost assignment
methods, the application of accounting principles and doubleentry accounting systems for recording and reporting financial
transactions.
Syllabus: Characteristics and types of companies; company

formation, issues of shares and debt instruments, reserves,
retained profits and distributions to owners, financial reporting
requirements, accounting for income tax, expansion by asset
acquisitions, leases, investments in associated companies;
consolidated accounts: the entity concept and control, intercompany transactions and minority interests.
Topics include: using journals and ledgers; application of

accrual accounting; methods of income measurement and asset
valuation; accounting for assets and liabilities; applying the
principles of internal control; and an introduction to accounting
for partnerships and companies.

BUSN2101 (6 units)
Proposed Assessment: Tutorial participation, assignment,

mid-semester examination and final examination.

BUSN1101 (6 units)
First Year Course
Incompatible: with COMM1101 Introduction to Commercial Law,
LAWS1204 Contracts, LAWS2101 Introductory Business Law,
LAWS2210 Commercial Law and ENGN4003 Engineering Law.
Syllabus: This course introduces students to the Australian legal
system and the law regulating business activities. Particular
focus is given to the law of contract and consumer contracts
in particular. Aspects of property law and negligence are also
covered.
BUSN2011 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Prerequisites: BUSN1002 Accounting Processes and Systems, or
COMM1020 Accounting and Financial Management.
Incompatible: with COMM2011 Management Accounting.
Syllabus: Technical and behavioural aspects of management
accounting are considered. Topics include: cost terms and cost
estimation using simple and multiple regression, conventional
and modern management accounting systems, variable and
absorption costing, fixed and flexible budgeting, standard
costing and variance analysis, and performance measurement.
Proposed Assessment: Tutorial participation, assignment,
mid-semester examination and final examination.
Later Year Course

Prerequisites: BUSN1101 Introduction to Commercial Law
Incompatible: with COMM2101 Law of Business Entities and
LAWS2203 Corporations Law.
Syllabus: This course introduces the legal principles relevant to
business structures in Australia. Corporate law is emphasised,
comprising issues such as: corporate governance (the structure
and role of the board of directors, directors duties, members
rights and shareholder meetings); corporate liability (corporate
contracting, negligence issues faced by corporations); corporate
finance (debt and equity financing, profit distribution and
protection of creditors); and external administration (corporate
insolvency, receivership, voluntary administration and
windingup).
Accounting Theory
BUSN3001 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Prerequisites: BUSN2015 Company Accounting.
Incompatible: with COMM3001 Accounting Theory.
Syllabus: The objective of this course is to provide the
student with the opportunity to obtain a sound knowledge
of normative, positive and critical theories of accounting.
The course begins by examining the nature of theories and
alternative forms of logic. The conceptual framework and key
contemporary and historical accounting issues are examined,
highlighting the role of theory in understanding current
accounting standards, accounting practice and the use of
accounting information by the myriad stakeholders in reporting
entities. Throughout the course examples of the relationship
between theories of accounting and decisions facing real people
(accountants and financial statement users) are highlighted.
Students are strongly encouraged to have completed an
introductory course in finance prior to enrolling in this course.
439
Auditing
BUSN3002 (6 units)
privatisation issues; intergenerational equity issues flowing

from an ageing population; public sector audits and roles of the
Auditor General and accountability issues; role of the budget
and budget process and management, and cash and accrual
budgeting systems.
Proposed Assessment: Seminar paper and examination.
Prerequisites: BUSN2015 Company Accounting and either

BUSN2101 Law of Business Entities or LAWS2203 Corporations
Law .
Financial Reporting By Corporations

BUSN3008 (6 units)
Incompatible: with COMM3002 Auditing.
Later Year Course
Syllabus: Topics Include: the nature and objectives of

independent financial statement audits; the auditing
environment; legal and ethical responsibilities and auditing
standards; risk analysis in auditing; sources and nature of
evidence; audit planning and documentation; audit testing
methods (Including computer assisted auditing techniques);
sampling techniques; form and purpose of audit reports; other
assurance engagements and environments.
Semester 1
Later Year Course

BUSN3003 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 1
Prerequisites: BUSN2011 Management Accounting.
Incompatible: with COMM3003 Management Decision Making.
Syllabus: This advanced course adopts a control focus in
examining contemporary management accounting philosophies,
cost allocation and transfer pricing issues, and the development
of performance measurement systems. Case studies are used
to highlight particular application issues. By completing this
course, students obtain a rich appreciation of a broad range
of management decisions and the role of accounting in
organisational planning, decision making and control.

BUSN3006 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 2
Contact Hours: Three `contact hours per week.
Prerequisites: ECON1101 Microeconomics 1 and ECON1102
Macroeconomics 1 or ECON1100 Economics 1 (H), or
ECON1001/1011 Economics I (P or H), and BUSN2015 Company
Accounting, and BUSN2011 Management Accounting.
Incompatible: with COMM3006 Public Sector Accounting.
Syllabus: An examination of the role of government in Australia
and its mechanisms for control over public expenditures
and resources to ensure greater efficiency and effectiveness
in government activities, and public sector accounting
standards. It considers the public sector environment and how
it differs from private markets - the roles of externalities and
accountability and recent reforms in public sector financial
management. An examination of major issues in public sector
financial management - use of cash and accrual accounting
information systems; management of financial and physical
assets including environmental and heritage considerations;
marketisation of public sector activities; performance
measurement issues for departments of state; management
and performance of government business enterprises including
440

Prerequisites: BUSN2015 Company Accounting.
Incompatible: with COMM3008 Financial Reporting by
Corporations.
Syllabus: The course examines a selection of financial reporting
issues that are included, or under consideration for inclusion in,
accounting standards applicable in Australia. It introduces the
corporate reporting environment and its challenges; political
and international pressures shaping the standard setting
process in Australia; examines measurements and disclosure
issues pertaining to financial instruments, share-based
payments, foreign currency translation, segment reporting, and
advanced issues of equity interests. Technical and theoretical
aspects are considered.
Principles of Tax Law

BUSN3014 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 1
Prerequisites: BUSN1101 Introduction to Commercial Law.
Incompatible: with COMM3014 Principles of Taxation Law and
LAWS2221 Income Tax.
Syllabus: The course Introduces students to the principles of
tax law in Australia with a focus on income tax. The important
provisions of the Income Tax Assessment Acts 1936 and 1997
about the concepts of income, capital, and deductions are
considered in detail. In addition there will be a brief survey of
some international aspects of income tax and the tax treatment
of different entities. Tax planning and goods and services tax
will be introduced as time permits.
Corporate Social Responsibility, Accountability and

Reporting
BUSN3017 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 2
Prerequisites: 72 units.
Syllabus: The focus of this course is on the role of corporations
and their accountability, accounting and reporting issues in the
context of sustainability and social justice. CSR accountability,
accounting and reporting is concerned with communicating the
social and environmental effects of a corporations economic
actions to particular stakeholders and to society at large. This
extends the corporations accountability beyond the traditional
financial disclosures to shareholders and is predicated on the

assumption that corporations have, as a consequence of implied
social contracting or ethical dimensions, social responsibilities
that are much broader than generating shareholder wealth.
This course provides students with an appreciation of the
broader context of corporate performance and disclosure in
the context of sustainability and social justice, and with a solid
understanding of: (i) developments and practices in corporate
social responsibility accountability, accounting and reporting;
(ii) the role and relevance of stakeholders in corporations and
concepts of accountability; and (iii) regulatory and voluntary
action in CSR accountability and reporting.
first semester. Commerce Honours builds on undergraduate

studies in all business information systems and commercerelated disciplines.
Interested students should contact the Honours Convenor,
for more detailed information.
Introduction to Programming and Algorithms

COMP1100 (6 units)
First Year Course
See entry under ANU College of Engineering and
Computer Science
Project/Case Studies in Commerce

BUSN3059 (6 units)
COMP2400 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Later Year Course

Prerequisites: Head of School approval

Computer Science
Special Topics In Commerce

BUSN3060 (6 units)

COMP2410 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Later Year Course

Computer Science
Commerce IV Honours
COMM4004F (24 units)
Later Year Course
Prerequisites: Entry to fourth year honours requires the
approval of the Head of School. Permission is normally based
upon results in second and third year courses. Seminars are
also run in the Second semester to provide prospective honours
students with an introduction to the honours year.
Syllabus: The program comprises four courses of advanced
first semester. Commerce Honours builds on undergraduate
studies in all business information systems and commercerelated disciplines.
Interested students should contact Honours Convenor, for more
detailed information.
Commerce IV Honours
COMM4004P (12 units)
Later Year Course
Information Technology in Electronic Commerce

COMP3410 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Computer Science

COMP3420 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Computer Science
Exchange Program for Business and Economics

Students - Band 2
ECCO5920 (6 - 24 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 1and Semester 2
This course is for students who have beenapproved
toparticipate in an exchange programwith the ANU College
of Business and Economics. Please contact College Student
Administration Office for further information on exchanges.

upon results in second and third year courses. Seminars are
also run in the Second semester to provide prospective honours
students with an introduction to the honours year.
Exchange - Bachelor of Social Sciences (Honours)

ECCO5921 (6 units)
Syllabus: The program comprises four courses of advanced

Prerequisites: College approval
Later Year Course

Please contact the College Student AdministrationOffice
for further information
441
Exchange Program for Business and Economics

Students Band 3
ECCO5922 (6 - 24 units)

ECHI2005 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 1
Contact Hours: Two lectures per week with tutorials throughout

the semester.
This course is for students who have beenapproved

toparticipate in an exchange programwith the ANU College
of Business and Economics. Please contact the College Student
Administration Office for further information on exchanges
Australian Economy
ECHI1006 (6 units)
First Year Course
Semester 1
Syllabus: The course aims to explain and assess the functioning
of the Australian economy. It is intended for students who are
seeking a broad understanding of how the economy works.
Emphasis will be placed on the related topics of current
economic issues, institutions and policies. The approach adopted
will emphasise that the present Australian economy needs to
be seen in the context of the historical pattern of development
and change. While the course deals primarily with economic
factors, important social and political circumstances will also be
taken into account.
Proposed Assessment: By examination, essay and tutorial
participation.
Preliminary Reading: Lewis, P., et al, Issues, Indicators and Ideas,
Addison-Wesley-Longman, 1998
Development Poverty and Famine (P)

ECHI2003 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 1
the semester.
ECON1001/1011 Economics I (P or H).
Syllabus: The objective of this course is to use historical material
from about 1940 to examine the issues of development, poverty
and famine. The approach is interdisciplinary and historical,
and draws on concepts, mostly at an elementary level, from all
relevant areas including economics, philosophy and nutritional
science. Since this course is based on a rapidly changing and
growing literature, its content varies over time. Topics that
have been discussed in the past include: the analysis of disaster
mitigation policies; factors influencing the rate of growth
of population in developing countries; the measurement of
poverty and social wellbeing; the basic causes of famines; the
analysis of various famines in the period after 1940. This course
may be included in the Development Studies major.
participation.
Preliminary Reading: Sen, A.K., Poverty and Famines: An Essay
on Entitlement and Deprivation, Clarendon Press, 1981
Sachs, J.D., The End of Poverty: Economic Possibilities in our
Time, Penguin, 2005
442
Later Year Course

ECON1001/1011 Economics I (P or H), and ECON2101/ECON2111
Syllabus: This course is an introduction to the history of
economic theory. While the major phases in the development
of economics (in the technical sense) will be studied, the aim
will be to treat them against the background of their historical
environment, including political and social thought and current
economic problems. The course will include, but not be confined
to, the work of Smith, Ricardo, Marx, Marshall and Keynes.
participation.
Preliminary Reading: Barber, W.J., A History of Economic
Thought, Penguin
Development Poverty and Famine (H)

ECHI2013 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 1
Contact Hours: Lectures and tutorials as for the pass course,
together with additional tutorials throughout the semester or a
longer honours essay.
Syllabus: As for the pass course, together with a longer essay.
participation.

ECHI2015 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 1
together with additional tutorials throughout the semester or a
longer honours essay.
ECON1001/1011 Economics I (P or H), and ECON2101/ECON2111
Syllabus: As for the pass course together with wider reading in
the same field.
participation.
Economic History IV Honours

ECHI4004 (F) 24 units
Later Year Course
Semester 1 Semester 2
approval of the Head of School, and interested students should
discuss the matter with the Head of School or convenor of the
honours program.
Syllabus: The program is designed for students who wish to
study economic history at an advanced level and who are
interested in carrying out a research project. Students are
encouraged to combine their economic history with coursework
in related disciplines. The total honours program is the
equivalent of eight semester courses. These consist of:
which the theoretical treatment of microeconomic behaviour

presented in Microeconomics 1 is supplemented and applied to
a range of topics (for example, the application of economics to
the understanding of political, legal and social institutions and
decision making). The course is designed for better performing
students who want to extend their exposure to economics
beyond that offered in the standard first year courses in
microeconomics and macroeconomics.
Proposed Assessment: As for ECON1102 Macroeconomics 1 plus
six in-class tests and an end-of-semester examination for the
Honours component.
This course may be taken as an alternative to ECON1102
Macroeconomics 1 and satisfies all prerequisites that would be
satisfied by that course.
(a) two fourth-year semester courses in economic history:

Research Methods and Readings in Economic History 1 and 2.
Microeconomics 1
ECON1101 (6 units)
(b) two semester courses at an appropriate level selected from

economic history and related disciplines.
First Year Course
(c) a research thesis which is given the weight of four

semester courses. The topic of research must be approved after
consultation in the School, and work on the thesis is supervised
by a member of the School.

Contact Hours: Three lectures a week plus one tutorial.
Incompatible: with ECON1001/1011 Economics I (P or H).
Syllabus: The program is designed for students who wish to

study economic history at an advanced level and who are
interested in carrying out a research project. Students are
encouraged to combine their economic history with coursework
in related disciplines. The total honours program is the
equivalent of eight semester courses. These consist of:
Syllabus: The course examines the way in which scarce

resources are allocated in market economies. Commencing
with an analysis of production possibilities and gains from
specialisation and trade, it then develops the model of market
supply and demand which is subsequently employed to
examine the effects of taxes, subsidies, and other government
interventions in market activity. The implications of different
market structures, including perfect competition, monopoly
and oligopoly, on consumer welfare and producer profits are
examined. Following this some attention is given to the role
of labour in the production process. Public goods, externalities
and common resources provide key examples of cases in which
private markets may yield socially sub-optimal outcomes are
examined and the role of government policy in correcting for
these is discussed. Finally, numerous international trade issues
are discussed.
(a) two fourth-year semester courses in economic history:

Research Methods and Readings in Economic History 1 and 2.
Proposed Assessment: End-of-semester examination together

with fortnightly tutorial tests.
(b) two semester courses at an appropriate level selected from

economic history and related disciplines.
Preliminary Reading: Heyne, P., The Economic Way of Thinking,

MacMillan, 6th edn, 1991
(c) a research thesis which is given the weight of four

semester courses. The topic of research must be approved after
consultation in the School, and work on the thesis is supervised
by a member of the School.
Macroeconomics 1
ECON1102 (6 units)

ECHI4004 (P) 12 units
Later Year Course
Semester 1 Semester 2
approval of the Head of School, and interested students should
discuss the matter with the Head of School or convenor of the
honours program.
Economics I (H)
ECON1100 (6 units)
First Year Course
Semester 2
Contact Hours: Lectures and tutorials as for ECON1102
Macroeconomics 1 plus two additional contact hours per week.
Prerequisites: ECON1101 Microeconomics 1.
Incompatible: with ECON1102 Macroeconomics 1 and
Syllabus: Economics 1 (H) includes the same syllabus as
Macroeconomics 1, with two additional hours per week in
First Year Course

Contact Hours: Three lectures a week with tutorials
Prerequisites: Completion of or concurrent enrolment in
ECON1101 Microeconomics 1.
Incompatible: with ECON1100 Economics 1 (H) and
Syllabus: Macroeconomics is concerned with the operation of
the economy as a whole, with attention paid to such things
as unemployment, inflation, and interest rates, determination
of the level of national income, savings and investment, and
the exchange rate and the current account of the balance
of payments. The course develops a consistent model of the
443
economy to explore the interactions of key macroeconomic

markets and variables and to examine the impacts of different
kinds of shocks to the economy and the role of government
budgetary and monetary policy in influencing the level of
economic activity.
Behavioural Economics: Psychology and Economics

ECON2013 (6 units)
Proposed Assessment: End-of-semester examination together

with fortnightly tutorial tests.
Contact Hours: Two 1hour lectures and one tutorial per week.
Preliminary Reading: Heyne, P., The Economic Way of Thinking,

MacMillan, 6th edn, 1991
Later Year Course

Semester 2
Prerequisites: Completion of ECON1101 Microeconomics or
ECON1100 Economics 1(H)
Contact Hours: Three contact hours per week throughout

the semester.
Syllabus: This course presents psychological and experimental

economics research demonstrating departures from perfect
rationality, self-interest and other classical assumptions of
economics and explores ways that these departures can
be modelled and incorporated into mainstream positive
and normative economics. Topics will include themes in
psychology and economics, prospect theory, intertemporal
choice, malleability and inaccessibility of preferences, bounded
rationality, behavioural game theory and social preferences.

ECON2101/2111 Microeconomics 2 (P or H).
Proposed Assessment: A number of graded problem sets, a

midsemester examination and a final examination.
Japanese Economy and Economic Policy

ECON2008 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 2
Incompatible: with ASIA2023 Japanese Economic Development

Since World War II
Syllabus: This course is designed to introduce students to the
operation and management of the Japanese economy and
its impact on Australia and the Asia-Pacific region. Stress will
be given to the analytic and policy interest in the operation
and management of an economic system built on different
social and institutional foundations from that of our own and
the interaction between the Japanese economy and other
economies, particularly the Australian economy.
Proposed Assessment: Assignments are prescribed as well as an
examination at the end of the semester.
Preliminary Reading: Drysdale, P. and Gower, L. (eds), Japanese
Economy and Economic Policy, vols I-VIII, Routledge, 1998
Flath, D., The Japanese Economy, Oxford University Press, 2000
Drysdale, P., International Economic Pluralism: Economic Policy
in East Asia and the Pacific, AllenU or Columbia UP, 1988
Garnaut, R. and Drysdale, P. (eds), Asia Pacific Regionalis:
Readings in International Economic Relations, Harper,
Educational in association with Australia-Japan Research
Centre, 1994
Labour Economics and Industrial Relations (P)

ECON2009 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 1
Contact Hours: Two 1-hour lectures and one tutorial per week.
Syllabus: This course provides a theoretical and empirical
discussion of labour markets. Topics considered will include:
labour supply and the determinants of hours of work,
migration, investments in human capital, labour demand,
wage determination, discrimination, internal labour markets,
trade unions, and macroeconomic issues related to wages and
employment.
Proposed Assessment: A 1hour mid-semester examination and a
2-hour final examination. An essay assignment can be arranged
for interested students.
444

ECON2057 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 2
Contact Hours: Lectures and tutorials as for the pass course
together with additional work.
Syllabus: As for the pass course together with more
advanced work.
Labour Economics and Industrial Relations (H)

ECON2059 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 1
Contact Hours: Lectures and tutorials as for the pass course plus
one additional honours class per week.
Syllabus: The honours section provides a more detailed
theoretical and empirical treatment of most topics covered
concurrently in the pass course.
Proposed Assessment: Assessment will be based on the same
arrangements as for the pass course although examinations
and essays for the honours students will be marked at a higher
standard. Some exam questions given to the honours section
will differ from those given to the pass course.
Microeconomics 2(P)
ECON2101 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 1
Contact Hours: Two/Three lectures and one tutorial per week.
Prerequisites: ECON1101 Microeconomics 1, or ECON1001/1011
Economics I (P or H).
Syllabus: Building upon material introduced in Microeconomics

1, this course aims to provide a solid understanding of basic
microeconomic theory and the ability to apply those tools and
ideas. Models describing the economic behaviour of individual
decision-makers and the outcomes of markets are developed
and applied with an interest in their impact on social welfare.
Questions addressed include: What influences consumer
demand decisions and how? How do firms decide on how
much to produce and how much inputs to use? How do prices
function to coordinate economic activity? What is meant by
economic efficiency? When do markets fail to achieve efficient
outcomes? Training in economic analysis is achieved via weekly
tutorials that go over problem sets linked to material presented
in lecture. Overall, the course takes an analytical approach
emphasising rigorous logical reasoning and economic problem
solving.
Proposed Assessment: In-class tests, tutorial assignments, group
presentations, and final examination.
Macroeconomics 2(P)
ECON2102 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 2
Contact Hours: Two/Three hours of lectures and a one-hour
tutorial each week throughout the semester.
Syllabus: This course builds on the analysis developed in
Macroeconomics 1. New elements are models of long run
growth, and a more extensive treatment of the open economy
and exchange rates. Other topics may include the role of
expectations in capital markets and imperfect competition in
labour markets. The course emphasises the analysis of recent
changes in the global economy, such as the opening of global
capital markets, the surge in Asian growth into the 1990s, the
subsequent Asian financial crisis and the US technology boom.
The aim is to build the skills to analyse their effects on small
open economies like Australia and assess any implications for
macroeconomic policy. Lectures and tutorial work progress
through the construction of an elemental model of the
open economy, its use to analyse the effects of domestic
macroeconomic policy and to assess external shocks.
Proposed Assessment: A combination of tutorial problem sets,
short essays and a final examination.
Industrial Organisation(P)
ECON2107 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 2
Syllabus: Industrial Organisation as a field revolves around
the structure and behaviour of firms. But it includes a couple
of perspectives on that: the participants views (which focus
on business strategy) and outsiders views: economists,
consumers, policy-makers and regulators (who might all be
concerned more with general welfare issues.) In this course we

shall rely on the tools of game theory to stress the strategic
aspect of firms interactions and internal organisations. So
we look at various theories about the organisation of firms
and industries. Attention is focused on the determinants of
the various organisational forms and the strategic behaviour
encountered within them. Topics include price discrimination,
product differentiation, adverse selection, moral hazard, market
structure determinants, and the internal organisation of firms.
Proposed Assessment: A final examination, a midterm test and a
number of Problem Sets.
Microeconomics 2(H)
ECON2111 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 1
Contact Hours: Lectures as for the pass course, together
with an additional honours class per week. This course is
designed to present more advanced microeconomic analysis to
high-performing students who might be considering going on
to take an Honours degree.
Syllabus: The course will include the same syllabus as
Microeconomics 2(P) with treatment in greater depth of
some of the pass course material and the discussion of some
more advanced topics based on recent developments in
microeconomics, including game theory and the economics of
uncertainty and asymmetric information.
Proposed Assessment: Candidates are required to complete
all assignments and examinations prescribed for the pass
course. In addition, candidates are required to complete several
assignments and to take an end- of-semester examination
based upon the subject matter of the honours classes.
Macroeconomics 2(H)
ECON2111 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 2
together with additional honours classes throughout the
semester.
Macroeconomics 1 or ECON1100 Economics 1 (H), or ECON
1001/1011 Economics (P or H).
Syllabus: The course covers the same syllabus as
Macroeconomics 2(P) with topics from the pass course
being discussed in greater depth and with the addition of
more advanced topics based on recent developments in
macroeconomics.
Proposed Assessment: As for the pass course plus additional
assessment on the honours material.
445

ECON2120 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 2
Syllabus: This course provides an introduction to the economic
analysis of law and legal institutions. The course applies the
standard tools of microeconomic analysis (many of which
have already been learned and mastered by students in
Microeconomics 1 and 2) to investigate the individual incentive
effects of legal rules, and then uses this analysis to evaluate the
efficiency properties of legal rules. Topics include the economic
analysis of tort law, property law, contract law, criminal law,
litigation and settlement, and others at time permits.
Prerequisites: ECON2125 Mathematics for Economists A.

Syllabus: This course is the second of a two-semester sequence,
which introduces students to a range of mathematical concepts
and techniques that are useful in analysing economic issues.
The main focus is on modelling dynamical systems, in both
continuous and discrete time, and on dynamic optimisation
methods. The topics to be covered will be drawn from review of
integral calculus, differential equations, optimal control theory,
difference equations, Markov chains and dynamic programming.
Proposed Assessment: Mid-semester and end-of-semester
examinations.
Resource and Environmental Economics (P)

ECON2128 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 1
Proposed Assessment: A 1-hour in-term examination, and a

3-hour final examination.
Contact Hours: Two lectures per week plus tutorials throughout

the semester.
Preliminary Reading: Friedman, D (2000) Laws Order: What

Economics Has to Do with Law and Why it Matters, New York:
Princeton University Press

Mathematics for Economists A

ECON2125 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 1
ECON1001/1011 Economics I (P or H), and EMET1001
Foundations of Economic and Financial Models or STAT1006
Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics 1.
Syllabus: The course will start with a brief review of graphs and
functions used in economic theory, calculus of a single variable,
vectors, matrices and determinants. It will then examine partial
derivatives and total derivatives; comparative statics; concavity
and convexity; unconstrained maximisation/minimisation;
maximisation/minimisation subject to constraints; the
implicit function theorem and the envelope theorem; and
the Kuhn-Tucker theorem and conditions. Throughout the
course, the usefulness of these concepts and techniques will be
illustrated by applications to theoretical economic analysis.
Proposed Assessment: Mid-semester and semester
examinations.
Preliminary Reading: It should be unnecessary for students
who have completed Fundamentals of Economic and Financial
Modelling recently and who have a firm understanding of
this material. However, students without a solid knowledge
of graphs and functions used in economic theory, calculus
of a single variable and vectors, matrices and determinants
should review Dowling, E.T., Schaums Outline: Introduction to
Mathematical Economics, Ch 1-4 and 7-11, McGraw Hill, 1992.
Mathematics for Economists B

ECON2127 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 2
Contact Hours: Three lectures per week with tutorials
throughout the semester.
446
Syllabus: The course deals with the exploitation of exhaustible,

renewable, and environmental resources and the public policy
issues that arise in seeking their efficient use. Strong connecting
threads are the problem of ill-defined property rights in the
market allocation of these resources and the importance of
comparing costs and benefits across different periods of time
in determining their optimal use. The course first deals with
the theory of exhaustible resources and examines the effects
of different market and mineral leasing arrangements, and of
alternative taxation regimes, on the efficient exploitation of
mineral and energy resources. The theory of renewable resource
exploitation is discussed, with particular applications to forestry
and to fishing and alternative policies for regulating these
activities. The latter part of the course examines problems of
environmental degradation and natural area conservation, with
a particular focus on the alternative policy tools and evaluation
procedures that are available to governments to moderate
pollution and other forms of environmental damage.
Resource and Environmental Economics (H)

ECON2129 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 1
Contact Hours: Two lectures per week plus tutorials throughout
the semester.
Prerequisites: Completion or concurrent enrolment in
Syllabus: Lectures for the honours level course will extend the
material covered at pass level with more rigour. Students may
be required to present research papers.
Proposed assessment: A mid term examination, an in-class test
and a final examination.
Public Economics - Theory (P)

ECON2131 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 1
Contact Hours: Three contact hours per week.

Syllabus: This course uses the basic tools of microeconomics
to analyse the role of government and the rationale for and
design of taxation and expenditure policy. Emphasis is placed on
attaining a solid grasp of the basic theory of public economics.
The topics to be covered will be drawn from: a review of basic
microeconomics; welfare economics; externalities; public goods;
public choice; distribution issues; cost benefit analysis; and
taxation - efficiency and equity issues, Australian tax policy, and
fiscal federalism.
Proposed Assessment: 2 take-home tests, a researchessay and
an end-of-semester examination. Details to be determined at
the commencement of the course.
Public Economics - Theory (H)

ECON2132 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 1
Contact Hours: Contact hours as for the pass course together
with additional honours classes and assessment.
Syllabus: As for the pass course with additional advanced
material.
Proposed Assessment: 2 take-home tests, a research essay and
an end-of-semester examination. Details to be determined at
the commencement of the course.

ECON2139 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 2
together with additional classes as may be required throughout
the semester.
Syllabus: As for the pass course, together with more advanced
topics in the same field.
Proposed Assessment: To be determined.

Game Theory (P)
ECON2141 (6 units)
individuals. Game theory has successfully been applied in a

diverse range of fields such as economics, political science,
law biology and computer science. The aim of this course is to
introduce the main ideas of game theory. The theory will be
illustrated by way of examples, which will primarily be drawn
from economics and political science. While the level of the
course will be introductory, and mathematical prerequisites are
minimal, the presentation of the material will rely on precise
logical arguments. Prior acquaintance with economic modelling
is helpful, but is not a requirement for the course.
Proposed Assessment: To be determined

Game Theory (H)
ECON2142 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 2
together with an additional honours lecture each week.
Prerequisites: ECON2125 Mathematics for Economists A or prior
study of university mathematics at the level of MATH1013 or
MATH1115 and ECON2101/2111 Microeconomics 2 (P or H).
Syllabus: The honours course covers the same topics as the pass
course in greater depth.
Proposed Assessment: To be determined.
Health Economics
ECON3004 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 1
the semester.
Syllabus: Demand for health and health care, theory of
consumer behaviour and demand for health insurance, moral
hazard and adverse selection, production of health and health
care, including economic models of hospitals and hospital cost
analysis, public choice approaches to issues in the health sector,
output budgeting and economic evaluation of health care
programs. Throughout the course the emphasis will be on the
application of microeconomic analysis to health issues.
Proposed Assessment: Students will be required to sit a threehour examination at the end of the semester and to complete
written work during the course. Details to be determined at
commencement of the course.
Later Year Course

Semester 2
Contact Hours: Three contact hours per week
Prerequisites: ECON1101 Microeconomics 1 or ECON1001/1011
Economics I (P or H), and EMET1001 Foundations of Economic
and Financial Models or prior study of university mathematics
to an appropriate level.
Syllabus: Game theory studies models of conflict and
cooperation between rational decision-makers. It provides
framework for analysing situations in which two or more
individuals interact in a strategic setting, where each
individuals welfare depends on the behaviour of the other
Financial Economics(P)
ECON3006 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 2
Contact Hours: Two lectures per week with tutorials
Prerequisites: ECON2101/2111 Microeconomics 2 (P or H).
Syllabus: This course examines the economic principles that
determine the allocation of resources through time in market
economies. It uses supply and demand relationships to value
capital assets (or projects more generally). There is a detailed
447
treatment of the effects of risk and taxes on capital asset prices,

and the Modigliani-Miller financial policy irrelevance theorems
are derived and examined in detail.
Preliminary Reading: Hirschleifer, J., Price Theory and
Applications (2nd Edition), 1980 - Chapter 16.
A combination of material is drawn from books, journals and
lecture handouts.

ECON3013 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 1
one additional honours lecture per week.
Prerequisites: ECON2101/2111 Microeconomics 2 (P or H) and
ECON2102/2112 Macroeconomics 2 (P or H).
Incompatible: ECON3103 International Economics (P)
Syllabus: The additional honours material builds on the content
of the pass course by treating the theory of international
trade and application of general equilibrium analysis to trade
models in greater depth. Possible topics include: conditions
and theorems of the standard 2x2 trade model with full factor
mobility and with immobile factors; analysis of the effects of
trade policies in the general equilibrium setting; incorporation
of non-traded goods and the impact of external and internal
shocks on the real exchange rate; short-run macroeconomic
effects of trade policy and external economic shocks; imperfect
competition and strategic trade policy.
Proposed Assessment: As for the pass course, but with a
different examination at the end of the semester.
Prescribed Text: As for the pass course, with additional journal
article references and web materials.
This course is for intending Economics IV Honours students and
other students who want a greater level of challenge, a more
extensive treatment of the theory of international trade than
is possible in the pass course and, particularly, an introduction
to the use of general equilibrium analysis and its quantitative
application in the context of trade models
Information presented here should be read in parallel with
ECON3103 International Economics (P

ECON3016 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 2
one additional honours lecture per week.
Syllabus: The material in the pass course is extended in the
honours lectures to a general equilibrium setting using the
state-preference model of Arrow and Debreu. Also, the course
examines the economics of insurance in the presence of
asymmetric information where moral hazard and adverse
selection problems arise. Reading: As for the pass course plus
additional lecture handouts.
Preliminary Reading: Elton, E.J. and Gruber, M.J., Modern
Portfolio Theory and Investment Analysis (5th edition), John
Wiley and Sons, 1995 Hirschliefer, J., Investment, Interest, and
Capital, Prentice Hall, 1970.
448

ECON3054 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 1
Contact Hours: Two lectures per week with tutorials.
Prerequisites: ECON2101/2111 Microeconomics 2 (P or H)
Syllabus: The course is designed to investigate some key issues
and events in the modern international economy through the
use of simple quantitative general equilibrium analysis. All
graduates of ANU who practice as economists, even if they
never become involved in modelling the Australian or world
economies, will need to interpret the results from general
equilibrium and related models. Such models as the Monash
Model, the McKibbin G-Cubed Model, the GTAP Model, the
Murphy Model and the ABARE GTEM Model are in the constant
use in branches of government and the private sector to
analyse shocks to the economy, including prospective changes
in government policies at home and abroad. The course
introduces students to advanced analysis of the open economy
and to the construction and use of the types of models that
make that analysis possible.
Preliminary Reading: There will be no text as such, though
readings will be assigned for each topic. Three volumes drawn
on frequently will be:
Dixon, P.B., B.R. Parmenter, A.A. Powell and P.J. Wilcoxen,
Notes and Problems in Applied General Equilibrium Analysis,
Amsterdam: North Holland 1992.
Dixon, P.B. and M.T. Rimmer, Dynamic General Equilibrium
Modelling for Forecasting and Policy: A Practical Guide and
Documentation of Monash, Amsterdam: North Holland, 2002.
Hertel, T.W. (1997), Global Trade Analysis Using the GTAP Model,
Cambridge University Press, New York, 1997.
Economics 3 (H)
ECON3100 (6 units) C
Later Year Course
Semester 2
Contact Hours: Two hours of lectures plus tutorials.
Syllabus: This course is concerned with aspects of decision
theory and the economics of individual and social choice
and provides a basic grounding in game theory. Topics
covered may include: individual choice under certainty and
under uncertainty; static and dynamic games with complete
information and with incomplete information; cooperative
game theory; social choice mechanisms and issues; and the
economics of elections.
Proposed Assessment: End of semester examination together
with regular problem sets and a mid-semester examination.
Economics 3 (H) is a prerequisite for entry into Economics IV
(H). Students will normally take this course concurrently with
third year economics courses
Microeconomics 3
ECON3101 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 1
Contact Hours: Two/Three lectures and one tutorial per week
Syllabus: This course builds upon material covered in

Microeconomics 1 and 2 by introducing some advanced tools
of microeconomics theory and applying them to the analysis
of the formation and effects of government policies. Topics
and techniques that are emphasised include: concepts and
measurement of individual and aggregate consumer and
producer welfare; partial and general equilibrium efficiency
analysis; applications to taxation and regulation (including
optimal taxation and the marginal cost of funds); government
failure, public choice and the positive theory of government
intervention.
and then examining the economics of trade policy coordination

through multilateral and regional arrangements. The debate
on the role of industrial policy in the process of economic
development will also receive attention. The latter part of
the course will develop the understanding of macroeconomic
issues and policy in the open economy setting, with particular
attention being paid to the internationalisation of financial
markets and its implications for the interdependence of
macroeconomic outcomes, the analysis of international
macroeconomic policy coordination and monetary union,
and the role of expectations and risk in determining spot and
forward currency exchange rates.
Proposed Assessment: A three-hour end-of-semester

examination and in-class tests.
Proposed Assessment: In-class tests plus a three-hour end-ofsemester examination.
Macroeconomics 3
ECON3102 (6 units)
Economics IV Honours
ECON4004F (24 units)
Later Year Course
Later Year Course
Semester 2
Contact Hours: Two/Three lectures and one tutorial per week

Prerequisites: Applicants from ANU should have satisfied the

requirements for the Bachelor of Economics pass degree at
ANU with a Distinction grade average in Microeconomics 3,
Macroeconomics 3, International Economics (H) and Economics
3(H). In addition applicants should have passed the courses
Mathematics for Economists A and Mathematics for Economists
B. Applications from students at other universities are also
welcomed. Applicants should have achieved an equivalent
distinguished standard of performance in economics in their
degree program. Students may take the bridging course offered
by the School in February that reviews the principal analytical
economic and mathematical techniques upon which the
program builds.
Prerequisites: ECON2101/2111 Macroeconomics 2 (P or H) and

Syllabus: This course extends and reinforces the material
developed in Macroeconomics 2 by analysing a number of
policy issues in macroeconomics. Its objective is to show
how practical problems can be structured and analysed
using macroeconomic models and appropriate data. Most
of the applications will be drawn from contemporary and
historical Australian experience. Topics to be discussed include
measurement and interpretation of macroeconomic aggregates;
impact of the world economy on short-run fluctuations in
Australia; determinants of economic growth and foreign debt;
assessment of the impact of fiscal policy; inflation targets and
monetary policy; and the persistence of unemployment.
Proposed Assessment: An essay and an end of semester
examination.
International Economics
ECON3103 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 1
Contact Hours: Two/Three lectures and one tutorial per week.
Syllabus: The course aims to provide students with an
understanding of, and the competence to apply economic
analysis to, the main issues confronting business and the
economy in the modern international trading and financial
environment. Issues of contemporary international debate
and policy relevance are investigated in the context of the
development of the core body of the theory of international
trade, commercial policy and international monetary economics.
The course commences with a discussion of the nature of the
gains from trade specialisation, the determinants of the pattern
of world trade, and the factors that influence the benefits to
an economy (and its component sectors and groups) from
participation in the international trading system. A significant
proportion of the course will focus on commercial policy issues,
commencing with an analysis of unilateral trade policy changes
Syllabus: The course consists of a mix of coursework and

research. The coursework requires completion of six semester
length courses approved by the honours convenor. The research
component consists of a sub-thesis that is given the weight of
two semester courses.
ECON4004P (12 units)
Later Year Course
requirements for the Bachelor of Economics pass degree at
ANU with a Distinction grade average in Microeconomics 3,
Macroeconomics 3, International Economics (H) and Economics
3(H). In addition applicants should have passed the courses
Mathematics for Economists A and Mathematics for Economists
B. Applications from students at other universities are also
welcomed. Applicants should have achieved an equivalent
distinguished standard of performance in economics in their
degree program. Students may take the bridging course offered
by the School in February that reviews the principal analytical
economic and mathematical techniques upon which the
program builds.
Syllabus: The course consists of a mix of coursework and
research. The coursework requires completion of six semester
length courses approved by the honours convenor. The research
component consists of a sub-thesis that is given the weight of
two semester courses.
449
Economics/Econometrics IV Honours
Later Year Course
Syllabus: Further details may be obtained from the School
ofEconomics.
Later Year Course
Syllabus: Further details may be obtained from the School
of Economics.
Applied Economics IV Honours

Later Year Course
requirements for a Bachelor degree from theANU College
ofBusiness and Economicswith a Creditgrade or better in
each of the courses Microeconomics 3 and Macroeconomics
3. Applicants from other universities should have achieved
an equivalent standard of performance in economics in their
degree program.
Syllabus: The Applied Economics course comprises eight
semester length courses:
Semester 1
Microeconomics
Mathematical Techniques in Economics I
Research Methods in Applied Economics
Elective course
Semester 2
Macroeconomics
Applied econometrics course
Elective course
Research essay on an applied economics topic

Later Year Course
requirements for a Bachelor degree from the ANU College
of Business and Economics with a Credit grade or betterin
each of the courses Microeconomics 3 and Macroeconomics
3. Applicants from other universities should have achieved
an equivalent standard of performance in economics in their
degree program.
Semester 2
Macroeconomics
Applied econometrics course
Elective course
Research essay on an applied economics topic
Foundations of Economic and Financial Models

EMET1001 (6 units)
First Year Course
Semester 2
Contact Hours: Three lectures and one tutorial per week
Incompatible: with STAT1006 Quantitative Methods for Business
and Economics 1.
Syllabus: This course is concerned with the application of
mathematical techniques to problems in economics, business,
and finance. Particular applications include: solving systems of
equations such as supply and demand models and input-output
models; discounting and present value calculations in finance;
optimisation problems such as profit maximisation and cost
minimisation.
Econometric Methods
EMET2007 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 1
Contact Hours: Four contact hours per week.
ECON1101 Microeconomics 1 or ECON1001/1011 Economics I
[(P)/(H)], and completion of EMET1001 Foundations of Economic
and Financial Models and STAT1008 Quantitative Research
Methods, or STAT1006 Quantitative Methods for Business and
Economics 1 and STAT1007 Quantitative Methods for Business
and Economics 2, or STAT2001 Introductory Mathematical
Statistics.
Syllabus: This course provides an introduction to econometric
methods and its applications. Its theoretical framework is
based on standard linear regression theory, but the course
emphasises economic applications and hands on data analysis
using modern computer software. Topics studied will include
the properties of least squares estimators, hypothesis testing,
prediction, the choice of appropriate functional form, the use
of dummy variables, and problems such as heteroskedasticity
and serial correlation. Microeconomic and macroeconomic
applications will be used to illustrate the empirical relevance of
each topic.
EMET2008 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Syllabus: The Applied Economics course comprises eight

semester length courses:
Semester 2
Semester 1
Microeconomics
Mathematical Techniques in Economics I
Research Methods in Applied Economics
Elective course
Prerequisites: EMET2007 Econometric Methods or STAT2008

Regression Modelling, and ECON1101 Microeconomics 1 or
450
Syllabus: This course develops techniques necessary for the

quantitative analysis of economic and business problems
that are beyond the scope of the linear regression model. The
main topics studied are non-linear regression models, limited

information analysis of systems of simultaneous equations,
and single equation dynamic models. Specific applications
may include models of discrete choice, supply and demand,
expectations formation, and dynamic adjustment. Use of
computer software provides the opportunity to employ the
methods in applications from actual economic and business
case studies.
Syllabus: This course will survey econometric theory which

underlies modern applied research on macroeconomic and
financial issues, as well as some of the literature that has
applied this theory. The main objectives are to give students a
background that will enable them to understand and critically
appraise applied work on macroeconomic and financial issues,
and to provide students with some practical experience in
working with macroeconomic/financial data.
EMET3006 (6 units) C

Later Year Course
Later Year Course
Semester 2
Semester 1
Prerequisites: EMET2008 Econometric Modelling, or at least a

Distinction grade in EMET 2007.
Prerequisites: EMET2008 Econometric Modelling.
Syllabus: The aim of this course is to equip students with the

skills required to undertake independent applied research
using modern micro-econometrics methods. The course
is organised around an examination of the failures of the
standard linear regression assumptions which are encountered
in applied microeconomic research. The consequences of these
failures are examined and various econometric strategies
are developed and explored as solutions. Students undertake
numerous practical assignments using a modern econometric
software package.Topics covered typically include: panel data
econometrics, instrumental variable estimation, generalized
method of moments, simultaneous equation models, discrete
choice models, sample selection, duration models, and count
data models.
Syllabus: This course covers sufficient of the core tools

of econometric theory that students can understand and
implement more advanced methods of modelling. Principles of
inference are drawn from the generalised method of moments
and the method of maximum likelihood. The econometric
models are both linear and nonlinear in form and arise as single
equation and multiple equation relationships. Emphasis is given
to unifying the inference ideas, so that students can see the
connections between methods that are usually presented in
elementary courses as isolated one-off solutions to particular
problems. The basic material is reviewed from these broader
perspectives and the principles are then extended to more
complicated models. The insights gained will enable students to
understand advanced modelling approaches and equip them to
develop modelling techniques for other non-standard situations
that do not have ready-made solutions.

EMET3007 (6 units)
Proposed Assessment: End of semester examination plus

assignments.
Later Year Course

Semester 2
Prerequisites: EMET2007 Econometric Methods or STAT2008
Regression Modelling.
Investment Decisions and Financial Systems

ENGN3211 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 1
Syllabus: Accurate forecasting of future events and their

outcomes is a crucial input into a successful business or
economic planning process. This course provides an introduction
to the application of various forecasting techniques. The
methods include trend curve extrapolation, smoothing,
autoregressions, regression modelling, leading indicators.
The course also looks at techniques for the evaluation of
performance of forecasting methods and examines the role of
forecasts in the decision making process. Students will learn
how to use the various techniques in real world forecasting
applications.
Applied Macro and Financial Econometrics

Semester 2
The second of the two segments focuses on accounting and

financial management concepts and principles. This course
equips students with methodologies to identify and analyse
accounting information for making sound financial decisions in
real business settings.
Proposed Assessment: Quizzes (30 per cent); Exams (70 per cent)
Later Year Course
Prerequisites: 12 units of 1000-series mathematics or

statistics courses
Incompatible: BUSN1001, ASHI2021, ASHI2041, POLS1004,
ECHI1105, ECHI1106, ASHI2023
Syllabus: One segment of the course will provide an
introduction to the economic principles which underlie
decisions on private and public investment. These principles
will be used to analyse relevant issues such as choice of
capacity, pollution, public goods, safety standards and patents.
Mathematical models will be used to inform the analysis.
Prerequisites: EMET2008 Econometric Modelling, or at least a

Distinction grade in EMET2007 or EMET8005 Economic Models
and Introductory Econometrics.
451
Money Markets and Finance

FINM1001 (6 units)
First Year Course
STAT1008 Quantitative Research Methods or STAT1003
Statistical Techniques or STAT2001 Introductory Mathematical
Statistics, or current enrolment in the Bachelor of Actuarial
Studies or associated combined degree.
Syllabus: This course introduces students to the financial
system. The aim of the course is to provide students with
introductory exposure to financial transactions, institutions
and markets including money markets, stock markets, foreign
exchange, derivative markets and contracts. By the end of this
course, students are expected to have attained a sound working
knowledge of the basic principles and applications in the
following areas: financial systems, financial markets, interest
rates and financial instruments.
Corporate Finance
FINM2001 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Prerequisites: FINM1001 Money, Market and Finance.
Syllabus: This is a course in the finance discipline with a specific
focus on corporate issues. Covers a range of topics designed to
provide a general understanding of modern finance theory and
practice. Topics include: capital markets; financial decisionmaking under uncertainty; assessment of risk; portfolio
theory; valuation of equity and debt instruments; pricing of
risky assets; efficient markets; corporate financing decisions;
corporate dividend decisions; capital budgeting concepts and
applications and international finance.
Financial Instruments and Risk Management

FINM2002 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 2
Prerequisites: FINM1001 Money, Markets and Finance.
Syllabus: The course is directed at students interested in gaining
a deeper understanding of financial instruments and financial
risk management. The first half of the course covers topics on
interest rates, bond pricing, credit structure and volatility while
the second half covers topics on derivative financial contracts
such as forwards, futures, options and swaps and culminates
with two weeks covering financial risk management.
Investments
FINM3001 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 1
Prerequisites: FINM1001 Money, Markets and Finance.
452
Syllabus: This course is directed at students interested in

the study of investments, asset pricing and valuation, stock
selection and market efficiency as well as topics on bond
portfolio management, international diversification, funds
management and portfolio performance. The course provides
a practical analysis of modern financial markets, traders
and trading strategies while also covering the theoretical
underpinnings.

FINM3002 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 2
Contact Hours: Two Lectures and one tutorial per week.
Prerequisites: FINM2001/COMM2005 Corporate Finance.
international markets and operations, foreign exchange,
multinational corporations and their activities, and concepts
of international business. The course provides an analysis
of modern theory and practice in international financial
management. Topics include: decision-making in multinational
corporations; concepts and operations of foreign exchange
markets; international financial markets; Euromarkets; parity
concepts and applications; management of political risk;
funding mechanisms; capital budgeting tools and techniques;
risk management strategies in an international environment.

FINM3003 (6 units) C
Later Year Course
Semester 1
Prerequisite: FINM2002 Financial Instruments and Risk
Management and STAT3004 Stochastic Modelling
Assumed Knowledge and Required Skills: You will be assumed
to have knowledge to the level of an introductory treatment of
mathematical statistics (eg. STAT2001) and stochastic modelling
(eg. STAT3004). If you feel uncertain as to your knowledge of
these courses, you will need to go back and read the notes/
texts for these courses to familiarise yourself with the necessary
material as it will not be explicitly covered in this course.
Syllabus: This course is directed at students pursuing advanced
studies in finance wishing to gain an understanding of
stochastic processes and their application in finance. Topics
include: introduction to stochastic calculus; continuous time
concepts; applications to asset pricing and derivatives; hedging
principles.
Corporate Valuation
FINM3005 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 2
Prerequisites: FINM2001 Corporate Finance
Syllabus: The course provides an introduction to valuation
models and techniques for corporate valuation. Topics include
- company value and the managers mission; fundamental
principles of value creation; mergers, acquisitions and joint

ventures; frameworks for valuation; analysing historical
performance; estimating the cost of capital; forecasting
performance; estimating continuing value; using option pricing
methods to value flexibility; valuing cyclical companies; foreign
subsidiaries; valuation in emerging markets; valuing banks,
insurance companies, dot.coms; and multi-business valuation.
Proposed Assessment: Assessment in the course is based on a
major project (10 per cent), mid-semester examination (20 per
Preliminary Reading: Copeland, T., T. Koller, and J. Murrin,
Valuation: Measuring and Managing the Value of Companies,
third edition. John Wiley and Sons, Inc., New York.
Damodaran, Aswath, Investment Valuation, John Wiley and
Sons, Inc., New York.
Copeland, T., and F. Weston, Financial Theory and Corporate
Policy, third edition, Addison-Wesley Publishing Co., New York.
Advanced Derivatives Pricing and Applications

Later Year Course
Semester 2
Prerequisite: FINM3003 Continuous Time Finance
Finance IV Honours
FINM4004F (24 units)
Later Year Course
Prerequisites: Entry into the Finance Honours program is by
invitation only. Typically a maximum of 10 students will be
allowed to enter the program in any given year. Invitations are
issued on the basis of student performance in the core finance
courses FINM2001 Corporate Finance and FINM2002 Financial
Instruments and Risk Management, as well as in at least one of
the advanced pairings of FINM3001 Investments and FINM3002
International Financial Management or FINM3003 Continuous
Time Finance and FINM3007 Advanced Derivative Pricing and
Applications. Further, to be eligible for invitation to join the
program, students must have attained at least a mid-credit
in either STAT2008 Regression Modelling or EMET2007
Syllabus: Members of the Finance Honours cohort are required
to undertake four courses and prepare a finance-related
dissertation in order to complete the Honours year. The
coursework component usually comprises the core courses
FINM8004 Advanced Corporate Finance and STAT8010
Research Methods and Data Analysis and two electives chosen
from among FINM8006 Advanced Investments, FINM8007
International Finance, FINM8009 Derivative Instruments and
Markets and FINM8011 Empirical Finance. Finance Honours
students who have also satisfied the criteria for entry into
honours in Actuarial Studies, are also permitted to study
STAT4031 Actuarial Control Cycle 1 and STAT4032 Actuarial
Control Cycle 2. Course substitutions may be allowable with the
approval of the Convenor.
Finance IV Honours
FINM4004P (12 units)
Later Year Course
Prerequisites: Entry into the Finance Honours program is by
invitation only.Typically,a maximum of 15 students will be
allowed to enter the program in any given year. Invitations are
issued on the basis of student performance in the core finance
coursesFINM2001 Corporate Finance and FINM2002 Financial
Instruments and Risk Management, as well as in at least one of
the advanced pairings ofFINM3001 Investments andFINM3002
International Financial Management or FINM3003 Continuous
Time Finance and FINM3007 Advanced Derivative Pricing and
Applications. Further, to be eligible for invitation to join the
program, students must have attained at least a mid-credit
in either STAT2008 Regression Modelling or EMET2007
Syllabus: Members of the Finance Honours cohort are required
to undertake four courses and prepare a finance-related
dissertation in order to complete the Honours year. The
coursework component usually comprises the core courses
FINM8004 Advanced Corporate Finance and STAT8010
Research Methods and Data Analysis and two electives chosen
from among FINM8006 Advanced Investments, FINM8007
International Finance, FINM8009 Derivative Instruments and
Markets and FINM8011 Empirical Finance. Course substitutions
may be allowable with the approval of the Convenor.
Students requiring further information regarding the Finance
Honours program should contact the Convenor directly.

INFS1001 (6 units)
First Year Course
Syllabus: This course provides students with a sound working
knowledge of the basic principles and applications of
information systems, their mechanics and social implications.
The course gives students examples of each major system
type. Topics include decision making, hardware and software
mechanics and types, IS trends, artificial and natural risks,
communications theory and electronic networks, electronic
commerce and IS ethics. Each topic is also presented in terms
of a practical application so as to contextualise student
understanding.
Electronic Business
INFS2004 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 2
Prerequisites: INFS1001 Business Information Systems or
COMP1100 Introduction to Programming and Algorithms, or
COMP1120 From Programming to Software Engineering.
Students requiring further information regarding the Finance

Honours program should contact the Convenor directly.
453
Syllabus: This course gives a complete introduction to the world

of electronic commerce, with a balanced coverage of business
and technical topics. Students are introduced to both the
theory and practice of doing business over the Internet and the
World Wide Web. Topics covered include: infrastructure, tools,
software, security, online payment methods, Web design issues,
an introduction to business models, planning for e-commerce
and social and environmental issues. Project work involves the
strategic analysis and design of an e-commerce solution.

INFS2005 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Contact Hours: At least 3 contact hours per week
Prerequisites: BUSN1002 Accounting Processes and Systems,
or equivalent.
Syllabus: Business systems form an integral part of the
operation of the modern business organisations. This course
takes a close look at the way these systems are structured in
organisations, typically in enterprise-wide systems such as ERP
systems, to ensure that they are able to successfully collect
and process information relating to their core transactions.
To this end, this course focuses on the main transaction
cycles and business processes, the technologies required for
these activities, as well as the international controls required
to regulate their operation. Students will gain a detailed
understanding of these transaction cycles and business
processes by focusing on theory as well as engaging in practice.
This course also considers some relevant developments such as
new message protocols like XML and XBRL used in electronic
commerce that are particularly important to users of financial
accounting information such as analysts and investors.

INFS2024 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 1
Syllabus: This course prepares students for future managerial

level appointments by introducing the important management
and socio-technical concepts related to the strategic
development, investment and use of Business IT systems in
organisations and business enterprises. The course actively
builds on the material introduced in INFS1001 Business
Information Systems by focussing on integrated business
systems thinking, particularly in the areas of organisational
enterprise architecture and business process management
The course also covers enterprise systems design principles;
the people dimension of enterprise systems; ; trust, security
and ethics in the enterprise; enterprise resource, supply
and customer relationship management systems; and, the
importance of executive information systems in the corporate
decision-making process. A practically oriented research report
targeted at a contemporary real-world business problem is
required as part of the assessment.

INFS3024 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 1
Prerequisites: INFS2024 Information Systems Analysis or
COMP2400 Relational Databases.
Syllabus: This course gives students a thorough grounding
in the management of technology in an organisational
context, placing particular emphasis on the CIO perspective.
The unit material complements applied student knowledge
with a more theoretical technology management foundation.
Topics are presented from a textbook and, where appropriate,
relevant readings from the contemporary literature are used
to present competing points of view. Topics include the
information system in the organisation, information system
planning, enterprise systems in context, systems to support
operations and management, policy development and directive
management. Students are introduced to the practical aspects
of this area through a series of case studies.
Proposed Assessment: Partial exams and Assignments (50 per

cent); Final Exam (50 per cent)
Prerequisites: INFS1001 Business Information Systems, or

equivalent, or COMP1100 Introduction to Programming and
Algorithms or COMP2720 Automating Tool for New Media.
Project Management and Information Systems

INFS3059 (6 units)
Syllabus: Topics covered include: the context of systems

analysis, elements of systems theory and the place of system
analysis in the system development life cycle, the tasks of
the systems analyst and skills required, project selection and
scoping, feasibility and risk assessment, requirements gathering,
traditional structured analysis methods, process and data
oriented, object-oriented analysis using UML, automated
support for systems analysis, CASE tools, soft methods: rich
pictures and root definitions, moving from analysis into design.
Enterprise Systems in Business

INFS3002 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 2
Contact Hours: Up to three contact hours per week
Assumed Knowledge: to the level of INFS1001 Business
Information Systems
454
Later Year Course

Semester 2
Contact Hours:
Prerequisites: INFS2024 Information Systems Analysis and
COMP2400 Relational Databases, or INFS3024 Information
Systems Management.
Syllabus: This unit gives students a grounding in project
management in an operational context. Students undertake
a real world project of their own selection, using tools and
techniques from the course to see it to successful conclusion.
Principal topics include tools for project management,
communication principles, Work Breakdown Structures,
resource loading, risk management tools, fault and event trees,
quality management including Six Sigma methods and internal
audits. Course theory is illustrated with tangible examples and
case studies.
MATH1003 (6 units)

MATH3501 (6 units)
First Year Course
Later Year Course
See entry under ANU Colleges of Science
MATH1005 (6 units)
Business Skills
MGMT1001 (6 units)
First Year Course
First Year Course

MATH1013 (6 units)
First Year Course

MATH1014 (6 units)
First Year Course
Mathematics and its Applications 1 Honours

MATH1115 (6 units)
First Year Course

MATH1115 (6 units)
First Year Course

MATH2035 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Analysis 1 Honours 3
MATH2320 (6 units)
Later Year Course

MATH2501 (6 units)
Later Year Course
MATH3015 (6 units)
Later Year Course

Syllabus: Business Skills utilises an integrative case study
involving a range of workplace scenarios that require students
to take on the role of a new graduate appointed to assist
a senior executive. The course requires students to develop
effective responses to a range of challenges affecting public
and private sector organisations. Students will assemble a
portfolio to demonstrate capability to prospective employers.
The program content will contain a mixture of theory and
practice aimed at developing students communication skills for
both academic and business success.
Management, People and Organisations

MGMT1003 (6 units)
First Year Course
Incompatible: with BUSN1003/BUSN2029 Management, People
and Organisations.
Syllabus: This course aims to provide an overview of the
theories and practices of management in organisational
contexts. Specific issues covered include the history of
management thought, management roles, management
functions, planning and strategy, organisation structure and
design, control, and process improvement in organisations.
MGMT2001 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 1
Prerequisites: At least 48 units
Syllabus: In the 21st century, corporations cannot ignore
the impact of increasing formal (regulatory) and informal
(community) expectations relating to economic, social, and
environmental sustainability. This course examines the scope
of these expectations, explores the reasons behind these
expectations, and evaluates the impact of these expectations on
corporations operating in a dynamic competitive environment.
The course takes the perspective of an individual corporation
that wants to: examine both its internal and external
environments to determine the range of sustainability issues
that it faces; develop strategies for sustainable practices that
enhance its competitive position; make a business case to a
range of its stakeholders, including owners, for the adoption
of those sustainable practices; and understand the principal
barriers to the implementation of those practices.
455

MGMT2003 (6 units)
Techniques for Business Project Management

MGMT3002 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Later Year Course
Semester 2
Semester 2
Syllabus: Increasingly businesses draw on research techniques

to facilitate the development of strategy, market research and
decision making. Therefore in order to function effectively
students require a basic introduction to these research
techniques and a firm grasp of how they are applied in the
business context. Analytical awareness, clear thinking and an
ability to communicate are all critical graduate skills which
will extend and enhance the initial foundation established in
Business Skills.
Syllabus: The course will introduce project management

approaches, processes and tools for succeeding in the
workplace. It will attempt to provide a strategic view, as
well as practical tools to better manage projects. The focus
of this course is on the development, use and integration
of management tools and their adjustment to the project
environment. Throughout the course, the emphasis is on
taking a managerial view of the situation and implementing
tools to support decision making. Topics that may be covered
include project governance, project scoping, project scheduling,
resource management, cost management, project crashing, risk
management, quality management, project control, computer
Lab-Microsoft Project and new trends in project management.
The Business Decision Making course aims to provide students

with a range of knowledge and skills including, an exposure to
a variety of business research methods, including qualitative
research methods appropriate for research into organisations
and the development of the understanding necessary to
communicate and interact effectively, and to evaluate the
validity and reliability of research studies/results.
MGMT2007 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 2
Incompatible: with BUSN2007 Organisational Behaviour.
Syllabus: This course provides an introduction to the theories
that attempt to explain behaviour within organisations at
the individual, group and organisational levels. Key theories
explored include: individual behaviour and learning, perception
and personality in organisations, workplace values, ethics
and emotions, employee motivation, stress management,
decision-making and employee involvement, communicating
in organisations, leadership, work design, organisational
culture, organisational structure and design and organisational
development and change.

MGMT2030 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 1
Incompatible: with BUSN2030 Human Resource Management
and Strategy.
Syllabus: This course provides an overview of the principles,
theories and practices of human resource management
(HRM) and the linkage between HRM and business strategy.
Specific topics include the strategic role of HRM, recruitment
and selection, learning and career development, employee
motivation and reward management, performance appraisal,
diversity management, occupational health and safety,
employment relations and International HRM.
456
Corporate Strategy
MGMT3015 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 1
Incompatible: with BUSN3015/COMM3015 Corporate Strategy.
Syllabus: This course covers the formulation and
implementation of strategies by corporations and businesses.
The forces and factors that influence the choice of strategies,
and their success or failure are examined. Topics include
external analysis of opportunities and threats, internal
analysis of capabilities and competencies, choice of strategy
at functional, business, corporate and global levels, alignment
of structures and controls with strategies and evaluation of
strategies. The course draws upon case studies to highlight key
concepts in strategic decision-making.
Business Ethics
MGMT3016 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 2
Incompatible: with BUSN3016 Business Ethics.
Syllabus: The course promotes reflection on the ethical domain
of economic decision making and develops the students
capacity to analyse and argue the ethical dimension. The
principal philosophical ethical theories are discussed, and their
applicability to business examined. The relationship between
business ethics, law and religion is considered, as is the impact
of agency theory and stakeholder theory. A range of practical
applications which individuals are likely to encounter in the
earlier years of their career are examined, including negotiation
ethics, whistleblowing, privacy, conflicts of interest and
discrimination. More general topics include environmental
ethics, codes of conduct and globalisation. A pervading theme is
the question who is responsible for business ethics?
Leadership
MGMT3021 (6 units)
Marketing Research
MKTG2001 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Later Year Course
Semester 1

MKTG2004/2001 Marketing or BUSN1004/2010 Marketing and
STAT1008 Quantitative Research Methods or STAT1009 Business
Statistics
Incompatible: BUSN3021 Leadership.

Syllabus: This course aims to develop students leadership skills.
Specific topics covered include traits and behaviours of leaders,
situational and charismatic leadership, ethics and corporate
social responsibility, power and politics, managing change and
taking action, conflict resolution and negotiation, leading teams
and the relationship between leadership and organisational
performance.

MGMT3025 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 1
Syllabus: The course is structured around a live client

management problem. Previous experience suggests that
students gain a better appreciation for the value of marketing
research output when a client is interested in the outcome.
Students will be introduced to the marketing research process
and the design of effective marketing research projects using
case examples along with past research projects and industry
examples.
The course provides students with a practical applied
introduction to the marketing research process, emphasising:
the scope and methodology of applied marketing research

in marketing decision making
Prerequisites: BUSI2025/BUSN2025/BUSN2026 International

Business or MGMT2030/BUSN2030 Human Resource
Management and Strategy.
developing knowledge and practical skills to plan,

implement and report marketing research projects
Incompatible: BUSN3025 International Human Resource

Management.
translating a management problem into a research oriented

problem, including the development of research objectives
and hypotheses
Syllabus: This course provides an understanding of the role

of human resource management (HRM) in international
contexts. The course is divided into three areas of study: the
context of international HRM, strategic and functional HRM
in international contexts, and comparative international
contexts. Specific topics include globalisation, work and labour
regulation; strategic HRM issues in international contexts;
issues related to host, home and third country nationals;
recruitment, selection, training, development and compensation
in international contexts, expatriation and repatriation. Studies
of the HR context of selected countries are also included.
providing students with the skills to be able to integrate

marketing research concepts to analyses of individual
customers and the market

MGMT3027 (6 units)
MKTG2002 (6 units)
Later Year Course
First Year Course
Semester 2
Prerequisites: MKTG2004 MKTG1004/BUSN1004/BUSN2010

Marketing or MGMT1003/BUSN1003/BUSN2029 Management,
People and Organisations.
Incompatible: with BUSN3027 Entrepreneurship and Innovation.

Syllabus: Entrepreneurship and innovation are not just about
startups: they are rapidly growing in importance in government
policy and in the behaviour of established firms. The course
provides students with an understanding of the role and
personality of the entrepreneur, and a range of skills aimed
at successful planning of entrepreneurial ventures. Material
covered includes fostering creativity and open-mindedness,
knowledge acquisition and management, innovation systems,
screening and evaluating new venture concepts, market
evaluation and developing a marketing plan, legal Issues
Including intellectual property, preparation of venture budgets,
and raising finance. The major piece of assessment is the
writing of a comprehensive business plan.
To enable students to undertake research design, data

collection methods, sample design, analysis of exploratory
data and interpretation of findings.
To incorporate the core body of knowledge requirements for
accreditation of the marketing program with the Australian
Market and Social Research Society qualifying students for
a Certificate in Marketing Research from the Society.
Syllabus: This course evaluates the role of marketing and

marketers by examining how firms create value, reduce risk and
build sustainable thinking and processes into their marketing
activities and strategies as they respond to opportunities and
threats that arise from both social, economic and environmental
change and changing consumers attitudes and behaviour.
Sustainable marketing requires a rethink of the assumptions
that underlie traditional marketing practices and therefore
presents a new paradigm through a holistic integrative
approach that puts equal emphasis on environmental, social
equity and economic/financial concerns in the development
of marketing strategies and tactics. Topics covered include
incorporating sustainability into marketing functions, policies
and processes; sustainable and equitable consumption,
managing consumer expectations, and consumerism; reverse
channel systems, product take-back, and distribution of
457
recycled goods; management of upstream and down supply

chain processes, social and environmental entrepreneurship,
regulation and compliance for sustainability.
Advertising
MKTG2033 (6 units)

MKTG2003 (6 units)
Semester 1
First Year Course
Prerequisites: MKTG2004/1004 Marketing or BUSN1004/

BUSN2010/COMM2010 Marketing
Semester 2
Prerequisites: STAT1008 Quantitative Research Methods or
STAT1009 Business Statistics
Syllabus: This course introduces students to the marketing of
financial services. It will demonstrate to students the benefits
of using an analytical approach to marketing in the financial
services industry and show students how to undertake that
analysis. Topics covered include an introduction to marketing,
strategic marketing for financial services, market selection
including segmentation and targeting, product and brand
strategy, pricing methods in the financial services sector,
effective advertising and communications, channel selection
and retail management, resource allocation and relationship
management.
Marketing
MKTG2004 (6 units)
Later Year Course

Incompatible: with BUSN2033 Advertising.

Syllabus: This course introduces the fundamental theoretical
framework of advertising, and links the role of advertising to
the broader marketing communications context. Specific topics
include integrating marketing communication, identifying
promotional opportunities, corporate and brand image,
advertising management, advertising design, media selection,
consumer promotions, public relations and sponsorship and
international advertising.
Strategic Marketing
MKTG3023 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 2
Prerequisites: MKTG2004/1004/BUSN1004/BUSN2010/
COMM2010 Marketing and one other marketing course.
First Year Course
Incompatible: BUSN3023 Strategic Marketing.
Syllabus: This course integrates previous studies in marketing

into the strategic context of the organisation. Specific topics
include strategic marketing models; the internal and external
context in which marketing occurs; integrating marketing
strategy with business goals, factors that impact on the
effective development and implementation of marketing
strategies and the management and implementation of
marketing strategy in business-to-business and consumer
markets. Studies of cases in strategic marketing are also
included.

Incompatible: with MKTG1004/ BUSN1004/BUSN2010/
COMM2010 Marketing.
Syllabus: The course introduces the principles and practice
of marketing. Topics include the role of marketing and its
organisational context; the marketing environment; market
segmentation and target markets; marketing information,
research and analysis; industry analysis, marketing planning and
competitive strategies; buyer behaviour in the consumer and
business markets; pricing products and services; distribution
channels; integrated marketing communications; marketing of
services; e-marketing; managing and evaluating the marketing
effort
Consumer Behaviour
MKTG2031 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 1 and Semester 2,
Incompatible: with BUSN2031 Consumer Behaviour
Syllabus: An understanding of the needs and behaviours of
consumers is an intrinsic component of the development
and implementation of successful marketing actions. Specific
topics address the consumer decision process; situational and
perceptual influences in consumer evaluation of marketing
messages, products and services; motivation, learning and
memory, personality, attitude and attitude change in marketing
contexts; the influence of consumer demographics; and
contextual influences on consumer behaviour, including that of
the online consumer.
458
Social Marketing
MKTG3024 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 1
Prerequisites: MKTG2004/1004/BUSN1004/BUSN2010/
COMM2010 or MKTG2031 Consumer Behaviour
Syllabus: Social Marketing examines the adaptation and
adoption of commercial marketing principles and practice into
the field of social change marketing. Specific topics include
examining the contemporary issues in the social marketing
sector including the development of unique social marketing
models for changing attitudes and behaviours, as well as the
use of commercial marketing to deliver goods, ideas, and service
products for social marketing outcomes.
Honours in Business
MMIB4004F (24 units)
Later Year Course
upon results in relevant second and third year courses.
Syllabus: Honours in Business builds on undergraduate studies

in corporate sustainability, management, marketing, and
international business. It comprises three compulsory research
methodology courses (MGMT8006, MGMT8192 and BUSN8018
or another course approved by the Honours Convenor), one
elective course (normally at 7000-level or above), and the
completion of a research thesis. The research thesis, taken
over the entire year with the major emphasis occurring after
completion of the coursework, is the critical part of the
program as it provides evidence of the students ability to
undertake original research under supervision. Candidates
attend the weekly School of Management, Marketing, and
International Business Seminar Series, and present a seminar on
their proposed thesis towards the end of their first semester.

SOCY1004 (6 units)
MMIB4004 is normally commenced in the first semester;

mid-year entry may be available in exceptional circumstances
Later Year Course
Interested students should contact Honours Convenor for more

detailed information. Additionally, seminars are run in the first
semester of each year to provide prospective honours students
with an introduction to the honours year.
First Year Course

See entry under ANU College of Arts and Social Sciences
Social Psychology
PSYC2001 (6 units)
Later Year Course
The Social Psychology of Groups and Organisations

PSYC3002 (6 units)

SOCY2030 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Honours in Business
MMIB4004P (12 units)
See entry under ANU College of Arts and Social Sciences
Later Year Course
Statistical Techniques
STAT1003 (6 units)

upon results in relevant second and third year courses.
Syllabus: Honours in Business builds on undergraduate studies
in corporate sustainability, management, marketing, and
international business. It comprises three compulsory research
methodology courses (MGMT8006, MGMT8192 and BUSN8018
or another course approved by the Honours Convenor), one
elective course (normally at 7000-level or above), and the
completion of a research thesis. The research thesis, taken
over the entire year with the major emphasis occurring after
completion of the coursework, is the critical part of the
program as it provides evidence of the students ability to
undertake original research under supervision. Candidates
attend the weekly School of Management, Marketing, and
International Business Seminar Series, and present a seminar on
their proposed thesis towards the end of their first semester.
MMIB4004 is normally commenced in the first semester;
mid-year entry may be available in exceptional circumstances
Interested students should contact Honours Convenor for more
detailed information. Additionally, seminars are run in the first
semester of each year to provide prospective honours students
with an introduction to the honours year.
Introduction to Psychology 1
PSYC1003 (6 units)
First Year Course
PSYC1004 (6 units)
First Year Course
First Year Course

Semester 1
Contact Hours: Three lectures and one tutorial per week.
Incompatible: with STAT1008 Quantitative Research Methods.
Not available to students in the BActS, BComm, BEc, BFin,
BIntBus and BSoccScs (H) programs.
Syllabus: This course introduces students to the methods and
philosophy of modern statistical data analysis and inference,
with a particular focus on applications in the life sciences.
Using tables to organise and summarise data using graphics
to present statistical information, measures of location and
spread for univariate distributions. An introductory discussion
of: normal and binomial distributions; sampling distributions;
inference from small and large samples; confidence intervals;
hypothesis testing in one- and two-sample cases; p-values;
linear regression models and Analysis of Variance. Examples
and applications will be drawn extensively from the life
sciences, particularly Biology. The course has a strong emphasis
on computing and graphical methods, and uses a variety of
real-world problems to motivate the theory and methods
required for carrying out statistical data analysis. The course
makes extensive use of the Macintosh-based JMP statistical
analysis package (previous experience with Macintosh
computers is not required).

STAT1008 (6 units)
First Year Course
Contact Hours: Three lectures and one tutorial per week
Incompatible: STAT1003 Statistical Techniques.
459
Syllabus: Objective: To provide basic training in the gathering,

description and analysis of quantitative information in the
social, business, management and financial sciences.
This is a course in basic research methods including discussions
of: data gathering issues and techniques; sources of data and
potential biases; graphical and numerical data description
techniques including simple linear regression and basic time
series; sampling behaviour of averages and the Central Limit
Theorem; point and interval estimation procedures; concepts
in hypothesis testing for comparing two populations, simple
linear regression and contingency table data; p-values and
significance levels; and, non-parametric rank-based procedures.
of t, chi-square and F statistics, application of the central limit

theorem to large sample inference, simple linear regression.
Proposed Assessment: A final examination (60 per cent),
mid-semester examination (20 per cent), and 2 assignments (10
per cent each).
This course is open to all qualified students; however, within the
ANU Colleges of Science it is designated as an Honours Pathway
Course
Statistical Marketing Research Methods

STAT2003 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Business Statistics
STAT1009 (6 units)
Semester 2
First Year Course
Prerequisites: MKTG2001Marketing Research Methods and

either STAT1008 Quantitative Research Methods or STAT1003
Statistical Techniques or STAT2001 Introductory Mathematical
Statistics
Semester 2
Syllabus: This course will introduce students to basic statistical
methods with a focus on the applications of these methods in
the business world. Some of the topics covered include chance
and probability, data gathering basics, basic types of data and
data presentation, centre of a graph, spread of a graph, bell
shaped curves, testing as a concept and simple regression. ss

STAT1031 (6 units)
First Year Course
Semester 2
Syllabus: This course is designed to provide an introduction
to the quantitative and qualitative aspects of actuarial work.
Topics covered include: the role, purpose and capabilities of
actuaries; introduction to the financial services market in
Australia; an overview of insurance and investment products;
construction and use of the life table; allowing for uncertainty
in financial calculations; calculation of premiums and reserves;
introduction to Microsoft Excel and simulation techniques;
professionalism; and the actuarial code of conduct. This course
is aimed at anyone interested in the work of actuaries, not just
actuarial studies students.

STAT2001 (6 units)

quantitative methods of marketing research. The subject
provides an introduction to many of the techniques currently
used in modern marketing practice. Topics may include:
formulation of marketing research problems; data collection;
and techniques of data analysis.
STAT2008 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 1
STAT1003 Statistical Techniques or STAT2001 Introductory
Syllabus: Objectives: The course is designed to emphasise
the principles of statistical modelling through the cycle of
proposing a model, fitting it, criticising it, and modifying it. The
use of graphical methods will also be stressed.
Introduction to S-Plus. The simple linear model: statistical
inference for simple linear regression, estimation and model
diagnostics; transformation models; interpretation of simple
linear models. Multiple regression models: matrix formulation;
estimation and diagnostics; outliers and measures of influence;
variable selection. Models with indicator variables (including
experimental designs).
Later Year Course
STAT2032 (6 units)
Semester 2
Later Year Course
Semester 1
Prerequisites: Either MATH1115 Mathematics for Applications

1 (H) or both MATH1013 Mathematics and Applications 1 and
MATH1014 Mathematics and Applications 2.
Syllabus: A first course in mathematical statistics with emphasis

on applications; probability, random variables, moment
generating functions and correlation, sampling distributions,
estimation of parameters by the methods of moments and
maximum likelihood, interval estimation, hypothesis testing, use
460

Syllabus: Compound interest functions; valuation of annuities
certain; loans repayable by instalments; comparison of value
and yield of cash flow transactions; valuation of fixed interest
securities, with and without tax on interest and capital gains;
duration and volatility of securities; introduction to concept

of immunisation and matching; consumer credit contracts;
introduction to stochastic interest rate models.
diagnostic methods for model checking and interpretation, the

analysis of binary and ordinal data and log-linear models for
contingency tables.
STAT3004 (6 units)

STAT3011 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Later Year Course
Semester 1
Semester 2
Prerequisites: STAT2001 Introductory Mathematical Statistics.

Syllabus: Objectives: This course introduces students to the

theory of basic discrete and continuous time Markov processes
and also Gaussian processes including Brownian motion and
related processes.
Topics include: Review of random variable characterisations,
including cumulative distribution functions, probability
density and mass functions, moment generating functions,
joint, marginal and conditional distributions and conditional
expectations and variances; Markov chains, including statespace decomposition, first-step analysis and determination of
stationary and steady state distributions; Markov jump process
theory, including embedded Markov chains, homogeneous
and inhomogeneous Poisson processes and birth and death
processes; Gaussian processes, including Brownian motion.
Advanced Marketing Research Methods

STAT3005 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 2
Prerequisites: STAT2003 Statistical Marketing Research Methods.
Syllabus: The aim of this course is to explore multivariate
techniques used in modern marketing practice. Emphasis
will be placed on case studies of marketing practice and on
the practical application of the methods discussed. Topics
to be drawn from: analysis of variance; regression analysis;
discriminant analysis; canonical correlation analysis; factor
analysis; cluster analysis; multi dimensional scaling; conjoint
analysis.
Applied Statistics
STAT3008 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 1
Contact Hours: Three hours of lectures and tutorials per week
Syllabus: This course is designed for senior undergraduate and
research students who need to design experiments and carry
out statistical analysis of their data. Emphasis will be placed
on the development of statistical concepts and statistical
computing skills, rather than mathematical details. The content
will be motivated by problem-solving in many diverse areas of
application. The topics covered will include summarizing data
by graphs and tables, the design and analysis of experiments,
regression modelling with emphasis on model formulation,
understanding the implications of model assumptions,
Syllabus: This course introduces the principles of data

representation, summarisation and presentation with particular
emphasis on the use of graphics. The course will use the S-Plus
Language in a modern computing environment. Topics to be
discussed include: Data representation; examples of good and
bad graphics; principles of graphic construction; some pitfalls
to be avoided; presentation graphics. Graphics environments;
interactive graphics; windows; linked windows; graphics objects.
Statistical graphics; stem and leaf plots, box plots, histograms;
smoothing histograms; quantile-quantile plots; representing
multivariate data; scatterplots; clustering; stars and faces;
dynamic graphics including data rotation and brushing.
Relationships between variables; smoothing scatterplots; simple
regression; modelling and diagnostic plots; exploring surfaces;
contour plots and perspective plots; multiple regression;
relationships in time and space; time series modelling and
diagnostic plots.

STAT3012 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 1
Prerequisites: STAT2001 Introductory Mathematical Statistics or
Syllabus: Objective: This course introduces the principles of
data collection, with particular emphasis on the design of
experiments and surveys, and methods for analysing such
data. Topics chosen from: Principles of experimental design;
Comparison of two treatments; Analysis of variance; Maximum
likelihood and REML; Factorial experiments; Blocking and splitplot designs; Finite-population sampling, including censuses
and sample surveys; Sampling methods, including stratification,
clustering and complex surveys; Design-based analysis;
Observational studies.
STAT3013 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 2
Prerequisites: STAT2001 Introductory Mathematical Statistics.
Syllabus: Objectives: This course introduces students to the
basic theory behind the development and assessment of
461
statistical analysis techniques in the areas of point and interval

estimation and hypothesis testing.
Topics include: Point estimation methods, including method
of moments and maximum likelihood; Bias and variance;
Mean-squared error and the Cramer-Rao inequality; Sufficiency,
completeness and exponential families; the Rao-Blackwell
theorem and uniformly minimum variance unbiased estimators;
Bayesian estimation methods; Resampling estimation methods,
including the jackknife and the bootstrap; Confidence interval
construction methods, including likelihood-based intervals,
inversion methods, intervals based on pivots and simple
resampling-based percentile intervals; Highest posterior density
and Bayesian credibility regions; Likelihood ratio tests and the
Neymann- Pearson lemma; Power calculations and uniformly
most powerful tests; Rank-based non-parametric tests,
including the sign-test and Wilcoxon tests.
Proposed Assessment: The assessment for this course
is proposed to be made on the following basis: A final
examination (80 per cent) and 1 assignment (20 per cent).

STAT3015 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 2
Prerequisites: STAT2008 Regression Modelling.
Incompatible: with STAT2009 Generalised Linear Modelling.
Syllabus: Objectives: This course is intended to introduce
students to generalised linear modelling methods for both
discrete and continuous data response.
Review of multiple linear regression and the analysis of
variance; use of transformations and weighting in linear
models. Logistic regression for binary response data. Generalised
linear models; estimation and inference using iteratively
re-weighted least squares (IRLS). Poisson regression; loglinear
models for contingency tables.
Survival Models
STAT3032 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 2
Prerequisites: STAT2001 Introductory Mathematical Statistics
and STAT2008 Regression Modelling.
Syllabus: This course introduces survival models and discusses
their estimation and their application to mortality. Topics
covered will include: an introduction to the life table; survival
models; estimation procedures for lifetime distributions;
statistical models of transfers between multiple states;
maximum likelihood estimation of transition intensities for such
models; binomial model of mortality including estimation and
comparison with multiple state models; exposed to risk and
methods for smoothing crude mortality rate data.
Risk Theory
STAT3035 (6 units)
Prerequisite: STAT3004 Stochastic Modelling.

Syllabus: Objective: This course introduces the theory of
compound Poisson processes, with a particular emphasis
on their application to insurance portfolios (though their
applicability in other areas is also noted)
Topics include: Modelling loss distributions; Skewed parametric
distribution families; Method of moments, method of
percentiles and maximum likelihood estimation; Pearson
goodness-of-fit testing for distribution assessment; Truncated
and censored data, including applications to reinsurance
and policy excess schemes; Random sums, convolutions and
compound distributions, particularly for modeling aggregate
claim distributions; Normal and gamma approximations to
compound distributions; Compound Poisson process theory,
including applications to insurance portfolio surplus processes;
Ultimate and finite-time ruin probabilities; Adjustment
coefficients and optimal reinsurance contracts.
Credibility Theory
STAT3036 (6 units) C
Later Year Course
Semester 2
Prerequisite: STAT2001 Introductory Mathematical Statistics
Syllabus: This course involves the study of the concepts
of decision theory; the fundamental concepts of Bayesian
statistics and the calculation of Bayesian estimators; the
fundamental concept of credibility theory; the fundamental
concepts of simple experience rating systems; and the
application of several techniques for analysing a delay triangle
and estimating outstanding claim amounts.
Life Contingencies
STAT3037 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 1
Prerequisites: STAT2001 Introductory Mathematical Statistics
and STAT2032 Financial Mathematics
Syllabus: This course develops the basic actuarial techniques
that are used in later work. Topics covered include: principal
forms of heterogeneity within a population and the ways in
which selection can occur; definition of simple assurance and
annuity contracts; development of formulae for the means and
variances of the present values of the payments under these
contracts, assuming deterministic interest; practical methods of
evaluating expected values and variances of simple insurance
and annuity contracts; description and calculation, using
ultimate or select mortality, of net premiums and net premium
provisions for simple insurance contracts; and the calculation
of gross premiums and provisions of assurance and annuity
contracts.
STAT3038 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Later Year Course
Semester 2
Semester 1
Prerequisites: STAT3037 Life contingencies
462
Syllabus: The actuarial mathematics learnt in STAT3037 will be

extended and applied in a range of contexts. Topics covered
include: the calculation, using select or ultimate mortality,
of net premiums and net premium provisions for increasing
and decreasing benefits and annuities; definition and use of
straightforward functions involving two lives; methods for
modelling cashflows contingent upon competing risks; and
the technique of discounted emerging costs, for use in pricing,
reserving and assessing profitability.
Courses not offered
Statistics IV Honours
STAT4004F (24 units)
Prerequisites: Head of School approval.
Later Year Course

Syllabus: The fourth-year honours program entails consecutive
enrolment in STAT4004 for two-semesters, mid-year entry is
possible. Entry to the fourth-year program requires approval
of the Head of School. Interested students should discuss their
proposed program with the convenor of the statistics honours
program in the School of Finance and Applied Statistics.
STAT4004P (12 units)
Later Year Course
Syllabus: The fourth-year honours program entails consecutive
enrolment in STAT4004 for two-semesters, mid-year entry is
possible. Entry to the fourth-year program requires approval
of the Head of School. Interested students should discuss their
proposed program with the convenor of the statistics honours
program in the School of Finance and Applied Statistics.

STAT4031 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 1
Contact Hours: Four hours per week of lectures and/or tutorials.
Professional actuarial course for the Honours year of Actuarial
Studies Degree.
Prerequisites: Enrolment in ACST4004P/F Actuarial Studies IV
Honours.
Syllabus: Insurance markets and products; underwriting and
risk assessment; policy design; actuarial modelling; actuarial
assumptions and feedback; reserving methods.

STAT4032 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 2
Contact Hours: Four hours per week of lectures and/or tutorials.
Professional actuarial course for the Honours year of Actuarial
Studies Degree.
Prerequisites: STAT4031 Actuarial Control Cycle 1.
Syllabus: Investments for different types of liabilities;
assessment of solvency; analysis of experience; analysis of
surplus; actuarial techniques in the wider fields, an introduction
to professionalism.

Study@ANU at http://info.anu.edu.au/studyat or contact the
College.

ACST3001 (6 units)

BUSI2027 (6 units)
ECON1001/1011 Economics I (P/H).
Incompatible: with BUSN2027 Development of Modern
Business.
BUSI3029 (6 units)
Assumed Knowledge: Foundation level knowledge of
international business, eg BUSI2025/BUSN2025 International
Business or MKTG1004/BUSN1004/BUSN2010 Marketing.
Incompatible: with BUSN3029 Cross-Cultural Management.

BUSI3065 (6 units)
Prerequisites: Entry with written approval of course coordinator.
Incompatible: with BUSN3065 Experience in Asia Project.
Organisational Performance Management

BUSN3013 (6 units)
Prerequisites: BUSN2011 Management Accounting.
Incompatible: with COMM3013 Organisational Performance
Management.
International Accounting
BUSN3064 (6 units)
Critical Thought in an Economic Context

ECCO2001 (6 units)
Prerequisites: Enrolment in the BEc(H)(IBL) or BComm(H)
(IBL) and completion of 48 units, or permission of the Head
ofSchool.
Globalisation and Regionalisation in the World

Economy (P)
ECHI2006 (6 units)
Macroeconomics 1 or ECON 1100 Economics 1 (H), or
463
Globalisation and Regionalisation in the World

Economy (H)
ECHI2016 (6 units)
Macroeconomics 1 or ECON 1100 Economics 1 (H), or
Australian Economic History (P)

ECHI2102 (6 units)
Asian Giants: India, China and Japan; Alternate
Paths to Prosperity (P)
ECHI2109 (6 units)
ECON1001/1011 Economics I [(P)/(H)], or ECHI1105 or
Understanding Economic Behaviour: Microeconomics for
Social Scientists and ECHI1106 Understanding Economic Policy:
Macroeconomics for Social Scientists.
Australian Economic History (H)

ECHI2112 (6 units)
Asian Giants: India, China and Japan; Alternate
Paths to Prosperity (H)
ECHI2119 (6 units)
Prerequisites: As for ECHI2109 Asian Giants: China, India and
Japan: alternative paths to prosperity (P).

ECON2090 (6 units)
Southeast Asian Economic Policy and

Development (P)
ECON3009 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Not offered in 2009
Southeast Asian Economic Policy and

Development(H)
ECON3019 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Not offered in 2009
(ECON3009) together with additional honours classes and
assessment.

ECON3020 (6 units)
Competition Policy, Privatisation and Regulation (P)

ECON2010 (6 units)
Political Economy of Macroeconomic Policy

ECON3053 (6 units)
Prerequisites: ECON2101 Microeconomics 2 (P or H).
Prerequisites: ECON2102/2112 Macroeconomics 2 (P or H).

Recommended co-requisite: ECON2141/2142 Strategic Thinking:
An Introduction to Game Theory
Competition Policy, Privatisation and Regulation (H)

ECON2012 (6 units)
Prerequisites: ECON2101 Microeconomics 2 (P or H).
ECON3121 (6 units)
Money and Banking

ECON2026 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Prerequisites: ECON1102 Macroeconomics 1, or ECON1100

Economics 1 (H), or ECON1001/1011 Economics I (P or H), and
completion of or concurrent enrolment in ECON2101/2111
Microeconomics 2 (P or H).

the semester.
Not offered in 2009
Applied Tax Policy(P)

ECON2040 (6 units)
Prerequisites: ECON2125 Mathematics for Economists A and

ECON2127 Mathematics for Economists B (or prior study
of university mathematics to an appropriate level) and
ECON2101/2111 Microeconomics 2 (P or H) and ECON2102/2112
Macroeconomics 2 (P or H).

Incompatible: with ECON2121/2122 and ECON2023/2024

Mathematical Economics 1A and 1B (P/H).
Cost Benefit Analysis

ECON2133 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Later year Course
Not offered in 2009
Not offered in 2009.
Contact Hours: 2 lectures and 1 tutorial per week
Prerequisites: As for ECON2101/2111 Microeconomics 2 (P or H).
Prerequisites: FINM3001 Investments
464
FINM3006 (6 units)
Europe: Contemporary Issues in Historical

Perspective
EURO2005 (6 units)
FINM3004 (6 units)

FINM3006 (6 units)
Prerequisites: FINM3001 Investments
Advanced Topics in Information Systems

INFS3021 (6 units)
MGMT2002 (6 units)
Prerequisites; At least 48 units
Continuous State Stochastic ProcessesSTAT3006 (6

units)
STAT3014 (6 units)
STAT3039 (6 units)

MGMT2035 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester 1
Prerequisites: MGMT1003/BUSN1003/BUSN2029 Management,
People and Organisations or MGMT2007/BUSN2007
Organisational Behaviour.
E-Marketing
MKTG2032 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Not offered in 2009
Prerequisites: MKTG2004/MKTG1004 Marketing or BUSN1004/
BUSN2010/COMM2010 Marketing or INFS2004 e-Business
Incompatible: with BUSN2032 E-Marketing
465
466
Chapter 5
ANU College of Engineering &
Computer Science
467

Contents
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469
Engineering
470
Bachelor of Engineering (Research and Development) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 470

Bachelor of Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 472
Computer Science
475
Bachelor of Computer Science (Honours) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 476

Bachelor of Computer Science with Honours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 478
Bachelor of Software Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 478
Bachelor of Information Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 479
Bachelor of Information with Honours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 482
Course descriptions
482
Courses not offered
501
468
ANU COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND COMPUTER SCIENCE
Introduction
Combined degrees
The ANU College of Engineering and Computer Science,

represents the commitment of the Australian National
University to developments in the engineering and computing
disciplines. The College has over 1,200 students enrolled in
undergraduate and graduate degree programs including
over 300 international students. Our programs draw upon
the extensive expertise and cutting-edge research activities
of our staff and take advantage of the interdisciplinary
nature of the Universitys research strengths in information
and communications technology, engineering, and related
mathematical and physical sciences.
In addition to the programs listed within the College handbook

entry, combined degree programs are available in a number of
areas including: BE/BIT, BE/Arts, BE/Commerce, BE/Economics,
BE/Asian Studies, BE/Science, BIT/Law, BIT/Commerce, BIT/
Economics, BIT/Arts, BIT/Forestry, BSEng/BSc, and BSEng/
Commerce. Over 50 per cent of students in the College study
combined programs. For more information about combined
program options, please see the Combined Program section at
the end of the Handbook.
There are approximately 150 computer scientists, engineers,

software engineers, physicists, mathematicians, and information
technology specialists across the university who are involved
in internationally renowned research in engineering and
information science at the University.
In addition, students have access to the world class facilities
that ANU has to offer including a computing environment
unequalled in Australia that includes a Super Computer and a
Storage Tek device capable of holding more than 40 Terabytes
of data connected to a 100Mbps FDDI ring. There are fully
equipped manufacturing, materials, robotics and solar labs and
the Wedge virtual reality theatre.
College Student Office

The College Student Office can be found on the first floor of
the Ian Ross Building (Bldg No 32a). Opening hours are 9am to
5pm Monday to Friday. A Student Advisor is available to provide
information and assistance in person or you can email Student
Services student.services@cecs.anu.edu.au
Accreditation
The Bachelor of Engineering and the Bachelor of Software
Engineering programs are accredited to the appropriate level
with Engineers Australia (formerly IE Aust). The Bachelor of
Engineering (Research and Development) has been submitted
for accreditation from 2009. The Bachelor of Software
Engineering program is also accredited with the Australian
Computer Society (ACS). The Bachelor of Computer Science
(Honours) and the Bachelor of Information Technology program
are accredited with the Australian Computer Society.
Status
Advanced standing or status towards undergraduate degree
programs of the College may be granted for studies completed
elsewhere. Requests for status are assessed individually.
Undergraduate programs offered

Program
Usual program
duration (yrs)
Bachelor of Engineering Research and Development
Department of Engineering
Bachelor of Engineering Research and Development/

Bachelor of Science
Level 2, Engineering Building (Bldg No 32)
Department of Computer Science
Bachelor of Engineering/Bachelor of Information

Technology
Level 3, Computer Science Building (Bldg 108)
Programs for outstanding students
Bachelor of Asian Studies/Bachelor of Engineering
The College offers the following programs for outstanding

students:
Bachelor of Arts/ Bachelor of Information

Technology
Bachelor of Commerce/Bachelor of Information

Technology
Bachelor of Economics/Bachelor of Information

Technology
Bachelor of Information Technology/Bachelor of

Science (Forestry)

Laws
Bachelor of Software Engineering/Bachelor of

Science

Commerce
In addition to this support, each Department has an Associate

Dean (Undergraduate) to provide advice on academic matters.
Appointments with the Associate Deans can be made at the
relevant Department office:

Bachelor of Engineering Research and Development
Further information is available from: http://cecs.anu.edu.au/
students/future/undergrad
Scholarships
The College offers a number of scholarships and prizes to new
and continuing students. More information is available from:
http://cecs.anu.edu.au/students/future/undergrad
Women in Technology
The College is committed to encouraging more women to enrol
in its programs and to ensuring its programs are conducted in a
manner that respects and values womens interest, experience
and learning styles. The College operates a womens network
and offers a number of scholarships to female students. Further
information is available from the College Student Office.
469
Engineering
Professor Andreas Cuevas,
ME PhD Madrid
Head of Department
Engineering is the art of transforming the resources of nature
for the benefit of humanity. Its roots are traceable to the tools,
huts, pottery and materials of the first humans. Its progress has
relied on ingenuity, invention, teamwork and the accumulation
of experience
skills which remain essential to this day.
Engineers have a responsibility to help solve our environmental
problems. The Department of Engineering is at the forefront
of renewable energy research, with a particular interest
in photovoltaic solar cells and semiconductor technology.
The ANU Big Dish is the largest of its kind in the world.
The Departments Centre for Sustainable Energy Systems
holds several world records for solar cell efficiency. It is also
developing a unique thermochemical solar energy system. The
Centre has strong links with industry and several technologies
are being commercialised.
Engineering is vital to the economic well-being of nations. The
Departments advanced manufacturing and production systems
research integrates the disciplines of materials, manufacturing,
robotics and control with modern computer simulation to
understand, improve and optimise manufacturing processes.
Many projects are industrially focused and major elements
of the work are carried out at the collaborating companys
site. This provides a healthy cross fertilisation between the
Department and some of Australias largest manufacturing
companies. Related interests include discrete-event modelling
and control and active vision systems.
Telecommunications is at the core of global information
exchange. We can keep in touch with events happening on
the other side of the world, or in the next street at the touch
of a button. We have a multitude of ways of keeping in touch
with family and friends, regardless of how far away they are.
We can even send holiday snaps - as theyre happening - from
our phones! The Departments telecommunications activities
involve both practical and theoretical components, focussing on
mobile and wireless communications, ad hoc networks, CDMA,
MIMO and smart antennas. Researchers in the Department are
involved in projects focusing on the application of wireless
channel characteristics to ad hoc networking protocols, mobility
modelling in ad hoc networks and wireless channel modelling.
Researchers are also involved in a major project, BushLAN,
whose purpose is to bring high-speed internet access to remote
areas using VHF frequencies.
The major strength of the Department in the field of materials
is in reinforced composite materials (carbon, glass, Kevlar
and natural fibres, as well as metal/fibre laminates), and in
special areas of advanced materials, such as electrospinning
of nanofibres (in collaboration with the National University of
Singapore), piezoelectric materials, bulk amorphous metals and
theory of materials.
The volatile environment faced by organisations today presents
managers with continual challenges. Yet few managers
understand the nature and impact of variation within complex
systems. The Department carries out research aimed at
enhancing the capacity of organisations to understand and
improve their processes in order to achieve organisational goals
under variable conditions.
470
Mechatronic engineering is associated with the analysis and

design of electro-mechanical devices that typically include
a computer system to provide a level of programmability or
ìntelligence. The systems based focus of the Department of
Engineering faculty provides a strong foundation for a discipline
that involves integration of skills in electronics, mechanical and
computer engineering tied together by dynamical and control
systems analysis.
The Department of Engineering offers a four-year, Engineers
Australia accredited Bachelor of Engineering degree program,
a four-year Bachelor of Engineering degree program with
a Research and Development emphasis (currently being
accredited), one-year and two-year Masters of Engineering
(see the College of Engineering and Computer Science entry),
as well as Master of Philosphy and PhD degree programs.
The Department has active collaborations with a wide range
of other ANU Departments and Research Schools including
RSISE, RSPhysSE, RSES, RSC, RSBS, RSAA, College of Science,
as well as CSIRO, NICTA and DSTO. The Department has
strategic collaborative research relationships with organisations
including Ford Australia, Canon, Origin Energy, Rheem, Toll
Logistics and Wizard Research. The Department participates
in the Cooperative Research Centre Automotive Technologies.
Graduates are employed in a wide range of organisations and
companies both in Australia and overseas. Undergraduate
scholarship support from ANU Enterprise is gratefully
acknowledged. The Department is host to the ANU Centre
for the Science and Engineering of Materials and to Future
Materials, and engages in a number of activities with Engineers
Without Borders (EWB).
The Department of Engineering buildings are located on the
corner of University Avenue and North Road, opposite the ANU
Sports Union, with the ANU Union, Library and other facilities
all readily accessible.
For further information visit the Departments website at http://
engn.anu.edu.au
Bachelor of Engineering (Research and

Development)
(Academic Program: 4714 | Academic Plan: 4714HBENG )
Minimum: 192 units
This program is specifically designed for students who have
an interest in undertaking research and development in either
industry or an academic environment. The program combines
the unique systems engineering focus of the ANU Bachelor
of Engineering degree with a more project based, research
intensive study mode, also unique to the ANU. Students
undertake a number of research projects in different research
groups at the ANU or associated industry in order to obtain
a flavour of research in the discipline areas and develop
independent research skills.
Students also complete an engineering specialisation which will
complement the R&D specialisation and produce a Professional
Engineering graduate who has the skills, knowledge and
capability to go onto advanced research programs.
Scholarships
MATH1115 Mathematics and Applications 1(Honours) and
Scholarships valued at A$20,000 total are available to students

with a UAI of 99 to 99.49 who enrol in this program.
Bonus points Students may apply to the College of Engineering
and Computer Science to be awarded up to two bonus points
on the basis of capacity to succeed in a research-based
undergraduate degree as demonstrated by success in Olympiads
or similar relevant competitions etc.
MATH1116 Mathematics and Applications 2(Honours)
The Bachelor of Engineering (Research & Development) is a four
year full time program with graduates obtaining a Bachelor of
Engineering with Honours. Students will have to complete 192
units including:
1. An Engineering core major consisting of 42 units of the
following professional development courses:
ENGN1211 Discovering Engineering
ENGN2225 Systems Design
ENGN2226 Engineering Systems Analysis
ENGN3211 Investment Decision and Financial Systems
ENGN3221 Engineering Management
ENGN3100 Practical Experience (0 unit value)
ENGN4221 Systems Engineering Project
ENGN4611 Engineering Law
2. 60 units of engineering discipline courses from the Schedule
of Engineering Discipline Courses in the Undergraduate
Handbook including ENGN1215 Introduction to
Materials, ENGN1217 Introduction to Mechanics (6 unit),
ENGN1218 Introduction to Electronics (6 unit), ENGN2217
Mechanical Systems and Design (6 unit) and ENGN2218
Electrical Systems and Design (6 unit). This will include
the requirements of at least one major listed under the
Engineering Majors section of the Undergraduate Handbook
3. 12 units of mathematics being:
4. 6 units of computing being:

5. 6 units of physics being:
PHYS1101 Advanced Physics
6. 30 units of courses offered by the university (ie university
electives). These can include additional engineering courses.
The degree program may not contain more than 60 units of
1000-series courses.
7. A 42 unit R&D major made up of ENGN4221 Systems
Engineering Project and 36 units of project based courses
made up of 6 unit, 12 unit, 18 unit and 24 unit courses
listed below and of which one must be at least 12 units.
These can be taken in years 1,2,3 and 4 of the program.
ENGN2706 R&D Project (Methods) (6 unit)
ENGN3706 R&D Project (6 unit)
ENGN2706 R&D Project (Methods) is compulsory. The remaining
30 units will be comprised of any combination of the other R&D
Project courses, subject to approval from the program convenor.
8. The Department of Engineering will determine annually
whether the level of performance of a student is sufficient
to remain in the program. Generally, the expectation is for
performance at, or very near, a high distinction average.
Students deemed not to be performing at an appropriate
level will be able to transfer to the Bachelor of Engineering
program, with appropriate status granted for courses
successfully completed.
9. Graduation from the BE(R&D) Program will require the
award of 1st class honours.
Degree Structure
Standard Bachelor of Engineering (Research & Development) recommended program pattern
Semester 1
Semester 2
Year 1
48 units

COMP1100 Introduction to Programming & Algorithms
MATH1115 Mathematics & Applications 1Honours
PHYS1101 Advanced Physics I
ENGN1215 Introduction to Materials

ENGN1217 Introduction to Mechanics
ENGN1218 Introduction to Electronics
Year 2
48 units

ENGN2217 Mechanical Systems & Design
ENGN2218 Electronic Systems & Design
ENGN2706 R&D Project (Methods)
ENGN2225 System Design

Engineering major
University elective
ENGNXXXX Computing for Engineering Simulation
R&D Project or University Elective
Year 3
48 units
ENGN3211 Investment Decisions & Financial Systems

Engineering major
R&D Project *
University elective

Engineering major
R&D Project *
R&D Project *
Year 4
48 unit

Engineering major
R&D Project *
University elective

Engineering major
R&D Project *
University Elective
* R&D Projects: A number of R&D Project offerings are available in unit weighting and semester availability. Students should refer to Program Requirements above and discuss
options with the Research & Development Convenor. If a R&D Project is not taken in a semester it may be replaced by an Engineering major or University Elective to meet the
Program Requirements above.
471
Combined Degrees
The BE (Research & Development) can be combined with the
Bachelor of Science. This is a 5 year program comprising 240
units.
(Academic Program: 4700 | Academic Plan: 4700XBENG )
Minimum: 192 units
The ANU Bachelor of Engineering degree course is a four-year,
Engineers Australia (IEAust) accredited undergraduate program
that integrates selected areas of electrical and mechanical
engineering with computer systems and engineering
management to produce well-rounded and multi-skilled
engineering professionals. The systems engineering approach
at ANU is underscored by technological trends that cut across
boundaries between traditional disciplines of engineering and
computer science.
Aims of the BE degree program

The aim of the BE degree program is to prepare students for
successful careers as professional engineering managers,
designers, analysts, educators and researchers.
The ANU Bachelor of Engineering degrees builds on a
foundation of basic science and engineering fundamentals,
offers a unique systems approach built into professional
development courses and the diverse range of engineering
discipline courses available, and provide for the opportunity to
diversify and specialise through a suitable choice of engineering
major. The following engineering majors are offered within the
four-year BE degree program:
telecommunication systems
mechatronic systems
manufacturing and management systems
materials and mechanical systems
sustainable energy systems
Engineers Australia Code of Ethics, life-long learning and

continuing professional development.
These attributes are engendered by: formal courses in basic
science, engineering fundamentals, engineering management
and law; discipline courses that introduce students to the
cutting edge of selected areas of engineering; hands-on
experience in the analysis, design and development of
telecommunications, manufacturing, energy and management
systems; final-year project work which is relevant to industry
research, development, operations and management; emphasis
in all units on the functions, goals and wider context of
engineering; teaching and assessment processes which reflect
the importance of written and oral communications, project
and design work; small-group teaching that encourages
collaborative learning and problem solving; group laboratory,
analysis and design exercises; and a student seminar program.
Students may specialise through their choice of Engineering
majors and electives and other University electives. Students are
encouraged to create a diverse program of study from a variety
of engineering disciplines to take full advantage of the unique
educational opportunities offered by ANU Engineering.
The Bachelor of Engineering Homepage: http://cecs.anu.edu.au/
students/future/undergrad/BEng
Practical Experience
Engineers Australia specifies that students are required to
complete at least 60 days of engineering work experience
during the course through approved professional employment
taken in the vacation periods. For details, see entry for
ENGN3100 Practical Experience.
The BE degree program requires the completion of at least 192
credit points of courses including:
1. 54 units of the following professional development courses;
ENGN1211 Discovering Engineering (6 unit)
ENGN2225 Systems Design (6 unit)
ENGN2226 Engineering Systems Analysis (6 unit)
digital systems
ENGN3211 Investment Decisions & Financial Systems (6

unit)(or specified equivalent: BUSN1001 or Asian Studies
equivalent or Arts equivalent.)
photonic systems
ENGN3221 Engineering Management (6 unit)
environmental systems
ENGN3100 Practical Experience (0 unit)
The program of study is the same for all students in the first
year, with specialisation opportunities starting in year 2 through
the selection of at least one of the major disciplines listed
above, appropriate professional electives and project work.
ENGN4200 Individual Project (12 unit)
electronic systems
It is the aim that the BE graduate: has a sound and broad

knowledge of basic science and engineering; is able to
communicate effectively with engineers and the general public;
has the capacity to acquire in-depth discipline knowledge;
is able to use common sense, scientific and engineering
knowledge to identify, formulate and solve problems; is
able to use a systems approach to engineering analysis,
design, operation and management; is able to contribute to
a multidisciplinary and multicultural team; is conscious of
the social, cultural, global, environmental, legal and business
aspects of engineering, including a commitment to the
principles of sustainable development; has an understanding
of the responsibilities of an inclusive and socially aware
engineering professional, including a commitment to the
472
ENGN4221 Systems Engineering Project (6 unit)

ENGN4611 Engineering Law (6 units) (or specified
equivalent: BUSN1101 or Asian Studies equivalent or Arts
equivalent.)
Note that the courses defined as specific equivalents are only
to be taken by students undertaking combined engineering
programs with the College of Business and Economics, College
of Arts and Social Science or College of Asia and the Pacific.
Specific equivalent courses in the College of Arts and Social
Sciences and Asia and the Pacific are listed in the relevant
combined program entries.
2. 72 units of engineering discipline courses listed in Schedule
1, including ENGN1217 Introduction to Mechanics (6 unit),
ENGN1218 Introduction to Electronics (6 unit), ENGN1215
Introduction to Materials (6 unit), ENGN2217 Mechanical
Systems & Design (6 unit), ENGN2218 Electronic Systems &
Design (6 unit) and at least one engineering discipline major

(42 unit).

Schedule 1: Engineering Discipline Courses

ENGN2211 Electrical Circuits
ENGN2214 Mechanics of Materials
ENGN2217 Mechanical Systems and Design (offered 2010)
ENGN2218 Electronic Systems and Design (offered 2010)
ENGN2221 System Dynamics
ENGN2222 Thermal Energy Systems
ENGN2224 Semiconductors
ENGN2228 Signal Processing
ENGN3212 Manufacturing Technologies
ENGN3213 Digital Systems and Microprocessors
ENGN3215 Communications Technologies
ENGN3222 Manufacturing Systems
ENGN3223 Control Systems
ENGN3224 Energy Systems Engineering
ENGN3226 Digital Communications
ENGN3227 Analogue Electronics
ENGN4507 Microelectronic and Photonic Technology
ENGN4511 Composite Materials
ENGN4513 Fibre Optics Communications Systems
ENGN4516 Energy Resources and Renewable Technologies
ENGN4520 Special Topics in Engineering 1
ENGN4524 Solar Energy Technology
ENGN4528 Computer Vision
ENGN4533 Biomedical Engineering
ENGN4535 Telecommunication Networks
ENGN4536 Wireless Communications
ENGN4545 Radio frequency Engineering
ENGN4601Engineering Materials
ENGN4612 Digital Signal Processing and Control
ENGN4615 Finite Element Analysis
ENGN4625 Power Electronics
ENGN4627 Robotics
3. 12 units mathematics, being

MATH1013 Mathematics & Applications 1 (or MATH1115) (6
unit)
MATH1014 Mathematics & Applications 2 (or MATH1116) (6
unit)
4. 12 units computing, being
Engineering Majors
The College offers six engineering majors that may be selected
in terms of fulfilling item 2 of the BE program requirements.
Refer to Majors tab. Students should note that all completed
majors will be listed on their academic transcript.
Electronic Systems Major

Electronic Systems
ENGN1218
Introduction to Electronics
6 unit
ENGN2211 or
ENGN2218
Electronic Circuits or
Electronic Systems & Design
6 unit
ENGN2224 or
ENGN3227
Semiconductors or
Analogue electronics
6 unit
ENGN3213
Digital Systems & Microprocessors
6 unit
ENGN3223
Control Systems
6 unit
ENGN4507 or
ENGN4625
Microelectronic & Photonic Technology

or
Power Electronics
6 unit
ENGN4545 or
ENGN4612
Radiofrequency Engineering or
Digital Signal Processing & Control
6 unit
TOTAL
42 units
Manufacturing Systems Major

Manufacturing Systems
ENGN1217
Introduction to Materials
6 unit
ENGN2214 or
ENGN2217
Mechanics of Materials or
Mechanical Systems & Design
6 unit
ENGN2221
Systems Dynamics
6 unit
ENGN3212
Manufacturing Technologies
6 unit
ENGN3222
6 unit
ENGN4627
Robotics
6 unit
ENGN4601
Engineering Materials
6 unit
TOTAL
42 units
Materials & Mechanical Systems Major

Materials & Mechanical Systems
ENGN1215
6 unit
ENGN2214 or
ENGN2217
Mechanics of Materials or
Mechanical Systems & Design
6 unit
ENGN2221
Systems Dynamics
6 unit
ENGN2222
Thermal Energy Systems
6 unit
ENGN3224
Energy Systems Engineering
6 unit
ENGN4601
6 unit
ENGN4511 or
ENGN4615
Composite Materials or
Finite Element Analysis
6 unit
TOTAL
42 units
Mechatronic Systems Major
COMP1100 Introduction to Programming & Algorithms (6

unit) and
Mechatronic Systems
ENGN1218
6 unit
EENGNXXXX Computing for Engineering Simulation

(offered 2010)
ENGN2211 or
ENGN2218
Electronic Circuitsor
6 unit
5. 6 units physics, being
ENGN2221
System Dynamics
6 unit
ENGN3213
6 unit
ENGN3223
Control Systems
6 unit
ENGN4528
Computer Vision
6 unit
ENGN4627
Robotics
6 unit
TOTAL
42 units
PHYS1101 Advanced Physics I (6 unit)

6. 36 units of courses offered by the University.
The degree program may not include more than 60 units of
1000-series courses.
473
Sustainable Energy Systems Major

SustainableEnergy Systems
ENGN1218
6 unit
ENGN2211 or
ENGN2218
6 unit
ENGN2222
6 unit
ENGN2224
Semiconductors
6 unit
ENGN3224
6 unit
ENGN4516
Energy Resources & Renewable

Technologies
6 unit
ENGN4524
Solar Energy Technology
6 unit
TOTAL
PHYS2016
Electromagnetism & Continuum

Mechanics
6 unit
PHYS3057
Laser Physics & Electro-Optics
6 unit
PHYS3060 or
ENGN4513
Fibre Optic Communication Systems
6 unit
TOTAL
42 units
Environmental Systems Major

Environmental Systems
ENVS1001
Resources, Environment and Society
6 unit
ENVS2011
Human Ecology
6 unit
42 units
Five courses from the themes of Social

Science, Global Change Science or
Landscape Systems as approved by the
Fenner School
30 unit
TOTAL
42 units
Telecommunication Systems Major

Telecommunication Systems
ENGN1218
6 unit
ENGN2211 or
ENGN2218
6 unit
ENGN2228
Signal Processing
6 unit
ENGN3213
6 unit
ENGN3226
Digital Communications
6 unit
ENGN4536
Wireless Communications
6 unit
ENGN4545 or
ENGN4612 or
ENGN4513
Radiofrequency Engineering or
Digital Signal Processing and Control or
Fibre Optics Communication Systems
6 unit
TOTAL
42 units
NOTE: Students who have already successfully completed ENGN1221

Electromechanical Technologies will not have to take ENGN1217 Introduction to
Mechanics or ENGN1218 Introduction to Electronics
Science & Other Engineering majors

The 36 units of courses under item 6 of the BE program
requirements may be used by students to further their
interests in other subject areas. The College of Engineering
and Computer Science has developed majors in photonic
systems, environmental systems and digital systems by
incorporating non-engineering majors offered by the
College of Science and Department of Computer Science in
fulfilment of the requirements under Items 5 and 6 of the BE
program requirements. These are the Photonic Systems major,
Environmental Systems major and Digital Systems major. Note
that these majors cannot be counted towards Item 2 of the BE
program requirements.
Digital Systems Major

Requirements
Digital Systems
COMP1110
Introduction to Software Systems
6 unit
COMP2100
Software Construction
6 unit
COMP2300
Introduction to Computer Systems
6 unit
COMP2310
Concurrent & Distributed Systems
6 unit
COMP3300
Operating Systems Implementation
6 unit
COMP3310
Computer Networks
6 unit
COMP4330
Real Time & Embedded Systems
6 unit
TOTAL
42 units
Photonic Systems Major

Photonic Systems
PHYS1101 and
PHYS1201
Advanced Physics I and

Advanced Physics II
6 unit
6 unit
PHYS2013
Quantum Physics
6 unit
PHYS2017
Lasers & Photonics Fundamentals
6 unit
474
Alternation of ENGN4000 series courses

Each ENGN4000 series elective course will be offered in an
ODD year or an EVEN year. All ENGN1000, 2000 and 3000
series courses and ENGN4000 series compulsory courses will
be offered EVERY year. This leads to two possible alternation
patterns (1 and 2):
1
Year 1
EVERY
EVERY
Year 2
EVERY
EVERY
Year 3
ODD
EVEN
Year 4
EVEN
ODD
Students will need to bear this in mind when enrolling each

year, particularly in years 3 and 4. It is recommended that
students finalise their elective choices and planned enrolment
patterns for years 3 and 4 at the end of year 2 at the latest.
The Bachelor of Engineering degree with Honours

Honours grades in the BE degree are awarded by the Faculty on
the basis of a recommendation from the Head of Engineering
and may be awarded with first class honours; second class
honours, division A; or second class honours, division B.
The awarding of honours in engineering is based on meritorious
performance over the entire four-year program. The assessment
of meritorious performance includes the calculation of
an average percentage mark (APM), together with the
consideration of the overall academic progress of the student
and the Individual Project result. To determine the global APM,
the first year average mark is weighted by a factor 0.1, and the
combined average of years 2, 3 and 4 by a factor 0.9.
The first year average mark is the average of the marks awarded
in the following courses: ENGN1211 Discovering Engineering,
ENGN1217 Introduction to Mechanics, ENGN1218 Introduction
to Electronics, ENGN1215 Introduction to Materials, MATH1013
Mathematics and Applications 1 (or MATH1115), MATH1014
Mathematics and Applications 2 (or MATH1116), PHYS1101
Advanced Physics I, COMP1100 Introduction to Programming
and Algorithms and ENGN1110 Introduction to Software
Systems or COMP2750 Java Programming for New Media. For
students commencing in 2009, COMP1110 and COMP2750 will
not constitute part of this rule.
The average mark for the remainder years is the average mark
awarded in all the additional engineering courses (that is,
having an ENGNxxxx code number) completed by the student,
excluding ENGN4200 Individual Project, which is considered
separately.
ENGN4100 Engineering Honours

In order to be considered for the award of a degree offered by the Department of Engineering, students must formally enrol in
ENGN4100 - Engineering Honours, at the commencement of their intended final semester.
Degree Structure
Standard Bachelor of Engineering recommended program pattern
Semester 1
Semester 2
Year 1
48 units

MATH1013 Mathematics & Applications 1

Year 2
48 units

MATH2305 Calculus & Differential Equations OR University
Elective

Engineering major
University elective
Year 3 ODD
48 unit
ENGN3211 Investment Decisions & Financial Systems (or

equivalent)
Engineering major
Engineering elective
University elective

Engineering major
University elective
Year 3 EVEN
48 unit
ENGN3211 Investment Decisions & Financial Systems (or

equivalent)
Engineering major
University elective

Engineering major
University elective
Year 4 ODD
48 unit
ENGN4200 Individual Project

Engineering major
University elective

ENGN4611 Engineering Law (or equivalent)
Engineering major
University elective
Year 4 EVEN
48 unit

Engineering major
University elective

ENGN4611 Engineering Law (or equivalent)
Engineering major
University elective
The above pattern is indicative only and may be tailored to suit individual needs. The choice of electives in a particular year will depend on the major chosen and on the
alternation. These should be decided before commencing year 3. All courses are 6 units in size. The pattern listed for year 2 is only applicable from 2010, and students who
commenced prior to 2009 should consult the recommended enrolment templates listed in the 2008 Handbook.
Combined degrees
All BE combined degrees are 5 EFTSL, 5 year programs
comprising 240 units:
Bachelor of Engineering may be combined with a
Bachelor of Science
Bachelor of Economics
Bachelor of Asian Studies
Bachelor of Arts
Again, students are reminded that any completed majors will be
listed on their academic transcript.
Computer Science
Dr Henry Gardner, BSc(Hons) Melbourne, Dip Comp Stud
Melbourne, PhD ANU,
Reader and Head of Department
How do people understand and use computers, computer
networks, and the information they help us to manage?
The subject matter of the computing discipline has many
names, including software engineering, computer science,
informatics, information systems, information technology,
and computer programming. The discipline is only young, and
the nature of the subject has been debated many times since
the first electronic computers and the foundation of the first
professional association in 1947. The nature of the discipline
has changed in that time from a focus on computer hardware
in a very small number of uniquely-designed computers, and
the highly-specialised mathematical algorithms that were
programmed into them, to the graphically-interfaced, generalpurpose commodity computing of today. The computing
discipline has broadened to include the ways in which its
professional graduates apply computing to the information
needs and creative expression of people and organisations.
Information Technology is the common global term
which covers all aspects of computing, data storage, and
communications - the generality of equipment, systems
and services that involve the use of computers, advanced
telecommunications, and digital electronics. The IT industry
475
is now reckoned to be the worlds largest. Although our

Departments name continues to refer to Computer Science,
it is a centre for the study of wider aspects of IT: software
engineering, which is the profession of designing and
constructing large and complex software systems; information
systems, which involves the ways in which computer systems
are meshed with organisations; human-centred computing,
understanding and applying technology to human needs of
creative expression; computer systems, the creative engineering
and science of making advances in the support layers of
computer technologies; and computer science, the systematic
study of the fundamental algorithms and processes underlying
computing. The department provides professional, technical,
and service courses in these areas and introductory information
technology for students in many areas of the university.
Department aims & objectives - programs offered

The Department aims to produce graduates with technical,
professional and fundamental scientific education via a number
of programs, in the Bachelor of Information Technology, the
Bachelor of Software Engineering, the Bachelor of Computer
Science (Honours), the Bachelor of Science majoring in
Computer Science, and the Bachelor of Philosophy. The
Department also aims to produce graduates with advanced IT
literacy skills via the IT in New Media Arts major in the Bachelor
of Arts (New Media Arts).
The Bachelor of Computer Science (Honours) is a college-wide
four-year, flexible research-focused program for intellectually
ambitious students. It engages with fundamental theoretical
computer science, including a mathematical understanding
of algorithms and models of processes, and fundamental
experimental computer science, seen as a disciplined approach
to discovering and improving new technologies.
The Bachelor of Software Engineering program offers technical
and professional education, communications skills, and
individual and group project work supported by a solid basis of
computer science. Latter-year courses and capstone projects in
this program have a substantial component which is sourced
from industry. A pass degree or a degree with Honours can be
awarded after four years of study in this program. The program
is accredited with both Engineers Australia and the Australian
Computer Society.
The Department offers a three-year technical and professional
program, the Bachelor of Information Technology. This program
is accredited with the Australian Computer Society and B Inf
Tech students can choose to major in software development,
information systems, computer systems or IT for new media
arts. The B Inf Tech can also be combined with programs in
Commerce and Economics for a four-year combined program
that aims to provide a professional, business-oriented
education. It can be combined with the Bachelor of Engineering
for five years of study that includes substantial computing
within a full, multidisciplinary Engineering program. It is also
possible to combine the B Inf Tech with the Bachelor of Science
(Forestry), the Bachelor of Arts and the Bachelor of Laws.
The Department aims to produce graduates with a fundamental
scientific education via the Bachelor of Science majoring in
Computer Science. Students taking this program can combine
a study of a Science subject with as much computing as they
wish or take combined Science programs such as Science
and Law. The Bachelor of Computational Science (Honours)
program combines the study of computing, mathematics, and
their application to computer modelling in the sciences. Like
the Bachelor of Computer Science (Honours), the Bachelor
of Philosophy (Honours) is an innovative, research-focused
476
program but is offered through the Faculty of Science. This

program is extremely flexible in its structure and allows
students to specialise in many areas of science, including
computer science. For more details on these programs see the
College of Science entry in the Handbook.
The Department aims to produce graduates with a strong IT
literacy base in the understanding and use of modern IT tools,
especially as applied to new media, via the major in IT in New
Media Arts in the Bachelor of Arts (New Media Arts). Details can
be found in the College of Arts and Social Sciences entry in the
Handbook.
A fourth year of Honours study can be added to the B Inf Tech
or BSc and first-class Honours graduates from these programs,
and from the Bachelor of Software Engineering, are eligible
to enter postgraduate research studies at the ANU and other
leading computer-science departments worldwide.
The Department offers three coursework Masters programs,
the Master of Information Technology Studies, the Master of
Computing and the Masters of Computing (Honours). These
programs are accredited with the Australian Computing Society.
The Department has an active research program and educates
Master of Philosophy and PhD students by research.
Introductory courses
The Department offers several courses that can be taken
by students with no previous background in computing or
information technology. COMP1710 and COMP2720 are courses
that introduce students to the development and generalized
use of IT tools in new media. COMP1710 studies tools used for
new media and the web, while COMP2720 deals with scriptlevel programming in the context of new media. COMP1710
is also an information technology service course offered to
students in other colleges, which provides a university-level
introduction to applied computing for students in any area who
wish to use computers in their studies or their careers but do
not necessarily need to study computer programming.
COMP1100 provides an introduction to computer programming,
both as a service course and as a foundation for all further
studies in information technology. It assumes a prior knowledge
of secondary college advanced mathematics, but does not
require any previous computing experience. COMP1110provides
further study of programming and software engineering, with a
focus on the construction of larger programs. It leads to further
software development and software engineering studies.
COMP2400 can also be taken in first year, following COMP1100.
It provides an introduction to the use of databases and to
their underlying technology. This course can be used as part of
a major in Commerce as well as contributing to Information
Technology and Software Engineering programs.
Further information
Further information on the courses offered and the structures
of the courses is available from the Departments website at
http://cs.anu.edu.au

(Academic Program: 4710 | Academic Plan: 4710HBCSCI)
Minimum: 192 units
The Bachelor of Computer Science (Honours) is a four year,
flexible, research-focused professional program for exceptional
students who would like to pursue postgraduate research in
computer science or research-oriented computing careers

in commerce and industry. The program is built on strong
foundations in computer science and mathematics. It provides
ample scope for the student to pursue research in individual
areas of interest, working with researchers of great international
distinction in the areas of computer science, engineering and
mathematics. It is anticipated that the program will have
professional accreditation with the Australian Computer
Society.
(b) completion of a further 6 units of 2000/3000/4000-series

Maths courses;
(c) completion of a further 18 units of CS courses from
Schedule 1, with no more than 6 units being at the
2000-series level. This must include at least 6 units of
courses from each of the areas listed under Schedule 1;
(d) completion of a further 12 units of 3000/4000-series CS
courses;
Students are required to maintain a superior distinction

average each year to remain in the program. Students who do
not meet the performance requirements can transfer to the
Bachelor of Science, the Bachelor of Information Technology
or the Bachelor of Software Engineering, with transfer credit
determined on a case by case basis. Exceptional students from
other programs will be considered for transfer into the BCS on a
case by case basis.
(e) completion of a further 36 units of courses, including no

more than 12 units of 1000-series courses, from anywhere
in the University.
All students who complete the Bachelor of Computer Science

Honours degree are eligible for professional membership of the
Australian Computer Society.
Schedule 1
The Bachelor of Computer Science Honours homepage: http://

cecs.anu.edu.au/students/future/undergrad/BCS
CS courses are:
COMP courses
Computer Science relevant courses from other areas of the
University that are approved by the Program Convenor
Applications
COMP2110 Software Design

COMP3320 High Performance Scientific Computation
COMP3410 IT in E-Commerce
COMP3420 Advanced Databases and Data Mining
COMP3620 Artificial Intelligence
COMP3720 Advanced Studies in Computer Science

(Applications)
(a) completion of 120 units of prescribed courses as follows:
COMP4220 Frontiers of Human Computer Interaction
COMP1130 Data Structures and Algorithms I

COMP1140 Data Structures and Algorithms II
COMP2300 Introduction to Computer Systems
COMP2310 Concurrent and Distributed Systems
COMP2600 Formal Methods in Software Engineering
COMP3006 Computer Science Research Project
COMP3130 Computer Science Group Project
COMP3600 Algorithms
COMP3630 Theory of Computation
COMP4006 Computer Science Honours
MATH2303 Algebraic Systems and Coding Theory or

MATH2322 Algebra 1 Honours
Scholarships
Scholarships valued at $20,000 total are available to students
with a UAI of 99 to 99.49 who enrol in this program.
The program requires the completion of 192 units including:
Programming Languages and Systems

COMP3300 Operating Systems Implementation

COMP3310 Computer Networks
COMP3610 Principles of Programming Languages
COMP3640 Compiler Construction
COMP3730 Advanced Studies in Computer Science

(Programming Languages and Systems)
COMP4300 Parallel Systems
COMP4320 Network Security
COMP4330 Real-time and Embedded Systems
Degree Structure
Bachelor of Computer Science (Honours) possible enrolment pattern
Year 1
(48 units)
COMP1130 Data Structures & Algorithms 1

University Elective (6 units)
COMP1140 Data Structures & Algorithms 2

Year 2
(48 units)
COMP3630 Theory of Computation (6 units)

2000/3000/4000-series Maths (6 units)
COMP2310 Concurrent & Distributed Systems

COMP3600 Algorithms
Schedule 1 CS Elective (6 units)
MATH2303 Algebraic Systems & Coding Theory or
MATH2322 Algebra 1 Honours (6 units)
Year 3
(48 units)
COMP3130 Group Project (6 units)

3000/4000-series CS Elective (6 units)
COMP3006 Research Project (6 units)

3000/4000-series CS Elective (6 units)
Year 4
(48 units)
COMP4006 Computer Science Honours
477
Theory

COMP3740 Advanced Studies in Computer Science (Theory)
COMP4600 Advanced Algorithms
COMP4630 Overview of Logic in Computing
MATH3343 Foundations of Mathematics Honours
MATH3401 Number Theory and Cryptography Honours
The Bachelor of Computer Science with Honours

The awarding of honours in computer science is based on
meritorious performance in the honours year of the program,
which consists of 50% coursework and 50% thesis.

(Academic Program: 4708 | Academic Plan: 4708XBSENG)
Minimum: 192 units
The Bachelor of Software Engineering (BSEng) is a four-year
program accredited by Engineers Australia and the Australian
Computer Society. The course emphasises the development of
professional skills in the technical area of software engineering,
that is, the systematic application of analysis, design, and
construction techniques for computer systems and applications.
The computing industry has grown very rapidly in the last 40
years, despite a widely acknowledged, continual state of crisis
in our abilities to manage reliably the process of developing
software. The need for a mixture of technical computing
knowledge with the skills of the computer programmer, and
the disciplined organisation and judgement of the professional
engineer, has been seen as desirable for many years. The
introduction of the Bachelor of Software Engineering program
in 1999 meets this need.
The BSEng graduate will acquire technical knowledge of the
fundamentals of computer systems, programming languages,
and the mathematical foundations of algorithms and data
structures that are required to establish reliability and safety

in software. Technical knowledge is honed by a selection of
advanced technical topics. The principles and practices of
the design and implementation of software are built up in a
sequence of courses combining theoretical study and practical
laboratory exercises, individual projects, and group projects.
Of no less importance is an introduction to the professional
skills of a competent engineer: management, communication
with others and teamwork in particular, and ethical and other
responsibilities. Graduates will also build their own skills of
individual software development in university studies and in
practical work experience which is required during the course,
and will learn a systems approach developed and exemplified in
individual and group project work.
Mathematics is an essential component of the program for
developing the ability for abstraction that is the core of the
computing discipline, and to allow rigorous formal description
of aspects of the software engineering process. Discrete
mathematics also has significant applications in the modelling
and rigorous description of software properties, computing
processes and programming languages.
The best computing professionals are informed by knowledge
of a wider field than computing alone. The course includes
the choice of a major line of study in another discipline in
the university which can broaden the understanding of the
social and cultural responsibilities of the software engineer,
and strengthen the ability to communicate with others, or
may be used to specialise in further fundamental sciences, or
in specialised engineering streams. Both develop the capacity
for lifelong learning by exposure to a broader range of ways of
studying at university level.
The Bachelor of Software Engineering degree is accredited by
Engineers Australia and the Australian Computer Society.
The Bachelor of Software Engineering Homepage: http://cecs.
anu.edu.au/students/future/undergrad/BSE
Degree Structure
Bachelor of Software Engineering (4708) possible enrolment pattern
Semester 1
Second 2
Year 1
48 units

Science/Engineering Elective (6u)
COMP1510 Introduction to Software Engineering

Science/Engineering elective (6u)
Year 2
48 units

COMP2500 Software Construction for Software Engineers
Elective (6u)[1]

COMP2510 Software Design for Software Engineers
Elective (6u)[1]
Year 3
48 units
COMP3110 Software Analysis & Design

COMP3500 Software Engineering Project
3000/4000-series COMP (6u)[2]
Elective (6u)[1]
COMP3120 Managing Software Development

COMP3600 Algorithms
Elective (6u)[1]
Year 4
48 units
COMP4130 Managing Software Quality & Process

COMP4500 Software Engineering Practice
3000/4000-series COMP (6u)[2]
Elective (6u)[1]

COMP4800 Industrial Experience
3000/4000-series COMP (6u)[2]
Elective (6u)[1]
[1] May include no more than 12 units of 1000-series courses.

[2] Some 3000/4000-series COMP electives may have specific prerequisites that are not covered by the courses specified in the table.
478
The BSEng degree requires completion of 192 units including
(a) completion of 126 units of prescribed courses as follows:
ENGN3212, ENGN3222, ENGN4627, ENGN4601

Electronics Systems
PHYS1101, ENGN1218, ENGN2211or ENGN2218, ENGN2224,
BSEng students who are pursuing elective interests outside
the College of Engineering and Computer Science are advised
to consult the relevant section of the ANU Undergraduate
Handbook and the relevant Sub-Dean or Departmental course
adviser.
Combined Degrees
COMP3110 Software Analysis and Design
The Bachelor of Software Engineering may be combined with

a Bachelor of Science or a Bachelor of Commerce. These are 5
year programs.
The awarding of honours in software engineering is based

on meritorious performance in the third and fourth year
components of the program. The assessment of meritorious
performance is based on the marks and grades obtained for
all 3000-level and 4000-level courses that the student has
undertaken. Students who qualify may be awarded a grade of
first class honours; or second class honours, division A.
COMP3600 Algorithms
COMP4130 Managing Software Quality and Process
COMP4500 Software Engineering Practice OR
COMP4540 Software Engineering Research Project
ENGN3211 Investment Decisions and Financial Systems
MATH1013 Mathematics and Applications 1 OR
MATH1014 Mathematics and Applications 2 OR
(b) completion of a further 18 units of 3000/4000-series COMP
courses, other than those prescribed in (a).
(c) completion of a further 12 units of Engineering or Science
courses, excluding COMP courses;
(d) completion of a further 36 units of courses, including
no more than 12 units of 1000-series courses, from
anywhere in the university, including courses offered by the
Department of Computer Science;
(e) no more than 60 units of 1000-series courses.
Industrial Experience
Engineers Australia specifies that students are required to
complete at least 60 days of engineering work experience
during the course through approved professional employment
taken in the vacation periods. For details, see entry for
COMP4800 Industrial Experience.
BSEng engineering elective options

The Bachelor of Software Engineering (BSEng) program provides
for students to choose: (a) 12 units Science or Engineering; (b)
36 units of courses (which must include at least 12 units at
1000-series level). The following suggestions are highlighted for
BSEng students who want to consider engineering-related areas:
Telecommunications
PHYS1101, ENGN1218, ENGN2211 or ENGN2218, ENGN2228,
Mechatronic Systems

(Academic Program: 3701 | Academic Plan: 3701XBINFT)
Minimum: 144 units
The Bachelor of Information Technology (BInfTech) is a threeyear program that prepares graduates to enter the computing
industry work force as novice practitioners to develop software
or to apply computing in human organisations. The graduate
attains the technical knowledge of fundamentals of computer
systems, programming languages, computer applications, and
information systems. The computing industry has always been
subject to very rapid change, and so we also aim to prepare
graduates to meet the changes in practice and in technology
that will be met during their working careers. The graduate
can enter the fields of software development and support,
information systems development and support, or many other
broad areas of choice in computing or general industry.
The BInfTech program allows students to approach information
technology from either a technical, constructive angle, starting
with courses in programming, or from a conceptual, critical
or information and organisational management angle. It
widens the approach to computing to include the creative
and conceptual touch, starting by applying scripting to the
application area of new media (video and audio), rather than
from learning traditional general purpose programming
languages applied to algorithms. The technically oriented
student can major in Computer Systems or Software
Development; whereas the more conceptually oriented student
can major in Information Systems or IT in New Media Arts.
The Computer Systems major focuses on developing a sound
knowledge in the area of computer systems, including
distributed systems, networks and digital systems; the Software
Development major aims to develop the conceptual and
practical skills for software development and the technology
of computer systems; the Information Systems major focuses
on developing an understanding of organisations, the
management of computer systems applications in them, and
479
the accompanying systems analysis and design; and the IT in

New Media Arts major focuses on the understanding and use of
modern IT tools especially as applied to new media.
Information Systems
All of the majors are founded on an introduction to the

principles of programming, a broad perspective on the
computing discipline and profession, and an introduction to
the functional structure of computers. They also require a
grounding in mathematics and theoretical computer science,
which is a means of developing the ability to work with
abstractions, a fundamental requirement for understanding and
applying ideas in computing.
All students who complete the BInfTech degree are eligible for
professional membership of the Australian Computer Society.
The Bachelor of Information Technology Homepage: http://cecs.
anu.edu.au/students/future/undergrad/BCS
The program requires the completion of 144 units of courses
offered, or approved by, the Faculty of Engineering and
Information Technology, including:
(a) completion of 90 units of IT courses, of which at least 36
units must be 3000/4000-series courses, and 6 units of maths
courses. This must include:
all the courses from the core and a major from Schedule 1
or
(b) completion of a further 6 units of IT courses or a 6 unit
elective chosen from Schedule 3.
(c) completion of a further 42 units of courses from anywhere
in the university, including courses offered by the Department
of Computer Science, of which no more than
18
units may be 1000-series courses;
COMP1110 Introduction to Software Systems or COMP2750

Java Programming for New Media
COMP3410 IT in eCommerce or COMP3420 Database
Systems
COMP3760 Project Work in Information Systems or
Schedule 2
Core
(COMP1100 Introduction to Programming and
Algorithms
COMP1110 Introduction to Software Systems
COMP1710 Tools for New Media & the Web or ENGN1211
Discovering Engineering
COMP2100 Software Construction
MATH1005 Mathematical Modelling 2 or MATH1014
Mathematics and Applications 2 or MATH1116 Mathematics
and Applications 2 Honours
Majors
Computer Systems
(d) no more than 48 units of 1000 series courses.
IT courses are:
COMP courses
COMP3300 Operating Systems Implementation
INFS courses that are specified in the major

NEWM courses that are specified in the major
ENGN3226 Digital Communications
ENGN4528 Computer Vision
ENGN4612 Digital Signal Processing and Control
MATH3511 Scientific Computing
And at least four courses from the following:

COMP3320 High Performance Scientific Computation
COMP3750 Project Work in Computer Systems
COMP4330 Real-Time and Embedded Systems
Software Development
Schedule 1
Core
COMP1710 Tools for New Media & the Web or ENGN1211

COMP2410 Networked Information Systems or COMP3310

Computer Networks
COMP3100 Software Engineering Group Project
MATH1005 Mathematical Modelling 2 or MATH1014

Schedule 3
Majors IT in New Media Arts

As specified in the requirements for the Bachelor of Arts
(New Media Arts) program in the College of Arts and Social
Sciences entry.
480

PSYC1003 Introduction to Psychology 1
MATH1013 Mathematics and Applications 1
MATH2301 Games, Graphs and Machines
Degree Structure
BInfTech (3701: Computer Systems major) possible enrolment pattern
Semester 1
Semester 2
Year 1
(48 units)

COMP1710 Tools for New Media & the Web
IT Elective or Schedule 3 elective (6u)
Elective (6u) [1]

Elective (6u) [1]
Year 2
(48 units)

Elective (6u) [1]
Elective (6u) [1]

2000/3000/4000-series IT (6u)
Elective (6u) [1]
Year 3
(48 units)

3000/4000-series IT (12u) [2]
Elective (6u) [1]

3000/4000-series IT (12u) [2]
Elective (6u) [1]
[1] May include no more than 18 units of 1000-series elective courses.

[2] Choose four courses from: COMP3300 Operating Systems Implementation, COMP3320 High Performance Scientific Computation, COMP3750 Project Work in Computer
Systems, COMP4300 Parallel Systems, COMP4330 Real-Time and Embedded Systems, ENGN3213 Digital Systems and Microprocessors and ENGN3215 Communications
Technologies.
BInfTech (3701: IT in New Media Arts major) possible enrolment pattern

Semester 1
Semester 2
Year 1
(48 units)

Elective (12u) [1]

Elective (6u) [1]
Year 2
(48 units)

COMP2750 Java Programming for New Media [2]
2000/3000/4000-series IT (6u)
Elective (6u) [1]
2000/3000/4000-series IT (6u)
2000/3000/4000-series IT (12u)
Elective (6u) [1]
Year 3
(48 units)
3000/4000-series IT [3]
3000/4000-series IT [3]
3000/4000-series IT [3]
Elective (6u) [1]

COMP3900 Human Computer Interface Design & Evaluation
Elective (6u) [1]

[2] Can be replaced with COMP1110 Introduction to Software Systems.
[3] Some 3000/4000-series IT electives may have specific prerequisites that are not covered by the courses specified in the table.
BInfTech (3701: Information Systems major) possible enrolment pattern

Semester 1
Semester 2
Year 1
(48 units)
COMP1100 Introduction to Programming & Algorithms [1]

Elective (6u) [1]
COMP1110 Introduction to Software Systems [2] or

Elective (6u) [1]
Elective (6u) [1]
Year 2
(48 units)

COMP2750 Java Programming for New Media [2] or
2000/3000/4000-series IT (6u)
Elective (6u) [1]

2000/3000/4000-series IT (6u)
Elective (6u) [1]
Elective (6u) [1]
Year 3
(48 units)

3000/4000-series IT [3][4]
Elective (6u) [1]

INFS3059 Project Management & Information Systems
3000/4000-series IT (6u) [3][4]
Elective (6u) [1]

[2] Must include either COMP1110 Introduction to Software Systems or COMP2750 Java Programming for New Media, but not both.
[3] Must include one of COMP3410 IT in E-Commerce or COMP3420 Database Systems.
481
BInfTech (3701: Software Development) possible enrolment pattern
Semester 1
Semester 2
Year 1
(48 units)

Elective (6u) [1]

Elective (6u) [1]
Year 2
(48 units)

Elective (6u) [1]
Elective (6u) [1]

Elective (6u) [1]
Year 3
(48 units)

3000/4000-series IT (6u) [2][3]
Elective (6u) [1]

3000/4000-series IT (6u) [2][3]
Elective (6u) [1]

[2] Must include one of COMP2410 Networked Information Systems or COMP3310 Computer Networks.
Bachelor of Information with Honours

(Academic Program: 3701 | Academic Plan: 3701HBINFT)
Minimum: 144 units
The BInfTech program with honours requires an additional
year of study after the pass degree of Bachelor of Information
Technology. Admission is by invitation based on performance
in the best 48 units of 2000 and 3000 series Information
Technology and Mathematics courses and generally requires an
average performance at better than Credit level. The honours
program includes advanced coursework and a major individual
project worth 50 per cent of the year. Honours grades are
awarded on the result of the whole years work. For more details
refer tohttp://cs.anu.edu.au/honours/
Course descriptions
Introduction to Programming & Algorithms
COMP1100 (6 units) A
First Year Course
Workload: Thirty one-hour lectures, nine two-hour tutorial/
laboratory sessions.
Assumed Knowledge and Required Skills: Students are assumed
to have achieved a level of knowledge of mathematics
comparable to at least ACT Maths Methods major or NSW 2
unit maths or equivalent.
Course Description: This course is an introduction to the basic
principles of programming. These principles are applied in a
study of straightforward algorithms for searching and sorting.
It provides a foundation for studies in computer science,
information systems and software engineering.
The following topics are covered: basic concepts of
programming (data types, assignment, control structures, the
procedural abstraction), basic concepts of object-oriented
programming (class, object, attributes, routines), library classes
for basic datatypes, straightforward algorithms for search
482
and searching, object-oriented methods (class inheritance,

assertions on routines, design by contract).
The course has a strong practical emphasis, with required
attendance at laboratory sessions.
Indicative Assessment: Continuous Assessment (30 per cent);
Examinations (70 per cent)

First Year Course
Workload: Thirty one-hour lectures and nine two-hour tutorial/
laboratory sessions
Prerequisites: COMP1100
Incompatibility: COMP1510
Course Description: This course introduces students to the tools
and techniques for developing software systems of a size and
quality of an industrially relevant nature. The course teaches the
fundamental strategies of abstraction, decomposition and reuse
as methods for constructing such systems. Verification and
validation techniques, with an emphasis on testing, are taught
as a means to ensure that students are able to deliver software
products of the quality required.
In particular, the course will cover: recursive data structures
and algorithms; structured data types, abstract data types and
their applications; object-oriented programming; and software
life-cycle. The course will also introduce some of the theoretical
fundamentals that underpins software engineering, including:
reasoning about software and its application to specifications,
and verification and validation.
Indicative Assessment: Assignments (40 per cent); Quiz (10 per
Data Structures & Algorithms I

COMP1130 (6 units)
First Year Course
Prerequisites: Enrolment in the Bachelor of Computer Science
(Honours) or permission from Head of Computer Science.
Course Description: This course, and its sequel, COMP1140 Data

Structures and Algorithms II, will study problem solving using
programming languages, data structures and algorithms. The
mode of delivery will be via problem seminars which will be
seeded by an academic who will introduce a problem, typically
associated with his/her research area. Each problem will be
worked on by the students who will report in class on their
solutions. The problems will be selected to be appropriate
vehicles for the students to use to learn about various syllabus
topics.
In particular, the course will cover: recursive data structures

and algorithms; structured data types, abstract data types and
their applications; object-oriented programming; and software
life-cycle. The course will also introduce some of the theoretical
fundamentals that underpins software engineering, including:
reasoning about software and its application to specifications,
and verification and validation.
After the completion of both courses, student will have

improved their problem solving abilities and have implemented
algorithms in at least two languages, including a functional one
and an object-oriented one.
Tools for New Media & the Web

COMP1710 (6 units)
Indicative Assessment: Assignments (30 per cent); Final exam

(70 per cent)
Data Structures & Algorithms II

COMP1140 (6 units)
Course Description: This course focuses on multimedia and its

delivery on the world wide web. It introduces multimedia as a
combination of text, graphics, video, animation and sound for
the purposes of information access, storage and dissemination.
Topics such as the nature of multimedia and types of
multimedia objects, components of a multimedia system, Web
authoring, multimedia delivery tools, multimedia applications
and societal implications of multimedia, will be covered.
Students will have the opportunity to create multimedia
applications using HTML, JavaScript, animation, sound, video
and 3D.
First Year Course

Workload: Twenty four-two hour lectures
Prerequisites: Enrolment in BCS (Honours) or permission from
Head of Computer Science.
Course Description: This course, and its prequel, COMP1130
Data Structures and Algorithms I, will study problem solving
using programming languages, data structures and algorithms.
The mode of delivery will be via problem seminars which will
be seeded by an academic who will introduce a problem,
typically associated with his/her research area. Each problem
will be worked on by the students who will report in class on
their solutions. The problems will be selected to be appropriate
vehicles for the students to use to learn about various syllabus
topics.
After the completion of both courses, students will have
improved their problem solving abilities and have implemented
algorithms in at least two languages, including a functional one
and an object-oriented one.
Indicative Assessment: Assignments (40 per cent); Quiz (10 per

First Year Course

Workload: Thirty one-hour lectures and nine two-hour
laboratory sessions
Multimedia can be considered as one of the modern

information technology professions. Within this context we
study professional issues such as the engineering of multimedia
software systems, client focus, and professional ethics. We
also consider educational issues: curriculum issues, the ANU
experience.
Indicative Assessment: Laboratories (25 per cent); Assignment
(35 per cent); Final Exam (40 per cent)
COMP2100 (6 units) B
Indicative Assessment: Assignments (30 per cent); Final exam

(70 per cent)
Later Year Course
Introduction to Software Engineering

COMP1510 (6 units)
Workload: Thirty one-hour lectures and six two-hour tutorial/

laboratory sessions
First Year Course
Prerequisites: COMP1110 or COMP1510 or COMP1120; and

MATH1005 or MATH1014 or MATH1116
Workload: Thirty one-hour lectures, ninetwo-hour tutorial/

laboratory sessions and three two-hour seminars.
Course Description: This course is about the implementation

and test phases of the software construction process. It is based
around creating individual practical assignments on the small
scale, and modifying a medium scale project in two major
assignments over the whole semester. In this project, students
work on a substantial application, relevant to their experience
as computer users. The project is closely specified and designed
around a strong architectural structure as an exemplar, and
may involve a graphical user interface. During the semester
students learn to improve their own software development
practices by following the Personal Software Process, learning
time-management, planning, and quality control.
Prerequisites: Enrolment in BSEng; COMP1100

Incompatibility: COMP1110 and COMP2750
Course Description: This course introduces students to the tools
and techniques for developing software systems of a size and
quality of an industrially relevant nature. The course teaches the
fundamental strategies of abstraction, decomposition and reuse
as methods for constructing such systems. Verification and
validation techniques, with an emphasis on testing, are taught
as a means to ensure that students are able to deliver software
products of the quality required. It also introduces students to
the principles and practices of software engineering.
The following topics are covered: working with larger software

systems; code review and inspections; test planning and unit
483
testing (derived from specification and design documents);

object-oriented (Java), and scripting (Bash) languages; recursive
data structures; graphical user interfaces; the Personal Software
Process; build tools (Make and Ant) and version control
(Subversion); use of external code libraries.

Indicative Assessment: Assignments (30 per cent); Mid Semester

Exam (20 per cent); Final Exam (50 per cent)
Workload: Thirty one-hour lectures, nine two-hour tutorials/

Software Design
Prerequisites: COMP1110 or COMP1510 or COMP1120;

COMP2100 or COMP2500 or COMP2300; and MATH1005 or
MATH1014 or MATH1116
Later Year Course

Workload: Twenty six one-hour lectures, four one-hour tutorials
and five two-hour tutorial/laboratory sessions
Prerequisites: COMP1110 or COMP1510 or COMP1120; and
MATH1005 or MATH1014 or MATH1116
Course Description: This course is one of three courses
(COMP2100, COMP2110, COMP3110) which address constructive
aspects of the software development process. It has a primary
focus on the design phase.
The following topics are covered. Introduction to requirements
specifications. Designing to specifications. The design milieu
(notations, documentation standards). Design techniques
(object-oriented, software architectures, design patterns).
Design review. Design in the context of requirements change.
Principles of quality in design.
Indicative Assessment: Assignments (50 per cent); Presentation

Later Year Course
Later Year Course

Course Description: This course is concerned with the issues

that arise when computational processes are supported in
a computer system. The scope is broad enough to include
discussion of all the layers of a computer system - from the
hardware to large information systems applications, and all
sizes of computer system - from systems as small as a single
processor, to systems as large as the entire Internet. The
principal areas of study are processes and process coordination,
concurrency support in operating systems and high level
languages, and distributed systems.
The following topics are addressed: operating system structure,
process management, interaction between system components
(processes, devices and processors), mutual exclusion,
concurrent programming, semaphores and monitors, interprocess communication, distributed systems, crash resilience
and persistent data, deadlock, transaction processing.
Indicative Assessment: Assignments(30 per cent); Final Exam
(70 per cent)
Later Year Course

laboratory sessions
Workload: Thirty one-hour lectures and nine two-hour

laboratory/tutorial sessions
Assumed Knowledge and Required Skills: COMP1100 or

COMP1710 or INFS1001
Prerequisites: COMP1100 or COMP1120; and 6 units of

1000-level MATH courses.
Course Description: Introduction to the basic goals, functions,

models, components, applications, and social impact of
database system applications. The course introduces the
relational data model and the database query language SQL.
Entity-Relationship Diagrams are introduced as a tool for
conceptual modeling. Effective mapping of a conceptual model
to a relational database schema requires some appreciation
of the role of integrity constraints, and the impact of DBMS
characteristics.
Course Description: An introduction to the hardware and

software components of a modern computer system.
Comparisons of different types of instructions sets and
corresponding addressing modes. Emphasis on the relationships
among instruction sets, fetch and execute operations, and
the underlying architecture. Introduction to the concept of
interrupts, as well as the purpose and specifications of a control
course with respect to logic operations. Consideration of the
physical implementation of large memory systems, together
with the techniques of data storage and checking. Overall
concepts of virtual memory, operating system functions, file
systems and networks.
Virtual machines and the levels of machine organization, the
assembly and linking process and software libraries.
Indicative Assessment: Assignments (30 per cent); Final Exam
(70 per cent)
Indicative Assessment: Continuous Assessment (30 per cent);

Mid Semester Exam (20 per cent); Final Exam (50 per cent)

COMP2410 (6 units)
Later Year Course
laboratory sessions
1000-level MATH/STAT courses
484
Course Description: This course studies networking

fundamentals including LANS, MANS, WANS, the Internet,
intranets, extranets and the WWW, with the focus being the
Internet. The topics covered include: hardware, software,
network topologies, architecture and protocols; network and
web applications; website design and construction; information
architecture; standards; privacy, security, firewalls and reliability;
systems integration; network monitoring and management; and
professional ethics and social issues.
(70 per cent)
Software Construction for Software Engineers

COMP2500 (6 units)
aspects of the software development process for software

engineering students. It has a primary focus on the design
phase. The course also studies aspects of the principles and
practices of software engineering.
The following topics are covered; Introduction to requirements
specifications; Designing to specifications; The design milieu
(notations, documentation standards); Design techniques
(object-oriented, software architectures, design patterns,
structured); Design review; Design in the context of
requirements change; Principles of quality in design.
Indicative Assessment: Assignments (50 per cent); Presentation
Later Year Course
Formal Methods in Software Engineering

Later Year Course
Workload: Thirty one-hour lectures, six two-hour tutorial/

laboratory sessions and three two-hour seminars
Prerequisites: Enrolment in BSEng; COMP1510; or COMP1110

and COMP1800; or COMP1120 and COMP1800; and MATH1005
or MATH1014 or MATH1116
Course Description: This course is about the implementation
and test phases of the software construction process. It is based
around creating individual practical assignments on the small
scale, and modifying a medium scale project in two major
assignments over the whole semester. In this project, students
work on a substantial application, relevant to their experience
as computer users. The project is closely specified and designed
around a strong architectural structure as an exemplar, and
may involve a graphical user interface. During the semester
students learn to improve their own software development
practices by following the Personal Software Process, learning
time-management, planning, and quality control. The course
also studies aspects of the principles and practices of software
engineering.
The following topics are covered: working with software larger
systems; code review and inspections; test planning and unit
testing (derived from specification and design documents);
object-oriented (Java), and scripting (Bash) languages; recursive
data structures; graphical user interfaces; the Personal Software
Process; build tools (Make and Ant) and version control
(Subversion); use of external code libraries.
Indicative Assessment: Assignments (20 per cent); Mid Semester
Exam (20 per cent); Presentation (5 per cent); Report (5 per
Software Design for Software Engineers

COMP2510 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Workload: Thirty one-hour lectures, six one-hour tutorial and
one two-hour laboratory sessions, and three two-hour seminars
Prerequisites: Enrolment in BSEng; COMP1510;or COMP1110
and COMP1800; or COMP1120 and COMP1800; and MATH1005
or MATH1014 or MATH1116
Workload: Thirty one-hour lectures, eight one-hour tutorials

and four two-hour laboratory sessions.
Prerequisites: COMP1110 or COMP1510 or COMP1120 or
COMP2750; and MATH1005 or MATH1014 or MATH1116.
Course Description: This course presents some formal notations
that are commonly used for the description of computation and
of computing systems, for the specification of software and for
mathematically rigorous arguments about program properties.
The following areas of study constitute the backbone of the
course. Predicate calculus and natural deduction, inductive
definitions of data types as a basis for recursive functions
and structural induction, formal language theory (particularly
regular expressions, finite state machines and context free
grammars), specification languages, propositional programming
language semantics, partial correctness and proofs of
termination.
Indicative Assessment: Assignments (40 per cent); Tutorials and
Laboratories (5 per cent); Quiz (10 per cent); Final Exam
(45 per cent)
Automating Tools for New Media

COMP2720 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Workload: Thirty one-hour lectures and ten two-hour
laboratory sessions
Prerequisites: COMP1710 or COMP1100
Course Description: This course will introduce script-level
programming in the context of New Media. Topics covered will
include the nature of New Media applications, New Media data
formats and data manipulation, program organisation, control
structures, writing and debugging New Media programs.
Indicative Assessment: Portfolio (30 per cent);Assignments (30
per cent); FinalExam (40 per cent)

COMP2750 (6 units)
Later Year Course

(COMP2500, COMP2510, COMP3110) that address constructive
Workload: Thirty one-hour lectures, six two-hour laboratory

sessions.
485
Prerequisites: COMP1100 or COMP2720

Incompatibility: COMP1110 and COMP1510
Course Description: A Java-based introductory programming
course which includes aspects of graphical user-interfaces and
Java2D graphics as well as good programming practice and
software engineering.
(70 per cent)
Computer Science Research Project

COMP3006 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Workload: As many hours as necessary for meetings with
supervisors and a nominal 10 hours per week
Prerequisites: Enrolment in BCS(H) of PhB or BE(R&D); 12 units
of 3000-series COMP courses
Course Description: Students will conduct a small research
project, under supervision. This will give them experience
in research in an area of interest in computer science. The
activities in the course will normally include some combination
of reading, writing, project work and presentation as
appropriate to the topic. The learning objectives, project
overview and assessment arrangements will be specified at
the outset using the Department of Computer Science form
Independent Study Contract.
Indicative Assessment: The assessment arrangements will be
specified at the outset using the Department of Computer
Science form Independent Study Contract.
Software Engineering Group Project

COMP3100 (6 units) C
Later Year Course
Annual course. Students must enroll in Semester 1 and
Semester 2
Software Analysis & Design

Later Year Course
Workload: Thirty one-hour lectures and five two-hour
laboratory sessions
Prerequisites: 12 units of 2000-level COMP or INFS courses
including COMP2110 or COMP2510 or INFS2024; and 6 units of
1000-level MATH courses
(COMP2100, COMP2110, COMP3110) which address constructive
aspects of the software development process. It has a primary
focus on the software requirements and design phases.
This course provides a practical introduction to requirements
analysis methods and design specification techniques that are
either structured or object-oriented. The essential rationale for
the requisite components of a number of such methods will
be taught together with some techniques for their application.
As always, the emphasis of applying any such method is to
create, from a set of original requirements, a semi-formal
representation or model of a system software specification
that is unambiguous, consistent and understandable. The
various techniques for achievement of such requirements
and specifications often seem straight forward and even
conceptually simple. However, despite the apparent simplicity
of a technique, students will discover that a good deal of effort
and diligence is required to produce accurate, meaningful,
understandable and easily maintainable specifications.
Software system requirements specifications are essential
for creating and trading-off design specification alternatives.
There are several representations available for specifying a
software design. Some of these will be discussed and applied
including some very recent approaches to design that allow for
the inclusion of multiple architectural alternatives and simple
verification. The latest design techniques place appropriate
emphasis on accurate, semi-formal models, transformation
rules and direct code generation.
Workload: Forty one-hour lectures and 300 hours of group

project work
Whenever appropriate, computer aided modelling tools will

be used to reinforce the various concepts that are covered
theoretically.
Prerequisites: COMP2100 and COMP2110; or COMP2500

and COMP2510; and 12 units of courses from COMP2300,
COMP2310, COMP2400 and COMP2600
Indicative Assessment: Assignments (30 per cent),Presentation

(10 per cent); Mid Semester Exam (15 per cent);Final Exam (45
per cent)
Corequisites: COMP3110
Course Description: This course provides the student with
project experience to complement the studies of the software
development process in courses COMP2100, COMP2110,
COMP3110 and COMP3120.
Students work in small groups and participate in all
the development phases (requirements analysis, design,
construction, testing and documentation) of a nontrivial
software system. As well, each group has to address the control
of the development process by constructing and following a
detailed software development management plan.
Indicative Assessment: Project (90 per cent); Presentation
(10 per cent)
486
Managing Software Development

Later Year Course
Workload: Thirty one-hour lectures and five two-hour
Prerequisites: 12 units of 3000-series IT
Course Description: This course introduces students to a range
of technically-orientated issues in business, engineering and
software management. Students are provided with concrete
strategies for addressing important issues within practical,
relevant and contemporary contexts.
The course comprises selections from one or more of the
following topic areas:
Project Management. This is a major topic for the course.

Tools and techniques appropriate to management of both
generic and software-specific projects are introduced.
Business Environments - a systems-thinking approach to
understanding the internal and external environments for
an organisation will be used to set the stage for work in
business planning and management.

Later Year Course
Workload: Thirty one-hour lectures and seven two-hour
tutorial/laboratory sessions
Business Planning - students will gain practical experience

of new venture planning
Prerequisites: COMP1100 or COMP2720; 12 units of 2000-series

IT courses; and 6 units of MATH/STAT courses
Ethics and Corporate Responsibility - individual ethics and

ethical culture - structured approach to arrive a a normative
conclusion
Course Description: This course is about some of the current

and potential applications of information technology in
electronic commerce.
Planning and Strategic management - management

decision-making; risk management
Topics will be chosen from areas such as document

representation (XML, DTDs, XML Schema, XSLT, CSS), data
management (metadata, digital libraries, electronic document
management and processing), electronic trading (spontaneous,
deliberative, auctions) and security (encryption, public key,
symmetric key, PKI, authentication). Case studies will be used
where appropriate. Other topics will be included to match
recent developments and maturation of the area, such as web
application frameworks, web services and the semantic web.
Organisational Design - alignment with corporate goals;

staffing and people management
Leadership - motivating, influencing, communicating,
managing groups and teams
Control in Organisations and change management
Quality - definition, value and scope. Quality management
techniques
Understanding Variation - the truth behind the
management report, statistical process control (SPC) for
managers
Software specific issues - Choosing or tailoring a
software development life cycle. Constructing a software
development plan. Applying techniques and tools for
determining size, effort and cost of a software development.
Constructing a schedule and determining resource
requirements and allocations. Identifying, assessing and
managing risks (including technical, schedule and resource
risks). Choosing and using metrics for different purposes
such as monitoring progress, controlling resources and
estimating rework.
Indicative Assessment: Individual Project Plan (25 per cent);
Group Business Plan (25 per cent weighted as 15 per cent
for the document; 10 per cent for a concept presentation &
minutes of the first meeting); Final Exam (50 per cent)
Computer Science Group Project

COMP3130 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Prerequisites: Enrolment in BCS(Hons) or PhB or BE (R&D); 12
units of 3000-series COMP courses.
Course Description: This course provides the students with
project experience. It exposes the students to team work,
communication skills, project management and profession
ethics. Students will work in small groups on a synergistic
project that covers at least two of the areas in computer
science, such as the following: Applications, Programming
Languages and Systems and Theory. This will promote depth
of study in at least two different areas of computer science for
the students.
(10 per cent)

(70 per cent)
Advanced Databases & Data Mining

Later Year Course
Workload: Thirty one-hour lectures and five two-hour tutorials
Prerequisites: COMP1100 or COMP2720; COMP2400; 6 units
of 2000-level IT courses; and 6 units of 1000-level MATH/STAT
courses.
Course Description: This course examines the design of
databases and data warehouses and their use for data mining;
and investigates associated issues. Topics may include: relational
theory and conceptual modelling; privacy and security;
statistical databases; distributed databases; data warehousing;
data cleaning and integration; and data mining
concepts and techniques.
Indicative Assessment: Two assignments (30 marks each); Final
Exam (70 marks)
Software Engineering Project

COMP3500 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Annual course. Student enrolls in Semester 1 and Semester 2
Workload: Forty one-hour lectures and 300 hours of project
work
Prerequisites: Enrolment in BSEng; COMP2500 and COMP2510;
or COMP2100, COMP2110 and COMP2800; and 12 units
of courses from COMP2300, COMP2310, COMP2400 and
COMP2600
Corequisites: COMP3110
Course Description: This course provides the student with
project experience to complement the studies of the software
487
development process in courses COMP2500, COMP2510,

Students work in small groups and participate in all
the development phases (requirements analysis, design,
construction, testing and documentation) of a nontrivial
software system. As well, each group has to address the control
of the development process by constructing and following a
detailed software development management plan. Students will
also study relevant aspects of the software engineering milieux.
(10 per cent)
Algorithms
Later Year Course
The requirement that a language be implementable means

that some aspects of formal language theory become part of
the programming languages area. The course will approach
the topic in-so-far-as it supports the construction of language
acceptors. It will also give introductions to topics that underpin
run-time structures of language.
(70 per cent)
Course offered in Semester 2 in alternate odd-numbered years.
Artificial Intelligence
COMP3620 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Workload: Thirty one-hour lectures, six tutorials and six

laboratory sessions
Workload: Thirty one-hour lectures and nine two-hour tutorial/

Prerequisites: COMP2100 or COMP2500; and COMP2600
Prerequisites: COMP2100 or COMP2500; 6 units of 2000-level

COMP courses or enrollment in BComptlSci; and 6 units of
2000-level MATH courses or COMP2600
Course Description: This course deals with the study of
algorithms for solving practical problems, and of the data
structures used in their implementation. Detailed analysis of the
resource requirements of algorithms will be an important issue.
A large variety of algorithms are candidates for study. These
include, but are not limited to, the following: greedy algorithms,
dynamic programming, divide-and-conquer, exhaustive search,
graph algorithms, advanced data structures such as binomial
heaps and Fibonacci heaps, network flow algorithms, algorithms
for string matching, parallel algorithms, heuristics and
approximation algorithms, and an introduction to intractability.
As well as studying the implementation, the mathematical
tools used to study the resource usage of algorithms will be
considered.
(70 per cent)
Principles of Programming Languages

Later Year Course
Workload: Thirty one-hour lectures, three one-hour tutorials
and seven two-hour laboratory sessions.
Prerequisites: COMP2100 or COMP2500; and COMP2600
Course Description: The course will provide an introduction to
the major declarative paradigms of functional programming
and logic programming. It will give the student some experience
with Prolog and a representative functional language in
problem domains where these paradigms are most suited. The
theoretical underpinnings of each paradigm will be introduced,
as will elementary aspects of implementation.
As well as exploring these new classes of languages the course
will introduce the students to ideas that apply across the
language landscape. Firstly, languages can only be defined
rigorously when some systematic notation is used to assign
meanings to each program and program fragment. The course
will discuss formal semantics in general and will focus on a
widely used system - denotational or structured operational.
488
Course Description: This course focuses on techniques and

approaches that are successfully used in making computers
moreintelligent. Areas of study will include: problem solving
using search, knowledge representation and reasoning,
planning, diagnosis, learning, agent approaches, natural
language processing, and perception. The subject will also
briefly examine the historical, philosophical, and logical
foundations of AI.
(50 per cent)
Theory of Computation
COMP3630 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Prerequisites: COMP1140 and COMP2600
Course Description: This course covers the theoretical computer
science areas of formallanguages and automata, computability
and complexity. Topics covered include: regular and contextfree languages; finite automata and pushdown automata;
Turing machines; Churchs thesis; computability - halting
problem, solvable and unsolvable problems; space and time
complexity; classes P, NP and PSPACE; NP-Completeness.
(60 per cent)
System Architectural Understanding & the Human

Brain
COMP3650 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Prerequisites: 12 units of 2000-series COMP or 12 units of
2000-series PSYC
Course Description: This course will teach how to understand
the behaviours of complex functional systems in terms of their
components, using as an example the problem of relating
psychology to physiology for the human brain.Students will
learn how to approach understanding of complex functional
systems by means of descriptions on many different levels of
detail which can be mapped into each other. This is one of the
basic skills needed to understand, design and modify complex
functional systems. The course will be relevant to students
interested in designing or maintaining complex functional

systems. Using the human brain as the example will make
the course relevant to students interested in research on the
mammal brain, and students interested in medical studies of
the human brain.
Indicative Assessment: Assignments (30 per cent); Classwork (10
per cent); Exam (60 per cent)
Topics in Software Engineering I

Later Year Course
Workload: Contact hours as appropriate
Prerequisites: Written approval of Head of Department of
Computer Science.
Systems major by applying and increasing the depth of the

students knowledge in this area.
The activities in the course will normally include some
combination of reading, writing, project work and presentation
as appropriate to the topic. The learning objectives, project
Independent Student Contract.
Indicative Assessment: An appropriate combination of written
report, project documentation and presentation, which may
include a demonstration of the project.
Project Work in Information Systems

COMP3760 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Minimal background is 18 units of 2000 series COMP courses

including COMP2500 and COMP2510; and 6 units of 2000-level
MATH courses or COMP2600.
Course Description: This course is available so that senior

students can pursue, under supervision, topics that are not
covered in the regular curriculum or to execute a project
that will significantly increase their knowledge of software
engineering theory or practice.
Course Description: Students will conduct a small project, under

supervision, that will act as a capstone to theInformation
Systems major by applying and increasing the depth of the
students knowledge in this area.
Prerequisites: Written approval of Head of Computer Science.

Minimal background is 24 units of 2000-level IT courses.

report, exercises, examination and seminar presentation

combination of reading, writing, project work and presentation
as appropriate to the topic. The learning objectives, project
Independent Student Contract.
Topics in Computer Science


report, project documentation and presentation, which may
include a demonstration of the project.
The activities in the course will be some combination of

lectures, reading, writing and project work, as appropriate to
the topic.
Later Year Course

Prerequisites: Written approval of Head of Department of
Computer Science.
Minimal background is 18 units of 2000-level COMP courses
including COMP2100 or COMP2500; and 6 units of 2000-level
MATH courses or COMP2600.
Course Description: This course is available so that senior
students can pursue, under supervision, topics that are not
covered in the regular curriculum or to execute a project that
will significantly increase their knowledge of some aspect of
computer science.
lectures, reading, writing and project work, as appropriate to
the topic.
Project Work in Computer Systems

COMP3750 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Prerequisites: Written approval of Head of Computer Science.
Minimal background is 24 units of 2000-level IT courses.
Course Description: Students will conduct a small project,
under supervision, that will act as a capstone to the Computer
Computer Science Honours

COMP4006 (24 units)
Later Year Course
Workload: 24 units of honours level courses; and 24 units of
thesis
Prerequisites: Enrolment in the Bachelor of Computer Science
(Honours) program 4710HBCSCI
Course Description: This course forms the honours year of the
Bachelor of Computer Science (Honours) program. It consists
of a coursework component and a project component, of
equal weight. The coursework component involves courses in
advanced aspects of the computing discipline, which in recent
years have been drawn from: architecture of parallel systems,
artificial intelligence, computational logic, algorithms, object
oriented databases, programs for parallel computer systems,
formal aspects of software engineering, software engineering
project, document technologies and automated reasoning.
The project component involves a substantial individual
project under detailed academic supervision. A formal thesis is
submitted (nominally 10,000 words), and a seminar is presented.
Indicative Assessment: The coursework and project components
carry equal weight, because it is felt that are of equal
importance. The individual courses studied have their own
assessment rationale. The research project is assessed on the
thesis and the seminar. The seminar tests objective 1; and the
thesis objectives 2, 3 and 4; as listed above.
489
Managing Software Quality & Process

COMP4130 (6 units)
Workload: Three hours per week lectures and two hours per
week laboratory sessions
Later Year Course
Prerequisites: COMP2300 and COMP2310; or ENGN2211 and

ENGN2223

Workload: Thirty one hour lectures and five two hour laboratory
sessions
Prerequisites: Enrolment in BSEng or permission from Head of
Department of Computer Science; COMP2600;COMP3100 or
COMP3500; and COMP3120
Incompatibility: Incompatible:COMP4100 and COMP4110
Course Description: This course introduces students to advanced
topics on managing the quality of products to be delivered as
part of the progression within a software development project,
and managing the development process itself through software
process improvement frameworks and standards.
Several causal aspects of (bad) software quality will be
introduced and discussed so that students can understand the
context for undertaking risk and bad quality avoidance.
There will be a focus on practical techniques for identifying and
removing defects as well as for implementing procedures to
track the success or failure of risk and perfect resolutions.
There are several Software Process Improvement (SPI)
frameworks and standards available, each one possessing its
own merits and difficulties. Most are regarded as being more
appropriate to large software development organisations where
the assumed expenses of incorporated SPI initiatives typically
provide significant return on investment. This course will
introduce the various well known frameworks and standards
in the context of importance to organisations but then also
discuss tailored versions of some SPI frameworks that are more
suitable to small organisations or teams of software developers.
(70 per cent)
Parallel Systems
Later Year Course
Workload: Thirty one-hour lectures, six two-hour tutorial/
laboratory sessions
Prerequisites: COMP2310; 6 units of 2000-series COMP courses;
and 6 units of 2000-series MATH courses or COMP2600
Course Description: Real-time and embedded systems are

all around us. Controlling cars, trains, or aeroplanes, as well
as mobile phones, cameras, or A/V equipment, embedded
systems are a challenging and demanding part of computer
science and engineering. This course delivers foundations of
real-time analysis and implementation of systems which are
interconnected with the physical world (embedded systems). It
also delivers the principles of fault tolerant systems and highly
reliable systems. Techniques which are introduced include
real-time calculus, real-time scheduling, elementary sensor
data filtering and fusion methods, error recovery strategies, and
graceful degradation methods.
Indicative Assessment: Laboratories (30 per cent); Final Exam
(70 per cent)
Course offered in alternate, odd-numbered years commencing
in 2007.
Software Engineering Practice

COMP4500 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Annual course. Student enrolls in Semester 1 and Semster 2.
Workload: As many hours as necessary for reviews and a
nominal 12 hours per week
Prerequisites: Enrolment in BSEng; COMP3110, COMP3120 and
COMP3500
Course Description: This course exposes students to profession
software engineering practice through the development of
a software system for an industry, government or university
based customer. Students will work in small teams with their
customer to plan (define, estimate, schedule) and manage an
appropriate set of activities to ultimately deliver a software
product according to the customer requirements. The
implementation part of the project will include monitoring,
measuring, tracking, managing change and ultimately close out
of the project.
Indicative Assessment: Project (90 per cent); Presentation (10
per cent)
Course Description: A practically oriented introduction to

programming paradigms for parallel computers. Considers
definitions of program efficiency on parallel computers,
addresses the modelling, analysis and measurement of program
performance. Description, implementation and use of parallel
programming languages, parallel features of operating systems,
library routines and applications.
Software Engineering Research Project

COMP4540 (12 units)
Indicative Assessment: Assignments (30 per cent); Laboratories

Prerequisites: Enrolment in BSEng and permission of the Head

of Department; COMP3110, COMP3120 and COMP3500
Course offered in alternate odd-numbered years.
Real-Time & Embedded Systems

COMP4330 (6 units)
Later Year Course
490
Later Year Course

First Semester, 2009 and Second Semester
Course Description: Students will conduct an individual research

project under the close supervision of one or more academic
staff. Projects will, at least in part, require the application of
theoretical or experimental research techniques. In particular,
students will be expected to conduct and present a survey of
the literature relevant to the research topic.
Students will prepare a thesis reporting on the research project

and its outcomes. They will also be expected to present a poster
and a short seminar describing their work.
Students will be expected to apply their software engineering
knowledge and skills in the planning and execution of their
research project.
Indicative Assessment: Project (90 per cent); Presentation (10
per cent)
Computer Graphics
Later Year Course
Workload: Twelve two-hour lectures, some seminars, and ten
laboratory sessions
3000-series COMP courses
Course Description: Computer graphics are an intrinsic
component of many modern software applications and are
often essential to the success of these applications. The
objective of this course is to familiarize the student with
fundamental algorithms and data structures that are used in
todays interactive graphics systems as well as programming
and architecture of high-resolution graphics computers. The
principles and practise of computer graphics are described from
their mathematical foundations to the modern applications
domains of scientific visualisation, virtual reality, computer
games and film animation. The course will include some
practical experience of graphical software environments such as
OpenGL, JOGL, VRML and Java3D.
(60 per cent)
Overview of Logic & Computation

Later Year Course
Workload: Twenty-sixone-hour lectures,ten one-hour tutorials
Prerequisites: 24 units of 3000-level COMP courses including
COMP3610
Course Description: This course covers: essentials of first order
logic, up to and including completeness proofs; introductions
to proof theory and model theory; elements of modal and
temporal logic; introduction to automated reasoning. Students
will have the opportunity to read and present material going
beyond that in the lectures.
(50 per cent)
Reinforcement Learning & Planning Under

Uncertainty
COMP4640 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Workload: Thirteen three hour lectures
Recommended: COMP3620 Artificial Intelligence and /or
Recommended: COMP3620 Artificial Intelligence and /or
COMP4670 Introduction to Statistical Machine Learning
reinforcement learning (RL) and planning under uncertainty,
thereby providing concepts for understanding and developing
intelligent systems. For instance, the world-class Backgammon

program, TD-Gammon, is based on RL techniques. Topics
covered will be the classical MDP model, temporal difference
learning, dynamic programming, structured models,
approximation algorithms, integrating planning and learning,
and the theory of universal rational agents based on sequential
decision theory and algorithmic information theory.
Indicative Assessment: Assignments (30 per cent) Written
Examination (70%)
Introduction to Statistical Machine Learning

COMP4670 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Workload: Thirty one-hour lectures
Prerequisites: Departmental consent required to enroll in course
Course Description: This course provides a broad but thorough
introduction to the methods and practice of statistical machine
learning. Topics covered will include Bayesian inference and
maximum likelihood modeling; regression, classification, density
estimation, clustering, principal and independent component
analysis; parametric, semi-parametric, and non-parametric
models; basis functions, neural networks, kernel methods, and
graphical models; deterministic and stochastic optimisation;
overfitting, regularisation, and validation.
Indicative Assessment: Two Written Assignments (15 per cent
each); Written Examination (70 per cent)
http://sml.nicta.com.au/Education/Teaching/IntroToSML
Topics in Software Engineering II

COMP4700 (3 units)
Later Year Course
Prerequisites: Written approval of Head of Department
of Computer Science. Minimal background is 24 units of
3000-level COMP courses.
Course Description: This course is available so that students can
pursue, under supervision, topics that are not covered in the
regular curriculum.
lectures, reading, writing and project work, as appropriate to the
topic. These activities, and the assessment arrangements, will be
specified, for each enrolled student, using a Computer Science
Department Independent Study Contract.
Topics in Software Engineering III

COMP4710 (6 units)
Later Year Course
3000-level COMP courses.
491
Course Description: This course is available so that students can

pursue, under supervision, topics that are not covered in the
regular curriculum.
lectures, reading, writing and project work, as appropriate to the
topic. These activities, and the assessment arrangements, will be
specified, for each enrolled student, using a Computer Science
Department Independent Study Contract.
Project Work in Software Engineering I

COMP4720 (3 units)
Later Year Course
3000-level COMP courses. Approval is also contingent on the
availability of supervision.
Course Description: This course is available so that students
can conduct, under supervision, a small project that will
significantly increase their depth of knowledge in some aspect
of software engineering theory or practice.
combination of reading and writing as appropriate to
the project. The learning objectives, project overview and
assessment arrangements will be specified at the outset using
the Department of Computer Science form Independent Study
Contract.
COMP4800 (0 units)
Later Year Course
Prerequisites: Enrolment in BSEng and COMP3500.
Course Description: Industrial Experience gives the student
exposure to current professional practice. It consists of 60 days
of work, organised by the student. Of those 60 days, 20 must be
in a software engineering context, 20 must be in a professional
context, and the remaining 20 may be in any employment.
Industrial Experience is usually undertaken outside study
periods, and is graded satisfactory or unsatisfactory.
Students must fulfil the requirements during the course of their
degree; they normally enroll in COMP4800 in their final year
and need to have satisfied the requirements by October in order
to graduate at the ceremony the following December. http://
cs.anu.edu.au/student/comp4800/
Computer Science IV Honours

COMP4005F (12 units to 24 units)
Later Year Course
Workload: Full Year
Prerequisites: Enrolment in the BSc Honours Degree, with
specialisation in Computer Science
Later Year Course
Course Description: The honours program consists of a

coursework component and a project component, of equal
weight. The coursework component involves courses in
Indicative Assessment: Courses (50%); Project (50%)

report and presentation (which may include a demonstration of
the deliverable).
Project Work in Software Engineering II

COMP4730 (6 units)

3000-level COMP courses. Approval is also contingent on the
availability of supervision.
Course Description: This course is available so that students
can conduct, under supervision, a small project that will
significantly increase their depth of knowledge in some aspect
of software engineering theory or practice.
combination of reading and writing as appropriate to
the project. The learning objectives, project overview and
assessment arrangements will be specified at the outset using
the Department of Computer Science form Independent Study
Contract.
report and presentation (which may include a demonstration of
the deliverable).
492

COMP4005P (12 units to 24 units)
Later Year Course
Workload: Full Year
Part-Time Intensity
Prerequisites: Enrolment in the BSc Honours degree, with
specialisation in computer science.
weight. The coursework component involves courses in

Indicative Assessment: Courses (50%); Project (50%)
Information Technology IV Honours(S)

INFT4005F (12 units to 24 units)
Later Year Course
Workload: Full Year
Prerequisites: Enrolment in the BInfTech Honours degree.
weight. A students individual course program is selected
in consultation with the BInfTech honours coordinator. The
coursework component involves courses in advanced aspects
of the computing discipline and information systems. The
coursework is drawn from the fourth year honours courses
in Computer Science (see the COMP4005 course description),
Information Systems (see the entry in Faculty of Economics and
Commerce), and other Science departments.
constructive project under detailed academic supervision.
Several formal project reports are submitted for assessment.
Indicative Assessment: Courses (50 per cent); Project (50 per
cent)

INFT4005P (12 units to 24 units)
Later Year Course
Workload: Full Year
Part-Time Intensity
Prerequisites: Enrolment in the BInfTech Honours degree.
weight. A students individual course program is selected
in consultation with the BInfTech honours coordinator. The
coursework component involves courses in advanced aspects
of the computing discipline and information systems. The
coursework is drawn from the fourth year honours courses
in Computer Science (see the COMP4001 course description),
Information Systems (see the entry in Faculty of Economics and
Commerce), and other Science departments.
constructive project under detailed academic supervision.
Several formal project reports are submitted for assessment.
Indicative Assessment: Courses (50 per cent); Project (50 per
cent)
ENGN1211 (6 units)
First Year Course
Prerequisites: Admission to the BE degree course or the BSEng
degree course or approval of Head of Engineering.
Course Description: Discovering Engineering provides an

introduction to three aspects of engineering: the disciplines; the
practice; and the roles and responsibilities. These three themes
are interwoven throughout the course to enhance student skills
in communication, teamwork, problem formulation, systems
design, an understanding of the responsibilities of engineering
practice, and an awareness of reflective and ethical professional
practice.
A range of engineering disciplines are discovered through
team research projects and guest speaker presentations
by practicing engineers in the fields of biomedicine,
environment, military, telecommunications, production,
materials, software development, robotics, virtual
environments and more.
The practice of engineering is discovered in a group design
and build project. From conceptualization to production
and testing, students are responsible for the outcomes of
an open-ended design problem. They gain an appreciation
of the issues involved in taking a design from the concept
phase to the manufacturing phase.
The roles and responsibilities of engineers, technologists
and scientists in society are examined through analysis
and debate of topical contentious issues. Students will
appreciate the complexity of social issues and develop a
framework for ethical, professional analysis of such issues.
Contemporary issues examined include: decision-making
in science and technology; environmental decision-making
in support of sustainable development; the impact of
technology on social health; privacy and security issues
in the internet age; the future in artificial intelligence;
professionalism and ethics in technological development.
Indicative Assessment: Team Project Report (50 per cent);
Individual Essay 1200 words (30 per cent); Group Presentation
(10 per cent); In-class Reflective Response (5 per cent)
ENGN1215 (6 units) A
First Year Course
Prerequisites: Admission to the BE degree course, the BSEng
degree course or approval of Head of Engineering.
Course Description: Introduction to materials science for
structural, electrical, magnetic, and optical engineering
applications. Atomic bonding, atomic basis of physical and
chemical properties. The crystalline state; crystal structures
and imperfections. The amorphous state; structure of metallic,
inorganic and organic glasses. Multiphase materials, phase rule,
binary phase diagrams of iron-carbon, aluminium-copper and
ceramic examples. Kinetics of nucleation and crystal growth,
atomic diffusion. Microstructures, TTT diagrams, heat treatment,
hardening. Magnetism, hard and soft magnets, ceramic
magnets. Electronic structure of solids; electronic conductivity,
piezo- and pyro-electricity, solar cells. Materials in optical fibres,
transparency, dispersion and IR absorption. Environmental
degradation and corrosion of materials.
Indicative Assessment: Materials selection exercise (15 per
cent); Essays and problem sets (20 per cent); Quizzes (30 per
493
Introduction to Mechanics
ENGN1217 (6 units)
First Year Course
Recommended: Students should be encouraged to take
ENGN1218 Introduction to Electronics, concurrently
Course Description: This course introduces the fundamental
principles in mechanics for application to various mechanical
design problems. Structural design applications for a variety
of problems are developed throughout the course through
examples that elucidate the theory of mechanics. Modelling and
design skills are developed through group project activities. The
primary aim of this course is to provide a solid foundation for
students in the field of mechanical/materials engineering.
Indicative Assessment: Balsa bridge design exercise (20 per
cent); Problem sets (20 per cent); Mid-semester Exam (15 per
ENGN1218 (6 units)
First Year Course
Course Description: This course introduces the students to
the fundamentals of electrical and electronic engineering. It
provides the students with an understanding of basic electrical
quantities, circuit elements and circuit analysis techniques. It
also provides an understanding of the principles and operation
of diodes and operational amplifiers.
Indicative Assessment: Computer laboratories (10 per cent);
Hardware laboratories (20 per cent); Mid-semester Exam
Electronic Circuits
ENGN2211 (6 units) B
Later Year Course
Prerequisites: ENGN1221
Course Description: This course introduces the analysis and
design of fundamental analogue electronic and introductory
digital electronic circuits. It also provides an understanding
of the basic circuit properties and applications of different
electronic devices (diodes, bipolar junction transistor,
operational amplifier and logic gates). The primary aim is to
provide a solid foundation for students in the field of electrical
engineering.
Electric circuit analysis: first order RC and RL circuits.
Diodes: Basic diode concepts and diode circuit models,
applications (rectifier and wave shaping circuits).
Bipolar Junction Transistors: Basic BJT concepts and circuit
models, BJT Amplifiers (bias circuits, small-signal and largesignal equivalent circuits).
Field Effect Transistors: Basic FET concepts (NMOS and
PMOS), FET circuit models and applications.
Introduction to Operational Amplifiers: Ideal op-amp, Basic
Op-amp configurations, First order active filters (low-pass
and high pass).
494
Introduction to Digital Electronics: Number systems,

Boolean algebra, Logic gates, Combinational logic circuits,
Karnaugh maps.
PSPICE is used extensively in the analysis and simulation.
Indicative Assessment: Laboratories; (30 per cent); Mid Semester
Exam (20 per cent); Final Exam (50 per cent)
Mechanics of Materials
Later Year Course
Course Description: This course introduces the mechanical
properties of materials, focusing on their importance for the
design of structures, mechanical systems and manufacturing
systems. Small design exercises integrate design throughout the
curriculum. The course also includes an introduction to finite
element modelling of mechanical structures and manufacturing
processes.
Specific topics include: Hookes law for isotropic materials,
true stress/strain and engineering stress/strain; mechanical
properties of materials and testing methods, Youngs modulus,
tensile and compressive strength, fracture and yield strength,
hardness and ductility. Operation of the universal testing
machine, hardness tester and impact tester; creep testing and
measurement of activation energy for creep; analysis of stress
and strain in statically determinant structures; beam under
simple tension, compression, torsion and pure bending; angle
of twist of a circular shaft under torsion; stress distribution
in a thin-walled pressure vessel; transformation of stress and
strain using Mohrs circle; principal stresses and maximum sheer
stresses; mechanisms of fracture and fatigue; energy methods
in deformation; buckling. Other concepts developed include 3D
stress-strain transformation, column buckling, beam deflection
and energy methods.
Indicative Assessment: Problem Sets (20 per cent); Design (20
per cent); Final Exam (60 per cent)
System Dynamics
ENGN2221 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Prerequisites: MATH1014
Course Description: System dynamics is the study of the
response of mechanical and electromechanical systems with
changing time. The concepts learned in this unit can be used in
a number of engineering disciplines including robotics, control
system theory, dynamic response of mechanical, aerospace
and marine structural components, manufacturing problems,
biomedical engineering and interaction between electrical and
mechanical systems. Several examples/design problems will be
given to illustrate the principles of dynamics. The emphasis of
this course will be on rigid body dynamics, electromechanical
systems and computer aided design. The topics covered include
kinematics of dynamics systems momentum formulation
for system of particles, variational formulation for system of
particles, dynamics of systems containing rigid bodies and
dynamics of electrical and electromechanical systems.
Indicative Assessment: Problem Sets (20 per cent); Laboratory

Work (5 per cent); Group Project (20 per cent); Final Exam (55
per cent)

Later Year Course
Prerequisites: PHYS1101 or PHYS1001
Course Description: Energy systems are of major importance
in society and are a significant engineering research activity
at ANU. This course emphasises a systems approach to
engineering, integrating technical fundamentals with social
and environmental issues through site visits and case studies
of energy systems. Engineering science fundamentals include
the first law of thermodynamics and heat transfer. The thermal
performance of houses is used as a major systems theme
for the course. The course also introduces the second law of
thermodynamics, and fluid dynamics.
Indicative Assessment: House Thermal Analysis (20 per cent);
Laboratory (15 per cent); Field Trip (5 per cent); Quiz (10 per
Semiconductors
Later Year Course
Course Description: This course introduces semiconductor
physics, devices and technology. Physics topics comprise basic
semiconductor physics, diodes, solar cells and transistors.
Technology topics comprise oxidisation, diffusion, ion
implantation, photolithography, film deposition, electrical
interconnection, characterisation, packaging and process
integration.
Indicative Assessment: Laboratories (10 per cent); Seminar (15
per cent); Quiz (15 per cent); Final Exam (60 per cent)
System Design
ENGN2225 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Course Description: This course aims to provide a framework
for the interdisciplinary systems engineering program. It looks
at the design of an engineering product or service from a
systems engineering perspective and introduces methods and
techniques required for a systems approach to design. This will
require students to understand the concepts behind systems
thinking, how to identify and define a system, how it responds
to input changes and the effect of variation on the system.
Through a series of lectures and group workshops students will
discover the stages in the systems design process, how to carry
out a requirements analysis for the system leading to a system
specification and how those requirements are met through
design synthesis and verification phases of the process. These
requirements will be cascaded to sub-system requirements and
component requirements, with emphasis placed on methods to
partitioning of the sub-systems and the interaction between
them. Use will be made of the generic systems design V model,
trade off analysis techniques, quality function deployment

approaches (QFD). The importance of modelling in the analysis
of design alternatives will be covered involving the use of
software tools such as MatLab and ProEngineer. Basic concepts
in statistics will be introduced in order to analyse the effect of
variability on design robustness. The concepts and techniques
covered will be illustrated with example cases and applied to an
ongoing systems design problem.
Indicative Assessment: Individual Report (15 per cent);
Individual Design Assignment (15 per cent); Group Design
Report (45 per cent); Final Exam (25 per cent)
Engineering Systems Analysis

ENGN2226 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Prerequisites: 12 units of MATH courses
Course Description: Introduction to the systems approach;
hard versus soft systems thinking; problem solving approaches;
probabilistic approaches to systems analysis; statistical
approaches to systems analysis. Various systems engineering
approaches (calculus methods, critical path method, PERT/LOB,
network flow analysis, linear programming, decision analysis,
and queueing models - Markovian analysis of dynamic systems).
Indicative Assessment: Problem-based Tutorials (20 per cent),
MATLAB Systems Analysis Laboratory (20 per cent), Final Exam
(60 per cent)
Signal Processing
ENGN2228 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Prerequisites: ENGN2211 and ENGN2226
Incompatibility: ENGN2223
Course Description: Introduction to signals via RC circuits,
step functions and impulse functions; impulse, frequency and
step responses; Fourier analysis; linear time invariant systems;
convolution; DTFT; line codes including power spectra; AM,
FM, PM and phase locked loops; speech coding and delta
modulation
Indicative Assessment: Proposed Assessment: Written
Assignments (30 per cent), Labs (10 per cent), Exams (60 per
cent)
Engineering Research & Development Project

(Methods)
ENGN2706 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Summer Session, 2009, First Semester, 2009, and Second
Semester, 2009
Course Description: This course is one of a suite of research
and development courses designed for the BE (R&D) Program.
These courses are of varying length and are offered at different
stages of the degree program and are essentially stand-alone
research projects. ENGN2706 is a 6-unit research course
designed to introduce the student to research methods and
research skills through the completion of a basic research
project in an area chosen by the student. The course forms part
495
of the 42-unit R&D major that is a compulsory component of

the aforementioned degree program. Each student will have
their research supervised by one or more academic supervisors,
with the approval of Head of Department or the Delegated
Authority. Students are responsible for engaging and obtaining
appropriate supervisory support.
capacity, pollution, public goods, safety standards and patents.

Mathematical models will be used to inform the analysis.
Indicative Assessment: Continuous assessment of research
ENGN3212 (6 units)
ENGN3100 (0 units)
Later Year Course
Prerequisites: Completion of 48 units of study
Course Description: Twelve weeks of suitable full-time
employment, a requirement that applies to all BE degrees
throughout Australia. The training has two purposes:
to expose the student to the workplace and workplace
issues (such as human and industrial relations, job
organisation, maintenance, safety and environmental
issues).
to provide direct insight into professional engineering
practice.
It is the students responsibility to obtain the employment,
although the Department of Engineering will assist in providing
lists of people to contact.
As a general rule, the ideal would be four weeks in any sort
of employment; four weeks in employment in a technical
industry of some kind; and four weeks of work with engineering
staff in an engineering environment (preferably working with
professional engineers). Minor variations of this scheme may be
acceptable, but at least a reasonable portion must be within an
engineering environment.
Students are required to submit reports on their work
experience and will satisfy the requirements when their
portfolio is acceptable to the Head of Engineering.
Please refer to http://engnet.anu.edu.au/DEcourses/engn3100/
Investment Decisions & Financial Systems

ENGN3211 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Prerequisites: 12 units of 1000-series mathematics or statistics
courses
Incompatible: BUSN1001, ASHI2021, ASHI2041, POLS1004,
ECHI1105, ECHI1106, ASHI2023
Course Description: This course is taught in two parts: Part
A Financial Systems over the first seven weeks, and Part B
Economic Systems over the last six weeks of semester.
The Part A Financial systems segment focuses on accounting
and financial management concepts and principles. This course
equips students with methodologies to identify and analyse
accounting information for making sound financial decisions in
real business settings.
The Part B Economic systems segment of the course will provide
an introduction to the economic principles which underlie
decisions on private and public investment. These principles
will be used to analyse relevant issues such as choice of
496
Indicative Assessment: Part A Tasks Class Quizzes 15 per cent;

Mid-semester Exam 35 per cent
Part B Tasks Assignments 15 per cent; Final Exam 35 per cent
Later Year Course

Course Description: This subject introduces the elements of
a number of basic manufacturing processes and associated
materials behaviour required in the design of mechanical
devices. The configuration of machine tools is discussed in
the context of orthogonal cutting and the basics of materials
deformation processes, including, casting, forging, sheet-metal
forming and polymer processing, are developed. Graphical
representation techniques include sectioning, conventional
representations, dimensioning, tolerancing, and further
develops computer-aided design skills (CAD). Also included are
24 hours of practical workshop experience with assorted hand
and machine tools to produce a manufactured article.
Indicative Assessment: Reports (20 per cent); Quiz (10 per cent);
Group Design Exercise (40 per cent); Final Exam (30 per cent)

ENGN3213 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Prerequisites: ENGN2211 or 12 units B-Group COMP courses
including COMP2300
the analysis and design of digital systems and microprocessors.
Review of combinational logic analysis and design. Systematic
design methods. Analysis and design of synchronous sequential
machines. Computer aided design and programming of digital
electronic circuits using VHDL hardware description language
and FPGA programmable logic devices. Microprocessor
and microcomputer architecture. Microprocessor devices,
their architecture and instruction sets. Hardware aspects of
instruction execution. Assembler and C programming. Input/
output, bus interfacing, interrupts. Co-design of digital
hardware and microprocessor systems.
Indicative Assessment: Hardware Labs (30 per cent); Tutorials
(10 per cent); Mid-Semester test (15 per cent); Final Exam
(45 per cent)
Engineering Management
ENGN3221 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Prerequisites: ENGN3211 (or POLS1004 or ECHI1102) and
ENGN1211
Course Description: Engineering management introduces
students to a range of people and technical orientated issues
in management. Students are provided with concrete strategies
for addressing these issues within practical, relevant and

contemporary contexts.
Control Systems
ENGN3223 (6 units)
The course comprises the following topics:
Later Year Course
Project Management - this topic engages almost half the

course. Tools and techniques appropriate to management of
both generic and software-specific projects are introduced.
Business Environments - a systems thinking approach to

understanding the internal and external environments for
an organisation will be used to set the stage for work in
business planning and management.
Business Planning - students will gain practical experience
of new venture planning
Ethics and Corporate Responsibility - individual ethics and
ethical culture - structured approach to arrive a a normative
conclusion
Planning and Strategic management - management
decision-making; risk management
Organisational Design - alignment with corporate goals;
staffing and people management
Leadership - motivating, influencing, communicating,
managing groups and teams
Control in Organisations and change management
Prerequisites: ENGN2223 or MATH2305

Course Description: Introduction to control system analysis,
identification, design and implementation. Laboratory work
involves real-time identification and control of a range of
electrical and electromechanical systems. Topics covered
include: History of Control. Representation of linear dynamics
and properties of systems. Time domain specifications of
performance. Discrete-time systems and the Z-transform.
Closed loop and open loop control. Classical PID controllers.
Steady state errors and system type. Stability and robustness.
Discrete-time systems and design by emulation. Root locus
analysis and design of continuous and discrete systems.
Frequency response of continuous and discrete time systems.
Nyquist plots and stability margins. Lead-Lag control design.
Sensitivity and robustness in the frequency domain. Practical
design issues approaches.
Indicative Assessment: Problem Sheets (5 per cent); Quiz (10 per
cent); Laboratories (30 per cent); Final Exam (55 per cent)
Quality - definition, value and scope. Quality management

techniques

ENGN3224 (6 units) C
Understanding Variation - the truth behind the

management report, statistical process control (SPC) for
managers
Later Year Course
Indicative Assessment: Individual Project Plan (25 per cent);

Group Business Plan (25 per cent weighted as 15 per cent for
the document; 10 per cent for a concept presentation and
minutes of the first meeting); Final Exam (50 per cent)
ENGN3222 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Course Description: This course develops a comprehensive
overview of the analysis, design and technology of
manufacturing systems, with the emphasis on production
systems. Technologies considered include machine
configuration and control, CNC technology, cellular and flexible
manufacturing systems, robotics and automation, and an
introduction to scheduling, operations research and process
optimisation.

Course Description: This course continues the study of energy
systems and related environmental issues. The course begins
with a revision of the first law of thermodynamics and heat
transfer. It continues with a thorough examination of fluid
dynamics and the second law of thermodynamics, emphasising
energy analysis. Also included are quantitative economic and
environmental analysis of design choices and thermo-economic
optimisation (energy systems engineering). Generation of
electric power is used as a systems theme for the course.
Indicative Assessment: Laboratories (30 per cent); Field Trip (5
per cent); Quizzes (15 per cent); Final Exam (50 per cent)
Later Year Course
Using a case study approach, the course will introduce basic

statistical quality control, including probability distributions,
regression analysis, variance, central limit theorem, significance
and hypothesis testing. This leads on to statistical quality
control and the design of experiments for manufacturing
systems. An introduction to hard and flexible automation
systems, and the arguments for both.
Course Description: This course presents the principles and

techniques fundamental to the analysis and design of digital
communication systems. It focuses on the basic building blocks
of a digital communication system (channel encoder/decoder,
digital modulator/demodulator and channel characteristics). The
emphasis is on mathematical underpinnings of communications
theory along with practical applications. Specific topics include:
Indicative Assessment: Simulation Exercise (10 per cent); Quiz

(20 per cent); Case Study (40 per cent); Quiz (30 per cent)
1. Probability and Random Processes: Probability distributions,

Random variables, Random processes, Statistical averages,
Correlation.
2. Digital Modulation Techniques: Signal space analysis, BPSK,
QPSK, QAM, bit error rates.
497
3. Digital Demodulation & Detection Techniques: Correlator,

Maximum a posteriori detection (MAP), Maximum likelihood
detection (MLSD).
4. Channel Encoder/Decoder: Linear block codes, Cyclic codes,
Convolutional codes, Viterbi algorithm.
5. Channel Characteristics: Wireline vs. wireless channels,
Mathematical models for communication cannels,
Characterization of multipath channels.
6. Digital Communication Systems: Multiple Access
techniques, TDMA vs. CDMA communication systems.
Simulink/Matlab is used extensively in the analysis and design.
Indicative Assessment: Labs (15 per cent), Project (20 per cent),
Mid-Semester Exam (15 per cent), Final Exam (50 per cent)
Analogue Electronics
ENGN3227 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Course Description: This course aims to develop an
understanding of the fundamental principles of analysis, design
and implementation of analogue electronic circuits. The course
focuses on analogue electronic circuits based on the operational
amplifier and related integrated circuits.
1. Basicop-amp circuits: Op-amp characteristics, differential
amplifer, comparators.
2. Communication circuits: Sampling circuits, ADC and DAC
converters, oscillators and timer circuits.
3. Active op-amp filter circuits: Filter responses types
(low-pass, high-pass, band stop and band-pass), filter
design methods (Butterworth response), Sallen-Key filter
implementations.
4. Special purpose op-amp circuits: Voltage regulators,
instrumentation and measurement amplifiers, isolation
amplifiers, simple modulation circuits.
5. Multistage power amplifier circuits: Classification (A, B, C).
Application areas discussed include telecommunications and
control systems. MATLAB and PSPICE are used extensively in the
design and implementation.
Indicative Assessment: Laboratories (20 per cent); Project

ENGN3706 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester, 2009
Prerequisites: Prerequisite ENGN2706 and enrolment in the
BE (R&D)
Course Description: This course is one of a suite of research and
development courses designed for the BE (R&D) Program. These
courses are of varying length and are offered at different stages
of the degree program and are essentially stand-alone research
projects. ENGN3706 is a 6-unit research course designed
to complement the students basic research skills through
non-trivial research work in an area chosen by the student.
The course forms part of the 42-unit R&D major that is a
498
compulsory component of the aforementioned degree program.

Each student will have their research supervised by one or more
academic supervisors, with the approval of Head of Department
or the Delegated Authority. Students are responsible for
engaging and obtaining appropriate supervisory support.

ENGN3712 (12 units)
Later Year Course
Semester, 2009
Prerequisites: ENGN2706 and enrolment in the BE (R&D)
Recommended: None
development courses designed for the BE (R&D) program. These
courses are varying length and are offered at different stages
projects. ENGN3712 is a 12 unit research course designed
through reports, posters and seminars.
Individual Project
ENGN4200 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Semester, 2009
Workload: Students must enrol in both Semester 1 and 2.
Prerequisites: ENGN3221 The normal expectation is that
students enrolling are completing their final year.
Course Description: Students undertake an individual
engineering project, with supervision.
Students are encouraged to put forward their own ideas for
the individual project, or they may select a project from a range
of ideas offered by researchers across the ANU. If the student
initiates an idea, he or she must find a supervisor to accept the
project. Students and their respective supervisors must jointly
sign-off on acceptance of the project concept as part of the
project registration process.
Project selection is normally completed as part of ENGN3221
- Engineering Management, by week 3 of the semester prior
to commencement of ENGN4200. The planning phase of the
project is integrated into the Engineering Management course,
providing a deliberate foundation for the project execution
phase that is ENGN4200.
Students are expected to manage all aspects of their individual
project from concept through the planning phase to the
monitoring and control of the project performance and the
ultimate achievement of the following deliverables:
A thesis documenting the project
A seminar describing the project
A poster illustrating the project
Indicative Assessment: Individual Project Thesis (75 per cent);
Seminar (15 per cent); Project Notebook (5 per cent); Extended
abstract (5 per cent)
Systems Engineering Project

ENGN4221 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Prerequisites: ENGN3221. The normal expectation is that
students enrolling are completing their final year.
Course Description: This course is designed to mimic an
industrial design problem as closely as practical in a university
setting. Students are assigned to teams and given an ill-defined
problem statement. From the problem statement, the students
are responsible for developing the full set of requirements and
key performance indicators to guide the design. The students
then proceed through a systems design process including
conceptual design, sub-system requirements, and quantitative
tradeoff analyses, using the full range of engineering science
and professional skills developed during the degree course.
The course emphasises teamwork (both team leadership and
membership), communication skills (formal and informal,
written and oral), and team and personal management and a
professional approach to engineering design.
Indicative Assessment: Planning Report (10 per cent);
Requirements Report (15 per cent) Design Report (30 per cent);
Poster (10 per cent); Oral (15 per cent); Final Exam (20 per cent)
Fibre Optics Communications Systems

Later Year Course
Prerequisites: PHYS1201 (PHYS2016 and PHYS2017 are also
recommended)
and demand in the world, with particular attention to the

environmental and social aspects of energy usage, including
climate change. Australias energy resources and consumption
patterns are specifically addressed. The rest of the course is
dedicated to studying the main renewable energy technologies;
biomass, geothermal, hydroelectric, solar thermal, photovoltaic,
and wind, including technical and economical issues. Experts
in different aspects of energy production and use give invited
lectures on selected topics. Objectives of the unit include
gaining reliable information on available energy resources and
their associated environmental and climatological impacts, and
to understand the potential and limitations of renewable energy
technologies.
Indicative Assessment: Oral Presentation (40 per cent);
Coursework (20 per cent); Final Exam (40 per cent)
Offered in Semester 2 in odd years.
Special Topics in Engineering I

ENGN4520 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Prerequisites: Written approval of the Head of Engineering
Course Description: Within this course, topics may be offered
from time to time to take advantage of the expertise of visitors
to the University and academic staff in the IAS. Admission to
the course is at the discretion of the Head of Engineering.
Special Topics in Engineering 2

ENGN4521 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Incompatibility: PHYS3060, PHYS3050 and PHYS3051
Course Description: Optical fibres now constitute the backbone

of the worlds long-distance telecommunications systems
and are also being used increasingly in other areas, such as
sensing, biophotonics, automotive, etc. The course sets out
to provide a basic understanding of optical transmission
systems concentrating on light propagation along fibres and
light processing using fibre- and planar waveguide-based
devises. Light propagation includes: modal propagation
and Maxwells equations; ray tracing, Snells and Fesnels
Laws; single-mode, multi-mode and special fibres; pulse
propagation and dispersions; nonlinear effects; fibre and planar
waveguide fabrication; analytical and numerical techniques;
birefringence and bend loss. Light processing devices include:
couplers and splitters; gratings and arrayed waveguide
gratings; Mach-Zehnder and multimode interferometers;
optical amplifiers and attenuators; polarisers. Laboratory work
covers both hands-on fibre-based experiments and numerical
simulations.
Indicative Assessment: Examination (50 per cent); Laboratories

(30 per cent); Assignments (20 per cent)

ENGN4523 (6 units)
Energy Resources & Renewable Technologies

ENGN4516 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Later Year Course

Prerequisites: ENGN3211 (or equivalent) or approval of Head of
Engineering
Course Description: The introductory phase of this course
is dedicated to the global aspects of energy production


ENGN4522 (6 units)
Later Year Course

499
Radiofrequency Engineering
ENGN4545 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Prerequisites: ENGN2228orENGN2223
Commercialising intellectual property. University policy and

practice and students rights. Legal aspects of the Internet and
electronic commerce.
Indicative Assessment: Coursework and Final Examination
Corequisites: ENGN3215

ENGN4612 (6 units)
Incompatibility: ENGN4520orENGN4521
Later Year Course
Course Description: Introductory topics including

electromagnetism, field theory, wave motion and basic electrical
concepts; networks, S-and Y-parameters; emitter amplifiers and
oscillators; antennas and antenna arrays; transformers and flux
minimization; radio propagation; free space propagation and
satellite links
Indicative Assessment: Proposed Assessment: Written

Assignments (30 per cent), Labs (30 per cent), Exams (40 per
cent)
Later Year Course
Course Description: This course aims to develop an
understanding of discrete time signal processing algorithms,
technology and applications. Specification and properties of
frequency-selective filters (low-pass, high-pass and band-pass
filters, group delay, generalised linear phase, minimum phase).
Fast Fourier transform. Finite impulse response filter design
techniques, computer-aided filter design. Implementation of
digital filters, analog-to-digital and digital-to-analog converters
and DSP chips. Applications areas discussed include digital
audio and video signal processing.
Indicative Assessment: Laboratories (20 per cent); Quizzes (40

per cent); Research Report (40 per cent)
Course Description: This subject develops a knowledge of

the variety of engineering materials, their properties and
characteristics. Equilibrium phase diagrams and kinetic TTT
diagrams for predicting microstructure in materials. Properties
of alloys (steels, aluminium, magnesium, titanium, and other
non-ferrous metals). Ceramic materials: ceramics and glasses;
forming of ceramics; structure and defects in ceramics.
Characterisation, structure and properties of polymers; polymer
processing. Rubber elasticity. Strengthening and toughening
mechanisms for materials. Fracture mechanics. Characterisation
methods (mechanical and microstructural). Biomaterials and
nano-materials. Stereoscopy, surfaces and spatial distributions,
analytical and visualisation software. Focal plane, Fraunhofer
diffraction, Fourier transform. Reflected optical microscopy,
SEM, AFM. Phase identification. Transmission optical
microscopy, TEM, EP
Indicative Assessment: Essay (35 per cent); Laboratories (30 per
Engineering Law
ENGN4611 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Robotics
ENGN4627 (6 units)
Later Year Course
mechanics of robots and spatial mechanics. The theoretical
focus is on kinematics and dynamics of robotic manipulators
and control design for non-linear mechanical systems. Topics
covered include: homogeneous coordinate transformations,
representation of spatial orientation, Denavit-Hartenberg link
descriptions, forward and inverse kinematics, Jacobian rate
and static force relations, singularities, recursive NewtonEuler iteration and Euler-Lagrange derivations of manipulator
dynamics, trajectory planning, linear control, computed torque
control, passivity based control. The applied component of the
course includes experimental work with robotic manipulators
and a mechatronic design and build project.
Indicative Assessment: Laboratories (50 per cent); Final Exam
(50 per cent)

ENGN4706 (6 units)
Incompatibility: ENGN4211, BUSN1101, ASHI2268, POLS1002,

ECHI1105, ECHI1106
Later Year Course
Course Description: Sources and classification of law;

professional engineering legislation, code of ethics, registration
and discipline; negligence; contract law; employment law;
patent law and submission; environmental law.
Introduction to intellectual property. What is intellectual

property? Enforcement of rights. Copyright, trademarks, designs
and patents. Intellectual property management.
500

Semester, 2009
Course Description: This course is one of a suite of research
and development courses designed for the BE (Rper centD)
Program. These courses are of varying length and are offered
at different stages of the degree program and are essentially
stand-alone research projects. ENGN4706 is a 6-unit research
course designed to complement the students basic research
skills through non-trivial research work in an area chosen by

the student. The course forms part of the 42-unit R&D major
that is a compulsory component of the aforementioned degree
program. Each student will have their research supervised
by one or more academic supervisors, with the approval of
Head of Department or the Delegated Authority. Students are
responsible for engaging and obtaining appropriate supervisory
support.
Courses not offered
Indicative Assessment: Coninuous assessment of research by

reports, posters and seminars.


ENGN4712 (12 units)
Later Year Course
Semester, 2009
The course forms part of the 42-unit R&D major that is a
compulsory component of the aforementioned degree program.
Each student will have their research supervised by one or more
academic supervisors, with the approval of Head of Department
or the Delegated Authority. Students are responsible for
engaging and obtaining appropriate supervisory support.
through reports, posters and seminars.

ENGN4718 (18 units)
Later Year Course
Semester, 2009
projects. ENGN4718 is an 18-unit research course designed

Study@ANU at http://info.anu.edu.au/studyat or contact
the College.
Prerequisites: COMP2300 and COMP2310; and 6 units of

2000-level MATH courses or COMP2600
Computer Networks
Prerequisites: 12 units of 2000-level COMP or INFS courses
including COMP2300; and 6 units of 2000-level MATH courses
or COMP2600
Incompatibility: ENGN 4535
High Performance Scientific Computation

Work Integrated Learning Experience

COMP3810 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Prerequisites: Departmental consent required
Human Computer Interface Design & Evaluation

COMP3900 (6 units)
Prerequisites: COMP1110 or COMP2750; and a further 12 units
of COMP 2000-series courses.
Milestone Papers in Computing

Prerequisites: Enrollment in the BInfTech Honours or the BSc
Honours degree; or permission of Head of Department of
Computer Science
Engineering Law
COMP4211 (3 units)

ENGN4724 (24 units)
Advanced Algorithms
Later Year Course

COMP3600

Semester, 2009
Introduction to Probabilistic Graphical Models

COMP4690 (6 units)
Recommended: Some exposure to statistics
501
Research & Development Scholars Program 1

ENGN1900 (6 units)
Telecommunication Networks
ENGN4535 (6 units)
Requisites: Acceptance into the Research and Development

Scholars Program

ENGN2900 (6 units)
Scholars Program
Communications Technologies
ENGN3215 (6 units)

ENGN3900 (6 units)
ENGN4536 (6 units)
Prerequisites: ENGN2228 and ENGN3215 or ENGN3214

ENGN4615 (6 units)
Power Electronics
ENGN4625 (6 units)

Scholars Program

ENGN4900 (6 units)
System Theory
ENGN4226 (6 units)

Scholars Program
Prerequisites: Departmental consent required to enrol in this

course

Composite Materials
Semiconductor & Optoelectronic Devices

Solar Energy Technologies

Computer Vision
ENGN4528 (6 units)
Biomedical Engineering
ENGN4533 (6 units)
502
Chapter 6
ANU College of Law
503
ANU College of Law

Contents
The Law degrees
509
Bachelor of Laws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 509

The degree with Honours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 510
Combined programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 510
Juris Doctor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 510
Bachelor of Laws (Graduate) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 511
General information
512
Course descriptions
513
Law courses offered to students in other disciplines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 537

Courses not offered . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 538
504
ANU COLLEGE OF LAW
The Law degrees

The ANU College of Law offers undergraduate programs for the
pass degree of Bachelor of Laws and for the degree of Bachelor
of Laws with honours, and graduate programs for the degrees
of Juris Doctor and Juris Doctor with honours. The College also
offers postgraduate programs in the areas of environmental law,
government and commercial law, international law, migration
law, and legal practice.
The College offers supervision of candidates for the degrees of
Master of Philosophy, Doctor of Juridical Science and Doctor
ofPhilosophy.
The Legal Workshop, which is part of the ANU College of Law,
offers a practical legal training program, Graduate Diploma
in Legal Practice, to students who have been admitted to,
or who have successfully completed the program of study
for, the degree of Bachelor of Laws, Juris Doctor or an
equivalent degree at an Australian university or other approved
tertiaryinstitution.
Application for enrolment

Applicants for enrolment in the Law School of the ANU College
of Law must first meet the Universitys admission requirements.
There is a quota, determined from year to year, for new
undergraduate enrolments in the Law School. Admission to the
University does not guarantee admission to the Law School.
There are no prerequisite school subjects for law studies. An
important skill of the intending law student is the ability to
write clear, concise and correct English and present a logical
argument. For prerequisite subjects for combined programs
please refer to the entry for the other discipline.
Applicants for enrolment in the Juris Doctor are selected based
on both secondary and tertiary results with greater weighting
on the latter.
All applicants will be advised towards the end of January 2009
whether they have been accepted for entry. Those selected will
then be given a time limit in which to notify the University
whether or not they wish to take up the offer of a place.
The program is offered for full-time and part-time study. A

full-time student may complete the program in four years, or
less time if summer courses are taken.
The curriculum consists of compulsory and elective courses,
most courses are worth 6 units and are one semester in length,
with 48 units per year being the standard load adopted by the
University. The normal load in each semester is 24 units. The
compulsory courses are designed to ensure that every student
gains a sufficient grounding in the fundamental branches of the
law, and the elective courses provide an opportunity to develop
particular interests and to deepen understanding.
Students enrolled in a Bachelor of Laws program prior to
1999 should see the LLB/JD Handbook for information about
transition arrangements and if necessary consult a program
adviser.
The Bachelor of Laws program consists of the following:
15 compulsory courses (named below), worth 90 units
17 elective courses, worth 102 units which may include up
to a maximum of 48 units of non-law elective courses, with no
more than 18 units of non-law courses at 1000 level.
192 units in total.
Not all elective courses are offered each year and the list is
subject to change from time to time. Law electives are not
studied in the first year and there is no requirement for newlyenrolling first-year students to specify the elective courses they
intend to study in later years.
By the time choice of electives is required students are usually
well informed of the factors which should guide their choices;
in any case the Sub-Dean or Student Administration Manager
are happy to assist those who need help in choosing electives.
Compulsory law courses

LAWS1201 Foundations of Australian Law
LAWS1202 Lawyers Justice and Ethics
LAWS1203 Torts
A student admitted to a combined program will be required

to complete that study on a full time basis at least for the
first year. A student admitted to the Bachelor of Laws (LLB)
or the Juris Doctor (JD) may elect to undertake either full or
part-timestudy.
LAWS1204 Contracts
Normal duration (in years)
LAWS2202 Commonwealth Constitutional Law
JD
Full Time
Part Time
Max Time
10
LAWS1205 Australian Public Law

LAWS1206 Criminal Law and Procedure
LAWS2201 Administrative Law
LAWS2203 Corporations Law
LAWS2204 Property
LLB
10
LAWS2205 Equity and Trusts
Combined
11
LAWS2207 Evidence
LLB/JD Handbook
LAWS2244 Litigation and Dispute Management
More details on undergraduate courses, College policies and

procedures are contained in the LLB/JD Handbook, which is
available under Quick Links at http://law.anu.edu.au
LAWS2249 Legal Theory
Bachelor of Laws
(Academic Program: 4300 | Academic Plan: 4300XLLB)
Minimum: 192 units
LAWS2250 International Law

Students are only permitted to take courses that form part of
the degree requirements. Students seeking to enrol in courses
over and above those required for the degree should seek
advice from the Sub-Dean or Student Administration Manager.
Additional courses will normally require non-award enrolment
and the payment of up-front fees. Courses taken in this way
will not normally count towards honours.
505
ANU COLLEGE OF LAW
Degree structure
LLB
a standard full-time program pattern

Semester 1
Semester 2
Year 1
Total 48 units

LAWS1203 Torts
LAWS1204 Contracts
1 non-law elective course
LAWS1202 Lawyers, Justice and Ethics

1 non-law elective course
Year 2
Total 48 units

1 Law or non-law elective course

2 Law elective courses or
1 Law elective and 1 non-law elective courses
Year 3
Total 48 units
LAWS2204 Property
2 Law and 1 non-law elective courses

Year 4
Total 48 units

2 Law and 1 non-law elective course
LAWS2207 Evidence
Program Total 192 units
Bachelor of Science and Bachelor of Laws;
This is a summary only: the Law Schools honours policy is set

out in full at http://law.anu.edu.au/Undergraduate/Policies_
Guidelines.asp
Bachelor of Science (Resource and Environmental Management)

and Bachelor of Laws
The length of the program of study for the degrees of Bachelor

of Laws and Bachelor of Laws with honours is the same. The
degree may be awarded at first class; second class, division A; or
second class, division B levels.
The Law School encourages students other than graduates

to take one of these combined programs. One of the reasons
is to widen the students education and understanding by
studying society from a viewpoint outside that of legal
scholarship. Please refer to the Combined Programs section of
thisHandbook.
The result for the final honours exam consists of two parts:
Part A, which consists of a mark derived by applying the
honours scale to the eligible law courses undertaken by a
student. The mark for Part A shall constitute 70 per cent of the
final honours mark.
Part B, which consists of a mark derived by applying the
honours scale to the candidates result in Honours Thesis.
The mark for Part B shall constitute 30 per cent of the final
honoursmark.
Bachelor of Science (Psychology) and Bachelor of Laws
Previous law studies

A student who enrols in an ANU combined LLB program after
completing law studies at another university may only be
granted status for up to half of the courses prescribed for the
ANU degree. A student may not repeat in the LLB program a
course the syllabus of which is substantially similar to that of a
subject passed for the award of another degree or diploma.
A candidate shall not qualify for the degree with honours unless
the candidate has completed 14 or more eligible law courses
and Honours Thesis.
Juris Doctor
Previous studies
A student who enrols in the single LLB degree program after

completing studies at another university may only be granted
status for up to half the courses prescribed for the degree
including no more that 72 units of law courses.
Minimum: 144 units
Combined programs
The University offers many combined programs with law. A
student may gain two degrees in five years of full-time study by
taking one of the following combinations:
Bachelor of Actuarial Studies and Bachelor of Laws;
Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Laws;
Bachelor of Asia-Pacific Studies and Bachelor of Laws;
Bachelor of Commerce and Bachelor of Laws;
Bachelor of Economics and Bachelor of Laws;
Bachelor of Finance and Bachelor of Laws;
Bachelor of Information Technology and Bachelor of Laws;
Bachelor of Music and Bachelor of Laws;
506
(Academic Program: 7330 | Academic Plan: 7330XJD)
CRICOS Code : 061559M

Graduates of non-law disciplines or non-Australian law degrees
may apply to undertake the postgraduate program Juris Doctor
(JD).
The College is conscious that students taking the Juris Doctor
program have a more concentrated program of study than
other law students. Part-time students in this program
particularly face greater difficulties than other students. They
have to undertake a work load of up to eight lecture hours a
week. There are regular tutorials in many courses. Students
also need to devote a considerable amount of time to reading,
private study and written exercises. Intending students are
therefore urged to consider all their commitments very carefully
before applying and, more especially, before accepting the offer
of a place in the JD.
ANU COLLEGE OF LAW
The JD program consists of the following:
15 compulsory courses, worth 90 units
9 law elective courses worth 54 units, including at least two
postgraduate courses (12 units in total)
144 units in total.

LAWS1203 Torts
LAWS1204 Contracts
LAWS2204 Property
given for law courses that were included in the completion of

the other award. A student may not repeat in the JD program
a course the syllabus of which is substantially similar to that of
a subject passed for the award of another degree or diploma;
where a course is a compulsory part of the ANU JD program, an
exemption from that course will normally be granted.
Bachelor of Laws (Graduate)

(Academic Program: 4303 | Academic Plan: 4303XLLBG)
Minimum: 144 units
This program is no longer open to new students. It has been
replaced by the postgraduate Juris Doctor (JD) program,
seeabove
The LLB(G) program consists of the following:
12 compulsory courses, worth 72 units
12 law elective courses, worth 72 units, which may include

the 3 elective courses for admission to practice.
LAWS2207 Evidence
144 units in total.

LAWS1203 Torts
LAWS2204 Property
This is a summary only.
The length of the program of study for the degrees Juris Doctor
and Juris Doctor with honours is the same. The degree may be
awarded at first class; second class, division A; or second class,
division B levels.
The result for the final honours exam consists of two parts:
Part A, which consists of a mark derived by applying the
honours scale to the eligible law courses undertaken by a
student. The mark for Part A shall constitute 70 per cent of the
final honours mark.
Part B, which consists of a mark derived by applying the
honours scale to the candidates result in Honours Thesis.
The mark for Part B shall constitute 30 per cent of the final
honoursmark.
A candidate shall not qualify for the degree with honours unless
the candidate has completed 14 or more eligible law courses
and Honours Thesis.
LAWS1204 Contracts
Elective courses required for admission to

practise law
LAWS2207 Evidence
Previous Law studies

A student who enrols in the JD program after completing law
studies at another university may only be granted status for
up to half of the courses prescribed for the ANU degree. Where
a student was recently enrolled in a combined program with
law, whether at ANU or at another institution, no status will be
507
ANU COLLEGE OF LAW
General information
More information and advice to students is available in the LLB/
JD Handbook under Quick Links at http://law.anu.edu.au
Workloads
The Law School suggests the number and order of courses,
compulsory or elective, which a student may take in any year.
Generally a full-time student will have a contact workload of 16
hours a week and a part-time student 8 hours.
Lectures are usually timetabled within the period 8 am to 6
pm. Part-time students should, therefore, ascertain before they
register their enrolment or apply to re-enrol whether they will
be able to obtain leave of absence from their employment to
attend lectures. Postgraduate electives taken in the JD program
are usually taught intensively and attendance is compulsory..
Students should be aware that varying their enrolment might
have implications for their Austudy/Youth Allowance eligibility.
It is the students responsibility to ensure that their program
load is full time in each semester.
Summer & graduate employment
sit on College committees that meet regularly to discuss

matters of mutual concern and to consider suggestions from
the students.
The Law Society has an office on the Ground floor. Messages
may be left in the letterbox.
Undergraduate Studies Committee

The Undergraduate Studies Committee consists of twelve
staff members and five students. It considers and advises the
ANU College of Law on educational and curriculum matters
relating to law programs, including the means of assessment in
eachcourse.
ANU College of Law Officers

At the head of the College is the Dean, assisted by Associate
Deans (one of whom is designated the Sub-Dean) and the
College General Manager. Students should speak to the Student
Administration Manager in the Law School Office in the first
instance on matters concerning degree rules, regulations,
programs and general administration. Members of the teaching
staff are always willing to advise students on problems arising
from the programs in general or from particular subjects.
An interview scheme for summer and graduate employment

is conducted during the year for students in their penultimate
and final years of study. The participating employers include the
major Sydney law firms, a diverse range of middle-sized and
smaller firms in Sydney, Canberra and other areas, and public
authorities of the Commonwealth, New South Wales and the
Australian Capital Territory. The Sydney part of the scheme
involves cooperation with law schools in NSW.
Academic performance
The scheme provides a standard application form and period

for interviews for which the Careers Centre in liaison with the
Law School acts as coordinator and conduit and encourages
participating employers to provide information to students by
way of written profiles and Careers Day presentations.
The Bachelor of Laws and the Juris Doctor degrees of the

University are recognised for admission in the ACT and NSW
so long as students cover all the courses required under
the Uniform Admission Rules. These Rules require Evidence,
Litigation and Dispute Management, and Corporations Law for
admission followed by a practical legal training program such
as the Legal Workshop (see below). When graduates apply for
admission to practice they will need to give evidence of having
completed the courses prescribed by the Uniform Admission
Rules. This evidence is usually in the form of a certificate by the
Dean of Law. Inquiries concerning direct admission to practice
in other jurisdictions should be directed to the Sub-Dean.
Information about participating employers, dates for employer

presentations, and deadlines for student applications is
available from the Careers Centre.
Law internship
The Law School has approved a course that enables credit
average students in their ultimate or penultimate years of
the law program to obtain an internship with a senior law
professional. Students are placed in a professional workplace
(for example a law firm, a court, a government agency or a
non-government organisation) to complete a 6000-word
research paper on an agreed topic under the supervision of a
workplace lawyer. Internships may also be available to work
with members of the College on projects of an applied nature.
Successful completion results in the credit of an elective course
towards the law degree.
The ANU Law Students Society

The ANU Law Students Society is a student organisation to
which all law students are eligible to belong. Its program is
directed by a committee elected by student vote in the third
term of each year.
Throughout the year the Society sponsors a number of extracurricular academic activities, such as talks by leading members
of the profession, debates and career forums, and an extensive
social program.
Perhaps the Societys most important function is its
contribution to staff/student relations. Members of the Society
508
Academic performance is monitored by the Director, Student

and Academic Services. See the General Information section
of this Handbook. The University has a policy on Academic
Progress in Undergraduate Awards, available at http://info.anu.
edu.au/Policies_REG/Procedures/Academic_Progress.asp
Admission of ANU graduates to legal practice
Once admitted to practice in any state or territory of Australia,

graduates are entitled to be admitted in all other states and
territories of Australia. They may also have their names entered
on the High Court register, which entitles them to practice in all
Federal jurisdictions.
For admission to some courts, but not others, it may be
necessary to be an Australian citizen or a British subject.
Students with any doubts on their eligibility for admission
should consult the Secretary of the appropriate Admission
Board as early as possible.
Practical Legal Training Program

The Legal Workshop offers the Graduate Diploma in Legal
Practice (GDLP). Students can choose from several formats for
the GDLP:
full coursework attendance over five months
a flexible option involving a one-week attendance with
a series of distance modules, usually over the period of
oneyear
ANU COLLEGE OF LAW
a reduced coursework version of the program for approved

placements of 80, 60 or 40 days.
Students who have graduated or qualified to graduate as Juris
Doctor or Bachelor of Laws from an Australian university or
diplomates of the Solicitors Admission Board of New South
Wales are eligible to enrol. The GDLP can be credited towards an
LLM (Legal Practice). Concurrent enrolment is available in the
final year of their studies.
Details of the programs are in a separate brochure obtainable
from http://law.anu.edu.au/legalworkshop or from the Legal
Workshop, ANU College of Law.
The program provides common training for all practitioners,
whether they ultimately propose to practice as barristers or
solicitors or both. It consists mainly of instruction in common
legal office procedures and skills training followed by a work
program of exercises and simulated legal transactions, for
students to practice procedures and skills. The GDLP includes
trust accounts and legal ethics courses that the Uniform
Admission Rules require for admission.
Law Library
The Law Library, as part of the ANU Library system, provides
access to a wide range of legal material in both print and
electronic form. The library houses a significant collection of
cases, legislation, books and journals that is both supportive
of academic research and relevant to the program curriculum
offered by the ANU College of Law. In addition to the traditional
print collection, legal resources are also available to ANU
staff and students through legal databases such as Lexis and
Westlaw and via the Internet.
Law Library staff are pleased to provide assistance in using all
aspects of the law collection and offer a variety of training
sessions on accessing legal databases and undertaking
legalresearch.
particular, the course aims to assist students to develop a range

of legal skills that are essential for successful legal studies and
for professional practice. Students learn the essential skills that
enable them to engage with and utilise our principal sources
of law - case law and legislation. In addition to teaching
students how to analyse case law and legislation in order to
formulate legal arguments the course also covers the legal
principles of statutory interpretation and the role of the courts
in interpreting statutes.
To set the context for these sources of Australian law, the
course also seeks to familiarise students with (1) some of the
fundamental features of the legal institutions that generate
laws (the courts and the parliament) (2) sources of Australian
law in addition to case law and legislation (including the
Australian Constitution, customary law and international law),
and (3) the historical and social forces that have shaped and
continue to shape the law-making process and the legal system.
Indicative Assessment: The assessment for this course will
include skills-based exercises and assignments during semester
followed by a final examination. Details of the final assessment
will be provided on the course home page by the first week of
semester.
Prescribed Text: Please refer to LAWS1201 course home page.
Lawyers Justice and Ethics

LAWS1202 (6 units)
First Year Course
Second Semester
Workload: The course is taught for three hours each week over
a semester, in a mixture of lectures, seminars and tutorials.
There is a minimum attendance requirement for seminars and
tutorials, and marks are deducted for failure to attend.
Academic Contact: Simon Rice
Prerequisites: None
Course descriptions
Foundations of Australian Law
LAWS1201 (6 units)
First Year Course
First Semester and Second Semester
Workload: In every week there will generally be a one-hour
lecture and a two-hour seminar. In some weeks there will also
be a one-hour research skills tutorial.
Academic Contact: Judith Jones, Semester 1; Miriam Gani,
Semester 2
Prerequisites: None
This course must be taken in the commencing semester of a
students LLB or JD enrolment.
Course Description: Students commencing their legal studies
in Semester One are expected to undertake Foundations of
Australian Law with LAWS1203 Torts. Students commencing
their legal studies in Semester Two are expected to undertake
Foundations of Australian Law with LAWS1204 Contracts. This
is because the content in the relevant companion course is
utilised in various ways in Foundations of Australian Law.
Foundations of Australian Law is designed to lay the
groundwork for the remainder of students legal studies. In
Recommended: Students may find it easier to comprehend

the concepts discussed in this course if they have successfully
completed LAWS1201 Foundations of Law. Examples and case
studies in LJE will draw on material from Foundations of Law
and Torts, and new material.
Incompatibility: Law in Context
Course Description: This course (LJE) is designed to build on
the learning outcomes of LAWS1201 Foundations of Law in two
significant ways. First, within the framework of the Australian
legal system studied in LAWS1201, LJE examines
the role of lawyers (who they are, what they do, how they
do it)
how people have access to lawyers - especially for court
proceedings - and
the ethical duties that lawyers are subject to.
Secondly, building on the skills component of LAWS1201, LJE
teaches further skills necessary for effective legal study such as
writing and presentation.
Indicative Assessment: The assessment for LJE will include skillsbased exercises and an assignment during semester, and a final
examination. Details of the final assessment will be provided on
the course home page by the first week of semester.
Prescribed Text: Please refer to LAWS1202 course home page
shortly before semester begins.
509
ANU COLLEGE OF LAW
Torts
LAWS1203 (6 units)
Contracts
LAWS1204 (6 units)
First Year Course
First Year Course
First Semester
Workload: In the first two weeks of the semester there will

be four hours of large group classes per week. From the third
week of semester there will be three hours of large group
classes and one hour-long tutorial per week. In addition,
students will be expected to read in advance of classes, to
prepare any tasks indicated during class, and to prepare
preliminary answers to tutorial questions. Students are
generally expected to devote approximately 10 hours overall
per week to this course, with additional hours needed in
the lead-up to assessment tasks. Students often report that
reading takes them longer than this at the beginning of
semester, as they are just developing their skills.
Workload: The contact hours for this course will be 4 hours each
week. There will be 2 two-hour lectures for the first 2 weeks of
the semester. From week 3, 1 of the two-hour lectures will be
replaced with a 1 hour lecture and a 1 hour tutorial. Students
are expected to devote approximately 10 hours per week,
including class time, to this subject.
Academic Contact: Juliet Behrens

Assumed Knowledge and Required Skills: Teachers in this course
do NOT assume that you have done a Legal Studies course
at school, and you will NOT be at a disadvantage if you have
not done such a course. As with all your law courses, it will be
important that you have good written communication skills
in English, and students who have not done language-rich
courses in English in years 11 and 12, must expect to do some
extra work to bring their skills up to the required standard. The
ANUs Academic Skills and Learning Centre provides courses to
help you.
Corequisites: Foundations of Australian Law LAWS1201
Course Description: When a person has been harmed by the
conduct of another it is the law of torts which determines
who has to bear the loss. This is an important aspect of the
civil law (in contrast to criminal law). It derives largely from
judicial decisions, and hence is largely what we call common
law (although legislation is of increasing significance). The
law of torts protects people against, and compensates them
for, unreasonable interferences with a wide range of interests,
including their bodily integrity, property, reputation, and
financial interests. It does this through a range of different
torts, including trespass, negligence, nuisance and defamation.
In this basic and introductory course we will focus on the use of
the torts of trespass and negligence in contexts where people
suffer personal injuries. We will also look at the tort of trespass
to land. We will focus on the common law and relevant ACT
legislation (in particular the Civil Law (Wrongs) Act 2002 (ACT)).
As this is generally the first substantive law course that
students encounter in their law program, we will also begin
to teach students some of the basic skills which you will need
- in particular, to read, understand and apply case law and
legislation. We will also explore in a basic way the interaction
between case law and legislation.
involve two compulsory examinations: one at mid-semester
and one at the end of semester. Attendance at tutorials will
be compulsory, with 5 per cent of marks deducted for failure
to attend at least eight out of ten tutorials. Details of the final
assessment will be provided on the course home page by the
first week of semester.
Prescribed Text: Please refer to LAWS1203 course home page. It
is likely that the prescribed text for 2009 will be different from
the prescribed text in 2008.
Please note that classes in Torts will not be recorded.
510
Academic Contact: First semester, Anne McNaughton; Second

semester, Alex Bruce
Course Description: The Contracts course is one of the foundation
subjects in the law program and examines a central aspect of
the law of obligations. The evolution of contract, its central
role in a market economy and the criteria for making legally
enforceable promissory obligations are explored before embarking
on the requirements for the formation of contract. The content
of agreements and the associated rules and doctrines for
ascertaining the meaning and scope of the obligations expressly
or impliedly undertaken by the parties is discussed.
The course deals with breach and its consequences, including
a discussion of the common law and equitable remedies. The
invasion of contract by new rules, in particular estoppel and the
prohibition on misleading or deceptive conduct, makes it clear
that the commercial relationship is multi-faceted and that the
study of contract law ranges more widely than the traditional
rules. Equitable doctrines, such as duress, undue influence
and unconscionability, that can provide grounds for avoiding
contractual commitment, are also examined. By the end of the
course students should have an understanding of contract law
as a building block for many other subsequent courses in the
law degree.
involve a compulsory piece of written assessment during
the semester, a final exam in the examination period and
continuous assessment for class participation in tutorials.
Tutorial attendance is compulsory and marks will be deducted
for failing to attend more than two tutorials during the
semester. More information about the means of assessment and
the relationship of the assessment to the learning outcomes
of the course will be availalbe on the course home page by the
The preliminary reading required for this course will be available
from the course home page at least 1 week prior to the
commencement of the course.
This course is taken in the second semester of first year for all
combined degree students. Students undertaking LLB(G), JD or
non-combined LLB will study Contracts in the first semester of
first year.
Australian Public Law

LAWS1205 (6 units)
First Year Course
Workload: For the first seven weeks, there will be one two-hour
and one one-hour lecture. Tutorials will begin in the eighth
ANU COLLEGE OF LAW
week, taking the place of the one-hour lecture for the next five
weeks. It is likely that there will also be a one hour research
skills tutorial. Students are generally expected to devote at least
10 hours overall per week to this course.
Academic Contact: First semester, Matthew Zagor; Second
semester, TBA
Assumed Knowledge and Required Skills: It will be useful for
students to follow domestic political developments during
the course, such as where there is an election or change in
leadership of a major party, a high profile parliamentary inquiry
or debate (eg around proposed legislation, the behaviour of
members, or the scrutiny of the executive) or a controversial
matter before the courts.
Course Description: This course examines the structure and
themes of Australian public law, providing a bridge to all other
public law study in the curriculum. In essence, the course
examines how public power is structured, distributed, and
controlled in Australia. The distinctive roles played by the
legislature, the executive and the judiciary receive special
attention. Subsidiary themes in the course are protection
of individual rights in the Australian legal system, and
constitutional change and evolution in Australia. The following
topics will be covered:
the constitutional and legislative framework for Australian
public law
major concepts and themes in Australian public
law, including federalism, separation of powers,
constitutionalism, representative democracy, rule of law, and
liberalism
the Legislature, including the structure of Australian
legislatures, parliamentary supremacy, and express and
implied constitutional limitations on legislative power
same time this course builds on Foundations of Australian Law,

particularly the reception of law in Australia and the historical
evolution of responsible and representative government, and
also serves as an introduction to Administrative Law and to a
number of the courses in the elective program. It must be taken
early in the law degree.
Criminal Law and Procedure

LAWS1206 (6 units)
First Year Course
First Semester
Workload: There will be 3 hours of class time per week
supplemented by a 1 hour tutorial in the last 10 weeks of the
course. A further 6 or so hours of private study is expected per
week in order to review required reading and to prepare for
tutorials.
Academic Contact: Mark Nolan
Assumed Knowledge and Required Skills: None.
sources of law which define general principles of criminal
responsibility, and a selection of criminal offences (assault,
sexual assault, murder, manslaughter, and property offences),
criminal defences (provocation and self-defence) and criminal
procedure. Students will be exposed to both common law
sources as well as legislation and criminal codes where relevant.
Basic legal theories of the criminal law will also be introduced.
The lecture program will be supported by problem-solving
tutorials aimed at enabling students to give legal advice as to
criminal liability and the resolution of procedural problems.
Indicative Assessment: A mid-semester problem-based
assignment and an exam at the end of the course.
the Executive, including the structure of Executive

government, executive power, and liability of the Crown
Preliminary Reading: None. Consult course outline for Week 1

reading.
the Judiciary, including the constitutional separation of

judicial power, and the administrative law implications of
judicial separation
Prescribed Text: S Bronitt and B McSherry, Principles of

Criminal Law (2nd edition, LawBookCo, 2005).
constitutional change and evolution, including

constitutional amendment.
Indicative Assessment: The provisional scheme of assessment
involves a compulsory examination at the end of the semester
worth 60per cent or 100per cent of the final mark; and a
optional, redeemable, research essay (2000 words) worth 40per
cent of the final mark.
The proposed assessment aims to develop and test the full
range of skills upon which the course is intended to draw.
Assessment by formal examination tests the breadth of
students knowledge of the course content and develops skills in
problem-solving, critical analysis, and persuasion. The optional
essay provides an opportunity for students to hone research
skills and engage in deeper thinking about themes and issues
encountered in the course.
Preliminary Reading: The preliminary reading required for this
course will be available from the course home page at least one
week prior to the commencement of the course.
Prescribed Text: Information about prescribed texts will be
made available in the course outline. See the course home page.
This course together with Commonwealth Constitutional Law,
covers the essentials of Australian Constitutional Law. At the
English in a Legal Context

LAWS1209 (0 units)
First Year Course
Workload: Week by week content is negotiated between the
convenor and the students and is designed to address the
immediate concerns of students in relation to their other
first year law subjects. Typical preparation for students would
involve preparing a brief case note or an answer to a tutorial
problem.
Academic Contact: Miriam Gani
Prerequisites: None. This subject is only available to first-year
students whose first language is not English, or who identify
themselves as indigenous students.
Course Description: The aim of this course is to assist first year
law students who have English as a second language to address
and overcome any issues or problems they are experiencing
with their legal studies as a result of their lack of English
language background. The course takes material from subject
areas to which students are exposed in their first year of law
studies (Foundations of Australian Law, Torts, Lawyers Justice
511
ANU COLLEGE OF LAW
and Ethics and Contracts) and creates activities designed both

to help students to develop a cultural context for their legal
studies and to acquire the practical legal skills they will need
for their future study and practice. The following is an example
of the kinds of issues that are addressed and skills that are
practised:
how to read cases;
how to write case notes;
techniques to simplify legal writing;
how to speed up reading of cases and other material;
preparing for tutorial problems;
participating effectively in discussion groups.
Indicative Assessment: This subject is not assessed.
jurisdiction and remedies available from courts and

tribunals, and the principles of standing
other administrative law avenues including information
access rights and ombudsmen
the impact of human rights legislation on Australian
administrative law.
Indicative Assessment: Assessment in Administrative Law
includes a final examination in the end of semester examination
period and usually an optional (and redeemable) essay. Other
assessment including a short answer examination may also
be required in some classes. Students should check the course
outline for their particular class for further information about
the means of assessment, including the relationship between
the assessment and the learning outcomes of the course.
This course runs in both first and second semester. Students

may enrol for two semesters and are encouraged to do so.
Satisfactory participation in this course is a College requirement
for consideration for extra time in examinations under the
Universitys Policy on Assessment.
Preliminary Reading: Any preliminary reading will be set out in

the course outline for each class.
Administrative Law
LAWS2201 (6 units)
Commonwealth Constitutional Law

LAWS2202 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Later Year Course
Summer Session and First Semester
Second Semester
Workload: Administrative Law is a compulsory course generally

involving four hours of contact time per week over the
semester. Tutorials will be offered in some classes. Students are
generally expected to devote approximately 10 hours overall per
week to this course.
Workload: There will generally be four hours of lectures per

week. In some weeks, there will also be a one hour tutorial.
Students are generally expected to devote approximately 10
hours overall per week to this course.
Note that the summer Administrative Law class will be taught

over 4 weeks in a semi-intensive format. The total workload
is the same. For more details of the timetable for the summer
course see the summer semester course outline.
Academic Contact: Daniel Stewart (Summer) and Robin Creyke
and Leighton McDonald (Semester 1)
Prerequisites: Australian Public Law LAWS1205.
Completed or completing five LAWS courses at 1000 level.
Course Description: Administrative Law examines the legal
framework for controlling decision-making by Commonwealth,
State and local government decision-makers in Australia. It
focuses on the legal restraints upon government, and the role
those restraints play in maintaining government accountability.
The role played by courts, tribunals, Ombudsman and other
agencies in reviewing government decision-making, and to the
opportunities available to the public to question government
activity is examined. The course covers the core administrative
law material required for admission purposes and for work in
the area of law and government. The following topics will be
covered:
Prescribed Text: Each class will have its own prescribed text and
additional reading materials. Students should see the course
outline for their particular class for more information.
Academic Contact: Fiona Wheeler

Prerequisites: Australian Public Law LAWS1205.
Course Description: Building on previous public law studies,
particularly Australian Public Law, this course aims to deepen
student understanding of key aspects of the Commonwealth
Constitution and its judicial interpretation by the High Court.
Particular attention will be paid to the historical, social and
institutional forces which have helped shape the Constitution
and the High Courts reading of it. The course includes:
the historical, social and institutional context of Australian
constitutional law
the scope of Commonwealth legislative power, including
a detailed examination of the trade and commerce power
(s 51(i)), the corporations power (s 51(xx)) and the external
affairs power (s 51(xxix)); the process of characterisation
and the principle in the Communist Party Case
inconsistency between Commonwealth and State laws
(s 109)
federal financial powers and economic union
what accountability means in the context of the

administrative state
general principles and theories of interpretation; the

Engineers Case and implied intergovernmental immunities
changing patterns of governance in contemporary Australia
an introduction to implied constitutional rights, focusing

on implications from representative government
the historical and constitutional context of Australian

administrative law
the administrative law framework for review of government
decision-making
concepts and principles of merits and judicial review
512
the nature of judicial review and the role of the High Court
Indicative Assessment: It is anticipated that this course will be
assessed by a compulsory end of semester exam and some form
of mid-semester assessment. Details of the final assessment,
including the relationship between assessment and the learning
ANU COLLEGE OF LAW
outcomes for the course, will be provided on the course home

page by the first week of semester.
expected to devote approximately 10 hours overall per week to

this course.

made available in the course outline. See the course homepage.
Academic Contact: Wayne Morgan
This course is normally taken in the third year of a combined

degree.
Completed or completing five LAWS courses at 1000 level
Corporations Law
LAWS2203 (6 units)
Later Year Course
First Semester
Workload: This course involves two two-hour lectures per week
for the first seven weeks of the course. From week eight until
week thirteen, students will also need to attend a one hour
tutorial. However, during this time lectures shall reduce to one
two-hour and one one-hour lecture per week.
Academic Contact: Kath Hall
Prerequisites: Contracts LAWS1204.
Course Description: This course imparts an understanding of
Australian corporate law. The course is structured to meet the
admission requirements for practice as a legal practitioner in
the Australian States and Territories. The following topics will
be covered:
incorporation and the concept of separate legal personality
the corporate constitution
membership of the corporation and share capital
corporate contracting
duties and liabilities of directors and officers
basic features of the management of companies
shareholders remedies
company credit and security arrangements
winding up.
comprise an optional mid-semester assessment (either a case
note or research essay) and a compulsory end of semester exam.
More information about the means of assessment, including the
relationship between the assessment and the learning outcomes
of the course, will be available on the course home page by the
course will be available on the course home page at least one
This course is a prerequisite for Takeovers and Securities Industry
Law and Bankruptcy and Insolvency. Corporations Law is
normally taken in either 3rd or 4th year of a combined degree.
Property
LAWS2204 (6 units)
Later Year Course
First Semester
Workload: For the first seven weeks of the course, there will be
4 hours of lectures per week. From weeks 8 to 13, there will be 3
hours of lectures and 1 hour of tutorials. Students are generally
Prerequisites: Contracts LAWS1204

Course Description: This course provides an overview of
the law governing personal and real property, emphasising
the concepts of possession and title, the fragmentation of
proprietary interests, and the various ways in which common
law and legislation resolve disputes between competing
interests. The greater part of the course is devoted to the
creation, acquisition, attributes and remedies for the protection
of interests in real property (land). The course covers legal
and equitable interests in land, the acquisition and transfer
of such interests by purchase and adverse possession, priority
rules, leases, mortgages, easements, and concurrent ownership.
Particular attention is paid to the Torrens system of registration
of title.
Indicative Assessment: The proposed means of assessment for
this course will provide students with the option of undertaking
at least two pieces of assessment, including one piece during
the semester. More information about the means of assessment,
including the relationship between the assessment and the
learning outcomes of the course, will be available on the course
home page by the first week of semester.
Property assumes a sound grasp of contract principles and
remedies. Equity and Trusts is a compulsory course which follows
on from Property. Elective courses which deal further with
personal property are Commercial Law and Intellectual Property.
Succession, Environmental Law and Indigenous Australians and
the Law build on principles established in Property.
Property is not a course in conveyancing, which is covered in
Practical Legal Training courses.
Equity and Trusts

LAWS2205 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Second Semester
Workload: There will be three hours of lectures each week.
Weekly tutorials will commence in Week 3 of the semester.
Academic Contact: Pauline Ridge
Prerequisites: Property LAWS2204.
Course Description: The objective of the course is to provide
students with an overall understanding of the law of equity
with special emphasis on fiduciary obligations, trusts, equitable
assignment of property and equitable remedies. The course will
consider the history of equity, basic principles which dominate
its jurisprudence and the relevance of equity today; the nature
of fiduciary obligations, recognised categories of fiduciaries
and the extension of these categories in recent times, breach
of fiduciary obligations, defences and remedies for the breach
513
ANU COLLEGE OF LAW
of fiduciary obligations; the nature and changing function of

trusts, the requirements for express trusts, the duties, powers,
rights and liabilities of trustees and beneficiaries and how
express trusts are administered; resulting trusts, constructive
trusts, the liability of a third party to a breach of trust or
fiduciary duty, and the equitable proprietary and personal
remedies for breach of trust and fiduciary duty, including
tracing. The course then shifts its focus to equity more generally
by considering the equitable rules for assignment of property
and the remedies of specific performance, injunctions, and
damages under Lord Cairns Act.
involve two compulsory examinations: one at mid-semester
and one at the end of semester. In addition, there will be an
optional essay.
This course assumes a knowledge of contract, property and legal
history. The subject reinforces and deepens understanding of
specific doctrines referred to in other courses such as Contracts,
Property, Corporations Law and Family Law.
Evidence
LAWS2207 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Summer Session and Second Semester
Workload: The standard course in Semester 2 involves 3 hours
of lectures per week plus 1 tutorial per week for 10 weeks.
The Summer Semester version delivers the same number of
lectures over a period of 3-4 weeks with 1 tutorial per week
during this period.
The course will be based on the Evidence Law; comprising

the Evidence Act 1995 (Cth), which applies in proceedings in
Federal and ACT courts, along with counterpart legislation in
New South Wales, Tasmania and Norfolk Island. The course also
makes reference to law reform perspectives such as the recent
Australian Law Reform Commission report on Uniform Evidence
Law (ALRC 102).
The course is designed to be taken towards the end of the
degree. The study of evidence is required for admission to legal
practice.
involve two compulsory examinations: one at mid-semester and
one at the end of semester.
Preliminary Reading: None, but students will benefit from
rereading cases with which they are already familiar from
earlier law courses, such as Torts and Criminal Law and
Procedure - though now focusing on the factual bases of these
cases and considering how the facts are actually established in
legal proceedings, rather than concentrating on the principles
of substantive law which are applied to the facts to reach
a decision. Some aspects of criminal investigation and trial
procedures are also portrayed (though not always realistically in
terms of accuracy and analysis) in various real crime literature
and courtroom drama.
Prescribed Text: The most recent edition of the following text
will be used in the course:
S Odgers, Uniform Evidence Law, Thomson Reuters.
Bankruptcy and Insolvency

LAWS2209 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Academic Contact: Gregor Urbas
First Semester
Prerequisites: Torts LAWS1203 and Criminal Law and Procedure

LAWS1206.
Workload: Three hours per week.
Prerequisites: Corporations Law LAWS2203.
Course Description: This course covers important aspects of

fact-finding and the adducing and admissibility of evidence
in legal proceedings. The course is structured to meet the
admission requirements for practice as a legal practitioner in
the Australian States and Territories. Particular topics include:
investigation and organisation of factual material

adducing evidence in court
testimonial, real and documentary evidence
examination, cross-examination and reexamination of
witnesses
burden and standard of proof
relevance of evidence to facts in issue
admissibility rules (eg credibility, hearsay, opinion, tendency
and coincidence, identification and character evidence), and
exceptions
privileges
judicial discretions and conduct of proceedings.
514
Academic Contact: Doug Hassall
Course Description: This course introduces the foundations of

debtor-creditor law, including the law of personal bankruptcy
under the Bankruptcy Act 1966 and corporate insolvency
under chapter 5 of the Corporations Act 2001. The course
covers pre-insolvency debtor-creditor practice, liquidation of
insolvent entities, and rehabilitation of distressed debtors. The
course will follow a systems-approach to the material. This
means that the course emphasises the broad purposes and
mechanisms at each stage of an insolvency from a practical
standpoint. The largest amount of time in this course will be
spent on liquidations in individual bankruptcy. This course
will also look at pre-insolvency debtor-creditor relations, and
reorganisation alternatives to liquidation. Students completing
this course should be fluent in the special terminology of
debtor-creditor law and familiar with the conceptual buildingblocks of insolvency. The course will be very useful for a variety
of students including those seeking to go into commercial
business or law practice, people planning on operating a small
business at some time, future consumer and family lawyers, and
anyone with an over-extended credit card. Because insolvency
ANU COLLEGE OF LAW
law incorporates a huge variety of other substantive law areas

within its gamut (including property law, contracts, torts,
commercial law, corporate law, consumer protection law and
family law), policy concerns in these areas will also be discussed.
Indicative Assessment: Details of the final assessment will be
provided on the course home page by the first week of semester.
Contemporary Issues in Constitutional Law

LAWS2213 (6 units)
Later Year Course
First Semester
Academic Contact: Jonathan Burton-MacLeod
Prerequisites: Commonwealth Constitutional Law LAWS2202.
This is a commercial law elective course, therefore, Commercial

Law, Banking and Finance, and Property will all be helpful.
However, the course will be taught with no assumption of
having taken these courses.
Commercial Law
LAWS2210 (6 units)
Later Year Course
First Semester
Workload: The contact hours for this course will be 3 hours each
week. There will be a 2 hour lecture and a 1 hour lecture for the
first 2 weeks of the semester. From week 3, the 1 hour lecture
will be replaced with a 1 hour tutorial. Students are expected to
devote approximately 10 hours per week, including class time,
to this subject.
Academic Contact: Anne McNaughton
Course Description: This course builds upon the concepts and

ideas introduced in Australian Public Law, Commonwealth
Constitutional Law and Legal Theory. Course content will be
built around an examination of rights in constitutional law.
The course will have a heavy theoretical lens - the role of
the judiciary in interpreting constitutional law, socio-legal
theory-as well as a comparative law focus, particularly viz-a-viz
the US Constitution. Topical areas of emphasis will include
equality rights, freedom of expression, and terrorism and the
constitution.
this course will be available on the course website from the
commencement of the semester.
Environmental Law
LAWS2215 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Corequisites: Property LAWS2204
First Semester
Course Description: Commercial Law aims to provide students

with a grounding in the law applicable to common commercial
transactions. Commercial Law builds upon the principles
studied in Contracts by examining the regulatory framework
that impacts upon contracts entered into by parties in both a
commercial and consumer context. Many common commercial
and consumer contracts involve personal property and the
course will also examine the framework for the regulation of
interests in personal property. The subject may also involve a
selection of the following topic areas:
Workload: Three hours per week
Agency
Sale of goods
International sale of goods
Insurance
Property security
Bailment
involve a compulsory piece of written assessment during
the semester, a final exam in the examination period and
continuous assessment for class participation in tutorials.
Tutorial attendance is compulsory and marks will be deducted
for failing to attend more than two tutorials during the
semester. More information about the means of assessment and
the relationship of the assessment to the learning outcomes
of the course will be available on the course home page by the
This course provides essential background for advanced
commercial law courses.
Academic Contact: James Prest

Prerequisites: Completed or completing five LAWS courses at
1000 level
Course Description: This course is concerned with the
institutional arrangements and legal principles that underpin
the practice of environmental and planning law.
The course examines environmental law from both theoretical
and practical perspectives, taking a broad national and thematic
approach. Whilst it places particular emphasis on the applicable
Commonwealth, NSW and ACT law, the course reviews
fundamental concepts, useful tools and insights with which to
understand and critically analyse environmental law.
The course commences with an introduction to concepts
relating to defining the environment, including the notion
of ecologically sustainable development. It then considers
environmental law in a federal system.
This is followed by consideration of the role of local and state/
territory governments in the implementation of environmental
protection objectives through statutory land-use planning
and other measures (including consideration of techniques
for development control such as environmental impact
assessment).
The course also covers regulatory strategies and techniques
for pollution control, climate change and energy law, the
enforcement of environmental protection measures (including
the topics of standing and access to justice), as well as
environmental litigation.
Indicative Assessment: Mid-semester examination and research
essay. Details of the final assessment will be provided on the
course home page by the first week of semester.
515
ANU COLLEGE OF LAW
Environmental Law Elective

LAWS2216 (6 units)
Family Law
LAWS2217 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Later Year Course
Summer Session
Second Semester
Academic Contact: Don Rothwell

1000 level
Academic Contact: tba
Course Description: The Topic for 2009 will be Copenhagen

Competition
Four students will be selected by the Coordinator for the
course, on the basis of academic record, previous experience in
Environmental Law, International Environmental Law, or Climate
Law. The students will represent ANU in the Copenhagen
Competition and will be eligible to enrol in the course.
Familiarity with International Law and/or negotiating, mooting,
and research experience is desirable, as well as a willingness to
devote a significant amount of time from 1 September 2008 12 March 2009 to the undertaking.
The Copenhagen Competition is presented by the University
of Copenhagen as a student activity in the run-up to the
UN Conference on Climate Change, COP15, in Copenhagen,
Denmark, November 2009, where the replacement protocol
for Kyoto will be negotiated. The Faculty of Law, University of
Copenhagen, is hosting the competition that gives law students,
from various places of the world, a chance to negotiate the
Copenhagen Protocol before the real COP15 takes place. The
vision of the competition is to let the students illuminate their
innovative ideas. The final result of the competition - the draft
text - will hopefully inspire governments all over the world
in their negotiations at the COP15. The visions, however, goes
beyond its perceived societal impact; it is also an opportunity
for these top law students to advance their individual and
collective scholarship in areas of critical legal analysis of the
treaties they draft, negotiation abilities, team work, etc. The
competition is by invitation only, and the ANU College of Law is
one of the Universities invited to participate. The course which
is designed around the Copenhagen Competition is in two
phases: 1) written submissions on a successor international
instrument to the Kyoto Protocol; 2) if the ANU College of
Law team is then invited to the final phase, negotiation of a
successor international instrument to the Kyoto Protocol.
The course involves participation in the Copenhagen
Competition on climate change, consisting of preparation of
written submissions and, if selected to compete in Copenhagen,
participation in the oral rounds. The written submissions are
expected to consist of:

1000 level
Course Description: The course is designed to equip students
with the theoretical and contextual material to enable them
to think critically about, and to take a considered position
on family law issues. It is also designed to enable students to
acquire understanding of law and its contexts in relation to
the following areas: marriage, nullity and dissolution; violence
and abuse in families; decision-making about parenting after
separation; economic aspects of marriage and relationship
breakdown. Themes which run through the course (and
associated questions) include:
the public/private dichotomy (to what extent and in what
ways is the family a private sphere?);
the focus of regulation (has marriage as the benchmark of
family law been replaced by parenthood?);
gender and domestic violence (how well does the family law
system respond to domestic violence? Are family laws and
decision-making gendered?);
child-centredness (to what extent are laws, decision-making,
process and research on family law child-centered?);
the form of regulation (to what extent does family law rely
on discretion, principles and rules? What are the advantages
and disadvantages of these various forms of regulation?);
private ordering (to what extent is family law privately
ordered? What are the implications of this?).
Indicative Assessment: The means of assessment for this course
will involve a compulsory research essay and a compulsory end
of semester examination.
Details of the final assessment will be provided on the course
Preliminary Reading: Students should read the outline, and
Chapter 1 of the prescribed text before the end of the first week
of term.
Prescribed Text: Belinda Fehlberg and Juliet Behrens, Australian
Family Law: The Contemporary Context (OUP, 2007) Please also
refer to LAWS2217 course home page
A draft treaty consisting of draft articles on a specific range

of Climate Change topics selected by the Competition
organisers.
Please note that classes in Family Law will not be recorded in

2009. Students are advised not to enrol in this course unless
they can attend class on a regular basis.
Treaty text commentaries in support of the understanding

of the proposed draft articles.
This course can be taken at any stage in a degree. Students

sometimes say that they find it easier to cope if they have done
property.
A vision statement outlining the vision behind the

approach of the draft articles and a concise explanation of
their objectives and methods by which the objective will be
obtained.
Indicative Assessment: Members of the Copenhagen team are
expected to prepare the written submissions and participate
in the internal ANU practice negotiating sessions. Assessment
reflects the performance of the team through the entire
Competition period. The mark awarded to each team member
may also take account of their individual performance.
516
There is a lot of feminist writing on family law, and those who

have an interest in feminist legal theory and women and the
law will find this course enhances their study in those areas.
The course is also particularly recommended for those who are
interested in social welfare and social security issues. There are
also commercial aspects to the course, and links with Property,
Equity and Trusts and Corporations Law.
ANU COLLEGE OF LAW
Feminist and Critical Legal Theory

LAWS2218 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Second Semester
Workload: Throughout the course there will be three hours of
teaching per week. This will generally involve a one hour lecture
and a two hour seminar. Students are generally expected to
devote approximately 10 hours overall per week to this course.
1000 level.
Assumed Knowledge and Required Skills: A knowledge of
feminist and critical theory is NOT required before studying this
course.
Course Description: The aim of this course is to engender
critical thought about law. In particular, the course introduces
students to feminist theories about law. A range of topics will
be discussed using a diverse range of feminist and critical
materials. Topics will include feminism within the academy,
the concept of equality and violence against women as well as
other topics.
learning outcomes of the course will be available on the course
This course aims to provide students with critical skills which
they can bring to bear in any area of law, complementing and
building on skills attained in Lawyers, Justice and Ethics and
Legal Theory.
Health Law, Bioethics and Human Rights

LAWS2219 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Second Semester
Workload: Contact Hours: Three hours per week (lectures taped).
One hour pre-reading per lecture.
Academic Contact: Tom Faunce
1000 level.
Course Description: The course examines the regulation of
health care in Australia, involves analysis and development
of moral and bioethical argument about the development of
health law in Australia, and addresses the principal human
rights issues which arise in the practice of health care law.
The course begins with an overview of the Australian health
system and its constitutional and legislative framework.
Emphasis is placed on the concepts of medical ethics, patients
rights and efficiency and safety in health care including
healthcare whistleblowing. Particular topics which are covered
include: confidentiality, consent, negligence, accountability,
health records, expert evidence, research and experimentation,

organ donation, emergency treatment, intensive care, abortion,
safety and cost effectiveness, regulation of pharmaceuticals and
new medical technologies, nanomedicine and biotechnology
regulation, stem cells and medical research, new reproductive
technologies, and death and dying. Consideration is also given
to the law relating to mental health and public health, as well
as the impact of international trade agreements on access to
essential medicines and Australias Pharmaceutical Benefits
Scheme.
Indicative Assessment: Draft academic article (essay) (2000
words) or participation in a medico-legal moot in the ACT
Supreme Court or ACT Magistrates Court with medical students
from the ANU Medical School - 45 per cent and end of course
examination (45 per cent). 10per cent class participation based
on demonstration of above learning outcomes in face-to-face
situation. Details of final assessment will be provided on the
course home page by the first week of semester.
Preliminary Reading: I Freckleton and K Petersen, Controversies
in Health Law (Federation Press 2006).
Prescribed Text: TA Faunce Who Owns Our Health? : medical
professionalism, law and leadership in the age of the market
state (UNSW Press 2007). Two small books of materials of key
case excerpts, legislation and key articles.
The course draws on almost every main area of law in so far as
they have bearing on the health care system, particularly tort,
contract, criminal, family, child, human rights and competition
law. It raises matters discussed in Lawyers, Justice and Ethics,
Legal Theory, Feminist and Critical Legal Theory, Australian
Public Law and Human Rights Law in Australia.
Human Rights Law in Australia

LAWS2220 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Second Semester
Workload: There will be three hours of lectures each week. The
first session will be two hours and will be composed of lecture
material, delivered in semi-seminar mode as class size allows.
The subsequent single hour will allow presentations in the first
part of the course, and a more discursive format. In general, the
course is likely to involve overall some ten hours a week.
Academic Contact: Peter Bailey
1000 level.
Corequisites: Commonwealth Constitutional Law LAWS2202.
Assumed Knowledge and Required Skills: The course will be
varied in its demands on prior knowledge. It will assume a
desire to probe the human rights enterprise, although not
necessarily in supportive mode. The object is to promote interest
in human rights and their realisation, and to discuss in a
receptive environment what are often very different views both
about values and how they should be implemented. So interest,
a willingness to be involved, and a receptiveness to the views of
others are preferred rather than simple absorption of the law.
Course Description: The course is concerned with how
the international standards defining human rights can be
recognised and established in Australian law. To do this it starts
with what human rights are, and compares them with other
forms of rights. There is discussion of how bills of rights fit
517
ANU COLLEGE OF LAW
with human rights. The Australian Human Rights Acts (ACT and
Victoria) are examined as examples.
principles of the income tax system rather than knowledge of a

particular but limited set of technical rules.
The next major topic discussed is the implementation in law

of the human rights to equality and non-discrimination.
Commonwealth legislation, and the resultant case law, are
reviewed and critiqued.
Topics to be considered include:
The final section of the course is devoted to examining

the human rights of individuals and groups who suffer
disadvantage within the legal system. There will be a selection
of topics, possibly including Indigenous peoples, people with
alternative forms of sexuality, asylum seekers and prisoners.
Counter-terrorism law is also available as a topic, as well as the
rights to life and to freedom of expression. The particular topics
will be selected in consultation with the class.
Overall a contextual approach is adopted, drawing on human
rights theory, constitutional theory and the perspectives of
comparative and international law.
Indicative Assessment: A two-part assessment package will be
offered to give a range of choices and to enable students to
have feedback on their progress. It is likely to include essays,
take-home assignments, responses to a video presentation and
class presentations. The various learning outcomes promoted by
the options are identified in the means of assessment available
on the course website.
Preliminary Reading: The first two chapters of the new
textbook would be useful, or else the parallel chapters in
Bailey P, Human Rights: Australia in an International Context,
Butterworths 1990, still the current textbook; or a selection
of chapters from Bailey P, Bringing Human Rights to Life,
Federation Press 1993.
Prescribed Text: Bailey P, The Human Rights Enterprise,
LexisNexis, 2009 (expected to be published in early 2009).
the concept of income

personal service income
business income
property income
the deductions that are available to taxpayers
the taxation of capital gains
the taxation of fringe benefits
residency, source and double tax agreements
the taxation of trusts and partnerships
the anti-avoidance measures
tax administration.
this course will involve two pieces of assessment, with one piece
during the semester. More information about the means of
assessment, including the relationship between the assessment
and the learning outcomes of the course, will be available on
Prescribed Text: Kobetsky, et al, Income Tax: Text, Materials and
Essential Cases (7th ed) (2008), Fundamental Tax Legislation
(2009).
This course has been accredited by both the Institute of
Chartered Accountants in Australia and the Australian Society
of Certified Practicing Accountants.
Intellectual Property
LAWS2222 (6 units)
Students may find it helpful to take International Law of

Human Rights (LAWS2225) as well at some point in their degree
(preferably before this course as it is a logical sequel). The two
courses together provide a comprehensive introduction to
human rights law.
Later Year Course
Income Tax
LAWS2221 (6 units)
Academic Contact: Matthew Rimmer
Later Year Course

First Semester
Workload: The course consists of three hours of lectures per
week. The lectures will not be recorded. Students are generally
this course.
Academic Contact: Michael Kobetsky
1000 level.
Recommended: It would be helpful but not compulsory
for students to have completed Corporations Law prior to
commencing this course.
main principles of Australias income tax system. In order to
understand the critical function of taxation in the Australian
community, the taxation system is studied in its legal,
economic, social and political context. Given the speed with
which changes are made to the technical details of tax law, this
course seeks to provide students with an understanding of the
518
First Semester
Workload: This course will involve weekly two-hour lectures and
one-hour seminars over the period of a semester. Students are
expected to devote approximately ten hours overall per week to
this course.
1000 level
Course Description: All classes will be interactive and students
are offered the opportunity to pursue inquiry-based learning.
Students will work through electronic materials and attend a
two-hour lecture discussing reform initiatives, international
comparisons and recent cases. There will also be a policy-based
seminar each week.
The course provides an overview of intellectual property
law. It considers the main aspects of Copyright Law, Designs
Law, Passing Off, Trade Mark Law, Confidential Information,
Patent Law and Plant Breeders Rights. It concentrates on
the relationship between the different forms of Intellectual
Property and the process of reform to provide students with
an understanding of the underlying principles behind such
forms of protection. The course also explores a number of
key policy themes - including the globalisation of trade; the
rise of information technology; the scientific revolutions in
agriculture, medicine and biotechnology; the development of
personality rights and a Creative Commons; and the protection
of traditional knowledge and culture.
ANU COLLEGE OF LAW
Indicative Assessment: The proposed scheme of assessment for

this course will involve three compulsory and non-redeemable
components:
application of international human rights law in Australia,

including refugee issues, anti-terror legislation and the
argument about an Australian Bill of Rights.
Seminar presentation - 8-11 minutes presentation plus 1000

word note (value 20 per cent)
Indicative Assessment: The components of the assessment

will be: either a class presentation worth 40 per cent or a
research paper worth 40 per cent; a class participation mark
worth 10 per cent; and a take-home exam worth 50 per cent
to be undertaken at the end of the semester. The relationship
between the assessment and the learning outcomes for the
course will be set out in the course outline. Details of the course
means of assessment will be provided on the course home page
and WebCT by the first week of semester.
Research essay - 2,000-2,500 word essay (value 40 per cent)

Examination - 1 hour examination (3 questions) (value
40 per cent).
Prescribed Text: McKeough, J., Bowrey, K. and P. Griffith,
Intellectual Property: Commentary and Materials (4th ed).
Sydney: LexisNexis Butterworths, 2007, pp. 772 or Davison, M.,
Monotti, A, and L. Wiseman, Australian Intellectual Property
Law. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2008, pp. 625.
It is also essential that students have access to Australian
intellectual property legislation an international treaties. These
Acts may be downloaded from www.comlaw.gov.au/ or
www.austlii.edu.au/ or may be found in the Butterworths
Intellectual Property Collection 2008 (Sydney: LexisNexis
Butterworths, 2008).
This subject is generally taken in later years of the law degree.
Intellectual Property is generally regarded as an important
subject within a law degree which has commercial law
specialisation. However, because it deals with property rights in
information and expression it has a broad utility and should be
equally stimulating for students interested in the arts, cultural
studies and legal theory. Intellectual Property would also be
of interest of those with a information technology or science
background.
International Law of Human Rights

LAWS2225 (6 units)
Students should read Lynn Hunts Inventing Human Rights: A
history (2007) and Mary Ann Glendons A World Made New:
Eleanor Roosevelt and the Universal Declaration of Human
Rights (2001). There are copies of both books in the Law Library.
Students should also visit the website of Human Rights Watch
(www.hrw.org) to familiarise themselves with current human
rights issues.
Prescribed Text: Henry J Steiner, Philip Alston and Ryan
Goodman, International Human Rights in Context (3rd ed,
2007).
Students may find it helpful to take the course Human Rights
Law in Australia (LAWS2220) as well at some point in their
degree, as the two courses together provide a comprehensive
introduction to the law on human rights. This course is also
a useful adjunct to Indigenous Australians and the Law in
presenting the international context of such issues as the
indigenous right to self-determination.
International Trade Law

LAWS2226 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Later Year Course
Second Semester
First Semester
Academic Contact: Kevin Boreham
Workload: Throughout the course there will be three hours

of teaching per week. This will generally involve a two hour
lecture and a one hour seminar (sometimes the seminars will
be skills sessions). Students are generally expected to devote
approximately 10 hours overall per week to this course.
Prerequisites: International Law LAWS2250.
Recommended: It would be helpful but not essential for

students to have completed Commonwealth Constitutional Law
prior to commencing this course.
Workload: There will be three contact hours per week, made

up of one large group lecture and two smaller seminars. The
average workload for the course will be 10 hours per week.
Course Description: This course aims to provide students with

a critical understanding of international human rights law and
practice. Topics to be covered include:
historical development of international human rights law
international humanitarian law (the law of armed conflict)
and its relationship with the international law of human
rights
human rights enforcement mechanisms: the UN Human
Rights Council, the human rights treaty bodies and human
rights regional mechanisms
the rights of women and the rights of indigenous peoples
threats to rights, particularly in the context of the war on
terror
Assumed Knowledge and Required Skills: It is not required

that students have a background in economics, although some
knowledge of economics will be helpful.
Course Description: The course introduces students to the
fundamental principles of international trade law. The primary
goal of the course is to acquaint and familiarise students
with the main pillars in this arena of international law and
their effect on domestic law and policy. The course covers
the key agreements and principles of international trade law
and the jurisdiction, policies and processes of the WTO. It also
encompasses major critical analyses of international trade law
together with an in-depth review of relevant GATT/WTO panel
and appellate body decisions.
Themes that will be addressed throughout the course will
include the origins of international trade law, fundamental
principles of the GATT/WTO regime, Services (GATS), the
WTO Dumping and Subsidies regimes and the Sanitary and
519
ANU COLLEGE OF LAW
Phytosanitary Agreement. The effects of trade liberalisation

in general on developing countries will also be the subject
of review together with an analysis of the on-going conflict
between the basic dictates of international trade agreements
on the one hand and the need to enshrine and protect
international environmental and labour standards on the other.
Attendance and Participation (5 per cent)

Prescribed Text: There is no prescribed text. All materials will be

available as an eBrick on WebCT.

This course has close links with International Law in that it
investigates a particular area of international law.
WebCT Discussion Postings (5 per cent)

News Assignment-Presentation (20 per cent)
News Assignment-Impressions Paper (20 per cent)
Final Examination OR Final Paper (50 per cent).
Labour Law
LAWS2228 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Second Semester
Workload: Class contact hours are 3 hours per week. This will
include lectures and class discussion. The amount of time
dedicated to class discussion as opposed to lectures will vary
depending on class size. Students are generally expected to
devote approximately 10 hours per week to this course.
Academic Contact: Michael Rawling
Prerequisites: Contracts LAWS1204
Japanese Law and Society

LAWS2227 (6 units)
Later Year Course
First Semester
Workload: This course meets twice a week for 90 minutes.
Student attendance and participation is worth 5per cent of
assessment and WebCT discussion posting is worth 5 per cent
of assessment. Do not take this course if you will rely on taping.
I will endeavour to tape the course, but there is no guarantee
that it will work. Classroom participation is an important part of
this course that cannot be replaced by listening to tapes.
Academic Contact: Kent Anderson
1000 level.
Assumed Knowledge and Required Skills: This course does not
assume you have a knowledge of Japan or Japanese. However,
if you have a background in Japanese or Asian Studies, you
will be able to use this in your analysis of the topics covered
in this course.
Course Description: Law may arguably be described as the rules
a society creates to govern how its members should interact
with one another. Thus, in examining a countrys laws and legal
system we should be able to come to a better understanding
of the dynamics and values of that society. The purpose of
this course is to provide a foundation for understanding the
place and use of law in modern Japan. The class will cover
the history, structure, and fundamental substantive areas of
Japanese law. Further, we will investigate and challenge some
of the assumptions about the place of law in Japanese society.
Topics covered in the first part of the course on Japanese
legal structure include its legal history, judicial system, legal
education, and legal profession. Topics covered in the second
part of the course on Japanese legal society include Japans
views on litigation, foreigners, women, and minorities. Topics
covered in the third part of the course on Japanese substantive
law include the foundations and current topics in Japanese
constitutional, criminal, contract, tort, and commercial law.
Indicative Assessment: The following assessment scheme is
proposed:
520

Recommended: Other courses making up a specialisation
in labour law include Work and Law - Selected Topics.
Anti-Discrimination law studied in Human Rights Law is also
relevant.
Course Description: This course examines labour law in
Australia. Labour law is an important component of studies
in the legal regulation of commerce. Students are introduced
to the key aspects of labour laws which determine the
rights, entitlements and responsibilities of employers and
workers in the workplace. Both practical and theoretical
perspectives on judge-made law and statute regulating work
are examined. Given extensive recent legislative activity by
the Commonwealth Parliament in the area of labour law, the
Workplace Relations Act 1996 (Cth) as amended is analysed in
some detail.
Topics covered include:

The history and development of Australian labour law

The constitutional framework of Australian labour law
Employees contrasted with other categories of workers
The common law contract of employment
Minimum employment terms and conditions
Workplace bargaining and agreements
The regulation of industrial conflict (including strikes)
Wrongful, unlawful and unfair termination of employment
Transmission of business rules.

ANU COLLEGE OF LAW
Law Internship
LAWS2230 (6 units)
Special Law Elective 1: Animals and the Law

LAWS2234 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Later Year Course
Summer Session, First Semester, and Second Semester
First Semester
Workload: The amount of time spent in the workplace will

depend on the placement, the topic and the nature of the
research to be undertaken. An agreement is prepared between
the student, the professional supervisor and the course
convenor to provide for regular meetings between the student
and the supervisor and to set out expectations relating to
progress.
Academic Contact: Alex Bruce
Academic Contact: Peter Ford

Prerequisites: A student must be in their penultimate or final
year with a credit average.
Recommended: It would be helpful for students to have
completed academic study of the relevant topic area before
undertaking an internship.
Course Description: The student serves as an intern with a
lawyer in a workplace (eg law firm) to complete a research
paper on a practical topic chosen by the workplace. The
workplace may be in the public or private sector. The project,
which is settled by written agreement among the student,
professional, and internship director, may be multidisciplinary
but must have a strong law element.
Internships may also be available to work with members of the
ANU College of Law on projects of an applied nature. These
projects may include submissions to inquiries and parliamentary
committees, responses to discussion and issue papers, and
projects of bodies with which members of the ANU College of
Law are involved (for example, advisory councils).
A Law School protocol governs these internships. College
staff will advise the internship coordinator when such
projects are available.
The time to be spent at the work site is variable; it reflects
factors such as availability of data, library resources,
interviewing needs, and degree of professional supervision.
Internships are available during each semester, and during the
summer vacation. To assist in placements, applications for an
internship are generally made earlier than for other subjects
- by end December in the preceding year for first semester,
and by end May for second semester. For summer internships,
applications should be in by mid-October. This is in addition to
the normal course enrolment.
Further information (including application form) is available
on the ANU College of Law website: http://law.anu.edu.au/
undergraduate/Internship.asp
Indicative Assessment: The internship involves the completion
of a 6,000 word research paper under the direct supervision of a
legal professional in a workplace. The paper is jointly marked by
the professional supervisor and the course convenor. This is the
only assessment task for the course.
Preliminary Reading: This will depend on the topic of research
and may be discussed with the professional supervisor.
Prerequisites: Completed or completing five LAWS courses

at 1000 level. Students will benefit from having completed
LAWS2201 Administrative Law.
Course Description: The purpose of the course is to introduce
students to the legal, ethical, regulatory, economic and social
issues that are associated with human interaction with animals.
The President of the Australian Law Reform Commission
Professor David Weisbrot has suggested that animal welfare
is likely to become the next great social justice movement
in Australia, observing that the treatment of animals is
increasingly becoming a social and legal issue, as well as an
important economic one. Why is this? There is a growing
understanding in society of the importance of respect and
protection of animals as an indicator of the ethical maturity of
a society.
The way in which society exploits animals for our
entertainment, pleasure and consumption therefore raises
profound moral, ethical and legal issues. Accordingly, ethical
animal welfare, the protection of animals for their own sake as
sentient beings with a capacity for suffering, is no doubt one
of the basic values of modern western states. This interaction
between human activities and animal interests is a serious area
of academic inquiry giving rise to significant legal, regulatory
and socio-ethical issues.
Adopting an inter-disciplinary approach, this new elective
subject will consider animals within established categories of
law such as property (for example, s.4 of the Trade Practices
Act 1974 (Cth) defines goods to include animals), but will
also examine the legal status and regulation of the treatment
of animals within broader social, philosophical and legal
contexts. This includes an economic and scientific context, an
environmental context, and an ethical-political context.
Students will therefore be challenged in their traditional
understanding of animals as they are conceptualised in law
(including underlying philosophical assumptions) and to
critically evaluate the way the legal system influences the
interests of animals within society.
In this way, an examination of animals through prevailing and
traditional legal doctrines is critiqued and evaluated through
the insights of other academic disciplines such as philosophy,
economics and science. This approach will provide students with
an opportunity for critical reflection on the legal and ethical
interaction between humans and animals as manifested in the
law.
Through this course students will:
be able to locate the growing area of animals and the law
within the wider legal and regulatory framework
critically evaluate the legal and philosophical
characterisation of animal interests
examine the principal legal and regulatory schemes
involving animals and understand the guiding theory
behind those schemes
521
ANU COLLEGE OF LAW
evaluate the principal animal welfare and anti-cruelty

legislation and the enforcement of that legislation by
interest groups
examine the legal differentiation of animals according to
their status as carers, guide dogs etc.
examine the extent and regulation of scientific research
protocols involving animals, especially biotechnological
research
follows that considerable attention is given to pressures and

directions for reform.
Indicative Assessment: The proposed means of assessment
for this course will require students to undertake at least two
pieces of assessment, including one piece during the course and
a final exam. Details of the final assessment will be provided on
the course home page and WebCT by the first week of semester.
examine the extent and regulation of farming of animals for

food and animal by-products

examine the international dimension of animal regulation

through treaties and other agreements
It is preferable to take Succession after, or at least with,

Property.
examine the case for on-going reform in animal interest

regulation.
Indicative Assessment: Details of the final assessment will
be provided on the course home page by the first week of
semester.
Prescribed Text: please refer to LAWS2234 course home page.
Succession
LAWS2236 (6 units)
Later Year Course
First Semester
Workload: Depending on class size, it is expected that each
week there will be 3 contact hours divided between lecture,
seminar and tutorials. Final details will be provided on the
course website during the first week of semester. Students are
Academic Contact: Glenda Bloomfield
1000 level.
Recommended: It is preferable to take Succession after, or at
least with, Property.
Course Description: With our ageing population succession law
is a growing area of practice for legal practitioners. The course
examines the law governing succession to property after the
death of the owner. Succession law touches every family, and,
eventually, all of us.
Takeovers and Securities Industry Law

LAWS2237 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Second Semester
Academic Contact: Stephen Bottomley
Prerequisites: Corporations Law LAWS2203
Course Description: This course examines important facets
of the regulation of corporations. It investigates the law and
policy relating to the acquisition of control of corporations,
particularly by takeover and the regulation of the stock market
generally.
The following topics will be covered:
issues prompting, and theories shaping, the regulation of
takeovers and the securities industry generally;
the regulation of securities;
the powers of the Australian Securities and Investment
Commission and the ASX over listed companies and other
participants in the industry;
the obligations of listed companies, brokers and dealers;
controls upon market manipulation and insider trading;
the legal requirements for prospectuses;
directors responsibilities in a takeover situation;
Major topics include:
controls upon the acquisition of shares under Part 6 of the

Corporations Law;
the nature of wills and their relationship to contracts
compulsory acquisition powers; and
capacity to make a will, fraud on the testator, undue

influence, formalities for making a will and how a will is
revoked
controls of merger activity.
the principles and practice of drafting wills

the semester.
loss of capacity to benefit under a will; for instance, for

killing the testator

how an estate is divided when there is no will
how the law protects family members against being

disinherited by will.
The course builds upon knowledge acquired by students

in Corporations Law as well as pursuing specialised legal
applications in the area of public company regulation. Students
seeking a strong corporate law specialisation in their degree
would also enrol in Bankruptcy and Insolvency.
what wills mean and how they are applied
The law on the various topics is considered in a social and

political context, and the principles and rules are related
to theory and to practice. While the course concentrates
on the law of the ACT, students will also frequently make
comparisons and consider the law in other jurisdictions. It
522
ANU COLLEGE OF LAW
Litigation and Dispute Management

LAWS2244 (6 units)
Workload: Four hours per week
Course Description: The course looks at the intersection of

Information Technology with law. Five broad subject areas
have been identified within which this intersection is explored:
from the impact of digital content, through the challenges
and opportunities of a vastly more interconnected, perhaps
borderless society.
Academic Contact: Peta Spender
The 5 areas of study are:
Prerequisites: Torts LAWS1203 and Contracts LAWS1204
information technology and intellectual property
Completed or completing five courses at 1000 level
censorship
Course Description: This course is an introduction to dispute

resolution focussing upon mediation and civil litigation. The
course will examine dispute resolution within and outside
the legal system and will explore litigation via the principles
of civil procedure. The interlocutory steps in civil litigation
will be analysed alongside the strategies adopted by lawyers
in the conduct of litigation. The course is structured to meet
the requirements for admission as a legal practitioner in the
Australian States and Territories but also provides opportunities
for critical appraisal of litigation policy and practice.
privacy
Later Year Course

First Semester
Topics to be covered include:

access to justice
the importance of process
mediation procedures
confidentiality and power imbalances in dispute resolution
when and how to commence proceedings in court
class actions
urgent applications
gathering evidence.
the semester.
computer crime and evidence

e-commerce and IT contracts
An important component of the course is the cultivation of
an understanding of the technology underlying information
technology.
for this course will provide students with the option of
undertaking at least two pieces of assessment, usually an essay
mid-semester and a final examination. More information about
the means of assessment, including the relationship between
the assessment and the learning outcomes of the course, will
be available on the course home page by the first week of
semester.
Survey of United States Law

LAWS2247 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Summer Session
Workload: The course requires attendance at the University
of Alabama in Tuscaloosa throughout the 5-week intensive
teaching period. Details for reading will be available through
the course home page.
Academic Contact: Bill Andreen (University of Alabama)
Later Year Course
Prerequisites: Enrolment in the summer course is restricted to

the students who have been accepted in the 5-week intensive
ANU/UA Joint Teaching Program. Priority will be given to later
year students (12 or less semester courses left to complete).
Subject to this priority, students will generally be selected on a
first-come first serve basis, as enrolment will be strictly limited
(10 students in 2009). Where appropriate, academic merit may
be taken into account.
First Semester
Workload: The course consists of a weekly 2 hour lecture.

Every second week there will also be a one hour research
skills tutorial. Students are generally expected to devote
approximately 10 hours overall per week to this course.
Course Description: The course will consist of a series of

introductory lectures by various University of Alabama Law
School staff members on various aspects of American Law,
supplemented by field trips to, eg, the Civil Rights Museum
in Birmingham, the Alabama Supreme Court in Montgomery,
(forming an integral part of the courses class work and included
in the contact hours). It will concentrate on non-common law
subjects (eg, Constitutional Law, Administrative Law, Labor Law,
Limited Liability Corporations, Bankruptcy, Consumer Protection,
Environmental Law, Federalism, etc.).
This course is best undertaken by students later in their degree.

In particular, students will benefit from an understanding of
Corporations Law.
Information Technology Law

LAWS2245 (6 units)
Academic Contact: Fiona Guy (Haley)

1000 level.
Assumed Knowledge and Required Skills: General computer
literacy and a willingness to learn about new technology is
helpful for this course.
Recommended: A prior understanding of Intellectual Property
and Contracts is helpful for some topics covered in this course.
Indicative Assessment: Examination at the end of the Alabama

Program.
To derive maximum benefit from the course, it is suggested that
students undertake it in the latter part of their studies, when
523
ANU COLLEGE OF LAW
they have achieved a reasonable degree of familiarity with law

in general.
Taught at the University of Alabama Law School in Tuscaloosa,
Alabama in Jan-Feb. Applications must be submitted in early
August of the preceding year.
in general.
Selected Topics in Australian-United States

Comparative Law (Alabama)
LAWS2248 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Summer Session
Workload: Taught at the University of Alabama Law School in
Tuscaloosa, Alabama in Jan-Feb.
Prerequisites: Criminal Law and Procedure LAWS1206
Enrolment in this summer course is restricted to the students
who have been accepted in the 5-week intensive ANU/US Joint
Teaching Program. Priority will generally be given to later year
students (12 or less semester courses left to complete). Subject
to this priority, students will be selected on a first-come firstserve basis, as enrolment will be strictly limited (10 students in
2008). Where appropriate, academic merit may be taken into
account.
Course Description: The course will be taught jointly by a
visiting ANU academic and an academic from the University
of Alabama Law School. While the specific subject area of
the course will vary from year to year, depending on the
particular field of interest of the ANU/UA visitors, it will
involve a comparative study of Australian and US approaches
to the particular subject matter. Assessment details, teaching
methods and type of course materials will vary from year to
year depending on the subject matter and personnel involved
in each offering of the course, but will be specified prior to
student enrolment in the course.
In 2009 the course will involve a comparative study of
Australian and US approaches to selected topics within
home page.
in general and with the particular subject area of the course in
any given year.
Legal Theory
LAWS2249 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Second Semester
Workload: Every week there will be two 1 hour lectures and a 1
hour tutorial. Students are expected to devote approximately 10
524
Academic Contact: Tony Connolly

1000 level.
Assumed Knowledge and Required Skills: This course
presupposes that students have some legal knowledge through
the study of a central area of law, such as torts or constitutional
law. It does not assume that you have knowledge or skills in
philosophy, political theory, economics or other social sciences
- though any such knowledge and skills may be of assistance in
undertaking this course.
Course Description: This course explores a number of important
theoretical issues concerning law. These issues include the
nature and function of law in modern societies, the nature of
citizens obligations under law, the nature of legal reasoning
and the interpretation of legal texts, the relationship between
law, power, justice and democracy and the capacity of the law
to provide for gender, cultural and other forms of difference.
The course proceeds by way of a critical examination of the
leading contemporary schools of thought about law and legal
issues. In the course of this examination, specific attention may
be paid to the perspectives of these schools on such topical
issues as civil disobedience, freedom of speech and indigenous
sovereignty. This course explores a number of important
theoretical issues concerning law. These issues include the
nature and function of law in modern societies, the nature of
citizens obligations under law, the nature of legal reasoning
and the interpretation of legal texts, the relationship between
law, power, justice and democracy and the capacity of the law
to provide for gender, cultural and other forms of difference.
The course proceeds by way of a critical examination of the
leading contemporary schools of thought about law and legal
issues. In the course of this examination, specific attention may
be paid to the perspectives of these schools on such topical
issues as civil disobedience, freedom of speech and indigenous
sovereignty.
Indicative Assessment: Examination (closed book) 2 questions, 2
hours 60 per cent.
Essay (1200 words) based on seminar presentation 20 per cent.
Seminar presentation (5-10 minutes) and discussion of
presentation - 10 per cent.
Seminar attendance and participation - 10 per cent.
Preliminary Reading: Hart, HLA (1961) - The Concept of Law
(Chapter 1). Bix, B (2006) - Jurisprudence: Theory and Context
(4th ed) (Chapters 1 and 2).
Prescribed Text: The course is generally based on a two volume
reading brick containing relevant articles and book extracts.
International Law
LAWS2250 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Second Semester
Workload: In weeks 1-2 there will be one two hour lecture
and one one hour lecture. In weeks 3-4 there will one two
hour lecture and one one hour library tutorial. In weeks 5-13
there will be one two hour lecture and one one hour tutorial.
Students will generally need to devote about 10 hours on
average per week to this course.
Academic Contacts: Don Rothwell, , Kevin Boreham
Prerequisites: LAWS1205 Australian Public Law Completed or
completing five LAWS courses at 1000 level.
ANU COLLEGE OF LAW
Course Description: This course deals with the body of law

known as International Law or sometimes Public International
Law, as distinct from Private International Law. The field of
International Law deals with many aspects of the functioning
of the international community (including the relations of
States with each other and with international organisations);
it also affects many activities that occur within or across State
boundaries (including the treatment by States of their citizens,
environmental law, international trade and many other areas).
The impact of international law on the Australian legal system
and the globalised nature of many governmental, judicial
and social activities means that a basic knowledge of the
terminology, institutions, and substance of international law
is not only worthwhile acquiring in its own right, but is also a
necessary part of the knowledge and skills of any law graduate.
for this course will provide students with the opportunity
of undertaking at least two pieces of assessment, including
one piece during the semester. More information about the
means of assessment, including the relationship between the
assessment and the learning outcomes of the course, will
be available on the course home page by the first week of
semester.
This course offers a significant foundational framework for
the study of: International Criminal Law, Law of the Sea,
International Dispute Resolution, International Environmental
Law, International Human Rights Law, International Trade Law,
and any other specialised international law unit, and provides
the substantial grounding needed for participation in the Jessup
Moot LAWS3010.
Legislative Drafting and Technology

LAWS2251 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Second Semester
Workload: Each week there will be a 3 hour class consisting
of both a theoretical and hands-on component. Students are
Academic Contact: Fiona Guy (Haley)
1000 level.
Assumed Knowledge and Required Skills: It is helpful for
students to have some experience in Microsoft Word, basic
computer literacy and an interest in learning new technology.
Course Description: The aim of this course is to give students
an appreciation of issues involved in administering legislative
rules and to teach students ways of preventing these issues
during the legislative drafting phase. The course specifically
explores how technology can be used throughout the legislative
lifecycle.
Students will be introduced to a methodology and technologies
which emphasise the importance of precise and structured legal
expression and offer many options to analyse and represent the
structure of complex legal material.
Throughout the course, students will be required to learn and

apply new technology to the problems at hand.
Indicative Assessment: The assessment for this course generally
consists of:
an analysis piece (or multiple pieces) requiring the student
to interpret and analyse a piece of legislation and report on
their findings
the construction of a legislative rulebase using the
technology taught in class
a final report examining the interaction of legal drafting
and technology.
Prescribed Text: None. Course materials will be made available
on the course website.
This course is restricted to 20 students.
International Criminal Law

LAWS2252 (6 units)
Later Year Course
First Semester
Academic Contact: Ashleigh Barnes
Course Description: The course will explore the developments
in international criminal law, including criminal responsibility
of individuals under international law and the correlative
development of national and international mechanisms for
its enforcement. Attention will be focused essentially on
the so called Nuremberg crimes and on their subsequent
developments, even though reference will also be made to other
international/trans-national crimes such as acts of terrorism,
on the basis of the time available. The analysis of the criminal
prosecution of international crimes will be centred on the
most recent case-law of both national courts and international
criminal courts. The application and interpretation of some
general principles and notions of (international) criminal law by
domestic and international courts will be assessed, including an
analysis of the objective and the subjective element of a crime,
non-retroactivity of criminal offences, defences and grounds for
excluding criminal responsibility. Reference will also be made to
forms of implementation other than criminal prosecution (eg
truth and reconciliation commission), as well as to the question
of amnesties.
Restrictive Trade Practices

LAWS2255 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Second Semester
525
ANU COLLEGE OF LAW

Course Description: This course will consider the role and
function of the Trade Practices Act 1974 (Cth) (the TPA) in
contributing to Australias National Competition Policy. The
TPA is under continuous review. The TPA was significantly
amended by the Trade Practices Legislation Amendment Act (No
1) 2006 (Cth) and most recently, the Labour government has
introduced an exposure draft of the Trade Practices Legislation
Amendment Bill 2008 that will substantially amend s 46 of the
Act concerning misuse of market power.
The TPA aims to preserve competition by prohibiting conduct
that prevents or eliminates competition. The course principally
involves a consideration of the various anti-competitive
trading practices that are prohibited by Part IV of the TPA. The
TPA is enforced by the Australian Competition and Consumer
Commission (the ACCC) and significant penalties can be
imposed for contraventions of the TPA. In addition, private
parties may seek a variety of remedies for loss or damage
suffered as a result of a contravention of Part IV of the TPA.
Indicative Assessment: It is anticipated that students will
complete an assignment and an exam during the course. There
will also be compulsory tutorial exercises. Details of the final
International Organisations (Geneva)

LAWS2258 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Summer Session
Workload: Students will attend between 50 and 60 hours
of classes in the course of the 3-week program. In addition,
students will have to allocate appropriate time in the course of
the first half of the following semester to complete the required
research essay.
Academic Contact: Jean-Pierre Fonteyne
Prerequisites: International Law LAWS2250. Completed or
completing five LAWS courses at 1000 level. In addition, priority
will be given to later year students who have completed at least
one additional international law elective. Subject to this priority,
students will generally be selected on a first-come first-serve
basis. Where appropriate, academic merit may also be taken in
account. Due to practical considerations enrolment numbers
will be strictly limited to 20 students from all sources (a limited
number of places may go to non-ANU summer school students
and/or to postgraduate students).
Assumed Knowledge and Required Skills: Enrolment in the
course is limited to students with a sufficient background in
international law (see prerequisites/corequisites)
Recommended: Any international law elective in addition to

International Law.
Selected Topics in Australian-United States

Comparative Law (ANU)
LAWS2257 (6 units)
Course Description: This course will be taught in conjunction

with the equivalent postgraduate course. Enrolment will be
strictly limited (20 students in total). Priority will be given
to later year LLB or JD students and to students who have
completed at least one international law elective in addition
to International Law. Subject to this priority, students
will be selected on academic merit. Enrolment is subject
to the payment of the applicable administrative fees and
accommodation costs.
Later Year Course

Second Semester
Workload: This course is run in intensive format with
approximately 9 hours of lectures / seminars per week during
Weeks 1-5 inclusive of Semester 2.
Prerequisites: LAWS1206 Criminal Law and Procedure.
This course is capped at 20.
Incompatibility: Please note that this course is a repeat of
LAWS2248 taught in Jan-Feb of the same year at the University
of Alabama and cannot be taken by students who have
completed that course.
Course Description: The course will involve a comparative study
of Australian and US approaches to selected topics within
Criminal Law and Procedure.
Indicative Assessment: Assessment details will be specified
prior to student enrolment in the course. Details of the final
Prescribed Text: A reading guide will be available on the course
web page.
in general and with the particular subject area of the course in
any given year.
526
The purpose of the course is to provide participants with

a substantive overview of the activities of international
organizations (governmental and non-governmental) located
in Geneva, focusing on the legal issues arising in their
operations or area of concern. Students will spend three
weeks in Geneva. Classes will address legal aspects of the
work of various international organisations and agencies,
both governmental and non governmental, with a specific
focus on those located in Geneva. The participants will attend
approximately 20 hours of formal academic instruction
provided in part by the accompanying ANU staff member and
in part by staff drawn from local academic institutions, NGOs
etc. In addition they will take part in coordinated visits to a
range of governmental and non governmental organisations
in Geneva, including up to 30 hours of presentations by legal
specialists addressing the organisations operations. The first
week will be devoted to general aspects of the operation of
international organizations, the second week will focus on
human rights and related issues, the third week will mainly
address trade and environmental questions.
The precise composition of the program will vary to some
extent from year to year. A copy of the day-by-day schedule
of the last course is available on the College webpage as an
indicator of the likely content of the next course. The classes
will be given at the Graduate Institute of International Studies
and in various international organizations in Geneva. All classes
ANU COLLEGE OF LAW
and visits will be conducted in English and knowledge of French

is not required.
Indicative Assessment: 20 per cent for class participation and
80 per cent for completion of a 4,000 to 4,500 word essay on
a topic approved by the convenor, to be completed in the early
part of the following semester. Details of the final assessment
will be provided on the course home page.
Prescribed Text: None. A reading brick will be made available at
the start of the program in Geneva, and further materials may
be made available by guest lecturers in the course of the program.
This unit is particularly suitable for later-year students who
have completed at least one international law elective in
addition to the basic international law course. Students
interested in international trade law or international human
rights in its various guises (including labour law, refugees,
health, etc) might find the unit especially useful, as these two
aspects of international law will feature prominently in the
course given the location in Geneva of WTO and of various UN
and NGO human rights organisations (HCHR, UNHCR, ICRC,
etc). International environmental law, international intellectual
property and a number of other specialised areas are likely to be
the subject of specific visits as well.
Consumer Protection and Product Liability Law

LAWS2259 (6 units)
Later Year Course
First Semester
1000 level.
Course Description: The Trade Practices Act 1974 (Cth) (the
TPA) is the principal source of consumer protection and
product liability laws at Federal level. Increasingly, the TPA is
being employed at Federal level as the principal method of
providing for consumer protection through the elimination of
unfair trading practices and the regulation of product safety.
The Consumer Protection and Product Liability provisions of
the TPA contribute significantly to Australias dynamic National
Competition Policy.
Accordingly, the object of this elective is to introduce the
Consumer Protection and Product Liability provisions of the
TPA. This will involve a consideration of the role and function
of consumer protection and product liability laws as part
of Australias National Competition Policy, misleading and
deceptive conduct and its most common forms including
silence, comparative advertising, passing off, sale of businesses,
breach of contract and franchising industry issues, various
forms of false conduct, special areas of consumer concern such
as pyramid selling and false claims for payments, conditions
and warranties implied into consumer contracts by the TPA
including the status of No Refund policies, unconscionable
conduct, Industry Codes of Conduct with an examination
of the franchising industry, product liability, remedies under
the TPA including damages, injunctions and other orders and
enforcement of the Consumer Protection and Product Liability
provisions of the TPA by the Australian Competition and
Consumer Commission.

the semester. Details of the final assessment will be provided on
Prescribed Text: Please refer to course outline on the
LAWS2259 course home page.
Law and Psychology

LAWS2260 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Second Semester
Workload: There will be 3 hours of class time per week. A
further 7 or so hours of private study is expected per week in
order to review required reading and research assessment tasks.
Academic Contact: Mark Nolan
1000 level. The course is pitched at students who have never
studied psychology and also aims to extend those who have
studied psychology.
Assumed Knowledge and Required Skills: Researching
interdisciplinary law and psychology literature databases as well
as reading empirical psychological reports will be skills taught
in the course.
Recommended: The course focuses mainly on the psychology of
criminal justice. Those who have studied and enjoyed Criminal
Law and Procedure, Criminal Justice, and/or Selected Topics in
Criminal Law should enjoy this course.
Course Description: This course explores the interface of
psychology and criminal law. One focus is psychology and
courts, specifically the issues of eyewitnesses, psychologists as
experts, witnesses, mental illness and the law, judicial decision
making, children in court, persuasion and advocacy, language
used in the courtroom, and jury research. Another focus is
on the psychological study of legal processes outside courts,
including policing, interviewing, detecting deception, restorative
justice, and therapeutic jurisprudence. Material discussed is
primarily of relevance to the Australian legal system. The course
offers a critical perspective on the developing discipline of
legal psychology. Students are also shown how to research the
interdisciplinary literature via relevant databases.
Indicative Assessment: A mid-semester research casenote or
empirical report review, a short answer test, and a research essay.
Preliminary Reading: None. Consult course outline for Week 1
reading.
Prescribed Text: A Kapardis, Psychology and the Law: A Critical
Introduction (2nd Edition, Cambridge: Cambridge University
Press, 2003).
Selected Topics in Criminal Law

LAWS2261 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Second Semester
Workload: Every week there will be three contact hours.
Depending on the size of the group, it is likely that
predominantly the classes will be lecture-style. However, during
some weeks, it is likely that one of the contact hours will be in
a seminar format and will involve working through problems
or other material for group discussion. In general, students are
expected to spend 10 hours a week in reading, preparation and
participation in this course.
527
ANU COLLEGE OF LAW
Academic Contact: Miriam Gani

Prerequisites: Criminal Law and Procedure LAWS1206.
International Arbitration and Negotiation Moot

Competition in Japan
LAWS2266 (6 units)
Course Description: The aim of this course is to provide an

opportunity for students:
Later Year Course
to consolidate and build upon the skills and knowledge

gained during their study of Criminal Law and Procedure
Workload: 39 hours minimum.
to undertake in-depth study of specific areas of the

substantive criminal law
to engage with contemporary and emerging issues in the
area
to consider the purpose and role of the criminal law in our
society.
The course will take a theoretical, doctrinal and comparative
approach both to traditional areas of the criminal law and to
new offences against the Commonwealth Criminal Code and
against the various State and Territory Acts. Topics will be
selected from a range of areas which may include: theories
of crime and punishment; attempt, cyber crimes; drugs and
prohibited commodities; corporate and industrial crimes;
terrorism and political offences; defences and future directions
in the criminal law.
Indicative Assessment: Assessment in this course is likely to
involve at least two pieces of assessment including an exam at
the end of the semester. More information about the means of
assessment, including the relationship between the assessment
and the learning outcomes of the course, will be available on
This course has Criminal Law and Procedure as a prerequisite.
It complements the other criminal law related courses offered
by the Law School including Criminal Justice and International
Criminal Law.
Spring Session
Academic Contact: Kent Anderson
Prerequisites: LAWS2250 International Law. Students must
be fluent in Japanese to undertake this course. Completed or
completing five LAWS courses at 1000 level.
The course is capped at 5 students.
Course Description: Topics covered in this course generally
include:
Private International Law: Basic Concepts
Jurisdiction over disputes, people, property
Choice and conflict of laws
Substantive Cross-Border Legal Matters
UNIDROIT Principles of International Commercial
Contracting
Comparative law topics (the specific subject will be
determined by the factual problem and may cover
constitutional law, administrative law, environmental law,
torts etc)
Arbitration
Introduction to arbitration
UNCITRAL Rules of Commercial Arbitration
Advocacy and Cross-Cultural Communication
Effective oral advocacy in arbitration
Effective written advocacy for arbitration and for
negotiation
Advanced International Law

LAWS2264 (6 units)
Effective Japanese language and cross-cultural

communication in a legal context
Later Year Course
Negotiation
Second Semester
Basic principles and strategies of negotiation
Academic Contact: Sarah Heathcote
Cultural based negotiation?
Prerequisites: LAWS2250 International Law.
Indicative Assessment: Assessment will be based on:
student contribution to the teams preparation
Course Description: This course is a follow-up to the compulsory

International Law course (LAWS2250).
the teams two memorandum for arbitration and

negotiation
It is intended to round out the coverage of general public

international law by focusing on those areas not (or only
partially) dealt with in the compulsory course. It consists of
three inter-related modules.
assessment of the students participation in the competition
At this stage, it is anticipated that the course will cover:
Prescribed Text: Please refer to LAWS2266 on the course

home page.
state responsibility
state immunity, Heads of State (and other high officials)
immunities, consular and diplomatic immunities
counter-terrorism and international law.
Indicative Assessment: Details of the final assessment will
be provided on the course home page by the first week of
semester.
528
a reflective essay following the competition.

Clinical Youth Law Program

LAWS2267 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Workload: Students undertake a compulsory 2 day orientation
at the start of the course, undertake onsite work for one
afternoon a week through out the course and attend a
workshop once a week. The workshop times vary between 1
ANU COLLEGE OF LAW
and 2 hours but one workshop is for a full morning. Students

also undertake a research project which they present at a
presentation session.

course will be available through the webCT area for the course
at least one week prior to the commencement of the course.

hours per week to this course.

Academic Contact: Judy Harrison

Prerequisites: Completion of 48 units of law courses
This course is capped at 10 students
Assumed Knowledge and Required Skills: This course does not
assume that you have particular legal knowledge, experience
or skills. However, knowledge from other law courses, any legal
experience which you do have as well as interpersonal and work
related skills will be useful to you in this course.
Recommended: It would be helpful but not compulsory for
students to have completed Torts, Contracts, Criminal Law,
Family Law and Administrative Law before commencing
this course.
Course Description: The Clinical Youth Law Program is an
elective course. Students who have completed 48 units of LAWS
courses are eligible to enrol and places are allocated by date of
application.
This is a clinical program based in a community legal practice
environment. Students participate in the Youth Law Centre, a
non-profit legal service for ACT youth aged 12-25 years. While
analysing the various roles that lawyers can play, students will
focus on extending legal assistance, social justice and reform particularly in relation to youth legal needs in the ACT.
The course objectives are to:
contextualise the study of law and student learning in a
wide range of other law courses
guide and support students in identifying, developing and
applying ethical legal practice skills
develop students critical understanding of legal practice
approaches, the roles of lawyers in relation to individual
clients and social justice issues
Community Law Clinical Program

LAWS2268 (12 units)
Later Year Course
Workload: Students undertake a compulsory 2 day orientation
at the start of the course, undertake onsite work for two full
days through out the course and attend a three hour workshop
once a week. Students also undertake a research project which
they present at a presentation session.
hours per week to this course.
Academic Contact: Judy Harrison
Prerequisites: Completion of 48 units of LAWS courses including
LAWS2201 Administrative Law and LAWS2204 Property.
This course is capped at 6 students.
Assumed Knowledge and Required Skills: Students who have
completed 48 units of LAWS courses including LAWS2201
Administrative Law and LAWS2204 Property are eligible to
enrol. However, knowledge from other law courses, any legal
experience which you do have as well as interpersonal and
work related skills will be useful to you in this course. Places are
allocated by date of application.
Recommended: The course prerequisites are noted above. It
would be helpful but not compulsory for students to have
completed Criminal Law and Law Reform before commencing
this course.
Course Description: The Community Law Clinical Program is a
12 unit elective course.
the concept of reflective practice
This is a clinical program based in a community legal practice

environment. During the course students work for two full
days a week at the Welfare Rights and Legal Centre where they
provide legal information and undertake casework under the
supervision of solicitors.
the links between the legal framework of legal practice

and operating routines that apply to provision of all legal
services (duties to client, confidentiality, conflict of interest)
The course objectives are to:

contextualise the study of law and student learning in a
wide range of other law courses
legal and non-legal problems - implications for practice/

service provision of an appreciation of the relevant services
and the meshing of non-legal issues
guide and support students in identifying, developing and

applying ethical legal practice skills
encourage, promote and validate student aspirations to

promote access to justice and equality before the law.
The course also explores issues such as:
interviewing routine - difference between legal information

and legal advice
develop students critical understanding of legal practice

approaches, the roles of lawyers in relation to individual
clients and social justice issues
legal practice approaches - reactive, & proactive,

preventative, activist
encourage, promote and validate student aspirations to

promote access to justice and equality before the law.
tailoring service models to client needs.
Course topics include:

involve evaluation of the students onsite work at the Youth
Law Centre, seminar participation and a research project which
involves preparation and presentation of a paper.
introduction to public interest law

professional responsibilities
legal practice skills - legal writing, interviewing, casework
skills, advising
substantive law in relation to tenancy, Social Security and
Disability Discrimination
law Reform.
529
ANU COLLEGE OF LAW

involve evaluation of the students onsite work at the Welfare
Rights and Legal Centre for two days per week, seminar
participation and a research project which involves preparation
and presentation of a paper.
Refugee Law
LAWS2271 (6 units)

Workload: Depending on class size, it is expected that every

week there will be a two-hour lecture and a one-hour studentlead seminar based around presentations. Students are generally
this course.

course will be available through the webCT area for the course
at least one week prior to the commencement of the course.
Migration Law
LAWS2269 (6 units)
Later Year Course
First Semester
Workload: Depending on class size, it is expected that every
week there will be a two-hour lecture and a one-hour seminar.
Academic Contact: Hitoshi Nasu
Prerequisites: LAWS1205 Australian Public Law. Students will
benefit from having completed LAWS2201 Administrative Law.
Course Description: Migration law is a public law course
concerned with the regulation by the government of
migrants into Australia. This course examines the Migration
Act, Regulations, and relevant court decisions, developing
skills in statutory interpretation and legal analysis. It aims to
demonstrate administrative, constitutional and international
law in action in migration areas, and encourages thinking about
the interaction among the legislature, executive and judiciary.
This course is designed, not simply to follow detailed rules of
visa system that are subject to constant changes, but to provide
fundamental building blocks to equip students with the skills
to identify main issues involved and construct legal and policy
advice in an effective manner.
Indicative Assessment: There are three compulsory items of
assessment: class participation; mid-semester assignment; and
the assessment at the end of semester.
of the course will be available on the course home page by the
Preliminary Reading: Familiarise yourself with the Department
of Immigration and Citizenship website and other online
material, including the course site. Read any text that excites
your interest in the role of law in regulating entry into Australia.
For example, Crock, Saul and Dastyari The Future Seekers II
(Federation Press, 2006).
530
Later Year Course

Second Semester
Academic Contact: Matthew Zagor

Prerequisite: LAWS2250 International Law and LAWS2201
Administrative Law.
Recommended: It would be helpful but not compulsory for
students to have completed International Law of Human Rights
prior to commencing this course.
Course Description: A participant who has successfully
completed this course should have a clear understanding of:
the conventional and customary law obligations of States
in respect of refugees and other asylum-seekers and of the
rights of applicants
the protection mechanisms, both national and international,
that operate for the immediate and long-term protection
of refuge-seekers and the policy considerations that affect
contemporary State attitudes to such groups
the legal problems affecting national interpretations and
application of refugee concepts, with particular emphasis
on definitional problems, status determination procedures
and non-refoulement.
The course will focus mainly on the 1951 Convention Relating
to the Status of Refugees and the 1967 Protocol, supplemented
by additional materials that assist in the interpretation,
construction and critique of these instruments. Particular
attention will be paid to national implementation of refugee
protection and status determination procedures in Australia,
comparing and contrasting the approach taken, where
appropriate, with that of other nations.
Addressed will be the origins of the international system
of protection, its limitations and deficiencies; the role
and relevance of UNHCR; definitional problems; exclusion
and cessation of refugee status; core concepts of
protection (including complementary protection), asylum,
non-refoulement, penalization and refugee rights; asylum,
temporary refuge, temporary protection and burden-sharing;
durable solutions; protracted refugee situations; status
determination procedures; detention; deflection techniques;
other categories such as environmental refugees and internally
displaced persons; and a consideration of possible future
directions for refugee law.
Indicative Assessment: The assessment for this course
will involve three components: class participation, formal
presentation, and a research assignment. Students will be
encouraged to develop a research proposal of their choice in
coordination with the lecturer; it may be on the same topic
upon which they presented. Attendance at 80 per cent of
classes will be compulsory, with marks deducted for failure
to attend. The overall aim of these components is to provide
students with an opportunity to engage at all levels with both
the ongoing subject matter of the course, as well as to develop
ANU COLLEGE OF LAW


involve two research essays, one relating to Part 1 and one
relating to Part 2 of the course. More information about the
means of assessment and the relationship of the assessment
to the learning outcomes of the course will be available on the
course home page the week before the beginning of the course.


course will be available from the course home page at least 1

Prescribed Text: Please refer to the course outline on the

LAWS2272 course home page.
Comparative Law
LAWS2272 (6 units)
Australian Legal History

LAWS2273 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Later Year Course
Summer Session
Second Semester
Workload: The contact hours for this course will be the

equivalent of 3 hours each week. This course will be taught
intensively in the summer school. Students are expected to
devote the equivalent of approximately 10 hours per week,
including class time, to this subject.
Academic Contact: Judith Jones
their research skills, and to allow them to direct their energies

towards areas of specific interest.
Academic Contact: Anne McNaughton, Simon Bronitt

1000 level.
Course Description: The aim of this course is to introduce
students to the field of comparative law. The course will be
divided into two parts. Part 1 will consist of an introduction to
comparative law covering topics such as:
theory and history of comparative law
the Continental civil law and common law approaches to
comparative law
the role and significance of Roman law and civil law
the common law families
19th century codification movements in both civil law and
common law systems
the emergence of hybrid systems of law melding civil
law and common law traditions, such as the EU law and
Japanese law, and systems which incorporate religious law
(Shariah)
the actual and perceived differences between adversarial
and inquisitorial systems of law.
Part 2 will focus on three comparative case studies from a
range of fields. The topics here are indicative as the case studies
offered each year would depend on the profile of the staff
involved:
Comparative Criminal Law - comparative counterterrorism
law; use of force; scope of self defence and necessity;
codification projects
Comparative Contract Law - division between contract, tort
and equity; the role of good faith and unfairness doctrines;
comparison of causa and consideration in French and
German law codified systems
Comparative Public and Constitutional Law - different
traditions of public law; bills of rights; judicial review
Comparative Environmental Law - the evolution of
environmental law in different legal traditions, role of
standing and class actions; the German contribution to the
precautionary principle.

1000 level.
Course Description: This course is a new course for 2009. The
course aims to introduce students to central questions and
themes in Australian legal history. It will consider important
questions relating to historical events and legal developments
in Australia from 1788 to the end of the twentieth century.
The course also aims to further develop students research and
essay writing skills. With a significant guided research and
writing component, it is a course that is suitable preparation
for students who are planning to undertake the research paper
for Honours. Students will be required to write a research essay
and will be encouraged to choose a topic relating to their own
interests in Australian legal history.
The proposed topics for class discussion include sovereignty,
colonial rule, the reception of English law and the early colonial
courts. This will be followed by consideration of the journey
from repugnance to independence including examination of
uniquely Australian colonial legislation and related laws of the
nineteenth century. Consideration of the limitations of colonial
law when responding to frontier violence and rebellion during
this period will enable examination, from a legal perspective, of
some focal events such as the Rum Rebellion, the Myall Creek
massacre, the Eureka stockade and the trial of Ned Kelly. The
course will also examine early Australian environmental laws
and natural resource use that have shaped the landscape and
the exploitation of the natural environment of the Australian
continent. Moving towards the twentieth century, the course
will consider pathways to Federation and influences that
shaped our Constitution and legal institutions. This will be
followed by examination of the Australian High Court in the
twentieth century, including patterns of Australian doctrinal
development, deference to the English courts, the role of the
Privy Council and the influence of a selection of significant
English cases on Australian law. The Australian notion of
the separation of powers will be examined in an historical
context. Finally, consideration of some more recent legally and
historically significant events, such the Chamberlain case, legal
independence through the Australia Acts 1986 and reflections
on Mabo, will complete the course.
Indicative Assessment: In this course students will complete
a research proposal and a research essay (approx 3000 words
in length) worth 50 per cent of the assessment and a final
531
examination (essay questions) also worth 50 per cent of the

assessment for the course.
Jessup Moot
LAWS3010 (6 units)
Prescribed Text: Materials will be made available in reading

brick and online format.
Later Year Course
Climate Law
LAWS2274 (6 units)
Workload: Jessup requires hard work. Effective participation

requires a full time commitment throughout the preparation
and competition period. Minimal part time employment (up to
10 per cent of normal working hours) is permissible, but only up
to the Christmas-New Year period.
Later Year Course

Second Semester
Academic Contact: James Prest
1000 level.
Course Description: This course is a survey of the emerging
field of domestic and international climate law. It will examine
the current state of the law and provide an opportunity to
consider the future course of climate law, both domestically and
internationally.
The nature of the subject matter means that it will provide
opportunities to students for cross-disciplinary analysis of the
law and comparative approaches to legal analysis.
The course will cover the following areas:
overview of choice of regulatory approaches to the
problem: market mechanisms, information based regulation,
voluntary approaches, legislative approaches to emissions
reduction
the international context including the UNFCCC, the Kyoto
Protocol, and the likely configurations of any post 2012
regime
the federal framework for climate law. Relevant provisions
in Commonwealth environmental impact assessment law
State laws applying to emissions reduction and avoidance
in the energy, transport, building sectors and provisions in
planning and environmental impact assessment laws
the rise of climate litigation: (a) EIA and climate law (b) tort
liability
energy efficiency laws
laws to price carbon and other GHG emissions: theoretical
frameworks for understanding the differences between
carbon taxes and emissions trading. The course will pay
particular attention to proposed carbon trading regimes.
The inter-relationship between a cap-and-trade scheme
and existing and potential regulatory regimes such as
mandatory renewable energy legislation will be considered
it will also consider questions of climate liability and climate
adaptation. For example questions of the impact of climate
change on planning regimes and approval practices of
coastal local governments will be considered
comparative approach: many of the topics above would be
presented by drawing on international comparisons with
the domestic law of other jurisdictions. For example, the
experience with emissions trading in the United States and
the EU could be drawn upon to illustrate.
the semester. Details of the final assessment will be provided on
532
Summer Session
The preparation of the team written memorials will start in late

November. The memorial submission date is usually about 12
January (possibly earlier for the Australian rounds). Then we
hold 12 practice moots. The Australian rounds are held here at
the ANU in late January or early February.
The international finals are held in the United States in
March or April. The top 2 Australian teams participate in the
international competition.
Academic Contact: Kevin Boreham
Prerequisites: Only students selected by the Coordinator for the
course, on the basis of criteria adopted by the ANU College of
Law, to represent the ANU in the Jessup Moot Competition will
be eligible to enrol in the course. Familiarity with International
Law and/or mooting and research experience is desirable, as
well as a willingness to devote most of the summer period to
the undertaking.
Assumed Knowledge and Required Skills: Applicants for
enrolment will be considered in the light of these skills: basic
familiarity with international law (though completion of an
international law unit is not essential); general academic
performance; research experience and mooting experience
(desirable but not essential). We also seek to find at least one
team member with these qualities plus excellent IT skills to help
in the demanding requirements of constructing the memorials.
Students must not have graduated with an LLB by the time the
competition is held.
Recommended: Basic familiarity with international law is
necessary, but completion of an international law unit is not
required.
Course Description: Jessup Moot is a summer session elective
unit (LAWS3010). It is the Australian round of the Philip C.
Jessup International Law Moot Court Competition.
Members of the Jessup team are all expected to prepare the
written memorials and participate in the internal ANU practice
moots. The team then participates in the Australian rounds of
the Jessup Moot competition and, if the team reaches the Final
of the Australian rounds, would compete in the International
Rounds in the United States.
There is a maximum of 5 team members.
Applications for selection for the 2009 Jessup Moot team closed
on 25 August 2008.
More details of Jessup Moot can be viewed at the Jessup
website jessup@ilsa.org.
Indicative Assessment: Assessment is based on the performance
of the students on the team through the entire Jessup period. A
common mark is awarded to each Jessup team member based
on the performance of the team as evaluated by the convenor
and team coach in consultation with the Jessup Faculty
Advisor.
ANU COLLEGE OF LAW
The convenor may vary individual marks in exceptional

circumstances.
The criteria on which assessment will be based are:
The teams capacity to work cooperatively and successfully
under pressure
depth and quality of research
ability to draft a written international law argument and
support it with appropriate authority
ability to present oral argument in international law,
support it with appropriate authority and defend it under
questioning
the level of achievement of the team in the competition,
including awards to individual members.
Preliminary Reading: Vaughan Lowe and Malgosia Fitzmaurice
(eds) Fifty Years of the International Court of Justice (1996),
Shabtai Rosenne, The Law and Practice of the International
Court 1920-2005 (4th ed 2006), Christopher Kee, The Art of
Argument: A Guide to Mooting (2006) and David Pope and Dan
Hill, Mooting and Advocacy Skills (2007).
with an honours degree. For this course a student must

complete an honours thesis on a topic of their choice, under
the supervision of a member of the academic staff or a person
approved by the Course Convenor.
Indicative Assessment: Students are required to complete a
thesis of between 11,000 and 13,000 words on a topic of their
choice, under the supervision of a member of the academic
staff or a person approved by the Course Convenor.
To assist students to prepare their detailed research proposal
and to undertake Honours Thesis, the ANU College of Law offers
Honours Thesis Workshops each year. Attendance is voluntary.
Dates for 2009 will be advised on the web. It is strongly
recommended that students attend a Workshop at least three
months before the semester in which they enrol in Honours
Thesis. Students may attend more than one Workshop. For more
information, see the brochure about Honours in Law available
on the noticeboard at the students login page, the honours
information page on the College of Law website and the course
outline.
Prescribed Text: None.
Exchange Program for Law Students

LAWS5920 (6 units to 24 units)
Honours Thesis
LAWS3202 (12 units)
Later Year Course
Later Year Course
Students enrol in this course when they have been approved to

participate in a formal Law exchange with one of the Australian
National Universitys overseas exchange partners.

Workload: There are no classes scheduled in this course. Instead,
students are expected to meet regularly with their supervisors
during the semester and to devote at least 20 hours per week
to the thesis.
Academic Contact: Molly OBrien
Assumed Knowledge and Required Skills: Enrolment in Honours
Thesis is restricted to students who satisfy the following
requirements:
the candidate, at the time of completion of his or her
studies in the Law School, will have completed 14 or more
eligible law courses
For information regarding Law exchanges, selection criteria,

etc, please go to the following website:http://law.anu.edu.au/
Exchanges/index.asp.
For further information on academic aspects of exchanges
and the necessary approvals, please contact Dr Jean-Pierre
Fonteyne, Assistant Sub-Dean (International Exchanges, Law):
jp.fonteyne@anu.edu.au. Please note that all law students
in combined degrees require Law School approval prior to
applying, even if they do not intend to study law while on
exchange.
the candidate has, by Tuesday of the first week of the

semester in which they will undertake Honours Thesis,
submitted to the Law School Administration Office a form
signed by their supervisor indicating that the supervisor has
read and approved a detailed research proposal prepared
in accordance with issued guidelines, and has agreed to
supervise the student
All administrative functions are handled by the ANU

International Education Office. For details on how to apply,
application forms, cost estimates, and other questions of an
administrative nature, please go to the following website:
http://www.anu.edu.au/ieo/admissions/admission_howtoapply.
html/. Further information may be obtained by contacting the
IEO directly. Special Law Elective 4
LAWS2240 (6 units)
the candidate is in a position to complete the requirements

for admission to the degree in a period of one year or less as
a full-time student
Law courses offered to students in other

disciplines
at the time that the candidate qualifies under paragraph 3,

the candidate has an Honours mark of 4.5 in the eligible law
courses completed by the candidate, after disregarding the
three courses (or less, if the Policy on Award of Honours in
the Law School otherwise requires) in which the candidate
has scored the lowest marks
Guidelines for the detailed research proposal are available
in the course outline for Honours Thesis (which can be
accessed via the Law web page) or by request from the
course convenor.
Course Description: The Honours Thesis makes up Part B of the
final Honours Examination for students wishing to graduate
Law and the Environment

LAWS3103 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Second Semester
Workload: Three hours of lectures per week
Academic Contact: Brad Jessup
Prerequisites: 96 units completed or the permission of the
coordinator
Incompatibility: Not available to Law students
533
ANU COLLEGE OF LAW
Course Description: This course is offered by the ANU College of

Law to non-law students who are interested in environmental
issues and are in the later years of their program. It is usually
taken as an out of college course. In this regard, students
should check their degree requirements before enrolling to
ensure that the course may be counted as part of their degree.
The course seeks to examine environmental law from
theoretical, contextual, and practical perspectives, taking a
broad national and thematic approach rather than annotating
the law of one jurisdiction. The course will examine the sources
of environmental law, looking at the roles of the common
law, of statutes and the growing importance of international
law. The course will explore environmental regulation,
including planning and licensing systems; environmental
decision-making, including environmental impact assessment
processes and exceptions to the usual decision-making
process; enforcement of environmental controls through
criminal and civil means and alternative sanctions; human
rights and the rise of environmental rights, and environmental
participation, protest and litigation. The course will also look at
philosophical and ethical bases for environmental protection
and conservation, as well as an examination of the roles of
scientific evidence and environmental values in environmental
decision-making.
Indicative Assessment: A research paper (on a topic of the
students choice) worth 50 per cent of the students final mark
and a take-home exam worth 50 per cent of the students final
mark.
Principles of Intellectual Property

LAWS3104 (6 units)
Later Year Course
First Semester
Depending on demand students will be given the option of

focusing on their particular area of interest.
Indicative Assessment: The assessment of this course is likely
to involve at least two components, including a compulsory
exam and essay or presentation components. There is also likely
to be a class participation component depending on class size.
Prescribed Text: Information about prescribed texts and other
reading materials will be available in the course outline. See the
course home page on the College of Law website.
This course will not count towards the Bachelor of Science
(Psychology) or Bachelor of Science (Forestry) component of
combined programs. The course is not offered to law students;
it is specially designed for non-law students.
This is a compulsory course in the Bachelor of Biotechnology
and other science students can take this course however it will
not be classed as a science course ie it will not count towards
the Group C science requirement of your degree. Instead it will
be classed as an out of College course.
Courses not offered

Conflict of Laws
LAWS2212 (6 units)
1000 level
Criminal Justice
LAWS2214 (6 units)
Workload: This class will involve 2-3 hours of class contact each
week and up to 8 hours of reading and associated exercises to
be completed out of class.
Prerequisites: LAWS1206 Criminal Law and Procedure
Academic Contact: Daniel Stewart
International Dispute Resolution

LAWS2223 (6 units)
Assumed Knowledge and Required Skills: This is a six unit Group

E course offered by the ANU College of Law for students with
no prior law knowledge.
Incompatibility: Not available to Law students.

Course Description: Scientific research is increasingly

being influenced by the demands of commercialisation. An
awareness of intellectual property and other legal aspects
of commercialisation has become a crucial element in the
initiation, process and application of scientific research. This
course will provide that awareness. This course will cover the
fundamental principles of intellectual property including
confidential information, patents and trademarks with some
consideration of copyright and designs. It will also outline
some of the other legal areas concerned with commercialising
intellectual property, such as licensing and organisational
governance. The course will also consider the possible role of
intellectual property in restricting the development of new
scientific understanding and dissemination of knowledge with a
particular emphasis on biotechnology.
International Law Elective: Law of the Sea

LAWS2224 (6 units)
The principles of intellectual property will be applied to the

development and protection of new research. There will be a
consideration of the intellectual property issues relating to a
number of different areas of research including biotechnology.

1000 level
534
Prerequisites: International Law LAWS2250. (This course is

capped at 25)
Law and Society in South East Asia

LAWS2229 (6 units)
1000 level
Work and Law - Selected Topics

LAWS2231 (6 units)
ANU COLLEGE OF LAW
Selected Topics in Torts

LAWS2233 (6 units)
International Advocacy and Procedure

LAWS2265 (6 units)
Prerequisites: Torts LAWS1203
Prerequisites: LAWS2250 International Law.
Special Law Elective 2

Law Reform
LAWS2270 (6 units)
Indigenous Australians and the Law

LAWS2238 (6 units)

1000 level.
Prerequisites: Australian Public Law LAWS2201, Criminal Law

and Procedure LAWS1206. Completed or completing five LAWS
courses at 1000 level
Corequisite: Property LAWS2204.

LAWS2241 (6 units)
International Environmental Law
LAWS2253 (6 units)
Prerequisites: International Law LAWS2250
Law and Sexualities

LAWS2256 (6 units)
1000 level
Restitution
LAWS2254 (6 units)
Prerequisites: LAWS1204 Contracts
Current Issues in Administrative Law

LAWS2262 (6 units)
Prerequisites: Administrative Law LAWS2201
Special Topics in Intellectual Property

LAWS2263 (6 units)
Prerequisites: Intellectual Property LAWS2222
535
536
Chapter 7
Environment
537
ANU College of Medicine, Biology & Environment

Contents
Medical School
571
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 571
Degree program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 571
Program structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 571
Duration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 571
General admission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 571
Provisional admission for School Leavers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 572
Blocks & associated courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 572
Science
573
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 573
List of discipline areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 577
Other Areas of Study . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 590
Science programs
591
Bachelor of Biotechnology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 591

Bachelor of Computational Science (Honours) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 592
Bachelor of Genetics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 593
Bachelor of Global & Ocean Sciences (Honours) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 594
Bachelor of Interdisciplinary Studies (Sustainability) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 595
Bachelor of Interdisciplinary Studies Honours (Sustainability) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 598
Bachelor of Medical Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 598
Bachelor of Philosophy (Honours) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 599
Bachelor of Philosophy (Honours)/Bachelor of Science (Honours)/Joint Degree ANU-NUS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 599
Bachelor of Psychology (Honours) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 600
Bachelor of Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 600
Bachelor of Science (Forestry) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 603
Bachelor of Science (Advanced) (Honours) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 604
Bachelor of Science (Psychology) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 604
Bachelor of Science (Resource & Environmental Management) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 605
Bachelor of Science (Science Communication) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 606
Science majors
607
Astronomy & Astrophysics Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 607

Biological Anthropology Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 607
Cell & Molecular Biology Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 607
Chemistry Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 608
Climate Science & Policy Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 608
Computational Modelling Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 608
Computer Science Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 609
Earth & Environmental Science Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 609
Ecology & Evolution Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 609
538
Ecology & Evolution Double Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 610

Environmental Geoscience Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 610
Environmental Modelling Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 611
Environmental Policy Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 611
Forest Science Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 611
Genetics Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 612
Genetics Double Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 612
Geography Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 613
Geology Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 613
Geology Double Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 614
Geophysics Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 614
Global Change Science Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 614
Human Ecology Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 615
Immunology & Microbiology Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 615
Interdisciplinary Science Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 616
Marine Science Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 616
Marine Science Double Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 616
Material Science Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 616
Mathematical Economics Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 617
Mathematical Finance Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 618
Mathematical Physics Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 618
Mathematics Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 618
Mathematics & Statistics Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .618
Natural Resource Management Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 619
Neuroscience Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 619
Physics Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 619
Physics Double Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 620
Physiology Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 620
Plant Science Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 620
Psychology Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 620
Quantitative Biology & Bioinformatics Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 621
Science Communication Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 621
Statistics Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 622
Sustainability Science Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 622
Theoretical Physics Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 622
Water Science & Policy Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 623
Water Science & Policy Double Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 623
Zoology Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 623
Course descriptions
624
539
ANU COLLEGE OF MEDICINE, BIOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENT
ANU COLLEGE OF PHYSICAL SCIENCES
Medical School
Introduction
Dean of Medicine and Health Sciences and Dean of ANU
Medical School: Professor Nicolas Glasgow
Eighty Australian government-funded places in the ANU
Medical School will be available to Australian and New Zealand
citizens and Australian permanent residents in 2009. Of these
80 places:
three must be filled by applicants who take up Medical
Rural Bonded scholarships (MRB). These are only available
to Australian citizens or permanent residents. MRB
scholarships represent an Australian Government initiative
to encourage doctors to work in rural areas of Australia
after completion of basic medical and postgraduate
training. Details of these scholarships are available at
www.health.gov.au/internet/main/publishing.nsf/Content/
work-st-mrb
While we expect that MRB scholars may wish to take up
places in the Rural Stream (details below), the two programs
are independent
20 places are Bonded Medical Places (BMP). Students
accepting these places will be bonded by the Australian
Government to work in districts of workforce shortage for
a period of six years after completion of their basic medical
and postgraduate training but they will not be supported
with a scholarship during Medical School. These represent a
further Australian Government initiative to address medical
workforce shortages. Details about BMP are available at
www.health.gov.au/internet/main/publishing.nsf/Content/
work-st-bmp-info-toc
57 places are Commonwealth Supported Places (CSP)
funded by the Department of Education, Employment and
Worplace Relations (DEEWR)
two Commonwealth Supported Places are set aside annually
for Indigenous students, although Indigenous students may
apply for general admission.
It is anticipated that 20 of the 80 students admitted annually
will enter a Rural Stream that will provide rural educational
experiences in southeast New South Wales during the four-year
program. The focal point of these experiences will be in the
third year of the program: students will complete their entire
Year 3 studies in regional centres surrounding Canberra,
principally attached to general practices. This track will provide
hands on clinical experiences in local hospitals with weekly
structured teaching activities, which will be supported by
appropriate IT.
The ANU Medical School may also admit up to 20 full
fee-paying international students in 2009.
Degree program
Students who successfully complete the full program of
study at the ANU Medical School will be awarded a Bachelor
of Medicine, Bachelor of Surgery (MBBS). These degrees are
recognised in Australia as being necessary for a medical
student to proceed to an internship in an approved clinical
establishment.
540
Program structure
(a) Themes
The program of study is underpinned by four themes:
Medical Sciences, Clinical Skills, Population Health, and
Professionalism and Leadership. These themes allow
integration of course material and provide substantially
more flexibility of the curriculum than traditional disciplines
or subjects. Medical Sciences covers the scientific basis
of medicine. The Population Health theme addresses
the relationship between humans, their society and the
environment. The Clinical Skills theme not only emphasizes
skills concerned with communication, patient examination,
simple clinical procedures and diagnosis, but also the
critical appraisal of research evidence to practice optimal
patient care. The Professionalism and Leadership theme
addresses issues concerning the doctor as a professional
as well as medical human rights, health law, ethics, and
the institutional structure, history and philosophy of the
medical profession.

The proportion of the program devoted to each theme will

vary throughout the program, but overall the following
proportions of program time will roughly be devoted to
each theme:
Theme 1
Medical Sciences
45 per cent
Theme 2
Clinical Skills
30 per cent
Theme 3
Population Health
15 per cent
Theme 4
Professionalism and Leadership
10 per cent
(b) Blocks
A block structure runs beneath the theme structure and
forms the basis for courses within the program. The various
blocks and associated course codes are set out in the table
on the next page.
In the first two years, students study for four days of each week
on campus and one day a week is spent in a clinical setting. In
each of Years 1 and 2, all students spend one week in a rural
town in southern New South Wales.
Years 3 and 4 will be taught in clinical settings in either
Canberra or in southeast New South Wales. Students will rotate
through the various blocks at different times. It is anticipated
that about 20 Year 3 students will spend the entirety of their
year in a rural setting. These students will access core material
via the internet and will receive tuition from local medical staff.
Student learning will not take place within the block structure
but students will see a similar range of patient presentations as
their urban counterparts over the course of the entire year.
Duration
The program of study covers four years, full-time (192 units).
Usually, no block of study can be completed on a part-time
basis. In Years 1 and 2, a student who wishes to defer studies
mid-year will only be able to re-enter the program 12 months
later. In each of Years 3 and 4, any variation to fulltime study
requires individual approval from the Dean.
General admission
Except as set out below, an applicant must have completed, or
complete in the year of application, a Bachelors degree. Details,
and the most up to date information on Admissions, can be
obtained from the Medical School website at
http://medicalschool.anu.edu.au/admission
Provisional admission for School Leavers

Year 12 students who achieve a UAI/ENTER/TER of 98 or higher
or are in OP Band 1 may apply for provisional admission to
the ANU Medical School. Students who have a home address
in Very Remote, Remote and Outer Regional Australia or have
applied for admission to University under the Educational
Access Scheme will also be considered for provisional admission
with a UAI of 93 or higher or an OP score of 4 or less. Details
of the provisional admission scheme and how to determine
home locality may be found at http://medicalschool.anu.
edu.au/admission Those applying for provisional admission
must make themselves available for interview in Canberra in
January following release of their scores. Those interviewing
satisfactorily will be offered provisional admission to the

Medical School, provided they enrol in one of the single or
combined Bachelor degree programs at ANU. The chosen degree
program must be completed within the minimum time required
of an applicant undertaking full-time study. This will usually be
three years for a Bachelors degree, four years for an Honours
degree and four or five years for combined Bachelors degrees,
depending on the degree combination. Provisional entry to
Medical School will only be converted to offer of a place by
achievement of a GAMSAT score and GPA as required for
normal graduate entry (see Admission for Local Students on
the website). There will be no necessity for a further interview.
Blocks & associated courses

Block
Course Code, Name
Year, Semester
Foundation Block: DNA to Death
MEDI1001, Medicine 1a, 24 units
Year 1, Semester 1
Cardiovascular, Respiratory and Renal
MEDI1002, Medicine 1b, 24 units
Year 1, Semester 2
MEDI2001, Medicine 2a, 24 units
Year 2, Semester 1
Year 2, Semester 2
Research Project
MEDI2003, Research Project, 0 units
Year 1/Year 2
Foundations of Internal Medicine and Surgery
MEDI3001, Medicine 3a and

Year 3, Semesters 1 and 2
MEDI4001, Medicine 4a and

Year 4, Semesters 1 and 2
Endocrine and Reproductive Health

Digestive Diseases and Nutrition
Musculoskeletal and Neurosciences
Haematology, Oncology, Immunology and Infectious Diseases
Human Disease and Society
Integrated Community and Child Health

Elective
Senior Medicine and Surgery*
Psychological and Addiction Medicine
Womens Health
Acute Care
* Sub-specialities in medicine and surgery will be addressed during this rotation.
541
Science
School of Biology
School of Health and Psychological Sciences
Introduction

Mathematical Sciences Institute
Research School of Astronomy and Astrophysics
Research School of Chemistry
Research School of Earth Sciences
Research School of Physical Sciences and Engineering
Dean of Science: Professor Aidan Byrne

Sub-Deans: Dr Sharyn Errington, Dr Elizabeth Ormerod,
Dr Paula Newitt
The Australian National University (ANU) offers many avenues
for prospective students with an active interest in pursuing
the various careers in which a scientific background will
give the all-important competitive edge. The Bachelor of
Science offers broad opportunities over most areas of science,
permitting students to study in breadth and depth. Students
will emerge with at least two majors, and will have gathered
many other courses inside and outside the Colleges. We also
offer a range of opportunities through focused degrees, such
as Medical Science, Biotechnology, Psychology, Resource and
Environmental Management, Forestry, Science Communication,
Computational Science, Global and Ocean Science, Genetics,
and Interdisciplinary Studies (Sustainability).
As an education-intensive research institution, ANU offers
students the opportunity to combine undergraduate learning
with cutting edge research.
The Bachelor of Philosophy (Hons) (PhB Hons) program
provides a unique opportunity for very high-achieving students
to undertake research and advanced study as part of an
undergraduate science degree. An international joint PhB (Hons)
program in the areas of chemistry, maths and physics requires
students to study at both ANU and the National University of
Singapore. This is the Bachelor of Philosophy (Honours) (ANU)/
Bachelor of Science (Honours) (NUS) degree program.
We also encourage able students to enrol in our Bachelor of
Science (Advanced) (Honours) program, where they immediately
embark on a four year program of study culminating in an
Honours degree with a strong research focus.
The ANU campus in Canberra is a hive of activity, with worldleading scientific research. ANU is also home to Australias most
powerful supercomputer, vital for research across a spectrum
ofdisciplines.
Students enrolled in science benefit from exposure to worldrenowned research and have the chance to study and learn
from lecturers who are involved at the cutting edge of science.
ANU has three main libraries, five Science branch libraries and a
huge range of sophisticated equipment used for teaching and
research on its 145-hectare campus. The campus is located right
next to downtown Canberra and is itself like a small town with
cafes, restaurants, a post office, bookshop, bar, art galleries and
a wide range of accommodation.
The mix between student life and learning makes ANU an
excellent location for your studies and in particular the pursuit
of scientific excellence.
Find out more by visiting the College website: www.anu.edu.
au/science and the University Study@ANU website: http://info.
anu.edu.au/studyat
College organisation
Academic areas responsible for teaching and research within
the Colleges are:
Fenner School of Environment and Society
John Curtin School of Medical Research
542
The following also make a significant contribution to the

teaching activities of the Science Colleges:
Centre for the Public Awareness of Science
Department of Computer Science
School of Finance and Applied Statistics.
College Office
The Science Office is located on level 1, Building 42 (Frank
Fenner Building). Office hours are 8.30am to 5pm Monday
toFriday.
The Science Office is your first point of contact for the
administrative aspects of enrolment, variations, program
transfers, cross-institutional study, study overseas on exchange,
and credit (status) for previous studies.
Sub-Deans
Students can contact a Sub-Dean for advice regarding selection
of programs and courses, credit (status), study overseas on
exchange, cross-institutional study, or any other matter related
to study at ANU. Sub-Dean appointments can be made through
the Science Office, T: 02 6125 2809.
Programs with direct entry to Honours

In 2009 direct entry to Honours is available for the Bachelor
of Science (Advanced), Bachelor of Psychology, Bachelor
of Global and Ocean Sciences, Bachelor of Interdisciplinary
Studies (Sustainability) and Bachelor of Computational Science.
Admission to these programs requires a UAI (or equivalent) of
95 (or 98 for B Computational Science). Students in a direct
entry Honours program must do at least one of the Honours
Pathway Courses or Options per year with a total of four in the
first three years.
No student is guaranteed entry to a particular Honours program
or supervisor at the beginning of the degree, rather entry to
particular Honours programs is guaranteed with successful
completion of a relevant major at the standard required for
continuation in the program.
The criterion for continuation in the program would normally
be an average mark of 75 in Science courses. Students who do
not meet this standard will be transferred to the three years
pass degree equivalent, but will be able to compete for places in
Honours at the end of third year with other students.
Honours Pathway Options & courses

Honours Pathway Options and Courses are available to all
students subject to any declared entry requirements in this
Handbook. These courses give students the opportunity to
master material of greater conceptual difficulty or participate
in research-based projects and may involve discovery learning.
Where resources are limited Departments will allocate places
on the basis of academic merit and program requirements as
described in the handbook entry.
Honours Pathway Courses (HPC) are stand alone; with no
standard equivalent.

Honours Pathway Options (HPO) are based on existing standard
courses and have some assessment in common. Generally the
remaining assessment for the HPO will be a substitute rather
than an addition to the standard assessment.
Students may switch between the HPO and the standard
course at any time with the permission of the course convenor.
A minimum standard in the HPO assessment items will be
required in order for students to have HPO recorded on their
transcript. Students who do not meet this minimum standard
will be transferred to the standard option at the time of the
finalisation of the assessment.
The Colleges of Science have adopted as a principle in
assessment that the choice of an HPC or HPO or any particular
course will not advantage or disadvantage students in
theirmarks.
Combined programs
For students who desire to widen their fields of study for
academic or professional reasons, the University offers a
range of combined programs. Detailed information about the
combined programs is provided in the Combined Programs
section of this Handbook.
Students with disabilities

Students with disabilities should contact the Disability Adviser
on 02 6125 5036.
Many facilities are available to permit students to participate in
lectures, tutorials and practical sessions.
Maximum workloads
Normally, students may not undertake more than 24 units in
any one semester of their program. The Colleges may permit
students with at least a Credit average in their previous
University studies to undertake a heavier load.
Status
Status (credit) towards undergraduate programs of the Colleges
may be granted for studies completed elsewhere. Students
should consult the Status Working Rules of the Colleges of
Science which may be found on the following website http://
science.anu.edu.au/StaffDirectory/RulesPolicies/Rules
Requests for status are assessed individually in the light of
the provisions of the Working Rules; the following is a brief
summary of the major provisions:
Graduates
Graduates who have completed a Bachelor degree at this or
another university may be granted up to 72 units of status
towards the 144 unit Bachelor degree program in Science.
The balance of the program must be completed at this
University; comprise science courses; and include 48 units of
later year courses of which 36 units must be from third year
science courses. The program may not include courses which
are substantially equivalent to courses completed in any
previousdegree.
Associate Diploma, Diploma or Advanced Diploma holders
Holders of approved Associate Diplomas, Advanced Diplomas
or Diplomas in a science-related field may be granted up to
48 units of first-year status towards the 144 unit Bachelor of
Science program. Status towards other undergraduate programs
of the Colleges is assessed on a case-by-case basis because of
the prescribed nature of these programs. Status is not granted
for qualifications commenced more than 10 years before the
date of the application for status.
Associate Degree
Students who have successfully completed the ANU/CIT
Associate Degree specialising in Science, with at least a credit
average across all CIT courses and passes in the ANU Science
courses will be admitted with status of 72 units towards a
Science degree program. Students who have completed ANU
College Associate degree will be admitted with status of 48
units towards a science degree program.
Incomplete degrees
Up to 96 units of status may be granted towards the 144
unit Bachelor degree program in Science on the basis of an
incomplete degree from another tertiary educational institution.
At least 48 units of later year science courses, including 36
Group C units, must be completed at this University. Each
application for status is considered on its merits, but in general,
the College recognises courses, from other tertiary institutions,
which are equivalent to courses offered in this university, and
may recognise science courses which are not prescribed for a
program of this College provided that they are not incompatible
with the program requirements.
Status is not granted in relation to a course where a period of
10 years or more has elapsed from the date of first enrolment in
the course and the date of the application for status in respect
of that course.
Status is not granted for courses for which a grade of
conditional pass or equivalent has been obtained.
Special examinations & special consideration

1. The Examinations Rules 2008 contain provisions for
students who fail to attend a scheduled examination as
well as for those whose studies are affected by illness.
Detailed information is provided in the Student Enrolment
and Administrative Procedures Guide that is available
on the internet at www.anu.edu.au/sas/studentadmin
seapguide The Examinations Rules 2008 are available on
the internet at www.anu.edu.au/cabs/rules Science has
guidelines concerning the circumstances under which
special examinations will be approved http://science.
anu.edu.au/UnderGraduate/RulesAndPoliciesUndergrad
These circumstances include serious medical conditions
and unavoidable circumstances which prevent a student
attending the examination.

Unavoidable circumstances are those which:

(a) could not have reasonably been anticipated, avoided or
guarded against by the student, and
(b) were beyond the students control
Circumstances that will NOT normally be acceptable as

grounds for special examination are:
(a) routine demands of employment
(b) routine family problems such as domestic tension with
or between parents, spouses, and other people closely
involved with the student
(c) difficulties adjusting to university life, and the demands
of academic work
(d) stress or anxiety associated with examinations or any
aspect of academic work
(e) routine need for financial support
(f) demands of sports, clubs, and social or extra-curricula
activities
(g) family, personal and travel arrangements.
543

Circumstances that are ACCEPTABLE include:

(a) a member of the armed forces involved in compulsory
exercises
(b) a person in full-time employment required to be
overseas by his or her employer
(c) a person representing Australia at an international
sporting or cultural event
(d) a person on jury duty
(e) religious obligations that are not covered by special
request
(f) educational reasons.
2. Special examinations for medical reasons are designed to

cover serious medical conditions and emergencies and a
special examination request must be submitted within 72
hours of the examination as detailed in Rule 9(2).
3. Students are reminded that, if possible, they should attend
the examination and follow the procedures laid out in Rule
10(1), 10(2) and 10(3) Examination Rules 2008 in respect of
notification and special consideration.
4. Students must provide appropriate evidence of any medical
condition being cited as the reason for non-attendance. In
the situation of illness or accident, students must attend
a doctor or medical clinic on the day of the examination,
unless there are special and documented circumstances.
5. Medical or other evidence presented in respect of a request
for a special examination must be submitted on the ANU
Medical Form. The student must request the doctor to
provide full details.
6. Students should not assume that non-attendance and
application with a medical certificate will lead to a special
examination. The Colleges will judge the need based on the
medical report.
7. A special examination cannot be held until the Colleges
approves the request.
8. Misreading, misunderstanding or failing to read an
examination timetable will not be considered as grounds for
justifying the granting of a special examination, unless the
Dean is satisfied that the timetable is in some way at fault.
Rule 10 provides for a student to request special consideration
where a student considers their academic performance may
have been affected by circumstances during preparation for the
examination or during the period of taking the examination.
For circumstances during preparation for the examination, the
student must submit the request with appropriate evidence
before the examination is held. If during the examination a
candidate is ill or there is a disruption or other condition that
affects the examination process, this should be reported to the
invigilator. The invigilator will then provide a report, which will
be sent to the examining department.
Special examination arrangements

A student with temporary or chronic disability and students
with a non-English language background may request special
examination arrangements.
Academic progress
Students are subject to the Academic Progress Rules (2008). The
Academic Progress Rules (2008) are available on the internet at
Students who fail a course twice must obtain the approval
of the course authority (Head of Department or School)
before re-enrolling in that course.
544
A student who fails more than 50 per cent of the unit value
of the courses attempted in two consecutive sessions of
enrolment may be considered to have performed poorly
and may be liable to show cause why he or she should be
permitted to continue in the program in which he or she is
enrolled.
Leave of absence
Undergraduate students of the Colleges of Science are required
to seek formal approval for leave of absence from a program.
Leave of absence is granted for no more than one year in the
first instance; absence of more than two academic years in
succession will not normally be approved. Periods of leave of
absence are included in the maximum time limit prescribed for
the program.
Students wishing to return to studies after a period of absence
which has not been approved will be required to apply for
readmission to the program; on readmission, they will be
required to meet the program requirements as specified in the
Undergraduate Handbook in that year.
Conditions for completion of degree at another

university
A student leaving this University before completing an
undergraduate program of the College must, in order to qualify
for the ANU program
have passed at least 48 units of later-year science courses,
of which at least 24* units must comprise Group C courses;
complete courses at another university which have
been approved by the College as fulfilling the program
requirements
* 36 in the case of a student who was admitted to the program
with status of more than 24 units for studies completed at
another tertiary institution.
Exchange & cross-institutional studies

Students may obtain status for cross-institutional study on
an overseas exchange program or at another institution.
Permission to enrol in a specified course must be obtained from
the College prior to enrolment. Students should consult with a
Sub-Dean if they have previously obtained status from another
institution because they may be required to complete 36 units
of Group C courses at the ANU
Distinguished Scholar Program in science

The Distinguished Scholar Program is available to first year
students enrolled in the single programs offered by the Colleges
of Science and to later year students enrolled in either single or
combined programs.
Students in the Bachelor of Philosophy (Hons) degree programs
(PhB or PhB(Hons)/Bachelor of Science(Hons)) are part of
the Distinguished Scholar Program in Science. These degree
programs formalise access to research projects through
Advanced Studies Courses open only to PhB (Hons) students.
Programs offered
Degree Program
Bachelor of Philosophy (Honours) (ANU)/Bachelor of
Science (Honours) (NUS)
Bachelor of Science
Management)
Bachelor of Global and Ocean Sciences (Honours)
(Honours)
Bachelor of Actuarial Studies/Bachelor of Science
Bachelor of Arts/Bachelor of Science (Psychology)
Bachelor of Arts (Visual)/Bachelor of Science
(Forestry)
Bachelor of Asia-Pacific/Bachelor of Science
Bachelor of Asian-Pacific/Bachelor of Science
(Forestry)
Bachelor of Commerce/Bachelor of Science
(Psychology)
Bachelor of Commerce/Bachelor of Science (Forestry)
Bachelor of Economics/Bachelor of Science
(Psychology)
Bachelor of Engineering (Research and
Development)/Bachelor of Science
Science (Forestry)
Bachelor of Music/Bachelor of Science (Psychology)
Bachelor of Science (Psychology)/Bachelor of Laws
Bachelor of Science (Psychology)/Bachelor of Science
Bachelor of Science/Bachelor of Science (Forestry)
Bachelor of Science (Forestry)/Bachelor of Economics
Bachelor of Software Engineering/Bachelor
ofScience
Usual
Duration (yrs)
4
4
3
4
4
3
4
3
3
3
4
4
3
4
3
3
4
4
4
5
5
4
5
4
5
4
5
5
4
5
4
4
5
4
5
4
4
5
5
5
5
Prerequisites
Bachelor of Science
Bachelor of Science (Honours)
There are no formal program prerequisites and many firstyear science courses assume little specific knowledge. The
exceptionsare:
CHEM1101: at least an ACT minor (but preferably a major)
in Chemistry, or successful completion of a bridging course
in Chemistry, or multistrand science in NSW, or equivalent,
is required. Chemistry is essential for all later-year courses
in chemistry, the biological streams of biochemistry and cell
biology, microbiology and immunology, molecular genetics,
animal and human physiology, botany and some parts of

neuroscience. A bridging course is available in February
through the ANU Centre for Continuing Education www.
anu.edu.au/cce
MATH1003: Assumed knowledge: ACT Mathematical
Methods or NSW HSC Mathematics or equivalent
MATH1005: ACT Mathematical Methods or NSW HSC
Mathematics or equivalent
MATH1013: A satisfactory pass in ACT Specialist
Mathematics or NSW HSC Mathematics Extension 1 or
equivalent. Students with a good pass in ACT Mathematical
Methods or NSW HSC Mathematics or equivalent will be
considered
MATH1115: A satisfactory pass in ACT Specialist
Mathematics double major or NSW HSC Mathematics
Extension 2 or equivalent. Students with excellent marks in
either ACT Specialist Mathematics major-minor or NSW HSC
Mathematics Extension 1 or equivalent may be permitted to
enrol
PHYS1101: There is a corequisite of MATH1013/1115. See the
entries above. There is no formal physics prerequisite but
preparation is assumed and recommended. Recommended
preparation is - NSW: a high standard in 2 unit physics or a
multistrand science; ACT: a high standard in physics (major).
As for Bachelor of Science
There are no formal program prerequisites although students
are advised to complete an ACT major in mathematics or
NSW 2 Unit mathematics and have at least some biology and
chemistry.
There are no formal program prerequisites.
Management)
ACT minor (but preferably a major) in Chemistry or NSW HSC
Chemistry or equivalent. A bridging course is available in
February through the Department of Chemistry.
ACT major/minor in Specialist Mathematics or NSW HSC
Mathematics Extension 1 or equivalent
Bachelor of Global and Ocean Sciences (Honours)
February through the Department of Chemistry. Mathematics
Methos major in ACT or HSC Mathematics.
Bachelor of Interdisciplinary Studies
Bachelor of Interdisciplinary Studies (Honours)
There are no formal program prerequisites, however science,
engineering and information technology majors will require
prerequisite knowledge as listed above for CHEM1101, PHYS1101
and MATH.
545

Combined programs
Please see the appropriate College entry for prerequisites for
programs combined with the above.
Quotas
There may be quotas on enrolments in some courses and
selection is based on academic merit. If a quota applies to
a particular course, it is normally indicated in the course
description.
Courses from the Australian National Internships

Program
The Australian National Internships Program offers three
Internships courses, which are available to later-year students
in a number of programs. Students apply separately to the
Program for selection and admission to these courses, but
should also enrol in them in the normal way. At the time
of application to the Program, students should consult the
appropriate College Office to determine precisely how the
course will fit within their program requirements.
NOTE: Internship courses cannot be taken as part of the Science
component of a combined program except with the approval of
a Sub-Dean.
Science in Context
The roles of science and technology have become highly
problematic. While some see these two activities as major
causes of the current environmental crisis, others see them
as offering the most promising means of overcoming it. This
program seeks to steer a middle course between these two
extreme positions by examining science and technology from a
number of alternative perspectives in their broader cultural and
environmental context.
Courses examine the cultural and intellectual origins of science
and technology as we know them today, and the mind-sets
that these origins have bequeathed to modern scientists and
technologists. This investigation raises profound questions
about the respective roles of the intellect and feelings, and of
fact and value, in understanding the world around us, ourselves
and how we relate to the world. The program focuses its
critical attention on the increasingly prevalent belief that the
human species has reached a turning point, where we must
either achieve a new level of understanding and a new, more
participatory, way of relating to each other and the biosphere,
or resign ourselves to environmental collapse and possible
extinction.
The stream seeks to develop the skills involved in searching
out, and integrating, information from different disciplines and
different kinds of source towards the greater understanding of
concrete situations. Students are encouraged to develop and
broaden their own specialisations and their own interests and
enthusiasms in choosing topics for essays. Courses currently
offered concentrate on the big questions in science, health and
disease transition, and communication of science with
the public.
546
Science in Context courses available in 2009 are:

MATH1007 The Poetry of the Universe
SCOM2001 Practical Skills for Communications
SCOM3002 Science in the Media
Discipline areas
Astronomy and Astrophysics
Biochemistry and Molecular Biology
Botany and Zoology
Chemistry
Earth and Marine Sciences
Environment and Society
Mathematics
Physics
Psychology
Other areas of study

Computer Science
Science Communication
Finance and Applied Statistics
Law
List of discipline areas

Astronomy & Astrophysics
Professor Dayal Wickramasinghe and Dr Lilia Ferrario,
Mathematics
Dr Paul Francis, RSAA/Physics
ANU is Australias premier university for research in
astrophysics.
We have more research astrophysicists than any other
Australian university.
We have a strong international reputation. The Institute
for Scientific Information rated us as one of the worlds
top twenty research organisations in astrophysics. No other
Australian university made it into the top one hundred.
We run both Siding Spring Observatory and Mt Stromlo
Observatory: Australias two major optical observatories.
Mt Stromlo was badly damaged in the January 2003 bushfires,
but reconstruction is under way and most research and
teaching programs were not seriously affected. Siding Spring
is intact.
ANU astrophysicists do research in areas as diverse as
cosmology and planetary science, black holes and interstellar
gas. We do theoretical and observational astrophysics, carry out
supercomputer simulations and build complex instrumentation.
No other Australian university comes close to matching the
breadth of our expertise. We are based in the Mathematical
Sciences Institute, in the Physics, and in the Research Schools of
Astronomy and Astrophysics, and of Earth Sciences.
The Astrophysics program

Astrophysics relies on both physics and mathematics, and the
astrophysics program should thus be taken together with at

least the core physics and maths courses. In first year a student
would normally take ASTR1001 Astrophysics, together with the
core physics and maths courses. In second year, the core physics
and maths units will occupy most or all of the students time. If
desired, however, the planetary science course (EMSC3022) or
the observational astrophysics course (ASTR3003) can be taken
in second year. A wide range of courses and projects is offered
in third year, and during honours.
Courses
Mathematics and physics courses are described in the relevant
sections of the handbook.
Biochemistry & Molecular Biology

Professor Kiaran Kirk
Biochemistry and Molecular Biology (BaMBi) involves the study
of the molecular components and processes that together form
the basis of life. This is an exciting and fast-moving field that is
having an ever-increasing impact on modern society.
BaMBi, in the School of Biology, is active both in undergraduate
and graduate teaching and in research in the area of molecular
and cell biology. The undergraduate courses offered by BaMBi
aim to provide a detailed coverage of modern molecular
genetics, genomics, biochemistry, molecular biology, cell
physiology, neuroscience, microbiology and immunology. These
courses will equip graduates for the widest possible choice
of careers in biological and medical research, biotechnology,
agriculture, clinical science, nutrition, food manufacture, the
pharmaceutical industry, science teaching and science-based
areas in private industry or the public service.
The majority of the research interests in BaMBi are focused in
four overlapping areas:
(1) Membrane Biology and Neuroscience
(2) Infection and Immunity
(3) Parasitology
(4) Plant sciences.
Students are able to specialise in Biochemistry and
Molecular Biology by selecting one or more majors from the
followingareas:
Cell & Molecular Biology

Courses offered in Cell and Molecular Biology focus on the
processes underlying life and disease at cellular level. Students
study cell structure and function, DNA replication and the
molecular basis of the genetic code, the chemical processes and
communication within and between cells and cell development
and growth. These concepts are important in all aspects of
modern biology and medicine. Career options include: medical
science, clinical and diagnostic work, biotechnology, nutrition,
agriculture and scientific research.
Genetics
Genetics is the study of information in living organisms:
how it is encoded within the cell; how it is transmitted from
one generation to the next; and how the program is realised
during growth and development. Graduates find employment
in: industry, research laboratories, plant and animal breeding
establishments, government instrumentalities, hospitals
anduniversities.
Immunology & Microbiology

Immunology and Microbiology involves the study of
microscopic viruses, bacteria and parasites to understand how
they interact with the environment and their threat as agents
of disease. You will study how the body recognises and reacts
to invasion by bacterium, parasite, virus or toxin and the
defences used to eliminate the threat and correct any damage.
Career options include: food and drug industry, biotechnology,
medicine and veterinary science, government departments
concerned with health, quarantine and agriculture.
Neuroscience
Neuroscience is the study of the nervous system and the
nervous system is the basis of animal behaviours. Courses
cover how the cells of the brain work, both individually and
together, to produce an array of behavioural responses, how the
brain develops and how the nervous system might be induced
to repair itself when damaged or diseased. Graduates find
employment in medical sciences including research laboratories
and different areas of behavioural and cognitive psychology.
Physiology
Physiology provides an integrated overview of the workings
of cells and organs in animals and humans. Topics include
the digestive system, the heart and circulatory system, the
respiratory system and the nervous system. Emphasis is placed
on defects underlying various human diseases such as cystic
fibrosis, diseases of the digestive system, brain and muscle
disorders and cancer. Employment opportunities exist in:
medical science, clinical work, nutrition and agriculture, and
further study in the health sciences.
Plant Science
Plant scientists today are being called upon to solve problems
ranging from conservation and management of native species,
to gaining increased agricultural yield from reduced inputs,
to predicting and dealing with the impacts of invasive plants,
pests and diseases. Employment can be found with: plant
breeding and land management industries, universities and
governmentorganisations.
Most later-year courses offered by BaMBi require both
CHEM1101 and CHEM1201 (or CHEM1014/16 and
CHEM1015/17).
A program in bioinformatics is also available. See the website
www.maths.anu.edu.au/bio.html for details.
For further information on the research and teaching activities
in BaMBi please consult the website www.anu.edu.au/bambi
Note: courses offered by both Biochemistry and Molecular
Biology and Botany and Zoology usually have a prefix of BIOL..
Botany & Zoology

Professor William Foley
The fields of botany and zoology (BoZo) in the School of
Biology include every aspect of the scientific study of plants
and animals, from simple single-celled protists to complex
multicellular organisms, including humans. By combining
experimental and descriptive approaches, the disciplines
examine the form and function of organisms, their relationships
with the physical environment, their individual development,
their evolutionary development and classification, interactions
between species (including symbiosis and parasitism) and the
genetic basis of all life forms. The study of plants and animals in
the field is encouraged as a foundation for familiarity with the
547
diversity of organisms and as the basis for asking new questions

and seeking new answers in biology.
Students wishing to study biology at university level are
encouraged to study chemistry, mathematics and physics at
school and college. Our undergraduate programs do not assume
that students have studied biology at school.
Our teaching is concentrated in the areas of ecology,
evolutionary biology, genetics, animal behaviour, botany and
zoology, but together with other divisions in the School of
Biology, we offer a complete undergraduate program in modern
biology. Students may also need to study subjects from other
areas in order to proceed to majors in biology. In particular,
further progress in ecology requires statistics, and some subjects
in the Physiology and Plant Science majors require at least
six points of first year chemistry or physics. Students should
consult the entry for Biochemistry and Molecular Biology for
similar requirements for progress in molecular biology.
Our chief research interests can be grouped into six
overlappingareas:
(1) Evolutionary and Behavioural Ecology
Topics under active investigation include evolution
of complex cooperative social organization, parental
investment, brood parasitism, sexual selection and mate
choice, evolution of mating systems in plants, signalling in
predator/prey and plant/pollinator systems, and methods for
interpretation of data in evolutionary ecology.
(2) Systematics and Biological Diversity
The Australian biota and its relationships remain poorly
known. Our researchers have interests in the techniques
and philosophy of phylogenetic reconstruction, and
phylogeography at both local and global scales. We are
international authorities on the systematics of many
important groups eg flowering plants (particularly
Fabaceae), insects (Coccoidea Thysanoptera and Odonata);
velvet worms (Onycophora); snakes (Elapidae) and frogs
(Myobatrachidae). We also have internationally recognised
expertise on the systematics of bacteria and viruses.
(3) Evolution of herbivory in Australian forest trees
The dominance of the Australian landscape by Eucalyptus
has led to substantial coevolution with folivores. We have
mounted a comprehensive program of genetic, chemical,
physiological, pharmacological and ecological research
on this interaction, leading to discovery of novel plant
secondary compounds, and landscape scale methods for
rapid assaying of biomolecules of ecological importance.
(4) Ecology and evolution of bacteria and viruses
The Enterobacteriacae not only provide major problems for
public health, as a major cause of gastrointestinal disease,
but one species, E.coli, has become a standard organism
for studies of molecular biology. We have mounted a
general study of the ecology and genetics of these bacteria
in their diverse hosts, and developed the theory and new
empirical results concerning bacterial competition. We have
researched the evolution of viruses, and produced new
methods for detecting recombination in viral sequences.
(5) Conservation biology and molecular ecology
We have developed new methods for understanding
genetic structure and applied these to problems of habitat
fragmentation. We have used molecular methods to resolve
taxonomic problems associated with the conservation of
endangered species and the design of effective biological
548
control. We collaborate with CSIRO on research on the

ecology of weeds, the susceptibility of natural ecosystems to
invasion, and the utility of biological control agents.
(6) Functional Botany
We are studying the design and performance of plants, with
particular emphasis on the evolution of leaves and roots.
For further information on our research and teaching activities,
please consult the website www.anu.edu.au/BoZo
Chemistry
Professor David Ollis
Chemistry is the study of matter and the way it can be
transformed. It can be pursued in many ways; at the one
extreme at a purely theoretical level and at the other through
experimental investigations of structure and change. Chemistry
is an essential part of many other science disciplines as well
as medicine and engineering. Our courses have been designed
to meet the needs of future chemists and students whose
primary interests are in other branches of science. In 2009, the
Department will offer two first year, seven second year and
thirteen third year courses. In addition, an Honours program
will be run jointly with the Research School of Chemistry.
This program provides an ideal opportunity for students to
participate in one of many cutting-edge research programs.
Research interests within the Department of Chemistry
and the Research School of Chemistry include: natural and
artificial photosynthesis; coordination chemistry; molecular
materials chemistry; organometallic chemistry; synthetic
bio-inorganic chemistry; computational chemistry; synthetic
organic chemistry; biological chemistry; colloid and surface
chemistry; natural products chemistry; solid state chemistry;
polymer chemistry; chemical physics; electrochemistry;
inorganic chemistry and medicinal chemistry. The Department
of Chemistry plays a very active role in the Chemistry Olympiad
Program of the Australian Science Olympiads. More information
on the research opportunities available within the Department
can be found at the Departmental website
http://chemistry.anu.edu.au
Course structure & sequence

The two first year chemistry courses on offer in 2009 are
Chemistry 1 and Chemistry 2. A ten-day bridging course in
chemistry will be held during February 2009 Students who do
not have the recommended background for Chemistry 1 are
advised to complete the bridging course. Further information
may be obtained from the Department of Chemistry.
Chemistry 1 ( first semester) and Chemistry 2 (second semester)
cover a broad range of basic chemical concepts presented in
an integrated way, stressing the wide applicability of chemical
principles. Together, these two one-semester courses comprise
a core discipline designed to cater for those whose primary
interests lie in other areas of science as well as acting as a basis
for a continuing study of chemistry. Both of these courses
also offer an Honours Pathway Option ie additional lecture
material delivered at a more advanced level that is designed
to meet the needs of those students whose interest may have
been developed at school, by a Science Summer School or by
Chemistry Olympiad training. The Honours Pathway Options
of Chemistry 1 and 2 are particularly directed towards those
students interested in completing a Major or Double Major in
Chemistry and contemplating doing Honours in Chemistry. They

provide an unparalleled opportunity for students motivated
towards a career in chemistry.
Students selecting second year courses should note carefully
that the minimum requirement for a Major in Chemistry is the
completion of 12 units worth of 2nd year chemistry courses.
Of the twelve three unit third year chemistry courses, eight are
lecture/tutorial based and four are laboratory based. The eight
lecture courses on offer are CHEM3011, CHEM3012, CHEM3013,
CHEM3021, CHEM3022, CHEM3023, CHEM3031 and CHEM3032.
The four laboratory courses on offer are CHEM3061, CHEM3062
CHEM3063 and CHEM3064. CHEM3022 is an Honours Pathway
Course that involves material of greater conceptual difficulty
and research orientation than a standard course. The only six
unit third year chemistry course on offer is CHEM3060. This is a
research based course and as such is designated as an Honours
Pathway Course.
Students selecting third year chemistry courses should note
carefully that the minimum requirement for a Major in
Chemistry is the completion of 18 units worth of third year
chemistry courses including no less than six and no more
than 12 units of lab based courses (CHEM3060-3064). With
the approval of the convener of the major, a maximum of six
units of other Group C (third year) courses can be replaced by a
relevant Group C (third year) science course.
The Honours program in Chemistry enables students, typically
in their fourth year of study, to undertake a research project
in one of the research groups within the Department or in any
relevant area of the University. Other areas of the University
that have previously contributed to the Honours program in
Chemistry include the Research School of Chemistry, Research
School of Earth Sciences and Research School of Physical
Sciences and Engineering. Students who complete a Major or
Double Major in Chemistry are advised to seriously consider
enrolling in the Honours Program in Chemistry.
Major & Double Major in Chemistry

The Department will offer a Major in Chemistry and a Double
Major in Chemistry in 2009. The convener of the major will
be the Head of Department, Professor David Ollis. Refer to the
Bachelor of Science entry for more details.
Chemistry undergraduate course requirements

Attendance at laboratory sessions at the specified times
iscompulsory.
For all chemistry courses, a pass in the prescribed laboratory
work will be required in order to gain a pass in the course.
A pass or better in the designated prerequisite chemistry
courses is required for entry into subsequent chemistry courses.
Safety glasses and laboratory coats are required for all
laboratory courses. It is strongly recommended that all students
have a scientific pocket calculator.
Assessment: For each course, an agreed assessment scheme
will be decided upon following discussion with the class at the
beginning of the course.
Earth and Marine Sciences

Professor Stephen Cox
Understanding the way the Earth works is fundamental for
the future of human societies. Study of the earth and marine
sciences is the way to explore the interactions between the
interior and exterior of the Earth, the oceans, atmosphere, and
biosphere. We are only just beginning to appreciate the way

these systems function. An additional perspective that can be
obtained is the history of the planet through study of proxy
records like deep sea and ice cores from which the history of
the oceans and atmosphere over time scales from decades to
millions of years can be recovered.
Earth and marine sciences depend on other physical and natural
sciences but are rooted in field observations of phenomena
that do not emerge straightforwardly from simple theory.
For example, plate tectonics is unique to Earth but while the
fundamental consequences of the process are understood, there
is considerable scope for further research in the underlying
mechanisms and reasons for differences in this regard between
the terrestrial planets.
In addition to the traditional fields of geology, geochemistry,
geophysics, palaeontology, and oceanography, emerging
areas of research include biogeochemistry, high-pressure
physics dealing with the characteristics of the Earths interior,
palaeooceanography and paleoclimatology.
The following course patterns are available:
(a) For students who wish to obtain a general background
on the structure and history of planet Earth, ENVS1004
Australias Environment is presented as an introductory,
process-oriented course in geology, marine biology and
physical geography.
(b) EMSC1006 The Blue Planet continues from ENVS1004 and
provides a systems view of planet Earth. Emphasis will be
placed on introductory oceanography and global change
issues. Together, these courses provide an introduction to
the basic tools of geological investigation as a basis for
further study. It may also be useful, but not necessary, to
take CHEM1101 and a mathematics or statistics course.
(c) For students interested in studying earth surface
processes, geography, ecology, and the environment,
ENVS1004 provides an essential introduction to earth and
oceansciences.
(d) Students from other disciplines may wish to take certain
ancillary topics after first year to support their major
interests eg, EMSC2014 and EMSC3019 for biologists,
EMSC2015, EMSC2017 and EMSC3024 for chemists,
EMSC2016 and EMSC3026 for resource planners, EMSC2018
for physicists and engineers, EMSC3022 for students in
astronomy, chemistry and/or physics. Students should
consult this Handbook concerning prerequisites for
thesecourses.
(e) Students aiming to teach or requiring a general science
qualification should find a valuable range of courses in
earth and marine sciences and other sciences offered in the
Bachelor of Science program.
(f) Those aiming to become professional geologists/earth
scientists should not only undertake the Geology Double
Major but also plan a fourth year of study leading to either
an honours degree or a graduate diploma. This fourth year
allows one to gain more knowledge in earth and marine
sciences. The graduate diploma program normally consists
of three or four graduate courses in earth and marine
sciences together with a seminar and report on a field area.
The Honours degree combines some coursework with a
major research project (see (i) below).
549
(g) Those wishing to become environmental scientists should

complete the Environmental Geoscience Major together
with a second major drawn from Earth and Marine Sciences,
Chemistry, Law, Economics, Fenner School of Environment
and Society or Biology.
(h) Those planning to pursue careers in Marine Science should
complete the Marine Geoscience Major together with
a second major drawn from Earth and Marine Sciences,
Chemistry, Physics, Fenner School of Environment and
Society or Biology.
(i) A program of Bachelor of Science with Honours in earth
and marine sciences is offered for students who meet
College admission requirements and who wish to undertake
research-oriented study and/or further develop their
professional skills. A candidate for this program shall
pursue a program of advanced study during a period of ten
months, including course work and seminars, as well as the
preparation of a detailed thesis. Appropriate seminar courses
in a variety of topics will be provided by the Research
School and of those, the candidate will be expected to select
courses of up to the equivalent of 24 units; these courses
may include approved course work in other disciplines. A
candidate will be required to pass written examinations
or an oral examination or both in certain aspects of the
subject, which will be notified to the candidate before the
end of the first term of the program.
(j) Some specialisations at fourth-year level require
prerequisite backgrounds in other courses. Students wishing
to specialise in geophysics should include in their program
PHYS3070 and mathematics to at least second-year level.
For petrology and geochemistry, a good background in
chemistry is desirable.
Employment for graduates in the earth sciences is available in
a number of fields. Four-year trained graduates typically gain
employment with resources companies in both the mining and
petroleum industries. Federal and state environmental agencies
and geoscience consulting companies employ our graduates.
Government departments including geological surveys, both
state and federal, are among the largest employers of graduates
with higher degree qualifications. Large numbers are involved in
the search for coal, petroleum and minerals, or in engineering
projects such as dams, underground water supply, and road
and railway construction. Marine geoscience is a developing
field particularly for sedimentologists and geophysicists.
Many graduates also find employment in industry and public
services. Most employers now require at least four years of
universitywork.
In addition to the above, there is a continuing need for
geologically-qualified secondary school teachers.
Assessment
In all earth and marine sciences courses this is normally by a
combination of:
(a) class work and/or field work
(b) practical assignments or examinations
(c) theory examinations, which may be formal papers or
take-home papers.
For all earth and marine sciences courses, a pass in the
prescribed practical work will be required in order to gain a pass
in the course.
550

Professor Peter Kanowski
The Fenner School of Environment and Society focuses on
the relationships between people and the environment: how
societies shape and are shaped by the environment, how
societies manage and use natural resources, and how people
impact on the environment. The School draws on each of,
and integrates, the natural and social sciences to address the
challenges of sustainability.
All Fenner School courses can be taken as part of a Bachelor
of Science degree, and all Geography and Human Ecology
courses can be taken as part of a Bachelor of Arts degree. The
Fenner School also administers the Bachelor of Interdisciplinary
Studies (Sustainability), Bachelor of Science (Resource and
Environmental Management), and the Bachelor of Science
(Forestry) degrees. The School also offers an array of combined
degrees that combine one of the above listed degrees
with a degree from other areas of The Australian National
University. The Fenner School administers Science majors in
Climate Science and Policy, Earth and Environmental Science,
Environmental Modelling, Environmental Policy, Forest Science,
Geography, Global Change Science, Human Ecology, Natural
Resource Management, Sustainability Science, and Water
Science and Policy, and Arts Majors in Environmental Policy,
Environmental Studies, Geography, Human Ecology and Human
Sciences.
The Fenner School has some 60 academics, 20 support staff, and
around 40 visiting fellows. These staff work with around 150
postgraduate and 20 Honours students, and with the (c) 350
undergraduates studying our courses each semester. The Good
Universities Guide and Graduate Destination Survey record high
levels of satisfaction and employment amongst our graduates,
who work in diverse roles nationally and internationally. The
outstanding quality of our teaching has been acknowledged by
five separate national teaching awards in the last five years.
Our innovative first-year, first semester course ENVS1001
Resources, Environment and Society is taught jointly by staff
of the School and the ANU College of Arts and Social Sciences.
Many other courses are convened jointly with colleagues from
across ANU. Our courses emphasise experiential, problembased and field-based learning; the importance of literacy and
numeracy; analytical, graphical and oral skills; and competence
in report preparation and presentation. Tutorials, laboratory
work and/or field work are an integral part of most courses. The
School also offers independent research courses to later year
students, and fourth-year Honours projects. An online overview
of our undergraduate courses is available at http://fennerschool.
anu.edu.au
Fieldwork is an important element of our courses, and usually
involves afternoon or weekend trips, or extended trips for a
period of up to one week during the teaching breaks. Students
will be expected to meet costs for meals and accommodation,
and make a contribution towards travel costs of fieldwork.
These costs are kept to a minimum by use of inexpensive
accommodation, such as that at the ANU coastal campus
atKioloa.
The School offers Honours programs that complement our
undergraduate degrees. Our Honours programs build on
undergraduate coursework foundations and are an integral
part of The Fenner Schools strong research profile. Many
Honours projects are conducted in partnership with external
collaborators, such as CSIRO, government agencies, and

community and industry partners. The School website http://
fennerschool.anu.edu.au provides more information and links to
other relevant ANU web sites and pages.
We encourage you to contact us by email or phone, or in
person, to discuss your interests in studying at The Fenner
Forestry program
Convenor: Assoc. Professor Cris Brack
Forests are important terrestrial ecosystems, with an enormous
diversity of functions and values. The ANU Forestry Program
is the centre of the Universitys work on forest science, and
its many applications in forest conservation and sustainable
management. ANU Forestry has a strong national and
international reputation; our students come from and are
employed around Australia and the region. Forest scientists
and forest managers are facing many new challenges and
opportunities. Common themes include greater public
involvement in decision-making about forests, increasing
emphasis on the conservation and restoration of native forests,
the expansion and commercialisation of plantation and farm
forestry, the emergence of new markets such as those for
carbon sinks and environmental services, and technological
advances in forest planning, growing and processing. The
four-year Bachelor of Science (Forestry) program, and
associated five year combined programs, are designed to
educate forest scientists and forest management professionals
to meet these challenges and opportunities; graduates are
also attractive to a wide range of employers in environmental
science and resource management.
The Forestry curriculum is based on knowledge of the basic
physical and biological sciences relevant to forest ecosystems,
the applied sciences and technologies which support forest
conservation and sustainable management, and their
application in the context of the political, economic and social
dimensions of resource use. We begin with introductions to
issues in resources and environment and in Australias forests,
move to ecology and zoology, and to ecological measurement.
In subsequent years, we cover the fundamentals of the
terrestrial environmental sciences, develop their applications
in resource management, integrate science and practice in
resource management projects, and offer various specialised
options. The program emphasises experiential and field-based
learning, and combines broadly-based environmental education
with focused professional development and opportunities for
specialisation. Honours is offered either concurrently or as
an additional year of study, and is described in a subsequent
section of this listing.
Geography program
See also: Population Studies (School of Social Sciences in
the ANU College of Arts and Social Sciences chapter of the
handbook)
Convenor: Assoc. Professor Richard Baker
Geography is about Earth diversity, its resources, and
humankinds survival on the planet. Geographers analyse
the associations of things and events that give special
character to particular places; the interconnections between
different areas; and the working of complex systems through
time. Geography is the only academic discipline in which
an integrative perspective focusing on spatial relationships
and processes is a fundamental concern. Geography takes
an integrative approach to environmental problems and

their solution, including the study of economic and social
goals and processes that determine strategies of resource
use and ecosystem management. The importance of literacy
and numeracy, graphical, verbal and analytical skills, and
competence in report preparation and presentation, are stressed
in the Programs educational objectives. Geography students
are encouraged to take other relevant courses in the Colleges of
Science and in other Colleges across the campus. The following
multi-disciplinary programs in the ANU College of Arts and
Social Sciences are of particular relevance to students who
want to explore the social dimensions of geographic issues:
Human Sciences, Population Studies, Development Studies,
and Environmental Studies (see entries in the Arts section
on programs). Staff from Geography jointly administer the
Population Studies program.
For details of ENVS courses, see Course Descriptions in this
chapter. For details of POPS courses see: Population Studies,
School of Social Sciences, ANU College of Arts and Social
Sciences. Honours in Geography is offered as an additional
year of study for each of the Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of
Science and Bachelor of Science (Resource and Environmental
Management) programs. The Geography Honours program is
summarised in the Fenner School Honours Programs section
of this Handbook; rules are detailed in the Colleges of Science
Honours Rules and in the Fenner School Honours Handbook.
Human Ecology program

Human Ecology focuses on the development of ecologically
sustainable societies. The courses explore the health and
well-being of the environment using an ecosystems approach.
They apply ecological principles to the study of the systems
and processes that supply us with biospheric services and the
renewable and non-renewable resources that we have come
to depend upon. The human use of biophysical systems is
examined in the certain knowledge that the long term health
and well-being of people depends upon the continued healthy
functioning of the biosphere.
Human Ecology takes an integrative and explicitly
transdisciplinary approach to human cultures, their needs
and desires, and their consequent interactions with their
environments. The Human Ecology program of courses is
structured to give students a comprehensive understanding
of why humans do what we do and how we might do
thingsdifferently.
Bachelor of Science, Bachelor of Science (Res&EnvMngt)
and Bachelor of Science combined program students can
incorporate Human Ecology courses into a wide ranging
multi-disciplinary program structure in the Colleges of Science.
Students seeking advice on appropriate program structures are
invited to consult staff in the Program.
Students may complete a fourth Honours year if they wish, and
courses are also offered at higher degree level.
For details of ENVS courses, see Course Descriptions in
thischapter.
For details of ANTH and PREH courses, see the School of
Archaeology and Anthropology, ANU College of Arts and
SocialSciences.
For details of BIOL courses, see Course Descriptions in
thischapter.
551
Honours in Human Ecology is offered as an additional year of

study for each of the Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Science and
Bachelor of Science (Resource and Environmental Management)
programs. The Human Ecology Honours program is summarised
in the Fenner School Honours Programs section of this
Handbook; rules are detailed in the Faculty of Science Honours
Rules and in the Fenner School Honours Handbook.
Interdisciplinary Studies (Sustainability) program

Convenor: Prof Peter Kanowski
The Bachelor of Interdisciplinary Studies (Sustainability)
program is a contemporary interdisciplinary degree which
prepares students to address the challenges of sustainability.
The degree draws from the complementary strengths of the
Universitys Colleges in education and research for sustainability.
The BIS (Sustainability) degree is structured around:
a common core of courses focused in interdisciplinary
learning and research skills relevant to sustainability, and
their application to practice
a limited suite of courses which provide the foundation
for knowledge and skills relevant to the breadth of
sustainability challenges in Asia-Pacific, natural and built
environments, and the social sciences and humanities
a choice of two complementary majors to develop particular
knowledge and skills relevant to sustainability. Students will
have the opportunity to complete an internship course or
equivalent as part of a major.
The BIS (Sustainability) degree structure and content are
specified later in this Handbook. The degree is offered in both
pass mode and in direct Honours entry mode to outstanding
students, reflecting its emphasis on research-intensive learning
and practice. Direct entry to Honours requires a UAI of 95,
and students enrolled in the direct entry Honours degree must
maintain an average mark of 75 per cent in the first 144 units
of the degree. Students can elect to complete a Pass degree
upon completion of 144 units. Students should consult the
Program Convenor about their choices of courses and majors.
Resource & Environmental Management program

Convenor: Dr John Field
The Resource and Environmental Management program
offers a broad, flexible education in environmental science
and natural resource management. The Bachelor of Science
(Res&EnvMngt) program is structured to allow students a wide
choice of courses from both within the Fenner School and from
other areas in both the Colleges of Science (eg the School of
Botany and Zoology and the Research School of Earth Sciences)
and other Colleges of the University. Bachelor of Science
(Res&EnvMngt) graduates final employment in a wide variety
of roles, reflecting their diverse interests and the way in which
they have structured their program.
The Bachelor of Science (Res&EnvMngt) program emphasises
experiential and field-based learning, and combines broadlybased environmental education with opportunities for
specialisation. Courses in the program are best organised into
streams: examples include biodiversity conservation; catchment
management; environmental data collection and management;
environmental politics, policy and planning; farm forestry;
forest and landscape ecology; geographical information
systems; human ecology and social change; international
development; land care and land management; natural resource
economics; resource planning and management; soil ecology
552
and management; urban wildlife and forests; and wildlife and

habitat management.
Most Bachelor of Science (Res&EnvMngt) students will
organise their program as a number of streams around the core
courses required for the program. Each stream begins with the
innovative first year, First semester course taught jointly by staff
of the Fenner School and the ANU College of Arts and Social
Sciences - ENVS1001 Resources, Environment and Society.
Prospective students should consult the Program Convenor and
academic staff to discuss how best to structure their Bachelor
of Science (Res&EnvMngt) program to meet their interests.
Honours in Resource and Environmental Management is offered
as an additional year of study for each of the Bachelor of
Science and Bachelor of Science (Res&EnvMngt) programs. The
Resource and Environmental Management Honours program
is summarised in the Fenner School Honours Program section
of this Handbook; rules are detailed in the Faculty of Science
Honours Rules and in the Fenner School Honours Handbook.
The Honours programs in the Fenner School

Convenor: Dr Janette Lindesay
The Fenner School offers Honours programs to complement
six degrees: the Bachelor of Arts, B.Interdisciplinary Studies
(Sustainability), B.Global and Ocean Sciences, Bachelor of
Science, Bachelor of Science (Forestry) and the Bachelor of
Science (Res&EnvMan). Each of these programs is offered as an
additional year of full-time study. Bachelor of Science (Forestry)
Honours is also offered concurrently in the final year of the
undergraduate program.
The Fenner Schools Honours Programs are intended to support
promising students in developing their knowledge base, and
their research skills and experience. Honours students work
closely with their Fenner School supervisor, often in partnership
with collaborators elsewhere in the ANU, and/or in CSIRO,
government, industry, and community groups. The Fenner
School Yearbook (available at http://fennerschool.anu.edu.au)
lists the research projects of current Honours students, and the
research interests of prospective supervisors.
An Honours candidate will typically pursue Honours in the same
program in which they have completed their undergraduate
programs, as well as from other universities, or after gaining
professional experience. The requirements for entry to Honours
comprise both those set by the Faculty of Science:
a minimum Credit average in Group B and C courses
relevant to the area of study in which the student intends
to pursue Honours; and those set by the School
a minimum of 2 Distinctions in the courses most relevant
Honours
approval of proposed topic by a member of academic staff
Honours Convenor
approval of the Head of School.
The grade awarded for Honours depends principally (90 per
cent) on the mark awarded for the thesis, and (10 per cent) on
the mark awarded to the final Honours seminar. All Honours
students are examined orally subsequent to the examiners;
assessment of the thesis. Honours students are also required
to participate in regular Honours seminars, present a planning
seminar, and participate in a mid-term review.
Fenner School 2009 Courses

Social Sciences
Theme:
Year 1
Semester 1
Semester 2
Intensive courses
People and Environment
Methods, Approaches
and Integrative Practice
Quantitative, Qualitative
and Integrative Methods
Environmental Sciences
Global Change Science
ENVS1001 Resources,
Environment and
Society: Geography of
Sustainability
ENVS1003 Environment and EMSC1006 The Blue Planet
ENVS1008 Contemporary
issues in EMSC1006 The
Society Research Methods
Blue Planet Asia and
Australia: an introduction to
social theory and practice
ENVS2010 Australias Forests ENVS2012 Cities and their
(Winter - July)
Hinterlands
(Winter - July)
Landscape Systems and

Processes
ENVS1004 Australias
Environment
ENVS2008 Hydrology
for Natural Resource
Management
(Summer - February)
ENVS2017 Vietnam
Field School
(Summer - January)
Year 2
Semester 1
ENVS2007 Economics for

the Environment
Semester 2
ENVS2013 Environment and ENVS2009 Ecological

Development: exploring
Measurement and
interactions through
Modelling
theory and practice
ENVS2014 Qualitative
Research Methods for
Sustainability
ENVS3035 Bayesian
ENVS3007 Participatory
Networks for Natural
Resource Management:
Resource Management
Addressing Environmental
(Autumn - April-May)
Conflict (Winter -July +S2)
ENVS3033 International
Environmental Policy
(Summer - Feb+April)
ENVS2004 Weather, Climate

and Fire
ENVS3028 Environmental
Policy and Planning
ENVS3029 PalaeoEnvironmental
Reconstruction
Intensive courses
Year 3
Semester 1
Semester 2
Year 4
Semester 1

ENVS2015 Introduction to
Remote Sensing & GIS
ENVS3024 Applied
Geographic Information
Science
ENVS3036 Integrative
Research Methods
ENVS3023 Agroecology and
Sustainable Systems
ENVS2016 Landforms
and Soils: Landscape
Systems 2
ENVS2019 Vegetation
Ecology: Landscape
Systems 1
ENVS3026 Geomorphology
(Summer - February)
ENVS3008 Fire in the

Environment
(Summer - February)
ENVS3034 Water Quality
and Environmental Flow
Assessment
(Autumn - June - July)
ENVS3005 Water Resource

Management
ENVS3014 Ecological
Restoration &
Management
ENVS3018 Policy and
* ENVS3001 Climate Change ENVS3002 Soil Resources
Institutional Analysis
Science and Policy Field
ENVS3004 Land &
in Environment &
Course (2009)
Catchment Management
Sustainability
* ENVS3013 Climatology
(2010)
* ENVS3020 Climate Change
Science and Policy (2009)
ENVS3010 Independent Research Projects and ENVS3016 Special Topics are offered in all semesters and all sessions
ENVS4006 Forest Policies
and Practices
Semester 2
ENVS4004 Farm and Urban

Forestry
* ENVS4007 Forest
Conservation and
Production Genetics (not
offered in 2009)
ENVS4002 Sustainable
Forest Management
Forest Planning
ENVS4008 Forest Products
* ENVS4009 Forest
Operations (not offered
in 2009)
Honours is Offered in All Fenner School Programs

* ITALICS - offered biennially: (year next offered)
For updates & course descriptions please refer to http://fennerschool.anu.edu.au/studying
553

and seeks to assist prospective Honours students to structure
their program to facilitate their entry to Honours, including
enrolment in a relevant Independent Research Project. Students
contemplating Honours should contact the relevant Convenor
as early as possible in their program, and at least a semester
prior to their intended Honours commencement date. The
Honours year starts either in the first week of February, or for
mid-year entry, in the first week of July. Details of the Honours
Programs and candidature are presented in the Fenner School
Honours Handbook, available from the Fenner School.
of mathematical tools and techniques at a range of

differentlevels.
Major & Double Major in Mathematics
Mathematics
Students can complete a single or a double Major in

Mathematics. Refer to the Bachelor of Science entry for
further details. In addition, Mathematics is an integral part
of the following cross disciplinary majors: Astronomy and
Astrophysics, Computational Modelling, Environmental
Modelling, Mathematical Physics, Mathematics and Statistics,
Mathematical Economics, Mathematical Finance and
Quantitative Biology and Bioinformatics. It is likely that other
cross disciplinary majors will be offered.
Dr Stephen Roberts
Combined programs
Mathematics is the study of universal patterns and structures

and is the quantitative language of the world. Mathematics
underpins information technology, computer science,
engineering, and the physical sciences, and plays an increasingly
important role in the biological and medical sciences,
economics, finance, environmental science, sociology and
psychology.
Students undertaking a combined Science program can

still obtain a good knowledge of more than one area of
contemporary science by studying cross disciplinary and
fundamental mathematics courses as the major part of their
Science program. See the later information on the cross
disciplinary program. Note that a combined program in Science
and Actuarial Studies is now available.
Mathematics makes you flexible! Students with a good

background in fundamental or cross disciplinary mathematics
have many more options in terms of career possibilities, and
are highly sought after for postgraduate study in almost every
quantitative field.
Programs for the PhB(Hons), Graduate Diploma, Masters and

PhD programs are available to students with the appropriate
background.
Employers set a lot of store by mathematical ability and

are more likely to hire someone with a good background in
mathematics (Ross Gittins, economics editor, Sydney Morning
Herald).
The symbiosis between the process of mathematical abstraction
on the one hand and the need to achieve practical ends on the
other has always been crucial to the progress of mathematics; it
leads to great diversity in what mathematicians do and greatly
increases the utility of mathematics. The development of the
modern computer stemmed directly from the work of John
von Neumann, one of the twentieth centurys most brilliant
mathematicians, and has totally changed the face of the subject
and of society. The increasing pervasiveness of mathematics
in every area of human activity, together with the enormous
advances in the subject itself, indicates that the next 100 years
will be exciting indeed.
The Department of Mathematics offers a wide range of courses
and programs, catering to students who wish to study the
subject for its own interest, its applications, or a mixture
ofboth:
Fundamental (or Theoretical) Mathematics for those
with a significant interest in the subject in its own right,
either from a vocational standpoint or because of its
intrinsicinterest
Cross Disciplinary Mathematics (Contemporary Applied
Mathematics). This is an excellent way to acquire
mathematical skills together with a broad knowledge of
one or more major areas of contemporary science and
technology, including bioinformatics (human genome
project), computational science (information technology),
astrophysics, and other modern applied mathematics
Complementary Programs for those whose major interest
is in another area (eg biology, chemistry, computing,
economics, engineering, geography, information technology,
physics, statistics) for which they need to make use
554
More complete information about the Department of

Mathematics and mathematics courses may be found on the
website http://admin.studyat.anu.edu.au/loose_pages/www.
maths.anu.edu.au/DoM
First Year courses

Students may undertake their mathematics programs at
several different levels. The choice of level and the amount
of mathematics studied will depend on the students interest,
background, and need for mathematical support in the study
of other disciplines. Mathematics topics available to students
in their first year of study are arranged in three streams with
prerequisites as shown:
Modelling stream:
Math1003 Mathematical Modelling 1, Math1005 Mathematical
Modelling 2
Math1003 Mathematical Modelling 1 - Prerequisites: Assumed
Knowledge: ACT Mathematical Methods or NSW HSC
Mathematics or equivalent.
Math1005 Mathematical Modelling 2 - Prerequisites: ACT
Mathematical Methods or NSW HSC Mathematics or equivalent.
(MATH1003 is not a prerequisite for this course.)
These courses are designed for students with a wide variety of
backgrounds and will cover important areas in mathematics
and its applications. Modelling 1 is not a required prerequisite
for Modelling 2. The courses are suitable for students whose
main area of study is in the application of mathematics to areas
such as: social, biological, physical, environmental sciences,
computational science and economics. Extensive use will be
made of computer packages and the emphasis will be on the
applicability of mathematics for solving interesting problems.
It is possible to mix-and-match these courses with semester
courses in other areas (eg statistics).
MATH1003 Modelling 1 now provides a pathway into the
Advanced stream of courses.

Advanced stream:
Math1013 Mathematics and Applications 1, Math1014
Mathematics and Applications 2
Prerequisites: MATH1003 or a satisfactory result in ACT
Specialist Mathematics or NSW HSC Mathematics Extension 1
or equivalent. Students with a good pass in ACT Mathematical
Methods or NSW HSC Mathematics or equivalent will be
considered. Students with excellent results in Advanced
Mathematics in the ACT, or NSW HSC Mathematics, or the
equivalent from elsewhere, may also be permitted to enrol in
MATH1013 Mathematics and Applications 1.
These courses form the basic sequence of mathematics
applicable to other disciplines (in particular to the physical
sciences, computer science, statistics or economics)
and introductory to a wide range of later year courses
inmathematics.
Note that these courses are available in both semesters.
Honours Pathway stream:
Math1115 Mathematics and Applications 1 Hons, Math1116
Mathematics and Applications 2 Hons
Prerequisites: A satisfactory pass in the ACT Specialist
Mathematics double major, NSW HSC Mathematics Extension 2
or equivalent. Students with excellent results in either the ACT
Specialist Mathematics major-minor, NSW HSC Mathematics
Extension 1, or equivalent, may be permitted to enrol. Students
with the appropriate background should normally enrol in
MATH1115 Mathematics and Applications 1 Honours rather
than in MATH1013 Mathematics and Applications 1. It will be
possible at several stages to transfer from the Honours stream
but transferring into it is difficult.
These courses are of a more advanced nature and are
recommended for those with an appropriate background
who intend doing advanced work in mathematically based
disciplines, such as mathematics, physics or statistics, or in more
quantitative areas of other sciences, engineering or economics.
They are also recommended for students who, because of
their interest and advanced background in mathematics from
school, would not find the Modelling or Advanced streams by
themselves sufficiently challenging: they will appeal to students
who are interested in why things are true, not simply in what is
true. Finally, they are the first step towards an honours program
in mathematics.
Which stream should you choose?

All streams provide a good mathematical background for
fields such as the biological and social sciences, economics
and information technology. The modelling stream will allow
you to do one mathematics course in the first three semesters,
and the other two streams will allow you to continue on
to a full three-year sequence of two to four mathematics
courses each semester. You should choose the stream that
is most appropriate to your mathematical preparation. The
more mathematics you can do, the greater benefit and the
broader the range of options you will have in later years. Many
disciplines are mathematically oriented (such as the physical
sciences, the theoretical aspects of computer science, statistics
and mathematical economics) and students interested in these
areas should enrol in the Advanced or Honours stream. Other
disciplines such as biology and finance rely increasingly on
sophisticated mathematical models, and students with the
mathematical background and an interest in such areas should
also enrol in the Advanced or Honours streams if possible. If you
are uncertain about which stream is best for you, consult the
First Year Coordinator or the Head of Department.
Later Year courses & programs

Students may enrol in any courses for which they have the
prerequisites. Coordinators for second and third year will be
happy to help students choose sequences of courses suited
to their needs and interests. To assist students in choosing a
coherent program, a number of sequences designed to suit the
backgrounds and interests of most students are now described.
Other programs are of course possible.
Cross-disciplinary program
You can do one or more Majors as listed previously. These
normally require 12 units of first year courses including
MATH1014 (or MATH1116 for the later year honours pathway
level courses). For some courses, MATH1003 or 1005 at a high
level may be sufficient, see the lecturer involved, but MATH1003
and MATH1005 are not normally sufficient to carry through to
a Major.
Students can obtain an excellent background in mathematics
with knowledge of important areas of contemporary science
and technology, including bioinformatics, computational
science, astrophysics and other contemporary applied
mathematics by taking some or most of the following.
Semester 1
Second
Year
courses
(Group B)
Semester 2
MATH2305 Differential
MATH2306 Partial
Equations and
Differential Equations and
Applications
Applications
OR
OR
MATH2405 Maths Methods MATH2406 Maths Methods
1 Honours: Ordinary
2 Honours: Partial
Differential Equations,
Advanced Vector Calculus
Fourier Analysis and
Complex Analysis
MATH2307 Bioinformatics
and Biological Modelling
Second or MATH2320 Analysis 1

Third Year
Hons: Metric Spaces and
courses
Applications
(Group
OR
B/C )
MATH3116 Real Analysis
MATH2322 Algebra 1 Hons

OR
MATH3104 Groups and
Rings
Third Year MATH3501 Scientific and

courses
Industrial Modelling
(Group C) MATH3511 Scientific
Computing
MATH3029 Probability
Modelling with
Applications
MATH3062 Fractal
Geometry and Chaos
Dynamics
MATH3133 Environmental
Mathematics
MATH3301 Number Theory
and Cryptography
MATH3512 Matrix
Computations and
Optimisation
MATH3015 Mathematical
Finance
Students may also combine these courses with offerings in

other Departments. For information on ways in which this
can be done see the following entries for the Programs in
Computational Science, in Astronomy and Astrophysics and
in Bioinformatics or contact members of these Programs or
members of the Mathematics Department. Students may also
combine these courses with other third year honours level
courses in fundamental mathematics.
Students in engineering are strongly recommended to
do MATH2305 Differential Equations and Applications or
MATH2405 Maths Methods 1 Honours: Ordinary Differential
Equations & Advanced Vector Calculus.
555
The following sequence is especially relevant to students

interested in the applications of mathematics in information
technology. It provides an introduction to the mathematics
behind many of the applications in information technology and
shows how it is applied.
Semester 1
Second
Year
courses
(Group B)
Semester 2
MATH2301 Games, Graphs

and Machines
Third Year
courses
(Group C)
MATH3301 Number Theory

and Cryptography
This sequence requires 12 units of first year courses in mathematics,

including MATH1005 or MATH1014 or MATH1116.
The following sequence is especially relevant to students

interested in advanced studies in the physical sciences, statistics
and financial analysis. The courses are oriented towards
applications and provide a solid grounding in the mathematical
techniques needed. This sequence is especially recommended as
the Science component of a combined program in Engineering,
Economics or Commerce. It may also be included as part of an
Economics, Commerce or Actuarial Studies program.
Semester 1
Second
Year
courses
(Group B)
Semester 2
MATH2306 Partial
Equations and
Applications
Applications
OR
OR
MATH2405 Maths Methods MATH2406 Maths Methods
1 Honours: Ordinary
2 Honours: Partial
Differential Equations,
Fourier Analysis and
Complex Analysis
Second or MATH2320: Metric Spaces

Third Year
and Applications
courses
OR
(Group
B/C )
MATH2322 Algebra 1
Honours
OR
MATH3104 Groups and
Rings
Third Year MATH3501 Scientific and

courses
(Group C) MATH3511 Scientific
Computing
Modelling with
Applications
MATH3062 Fractal
Geometry and Chaos
Dynamics
MATH3512 Matrix
Computations and
Optimization
MATH3015 Mathematics of
Finance
This sequence requires 12 units of first year courses in mathematics,

including MATH1014 or MATH1116.
Honours Pathway level courses

These sequences require 12 units of Group A courses in
mathematics, including MATH1116 at Credit level or better,
though students with excellent results in MATH1014 may be
eligible to enrol: consult the year coordinator.
As well as catering for students who intend to continue to the
fourth honours year in mathematics, honours pathway level
courses are used to form mathematics sequences at a high
level as part of other programs. Students may consult the year
coordinator for further advice.
Semester 1
Semester 2
First Year
courses
(Group A)
MATH1115 Mathematics
and Applications 1
Honours
and Applications 2
Honours
Second
Year
courses
(Group B)
MATH2405 Maths Methods Maths Methods 2 Honours:

1 Honours: Ordinary
Partial Differential
Equations, Fourier
Analysis and Complex
Analysis
Second or MATH2320 Analysis 1

Third Year
Honours: Metric Spaces
courses
and Applications
(Group
OR
B/C )
MATH2322 Algebra 1 Hons

OR
MATH3104 Groups and
Rings
Third Year MATH3320 Analysis 2

courses
Honours: Topology,
(Group C)
Lebesgue Integration and
Hilbert Spaces
MATH3345 Galois Theory
Honours
Modelling with
Applications
MATH3501 Scientific and
(HPO)
MATH3511 Scientific
Computing (HPO)
MATH3325 Analysis 3
Honours: Functional
Analysis, Spectral Theory
and Applications
MATH3228 Complex
Analysis Honours
MATH3015 Mathematics of
Finance (HPO)
Mathematics (HPO)
MATH3512 Matrix
Computations and
Optimisation (HPO)
Some fourth year honours courses will be available to third

year students with an appropriate background. Students should
consult the third year coordinator or the Departmental third/
fourth year course web page.
PhB (Hons) & Distinguished Scholar Programs

Students with a strong interest in mathematics who are
accepted into the Universitys Bachelor of Philosophy (Honours)
or Distinguished Scholar Program will be assigned a mentor by
the Department of Mathematics. The mentor will supervise a
project or reading program outside the students normal studies.
Distinguished Scholars and other outstanding undergraduate
students may be invited to participate in special courses that
extend and develop their particular interests.
Honours in Mathematics
The Honours Program in Mathematics is organised within
the Mathematical Sciences Institute, with support from the
Centre for Mathematics and its Applications (CMA). The Centre
for Bioinformation Sciences, the Centre for Resource and
Environmental Studies (CRES) and the Research School of
Astronomy and Astrophysics (RSAA) also provide support.
Entry to the fourth (honours) year is at the discretion of the
Head of Department. To qualify for admission to the Honours
Year in Mathematics, an ANU student must have successfully
completed at least 48 units of Group B or Group C courses
relevant to the proposed Honours study, of which at least 24
units must be for Group C courses. At least a Credit average
must have been achieved in these 48 units.
It is recommended that all students should include in their
program MATH2405, MATH2406, MATH2320 (or MATH3116) and
MATH2322 (or MATH3104). Students must also have completed
sufficient in the way of prerequisites in mathematics to enable
them to pursue an approved course of study in their fourth
year. A course in a cognate subject may be acceptable in place
of a mathematics course for these purposes.
Proposals for combined honours programs in mathematics
and in another subject (such as economics, computer science,
556

philosophy, physics, statistics, or theoretical physics) will be
considered in consultation with the department concerned.
Astronomy & Astrophysics program

The Departments of Mathematics and Physics and the Research
School of Astronomy and Astrophysics support a program of
related courses in the area of Astronomy and Astrophysics.
Courses at both pass and honours level are offered in the
program. A fuller description of the Program is given in the
separate Astronomy and Astrophysics entry.
Computational Science program

The Departments of Mathematics, Computer Science and
Physics support a stream of courses in Scientific Computation
that makes up the Bachelor of Computational Science
(BComptlSci). A full description is given in the separate entry for
that program or on the website http://admin.studyat.anu.edu.
au/loose_pages, www.maths.anu.edu.au/bcomptlsci
Bioinformatics program
Mathematical and statistical modelling is the leading approach
to the analysis of the huge amount of biological data relevant
to the evolution and functions of organisms that is being
constantly generated. Together with advances in computing
and software technologies, this provides insights into the
processes of life based on information obtained by experimental
biologists and medical researchers. It is important for furthering
our knowledge in life sciences, leading for example to
improved drug design and population health. Bioinformatics
graduates receive a Bachelor of Science after three years, with
an optional fourth honours year. A combination of courses
from the program can also be taken towards a Bachelor of
Computational Science (Hons) or a Bachelor of Biotechnology.
The two core bioinformatics courses (MATH2307 Bioinformatics
and Biological Modelling and MATH2253 Advanced
Bioinformatics) are a joint initiative of the Department of
Mathematics and the Centre for Bioinformation Science (a
collaboration between the John Curtin School of Medical
Research and the Mathematical Sciences Institute). Relevant
biological material will be explained as the courses progress and
these lectures will be given by leading biologists and medical
researchers. See http://admin.studyat.anu.edu.au/loose_pages,
www.maths.anu.edu.au/bio.html for further information.
Physics
Professor David McClelland
Physics plays a part in all aspects of our lives, from the
technology we use to shaping our future. Physics concepts are
used in most sciences and in many parts of engineering. It also
provides our most profound and fundamental understanding
of the nature of things. ANU has the biggest concentration of
physics-based research in Australia and a worldwide reputation
for its achievements. From the Universitys national and
international leaders in physics The Centre for Learning and
Teaching in the Physical Sciences provides an enthusiastic staff
with extensive teaching experience, including several winners of
national teaching awards. At ANU physics is taught by people
who are amongst the best researchers and the best teachers in
Australia. Our programs open the door to postgraduate work
throughout the world.
Physics has strong programs for Bachelor of Philosophy
and Bachelor of Science (Advanced) students. These
provide opportunities to experience physics research at the
cuttingedge.
A physics major can lead to careers ranging from high

technology to international research and advisory positions.
These careers are accessible with a Bachelor of Science (BSc) or
Bachelor of Science with Honours. Courses at third year level
provide access to research projects. These, as well as Fourth year
Honours projects, may be carried out in research areas across
the ANU.
Areas of particular strength include energy research, quantum
science, nanoscience and nanotechnology, and novel materials
and devices. Physics hosts a number of national Centres of
Excellence and National Research Facilities.
We enjoy the benefit of a close association with Australias
leading astronomical institution, the Research School of
Astronomy and Astrophysics (RSAA). RSAA, Physics and
Mathematics offer a comprehensive program in Astronomy and
Astrophysics. Students are exposed to the latest ideas on stars,
black holes, cosmology and high energy astrophysics and learn
how to contribute to these exciting fields, whether it be in the
theoretical or observational domain. Further information on
this program may be found in the Astronomy and Astrophysics
section elsewhere in this Handbook. Students may also pursue
geophysics, with two courses at third year being offered by staff
from the Research School of Earth Sciences.
A brief overview of the Physics program follows. Computational
techniques are integrated at all levels and teaching laboratories
provide practical skills and demonstrations.
First Year
The Advanced Physics courses (PHYS1101 and PHYS1201) are
designed for students with a prior background in physics and
lay the foundation for subsequent years of study. Students who
pass these courses may proceed to second year physics. These
courses cover mechanics, electromagnetism, and optics, and
provide an introduction to relativity.
Astrophysics, ASTR1001, is for students with an interest in
astrophysics including those who may wish to study related
courses in later years.
Physics offers two courses for students without a strong
background in physics, or not intending to study physics
at an advanced level. Foundations of Physics provides an
algebra-based introduction to the basic principles of physics
and can be taken as a bridging course by those students
who wish to pursue physics at a higher level but whose
background in physics is not adequate to allow direct entry
into the Advanced Physics courses. Life Physics (PHYS1004)
(a second algebra-based course which can be taken following
Foundations of Physics) provides an introduction to practical
physics in the context of examples from biology, medicine and
environmentalscience.
Second Year
Four physics courses, (Quantum Mechanics (PHYS2013), Waves
and Optics (PHYS2017), Electromagnetism (PHYS2016) and
Thermal and Statistical Physics, (PHYS2020)) are offered in
second year and these cover the principal branches of physics.
Together with the third-year courses, they are intended to
provide the initial training necessary for a physicist to enter any
branch of the profession. These courses cover the fundamental
concepts in physics such as: the theories of quantum mechanics
and electromagnetism, waves and optics, thermodynamics and
statistical physics. Students intending to pursue a program in
physics should take the courses PHYS2013, 2016, 2017, and
2020 for a total of 24 units at second year level. Students
557
undertaking the combined program of Bachelor of Engineering

and Bachelor of Science (BE/Bachelor of Science) should
take, in the second year of the normal pattern, PHYS2013,
PHYS2016 and PHYS2017. Alternatively they can cover and
extend the material of PHYS2017 a year later in PHYS3035.
Students wishing to continue on in experimental Physics should
consider electronics courses taught within the ANU College of
Engineering and Computer Science.
Third Year
At third year level we offer a core of courses and, in addition,
a wide range of topics that allow students to participate in
current research as part of the work of research groups all
around the ANU. The topics covered include: nuclear and
particle physics fluid dynamics, optics and photonics, condensed
matter physics, atomic physics and geophysics. Specialised
courses in theoretical physics are also available and topics
include classical Hamiltonian and Lagrangian mechanics,
advanced quantum mechanics including quantum field theory
and special and general relativity. The core courses covering
the central areas of physics are PHYS3001, PHYS3033 and
PHYS3034 in first semester and PHYS3031 and PHYS3032 in
Second semester. It is expected that students have successfully
completed the second year courses.
In addition to these core courses, students can select one
or two courses from more specialised topics via the Special
Research Topics courses (PHYS3041/PHYS3042 in First semester
or PHYS3044/PHYS3045 in second semester). These courses also
provide an exciting prospect for a student to become involved
with one of the ANU research programs from any of the many
areas at the ANU where physics is pursued.
Students seeking professional qualifications in physics, or
who wish to proceed to honours in physics, are advised to
take all core courses, PHYS3057 and select some areas of
specialinterest.
Theoretical physics requires an aptitude for formal or
mathematical reasoning. Two courses, PHYS3001 and
PHYS3002, are offered, and both should be taken, together with
courses in mathematics, by students who wish to proceed to
honours in theoretical physics.
Majors in Physics
Students intending to pursue a Major in Physics must complete
the two core courses at first year, PHYS1101 and PHYS1201,
and any 12 units of Group B courses and 18 units of Group C
courses. Completing a major in Physics also requires completing
courses in Mathematics as indicated in the prerequisites below.
The major in Theoretical Physics is more prescriptive, requiring
students to complete PHYS1101 and PHYS1201, PHYS2013
(Quantum Mechanics), PHYS2016 (Electromagnetism),
PHYS3001 (Theoretical Physics) and PHYS3002 (Advanced
Theoretical Physics), as well as a further six units of Level C
courses. A major in Mathematical Physics is also available.
This requires students to take the physics courses PHYS2013
(Quantum Mechanics) and PHYS3002 (Advanced Theoretical
Physics) as well as courses in mathematics.
The double major in Physics, or the Physics/Theoretical Physics
or Physics/Mathematical Physics combinations of majors are the
best preparation for students intending to complete Honours
in Physics. A student who has completed a major in Physics
including PHYS3001 is eligible for graduate membership in the
Australian Institute of Physics.
Students with an interest in geosciences can also pursue a
Major in Geoscience.
558
Honours
The fourth year Honours program in physics prepares students
for postgraduate work or a role in industrial R&D activities. This
program is available to Bachelor of Science, PhB (Hons) and
combined program students who complete the requirements of
the pass program at a sufficiently high standard (CR average or
above). For students with a strong interest in theory, an Honours
program in Theoretical Physics is available. The Departments
Honours coordinator will advise individually each student
interested in this program. A wide range of projects is available
in Physics, Astronomy and Astrophysics, and Earth Sciences.
The research project, which forms the basis of a thesis, together
with coursework and seminars, make up the Honours program.
Students who do not satisfy the requirements for entry into
the Honours program, but who do obtain a pass degree may,
with the permission of the Head of the Department, enrol for a
Graduate Diploma.
Psychology
Professor Don Byrne
Psychology programs are offered by the Department of
Psychology in the School of Health and Psychological Sciences.
The programs offered cover the broad spectrum of the scientific
study of human behaviour. The general first-year courses
(PSYC1003 and PSYC1004) are an introduction to the types of
problems studied in psychology, and the methods employed.
Major topics covered include perceiving, learning, remembering,
thinking, research methodology, child development, social
psychology and personality. Later-year courses treat more
specialised subject matter and offer training in more advanced
techniques. Laboratory and practical work are a normal part
of courses in psychology and attendance at practical classes is
compulsory.
Psychology can be studied at ANU in a specialised three year
Bachelor of Science (Psychology) program or a four year
Bachelor of Psychology (Honours) program, or as part of a
Bachelor of Science or Bachelor of Arts the choice of program
depending on whether a students interests lean towards the
biological (Bachelor of Science) or humanities (Bachelor of
Arts)areas.
Students wanting to qualify with a Bachelor of Science (Psych)
or the BPsych (Hons) take a minimum of 78 units of psychology
within their 144 unit program, comprising PSYC1003 and
PSYC1004, 30 units of 2000 level and 36 units of 3000 level
psychology courses. Other courses making up the 144 units for
the program are at the students discretion, with advice from
the Department of Psychologys Undergraduate Adviser or the
College Sub Deans.
Programs of study in psychology can also form part of
combined programs; for example, the Bachelor of Science
(Psych) may be combined with programs in Law (Bachelor of
Science (Psych)/LLB), Commerce (BComm/Bachelor of Science
(Psych)), Economics (BEc/Bachelor of Science (Psych)) or
Music (BMus/Bachelor of Science (Psych)) as well as with the
Bachelor of Science and Bachelor of Arts. Psychology also
offers programs of study for students enrolled in the four-year
Bachelor of Philosophy (Honours) (PhB(Honours)). For additional
information and specific advice, the student should consult the
Sub Dean for the PhB program.
A pass degree in psychology provides adequate acquaintance
with the field for a non-specialist. An honours degree provides
additional training in research and substantive psychological

skills. This is essential for admission to associate membership
in the Australian Psychological Society, for registration as a
psychologist in the ACT, and for enrolment in most graduate
programs. Qualification for the independent practice of
psychology, or employment in academic and medical
institutions, typically requires graduate study leading to a
degree of Master of Philosophy (MPhil), Master of Clinical
Psychology (MClinPsyc), Professional Doctorate in Clinical
Psychology (DPsych), Doctor of Philosophy (PhD), or Doctor of
Philosophy (Clinical Psychology) (PhD Clinical).
The undergraduate program in Psychology

The psychology program at the ANU provides a program
which meets the accreditation requirements of the Australian
Psychology Accreditation Council by delivering an education
in the science of psychology. We take this approach because
the dominant approach to professional practice stresses
that psychological practitioners should also be scientists.
Psychological scientists have the skills to evaluate evidence and
to contribute to knowledge. Our aim is to put students well
along on the path to being psychological scientists by the end
of an undergraduate degree. We believe this is the best way
both to prepare students for a possible career as psychological
practitioners and for other careers. Indeed it is this scientific
training, as it is applied to understanding people, that adds a
crucial skill edge for psychology graduates over graduates from
many other disciplines.
Whilst always aiming to meet accreditation requirements the
Department aims to provide a particularly thorough education
in sixareas:
1. personality, abnormal, and health psychology
2. cognition and perception
3. social psychology
4. psychological research methods
5. developmental psychology
6. the biological basis of behaviour.
An excellent grounding in all six areas provides students with a
very solid preparation for students considering careers in very
diverse fields that include clinical psychology, human resource
management, policy development and education to name
justafew.
Education in psychology at the ANU has a particularly
strong focus on both small group teaching and on providing
opportunities for students to evaluate the latest research on
psychology and, where possible, to contribute to the latest
actual research being conducted at the ANU.
Other Areas of Study

Computer Science
Associate Professor Chris Johnson
Computer Science continues to be the name for a field of study
which has changed greatly in its sixty year history. The subject
now includes a wide range of interests in communications,
computer software, computer hardware, and information
systems for human organisations. The Department of Computer
Science offers full degree studies in software engineering,
information systems, and computer science, as well as service
courses in information technology applications particularly for
commerce and information management.
The Department provides programs to produce three- and

four-year graduates who can enter the information technology
industry as novice professionals, and to support the main
computing applications in Science, Engineering, Arts, Law,
Economics, and Commerce. The professional degree programs of
Bachelor of Software Engineering and Bachelor of Information
Technology are described in the Departments entry under
the ANU College of Engineering and Computer Science in this
Handbook. Many of the same computer science and software
development courses can be taken within the more generalist
Bachelor of Science degree. Students can thereby combine
study of a Science subject with as much computing as they
wish, ranging from the use of multimedia, and information
organisation, or introductory programming, through to a
complete third year study of computer science and software
development as a major or double major in computer science.
The degree program in Computational Science (Hons) (described
elsewhere in the Colleges of Science entry) combines studies
in mathematics and computing for modelling in the physical
sciences, a leading edge area of virtual scientific research
andapplications.
A fourth year of honours study can be added to the Bachelor of
Science and the BInfTech. The fourth year of the BSEng includes
an honours or pass result. In all these degrees the Department
aims to produce first class honours graduates who can enter
postgraduate studies at leading international computer
sciencelaboratories.
The Bachelor of Computer Science (Honours) is a four-year,
flexible research-focused program in the fundamental
theoretical and experimental science behind modern and future
computing technologies, offered in the Faculty of Engineering
and IT.
The Bachelor of Philosophy (Honours) is a four-year, research
focused program offered in the Faculty of Science. The program
is extremely flexible in its structure and allows students to
specialise in many areas of science, including computer science.
For more details, look elsewhere in the Faculty of Science entry
in the Handbook.
The Department has an active research program and educates
Master and PhD students by research. Details are provided in
the companion Graduate School Handbook.
Introductory courses
The Department offers several courses that can be taken
by students with no previous background in computing or
information technology. COMP1710 Tools for New Media and
the Web and COMP2720 Automating Tools for New Media
are courses that introduce students to the development and
generalized use of IT tools in new media. COMP1710 studies
tools used for new media and the web, while COMP2720
deals with script-level programming in the context of new
media. COMP1710 is also an information technology service
course offered to students in other faculties, which provides a
university-level introduction to applied computing for students
in any area who wish to use computers in their studies or
their careers but do not necessarily need to study computer
programming. COMP1200 Perspectives on Computing provides
a broad perspective on the field of computing for those with a
deeper interest in the underlying science and technology, and it
is a required part of the Information Technology programs.
provides an introduction to computer programming, both as
a service course and as a foundation for all further studies
in information technology. It assumes a prior knowledge of
559
secondary college advanced mathematics, but does not require

any previous computing experience. COMP1110 provides further
study of programming and software engineering, with a focus
on the construction of larger programs. It leads to further
software development and software engineering studies.
COMP2400 Relational Databases can also be taken in first year,
following COMP1100. It provides an introduction to the use of
databases and to their underlying technology. This course can
be used as part of a major in Commerce as well as contributing
to Information Technology and Software Engineering programs.
Further information
Further information on the courses offered and the structures
of the courses is available from the Departments website at
http://cs.anu.edu.au and in the Departments entry, under the
ANU College of Engineering and Computer Science Technology,
in the Handbook.
Statistics IV Honours with parts of other fourth year Colleges

of Science courses) will take a selection appropriate to their
interests and should discuss their proposed program with the
Head of School at the beginning of their third year.
Law
The ANU College of Law offers courses to science students in
the areas of law and the environment and intellectual property.
These courses are not available to Law students and assume
no prior knowledge of Law. The courses are LAWS3103 and
LAWS3104. Students should note that both courses count
towards a Colleges of Science degree as later year non-science.
Science programs
Dr Sue Stocklmayer
(Academic Program: 3605 | Academic Plan: 3605XBBIOT)

Minimum: 144 units
In the modern world there is an ever-increasing need for

scientific, medical and technological information to be made
available to any who may benefit. Gone are the days when
a small group of experts could act as the sole arbiters of
scientific knowledge. We now live in a world where access
to useful, convenient and intelligible science information is
central to our everyday lives. People want to know the answers
to questions such as: Are mobile phones safe to use? What
constitutes a healthy diet? Should I immunise my child? What is
globalwarming?
Science communicators at the ANU in the Centre for the
Public Awareness of Science (CPAS) are working to promote
the relevance of science and to facilitate the communication
of evidence-based information. This allows people to make
decisions based on the best available evidence. Science
communication is the discipline that aims to improve the
uptake of scientific information by lay audiences.
Undergraduate courses in science communication aim to
complement studies in science disciplines by providing students
with the tools to communicate their scientific knowledge to a
broader audience. Courses in science communication also offer
students the opportunity to discuss and analyse the issues that
surround science, such as risk and ethics, that impact on the
wider community.
Finance & Applied Statistics

Professor Terry ONeill
The School of Finance and Applied Statistics teaches courses
on statistics, which are a key part of many science programs.
Statistics involves the study of data collection, modelling
and inference. Courses range from the introductory course
Statistical Techniques to later year courses such as statistical
inference, regression modelling, graphical data analysis and
generalised linear models. The School of Finance and Applied
Statistics also teaches courses in quantitative finance. For
further details, see entry for Finance and Applied Statistics
under the ANU College of Business and Economics.

Details of the program for Statistics IV Honours are given
under the ANU College of Business and Economics. Students in
the Colleges of Science (who will often be combining part of
560
With rapid advancements in the use of technology in medicine,

biomedical research, the pharmaceutical industry and
agriculture, biotechnology has become an important part of
future science and will play an increasingly important role in
the economies of this and other countries.
ANU is centrally placed amongst research institutes actively
developing biotechnology, and has well-established links to
industry and government. As new areas of biotechnology
develop, linking biology to computing, electronics and
engineering, ANU is well placed to draw on ongoing research
to present undergraduate courses in these areas, featuring
up-todate research information.
The Bachelor of Biotechnology degree, offered through the
School of Biology, is a three year program containing a core
curriculum introducing the basic principles of molecular and
cellular biology, biotechnology, microbiology, societal and
ethical issues in biotechnology and intellectual property.
Elective courses available within the ANU College of Medicine,
Biology and Environment and ANU College of Physical Sciences
allow students to tailor the program to their specific interests
such as medical, plant/agricultural or chemical biotechnology.
The degree requires completion of at least 144 units including:
at least 30 units of Group A courses including BIOL1003
(or other course with permission of the program convenor)
BIOL1007, BIOL1004, CHEM1101 and CHEM1201
at least 24 units of Group B courses including BIOL2161,
BIOL2171, BIOL2162 and BIOL2142
at least 36 units of Group C courses including BIOL3161,
BIOL3157, and BIOL3191
courses to the value of at least 12 units offered by a
science-related Department or School in the Colleges
of Science
further courses to the value of 48 units including
LAWS3104.
The degree program may not include more than 48 units at first
year level.

At least 24 units of Group A courses must be completed before
enrolment in Group C courses.
The maximum period for completion of the degree is 10 years
from the date of first enrolment in the degree program; the 10
years includes periods of suspension.
Degree structure
Biotechnology typical degree pattern of a full-time student
Year 1
Year 2
Year 3
Semester 1
Semester 2
BIOL1003 Evolution,
Ecology and Genetics
CHEM1101 Chemistry 1
Group A Science course
(6 units)
First year course (6 units)
BIOL1004 Molecular Biology

(6 units)
BIOL2161 Genes:
Replication and
Expression
BIOL2171 Biochemistry and
Nutrition
Group B Science course
(6 units)
Later year course (6 units)
BIOL2162 Molecular
Biotechnology
BIOL2142 General
Microbiology
(6 units)
BIOL3161 Genomics and its

Applications
Group C Science course
(6 units)
(6 Units)
LAWS3104 Principles of
(6 units)
BIOL3157 Advanced
Genetics and
Bioinformatics
BIOL3191 Biotechnology in
Context
(6 units)
(6 units)
geography, environmental sciences, applied mathematics,

astrophysics, economics, and finance and computer science.
In this way the general mathematical and computing skills
obtained from the core courses can be applied in a sophisticated
manner in a specialisation area.
Students will take two extension activities which aim to
introduce students to the application of computational science
to scientific and industrial problems. In addition students in this
program will have the opportunity to use a range of advanced
computing systems, including the fastest computer in Australia,
which is part of the APAC National Facility.
Further information about the Bachelor of Computational
Science degree can be found at http://bcomptlsci.anu.edu.au
In addition to the compulsory courses indicated in the table,

students choose one or two elective courses per semester.
Depending on the choice of courses, it is possible to pursue
specialisations in Medical Biotechnology, Plant Biotechnology
and Chemical Biotechnology.

Students who attain a sufficient standard in the pass degree
may be admitted to the Honours year to become candidates for
The degree with Honours. See the Honours Degree listed in the
[Bachelor of Science|3600XBSCI].

(Academic Program: 4605 | Academic Plan: 4605HBCOMP)
Minimum: 192 units
Academic Contact: Dr Stephen Roberts
The Bachelor of Computational Science (Honours) is an elite
four-year, research-focused program for exceptional students
who want to pursue
You will need to complete a total of 192 units of courses of

which no fewer than 156 units must be science courses. Your
program must include:
(a) COMP1100 or COMP1130, COMP1110 or COMP1140,
COMP2100, COMP2310, at least one of COMP3320 or
COMP4300, COMP3600
(b) MATH1115, MATH1116, at least two courses chosen from
MATH2405, MATH2306, MATH2320, STAT2001 and at least
two courses chosen from MATH3511, MATH3512, MATH3501
(c) successful completion of a total of two computational
science extension activities associated with two of the
courses MATH1115, MATH1116, MATH2405 or MATH2306
(d) six courses (36 units) at the Honours pathway level
(e) a science major (of the level C courses noted in (a) or (b),
three must not be counted towards this major)
(f) completion of a further 36 units of courses from anywhere
in the University
(g) completion of a science honours year program (48 units).
year level.
To remain enrolled in the Bachelor of Computational Science
(Honours) program students must maintain an average mark of
75 per cent each semester in science courses.
The maximum period for completion of the degree program is
10 years from the date of first enrolment in the program. The 10
years includes periods of leave.
Degree structure
Semester 1
Semester 2
Year 1
MATH1115
MAJOR
ELECTIVE
MATH1116
MAJOR
ELECTIVE
Year 2
COMP2100
MAJOR
ELECTIVE*
COMP2310
MATH2306 or STAT2001
MAJOR
ELECTIVE*
Year 3
COMP3320
MAJOR
MAJOR or ELECTIVE
MATH3512
COMP3600
MAJOR
MAJOR or ELECTIVE
Year 4
Science Honours Program
Science Honours Program
a career based in the computational modelling of the

realworld
a research orientated career in government, commerce
andindustry
or postgraduate research leading to a higher degree.
The degree program is built on a core of advanced mathematics
and computer science courses linked with a specialist area
of science. These core courses provide the training in the
formulation, analysis, modelling and simulation of problems
in science, engineering, commerce and industry. Typical areas
of specialisation are physics, chemistry, biology, geology,
MATH3511 and MATH3512 can be taken in year 2

No student is guaranteed entry to a particular Honours
program or supervisor at the beginning of the degree, rather
561
entry to particular Honours programs will be guaranteed

with successful completion of a major at the standard
required for continuation in the program.
The criterion for continuation in the program normally will
be an average mark of 75 per cent each semester in Science
courses.
Students in the direct entry Bachelor of Computational
Science (Honours) stream who do not get the 75 per cent
average mark each semester shall be transferred to the
standard Bachelor of Science stream, but will be allowed to
compete for places in Honours at the end of third year with
other students.

Entry to this program requires a UAI score of 90 per cent
ormore.
Students must attain a credit average (65 per cent) for
prescribed courses to remain in the program.
Degree structure
Typical degree pattern for a full-time student.
(Academic Program: 3614 | Academic Plan: 3614XBGEN )
Minimum: 144 units
The field of genetics has been advancing at an accelerating
rate. Population genetics, molecular genetics, and general
genetic theory and associated biotechnology now impact on
all major fields of biology, from neurobiology and physiology to
ecology and conservation biology. The ease with which genetic
technology can now be accessed has led to a fragmentation of
the field, and a shortage of broadly educated geneticists who
can assimilate and synthesise data from all fields. The Bachelor
of Genetics degree offered through the Virtual Department of
Genetics will give students a solid grounding in all aspects of
the field, including the traditional areas of Mendelian Genetics,
Population Genetics, Evolutionary Genetics, and more recent
developments in Molecular Genetics, Medical Genetics and
Bioinformatics. ANU is particularly well placed to present this
degree, with contributing geneticists from The School of Botany
and Zoology, The School of Biochemistry and Molecular Biology,
Biological Anthropology, the Research School of Biological
Sciences, and The John Curtin School of Medical Research, as
well as Genetic Counsellors from The Canberra Hospital.
The degree requires completion of at least 144 units of
courses comprising:
BIOL1003, BIOL1004, Chem1101, Chem1201 and at least
one of BIOL1007, BIOL1009, COMP1100*, and Stat1003 or
Stat1008*

* for students with an interest in the Computational and

Statistical Genetics stream, the statistics requirement can be
waived in favour of Math1013 and MATH1014 or Math1115
following discussion with the program convenor. COMP1100
is also recommended for these students
BIOL2151, BIOL2152, BIOL2161 and BIOL2162, and two or

more group B courses from at least one of the streams
listed below
BIOL3151, BIOL3161, at least two of BIOL3154, BIOL3177,
BIOL3181, BIOL3137 (Tools for Molecular Ecology) and
at least 12 units from other courses from the designated
streams below (note: students must be familiar with, and
have fulfilled appropriate prerequisites for these)
An additional 36 units.
The degree program may not include more than 60 units and
first year level.
562
Semester 1
Semester 2
Year 1
BIOL1003 Evolution,
STAT1003 Statistical
Techniques OR BIOL1007
Living Cells OR COMP1100
6 unit course

STAT1008 Research
Methods1 (only if
STAT1003 not taken in S1)
Year 2
BIOL2151 Introductory
Genetics
BIOL2161 Genes:
Replication and
Expression
Stream elective
6 unit course
BIOL2152 Advances in
Human Genetics
BIOL2162 Molecular
Biotechnology
Stream elective
6 unit course
Year 3
BIOL3151 Population
Genetics
Applications
Stream elective
6 unit later year course
BIOL3154 Advanced
Genetics and
Bioinformatics
BIOL3181 Current Topics
in Developmental and
Molecular Biology
Stream elective
For students with an interest in the Computational and

Statistical Genetics stream, the statistics requirement can
be waived in favour of Math1013 and 1014 or Math1115
following discussion with the program convenor. COMP1100 is
also recommended for these students
Streams
Plant Genetics
BIOL2121 Plants: Genes to Environment
BIOL2122 Australian Plant Diversity
BIOL2154 Evolution of Biodiversity
BIOL3125 Plants and Global Climate Change
BIOL3177 Advances in Molecular Plant Sciences
BIOL3137 Tools for Molecular Ecology
Special Research Topic - BIOL3138/BIOL3139 or BIOL3174/
BIOL3175
Molecular Ecology
BIOL2111 Australian Vertebrates
BIOL2112 Marine Biology
BIOL3153 Conservation Biology
BIOL3115 Entomology
BIOL3175
Human evolutionary genetics


Special Research Topic - BIOL3138/BIOL3139, BIOL3174/
BIOL3175 or BIAN2129
Molecular Genetics Stream

BIOL2142 General Microbiology
BIOL3154 Advanced Genetics and Bioinformatics
BIOL3177 Advances in Molecular Plant Sciences
BIOL3181 Current Topics in Developmental and Molecular
Biology
BIOL3175
Medical Genetics Stream
BIOL3141 Infection and Immunity
BIOL3144 Molecular Immunology
Biology
BIOL3175
resources and environmental change. Importantly, students

will have opportunities to learn about chemical and physical
oceanography, biogeochemistry, marine ecology, atmosphereocean coupling, palaeoceanography and its modelling, and
past, present and future climate change variability. Students
are also required to take at least one course from a spectrum
that includes policy, economics, legal aspects and science
communication.
To assist in course planning, it is strongly recommended that
students enrol in one of three streams as follows:
Marine Biology, Marine Geology and Atmospheric Science
Stream
Physical and Chemical Global and Ocean Sciences Stream
Global Environmental Change Science Stream.
New Enrolments: The first year program is very similar for all
streams and is identical in Semester 1 of first year. (Students
who did not take Physics at school should enrol in PHYS1001.)
Hence, new students do not need to choose a stream at the
outset. Semester 2 enrolments can be modified at a later date.
For the 4-year Honours Degree you will need to complete a
total of 192 units. Your program must include:
1. 144 units comprising at least 96 units from science courses
including:
EMSC1006 and CHEM1201
18 Group A units selected from BIOL1009, CHEM1101,
MATH1013 OR MATH1115, PHYS1101 or PHYS1001,
STAT1003
Computational and Statistical Genetics Stream*

MATH2307 Bioinformatics and Biological Modelling
STAT3008 Applied Statistics
Special Research Topic - BIOL3138/BIOL3139 or
BIOL3174/BIOL3175
BIOL3181 Current Topics in Developmental and
Molecular Biology
36 Group C units including 12 units from BIOL3116,

EMSC3023, EMSC3029
* students must ensure they have taken appropriate

prerequisite courses
one of BUSN3017, ENVS3028, LAWS3103, POLS1005,

SCOM1001, SCOM2001, ENVS1001 must be included
Bachelor of Global & Ocean Sciences (Honours)
four of the above courses must be completed at the

Honours Pathway level.
(Academic Program: 4613 | Academic Plan: 4613HBGOS )

Minimum: 192 units
Academic Contact: Dr Michael Roderick
The Bachelor of Global and Ocean Sciences (Honours) is
a multidisciplinary science degree offered at ANU that
encompasses many fields, in particular, biology, chemistry,
ecology, geography, geology, (geo)physics, and mathematics
with emphasis on modelling, all applied to an understanding
of global environmental change and the worlds oceans. In
addition, this degree requires knowledge of how science is
incorporated with, and impacts upon, policy and regulation,
nationally and internationally.
24 units from BIOL3116, BIOL3125, EMSC3019,

EMSC3023, EMSC3025, EMSC3027, EMSC3028,
EMSC3029, ENVS3013, ENVS3018, ENVS3020,
ENVS3022, ENVS3029, MATH3133, PHYS3034, PHYS3070
or one of BIOL3138, CHEM3106, EMSC3050, PHYS3042,
ENVS3010
36 units from science electives
The program may not contain more than 60 units of first

year courses.
2. Completion of a science honours year program (48 units).
Students wishing to continue in the program must maintain an
average mark of 75 per cent each semester during the first 144
units of the degree program. Students who do not maintain
this average will be transferred to the Bachelor of Global and
Ocean Studies pass degree program. The maximum period for
completion of the degree program is 10 years from the date of
first enrolment in the program. The 10 years includes periods
of leave.
Students are encouraged to diversify their study program as

much as possible to gain a broad knowledge of the Earth and
its oceans and how the oceans relate to global climate change,
563
Degree structure
Typical degree pattern of a full-time student interested in the
Marine Biology, Marine Geology, and Atmospheric Science
Stream
Semester 1
Semester 2
ENVS1004 Australias
Environment
PHYS1101 Advanced
Physics 1 or PHYS1001
Foundations of Physics
and Applications 1 or
and Applications 1

Elective
Year 2
Techniques
2 x Electives

and Fire
EMSC2015 Chemistry of the
Earth and Oceans
CHEM2204 Environmental
Chemistry
Elective
Year 3
*Special Topic
EMSC3023 Marine
Biogeochemistry
EMSC3027 Global Cycles
and Paleooceanography
Later Year Elective
BIOL3116 Marine Ecology

LAWS3103 Law and the
Environment
Later Year Elective
Science Honours
Science Honours
Year 1
Year 4

Global Environmental Change Science Stream
Semester 1
Semester 2
Year 1
ENVS1004 Australias
Environment
PHYS1101 Advanced
Physics 1 or PHYS1001
MATH 1013 Mathematics
and Applications 1

and Applications 2
Elective
Year 2
Techniques
Equations and
Applications or MATH
MATH2405 Maths
Methods 1 Honours:
Ordinary Differential
Equations and Advanced
Vector Calculus
ENVS2008 Hydrology
for Natural Resource
Management
Elective

Earth and Oceans
and Fire
Remote Sensing and GIS
CHEM2204 Environmental
Chemistry
Year 3
* Special Topic
ENVS3029 PalaeoEnvironmental
Reconstruction
EMSC3023 Marine
Biogeochemistry
Later Year Elective
EMSC3029 Ocean and

Atmosphere Modelling
ENVS3020 Climate Change
Science and Policy (HPO)
Environment
Year 4
Science Honours
Science Honours
Notes: * Special Topic: Choose one of BIOL3138, CHEM3106, EMSC3050, PHYS3042,

ENVS3010

Physical and Chemical Global and Ocean Sciences Stream
Year 1
Year 2
Year 3
Year 4
Semester 1
Semester 2
ENVS1004 Australias
Environment
and Applications 1
PHYS1101 Advanced
Physics I or PHYS1001

and Applications 2
PHYS1201 Advanced
Physics 2
Techniques
Equations and
Applications or
MATH2405 Maths
Methods 1 Honours:
Ordinary Differential
Equations and Advanced
Vector Calculus
SCOM2001 Practical Skills
for Communicating
Science

and Fire
Earth and Oceans
2 x Electives
* Special Topics
EMSC3023 Marine
Biogeochemistry
PHYS3034 Physics of Fluid
Flows
Later Year Elective
EMSC3029 Ocean and

Atmosphere Modelling
Mathematics
PHYS3070 Physics of the
Earth
Science Honours
Science Honours

ENVS3010
Bachelor of Interdisciplinary Studies

(Sustainability)
(Academic Program: 3610 | Academic Plan: 3610XBISS )
Minimum: 144 units
Academic Contact: Professor Peter Kanowski
The Bachelor of Interdisciplinary Studies (Sustainability)
is a contemporary interdisciplinary degree which prepares
students to address the challenges of sustainability. The degree
draws from the complementary strengths of ANU Colleges
in education and research for sustainability. The degree is
structured around:

ENVS3010

sustainability challenges
a choice of two majors which are complementary to
sustainability to develop particular knowledge and skills
relevant to sustainability. Students will have the opportunity
to complete an internship course or equivalent as part of
amajor.
The degree requires completion of at least 144 units including:
ENVS1001, ENVS2011, ENVS3021, ENVS3036
564
12 units from List 1 - Australia and Asia-Pacific #
12 units from List 2 - Natural and Built Environments #
12 units from List 3 - Social Science and Humanities #
6 units from List 4a #
6 units from List 4b #
ENVS2009 Ecological Measurement and Modelling
84 units consisting of two majors* selected from List 5 #
# Lists 1-5 may be expanded with the approval of the Program Convener and
Prescribed Authority.
ENVS2012 Cities and Their Hinterlands
* Courses from cores and themes may also count towards majors where permitted by
the rules of that major.
ENVS2015 Introduction to Remote Sensing and GIS
The program may not include more than 60 units of 1000-series

courses. The maximum period for completion of the degree
program is 10 years from the date of first enrolment in the
program. The 10 years includes periods of leave.
List 3. Social sciences & humanities

ANTH1002 Introducing Anthropology
List 1. Australia & Asia-Pacific
ANTH2005 Indigenous Australian societies and cultures
ARCH1112 From Origins to Civilisations
ANTH2017 Indigenous Australians and Australian society
ANTH2060 Southeast Asia: contemporary issues in an

anthropological perspective
ANTH2129 Asian Transnationals: Migration, Mobility, Identity
BUSI3024 International Marketing
BUSI3028 Business in China
ASIA1025 Individual and Society in Asia A
BUSI3030 International Logistics
ASIA1030 Individual and Society in Asia B
ASIA2017 International Relations in North East Asia

ASIA2028 Security and Strategic Studies A
BUSN3017 Corporate Social Responsibility, Accountability,

and Reporting
ASIA2030 Security and Strategic Studies B
ASIA2047 Human Security: Refugees, Conflict and Post-conflict

Peace Building
ECON1102 Macroeconomics 1/ECON1100 Economics 1 (H)
ECON2102/2112 Macroeconomics 2 (P/H)
ECON2128 Resource and Environmental Economics
ECON2131/2132 Public Economics - Theory (P/H)
ECON2133 Cost-benefit Analysis
HIST2119 Urban Australia
ECHI2003/2013 Development, Poverty and Famine (P/H)
HIST2129 Country lives: Australian Rural History
List 2. Natural & built environments
MGMT3021 Leadership Skills
MKTG1004 Marketing
BIOL2111 Australian Wildlife
BIOL2122 Plant Diversity
BIOL3153Conservation Biology

EMSC2014 Surficial Processes
POLS2005 Australian Government Administration and

Public Policy
BUSI2034 Dynamics of European Business
ECON2101/2111 Microeconomics 2 (P/H)
POLS2065 Australian Federal Politics

565
Philosophy
Policy Studies
POLS2093 Rural Policy and Politics in Australia
Political Science
Population Studies

World Poverty

Asian Studies:
Asian History
Asian Politics and International Relations
Contemporary Asian Societies
Pacific Studies
Security Studies

Business and Economics:

Engineering and Information Technology:
Materials and Mechanical Systems
Sustainable Energy Systems
ENVS2013 Environment and Development Exploring

Interactions Through Theory and Practice
Science:
Climate Change Science and Policy
Ecology and Evolution
List 4. Qualitative & quantitative research

methods courses
Earth and Environmental Science
4a Qualitative - Arts
Genetics
4b Quantitative
EMET1001 Foundations of Economics and Financial Models
Geology
Human Ecology #
Environmental Geoscience
Palaeoenvironments and Marine Geoscience
Psychology
Natural Resource Management
STAT3012 Design of Analysis and Surveys
Water Science and Policy
Sociology
Environmental Modelling
Forest Science
Geography #
Zoology
# both Arts and Science
List 5. Majors
Degree structure
Arts:
Anthropology
Australian Studies
Development Studies
Environmental Studies
Geography #
Human Ecology #
Human Sciences
International Communication
566
B Interdisciplinary Studies (Sustainability) stylised structure

6 core courses on
issues research- and
problem-solving
methods:
Human Futures
Interdisciplinary
Research Methods
Qualitative
Research Methods
Quantitative
Research Methods
Human Ecology
Resouces,
Environment and
Society
6 courses to provide
broad context 2 from each of
Australia and AsiaPacific
Natural and Built
Environments
Social Sciences
and Humanities
2 complementary
majors (7 courses
each: may include
research project
or internship)
selected from those
nominated from the
ANU Colleges of:
Arts and Social
Sciences
Asia and the
Pacific
Business and
Economics
Engineering and IT
Science

Honours Year on any agreed topic, subject to normal Honours
admission requirements.
Bachelor of Interdisciplinary Studies Honours

(Sustainability)
(Academic Program: 4610 | Academic Plan: 4610HBISHS)
Minimum: 192 units
CRICOS Code: 05227D
The Bachelor of Interdisciplinary Studies (Honours)
(Sustainability) is a contemporary interdisciplinary degree which
prepares students to address the challenges of sustainability.
The degree draws from the complementary strengths of the
ANU Colleges in education and research for sustainability. The
degree is structured around:
sustainability challenges
a choice of two majors which are complementary to
sustainability to develop particular knowledge and skills
relevant to sustainability. Students will have the opportunity
to complete an internship course or equivalent as part of
amajor
completion of an honours year program from any Faculty.
The Bachelor of Interdisciplinary Studies (Sustainability) is
offered in both pass mode and in direct Honours entry mode
to outstanding students, reflecting its emphasis on researchintensive learning and practice. Students wishing to complete
the Honours degree must maintain an average mark of 75
per cent each semester in the first 144 units of the degree.
Students can elect to complete a Pass degree upon completion
of 144units.
The degree requires completion of at least 192 units comprising:
1.

144 units:
ENVS1001, ENVS2011, ENVS3021, ENVS3036
12 units from List 1 - Australia and Asia-Pacific #
12 units from List 2 - Natural and Built Environments #
12 units from List 3 - Social Science and Humanities #
6 units from List 4a #
6 units from List 4b #
84 units consisting of two majors* selected from List 5 #
# Lists 1-5 may be expanded with the approval of the Program Convener and
Prescribed Authority.
* Courses from cores and themes may also count towards majors where permitted
by the rules of that major.
2. 48 units from an approved Honours program.

The program may not include more than 60 units of 1000-series
courses. The maximum period for completion of the degree
program is 10 years from the date of first enrolment in the
program. The 10 years includes periods of leave.
Students wishing to remain in the program must maintain an
average mark of 75 per cent each semester during the first 144
units of the degree program. Students who do not maintain this
average will be transferred to the Bachelor of Interdisciplinary

Studies pass degree program.
For list of subject and major choices, see previous entry for the
three year pass degree.

(Academic Program: 3607 | Academic Plan: 3607XMEDSC)
Minimum: 144 units
Modern medical sciences include subjects such as genetics,
immunology, nutrition, physiology, microbiology, biochemistry
and molecular biology. The Bachelor of Medical Science brings
all of these disciplines into the one degree where they form
a core of compulsory areas of study. Students also choose
additional subjects in complementary disciplines such as
neuroscience, psychology, anatomy and ethics. As part of the
final year, students undertake a Medical Sciences Elective,
which consists of 65 hours of work experience in a real medical
science environment. Students may work in organizations
such as: Department of Health and Ageing, Ecowise, university
research laboratories, Australian Institute of Sport, hospitals,
police forensics, Therapeutic Goods Administration, CSIRO,
Office of Gene Technology Regulation or medical supply
companies. A fundamental knowledge of the medical sciences
provides a broad platform from which to undertake further
study in medicine, nutrition, dietetics or forensic science.
A fundamental knowledge of the medical sciences provides
a broad platform from which to undertake further study in
medicine, nutrition, dietetics or forensic science.
The degree requires completion of at least 144 units of courses
comprising:
BIOL1003, BIOL1004, BIOL1007, CHEM1101 and CHEM1201
and at least one of any first year PSYC, PHYS or
MATH or STAT course
BIOL2142, BIOL2151, BIOL2161, BIOL2171, BIOL2174 and
either BIOL2152, BIOL2162 or BIOL2176
at least 36 units of Group C courses including BIOL3141,
BIOL3144, BIOL3161, BIOL3181 and BIOL3190
an additional 30 units.
year level.
Students commencing this program from 2009 will be required
to maintain an average of 65 per cent in all compulsory courses.
Degree structure
The Bachelor of Medical Science is a three year program
consisting of six required courses in first year, six required
courses in second year, and five required courses in third year.
Of the other seven six-unit courses, one must be a Group C
Science course.
567
Medical Science typical degree pattern of a full-time student
Year 1
Year 2
Year 3
Semester 1
Semester 2
BIOL1003 Evolution,
6 unit PSYC, PHYS, MATH
OR STAT course

6 unit course
Genetics
BIOL2161 Genes:
Replication and
Expression
BIOL2171 Biochemistry and
Nutrition
BIOL2142 General
Microbiology
BIOL2152 Advances in
Human Genetics OR
BIOL2162 Molecular
Biotechnology OR
Human Anatomy
BIOL2174 Cell Physiology in
Health and Disease
BIOL3141 Infection and

Immunity
Applications
BIOL3190 Medical Sciences
Elective
BIOL3144 Molecular
Immunology
BIOL3181 Current Topics
in Developmental and
Molecular Biology
(6 units)
[1] Those choosing PHYS1101 and PHYS1201 are not required to take mathematics
as a co-requisite, although the waiving of this co-requisite precludes BMedSc
students from taking later-year courses in physics.
[2] It is suggested that these electives be chosen from CHEM2101 Spectroscopy in
Chemistry, CHEM2202 Chemical Structure and Reactivity (CSR 1), PSYC2007
Biological Basis of Behaviour, BIOL2103 Vertebrate Physiology and BIOL2191
Ecology of Health and Disease.

may be admitted to the honours year to become candidates for
The degree with Honours. See the Honours Degree listed in the
Bachelor of Science.

(Academic Program: 4660 | Academic Plan: 4660HPHB )
Minimum: 192 units
The Bachelor of Philosophy (Honours), PhB (Hons), is an exciting
research-focused degree at ANU. The PhB (Hons) in the Colleges
of Science is for intellectually ambitious students who want
to study at the highest level. Every student receives intensive
individual attention from an academic supervisor.
The PhB (Hons) degree is extremely flexible in its structure with
the program of study determined each year in collaboration
with an academic supervisor. One quarter of the studies, in
the first three years, consists of individually tailored Advanced
Studies Courses specifically designed to provide students with a
strong base in research. These courses may consist of a reading
course with a world-leading scientist or joining a research team
to assist in the advance of knowledge. The fourth year is an
Honours year centred around one of the science disciplines. It
is possible, by taking Advanced Studies Courses in breaks, to
accelerate the program to complete in three and a half years.
After completion of the equivalent of each 48 units towards the
degree, the PhB Committee will determine whether the level
of performance is sufficient to remain in the degree program.
It will be possible to transfer to another undergraduate degree
program of the Colleges of Science and receive block credit for
work successfully completed in the PhB. To remain enrolled
568
in the PhB (Hons) degree, students must maintain an average

mark of 80 per cent in science courses each semester.
To qualify for the degree the Honours year must be completed
with first class honours.
Two referee reports are used in the selection of students and
must be submitted by November 30 in the year of application.
Click here for application and referee report forms. A quota can
apply and interviews and school recommendations may also be
used in the selection of students.
You will need to list the PhB (Hons) degree as first preference
through the University Admissions Centre to be considered for
admission.
The degree requires completion of at least 192 units approved
by the Colleges of Science including:
(a) Six Advanced Study Courses (including or equivalent to
SCNC1101, SCNC1102, SCNC2101, SCNC2102, SCNC3101,
SCNC3102)
(b) Completion of an Honours year at first class honours level.
Bachelor of Philosophy (Honours)/Bachelor of

Science (Honours)/Joint Degree ANU-NUS
(Academic Program: 4661 | Academic Plan: 4661HPHB )
Minimum: 192 units
The Bachelor of Philosophy (Honours)/Bachelor of Science
(Honours) can be taken in three majors (Chemistry, Mathematics
or Physics) and is offered as a joint single degree program by
the Faculty of Science at the National University of Singapore,
(NUS), and Colleges of Science at ANU. This highly selective
program provides a challenging course of study for students
who have a strong interest in and aptitude for graduate
research work. At ANU, it is only offered to students directly
applying through the Universities Admission Centre, UAC, or
to students in the Bachelor of Philosophy (Honours) program.
At NUS places are offered to Faculty of Science students in the
University Scholars Program. The course of study is arranged
so that students from ANU and NUS spend about six semesters
together and thus have the opportunity for close intellectual
interaction.
Students are expected to acquire a strong foundation in critical
analysis and depth in the principles of each subject. They will
be closely involved in undergraduate research with at least
25 per cent of their graduation requirements based upon
independentresearch.
This is a four-year, Honours only, research-based degree. You
will spend at least three semesters in residence at your host
university and will write your Honours thesis at your home
university. If your institution of primary enrolment is the NUS,
you spend the first three semesters there, your next three
semesters at ANU and your final two semesters back at NUS.
If you are primarily enrolled at ANU, you will spend the first two
semesters at ANU, the next three semesters at the NUS and the
last three semesters at ANU.
Dates
General enrolment pattern

Semester 1
Semester 2
Semester 1
Semester 2
PSYC1003 Psychology 1:
Understanding Mind, Brain and
Behaviour
Understanding People in Context
STAT1003 or BIOL1003 or
SCOM1001 or SRES1001 or
MATH1013 or COMP1100
PSYC1005 or another science or

non-science course
Science or non-science course
NUS
August to December
January to May
ANU
February to June
July to November

(Academic Program: 4612 | Academic Plan: 4612HBPSY )
Minimum: 192 units
The Bachelor of Psychology (Honours) is designed for those
students who are seeking a four year sequence in psychology.
The degree offers concentrated study in psychology for
students who want a thorough exploration of the discipline
and the opportunity for specialisation in their third year before
conducting a major research project in the Honours year. It
includes courses in the major substantive areas of psychology,
together with comprehensive training in the research design
and data analysis techniques used in psychological science.
Students are expected to maintain a high level of academic
excellence in psychology courses. Note: this is a restricted entry
program. Most students accepted into Honours psychology at
ANU will continue to enter via other pathways such as Bachelor
of Science (Psychology), Bachelor of Science and Bachelor
ofArts.
The program consists of 192 units including
No fewer than 96 units of Group A, B and C courses offered
by a science-related department, ie Department or School
in the Colleges of Science or the Department of Computer
Science or the School of Finance and Applied Statistics,
including
At least 24 units of Group A courses including PSYC1003
and PSYC1004
PSYC2001, PSYC2002, PSYC2007, PSYC2008 and PSYC2009
At least 36 units of Group C Psychology courses including
PSYC3018 and PSYC3026
At least 24 units of Honours Pathway Courses or Options in
psychology
No more than 48 units at first year level
48 units at fourth year level which will include an Honours
research project.
Progress requirements
To remain enrolled in the Bachelor of Psychology (Honours)
program students must maintain an average mark of 75 each
semester in psychology courses.
Degree structure
Students intending to specialise in psychology are advised to
combine this with studies in related fields. These might include
zoology, biochemistry, neuroscience, sociology, anthropology,
political science, philosophy, linguistics, mathematics, statistics
or computer science. The last of these is quite useful for
students planning to specialise in experimental psychology (eg
cognition or perception).
The following patterns of enrolment in first year are highly
recommended.
For a student interested in specialising in neuroscience or the

biological basis of behaviour:
Semester 1
Semester 2
PSYC1003 Psychology I:
Understanding Mind, Brain and
Behaviour
PSYC1004 Psychology II:

Understanding People in Context
Bachelor of Science
(Academic Program: 3600 | Academic Plan: 3600XBSCI )
Minimum: 144 units
The Bachelor of Science (BSc) program will provide you with
an understanding of your chosen field(s) within a number of
main science disciplines, as well as training you in the skills of
learning and communication. The three-year program is the
first stage towards gaining a professional qualification in any
area of science. Having acquired this expertise, many graduates
gain further training on the job or study towards a higher
degree in a specialised area. Students are required to complete
at least two science majors or a double major as part of their
program (see Majors entry below).
Courses from other Colleges can be included in the program,
thus providing a measure of flexibility in the tailoring of a
program best suited to a students needs. The attention of
international students is drawn, in particular, to the courses in
English skills in academic contexts that may be included in the
study program.
which no fewer than 96 units must be science courses*.
Your program must include:
Either a double science major (see list of science majors)
Or two science majors (see list of science majors)
And may not include more than 60 units of 1000
seriescourses
The maximum period for completion of the degree program
is 10 years from the date of first enrolment in the program.
The 10 years includes periods of leave.
*Science courses are designated and grouped by level:
Group A indicates first year, 1000 series courses
Group B indicates second year, 2000 series courses
Group C indicates third and fourth year, 3000 series or 4000
series courses.
569
Group B courses may have prerequisites in Group A, and Group

C courses may have prerequisites in Group (b) Students are
expected to obtain at least a grade of Pass in prerequisite
courses. Prerequisites may be waived in special circumstances
on the recommendation of the Head of Department/School
concerned.
Science courses are courses offered by the Schools and
Departments of the Colleges of Science as well as some courses
offered by the Department of Computer Science, Colleges of
Engineering and Computer Science and the Department of
Finance and Applied Statistics, Colleges of Business, Economics
and ANU College of Arts and Social Sciences as listed in the
Colleges of Science section under these Departments.
(The details of Group A, B and C courses are given under the
Summary of Courses tab. They also include courses from the
Department of Computer Science, Colleges of Engineering and
Computer Science and the Department of Finance and Applied
Statistics, Colleges of Business, Economics and ANU College of
Arts and Social Sciences)
The following courses offered by other Faculties are also
classified as Science courses:
ANTH2127 Genes, Memes and Cultural Difference, Group B
ANTH2026 Medical Anthropology, Group B
ARCH2108 Animals, Plants and People, Group B
ARCH2118 Animals, Plants and People: Further Study, Group B
(3 units)
Degree structure
Choosing courses
As the choice of first year courses may restrict later-year
choices, you should decide which majors you may be interested
in taking and seek advice for the chosen majors. Note
prerequisites may be required for later year courses, and you
will need to be guided by first year course required for later year
courses that you may want to study. It is important to note that
some first year courses are terminating courses, that is, they do
not serve as prerequisites for later year courses in a discipline.
Including more than one or two such courses in the first year
of your program will significantly reduce your flexibility in
choosing later year courses.
To maximise options in later year courses students should take
at most four courses with the same prefix.
Science majors
Single major
A Science major requires 42 units of courses with a common
theme comprising:
a maximum of 12 units of Group A courses
a minimum of 30 units of Group B or Group C courses,
including 18 units of Group C courses.
No major requires more than 18 units of Group C courses, but
some majors allow more than 18 units of Group C courses to be
included in the 42 units.
ECON3121 Mathematical Economics, Group C
Double major
Some majors with a common theme are available as a double
major. A double major consists of a minimum of 60 units of
courses with a common theme comprising:
ECON3100 Economics III Honours, Group C
a maximum of 12 units of Group A courses
EMET3006 Applied Micro-econometrics, Group C
a minimum of 48 units of Group B or Group C courses,

including 36 units of Group C courses.
BIAN2000 Series Group B

BIAN3000 Series Group C
EMET3008 Applied Macro and Financial Econometrics, Group C

EMET3011 Advanced Econometric Methods, Group C
ENGN1215 Introduction to Materials, Group A
ENGN2211 Electronic Circuits and Devices, Group B
ENGN2214 Mechanics of Materials, Group B
ENGN2222 Thermal Energy Systems, Group B
ENGN2224 Electronics, Group B
ENGN3224 Energy Systems Engineering, Group C
ENGN4507 Microelectric and Photonic Technology, Group C
ENGN4511 Composite Materials, Group C
ENGN4519 Semiconductor and Optoelectronic Devices, Group C
ENGN4524 Solar Energy Technologies, Group C
ENGN4601 Engineering Materials, Group C
No specific Group C course may be counted as meeting the

requirements of more than one major.
List of possible majors
Astronomy and Astrophysics
Cell and Molecular Biology
Chemistry
Climate Science and Policy
Computational Modelling
Computer Science
Earth and Environmental Science
Ecology and Evolution
FINM3003 Continuous Time Finance, Group C
Environmental Geosciences
FINM3007 Advanced Derivatives Pricing and Applications,

Group C
Environmental Modelling
PHIL2057 Philosophy of Science, Group B
Forest Science
PHIL2061 Philosophy of Psychology, Group B
Genetics
PHIL2080 Logic, Group B
Geography
PHIL2082 Philosophy of Biology, Group B
Geology
Geophysics
Human Ecology
Immunology and Microbiology
570

Interdisciplinary Science
Marine Geoscience
Material Science
Mathematical Finance
Mathematical Physics
Mathematics
Mathematics and Statistics
Natural Resource Management
Neuroscience
Physics
Physiology
Plant Science
Psychology
Quantitative Biology and Bioinformatics
Statistics
Sustainability Science
Theoretical Physics
Water Science and Policy
Zoology
First Year
It is important, particularly if you are doing a combined degree,
to make sure that your first year selection of courses prepares
you for majors in more than one area of the Colleges. Students
often want to change their initial preferences based on the
greater knowledge they obtain in first year. Because of this, you
do not need to choose your major or majors until the end of the
first year. Furthermore, most areas of science increasingly rely
on knowledge from other areas.
Specific advice is available for first year courses under
each major.
proposed field of honours study, of which at least 24 units

must be for Group C courses
2. the attainment of an average of 2 for the 48 units, where
HD = 4, D = 3, CR = 2, P = 0
3. the recommendation of the Head of Department/School
concerned, in the light of availability of resources and
appropriate supervision.
Departments may have additional entry requirements and
intending Honours students should contact the relevant
honours convener.
The work of the Honours year will consist of advanced work in
a selected field of study, details of which are given under the
individual departments or schools. The Honours program has
specific dates which are advertised in the Honours Handbook.
Students who complete the requirements for the pass degree
at the end of the first semester, if admitted to Honours, may,
with the approval of the department or school concerned,
commence the program mid-year.
Graduates of other universities may be accepted for admission
to Honours candidature provided that the undergraduate
program and performance in the program are of a standard
comparable to that applying in the relevant Department/School.
Fields of study in which a degree with Honours may be
taken are:
ASTR4005 or MATH4005 or PHYS4003 Astronomy and
Astrophysics*
BIMB4005 Biochemistry and Molecular Biology
BOZO4005 Botany and Zoology
CHEM4005 Chemistry
COMP4005 Computer Science
ENVS4005 Resource and Environmental Management
ENVS4015 Geography
ENVS4035 or ENVS4045 or ENVS4055 Forestry**
To choose your courses start considering which majors you

are interested in and determine the courses needed for those
majors. Some majors will give you fewer options (specifying
four suggested first year courses) whilst others will leave
you many choices. In the case of Quantitative Biology and
Bioinformatics, you will need to study at least five science
courses including four specified courses in first year in order to
study that major. In general, provided it meets the requirements
of the majors in which you are interested, it is a good idea
to study both semesters of a subject with one prefix. Finally,
having made your choice, check that you will be able to take
majors in more than one area.
EMSC4005 Geology
If in doubt consult a sub-dean or first year course advisor.
* The code depends on whether the Honours year is undertaken in the

Department of Mathematics or the Department of Physics or both
** The code depends on whether the Honours year is taken as part of the
Bachelor of Science, Bachelor of Science (Resource and Environmental
Management) or Bachelor of Science (Forestry) degrees. Concurrent
Honours is also possible in the fourth year of the Bachelor of Science
(Forestry) degree

may be admitted to the Honours year to become candidates
for The degree with Honours. The Colleges has an Honours
committee which ensures comparability of standards across
different Honours programs in the Colleges.
The minimum requirements for admission to an Honours
program other than Bachelor of Science (Forestry) (Honours) or
specified honours programs are as follows:
1. the successful completion of 144 units including at least
48 units of Group B or Group C courses relevant to the
EMSC4008 Physics of the Earth

MATH4009 Computational Science
NEUR4005 Neuroscience
PHYS4003 Physics
PHYS4004 Theoretical Physics
PSYC4005 Psychology
SCOM4005 Science Communication
STAT4005 Statistics
Students should enrol in the relevant Honours code for both

semester 1 and semester 2.
Details of these are given in the Course Summary section.
Students commencing Honours in first semester should enrol
in both first and second semester. Students commencing
Honours in second semester should only enrol for that semester.
Students will be advised when to enrol for the following year.
571
The Colleges have an Honours handbook giving broad

information applicable across both Colleges, including general
criteria for the awarding of grades. The Honours Handbook is at
http://science.anu.edu.au/Honours
18 units of 3000-series courses comprising ENVS3008,

ENVS3014, and ENVS3028
Both concurrent and fifth year honours are available in the

course for the degree of Bachelor of Science (Forestry). For
concurrent Honours, students must have completed all firstyear courses; maintained at least a credit average in Group B
and C courses; demonstrated superior achievement (D, HD)
in subjects relevant to the topic in which they propose to
undertake Honours; are in the fourth year of the Bachelor of
Science (Forestry) degree and maintain a full-time load. For
fifth year Forestry Honours, the minimum entry requirement
is at least four grades of Distinction and eight grades of Credit
in relevant Group B and C courses with an overall minimum
average of 65 per cent.
(b) 18 units consisting of: either ENVS4035 (Forestry Honours

1) and ENVS4045 (Forestry Honours 2); or BIOL2121,
ENVS2015 and 6 units of later year ENVS courses. Enrolment
in Forestry Honours 1 and 2 is by invitation only
more than 24 units of first year courses offered by a College

other than the Colleges of Science and not defined as Group
(a).
(Academic Program: 4601 | Academic Plan: 4601XBSCF )

Minimum: 192 units
The four-year Bachelor of Science (Forestry) degree offers
students a challenging education in forest science and forest
resource management, with wide application in environmental
science and resource management in Australia and abroad.
The curriculum is based on knowledge of the basic physical
and biological sciences relevant to forest ecosystems, of the
applied sciences and technologies which support sustainable
forest management, and of their application in the context of
the political, economic and social dimensions of resource use.
Consequently, the degree emphasises field-based learning, and
combines a broadly based education with specific professional
development and opportunities for specialisation. Like the
Bachelor of Science, the Bachelor of Science (Forestry) also
provides training in analytical and communication skills.

ENVS4003, ENVS4006, ENVS4008 and ENVS4009
(c) 18 units of Group A, B or C courses offered by a sciencerelated department (ie Department or School in the Faculty
of Science and the Department of Computer Science or the
School of Finance and Applied Statistics)
(d) 48 units of courses offered by any Faculty.
The degree program may not include:
more than 60 units of 1000-series courses

Degree structure
Forestry typical degree pattern of a full-time student*
Semester 1
Semester 2
Year 1
ENVS1001 Resources,
ENVS1004 Australias
Environment
BIOL1003 or BIOL1009
(offered in S2)
ENVS1003 Environment and

ENVS2010 Australias
Forests
Year 2
The degree is directed primarily to educating forest scientists

and professional foresters, but its graduates are also attractive
to a wide range of employers in environmental science and
resource management.
ENVS2001 Landscape
System 1
ENVS2019 Landforms and
Soils
the Environment
BIOL2121 Plant Structure
and Function
ENVS2009 Ecological
Measurement and
Modelling
Second year course (6 units)
Remote Sensing and GIS
and Fire
Year 3
Students who have completed satisfactorily one year of an

approved program at another university may apply through
UAC to transfer to this University for the final three years of the
forestry degree. It should be noted that the content of some
first-year courses at ANU is particularly suitable for forestry
students and that there is some benefit in undertaking the full
degree program at this University.

Environment
ENVS3014 Ecological
Restoration and
Management
Policy and Planning

ENVS4009 Forest Operations
Year 4
ENVS4006 Forest Policies

and Practices
Honours 1 or later year
course (6 units)
Forest Management
Forest Planning
course (6 units)
course (6 units)
Details of the Forestry program, and the normal sequence of

courses for the degree, are presented in the Fenner School
Handbook, available free on request from The Fenner School of
Environment and Society.
The degree requires completion of 192 units comprising:
(a) 114 units consisting of:
24 units of 1000-series courses comprising BIOL1003 or
BIOL1009, ENVS1001, ENVS1003 and ENVS1004
ENVS2004, ENVS2007, ENVS2009, ENVS2010 and
ENVS2019
572
*See degree Program requirements for particular courses which must be included in
years 1, 2, 3 and 4.

Both concurrent and fifth year Honours are available in the
course for the degree of Bachelor of Science (Forestry). For
concurrent Honours, students must have completed all firstyear courses; maintained at least a credit average in Group B
and C courses; demonstrated superior achievement (D, HD)
in subjects relevant to the topic in which they propose to

undertake Honours; be in the fourth year of the Bachelor of
Science (Forestry) degree and maintain a full-time load; and
have the approval of the Head of Fenner School. For fifth year
Forestry Honours, the entry requirements are those specified for
the Bachelor of Science with Honours.

(Academic Program: 4600 | Academic Plan: 4600HBSC )
Minimum: 192 units
The Bachelor of Science (Advanced) (Honours) program will
provide you with an understanding of your chosen field(s)
within a number of main science disciplines, as well as training
you in the skills of learning and communication. The first
three years of the program are the first stage towards gaining
a professional qualification in any area of science. The fourth
Honours year, besides allowing a higher degree of specialisation,
will prepare you for entry to doctoral and masters research
degrees.
Courses from other Colleges can be included in the program,
thus providing a measure of flexibility in the tailoring of a
program best suited to a students needs. The attention of
international students is drawn, in particular, to the courses in
English skills in academic contexts that may be included in the
study program.
which no fewer than 144 units must be science courses*.
Your program must include:
1. Either a double science major, or two science majors (off list
of science majors)
2. Four courses (24 units) at the Honours pathway level
3. Completion of a science Honours year program (48 units).
And may not include more than 60 units of 1000 series courses
To remain enrolled in the Bachelor of Science (Advanced)
(Honours) program students must maintain an average mark of
75 per cent each semester in science courses.
The maximum period for completion of the degree program is
10 years from the date of first enrolment in the program. The 10
*Science courses are designated and grouped by level.
Group A indicates first year, 1000 series courses
Group B indicates second year, 2000 series courses
Group C indicates third and fourth year, 3000 series or 4000
series courses.
Courses which may be taken at the Honours Pathway level have
a specified Honours Pathway Option listed.
Group B courses may have prerequisites in Group A, and Group
C courses may have prerequisites in Group (b) Students are
expected to obtain at least a grade of Pass in prerequisite
courses. Prerequisites may be waived in special circumstances
on the recommendation of the Head of Department/School
concerned.
For specific details of courses and available majors see previous
entry for Bachelor of Science.

Honours Year
No student is guaranteed entry to a particular Honours
program or supervisor at the beginning of the degree, rather
entry to particular Honours programs will be guaranteed
with successful completion of a major at the standard
required for continuation in the program.
The criterion for continuation in the program normally will
be an average mark of 75 per cent each semester in Science
courses.
Students in the direct entry Bachelor of Science (Advanced)
(Honours) stream who do not get the 75 per cent average
mark each semester shall be transferred to the standard
Bachelor of Science stream, but will be allowed to compete
for places in Honours at the end of third year with other
students.
The work of the Honours year will consist of advanced work in
a selected field of study, details of which are given under the
individual departments or schools. The Honours program has
specific dates which are advertised in the Honours Handbook.
Students who complete the requirements for their third year
at the end of the first semester, if admitted to Honours, may,
with the approval of the department or school concerned,
commence the program mid-year.
Fields of study in which a degree with Honours may be taken
are listed under the previous entry for Bachelor of Science.

(Academic Program: 3609 | Academic Plan: 3609XBPSYC)
Minimum: 144 units
Psychology can be studied at ANU in a specialised Bachelor
of Science (Psychology) program. Students wanting to qualify
with a Bachelor of Science (Psychology) take at least 78 units of
psychology within their 144 unit degree. Other courses making
up the 144 units for the degree are at the students discretion,
with advice from the undergraduate adviser.
Psychology can also be studied as part of a Bachelor of Science
or Bachelor of Arts degree, the choice of degree depending
on whether a students interests lean towards the Sciences
(Bachelor of Science) or Arts/Social Sciences (Bachelor of Arts)
areas. In both of these cases, students wishing to qualify for
fourth year study in Psychology must include a minimum of 72
units of psychology within their 144 unit degree, and further
Science or Arts courses as specified in the Bachelor of Science
and Bachelor of Arts rules.
The program of study in psychology can also form part of
combined programs; for example the Bachelor of Science
(Psychology) may be combined with degrees in Law (Bachelor
of Science (Psychology)/Bachelor of Laws) or Commerce
(Bachelor of Commerce/Bachelor of Science (Psychology)),
Music (Bachelor of Music/Bachelor of Science (Psychology)) as
well as with the Bachelor of Science and Bachelor of Arts. For
additional information and specific advice, the student should
consult either the Undergraduate Adviser of the Department of
Psychology or the Colleges Office.
A pass degree in psychology provides an excellent grounding in
the field . An Honours degree or fourth-year diploma provides
573

degree programs. Qualification for the independent practice
of psychology, or employment in academic and medical
institutions, typically requires graduate study leading to a
degree of Master of Philosophy, Master of Clinical Psychology,
Professional Doctorate in Clinical Psychology (DPsych
(Clinical)), Doctor of Philosophy, or Doctor of Philosophy
(ClinicalPsychology).
For BSc (Psych) students who are combining psychology with a

program of study in another area (eg combined degree):
Year 1
The degree of BSc(Psych) offers concentrated study in
Psychology for students who want a thorough exploration
of the discipline and the opportunity for specialisation in
their third year. It includes courses in the major substantive
areas of Psychology, together with comprehensive training
in the research design and data analysis techniques used in
psychological science.
The degree program follows a planned three-year sequence.
In the first year (Group A) course, students are introduced to
the core topics of cognition, personality, social psychology,
developmental psychology, biological bases of behaviour, and
research methodology. Five of these areas are then developed
within the five Group B psychology courses, leading in to
more specialised Group C courses from which students select
according to their interests. Third year BSc(Psych) students must
include the advanced (Group C) methodology course in their
program as well as the personality and assessment course. The
Schools undergraduate adviser is available to advise on third
year options, as well as on curriculum choices for the 66 units
of non-psychology courses the degree allows.
The BSc(Psych) is an ideal preparation for fourth year (Honours
or Graduate Diploma) and for further graduate study in
psychology. It offers a firm scientific grounding in the discipline,
which is the essential basis for both professional training (eg
Graduate Diploma; Masters or Doctorate in Clinical Psychology)
and advanced research work (MPhil; PhD).
BSc (Psychology) requires completion of at least 144 units
including no fewer than 96 units of Group A, B and C courses:
Semester 1
Semester 2
Understanding Mind,
Brain and Behaviour
STAT1003 or BIOL1003 or
SCOM1001 or SRES1001
or MATH1013 or
COMP1100
PSYC1005 or another
science or non-science
course
Science or non-science
course
Understanding People in
Context
course
course
For a BSc(Psych) or BSc student interested in specialising in

neuroscience or the biological basis of behaviour:
Year 1
Semester 1
Semester 2
Understanding Mind,
Brain and Behaviour
CHEM1101 Chemistry 1*
course
course
Understanding People in
Context
BIOL1004 Biology 2:
Molecular Biology
course
course
* Note: Psychology students without the necessary prerequisites for the Chemistry
courses are encouraged to complete the bridging chemistry coffered by
Chemistry.
Students with a specific interest in the evolution of human

behaviour and comparisons between humans and other species
can benefit from most offerings of the School of Anthropology
and Archaeology.
All second-year courses in Psychology are open to students
who have satisfactorily completed PSYC1003 and PSYC1004.
Third-year courses have specific prerequisites appropriate to the
particular course.
Detailed syllabi and lists of preliminary reading may be obtained
from the School of Psychology.
At least 24 units of Group A courses including PSYC1003 and

PSYC1004
Bachelor of Science (Resource & Environmental

Management)
All of PSYC2001, PSYC2002, PSYC2007, PSYC2008 and

PSYC2009
(Academic Program: 3603 | Academic Plan: 3603XBSREM)

Minimum: 144 units
Academic Contact: Science.Enquiries@anu.edu.au

PSYC3018
Either PSYC2004 (Group B) or PSYC3026 (Group C) must be
included in the above
No more than 48 units at first year level.
Degree Structure
The Pass Degree
Students intending to specialise in psychology are advised to
combine this with studies in related fields. These might include
zoology, biochemistry, neuroscience, sociology, anthropology,
political science, philosophy, linguistics, mathematics, statistics
or computer science. The last of these is quite useful for
students planning to specialise in experimental psychology (eg
cognition or perception).
The following patterns of enrolment in first year are highly
recommended.
574
The three-year Bachelor of Science (Resource and

Environmental Management) degree, and associated Honours
program, is designed to educate environmental scientists and
natural resource managers to meet the sustainability challenges
and opportunities of the coming century. The Resource
and Environmental Management Program and Bachelor of
Science (Resource and Environmental Management) degree
link the natural and social sciences with their applications
in environmental conservation and sustainable resource
management. Because the Bachelor of Science (Resource and
Environmental Management) degree is so flexible, prospective
students should consult the Program Convener prior to
developing their individual program and associated streams.
The curriculum comprises a core of natural and social sciences
courses relevant to environmental conservation and sustainable
resource management. The degree emphasises experiential and

field based learning, and combines broadly based environmental
education with focused professional development and
opportunities for specialisation.
The degree requires completion of at least 144 units including
at least 96 units of Group A, B and C courses (of which at least
72 units must comprise:
at least 24 units of Group A courses selected from BIOL1003,
BIOL1009, ENVS1001, ENVS1003, ENVS1004 and at least one
of ENVS1008 or EMSC1006
at least 24 units of Group B courses with EMSC or ENVS
prefixes, including at least one of EMSC2016, ENVS2007,
ENVS2009, ENVS2011 and at least one of ENVS2013,
ENVS2014 or ENVS2015
at least 36 units of Group C courses with EMSC or ENVS
prefixes, including at least one of ENVS3007, ENVS3028 or
LAWS3103
three Level C courses in a major administered by the
Research School of Earth Sciences or the Fenner School of
Environment and Society.
more than 48 units of courses offered by a College other
than the Colleges of Science and not defined as Group A, B
or C, of which no more than 24 units may be at first-year
level
more than 60 units at first-year level.
Degree structure
Resource and Environmental Management typical degree
pattern of a full-time student
Year 1
Year 2
Year 3

(Academic Program: 3602 | Academic Plan: 3602XBSCM )
Minimum: 144 units
Academic Contact: Dr Rod Lamberts
Effective, meaningful communication calls on a multitude of
skills and techniques. Effective science communication requires
not only such skills and techniques, but a sound appreciation of
the context in which science is practiced. This makes the study
of science communication relevant to every science and every
scientist. Studying science communication at ANU will offer
you exposure to skills and experiences not usually encountered
in standard science courses. In this degree, not only will your
science writing and presentation abilities be honed, you will
also study how people think about risk and ethics, consider
what types of communication techniques are most persuasive,
and discuss the underlying social and cultural influences on
science as it exists today.
Whether you want to be a practising scientist, or simply
have a passing interest in how science fits into the everyday
world, science communication offers wide-ranging,
interdisciplinaryinsight.
Specific science communication courses work in conjunction
with electives to allow you to learn more about human nature
and the philosophy of science, placing science in the context of
peoples everyday lives.
Eligible graduates from this program will be able to continue
in Honours in mainstream science areas or in science
communication.
Suitable students in this program will also have the opportunity
to participate in the Australian National Internships Program.
For more information about this program see
www.anu.edu.au/anip
Semester 1
Semester 2
ENVS1001 Resources,
BIOL1003 Evolution,
ENVS1004 Australias
Environment
ENVS1003 Environment and

ENVS1008 Contemporary
Issues in Asia and
Australia
The degree requires completion of at least 144 units including

at least 96 units of Group A, B and C courses.
ENVS2001 Human Ecology ENVS2016 Landforms and

Soils
the Environment
EMSC2016 Resources and
the Environment
Second year course (6 units) Second year course (6 units)
Policy and Planning
Group C EMSC or ENVS
course (6 units)
Environment
Third year course (6 units)
ENVS3007 Participatory
Resource Management
Environment
Group C EMSC or ENVS
course (6 units)
Third year course (6 units)

the degree with Honours.
See the Honours Degree listed in the Bachelor of Science.
The total of 144 units must include:

SCOM1001 Science and Public Awareness, ENVS1003 and six
units of courses from List 1
SCOM2001 Practical Skills for Communicating Science,
SCOM2002, (or ENVS1003) and 12 units of courses from
List 2
at least 36 units of third year courses comprising SCOM3001
Science Ethics and Risk, SCOM3002 Science in the Media
and 24 units of Group C courses offered by a science-related
department.
more than 48 units of courses offered by a College other
than the Colleges of Science and not defined as Group A,
B or C, of which no more than 24 units may be at firstyearlevel
more than 48 units at first-year level.
List 1
ANTH1002 Introducing Anthropology
DRAM1005 Page to Stage I: Acting
575
ASTR3007 Stellar Astrophysics and Dynamics
ASTR3005 Special Topics in Astrophysics
MATH1007 Poetry of the Universe
EMSC3022 Planetary Geology
List 2
DRAM2005 Page to Stage II: Directing
A major in astrophysics will normally be combined with a major

in mathematics and/or physics.
ENVS2012 Cities and Their Hinterlands

Students must take PHYS1101, PHYS1201, MATH1013/1115 and

MATH1014/1116. ASTR1001 Astrophysics, while advised, is not
compulsory.
Biological Anthropology Major

Refer to entry in the ANU College of Arts and Social Sciences.
Degree structure
Cell & Molecular Biology Major
Science Communication typical degree pattern of a

full-time student
Academic Contact: Professor Kiaran Kirk, BaMBi
Requirements
Year 1
SCOM1001 Science and Public Awareness (6 units)

Group A Science courses (36 units)
(6 units)
A major in Cell and Molecular Biology consists of a minimum

of 42 units of courses from biochemistry and molecular biology
including:
Year 2

(6 units)
SCOM2002 Research in Science Communication (6 units)
(or ENVS1003)
Group B Science courses (24 units)
Courses chosen from List 2 (12 units)
(a) BIOL1004 Molecular Biology
BIOL3101 Cellular Neuroscience
SCOM3001 Science Ethics and Risk (6 units)

SCOM3002 Science in the Media (6 units)
Group C Science courses (36 units)
BIOL3112 Systems Neuroscience
BIOL3161 Genomics and its Applications
BIOL3174 Research Projects
BIOL3177 Advances in Molecular Plant Science
Science majors

Biology
BIOL3191: Biotechnology in Context
Astronomy & Astrophysics Major
(d) choice of six units from any of the above, not already
included, or:
Academic Contact: Dr Paul Francis and Dr Lilia Ferrario
BIOL1007: Living Cells
Requirements
BIOL2142: General Microbiology
Astronomy and astrophysics is the study of everything beyond

the Earth. It includes spaceflight, planets, stars, galaxies, black
holes, dark matter, quasars, cosmology and the Big Bang.
BIOL2162: Molecular Biotechnology
BIOL2171: Biochemistry and Nutrition
BIOL2174: Cell Physiology in Health and Disease
BIOL2176: Introductory Human Anatomy
BIOL2191: Ecology, Health and Disease
Year 3

the degree with Honours.
See the Honours Degree listed in the Bachelor of Science.
Astronomers work in universities, at observatories, for various

space agencies such as NASA and ESA, and at planetariums
and science centres. Many ANU astronomy and astrophysics
graduates can be found in all of these occupations.
Training in astronomy and astrophysics leaves you highly
employable in many other fields, Astronomy graduates have
mastered a wide range of mathematical, scientific, engineering
and computational skills; this combination is very unusual and
is much sought after by employers in diverse fields.
To major in astrophysics, you must take at least three of the
following courses:
ASTR3002 Galaxies and Cosmology
576
(b) BIOL2161 Genes: Replication and Expression

(c) at least 18 units from the following:
A double major requires an additional 18 units of appropriate

Group C courses offered from list (c).

Students must take BIOL1004, CHEM1101 and CHEM1201.
BIOL1003 and BIOL1007 strongly recommended.
Chemistry Major
Academic Contact: Professor David Ollis
Chemistry offers both a Major and a double major in Chemistry.
Requirements
ENVS3033 International Environmental Policy.
A major in Chemistry will require a minimum of 42 units of

courses consisting of:
CHEM1101 (Chemistry 1) [or CHEM1014 (Chemistry A14) or
CHEM1016 (Chemistry A16)] and CHEM1201 (Chemistry 2)
[or CHEM1015 (Chemistry A15) or CHEM1017 (Chemistry
A17)]
at least 12 units of Group B courses offered by the
Department of Chemistry
at least 18 units of Group C courses offered by the
Department of Chemistry including no less than six and no
more than 12 units of lab based courses (CHEM3060-3064).
With the written approval of the convener of the major, one of
the three Group C courses can be replaced by a relevant Group
C science course.
A double major in Chemistry consists of an additional 18 units
of Group C courses offered by Chemistry. With the approval of
the convener of the major, two of the six Group C Chemistry
courses may be replaced by relevant Group C science courses.

Students must take CHEM1101 and CHEM1201.
Climate Science & Policy Major

Academic Contact: A/Prof. Janette Lindesay
Climate change is recognised as one of the critical challenges
to the sustainability of human society and the environment,
both in Australia and globally. Expertise in the science and
policy areas relevant to understanding climate change and its
impacts, and to managing natural resources and both human
and natural environments under global warming, is in demand
in the private sector, at all levels of Australian government, and
in research organisations. This major offers the combination
of a strong understanding of climate science with knowledge
in environmental policy, economics, governance, law and
modelling, underpinned by research-intensive courses and
methods training - a combination that is essential to tackling
the critical challenges in areas such as climate vulnerability and
adaptation, water resource management and natural resource
management under climate change.
Requirements
Computational Modelling Major

Academic Contact: A/Prof. Steve Roberts
Computational Modelling is the application of mathematical
models and computational techniques to the analysis of
scientific, industrial and financial problems. It involves the
formulation and analysis of models, the development and
application of computational algorithms, program and
software packages, computational simulation and visualization,
mathematical and numerical analysis, and high-performance
supercomputing. Typical application areas include stock
market analysis, car crash simulation, drug design, earthquake
prediction, medical imaging and oil recovery.
The major is offered jointly by the ANU College of Engineering
and Computer Science and the ANU College of Physical
Sciences. Students have access to computer resources that
are unsurpassed in Australia. The ANU campus hosts the
Australian Partnership for Advanced Computation (APAC) and
its national facility supercomputer, and is a part of the APAC
national education program. ANU (and the University of NSW)
are the primary nodes in the new National Information and
Communication Technology Australia Limited (NICTA) funded
by the Federal Government. NICTA is Australias pre-eminent
research, research training and commercialization facility in
these areas.
Students taking the major may emphasise either mathematics
or computer science, and will acquire a strong background in
both. Most students will choose to specialize (and will probably
take a second major) in related fields or areas of application,
such as biology, chemistry, computer science, economics,
environmental modelling, mathematics, mathematical finance,
physics or statistics.
Graduates with skills and knowledge in the area of the major
are highly sought after in industry and corporate IT areas,
in scientific and financial research, and in large government
departments or hospitals. Many will continue to post
graduatestudy.
Requirements
This major will consist of a minimum of 42 units of
coursesincluding:
A minimum of 42 units of courses including: EMSC1006 The

Blue Planet, ENVS3020 Climate Change Science and Policy, and
(a) MATH2305 Differential Equations and Applications or

MATH2405 Mathematical Methods 1 Honours: Ordinary
Differential Equations & Advanced Vector Calculus
(a) no more than six units from:
(b) at least one of:
ENVS1001 Resources Environment and Society
COMP3320 High Performance Scientific Computing
(c) at least two of:
MATH3501 Scientific and Industrial Modelling,
MATH3511 Scientific Computing,
MATH3512 Matrix Computations and Optimisation,
PHYS3038 Case Studies in Advanced Computing
(d) Three Computer Science/Mathematics level B or C courses

other than those counting towards requirements (b) or (c).
(b) at least six units from:

(c) at least eighteen units from:
577
Students must take MATH1013/1115, MATH1014/1116,

Students must take COMP1100, COMP1110 and either MATH

1013/1115 and MATH 1014/1116 or MATH1005.
Computer Science Major
Earth & Environmental Science Major
Academic Contact: A/Prof. Chris Johnson
Academic Contact: Dr Bear McPhail and Dr John Field
Computer Science is the study and application of processes and

techniques for problem solving using computing methods and
information technology.
Requirements
The major provides the basic principles and theory used in

developing computational solutions to problems including
a study of data structures, algorithms, and programming
languages, and either their use in translating solutions into
software systems or a good grounding in the bases of software,
hardware and network architectures. Examples and practical
applications include databases, user-interfaces, computer
networks, and the control and utilisation of computer systems.
If chosen as electives, the acquisition of Software Engineering
techniques and skills in analysis, design, implementation and
project management in a team environment. Experience is
gained in the application of these skills to the production and
maintenance of high quality software systems.

(a) Two of these courses: ENVS1004 Australias Environment,
EMSC1006 The Blue Planet and EMSC1007 Introduction to
Earth Science in the Field.
(b) no more than 12 units of Group B courses with prefix EMSC
or ENVS
(c) at least 18 units chosen from:

EMSC3019 Carbonate Reef Field Studies
EMSC3023 Marine Biogeochemistry
EMSC3025 Groundwater
EMSC3027 Global Cycles and Paleooceanography
EMSC3028 Coastal Environmental Earth Science
The major is offered by the Department of Computer

Science. Students have access to computer resources that
are unsurpassed in Australia. The ANU campus hosts the
Australian Partnership for Advanced Computation (APAC)
and its national facility supercomputer, and is a part of the
APAC national education program. ANU (and the University of
NSW) is the primary nodes in NICTA (the National Information
and Communication Technology Australia Limited) which is
Australias premier institution of excellence in computing
and communications science and technology, funded by the
FederalGovernment.
ENVS3026 Geomorphology: Landscape Evolution Under

Changing Climates
The major allows the integration of Computer Science with

studies in other disciplines, and the flexibility to focus on
software development, software systems or computer science
theory. Students intending to pursue further studies in
computing should do a double major.
The computer science program aims to develop skilled computer

scientists with the technical background, interpersonal
and communications skills, knowledge, and adaptability to
contribute to the development of well-designed, robust,
computer-based solutions to a range of problems in business
and industry.
Excellent career opportunities exist for Computer Science

graduates in business, industry and government as
programmers, systems analysts, computer systems and network
managers, user support officers and software engineers.
Requirements
A major in Computer Science requires a minimum of 42 units
of courses offered by the Department of Computer Science,
including:
(or COMP1130) and COMP1110 Introduction to Software
systems (or COMP1140)
30 units of Group B or Group C courses, including at least
18 units of Group C courses.
A double major consists of an additional 18 units of
Group C courses.
578

Students must take two of ENVS1004, EMSC1006 and
EMSC1007, and it is recommended that they also take first year
courses in CHEM, BIOL and ENVS.
Ecology & Evolution Major

Academic Contact: Professor Bill Foley
Requirements
(a) BIOL1003 Evolution, Ecology and Genetics

BIOL2131 Population Ecology
BIOL2151 Introductory genetics

BIOL3102 Ecology of Disease
BIOL3103 Sensory Physiology and Animal Behaviour
BIOL3115 Entomology
BIOL3132 Field Studies in Behavioural Ecology
BIOL3138 Special Topics in Ecology, Evolution and

Systematics

Systematics
BIOL3151 Population Genetics
including at least two from
(d) at least six units from:
including at least one of
any courses with a BIOL prefix
any course with a BIAN prefix
(d) at least 12 units from:
any courses with a BIOL prefix
ENVS2019 Vegetation Ecology: Landscape System 1
ENVS3008 Fire in the Environment
ENVS3029 Palaeoenvironmental Reconstruction
ENVS3029 Palaeoenvironmental Reconstruction

Students should take BIOL1003, and BIOL1004. Students are
recommended to take CHEM1101 and BIOL1009. Students are
also advised to include some quantitative units in first year.
Suitable units include: STAT1003, ENVS1003, MATH1013/1115
and MATH1014/1116.
Ecology & Evolution Double Major

Requirements
(a) BIOL1003 Biology 1 Evolution, Ecology and Genetics

BIOL2151 Introductory genetics
Students should take BIOL1003, and BIOL1004. Students are

recommended to take CHEM1101 and BIOL1009
Students are also advised to include some quantitative units
in first year. Suitable units include STAT1003, ENVS1003,
MATH1013/1115 and MATH1014/1116.
Environmental Geoscience Major

Academic Contact: Dr Bear McPhail
This major is intended for those that would like to work as
environmental scientists and/or pursue post graduate study in
the area of the Environment. Because the field of environmental
science is interdisciplinary, it is intended that this major be
combined with a second major offered by Research School
of Earth Sciences, Chemistry, Biology, or the Fenner School of
Environment and Society. This major provides a broad overview
of surficial geology, from the formation of sedimentary rocks,
the composition of the oceans and their sediments and the
contribution of organisms to the evolution of the Planet. It
deals also with formation of regolith, groundwater and a
variety of resource related issues. Emphasis is also placed on
geochemistry and the cycling of elements throughout the crust.
Requirements
BIOL3115 Entomology
BIOL3122 Plant Ecology
BIOL3125 Plant and Global Climate Change

Systematics

Systematics
EMSC3025 Groundwater
EMSC3027 Global Cycles and Palaeoceanography
EMSC3028 Coastal Environmental Earth Sciences.
A major in Environmental Geoscience will consist of a minimum

of 42 units of courses including:
(a) two of these courses:

EMSC1007 Introduction to Earth Science in the Field
(b) At least 2 of:

CHEM2204 Environmental Chemistry
EMSC2017 Mineralogy
(c) any three of:
579
Environmental Modelling Major
Environmental Policy Major
Academic Contact: Professor Tony Jakeman
Academic Contact: Professor Steve Dovers and Dr Richard Baker
Australias environmental challenges and technically

advanced society have put it at the international forefront
of environmental modelling. Because of processes such as
global climate change, desertification (including salinisation)
and deforestation, we face critical environmental problems;
for example, allocation of scarce water resources to meet
increasing economic, water-quality and ecological demands.
This Major combines an introduction to how mathematics and
computing are helping to solve these problems together with
courses dealing directly with environmental issues.
Policy expertise is scarce in the rapidly expanding areas

of natural resource management, urban environmental
management, and sustainable development. There are
significant career opportunities in all three levels of Australian
government, as well as in the expanding regional organisations,
and in the private sector. In particular, graduates with
substantial policy skills matched with a sound background in
areas such as water science, landscape ecology and similar
areas are highly sought after, in Australia and internationally.
This major offers foundational knowledge in public policy,
placed firmly within the context of some of the big challenges
in areas such as climate impacts and adaptation, landscape
management and water resource management, including
research-intensive courses and methods training. Details of
environmental policy positions that many former ANU students
are now working in are at http://fennerschool-people.anu.edu.
au/richard_baker/resources/formernow.html
Career opportunities for graduates include research

(CSIRO, universities, International Geosphere Biosphere
Program), natural resource management (Murray Darling
Basin Commission, Environment Australia, Bureau of Rural
Sciences, state government agencies), and the private sector
(environmental engineering, environmental impact assessment).
Skills in this area provide a solid base for career opportunities
also in other fields where mathematical modelling is crucial,
such as engineering, finance and the sciences.
Later year students considering this major should note that for
the third year ENVS courses, completion of either two or three
second year courses in science, or permission of the lecturer, are
sufficient prerequisites.
Requirements
A minimum of 42 units listed in (a), (b) and (c) and requiring
(a) no more than 12 units from the following:

ENVE1008 Contemporary Issues in Asia and Australia
Requirements

coursesincluding:
(b) at least one of the following:

(a) MATH1013 Mathematics and Applications 1 or MATH1115

Mathematics and Applications 1 Honours MATH1014
(b) MATH2305 Differential Equations and Applications or

Equations and Advanced Vector Calculus
(c) at least one of:
EMSC2015 Chemistry of Earth and Oceans

and Sustainability
MATH2306 Partial Differential Equations and Applications 1
MATH2406 Maths Methods 2 Honours: Partial Differential

Equations, Fourier Analysis and Complex Analysis
MATH2501 Foundations of Computational Science
It is also possible to complete a double major in Environmental

Policy by completing 10 of the above listed courses, including
no more than two of the courses listed under (a) and at least six
listed under (c).
(d) MATH3133 Environmental Modelling and Integrated

Assessment
(e) and at least two of:

ENVS3024 Applied Geographic Information Systems
MATH3501 Scientific and Industrial Modelling.

Students should take MATH1013/1115 and MATH1014/1116.
580
Forest Science Major

Academic Contact: Dr Cris Brack
Forest science generates knowledge about natural and
man-made forests, and enhances our capacity to manage these
forests sustainably for conservation, environmental services,
and production. The Forest Science major provides students

with a sound foundation in forest science and its application to
a diversity of forests. The major offers many opportunities for
experiential and field-based learning, and its completion at the
appropriate level is good preparation for Honours in Forestry
(see the relevant section of the Undergraduate Handbook).
The Forest Science major is based on knowledge of the physical
and biological sciences relevant to forest ecosystems, of
the applied sciences and technologies which support forest
conservation and sustainable management, and of their
application in the context of the political, economic and social
dimensions of resource use. It begins with introductions to
issues in resources and environment and in Australias forests,
to ecology and zoology, and to ecological measurement.
Later year courses address the fundamentals of the terrestrial
environmental sciences and develop their applications in forest
management. It is possible to structure the major to focus on
particular aspects of forest science, and should seek advice
on constructing a coherent progression of courses within
themajor.

Systematics (genetics project)

Systematics (genetics project)
BIOL3174 Research Projects (genetics project)

Biology

any subject with a BIOL prefix
Requirements
This major will consist of a minimum of 42 units of courses

listed in (a), (b) and (c) and including:
BIAN2115 Race and Human Genetic Variation.
(a) ENVS1004 Australias Environment*

(b) ENVS2009 Ecological Measurement and Modelling,
ENVS2010 Australias Forests, and ENVS2019 Vegetation
Ecology: Landscape Systems 1**
(c) at least 18 units ** chosen from:

ENVS3014 Ecological Restoration and Management
any ENVS 4-series non-Honours courses.

Students should take BIOL1003, BIOL1004, CHEM1101 and at
least one of STAT1003 or CHEM1201. Both are recommended.
Genetics Double Major

Academic Contact: Professor Bill Foley and Professor Kiaran Kirk
Requirements

BIOL1003 Biology 1 Evolution, Ecology and Genetics
BIOL1004 Biology 2 Molecular Biology
BIOL2161 Genes: Replications and Expression
Students should take ENVS1004.
and 24 units from
Note: Students who commenced in 2006 or before should

BIOL3138 Special Topics in Evolution, Ecology and Genetics

(genetics project)
Genetics Major
BIOL3139 Special Topics in Evolution, Ecology and Genetics

(genetics project)
Note:
*may include one BIOL course with written approval of the
Director of the Fenner School of Environment and Society
**may include two BIOL courses with written approval of the
Director of the Fenner School of Environment and Society
Academic Contact: Professor Bill Foley and Professor Kiaran Kirk
Requirements
(a) at least six units from:
BIOL1003 Evolution, Ecology and Genetics

Biology
BIOL2161 Genes: Replication and Expression
BIOL2162 Molecular Biotechnology
Students should take BIOL1003, BIOL1004, CHEM1101 and

CHEM1201, STAT1003 is recommended.
581
Geography Major
Academic Contact: Dr Richard Baker
Geography is about Earths diversity, its resources, and
humankinds survival on the planet. Geographers analyse the
associations of things and events that give special character
to particular places; the interconnections between different
areas; and the working of complex systems through time. The
discipline integrates natural and social science approaches to
provide an integrative approach to the study of environmental
problems and their solution. Such approaches include the study
of economic and social goals and processes that determine
strategies of resource use and ecosystem management. The
Geography Major provides students with the opportunity to
develop a deep understanding of a wide range of geographic
issues. The major offers many opportunities for experiential and
field-based learning, and its completion at the appropriate level
is good preparation for Honours in Geography (see the relevant
section of the Undergraduate Handbook).
Requirements
This major will consist of a minimum of 42 units from courses
listed in (a), (b) and (c) and requiring:
(a) no more than 12 units of:

(b) no more than 12 units of the following Group B ENVS

courses

ENVS2015 Introduction to Remote sensing and GIS
(c) at least 18 units of the following Group C ENVS courses


ENVS3026 Geomorphology: Landscape evolution under

changing climates
ENVS3001 Climate Change Science and Policy Field School.
It is also possible to complete a double major in Geography by

completing 10 of the above listed courses including no more
than two of the courses listed under (a) and at least six listed
under (c).
Geology Major
Academic Contact: Dr John Mavrogenes
Geology is the science dedicated to the study of the Earth.
In more detail, geologists study the origins and evolution of
Earth from its inception as one of several planets orbiting the
Sun, its subsequent segregation into a central metallic core
and overlying silicate mantle, and the evolution through time
of the continental and oceanic crusts, the atmosphere and
oceans, and the various life forms that colonise the surface
and near-surface layers. In the past 40 years, we have come to
appreciate the global mobility of the outermost boundary layer
of the Earth (the lithosphere) encapsulated by the paradigm
of plate tectonics. Interactions between plates generate
earthquakes, mountain belts, and volcanoes. In addition to
understanding the fundamental mechanisms driving these
global forces, geologists are engaged in understanding the
origins of commercially important energy, metalliferous, and
industrial resources. An increasingly important aspect of
geological science is the multidisciplinary approach required for
progress in understanding the processes driving atmospheric
and oceanographic evolution resulting in global climatic
changes. Geology is fundamentally a field-based science and
many opportunities arise in the major for field studies. This
major involves a limited selection of courses from those offered
by Research School of Earth Sciences, and is designed to
complement other majors offered by Earth and Marine Sciences,
or convened by Archeology, Biology, Chemistry, Physics, or The
Fenner School of Environment and Society. We recommend
that those wanting to work as professional geoscientists should
complete a Geology Double Major.
Requirements
A major in Geology will consist of a minimum of 42 units of
courses including:
(a) two of these courses:

EMSC1007 Introduction to Earth Science in the Field
(b) at least two of:

EMSC2012 Introduction to Structural and Field Geology
EMSC2015 Chemistry of the Earth and Oceans
EMSC2017 Mineralogy
EMSC2020 The Lithosphere

and Sustainability
EMSC3001 Field Geology
EMSC3002 Structural Geology and Tectonics
582
(c) at least three of:
EMSC3007 Economic Geology
Requirements
EMSC3022 Planetary Geology
This major consists of a minimum of 42 units consisting of:
EMSC3024 Magmatism and Metamorphism
(a) PHYS1101 Advanced Physics I and PHYS1201 Advanced

Physics II. These courses have a co-requisite of mathematics
(either MATH1013 or MATH1115, then MATH1014 or
MATH1116)
Students must take two of ENVS1004, EMSC1006 and

EMSC1007 and it is recommended that they also take first year
courses in CHEM, PHYS and MATHS.
(b) MATH2305 Differential equations and Applications or

Geology Double Major

Academic Contact: Dr John Mavrogenes
This major is aimed at those intending to be professional
geologists, and requires selection of courses from the extensive
range of those offered by the Research School of Earth Sciences,
spanning topics that include the internal workings of the Earth
and the cycling of materials from the interior to the surface and
back again, the composition of the oceans and their evolution,
the nature of sedimentary environments and the formation
of sedimentary rocks through time, the characteristics of life
and its evolution, the formation and evolution of the regolith,
and the formation of ore deposits. We recommend in addition
to the required courses listed below, students take some
Chemistry, Mathematics, and Physics courses in particular. The
basic natural and physical sciences underpin the Earth and
Marine Sciences. Companies hiring professional geoscientists
have typically required the completion of four-year degrees
that include an Honours year, in which advanced research is
undertaken.
Requirements
PHYS2020 Thermal and Statistical Physics
(c) PHYS3070 Physics of the Earth

PHYS3034 Physics of Fluid Flows
plus any one of:
PHYS3001 Theoretical Physics
PHYS3032/52 Condensed Matter Physics
PHYS3033/3031 Nuclear and Atomic Physics.
Suggested elective courses

First year:
Second Year:
PHYS2013 Quantum Physics
PHYS2016 Electromagnetism
PHYS2017 Waves and Optics
A double major in Geology will consist of a minimum of 60

units of courses including:
(a) two of these courses: ENVS 1004 Australias Environment,

EMSC 1006 The Blue Planet and EMSC1007 Introduction to
Earth Science in the Field
EMSC2015 Chemistry of The Earth and Oceans
(b) at least two of: EMSC2012 Introduction to Structural and

Field Geology EMSC2014 Surficial Processes EMSC2015
Chemistry of the Earth and Oceans EMSC2017 Mineralogy
EMSC2018 Geophysics EMSC2020 The Lithosphere
(c) the following five: EMSC3001 Field Geology EMSC3002
Structural Geology and Tectonics EMSC3007 Economic
Geology EMSC3024 Magmatism and Metamorphism
(d) any one of: EMSC3022 Planetary Geology EMSC3025
Groundwater EMSC3026 Environmental Geoscience
PHYS3070 Physics of the Earth.
EMSC2018 Geophysics
Third Year:
MATH3501 Scientific and Industrial Modelling
Any of the other physics courses in 3rd year.
Global Change Science Major

Academic Contact: Dr Michael Roderick and Professor Brendan
Mackey
Requirements
A major in Global Change Science will require a minimum of 42
units of courses listed in (a), (b) and (c) and requiring:
(a) no more than 12 units of courses chosen from:

and one of:
MATH1013 Mathematics and Applications 1 or MATH1015

Mathematics and Applications 1 Honours
Academic Contact: Dr Nick Rawlinson
The aim of this major is to expose students from several

disciplines (physics, mathematics, earth science) to the
computational geophysics inherent in the Earth sciences.
(b) no more than 12 units of courses chosen from:

Students must take two of ENVS1004,and EMSC1006 and
EMSC1007 and it is recommended that they also take first year
courses in CHEM, PHYS and MATHS.
Geophysics Major
583
EMSC2019 Marine Paleontology
Requirements
EMSC2015 Chemistry of the Earth and Oceans
MATH2305 Differential Equations and Applications or

(a) no more than 12 units of first year ANTH, ARCH, BIOL, SOCY
or ENVS courses
(c) at least 18 units of courses chosen from:

EMSC3026 Environmental Geoscience
EMSC3027 Global Cycles and Paleooceanography
EMSC3029 Ocean and Atmosphere Modelling
MATH3133 Environmental Mathematics or MATH3134

Environmental Mathematics (Honours)
(b) ENVS2011 Human Ecology and at least two of ENVS2012

Cities and Their Hinterlands, ENVS2014 Qualitative Research
Methods for Sustainability, ENVS3023 Agroecology and
Sustainable Systems or ENVS3021 Human Futures
(c) and up to 12 units chosen from:

ENVS2016 Landform and Soils: Landscape Systems 2
(d) and if needed one of:



and Sustainability
ENVS3020 Greenhouse Science and Policy
ENVS3026 Geomorphology: landscape evolution under

changing climates
ENVS3033 International Environmental Policy.
One of BIOL3138 Special Topics in Ecology, Evolution

and Systematics; EMSC3050 Special Topics; ENVS3010
Independent Research Project.
Human Ecology Major


Students should take ENVS1001, BIOL1003, ENVS1008 and
BIOL1008.
Notes: Students who commenced in 2006 or before should
Human Ecology is an explicitly transdisciplinary major that

addresses a key issue of the 21st Century, the maintenance
of the health and well-being of our planets ecosystems in
the face of the socio-cultural demands placed on them. The
major is open to undergraduates with a wide range of first year
backgrounds.
Immunology & Microbiology Major
The foundation course, ENVS2011 (Human Ecology), provides an

introduction to the fundamental linkages between social and
ecological systems that all humans live within, and introduces
dynamic system science as a means of understanding how these
coupled systems behave. The next core course, ENVS2012 (Cities
and Their Hinterlands), applies dynamic systems approaches to
understanding the rise and dominance of cities as our major
habitat and the consequences of this on human health and the
environment. ENVS3023 (Agroecology and Sustainable Systems)
focuses on the sustainability of human food production
systems. The final course in the program, ENVS3023 (Human
Futures) is designed to engage students in the practice of
collaborative, integrative, multidisciplinary research needed for
the exploration of any human social or ecological system and
for creating viable human futures.
Most Human Ecology courses have a field component and all

involve a combination of practical and theoretical exercises.
ENVS3010 provides the opportunity for senior students to
undertake focused research on a human ecological topic of
their choice. This may include the chance to work with a range
of government, NGO and private sector organisations.
584
Academic Contact: Professor Kiaran Kirk
Requirements
(a) A minimum of 42 units of courses including:

BIOL3151 Population Genetics.

BIOL1004, CHEM1101 and CHEM1201.
Interdisciplinary Science Major
Marine Science Double Major
Academic Contact: Colleges of Science - consult a Sub-Dean
Academic Contact: Professor Bill Foley (BoZo) and Dr Michael

Ellwood (RSES)
This major is intended for students who wish to maintain a

more inter-disciplinary approach to their studies. It permits
students to study across all disciplines of science and to include
some of the cognate science courses from other Faculties.
Prerequisites
As required for the courses chosen to be part of the major.
Prerequisite courses may be outside the major.
Requirements
A minimum of 42 units of Group A, B and C courses in the
Faculty of Science, including at least 18 units of Group C
courses chosen from courses with at least two different prefixes
and not more than 12 Group A units.

Take courses which will lead to at least two majors.
Marine Science Major

Academic Contact: Professor Bill Foley and Dr Michael Ellwood
The Marine Science major is a multidisciplinary science program
at the ANU that is encompasses many fields, in particular,
biology, chemistry, geology and physics, with an emphasis
on understanding the coastal and open ocean environment
through field, laboratory and modelling approaches. This
program aims at equipping students with the tools to
understand and monitor coastal and oceanic processes and
interactions between the atmosphere, biosphere and geosphere
under an ever changing climate that may affect marine
resources.
Requirements
The Marine Science major is a multidisciplinary science program

at the ANU that is encompasses many fields, in particular,
biology, chemistry, geology and physics, with an emphasis
on understanding the coastal and open ocean environment
through field, laboratory and modelling approaches. This
program aims at equipping students with the tools to
understand and monitor coastal and oceanic processes and
interactions between the atmosphere, biosphere and geosphere
under an ever changing climate that may affect marine
resources.
Requirements
Students can either undertake a single or double major
in marine science. Note that several 2nd year units are
prerequisites to undertaking certain 3rd year units.
Double major
Two first year courses among those listed below, in addition
to EMSC1006 Blue Planet
At least six third year courses among those listed below

Choice of courses in first year: CHEM1101 Chemistry 1,

CHEM1201 Chemistry 2, BIOL1009 Diversity of Life. Students
are also advised to also take STAT1003 Statistical Techniques
Choice of courses in second year: BIOL2012 Marine Biology,

EMSC2015 Chemistry of the Earth and Oceans, EMSC2019
Marine Palaeontology and Evolution of Life, ENVS2004
Weather, Climate and Fire, PHYS2016 Electromagnetism,
MATH2305 Differential Equations and Applications
Choice of courses in third year: BIOL3116 Marine

Ecoloy, BIOL3138 Special Topics, EMSC3023 Marine
Biogeochemistry, EMSC3019 Carbonate Reef Studies,
EMSC3027 Global Cycles and Palaeoceanography,
EMSC3050 Special Topics in Geology, PHYS3034 Physics of
Fluid Flow, PHYS3042 Research Topics in Physics, ENVS3013
Climatology, EMSC3029 Ocean and Atmosphere Modelling,
ENVS3010 Independent Research Topic.
Students can either undertake a single or double major

in marine science. Note that several 2nd year units are
prerequisites to undertaking certain 3rd year units.
Single major
Two first year courses among those listed below, in addition
to EMSC1006 Blue Planet
At least 3 third year courses (non-overlapping with other
majors) among those listed below.
Material Science Major
Choice of courses in first year are: CHEM1101 Chemistry 1,

CHEM1201 Chemistry 2, BIOL1009 Diversity of Life. Students are
also advised to also take STAT1003 Statistical Techniques
Requirements
Choice of courses in second year are: BIOL2012 Marine Biology,

EMSC2015 Chemistry of the Earth and Oceans, EMSC2019
Marine Palaeontology and Evolution of Life, ENVS2004 Weather,
Climate and Fire, PHYS2016 Electromagnetism, MATH2305
Choice of courses in third year: BIOL3116 Marine Ecoloy,
BIOL3138 Special Topics, EMSC3023 Marine Biogeochemistry,
EMSC3019 Carbonate Reef Studies, EMSC3027 Global Cycles
and Palaeoceanography, EMSC3050 Special Topics in Geology,
PHYS3034 Physics of Fluid Flow, PHYS3042 Research Topics
in Physics, ENVS3013 Climatology, EMSC3029 Ocean and
Atmosphere Modelling, ENVS3010 Independent Research Topic.
Academic Contact: Dr Zbigniew Stachurski

A minimum of 42 units including:
(a) CHEM1101

ENGN1215
(b) 30 units including 18 units group C selected from:

Biology
BIOL2161* Genes: Replications and Expression
BIOL2162* Molecular Biotechnology
BIOL2121* Plants: Genes to Environment
BIOL2171* Biochemistry and Nutrition
BIOL3161* Genomics and its Applications
BIOL3177* Advances in Molecular Plant Science
Chemistry
CHEM2201* Applied Spectroscopy
CHEM2202* Chemical Structure and Reactivity I - CSR I
585
CHEM2203* Chemical Structure and Reactivity II - CSR II
ENVS3008* Fire in the Environment
CHEM2204* Environmental Chemistry

*This course has a prerequisite. Please refer to the course entries

section of the handbook for further details.
CHEM2206* Materials Chemistry

CHEM3011* Medicinal Chemistry
A double major in material science consists of an additional 18

units of group C from the above list.
CHEM3012* Topics in Biological and Organic Chemistry
CHEM3013* Techniques in Organic and Biological Chemistry
Students must take CHEM1101, CHEM1102 and ENGN1215.
CHEM3021* Physical Chemistry

CHEM3022* Spectroscopic Techniques in Biophysical

Chemistry
CHEM3023* Physical Aspects of Inorganic Chemistry
CHEM3031* Organometallic Chemistry
CHEM3032* Selected Topics in Modern Inorganic Chemistry
CHEM3060* Research Project in Chemistry
CHEM3061* Laboratory Techniques in Chemical Synthesis
ENVS4008* Forest Products
CHEM2205* Symmetry, Spectroscopy and Structure of

Molecules
CHEM3062* Advanced Laboratory Techniques in Chemical

Synthesis
Mathematical Economics Major

Academic Contact: Head (Economics), Dr Stephen Roberts, Head
(Mathematics).
The major in mathematical economics gives students an
opportunity to explore the intimate relationship between
mathematics and economics through a program of study which
focuses on mathematical analysis, modern statistical techniques
and economic theory.
Requirements
CHEM3063* Physical and Analytical Methods Laboratory

including:
CHEM3064* Practical Aspects of Computational Chemistry
(a) STAT2001 Introductory Mathematical Statistics
Engineering
ENGN2214* Mechanics of Materials
MATH2320 Analysis 1 Honours: Metric Spaces and

Applications

Equations & Advanced Vector Calculus
ENGN2222* Thermal Energy Systems

ENGN3224* Energy System Engineering
ENGN4507* Microelectronic and Photonic Technology
ENGN4511* Composite Materials
ENGN4519* Semiconductor and Optoelectronic Devices
ENGN4524* Solar Energy Technologies
ENGN4601* Engineering Materials
(c) ECON2111 Microeconomics 2 Honours

(d) at least one of:

ECON2142 Strategic Thinking: An Introduction to Game

Theory Honours
EMSC2015* Chemistry of the Earth
EMSC2017* Mineralogy
(e) at least one of:
EMSC2020* The Lithosphere
MATH3320 Analysis 2 Honours: Topology, Lebesgue

Integration & Hilbert Spaces
EMSC3024* Magmatism and Matamorphism
Mathematics
(f) at least one of:
MATH2307* Bioinformatics and Biological Modelling
ECON3121 Mathematical Economics
MATH3353* Topics in Bioinformatics Honours
ECON3100 Economics III Honours
MATH3062* Non-Linear Dynamics and Chaos
MATH3501* Scientific and Industrial Modelling
Physics
EMET3011 Advanced Econometric Methods
PHYS2013* Quantum Mechanics
(g) at least one of:
PHYS2020* Thermal and Statistical Physics
MATH3325 Analysis 3 Honours: Functional Analysis, Spectral

Theory & Applications
PHYS3032* Solid State and Statistical Physics
PHYS3052* Solid State Physics
PHYS3053* Semiconductors for Optical Systems
PHYS3059* Photonics
MATH3341 Partial Differential Equations Honours
PHYS3060* Fibre Optic Communication System
MATH3342 Differential Geometry Honours
MATH3344 Algebraic Topology Honours.
Earth and Marine Science
EMSC3022* Planetary Geology
PHYS3031* Atomic Spectroscopy and Laser Physics
586
(d) PHYS3002 Advanced Theoretical Physics
Students should take MATH1115 and MATH1116.
(e) at least one of:
Mathematical Finance Major

Academic Contact: Dr Stephen Roberts, Head (Mathematics)
and Professor Ross Maller (MSI and Finance and Applied
Statistics)
Mathematical/Quantitative Finance is an important and rapidly
growing discipline. Apart from its huge contributions to the
theory and practice of Finance, it has proved to be a major
attraction both to mainstream Finance students and to Maths/
Probability/Statistics students who want to add an interesting
and important applications area to their study program. In
addition to this, it has given tremendous impetus to research
in and applications of Probability Theory and some other
Mathematics areas over the last 10 years or so. There is a
large demand for qualified graduates in the area. Quantitative
Finance students need a strong background in all three
disciplines: Finance, Probability, and Statistics, as well as a good
general mathematical background.
Requirements
coursesincluding:
(a) FINM1001 Money Markets and Finance

(b) MATH3029 Probability Models and Applications

FINM3007 Advanced Derivatives Pricing and Applications
(c) any other Mathematics/Statistics level B or C course.

Students should take MATH1013/1115 and MATH1014/1116 and
FINM1001.
Mathematical Physics Major

This major is intended for students with a keen interest in both
(Theoretical) Physics and (Fundamental) Mathematics. It is
the pathway to research into the modern areas of Theoretical
Physics as well as Mathematical Physics (such as String Theory
and Integrable Models).
This major will normally be combined with a major in Physics,
Mathematics or Astrophysics.
Requirements
including:
(a) at least two of:
MATH3342 Differential Geometry Honours
MATH3344 Algebraic Topology Honours
MATH3351 Topics in Mathematical Physics Honours.
All courses have co-requisites, some of which are outside

themajor.
Please refer to the course entries of this handbook for
furtherdetails.

Students must take PHYS1101 and PHYS1201 and the Honours
level mathematics courses, MATH1115 and MATH1116. Students
should note that all these courses are required as prerequisites
for higher level courses. Students should aim to do this major
in conjunction with a second major in a related area such as
Mathematics, Physics or Astrophysics.
Mathematics Major
Mathematics is the study of universal patterns and structures;
it is the quantitative language of the world; it underpins
information technology, computer science, engineering, and
the physical sciences; and it plays an increasingly important
role in the biological and medical sciences, economics, finance,
environmental science, sociology and psychology.
You can do a single or a double major in Mathematics. You
can combine a major in Mathematics with other Majors. In
particular, the following majors involve mathematics courses as
an important part: Astronomy and Astrophysics, Computational
Modelling, Environmental Modelling, Mathematics and
Statistics, Mathematical Finance, Mathematical Economics,
Physics, Quantitative Biology and Bioinformatics. Because of the
prerequisites involved, these majors normally require MATH1014
(or MATH1116 for the later year Honours level courses).
Students anticipating studying Mathematics at fourth year level
and beyond would normally be expected to complete at least
24 units of Group C Mathematics courses at honours pathway
level, including MATH3116 and MATH3104 (unless MATH2320
and MATH2322 have been taken).
Requirements
The requirements for a Mathematics Major are 42 units of
courses, including at least 18 Group C units and you cannot
count more than 12 Group A units. A double Major requires
an additional 18 units of Group C courses offered by the
Department. Because of the prerequisites involved, this major,
and those explicitly noted above, normally require either
MATH1013 or MATH1115, and either MATH1014 or MATH1116.
PHYS1201 Advanced Physics II
Courses offered in Major

These include all courses regularly offered by Mathematics and
also other special courses, advanced studies courses, and fourth
year courses.
(b) PHYS2013 Quantum Mechanics

(c) one of:

MATH2406 Maths Methods 2 Honours: Partial Differential

Equations, Fourier Analysis & Complex Analysis
MATH2306 PDEs and Applications
Mathematics & Statistics Major

Mathematics is the quantitative foundation for the physical
and biological sciences, information technology, economics and
587
commerce. Statistics is the science of learning from data; it is

critical in determining what information is reliable and which
conclusions can be trusted. Statisticians analyse data, design
and test statistical models, make predictions, and design and
analyse surveys and experiments.
The major provides a way for students to acquire a good
mathematics background with a range of statistical skills.
Students may continue on to graduate studies and further
research. Students with the quantitative skills and knowledge
acquired in this major are keenly sought after by employers
in insurance and finance companies, and government
departments, in fields such as agriculture, census work,
consulting, genetics, bioinformatics, marketing, forestry, risk
assessment, social and management sciences, and many others.
Students may elect to take out a second major in mathematics,
or statistics, or one of the other majors involving potential areas
of application.
Requirements
including:
(a) MATH1013 Mathematics and Applications 1 or MATH1115

MATH1014 Mathematics and Applications 2 or MATH1116


and Sustainability
(d) At least six units from:

ENVS3014 Ecological restoration and management
ENVS4003 Sustainable Forest Planning
(e) At least six units of other courses listed in c and d, or other

ENVS3000 or ENVS4000 level courses.
Neuroscience Major
Requirements
(a) both of:
(b) STAT2001 Introductory Mathematical Statistics
(c) at least one of:
(b) three of:
(d) at least three of:
MATH3029 Probability Models and Applications
PSYC3011 Perception
PSYC3016 Issues in Behavioural Neuroscience
(c) at least two of:
STAT3012 Design of Experiments and Surveys
PSYC1004 Introduction to Psychology II
STAT3036 Credibility Theory.
BIOL3103 Current Research in Animal Physiology
BIOL3101 Cellular Neuroscience OR BIOL3112 Systems

Neuroscience OR PSYC3011 Perception OR PSYC3016 Issues
in Behavioural Neuroscience (if not already included).
Natural Resource Management Major

Academic Contact: Dr John Field
Requirements
(a) No more than12 units chosen from:

EMSC1006 The Blue Planet: an introduction to earth system

science
ENVS1001 Resources, Environment and Society: geography

of sustainability
ENVS1008 Asia and Australia
(b) No more than 12 units from ENVS2000 level courses

(c) At least six units from:


588
Physics Major
Academic Contact: Professor David McClelland
Physics plays a part in all aspects of our lives, from the
technology we use to the ideas for our future. The concepts
learnt in physics are used in most sciences and in many parts
of engineering. Physicists design and analyse experiments
and construct models of the physical world in order to make
predictions about the behaviour of physical systems. Students
anticipating studying physics at fourth year level and beyond
would normally be expected to complete 24 units of Group B
Physics courses and at least 24 units of Group C Physics courses.
Requirements
offered by the Department of Physics including:
(a) PHYS1101* Advanced Physics I and PHYS1201* Advanced

Physics II

(b) One of PHYS2013 or PHYS2016, and one of PHYS2017 or

PHYS2020
BIOL3125 Plant and Global Climate Change

Systematics

MATH1014/1116.

Systematics*
BIOL3177 Advances in Molecular Plant Science*
(c) 18 units of Group C courses in Physics.

*Mathematics corequisites required
Physics Double Major

Requirements
This double major will consist of a minimum of 60 units of
courses offered by the Department of Physics including:
(a) PHYS1101 Advanced Physics I and PHYS1201 Advanced
Physics II.
(b) One of PHYS2013 or PHYS2016, and one of PHYS2017 or
PHYS2020.

any course with a BIOL prefix
(c) 36 units of Group C courses in Physics.
Students who have done Chemistry at school or who have

completed the Bridging Chemistry course should take:
Physiology Major
BIOL1003, CHEM1101, BIOL1004 and BIOL1009, CHEM1201 is

recommended.
Requirements
(a) All of:

BIOL2103 Human Physiology
BIOL3192 Human Nutrition and Population Health
(b) At least six units of:


BIOL1003, BIOL1004, CHEM1101 and CHEM1201.
Plant Science Major

Requirements
(a) BIOL1009 Diversity of Life
* For BIOL2142 and BIOL3177 prerequisites are BIOL1004 and

CHEM1201
Psychology Major
Academic Contact: Undergraduate Advisor
Psychology courses are offered by the Department of
Psychology in the Colleges of Science. The programs offered
cover the broad spectrum of the scientific study of human
behaviour. The first-year courses (PSYC1003 and PSYC1004) are
an introduction to the types of problems studied in psychology,
and the methods employed. Major topics covered include
perceiving and thinking, the biological basis of behaviour,
research methodology, child development, social psychology
and personality. Later-year courses treat more specialised
subject matter and offer training in more advanced techniques
including special topics and actual research courses. PSYC1003
and PSYC1004 are the prerequisites for most second year
(Group B) courses, and most third year (Group C) courses have
second year prerequisites. Laboratory and practical work are
a normal part of courses in psychology and attendance at
practical classes is compulsory. Students intending to enter
fourth year psychology courses are expected to complete a
schedule of at least 72 units of psychology courses as detailed
in the Psychology Honours entry of the Undergraduate
Handbook.
Requirements
offered by Psychology including:
BIOL2122 Australian Plant Diversity
(a) PSYC1003 Psychology 1: Understanding Mind, Brain and

Behaviour and PSYC1004 Psychology 2: Understanding
People in Context (or PSYC1001A and B Introduction to
Psychology)
BIOL2142 General Microbiology*
(b) 12 units of Group B courses
(c) 18 units of Group C courses
A double major in Psychology involves an additional 18 units of

Group C Psychology courses.
589
Courses offered in Major:

Behaviour and PSYC1004 Psychology 2: Understanding People
in Context (or PSYC1001A and PSYC1001B)
PSYC2010 Visual and Cognitive Neuroscience
PSYC2011 Perspectives on Crime from Psychology and
Criminology
PSYC3002 The Social Psychology of Groups Processes and
Social Change
PSYC3011 Perception
PSYC3015 Issues in Cognitive Psychology
PSYC3016 Issues in Behavioural Neuroscience
PSYC3023 Special Topics in Psychology
PSYC3025 Abnormal Psychology Across the Life Span
Differences.

Students must take PSYC1003 and PSYC1004.
Quantitative Biology & Bioinformatics Major

The intention of the major is to attract students with good
quantitative skills into biology, and for these students to keep
a quantitative stream going through to third year. The 2003
report from the US National Research Council, the Board on
Life Sciences, entitled Undergraduate Biology Education for
Future Research Biologists, emphasises and the importance of
building a strong foundation in mathematics and the physical
and information sciences to prepare students for research that
is increasingly interdisciplinary in character (Recommendation
1). The importance of mathematics, statistics, computer science,
and the physical sciences for future researchers in biology is the
fundamental emphasis of this report.
Students doing the major will need in first year to complete
BIOL1003, BIOL1004, two courses in mathematics, normally two
in chemistry because of biology prerequisites and co-requisites,
and are strongly urged to do physics or computer science, even
though a consequence is that they would not then do other
first biology courses. Students will be required to complete the
second year course MATH2307 Bioinformatics and Biological
Modelling and will study some mathematics and biology
through to third year. Students are strongly encouraged to do
further biology and mathematics courses and will often take
out a second major emphasising one of these directions.
Requirements
coursesincluding:
(a) MATH2307 Bioinformatics and Biological Modelling
(b) three of the following, including at least one BIOL course:
590
BIOL2161 Genes:Replication and Expression

MATH2306 Partial Differential Equations and Applications
Maths Methods 2 Honours: Partial Differential Equations,

Fourier Analysis and Complex Analysis
(c) three of the following, including at least one BIOL or ENVS

course, and at least one MATH course:

BIOL3122 Plant Ecology
BIOL3161 Genomics and its applications
ENVS3022 Environmental Biogeography and Global Ecology
MATH3017 Advanced Bioinformatics
MATH3062 Non linear dynamics and chaos
MATH3133 Environmental Modelling and Integrated

Assessment
MATH3322 Mathematical Methods 2
MATH3502 Large Scale Matrix Computations
MATH3353 Topics in Bioinformatics Honours

MATH1013/1115, MATH1014/1116, BIOL1003, BIOL1004,
CHEM1101and CHEM1201 are highly recommended.
Science Communication Major

Science offers courses in science communication which aim
to complement studies in traditional science disciplines. The
courses provide training in the presentation and writing of
science for a general audience as well as analysis of science and
technology issues in the context of the wider community.
Requirements
A minimum of 42 units of courses consisting of:
(a) SCOM1001 Science and Public Awareness and ENVS1003
Environment and Society Research Methods
(b) SCOM2001 Practical Skills for Communicating Science
and SCOM2002 Research in Science Communication (or
ENVS1003) and one of,

DRAM2005 Page to Stage 2: Directing

(c) SCOM3001 Science Ethics and Risk and SCOM3002 Science

in the media, plus six units of Group C courses.
The Sustainability Science major draws widely from courses

offered across the Colleges of Science, and is inherently
interdisciplinary. Because the major is necessarily broad,
students should seek advice on constructing a coherent
progression of courses within the major. Students are
encouraged to include ENVS1001 Resources Environment and
Society as a starting point for the major, but this is not an
absolute requirement.
Requirements
Students should take SCOM1001, ENVS1003.
A minimum of 42 units of courses listed in (a), (b) and (c) and

requiring:
Statistics Major
(a) no more than 12 units of courses chosen from two of the

following groups of courses:
Academic Contact: Professor Terence ONeill, School of Finance

and Applied Statistics
Statistics is concerned with the process of planning how to
collect data, collection of the data and extracting information
from data in the presence of uncertainty and variation. The
process is guided by the underlying purpose of the investigation
and the formulation of hypotheses and models. The major
covers the core components of statistical theory and several
key applications and provides a solid foundation for a career
as statistician. Employment prospects for statisticians are
very bright and varied. Professional accreditation for suitably
qualified students of statistics is provided by the Statistical
Society of Australia.
BIOL1003 Evolution, Ecology and Genetics, BIOL1009

Diversity of Life
EMSC1-series courses
ENVS1-series courses, of which ENVS1001 is strongly

recommended
SCOM1-series courses
(b) no more than 24 units of courses chosen from at least two

of the following groups of courses:

BIOL2-series courses in the Botany and Zoology streams
ENVS2-series courses
Requirements
A minimum of 42 units of courses listed in (a) and (b) and

requiring:
(c) at least 18 units of courses chosen from at least two of the

following groups of courses:
(a) at least three of:
BIOL3-series courses in the Botany and Zoology streams
ENVS3-series courses
SCOM3001 Science, Risk and Ethics.
(b) at least three of:

Students should take ENVS1001.
Theoretical Physics Major
STAT3036 Credibility Theory.
Theoretical Physics is concerned with the construction of

models to explain the physical universe and the use of these
models to make quantitative predictions about the world.
As mathematics is the main tool used by physicists, students
undertaking this major should consider additional courses, or
a major, in mathematics. Students undertaking a double major
in Physics/Theoretical Physics may count the courses PHYS1101
and PHYS1201 for both majors.
Sustainability Science Major
Requirements

offered by Physics consisting of:
Addressing the complex challenges of sustainability is

fundamental to the maintenance of the quality of human
life and the qualities of our natural and built environments.
The Sustainability Science major draws from both the natural
and social sciences to establish the foundations from which
graduates can contribute to meeting these many challenges.
The major offers many opportunities for experiential and fieldbased learning, and its completion at the appropriate level is
good preparation for Honours in a variety of disciplinary and
interdisciplinary areas (see the Honours section of the ENVS
entry in the Undergraduate Handbook).
(a) PHYS1101* Advanced Physics I

PHYS1201* Advanced Physics II
(b) PHYS2013 Quantum Mechanics

PHYS2016 Electromagnetism
(c) PHYS3001 Theoretical Physics

PHYS3002 Advanced Theoretical Physics
Any other six units from Group C Physics courses.
591

MATH1014/1116.
Water Science & Policy Major

Academic Contact: Dr Bear McPhail and Professor Peter
Kanowski
Water is emerging as a critical issue for societies and the
environment in Australia, in our region, and in many other parts
of the world. The major and double major in Water Science
and Policy provides students with the opportunity to develop
knowledge central to the understanding and management
of water resources, and to develop expertise and undertake
research relevant to one of four theme areas associated with
water: earth and environmental sciences; environmental
modelling; environmental policy: and water chemistry and
quality. It is intended that students select courses from one or
two of the four theme areas, which draw on the Universitys
substantial research activities.
Requirements
of the world. The major and double major in Water Science

and Policy provides students with the opportunity to develop
knowledge central to the understanding and management
of water resources, and to develop expertise and undertake
research relevant to one of four theme areas associated with
water: earth and environmental sciences; environmental
modelling; environmental policy: and water chemistry and
quality. It is intended that students select courses from one or
two of the four theme areas, which draw on the the Universitys
substantial research activities.
Requirements
(a) no more than 12 units from ENVS1004 Australias
Environment and one of:

MATH1014/1116 Mathematics and Applications
(b) at least 12 units from ENVS2008 Hydrology for NRM and

one of:
(a) no more than 12 units from ENVS1004 Australias

Environment and one of:
MATH2305/2405 Differential Equations
EMSC1006 The Blue Planet or
MATH1014/1116 Mathematics and Applications
SCOM2001 Science Communication or ENVS2007

Economics for the Environment
(b) at least 12 units from ENVS2008 Hydrology for Natural

Resource Management and one of:

MATH2305/2405 Differential Equations
SCOM2001 Science Communication or ENVS2007

(c) at least 18 units, comprising one or both of: ENVS3005

Water Resource Management and EMSC3025 Groundwater,
plus one or two of the courses listed below:

EMSC3023 Marine Biogeochemistry or EMSC3028 Coastal

Environmental Earth Science
(c) at least 36 units, comprising ENVS3005 Water Resource

Management, EMSC3025 Groundwater and four of the
courses listed below:

EMSC3050 Special Topics
MATH3133 Environmental Mathematics
ENVS3031 MDB Field School
ENVS3018 Policy and Institutional Analysis for Sustainability.
EMSC3050 Special Topics or ENVS3010 Independent

Research Project
MATH3133 Environmental Modelling and Integrated

Assessment
ENVS3004 Land and Catchment Management or ENVS3013

Climatology
Requirements
ENVS3028 Environmental Policy and Planning or ENVS3031

MDB Field School or ENVS3018 Policy and Institutional
Analysis for Sustainability
(a) BIOL1009
ENVS3034 Water Quality and Environmental Flow

Assessment.
Zoology Major
(b) at least six units from the following courses

BIOL2111 Australian Wildlife
Water Science & Policy Double Major
(c) at least 18 units from the following courses
Academic Contact: Professor Peter Kanowski and Dr Bear

McPhail
Water is emerging as a critical issue for societies and the

environment in Australia, in our region, and in many other parts
BIOL3115 Entomology
592
BIOL3131 Evolution and Behavioural Ecology
Prerequisites: One of MATH2305, MATH2405, ENGN2212,

MATH2320, MATH2023.
Incompatibility: MATH3052

Systematics

Systematics
Course Description: Galaxies: classification and dynamics,

luminous matter and dark matter in galaxies and the expanding
universe and cosmological models.
EMSC3019 Carbonate Reef Field Studies

any course with a BIOL prefix
STAT3008 Applied Statistics.

Students who have done Chemistry at school or who have
completed the Bridging Chemistry course should take:
(1) BIOL1003, CHEM1101, BIOL1004 and BIOL1009, CHEM1201
is recommended.
Indicative Assessment: 100 per cent assignment.
Astrophysics Research Topic

ASTR3005 (6 units) C
Later Year Course
Workload: At least one hour per week.
Academic Contact: Dr Paul Francis and Dr Lilia Ferrario
Prerequisites: Entry is by invitation only.
Course Description: A research project in any area of
astrophysics. This course can be taken in any year, and can be
taken (for credit) many times if desired.
Indicative Assessment: Entirely by research project work.
Stellar Astrophysics & Dynamics

Course descriptions
Later Year Course
Astrophysics
ASTR1001 (6 units) A
Workload: Lectures and Tutorials: two lectures and one

two-hour tutorial per week.
First Year Course

Semester 2
Prerequisites: PHYS1101 and mathematics to at least the
standard of MATH1013.
Corequisites: PHYS1201 and maths at least to the standard of
MATH1014.
Course Description: This course is designed for students who
wish to study modern astrophysics at a level beyond most
popular books. It covers the formation and evolution of the
solar system, extra-solar planets, the formation, evolution
and death of stars, white dwarfs, neutron stars and black
holes, galaxies, cosmology, expanding space and the Big Bang.
A feature of this course is guest lectures on cutting edge
astrophysics by world famous researchers. Students wishing
to specialise in astrophysics should take this course. The
topics covered in the ASTR1001 lecture course include: The
formation of the solar system, planets beyond Pluto, planets
around other stars, stellar evolution and nucleosynthesis, star
death: black holes, neutron stars and supernovae, galaxies:
their puzzling properties, the expanding universe, introductory
general relativity, the Big Bang, the early universe, microwave
background and galaxy formation.
Indicative Assessment: six assignments distributed throughout
the semester.
Galaxies & Cosmology

Later Year Course
Semester 2
Semester 1
Academic Contact: Dr Lilia Ferrario

Prerequisites: MATH2405; or a mark of 70 or more in MATH2305
Course Description: Offered subject to staff availability. The
course consists of lectures and computational projects. The
lecture component will cover the following topics: Newtonian
gravity and potential theory. Central orbits, binary stellar
systems, introductory galactic dynamics. Kinetic theory of gases.
Pressure and energy density. Degenerate and non degenerate
gases. Structure of stars, Equations of stellar interiors, Polytropic
stellar models, Chandrasekhar limiting mass, stellar evolution.
Compact stars: White dwarfs, neutron stars and black holes.
Accretion discs around white dwarfs, neutron stars and black
holes.
Indicative Assessment: 30 per cent assignments, 30 per cent
computational group project and 40 per cent final exam.
Astronomy & Astrophysics IV Honours

ASTR4005F (24 units)
Later Year Course
Academic Contact: Dr Lilia Ferrario and Dr Paul Francis
Course Description: Students proceeding to the Honours year
of the Bachelor of Science have a choice of enrolling in one of
the following:
MATH4005F Mathematics IV (H)
MATH4009F Computational Science IV (H)
PHYS4003F Physics IV (H)
PHYS4004F Theoretical Physics IV (H)
ASTR4005F Astronomy and Astrophysics IV (H)
Academic Contact: Dr Paul Francis

593
The type of honours enrolment will depend on the nature of

the research project, and of the choice of courses taken in the
4th year. The research project forms a major component (50-60
per cent) of the assessment in the honours year. Students will
have a choice of a wide variety of projects offered by staff at
the RSAA, the Department of Mathematics, and the Department
of Physics every year. The remaining 40-50 per cent will be
in the form of coursework which could consist of fourth year
courses offered by the Departments of Mathematics or Physics,
third year astrophysics courses that they may not have already
completed, or astrophysics courses offered specifically to fourth
year students under the UAAP. Among the fourth year honours
courses that will be available are:
High Energy Astrophysics
Diffuse Matter in the Universe
Observational Techniques
Stellar structure and evolution.

ASTR4005P (12 units)
Later Year Course
Academic Contact: Dr Lilia Ferrario and Dr Paul Francis
Course Description: Students proceeding to the Honours year
of the Bachelor of Science have a choice of enrolling in one of
the following:
MATH4005P Mathematics IV (H)
MATH4009P Computational Science IV (H)
PHYS4003P Physics IV (H)
PHYS4004P Theoretical Physics IV (H)
ASTR4005P Astronomy and Astrophysics IV (H)
The type of Honours enrolment will depend on the nature of
the research project, and of the choice of courses taken in the
4th year. The research project forms a major component (50-60
per cent) of the assessment in the honours year. Students will
have a choice of a wide variety of projects offered by staff at
the RSAA, the Department of Mathematics, and the Department
of Physics every year. The remaining 40-50 per cent will be
in the form of coursework which could consist of fourth year
courses offered by the Departments of Mathematics or Physics,
third year astrophysics courses that they may not have already
completed, or astrophysics courses offered specifically to fourth
year students under the UAAP. Among the fourth year honours
courses that will be available are:
High Energy Astrophysics
Diffuse Matter in the Universe
Observational Techniques
Stellar structure and evolution.
Biology 1: Evolution, Ecology & Genetics

BIOL1003 (6 units) A
First Year Course
Semester 1
Workload: Three lectures and two hours of tutorial work
perweek
Academic Contact: Dr Robert Magrath
Course Description: This course aims to introduce some of the
major concepts in the study of life, focussing on evolutionary
and ecological questions. It assumes no previous qualifications
594
in biology and, while this course is an important prerequisite

for those majoring in biology, it is also designed for students
not intending further study in biology. The program consists
of four modules, as follows. (a) Genetics - DNA replication;
chromosomes, genes and patterns of inheritance; sex
determination; population genetics; human genetics. (b)
Evolution - diversity and classification of life; evidence for
evolution; natural selection and adaptation; speciation;
evolutionary trees. (c) Ecology - regulation and exploitation
of populations; ecosystem energy and nutrient flow; species
interactions; biodiversity; human impacts. (d) Behavioural
ecology - evolutionary approach to studying animal
behaviour; social behaviour; cooperation and altruism; sexual
selection; mating systems; communication. Specific topics
may differ among years. There are no laboratories; tutorials
are offered instead. Note for students studying ecology and
genetics in second year: BIOL1009 and STAT1003 are strongly
recommended for students proceeding to further study in
ecology. BIOL1004 and CHEM1101 are recommended for
students who wish to study genetics.
Indicative Assessment: Expected to be based on four
assignments (total of 50 per cent), spread throughout the
semester, and a final exam (50 per cent).
Biology 2: Molecular Biology

First Year Course
Semester 2
Workload: 33 lectures and 31 hours of practical/tutorial work
Prerequisites: None. However it is strongly recommended
that students enrolling in BIOL1004 have some knowledge of
chemistry, at least at Year 11 level. Students who intend to
continue studies in biochemistry, cellular and molecular biology
are encouraged to complete BIOL1007. Students should note
that BIOL1004, together with CHEM1101 and CHEM1201, are
prerequisites for the majority of later-year courses offered by
the School of Biochemistry and Molecular Biology and some
courses offered by the School of Botany and Zoology.
Course Description: This course is intended to provide an
introduction to the molecular aspects of modern biology.
It introduces the molecules that play a key role in biology,
including DNA, proteins, and carbohydrates, then goes on
to describe their functions. Topics to be covered include: the
molecules of life; membranes and the uptake of nutrients;
proteins, enzymes and metabolism; DNA, genes and genetic
engineering; the role of genes in the control of development.
Examples will be drawn from different areas of biology, with a
significant emphasis on the molecular basis of human disease.
Honours Pathway Option
Entry to this option will be subject to the approval of the course
convenor. Students who take this option will complete an
extension to the practical course by incorporating an inquirylearning laboratory project under the supervision of the course
coordinator. Proposed Assessment is a report on the inquirylearning lab project (24 per cent), other practical reports (12 per
cent), laboratory notebook (10 per cent), quizzes (four per cent)
and final examination (50 per cent).
Indicative Assessment: To be negotiated with students: practical
reports (36 per cent), laboratory notebook (10 per cent), quizzes
(four per cent) and final examination (50 per cent).
Living Cells
First Year Course
Semester 1
Workload: Two lectures per week, and up to 30 hours of
laboratory and tutorial sessions.
Academic Contact: Professor Helen ONeill
Prerequisites: None. However, students who intend to continue
studies in biochemistry and molecular biology in second and
third year should do CHEM1101 concurrently as this is an
essential prerequisite for many later year courses offered by the
School of Biology.
Course Description: This course introduces the exciting world of
biology from the perspective of a single living cell. It provides
essential knowledge for later-year courses in molecular biology,
biomedical sciences, genetics and biotechnology. It serves also
as an introductory course for those who want to combine a
basic understanding of living organisms with studies in other
areas. Students will be introduced to aspects of microbiology,
immunology, and physiology. A diversity of topics will be
covered, ranging from the simplest of microbes to specialised
cells such as lymphocytes, macrophages, neurones and plant
cells. Cell function studies will be supported by studies on cell
structure. Cell specialisation will be introduced in terms of
multicellular organisms and interacting cell networks.
Indicative Assessment: A range of assessments including, lab
book and reports (40 per cent), assignment work (10 per cent)
and written exam (50 per cent).
Human Biology
First Year Course
Semester 2
Workload: Three lectures per week and up to twelve hours of
practical and tutorial work.
Course Description: This course introduces the form and

function of the main groups of organisms and the relationships
between them. Topics to be covered include: bacteria, the
protists, the fungi, plants, invertebrates, and vertebrates.
Indicative Assessment: Assessment is based on tests for the
practical component and exams for the theory component.
Human Physiology
BIOL2103 (6 units) B
Later Year Course
Semester 1
Workload: Three lectures per week and five three-hour
laboratory sessions
Academic Contact: Dr Paul Cooper
Prerequisites: One semester of chemistry or consent of
instructor.
Incompatibility: BIOL2015
Course Description: This course reviews the physiology of
vertebrates including humans, placing particular emphasis on
circulation, muscular contraction, kidney function, respiration,
and digestion. The approaches taken include those based on
organ systems and a comparative approach describing similar
organ systems in different taxa and some consideration of how
physiological systems are adjusted to function throughout the
wide range of environments in which animals live.
Indicative Assessment: Assessment is based on three lab quizzes
or short essays, one laboratory report, a mid-term and final
examination.
Australian Vertebrates
Later Year Course
Semester 2
Academic Contact: Dr Scott Keogh
Prerequisites: At least one first year biology course.
Course Description: The course will comprise an introduction to

aspects of human biology with an emphasis on the interaction
of organ systems such as brain, heart and lungs, digestive
and endocrine with some of the major concerns of our lives
including sex, diet, exercise and disease. The program assumes
no previous qualifications in biology. Topics discussed may
include: sex and reproduction, infection and immunity, exercise
and use of energy, brain and consciousness and the biology of
weight regulation.
Course Description: Australia is famous for its unique and

diverse animals, and this course will provide an overview of
diversity and highlight recent research. In addition to the major
lecturers, a series of guest lecturers will speak about their areas
of expertise, including their own research. Groups covered will
normally include reptiles, amphibians, mammals and birds.
Topics will include ecology, behaviour, morphology, physiology,
conservation and evolutionary history. The course takes
advantage of staff and guest expertise, and so specific animal
groups and topics will vary from year to year.
Indicative Assessment: Assignments based around practical and

tutorials (50 per cent), mid-term and final exam (50 per cent).
Diversity of Life
First Year Course
Semester 2
Workload: three lectures per week and six three hour practical
sessions.
Academic Contact: Dr Scott Keogh
Incompatibility: BIOL1005 and BIOL1006
Indicative Assessment: Assessment is based on a mid-term test

and an end of semester test that cover the lecture material and
a major essay.
Marine Biology
Later Year Course
Semester 1
Academic Contact: Dr Pat Backwell
Prerequisites: BIOL1005 or BIOL1009
595
Course Description: This course examines the evolution,

ecology and diversity of the marine environment. It looks
at the origin of life in the sea and the evolutionary patterns
suggested by marine fossil beds. It then covers the major
marine environments such as coral reefs, the deep sea floor,
hydrothermal vents, the open ocean and the intertidal
zones. The focus is on the diversity of plants and animals in
each environment and the adaptations they have to vastly
different conditions. The course also includes an introduction
to oceanography: tides, water circulation, geography, physical
gradients and properties of water that influence living
conditions throughout the marine environment.
used throughout the semester. The structure and variation of

plants will be explored through the many levels of diversity:
geographic patterns among populations, the critical step of
speciation among species within genera, and within and among
families. Finally, the evolution of the major groups of plants and
fungi will be studied, from the invasion of land to the explosive
radiation of angiosperms, as well as the causes of these major
events.
Indicative Assessment: Assessment is based on a mid-term test,

the assessment of practical work, and a final exam.
Population Ecology
Plants: Genes to Environment

Later Year Course
Later Year Course

Semester 2
Workload: Two one hour lectures each week, practical sessions
each week, some tutorials
Academic Contact: Dr Adrienne Nicotra
Prerequisites: Two first year BIOL courses
Incompatibility: BIOL2024 and BIOL2025
Course Description: Food crises, invasive species, GMOs, loss
of biodiversity, climate change - these are all hot topics in
our society, and all of them are intrinsically linked to plants.
Modern plant science holds unprecedented opportunities to link
processes at the genetic level to patterns at the landscape, crop
or plantation level. This multidisciplinary course introduces you
to the exciting breadth of contemporary plant sciences so you
can develop a synthetic understanding of this quickly changing
field. We will demonstrate links between genetics, anatomy,
physiology and ecology. You can expect to develop skills in a
wide range of techniques important in contemporary plant
science; we will apply your newly honed plant science skills to
a detective problem - an intensive research project diagnosing
consequences of specific genetic mutations to plant growth
and physiology. The course will also serve as basis for further
study of plant biology in third year, particularly BIOL3125 Plants
and Global Change and BIOL3177 Advances in Molecular Plant
Science.
Indicative Assessment: Assessment will be based on two
practical reports, a group presentation, and a final exam.
Australian Plant Diversity

Later Year Course
Semester 1
Workload: Two lectures per week, nine practicals of three
hours each and a field trip to Jervis Bay field station over one
week-end.
Indicative Assessment: Assessment will be based on a plant

collection assignment due at mid-term, part of the practical
work and a final theory exam.
Semester 1
Workload: Two hours of lectures, a one hour tuorial and a one
and a half hour practical per week.
Academic Contact: Dr David Gordon
Prerequisites: BIOL1003; STAT1003 is strongly recommended.
Course Description: This course deals with the processes
determining the abundance of organisms and how population
abundance changes through time. The course begins by
identifying the demographic characteristics of a population
and the techniques used for quantifying these characteristics.
The impact of abiotic factors on the nature of population
change will be examined. The role of the biotic processes of
intra- and inter-specific competition, predation, disease and
herbivory on the dynamic behaviour of populations will be
discussed. An important component of the course is introducing
the quantitative methods and approaches used in population
ecology to determine the status of populations and predict
population behaviour. To this end, the course consists of weekly
tutorials where, as well as being introduced to the use of several
software packages, students obtain experience with some of the
quantitative techniques introduced in the course.
Honours Pathway Option (HPO)
convener. Students undertaking this option replace the essay,
with a literature-based assignment examining the implication
of population dynamic theory on the management of pest
populations or the commercial harvesting of a species. Students
will be guided through this exercise and will meet with the
lecturer on a regular basis throughout the latter half of the
course. The prerequisite for this option is a mark of at least 80
in BIOL1003 and the agreement of the course coordinator.
Indicative Assessment: Assessment is based on an optional
mid-term quiz (20 per cent), practical test (20 per cent), essay
(30 per cent) and a final exam (50 per cent). The best mark
obtained on the mid-term quiz or practical test is used in
calculating the final mark.
Academic Contact: Prof Mike Crisp
General Microbiology
Prerequisites: BIOL1006 or BIOL1009.
Later Year Course
Course Description: This course takes an evolutionary approach

to the systematics and diversity of plants. It starts with a
practical approach to collecting, identifying and classifying
plants, culminating in a three-day trip to develop skills in the
field. Multi-media identification tools will be introduced and
Semester 2
596
Workload: Two lectures and up to three hours of laboratory and

tutorial work per week
Academic Contact: Dr Naresh Verma

Prerequisites: BIOL2161 (or BIOL2061), CHEM1101 (or
CHEM1014/16) and CHEM1201 (or CHEM1015/17)
Course Description: This course focuses on the general
principles of microbiology and includes the following topics.
Diversity of micro-organisms; evolutionary relationships and
taxonomy; bacterial cell structure and function; genetic systems
of bacteria, bacteriophages and plasmids; microbial growth and
metabolism; energy and nutrient harvesting; microorganisms
and the environment; control of microorganisms; introduction
to viruses and immunology; food and industrial microbiology.
Indicative Assessment: Practical reports (50 per cent), mid-term
test (15 per cent) and final exam (35 per cent).
Introductory Genetics
Course Description: This course will explore areas of human

genetics that have been most influenced by technical advances
over the last decade, such as human evolutionary genetics,
disease diagnosis and cancer genetics. The human genome
project and its potential spin-offs will be discussed, and
students will be introduced to the human genetic databases.
The course will also address the moral, ethical and legal issues
surrounding the application of genetic technology to the
diagnosis and treatment of genetic disease, as well as genetic
testing and genetic counselling.
Indicative Assessment: One essay, three take-home quizzes, and
a final exam.
Evolution of Biodiversity
Later Year Course
Later Year Course
Semester 2
Semester 1
Workload: Three lectures per week plus five one-hour

tutorialclasses
Workload: Three hours of lectures per week, and up to six

practical/tutorial sessions of three hours.
Academic Contact: Dr David Rowell
Prerequisites: BIOL1003; BIOL1004 is recommended.
Course Description: This course covers principles and major
concepts in genetics. In addition to the principles of Mendelian
segregation and heredity, we will focus on topics of particular
relevance to the study of evolution, ecology and phylogenetics,
including population genetics, gene mapping, sequence
diversification and quantitative genetics. In the second half of
the course we illustrate the practical applications of population
genetics to human forensic DNA analysis and conservation
biology. In the major practical component of the course,
students will gain some hands on experience in human forensic
DNA profiling and statistical analysis. This course is intended to
be broadly relevant to all students with an interest in genetics,
especially population and ecological genetics, and is also a
prerequisite for Advances in Human Genetics (BIOL2152),
Population Genetics (BIOL3151) and Advanced Genetics and
Bioinformatics (BIOL3157).
Academic Contact: Dr Lindell Bromham

Prerequisites: BIOL1003 and preferably BIOL1009 (or BIOL1005
or BIOL1006)
Course Description: This course is concerned with three key
aspects of biodiversity studies:
Mechanisms of biodiversity generation and loss
(macroevolution);
Past, current and future distribution of biodiversity
(macroecology and biogeography);
Measuring and documenting biodiversity (systematics).

convener and the options available may vary from year to year.
A typical option is for one practical report worth 20 per cent
to be replaced by an expanded report on the human forensics
component of the course. The prerequisite for this option is a
mark of at least 80 in BIOL1003 or BIOL1004 and agreement of
the course coordinator.
The course will begin with an overview of species and

speciation, introducing key concepts in systematics and
phylogenetics. This will be followed by topics in biogeography
including evolutionary radiations, endemism, extinction,
and species dispersal and distribution patterns. The theme
of diversification and extinction will continue through the
macroevolution component of the course, which will use a
series of major events in biodiversity generation and loss (eg the
extinction of the dinosaurs, the radiation of mammals) as test
cases to cover essential concepts in evolutionary biology with
the emphasis on developing critical skills in hypothesis testing
using a range of types of information, including palaeontology,
systematics, developmental biology, and molecular data. This
will lead to present day patterns of biodiversity, examined in
the light of macroecology, examining the contribution that
broad scale ecological studies can make to our understanding
of past, present and future patterns of species richness and
biodiversityloss.
Indicative Assessment: We propose a final exam (50 per cent),

and three practical reports (50 per cent).
Indicative Assessment: Unseen examinations (60 per cent) and

written assignments (40 per cent).
Advances in Human Genetics

Genes: Replications & Expression

Later Year Course
Later Year Course
Semester 2
Semester 1
Workload: 39 hours of lectures and 12 hours of practicals/

tutorials
Workload: Two lectures per week; five laboratory sessions of up

to four hours each; ten one-hour tutorials.
Academic Contact: Dr David Rowell
Academic Contact: Dr Susan Howitt
Prerequisites: BIOL2151 or BIOL2161.
Prerequisites: BIOL1004 and CHEM1101 (or CHEM1014/16)

597
Course Description: This course covers the principles of the
transmission and expression of genetic information, in both
prokaryotes and eukaryotes. Topics to be covered include:
cell structure and function; DNA structure and packaging;
DNA replication and repair; transcription; regulation of gene
expression; RNA processing; protein synthesis and the genetic
code; protein trafficking and degradation.
Entry to this option will be subject to the approval of the
course convener. Students who take this option will complete
extension inquiry-learning activities into each laboratory
exercise (30 per cent). These will include one or more of:
data analysis, experimental design, literature research, formal
laboratory report, oral presentation. These activities will
reinforce generic skills taught in first year and will be essential
for the third year inquiry-learning courses such as BIOL3174.
Indicative Assessment: To be negotiated with students - tutorial
tests (20 per cent), laboratory reports (30 per cent) and final
exam (50 per cent).
Molecular Biotechnology
Later Year Course
Semester 2
Workload: Two lectures per week; five laboratory sessions of up
to four hours each; eight one-hour tutorials
Academic Contact: Dr David Tscharke
Prerequisites: BIOL2161 and CHEM1201 (or CHEM1015/17)
the principles and practice of recombinant DNA technology.
It has a focus on how biological processes can be exploited
and manipulated for practical purposes, rather than how they
operate in nature. The course also introduces some of the main
problem solving skills used routinely in molecular biology.
A wide range of methods and applications will be discussed
including: DNA cloning, gene libraries, DNA sequencing,
polymerase chain reaction (PCR), blotting techniques, expression
of recombinant proteins, gene mapping, transgenic animals, and
gene therapy.
Indicative Assessment: Tutorial tests (20 per cent), lab exercises
(journal and report)(30 per cent), and final exam(50 per cent).
Biochemistry & Nutrition

Later Year Course
Semester 1
Workload: Twenty-eight lectures (two-three per week), six
tutorials and five laboratory sessions of four hours each
Academic Contact: Professor Stefan Broer
Prerequisites: BIOL1004, CHEM1101 and CHEM1201
Course Description: In this course the metabolism of the
major nutrients: carbohydrates, fats and amino acids is
discussed. Introductory lectures are focused on protein
structure, enzyme function and regulation and the principles
of energy metabolism. In the second half the metabolism
of macronutrients is discussed at tissue, cellular and
molecularlevel.
598

Entry to this option will be subject to approval by course
convenor. Students who take this option will participate in
problem based learning groups during semester.
Indicative Assessment: Tutorial tests (20 per cent), practical
class reports (40 per cent) and final exam (40 per cent).
Cell Physiology in Health & Disease

Later Year Course
Semester 2
Workload: Three lectures per week and one two-hour tutorial
per week.
Prerequisites: BIOL1004, CHEM1101 (or CHEM1014/16) and
CHEM1201 (or CHEM1015/17); or PSYC1003/1004 (formerly
PSYC1001A/B) and PSYC2007. BIOL1007 strongly recommended.
Incompatibility: BIOL2002, BIOL2015 or BIOL2074.
Course Description: This course deals with the basic physiology
of cells, with a particular emphasis on human disease. It will
cover the following topics: cell and membrane structure and
function; membrane channels and transporters and their roles
in nutrient uptake, ion homeostasis, cell signalling and drug
resistance; the cellular and molecular basis of the excitability of
the nervous system; excitation-contraction coupling in muscle;
signal transduction; the molecular structure and function
of membrane transport proteins; the molecular basis of the
action of a number of drugs; diseases involving transporter and
channel defects.
Indicative Assessment: Two tutorial tests (each 15 per cent),
seminar presentation (20 per cent) and final exam (50 per cent).
Introductory Human Anatomy

Later Year Course
Semester 2
Workload: Two lectures per week, laboratory/tutorial sessions of
up to four hours each.
Academic Contact: Dr Zan-Min Song
Prerequisites: BIOL1004 and CHEM1101
Course Description: The aim of this course is to provide
students with an introduction to the anatomical organisation
of the human body. Current knowledge of how the human
body works is based, in many instances, on the analysis of its
anatomy. Hence, knowledge of the anatomy leads to a better
understanding of function, together with an appreciation of
the outcomes and symptoms of dysfunction. In this functional
anatomy course, lectures will address topics which offer
special insight into the normal function of the body in health
and disease. The practicals offer students the opportunity
to examine prosections and models, of the human body.
Students who successfully complete this course will have
an understanding of the general principles governing the
structural organisation of all body systems, from lymphatics
to nervous and from muscles to bones. Students will also
gather an appreciation of the contribution of ongoing research
into the advancement of anatomy, a very dynamic and ever
changing field.

Enrolment is restricted to 50 students and entry will be meritbased; application for enrolment should be sent to bambi.
admin@anu.edu.au.
Indicative Assessment: Theory exam (50 per cent), practical
exam (30 per cent) and essay (20 per cent).
Ecology of Health & Disease

Later Year Course
Semester 1
Workload: Two one-hour lectures plus workshop or seminar/
tutorial sessions of up to three hours per week.
Academic Contact: Dr Isabelle Ferru
Prerequisites: (a) A pass at Credit or above in any first year BIOL
course or ANTH1002 or ANTH1003 or PREH1112 or EMSC1006
or ENVS1008 or ENVS1001; or (b) approved qualifications in the
biological or social sciences.
Incompatibility: SCCO3001, SCCO2003 and SCCO2103
Course Description: The course, which is offered for both
non-science and science students, situates health and disease
within the context of globalisation and changing human
ecologies. It explores the biological basis of human diseases and
the impact they have had on individuals and communities. The
course covers biological, ecological and sociopolitical aspects of
infectious, genetic and lifestyle-associated diseases, along with
strategies used for their control. Emphasis is placed on critical
examination of the relative importance of modern medicine,
public health strategies and economic development. The role
of scientific enquiry in the improvement of human health is
discussed. Themes include globalisation and environmental
change, natural selection, the dynamics of host-pathogen
interactions, and the setting of research priorities. Principles
are illustrated with case studies which may include: parasitic
diseases such as malaria; other infectious diseases including
influenza, tuberculosis and AIDS; reproductive health;
immunological diseases such as asthma and diabetes; lifestyle
diseases such as obesity and cardio-vascular diseases.
Indicative Assessment: Group report introduction (15 per cent),
individual report section (20 per cent), oral presentation (15 per
cent) and final exam (50 per cent).
Cellular Neuroscience
BIOL3101 (6 units) C
Later Year Course
Semester 1
Workload: Three lectures per week plus six laboratory sessions
of up to four hours each.
Academic Contact: Professor Greg Stuart
Prerequisites: BIOL2174, or a combination of PSYC2007 and 12
units of first year PSYC or BIOL units
Course Description: The course provides state-of-the-art
knowledge on the cellular mechanisms used by neurons
in the brain for communication with itself and our bodies.
This involves the role of different classes of ion channels in
electrical and chemical transmission, the integration of signals
in single neurons and across networks, as well as how changes
in transmission between neurons may underlie learning and

memory. During the course there will be examples of how
this basic knowledge leads to insights into disease states such
as epilepsy, stroke, and Alzheimers disease, as well as how
neurotoxins work. In the final four weeks of the course students
will spend time in laboratories in the Institute of Advanced
Studies and the Faculties to gain experience on how science
is done today. In addition, there will be a short library-based
research project.
Indicative Assessment: Laboratory/library project (~40 per cent)
and final exam (~60 per cent).
Ecology of Disease
Later Year Course
Semester 1
Workload: two lectures per week, weekly tutorial sessions.
Academic Contact: Dr Celeste Linde
Prerequisites: BIOL2121; BIOL2151 is strongly recommended.
Course Description: This course examines diseases of plants
and animals to demonstrate the use of advanced molecular
techniques to study disease epidemiology and ecology.
Diseases that may be covered include plant pathogens of both
agricultural and natural importance eg. potato late blight,
barley scald, flax rust, sexually transmitted diseases of animals
and plants. Animal pathogens may include Cryptococcus and
rabbit clicivirus. Topics that may be covered include an overview
of disease cycles, life cycles and infection cycles of pathogens,
disease-host-interactions, comparisons of temporal and spatial
aspects of disease as well as the genetic and geographic
origin of diseases. We will utilize both phenotypic and genetic
marker data to analyse pathogen populations to study their
evolution with eg. phylogeography and coalescent analyses. By
comparing the evolutionary relationships of genetic lineages
with their geographical locations, we aim to gain a better
understanding of which factors have most influenced the
distributions of genetic variation, and thus the evolutionary
potential of diseases. Evolutionary potention of pathogens will
be used to develop integrated control mechanisms for plant and
animaldiseases.
Indicative Assessment: Group presentation, two to three
scientific writings.
Sensory Physiology & Animal Behaviour

Later Year Course
Semester 1
Workload: three hours of lectures per week and a six-week long
project
Academic Contact: Dr Jochen Zeil
Prerequisites: BIOL2103.
Course Description: This is an Honours Pathway Course, in
which lectures emphasize recent research topics and students
carry out a substantial research project with academics in
the Research School of Biological Sciences and the School of
Botany and Zoology. Entry to this option will be subject to
the approval of the course convener. The course will examine
current topics in sensory physiology and neural control of
599
behaviour, such as sensory ecology, animal communication,

endocrine systems and control of reproduction. The emphasis is
on information processing in animals under natural conditions,
both with regard to environmental variables and internal
states, including the design of sensory systems in relation to
environment and life style. Topics covered may vary between
years and students are advised to check the syllabus with the
course convenor. A quota may be placed on enrolments for
thiscourse.
Indicative Assessment: Assessment is based on mid-term (25
per cent) and final (35 per cent) exams and a report on research
project (40 per cent).
Research scientists from the CSIRO Division of Entomology

provide further detail on some significant groups of insects and
introduce current research topics in insect biology, biodiversity
and conservation.
Indicative Assessment: Assessment is based on an insect
collection/curation assignment (40 per cent) and a final theory
exam (60 per cent).
Marine Ecology
Later Year Course
Semester 2
Systems Neuroscience
Later Year Course
Semester 2
Workload: Two lectures per week: Laboratory/tutorial sessions of
up to four hours each.
Academic Contact: Dr Michael Ibbotson
Prerequisites: BIOL2174; or a combination of PSYC2007 and 12
units of first year PSYC or BIOL units.
Course Description: The course introduces motor and sensory
systems in neuroscience and discusses medical issues related
to dysfunction within those systems. The term systems
neuroscience is used to describe the structure and function of
the intact nervous system, rather than single cell properties.
It bridges the gap between molecular and cellular approaches
and behaviour/perception. Topics in this course include how
the nervous system develops; organisation and operation of
the motor system; descriptions of the anatomy, physiology
and functions of the major senses, including the visual,
somatosensory and auditory nervous systems; mechanisms
related to sensory-motor integration; methods of brain imaging
and non-invasive recording of brain activity; and a description
of diseases of the nervous system at the systems level, eg
myopia (short-sightedness) and other eye disorders, multiple
sclerosis, Parkinsons disease and Alzheimers disease. Students
will have practical classes and will conduct small research
projects in laboratories in the Institute of Advanced Studies and
the Faculties.
Indicative Assessment: Laboratory/tutorial reports (40 per cent)
and final exam (60 per cent)
Entomology
Later Year Course
Semester 1
Workload: Three one-hour lectures each week and three-hours
of laboratory work in each of weeks 1-8.
Academic Contact: Dr John Trueman
Prerequisites: BIOL1009 and completion of 78 units towards
a degree program, including 12 units from Biology B courses;
BIOL2112 is recommended.
Course Description: Entomology is the study of insects.
This course examines insect biology with reference to other
terrestrial invertebrates and covers major aspects of the
morphology, physiology, life history and classification of insects.
600
Workload: Two lectures per week plus a combination of

practicals and field work. A charge may be levied to support
costs of transport, food and accommodation associated with
field work.
Academic Contact: Dr Christopher Fulton
Prerequisites: Completion of 96 units, including BIOL2112 OR
with permission of the convenor; EMSC1006 is recommended.
Course Description: Marine ecosystems play a central role in
the health and function of our planet. This course examines
the key ecological processes that shape and maintain marine
communities, and how healthy marine ecosystems may be
maintained against a background of human harvesting, habitat
modification and rapid climate change. Topics to be covered
will include: biogeochemical cycling and productivity, marine
population and community ecology, biogeography, connectivity,
sustainable management and conservation. Critical evaluation
of marine ecological theory will be emphasised, with students
gaining first-hand experience in the quantitative methods used
to describe and assess marine communities.
Indicative Assessment: Environmental status report (20 per
cent), press conference (10 per cent), field report (25 per cent)
and final theory exam (45 per cent)
Plants & Global Climate Change

Later Year Course
Semester 2
Workload: Following a week of introductory material, this
course will be divided into six modules each two weeks long
and each having three lectures and three tutorial sessions. There
will be four three-hour practical sessions over the course of
thesemester.
Academic Contact: Prof Murray Badger
Prerequisites: Any Group C course with a BIOL prefix or
ENVS2019
Course Description: How will global climate change will
the distribution and performance of plants in nature and
in cultivation? This course will provide you with a solid
background in plant function in relation to global climate
change. The course is structured around topic modules selected
to expose students to current research areas in the field. Each
module is taught by an expert lecturer and specific topics will
vary between years. Students will learn how to find, critique
and synthesize papers in the primary literature and will develop
written and oral communication skills with particular emphasis
on communicating science in broadly accessible terms.

Indicative Assessment: 10 per cent on student led discussion,
40 per cent literature review on a topic aligned with one of the
course modules, 10 per cent peer review of another students
literature review and 40 per cent final exam
Evolutionary & Behavioural Ecology

Later Year Course
Semester 1
Workload: three hours of lectures per week and one two-hour
tutorial session per week
in oystercatchers; song and alarm calls in birds; schooling

behaviour of fish. A quota may be placed on enrolments for
this course.
Indicative Assessment: Participation in the groups research
effort (10 per cent), a poster (25 per cent), an introduction to
a research problem (15 per cent), and research paper on that
problem (50 per cent).
Tools for Molecular Ecology

Later Year Course
Academic Contact: Professor Andrew Cockburn
Semester 1
Prerequisites: BIOL2151 or BIOL2131 or PSYC2007, or agreement

of coordinator.
Workload: Up to 16 lectures, practical sessions and a large

practical project
Recommended: BIOL3132 strongly recommended.
Academic Contact: Dr Celeste Linde
Prerequisites: BIOL2161 and BIOL2151; BIOL3151 is

recommemded.
Course Description: This course will introduce an evolutionary

approach to the study of how organisms reproduce and
behave, with a special focus on how to formulate and test
adaptationist hypotheses. Topics that may be covered include:
the metaphor of the selfish gene; how animals find food and
avoid getting eaten; how organisms allocate resources to
reproduction; parent-offspring conflict; why organisms senesce;
evolution of sex; evolution of gender; female choice and sexual
selection; sperm competition; mating systems; the evolution
of cooperation; the evolution of intelligence; the evolution of
signals and communication. BIOL3132 gives practical experience
in the field of behavioural ecology, and is designed to be carried
out at the same time as this course.
Indicative Assessment: Assessment is expected to be based on a
written exercise in science journalism, a review exercise, and a
final examination.
Field Studies in Behavioural Ecology

Later Year Course
Semester 1
Workload: A week-long field trip during the first semester break
plus a two-hour weekly tutorial session. A charge will be levied
to support the costs of transport, food and accommodation for
the field trip.
Academic Contact: Dr Robert Magrath
Course Description: This course explores the essential

theory underpinning the laboratory tools available for the
molecular genetic analysis of individuals, populations and
species of microorganisms, especially those causing disease.
These methods are also applicable to the genetic analyses
of non-disease causing agents eg plants and animals.
Topicsinclude:
DNA extraction
RNA extraction
DNA fingerprinting
PCR
PCR based molecular markers including RFLP, AFLP,
microsatellites, SNPs
DNA sequencing
Virulence profiling of microorganisms
Multi-locus sequence typing
DNA barcoding
Molecular ecology
The course will also review: the principles of laboratory safety,
chemistry for general laboratory analysis and procedures
essential for working with bacterial and fungal organisms.
Indicative Assessment: Theory quizzes (25 per cent), Lab book
assessment (25 per cent), Assignment (prac report) (40 per
cent), oral presentation (10 per cent).
Corequisites: BIOL3131 must be taken concurrently.

Course Description: This is an Honours Pathway Course that
is normally taken at the same time as BIOL3131, and deals
with carrying out research on the behavioural ecology of
free-living animals. Students will work in tutorial groups
to develop hypotheses about behaviour that will be tested
during a week-long field trip. Results are then presented in
a poster at the courses conference; and in a report in the
form of a scientific paper. The course emphasises the design
and effective reporting of scientific research, and will expose
students to all of the stages of carrying out and reporting
original research. Research topics have included: anti-predator
behaviour in kangaroos, parrots and emus; foraging behaviour
of antlions and bees; habitat segregation in birds; sex
differences in plumage and vigilance; social structure of fairywrens; social foraging in seagulls; sex differences in foraging
Special Topics in Evolution, Ecology & Genetics

Later Year Course
Workload: Semester and work load by special arrangement.
Prerequisites: Available with permission of the Head of School.
Generally only available to students in the Distinguished
Scholars in Science Program, direct Honours entry students,
those enrolled in the Bachelor of Genetics or Bachelor of
Philosophy program, or biology students performing at
Distinction level in cognate courses.
601

which academics in the School of Biology can offer extension
courses to outstanding students. These courses offer students
the opportunity to pursue interests not covered in other
courses, to acquire specialised training in techniques, or to
conduct independent research programs. The courses are
tailored to the interests, abilities and needs of the students
permitted to enrol. Students are encouraged to enquire directly
about special topics courses with academics in the school. This
course is designed to allow students of botany, plant ecology
and plant systematics the opportunity for substantive scientific
work experience in the Australian National Herbarium and
Centre for Plant Biodiversity Research in Canberra, Australia.
It is aimed at those intending to undertake a technical or
professional career in botany or a closely related discipline
(including ecology, systematics, resource management and
botanical horticulture). Interns assist with various Centre
programs and receive both task-specific training and general
botanical training. Work sessions are designed to give students
a feel for life in the scientific workforce. Training sessions
complement university courses with both botanical and general
workforce-skills components. A certificate of participation and
a personal employment reference are supplied upon completion
of the program.
Indicative Assessment: Assessment is agreed with individual
students, and tailored to an individuals study program. Often
assessment would be based around a literature review and
research project report or practical exercises, with weightings
agreed with individual students.
Botanical Internship: Eight weeks full-time placement at
the Centre for Plant Biodiversity Research (CSIRO/Australian
National Botanical Gardens) over January and February.
Students are admitted by written application and a selection
process that occurs in November. About 20 positions are
available to students Australia-wide and overseas. The program
is aimed at students who have just completed their second or
third year of study, but applications from students at other
levels will be considered. Assessment will be based upon a job
application, a seminar and a major assignment due at the end
of the course. Further information is available form the website
at www.anbg.gov.au/intern or telephone Brendan Lepschi on 02
62465108.

Later Year Course
Workload: Semester and work load by special arrangement
Prerequisites: Available by permission. Generally only available
to students in the Distinguished Scholars in Science Program,
direct Honours entry students, those enrolled in the Bachelor
of Genetics or Bachelor of Philosophy programs, or biology
students performing at Distinction level in cognate courses.
which academics in the School of Biology can offer extension
courses to outstanding students. These courses offer students
the opportunity to pursue interests not covered in other
courses, to acquire specialised training in technique, or to
conduct independent research programs. The courses are
tailored to the interests, abilities and needs of the students
602
permitted to enrol. Students are encouraged to enquire directly

about special topics courses with academics in the school.
Indicative Assessment: Assessment is agreed with individual
students, and tailored to an individuals study program. Often
assessment would be based around a literature review and
research project report or practical exercises, with weightings
agreed with individual students.
Infection & Immunity

Later Year Course
Semester 1
Workload: Two lectures and up to three hours of laboratory and
tutorial work per week.
Academic Contact: Dr Aude Fahrer
Course Description: This course will investigate host responses
to microbial infections: innate reactions including the
complement system, and phagocytic cells; adaptive immunity
including clonal selection theory, antibodies, roles of B and T
lymphocytes, antigens and antigen presentation, and molecular
genetics of antigen receptors. Bacterial diseases, focussing
on molecular explanations of pathogenesis and virulence of
selected pathogens and toxins. Viruses and viral infections with
an emphasis on replication strategies, host and tissue specificity,
effects of viruses on cells (cell death, transformation, latency),
and determinants of viral virulence.
Entry to the HPO will be subject to a quota, and will be
determined based on grades obtained in the prerequisite
subject, BIOL2142.
Indicative Assessment: Laboratory reports (40 per cent) and
final exam (60 per cent).
Honours Pathway Option (HPO) Assessment:
Written (and/or) Oral Reports (40 per cent) using self-generated
data sets for all of the practical based reports. Final exam
60 per cent. A practical exercise will replace demonstrations
of advanced viral immunology techniques. This will provide
experience of additional laboratory skills, an opportunity to
develop more complex interpretive skills and an extension of
the theory taught in the course.
Parasitology
Later Year Course
Semester 2
Workload: Two lectures per week and up to twenty six hours of
practical or tutorial work.
Academic Contact: Dr Isabelle Ferru
Prerequisites: Either (a) BIOL2161 (or BIOL2061) or (b) BIOL2071
(or BIOL2072) or (c) BIOL3141 (or BIOL3041).
Course Description: A broad and multi-disciplinary approach to
the complex and dynamic relationships between parasites and
their hosts. This course offers an overview of the biological and
epidemiological bases of important parasitic diseases and an
understanding of the impact of parasitic diseases on endemic

communities. It covers many disciplines while studying the
life-cycles, ecology, physiology, biochemistry, immunology,
pathology and molecular biology of the covered parasites.
Both protozoan parasites (unicellular parasites) and parasitic
helminths (parasitic worms) will be considered with emphasis
on the most important parasites of humans. Studies include
aspects of the host immune response to parasites; chronicity of
infection and its significance; host pathology; evasion of host
responses by parasites; diagnosis, vaccination; chemotherapy
and drug resistance; genetic resistance to parasitic infection;
relevance of parasitic infections to society. In-depth study
of malaria and schistosomiasis, with focus on the pathology,
immunology and chemotherapy of these most important
human parasitic infections will be of particular importance.
Indicative Assessment: Practical reports (20 per cent), critical
reference list (15 per cent), oral presentation (15 per cent) and
Molecular Immunology
Later Year Course
Semester 2
Workload: Two lectures and up to three hours of practical,
seminar or tutorial work per week.
Academic Contact: Professor Helen ONeill
Prerequisites: BIOL2161 (or BIOL2061) and BIOL2142 (or
BIOL2042). Students are strongly advised to have completed
BIOL3141 (or BIOL3041).
describing the range of molecular techniques available for

identifying genetic variation within and among populations and
the associated statistical tools used by population geneticists
to unlock biological secrets about plants and animals. Data sets
illustrating both the statistical procedures and the biological
meaning will be drawn from plants, birds and mammals. The
next section of the course taught deals with the impact of
selection on genetic variation. Bacteria are used as examples
to illustrate the concepts and principles underlying this part
of the course. We begin with the Neutral Theory of Evolution
and compare the fate of generic variation that is subject to
selection to variation that has little effect on the fitness of an
organism. A brief overview of the processes influencing the
genetic structure of a bacterial species is given. We examine the
role that ecological factors play in shaping the genetic structure
of a bacterial species. Identifying the nature of the fitness
advantage conferred by a trait is not a simple undertaking, and
some of the problems in determining the adaptive significance
of a trait are presented. The nature of frequency dependent
selection is presented and illustrated. Throughout this section
an attempt is made to highlight the applied significance of
many of the concepts presented in the course. The final section
of the course begins with a brief overview on life histories
of fungi, and how it differs from plants and bacteria. We
will concentrate on the population biology and evolution of
haploid fungi that are pathogenic on cultivated crops, but
we will also explore techniques to examine the ecology and
evolution of native plant - native fungal pathogen interactions.
The role of evolutionary forces eg gene flow (migration) and
the reproductive system will be discussed and their impact on
disease development, epidemiology and distribution of fungal
plant pathogens examined with appropriate statistical tests.
Course Description: This course will focus on the molecular

basis of the immune system. The acquired or antigen-specific
immune response will be considered in depth. The course will
cover aspects of development and differentiation of B and T
lymphocytes, antigen processing and presentation, lymphocyte
activation and immune regulation. Topics for further study
will be selected from: immunotherapy, autoimmunity,
transplantation, immunodeficiency, mucosal immunity,
lymphoproliferative diseases, cytokines, tumour immunology,
and viral immunology. Practical work will focus on immunology
related to disease states involving research directions seminars
given by researchers at ANU, class discussions or tutorials, and
literature research assignments.
Conservation Biology
Indicative Assessment: A range of assessments including: Exam

(60 per cent), written assignments, reports or seminars (20 per
cent), major essay(s) or mid-semester exam (20 per cent).
Academic Contact: Prof Rod Peakall
Population Genetics
Later Year Course
Semester 1
Workload: Two hours of lectures per week, and two hours of
self-paced computer-based tutorial sessions per week.
Academic Contact: Dr Rod Peakall
Prerequisites: BIOL2151
Course Description: This course explores the ecological and
evolutionary factors that influence the genetic structure of
populations. In the first section of the course we begin by
Indicative Assessment: The course is taught as an integrated

combination of lectures and computer-based tutorial sessions.
Assessment may include completion of computer-based tutorial
exercises, completion of scientific reports and an exam.
Later Year Course

Semester 2
Workload: five hours per week, comprising a variable
component of lectures, seminars, computer-based tutorial and
field classes.
Prerequisites: At least 36 units towards a degree, including
at least 12 units from the Fenner School of Environment and
Society or from the School of Biology.
Incompatibility: BIOL2135, BIOL2134 and FSTY3051.
Course Description: Conservation biology is a relatively new
discipline which arose in response to the alarming loss of
biodiversity throughout the world. The course examines the
scientific principles that underpin the theory of conservation
biology and the social, legal and political frameworks within
which practioners must operate. Topics covered include
biodiversity and why we need to conserve it, the biological
factors that predispose species to extinction, and the threat
to biodiversity. Conservation practices aimed at conserving
biodiversity from genetic diversity, to species through to
ecosystems will also be examined, with an emphasis placed
upon dealing with the uncertainty inherent in ecological
603
systems. Special methodologies including basic ecological

sampling, genetic analyses, population viability analysis,
adaptive management and reserve design principles will be
studied. The course will include practitioners from government
and non-government organisations to expose students to
practical examples of conservation and wildlife management.
Indicative Assessment: Assessment is based on a final exam,
a literature search and review, and computer-based tutorial
exercises.
(d)(b) Lindenmayer and Brugman, M.A (2005). Practical
Conservation Biology, CSIRO Publishing, Melbourne.
about biology including: signal transduction, regulation of

transcription and translation, cancer, aging, drought stress and
metabolic pathways.
The HPO consists of inquiry-learning, practical exercises on
molecular techniques,. In 2006 we did real time RT-PCR to
measure mRNA abundance. The additional practical exercises
provide experience of extra laboratory skills, an opportunity to
develop more complex data analysis and interpretive skills and
an extension of the theory taught in the course.
Indicative Assessment: Laboratory/tutorial reports (45 per cent),
final exam (55 per cent)
Advanced Genetics & Bioinformatics

Research Projects
Later Year Course
Later Year Course
Semester 2
Spring, Summer and Winter Sessions, Semester 1, and

Semester 2
Workload: Three hours of lectures per week and eight practical

classes/computer labs
Workload: Up to a total of 65 hours of laboratory work.
Academic Contact: Dr John Trueman
Academic Contact: Dr Joseph Altin
Prerequisites: At least 96 units towards a degree with an

average of 75 per cent or above in relevant second and third
year courses. Enrolment in this course is dependent upon the
availability of a suitable supervisor and must be approved by
the course coordinator and Head of School. A quota may be
placed on enrolment in this course. The course can be done
twice, provided that the entry requirements for BIOL3175 are
met the second time.
Course Description: Two general themes underlie much of the

material covered in this course:
examining genetic variation from an evolutionary
perspective
considering the information in the genome (uncovering the
patterns and processes of evolution from genetic data using
bioinformatic analyses).
The first half of the course will provide the necessary grounding
in molecular evolution to understand the generation of genetic
variation, including DNA structure and replication, mutation,
neutral theory, selection, genome evolution and the gentics
of complex traits. The second half of the course will put
these principles into practice, covering the essential tools in
bioinformatic analysis, database searching, sequence alignment,
phylogenetic analysis and molecular dating.
Indicative Assessment: A short test and a written assignment
in Advanced Genetics, and a research (practical) assignment in
Bioinformatics
Genomics & its Applications

Later Year Course
Course Description: Students will choose a research project and

supervisor. Projects will be individually supervised and will be
laboratory (and based in a research laboratory) or library based,
reflecting the current interests of the supervisor. Interested
students are encouraged to make contact with prospective
supervisors at the ANU. For some research areas see:
http://cos.anu.edu.au/Plants, www.anu.edu.au/bambi/groups.
php, http://genetics.anu.edu.au, www.rsbs.anu.edu.au/
StudentOpportunities/PhBProjectList.php,
http://jcsmr.anu.edu.au
Note: This is an Honours Pathway Course that involves material
of a greater conceptual difficulty and research orientation than
a typical Group C course.
Indicative Assessment: To be negotiated with students - seminar
(15 per cent), written project report (75 per cent) and laboratory
notebook (10 per cent).
Semester 1
Workload: Two lectures per week and up to twenty six hours of
laboratory and computing sessions.
Research Projects
Academic Contact: Dr Barry Pogson
Later Year Course
Prerequisites: BIOL2162 (preferred prerequisite); or BIOL2161

plus one of BIOL2151 or BIOL2152.

Semester 2
Course Description: The aim of this course is to teach genomics

and molecular genetic technologies using model organisms
representing plants and animals. The course will cover recent
developments for studying the function of genes, including
proteomics, microarrays for probing gene expression, directed
and random mutagenesis, mapping genes, strategies for
cloning genes and determining their function and computing
databases. An objective of the course will be to develop
skills in experimental design within the context of learning
Academic Contact: Dr Joseph Altin
604
Prerequisites: At least 96 units towards a degree with an

average of 80 per cent or above in relevant second and third
year courses. Enrolment in this course is dependent upon the
availability of a suitable supervisor and must be approved by
the course coordinator and Head of School. A quota may be
placed on enrolment in this course.

Course Description: Students will choose a research project
and supervisor. Projects will be individually supervised and
will be laboratory (and based in a research laboratory) or
library based, reflecting the current interests of the supervisor.
Interested students are encouraged to make contact with
prospective supervisors at the ANU. For some research areas
see: http://cos.anu.edu.au/Plants, www.anu.edu.au/bambi/
groups.php http://genetics.anu.edu.au, www.rsbs.anu.edu.au/
StudentOpportunities/PhBProjectList.php,
http://jcsmr.anu.edu.au
Indicative Assessment: Seminar (15 per cent), written project
report (75 per cent) and laboratory notebook (10 per cent).
Advances in Molecular Plant Science

and tutorials in this course will be given by scientists who are

actively involved in research in these areas.
The course will focus on the molecular and cellular basis of
animal development. It will explore the nature, expression and
function of developmental regulatory genes and the molecular
basis of cell signaling and gene regulatory mechanisms
that operate during embryogenesis. It will also examine
the molecular basis of key developmental processes such
as epithelium formation and cell migration. The nature of
stem cells and their potential for therapeutic use will also be
discussed.
Indicative Assessment: Two assignments (40 per cent), and a
Medical Sciences Elective

Later Year Course
Later Year Course

Semester 2
Semester 1
Academic Contact: Dr Naresh Verma
Workload: Thirty-six lectures, eight one-hour tutorials and four

two-hour laboratory sessions.
Prerequisites: Enrolment in the Bachelor of Medical Science

degree program and completion of each of BIOL2142, BIOL2151,
BIOL2152 or BIOL2162, BIOL2161, BIOL2171 and BIOL2174.
Students are only admitted following submission of a written
proposal on a form provided by the coordinator.
Academic Contact: Dr David Jones and Professor

AdrienneHardham
Prerequisites: BIOL2121 or BIOL2151 or BIOL2161 or BIOL2171.
BIOL3177 is an advanced course that requires a basic
understanding in one, or preferably more, of the areas of
biochemistry, molecular biology, genetics or plant structure
andfunction.
Course Description: The integration of molecular biology,
biochemistry, genetics and cell biology has had an enormous
impact on plant science in recent years. This course will present
current understanding in several key areas and demonstrate
how conceptual and technical advances provide new insights
in plant biology and new approaches for crop improvement
and agriculture. Two introductory lectures will be given on
plant structure and function prior to the major topics, which
will include plant growth and development, regulation of gene
expression, nutrient acquisition, photosynthesis, and disease
and defence. Each topic will be presented by a researcher from
the School of Biology or CSIRO Plant Industry. The course will
include laboratory experience with equipment and techniques
used in plant molecular research.
Indicative Assessment: Essay on research papers (24 per cent),
tutorial quizzes (16 per cent), laboratory reports (10 per cent)
Current Topics in Developmental & Molecular

Biology
Later Year Course
Semester 2
Workload: Two lectures per week and seminars/tutorials and
practicals to be arranged
Academic Contact: Assoc Prof Behm
Prerequisites: BIOL3161
Course Description: The course will illustrate important cuttingedge areas of developmental and molecular biology. Lectures
Course Description: This course is designed to provide an

opportunity for students undertaking the Bachelor of Medical
Science to experience application of the medical sciences in
the work place. Each student will be expected to find their own
placement, which could be in the private or public work arena
and in areas such as medical research, clinical science, forensic
science or therapeutic science. Prior to seeking placement,
students must contact the coordinator to obtain information
both for potential workplace supervisors and on the nature
of the written proposal which is necessary to obtain formal
approval to enrol in the course of study. The written proposal
must be submitted by early February for first semester entry
and late June for second semester entry.
Indicative Assessment: On the basis of a work placement report.
Biotechnology in Context
Later Year Course
Semester 2
Workload: Two lectures/seminars (up to four hours) per week
and a one hour tutorial per week.
Academic Contact: Dr Barbara van Leeuwen
Prerequisites: 96 units towards a program of study. Previous
study of second or third year biology will be helpful as the
course will assume that students have the capacity to cope with
concepts in biology at second year level.
Incompatibility: SCCO2001, SCCO3004 and SCCO3102
Course Description: The course examines biotechnologies,
including genetic technologies and modern medicine in
social, environmental and ethical contexts. Case studies
will be presented for discussion from areas such as: genetic
modification of agricultural crops and animals for food and
production of therapeutic substances; genetic modification
for pest control and environmental conservation; cloning of
605
animals and humans; medical areas of genetic screening and

gene therapy; human reproductive technologies including in
vitro fertilisation and preimplantation genetic diagnosis; organ
and stem cell transplantation; and the convergence of humans
and machines to repair or enhance human function. Lectures
and seminars will raise broad issues, such as bioethics; risk/
benefit assessment; intellectual property; regulation of new
technologies; cognitive development and world view as these
affect judgement. The course seeks to encourage the student
to develop a deeper and more coherent understanding of
the important implications that these technologies hold, not
only for human beings, but for organisms in general. Both
the promise and the threat of these new technologies will be
considered. An important part of the course is the development
of a personal view and ability to argue this view.
convener. Students who take this option will complete a module
focussed on issues raised by biotechnologies that impact on
society. This will be assessed by a written piece of assessment
replacing other pieces to the value of at least 15 per cent.
Indicative Assessment: Written reflective reports (40 per cent),
essay (25 per cent), final exam (35 per cent).
Human Nutrition & Population Health

Later Year Course
Semester 2
Workload: two lectures per week, weekly practical sessions and
weekly tutorials.
Academic Contact: Professor William Foley
Prerequisites: Completion of 96 units, including two BIOL Group
B courses OR with permission of convenor.
Course Description: The course aims to provide students with
an overview of major issues in Human Nutrition. In particular,
we consider principles of nutritional epidemiology and their
impact on population-level recommendations in nutrition,
the occurrence of nutrients in human foods, the causes and
consequences of obesity and associated diseases, nutritional
toxicology and the impact of nutrition at different stages of
human life (eg foetal, childhood, young adult and reproductiveage females). The emphasis of the course will be on developing
skills to interpret evidence for claims about optimal nutrition
for individuals and populations.
Indicative Assessment: Final exam 50 per cent, seminar
presentation and summary 25 per cent, major practical report
25 per cent
Biochemistry & Molecular Biology IV Honours (S)

BIMB4005F (24 units)
Later Year Course
Course Description: The principal component of the 10
months Honours course is a research project conducted under
supervision. In addition, students are expected to attend
various workshops and seminars, write a Nature-style News
and Views article and present seminars on their research
work. The Honours course runs from early February to early
November. In addition to meeting the entry requirements set
606
by the Faculty of Science, students must have the agreement

of a member of the Schools academic staff to supervise their
project, and the agreement of the Head of School. Academic
staff from the School of Biology, John Curtin School of Medical
Research, CSIRO and Canberra Hospital may be supervisors
or co-supervisors. Students should discuss their intention to
undertake an Honours project with potential supervisors and
the Honours coordinator, several months before the proposed
starting date. Note that several organisations award honours
scholarships in September-December for the following year.
Co-ordinator TBA

BIMB4005P (12 units)
Later Year Course
Course Description: The principal component of the course is
a research project conducted under supervision. In addition,
students are expected to attend various workshops and
seminars, write a Nature-style News and Views article and
present seminars on their research work. The Honours course
runs from early February to early November. In addition to
meeting the entry requirements set by the Faculty of Science,
students must have the agreement of a member of the Schools
academic staff to supervise their project, and the agreement of
the Head of School. Academic staff from the School of Biology,
John Curtin School of Medical Research, CSIRO and Canberra
Hospital may be supervisors or co-supervisors. Students should
discuss their intention to undertake an Honours project with
potential supervisors and the Honours coordinator, several
months before the proposed starting date. Note that several
organisations award honours scholarships in SeptemberDecember for the following year.
Co-ordinator TBA
Botany/Zoology IV Honours (S)

BOZO4005F (24 units)
Later Year Course
Course Description: The Honours course principally involves
a research project conducted under supervision, and includes
attendance at various workshops and seminars, presentation
of a research proposal, a progress report and two seminars,
with the major item of assessment being a thesis. The Honours
course runs either from early February to early November or
from mid July to mid May. In addition to meeting the entry
requirements set by the Faculty of Science, students must have
the agreement of a member of the Schools academic staff
to supervise their project, and the agreement of the Head of
School. Students should discuss their intention to undertake
an honours project with appropriate staff and the honours
coordinator at least several months before the proposed
For further information go to www.anu.edu.au/BoZo/honours/
honours.php

BOZO4005P (12 units)
Later Year Course
Course Description: The Honours course principally involves
a research project conducted under supervision, and includes
attendance at various workshops and seminars, presentation
of a research proposal, a progress report and two seminars,
with the major item of assessment being a thesis. The Honours
course runs either from early February to early November or
from mid July to mid May. In addition to meeting the entry
requirements set by the Faculty of Science, students must have
the agreement of a member of the Schools academic staff
School. Students should discuss their intention to undertake
an honours project with appropriate staff and the honours
coordinator at least several months before the proposed
For further information go to www.anu.edu.au/BoZo/honours/
honours.php
Neuroscience IV Honours (S)

NEUR4005F (24 units)
Later Year Course
Academic Contact: Dr Anna Cowan
Course Description: The principal component of the 10
months Honours course is a research project conducted under
supervision. In addition, students are expected to attend a
journal club program, various workshops and seminars, write a
literature review and present seminars on their research work.
The Honours course runs either from early February to late
November or from mid July to late May. In addition to meeting
the entry requirements set by the Colleges of Science, students
must have the agreement of a member of the academic staff
School. Academic staff from the School of Biology, Department
of Psychology, John Curtin School of Medical Research,
Research and ANU Medical School may be supervisors. Students
should discuss their intention to undertake an Honours project
with potential supervisors and the Honours coordinator, several
months before the proposed starting date. Note that several
organisations award honours scholarships in SeptemberDecember for the following year.

NEUR4005P (12 units)
Later Year Course
Academic Contact: Dr Anna Cowan
Course Description: The principal component of the course is
a research project conducted under supervision. In addition,
students are expected to attend a journal club program, various
workshops and seminars, write a literature review and present
seminars on their research work. The Honours course runs either
from early February to late November or from mid July to late
May. In addition to meeting the entry requirements set by the
Faculty of Science, students must have the agreement of a

member of the academic staff to supervise their project, and
the agreement of the Head of School. Academic staff from the
School of Biochemistry and Molecular Biology, Department of
Psychology, John Curtin School of Medical Research, Research
School of Biological Sciences and ANU Medical School, may
be supervisors. Students should discuss their intention to
undertake an Honours project with potential supervisors and
the Honours coordinator, several months before the proposed
Chemistry 1
CHEM1101 (6 units) A
First Year Course
Semester 1
Workload: A maximum of 48 hours of lectures/tutorials and 27
hours of laboratory classes.
Academic Contact: M .J. Ellison
Prerequisites: A passing grade in chemistry to the level of at
least a minor in the ACT or NSW HSC Chemistry or CHEM1022
or successful completion of a bridging course in chemistry
isrequired.
Incompatibility: CHEM1014 and CHEM1016
Course Description: The following syllabus provides a general
guide to the topics to be discussed:
Atomic structure and bonding: electronic structure of atoms,
quantum numbers, orbitals and energy levels, filling sequence,
periodicity of atomic properties, octet rule, chemical bonds ionic, covalent - energetics, H-bonds, Lewis structures, shapes
of molecules, VSEPR theory, valence bond theory, hybridisation,
resonance.
Equilibrium: Haber process as example of the Law of mass
action, equilibrium constants, Kc and Kp, Le Chateliers principle,
reaction quotient, endo- and exo-thermic reactions.
Acids/bases and aqueous equilibria: classical, Lowry-Brnsted,
and Lewis definitions, pH of aqueous solutions, strengths of
acids and bases - Ka and Kb, titration curves, buffers, extent of
hydrolysis - weak acids/bases, solubility products.
Introductory thermodynamics: Energy - different forms, kinetic
and potential, heat and work, the First Law of Thermodynamics,
conservation of energy, internal energy and enthalpy, Hesss;
Law, state functions, standard states, calorimetry.
Advanced thermodynamics: entropy, Second and Third Laws
of Thermodynamics, free energy, equilibrium, spontaneous
processes, equilibrium constants - calculations, extent of
reaction.
Organic structure, isomerism and reactivity: carbon
hybridization, functional groups, nomenclature, 3D chemistry,
conformations, structural/geometrical/optical isomerism,
biological and synthetic polymers - for example, polyamides
and polysaccharides.
Laboratory: Exercises illustrating the simpler principles of
analytical, inorganic, organic and physical chemistry. The
apparatus used in the course is supplied by the Department.
Attendance at laboratory classes is compulsory.
Replacement of 12 tutorials with 12 additional lectures at a
more advanced level. The HPO is designed for students with
607
a strong interest in chemistry from school, Science Summer

School, Olympiad or equivalent. It is expected that all students
in the PhB, or Honours degree programs enrolled in CHEM1101
will complete the HPO.
a strong interest in chemistry from school, Science Summer

School, Olympiad or equivalent. It is expected that all students
in the PhB or Honours degree programs enrolled in CHEM1201
will complete the HPO.
Indicative Assessment: 25 per cent by laboratory work and 75

per cent by exam.

per cent by exam.
HPO Proposed Assessment: The standard course will count 90

per cent towards the final grade and the Honours Pathway
Option 10 per cent.
Proposed Assessment HPO: The standard course will count 90

Option 10 per cent.
Chemistry 2
Applied Spectroscopy
CHEM2201 (3 units) B
First Year Course
Later Year Course
Semester 2
Summer Session, Semester 1, and Semester 2

Workload: In Semester 1 a maximum of 32 hours of lectures/

tutorials, otherwise on-line (Web CT) with tutorials
Academic Contact: M. J. Ellison
Academic Contact: M. J. Lynch
Prerequisites: Chemistry 1, Chemistry A14 or Chemistry A16.
Prerequisites: CHEM1101, CHEM1014, or CHEM1016, plus

CHEM1201, CHEM1015, or CHEM1017.

Course Description: The following syllabus provides a general
guide to the topics to be discussed:
Chemistry of the elements: periodicity exemplified, descriptive
chemistry of non-metallic groups VII, VI and V, silicates structural variety, transition metals, coordination chemistry
- ligands, isomerism, stability, biological examples.
Electrochemistry: redox reactions, half-cell reactions and
balancing equations, oxidation states, Voltaic cells, electrodes,
electrode potentials, electromotive force and the free energy of
cell reactions, Nernst equation.
States of matter: gases, kinetic theory, effusion, equipartition
of energy principle, deviations from ideality, intermolecular
forces, states of matter, liquefaction, vapour pressure, molar
heat capacity, phase diagrams (one component), melting,
boiling, critical phenomena, solids, close packing geometries,
latticeenergies.
Solutions: solubility, phase diagrams of multicomponent
systems, colligative properties, Raoults law, deviations from
ideality, mp depression/bp elevation, osmosis, colloids.
Incompatibility: CHEM2101
Course Description: This course is designed to develop an
understanding of spectroscopy and its application in the
elucidation of the structures of molecular compounds. Topics
to be covered in the course will include aspects of infrared
spectroscopy, UV-visible spectroscopy, nuclear magnetic
resonance (NMR) spectroscopy and mass spectrometry.
Replacement of 6 tutorials with 6 additional lectures at a more
advanced level. It is expected that all students in the PhB or
Honours degree programs enrolled in CHEM2201 will complete
the HPO.
Indicative Assessment: Assessment will be by examination.
Option 10 per cent.
Chemical Structure & Reactivity 1

Introductory kinetics: reaction rates - 1st, 2nd and 3rd order;

molecularity, Arrhenius equation.
Advanced Kinetics: activation energies, collision and transition
state theories, elementary steps in reaction mechanisms,
catalysis, Michaelis-Menten kinetics, radioactive decay (as an
example of exponential decay).
Later Year Course
Spectroscopy: absorption and emission of electromagnetic

radiation, applications of spectroscopy, especially UV-Vis, AAS,
IR and NMR, Beer-Lambert law, colorimetry. Biologically active
compounds, chemical communication, drugs, synthesis and
spectroscopy: drugs, pharmaceuticals and synthesis, reaction
mechanisms, alcohols, ethers and carbonyl compounds,
structural determination by spectroscopy.

Laboratory: Exercises illustrating the simpler principles of

analytical, inorganic, organic and physical chemistry. The
apparatus used in the course is supplied by the Department.
Attendance at laboratory classes is compulsory.
Replacement of 12 tutorials with 12 additional lectures at a
more advanced level. The HPO is designed for students with
608
Semester 1
Academic Contact: G. Salem
Incompatibility: CHEM2104 and CHEM2103.

Course Description: This course will provide students with a
well-rounded, integrated
background in chemistry at the second year level covering
key concepts in the areas of inorganic, organic and physical
chemistry with a particular emphasis on their relevance to
biological processes. The course is largely divided into two
components: organic and coordination chemistry. The organic
chemistry component will focus on an in-depth analysis of
several types of organic reactions from a mechanistic and
stereochemical outcome viewpoint with particular reference
to natural products and the synthesis of compounds of

biological and commercial importance. The primary focus of
the coordination chemistry component will be on the stability,
bonding, properties and reactivity of coordination compounds
and their importance in biological systems.
Laboratory: Development of key laboratory techniques in
synthetic organic and inorganic chemistry; their applications
in separation, synthesis, and analysis of organic and
coordinationcompounds.
per cent by exam.

Later Year Course
in environmental science, with backgrounds and interests in

chemistry, earth sciences, soil science and biology.
Laboratory: The laboratory component has a significant
emphasis on analytical methods, including field techniques for
sampling and analysing water chemistry.
Indicative Assessment: 50 per cent by exam, 30 per cent by
laboratory reports and 20 per cent by field trip report and
assignments.
Symmetry, Spectroscopy & Structure of Molecules

Later Year Course
Semester 2
Workload: In Semester 1 a maximum of 32 hours of lectures/

tutorials, otherwise on-line (Web CT) with tutorials

Academic Contact: R. J. Pace
Academic Contact: M.J. Lynch

Prerequisites: CHEM2202
Recommended: MATH1003 or MATH1013
Course Description: This course will assume a knowledge and

understanding of the material presented in CSR I. The course
will continue to develop an integrated approach to chemical
education through instruction in theoretical and practical
aspects of inorganic and organic chemistry. The organic
component of the course will be centred around the important
area of carbonyl chemistry and highlight the significance
and applications of this area of chemistry. In particular the
significance of carbonyl chemistry in biological systems and
medicine will be developed. The inorganic chemistry component
of the course will provide an introduction to organometallic
chemistry. Topics to be covered will include the structure and
reactivity of main group organometallic reagents and the
structure and reactivity of organotransition metal complexes.
Course Description: The course provides a higher level

description of the fundamentals of chemical spectroscopy and
molecular symmetry, structure and bonding. It develops the
ideas necessary to understand spectroscopy from a quantum
mechanical perspective. It gives an introduction to molecular
orbital theory and the use of symmetry in understanding
molecular properties, as applied to simple chemical systems. It
provides an important link between physical/chemical material
taught at the first and third year levels.
Laboratory: Laboratory experiments are designed to provide

augmentation and/or complementation of the material taught
in lectures. Students will be exposed to important techniques in
synthetic chemistry and become adept at their implementation.
Preliminary Reading: TBA

Replacement of 6 tutorials with 6 additional lectures at amore
advanced level. It is expected that all students in the PhB or
Honours degree programs enrolled in CHEM2201 will complete
the HPO.

per cent by exam.

Option 10 per cent.
Environmental Chemistry
Materials Chemistry
Later Year Course
Later Year Course
Semester 2
Semester 2

hours of laboratory classes and field trips.
Workload: A maximum of 32 hours of lectures/tutorials
Academic Contact: R.J. Pace and Bear McPhail
Prerequisites: CHEM1101, CHEM1014, or CHEM1016,

plusCHEM1201, CHEM1015, or CHEM1017.
Prerequisites: CHEM1101, CHEM1014, or CHEM1016 plus

CHEM1201, CHEM1015, or CHEM1017, or with permission of
the coordinators.
Course Description: An introduction to chemical topics relevant
to environmental science, including biogeochemical processes
occurring within the atmosphere, hydrosphere, lithosphere
and biosphere. The course studies natural and anthropogenic
factors that affect the quality of atmosphere, water, soil and
regolith. This course is intended for students that are interested
Academic Contact: R. Withers

understanding of the structure and functionality of materials.
Topics to be covered include materials synthesis, crystal
chemistry, crystallography and the relation between structure
and function. The properties of technologically important
functional materials will be highlighted as part of this course.
609
Analytical Chemistry
Metal binding proteins
Later Year Course
Bio-organic chemistry
Semester 1
Synthesis of important molecules

hours of laboratory classes
Natural products chemistry
Academic Contact: D. Ollis
Indicative Assessment: Assignment and examination

Course Description: A series of lectures and laboratory exercises
in analytical chemistry will be offered that are designed to
further develop the laboratory skills learnt in Chemistry 1 and 2.
This course has a major emphasis on hands-on instrumentation
and wet-chemistry skills designed to further develop students
skills in instrumental analysis. In particular this will focus on
the use and understanding of atomic absorption spectroscopy,
inductively coupled plasma spectroscopy, flow injection analysis
and various chromatographic techniques, as related to the
analysis of environmentally important species.
Structure function studies involving metal binding proteins
Enzyme mechanisms
Techniques in Organic & Biological Chemistry

CHEM3013 (3 units) C
Later Year Course
Semester 1
Workload: A maximum of 32 hours of lectures/tutorials.
Academic Contact: Dr RA Barrow
Prerequisites: CHEM2201 or CHEM2101
Later Year Course
Course Description: This course is designed to develop and

understanding and appreciation of the analytical techniques
inherent in modern organic and biological chemistry. Topics to
be covered in the course will be chosen from, aspects of modern
nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy (NMR), the impact
and advances in the implementation of mass spectrometry in
modern chemistry and the use of chromatography in its various
forms in the separation and analysis of organic chemicals.
Semester 1
Indicative Assessment: Laboratory reports (30%), short essay

(20%) and examination (50%).
Medicinal Chemistry

Prerequisites: CHEM2202 and CHEM2203
Physical Chemistry
Later Year Course
Course Description: Organic synthesis is integral to the process

of drug development in the pharmaceutical industry. This
course is designed to develop student understanding of key
concepts of organic chemistry relevant to medicinal chemistry.
Semester 1
Academic Contact: Mal McLeod
Indicative Assessment: Assessment will be by examination and

group assignment.
Topics in Biological & Organic Chemistry

Later Year Course
Semester 2
Academic Contact: Professor D Ollis
Prerequisites: CHEM2202 and CHEM2203. BIOL2171
recommended.
Course Description: This course will provide students with a
chemical background for understanding biological systems. The
possible topics covered will include:
Structural biology
Basic treatment of methods used to obtain structures.
Data bases for structural data and methods used to
accessthem.
Description of biological structures.
Bio-inorganic chemistry
Coordination chemistry
610

Academic Contact: Dr RJ Pace
Prerequisites: CHEM2205 or CHEM2101, 1st year MATHS
recommended.
Course Description: The course provides a higher level
description of physical processes that govern behaviour in
chemical and biological systems. Includes:
Understanding how intermolecular forces and molecular
motion determine solution behaviour, surface phenomena and
chemical transport properties;
Applications to solution mixtures, polymer macromolecules,
proteins, surfactants, colloids and nano-particles;
The course is underpinned by an introduction to essential
Thermodynamics and Statistical Mechanics, necessary for the
material covered.
Indicative Assessment: 35 per cent Assignments and 65 per cent
by exam.
Spectroscopic Techniques in Biophysical Chemistry

Later Year Course
Semester 2

Prerequisites: CHEM2201 and CHEM2205 or CHEM2101.
1st year MATHS recommended.
Topics in Modern Inorganic Chemistry

Later Year Course
Semester 2
Course Description: The course deals in depth with selected

topics in modern Spectroscopic Techniques for chemists,
physicists and mathematicians. Biophysical applications are
highlighted, but no formal background in biology is required.
Includes:
Modern Magnetic resonance of electrons (ESR) and nuclei

(NMR)
Course Description: A selection of topics from: materials

chemistry, main group and transition metal cluster chemistry,
electrochemistry, asymmetric catalysis and other areas of
modern inorganic chemistry.
Electronic Structure and Spectroscopy

Vibrational Spectroscopy
The course includes detailed chemical -biochemical examples.
It is underpinned by an introduction to essential Quantum
Mechanics and Approximation Methods, necessary for the
material covered
of greater conceptual difficulty and research orientation than a
standard course.
Indicative Assessment: Assignment (50 per cent) and exam (50
per cent).
Physical Aspects of Inorganic Chemistry

Later Year Course
Academic Contact: Professor MG Humphrey

Research Project in Chemistry

Later Year Course
Workload: A maximum of 65 hours of project work in a research
laboratory.
Prerequisites: Completion of a minimum of 12 units of other
chemistry C courses
Recommended: CHEM2101 or CHEM2201
Prerequisites: CHEM2101 or CHEM2202 or CHEM2205; 1st Year

maths recommended.
Course Description: A selection of research projects from within

the Discipline of Chemistry will be on offer. Students will
undertake their individual project within a research group in the
ANU College of Physical Sciences under the supervision of the
group leader. This is an Honours Pathway Course. Completion of
particular chemistry C courses may be a requirement for certain
of the projects on offer.
Indicative Assessment: Lab book and written report
Course Description: Application of the ligand-field model to

understand the electronic (UV/Vis) spectra and magnetism of
transition metal complexes. Basic introduction to computational
chemistry with emphasis on molecular-orbital calculations.
Semester 1
Academic Contact: Professor Rob Stranger
Organometallic Chemistry
Later Year Course
Semester 1
Academic Contact: Dr G Salem
Laboratory Techniques in Chemical Synthesis

Later Year Course
Semester 1
Workload: Eight four-hour laboratory sessions held over a four
week period, typically in weeks two to five.
Academic Contact: Dr MJ Ellison
Prerequisites: CHEM2202 and CHEM2203, CHEM2201 or
CHEM2101 recommended.
Incompatibility: CHEM3101, CHEM3103 and CHEM3108
Course Description: Synthesis, structure and bonding, properties

and reactivity of main group organometallics (including
Grignard reagents, organolithium reagents, organophosphorus
compounds, etc). Organotransition metal chemistry and
organometallic catalysis.
Course Description: A series of laboratory exercises in synthetic

organic, inorganic and organometallic chemistry will be offered
that are designed to further develop the synthetic chemistry
skills learnt in CSR 1 and 2. This laboratory-based course is also
designed to further develop students skills in spectral analysis
and particularly in the interpretation of IR, NMR, UV-Vis and
mass spectra, as related to the compounds synthesized by them.
Indicative Assessment: Laboratory reports (100 per cent)
611
Advanced Laboratory Techniques in Chemical

Synthesis
Prerequisites: CHEM2202 or CHEM2205 or CHEM2101;

CHEM3023 recommended.
Later Year Course
Course Description: The laboratory course involves a practical,

hands-on introduction to modern Computational Chemistry
techniques which are used to model the structures, properties
and chemical reactivity of molecules. Includes:
Semester 1
Workload: Eight four-hour laboratory sessions held over a four
week period, typically in Weeks 8-11
Academic Contact: Dr M Lynch
Prerequisites: CHEM3061
Course Description: A suite of advanced laboratory exercises in
synthetic organic, inorganic and organometallic chemistry will
be offered that are designed to further develop the synthetic
chemistry skills learnt in CHEM3061. The development of
skills in the handling of air-sensitive compounds using the
Schlenk technique and the purification of compounds using
chromatographic techniques will be emphasized in this course.
Indicative Assessment: Laboratory reports (100 per cent)
Physical & Analytical Methods Laboratory

Using standard packages to calculate structure and properties

of molecules
Calculation of energy surfaces to determine the mechanism and
activation barriers of chemical reactions
Introduction to molecular dynamics - calculating molecules in
motion
The course employs powerful, widely used modern
computational programs
Indicative Assessment: Practical assignments (100 per cent)
Chemistry IV Honours (S)

CHEM4005F (24 units)
Later Year Course
Later Year Course
Semester 1
Academic Contact: Dr. R.J. Pace
Workload: A maximum of eight laboratory classes of four hours

each, including one field trip.
Prerequisites: Students who have attained a sufficient standard

in the degree program (see the Science introductory section
in the Undergraduate Handbook) for the pass degree may be
admitted to an honours year.

Prerequisites: Any 2nd year chemistry course, 1st year MATHS
recommended.
Course Description: The laboratory-based course will cover
modern experimental methods in physical and analytical
chemistry. Includes:
Students will develop experience in manipulating surface
properties of liquids and solid interfaces, relevant to
applications such as minerals separation, detergency and
wettability control.
Introduction to modern instrumental techniques in analytical
chemistry. Focus on applications such as environmental
monitoring, water purification.
Although the course aims to support aspects of CHEM3021 it
is a general laboratory course in physical/analytical chemistry
and assessable to any student who has completed a second year
chemistry or physics course.
The course is aimed at being flexible so that students are able
to develop new approaches to the laboratory exercises and in
many cases extend an exercise in scope and the time devoted
to it.
Indicative Assessment: 100 per cent practical reports,
attendance compulsory.
Practical Aspects of Computational Chemistry

Later Year Course
Semester 2
Workload: A maximum of 32 hours of laboratory sessions.
Academic Contact: Professor Rob Stranger
612
Course Description: A supervisor, who will guide the candidate

in the selection of a suitable program of study and who will
direct the research project, will be appointed for each honours
candidate. The program of study includes a special schedule of
lecture courses, details of which will be made available within
the Department. Candidates will normally be able to select
their general field of investigation. Attendance at colloquia
held in the Department constitutes a part of the program and
the candidates will be required to prepare and deliver seminars
describing the background to (first seminar) and results from
(second seminar) their research project. Candidates must submit
a written report (thesis) describing the method and results of
their investigation.
Indicative Assessment: There will be written examinations
during the year, and an oral examination is required. The
classification for honours will be based on the assessment of
the students written report of the investigation, on the results
of the written and oral examinations and on their performance
in their second seminar. More detailed information on any of
the above can be found at the Departmental website http://
chemistry.anu.edu.au

CHEM4005P (12 units)
Later Year Course
Academic Contact: R.J. Pace
Prerequisites: Students who have attained a sufficient standard
in the degree program (see the Science introductory section
in the Undergraduate Handbook) for the pass degree may be
admitted to an honours year.

Course Description: A supervisor, who will guide the candidate
in the selection of a suitable program of study and who will
direct the research project, will be appointed for each honours
candidate. The program of study includes a special schedule of
lecture courses, details of which will be made available within
the Department. Candidates will normally be able to select
their general field of investigation. Attendance at colloquia
held in the Department constitutes a part of the program and
the candidates will be required to prepare and deliver seminars
describing the background to (first seminar) and results from
(second seminar) their research project. Candidates must submit
a written report (thesis) describing the method and results of
their investigation.
Indicative Assessment: There will be written examinations
during the year, and an oral examination is required. The
classification for honours will be based on the assessment of
the students written report of the investigation, on the results
of the written and oral examinations and on their performance
in their second seminar.
The Blue Planet: An Introduction to Earth

System Science
EMSC1006 (6 units) A
First Year Course
Semester 2
Workload: 65 hours of contact, comprising lectures, practicals,
and field excursion
Academic Contact: Professor Brendan Mackey and Dr Michael
Ellwood
Incompatibility: GEOG1007, GEOL1004 and GEOL1006
Course Description: This course provides an integrated
understanding of Earth as a system. Topics include: a history of
Earths environment; systems theory; the biophysical processes
that characterise the oceans, atmosphere and land surface;
together with an introduction to the global water and carbon
cycles. Lectures provide an essential scientific perspective on
critical global change processes. Practical sessions offer handson experience with global information systems. A major field
excursion introduces students to methods for environmental
measurement and observation.
Prescribed Text:
Skinner, B, Porter, S and Botkin, D (1999) The Blue Planet: an
introduction to Earth System Science. Brisbane: Wiley.
Introduction to Earth Science in the Field

First Year Course
Spring Session 2009
Workload: Eighty contact hours over two weeks (late
November), including lectures, practicals and field excursions,
plus up to 50 hours of independent study, eg report preparation.
The course must be completed by December 22
Academic Contact: Professor Richard Arculus and Dr John
Mavrogenes
Course Description: This Course uses the ANU Coastal Campus
at Kioloa as a field base for an intensive introduction of two
weeks duration in studies of modern and ancient processes in
Earth and marine sciences. Topics will include: formation and
evolution of the former Gondwanan margin now exposed on
the south-eastern coast of Australia; styles of magmatism,

tectonism, sedimentation, and habitats at convergent margins
subject to sporadic rifting; analysis of the rock record and its
interpretation in terms of paleoenvironments; field mapping
and interpretation of well-exposed plutonic constructs in the
crust; mapping and analysis of Holocene land-sea interactions;
landform developments consequent to formation and
extinction of spreading activity in the Tasman Sea. Laboratory
studies will include an introduction to petrographic techniques
and their use in examination of varied rock suites.
Indicative Assessment: Theory examination, practical exercises,
major essay: 50 per cent practical, 25 per cent theory, 25 per
cent field report
Introduction to Structural & Field Geology

EMSC2012 (6 units) B
Later Year Course
Semester 1
Workload: Two hours of lectures and three hours of practicals
weekly for seven weeks starting at the beginning of semester. A
seven day field mapping exercise will be undertaken during the
mid-semester break.
Academic Contact: Structural Geology - Professor Cox and Field
Geology - Dr Opdyke
Prerequisites: Any first year GEOL or EMSC course
Incompatibility: GEOL2012
Course Description: The structural geology component of the
course introduces the basic concepts of brittle and ductile
deformation processes and how they control the strength,
mechanical behaviour and development of structures in
the Earths continental crust. The course provides a basic
understanding of the forces driving deformation, and the
displacements and strains associated with simple crustal
deformations. Emphasis is placed on (1) illustrating how
deformation processes change under the influence of changing
pressures and temperatures with increasing depth in the
lithosphere, and (2) examining the basic types of structures
produced by single episodes of brittle and ductile deformation
of the continental crust, and how their styles and geometries
vary as a function of depth in the continental crust.
The field geology component of the course is a practical,
field-based program which introduces the fundamentals of
geologic mapping techniques in undeformed to simply folded
and faulted and relatively unmetamorphosed sedimentary
and igneous terrains. The week will be composed of three
assessable assignments: measuring stratigraphic columns,
mapping igneous contacts, and introduction to mapping
deformedsediments.
Indicative Assessment: A combination of one theory
examination, a six-day mapping trip, plus structural geology
laboratory and field exercises.
McClay, K.R., The Mapping of Geological Structures, Open
University Press, 1987
Barnes, J., Basic Geological Mapping. The Geological Field
Guide, 1991
613
Surficial Processes, Source to Sink

Later Year Course
Semester 1
Academic Contact: Dr Bradley Opdyke
Prerequisites: At least one first year EMSC, GEOL or
CHEM course
Course Description: The weathering of rocks and the
development of regolith/soils will be covered in the first
part of this course. Sediments, cations and anions will be
tracked through various depositional environments, from
rivers, to deserts, to marginal marine environments and the
deep sea. Fundamental concepts for deciphering depositional
environments such as sedimentary textures and structures are
included early in the course.
The course will finish with a treatment of modern stratigraphic
disciplines: lithostratigraphy, magnetostratigraphy, seismic
stratigraphy, chronostratigraphy and geologic time.
Laboratory: Practical work will be designed to help students
recognise sedimentary structures in hand specimen and
microscopic thin section. Students will be taught to recognise
depositional environments in the field during a field trip to the
NSW south.
Indicative Assessment: 50 per cent laboratory and field work
and 50 per cent examination.
Chemistry of the Earth & Oceans

Later Year Course
Semester 2
hours of laboratory classes
Academic Contact: Dr Rubatto and Dr Gagan
Prerequisites: At least one first year GEOL, EMSC or
CHEM course
Course Description: This Course will cover: the origins of
the elements, their absolute and isotopic abundances in
the solar system; fundamental geochemical controls of
elemental distribution within the terrestrial planets; nature of
incompatibility-compatibility in various mineral structures and
Earths reservoirs; composition of crust, mantle and oceans, how
they formed and changed composition through time; stable
and radiogenic isotope geochemistry used to understand the
time scales of evolution of different reservoirs in the Earth,
and tracing the processes that exchange materials between
these reservoirs; proxies used for tracking changes in the global
carbon cycle, perturbations in the lithosphere-hydrosphereatmosphere system, and climate changes.
Practical classes emphasise geochemical data collection and
presentation, and their quantitative evaluation. They include
the use of computers and visits to analytical laboratories.
Additional readings of greater conceptual difficulty requiring
an advanced scientific understanding will be made available for
614
students enrolled in the Honours Pathway Option. 20 per cent

of the marks available on the exams will be answers to alternate
questions for HPO students.
Indicative Assessment: 20 per cent laboratory work and 80 per
cent examination.
HPO - Proposed Assessment: Two theory and one practical
examinations.
Prescribed Text:
Geochemistry by William White, published on the web at
www.imwa.info/Geochemie/Chapters.HTML
Resources & the Environment

Later Year Course
Semester 2
Workload: Three lectures and a two-hour practical per week
Academic Contact: Staff from the Research School of Earth
Sciences
Prerequisites: None, however one or more GEOL, ENVS or SRES
courses are recommended.
Incompatibility: SREM2007 and GEOL2016
Course Description: This course explores the distribution and
occurrence of the major mineral and energy resources currently
used by humans, and the environmental consequences of their
exploitation. The relationships, for example, between particular
types of ore occurrences and the global plate tectonic cycle are
examined, together with the global abundances, and the styles
of exploitation of hydrocarbon-, fission-, and geothermalbased energy reserves. The basic geochemistry controlling
the deposition, exploitation and uses of mineral and energy
resources are reviewed, as well as the long-term economic and
environmental consequences.
Indicative Assessment: A combination of essay, practical
assignments and theory examination.
Craig, J, Vaughan, (d) and Skinner, (b) Resources of the Earth:
Origin, Use and Environmental Impact, 3rd ed., Prentice
Hall,2001.
Mineralogy
Later Year Course
Semester 1
Academic Contact: Professor David Ellis and Dr Andrew Christy
Prerequisites: Any first year GEOL, ENVS, SRES or CHEM course
or with permission from Coordinator.
Incompatibility: GEOL2009, GEOL2013 and GEOL2017
Course Description: The common rock-forming minerals
(silicates, carbonates, oxides, sulfides, hydroxides, and halides)
will be studied, with particular emphasis on those minerals that
comprise the bulk of the Earths crust (igneous, metamorphic,
and sedimentary environments) and upper mantle, and are also
the most important constituents of other terrestrial planets
and meteorites. The nature of chemical bonding, the various
crystal systems, symmetry elements, optical crystallography,
and complex solid solution substitution mechanisms will be

discussed. Controls on the origins and occurrences of various
classes of minerals will be discussed. Other aspects explored will
be the characteristics and economic significance of the most
important ore and gem minerals, and the properties of minerals
that cause health problems.
Indicative Assessment: A combination of theory and practical

examinations, plus laboratory and field reports.
Laboratory: Practical work will give students skills in the

physical, microscopic and instrumental analytical techniques
necessary for the study of natural minerals and the methods for
laboratory crystallisation of their synthetic analogues.
The Lithosphere
Indicative Assessment: 35 per cent laboratory work and 65 per

cent examination
Semester 2
Geophysics
Academic Contact: Professor Richard Arculus and Professor

David Ellis
Later Year Course
Prerequisites: EMSC2017 Mineralogy
Semester 1
Workload: A maximum of 39 hours of lectures and 26 hours of

laboratory classes.
Course Description: This Course will cover: magmatic formation

of the continental and oceanic crusts involving processes at
mid-ocean ridges, supra-subduction zone systems, hot-spots,
and intra-continental rifts; phase diagrams relevant to
mineralogical changes leading to melting of the upper mantle
and crustal rock types, and crystallisation processes of magmas;
origins of the diversity of magmas and geochemical processes
associated with different tectonic environments; magmatic,
metamorphic, and geochemical consequences of recycling of
lithospheric components; techniques for deciphering the record
preserved in metamorphic mineral assemblages for rates of
recycling of lithospheric components through pressure and
temperature changes; secular changes in lithosphere creation
and destruction.
Academic Contact: Dr Nick Rawlinson

Prerequisites: Any first year EMSC, GEOL or PHYS course
Course Description: This unit provides an introduction to the
geophysical methods used to explore the Earths interior. The
unit will cover seismic methods used to determine the structure
and behaviour of the Earths deep interior, as well as the
application of seismic, gravity, magnetic, electrical, electromagnetic, and radiometric techniques to probe crustal structure
and composition, to explore for various types of mineral and
energy resources, and in environmental and archaeological
applications. Students will gain practical experience in the
application of various geophysical methods to solve problems in
laboratory and field exercises.
Marine Palaeontology & Evolution of Life on Earth

Later Year Course
Semester 2
hours of laboratories plus a field excursion
Academic Contact: Professor De Deckker
Prerequisites: At least one first year GEOL, EMSC or BIOL course
Incompatibility: GEOL2008, GEOL2014 and GEOL2019
Course Description: This course provides an overview of the
fossil record of use to palaeoenvironmental reconstruction.
Emphasis will be placed on the evolution of life on Earth, the
geochemical nature of fossils, and the role they play in allowing
us to trace the evolution of the planet, and in particular the
oceanic realm. This course is for students of geology, biology,
archaeology, and those interested in environmental issues and
past environments, including climate change.
an advanced scientfic understanding will be made available for
of the marks available on the exam will be answers to alternate
questions for HPO students. Integration of this material in the
essay will be expected.
Prescribed Text:
Clarkson, (e) N. K. Invertebrate Palaeontology and Evolution.
Chapman and Hall, 4th edition, 1998.
Later Year Course

hours of laboratories plus a field excursion.
Laboratory: competence in recognising minerals and their

parageneses with the aid of petrographic microscopes; expertise
in using spreadsheets for petrologic calculations and data
manipulation, and graphic programs for display of results. Field
excursion to local examples of rock types formed in some of the
environments discussed in lectures and laboratory.
Indicative Assessment: 20 per cent laboratory work, 15 per cent
field excursion report, and 65 per cent examination.
Field Geology
EMSC3001 (6 units) C
Later Year Course
Winter Session
Workload: This course will be held in the break between
Semesters 1 and 2, 2008
Prerequisites: EMSC2012
Course Description: Advanced field mapping of deformed
terrains, involving intensive field components, and utilising
air photographs and GIS techniques. The field component is
held over two weeks in June/July and reports and maps are
completed upon return to campus. Assessment will be complete
by the end of July.
Indicative Assessment: A combination of field maps and reports,
plus a participation component.
Barnes, J.W., Basic Geological Mapping, Open University Press,
Milton Keynes, 1981.
615
Structural Geology & Tectonics

Later Year Course
Semester 1
Workload: two hours of lectures and three hours of practical
per week.
Academic Contact: Professor Cox
Prerequisites: EMSC2012 or GEOL2012
Incompatibility: GEOL2010 and GEOL3002
advanced understanding of deformation processes and
structures produced by displacement and deformation in the
Earths lithosphere at scales ranging from the tectonic plate
scale, down to the crystal lattice scale. Emphasis is placed
on understanding (1) the geometry and types of structures
produced by complex crustal deformation histories involving
contractional, extensional and wrench regimes, (2) the
deformation processes which control the microstructural
evolution of deformed rocks, (3) factors influencing the strength
and mechanical behaviour of the Earths crust and underlying
mantle lithosphere, (4) deformational controls on crustal-scale
fluid flow and applications to understanding ore genesis and
earthquake processes, and (5) the large-scale geodynamic
processes controlling plate motions and crustal deformation.
Indicative Assessment: Assessment will be based on results of a
short, mid-semester exam (10 per cent), a theory exam at the
end of semester (45 per cent), assessment of laboratory classes
and homework problems (30 per cent) and a report based on
the Bermagui fieldtrip (15 per cent).
Davis, G.H. and Reynolds, S.J., Structural Geology of Rocks and
Regions, 2nd edn, John Wiley and Sons, Inc, 1996
Economic Geology
Robb, L., Introduction to Ore-Forming Processes, 1st edition,
Blackwell Publishing
Carbonate Reef Field Studies

Later Year Course
Spring Session 2009
Workload: Spring Intensive Field Course
Academic Contact: Prof P De Deckker and Dr C Fulton
Prerequisites: EMSC2019 and EMSC3023 or BIOL2112 and
BIOL3116
Course Description: This intensive field course aims to provide
students with advanced knowledge of modern and fossil
carbonate environments, and the role of biological processes in
reef building and erosion. It complements EMSC3023 Marine
Chemistry and BIOL3116 Marine Ecology, and is for students
seeking a profession in the petroleum industry, marine biology,
environmental science or geochemistry. Several days will be
spent at a coral reef location studying a modern reefal setting,
fossil reef depositional environments and relevant biological
processes. Activities will include both advanced lectures and
field surveys.
Indicative Assessment: A combination of field reports and
class test.
Planetary Geology
Later Year Course
Semester 2
Workload: Three lectures per week and a seminar as needed
Academic Contact: Dr TR Ireland
Prerequisites: Any first year PHYS, CHEM, EMSC or GEOL course.
Later Year Course
Semester 2

planetary geology with a view to understanding what makes
planet Earth so special in a galactic context. We will explore the
solar system and Mans place in it. We will examine the essential
ingredients for life on planets and how the planets come by
them. We will step back in time to examine the earliest solar
system, going back to the origin of the elements themselves
and the processes that have occurred in carrying matter from
where it formed to where it can build new solar systems. The
conditions on individual planets appears to be the result of
many stochastic processes and it can be concluded that our
solar system is the end-product of many accidental and chance
events, leading to a philosophical discussion of whether planets
similar to Earth will be discovered elsewhere in the universe.
Workload: Three lectures and a two hour laboratory per week;

one one-week field excursion
Academic Contact: Dr Mavrogenes
Prerequisites: EMSC2020 or with permission from Coordinator
Course Description: This course covers the distribution,
geological setting and genesis of metalliferous mineral deposits.
Factors controlling the formation of these deposits and the
linkages with many other geologic processes covered in other
courses are explored. Practical work involves mineragraphy and
study of a range of classic mineral deposits.
an advanced scientific understanding will be made available for
of the marks available on the exam will be answers to alternate
questions for HPO students. Integration of this material in the
essay will be expected.
Indicative Assessment: A combination of a theory examination
(50 per cent), laboratory reports (20 per cent) and a seminar
presentation with a written contribution (30 per cent).
616
Indicative Assessment: Two essays and one seminar

presentation and final exam
Prescribed Text:
Morrison (d) and Owen T., The Planetary System, Third Edition,
Addison Wesley, San Francisco, 2003
Marine Biogeochemistry
Later Year Course
Semester 1
hours of laboratory and tutorial classes
Academic Contact: Dr Michael Ellwood and Dr Stephen Eggins
Prerequisites: EMSC2015 Chemistry of the Earth and Oceans
Course Description: This is an advanced course that explores
the relationships between marine chemistry, marine biological
and geochemical processes - with a focus on developing an
understanding of the interplay and responses between ocean
chemistry, marine biology and global change. Topics covered
include the theory and application of chemical and isotopic
tracers in oceanography and palaeoceanography, macro- and
micro-nutrient cycling, sediment and suspended particulate
interactions, element speciation, and biomineralization.
Practical work will cover a range of standard and sophisticated
laboratory methods for nutrients, elemental, isotopic and
chemical speciation analysis, as well as a field sampling
excursion to the South Coast of NSW.
Indicative Assessment: A combination of theory examination,
practical/laboratory assignments, an essay topic and/or a poster
presentation.
Chemical Oceanography by Frank Millero. CRC Press. 2005
3rd edition. Ocean Biogeochemical Dynamics by Jorge Louis
Sarmiento and Nicolas Gruber. 2006, Princeton University Press.
Magmatism & Metamorphism

Later Year Course
Semester 1
hours of laboratories plus field excursion.
Academic Contact: Dr Hermann
Prerequisites: EMSC2020 The Lithosphere
Course Description: This course focuses on a multidisciplinary
approach to understand the processes and environments in
which magmatic and metamorphic rocks form, including the
following topics: the relations between crystallisation and
deformation in metamorphic rocks and their link to evolution
of orogens; reconstruction of plate tectonic processes from
detailed investigation at a grain scale; construction and detailed
interpretation of phase diagrams; the role of fluid phases and
the use of trace elements, radiogenic and stable isotopes to
constrain magmatic and metamorphic processes. In addition,
the rates of processes are explored: are these fast and furious,
or slow and steady.
Laboratory: Characterisation and interpretation of
microstructures in magmatic and metamorphic rocks
using optical and electron microscopes, construction and
interpretation of phase diagrams, selected excursions to
Canberra and surroundings.

an advanced scientific understanding will be made available
for students enrolled in the Honours Pathway Option (HPO).
20 per cent of the marks available on the exam will be answers
to alternate questions for HPO students. Integration of this
material in the essay will be expected.
Indicative Assessment: 30 per cent laboratory work, 10 per cent
field excursion report, and 70 per cent theory examination.
Groundwater
Later Year Course
Semester 2
Workload: A maximum of 26 hours of lectures plus up to 36
hours as a combination of practical exercises, seminars and/or
field trip.
Academic Contact: Dr McPhail
Prerequisites: 24 units of Group A and B courses in GEOL, EMSC,
SRES, ENVS, MATH and/or CHEM, or permission of Coordinator.
Course Description: This course is of interest to students in
science, environment, engineering, law and other disciplines
because of the importance of groundwater as a resource
and to our environment. The course will include the study of
hydrologic balance, hydraulic properties of rocks and regolith,
the theory and practice of groundwater flow in porous and
fractured media, and the geochemistry of groundwater.
Emphasis will be on the quantification of groundwater flow
(distribution, velocity and flux of groundwater), its impact
on surface water quality and the processes that affect
groundwater geochemistry. There will be example applications
for water resources, environmental impact, industrial/
commercial development, mining and mineral exploration.
Laboratory: The practical component will include interpreting
groundwater physical and chemical data, mapping groundwater
flow, calculating the rates and volumes of groundwater flow,
measurement and interpretation of groundwater geochemistry.
One or more field trips to local sites in the ACT and NSW
may be held. There will be an independent project requiring
independent study, a short seminar presentation and a
writtenreport.
material in the independent project will be expected.
Indicative Assessment: 40 per cent examinations, 60 per cent
practical reports and independent project
Fetter, C.W. Applied Hydrogeology, 4th edition. Prentice
Hall, 2001.
Freeze, R.(a) and Cherry, J.(a) Groundwater. Prentice Hall, 1979.
617
Global Cycles & Paleooceanography

Prerequisites: At least one first year GEOL, EMSC, SRES, ENVS or

CHEM course or with permission from Coordinator
Later Year Course
Semester 1
Course Description: Coasts are at the interface of terrestrial

and marine systems, and as such are highly dynamic, diverse,
and rich in resources, but also increasingly coming under the
pressure of development. In the past, the study of interactions
between natural and anthropogenic systems has tended to
concentrate on inland areas due to the interest in exploiting
mineral and agricultural resources. However, as development
expands across our coastal zones, awareness of the value and
diversity of these systems is emerging in response to their
actual and potential degradation. This course will provide
students with an understanding of how coasts have formed
from a geological perspective, what processes operate that
define the coastal landscape, what the sedimentalogical,
geomorphologic, geochemical and hydrological characteristics
are of beach and estuarine systems, and how these are modified
by human activities.

hours of practicals.
Academic Contact: Dr Opdyke
Prerequisites: EMSC2015
Course Description: Following the development of the
plate tectonic paradigm, there has been a revolution in our
understanding of the interacting cycles within and on the
Earth. This course focuses on the nature of these cycles from
those involving whole-mantle processes to the exchanges
taking place between and within the lithosphere, hydrosphere,
and atmosphere. The biological cycles of carbon, sulphur and
iron are fundamental for the evolution of Earths crust and
mantle. Major cycles include the downwelling (subduction) of
lithospheric plates at subduction zones constituting the primary
driver of plate tectonics. Some of the components of subducted
lithosphere, including seawater, are transferred to the mantle at
relatively shallow depths, and become involved in the melting
cycles that lead to arc magmatism forming the primary building
block of the continental crust, and re-emergence of recycled
seawater. In addition to the cycle of ocean crust creation at
mid-ocean ridges, the thermal energy released at the ridges
drives the cycling of the oceans through the rocks in the
vicinity of the ridge crest, which result in important chemical
exchange. The rates of sea floor spreading and accompanying
carbon dioxide emission are the fundamental controls on
the global carbon cycle and long-term climate moderators.
This course will detail the evolution the science that has lead
to a more fundamental understanding of these ocean and
climate interactions. The second part of this course details the
development of Paleoceanography from the first papers on the
use of stable isotope geochemistry in the 1950s, to the multiproxy, multi-tracer approaches used today to delve into how
oceans and climate have changed over millions of years.
material in the essay will be expected.
Indicative Assessment: End of semester theory examination
(50 per cent), major essay (25 per cent) and linked student
presentations (25 per cent) in 2nd term
Coastal Environmental Earth Science

Later Year Course
Laboratory: Development of field and laboratory techniques

including surveying and measuring key landform features as
well as water, sediment and soil chemistry and mineralogy.
Indicative Assessment: 50 per cent research report and 50 per
cent written examination
Prescribed Text:
Woodroffe, (c), 2005, Coasts: form, process and evolution. CUP
Ocean & Atmosphere Modelling

Later Year Course
Semester 2
Workload: Approximately twenty-four lectures and twenty-four
tutorials
Academic Contact: Dr Michael Roderick , Dr Janette Lindesay,
and Dr Andy Hogg
Prerequisites: MATH2305 or MATH2405 or PHYS3034 or
approval from course coordinator
Course Description: This course is designed to be of interest and
relevance for students majoring in Earth and Environmental
Sciences, Physics and/or Engineering. It aims to establish
fundamental concepts in the mathematical modelling of
oceanic and atmospheric phenomena. This course begins with
the underlying principles of numerical modelling in oceanic
and atmospheric applications. Those principles are then
applied through a series of case studies that highlight different
applications and modelling approaches. Case studies include
land-atmosphere interactions (eg surface water and energy
balance), ocean dynamics (eg currents, heat transport), and
coupled ocean-land-atmosphere models. The emphasis is on
applications and students will gain practical experience in the
development and use of numerical models.
Summer Session
Indicative Assessment: Literature review (30 per cent),

assignments (50 per cent) and oral presentation (20 per cent).
Workload: A maximum of 20 hours of lectures/tutorials, 25

hours of field work and 20 hours of laboratory classes. This
course will be held during 9-20 February 2009
Seminar A
Academic Contact: Prof David Ellis (RSES) and Dr Sara Beavis

(Fenner School)
618
Later Year Course

Summer Session, Semester 1, Autumn Session, Winter Session,
Semester 2, and Spring Session.

Prerequisites: At least 96 units towards the Bachelor of Science
degree and approval of the Associate Director - Education.
Course Description: A selection of special topics may be offered
if there is sufficient demand in any one year. These courses are
intended mainly for honours and graduate diploma students,
but third-year students may be permitted to enrol after
consultation with the Head of Department. Certain courses are
also intended to cater for students in other disciplines who wish
to complement their studies with appropriate geology courses.
It will not be possible to mount courses in all these fields each
year; consequently, students who wish to take advantage of
the flexibility offered will be required to make appropriate
arrangements with the Associate Director - Education and
relevant members of the teaching staff before the start of each
semester.
wish to take advantage of the flexibility offered will be required

to make appropriate arrangements with the Associate Director
- Education and relevant members of the teaching staff before
the start of each semester.
Indicative Assessment: To be agreed in consultation with
students but typically essay based on students own data
gathering and literature review (60 per cent), seminar (20 per
cent) and theory examination (20 per cent).
Geology IV Honours (S)

EMSC4005F (24 units)
Later Year Course

students but typically an essay (90 per cent) together with
seminar (10 per cent)

EMSC4005P (12 units)
Seminar B
Later Year Course

Semester 2, and Spring Session
degree and approval of the Associate
Director - Education
Course Description: A selection of special topics may be offered
if there is sufficient demand in any one year. These courses are
intended mainly for honours and graduate diploma students,
but third-year students may be permitted to enrol after
consultation with the Head of Department. Certain courses are
also intended to cater for students in other disciplines who wish
to complement their studies with appropriate geology courses.
It will not be possible to mount courses in all these fields each
year; consequently, students who wish to take advantage of
the flexibility offered will be required to make appropriate
arrangements with the Associate Director - Education and
relevant members of the teaching staff before the start of each
semester.
students but typically an essay (90 per cent) together with
seminar (10 per cent)
Special Topics
Later Year Course
degree and approval of the Associate Director - Education.
Course Description: A selection of special topics may be
offered if there is sufficient demand in any one year. These
courses are intended mainly for honours and graduate diploma
students, but third-year students may be permitted to enrol
after consultation with the Associate Director - Education.
Certain courses are also intended to cater for students in
other disciplines who wish to complement their studies with
appropriate geology courses. It will not be possible to mount
courses in all these fields each year; consequently, students who
Later Year Course
Physics of the Earth IV Honours

Later Year Course

Later Year Course
Resources, Environment & Society: Geography

of Sustainability
ENVS1001 (6 units) A
First Year Course
Semester 1
Workload: four hours of contact a week comprising lectures,
workshops and tutorials plus a two day field trip
Academic Contact: Dr Richard Baker and Arts Faculty Liaison: Dr
Alastair Greig, Sociology - School of Social Science
Incompatibility: SRES1001
Course Description: This course critically analyses the
relationships between people and their environments. It focuses
on the big issue facing the globe - the equitable and sustainable
use of this planets resources. The course is the starting
point for a variety of Science and Arts majors. It is also an
introductory course for later year courses in the Fenner School
of Environment and Society.
The course will examine different ways of conceptualising the
nature of resources, the environment and society. The contrasts
and connections between scientific and social science theory
and methods will be examined. Key factors mediating the interrelationships between society and environment will be explored
including resource use, population and technological change.
Other key concepts critically explored will include social justice,
equity and sustainability. These issues will be explored through
case studies that will include: the role of Indigenous people in
resource management, the international dimension of global
climatic change, water and land degradation and biodiversity
conservation.
619
The course will have a strong skills-based focus with the aim of
giving students the research and communication skills required
to successfully complete later year courses. Particular attention
will be given to critical thinking and writing skills. Staff from
the ANU Libraries and the Academic Skills and Learning Centre
will be involved in this element of the course. Guest speakers
will be drawn from the Colleges of Science, Arts and Social
Sciences and Asia and the Pacific and the CSIRO and a number
of Federal Environmental agencies.
Students taking this option must complete weekly an extra
piece of reading, attend a meeting to discuss this reading and
give analysis in their Learning Portfolio of how it is relevant
to the course. Instead of the tutorial participation 10 per cent
mark, Honours Pathway students will be marked out of 10 per
cent for assisting the tutor run a tutorial. This assistance will
include (but is not restricted to) giving during a tutorial a short
talk and devising activities for the rest of the tutorial group
to assist their learning. All other assessment and requirements
remain the same.
Indicative Assessment: Constructive contributions to tutorial
discussions (10 per cent), field trip report (10 per cent), learning
portfolio (25 per cent), end of course PowerPoint presentation
(15 per cent), essay (40 per cent).
Course webpage - http://fennerschool-lectures.anu.edu.au/
ENVS1001
Grafton R.Q., Robin, L. and R.J. Wasson (eds) 2005
Understanding the Environment: Bridging the disciplinary
divides, University of NSW Press, Sydney.
will involve the graphical exploration, development of statistical

methodology to facilitate good scientific decision making and
effective presentation of results to technical and lay audiences.
Field-based case studies will support students to integrate the
lecture and reading material as well as providing real world;
examples of research and effective team work. Canberra
Urban Parks and Places or Environment ACT will support data
collection during field-based case studies.
coordinator. Students will be required to demonstrate greater
depth in the philosophy and practice of measurement in biology
and ecology, culminating in a small research project (probably
involving measuring and reporting on aspects of a Canberra
nature park). Students will attend one additional one-hour
tutorial/workshop session each fortnight, and will submit
an alternative project covering the final component of the
course (25 per cent of overall assessment). Other assessment
will be based on continuous assessment and quizzes, but
with the addition of in-depth questions based on additional
tutorialwork.
Indicative Assessment: Computer-based quizzes to demonstrate
student learning of underlying theories of measurement,
graphical/statistical summaries and correlation (two to three
quizzes, 30 per cent)
A scientific journal article to demonstrate ability to integrate
knowledge of measurement, analysis and presentation to a
scientific audience. (five pages, 30 per cent)
A plain English; article to demonstrate ability to communicate
research findings to a lay audience. (two pages, 10 per cent)
Examples of student essays, learning portfolios and PowerPoint

presentations from previous ENVS1001 classes at - http://
fennerschool-people.anu.edu.au/richard_baker/teaching.html
A group exercise to design ways to collect information from

residents, then collect and analyse that information, and finally
present their findings. (30 per cent)
Environment & Society Research Methods

Australias Environment
First Year Course
First Year Course
Semester 2
Semester 1
Workload: 65 Contact hours, comprising of lectures, workshops

and field excursions.
Academic Contact: Professor Peter Kanowski, A/Prof. John

Mavrogenes, and Dr Chris McElhinny
Academic Contact: Dr Cris Brack and in collaboration with Dr

Rod Lamberts
Incompatibility: with SREM1006 or SRES1003

Course Description: Advances in scientific knowledge have
always depended on critical measurement, analysis and
presentation of results - in a society that increasingly demands
transparency and rigour in decision making, the need for
robustness in science is becoming of paramount importance.
The primary emphasis in this course will be on the principles
of measurement, the similarities of experimental design and
methods of information collection between various branches of
science, including ecology, biology and psychology, and science
communication.
Students will explore ways in which experiments and field
investigations can be made robust - by collecting and critically
examining information about wildlife, plants and humans
and the environments in which they occur. Topics introduced
in the course will include the concepts of scale and pattern,
philosophy and systems of measurement and errors, and the
collection and use of qualitative information. Analysis of results
620

key physical, chemical and biological processes that shaped
Australias unique environment. In particular, the course
explores the geological and ecological evolution of Australian
landscapes, soils and vegetation as a basis for understanding
current environmental issues. The geological development of
Australia, as well as the history of geological thought is the
foundation of this course. Mountain building, weathering and
the importance of past climate records are stressed, especially
in the Australian context. The development of the Australian
landscape, its regolith and soils is then linked to its flora and
fauna. The ecology component outlines the evolution of
Australian plants in response to increasing aridity, lack of soil
resources, nutrient deficiency, fire and herbivory. These plant
adaptations are used to highlight the impacts of European
settlement, weeds and climate change on the health and
productivity of Australian ecosystems.
This is a hands-on course where students learn by problem
and observing in a coordinated series of field practicals and
excursions, including a two day field trip to alpine environments

and an overnight field trip to coastal environments.
Academic Contact: A/Prof. Janette Lindesay, Dr Geoff Cary, and

contributors from Bushfire CRC
An Honours Pathway Option (HPO) is offered to those that

qualify. HPO students will be required to complete advanced
practicals and excursion reports.
Indicative Assessment: five items, each 20 per cent
Prerequisites: 36 units towards a degree
1. Kosciuszko field trip report

2. Kioloa field trip report
3. Black Mountain scientific report
4. Weekly practical exercises
5. Final exam
Prescribed Text:
Australian Department of Environment and Heritage (2006)
State of Australias Environment. www.deh.gov.au/soe
Twidale, C.R. and Campbell, E.M. (2005) Australian Landforms
- understanding a low, flat arid and old landscape. Rosenburg
Publishing.
Attiwill, P. and Wilson, (b) (2006) Ecology: an Australian
perspective. Oxford. South Melbourne.
Contemporary issues in Asia & Australia: an

introduction to social theory & practice
First Year Course
Semester 2
Academic Contact: Dr Kersty Hobson
Recommended: ENVS1001
Course Description: Some analysts claim we are now living in
the Asian Century. That is, rapidly growing Asian nations such
as India and China do, and will increasingly, exert influence
on international economic and political relations into the 21st
century. Though others argue these claims are exaggerated,
there is no doubt that both Australia and the Asian region
are undergoing rapid and far-reaching social, political and
economic change. What, then, are some of the key social,
political and environmental issues facing this region? What
is being done and/or can be done about them? This course
directly addresses these two questions. Place-based case
studies will expand students knowledge of the region through
in-depth discussion about key concepts such as development,
colonialism, globalization and power. In the process, students
will also explore the different ways that social researchers come
to know and think about the problems, people and places of
Australia and Asia, learning about and putting into practice
some social theoretical approaches.
Incompatibility: with FSTY2004, GEOG2011, SRES2002 or

SRES2004
Course Description: Climatic variation is one of the most
important considerations for environment and society on
the Australian continent because it governs fundamentally
important environmental phenomena such as fire, drought
and floods. This course focuses on the underlying principles
required for understanding climate variability, weather, and the
occurrence of bushfires, and the fascinating inter-relationships
that exist among these key elements of the Australian
environment.
The course is structured around the key concepts in each
of these elements, including: general circulation of the
atmosphere; weather systems; climate variability, particularly
extreme events like floods and drought; climate change; the fire
regime; and factors that result in variation in the occurrence of
bushfires across the continent.
The course has a focus on interactions among climate, weather
and bushfires, and there is scope for specialization and
investigating their management implications and importance
for human systems. It is designed to lead students into
advanced third year courses in climatology, bushfire science and
water resource management. Key components of the course are
insights into ongoing research being undertaken at the ANU in
the Fenner School and the Bushfire CRC.
Indicative Assessment: Three short tests (60 per cent), and
practical report (1500 words - 20 per cent) and assignment
(1000 words - 20 per cent). All laboratory and field trip sheets
must be submitted in order to achieve a final grade.
Sturman, AP and Tapper, NJ (2006) The Weather and Climate of
Australia and New Zealand. Melbourne: Oxford University Press.
Gill, AM, Groves RH and Noble IR (1981) Fire and the Australian
Biota. Canberra: Australian Academy of Science.
Cheney, P and Sullivan, A (1997) Grassfires. Melbourne:
CSIRO Publishing.

ENVS2007 (6 units) B
Later Year Course
Semester 1
Workload: five contact hours per week
Academic Contact: Professor Jeff Bennett
Prerequisites: 48 units towards a degree.
40 per cent: Essay
25 per cent: Tutorial Presentation and Facilitation
Course Description: Economics for the Environment is a course

designed to provide students with an understanding of the
ways in which the discipline of economics can be used to
analyse environmental and natural resource use issues. The
course begins with an explanation of what economics is. In
this explanation, a role for economics in the consideration
of environmental matters is established. Some time is spent
exploring the potential for markets to solve environmental
problems and this is accompanied by a parallel analysis of
government, or command and control mechanisms for dealing
with environmental issues. Other economic principles and
25 per cent: Learning Portfolio

10 per cent: Tutorial Participation
Weather, Climate & Fire

Later Year Course
Semester 2
Workload: five hours of lectures and practicals per week
621
techniques are also set out, including cost benefit analysis.

With this background established, the remainder of the course
is divided into two sections. The first deals with the economics
of natural resources including water, forests, energy, agriculture
and wildlife. The second involves the analysis of pollution issues
ranging from local to global.
interpretation of measurements and model predictions relating

to natural ecosystems. The course will use trees and forests as
case studies to provide students with an understanding of a
range of measurement and modelling concepts, approaches and
applications, as well as methods for determining the suitability
of particular approaches for particular tasks.
Indicative Assessment: Two assignments (20 per cent) mid-term

test (20 per cent), final exam (60 per cent).
Topics introduced will include measuring trees (diameter, height,

volume, biomass, carbon, and canopy parameters); creating
useful models to avoid making expensive measurements
(height/diameter, volume and biomass equations); estimating
change (growth and yield models of volume and biomass).
Field-based case studies will support integration of the lecture
and reading material as well as providing real world; examples
of research and general application. Students will extrapolate
their learning to consider measurement and modelling other
parameters of ecological interest.
Heyne, P.T. 2000. The Economic Way of Thinking. Prentice Hall,
NJ, 9th Edition.
Prescribed Text:
Teitenberg, T. 2007. Environmental Economics and Policy (5th
edition). Addison-Wesley, Boston.
Hydrology for Natural Resource Management

Later Year Course
Summer Session
Workload: Summer Session (2-13 February 2009)
The course comprises 65 hours of contact made up of five days
of lectures and five days in the field.
Academic Contact: Dr Sara Beavis and Professor Ian White
Incompatibility: SRES2002 or SRES2008
Course Description: An understanding of water is becoming
increasingly important in natural resource management in
relation to demand and supply, water quality in multi-use
catchments, human health and ecosystem maintenance. The
goal of this course is to develop an understanding of the
hydrologic processes important in using and managing the
environment. The course examines water quantity and quality,
in terms of both surface and groundwater systems, and the
impacts of anthropogenic and natural factors on the value of
the resource. Practicals and field work provide opportunities to
develop skills in sampling, analysing and presenting hydrological
data that relate to catchment characteristics and processes.
Indicative Assessment: Field report (30 per cent,) practical
exercises (30 per cent), open book exam (40 per cent).
Davie, T. 2008. Fundamentals of Hydrology. Routledge.
Gordon et al. 2004. Stream hydrology: an introduction for
ecologists. Wiley, Chichester, UK.

Students taking this option must demonstrate greater depth
in the philosophy and use of modelling for environmental/
forest management, including advanced inventory systems.
They will attend six additional one-hour tutorial/workshops
over the semester, which may be web-based, and will submit
an alternative major project (25 per cent) on a topic to be
approved by the coordinator.
Indicative Assessment: Computer-based quizzes to demonstrate
student learning of underlying theories and practice of
measuring and modeling trees (four to six quizzes, 30 per cent)
A major project that integrates measurement of a sample of
trees; development of empirical models; and presentation
of a final report with management recommendations (eight
pages; 30 per cent). A final exam that demonstrates student
understanding of stand and forest level models and their ability
to use models to derive relevant management and research
conclusions. Students must achieve a minimum 40 per cent in
this exam to pass the course (three hours; 40 per cent)
Australias Forests
Later Year Course
Winter Session
Workload: Winter session (5-17 July 2009)
65 contact hours, comprising a five day field class and four day
classroom block, in the two weeks preceding Semester 2
Ecological Measurement & Modelling

Later Year Course
Semester 2
Workload: 65 Contact hours, comprising of lectures, workshops
and field excursions
Prerequisites: ENVS1003 or STAT1003
Incompatibility: with FSTY2009 or SRES2009
Course Description: Understanding and management for
wise use of natural resources depends on quantifying many
ecological services and products. The primary emphasis in this
course will be on understanding quantitative assessment and
622
Course Description: Australias Forests introduces students to
values and issues associated with Australias native, plantation,
farm and urban forests, and to relevant policy and management
regimes. The course comprises:
A field class addressing a wide range of forest and forestrelated issues across a range of landscapes and tenures. These
issues include conservation of biodiversity and heritage,
recreation management, sustainable forest management and
the restoration of degraded landscapes. The field class (6-10
July) is conducted in Kosciusko National Park and the diverse
landscapes of the Tumut-Tumbarumba region.
A classroom component (5, 15-17 July), which explores forest
values and issues from a range of perspectives.

Students will gain a broad understanding of the values
and issues associated with forests, both historically and in
contemporary Australia, and the capacity to assess how these
diverse perspectives, values and issues relate to natural resource
policy and management.
Indicative Assessment: Field course report (35 per cent),
workshop preparation (10 per cent), Senate forest policy
exercise (20 per cent), topic review (35 per cent)
Dargavel, J., 1995, Fashioning Australias forests. Oxford.
National Forest Inventory, 2008, State of Australias Forests
2008, www.daff.gov.au/forestry
submit set work by the due date or fail to participate in classes

and field excursions may be excluded from examination.
Cities & their Hinterlands

Later Year Course
Winter Session
Workload: Winter session (6-17 July 2009)
65 contact hours, the course will be taught intensively in
the mid-term break in late June and early July through a
combination of classes and fieldwork
Human Ecology
Prerequisites: 48 units towards a degree, including SRES2011 or

ENVS2011
Later Year Course
Semester 1
Course Description: The course applies the core human ecology

concepts developed in ENVS2011 to the urban environment.
The emphasis is on how human activities affect ecological
processes and human wellbeing in urban areas and how they
affect the health of the hinterlands on which those urban areas
depend. Students will study the effect that different human
values, institutional arrangements and management strategies
have on urban energy and material stocks and flows. Case
studies covered by the course include: the changes that the
urban form places on water, energy and material flows as well
as how urban design and planning processes affect transport
and settlement patterns. For each of these topics, different
human interventions will be considered, including those aimed
at improving governance, harnessing ecosystem services and
engaging with the community.
Workload: 65 hours contact, comprising 26 hours of lectures,

12 hours of tutorials, nine hours of workshops, and 18 hours in
field classes.
Prerequisites: 12 units selected from any 1000-coded ANTH,
ARCH, BIOL, SOCY or ENVS courses, or with the approval of the
course coordinator. ENVS1001 and ENVS1004 OR ENVS1008
highly recommended.
Incompatibility: SRES2011, ECOS2001
Course Description: The course applies the principles of
evolutionary biology and ecosystems analysis to the study of
the human environment. The emphasis is on the significance
and function of ecosystems, and how humans have affected
these systems over time. The theories covered are exemplified
by case studies which include a critical assessment of the
human-nature interactions which have occurred over human
history, including hunter gatherer societies in Australia, early
agricultural societies in the Asia-Pacific region and modern
globalised industrial societies. Fundamental ecological
principles are used in an examination of the problems of, and
the policies affecting, resource use associated with farmland,
forests, wilderness and urban areas. Dynamical systems
thinking is introduced and developed as a powerful means of
comprehending the behaviour of these complex situations.
Field trips are used to allow students to experience first hand
the complexity of these human-ecological interactions and the
challenges of managing them sustainably. This course lays the
foundations for later year courses in human ecology.
Students taking this option will be expected to complete
additional weekly readings and to be prepared to discuss this
advanced material in tutorials. In addition, students will be
expected to make a seminar presentation on one weeks reading
and to lead the subsequent discussion. A concise paper must
accompany the presentation. The paper, quality of presentation
and quality of subsequent facilitation will all form part of the
students mark (15 per cent of overall assessment). All other
assessment and requirements remain the same.
Indicative Assessment: Tutorial contribution (10 per cent),
a workbook (15 per cent), fieldtrip assessment (35 per cent)
and an examination (40 per cent). Regular attendance and
participation in class work is required. Students who fail to
Indicative Assessment: Contribution to seminar activities (10

per cent), a research project and presentation to class (50
per cent), and an exam (40 per cent). Regular attendance
and participation in class work and fieldtrips is required.
Students who fail to submit set work by the due date or fail
to participate in classes and field trips may be excluded from
examination.
Hargroves, K and Smith, M (eds), 2005, The Natural Advantage
of Nations, London, Earthscan.
Environment & Development: exploring interactions

through theory & practice
Later Year Course
Semester 2
Workload: 65 contact hours, comprising lectures, tutorial and
practicals
Academic Contact: Dr Kersty Hobson
Recommended: ENVS1001
Incompatibility: with GEOG2013 or SRES2013
Course Description: One popular interpretation of sustainable
development suggests that continued economic growth
is thoroughly compatible with the goals of ecological
sustainability. Other interpretations suggest that sustained
economic development and ecological protection are
fundamentally incompatible and contradictory. How then have
623
such different interpretations come about, and put into action

in recent times? And what have been the consequences? This
course explores these questions, examining the intersections
of environment and development through place-based case
studies within Australia and beyond.
Introduction to Remote Sensing & Geographic

Information Systems
Fundamental to this course is the idea that different

interpretations of sustainable development result from
divergent understandings of both what is mean to develop,
and what constitutes effective and healthy humanenvironment interactions. Therefore, this course explores:
Semester 1
Theories and practices of development i.(e) what does it mean,

to develop? Who decides what counts as development, and
who is developed and under-developed; and what are some
of the different pathways for promoting and bringing about
development?
Prerequisites: 24 units towards a degree. With permission this

course can be taken concurrently with ENVS3024.
What are some of the different ways that human-environment

relationships are understood and theorized; how have these
been applied, and brought together with different theories of
development; and to what ends?
In short, this course critically explores the diverse relationships
that exist between development trajectories and environments.
Lectures and tutorial readings will explore both theoretical
arguments and country-based case studies: with the latter
providing contemporary and geographically specific examples
Group presentation and report (40 per cent)
Learning Portfolio (25 per cent)
Tutorial Contributions (10 per cent)
Tutorial Presentation and Facilitation (25 per cent)
Qualitative Research Methods for Sustainability

Later Year Course
Semester 2
Workload: 65 contact hours, including lectures, seminars and
workshop/tutorials
Academic Contact: Gerda Roelvink
Prerequisites: 24 units towards a degree, including SRES1001 or
ASIA1030, or the written approval of the course coordinator
Incompatibility: with SOCY2043 or SRES2014
Course Description: This course introduces the major qualitative
research methods as they are applied across the social sciences,
especially human geography. Methods covered include
interviewing, oral histories, participant observation, textual
analysis, focus groups and questionnaires. In this course
students will develop an appreciation of the challenges and
opportunities in research on sustainability issues. The course
introduces some of the ethical and cross-cultural concerns
researchers encounter.
Indicative Assessment: Assessable Tutorial (15 per cent),
Research Proposal (30 per cent), Analysis of Qualitative Date (25
per cent), End of Semester Examination (30 per cent).
Hay, I. 2005, Qualitative Research Methods in Human
Geography (2nd ed.), Oxford University Press, South
Melbourne, Vic.
624
Later Year Course

Workload: 65 contact hours, comprising 26 hours of lectures, 22
hours of practicals and two days in the field (equivalent to three
practicals).
Academic Contact: Dr Bruce Doran
Incompatibility: with GEOG3009, GEOG2015 or SRES2015

Course Description: There has been a rapid growth in the use
of digital spatial data in many areas of resource management
and the environmental sciences. This course aims to develop
both a solid theoretical understanding and a comprehensive
practical introduction to the use of geographic information
systems and simple modelling using digital spatial data and in
decision support. The practical exercises take the form of an
Environmental Impact Study in a small coastal catchment. On
the satisfactory completion of this course, students will have
completed realistic hydrological, erosion, conservation, wildlife
habitat, forest, agriculture, fire and building economic models
within the Geographic Information System. The integration
of these components will be carried out using Multi-criteria
Evaluation and Multiple Objective Land Use Allocation models
within the Geographic Information System.
Students who take this option are expected to write a critical
review of a journal paper instead of doing the first test (25
per cent of overall assessment). The essay is expected to show
greater conceptual understanding and a degree of discovery
learning. All other assessment and requirements remain
thesame.
Indicative Assessment: Project based on lab work (40 per cent),
field journal (10 per cent) and two term tests (50 per cent).
Regular attendance and participation in class work is required.
Students who fail to participate in practical sessions on a
regular basis, and submit practical work, may be invited to
demonstrate that it is their own work.
Preliminary Reading: Jensen, J.R., Introductory Digital Image
Processing, Prentice Hall, 2005.
Chang, K.. Introduction to Geographic Information Systems
(fourth edition), McGraw, 2008.
Landforms & Soils: Landscape Systems 2

Later Year Course
Semester 1
Workload: 65 contact hours, comprising lectures, seminars,
workshops and field classes
Academic Contact: Dr John Field and Dr Richard Greene
Incompatibility: with SRES2006 or SRES2016
Course Description: As a southern hemisphere continent
that has been geologically stable for millennia, Australia has
developed a unique combination of landforms, regolith and
soils. The factors important to the evolution of Australia and
the processes by which these landform, regolith and soil

assemblages make up the Australian landscape are the focus of
this course.
Geological, geomorphological, ecological and biogeochemical
processes form the basis of an analysis of how landforms
have come to exist; how the mantle of regolith and soils
forms across the landscape; and the role of the biota are
featured in this analysis. Modules include the weathering of
the underlying geology, the evolution of hill slopes and valleys,
erosion and deposition of materials in the terrestrial landscape,
the development of the regolith mantle, and ultimately the
formation of soils on the surface. The age of the Australian
landscape adds to the complexity and relict and palaeo
landforms are considered, as are relict materials and formations
in regolith and palaeosols. To complete the course a module
on the interactions of humans with the landscape includes
both Aboriginal land management and Caucasian settlement,
and the evidence of landscape and regolith evolution in the
recentpast.
Indicative Assessment: Written assignments (25 per cent)
and field reports (50 per cent) with either a portfolio or an
Corbett, J.R., The Living Soil, Martindale Press, 1969.
Young, (a) and R. Young, Soils in the Australian Landscape,
Oxford, Melbourne, 2001.
Vietnam Field School

ENVS2017 (6 units to 12 units) B
Later Year Course
Summer Session
Workload: Summer session (One day of pre-trip seminars in
November, followed by 7-24 January 2009 subject to DFAT
Travel advice.) Open to first year and later year students. The
course is offered jointly by the Colleges of Science, Arts and
Social Sciences and Asia and the Pacific.
Academic Contact: Dr Richard Baker, Dr Ashley Carruthers
(School of Archaeology and Anthropology), and Dr Thai Duy Bao
(SE Asia Centre, Faculty of Asian Studies)
Incompatibility: GEOG2017 or SRES2017
Course Description: The course introduces students to
contemporary Southeast Asia by focusing on case studies from
central Vietnam. The emphasis is on integrating formal learning
with first hand experience. The in-country work will include
fieldtrips, village stay, language training, as well as formal
classes given by staff from ANU and staff from the University
of Da Nang. Particular emphasis will be given to a range of
major issues in development. These issues include the changing
nature of village/rural lives, the relationship between the
modern and traditional sectors, including rural-urban migration
and livelihood issues, as well as environmental and cultural
issues. The focus is on the impact of contemporary change on
the environment, culture, family structure etc. and on specific
groups such as villagers, migrants, farmers and women. The cost
of the fieldwork will be charged directly to students.
Indicative Assessment: 10 per cent pre-trip learning goal
statement that will be placed on the course webpage as a
resource for fellow students, and 20 per cent for group project
to be presented at the end of the field course. Students need to
select the balance of their own assessment package from 10-30
per cent for Vietnamese language improvement and 40-60

per cent for a reflective learning portfolio due one week after
the field-course finishes. The portfolio will include responses
to questions posed by staff during the trip and analysis of set
reading and field work tasks. As well as the above-mentioned
assessment students enrolled in the 12 unit option will be
required to complete a 4,000-5,000 word research essay and
give a seminar.
Note: The cost of the fieldwork will be charged directly
tostudents.
Vegetation Ecology: Landscape Systems 1

Later Year Course
Semester 1
Workload: 65 contact hours, comprising lectures, tutorials and
fieldwork
Academic Contact: Dr Chris McElhinny
Prerequisites: 48 units towards a degree; ENVS1004 and
ENVS2016 are strongly recommended.
Incompatibility: with FSTY2019 or SRES2019
Course Description: An understanding of vegetation ecology
is an important precursor to the conservation and sustainable
management of forests and woodlands. More than 80 per cent
of Australias treed landscapes are dominated by eucalypts and
therefore this program is largely concerned with the ecology of
eucalypt forests and woodlands. The course covers the following
topics:
The classification of major Australian vegetation types,
their geographical occurrence and factors controlling their
distribution at a range of scales from continental to patch;
Eucalypt taxonomy and biogeography focusing on the major
taxa of Corymbia, Symphymyrtus and Monocalyptus;
the reproductive biology and growth habits of eucalypts;
Eucalypt adaptation to Australian environmental conditions;
Patterning and processes in eucalypt forests and models
of succession describing eucalypt response to natural and
anthropogenic disturbances - particularly fire;
Elements of stand structural complexity and their relationship
to biodiversity in eucalypt dominated vegetation.
This is a hands-on course with a substantial practical
component. Students reinforce and extend concepts presented
in lectures through a coordinated set of field exercises located
in Canberra Nature Parks, Namadgi National Park, the ANU
Kioloa field station and the Murramarang National Park.
Students synthesise their knowledge in a major project, in
which they research the ecology of a tree species of their
choice.
Indicative Assessment: Field practicals 30 per cent (five short
reports), Journal abstract 15 per cent Kioloa field trip report 25
per cent, major project 30 per cent (annotated bibliography,
seminar and fact sheet).
Prescribed Text:
Williams, J and Woinarski, J., eds 1997, Eucalypt ecology:
individuals to ecosystems. Cambridge University Press.
Attiwill, P. and Wilson, (b), 2006, Ecology: an Australian
perspective. Oxford. South Melbourne.
625
Climate Change Science & Policy Field School

ENVS3001 (6 units) C
Later Year Course
Summer Session
Course Description: The course builds on the theoretical
understanding of the complex issues that need to be addressed
in adapting to and mitigating climate change, and the
international policy processes to address climate change,
developed in ENVS3020. With an emphasis on integrating
formal learning with first-hand experience, the course is
conducted principally at the biennial United Nations Climate
Change Conference and associated Conference of the Parties to
the UN Framework Convention on Climate Change (CoP). Work
at the Conference includes engaging with selected themes
represented in conference sessions, workshops, side events
and displays; attending negotiation sessions of the CoP; and
interacting with policy makers, lobbyists, NGOs and scientists
from the international community. Themes addressed at
recent conferences include technology transfer for adaptation,
ethical issues in climate change, reducing deforestation and
associated emissions, adaptation barriers for least-developed
countries, biodiversity and climate change, energy efficiency,
financial mechanisms for adaptation and mitigation, and the
role of young people in climate change action. At the 2007 Bali
Conference student delegates from the ANU met Prime Minister
Kevin Rudd and other senior members of the Australian
delegation, and heard a range of high-profile speakers including
UN Secretary-General Ban Ki-moon, Nobel Prize winner Al
Gore, IPCC Chairman Dr Rajendra Pachauri and Sir Nicholas
Stern, author of the Stern Review on the Economics of
Climate Change. The course will be held at the Conference in
Copenhagen in 2009.
land resource mapping project of a designated area in rural

NSW, involving the incorporation of all relevant sources of
information, including remote sensing and published literature,
to produce soil-landscape and resource maps, GIS layers,
explanatory notes and a farm plan.
Indicative Assessment: Soil and land resource mapping report
(30 per cent), field trip reports (40 per cent), and portfolio and/
or exam (30 per cent. Attendance and participation in all field
trips, field camps and class work is required. Students who fail
to submit set work by the due date or fail to participate in
laboratory classes or field excursions may fail the course.
Charman, P.V., and Murphy, B.W. (eds.), 2000, Soils: Their
Properties and Management, 2nd Ed, Oxford University Press,
Melbourne.
Jordan, C.(f), 1998, Working with Nature, Harwood Academic
Publishers.
McDonald, R.(c), Isbell, R.(f), Speight, J.(f), Walker, J. and Hopkins,
M.S., 1990, Australian soil and land survey: Field handbook, 2nd
Ed, Inkata Press, Melbourne.
Land & Catchment Management

Later Year Course
Semester 2
Workload: five contact hours per week made up of two hours
of lectures and three hours of workshop, or the equivalent time
made up of field trips.
Academic Contact: Dr Richard Greene
Incompatibility: with FSTY3055, SREM3004 or SRES3004
Soil Resources
Later Year Course
Semester 2
Workload: 65 contact hours, comprising a combination of
lectures, seminars, field work and practical sessions. Three day
field mapping camp will be held during 9-11 October 2009.
Academic Contact: Dr John Field and Dr R. Greene
Prerequisites: 72 units towards a degree (background in
ENVS2016 useful)
Incompatibility: SRES3002, SRES2002, SREM3002 or SRES3002
Course Description: The course explores the development of
sustainable farming systems and soil management techniques
in Australian agriculture. The emphasis is on the application
of a thorough understanding of basic physical, chemical and
biological properties and ecological processes involving soils,
crop plants and livestock to the design and implementation
of improved farming systems. A range of land management
issues are addressed including soil conservation, restoration
and rehabilitation; alternative farming and grazing systems
and combinations of grazing and cropping, including pasture
cropping, are considered. The course looks at farming systems
in different climatic regions, and under irrigated and dry land
conditions.
A practical component examines the collection, analysis,
interpretation and presentation of land and soil resource data
from a range of scales in the landscape and includes a soil and
626
Course Description: The course aims at developing multidisciplinary skills by integrating scientific knowledge and
environmental management using practical examples. Major
environmental issues related to land and marine environments,
including the coastal zone, are examined through lectures,
research projects and by visiting field study sites. Selected
topics include:
Mine site rehabilitation
National parks and their management
Management of indigenous lands
Wildlife management for conservation and production
Sustainable management of land and water resources in
rangelands and croplands
Management of river systems and catchments
Coastal zone management
This course is of interest to soil scientists, foresters, geographers,
geologists, and others involved in land and catchment
management.
Indicative Assessment: A combination of a research seminar
(20 per cent), a research essay (25 per cent), a field trip report
(25 per cent) and a final exam or major research project
(30 per cent).
To be advised.
Water Resource Management

Later Year Course
Semester 1
Workload: two contact hours of lectures, two hours of practical
work per week
Academic Contact: Dr Sara Beavis
Incompatibility: with SRES3005
Course Description: The aim of this course is to provide an
understanding of issues and methods in water resources
management, and is set especially within the framework
of total, or integrated, catchment management. The course
gives an introduction to the unique hydrology of Australia,
major issues of water resource management, the principles
of integrated catchment management and sustainability, and
the hydrological cycle. Topics will include: the components
of the hydrological cycle; droughts and floods; temporal and
spatial variability; impacts of land management on quantity
and quality; water demand and allocation among users,
including the environment; the institutional and policy aspects;
economics of water resource management; and integrated
modelling of water and land resources. The course emphasises
the interdisciplinarity of water resource management and
focuses on integrated assessment, which is a method that seeks
to solve water management problems by investigating the
physical, economic, social and institutional components of a
problem, also known as systems management. At the conclusion
of the course, students should be able to: understand the
interaction between physical and socio-economic components
of hydrologic systems, and basic methods for assessing
allocation tradeoffs among stakeholders in management
decisions.
Indicative Assessment: Literature review (25 per cent), practical
and field report (35 per cent), and major research report
(40 per cent).
Preliminary Reading: Hussey, K. and Dovers, S. (2007) Managing
Water for Australia - The Social and Institutional Challenges,
CSIRO Publishing.
Participatory Resource Management: Addressing

Later Year Course
Winter Session
Workload: Winter Session (including five day block from 13-17
July 2009, followed by semester two teaching period). 65
contact hours, comprising a five-day block taught course and
two contact hours per week during semester
Academic Contact: Jackie Shirmer
Course Description: There is increasing recognition of the need
to actively involve different stakeholders and communities
in the process of making decisions about natural resource
management (NRM). Almost every NRM professional is asked
to consult or involve the community when drawing up
management plans for resources such as national parks, native
forest and plantation areas, fisheries or mining activities,
amongst many others. In some cases, communities actively

co-manage natural resources together with NRM professionals.
This course provides a critical review of participatory resource
management (PRM) approaches, exploring when and why
different PRM processes succeed and fail to resolve conflicts
between stakeholders. Students learn both the theories
underpinning different PRM approaches, and practical skills
such as group facilitation, stakeholder analysis and how
to design and manage participatory processes. A series of
guest speakers discuss recently implemented Australian and
international participatory processes, and the class evaluates
the factors that affected the success or otherwise of these
processes. Recent research is reviewed to identify how theory
and practice is shifting in the rapidly evolving field of PRM. The
course assessment is designed to ensure students apply the
facilitation skills being taught, and that students can explore
topics of particular interest to them in the field of PRM.
Indicative Assessment: Essay (40-50 per cent), tutorial papers
(20-30 per cent), tutorial facilitation (20-30 per cent).
Preliminary Reading: Buchy, M and Race, (d), 2001, The twists
and turns of community participation in natural resource
management in Australia: What is missing?; in Journal of
Environmental Planning and Management, 44 (3): 293-308.
Fire in the Environment

Later Year Course
Summer Session
Workload: Summer session (2-13 February 2009). 65 contact
hours taught as a two-week block course, comprising lectures,
practicals and field excursions
Academic Contact: Dr Geoff Cary, Dr Ross Bradstock, and
Contributors: Researchers from the Research School of Pacific
and Asian Studies, Bushfire CRC, CSIRO, Department of
Environment and Conservation (NSW)
Prerequisites: 72 units towards a degree, including ENVS2004
Incompatibility: with FSTY2004, FSTY3002 or SRES3008
Course Description: Fire is pivotal to the functioning of
Australian ecosystems. This course explores a range of
important themes concerning bushfires in Australian and
international environments. The inter-dependent relationship
between fire regimes and biota is explored using evidence
from experiments and theory. Techniques for measuring and
modelling fire regimes, including dendrochronology, charcoal
sampling and landscape simulation, are then investigated.
These are used to understand fire regimes of the past, present
and future, including during pre-human, Aboriginal, and
European eras. The sensitivity of fire regimes to natural and
human factors provides context for exploring the likely effects
of climate change and other aspects of global change on
future bushfire occurrence. Similarly, it provides context for
understanding the role of bushfire management, including
prescribed burning, in modifying fire regimes. Finally, these
themes are brought together with an analysis of integrated
bushfire risk management.
Key components of the course are insights into ongoing
research being undertaken in The Fenner School of Environment
and Society, RSPAS, the Bushfire CRC, CSIRO, DEC (NSW), and
an international network of GCTE scientists.
627
Indicative Assessment: Mid-semester and final examination

(65 per cent) and a practical report (2000 words worth 35 per
cent). Students must submit two laboratory sheets and attend
80 per cent of reading discussion groups in order to attain a
final grade.
Bradstock, RA, Williams, JE and Gill, AM (Eds), 2002, Flammable
Australia: The Fire Regimes and Biodiversity of a Continent,
Cambridge University Press.
Independent Research Project

Academic Contact: Dr Chris McElhinny

Prerequisites: 72 units towards a degree, including 24 units of
SRES or BIOL courses; ENVS2019 strongly recommended.
Incompatibility: with FSTY3004, FSTY3003, FSTY3015
orFSTY3122
Course Description: This course investigates the application
of ecological principles to the sustainable management
of forest and woodland ecosystems. The course covers the
followingtopics:
Traditional silvicultural systems to manipulate plant community
structures and dynamics for management objectives;
Later Year Course
The modification of these systems in response to the social,

economic and political context of forest management;
Summer Session, Semester 1, Autumn Session, Semester 2,

Winter Session, and Spring Session
Strategies for the maintenance of biodiversity and the

restoration and rehabilitation of degraded plant communities;
Workload: Subject to the availability of a suitable supervisor.

Students are expected to devote at least eight hours a week to
a research topic.
The manipulation of site factors such as light, moisture,

temperature, wind, and soils;
Academic Contact: Dr Robin Tennant-Wood
Tending of forest stands through thinning, pruning, fertilising

and nutrient cycling.
Prerequisites: Subject to the availability of a suitable supervisor.

Students are expected to devote at least eight hours a week
to a research topic. Credit average performance in 2000 and
3000 level courses in the School, other than in exceptional
cases, Distinction level performance in courses related to the
proposed research project. The completion of at least 30 units
at 2000/3000 level, and concurrent enrolment in 3000 level
courses in the School.
Admission to this course is at the discretion of the Head of
School and normally will be open to prospective Honours
students who have obtained a Distinction or better in relevant
areas of study. Admission of non Science students requires the
approval of an appropriate Faculty/College Authority.
Course Description: This is a stand-alone research-intensive
Honours Pathway Course (HPC) in which students undertake a
self-directed research project under the guidance of academics
in FSES and across the ANU. The course will be open to a small
cohort of students who have achieved outstanding marks in
prior ENVS (SRES) coded courses at second and third year level.
It includes a two-day intensive workshop on research theory
and practice offered by FSES staff, and a series of tutorials run
within FSES examining qualitative and quantitative research
methodologies in the context of projects being undertaken by
the class. The breadth of topics covered provides wide exposure
to a range of current issues, and topics are expected to have a
high degree of conceptual difficulty. Students will be required
to undertake in-depth analysis in their topic and to share their
results with their peers in a series of final seminars. Excellence
in both written and oral communication of research results
is required. The course aims to establish the basis for ethical
professional practice in research.
Indicative Assessment: Oral presentation (25 per cent) and
paper on research topic (75 per cent).
Ecological Restoration & Management

Later Year Course
Semester 1
Workload: 65 contact hours, comprising lectures, tutorials
andfieldwork
628
Natural and artificial regeneration including nursery techniques;
This is a hands on course in which students learn through

field exercises to assess and interpret forest structures and
conditions, and to develop silvicultural solutions for a complex
set of management objectives. This knowledge is synthesised
in a major project requiring students to critically assess the
current application of silvicultural techniques to a forest
ecosystem of their choice.
Indicative Assessment: Practical exercises 20 per cent (four
short reports), mid-semester field trip report (40 per cent),
major project 40 per cent (seminar, fact sheet).
Prescribed Text: Lindenmayer, (d)(b) and Franklin, J.(f) 2002.
Conserving forest biodiversity: a comprehensive multi-scaled
approach. Washington: Island Press.
Florence, R. G. 1996. Ecology and Silviculture of Eucalypts.
Melbourne: CSIRO Publishing.
Special Topic
Later Year Course
Summer Session, Semester 1, Autumn Session, Semester 2,
Winter Session, and Spring Session
Workload: Subject to the availability of a suitable supervisor.
Students are expected to devote at least eight hours per
week to guided readings and/or selected lectures, seminars,
workshops and tutorials, and supporting work.
Prerequisites: Credit average performance in 2000 and 3000
level courses in the School and concurrent enrolment in
3000 level School courses. Admission to this course is at the
discretion of the Head of School.
Course Description: The course allows a special topic of study
for individuals or small groups of students who wish to gain
particular or additional knowledge in a topic in resources,
environment and society not covered in other courses taught
in the School or elsewhere in the University. Depending on
the topic, students may be required to develop a guided
reading program, and/or to take part in selected lectures,
workshops, tutorials, seminars, discussion groups, field trips and
otheractivities.
Indicative Assessment: To be agreed, but likely to include a

combination of one or more substantial written reports and/or
oral presentations.
Prescribed Text: Dovers, S. 2005. Environment and sustainability

policy: creation, implementation, evaluation. Sydney: The
Federation Press.
Admission Subject to the availability of a suitable supervisor.

Students are expected to devote at least eight hours per
week to guided readings and/or selected lectures, seminars,
workshops and tutorials, and supporting work.
Climate Change Science & Policy

Later Year Course
Policy & Institutional Analysis in Environment &

Sustainability
Semester 2
Later Year Course
Assumed Knowledge and Required Skills: On completion of the

course students will have, and be able to communicate both
orally and in writing
Semester 2
Workload: 65 contact hours, comprising one two hour lecture/
seminar/tutorial per week.
Academic Contact: Professor Stephen Dovers
Prerequisites: 96 units towards a degree, including a mark of at
least 75 per cent in ENVS3028, or approved equivalent.
Course Description: Through lectures, class discussion, set
readings and student research, the course aims to provide
students with (i) an overview of the scope, traditions and
purpose of policy and institutional analysis; (ii) a broad
understanding of such analysis in the environment and
sustainability domain, with special reference to water policy;
and (iii) more detailed knowledge and skills in a more specific
subset of that domain chosen by the student. Course content
will include:
Introduction to policy analysis: evolution of public policy and
cognate disciplines; main theoretical and methodological
traditions; current trends in public policy; policy and
institutional systems.
Environment and sustainability issues recast as policy and
institutional problems.
The policy cycle: main elements of public policy making
(problem framing, policy framing, instrument choice,
implementation, monitoring and evaluation). Institutional
settings of policy and the nature of institutional change. Case
studies of current policy issues and processes. Student-selected
(lecturer approved) research project: current policy issue as the
topic for written assignments and seminar presentation.
Indicative Assessment: Policy briefing on topical policy issue,
800 words: 20 per cent. Essay (policy analysis/prescription)
of 4000 words: 60 per cent. Seminar presentation: 10 per
cent. Participation (attendance, discussant roles, evidence of
readings): 10 per cent.
Students who take this option are expected to undertake
their research for the course into policy issues of a higher
degree of theoretical and/or political complexity. Their research
essay in particular is expected to show greater conceptual
understanding and a stronger degree of discovery learning. All
other assessment and requirements remain the same.
Howlett, M. and Ramesh, M. 2003. Studying public policy: policy
cycles and policy subsystems. 2nd edition. Don Mills, Ontario:
Oxford University Press.
Bridgman, P. and Davis, G. 2004. The Australian policy
handbook. 3rd edition. Sydney: Allen and Unwin.
Academic Contact: A/Prof. Janette Lindesay

An understanding of
The science of climate change, including the enhanced
greenhouse effect, radiative forcing and the carbon cycle
The likely impacts of climate change on biophysical and human
systems
Possible adaptation and mitigation strategies to address climate
change, including legal, policy and economic approaches and
international treaties
An understanding of the practical application of these concepts,
acquired through
Analysis and interpretation of information relevant to
on-campus emissions mitigation strategy development, and
Simulating international climate change negotiation processes
The capacity to synthesise information relevant to diverse
aspects of environment-society interactions, to address specific
climate change adaptation and/or mitigation questions, and
A reflective-evaluative appreciation of the application of
different types and sources of knowledge to addressing these
questions.
Course Description: Global environmental change and
particularly climate change, as a result of human activities is
now generally accepted as reality. Global warming is the term
often used to describe a wide range of climatic processes and
impacts in the global system that are affected by anthropogenic
activities. This course provides an introduction to the science,
impacts and policy implications of global warming. The
fundamentals are provided in an overview of climate change
science, focussing on the atmospheric processes that drive
climatic variability and change, and the roles of the terrestrial
biosphere and the oceans in the global carbon cycle. The likely
impacts of climate change on ecosystems and human activities
are also considered, including biodiversity, system buffering
and resilience, and regional inequality and vulnerability.
Finally, possible response strategies are investigated, focussing
on international environmental treaties and other legal
instruments, international and Australian policy approaches
to greenhouse change, and management and adaptation
strategies. Practical work and tutorials provide hands-on
experience in climate change mitigation projects, working
with ANUgreen, and develop understanding of science-policy
interaction in the area of climate change.
Students taking this option must complete a prescribed piece
of reading each week and attend three tutorials to discuss
their analyses of the additional reading, in the context of the
629
science-policy interaction theme of the course. A briefing paper

(ca 500 words) must be prepared for each tutorial; together
these will account for 15 per cent of overall assessment (the
class tests will count 15 per cent). All other assessment and
requirements remain the same
Agroecology & Sustainable Systems

Indicative Assessment: Tests (25 per cent), practical report (25

per cent), major assignment and debate (40 per cent), learning
reflection (10 per cent). Students who fail to submit work by the
due date or fail to participate in classes, practicals and tutorials
may be excluded from examination.
Workload: 65 contact hours contact comprising lectures,

practicals and fieldwork in a semi-intensive mode over nine
weeks of second semester.
IPCC, 2007: Summary for Policymakers, in Climate Change 2007:
the Physical Science Basis. Contribution of Working Group I to
the Fourth Assessment Report of the Intergovernmental Panel
on Climate Change, eds Solomon, S et al., Cambridge University
Press. (see http://ipcc-wg1.ucar.edu/wg1/Report/AR4WG1_Pub_
SPM.pdf)
IPCC, 2007: Summary for Policymakers, in Climate Change
2007: Impacts, Adaptation and Vulnerability. Contribution
of Working Group II to the Fourth Assessment Report of the
Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change, eds Adger, N et al.,
Cambridge University Press (see www.ipcc.ch/SPM13apr07.pdf).
IPCC, 2007: Summary for Policymakers, in Climate Change 2007:
Mitigation of Climate Change. Contribution of Working Group
III to the Fourth Assessment Report of the Intergovernmental
Panel on Climate Change, Cambridge University Press (see www.
ipcc.ch/SPM040507.pdf)
Human Futures
Later Year Course
Later Year Course

Semester 2
Academic Contact: Mr David Dumaresq

Prerequisites: 72 units towards a degree, including ENVS2011 or
ENVS1001 and ENVS3002
Course Description: The course focuses on the sustainability of
the human food chain in industrial and non-industrial systems.
An agroecological and a systems thinking approach will be
taken to the production, transport, storage and manufacturing
of food, fibre and water in agricultural processes. Topics will
address the ecological and social processes and problems of
different farming strategies including fertility management
and nutrient cycling, pest and disease control and bio-mimicry,
monoculture versus polycultures, input replacement and
system redesign, genetic engineering and petro-chemical
dependency, product preservation and processing. Production
issues will be integrated into the broader social, cultural
and economic contexts of family farming and agri-business,
consumer demand and marketing, international trade and rural
policy. Examples will be drawn from Australia, Indonesia, the
Philippines, North America and the European Union. The course
will include fieldwork with farm and food industry enterprises.
Attendance on fieldwork is a course requirement.
Semester 2
Indicative Assessment: Presentation 25 per cent, practical report

25 per cent, major field research report 50 per cent.
Workload: 65 contact hours, comprising lectures, tutorials and

seminars
Preliminary Reading: Gliessman, S., 2007, Agroecology. The

Ecology of Sustainable Food Systems CRC Press 2nd edition.
Academic Contact: Mr David Dumaresq

Incompatibility: ECOS3006 or SRES3021
Course Description: The course is designed to engage students
in the practice of collaborative, integrative multidisciplinary
research needed for tackling complex multi-scale issues
involved in creating viable human futures. Topics will include
the science wars and knowledge systems, open versus closed
social systems, regulated versus market exchanges, resource use
versus conservation, living with risk and uncertainty, balancing
individual wants and social needs, global equality of access and
opportunity.
The course is focussed on students forming small research
teams that will investigate a future issue in a collaborative
partnership with an external agency, institution, company
or enterprise. Seminars will concentrate on the practice and
application of research methodologies, methods and tools for
doing and integrating research across many discipline areas.
Attendance at all seminars is a course requirement.
Indicative Assessment: Seminar presentation and practice
report (40 per cent), major field research report (40 per cent),
theoretical essay (20 per cent).
Preliminary Reading: Cocks, (d), 2003, Deep futures: Our
Prospects for Survival. UNSW Press.
630
Applied Geographic Information Science

Later Year Course
Semester 1
Workload: 65 contact hours, comprising 26 hours of lectures, 22
hours of practicals. Students are expected to spend four hours
each week in the lab outside set practical times
Academic Contact: Dr Bruce Doran
(with permission, this course can be taken concurrently with
ENVS2015.)
Incompatibility: GEOG3009 or SRES3024
Course Description: Remote Sensing and Geographic
Information Systems have improved considerably over the past
decade and geography has become very much richer in digital
information. The requirement to build complex applications
and simulations has become more urgent with the need to
plan for a changing climate, to feed an increasing population
and to provide pinpoint marketing analysis for business.
Further, spatial data is becoming increasingly easier to access
and is being utilised by a wider range of government and
research agencies. This course explores a toolbox of conceptual
approaches and methods to model and analyse a range of
highly complex, often non-deterministic problems. It provides
a true enabling technology for the natural sciences and a rich

source of computational and representational challenges for
the computer sciences. The unit exposes students to a range of
biophysical and social problems.
Academic Contact: Dr Richard Baker and Professor Peter

Kanowski

Students who take this option must submit completed reports
for all of the labs, rather than 2/3 of them (20 per cent of
overall assessment). All other assessment and requirements
remain the same.
Incompatibility: GEOG3010, GEOG3028, FSTY4106 or SRES3028
Indicative Assessment: Critical review of journal paper (10 per

cent), research plan (five per cent), research paper (35 per cent),
lab work (20 per cent), exam (30 per cent). Regular attendance
and participation in class work is required. Students who fail to
participate in practical sessions on a regular basis, and submit
practical work, may be invited to demonstrate that it is their
own work.
Preliminary Reading: Chang, K., 2008, Introduction to
Geographic Information Systems (fourth edition), McGraw.
Geomorphology: Landscape Evolution under

Changing Climate
Later Year Course
Summer Session
Workload: (14-22 February 2009) three hours lectures,
mornings; three hours practical, afternoons; and field excursion,
two all day trips.
Academic Contact: Professor John Chappell and Dr John Field
Prerequisites: At least 96 units towards a degree, or the written
approval of a Course Coordinator.
Course Description: The Earths surface and its landforms are
continually changing as a result of erosion and sedimentation,
both slow and catastrophic, governed by interactions between
climate, biota and tectonic movements. Beginning with the
origins of mountain belts, continental-scale lands of low
relief, and island chains, the course shows how landforms
ranging from mountains to rivers evolve through regolith and
soil formation, erosion and sediment transport. The influence
of geologic substrates, climate, biota and tectonics on these
processes are examined, drawing on contrasting landscapes
including those of arid Australia and tropical, mountainous
Papua New Guinea. Methods are introduced for measuring soil
and regolith formation, erosion rates and other geomorphologic
processes, including intermittent natural hazards such as
landslides and tsunamis. Particular attention is paid to the
impacts of climatic shifts such as those of the ice ages, and the
effects of human colonisation.
Prerequisites: 96 units towards a degree, or the written approval

of a Course Coordinator.
Course Description: The course considers environmental policy
and planning theory and practice at scales from the local to the
global. Interactive lectures and tutorials provide students with
opportunities to analyse specific environmental planning and
policy issues in theoretical frameworks and over different time
scales. Case studies explored include land care, forest policy and
planning, the Murray-Darling Basin Agreement, the greening
of business, cultural heritage and the role of Indigenous people
in environmental policy and planning.
Students taking this option must complete weekly an extra
piece of reading and give analysis in their Learning Portfolio
of how it is relevant to the course. A seminar to the class that
analyses an example of effective environmental policy replaces
the briefing paper. All other assessment and requirements
remain the same.
Indicative Assessment: see http://fennerschool-people.anu.edu.
au/richard_baker/ENVS3028/assessment.html
Briefing paper (20 per cent), tutorial facilitation (25 per cent),
choice of tutorial paper/webpage worth (30 per cent), Learning
Portfolio 25 per cent. Regular attendance and participation in
class work is required. Students who fail to submit set work by
the due date or fail to participate in classes may be excluded
from examination.
Bridgman, P. and Davis, G. 2004. The Australian policy
handbook. 3rd edition. Sydney: Allen and Unwin.
Dovers, S and Wild River, S. (eds) 2003. Managing Australias
Environment, The Federation Press.
Dovers, S. 2005. Environment and sustainability policy: creation,
implementation, evaluation. Sydney: The Federation Press.
Course webpage - http://fennerschool-lectures.anu.edu.au/
ENVS3028
Palaeo-Environmental Reconstruction
Later Year Course
Semester 1
Workload: two lectures and one two-hour class throughout
semester and attendance at selected seminars. Up to 26 hours
additional project work by arrangement. One field day.
Academic Contact: Professor Geoff Hope and Simon Haberle
Indicative Assessment: Daily practical class tasks (50 per cent)

and three hour written test (50 per cent).
Prerequisites: 96 units towards a degree, including 12 later-year

units of BIOL, ENVS, ANTH, ARCH, PREH or PRAN courses; or
written approval of the Course Coordinator.
Environmental Policy & Planning

Incompatibility: with GEOG3029, GEPR3001 or SRES3029.
Later Year Course

Semester 1
Workload: four contact hours a week comprising lectures and
tutorials, plus a one off two-hour workshop at a time over the
semester.
Course Description: The changing environments of the

past 50,000 years in the Australian region provide keys to
understanding modern landscape, ecological and human
processes. In reviewing these changes techniques commonly
used to provide a reconstruction of the past ecology, climate,
and surface processes are introduced. The source of sedimentary
archives and proxy records requires landscape assessments
and skills in a range of geomorphological and chronological
631
methods. Biological techniques to be studied include analyses

of pollen, charcoal, wood, seeds, insects, stable isotopes
and biogenic silica. The contribution of these techniques to
particular prehistoric problems such as detecting the role of
human activity in environmental change is also covered.
Indicative Assessment: Essay (20 per cent), Test (25 per cent)
and class project work on a Quaternary site (50 per cent),
together with participation in seminars (five per cent).
Preliminary Reading: Bradley, R.S. Holton, J. and Dmowska
R. 1999. Paleoclimatology: Reconstructing Climates of the
Quaternary. San Diego, Academic Press, 2nd ed.
Head, L. 2000. Cultural landscapes and environmental change
London: Arnold ; New York : Oxford University Press.
Williams, M.(a) J., Dunkerley, D.L., DeDeckker. P., Kershaw, A.P.
and Chappell J. M.(a) 1998. Quaternary Environments. 2nd ed.
London, Edward Arnold.
Associated programs: Environmental and Human Histories,
Geoecology and Archaeology
www.millenniumassessment.org/en/Products.Synthesis.
aspx#General
Johannesburg Plan of Implementation, 2002. www.un.org/esa/
sustdev/documents/WSSD_POI_PD/English/POIChapter1.htm
pp 1-39.
Water Quality & Environmental Flow Assessment &

Modelling
Later Year Course
Autumn Session
Workload: Autumn session (22 June - 3 July 2009). 60 contact
hours taught as a two-week block course, comprising lectures,
practical modelling sessions and field excursions.
Academic Contact: Dr Lachlan Newham
Prerequisites: 96 units towards the degree including ENVS1003,
ENVS2008, CHEM2204 and ENVS3005.
International Environmental Policy

Later Year Course
Summer Session
Workload: Summer Session (15-20 February and
19 -24 April 2009)
Academic Contact: Dr Rosie Cooney
Prerequisites: 96 units towards the degree.
Incompatibility SRES3033
Course Description: International environmental policy
has grown dramatically over the last three decades, driven
by concern over unprecedented and large-scale global
environmental change, including biodiversity loss, climate
change, deforestation, and expanding trade and consumption.
International environmental policy now directly and indirectly
affects the behaviour and decisions of governments,
corporations, NGOs, local communities and individuals. This
course will introduce and examine key areas of debate within
international environmental policy, such as tensions between
conservation and development; conflicts around knowledge,
science, and uncertainty; and reliance on command and
control verses market-based approaches. Cross-cutting issues
include gender, the fight against poverty, and the role of
corporations. Cross-cutting issues include gender, the fight
against poverty, and the role of corporations. These debates and
issues will be explored through analysis of topical case studies,
such as equity and climate change; biodiversity and livelihoods;
biofuels and deforestation; and genetically modified organisms
and international trade. The course takes an interdisciplinary
approach, drawing insights from areas including ecology, law,
economics, international relations and politics. The emphasis is
on understanding the real-world dynamics of policy formation
and debate, and readings will be drawn from a wide range of
academic and non-academic sources. Lectures will include
external speakers from contexts such as NGOs and government.
Indicative Assessment: Preliminary assignment 10 per cent,
Learning portfolio 40 per cent, Poster 10 per cent; Tutorial
facilitation five per cent; Essay 35 per cent.
Millenium Ecosystem Assessment, 2005, Ecosystems and Human
Wellbeing: General Synthesis; Summary for Decisionmakers.
632
Course Description: Water quality decline and changes in

environmental flow regimes are becoming increasingly
important and prominent natural resource management
issues in Australia and internationally. There is a need for
improving understanding and knowledge of water quality and
environmental flow modelling techniques and assessment
methods. This course examines the physical, biological and
chemical processes influencing water quality and builds
theoretical and practical knowledge of the potential role of
models in water quality management. Several water quality
models are investigated in detail and are used to illustrate good
practice in model application and development. The theory and
techniques of environmental flow assessment are also described
and practical examples are investigated.
Indicative Assessment: Oral presentation (10 per cent),
Assignment (40 per cent), Tutorial reports (20 per cent),
Examination (30 per cent)
Preliminary Reading: Smith, D.I., 1998, Water in Australia:
Resources and Management, Oxford University Press,
Melbourne.
Gordon, N.(d), Finlayson, B.L., McMahon, T.(a), Gippel, C.J. and
Nathan, R.J., 2004, Stream Hydrology: An Introduction for
Ecologists, John Wiley and Sons.
Application of Bayesian Networks in Natural

Resource Management
Later Year Course
Autumn Session
Workload: Autumn session (20 April 1 May 2009) 65 hours of
contact taught as a two-week block course, comprising lectures
and practical components.
Academic Contact: Dr Carmel Pollino
Prerequisites: 72 units towards a degree, including
Mathematical Modelling 1 (MATH1003) or Statistical Techniques
(STAT1003) or equivalent.
Course Description: Bayesian networks (BNs) are ideal models
for natural resource management as they are able to represent
complex natural systems, integrate different sources and types

of information and investigate alternative management and
system change scenarios. Increasingly, BNs are being used in
Natural Resource Management (NRM) applications in Australia,
including water and climate related issues. They also have a
long history being applied in other fields, such as medicine
and engineering. In this course we seek to provide a balance
between theory and practice for developing and applying BNs
within NRM. Existing BN models, built for NRM applications,
will be used to illustrate theoretical concepts. Key components
of the course are insights into ongoing research being
undertaken in iCAM.
Indicative Assessment: Literature review (2000 words, worth 25
per cent), Presentation (15 per cent) and Final report (60 per
cent) in order to attain a final grade.
Preliminary Reading: Cain JD. 2001. Planning improvements
in natural resources management: Guidelines for using
Bayesian Networks to support the planning and management
of development programmes in the water sector and beyond.
Wallingford, UK: Centre for Ecology and Hydrology. Available at
www.norsys.com/resources.htm
Integrative Research Methods

Later Year Course
Semester 1
Workload: 65 contact hours
Academic Contact: Ms Gerda Roelvink
Prerequisites: 72 units towards a degree, including at least one
of SRES1003, STAT1003, SRES2014 or SOCY2043.
Course Description: Sustainability issues cannot be easily
addressed within a single discipline. Sustainability research
requires diverse expertise and knowledge. This course
explores integrative research and project planning to address
sustainability issues. Key aspects of integrative research
considered in this course include conducting research in the
context of complexity, research that crosses disciplinary and
academic/non-academic divides, community participation in
integrative research, integrative research design and the goals
and politics of research. The course is interactive and involves a
high level of student participation. On completion of this course
students will have, and be able to communicate:
An understanding of:
The methodological problems presented by sustainability issues;
The contribution of various disciplines and types of research to
tackling sustainability issues;
Different approaches to integrate knowledge and assist decision
making in complex settings;
An understanding of the application of this knowledge,
acquired through:
The development of a research plan that applies an integrative
methodology to a sustainability problem;
Interdisciplinary teamwork, including negotiation, task division,
and communication.
Indicative Assessment: Oral presentation (20 per cent), Research
Plan (undertaken in groups) (40 per cent), Facilitation of a
Lecture (10 per cent), Examination (30 per cent).
Sustainable Forest Management

Later Year Course
Winter Session and Semester 2
Workload: 65 contact hours, comprising workshops, fieldwork
and student group work
Academic Contact: Dr Cris Brack and Staff from Forests NSW
and/or Canberra Urban Places may assist in fieldwork associated
with the preparation of major project.
Corequisites: Must be taken concurrently with ENVS4003.
Incompatibility: FSTY4002 or SRES4002.
Course Description: The course covers the theoretical basis to
the management of forests, with an emphasis on sustainable
production (wood and non-wood goods). The course includes:
the background to Australian plantation forestry; planning
concepts at organisation level; the concept of managing to
produce wood and other products; methods of calculating yield;
manipulation of both stands and estates to satisfy quantity
and quality objectives; and the evaluation of alternatives
using management models and financial criteria. Experiential
learning approaches include the application of silvicultural,
utilisation and management principles to the management
of a small planted forest estate. Students work in groups
to devise a management plan for the near- and long-term
future. Recommendations are presented orally to the course
coordinators, and plans are then submitted in written form.
Tools used include growth, utilisation and harvesting
simulation models.
Indicative Assessment: Quizzes to demonstrate learning of basic
principles (25 per cent), a written report on the major project
plan (group exercise, 50 per cent) and an oral presentation
based on the major project (25 per cent).
Preliminary Reading: Lewis, N.(b) and Ferguson, I.S.,1993,
Management of Radiata Pine, Inkata Press.
Shepherd, K.R., 1986, Plantation Silviculture, Martinus Nijhoff.
Sustainable Forest Planning

Later Year Course
Semester 2
Workload: five Contact hours, comprising of lectures, workshops
and field excursions. Students will also require significant
teamwork time to coordinate their major project.
Academic Contact: Dr Cris Brack and Staff from Forests NSW
assist in fieldwork associated with the preparation of the
majorproject
Prerequisites: 96 units towards a degree, including knowledge
of forest measurement and silviculture equivalent to ENVS2009
and ENVS3014 respectively.
Incompatibility: FSTY4003 or SRES4003.
Course Description: Planning for the sustainable or long-term
wise use of natural resources is contentious and increasingly
complex. Such planning can only be achieved by teams who
can integrate knowledge and information from a wide range of
disciplines and practices.
The course uses a problem-based learning approach to focus on
the application of forest ecology, silviculture, GIS and modelling
to the planning of a sizable public native forest. The course
633
covers theories and approaches to planning and optimisation

and also integrates resource inventories (wildlife, timber,
landscape quality, recreation), codes of forest practice, fire
management principles, environmental statements, and local
government, state and Commonwealth policies.
tree management and the social values and valuations applied

to the urban tree and treed landscapes.
Abel, N. et al. 1997, Design Principles for Farm Forestry, RIRDC.
A review of information needs and key aspects of an inventory

or data collection approach to support forest planning (five
pages; 25 per cent)
A Management Plan for natural forest that integrates the
data supplied during previous inventories, Regional Forest
Assessments and the Codes of Forest practice, Environmental
statements and principles, etc. (three to four person teams; 25
pages; 55 per cent)
An oral presentation of the above Plan that demonstrates
teamwork and integration of knowledge from all relevant
aspects (three to four person teams; 45 minutes; 15 per cent)
Indicative Assessment: Individual contracts with written

assignments (20-50 per cent), oral presentation (20-30 per
cent) with either a portfolio or an examination (20-50 per cent).
Race, (d) (ed.) 1993, Agroforestry: trees for productive farming,

Agmedia.
Vanclay, (f) and G. Lawrence., 1996, The Environmental
Imperative, CQU Press.
Environment & Society Honours

ENVS4005F (24 units)
Later Year Course
A written debrief of the overall exercise (five per cent).
Preliminary Reading: Dargavel, J., 1995, Fashioning Australias

Forests, Oxford.
Incompatibility: with SRES4005F
Ferguson, I.S., 1996, Sustainable Forest Management, Oxford.

Florence, R.G., 1996, Ecology and Silviculture of Eucalypt
Forests, CSIRO, Melbourne.
Farm & Urban Forestry

Course Description: Honours is offered as an additional year

of study in the Bachelor of Science and Bachelor of Science
(Resources and Environmental Management) degrees.

ENVS4005P (12 units)
Later Year Course
Later Year Course
Semester 1
Workload: 65 contact hours, comprising lectures, seminars,

workshops and field classes.
Incompatibility: SRES4005P

Incompatibility: FSTY3056, SRES3001 or SRES4004
Course Description: This course examines the part trees can
play in both sustainable agricultural (Module 1) and urban
systems (Module 2). Forestry is viewed in all its roles in
both systems. In Module 1, agricultural roles include wood
production, non-wood products and less tangible benefits
such as biodiversity conservation, aesthetics and capital gains.
Forestry is considered as part of the farm enterprise, within
the economic and social dimensions of farm forestry; trees
are examined as an integral part of the farming systems,
and the ecological and environmental dimensions of farm
forestry are analysed; diagnosis and design is demonstrated
as an assessment and planning tool; agroforestry and farm
forestry systems and practices for production, conservation and
rehabilitation are developed; and, products from farm forestry,
their processing and markets conclude the module.
In Module 2 the goal is to promote an understanding of the
inter-relationships between urban trees and people, of trees and
the physical and chemical environment of the urban landscape,
and of trees with native and exotic fauna. Specifically, the
module examines the uniqueness of the urban forest and
the physical and social roles and functions of trees in urban
landscapes. Topics discussed include matching species to the
urban environment and assessing their performance and
capacity to ameliorate that environment; the role of urban trees
to provide for local fauna; and the methodologies used in urban
634
Course Description: Honours is offered as an additional year

of study in the Bachelor of Science and Bachelor of Science
(Resources and Environmental Management) degrees.
Forest Policies & Practices

Later Year Course
Semester 1
Workload: two hours/week of classroom sessions, and a five
field class (which may be in the week of 16 February preceding
Semester 1).
Prerequisites: 96 units towards a degree; ENVS2010 is
recommended.
Course Description: Contemporary forest policies and practices,
including a case study based on a field course in a particular
Australian region. The classroom component comprises lectures
and seminars from both ANU and invited external contributors,
and discussion workshops. The five-day field course visits an
Australian region in which forests and forestry are important
(location tba; cost (c) A$250). The field class may be held in
the week of 16 February, immediately prior to the beginning of
Semester 1.
Indicative Assessment: A policy statement and seminar
presentation (20 per cent), field class paper (30 per cent) and
oral report (10 per cent), literature review (30 per cent).
Preliminary Reading: Dargavel, J., 1995, Fashioning Australias

forests. Oxford
Walker, J.C.(f) and Butterfield, B.G. (Eds)., 1993,Primary Wood

Processing: Principles and Practice, Chapman Hall, London.
FAO, 2007, State of the worlds forests. www.fao.org/forestry
Wilson, K., and White, D.J.(b) , 1986, The Anatomy of Wood, Its
Diversity and Variability, Stobart, London.
National Forest Inventory, 2008, State of Australias Forest.

www.daff.gov.au/forestry
Forest Products
Geography IV Honours (S)

Later Year Course
Later Year Course
Semester 2
Academic Contact: Dr Janette Lindesay
Workload: 65 contact hours comprising three hours/week for

weeks one to 10. Three-day field course, (7-9 October). Five
hours/week for weeks 11-13.
Incompatibility: SRES4015F
Academic Contact: Professor Peter Kanowski, Dr Roger Heady,

and Dr Kate Semple
Incompatibility: FSTY2103, FSTY2002, FSTY3016, FSTY4151 or
SRES4008
Course Description: Wood is historically the single most
important material to humans who are still largely dependent
on it for fuel, construction and critical materials such as paper.
Wood as carbon storage, for materials, and fuel will become an
increasingly important element of the new carbon economy,
and therefore knowledge of and informed use of wood are key
elements in the development of sustainable forestry systems.
The lecture module of this course introduces students to the
wide range of historical uses of wood, and its conversion into
a somewhat more limited range of commodity, engineered and
specialty products today. Topics covered in lectures include:
wood structure and function in the living tree; structural and
property differences between hardwoods and softwoods; wood
quality and the effects of tree age and plantation management
on wood quality; wood properties and conversion into sawn
timber; wood-water relations and timber drying; manufacture
of composites such as plywood, particleboard, fibreboards and
engineered beams; deterioration of timber by fungi, bacteria,
insects (beetles and termites) and marine organisms (molluscs
and crustaceans); natural durability of wood and wood
preservation.
The laboratory and fieldwork component of the course
comprises a set of laboratory practicals intended to develop
skills in wood identification of hardwood and softwood genera
and the assessment of wood quality in plantations. A set of field
trips will be undertaken to familiarise students with industries
that process timber. This course is essential for all Bachelor of
Science(Forestry) students, but should also appeal to students
taking a Degree or Diploma of Art (Wood), Materials Science
and Engineering, and anyone interested in botany, natural
materials and the sustainable use of natural resources.
Indicative Assessment: Open book wood anatomy exam (35
per cent), field trip reports (15 per cent), independent research
paper and presentation (40 per cent), written test on wood
science and forest products concepts (10 per cent).
Preliminary Reading: Bootle, K. R., 1983, Wood in Australia:
types properties and uses, McGraw-Hill, Sydney.
Bowyer, J.L., Shmulsky, R. and Haygreen, J.G., 2007, Forest
Products and Wood Science: An Introduction. 5th Edition,
Blackwell Publishing.
Course Description: Honours in geography is offered as

an additional year of study for each of the Bachelor of
Arts, Bachelor of Science (Resources and Environmental
Management) degrees. The FSES yearbook lists the research
projects of current Honours students, and the research interests
of prospective supervisors.

Later Year Course
Academic Contact: Dr Janette Lindesay
Incompatibility: with SRES4015P
Course Description: Honours in geography is offered as
an additional year of study for each of the Bachelor of
Arts, Bachelor of Science (Resources and Environmental
Management) degrees. The FSES yearbook lists the research
projects of current Honours students, and the research interests
of prospective supervisors.
Human Ecology IV Honours (S)

Later Year Course
Course Description: Honours in Human Ecology is offered as
an additional year of study for each of the Bachelor of Arts,
Bachelor of Science and Bachelor of Science (Resource and
Environmental Management) programs.

Later Year Course
Course Description: Honours in Human Ecology is offered as
an additional year of study for each of the Bachelor of Arts,
Bachelor of Science and Bachelor of Science (Resource and
Environmental Management) programs.
635
Forestry Honours 1
ENVS4035 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Course Description: Honours in Forestry is offered as an

additional year of study to students who have undergraduate
degrees in (Bachelor of Science, Bachelor of Science (Forestry),
Bachelor of Science (Res, Env & Mgmt).

Prerequisites: Entry by invitation only, normally after
completion of 144 units. In general, candidates must have
maintained a Credit average over the duration of their studies
with evidence of good performance (D/HD) in subjects relevant
to project. Concurrent enrolment in at least 12 additional units
in required for a full time student. A student cannot enrol in
this course concurrently with SRES4045.
Course Description: Self-contained forestry or forest
science research project encompassing, but not necessarily
including, all of the following: project design, planning and
management; integration and critical analysis of existing
knowledge; data studies; data analysis and evaluation; oral and
written communication. Project work is assessed by seminar
presentations and written reports, including an and of
project thesis.
Forestry Honours 2
ENVS4045 (12 units)
Later Year Course
Course Description: Self contained forestry or forest
science research project encompassing, but not necessarily
including, all of the following; project design, planning and
management; integration and critical analysis of existing
knowledge; data collection through experimental, computer
or field based studies; data analysis and evaluation; oral and
written communication. Project work is assessed by seminar
presentations and written reports, including an end of
project thesis.
Calculus & Matrix Models

MATH1003 (6 units) A
First Year Course
Semester 1
Workload: 48 lectures and ten two-hour laboratory sessions
Academic Contact: Bryan Wang
Prerequisites: ACT Mathematical Methods or NSW HSC
Mathematics or equivalent.
Incompatibility: MATH1001. This course cannot be taken
concurrently with or after the successful completion of
MATH1013/MATH1115.
Course Description: A course introducing calculus and matrix
theory and their use in mathematical modelling. Emphasis
will be placed on developing facility, technique and use in
applications. Modelling of processes and phenomena which
occur in economics and the physical, environmental and life
sciences will be used as a vehicle throughout. This course also
provides a pathway to higher level mathematics courses.
Topics to be covered include: Linear models, linear systems;
Matrices, eigenvalues and eigenvectors, predator-prey models;
Functions and graphs, the transcendental functions and
limits; Techniques and applications of differentiations and
integrations; Unlimited, limited and logistic growth models;
Introduction to differential equations: predator-prey systems,
equilibrium states.
Indicative Assessment: Tutorials/Quizzes 20 per cent
Mid-semester test 30 per cent
Final Examination 50 per cent
Discrete Mathematical Models

First Year Course
Semester 2
Forestry IV Honours Bachelor of Science

(Forestry) (S)
Later Year Course
Course Description: Honours in Forestry is offered as an
additional year of study to students who have undergraduate
degrees in (Bachelor of Science, Bachelor of Science (Forestry),
Bachelor of Science (Res, Env & Mgmt).

Prerequisites: ACT Mathematical Methods or NSW HSC
Mathematics or equivalent. (MATH1003 is not a prerequisite for
this course).
Course Description: Introduction to discrete mathematics and
its use in mathematical modelling. Emphasis will be placed on
developing facility, technique and use in applications. Modelling
of processes and phenomena which occur in economics and
the physical, environmental and life sciences will be used as a
vehicle throughout Topics to be covered include: Combinatorics
and counting, induction and recurrence relations, graph theory
and networks, matrix arithmetic and Markov chains, logic and
finite set theory.
Forestry IV Honours Bachelor of Science

(Forestry) (S)
Indicative Assessment: Tutorials 10 per cent

Later Year Course

Mathematics & Applications 1

First Year Course
636

Workload: 48 lectures and ten two-hour laboratory sessions.
Prerequisites: MATH1003 or a satisfactory result in ACT
Specialist Mathematics Major - Minor or NSW HSC
Mathematics Extension 1 or equivalent. Students with a good
pass in ACT Mathematical Methods or NSW HSC Mathematics
or equivalent will be considered.
Incompatibility: MATH1115.
Course Description: The emphasis will be on understanding the
material so that it can both be applied across a range of fields
including the physical and biological sciences, engineering
and information technologies, economics and commerce, and
can also serve as a base for future mathematics courses. Many
applications and connections with other fields will be discussed
although not developed in detail. However, the material will
not be developed in a rigorous theorem-proof style. Students
interested in continuing with mathematics subjects beyond
second year should initially enrol in MATH1115. This includes
students interested in more mathematical/theoretical aspects of
engineering, science and economics.
Calculus - Limits, including infinite limits and limits at infinity.
Continuity and global properties of continuous functions.
Differentiation, including mean value theorem, chain rule,
implicit differentiation, inverse functions, antiderivatives
and basic ideas about differential equations. Transcendental
functions: exponential and logarithmic functions and their
connection with integration, growth and decay, hyperbolic
functions. Local and absolute extrema, concavity and inflection
points, Newtons method, Taylor polynomials, LHopitals rules.
Riemann integration and the Fundamental Theorem of Calculus.
Techniques of integration including the method of substitution
and integration by parts.
Linear Algebra - Complex numbers. Solution of linear system of
equations. Matrix algebra including matrix inverses, partitioned
matrices, linear transformations, matrix factorisation and
subspaces. Determinants. Example applications including
graphics, the Leontief Input-Output Model and various
linear models in science and engineering. Emphasis is on
understanding and on using algorithms.
Calculus - Integration and techniques of integration. Functions

of several variables - visualisation, continuity, partial derivatives
and directional derivatives.
Linear Algebra - theory and application of Euclidean vector
spaces. Vector spaces: linear independence, bases and
dimension; eigenvalues and eigenvectors; orthogonality and
least squares.
During Semester tests 25 per cent
Final examination 50 per cent

First Year Course
Semester 1
Academic Contact: Professor Dayal Wickramasinghe
Prerequisites: There are no formal prerequisites.
Course Description: A course for science or non-science
students jointly offered by the Departments of Mathematics
and Philosophy. This course aims to provide a conceptual
understanding of some of the many faces of the large-scale
universe.
We will discuss general issues relating to the nature of
mathematics and science, space and time, and the universe as
a whole.
The main topics of the course are: the overall structure of
the observable universe; space and time; relativity; black
holes; phenomena and reality; anthropic principles; and
extraterrestrial life. Each topic will be introduced in a historical
context emphasising how it has evolved over time and is
stillevolving.
Note: This is an HPO. Students who take this option will
complete extra work of a more theoretical nature. Some of the
assignment and exam questions will be replaced by questions
requiring deeper conceptual understanding.

During Semester Tests 25 per cent
Indicative Assessment: 600-word essay (week 7): 20 per cent

600-word essay (week 12): 20 per cent
final exam: 40 per cent
tutorial participation: 20 per cent

Mathematics & Applications 1 Honours

First Year Course
First Year Course
Semester 1
Workload: 48 lectures and 10 hours of laboratory and tutorial

sessions
Prerequisites: A pass in MATH1013 or MATH1115.

Course Description: This course continues on from MATH1013. It
emphasizes an understanding of the fundamental results from
calculus and linear algebra which can both be applied across a
range of fields including the physical and biological sciences,
engineering and information technologies, economics and
commerce, and can also serve as a base for future mathematics
courses. Many applications and connections with other fields
will be discussed although not developed in detail.
Academic Contact: Steve Roberts

Prerequisites: A satisfactory pass in the ACT Specialist
Mathematics double major, NSW HSC Mathematics Extension 2
or equivalent. Students with excellent results in either the ACT
Specialist Mathematics major-minor, NSW HSC Mathematics
Extension 1, or equivalent, may be permitted to enrol.
Course Description: This course begins an in-depth study of
the fundamental concepts of calculus and linear algebra. The
use and understanding of proof and abstract ideas, will allow
students to develop analytical skills which will form a base for
further study in fundamental mathematics as well as providing
637
a foundation for a wide range of quantitative areas such as

actuarial studies, computer science, engineering, economics,
statistics and physics.
Calculus - limits, continuity, differentiation, inverse functions,
transcendental functions, extrema, concavity and inflections,
applications of derivatives, Taylor Polynomials, integration,
differential equations, functions of several variables, partial
derivatives, double integrals;
Algebra - complex numbers, solving linear equations, matrix
equations, linear independence, linear transformations, matrix
operations, matrix inverses, subspaces, dimension and rank,
determinants, Cramers rule, volumes.
Note: This is a HPC. It involves extra material and emphasizes
the use and understanding of proof and abstract ideas to a
deeper conceptual level than MATH1013.
Indicative Assessment: Tutorials five per cent
Assignments (five) 25 per cent

First Year Course
Semester 2
Workload: 48 lectures and 10 hours of laboratory and
tutorial sessions
Academic Contact: Andrew Hassell
Prerequisites: A mark of 60 or more in MATH1021 or MATH1115.
Incompatibility: MATH1002, MATH1004, MATH1014, MATH1012,
MATH1022 and ENGN1222
Course Description: This course continues on from MATH1115,
providing an in-depth development of fundamental concepts
of calculus and linear algebra, with a particular emphasis
on the underlying foundations of mathematics. The use
and understanding of proof and abstract ideas, will allow
students to develop analytical skills which will form a base
for further study in fundamental mathematics as well as
providing a foundation for a wide range of quantitative areas
such as computer science, engineering, economics, statistics
andphysics.
Analysis - logic, axioms for the real numbers, completeness,
sequences and convergence, continuity, existence of extrema,
infinite series, convergence tests, power series, Taylor series,
binomial series, complex power series, vectors, dot product,
cross product, planes and lines in 3-space, vector functions,
curves and parametrization, Keplers laws, functions of several
variables, chain rule, gradients and directional derivatives,
Quadratic forms, extreme values, Lagrange multipliers;
Games, Graphs & Machines

MATH2301 (6 units) B
Later Year Course
Semester 1
Workload: 36 lectures and ten tutorials
Prerequisites: MATH1005 or MATH1013 or MATH1115.
Incompatibility: MATH2001, MATH2006, MATH2063.
Course Description: This course is designed to show some
of the interdependence of mathematics and computing,
and is designed for students in both computer science and
mathematics.
Foundations - Relations on sets, including equivalence, partial
order relations and relational databases; properties of functions,
permutations, arithmetic of integers modulo n.
Grammars and Automata - Phrase structure grammars, finite
state automata, and the connections between the language
accepted by an automaton, regular sets and regular grammars.
Graph Theory - Hamiltonian circuits, vertex colouring and the
chromatic polynomial of a graph, planar graphs, applications
including the travelling salesperson problem and scheduling
problems.
Game Theory - Games of strategy as an application of graph
theory, matrix games and solution of matrix games.
Indicative Assessment: Learning Portfolio 10 per cent
Assignments (3) 30 per cent
Differential Equations & Applications

Later Year Course
Semester 1
Prerequisites: MATH1014 or MATH1116 or ENGN1222.
Incompatibility: MATH2013, MATH2023, MATH2027, ENGN2212,
MATH2405
Course Description: This course shows the modelling process
in the context of differential equations and case studies from
a number of areas such as population dynamics, economics,
electric circuits, mechanical systems, fluid flow, physics and
astrophysics. Analytic methods from the elementary theory of
differential equations and calculus will be provided to allow for
the analysis of the various models being investigated. Numerical
solutions as well as a study of the qualitative behaviour of
solutions will be combined with analytic solutions to obtain a
better understanding of possible model behaviour.
Algebra - induction, theory and application of Euclidean

vector spaces, vector spaces, linear independence, bases and
dimension, eigenvalues and eigenvectors, orthogonality and
least squares.
Note: This is a HPC. It involves extra material and emphasizes

the use and understanding of proof and abstract ideas to a
deeper conceptual level than MATH1014.
Indicative Assessment: One mid-semester exam: 25 per cent

Eight Assignments: 25 per cent
Final exam: 50 per cent
Indicative Assessment: Tutorials five per cent

Assignments (five) 25 per cent
Prescribed Text: (e) Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering

Mathematics, 9th Edition.
638
First order differential equations; second order linear equations;

systems of first order equations; nonlinear differential
equations; Laplace transforms.
Partial Differential Equations & Applications

Later Year Course
Semester 2
Prerequisites: MATH2305 or MATH2405
Incompatibility: MATH2014, MATH2114, MATH2406, MATH3109
and MATH3209
Course Description: In physics, economics and engineering,
we frequently encounter quantities (for example energy) that
depend on many variables (such as position, velocity, and
temperature). Usually this dependency is expressed through
a partial differential equation, and solving these equations is
important for understanding these complex relationships.
In this course we will study first and second order partial
differential equations. We will develop the requisite vector
calculus and multivariable calculus along the way. The solution
methods studied in this course will include the method of
characteristics, separation of variables, Fourier series and Fourier
transforms.
This course will be useful for majors in economics, mathematical
finance, engineering and physics. We will illustrate the theory
with examples from these disciplines.
topology and measure theory, complex analysis, functional

analysis, and harmonic analysis. It also provides important tools
for application areas such as theoretical computer science,
physics and engineering.
Review of the real number system, the foundations of calculus,
elementary set theory; metric spaces, sequences, series and
power series, uniform convergence, continuity, the contraction
mapping principle; foundations of multidimensional calculus,
applications to the calculus of variations, integral equations and
differential equations.
Note: This is an HPC. It emphasises mathematical rigour and
proof and develops the application of the theory to topics such
as differential equations and the proofs of major theorems in
multivariable calculus.
Assignments 10 per cent
Algebra 1 Honours: Groups, Rings & Advanced

Linear Algebra
Indicative Assessment: Assignments 30 per cent

Mid Semester 25 per cent
Later Year Course
Bioinformatics & Biological Modelling

Later Year Course

Semester 2
Prerequisites: 12 units of Group A courses in Mathematics,
including MATH1014 or MATH1116.
Course Description: The course begins with a detailed discussion
of sequence alignment algorithms that are critical for assessing
the relatedness of DNA, RNA and amino acid sequences. We
then proceed to studying Markov chains and hidden Markov
models as important examples of biological models for such
sequences. The main algorithms and several applications will
be explained. Next, various approaches to protein folding are
discussed. Finally, evolutionary models and several methods
of phylogenetic reconstruction are explained. The course is
accompanied by computer lab sessions where we explore
major biological databases, sequence similarity search and
phylogenetic tools.
Indicative Assessment: Two assignments 30 per cent each
Take-home examination 40 per cent
Analysis 1 Honours: Metric Spaces & Applications

Later Year Course
Semester 1
Incompatibility: MATH2021 and MATH3116.
Course Description: Analysis 1 is a foundational course in
Mathematics, leading on to other areas of analysis, such as
Semester 2
Incompatibility: MATH2021 and MATH2028 and MATH3104.
Course Description: Algebra 1 is a foundational course in
Mathematics, introducing some of the key concepts of modern
algebra. The course leads on to other areas of algebra such as
Galois Theory, Algebraic Topology and Algebraic Geometry. It
also provides important tools for other areas such as theoretical
computer science, physics and engineering.
Group Theory - permutation groups; abstract groups, subgroups,
cyclic and dihedral groups; homomorphisms; cosets, Lagranges
Theorem, quotient groups; group actions; Sylow theory.
Ring Theory - rings and fields, polynomial rings, factorisation;
homomorphisms, factor rings.
Linear algebra - real symmetric matrices and quadratic forms,
Hermitian matrices, canonical forms.
Set Theory - cardinality.
proof and develops modern algebra from an abstract viewpoint.
Assignments (3) 30 per cent
Maths Methods 1 Honours: Ordinary Differential

Equations & Advanced Vector Calculus
Later Year Course
Semester 1
Prerequisites: MATH1116; or a mark of 70 or more in MATH1014.
Incompatibility: with MATH2014, MATH2114, MATH3109,
MATH3209, MATH2305 and ENGN2212.
639
Course Description: This course provides an in depth exposition

of the theory of differential equations and vector calculus.
Applications will be related to problems mainly from the
Physical Sciences.
Ordinary Differential Equations - Linear and non-linear first
order differential equations; second order linear equations;
initial and boundary value problems; Greens functions; power
series solutions and special functions; systems of first and
second order equations; normal modes of oscillation; nonlinear
differential equations; stability of solutions; existence and
uniqueness of solutions;
Advanced Vector Calculus - Curves and surfaces in three
dimensions; parametric representations; curvilinear
coordinate systems; Surface and volume integrals; use of
Jacobians; gradient, divergence and curl; identities involving
vector differential operators; the Laplacian; Greens and
Stokesstheorems.
Note: This is an HPC, taught at a level requiring greater
conceptual understanding than MATH2305.
Indicative Assessment: Assignments (five) 25 per cent
Maths Methods 2 Honours: Partial Differential

Equations, Fourier Analysis & Complex Analysis
Later Year Course
Semester 2
Workload: 36 Lectures and tutorials by arrangement
Academic Contact: Peter Bouwknegt
Prerequisites: MATH2405
Incompatibility: MATH2014, MATH2114, MATH2306, MATH3109
and MATH3209
Course Description: Many physical processes such as vibrating
strings, diffusion of heat and fluid flows are well modelled by
partial differential equations and/or integral equations. This
course provides an introduction to methods for solving and
analysing standard partial differential equations and integral
equations, including an introduction to complex analytic
techniques. The course consists out of two main modules:
Complex Analysis and Partial Differential Equations. Complex
Analysis: differentiability; analytic continuation; conformal
mapping; complex integration; Cauchy integral theorems;
residue theorem; applications to real integration. Laplace
transform: properties, Watsons lemma, the inversion integral,
inversions involving residues and branch cuts, asymptotics,
application to ODEs and PDEs Partial Differential Equations;
classification of second order partial differential equations
into elliptic, parabolic and hyperbolic types; elliptic equations;
integral formulae, maximum principle; parabolic equations;
diffusion; representation by a kernel (Greens functions);
hyperbolic equations; dAlembert solution and the method
of characteristics; analytic methods; separation of variables;
orthogonal expansions; Fourier series; Distributions, Transforms,
Complex Analysis and applications; Distributions: definition,
convergence of distributions, derivative. Fourier transform:
definition, properties, application to Greens functions.
Indicative Assessment: Assignments 30 per cent Final Exam 70
per cent
640
MATH3015 (6 units) C
Later Year Course
Semester 2
Prerequisites: MATH3029 OR MATH3320.
the theory of stochastic processes and its application in the
mathematical finance area.
The course starts with background material on markets,
modelling assumptions, types of securities and traders, arbitrage
and maximisation of expected utility. Basic tools needed from
measure and probability, conditional expectations, independent
random variables and modes of convergence are explained.
Discrete and continuous time stochastic processes including
Markov, Gaussian and diffusion processes are introduced.
Some key material on stochastic integration, the theory of
martingales, the Ito formula, martingale representations and
measure transformations are described. The well-known BlackScholes option pricing formula based on geometric Brownian
motion is derived. Pricing and hedging for standard vanilla
options is presented. Hedge simulations are used to illustrate
the basic principles of no-arbitrage pricing and risk-neutral
valuation. Pricing for some other exotic options such as barrier
options are discussed. The course goes on to explore the links
between financial mathematics and quantitative finance.
Results which show that the transition densities for diffusion
processes satisfy certain partial differential equations are
presented. The course concludes with treatment of some other
quantitative methods including analytic approximations, Monte
Carlo techniques, and tree or lattice methods.
Mathematics of Finance provides an accessible but
mathematically rigorous introduction to financial mathematics
and quantitative finance. The course provides a sound
foundation for progress to honours and post-graduate courses
in these or related areas.
Note: This is an Honours Pathway Course. It continues the
development of sophisticated mathematical techniques and
their application begun in MATH3029 or MATH3320.
Probability Modelling with Applications

Later Year Course
Semester 1
Workload: This course will only be offered subject to staff
availability
Prerequisites: MATH2320 or MATH2405 and (STAT2001 or
MATH2007).
Course Description: The course introduces stochastic processes
with a view towards applications in fields such as finance,
insurance, risk management, and operations research. The aim
is to provide mathematics students with basic knowledge of
stochastic processes where practical rather than theoretical
aspects are emphasized.
Probability Modelling and Applications provides a sound
foundation to progress to honours and post-graduate
courses emphasizing the theory of mathematical finance and
stochasticanalysis.

The course contains sufficient material for students to feel
comfortable with Markov chains, Poisson processes, and
Brownian motion, and the conceptual formulation of topics
in continuous time finance, insurance and risk management,
where these processes are applied. Also the concept of
martingales, which is fundamental for understanding
the modern option pricing theory of Black and Scholes,
isintroduced.
Note: This is an HPC. It continues the development of
sophisticated mathematical and probabilistic techniques and
their application begun in STAT2001(HPC)
Indicative Assessment: Assignments (3) 30 per cent
Tutorials 20 per cent
Fractal Geometry & Chaotic Dynamics

Later Year Course
Semester 2
Workload: 24 lectures and 10 workshops
Academic Contact: Michael Barnsley
Applied Algebra 1 Honours: Groups, Rings &

Advanced Linear Algebra
Later Year Course
Semester 2
Workload: 36 lectures, tutorials by arrangement
Academic Contact: Jim Borger
Prerequisites: A mark of 80 or more in MATH2305 and
MATH2306 or a mark of 60 or more in MATH2405
Course Description: This course introduces the basic concepts
of modern algebra such as groups and rings. The philosophy of
this course is that modern algebraic notions play a fundamental
role in mathematics itself and in applications to areas such as
physics, computer science, economics and engineering. This
course emphasizes the application of techniques.
Group Theory - permutation groups; abstract groups, subgroups,
cyclic and dihedral groups; homomorphisms; cosets, Lagranges
Theorem, quotient groups, group actions; Sylow theory.
Prerequisites: 12 units of A courses in Mathematics, including

MATH1003 or MATH1013 or MATH1115; it is assumed that
students will have some knowledge of differential equations
and several variable calculus.
Ring Theory - rings and fields, polynomial rings, factorisation;

homomorphisms, factor rings.
Note: This is an HPC. It emphasises the sophisticated application

of deep mathematical concepts.
Course Description: This course provides a mathematical

introduction to fractal geometry and nonlinear dynamics
with focus on biological modelling and the geometry of real
world images. What do models for the structure of ferns and
complicated behaviour of the weather have in common?
Both involve the iterative application of functions that map
from a space to itself. Both can be treated from the classical
geometrical point of view of Felix Klein. Invariants, such as
fractal dimension, of important groups of transformations
acting on two-dimensional spaces, pictures, and measures are
explored. Deep mathematical ideas are explained in an intuitive
and practical manner. Laboratory work includes projects related
to digital imaging and biological modelling. A high point in the
course is an introduction to fractal homeomorphisms: what
they are and how to work with them in the laboratory.
Affine, projective and Mandouml; bius geometries, iterated
function systems, metric spaces, elementary topology, the
contraction mapping theorem, the collage theorem, orbits of
points, local behaviour of transformations, code space and
the shift transformation, Julia sets and the Mandelbrot set,
superfractals, deterministic, Markov chain, and escape-time
algorithms for constructing fractal sets. Regular and chaotic
behaviour in nonlinear systems, characterization and measures
of chaos, stability and bifurcations, routes to chaos, crises,
Poincare sections, the relation of fractal structures to simple
nonlinear systems.
The HPO option we will expand on the theoretical aspects of the
underlying concepts. Alterative assessment in the assignments
and exam will be used to assess these theoretical aspects.
Project 25 per cent
Notebooks 25 per cent and
Exams 25 per cent
Linear algebra - unitary matrices, Hermitian matrices,

canonical forms.
Indicative Assessment: Tutorials 10 per cent Assignments (3) 30

per centFinal Examination 60 per cent
Applied Analysis 1 Honours: Metric Spaces &

Applications
Later Year Course
Semester 1
Prerequisites: A mark of 80 or more in MATH2305 and
MATH2306 or a mark of 60 or more in MATH2405
Course Description: This course introduces the key concepts
of modern real analysis. The philosophy of this course is that
modern analysis play a fundamental role in mathematics itself
and in applications to areas such as physics, computer science,
economics and engineering. This course will have shared
lectures with MATH2320 but will have different tutorials and
assessment which will emphasize the application of techniques.
Review of the real number system, the foundations of calculus,
elementary set theory; metric spaces, sequences, series and
power series, uniform convergence, continuity, the contraction
mapping principle; foundations of multidimensional calculus,
applications to the calculus of variations, integral equations and
differential equations.
Note: This is an HPC. It emphasises the sophisticated application
of deep mathemtical concepts.
Mid-Semester exam 30 per cent
Final Exam 50 per cent
641
Environmental Mathematics
Later Year Course
Semester 2
This course is offered in association with ICaM.
Prerequisites: 12 units of Group B level mathematics, including
MATH2405 or MATH2305.
Course Description: Offered in association with Fenner
School of Environment and Society. In this course the major
model types used to represent environmental systems are
studied. Mathematical emphasis on how they are constructed
will use the theory of inverse problems while the practical
emphasis uses systems methodology. The focus will be on
catchment-water resource systems and their basic processes,
combined with the constraints imposed by the limitations of
real observational data. Case studies and project assessment
will cover catchment hydrology, ecology of flood plains and
estuaries, landscape processes, subsurface hydrology and stream
transport and socioeconomics.
Students must have 12 units of Group B level Mathematics
including MATH2405 or a mark of 60 or more in MATH2305
to choose this option. Students who choose this option will be
expected to have a deeper understanding of the work and will
be required to complete a major project worth 25 per cent in
place of one of the 25 per cent assignments.
Indicative Assessment: four assignments 100 per cent
Complex Analysis Honours

Prerequisites: MATH2016; or MATH2302; or MATH2303; or

MATH2301 with a mark of 60 or better; or MATH1116; or
MATH1014 with a mark of 60 or better.
Incompatibility: MATH3001, MATH3101, MATH3401.
Course Description: The need to protect information being
transmitted electronically (such as the widespread use of
electronic payment) has transformed the importance of
cryptography. Most of the modern types of cryptosystems rely
on (increasingly more sophisticated) number theory for their
theoretical background. This course introduces elementary
number theory, with an emphasis on those parts that have
applications to cryptography, and shows how the theory can be
applied to cryptography. Number theory topics will be chosen
from: the Euclidean algorithm, highest common factor, prime
numbers, prime factorisation, primality testing, congruences,
the Chinese remainder theorem, diophantine equations, sums
of squares, Eulers function, Fermats little theorem, quadratic
residues, quadratic reciprocity, Pells equation, continued
fractions.
Cryptography topics will be chosen from: symmetric key
cryptosystems, including classical examples and a brief
discussion of modern systems such as DES and AES, public
key systems such as RSA and discrete logarithm systems,
cryptanalysis (code breaking) using some of the number theory
developed.
Students who take this HPO will complete extra work
of a more theoretical nature. The assignments will be
replaced by alternative assignments and the final exam will
contain alternative questions requiring deeper conceptual
understanding.
Indicative Assessment: Three assignments 10 per cent each and
final examination 70 per cent.
Analysis 2 Honours: Topology, Lebesgue Integration

& Hilbert Spaces
Prerequisites: A mark of 60 or more in MATH3320.
Later Year Course
Course Description: This course is intended both for

mathematics students continuing to honours work and for
other students using mathematics at a high level in theoretical
physics, engineering and information technology, and
mathematical economics.
Semester 1
Later Year Course

Semester 2

Complex differentiability, conformal mapping; complex
integration, Cauchy integral theorems, Taylor series
representation, isolated singularities, residue theorem and
applications to real integration. Topics chosen from: argument
principle, Riemann surfaces, theorems of Picard, Weierstrass and
Mittag-Leffler.
Note: This is an HPC. It emphasizes mathematical rigour and
proof and develops the material from an abstract viewpoint.
Indicative Assessment: two assignments 30 per cent each and a
take home examination 40 per cent
Number Theory & Cryptography

Later Year Course
Semester 2
642

Prerequisites: A mark of 60 or more in MATH2320. Completion
of MATH2405 is strongly recommended.
Topics to be covered will include:
Topological Spaces - continuity, homeomorphisms,
convergence, Hausdorff spaces, compactness, connectedness,
path connectedness.
Measure and Integration - Lebesgue outer measure, measurable
sets and integration, Lebesgue integral and basic properties,
convergence theorems, connection with Riemann integration,
Fubinis theorem, approximation theorems for measurable sets,
Lusins theorem, Egorovs theorem, Lp spaces as Banach spaces.
Hilbert Spaces - elementary properties such as Cauchy
Schwartz inequality and polarization, nearest point, orthogonal
complements, linear operators, Riesz duality, adjoint operator,
basic properties or unitary, self adjoint and normal operators,

review and discussion of these operators in the complex and
real setting, applications to L2 spaces and integral operators,
projection operators, orthonormal sets, Bessels inequality,
Fourier expansion, Parsevals equality, applications to
Fourierseries.
Calculus in Euclidean Space - Inverse and implicit function
theorems.
Indicative Assessment: Assignments 50 per cent and Major

project 50 per cent.
MATH3329 and PHYS3001, cover relativity, both special and
general, and hence are relevant to astronomy. For more details,
see the Mathematics and Physics sections of the Undergraduate
Handbook.

proof and develops modern analysis from an abstract viewpoint.
Theory of Partial Differential Equations Honours

Indicative Assessment: six or seven assignments 70 per cent
Later Year Course
Take home exam 30 per cent
Semester 2
Analysis 3 Honours: Functional analysis, Spectral

theory & Applications
Later Year Course
Semester 2
Incompatibility: with MATH3022.
Measure theory- functions of bounded variation over R,
absolute continuity and integration, examples of more general
measures (Radon, Hausdorff, probability measures), FubiniTonelli theorem, Radon-Nikodym theorem.
Banach spaces and linear operators - classical function and
sequence spaces, Hahn-Banach theorem, closed graph and
open mapping theorems, and uniform boundedness principles,
sequential version of Banach-Alaoglu theorem, spectrum of
an operator and analysis of the compact self-adjoint case,
Fredholm alternative theorem.
proof and continues the development of modern analysis from
an abstract viewpoint.
Indicative Assessment: Assignments (3) 30 per cent
Essay paper 20 per cent
Relativity, Black Holes & Cosmology

Later Year Course
Workload: 36 lectures and tutorials by arrangement

Course Description: The course will discuss the three main
classes of equations, elliptic, parabolic and hyperbolic. It is
intended both for mathematics students continuing to honours
work and for other students using mathematics at a high level
in theoretical physics, engineering and information technology,
and mathematical economics.
Topics to be covered will include:
Fundamental solutions, maximum principles, regularity
(smoothness) of solutions, variational problems, Holder and
Sobolev spaces.
Note: This is an HPC. It emphasises mathematical rigour
andproof.
Indicative Assessment: 60 per cent assignments, 40 per cent
take home exam.
Differential Geometry H
Later Year Course
Semester 1
Workload: 36 lectures and tutorials by arrangement.
Prerequisites: A mark of 60 or more in MATH2320 or a mark of
60 or more in MATH3116.
Course Description: This is a special topics course which
introduces students to the key concepts and techniques of
Differential Geometry.
Possible topics include:
Surfaces in Euclidean space, general differentiable manifolds,
tangent spaces and vector fields, differential forms, Riemannian
manifolds, Gauss-Bonnet theorem.

proof and develops the fundamental ideas of differential
geometry from an abstract viewpoint.
Prerequisites: MATH2305 or MATH2405 or ENGN2212 or

MATH2320.

take home examination 40 per cent.
Semester 2
Course Description: The theories of special and general relativity
are presented with applications to black holes and cosmology.
Topics to be covered include the following. Metrics and
Riemannian tensors. The calculus of variations and Lagrangians.
Spaces and space-times of special and general relativity. Photon
and particle orbits. Model universes. The Schwarzschild metric
and black holes. Gravitational lensing.
Foundations of Mathematics Honours

Later Year Course
Semester 1
Workload: Offered in 2009 subject to staff availability and
student demand.
643

Course Description: This is a special topics course which
introduces students to the key concepts and techniques of
First order logic, axiomatisation of set theory, model theory,
computability, Godels Incompleteness Theorem.
Note: This is an HPC. It emphasises mathematical rigour
andproof.
Algebraic Topology Honours

Later Year Course
Semester 2
Workload: 36 lectures and 10 tutorials.
Academic Contact: Bryan Wang
Prerequisites: Basic knowledge of abstract algebra, linear
algebra, and point-set topology. A mark of 60 or more in both
MATH3320 and MATH2322.
Incompatibility: with MATH3060.
Course Description: Algebraic topology studies properties of
topological spaces and maps between them by associating
algebraic invariants (fundamental groups, homology groups,
cohomology groups) to each space. This course gives a solid
introduction to fundamental ideas and results that are
employed nowadays in most areas of mathematics, theoretical
physics and computer science. This course aims to understand
some fundamental ideas in algebraic topology; to apply
discrete, algebraic methods to solve topological problems; to
develop some intuition for how algebraic topology relates to
concrete topological problems.
Fundamental group and covering spaces; Brouwer fixed point
theorem and Fundamental theorem of algebra; Homology
theory and cohomology theory; Jordan-Brouwer separation
theorem, Lefschetz fixed theorem; some additional topics
(Orientation, Poincare duality, if time permits)
Note: This is an HPC. It builds upon the material of MATH3302
and MATH2322 and emphasises mathematical rigour and proof.
Indicative Assessment: Three assignments 20 per cent each
Presentation 10 per cent
Algebra 2 Honours: Field extensions & Galois Theory

Later Year Course
Semester 1
Course Description: Just as there is a formula for solving a
quadratic equation, there are similar formulae for solving the
general cubic and quartic. Galois theory provides a solution
to the corresponding problem for quintics - there is no such
formula in this case! Galois Theory also enables us to prove
(despite regular claims to the contrary) that there is no ruler
and compass construction for trisecting an angle.
644
Galois Theory - fields, field extensions, normal extensions,

separable extensions. Revision of group theory, abelian and
soluble groups, Galois Theorem, solubility of equations by
radicals, finite fields, Cyclotomic fields.
proof and continues the development of modern analysis from
an abstract viewpoint.
take-home examination 40 per cent
Data Mining Honours

Later Year Course
Prerequisites: Student requires outstanding results in
mathematical and/or computing later year courses for enrolling
in this course. Please contact MATHSadmin@maths.anu.edu.au
for consent to enrol in this course.
Course Description: The main focus of the course will be
supervised learning, primarily for classification. The emphasis
will be on practical applications of the methodologies that
are described, with the R system used for the computations.
Attention will be given to:
Generalizability and predictive accuracy, in the practical
contexts in which methods are applied.
Low-dimensional visual representation of results, as an aid to
diagnosis and insight.
Interpretability of model parameters, including potential for
misinterpretation.
There will be very limited attention to regression methods with
a continuous outcome variable. Relevant statistical theory
will mostly be assumed and described rather than derived
mathematically. There will be somewhat more attention to the
mathematical derivation and description of algorithms.
Topic to be covered include:
Basic statistical ideas - populations, distributions, samples and
random samples
Classification models and methods - including: linear
discriminant analysis; trees; random forests; neural nets;
boosting and bagging approaches; support vector machines.
Linear regression approaches to classification, compared with
linear discriminant analysis,
The training/test approach to assessing accuracy, and crossvalidation.
Strategies in the (common) situation where source and target
population differ, typically in time but in other respects also.
Unsupervised models - means, association rules, hierarchical
clustering, model based clusters.
Low-dimensional views of classification results - distance
methods and ordination.
Strategies for working with large data sets.
Practical approaches to classification with real life data
sets, using different methods to gain different insights into
presentation.
Privacy and security.
Use of the R system for handling the calculations.

Note: This is an HPC, available as an HPC for students with
outstanding results in mathematical and/or computing later
year courses. Students will be required to do an in depth
presentation of a current research topic, as well as demonstrate
the use of advanced data mining techniques on data sets from
numerous application areas.
Indicative Assessment: three assignments 60 per cent
Presentation 30 per cent
Commentary on other Presentations 10 per cent
Special Topics in Mathematics

Later Year Course
Summer Session, Semester 1, and Semester 2
Prerequisites: Please contact MATHSadmin@maths.anu.edu.au
for consent to enrol in this course.
Course Description: Selected topics, normally fourth year
honours and postgraduate courses, may be made available to
undergraduate students. Interested students should consult the
year coordinator or attend the honours course meeting on first
monday of each semester.
Note: This is an HPC. Students wishing to take topics in this
course will be expected to have outstanding results in second
year Honours Pathway Courses.
Topics in Mathematical Physics Honours

Later Year Course
Workload: Subject to staff availability and student interest. 36
lectures and regular tutorials.
Prerequisites: In consultation with course coordinators, but
typically MATH3320 and/or MATH3322
Corequisites: A solid background in theoretical physics and
mathematics is expected
Course Description: This course introduces students to key
concepts and techniques in mathematical physics. Topics will
be taken from contemporary research areas in mathematical
physics.
Possible topics: Lie algebras, integrable models and conformal
field theory.
Course Description: This course will introduce students

to current research trends in an area of computational
mathematics.
Possible topics: data mining algorithms, multiscale and
multilevel techniques, the numerical solution of PDEs,
optimisation, approximation in particular of high-dimensional
functions, algorithms for the solution of linear systems of
equations including iterative methods.
proof for a range of advanced computational mathematics
topics.
Indicative Assessment: Assignments (3) 45 per cent,
Examination 55 per cent.
Topics in Bioinformatics Honours

Later Year Course
Workload: Subject to staff availability.36 lectures and regular
tutorials.
Prerequisites: In consultation with course coordinator but
typically 12 units of Group B courses in Mathematics.
Corequisites: A solid background in theoretical physics and
mathematics is expected.
Course Description: The course is a natural continuation of
MATH2307 Bioinformatics and Biological Modelling. However,
MATH2307 is not a formal prerequisite for this course since
it begins with a brief overview of the main concepts of
MATH2307. Next, necessary concepts and techniques from the
probability theory will be introduced. They will be applied to
assessing the significance of the score of pairwise alignments of
biological sequences. Further, we will give a brief introduction
to maximum likelihood estimates and apply this general
statistical theory to the Markov chains and hidden Markov
models (HMMs) studied in MATH2307. Finally, the derivation of
PAM and BLOSUM scoring matrices will be explained.
Note: This is an HPC. It emphasises mathematical rigour for a
range of advanced Bioinformatics topics.
Indicative Assessment: Two assignments 15 per cent each and a
final exam 70 per cent.

proof for a range of advanced Mathematical Physics topics.
Scientific & Industrial Modelling

Indicative Assessment: Three assignments 100 per cent
Later Year Course

Semester 1
Topics in Computational Maths Honours

Later Year Course
Prerequisites: MATH2305; or MATH2405; or 12 units of Group B

Mathematics courses with a mark of 60 or better.

Workload: Subject to staff availability and student interest.36
lectures and regular tutorials.
Prerequisites: In consultation with course coordinators, but
typically MATH3320 and MATH3511 and/or MATH3512
Corequisites: A solid background in mathematics is expected.
Academic Contact: Barry Croke
Course Description: The use of mathematical models has

grown rapidly in recent years, owing to the advent of cheap
and powerful computers, expanding from applications in the
physical and earth sciences to the biological and environmental
sciences, and now into industry and commerce. In this course
we study the process of starting with an initial succinct
non-mathematical description of a problem, formulate
associated mathematical models, introduce new mathematical
645
techniques and then determine and interpret solutions that

are useful in a real life context. General computational and
mathematical techniques and strategies will be introduced
by examining specific scientific and industrial problems. The
topics to be covered in this course include: Model type selection
and formulation, Data analysis techniques (time/space and
frequency domain), State Space and Transfer Function Models,
Model Structure Identification, Testing and Sensitivity Analysis.
Computations will be done using modern high level scientific
computing environments such as SCILAB or PYTHON. The use of
mathematical models has grown rapidly in recent years, owing
to the advent of cheap and powerful computers, expanding
from applications in the physical and earth sciences to the
biological and environmental sciences, and now into industry
and commerce.
In this course we study the process of starting with an initial
succinct non-mathematical description of a problem, formulate
associated mathematical models, introduce new mathematical
techniques and then determine and interpret solutions that
are useful in a real life context. General computational and
mathematical techniques and strategies will be introduced
by examining specific scientific and industrial problems.
Computations will be done using modern high level scientific
computing environments such as SCILAB or PYTHON.
Model type selection and formulation, Data analysis techniques
(time/space and frequency domain), State Space and Transfer
Function Models, Model Structure Identification, Testing and
Sensitivity Analysis.
Students must have 12 units of Group B level Mathematics
including MATH2405 or a mark of 60 or more in MATH2305
to choose this option. Students who choose this option will
be expected to complete extra work of a more theoretical
nature. At least one of the assignments worth 10 per cent will
be replaced by an alternative assignment, and the exam will
contain alternative questions requiring deeper conceptual
understanding
Indicative Assessment: Exam 40 per cent
Tutorials 20 per cent
Scientific Computing

Students must MATH2405 or STAT2001 or a mark of 60 or more
in MATH2305 or MATH1116 to choose this option. In this option
we will expand on the theoretical aspects of the underlying
algorithms. Alterative assessment in the assignments and exam
will be used to assess these theoretical aspects.
Indicative Assessment: Tutorials 25 per cent Assignments 25 per
cent Final Examination 25 per cent Project 25 per cent
Matrix Computations & Optimisation

Later Year Course
Semester 2
Workload: 36 lectures and regular tutorials/computer Labs.
Academic Contact: Linda Stals
Prerequisites: MATH2305 or MATH2405 or MATH2320 or
STAT2001 or MATH3116
Course Description: In this course, students will be introduced
to important algorithms and techniques of scientific computing,
focusing on the areas of linear algebra and optimisation.
Techniques taught in introductory calculus and linear algebra
courses, such as Newtons method or Gaussian Elimination, do
not work efficiently or robustly on large or complex problems.
To solve problems of practical interest, new or improved
algorithms have been developed. The course will present both
theoretical and practical aspects of some of these algorithms.
Students who have previously taken the course have come from
areas such as science, engineering and economics.
Students must have completed MATH2405 or MATH2320 or
MATH3116 to choose this option. In this option we will expand
on the theoretical aspects of the underlying algorithms.
Alternative assessment in the assignments and exam will be
used to assess these theoretical aspects.
Indicative Assessment: Project 30 per cent, Assignments 40 per
cent, Examination 30 per cent
Mathematics IV Honours (S)

MATH4005F (24 units)
Later Year Course
Later Year Course
Semester 1
Workload: Students are able to undertake Honours in

mathematics on a full-time or part-time basis. The Fourth Year
Honours Coordinator and the Faculty Office should be consulted
for advice.
Workload: 36 lectures and regular tutorials/computer labs.

Prerequisites: MATH1116 or MATH2305 or MATH2405 or
MATH2320 or STAT2001
Course Description: In this course, we teach the basic
elements of scientific computing, in particular the methods
for solving or approximating the solution of calculus and
linear algebra problems associated with real world problems.
Using a non-trivial model problem such as the heat equation,
the students will be introduced to the basic computational
concepts of stability, accuracy and efficiency, as new numerical
methods and techniques are introduce to solve progressively
more challenging problems. In addition students will develop
a proficiency with a sophisticated scientific computing and
visualisation environment.
646
Academic Contact: Dr A Isaev

Prerequisites: To qualify for admission to the Honours Year
in Mathematics, an ANU student must have successfully
It is recommended that students intending to continue onto
Honours in Mathematics should complete at least 24 units of C
level Mathematics courses at honours pathway level, including
MATH3116 (HPC): Real Analysis Honours and MATH3104 (HPC):
Groups and Rings Honours (if not already taken as MATH2320

(HPC): Analysis 1 Honours and MATH2322 (HPC): Algebra 1
Honours
Course Description: The work comprises coursework and
research. Each of these contributes 50 per cent to the overall
program grade.
Coursework:
Courses totalling a minimum of 24 units must be taken.
Students should check the Department of Mathematics third/
fourth year course page for a list of available honours and
special topics courses.
Research Work:
Research thesis (60 to 100 pages long). It should normally have
the form of an in-depth survey article on a particular topic in
pure or applied mathematics.
Students interested in pursuing an honours degree in
mathematics should consult the Department of Mathematics
fourth year honours web page.

MATH4005P (12 units)
Later Year Course
Workload: Students are able to undertake Honours in
mathematics on a full-time or part-time basis. The Fourth Year
Honours Coordinator and the Faculty Office should be consulted
for advice.
Academic Contact: Dr (a) Isaev
Prerequisites: To qualify for admission to the Honours Year
in Mathematics, an ANU student must have successfully
It is recommended that all students should include in their
program MATH2405, MATH2406, MATH2320 (or MATH3116) and
MATH2322 (or MATH3104).
Course Description: The work comprises coursework and
program grade.
Coursework:
Courses totalling a minimum of 24 units must be taken.
Students should check the Department of Mathematics third/
fourth year course page for a list of available honours and
special topics courses.
Research Work:
pure or applied mathematics.
Students interested in pursuing an honours degree in
mathematics should consult the Department of Mathematics
fourth year honours web page.
Computational Science IV Honours (S)

Later Year Course
Prerequisites: Students who have completed the Bachelor

of Computational Science or the Bachelor of Science will be
considered for admission to the honours program within their
respective honours degrees provided they have undertaken,
either
1. The requirements of the Bachelor of Computational Science
degree
2. A major in computational modelling
3. Have completed 24 units (four courses) of level C computer
science and/or computational mathematics courses.
Admission will be considered on a case by case basis, but a
credit average is expected.
Course Description: The program normally consists of
coursework (50 per cent) and research (50 per cent). (Under
some circumstances it may be possible to increase the
percentage of coursework).
Coursework:
Courses totalling a minimum of 24 units chosen from 3rd year
honours pathway level courses or 4th year honours courses in
computational mathematics, computer science or in area which
complements the application area must be taken. At least two
courses should be at the 4th year level.
Research:
computational science.

Later Year Course
Prerequisites: Students who have completed the Bachelor
of Computational Science or the Bachelor of Science
will be considered for admission to the honours program
within their respective honours degrees provided they have
undertaken,either
1. The requirements of the Bachelor of Computational
Science degree
2. A major in computational modelling
3. Have completed 24 units (four courses) of level C computer
science and/or computational mathematics courses.
Admission will be considered on a case by case basis, but a
credit average is expected.
Course Description: The program normally consists of
coursework (50 per cent) and research (50 per cent). (Under
some circumstances it may be possible to increase the
percentage of coursework.)
Coursework:
Courses totalling a minimum of 24 units chosen from 3rd year
honours pathway level courses or 4th year honours courses in
computational mathematics, computer science or in area which
complements the application area must be taken. At least two
courses should be at the 4th year level.
Research:
computational science.
647
PHYS1001 (6 units) A
Advanced Physics I
Semester 1
First Year Course
Academic Contact: Dr Craig Savage
Semester 1
Workload: Three lectures and the equivalent of three laboratory

hours per week. One tutorial per week.
Workload: Three lectures per week. Eight three hour

laboratories. One tutorial per week.
Prerequisites: No previous knowledge of physics is assumed

though some background will be useful. Only basic
mathematical methods will be em-ployed. This course may
be taken concurrently with or after successful completion of
PHYS1101/PHYS1201.
Course Description: This course introduces students to the key

concepts in physics in the areas of mechanics, electricity and
magnetism. It is an algebra based course suitable for those
who wish to undertake some phys-ics but without a strong
mathematical background. This course can be taken as a
bridging course by students with no prior physics background
who wish to enrol in Adcanced Physics in subsequent years. It is
part of the ANU College Foundations Studies program.
Indicative Assessment: Examination 40 per cent, Laboratory 50
per cent and Tutorial 10 per cent
Life Physics
First Year Course
Semester 2
Workload: Three lectures and the equivalent of three laboratory
hours per week. One tutorial per week.
Academic Contact: Dr Anna Wilson
Prerequisites: No previous knowledge of physics is assumed
though some background will be useful. Only basic
mathematical methods will be employed. This course may
be taken after successful completion of either PHYS1001 or
PHYS1101, but may also be taken without either. It can also be
taken at the same time as PHYS1201.
Course Description: The concepts of physics can be used to help
understand many systems and processes in living organisms
and the environment. For example, the physics of momentum
and energy help us to understand the effects of collisions and
impacts; the physics of heat and energy helps us to understand
how changes in temperature affect both our bodies and the
world around us; the physics of light helps us understand how
we see. In addition, physics has provided us with ideas and
technologies which have revolutionized medicine and studies
of biology and the environment, including techniques such as
carbon dating, ultrasound, PET scans and more.
This course is intended to provide non-physics students in the
Colleges of Science (particularly those interested in biology
and medical science) and students in the other Colleges with
an introduction to the fundamental concepts of physics in the
context of biological, medical and environmental examples.
Topics covered may include: the relationship between force
and energy, the physics of impact and stress, blood and
airflow, hearing and seeing, radiation, medical imaging and
nuclearpower.
This course includes a self-directed experimental group project.
Indicative Assessment: Examination 40 per cent, tutorials 10 per
cent, and laboratory (including project) 50 per cent
648
Prerequisites: Although there are no formal prerequisites,

the preparation in physics and mathematics set out below is
strongly recommended.
Physics: NSW students should have attained a high standard in
two unit physics or a multistrand science course. ACT students
should have reached a high standard in a major in physics.
Mathematics: NSW students should have qualifications
equivalent to Mathematics Extension I. ACT students should
have at least a major/minor in Advanced Mathematics
Extended. Students from other states should have a similar
preparation in physics and mathematics.
Corequisites: Mathematics at least to the standard of
MATH1013
Course Description: Advanced Physics 1 introduces foundational
concepts in the areas of mechanics, electricity and magnetism.
It develops skills and knowledge for solving interesting physics
problems - emphasizing reasoning from fundamental principles,
such as energy and momentum conservation. There are many
applications to research, technology, and everyday life. The
course introduces experimental and computational methods as
parts of an integrated approach to physics. Advanced Physics is
an essential course for any student intending to study physics
in later years.
Lectures focus on problem solving in teams. Topics covered
include: force and momentum, special relativity, energy
and work, energy quantization, gravitation, oscillating
systems, electric and magnetic fields, electric potential, and
electriccircuits.
Honours pathway students will complete a self-directed project
involving discovery learning which will replace half of the
laboratory work.
Indicative Assessment: Examination 30 per cent, laboratory 30
per cent, tutorials and assignments 40 per cent.
Preliminary Reading: The course text is Matter and Interactions,
2nd edition, volumes 1 and 2, by R. Chaby and (b) Sherwood.
Advanced Physics II
First Year Course
Semester 2
Workload: Three lectures per week. Eight three hour
laboratories. One tutorial per week.
Prerequisites: Students must have completed PHYS1101 and
mathematics at least to the standard of MATH1013.
Corequisites: Mathematics at least to the standard of
MATH1014.

Course Description: Advanced Physics 2 follows on from
Advanced Physics 1, PHYS1101. It introduces foundational
concepts in the areas of waves, electromagnetism, thermal
physics, and special relativity. There are many applications to
research, technology, and everyday life. The course develops
experimental and computational methods as parts of an
integrated approach to physics. Advanced Physics 2 is an
essential course for any student intending to study physics in
later years.
Lectures focus on problem solving in teams. Topics covered in
this course include: waves, optics, electromagnetic radiation,
collisions, angular momentum - including its conservation and
quantization, electric and magnetic flux, thermal physics including global warming, and special relativity.
Honours pathway students will complete a self-directed project
involving discovery learning which will replace half of the
laboratory work.
per cent, tutorials and assignments 40 per cent.
Prerequisites: PHYS1101 and PHYS1201. It is desirable that

students have completed mathematics to at least the standard
of MATH2305 or MATH2405, unless they have previously
completed MATH2023. Students should also consider enrolment
in MATH2306.
Course Description: This core physics course deals with classical
electromagnetism. This course includes considerations of:
electrostatic fields in free space and in dielectrics; magnetic
fields due to steady and varying currents; electromagnetic
induction; magnetic materials; Maxwells equations and the
propagation of electromagnetic waves; dipole radiation;
waveguides.
This course is offered as an advanced option. Students taking
this option will be required to complete alternative assignment
options comprising 15 per cent of the total assessment.
Indicative Assessment: Examination 75 per cent, weekly
assignments 25 per cent.
Preliminary Reading: The course text is Matter and Interactions,

2nd edition, volumes 1 and 2, by R. Chaby and (b) Sherwood.
Waves & Optics

PHYS2017 (6 units) B
Quantum Mechanics
Later Year Course
Later Year Course
Workload: A total of approximately twenty-four lectures, eight

tutorials and thirty laboratory hours.
Semester 1
Workload: Three lectures and one tutorial per week.
Prerequisites: PHYS1101 and PHYS1201 and mathematics to at
least the standard of MATH1013 and 1014. It is desirable that
students take MATH2305 or MATH2405, simultaneously with
PHYS2013, unless they have previously completed MATH2023.
Course Description: Quantum mechanics (along with General
Relativity) is one of the two foundational theories on which
modern physics rests. PHYS2013 introduces the basic theory
and some applications of quantum mechanics. It is a core
course in that it provides the foundations for further studies,
including several courses offered at third year. Students who
complete this course will have an improved understanding
of what quantum mechanics is, why it is important, and how
it differs from classical mechanics. Regular problem-solving
assignments and tutorials help students learn how to use the
theory to analyse a range of systems, including simple atoms.
The course also includes a more research-focussed assignment
that encourages students to explore some of the implications,
interpretations and applications of the theory.
this option will be required to undertake a small lab component.
Indicative Assessment: Examination 40 per cent, assignments
60 per cent.
Electromagnetism
Semester 2
Academic Contact: Dr Ben Buchler

Prerequisites: PHYS1101 and PHYS1201 and mathematics to
at least the standard of MATH1013 and 1014. It is desirable
that students have completed MATH2305 or MATH2405 or
MATH2023.
Incompatibility: PHYS3035
Course Description: The course begins with harmonic motion
and shows how simple models of single and coupled oscillators
can be used to find useful descriptions of many physical
systems. Wave motion is then covered and expanded into a
discussion of electromagnetic radiation and optical systems.
We cover aspects of optics including polarisation, interference,
interferometry, lasers and Fourier optics. The course material is
supported throughout by examples taken from recent research
on mechanical systems, nano-optics, atomic physics, biological
systems and laser physics. Computer models provide an
opportunity to explore various concepts presented in lectures,
including coupled linear oscillators and chaotic dynamics in
driven non-linear oscillators. Complimenting the lectures, this
course contains a laboratory component. Some experiments
are essentially qualitative and support lecture material, while
others allow development of important skills in quantitative
experimental physics.
Indicative Assessment: Examination 50 per cent, assignments 18
per cent, and laboratory 32 per cent.
Thermal & Statistical Physics

Later Year Course
Later Year Course
Semester 1
Semester 2
Workload: A total of approximately twenty-eight lectures and

thirty hours of tutorials and laboratory work.
Workload: A total of approximately thirty-six lectures and

twelve tutorials.
Academic Contact: Dr John Close

649
Prerequisites: PHYS1101 and PHYS1201 and mathematics to

at least the standard of MATH1013 and 1014. It is desirable
that students take MATH2305 or MATH2405 concurrently with
PHYS2020, unless they have previously completed MATH2023.
Incompatibility: with PHYS2022
Course Description: Thermal physics deals with large numbers
of particles, anything big enough to see with a conventional
microscope. From understanding the greenhouse effect to
the blackbody radiation left over from the Big Bang, no other
physical theory is used more widely through out science. This
course begins with a study of statistical mechanics in which
the laws of statistics are used to make the connection between
the quantum behaviour of one atom and the behaviour of bulk
matter made up of 1023 atoms. This leads to the concepts of
temperature, entropy, Boltzmann and Gibbs factors, partition
functions and distribution functions. These concepts are then
used in the classical thermodynamics approach to explore free
energy, heat, the fundamental behaviour of heat engines and
refrigerators and phase transformations.
Indicative Assessment: Examination 40 per cent, assignments 35
per cent, and laboratory 25 per cent.
Theoretical Physics
PHYS3001 (6 units) C
Later Year Course
Semester 1
Workload: Three lectures and one tutorial per week
Prerequisites: PHYS2013 and 2016 are required. In addition,
it is expected that students will have successfully completed
PHYS2017 and 2020. However, students taking a combined
program who have not studied all of these courses should
consult with the Academic Contact to determine whether their
prior studies in physics are sufficient.
Course Description: This core third year physics course develops
the theoretical aspects of physics in the areas of classical
mechanics, quantum mechanics, and special relativity. It
emphasizes the methods and skills required for solving complex,
realistic problems in theoretical physics.
The least action formulation of classical mechanics is
developed and related to quantum mechanics. Quantum
mechanics focuses on: approximate methods, symmetries,
and angular momentum. Special relativity is developed using
a geometrical approach, leading to a relativistic treatment of
electromagnetism. This course is required for the theoretical
physics major, and is recommended for those intending to do
the honours year in physics.
Students taking this option will complete an assignment
comprising 15 per cent of the total assessment. This replaces
that portion of the exam weighting.
50 per cent
Advanced Theoretical Physics

Later Year Course
Semester 2
Workload: Three lectures and one tutorial per week.
Academic Contact: Assoc Prof Susan Scott
650
Prerequisites: PHYS3001
Course Description: This is an advanced third year physics
course. It develops the theoretical aspects of physics. The
General Relativity and Quantum Mechanics build on the
content of PHYS3001. Half of the course develops General
Relativity. This is the accepted theory of gravity and is one of
the major triumphs of theoretical physics. The full geometric
structure underpinning the theory will be developed, leading
to the Einstein Field equation and an in depth study of
the Schwarzschild black hole. The other half of the course
will examine many-body quantum mechanics. The theory
of identical particles which forms the basis of quantum
fieldtheory.
Honours Pathway Course
This course is an honours pathway course and is primarily
designed for students intending to do Honours in Physics,
Theoretical Physics, Mathematical Physics or Mathematics.
50 per cent.
Atomic Physics: Atom-light interactions

Later Year Course
Semester 2
Workload: A total of 24 lectures, 24 hours laboratory work and
10 tutorial hours.
Academic Contact: Dr John Close
Prerequisites: PHYS3001 and PHYS2016
Course Description: Exciting advances in physics and technology
in this century will likely be a result of the precise engineering
of quantum states. This has already led to the development
of atomic clocks that are accurate to one second in 10 million
years or better. Through precise quantum engineering, we
expect to produce viable technologies such as quantum
computers, quantum information storage and quantum
communication. Two quantum fields that may be the basis of
this technology revolution are atoms and light. In the twentieth
century, we learned to manipulate light precisely through the
invention of lasers and nonlinear optics. In the last decade, we
have learned to manipulate atoms in a similarly precise way
producing Bose Einstein condensates and atom or matter wave
lasers. Future technologies will combine these techniques. This
is a course in applied modern quantum mechanics. Students
will learn about the classical and quantum nature of laser
light, the classical and quantum description of atoms and
the interactions of laser light with matter. We will study the
fundamental models that underpin this active area of research
and relate these models to current and future technologies. The
concepts and theory that will be developed in class will directly
relate to the laboratory experiments. The laboratory is equipped
with state of the art lasers, optics and expert instruction from
leading practitioners in the field.
Indicative Assessment: Examinations 60 per cent, Assignments
20 per cent, Laboratory reports 20 per cent
Condensed Matter Physics

Later Year Course
Semester 2
Workload: A total of approximately thirty-six lectures and
tutorials and eighteen hours of laboratory work.

Academic Contact: Dr Darren Goossens
Prerequisites: PHYS2013 or PHYS2020
Course Description: This course is designed as an essential
core course for all students majoring in Physics. Most
practicing physicists in academia or industry work on this
fundamental area of physics. This course aims to establish
fundamental concepts in condensed matter physics, and
applies the physics you have learned previously (in particular
quantum mechanics, classical mechanics, electromagnetism
and statistical mechanics) to these real-world materials. The
structure and properties of solids including thermal and
electrical properties are described in lectures, and investigated
at first hand in the laboratory component of the course. The
electron theory of solids is developed and applied to explain
the physical properties of metals, semiconductors, dielectrics
and superconductors. The behaviour of soft matter including
simple liquids, polymer and liquid crystals will be described and
discussed.
Students will practice solving theoretical problems in
condensed matter physics in tutorials and further develop their
understanding of the topics by completing the assignments.
The course may include lectures from researchers on topics
such as diffraction science and disordered materials including
granular materials, foams and glasses.
The laboratory component includes a range of experiments
from which students select those they wish to undertake,
including experiments performed on research equipment in the
laboratories of the Institute of Advanced Studies.
Physics of Fluid Flows

Later Year Course
Semester 1
Workload: A total of approximately twenty-four lectures, twelve
interactive tutorials and twelve hours of laboratory work
Academic Contact: Dr G Hughes
Prerequisites: PHYS2016, MATH2305 or MATH2405 or approval
from Head of Department
Course Description: This course is designed to be of interest
and relevance for all students majoring in Physics, Engineering,
Mathematics, or physical streams of marine or climate science,
including those enrolled in the Bachelor of Global and Ocean
Science program. It aims to establish fundamental concepts in
fluid dynamics, and to apply these concepts to a wide range of
practical applications.
The course begins with an overview of the field of fluid
mechanics, and description of the physics governing fluid flow.
These physical principles are applied to a number of examples,
including waves, stratified flows, convection and fluid instability.
The course includes the dynamics of buoyancy-driven flows,
and the effects of planetary rotation, allowing investigation
into the circulation of the oceans and the atmosphere. The
physics of the greenhouse effect and ocean-atmosphere
coupling, which lead to climate dynamics, are also included.
A course highlight is a series of experiments in the Geophysical
Fluid Dynamics Laboratory.

per cent, and assignments 30 per cent

Nuclear Physics
Fourier Systems & Optics

Later Year Course
Semester 2
Semester 1
Workload: A total of approximately twenty-four lectures, eight

tutorials and thirty hours of laboratory work
Workload: A total of approximately twenty-four lectures, up to

twelve tutorials and twenty-four hours of laboratory work.
Academic Contact: Dr Ben BuchlerPrerequi-sites: PHYS2013 and

PHYS2016 and enrolment in the combined program BE/BSc
Prerequisites: PHYS2013

the fundamental concepts of nuclear and sub-nuclear physics.
Starting with an overview of the development of nuclear
and particle physics, the course builds on previous learning in
quantum mechanics and electromagnetism and uses a series of
illustrative modules to develop students understanding. Topics
covered include the liquid drop and shell model descriptions
of the atomic nucleus, the experimental apparatus needed
to study femtoscale (and sub-femtoscale) physics, and the
interactions between fundamental particles. The lab program
aims to increase students understanding of how to handle
and interpret data as well as to introduce them to the basic
techniques and processes of radiation detection.
Course Description: This is designed for students enrolled

in the combined program BE/BSc who intend to study third
year courses in Physics. It may be taken as a co requisite
with PHYS3031 as a replace-ment for the second year course
PHYS2017. Optical phenomena form the core of many physical
systems and modern technologies. The lectures begin with
general wave equations and their application to optics. The
course then covers funda-mental aspects of optical physics
including polarisation, reflection, interference, interferometers
and resonators, diffraction and Fourier optics. The laboratory
component of the course gives practical experience with
themes covered in the lectures. Indicative

this option will be required to complete alternative assignment
and/or laboratory options. These will amount to 15 per cent of
the total assessment.
Assessment: Examination 50 per cent, assignments 18 per cent

and laboratory 32 per cent
Research Topics in Physics

Semester 1
Academic Contact: Dr Anna WilsonPrerequi-sites: It is expected
that students will have successfully completed any two of
651
PHYS2013, 2016, 2017 and 2020 and be concurrently enrolled

in other third year physics courses. Students taking a combined
program leading to a BSc and another degree who have not
studied these courses should consult with the Academic
Contact or Head of Department to determine whether their
prior studies in phys-ics/engineering satisfy the prerequisites.
Entry is at the discretion of the Head of Department and all
students should contact the Academic Contact before trying
toenrol.
Course Description: Under these codes students may choose
from a variety of modules including coursework and research
projects. In 2009, modules pre-sented as part of PHYS3041/2
courses may, but need not necessarily, include the following:
Plasma Physics: This course will introduce students to the
fundamentals of plasma physics. Plasma is often called the
fourth state of matter. It consists of neutral particles, ions and
electrons at temperatures ranging from thousands to tens of
millions of Kelvin. Charged particles interact via Coulomb forces
which lead to a complex collective behaviour, turbulence. The
course consists of three lectures per week for 6 weeks.
Research Projects in Physics: This module is designed to connect
students, on an individual basis, to active researchers at the
ANU. The student will be expected to participate in a project at
a level equivalent to that required for a 3 or 6 unit course. The
project topic can be any area in Physics provided appropriate
supervision exists. Assessment will typically be based on logbook
keeping, a final project report and seminar. Students are advised
to contact the course coordinator for information on available
projects. The Research Projects in Physics courses are offered as
Honours Pathways Courses. TopicsThe details for the course(s)
shown above apply to all of the following topics. Specific
descriptions for Syllabus and Proposed Assessment that apply to
each topic are detailed below.
Physics Topic #1Physics Topic #2Physics Topic #3Physics
Topic #4
Research Topics Physics

as transmis-sion of information in nervous systems will be

discussed with an emphasis on bio-physical aspects of the
relationship between events at a molecular level and bio-logical
responses. Computer simulations will be used to illustrate these
concepts. The course is run as a series of informal tutorials
followed by project work.
Assessment will consist of a project report and seminar. This
module normally runs during the second semester.
Research Projects in Physics: This module is designed to connect
students, on an individual basis, to active researchers at the
ANU. The student will be expected to participate in a project at
a level equivalent to that re-quired for a 3 or 6 unit course. The
project topic can be any area in Physics pro-vided appropriate
supervision exists. Assessment will typically be based on
log-book keeping, a final project report and seminar. Students
are advised to contact the course coordinator for information
on available projects. The Research Projects in Physics courses
are offered as Honours Pathways Options.
Indicative Assessment: As appropriate to specific module.
Topics
Physics Topic #1, Physics Topic #2, Physics Topic #3.

Semester 2
Course Description: See PHYS3044Indicative Assessment: See
PHYS3044
Topics
Mathematics, Telecommunication Systems
Academic Contact: Dr Anna WilsonCourse
Microphotonics, Biophotonics & Nanophotonics

Description: See PHYS3041
Later Year Course
Indicative Assessment: See PHYS3041TopicsThe details for the

course(s) shown above apply to all of the following topics.
Specific descriptions for Syllabus and Proposed Assessment that
apply to each topic are detailed below.
(Not offered in 2009)

Physics Topic #1
Solid State Physics


Later Year Course
Semester 2
Workload: A total of 15 lectures, four tutorials and nine hours

of laboratory
Semester 1

Course Description: Under these codes students may choose
from a variety of modules including coursework and research
projects. In 2009, modules presented as part of PHYS3044/5
courses may, but need not necessarily, include the following:
Mem-brane biophysics: This module is designed for students
with a good background in physics, chemistry, engineering
or mathematics and an interest in applying these skills to
biology. Theories and models for biological phenomena such
652
Academic Contact: Professor John Love

Course Description: See ENGN4521/ENGN6521
Semester 2
Academic Contact: Dr Darren Goossens

Prerequisites: PHYS2013 or PHYS2020.
Course Description: This course aims to establish fundamental
concepts in solid-state physics. The electron theory of solids
is developed and applied to explain the physical properties of
metals, semiconductors and dielectrics. This is identical to the
first part of PHYS3032.

per cent, and assignments 25 per cent.
multiplexers and interferometers, optical materials and

processing, optical amplifiers, photonic bandgap phenomena
and nanophotonics.
Contemporary Optics
Indicative Assessment: 60 per cent examination and 40

per cent assignments
Later Year Course

Semester 2
Workload: A total of 30 lectures, six tutorials, 20 hours of
laboratory.

Later Year Course
Academic Contact: Dr Daniel Shaddock
Semester 1
Prerequisites: Recommended PHYS 2016, PHYS 2017
Incompatibility: PHYS3031 and PHYS3055
Course Description: See ENGN4513/6513
Course Description: This course in contemporary optics

introduces the ideas and technology used in many of the
current applications of optics. It presents the fundamental
concept of photons, light amplification, lasing and nonlinear
phenomena such as saturation, pulsing and mode-locking. It
discusses the techniques used in some of the most advanced
optical instruments, including electro-optic modulation, light
detection, technical and quantum noise. This combination of
advanced concept and hands on experimentation prepares for
many possible projects in research.
Indicative Assessment: Examinations 25 per cent, oral exam 25
per cent, laboratory 30 per cent, assignment 14 per cent, case
study six per cent
Work Experience in Photonics

Later Year Course
Semester 2
Workload: A total of 30 hours
Course Description: This course is intended for students
specialising in photonics. It provides opportunities for students
to experience an industrial working environment. It exposes
the students to the workplace providing a link between
the academic course work, the laboratory courses and the
challenges in the photonics industry. It puts the coursework
into perspective and allows contacts with potential employers.
Indicative Assessment: 40 per cent project report and 60 per
cent written assignment and presentation
Physics of the Earth

Later Year Course
Semester 2
Academic Contact: Dr Ian Jackson
Prerequisites: MATH1013/1115 and MATH1014/1116, PHYS1101,
PHYS1201.
Course Description: The course is an introduction to physics
of the solid Earth intended for students with substantial
background in physics and mathematics including calculus.
The course will provide an overview of the structure and
evolution of the Earth as a dynamic planet within our solar
system. Physical principles will be applied to the satellitebased measurements of geophysical changes on the Earth
as a result of a changing climate; surface displacements and
the gravity field; the interpretation of gravity anomalies;
introduction to the theory of elasticity and wave equation;
modern global seismology as a probe of the Earths internal
structure; earthquakes and the description of seismic
sources; thermoelastic properties of geological materials
and the interpretation of seismological models; rheology
and geodynamics; the Earths thermal regime and modes of
convection within the Earths mantle.
Indicative Assessment: Assignments: 25 per cent; Tutorial
Exercises: 25 per cent; Final Exam: 50 per cent.
Physics IV Honours (S)

PHYS4003F (24 units)
Later Year Course
Photonics
Later Year Course
Semester 1
Workload: A total of 30 lectures, six tutorials, 20 hours of
laboratory
Course Description: This course will cover the basics of
contemporary photonic waveguiding including linear and
non-linear guidance and associated phenomena such as
solitons, 4-wave mixing, second harmonic generation and
optical switching, optical fibres and waveguides, lightprocessing devices such as splitters, Bragg gratings, wavelength
Academic Contact: Dr Matthew J Sellars

Prerequisites: To qualify for admission to Physics honours
candidature, an ANU student must have successfully completed
at least 48 units of Group B or Group C courses relevant to
the proposed honours study, of which at least 24 units must
be Group C courses. At least a credit average must have been
achieved in these 48 units. It is recommended that students
should include in their program PHYS3001, PHYS3031,
PHYS3032 and PHYS3033. Students from other universities
are welcome to apply for enrolment in the Honours program.
Admission will be based on the undergraduate record and its
equivalence to the above requirements.
Course Description: The ANU Physics Honours program
emphasises original research. The research project may be
undertaken in any relevant area of the University. Projects are
individually supervised by an academic staff member, usually
653
within a research group. Available topics include: laser physics,

atom optics and dilute gas Bose-Einstein condensation, optical
physics, gravitational wave detection, general relativity theory,
nuclear physics, atomic and molecular physics, plasma physics,
observational and theoretical astrophysics, cosmology, thermal
physics, electronic materials physics, surface physics, condensed
matter physics, computational physics, and geophysics. For
an up to date list see the Honours website www.anu.edu.au/
Physics/honours
Course Description: Understanding how people think and

behave is one of the greatest challenges facing science.
Considering brain processes and the biological constraints
on behaviour is vital in discerning human behaviour and
subsequent behavioural pathology. There are three lecture
streams: Cognitive Psychology, Biological Psychology, and
Research Design Statistics.
Indicative Assessment: For more information on the honours

program, scholarships and research topics see the website www.
anu.edu.au/Physics/honours
Some of the questions that we would cover would be: The

ethics of human and animal research - do scientific gains
justify human and non-human research? Scientific theory and
objectivity - can you become a more clever consumer? Heredity
and behaviour - is behaviour hardwired, are people born bad?
Phineas Gage lost the entire front of his brain, he survived
but it changed his behaviour - what does brain damage tell
us about brain function and human behaviour? In two minds
- what happens to behaviour when the pathway between the
two brain hemispheres is cut? Brain plasticity - can different
parts of the brain assume new behavioural roles if other areas
are damaged? Smoking, spiders, rats and sex - how do positive
and negative consequences shape behaviour? Memory and
memory processes - why do we remember, how do we forget,
and what is the best way to study for an exam? Language and
communication - does language shape thought? We know
about 60000 words, how do we recognise, read and manipulate
these words, how does the brain deal with it? Chomsky vs.
Skinner - is language innate? 10 per cent of the population
has dyslexia - what is dyslexia and what do we know about it?
Attention and attentional blindness - it is what you see but
dont perceive that is important.
Theoretical Physics IV Honours (S)

Can you study the mind scientifically? In compulsory laboratory

classes you will develop skills in the planning, implementation,
analysis and presentation of psychological research.
Indicative Assessment: In addition to original research,

candidates undertake lecture courses. These contribute towards
50 per cent of the final Honours grade. A written thesis is the
major component of the assessment for the research project.
For further information on the honours program,
scholarships and research topics see the website
www.anu.edu.au/Physics/honours

PHYS4003P (12 units)
Later Year Course
Course Description: This is a part-time version of PHYS4003F
Honours program
Later Year Course

Prerequisites: See PHYS4003F
Course Description: See PHYS4003F
Indicative Assessment: See PHYS4003F

Later Year Course
Prerequisites: See PHYS4003P
Course Description: See PHYS4003P
Indicative Assessment: See PHYS4003P
Psychology 1: Understanding Mind, Brain &

Behaviour
PSYC1003 (6 units) A
First Year Course
Semester 1
Workload: Three hours of lectures per week and eight two-hour
classes spread over the semester.
Academic Contact: Assoc. Professor Michael Platow
Incompatibility: PSYC1001A and PSYC1001B;
654
No prerequisite knowledge is required for this course,

nevertheless it is anticipated that students enrolling in
PSYC1003 will also enrol in PSYC1004. Completion of both
PSYC1003 and PSYC1004 is required for most later year
psychology courses. All lectures are digitally streamed and
lecture content is available on WebCT.
Entry to this option will be subject to the approval of
the course convenor. The Department of Psychology has
major research strengths in three fields: social psychology,
cognition and perception, and clinical/health psychology. In
the Honours Pathway Options, first year students have the
opportunity to explore work on advanced topics related to
one of these broad areas. PSYC1003 students who take the
Honours Pathway Option are required to prepare and develop
a scientific presentation on an area of psychological science
relating to cognition and perception. (PSYC1004 offers similar
opportunities in other areas of psychology).
Indicative Assessment: In 2008, assessment consisted of
continuous assessment in the form of laboratory quizzes (30 per
cent), research report (25 per cent), research participation (five
per cent) and exam (40 per cent)
In 2008, students did a poster presentation for the Honours
Pathway Option.
Prescribed Text:
Westen, Burton and Kowalski : Psychology: Australian and New
Zealand Edition (text) + study guide + CD + Writing Guide
(PACKAGE) Haslam : Research Methods and Statistics
in Psychology
Psychology 2: Understanding People in Context

First Year Course
Semester 2
Prescribed Text:
Westen, Burton and Kowalski : Psychology: Australian and New
Zealand Edition (text) + study guide + CD + Writing Guide
(PACKAGE)
Workload: Three hours of lectures per week and eight two-hour

lab/tutorial classes spread across the semester.
Life Issues: Applying Psychology

First Year Course
Prerequisites: No prerequisites are required for this course.
Semester 1
Incompatibility: with PSYC1001A and PSYC1001B
Workload: Two hours of lectures per week and eight two-hour

laboratories across the semester
Course Description: None of us, as human beings, function

in isolation - we exist in a complex matrix of psychological
and social interactions with others, and these interactions
clearly shape the ways in which we behave in a myriad
of circumstances. In some instances the link between our
psycho-social environments and our behaviours is straightforward and self-evident. If we live within a relaxed and
supportive environment then it is very likely our behaviours
will reflect that situation. But often, the interactions are
not quite so simple, and this gives rise to some of the most
fascinating questions in psychology. Why, for example, do some
children develop cooperative class-room skills while others
become school bullies? How does group membership explain
differences in individual behaviour? And is our early childhood
experience really so crucial to how we organize our behaviour
in adulthood? The unique psycho-social contexts in which we
grow up and live has a profound influence on human behaviour
and PSYC1004 explores that context in an attempt to answer
these and many more questions. The course is structured
around the areas of developmental psychology, social
psychology and personality, though it attempts to integrate
these so far as possible to address our basic understanding
about how people behave and feel in the complex and dynamic
world around them.
No prerequisite knowledge is required for this course,
nevertheless it is anticipated that students enrolling in
PSYC1004 will have also completed PSYC1003. Completion of
both PSYC1003 and PSYC1004 is required for most later year
psychology courses. All lectures are digitally streamed and
lecture content is available on WebCT. Compulsory laboratory
classes provide, for example, hands-on skills experience in the
use of psychological tests, the systematic observation of human
behaviour under a range of circumstances, and the practice and
implementation of applied psychological research.
course convenor. The Department of Psychology has major
research strengths in three fields: social psychology, cognition
and perception, and clinical/health psychology. In the Honours
Pathway Options first year students have the opportunity
to explore work on more advanced topics related to one of
these broad areas. PSYC1004 students who take the Honours
Pathway Option are required to prepare and develop a scientific
presentation on an area of psychological science relating
to social psychology or mental health/physical well-being.
(PSYC1003 offers similar opportunities in other areas of
psychology).
Indicative Assessment: In 2008, assessment consisted of
continuous assessment in the form of laboratory quizzes (30 per
cent), research essay (25 per cent), research participation (five
per cent) and exam (40 per cent). In 2008, students did a poster
presentation for the Honours Pathway Option.
Academic Contact: Professor Don Byrne

Course Description: This course provides an introduction to how
theory and research in psychology can be applied to a wide
range of questions that people often ask about themselves,
their families and relationships, their work, their future, society
and the environment. During the course a series of questions
will be addressed from different perspectives including clinical,
developmental, cognitive, and social psychological approaches.
The questions will cover a range of issues and will typically
change from year to year. Examples of questions that may be
addressed are:
Does psychotherapy really help?
Does child-care damage children?
Why do we become addicted?
Why do we fall in love?
Are criminals made or born?
What makes someone charismatic?
Can eye-witness testimony be relied on?
How do you select the right person for the job?
The application of psychological knowledge to a wide range
of settings (clinical, forensic, business, government, sport, etc.)
will be discussed and explored using problem-based learning
methods. This course provides an ideal introduction to how
psychology contributes to the understanding of our own
behaviour and the behaviour of those around us.
Indicative Assessment: In 2008 assessment was an essay (50 per
cent) and an end of semester examination (50 per cent)
Social Psychology
PSYC2001 (6 units) B
Later Year Course
Semester 2
Workload: Two hours of lectures per week and 18 hours of
laboratories spread across the semester.
Academic Contact: Dr Dirk Van Rooy
Prerequisites: PSYC1001 or PSYC1003 and PSYC1004, or
PSYC1004 and either STAT1003 or STAT1004
Course Description: In this course we cover basic topics in social
psychology, eg social influences on attitudes and behaviour,
attitude change, social cognition, cooperation and conflict, the
self concept, interpersonal relationships and methodology. We
extend this understanding to look at a series of complex social
issues, eg rule-breaking, bullying, religiosity and prejudice.
Laboratory classes are interactive and include practical and
theoretical consideration of issues in social psychology and
society.
655
Indicative Assessment: To be arranged in consultation with

students.
In 2008 assessment consisted of two web-quizzes (20 per cent
of total grade) a lab assignment (10 per cent), a 2500 word Lab
report (20 per cent) and a one and a half hour short answer
exam consisting of MCQ and short-answer format section (50
per cent).
Prescribed Text:
Myers D.G., Social Psychology, 9th Edition, Hope College. ISBN:
0073531898
Developmental Psychology
Later Year Course
Semester 1
Workload: Two hours of lectures per week and six three-hour
laboratories spread over the semester.
chemical senses); control of movement; the autonomic nervous

system; the hypothalamus and hormonal control; structure
and function of the cerebral cortex; and higher order functions
such as learning, memory and cognitive processes. Laboratory
classes will cover microscopic and macroscopic anatomy of
the nervous system, investigations of higher order processing,
and experimental approaches to brain and behaviour. At least
one of the laboratory classes will be a Problem Based Learning
laboratory, where students will research a given topic, working
in a group, and present their findings to the rest of the class.
students, but consisting of an invigilated component or
components accounting for at least 40 per cent of the overall
assessment package. In 2008, assessment was two problem
based learning laboratory presentations and discussions (40 per
cent of overall grade); two problem based laboratory written
assignments (journal article summaries 10 per cent); and a
mid-semester examination and end of semester examination
(25 per cent each).
Academic Contact: Dr Phillipa Butcher

Prerequisites: PSYC1001 or (PSYC1003 and PSYC1004)
Course Description: This course focuses on human development
during childhood and adolescence. All key areas, cognition,
language, emotion, and social and motor skill, will be discussed.
The biological foundations of psychological development
and the psychoanalytical, behavioural, and cognitive theories
which provided the basis of modern developmental psychology
provide an underlying integrative thread. as do key themes,
for example continuity v discontinuity in development, and
the interactions between nature and nurture in human
development. The laboratory program will provide students
with more in depth information about specific aspects of
development, guide them through the process of writing an
essay in which two opposing ideas about a single topic are
presented in an unbiased way, and critiqued, and provide
students with opportunities to apply their knowledge of
development gained in the course to current social dilemmas.
students, but in 2008 assessment was exercises in laboratories
(10 per cent), a written assignment (30 per cent) and
mid-semester (30 per cent) and end of semester exams (30 per
cent). Exams include both multiple-choice and short answer
questions. At least one exam must be passed to pass the course.
Prescribed Text:
Santrock, J.W. (11th edition 2007). Child Development. McGraw
Hill: New York, NY.
Biological Basis of Behaviour

Later Year Course
Semester 1
Visual Perception & Cognition

Later Year Course
Semester 2
Workload: Two lectures per week and 18 hours of laboratory
classes spread across the semester
Academic Contact: Dr Mark Edwards
Prerequisites: PSYC1001 or PSYC1003 and PSYC1004 or
PSYC2007. Other backgrounds in cognitive science, biology or
engineering fields will be considered on merit.
Course Description: The course is divided into two sections:
visual perception and cognition. Topics covered in the visual
perception section include: historical review of the different
theoretical approaches to studying visual perception;
organisation and function of cells early in the visual system;
concept and clinical neuropsychological implications of
multiple and parallel visual pathways; perceptual constancies
and sensory and perceptual illusions. Topics covered in the
cognitive section include: methodological approaches to
cognitive psychology (including cognitive neuropsychology and
cognitive neuroscience), attention and unilateral visuospatial
neglect, object recognition and visual agnosia, face recognition
and prosopagnosia, language and language disorders, memory
and amnesia.
Indicative Assessment: In 2008, the assessment was a mid
semester exam (40 per cent) and an end-of-semester exam
(40 per cent) and a laboratory report (20 per cent). The
examination/s must be passed in order for an overall pass in the
course to be awarded.
Prescribed Text:
Reading brick required for vision component; text required for
cognition component Eysenck, M.W. and Keane, M.T Cognitive
Psychology: Students Handbook ISBN: 9781841693590
Academic Contact: Brendan OBrien

Prerequisites: PSYC1001 or (PSYC1003 and PSYC1004) or 24
Group A Science units
Quantitative Methods in Psychology

Course Description: An introduction to behavioural and systems

neuroscience and the brain mechanisms underlying behaviour.
Topics will include: general organisation, evolution and
development of the nervous system; sensory systems (vision,
hearing, somaesthesis and proprioception; balance; and the
Later Year Course
656
Semester 1
laboratories spread across the semester

Academic Contact: Professor Mike Smithson
Prerequisites: PSYC1001 or (PSYC1003 and PSYC1004)
Course Description: An introduction to selected quantitative
techniques used in psychological research and practice, such as
applications of statistical techniques in the design and analysis
of experiments and surveys, and construction and applications
of techniques of psychological measurement in experiments
and surveys.

students, but in 2008 assessment consisted of lab exercises
(20 per cent of the final grade), an essay (40 per cent) and two
examinations (each worth 20 per cent).
The Social Psychology of Groups Processes & Social

Change
PSYC3002 (6 units) C
This course is considered by the School as required preparation

for fourth year, and may present difficulties for students
who do not have a quantitative background. This course
is also compulsory for the BPsych and Bachelor of Science
(Psychology) programs.
Later Year Course
Note: PSYC2009 (or equivalent) is a prerequisite for PSYC3018.

Other backgrounds will be considered on individual merit.

course convenor. Students taking this option will be required
to consider a real data set which addresses a number of issues
relevant to a range of areas of psychological science. Students
will be required to complete weekly exercises, most of which
pertain to this data set. These exercises replace the lab exercises
(20 per cent) in the normal offering.
Course Description: This course considers the psychological

processes involved in relations within and between groups.
The course will cover such topics as Analyses of the SocialPsychology of Groups, Social Identity, and Stereotyping; Group
Cohesion and Norms; Cooperation, Helping, Trust and Fairness;
Leadership, Power, and Social Influence; Group Decision
Making, Motivation, and Collective Action; and Negotiation
and Communication. Lecture and reading content will focus on
the experimental analysis of behaviour, and the integration of
theory and research.

assessment package which must be passed in order for an
overall pass in the course to be awarded, together with some
combination of laboratory reports, essays and other formal
assignments. In 2008, there were three assessment components:
Lab exercises (20 per cent); mid-semester exam (35 per cent);
and an end-of-semester exam (45 per cent). Attendance of at
least 80 per cent of the labs was required to pass the course.
Prescribed Text:
Smithson, M., Statistics With Confidence
Perspectives on Crime from Psychology &

Criminology
Later Year Course
Semester 1
Prerequisites: PSYC2001

overall pass in the course to be awarded, together with
some combination of laboratory reports, essays and other
formal assignments. In 2008, assessment was written in-class
laboratory exercises (20 per cent), one written essay (40 per
cent), and a multiple-choice final exam (40 per cent).
Perception
Later Year Course
Semester 2
Semester 2


Prerequisites: Any two PSYC, SOCY or LAWS courses. Students

with backgrounds in anthropology, organizational behaviour,
political science or philosophy will also be considered on merit.
Incompatibility: PSYC3023 Special Topics, Class 8837 completed
Semester 2, 2005.
Course Description: The emphasis of this course will be to
discuss the contribution that psychology can make to the
study of crime. The course will examine psychological theories
of crime, as well as traditional and contemporary approaches
to controlling crime. An important aspect of the course will
be to expose students to relevant and applied research being
conducted by ANU researchers and to the first-hand experience
of practitioners.
Topics covered include: forensic psychology, white-collar
crime and fraud, contemporary juvenile justice interventions,
life-course perspectives on offending, the psychology of
terrorism, the psychology of policing, and homicide.
Prerequisites: PSYC2008 and two of PSYC2001, 2002, 2004,

2007. Other backgrounds in cognitive sciences, biology or
engineering fields will be considered on merit.
Course Description: The general aim of the course is to provide
students with a conceptual understanding of how the visual
system functions from the level of the initial sensory processing
of the retinal images to the perceptual representation of
the outside world. The course builds upon the knowledge
acquired in PSYC2008. The topics of spatial vision, perception
of depth and three-dimensional space, colour processing and
motion processing will be covered in detail. Psychophysical
and biological based models of these visual systems, as well as
general perceptual models will be presented. These models will
be used to analyse case studies from clinical neuropsychology
that result in specific visual disorders. Laboratory classes will
highlight specific processing strategies employed by the visual
system and demonstrate various psychophysical techniques.
657
Indicative Assessment: In 2008 assessment was an invigilated

examination (60 per cent), plus a laboratory report (40 per cent).
Prescribed Text: Blake and Sekular Perception ISBN:
9780072887600
Issues in Cognitive Psychology

Later Year Course
Semester 2
Prerequisites: PSYC2008 and one of PSYC2001, PSYC2002,
PSYC2004, PSYC2007 or permission of the coordinator.
Course Description: This course examines contemporary theories
of cognitive processes, and will also include explanations of
cognitive disorders. Possible topics include: attention, belief
formation and reasoning, language, memory, object and face
recognition and neuropsychological rehabilitation.
students, but including an invigilated examination and a
research assignment. The examination must be passed in order
for an overall pass in the course to be awarded. In 2008, the
assessment included an end-of-semester exam (50 per cent), a
research assignment (30 per cent), a class presentation (10 per
cent) and laboratory class questions (10 per cent).
Issues in Behavioural Neuroscience

Prerequisites: PSYC2009 (or equivalent) and one of

PSYC2001, or 2008.
This course is a prerequisite for entry to the fourth-year
Psychology Honours Program and is a compulsory course in the
Bachelor of Science (Psychology) and BPsych programs.
Incompatibility: PSYC3009 Advanced Research Methods (a
previously offered course)
Course Description: A consolidation and extension of the
methods and analysis techniques introduced in PSYC2009.
Topics include the measurement of psychological constructs,
experiments and survey designs; analysis of variance for oneand two-way between- and within-subjects designs, planned
and post-hoc contrasts, integration of ANOVA and regression
as an introduction to the general linear model, searching and
analysing the psychological literature, using SPSS ANOVA and
Regression models to analyse data, reporting analyses. Examples
are extrapolated from published studies in the psychological
literature. The course will be taught at a level appropriate for
intending honours students.
Indicative Assessment: In 2008, assessment consisted of two
web-quizzes (20 per cent), a lab assignment (10 per cent), a lab
report (20 per cent) and a final exam (50 per cent).
This is an Honours Pathway Course.
Health Psychology
Later Year Course
Semester 2
Later Year Course

Semester 1
Academic Contact: Professor Don Byrne and Dr Jay Brinker
Workload: Two lectures per week and 18 hours of laboratories

spread over the semester.
Prerequisites: Two of PSYC2001, 2002, 2004, 2007 or 2008 (It

is also strongly recommended that students take PSYC3025
Abnormal Psychology in the first semester).
Prerequisites: PSYC2007 and one of the following: PSYC2008

or BIOL2103 or BIOL3101; a cognate Science B or C course in
consultation with the convener.
Course Description: This course consists of a series of lectures
which cover a variety of advanced topics in neuroscience. When
last offered the topics included neurobiology of consciousness
(including altered states of consciousness, and sleep), new
insights into the neurobiology of language, and the neural basis
of counting.
overall pass in the course to be awarded. In 2007, assessment
was two exams (each worth 25 per cent), a 2000 word essay
(20 per cent) and a tutorial presentation (20 per cent) and two
written summaries (5 per cent each).
Advanced Research Methods

Later Year Course
Semester 2
Workload: Two hours of lectures, a one hour workshop and 20
hours of laboratories spread across the semester.
Academic Contact: Dr Dirk Van Rooy
658
Incompatibility: PSYC3010
Course Description: Health Psychology introduces the student
to the intricate relationship which exists between psychological
factors and the biological processes of human health and
illness. Definitions of illness focussing on the notion of illness
as a psychosocial dysfunction are presented in the context
of emerging definitions of Health Psychology itself. The
course then goes on to examine the idea of stress and the
stress reaction as the theoretical model linking psychological
and biological processes. The relative and related roles of
personality, stress and the psychosocial environment in the
genesis of organic pathology and illness are then presented in
some detail, along with the body of contemporary empirical
evidence supporting these roles. Issues dealing with health
risk behaviours such as smoking and diet are considered and
evidence for psycho-biological links mediated through the
autonomic nervous system, the endocrinological system
and the immunological system are discussed. Examples from
cardiovascular disease, gastrointestinal disease, the neoplastic
diseases and the neurological diseases are taken to illustrate
these points.
Indicative Assessment: In 2008 assessment consisted of
(a) a major theoretical essay of around 3000 words due
mid-semester (50 per cent) and (b) an end-of-year formal two
hour examination (50 per cent).
Special Topics in Psychology

Later Year Course
Personality & the Assessment of Individual

Differences
Semester 1, Winter Session, and Semester 2
Later Year Course
Workload: Variable per arrangement with course coordinator
Semester 1
Academic Contact: Professor Don Byrne

Prerequisites: Written approval from the Head of the

Department of Psychology
Course Description: The course will involve seminars and/
or research programs to be supervised by staff members or
visitors to the ANU. The format of this course will depend on
the availability and interests of staff in given years. NB: This is a
restricted entry course and students will be notified about the
procedure for application to the Head of School before the start
of each semester.
Possible options in 2009 include social psychology,
organisational and health psychology projects. As this course
comprises advanced study it is primarily aimed at students
intending to apply for Honours in psychology, and will usually
require a minimum average mark of 65 in Psychology courses.
Indicative Assessment: The form of assessment generally
consists of a major assignment.
Abnormal Psychology across the Life Span

Academic Contact: Dr Ross Wilkinson and Dr Phillipa Butcher

Prerequisites: PSYC1001 or (PSYC1003 and PSYC1004), and
PSYC2009
Incompatibility: PSYC2004, PSYC3021, PSYC3001.
Course Description: The term personality refers to the typical
way an individual thinks, feels and acts in a variety of situations.
Personality psychology takes as its focus individual persons and
seeks to describe and explain their behaviour as individuals.
This course provides an overview of theory and research in
the assessment and study of human personality. Some of
the theories and topics that will be covered include: classical
test theory and psychometric principles; the assessment of
individual differences and abilities; personality traits; and
class and contemporary theories of personality, including
psychoanalytic, experiential, interpersonal and cognitive
behavioural theories. Procedures appropriate for conducting
research in personality psychology and assessing individual
differences will be introduced through practical work in
laboratory classes.
students. In 2008 the assessment consisted of mid-semester
exam (50 per cent) and an end-of-semester exam (50 per cent).
Later Year Course

Semester 1
Workload: Two lectures per week and 18 hours of laboratory
classes spread across the semester
Psychology IV Honours (S)

PSYC4005F (24 units)
Later Year Course
Academic Contact: Dr Bernd Heubeck and Assoc. Professor

Richard OKearney
Prerequisites: Any two of PSYC2001, PSYC2002, PSYC2004,

PSYC2007 or PSYC2008
Incompatibility: PSYC3004, PSYC3010, PSYC3012

Course Description: This course introduces students to a range
of abnormal behaviours and psychopathology across the life
span. These may include oppositional behaviour and conduct
disorder, attention deficit/hyperactivity, anxiety, depression,
personality disorders, schizophrenia, or dementia. These are just
examples and they may change from year to year. The course
covers clinical description, individual differences, biological,
psychological, social and contextual influences, the examination
of prominent models in the literature, and to a limited extent,
the treatment of selected psychological disorders.
This course is a prerequisite for postgraduate study in Clinical
Psychology at ANU.
students. In 2008, assessment was two exams worth 41 per cent
each and laboratory quizzes (18 per cent).
Prescribed Text: Mash and Wolfe:Abnormal Child Psychology +
Barlow and Durand: Abnormal Psychology (Packaged together)
Workload: two to three hour seminars

Prerequisites: Completion of an accredited three year sequence
in psychology courses, or an accredited one year pre-honours
course. The Department of Psychology considers applications
for Honours by all qualified students on the basis of the merit
of their performance in undergraduate psychology units. It
does not offer preferential treatment to students enrolled in
particular degree programs.
Course Description: The normal requirement for admission to
the honours program is completion of courses to the value of
144 units, including a minimum of 72 units in psychology as
follows:
PSYC1001A or PSYC1003
PSYC1001B or PSYC1004
PSYC2001
PSYC2002
PSYC2007
PSYC2008
PSYC2009 (or equivalent)
PSYC3018
Plus at least three other Group C psychology courses
These restrictions are imposed to ensure that all fourth year
659
of psychology in line with the requirements for accreditation

of the courses by the Australian Psychological Society. Study
in a later-year course in a cognate area might sometimes
be substituted for a later-year course in psychology. All
applications for substitution of such cognate courses must be
approved by the Head of the Department prior to application
for admission to the honours program. The minimum
requirements for admission to the honours program in the
Faculty of Science are set out in the Facultys introductory
section in this Handbook. However, the Department has the
additional expectation that applicants for admission to the
honours program have at least an average grade of Credit
across all psychology courses undertaken, as well as in any
courses which might be substituted for psychology courses.
It should be noted that, as a general rule, full-time enrolment
in honours is preferred. Intending Bachelor of Arts honours
students should read The degree with Honours sub-section
of the preamble to the description of Arts Departments.
Requirements for the Bachelor of Arts degree with honours in
psychology are similar to those outlined above for intending
Bachelor of Science honours students, but the requirement for
a minimum number of units in psychology is more stringent.
Substitution of cognate courses requires formal approval by
both the Head of Department and the Faculty of Arts and will
only be given in exceptional circumstances.
The student aiming at a career in psychology should be aware
that eligibility for associate membership or full membership
of the Australian Psychological Society may be required for
some types of employment. The Society insists that candidates
for associate membership have taken at least four years
of university training, of which half must be devoted to
psychology. Full membership requires two further years of
training in psychology.
During fourth year, honours candidates work solely in the area
of psychology. The work comprises coursework and research.
Each of these contributes 50 per cent to the overall program
grade.
Coursework:
compulsory courses on research methods and evidence based
assessment and intervention and one elective. Students are
able to choose from three electives covering 1) abnormal and
developmental psychology, 2) cognition and the biological basis
of behaviour, 3) social psychology.
Research Work:
project however he/she works with the support of a supervisor.
The report is submitted in a publishable form that follows APA
style guidelines.
144 units, including a minimum of 72 units in psychology as

follows:
PSYC1001A or PSYC1003
PSYC1001B or PSYC1004
PSYC2001
PSYC2002
PSYC2007
PSYC2008
PSYC2009 (or equivalent)
PSYC3018
Plus at least three other Group C psychology courses
These restrictions are imposed to ensure that all fourth year
of psychology in line with the requirements for accreditation of
the courses by the Australian Psychological Society.
Study in a later-year course in a cognate area might sometimes
be substituted for a later-year course in psychology. All
applications for substitution of such cognate courses must be
approved by the Head of the Department prior to application
for admission to the honours program. The minimum
requirements for admission to the honours program in the ANU
College of Medicine, Biology and Environment are set out in
the Colleges introductory section in this Handbook. However,
the Department has the additional expectation that applicants
for admission to the honours program have at least an average
grade of Credit across all psychology courses undertaken,
as well as in any courses which might be substituted for
psychology courses. It should be noted that, as a general
rule, full-time enrolment in honours is preferred. Intending
Bachelor of Arts honours students should read The degree with
Honours sub-section of the preamble to the description of Arts
Departments. Requirements for the Bachelor of Arts degree
with honours in psychology are similar to those outlined above
for intending Bachelor of Science honours students, but the
requirement for a minimum number of units in psychology is
more stringent. Substitution of cognate courses requires formal
approval by both the Head of Department and the Faculty of
Arts and will only occur in exceptional circumstances.
The student aiming at a career in psychology should be aware
that eligibility for associate membership or full membership
of the Australian Psychological Society may be required for
some types of employment. The Society insists that candidates
for associate membership have taken at least four years
of university training, of which half must be devoted to
psychology. Full membership requires two further years of
training in psychology.
During fourth year, honours candidates work solely in the
area of psychology. The work comprises coursework and
programgrade.
Coursework:

PSYC4005P (12 units)
Workload: two to three hour seminars

compulsory courses on research methods and evidence based
assessment and evaluation and one elective. Students are
able to choose from three electives covering 1) abnormal and
developmental psychology, 2) cognition and the biological basis
of behaviour, 3) social psychology.
Research Work:
Course Description: The normal requirement for admission to

the honours program is completion of courses to the value of

Later Year Course

660

project however he/she works with the support of a supervisor.
The report is submitted in a publishable form that follows APA
style guidelines.
Advanced Studies 1
SCNC1101 (6 units)
First Year Course
Advanced Studies 2
SCNC1102 (6 units)
First Year Course
Advanced Studies 3
SCNC2101 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Prerequisites: Enrolment in the Bachelor of Philosophy

(Honours) degree program.
Course Description: These courses are taken under the direction
of the academic supervisor of a student in the PhB(Hons)
degree, but may involve teaching and learning from a very
wide variety of sources. The program of study and/or research is
approved by the relevant Head of Department or School on the
recommendation of the academic supervisor of the student. The
involvement in current research at the University or CSIRO
special research projects from both the Faculties and the
Research Schools of the ANU
reading courses / literature surveys
specially designed courses of field work or laboratory work
development of problems for competitions like the
Australian Mathematics Competition
a programme designed in conjunction with one of the
organisations for Australias teams in the Science and
Mathematics Olympiads
a programme of mentoring for other students, for example
in a college, provided that the program involves both
production, for example on the web, and delivery of
teaching materials
Advanced Studies 4
SCNC2102 (6 units)
talks to Year 12 and other students in the University
Later Year Course

Indicative Assessment: Written details of the assessment

are approved by the Head of Department or School on the
recommendation of the academic supervisor and given in
writing to the student at the start of the period of study for
the course.
Advanced Studies 5
SCNC3101 (6 units)
Later Year Course
web page development
Science & Mathematics Teaching in Secondary

Schools
SCNC3200 (6 units) C
Advanced Studies 6
SCNC3102 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Later Year Course
Workload: One three hour session with teacher and secondary

students per week; four consultations with ANU supervisor.

Advanced Studies 7
SCNC3103 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Advanced Studies 8
SCNC3104 (6 units)
Later Year Course
Academic Contact: Dean of Science

Prerequisites: Co-requisite or pre-requisite of enrolment in
at least two third year courses in mathematics, physics or
chemistry
Course Description: Each student will have a supervisor from
the ANU and a teacher in a secondary school. Students will
meet with the teacher to discuss the lesson with the secondary
students for the next week and be allocated tasks to assist the
teacher. Students will decide by the second week of semester an
area for which they will prepare curriculum materials based on
previous learning at ANU and/or concurrent research. Students
will assist in the delivery of this material by the end of the
semester.
Indicative Assessment: Participation on time and each week at
the classes (10 per cent), Development of Curriculum Material
documented as required for ACT Year 11 and 12 Education
661
System (up to 5000 words and ready for online access) (60
per cent), Assessment of contribution to secondary student
learning through presentations, interactions, effectiveness as
a role model (30 per cent, assessed by teacher and individually
assigned academic mentor)
Course Description: This course is a skills-based course and

provides training for science students to present science
effectively in a range of practical contexts.
Science & Public Awareness

SCOM1001 (6 units) A
Understand the need for dialogue in a Postmodern society
First Year Course

Semester 1
Workload: Two lectures and two hours of practical/tutorial
per week
contemporary social and communication issues in science,
technology, and society. Topics covered include: the image of
science and how science is reported in the media; issues in
science in relation to specific examples such as biotechnology;
science and technology in cross-cultural contexts;
understanding risk and uncertainty; an overview of the many
areas of science communication; informal learning settings; and
the problems arising at the interface of science, industry and
Government.
The course focuses heavily on current events and issues facing
scientists, science communicators, policy makers, and the
community. Students are encouraged to discuss their own
perceptions of science and technology in the context of the
broader community, the problemswith (and solutions to)
communicating science to the non-expert audiences. A strong
emphasis is placed on teamwork and students are expected to
take an active approach to learning.
course convenor. This option requires students to prepare
for and participate in four, two hour seminars during the
semester. These seminars consider current issues in science
communication practice and research in some depth, focusing
on the greater context of science and science communication
research, practice and policy. There will be some additional
reading required for these seminars. The bulk of the HPO
assessment is the same as for standard entry SCOM1001. The
only assessment difference will be that for students in the HPO
stream, half of the class test (12.5 per cent of the course) will be
devoted to the issues discussed in the HPO seminars and HPO
seminar readings.
Indicative Assessment: Personal reflections (2): 10 per cent;
Translation exercise: 15 per cent; Major team project: 30 per
cent; Team project presentation: 10 per cent; Class test: 25 per
cent; Prac class participation: 10 per cent.
Practical Skills for Communicating Science

SCOM2001 (6 units) B
Later Year Course
Semester 1
Workload: Two lectures/seminars and two hours of workshop/
practical (or equivalent) a week
Prerequisites: 36 units of courses, including 24 units of Group
A courses
662
By successfully completing the course students will:

Understand who communicates science and why
Understand the active and constructive nature of
communication
Be familiar with the attributes of good science
communication
Be able to deliver good quality seminars
Be able to present graphics and data more effectively
Be aware of the different vehicles used to communicate
science in the popular media
Know how to prepare and deliver science shows and
podcasts
Appreciate the diverse communication needs when
communicating science cross-culturally
Become aware of diverse career prospects that lead from a
training in practical science communication
Indicative Assessment: Assessment for the course will be
continuous throughout the semester and includes both
written work as well as oral presentations. The major piece of
assessment is a team project, which should be an example of
good science communication and reflects the general principles
of good design and good communication skills.
Science, Risk & Ethics

SCOM3001 (6 units) C
Later Year Course
Semester 2
Workload: Two lectures and three hours of practical/tutorial
per week
Prerequisites: SCOM1001 plus at least 24 units of
Group B courses
Course Description: Uncertainty is everywhere. However, in the
sciences, the ramifications of poor risk assessment in science
can have dramatic and global consequences. Risk is very hard
to calculate, and even harder to communicate. What is risky,
to whom, and why? How is risk understood by experts? How is
it translated into the public domain? When does a risk become
acceptable? Is it possible to speak about real or true risks in
science? How do the concepts of risk and ethics relate?
In recent years, issues such as global warming, environmental
degradation and gene technologies have highlighted a critical
need for society to question the risks and ethics of science and
the way related matters are presented within societies. In this
course, the practice and application of science is analysed from
risk-communication and ethical perspectives. Consideration is
given to how the history of scientific research might inform
contemporary debates about risk. The concept of ethical
research is analysed and challenged and the communication of
risk and uncertainty among Western and non-Western publics
is examined in detail. This course focuses on the creation
of clearer and more effective ways to communicate more
controversial, risky, and potential unethical scientific matters to
larger audiences. It also considers the way in which prevailing

social values influence the types of research that might be
considered low risk and ethical.
course convenor. This option requires students to prepare for
and participate in four, two hour additional seminars during
the semester. These seminars consider current issues in risk and
ethics communication practice and research in some depth,
focusing on the greater context of such research, practice and
policy. There will be some additional reading required for these
seminars. The bulk of the HPO assessment is the same as for
standard entry SCOM3001. The only assessment difference will
be that HPO students will not submit the essay component.
Instead, they will prepare and run a one hour seminar during
the standard SCOM3001 prac times and worth 20 per cent of
their overall grade. Seminars will be graded by two members
of staff. Topics for these seminars will be decided according to
student interests in consultation with the course coordinator.
2. Contribution to National Science Week - Covering a

National Science Week event by attending, taking photos
and writing a story, 15 per cent
3. Short article suitable for publication in CSIROs Helix
magazine, 10 per cent
4. Writing a news and feature article based on a journal article
or interview with an ANU scientist, 25 per cent
5. Press release, 10 per cent
6. Take home exam, 20 per cent
7. Attendance and participation in practical classes,
10 per cent
Science Communication IV Honours

SCOM4005F (24 units)
Later Year Course
Indicative Assessment: Personal reflection (2): 10 per cent

Project progress report: 15 per cent
Project presentation: 10 per cent
Ethics essay: 20 per cent
Prac participation: 10 per cent
Risk communication project:35 per cent
Prerequisites: Entry requirements are as specified in the

introductory section for Science in the Undergraduate
Handbook.
Science in the Media


SCOM4005P (12 units)
Later Year Course
Later Year Course
Semester 2
Workload: Two lectures and three hours of practical/tutorial

per week
Prerequisites: Entry requirements are as specified in the

introductory section for Science in the Undergraduate
Handbook.
Academic Contact: Dr Will J Grant

Prerequisites: SCOM2001
Course Description: Public surveys have shown that more
Australians prefer to read about science in the newspapers than
sport. However, very few scientists are trained in the skills of
writing for the general public and many also avoid any contact
with the media. For the public to be able to make informed
decisions about important scientific issues, they need to have
access to accurate yet understandable information. The best
vehicle for this is through the print and electronic media.
Indicative Assessment: Assessment will be 75 per cent thesis;

15 per cent coursework; 10 per cent final seminar.
Training in appropriate research methods will also be provided.
Indicative Assessment: Assessment will be 75 per cent thesis;

15 per cent coursework; 10 per cent final seminar. Training in
appropriate research methods will also be provided.
This course examines the relationship between science and

the media and the cultural differences that often make the
relationship difficult. Topics to be covered include an analysis
of science-media relations from both the scientists and
journalists perspective; the style in which science is reported
in the media; and how best to present science in the media.
This is a skills-based course, the aim of which is to train science
students in the production of material suitable for publication
or broadcast in the popular media. Students will have direct
contact with working science writers and other members of the
media to give them the opportunity to have stories printed or
broadcast.
Indicative Assessment: Assessment for the course will be
continuous throughout the semester and involve preparation
of material suitable for publication or broadcast. Details are as
follows:
1. Re-write of a published scientific paper in a style suitable
for publication in New Scientist or Cosmos, 10 per cent
663
664
Chapter 8
Combined Programs
665
Combined Programs
Contents
Bachelor of Actuarial Studies/Bachelor of Commerce . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 702
Bachelor of Actuarial Studies/Bachelor of Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 703
Bachelor of Actuarial Studies/Bachelor of Finance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 704
Bachelor of Actuarial Studies/Bachelor of Laws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 705
Bachelor of Actuarial Studies/Bachelor of Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 706
Bachelor of Actuarial Studies/Bachelor of Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 707
Bachelor of Arts (Visual)/Bachelor of Science (Forestry) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 708
Bachelor of Arts/Bachelor of Arts (Visual) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 708
Bachelor of Arts/Bachelor of Asia-Pacific Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 709
Bachelor of Arts/Bachelor of Commerce . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 710
Bachelor of Arts/Bachelor of Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 711
Bachelor of Arts/Bachelor of Information Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 712
Bachelor of Arts/Bachelor of Laws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 713
Bachelor of Arts/Bachelor of Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 714
Bachelor of Arts/Bachelor of Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 715
Bachelor of Arts/Bachelor of Science (Forestry) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 716
Bachelor of Arts/Bachelor of Science (Psychology) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 717
Bachelor of Arts/Bachelor of Visual Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 718
Bachelor of Asia-Pacific Studies/Bachelor of Commerce . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 719
Bachelor of Asia-Pacific Studies/Bachelor of Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 720
Bachelor of Asia-Pacific Studies/Bachelor of Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 721
Bachelor of Asia-Pacific Studies/Bachelor of Laws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 722
Bachelor of Asia-Pacific Studies/Bachelor of Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 723
Bachelor of Asia-Pacific Studies/Bachelor of Science (Forestry) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 724
Bachelor of Asia-Pacific Studies/Bachelor of Visual Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 725
Bachelor of Commerce/Bachelor of Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 726
Bachelor of Commerce/Bachelor of Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 727
Bachelor of Commerce/Bachelor of Information Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 729
Bachelor of Commerce/Bachelor of Laws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 730
Bachelor of Commerce/Bachelor of Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .731
Bachelor of Commerce/Bachelor of Science (Forestry) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 732
Bachelor of Commerce/Bachelor of Science (Psychology) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 733
Bachelor of Commerce/Bachelor of Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 734
Bachelor of Economics/Bachelor of Finance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 735
Bachelor of Economics/Bachelor of Information Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 736
Bachelor of Economics/Bachelor of Laws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 737
Bachelor of Economics/Bachelor of Science (Psychology) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 738
Bachelor of Economics/Bachelor of Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 739
Bachelor of Engineering/Bachelor of Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 740
Bachelor of Engineering/Bachelor of Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 741
Bachelor of Engineering/Bachelor of Information Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 742
Bachelor of Engineering/Bachelor of Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 743
Bachelor of Engineering (Research & Development)/Bachelor of Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 744
Bachelor of Finance/Bachelor of Laws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 745
Bachelor of Finance/Bachelor of Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 746
666
Bachelor of Finance/Bachelor of Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 747

Bachelor of Information Technology/Bachelor of Laws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 748
Bachelor of Information Technology/Bachelor of Science (Forestry) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 749
Bachelor of Music/Bachelor of Asia-Pacific Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 750
Bachelor of Music/Bachelor of Laws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 751
Bachelor of Music/Bachelor of Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 752
Bachelor of Music/Bachelor of Science (Psychology) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 753
Bachelor of Science (Forestry)/Bachelor of Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 754
Bachelor of Science (Psychology)/Bachelor of Laws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 755
Bachelor of Science (Psychology)/Bachelor of Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 756
Bachelor of Science (Resource & Environmental Management)/Bachelor of Laws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 757
Bachelor of Science/Bachelor of Commerce . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 758
Bachelor of Science/Bachelor of Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 759
Bachelor of Science/Bachelor of Laws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 760
Bachelor of Science/Bachelor of Science (Forestry) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 761
Bachelor of Software Engineering/Bachelor of Commerce . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 762
Bachelor of Software Engineering/Bachelor of Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 763
Bachelor of Visual Arts/Bachelor of Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 764
Bachelor of Visual Arts/Bachelor of Science (Forestry) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 765
667
Combined Programs
Bachelor of Actuarial Studies/Bachelor of

Commerce
(Academic Program: 4401 Academic Plan: 4401XBACTS)
Minimum: 192 units
Code: 028148E
Minimum requirement from each program the requirements of
the degree of Bachelor of Actuarial Studies as detailed in the
entry relating to the College of Business and Economics.
The requirements of the degree of Bachelor of Commerce as

detailed in the entry relating to the College of Business and
Economics.
Admission
Admission to degree of Bachelor of Actuarial Studies requires a
total of 144 units comprising the requirements for the degree
of Bachelor of Actuarial Studies as defined in the entry relating
to the College of Business and Economics.
Admission to degree of Bachelor of Commerce requires a
of Bachelor of Commerce as defined in the entry relating to the
College of Business and Economics.
Degree Structure
Actuarial Studies/Commerce a typical full-time program pattern with a major in finance.
Semester 1
Semester 2
Year 1
(48 units)
Elective (6u)
Year 2
(48 units)

Elective (6u)
Elective (6u)
Year 3
(48 units)

Elective (6u)
Elective (6u)

Elective (6u)
Elective (6u)
Year 4
(48 units)

Elective (6u)
Elective (6u)
Elective (6u)

Elective (6u)
Elective (6u)
Elective (6u)
Year 5
Honours
(48 units)
Actuarial Studies IV Honours

OR
Finance IV Honours

OR
Finance IV Honours
Note:
1. At least one of Accounting Processes and Systems (BUSN1002), Business Information Systems (INFS1001), Introduction to Commercial Law (BUSN1101) or Management, People
and Organisation (MGMT1003) or Marketing (MKTG1004) must be included in the elective to satisfy the first-year requirement of the Bachelor of Commerce.
2. Actuarial Studies IV Honours must be completed to meet IAAust Part II Requirements.
Actuarial Studies/Commerce a typical full-time course pattern with a major in accounting with professional accounting
requirements and meeting IAAust Part I and II requirements
Semester 1
Semester 2
Year 1
(48 units)


Elective (6u)
Year 2
(48 units)

Year 3
(48 units)


Elective (6u)
Year 4
(48 units)
BUSN3014 Principles of Taxation Law

BUSN3002 Auditing
Accounting Major Elective(6u)
Elective (6u)
Year 5
Honours (48 units)

OR
Commerce IV Honours

OR
Commerce IV Honours
Note:
1. At least one of Advanced Management Accounting (BUSN3003), Financial Reporting by Corporations (BUSN3008), Public Sector Accounting (BUSN3006) or Corporate Social
Responsibility, Accountability and Reporting (BUSN3017) must be selected as an elective within the Accounting Major.
2. Actuarial Studies IV Honours must be completed to meet IAAust Part II requirements.
668
Combined Programs

Economics
Minimum: 192 units
Minimum requirement from each program:
The requirements of the degree of Bachelor of Actuarial Studies
as detailed in the entry relating to the College of Business and
Economics.
The requirements of the degree of Bachelor of Economics as

Economics.
Admission
Admission to degree of Bachelor of Actuarial Studies requires:
A total of 144 units comprising the requirements for the degree
of Bachelor of Actuarial Studies as defined in the College of
Business and Economics entry.
Admission to degree of Bachelor of Economics requires:
A total of 144 units comprising the requirements for the
degree of Bachelor of Economics as defined in the College of
Degree Structure
Actuarial Studies/Economics a typical full-time course pattern meeting IAAust Part I and II requirements
Semester 1
Semester 2
Year 1
(48 units)

Elective (6u)
Year 2
(48 units)
FINM2002 Financial Instruments and Risk
Management
Elective (6u)
Year 3
(48 units)

Elective (6u)
Elective (6u)
Year 4
(48 units)

Electives (6u)

Elective (6u)
Electives (6u)
Electives (6u)
Year 5 Honours
(48 units)

OR

OR
Notes:
1. The elective courses must include:
at least 18 units from the economics course list Schedule 2
at least 6 units in Economic History (ECHI)
2. Actuarial Studies IV Honours must be completed to meet IAAust Part II requirements
669
Combined Programs

Finance
The requirements of the degree of Bachelor of Finance are detailed

in the entry relating to the College of Business and Economics.

Minimum: 192 units
Admission
Minimum requirement from each program: The requirements of
the degree of Bachelor of Actuarial Studies are detailed in the
entry relating to the College of Business and Economics
Admission to degree of Bachelor of Actuarial Studies requires a

Business and Economics.
Admission to degree of Bachelor of Finance requires a total
of 144 units comprising the requirements for the degree of
Bachelor of Finance are detailed in the entry relating to the
Degree Structure
A typical full-time degree program meeting IAAust Part I and II requirements as well as those for a major in corporate finance and
investment management.
Semester 1
Semester 2
Year 1
(48 units)
Elective (6u)
Year 2
(48 units)
Elective (6u)
Year 3
(48 units)

Elective (6u)
Elective (6u)

Elective (6u)
Elective (6u)
Year 4
(48 units)

Elective (6u)
Elective (6u)

FINM3005 Corporate Valuation or FINM3006 Fixed Income
Securities
Elective (6u)
Elective (6u)
Year 5
Honours (48 units)
Actuarial Studies IV Honours*

OR
Finance IV Honours

OR
Finance IV Honours
1. Bachelor of Finance major in Corporate Finance and Investment Management must include at least one of EMET3007 (Business and Economic Forecasting), EMET2008
(Econometric Methods), STAT3015 (Generalised Linear Modelling) or STAT3011 (Graphical Data Analysis).
2. Typically, FINM3005 Corporate Valuation and FINM3006 Fixed Income Securities will be offered in alternate years
3. The electives must also include at least one of MGMT3015 (Corporate Strategy), ECON3006/ECON3016 (Financial Economics (P/H)), BUSI2025 (International Business),
ECON2102/ECON2112 (Macroeconomics 2 (P/H)) or ECON2026 (Money and Banking).
4. Actuarial Studies IV Honours must be completed to meet Part II of the IAAust requirements.
A typical full-time degree program meeting IAAust Part I and II requirements as well as those for a major in quantitative finance.
Semester 1
Semester 2
Year 1
(48 units)
Elective (6u)
Year 2
(48 units)
Elective (6u)
Year 3
(48 units)

Elective (6u)
Elective (6u)

Elective (6u)
Elective (6u)
Elective (6u)
Year 4
(48 units)

Elective (6u)
Elective (6u)

FINM3007 Advanced Derivative Pricing and Applications
Elective (6u)
Elective (6u)
Year 5
Honours (48 units)

OR
Finance IV Honours

OR
Finance IV Honours
1. The electives must also include at least one of MGMT3015 (Corporate Strategy), ECON3006/ECON3016 (Financial Economics (P/H)), BUSI2025 (International Business),
ECON2102/ECON2112 (Macroeconomics 2 (P/H)) or ECON2026 (Money and Banking).
2. Actuarial Studies IV Honours must be completed to meet Part II of the IAAust requirements.
670
Combined Programs
Bachelor of Actuarial Studies/Bachelor of Laws

Minimum: 240 units
Actuarial Studies
At least 96 units offered by the College of Business and
Economics, as defined in that Colleges Schedule 1, subject
to any restrictions detailed in the College of Business and
Economics entry.
Admission
A total of 144 units, comprising the requirements for the degree
Admission to degree of Bachelor of Laws requires:
A total of 192 units including at least 144 units from the ANU
College of Law including compulsory and elective courses as
defined above. No more than 18 units at first-year level of
non-law courses can be counted if admission to the LLB occurs
before the combined program requirements have been met.
Law
At least 144 units of Law courses, offered by the ANU College
of Law including 90 units of compulsory courses, as listed in
the section relating to the Bachelor of Laws, and 54 units of
elective courses.
Course restrictions apply to Introduction to Commercial Law,
Law of Business Entities and Principles of Taxation Law in
satisfying the requirements of this program.
Degree Structure
Actuarial Studies/Law a typical full-time course pattern:
Program Total
(240 units)
Semester 1
Semester 2
Year 1
(48 units)
LAWS1201 Foundations of Australian Law (6u)

LAWS1203 Torts (6u)
LAWS1202 Lawyers, Justice and Ethics (6u)

LAWS1204 Contracts (6u)
Year 2
(48 units)
LAWS1205 Australian Public Law (6u)

LAWS1206 Criminal Law and Procedure (6u)
LAWS2250 International Law (6u)

LAWS2249 Legal Theory (6u)
Year 3
(48 units)
LAWS2201 Administrative Law (6u)

LAWS2203 Corporations Law (6u)
LAWS2202 Commonwealth Constitutional Law (6u)

Law elective course (6u)
Year 4
(48 units)
LAWS2204 Property (6u)

LAWS2205 Equity and Trusts (6u)

Year 5
(48 units)
LAWS2244 Litigation and Dispute Management (6u)

Law elective courses (18u)
LAWS2207 Evidence (6u)

Note:
1. In the standard five-year pass degree, it is not possible to gain full exemptions from IAAust Part I requirements; however, by overloading (ie., taking more than the
standard four courses in some semesters) or by using the College of Business and Economics Summer School Program (if available), students may be able to complete their
exemptions from Part I. It may be possible to complete some of the Part I exemptions as part of an Honours year in Actuarial Studies.
671
Combined Programs

Science
Science
no more than 36 units of Group A courses
no fewer than 36 units of Group C courses
Minimum: 192 units
the completion of at least one Science major
Admission
The combined Bachelor of Actuarial Studies/Bachelor of Science

degree program offers a highly involved program. Actuarial
studies is a highly mathematical, quantitative discipline and
students in this area are often interested in adding the skills
that a Science degree provides. The combined degree program
is designed for students who have strong mathematics and
science backgrounds.
Admission to the degree of Bachelor of Actuarial Studies

requires a total of 144 points, comprising the requirements for
the degree of Bachelor of Actuarial Studies as defined in the
College of Business and Economics entry.
further courses to the value of not less than 48 units taught

in or approved by, either of the relevant Faculties.
The combined degree consists of at least 192 units including 96

units taught in the College of Business and Economics and the
Colleges of Science, or as approved by each one of the relevant
Colleges.
At least 96 units of Group A, B, and C courses including:
Admission to the degree of Bachelor of Science requires a total

not less than 96 units of Science courses as defined above
No more than 48 first-year units may be counted if admission

to the BSc occurs before the combined program requirements
have been completed.
Actuarial Studies
At least 96 units of compulsory courses specified for the degree
of Bachelor of Actuarial Studies, as detailed in the entry relating
Degree Structure
Actuarial Studies/Science a typical full-time program pattern meeting IAAust Part I accreditation
Semester 1
Semester 2
Year 1
(48 units)
Group A Science course (6u)
Year 2
(48 units)

Group A, B Science course (6u)

STAT3032 Survival Models (6u)
Group A, B Science course (6u)
Year 3
(48 units)
Group B, C Science course (6u)
General Elective (6u)
FINM2002 Financial Instruments and Risk management

Group B, C Science course (6u)
Year 4
(48 units)

Group C Science course (6u)

1. An Honours year in Actuarial Studies must be completed in order to meet IAAust Part II requirements.
672
Combined Programs

Statistics
Minimum: 192 units
The requirements of the degree of Bachelor of Actuarial Studies
as detailed in the entry relating to the College of Business and
Economics.
The requirements of the degree of Bachelor of Statistics as

Economics.
Admission
Total of 144 units comprising the requirements for the degree
of Bachelor of Actuarial Studies as defined in the entry relating
Admission to degree of Bachelor of Statistics requires: Total
of 144 units comprising the requirements for the degree of
Bachelor of Statistics as defined in the entry relating to the
Degree Structure
Actuarial Studies/Statistics a typical full-time course pattern meeting IAAust Part I and II requirements
Semester 1
Semester 2
Year 1
(48 units)

BUSN1001 Business Reporting & Analysis
STAT1003 Statistical Techniques OR STAT1008 Quantitative
Research Methods
MATH1014 Mathematics and Applications 2 OR MATH1116

Mathematics and Applications 2 (H)
FINM1001 Money Markets and Finance
Year 2
(48 units)

FINM2002 Financial Instruments and Risk Managements
Specialist Pre-requisite Course (6 units)
Year 3
(48 units)
BStat Specialisation Course (6 units)

Year 4
(48 units)


Year 5 Honours
(48 units)

OR
STAT400F Statistics IV Honours

OR
STAT400F Statistics IV Honours
1. Actuarial Studies IV Honours must be completed to meet Part II of the IAAust requirements
2. The Bachelor of Statistics specialisation should be taken from Schedule A of the of College of Business and Economics
673
Combined Programs
Bachelor of Arts (Visual)/Bachelor of Science

(Forestry)
Bachelor of Arts/Bachelor of Arts (Visual)
(Academic Program: 4018 Academic Plan: 4018XBAVIS)
Minimum: 192 units
Minimum: 240 units
CRICOS Code: 0277905
Please note that this combined program has been replaced

by theBachelor of Arts/Bachelor of Visual Arts 4112XBARTS
combined program.
Please note that this combined program has been replaced

by theBachelor of Visual Arts/Bachelor of Science (Forestry)
4019XBVA combined program.
674
(Academic Program: 4101 Academic Plan: 4101XBARTS)
Combined Programs
Bachelor of Arts/Bachelor of Asia-Pacific

Studies
Minimum: 192 units
CRICOS Code:
The combined course leading to the degrees of Bachelor of Arts
and Bachelor of Asia-Pacific Studies requires the completion of
at least 192 units with at least 96 units from each of the two
Faculties.
Asian Studies courses to the value of at least 96 units taught in
or approved by the Faculty of Asian Studies including:
Language courses forming a Regional language major, as
defined in the Faculty entry for the Bachelor of Asia-Pacific
Studies, to the value of between 48 units; and
Courses forming an approved Contextual major as defined
in the Faculty entry for the Bachelor of Asia-Pacific Studies,
to the value of between 48 units
The combined degree may be augmented by one year study
abroad in the Graduate Diploma in Asia-Pacific Program
Admission
The combined course leading to the degrees of Bachelor of Arts

and Bachelor of Asia-Pacific requires the completion of at least
192 units with at least 96 units from each of the two Faculties.
Admission to the degree of Bachelor of Arts requires at least

144 units, comprising the requirements for the degree of
Bachelor of Arts (as detailed in the entry for the College of Arts
and Social Sciences). No more than 48 first-year units may be
counted if admission to the BA occurs before the combined
program requirements have been completed.
Minimum requirement from each Faculty:
Arts
At least 96 units from the Faculty of Arts, including :
a minimum of one Arts major comprising no fewer than 42
units (as defined in the entry for the Bachelor of Arts)
a maximum of 24 units from Bachelor of Arts courses
offered at first year level (1000 series courses)
a minimum of 72 units from Bachelor of Arts courses
offered at later year level (2000/3000 series courses)
Admission to degree of Bachelor of Asia-Pacific Studies

requires a total of 144 units including not less than 96 units of
Asia-Pacific Studies courses as defined above.
In the combined program an Arts course means a course
prescribed for the pass degree of Bachelor of Arts; an
Asia-Pacific Studies course means a course prescribed for the
pass degree of the Bachelor of Asia-Pacific Studies. These
courses are listed in the College of Arts and Social Sciences and
College of Asia and the Pacific entries in this Handbook.
Degree Structure
Bachelor of Arts/Bachelor of Asia-Pacific Studies a typical full-time program pattern
Semester 1
Semester 2
Year 1
(48 units)
Arts first year major course (6u)

Arts first year course (6u)
Regional language major [1] (6u)
Contextual Asia-Pacific Studies major (6u)

Year 2
(48 units)
Arts later year major course (6u)

Arts later year course (6u)

Year 3
(48 units)


Year 4
(48 units)


[1] Students taking Chinese or Japanesemay follow a different pattern initially.
675
Combined Programs
Bachelor of Arts/Bachelor of Commerce

Minimum: 192 units

a maximum of 24 units from Bachelor of Arts first year
courses (1000 series courses)
a minimum of 72 units from Bachelor of Arts later year

courses (2000/3000 series courses)
Admission
This four year full-time (or part-time equivalent) combined

program consists of at least 192 units including:
Admission to degree of Bachelor of Arts requires at least 144

units, comprising the requirements for the degree of Bachelor
of Arts (as detailed in the entry for the College of Arts and
Social Sciences). No more than 48 first-year units may be
Commerce
at least 96 units from Schedule 1 of the College of Business
and Economics, as detailed in the requirements for the
degree of Bachelor of Commerce in the College of Business
and Economics entry
Arts
Admission to degree of Bachelor of Commerce requires a total

of 144 units, comprising the requirements for the degree of
Bachelor of Commerce as defined in the College of Business and
Economics entry.
at least 96 units from the Faculty of Arts including:
Degree Structure
Bachelor of Arts/Bachelor of Commerce a typical full-time program pattern
Semester 1
Semester 2
Year 1
(48 units)

BComm elective (6u)

BComm elective (6u)
Year 2
(48 units)
BComm major (6u)
BComm major (6u)
Year 3
(48 units)
BComm major (6u)

BComm elective (6u)
BComm major (6u)

BComm elective (6u)
Year 4
(48 units)
BComm major (6u)

BComm elective (6u)
Arts later year course (6u
BComm major (6u)

BComm elective (6u)
Arts later year courses (12u)
Notes
1. Bachelor of Commerce
The BComm electives must include at least two of the following first-year courses from the College of Business and Economics: BUSN1002 Accounting Processes and
Systems, BUSN1101 Introduction to Commercial Law, INFS1001 Business Information Systems, FINM1001 Money, Markets and Finance, or MGMT1003 Management, People
and Organisations
The BComm must include at least one major chosen from Accounting, Business Information Systems, Corporate Sustainability, Finance, International Business,
Management or Marketing.
676
Combined Programs
Bachelor of Arts/Bachelor of Economics
Economics

degree of Bachelor of Economics in the College of Business
and Economics.

Minimum: 192 units
Admission
Admission to degree of Bachelor of Arts requires at least 144

of Arts (as detailed in the entry for the College of Arts and
Social Sciences). No more than 48 first-year units may be

program consists of at least 192 units including:
Arts
at least 96 units from the Faculty of Arts including:
Admission to degree of Bachelor of Economics requires a total

Bachelor of Economics as defined in the College of Business and
Economics entry.

Degree Structure
Bachelor of Arts/Bachelor of Economics - a typical full-time program pattern
Semester 1
Semester 2
Year 1
(48 units)
Year 2
(48 units)
BEc elective (6u)
Year 3
(48 units)
BEc elective (6u)
BEc elective (6u)
Year 4
(48 units)
BEc elective (6u)

BEc elective (6u)
BEc elective (6u)

BEc elective (6u)
Notes
1. The Bachelor of Economics elective programs must include:
at least 18 units from the economics program list (Schedule 2)
at least 6 units in Economic History (ECHI).
677
Combined Programs
Bachelor of Arts/Bachelor of Information

Technology
Minimum: 192 units
program consists of at least 192 units including the following
minimum requirements from each program:
Information Technology
At least 96 units of courses that satisfy (a) of the requirements
of the Bachelor of Information Technology, as set out in the
entry for the College of Engineering and Computer Science.
Admission
Admissionto the degree of Bachelor of Arts requires at least
144 units comprising the requirements for the degree of
and Social Sciences).
Admission to the degree of Bachelor of Information Technology
requires at least 144 units including:
At least 96 Bachelor of Arts units, including:
at least 96 units of courses which satisfy (a) of the

requirements of the Bachelor of Information Technology
degree

units (as defined in the entry for the Faculty of Arts)
at least 48 units of courses taught in or approved by either

of the relevant College.
Arts

offered at first year (1000 series) level
offered at later year (2000/3000 series) level
Degree Structure
Bachelor of Arts/Bachelor of Information Technology - a typical full-time program pattern with an Information Systems major in the
Semester 1
Semester 2
Year 1
(48 units)
Arts major 1st year course (6u)

COMP1100 Introduction to Programming and Algorithms [1]
Arts major 1st year course (6u)

2000/3000/4000-series IT (6u)
Year 2
(48 units)
Arts major later year course (6u)

IT Elective (6u)

Year 3
(48 units)

3000/4000-series IT Elective (6u)[2]

IT Elective (6u)
Year 4
(48 units)


[1] Must include either COMP1110 Introduction to Software Systems or COMP2750 Java Programming for New Media, but not both
Note: Bachelor of Information Technology
Must include:
all the courses from the core and a major from Schedule 1 or
678
Combined Programs
Bachelor of Arts/Bachelor of Laws
Law

elective courses.

Minimum: 240 units
The normal time for completion of a combined program is five
years for full-time pass students. The length of the combined
program makes part-time study inadvisable and the two
faculties will examine such applications carefully. The program
is structured so that a full-time student will normally complete
the requirements for the degree of Bachelor of Arts after four
years study and the degree of Bachelor of Laws one year later.
Students intending to apply to transfer from the Bachelor of
Arts to the combined program in Arts and Law after completion
of first year are advised to consult program advisers in both
faculties.
Admission
Admission to degree of Bachelor of Arts requires:
at least 144 units, comprising the requirements for the degree
of Bachelor of Arts (as detailed in the entry for the Faculty of
Arts).
Arts
at least 96 units from the Faculty of Arts, including:
a maximum of 24 units from Arts first year courses (1000
series courses)
a minimum of 72 units from Arts later year courses
(2000/3000 series courses)
Degree Structure
Arts/Law - a typical full-time program pattern:
Semester 1
Semester 2
Year 1
(48 units)

LAWS1203 Torts (6u)

Arts first year major (6u)
Year 2
(48 units)


Arts later year major (6u)
Year 3
(48 units)


Year 4
(48 units)

1 Law elective course (6u)

Year 5
(48 units)

3 Law elective courses (18u)

679
Combined Programs
Bachelor of Arts/Bachelor of Music
Music:
At least 96 music units, including:
36 units of one Music Major from list A

30 units from list B

30 units from list C
Minimum: 192 units

The combined program consists of at least 192 units
comprising:
Arts:
At least 96 units from the Faculty of Arts, including:
units
offered at 1000 level
offered at 2000/3000 level.
Specific courses requiredTo fulfill these unit requirements

depend on the students major within the Bachelor ofMusic.
See the Bachelor ofMusic program requirements for details.
Admission
Admission to degree of Bachelor of Arts requires atotal of
Bachelor of Arts as defined in theCollege of Arts and Social
Sciencesentry. No more than 48 first-year units may be
Admission to degree of Bachelor of Music requires atotal of
144 units, comprising 96 units of music as defined above, plus
48 units of Bachelor of Arts or other Music courses.
Note: Students cannot undertake any MUSM courses or

the Musicology major as part of the Arts component of this
combined degree.
Degree Structure
The following example gives a BA in which the student takes two Arts majors (neither of which could be music). More likely, the
student will only take one major, in which case the units designated Arts Major B can be replaced by any arts courses.
Semester 1
Semester 2
Year 1
(48 units)
Music Major (A) 1

Ensemble & Aural (B) 1
Music: Critical & Theoretical Studies
Arts Major 1
Music Major (A) 2

Music: Critical & Theoretical Studies (C) 2
Arts Major 2
Year 2
(48 units)
Music Major (A) 3

Music: Critical & Theoretical Studies (C) 3 Arts Major B 1
Music Major (A) 4

Arts Major B 2
Year 3
(48 units)
Music Major (A) 5

Arts Major A 3
Arts Major B 3
Music Major (A) 6

Arts Major A 4
Arts Major B 4
Year 4
(48 units)
Arts Major A 5
Arts Major B 5
Arts course
Arts course
Arts Major A 6
Arts Major B 6
Arts course
Arts course
This is by no means the only, or indeed the preferred, route through the combined program. One alternative pattern is given below,
simply to give an indication of the range of possibilities:
Semester 1
Semester 2
Year 1
(48 units)

Arts Major A 1
Arts Major B 1
Arts Course

Arts Major A 2
Arts Major B 2
Arts course
Year 2
(48 units)
Music Major (A) 1

Arts Major B 3
Music Major (A) 2

Arts Major B 3
Year 3
(48 units)
Music Major (A) 3

Arts Major A 4
Arts Major B 4
Music Major (A) 4

Arts Major A 5
Arts course
Year 4
(48 units)
Music Major (A) 5

Arts Major B 5
Arts course
Music Major (A) 6

Arts Major A 6
Arts Major B 6
680
Combined Programs

Minimum: 192 units
Admission
The combined program consists of:

at least 192 units including a minimum of 96 units taught

in or approved by each one of the relevant Colleges.
Arts
At least 96 units from the College of Arts and Social Sciences,
including:

in or approved by, either of the relevant Colleges.
The majors for this combined program are those stipulated for
each of the single programs.

courses (2000/3000 series courses)l
Science
Degree Structure
Bachelor of Arts/Bachelor of Science a typical full-time program pattern
Semester 1
Semester 2
Year 1
(48 units)

Group A Science courses (12u)

Year 2
(48 units)

Group B Science courses (12u)

Year 3
(48 units)

Group C Science courses (12u)

Year 4
(48 units)


Group A, B or C Science courses (12u)
681
Combined Programs

Minimum: 240 units
The combined degree consists of 240 units from Science or a
science-related department ie Department or School in the
Colleges of Science or the Department of Computer Science or
School of Finance and Applied Statistics, and the College of Arts
and Social Sciences including:

(b) 18 units consisting of:
either ENVS4035 (Forestry Honours 1) and ENVS4045
(Forestry Honours 2);
or BIOL2121, ENVS2015 and 6 units of later year ENVS
courses.
Enrolment in Forestry Honours 1 and 2 is by invitation only.
(c) 18 units of Group A, B or C courses offered by a sciencerelated department (ie Department or School in the Colleges of
Science and the Department of Computer Science or the School
of Finance and Applied Statistics).
Admission



Admission to the degree of Bachelor of Science (Forestry)


not less than 144 units of Science (Forestry) courses as

defined above
Science (Forestry)

Arts
At least 96 units from the College of Arts and Social Sciences,
including:
At least 144 units comprising:

(a) 108 units consisting of
No more than 36 units of Group A courses may be included.

BIOL1009, ENVS1001, ENVS1003 and ENVS1004;
ENVS2004, ENVS2007, ENVS2009, ENVS2010 and ENVS2019;
ENVS3014, and ENVS3028;
Degree Structure
Bachelor of Arts/Bachelor of Science (Forestry) a typical full-time program pattern
Semester 1
Semester 2
Year 1
(48 units)
Arts first year major course (6 units)

BIOL1003 or BIOL1009 (offered in S2)

Arts first year course (6 units)
Year 2
(48 units)
Arts later year major course (6 units)

Arts later year course (6 units)
ENVS2016 Landforms and Soils
ENVS2019 Vegetation Ecology

Year 3
(48 units)

ENVSS2007 Economics for the Environment

Year 4
(48 units)

Arts later year courses (12 units)

Arts or Science later year course (6 units)
Year 5
(48 units)

ENVS4035 Forestry Honours 1 (6 units) or BIOL2121 Plant
Structure and Function* (6 units)
ENVS4002 Sustainable Forest Management

ENVS4045 Forestry Honours 2 (12 units) or ENVS2015
Introduction to Remote Sensing and GIS*
and Science later year course (6 units)
*These courses would normally be taken in year 2 or 3.
682
Combined Programs

(Psychology)
Minimum: 192 units
Psychology can be studied at ANU in a specialised Bachelor of
Science (Psychology) program as a single degree or as part of a
combined degree. Students take at least 78 units of psychology.
the field. An honours degree or fourth-year diploma provides
degree programs.

Science (Psychology)
and PSYC1004
PSYC2009
PSYC3018
Admission
Qualification for the independent practice of psychology, or

employment in academic and medical institutions, typically
requires graduate study leading to a degree of Master of
Philosophy, Master of Clinical Psychology, Professional
Doctorate in Clinical Psychology (DPsych (Clinical)), Doctor of
Philosophy, or Doctor of Philosophy (Clinical Psychology).

Admission to the degree of Bachelor of Science (Psychology)

requires a total of 144 units including:

Arts

further courses to the value of not less than 48 taken
towards the Bachelor of Arts.
to the Bachelor of Science (Psychology) occurs before the
combined program requirements have been completed.
minimum of one Arts major comprising no fewer than 42

Degree Structure
Bachelor of Arts/Bachelor of Science (Psychology) a typical full-time program pattern
Semester 1
Semester 2
Year 1
(48 units)

PSYC1005 or another Group A Science course (6 units)
PSYC1003 Psychology 1: Underst&ing Mind, Brain & Behaviour

Group A Science course (6 units)
PSYC1004 Psychology 2: Underst&ing People in Context
Year 2
(48 units)


PSYC2008 Visual Perception & Cognition
Year 3
(48 units)

Group C Psychology course (6 units)

Group A, B or C course (6 units)
Year 4
(48 units)

Group C Psychology courses (6 units)
PSYC3026 Personality & the Assessment of Individual
Differences
Arts later-year courses (12 units)

Group C Psychology courses (12 units)
683
Combined Programs
Bachelor of Arts/Bachelor of Visual Arts
Visual Arts
At least 96 units from the School of Art comprising the

following:

Minimum: 192 units
Seethe entry for theBachelor of Arts 3100XBARTS and
Bachelor of Visual Arts 3012XBVA for specific details about the
individual degrees.
The minimum requirement from each area is:
Arts
offered at first year level (1000 series courses)
offered at later year level (2000/3000 series courses)
Core Studies: 18 units;

Major 1-6: 60 units;
Complementary Studies courses and/or Art Theory courses:
18 units.
Admission
Admission to degree of Bachelor of Arts requires atotal of 144
of Arts as defined in the College of Arts and Social Sciences
entry. No more than 48 first-year units may be counted if
admission to the BA occurs before the combined program
requirements have been completed.
Admission to degree of Bachelor of Visual Arts requires atotal
of 144 units, comprising 96 units of Visual Arts as defined above
plus 48 units towards the Bachelor of Arts. No more than 48
first-year units may be counted if admission to the Bachelor of
Visual Arts occurs before the combined program requirements
Degree Structure
Bachelor of Arts/Bachelor of Visual Arts - a typical full-time program pattern
Semester 1
Semester 2
Year 1
(48 units)

ARTV1020 Core Studies in Visual Arts: 2D Image Trading (6u)
ARTV1021 Core Studies in Visual Arts: 3D/Space &
Materials (6u)
ARTV1011 Major 1 (6u

ARTV1022 Core Studies in Visual Arts: Life Drawing (6u)
ARTV1012 Major 2 (6u)
Year 2
(48 units)


Year 3
(48 units)


Year 4
(48 units)

Complementary Studies or Art Theory courses (12u)

684
Combined Programs
Bachelor of Asia-Pacific Studies/Bachelor of

Commerce
(Academic Program: 4574 Academic Plan: 4574XBAPS )
Minimum: 192 units
The combined course leading to the degrees of Bachelor of
Asia-Pacific Studies 3501XBAPS and Bachelor of Commerce
requires the completion of at least 192 units with at least 96
units from each of the two Colleges.
The four year full-time (or part-time equivalent) combined
course consists of at least 192 units including:
Commerce
At least 96 units from Schedule 1 of the College of Business
and Economics entry.

abroad in the Graduate Diploma in Asia-Pacific Program
Admission
Admission to degree of Bachelor of Commerce 3400XBCOM
requires:
of Bachelor of Commerce as defined in the College of Business
Degree Structure
Asia-Pacific Studies/Commerce a typical full-time program pattern
Semester 1
Semester 2
Year 1
(48 units)

Regional language major (6u) 1
BComm elective (6u)

BComm elective (6u)
Year 2
(48 units)
BComm major (6u)
BComm major (6u)
Year 3
(48 units)
BComm major (6u)

BComm elective (6u)
BComm major (6u)

BComm elective (6u)
Year 4
(48 units)
BComm major (6u)

BComm elective (6u)
BComm major (6u)

BComm elective (6u)
Note:
1. Bachelor of Asia-Pacific Studies
Students taking Chinese or Japanese as their Asian language major may follow somewhat different patterns.
Systems, BUSN1101 Introduction to Commercial Law, INFS1001 Business Information Systems, FINM1001 Money, Markets and Finance, MGMT1003 Management, People
and Organisations
The BComm must include at least one major chosen from Accounting, Business Information Systems, Corporate Sustainability Finance, International Business, Management
or Marketing.
685
Combined Programs

Economics
(Academic Program: 4572 Academic Plan: 4572XBAPS)
Minimum: 192 units
Asia-Pacific Studies and Bachelor of Economics requires the
completion of at least 192 units with at least 96 units from
each of the two Colleges.
abroad in the Graduate Diploma in Asia-Pacific Studies
Program
Admission
Economics
course consists of at least 192 units including:

of Bachelor of Economics as defined in the College of Business
Degree Structure
Asia-Pacific Studies/Economics - a typical full-time program pattern
Semester 1
Semester 2
Year 1
(48 units)
Regional language major (6u)
EMET1001 Foundations of Economic & Financial Models
Year 2
(48 units)
Contextual Asia-Pacific Studies major (6u))
BEc elective (6u)
Contextual Asia-Pacific Studies major (6u)[
Year 3
(48 units)
BEc elective (6u)
BEc elective (6u)
Year 4
(48 units)
BEc elective (6u)

BEc elective (6u)
BEc elective (6u)

BEc elective (6u)
Note:
1. Bachelor of Asia-Pacific Studies
Students taking Chinese or Japanese as their Asian language major may follow somewhat different patterns.
2. The Bachelor of Economics elective courses must include:
at least 18 units from the economics course list (Schedule 2)
686
Combined Programs

Engineering
Minimum: 240 units
CRICOS Code:
The combined program leading to the degrees of Bachelor of
Asia Pacific Studies and Bachelor of Engineering requires the
completion of at least 240 units.

Program
Engineering
The requirements of the Bachelor of Engineering program as
listed in the entry for the College of Engineering and Computer
Science.
Admission
Admission to the degree of Bachelor of Engineering 4700XBENG
requires:
At least 192 units which satisfy the requirements for the
Bachelor of Engineering program.

Degree Structure
Asia-Pacific/Engineering - accelerated full-time program pattern
Semester 1
Semester 2
Year 1
(48 units)


Year 2
(48 units)
COMP1100 Introduction to Programming

ENGN2217 Mechanical Systems & Design or
ENGN2218 Electronics Systems & Design

Engineering major (6u)
Year 3
(48 units)
ENGN2226 Engineering Systems Analysis ENGN2217

Mechanical Systems & Design or ENGN2218 Electronics
Systems & Design Non-language Asian Studies major (6u)

Engineering elective (6u)
Year 4
(48 units)

Engineering elective (6u

ASIA2021 State, Society & Politics in Indonesia, Malaysia & the
Philippines OR
ASIA2041 Mainland SE Asia: Colonial & Postcolonial
Predicaments OR ASIA 2023 Japanese Econ. Dev. Since WWII
Year 5
(48 units)

ENGN4221 Systems Engineering Project Engineering major(6u)

Notes:
Students taking Chinese or Japanese may follow somewhat different patterns.
Asia-Pacific courses should include ASIA2021 State, Society & Politics in Indonesia, Malaysia & the Philippines OR ASIA2041 Mainland SE Asia: Colonial & Postcolonial
Predicaments OR ASIA2023 Japanese Econ. Dev. Since WWII, in order to satisfy the requirements of the Bachelor of Engineering degree. If these courses are unavailable,
please consult with the Associate Dean of the Faculty of Engineering and Information Technology.
Asia-Pacific (including Regional language) courses should be chosen in order to satisfy the requirements of the Bachelor of Asia-Pacific.
The Engineering major and elective courses must be chosen from the approved Engineering list (see Department of Engineering entry)

The engineering component of this pattern is only applicable for students commencing from 2009. Students commencing prior to 2009 should refer to the 2008 Handbook or
consult an engineering academic course advisor.
687
Combined Programs

Laws

in the Faculty entry for the Bachelor of Asia-Pacific Studies
Minimum: 240 units

Program
CRICOS Code:
Law
Only students confident in their ability to cope with these

two demanding programs should consider enrolling for the
combined program leading to the degrees of Bachelor of
Asia-Pacific and Bachelor of Laws as the workload is heavy. Any
student proposing to undertake the combined program may
wish to consult the program advisers in both faculties.

elective courses.
Admission
Full-time students must spend a minimum of five years to

complete the combined program. Part-time study is possible,
but not advisable.
Admission to degree of Bachelor of Asia-Pacific Studies requires

Asia-Pacific studies
a total of 144 units including not less than 96 units of


Studies to the value of between 48 units; and
Degree Structure
Asia-Pacific/Law - a typical full-time program pattern
Semester 1
Semester 2
Year 1
(48 units)

LAWS1203 Torts (6u)

Contextual Asia-Pacific Studies major (6u
Year 2
(48 units)


Year 3
(48 units)


Year 4
(48 units)


Year 5
(48 units)


[1] Students taking Chinese or Japanese may follow somewhat different patterns.
688
Combined Programs

Science
Minimum: 192 units
CRICOS Code:
The combined course leading to the degrees of Bachelor of Asia
Pacific Studies and Bachelor of Science requires the completion
of at least 192 units with at least 96 units from each of the two
Colleges.
The combined program consists of at least 192 units including a
minimum of 96 units taught in or approved by each one of the
relevant Faculties.
The minimum requirement from each College is:
Science:

Program
Admission
Admission to degree of Bachelor of Asia-Pacific Studies requires
a total of 144 units including not less than 96 units of
Admission to the degree of Bachelor of Science requires:
A total of 144 units including:
Degree Structure
Asia Pacific Studies/Science a typical full-time program pattern
Semester 1
Semester 2
Year 1
(48 units)
Regional Language major [1] (6u)


Year 2
(48 units)


Year 3
(48 units)

Contextual Asia-Pacific Studies major (6u) )

Year 4
(48 units)


Group A, B or C Science courses (12 units)
[1] Students taking Chinese or Japanese may follow somewhat different patterns.
689
Combined Programs

Science (Forestry)
Forestry:

Minimum: 240 units

The combined course leading to the degrees of Bachelor of Asia
Pacific Studies and Bachelor of Science (Forestry) requires the
The combined degree consists of 240 units from the College
of Asia and the Pacific, and the Colleges of Science or related
department (ie Department or School in the Colleges of Science
or the Department of Computer Science or the School of
Finance and Applied Statistics).
Minimum requirement from each College:

either ENVS4035 (Forestry Honours 1) and ENVS4045 (Forestry
Honours 2);
or BIOL2121, ENVS2015 and 6 units of later year ENVS courses.
Admission




requires:

Program
A total of 192 units, including at least 144 units of Science

(Forestry) courses as defined above.
Degree Structure
Asian Studies/Science (Forestry) a typical full-time program pattern
Semester 1
Semester 2
Year 1
(48 units)
Regional language major 1 (6 units)


Contextual Asia-Pacific Studies major (6 units)
ENVS1003 Environment & Society Research Methods
Year 2
(48 units)

ENVS2016 Landforms & Soils

ENVS2009 Ecological Measurement & Modelling
Year 3
(48 units)

ENVS3014 Ecological Restoration & Management

ENVS2015 Introduction to Remote Sensing & GIS
Year 4
(48 units)

ENVS3028 Environmental Policy & Planning

Year 5
(48 units)

ENVS4006 Forest Policies & Practices
Structure and Function* (6 units)

Introduction to Remote Sensing & GIS*
[1] Students taking Chinese or Japanese may follow a somewhat different pattern.
690
Combined Programs

Visual Arts
Minimum: 192 units
CRICOS Code:
This course is not available for direct admission.
Asia-Pacific Studies and the Bachelor of Visual Arts requires
the completion of at least 192 units with at least 96 units from
Program
Admission
This Combined program requires completion of at least 192

units of study.

Minimum requirements from each program:
Visual Arts:
At least 96 units from the School of Art, comprising the
following:
Core studies: 18 units
Major 1-6: 60 units
Admission to degree of Bachelor of Visual Arts requires a total

of 144 units, comprising 96 units of Visual Arts as defined
above, plus 48 units of Asian Studies or other Visual Arts
courses. No more than 48 first-year units may be counted if
admission to the Bachelor of Visual Arts occurs before the
Complementary studies courses and/or Art Theory courses:

18 units
Degree Structure
Semester 1
Semester 2
Year 1
(48 units)

ARTV1021 Core Studies in Visual Arts: 3D/Space & Materials
(6u)
Regional Language major 1 (6u)

Contextual major in Asia-Pacific Studies (6u)
Year 2
(48 units)


Year 3
(48 units)
ARTV3004 major 4 (12u)


Year 4
(48 units)

Contextual major in Asia-Pacific Studies

[1] Students taking Chinese or Japanese may follow somewhat different patterns of study.
691
Combined Programs
Bachelor of Commerce/Bachelor of Economics

(Academic Program: 4402 Academic Plan: 4402XBCOM )
Minimum: 192 units
Economics.
Economics.
Admission
Admission to degree of Bachelor of Commerce requires:
Degree Structure
Commerce/Economics a typical full-time program pattern with an Accounting Major meeting professional accounting
requirements.
Semester 1
Semester 2
Year 1
(48 units)
Year 2
(48 units)

Elective (6u)

Elective (6u)
Year 3
(48 units)
Elective (6u)
Elective (6u)
Elective (6u)
Elective (6u)
Year 4
(48 units)
Accounting Major Elective (6)

Elective (6u)
BUSN3014 Principles of Tax Law
Elective (6u)
BUSN3002 Auditing
Elective (6u)
Elective (6u)
Elective (6u)
Note:


2. The Bachelor of Commerce elective courses must include:

at least one major from Accounting, Business Information Systems, Corporate Sustainability, Finance, International Business, Marketing or Management must be taken.
at least one of Advanced Management Accounting BUSN3003, Financial Reporting by Corporations BUSN3008, Public Sector Accounting BUSN3006 or Corporate
Social Responsibility, Accountability and Reporting BUSN3017 must be selected within the Accounting Major.
3. The BComm electives must include at least two of the following first-year courses from the College of Business and Economics: BUSN1002 Accounting Processes and
and Organisations.
*Students wishing to meet the requirements of the professional accounting bodies should either contact the College Office for details or refer to the following links:
http://ecocomm.anu.edu.au/ug/accreditation/cpa.asp (for CPA Australia) and
http://ecocomm.anu.edu.au/ug/accreditation/icaa.asp (for the Institute of Chartered Accountants).
692
Combined Programs
Engineering
(Academic Program: 4407 | Academic Plan: 4407XBCOM)
the requirements of the Bachelor of Engineering program

as listed in the entry for the College of Engineering &
Computer Science or http://cecs.anu.edu.au/students/future/
undergrad/BEng.

Minimum: 240 units
Admission
Admission to the degree of Bachelor of Commerce requires:

of Bachelor of Commerce as detailed in the College of Business
Admission to the degree of Bachelor of Engineering requires:
The normal duration of the full-time program is equivalent to

5 years. The combined program consists of at least 240 units
incorporating:
Commerce
Degree Structure
Commerce/Engineering a typical full-time program pattern with a BComm major in Finance
Semester 1
Semester 2
Year 1
(48 units)

PHYS1101 Advanced Physics 1

Year 2
(48 units)

FINM1001 Money, Markets & Finance
Year 3
(48 units)

ENGN2226 Engineering System Analysis
BComm elective (6u)

Year 4
(48 units)
BComm elective (6u)
BComm elective (6u)

BComm elective eg BUSN1002 Accounting Processes &
Systems
Year 5
(48 units)


BComm elective (6u)
BComm elective eg BUSN1101 Introduction to Commercial
Law
Note:
and Organisations
The BComm must include at least one major chosen from Accounting, Corporate Sustainability, Finance, International Business, Management or Marketing. The Business
Information Systems major is not permitted.
2. Bachelor of Engineering
The Business and Economics courses should include BUSN1001 Business Reporting and Analysis, and BUSN1101 Introduction to Commercial Law in order to satisfy the BE
requirements.
The Engineering major and elective courses must be chosen from the approved Engineering list.
693
Combined Programs
Degree Structure
Commerce/Engineering a typical full-time program pattern with a BComm major in Accounting and meeting professional
accounting requirements.
Semester 1
Semester 2
Year 1
(48 units)

BUSN1002 Accounting Processes & Systems

Year 2
(48 units)

Enginering major (6u)
Year 3
(48 units)

ENGN2226 Engineering System Analysis

ENGN2225 Systems Design
Year 4
(48 units)

Accounting major elective )6u)
BUSN3002 Auditing
BComm elective (6u)
Year 5
(48 units)


Note:

Systems, BUSN1101 Introduction to Commercial Law, INFS1001 Business Information Systems, FINM1001 Money, Markets and Finance, MGMT1003 Management,
People and Organisations
The BComm must include at least one major chosen from Accounting, Finance, Corporate Sustainability, International Business, Management or Marketing.
The Business Information Systems major is not permitted.
At least one of Advanced Management Accounting (BUSN3003), Financial Reporting by Corporations (BUSN3008), Public Sector Accounting (BUSN3006) or Corporate
Social Responsibility, Accountability and Reporting (BUSN3017) must be selected within the Accounting Major.
*Students wishing to meet the requirements of the professional accounting bodies should either contact the College Office for details or refer to the following links:
http://ecocomm.anu.edu.au/ug/accreditation/cpa.asp (for CPA Australia) and
http://ecocomm.anu.edu.au/ug/accreditation/icaa.asp (for the Institute of Chartered Accountants).
The Business and Economics courses should include BUSN1001 Business Reporting and Analysis, and BUSN1101 Introduction to Commercial Law in order to satisfy the
BE requirements.
The Engineering major and elective courses must be chosen from the approved Engineering list:
http://cecs.anu.edu.au/students/future/undergrad/BEng
694
Combined Programs
Bachelor of Commerce/Bachelor of Information

Technology
Minimum: 192 units
program consists of at least 192 units of courses offered in, or
approved by the relevant Colleges, incorporating:
Commerce
degree, as set out in the entry for the College of Engineering
and Computer Science.
Admission
of Bachelor of Commerce as detailed in the College of Business
requires:
At least 144 units including:
at least 96 units of units which satisfy (a) of the requirements
of the Bachelor of Information Technology degree
of the relevant Colleges.
Degree Structure
Commerce/Information Technology a typical full-time program pattern with an Accounting major and meeting professional
accounting requirements, and with the Information Systems major in the Bachelor of Information Technology component
Semester 1
Semester 2
Year 1
(48 units)


2000/3000/4000-series IT
Year 2
(48 units)
IT elective (6u)
Year 3
(48 units)

3000/4000-series IT (6u)[2]

3000/4000-series IT major (6u)[2]
IT Elective (6u)
Year 4
(48 units)
Accounting Major elective (6u)

BUSN3014 Principles of Taxation Law (6u)
BUSN3002 Auditing
BComm elective (6u)
Note:

Systems, BUSN1101 Introduction to Commercial Law, INFS1001 Business Information Systems, FINM1001 Money, Markets and Finance, or MGMT1003 Management,
People and Organisations, MKTG1004 Marketing.
The BComm must include at least one major chosen from Accounting, Corporate Sustainability, Finance, International Business, Management or Marketing.
At least one of Advanced Management Accounting (BUSN3003), Financial Reporting by Corporations (BUSN3008), Public Sector Accounting (BUSN3006) or Corporate
Social Responsibility, Accountability and Reporting (BUSN3017) must be selected within the Accounting Major.
2. Bachelor of Information Technology

Must include:

695
Combined Programs
Bachelor of Commerce/Bachelor of Laws
Law
At least 144 of Law courses, offered by the ANU College of

Law including 90 units of compulsory courses, as listed in the
section relating to the Bachelor of Laws, and 54 units of elective
courses.

Minimum: 240 units
The combined program leading to the degrees of Bachelor of
Commerce and Bachelor of Laws involves five years of study.
The length of the combined program renders part-time study
inadvisable and the faculties will examine such applications
carefully.
Minimum requirement from each Program:
Commerce
Economics entry.

Admission
Admission to degree of Bachelor of Commerce requires:
Degree Structure
Commerce/Law a typical full-time program pattern.
Semester 1
Semester 2
Year 1
(48 units)

LAWS1203 Torts (6u)

BComm elective (6u)
BComm elective (6u)
Year 2
(48 units)

BComm major (6u)

BComm major (6u)
Year 3
(48 units)

BComm major (6u)
BComm elective (6u)

BComm major (6u)
BComm elective (6u)
Year 4
(48 units)

BComm major (6u)
BComm elective (6u)

BComm major (6u)
BComm elective (6u)
Year 5
(48 units)


Note:
The BComm electives must include at least two of the following first-year courses from the Faculty of Economics and Commerce: BUSN1002 Accounting Processes and
Systems, INFS1001 Business Information Systems, FINM1001 Money, Markets and Finance, or MGMT1003 Management, People and Organisations, MKTG1004 Marketing.
696
Combined Programs
Bachelor of Commerce/Bachelor of Music

Minimum: 192 units
comprising:
Commerce:
Specific courses required to be taken to fulfil these unit

requirements depend on the students major within the BMus.
See the BMus course requirements for details.
Admission
Admission to degree of Bachelor of Commerce requires a total
Economics entry.
Admission to the degree of Bachelor of Music requires a total of
144 units, comprising 96 units of Music as defined above plus
an additional 48 units of Music or Commerce courses.
At least 96 units from Schedule 1 of the College of Business and

Economics , as detailed in the requirements for the degree of
Bachelor of Commerce.
Music:
Degree Structure
Semester 1
Semester 2
Year 1
(48 units)
Music Major (A) 1

Ensemble and Aural (B) 1
Music Major (A) 2

Year 2
(48 units)
Music Major (A) 3

Music: Critical and Theoretical Studies (C) 1
BComm major
BComm elective
Music Major (A) 4

BComm major
BComm elective
Year 3
(48 units)
Music Major (A) 5

BComm major
BComm elective
Music Major (A) 6

BComm major
BComm elective
Year 4
(48 units)

BComm major
BComm elective

BComm major
BComm elective
Note:
and Organisations, MKTG1004 Marketing
The BComm must include at least one major chosen from Accounting, Corporate Sustainability, Finance, Business Information Systems, International Business,
697
Combined Programs

(Forestry)
Commerce
Minimum: 240 units

The combined degree consists of 240 units from the College of
Business and Economics and, the Colleges of Science and its
related departments (ie Department or School in the Colleges of
Science or the Department of Computer Science or the School
Forestry

Economics entry.
Admission
requires:
A total of 192 units, including:
defined above
in or approved by either of the relevant Colleges


A total of 144 units comprising the requirements for the

Economics entry.


Honours 2);
Degree Structure
Commerce/Science (Forestry) a typical full-time program pattern
Semester 1
Semester 2
Year 1 (48units)

BComm elective (6 units )

BComm elective (6 units)
BIOL1003 (offered in S1) or BIOL1009
Year 2
(48units)
BComm major (6 units)
ENVS2016 Landforms & Soils
Year 3
(48units)


Year 4
(48units)


Year 5
(48units)

ENVS4035 Forestry Honours 1 (6 units) or BIOL2121 Plant Structure and
Function* (6 units)

ENVS4045 Forestry Honours 2 (12 units) or ENVS2015 Introduction to
Remote Sensing & GIS*

Note:
and Organisations
698
Combined Programs

(Psychology)
(Academic Program: 4419 Academic Plan: 4419XBCOMM)
Minimum: 192 units
Science (Psychology) program or as part of a combined degree.
Students take at least 78 units of psychology.
the field . An honours degree or fourth-year diploma provides
degree programs.
Doctorate in Clinical Psychology [DPsych (Clinical)], Doctor of
Commerce:
At least 96 units from Schedule 1 of the College of Business
and Economics, as detailed in the requirements for the degree
of Bachelor of Commerce in the College of Business and
Economics entry.
Science:
and PSYC1004
PSYC2009
PSYC3018
Admission
A total of 144 units, comprising the requirements for the
degree of Bachelor of Commerce in the College of Business and
Economics entry.

requires:
At least 192 units including a minimum of 96 units taught


Normal duration of full-time program: 4 years.

Degree Structure
Commerce/Science (Psychology) a typical full-time program pattern
Semester 1
Semester 2
Year 1
(48 units)

Behaviour
PSYC1005 or another Group A Science course (6 Units)
BComm elective (6 Units)

PSYC1004 Psychology 2:Understanding People in Context
Group A Science course (6 Units)
Year 2
(48 units)
ECON1101 Microeconomics I
BComm major (6 Units)
ECON1102 Macroeconomics I
Year 3
(48 units)

Group C Psychology course (6 Units)

Year 4
(48 units)

Group C Psychology courses (6 Units)
Differences

Group A, B or C course (6 Units)
Note:
The BComm electives must include at least two of the following first-year courses from the Faculty of Economics and Commerce: BUSN1002 Accounting Processes and
Systems, BUSN1101 Introduction to Commercial Law, INFS1001 Business Information Systems, FINM1001 Money, Markets and Finance or MGMT1003 Management, People and
Organisations
The BComm must include at least one major chosen from Accounting, Business Information Systems, Finance, International Business, Management or Marketing.
699
Combined Programs
Bachelor of Commerce/Bachelor of Statistics

(Academic Program: 4447 Academic Plan: 4447XBCOMM)
Minimum: 192 units
Economics.
Admission
Admission to degree of Bachelor of Statistics requires:
of Bachelor of Commerce as defined in the entry relating to
the College of Business and Economics. Admission to degree of
Bachelor of Commerce requires:
of Bachelor of Statistics as defined in the entry relating to the

Economics.
Degree Structure
A typical full-time degree program:
Semester 1
Semester 2
Year 1
(48 units)

MAT1013 Mathematics and Applications 1 OR MATH1115
Year 2
(48 units)

BComm 1000-level elective (6 units)
BComm Compulsory Major (6 units)
Elective - 2000/3000 level (6 units)

BComm 1000-level elective (6 units)
BStat Pre-requisite Course (6 units)
Year 3
(48 units)


Year 4
(48 units)


1. The BComm 1000-level electives must include at least two of the following first-year courses from the College of Business and Economics: BUSN1002 Accounting Processes and
Systems, BUSN1101 Introduction to Commercial Law, INFS1001 Business Information Systems, FINM1001 Money, Markets and Finance or MGMT1003 Management, People and
Organisations
2. The combined degree may include up to 60 units at 1000 level of which no more than 12 units may be courses that are not included in Schedule 1 of the College of Business
and Economics
3. The BComm compulsory major must be selected from: Accounting, Business Information Systems, Corporate Sustainability, Finance, International Business, Management or
Marketing.
4. The BStat specialisation must be selected from Schedule A.
700
Combined Programs
Bachelor of Economics/Bachelor of Finance

(Academic Program: 4205 Academic Plan: 4205XBEC )
Minimum: 192 units
Minimum requirements from each program:
The requirements of the degree of Bachelor of Finance as
Economics.

Economics.
Admission
Admission to degree of Bachelor of Finance requires:
of Bachelor of Finance as defined in the College of Business and
Economics entry.
Degree Structure
Typical Full-time Program Pattern with a major in Corporate Finance and Investment Management
Year 1
(48 units)
Year 2
(48 units)
Year 3
(48 units)
Year 4
(48 units)
Semester 1
Elective (6u)
Elective (6u)
Elective (6u)
*Finance related course (6u)
Elective (6u)
Elective (6u)
Elective (6u)
Semester 2
Elective (6u)
FINM2002 Financial Instruments & Risk Management
Elective (6u)
Elective (6u)
Elective (6u)
Elective (6u)
FINM3005 Corporate Valuation OR FINM3006 Fixed Income
Securities
*Quantitative course (6u)
Elective (6u)
Elective (6u)
Note:
2. The Bachelor of Finance (major in Corporate Finance and Investment Management) elective courses must include:
*Finance related course - at least one of the following courses must be taken: MGMT3015 Corporate Strategy, ECON3006/3016 Financial Economics [(P) or (H)], BUSI2025
International Business [(P) OR (H)], ECON2102/2112 Macroeconomics 2 [(P) or (H)], ECON2026 Money and Banking.
*Quantitative course - at least one of the following courses must be taken: EMET3007 Business and Economic Forecasting, EMET2008 Econometric Modelling, STAT3015
Typically, the courses FINM3005 Corporate Valuation and FINM3006 Fixed Income Securities will be offered in alternate academic years.
Degree Structure
Typical Full-time Program Pattern with a major in Quantitative Finance
Semester 1
Semester 2
Year 1
(48 units)
MATH1115 Mathematics & Applications 1 (H)
Year 2
(48 units)
Elective (6u)
Elective (6u)
Elective (6u)
Year 3
(48 units)
Elective (6u)
Elective (6u)
Elective (6u)
Year 4
(48 units)

Elective (6u)
Elective (6u)
Elective (6u)
FINM3007 Advanced Derivatives Pricing &

Applications
Elective (6u)
Elective (6u)
Elective (6u)
Note:
2. The Bachelor of Finance:
*Finance related course - at least one of the following courses must be taken: MGMT3015 Corporate Strategy, ECON3006/3016 Financial Economics [(P) or (H)], BUSI2025
International Business [(P) OR (H)], ECON2102/2112 Macroeconomics 2 [(P) or (H)], ECON2026 Money and Banking.
701
Combined Programs
Bachelor of Economics/Bachelor of Information

Technology
(Academic Program: 4208 Academic Plan: 4208XBECON)
Minimum: 192 units
program consists of at least 192 units incorporating:
Economics
Admission
Admission to the degree of Bachelor of Economics requires:
requires:
degree
at least 96 units of courses that satisfy (a) of the
as set out in the entry for the College of Engineering and
Computer Science.
Degree Structure
Economics/Information Technology a typical full-time program pattern for the combined Bachelor of Economics/Bachelor of
Information Technology with the Information systems major in the Bachelor of Information Technology component.
Semester 1
Semester 2
Year 1
(48 units)
COMP1110 Introduction to Software Systems[1] or
2000/3000/4000-series IT (6u)
Year 2
(48 units)
COMP2750 Java Programming for New Media[1] or
IT Elective (6u)
BEc elective (6u)
Year 3
(48 units)
BEc elective (6u)
BEc elective (6u)
3000/4000-series IT (6u)[2]
IT Elective (6u)
Year 4
(48 units)
BEc elective (6u)

BEc elective (6u)
BEc elective (6u)

BEc elective (6u)
INFS3059 Project Managements and Information Systems
[2] Some 3000/4000-series IT elective may have specific prerequisites that are not covered by the courses specified in the table. .
Note:
at least 18 units from Schedule 2
2. Bachelor of Information Technology
Must include:
702
Combined Programs
Bachelor of Economics/Bachelor of Laws
Law

elective courses.

Minimum: 240 units
program makes part-time study inadvisable and the Colleges
will examine such applications carefully.
Economics
Economics entry.

Admission
Degree Structure
Economics/Law a typical full-time program pattern.
Program Total (240 Semester 1
units)
Semester 2
Year 1
(48 units)

LAWS1203 Torts (6u)
LAWS1202 Lawyers, Justice & Ethics (6u)

Year 2
(48 units)

LAWS1206 Criminal Law & Procedure (6u)

BEc elective (6u)
Year 3
(48 units)

BEc elective(6u)

BEc elective (6u)
Year 4
(48 units)

BEc elective (6u)
BEc elective (6u)
LAWS2205 Equity & Trusts (6u)

BEc elective (6u)
BEc elective (6u)
Year 5
(48 units)
LAWS2244 Litigation & Dispute Management (6u)


Note:
703
Combined Programs
Bachelor of Economics/Bachelor of Science

(Psychology)
Bachelor of Economics as defined in the College of Business and

Economics entry.
Science
Minimum: 192 units

and PSYC1004

Science (Psychology) program or as part of a combined degree.
Students take at least 78 units of psychology.
the field . An honours degree or fourth-year diploma provides
degree programs.

PSYC2009
PSYC3018
Admission
requires:
Economics
At least 96 units from Schedule 1 of the College of Business and
Economics, as detailed in the requirements for the degree of
Degree Structure
Bachelor of Economics/Bachelor of Science (Psychology) - a typical full-time program pattern
Semester 1
Semester 2
Year 1
(48 units)
Behaviour
PSYC1005 or another Group A Science course (6u)
PSYC1004 Psychology 2: Understanding People in Context
Year 2
(48 units)
BEc elective (6u)
Year 3
(48 units)
BEc elective (6u)
Group C Psychology course (6u)
BEc elective (6u)
Year 4
(48 units)
BEc elective (6u)

BEc elective (6u)
Differences
BEc elective (6u)

BEc elective (6u)
Group A, B or C course (6u)
Note:
The Bachelor of Economics elective courses must include:
704
Combined Programs
Bachelor of Economics/Bachelor of Statistics
Admission

of Bachelor of Economics as defined in the entry relating to the

Minimum: 192 units
Economics.
Economics.

Degree Structure
Typical Full-Time Program:
Semester 1
Semester 2
Year 1
(48 units)
Year 2
(48 units)
Elective (6 units)
BStat Specialist Pre-requisite Course (6 units)
Year 3
(48 units)
Elective (6 units)
Year 4
(48 units)

Elective (6 units)
Elective (6 units)
Elective (6 units)

Elective (6 units)
Elective (6 units)
Elective (6 units)
1. The elective courses must include

At least 18 units from Schedule 2
At least 6 units in Economic History (ECHI) from Schedule 1
2. At least one BStat specialisation from Schedule A must be completed
705
Combined Programs

(Academic Program: 4701 Academic Plan: 4701XBENG )
Minimum: 240 units
a total of no fewer than 72 units from Arts courses offered

at 2000/3000 (later year) level
a minimum of one Arts major, comprising no fewer than 42
units (as defined in the entry for the Faculty of Arts)
inclusion of one course (6u) from List A and 1 course (6u)

from List B below
Admission
Engineering
Admission to the degree of Bachelor of Engineering requires

at least 192 units which satisfy the Bachelor of Engineering
Program.
The requirements of the program as listed in the entry for the

College of Engineering and Computer Science or http://cecs.
anu.edu.au/students/future/undergrad/BEng.
Arts

144 units comprising the requirements for the degree of
and Social Sciences).
a total of no more than 24 units from Arts courses offered

at 1000 level
Degree Structure
Bachelor of Engineering/Bachelor of Arts typical full-time program pattern
Semester 1
Semester 2
Year 1
(48 units)

MATH1013 Math & Applications 1
Arts 1000 course (6u)
ENGN1217 Introduction of Mechanics

MATH1014 Math & Applications 2
Arts 1000 course (6u))
Year 2
(48 units)


Year 3
(48 units)
ENGN2217 Mechanical Systems & Design or ENGN2218


Year 4
(48 units)
Arts List A course (6u)


Engineering elective(6u)
Year 5
(48 units)


Arts List B course (6u)
Notes
To meet the accreditation requirements of the BE program in the context of the combined BE/BA, certain courses in the Faculty of Arts can be taken in lieu of specific
Engineering courses. A course from List A must be taken in lieu of the Engineering Law course normally taken by Bachelor of Engineering students; A course from List B
must be taken in lieu of the Financial Systems course normally taken by Bachelor of Engineering students.
The Engineering major and elective programs must be chosen from the Engineering list (see http://cecs.anu.edu.au/students/future/undergrad/BEng entry).
LIST A

ARTS2010 Equity and Justice

POLS2005 Australian Government Administration & Public Policy
POLS2065 Australian Federal Politics
LIST B

706
Combined Programs
Engineering
the requirements of the Bachelor of Engineering program

as listed in the entry for the College of Engineering and
undergrad/BEng.

Minimum: 240 units
Admission

of Bachelor of Economics as detailed in the College of Business
The normal duration of the full-time program is equivalent to

5 years. The combined program consists of at least 240 units
incorporating:
Economics

Degree Structure
Engineering/Economics a typical full-time accelerated program pattern
Semester 1
Semester 2
Year 1
(48 units)
Year 2
(48 units)

Year 3
(48 units)
ENGN2217 Mechanical Systems & Design or ENGN2218
BEc elective (6u)
Year 4
(48 units)

BEc elective (6u)
BEc elective (6u)

BEc elective (6u)
Year 5
(48 units)

BEc elective (6u)

BEc elective (6u)
BEc elective (6u)
Note:
The Business and Economics courses should include BUSN1001 Business Reporting & Analysis, and BUSN1101 Introduction to Commercial Law in order to satisfy the BE
requirements.
The Engineering major and elective courses must be chosen from the approved Engineering list (see http://cecs.anu.edu.au/students/future/undergrad/BEng)

The engineering component of this pattern is only applicable for students commencing from 2009. Students commencing prior to 2009 should refer to the 2008
Handbook or consult an engineering academic course advisor..
707
Combined Programs
Bachelor of Engineering/Bachelor of
Minimum: 240 units
Engineering
The requirements of the Bachelor of Engineering program as
listed in the College of Engineering and Computer Science entry
or http://cecs.anu.edu.au/students/future/undergrad/BEng.
program, as set out in the entry for the College of Engineering

and Computer Science or http://cecs.anu.edu.au/students/
future/undergrad/BIT.
Admission
Admission to the degree of Bachelor of Engineering requires at
least 192 units which satisfy the requirements of the Bachelor
of Engineering program as defined above.
program
At least 96 units of courses which satisfy (a) of the

Degree Structure
Engineering/Information Technology a typical accelerated full-time program pattern with a Software Development major in the
Bachelor of Information Technology.
Semester 1
Semester 2
Year 1
(48 units)

COMP1110 Introduction to Software Systems (6u)

Year 2
(48 units)


Year 3
(48 units)

University elective (6u) OR
MATH2305 Calculus & Differential Equations

COMP2600 Formal Methods of Software Engineering
Year 4
(48 units)


3000-4000 series IT (6u)
Year 5 (48 units)


University elective (6u)
Note:

IT courses are: COMP courses, INFS & NEWM courses specified in the majors, ENGN1211 Discovering Engineering, ENGN2225 System Design, ENGN3213 Digital Systems
and Microprocessors, ENGN3215 Communications Technologies, ENGN3226 Digital Communications, ENGN4612 Digital Signal Processing and Controls, ENGN4528
Computer Vision, MATH3511 Scientific Computing.

Must include:

708
Combined Programs
Engineering
The requirements of the Bachelor of Engineering program

as listed in the entry for the College of Engineering and
undergrad/BEng.

Minimum: 240 units
The combined program BE/BSc combines the engineering
program with further specialisation in mathematics, physics,
chemistry, computer science, biochemistry, psychology, resource
management and environmental science, or any other science
discipline at ANU. The combined program results in the award
of the Bachelor of Engineering (BE) degree and the Bachelor of
Science (BSc) degree.
Science
Science courses to the value of at least 96 units taught in or
approved by the Colleges of Science including:
Admission
total of 144 units including:
not less than 96 units of Science courses as defined above.
in, or approved by, either of the relevant Colleges.
No more than 48 units of first year courses may be counted
if admission to the BSc occurs before the combined program
the completion of a science major

48 units of later year courses, including no fewer than
36 units of Group C courses, offered by a science-related
department ie Department or School in the Colleges of
Science or the Department of Computer Science or the
School of Finance and Applied Statistics
Degree Structure
Engineering/Science a typical accelerated full-time program pattern
Semester 1
Semester 2
Year 1
(48 units)

1000-series science (6u)

Year 2
(48 units)

MATH2305 Differential Equations and Applications OR

Year 3
(48 units)

ENGN2226 Engineering Systems Analysis 3000-series science

Year 4
(48 units)

Engineering major

Year 5
(48 units)


Notes
1. Students who wish to major in Mathematics or Computer Science are recommended to take the standard first year program pattern of the BE program.
2. Students who wish to major in Physics will need to take PHYS1101 in Semester 1 and PHYS1201 in Semester 2.
3. Students who wish to major in Chemistry take CHEM1014 in Semester 1 and take CHEM1015 in Semester 2. (Such students will need to meet the chemistry prerequisite).
4. Students who wish to major in Biochemistry take CHEM1014 in Semester 1 and take BIOL1004 in Semester 2. (Such students will need an ACT minor in Chemistry.)
Students must consult the Head of the School of Biochemistry and Molecular Biology before enrolling in BIOL1004.
5. Students pursuing majors in other science disciplines (for example, Psychology, Resource Management and Environmental Science) take Group A courses in their chosen
discipline to the value of 12 units (eg PSYC1001, ENVS1001/ENVS1008) in their first year.
6. Students majoring in Computer Science should take COMP2300.

709
Combined Programs
Bachelor of Engineering (Research &

Development)/Bachelor of Science
(Academic Program: 4715 Academic Plan 4715XBENG)
Minimum: 240 units
Engineering
The requirements of the Bachelor of Engineering (Research &
Development) program as listed in the entry the ANU College of
Engineering and Computer Science.
Science
Admission
in, or approved by, either of the relevant Colleges.
No more that 48 units of first years courses may be counted
if admission to the BSc occurs before the combined program
Admission
Admission to the degree of Bachelor of Engineering (Research
and Development) requires at least 192 units which satisfy the
requirements of the Bachelor of Engineering (R&D) program.
Science courses to the value of at least 96 units taught in or

approved by theANU Collegeof Science including:
the completion of a science major
48 units of later year courses including no fewer than 36
units of Group C courses offered by a Science or Science
related department ie Department or School in the College
of Science, or the Department of Computer Science or the
School of Finance and Applied Statistics.
Degree Structure
Engineering (Research & Development)/Science a typical accelerated full-time program pattern
Semester 1
Semester 2
Year 1
(48 units)


Year 2
(48 units)


R&D Project *
Year 3
(48 units)


R&D Project *
Year 4
(48 units)

R&D Project *

Year 5
(48 units)

R&D Project *
Engineeringmajor (6u)

R&D Project *
* R&D Projects: A number of R&D Project offerings are available in unit weighting and semester availability. Students should refer to Program Requirements above and discuss
options with the Research & Development Convenor.
consult an engineering academic course advisor..
710
Combined Programs
Bachelor of Finance/Bachelor of Laws

(Academic Program: 4423 Academic Plan: 4423XBFIN )
Minimum: 240 units
program makes part-time study inadvisable and the faculties
Finance

Admission
of Bachelor of Finance as defined in the College of Business and
Economics entry.

Economics entry.
Law
elective courses.
Degree Structure
Finance/Law a typical full-time course pattern with a major in corporate finance and investment:
Program Total
(240 units)
Semester 1
Semester 2
Year 1
(48 units)

LAWS1203 Torts (6u)

Year 2
(48 units)


Year 3
(48 units)


or FINM3006 Fixed Income Securities
Year 4
(48 units)


*Quantitative elective course (6u)
Finance elective course (6u)
Year 5
(48 units)


Note:
The Bachelor of Finance (major in Corporate Finance and Investment Management) requires:
*Quantitative course - at least one elective course be taken from among the offerings: EMET3007 Business and Economic Forecasting, EMET2008 Econometric Modelling,
STAT2009 Generalised Linear Modelling, and STAT3011 Graphical Data Analysis.
*Finance related course - at least one elective course be taken from among the offerings: MGMT3015 Corporate Strategy, ECON3006/ECON3016 Financial Economics (P/H),
BUSI2025 International Business, ECON2102/ECON2112 Macroeconomics 2 (P/H) and ECON2026 Money and Banking.
Typically, the courses FINM3005 Corporate Valuation and FINM3006 Fixed Income Securities will be offered in alternate years.
1. It is recommended that students complete LAWS2237 Takeovers and Securities Industry Law as part of this combined degree.
711
Combined Programs
SCIENCE
Minimum: 192 units
Combined degrees offer career opportunities in both fields of

study.
Admission
A total of 144 points, comprising the requirements for the

degree of Bachelor of Finance. as defined in the College of
The combined degree consists of at least 192 units including 96

units taught in the College of Business and Economics and, the
Colleges of Science and its related departments (ie Department
or School in the Colleges of Science or the Department of
Computer Science or the School of Finance and Applied
Statistics), or as approved by each one of the relevant Colleges.
FINANCE
At least 96 units of compulsory courses specified for the degree
of Bachelor of Finance as detailed in the entry relating to the
Admission to the degree of Bachelor of Finance requires:

Degree Structure
Bachelor of Finance/Bachelor of Science a typical full-time program pattern with a major in quantitative finance
Semester 1
Semester 2
Year 1 (48 units)
MATH1115 Mathematics & Applications 1 (H)
Year 2 (48 units)

Group A or B Science course (6u)

Group B Science course (6u)
Year 3 (48 units)

*Finance Elective Course
Year 4 (48 units)

Finance Elective course
FINM3007 Advanced Derivatives Pricing & Applications

*The Bachelor of Finance requires at least one elective course be taken from among the offerings:
MGMT3015 Corporate Strategy, ECON3006/ECON3016 Financial Economics (P/H), BUSI2025 International Business, ECON2102/ECON2112 Macroeconomics 2 (P/H) and
ECON2026 Money and Banking.
712
Combined Programs
Bachelor of Finance/Bachelor of Statistics

Minimum: 192 units
The requirements of the degree of Bachelor of Finance as detailed
in the entry relating to the College of Business and Economics.
Economics.
Admission
of Bachelor of Finance as defined in the entry relating to the
Degree Structure
Typical full-time program pattern with a major in Corporate Finance and Investment Management
Semester 1
Semester 2
Year 1
(48 units)

FINM1001 Money Markets & Finance
MATH1013 Mathematics & Applications 1 OR MATH1115

Year 2
(48 units)
Year 3
(48 units)
STAT3012 Design of Experiments & Surveys
Elective (6 units)

MATH3512 Matrix Computations & Optimisation
Year 4
(48 units)

Finance Related Course (6 units)
Elective (6 units)
Elective (6 units)

Quantitative Course (6 units)
2. Quantitative course - at least one of the following courses must be taken: EMET3007 Business and Economic Forecasting, EMET2008 Econometric Modelling, STAT3015
3. At least one of the courses FINM3005 Corporate Valuation and FINM3006 Fixed Income must be completed.
Typical full-time program pattern with a major in Quantitative Finance

Semester 1
Semester 2
Year 1
(48 units)

FINM1001 Money Markets & Finance
STAT1008 Quantative Research Methods

Year 2
(48 units)
Elective (6 units)
Year 3
(48 units)
STAT3012 Design of Experiments & Surveys

MATH3512 Matrix Computations & Optimisation
Year 4
(48 units)

Finance Related Course (6 units)
Elective (6 units)
FINM3007 Advanced Derivatives, Pricing & Applications

Elective (6 units)
Elective (6 units)
713
Combined Programs
Bachelor of Information Technology/Bachelor

of Laws
(Academic Program: 4703 Academic Plan: 4703XBINFT)
Minimum: 240 units
The normal time for completion of a combined program with
law is five years for full-time pass students. The length of the
combined program makes part-time study inadvisable and
the two faculties will examine such applications carefully. The
program is structured so that a full-time student will normally
complete the requirements for the degree of Bachelor of
Information Technology after fours years study and the degree
of Bachelor of Laws one year later.
Minimum requirement for each program:
College of Engineering and Computer Science
3701XBINFT program.
Law
elective courses.
Admission
Admission to degree of Bachelor of Information Technology
At least 144 units, including:
program
At least 48 units of approved courses from either of the
relevant Faculties
Degree Structure
Information Technology/Law - a typical full-time program pattern with an Information Systems major in the Bachelor of Information
Technology.
Semester 1
Semester 2
Year 1
(48 units)

LAWS1203 Torts
COMP1110 Introduction to Software Systems[1] or

2000/3000/4000-series IT (6u)
LAWS1202 Lawyers, Justice & Ethics
LAWS1204 Contracts
Year 2
(48 units)

IT Elective (6u)
LAWS1206 Criminal Law & Procedure

Year 3
(48 units)
3000/4000-series IT Elective (6u) [2]

3000/4000-series IT Elective (6 u)[2]

IT Elective (6u)
Law elective course (6 units)
Year 4
(48 units)

LAWS2204 Property

INFS3059 Project Management & Information Systems
LAWS2205 Equity & Trusts
Year 5
(48 units)
LAWS2244 Litigation & Dispute Management

Law elective courses (18 units)
LAWS2207 Evidence
Law elective courses (18 units)
[1] Must include either COMP1110 Introduction to Software Systems or COMP2750 Java Programming for New Media, but not both.

Must include:
714
Combined Programs
Bachelor of Information Technology/Bachelor

of Science (Forestry)

Minimum: 240 units

Honours 2);
(Academic Program: 4709 Academic Plan: 4709XBINFT)

The combined program consists of 240 units from the College
of Engineering and Computer Science, and the Colleges of
Science or related department (ie Department or School in the
Colleges of Science or the Department of Computer Science or
the School of Finance and Applied Statistics).
At least 96 units of courses which satisfy (a) of the requirements
of the Bachelor of Information Technology|3701XBINFT
Science (Forestry)
Admission
requires:
degree
of the relevant Faculties

requires:


defined above



Degree Structure
Information Technology/Science (Forestry) a typical full-time program pattern with an IT in New Media Arts major in the Bachelor
of Information Technology
Semester 1
Semester 2
Year 1
(48 units)
COMP1100 Introduction to Programming & Algorithms or

IT Elective
COMP1710 Tools for New Media & the Web[1]
ENVS1001 Resources, Environment & Society
BIOL1003 (offered in S1) or BIOL1009 Diversity of Life

Year 2
(48 units)

COMP2750 Java Programming for New Media[1]
ENVS2016 L&sforms & Soils

IT elective(6u)
Year 3
(48 units)
3000/4000-series IT Elective (6 units)[2]

IT elective (6 units)
COMP3900 Human Computer Interface Design & Evaluation

IT Elective (6 units)
Year 4
(48 units)


Information Technology or Science later year course (6 units)
Year 5 (48 units)
Information Technology later year course (12 units)

Structure & Function* (6 units)

& Science later year course (6 units)
[1] Can be replaced with COMP1110 Introduction to Software Systems.


Must include:
715
Combined Programs
Bachelor of Music/Bachelor of Asia-Pacific

Studies
Academic Program: 4575 Academic Plan: 4575XBAPS
Minimum: 192 units
CRICOS Code:
The combined course leading to the degrees of Bachelor
of Asia-Pacific Studies and Bachelor of Music requires the
study.
comprising:
Program
Admission

Music:
Admission to degree of Bachelor of Music requires: a total

of 144 units, comprising 96 units of Music as defined above
plus an additional 48 units of either Music or Science
courses.

Specific courses required to fulfill these unit requirements
depend on the students major within the Bachelor of Music.
See the Bachelor of Music course requirements for details.
Degree Structure
Semester 1
Semester 2
Year 1
(48 units)
Ensemble & Aural (B) 1 (6u)

Music: Critical & Theoretical Studies (C) 1 (6u)
Regional Language major (6u)

Year 2
(48 units)
Music Major (A) 1 (6u)

Ensemble & Aural 3 (B) (6u)

Year 3
(48 units)

Ensemble & Aural 4 (B) (6u)

Year 4
(48 units)

Ensemble & Aural (B) 5 (3)
Music: Critical & Theoretical Studies (C) (6u)

Ensemble (B) (3u)
Note:
Students taking Chinese or Japanese may follow somewhat different patterns.
716
Combined Programs
Bachelor of Music/Bachelor of Laws
Law
(Academic Program: 4003 Academic Plan: 4003XBMUS )

elective courses.

Minimum: 240 units
The normal time for completion of a combined program with
law is five years for full-time students. The length of the
combined program makes part-time study inadvisable and such
applications will be examined carefully.
Combined degrees offer career opportunities in both fields
of study.
The combined program consists of at least 240 units comprising:
Admission
Admission to the degree of Bachelor of Music requires a total of
an additional 48 units of either Music or Law courses.
Admission to degree of Bachelor of Laws requires a total of 192
units including at least 144 units from the ANU College of Law
including compulsory and elective courses as defined above. No
more than 18 units at first-year level of non-law courses can
be counted if admission to the LLB occurs before the combined
program requirements have been met.
Music
At least 36 units of one Music Major from list A
At least 30 units from list B
At least 30 units from list C
Specific courses required to be taken to fulfil these unit
requirements depend on the students major within the BMus.
See the BMus course requirements for details.
Degree Structure
Bachelor of Music/Bachelor of Laws a typical full-time program pattern
Semester 1
Semester 2
Year 1
(48 units)

LAWS1203 Torts

LAWS1202 Lawyers, Justice & Ethics
Year 2
(48 units)


LAWS1204 Contracts
Year 3
(48 units)

Ensemble (B) 5 (3u)
LAWS1206 Criminal Law & Procedure

Ensemble (B) (3u)
Year 4
(48 units)

2 Law elective courses
LAWS2207 Evidence
LAWS2202 Commonwealth Constitutional Law 2 Law elective
courses
Year 5
(48 units)
LAWS2204 Property
LAWS2244 Litigation & Dispute Management
LAWS2205 Equity & Trusts

717
Combined Programs
Admission


Minimum: 192 units
study.
comprising:
Science

Admission to degree of Bachelor of Music requires a total of
an additional 48 units of either Music or Science courses.

Music
Degree Structure
Semester 1
Semester 2
Year 1
(48 units)


Year 2
(48 units)
Music Major (A) 1 (6)


Year 3
(48 units)


Year 4
(48 units)

Ensemble (B) 5 (3u)
Group A, B or C Science course

Ensemble (B) 6 (3u)
Group A, B or C Science course
718
Combined Programs

(Psychology)
Minimum: 192 units
Psychology can be studied at ANU in a specialised Bachelor
of Science (Psychology) program or as part of a combined
program. Students take at least 78 units of psychology
the field. An honours degree or fourth-year diploma provides
degree programs.
comprising:

and PSYC1004
PSYC2009
PSYC3018
Music
Admission
Admission to degree of Bachelor of Science (Psychology)
requires a total of 144 units, comprising the requirements for
the degree of Bachelor of Science (Psychology) as defined in the
Colleges of Science entry.
Admission to the degree of Bachelor of Music requires a
total of 144 units, comprising 96 units of Music as defined
above plus an additional 48 units of either Music or Science
(Psychology) courses.
Science (Psychology)
Degree Structure
Semester 1
Semester 2
Year 1
(48 units)

Music: Critical & Theoretical Studies (C)
PSYC1003 Psychology 1: Underst&ing Mind, Brain &
Behaviour
PSYC1005 or another Group A Science course (6u)

Year 2
(48 units)
Music Major (A) 1

Music Major (A) 2

Year 3
(48 units)

PSYC3026 Personality & the assessment of Individual
Differences
Music Major (A) 4

Year 4
(48 units)

Ensemble (B) 5 (3u)

Ensemble (B) 6 (3u)
Group A, B or C Science course (6u)
719
Combined Programs
Bachelor of Science (Forestry)/Bachelor of

Economics
(Academic Program: 4606 Academic Plan: 4606XBSCF )
(c) 18 units of Group A, B or C courses offered by a sciencerelated department (ie Department or School in the Colleges
School of Finance and Applied Statistics).
Economics
Minimum: 240 units


Economics entry.
Forestry:

requires:

defined above
24 units of 1000-series courses comprising BIOL1009,

ENVS1001, ENVS1003 and ENVS1004;

Total of 144 units comprising the requirements for the Bachelor
of Economics as defined in the College of Business and
Economics entry.

courses.
Degree Structure
Science (Forestry)/Economics a typical full-time program pattern
Semester 1
Semester 2
Year 1
(48 units)
Year 2
(48 units)
ENVS2016 L&forms & Soils
BEc elective (6 units) [1]
Year 3
(48 units)
BEc elective (6 units)
Year 4 (48 units)


Science later year course (6 units)
Year 5
(48 units)


& Science later year course (6 units
[1] The Bachelor of Economics elective courses must include:

at least 18 units from Schedule 2
[2] Students not invited to undertake Forestry Honours must substitute ENVS2015 and 12 units of 3000-series ENVS courses for ENVS4035 and ENVS4045.
720
Combined Programs
Bachelor of Science (Psychology)/Bachelor of

Laws
(Academic Program: 4693 Academic Plan: 4693XBPSYC)
Minimum: 240 units
program makes part-time study inadvisable and the Faculties
The combined program consists of at least 240 units of courses
offered by a science-related Department or the ANU College of
Law.
Science
and PSYC1004
PSYC2009
Law
elective courses.
Admission
requires:
not less than 96 units of Science courses as defined above;
A total of 192 units including at least 144 from the ANU

PSYC3018
Degree Structure
Bachelor of Psychology/Bachelor of Laws a typical full-time program pattern
Semester 1
Semester 2
Year 1
(48 units)
PSYC1003 Psychology1: Underst&ing Mind, Brain & Behaviour

LAWS1201 Foundations of Australian Law (6 Units)
LAWS1203 Torts (6 Units)

LAWS1202 Lawyers, Justice & Ethics (6 Units)
LAWS1204 Contracts (6 Units)
Year 2
(48 units)

LAWS1205 Australian Public Law (6 Units)
LAWS1206 Criminal Law & Procedure (6 Units)

LAWS2250 International Law (6 Units)
LAWS2249 Legal Theory (6 Units)
Year 3
(48 units)

PSYC3026 Personality & Assessment
LAWS2201 Administrative Law (6 Units)
LAWS2203 Corporations Law (6 Units)

LAWS2202 Commonwealth Constitutional Law (6 Units)
1 Law elective course (6 Units)
Year 4
(48 units)
Group C Psychology courses (12 Units)

LAWS2204 Property (6 Units)
1 Law elective course (6 Units)

Group A, B or C Science course (6 Units)
LAWS2205 Equity & Trusts (6 Units)
1 Law elective course (6 units)
Year 5
(48 units)
LAWS2244 Litigation & Dispute Management (6 Units)

3 Law elective courses (18 Units)
LAWS2207 Evidence (6 Units)

3 Law elective courses (18 Units)
721
Combined Programs
Bachelor of Science (Psychology)/Bachelor of

Science
(Academic Program: 4619 Academic Plan: 4619XBPSYC)
Minimum: 192 units
A pass degree in psychology, whether as a single program or as
apart of a combined program - provides an excellent grounding
in the field.
An honours degree or fourth-year diploma provides additional
training in research and substantive psychological skills.
This is essential for admission to associate membership in
the Australian Psychological Society, for registration as a
degree programs.

and PSYC1004
PSYC2009
PSYC3018
Bachelor of Science
Admission


requires: A total of 144 units of Group A, B or C courses
including the 78 units of Psychology courses specified above.
further courses to the value of not less than 48 units

offered by the Colleges of Science.
At least 192 units of Group A, B, C courses including:

A total of 96 units including;


Degree Structure
Bachelor of Science (Psychology)/Bachelor of Science - a typical full-time program pattern
Semester 1
Semester 2
Year 1
(48 units)
PSYC1003 Psychology 1: Underst&ing Mind, Brain & Behaviour PSYC1004 Psychology 2: Underst&ing People in Context
Group A Science course (non psychology) (12 Units)
Group A Science course (non psychology) (12 Units)
Year 2
(48 units)

Group B Science courses (non psychology) (12 Units)

Group B Science courses (non psychology) (12 Units)
Year 3
(48 units)

Group B or C Science courses (12 Units)
PSYC3026 Personality & the Assessment of Individual
Differences

Group B or C Science course (6 Units)
Group C Science course (non psychology) (6 Units)
Year 4
(48 units)

Group C Science courses (non psychology) (12 Units)
Group C Science course (non psychology) (6 Units)

Group C Science courses (non psychology) (12 Units)
722
Combined Programs
Bachelor of Science (Resource & Environmental

(Academic Program: 4633 Academic Plan: 4633XBSCRE)
Minimum: 240 units
offered by a science-related Department or the ANU College of
Law.
Science:
At least 96 units of Group A, B, and C including:
at least 24 units of Group A courses selected from
ENVS1001, ENVS1003, ENVS1004 and at least one of
ENVS1008 or EMSC1006
at least12 units of Group B courses with EMSC or ENVS
prefixes, including at least one of ENVS2007, ENVS2011
or ENVS2013 and at least one of ENVS2009, ENVS2014 or
ENVS2015
administered by the Department of Earth & Marine Sciences

or the Fenner School of Environment & Society.
Law
elective courses.
Admission
Admission to the degree of Bachelor of Science (Resource and
Environmental Management) requires:
at least 96 units of courses, as defined above, offered by a
science-related department
further courses to the value of at least 48 units taught in or
approved by either of the relevant Colleges
No more than 36 units of Group A courses may be included
to the BSc (ResandEnvMan) degree occurs before the combined
at least 36 units of Group C courses with EMSC or ENVS

prefixes including: at least one of ENVS3007, ENVS3028
or LAWS3103, and three level C courses in a major
Degree Structure
Science (Resource and Environmental Management)/Law a typical full-time program pattern
Semester 1
Semester 2
Year 1
(48 units)
LAWS1201 Foundations of Australian Law (6 units)

LAWS1203 Torts (6 units)

LAWS1202 Lawyers, Justice & Ethics (6 units)
LAWS1204 Contracts (6 units)
Year 2
(48 units)
LAWS1205 Australian Public Law (6 units)

LAWS1206 Criminal Law & Procedure (6 units)
LAWS2250 International Law (6 units)

LAWS2249 Legal Theory (6 units)
ENVS2013 Environment & Development
Year 3
(48 units)
LAWS2201 Administrative Law (6 units)

LAWS2203 Corporations Law (6 units)
Group C EMSC or ENVS course (6 units)
LAWS2202 Commonwealth Constitutional Law (6 units)

Group C EMSC or ENVS course (6 units)
Year 4
(48 units)
LAWS2204 Property (6 units)

Group C EMSC or ENVS courses (12 units)
LAWS2205 Equity & Trusts (6 units)

Group C EMSC or ENVS courses (12 units)
Year 5
(48 units)
LAWS2244 Litigation & Dispute Management (6 units)

3 Law elective courses (18 units)
LAWS2207 Evidence (6 units)

3 Law elective courses (18 units)
723
Combined Programs
Commerce:
(Academic Program: 4604 Academic Plan: 4604XBSCI )

Economics entry.

Minimum: 192 units
Admission

relevant Colleges.
Science:

Admission to degree of Bachelor of Commerce requires at least
96 units offered by the College of Business and Economics as
defined in that CollegessSchedule 1 subject to restrictions
detailed in the College of Business and Economics entry.
Degree Structure
Bachelor of Science/Bachelor of Commerce a typical full-time program pattern
Semester 1
Semester 2
Year 1
(48 units)

BComm elective (6u)

BComm elective (6u)
Year 2
(48 units)
BComm major (6u)
BComm major (6u)
Year 3
(48 units)
BComm major (6u)

BComm elective (6u)
BComm major (6u)

BComm elective (6u)
Year 4
(48 units)
BComm major (6u)

BComm elective (6u)
BComm major (6u)

BComm elective (6u)
Note:
and Organisations
The BComm must include at least one major chosen from Accounting, Business Information Systems, Corporate Sustainabiliy, Finance, International Business, Management
or Marketing.
724
Combined Programs
Economics:

Economics entry.

Minimum: 192 units
Admission

relevant Colleges.
Science:

Degree Structure
Science/Economics a typical full-time program pattern
Semester 1
Semester 2
Year 1
(48 units)
Year 2
(48 units)
BEc elective (6u)
Year 3
(48 units)
BEc elective (6u)
BEc elective (6u)
Year 4
(48 units)
BEc elective (6u)

BEc elective (6u)
BEc elective (6u)

BEc elective (6u)
Note:
The Bachelor of Economics elective courses must include:
at least 18 units from the Schedule 2.
725
Combined Programs
Law

elective courses.

Minimum: 240 units
offered by a science-related Department or the ANU College
of Law.
Science:
Admission
Admission to the degree of Bachelor of Laws requires:
Degree Structure
Science/Law a typical full-time program pattern
Semester 1
Semester 2
Year 1
(48 units)

LAWS1203 Torts (6u)

Year 2
(48 units)


Year 3
(48 units)


Year 4
(48 units)


Year 5
(48 units)


726
Combined Programs
Bachelor of Science/Bachelor of Science

(Forestry)
(c) 18 units of Group A, B or C courses offered by a sciencerelated department (ie Department or School in the Colleges
School of Finance and Applied Statistics).
Minimum: 240 units
Science:

study.
In addition to the requirements (a), (b) and (c) in the Science

(Forestry) entry above, at least 96 units of Group A, B, and C
courses including:
The combined degree consists of 240 units from the Colleges of

Science and its related departments (ie Department or School in
the Colleges of Science or the Department of Computer Science
or the School of Finance and Applied Statistics).
Forestry:


defined above


in or approved by the Colleges of Science



courses.

requires:
Admission
in or approved by the Colleges of Science.
Degree Structure
Science/Science(Forestry) a typical full-time program pattern
Semester 1
Semester 2
Year 1
(48 units)


Year 2
(48 units)
Group A or B Science course (12 units)

Group A or B Science course (6 units)

Group B Science course (6 units)
Year 3
(48 units)
Group A, B or C Science course (6 units)

Group C Science courses (non-ENVS) (6 units)
Group C Science courses (non-ENVS) (12 units)

Year 4
(48 units)
Group C Science course (non-ENVS) (6 units)

Group B or C Science course (non-ENVS)(6 units)
Group C Science course (non-ENVS) (12 units)

Group B or C Science course (non-ENVS)(6 units)
Year 5
(48 units)
Group C Science course (non-ENVS)(12 units)


& Science later year course (6 units)
727
Combined Programs

Commerce
Software Engineering:
(Academic Program: 4712 Academic Plan: 4712XBSENG)
The requirements of the Bachelor of Software Engineering

program, as set out in the entry for the Faculty of Engineering
and Information Technology.

Minimum: 240 units
CRICOS Code: 05529B
The program has been established to recognise the interest from
students desiring to study a professional Software Engineering
degree and combining that with a Commerce degree in one or
more areas of interest.
taught in, or approved, by each one of the relevant Colleges.
The Faculty of Engineering and Information Technology:
Admission
Admission to the degree of Bachelor of Commerce requires a
of the Bachelor of Commerce as defined in the College of
Admission to the degree of Bachelor of Software Engineering
requires at least 192 units of courses that satisfy the
requirements for the Bachelor of Software Engineering
Commerce:
The requirements of the degree of Bachelor of Commerce, as
Economics.
Degree Structure
Software Engineering/Commerce - a typical accelerated full-time program pattern with a major in accounting and meeting
professional accounting requirements
Semester 1
Semester 2
Year 1
(48 units)


BUSN1002 Accounting Processes & Systems
Year 2
(48 units)


Year 3
(48 units)

BComm elective (6u)

COMP3600 Algorithms
Year 4
(48 units)

3000/4000-series COMP (6 units)

BUSN3002 Auditing
Year 5
(48 units)

Science/Engineering elective (6 units)
BComm Accounting major elective (6 units)

Science/Engineering elective (6 units)
3000/4000-series COMP (12 units)
The BComm electives must include at least two of the following first-year courses from the College of Business and Economics: BUSN1002 Accounting Processes and Systems,
BUSN1101 Introduction to Commercial Law, INFS1001 Business Information Systems, FINM1001 Money, Markets and Finance, or MGMT1003 Management, People and
Organisations
The BComm must include at least one major chosen from Accounting, Finance, Corporate Strategy, International Business, Management or Marketing. The Business
Information Systems major is not permitted
At least one of the courses BUSN3003 (Advanced Management Accounting), BUSN3006 (Public Sector Accounting), BUSN3008 (Financial Reporting by Corporations) or
BUSN3017 (Corporate Social Responsibilty, Accountability, and Reporting) must be selected within the Accounting major.
2. Bachelor of Software Engineering
The BComm courses must include BUSN1001 Accounting Processes and Systems, and BUSN1101 Introduction to Commercial Law in order to satisfy the BSEng requirements.
728
Combined Programs

Science
(Academic Program: 4711 Academic Plan: 4711XBSENG)
Minimum: 240 units
The Bachelor of Software Engineering/Bachelor of Science
provides students interested in doing a professional Software
Engineering degree and combining that with a Science degree
in one or more areas of interest.
taught in, or approved, by each one of the relevant Colleges.
Admission
Admission to the degree of Bachelor of Software Engineering
requires at least 192 units of courses that satisfy the
requirements for the Bachelor of Software Engineering

Engineering and Computer Science
The requirements of the Bachelor of Software Engineering
Science
Degree Structure
Software Engineering/Science a typical full-time program pattern
Semester 1
Semester 2
Year 1
(48 units)


Year 2
(48 units)

Group A or B Science course

Group A or B Science course
Year 3
(48 units)


Year 4
(48 units)

3000/4000-series COMP course [1]
Science elective

COMP3600 Algorithms
Science elective
Year 5
(48 units)

3000/4000-series COMP (6u) [1]
Science elective

3000/4000-series COMP (6u) [1]
Science elective
[1] Some 3000/4000-series COMP electives may have specific prerequisites that are not covered by the courses specified in the table.
729
Combined Programs
Bachelor of Visual Arts/Bachelor of Music
Music
(Academic Program: 4012 Academic Plan: 4012XBARTV)
At least 96units from the School of Music, including:
36 units of one Music Major (A) from list A
Minimum: 192 units
Seethe entries for theBachelor of Visual Arts 3012XBVA

andBachelor of Music 3004XBMUS for specific details about
the individual degrees.

Admission
This combined program requires completion of at least 192

units of study comprising:
Visual Arts
At least 96 units from the School of Art including:
Major 1-5: 60 units
Admission to degree of Bachelor of Visual Arts requires atotal

of 144 units, comprising 96 units of Visual Arts as defined
above plus an additional 48 units of either Visual Arts or Music
courses.
Admission to degree of Bachelor of Music requires atotal of
an additional 48 units of either Music or Visual Arts courses.

18 units
Degree Structure
Semester 1
Semester 2
Year 1
(48 units)

ARTV1021 Core Studies in Visual Arts: 3D/
Space & Materials (6u)

Year 2
(48 units)


Year 3
(48 units)


Ensemble (B) 5 (3u)
Year 4
(48 units)

Ensemble (B) 6 (3u)

730
Combined Programs
Bachelor of Visual Arts/Bachelor of Science

(Forestry)
(Academic Program: 4019 Academic Plan: 4019XBVA )

Honours 2);
Minimum: 240 units
The combined degree consists of 240 units from the School of
Art and, the Colleges of Science and its related departments
(ie Department or School in the Colleges of Science or the
Department of Computer Science or the School of Finance and
Applied Statistics).
Minimum requirement from each area:
Visual Arts
At least 96 units from the School of Art including:
Admission
Admission to the degree of Bachelor of Visual Arts requires a
not less than 96 units from the School of Art, as defined
above
in or approved by either the College of Science or the
School of Art
Major 1-5: 60 units


18 units
not less than 144 units of Science (Forestry) units as defined

above
Forestry

in or approved by either the Colleges of Science or the
School of Art


Degree Structure
Bachelor of Visual Arts/Bachelor of Science (Forestry) - a typical full-time program pattern
Semester 1
Semester 2
Year 1
(48 units)

ARTV1021 Core Studies in Visual Arts: 3D/Space &
Materials (6u)
4. ARTV1011 Major 1 (6u)

BIOL1003 (offered in S1) or BIOL1009 Diversity of Life
Year 2
(48 units)


Group A, B or C Science course (6 units)
Year 3
(48 units)

Complementary Studies from a range of classes (6 units) or Art ENVS2015 Introduction to Remote Sensing & GIS
Theory (6 units) from a range of courses
Year 4
(48 units)


Visual Arts or Science later year course (6 units)
Year 5
(48 units)

ENVS4035 Forestry Honours 1 (6 units) or ENVS3008 Fire in
the Environment

ENVS4045 Forestry Honours 2 (12 units), or ENVS2015
Introduction to Remote Sensing & GIS* (6 units) & Science
later year course (6 units)
731
732
Chapter 9
Associate Degrees
733
Associate Degrees
Contents
Associate Degree co-taught with ANU College
775
Associate Degree in Business . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 775

Associate Degree in Science and Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 775
Associate Degree in Social Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 775
Course descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 777
Associate Degree co-taught with CIT
778
Associate Degree in Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 778

Associate Degree in Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 780
Associate Degree in Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 780
734
ASSOCIATE DEGREES
Associate Degree co-taught with ANU

College
Associate Degree in Science and Technology
The ANU offers an Associate Degree co-taught with ANU

College with specialisations in Business, Social Studies or
Science and Technology. The Associate Degree is a two-year
full-time qualification accredited against higher education
requirements undertaken following Year 12 (or equivalent) or as
a mature age entry pathway. The Associate Degree emphasises
the foundational, research-based knowledge of an academic
discipline and is broad-based in conceptual and theoretical
content. Associate Degree graduates may have the opportunity
to acquire generic employment-related skills as appropriate to
the discipline(s).
(Academic Program: 2050 | Academic Plan: 2050XSCTC)
The Associate Degree offers an exit point at the sub-degree

level, or an articulated pathway into the bachelor degree for
further in-depth study and professional preparation (please see
below for specific requirements).
Students articulating to a bachelor degree will receive up to
48 units of status. To progress from the Associate Degree to
an ANU bachelor degree at the end of the Associate Degree
program, a student must have completed the Associate Degree
courses (96 units) and qualified for the award..
Admission Requirements
Either
(a) An ACT Year 12 Certificate (or equivalent), or
(b) Mature-age (21 Years or older)
For a detailed program structure please refer to

http://studyat.anu.edu.au/
Minimum: 96 units
Articulation: Normally to the Bachelor of Information
Technology or the Bachelor of Science
Coordinator and Delegated Authority: Principal/General
Manager ANU College
Program Structure:
For a detailed program structure refer to http://studyat.anu.
edu.au
Semester 1
ASGS1005 Algebra (6 units)
ASGS1002 Clear Thinking and Reasoning (6 units)
ASGS1003 Communications (6 units)
ASGS1004 Computing Fundamentals (6 units)
Associate Degree in Social Studies

(Academic Program: 2050 | Academic Plan: 2050XSOCST)
Minimum: 96 units
Articulation: Normally to the Bachelor of Arts
Admission is not dependent on formal attainment measures

such as the UAI or other index, or UniTEST.

Manager ANU College
Please Note: The Associate Degree programs with specialisations

in Business, Social Studies and Science and Technology are not
available to International Students.
Program Structure: For a detailed program structure refer to

Semester 1
Students apply through the Universities Admissions Centre

(UAC) www.uac.edu.au
ASGS1001 20th Century History (6 units)
To be awarded an Associate Degree a student must complete

96 units.
ASGS1006 Introductory Politics (6 units)
The program entails extensive educational performance

diagnostics and courses to assist students with learning skills.
Associate Degree in Business

(Academic Program: 2050 | Academic Plan: 2050XBUSN)
Minimum: 96 units
Articulation: Normally to the Bachelor of Commerce
Manager ANU College
Program Structure:
For a detailed program structure refer to
Semester 1
ASGS1005 Algebra (6 units)
Assessment and Examination

The assessment and grading of each course within the Associate
Degree program will be consistent with ANU policy, procedures
and rules, in particular the Assessment Review and Appeals
Policy, the Determination of Systems and Consultation on
Assessment Policy, and Examinations Rules (at www.anu.edu.au/
cabs/rules/ExamsRules.pdf).
Supplementary examinations will be granted in accordance with
the ANU Examinations Rules.
Academic Progress
Please note that clauses 1-9 and 19-23 of the ANU Academic
Progress Rules apply, as amended from time to time.
1. Progress to Second Semester

The standard of performance which students must meet to
progress from first semester to second semester (known as the
barrier test) is a minimum grading of pass in all four courses
studied in the first semester of the Associate Degree program.

ASGS1007 Introduction to the Australian Economy (6 units)
735
ASSOCIATE DEGREES
Probation
A student who:
(a) obtains a grading of pass in three of the four first semester
courses; and
(b) obtains a grading of pass in both of the following courses:
Clear Thinking and Reasoning and Algebra
will be deemed to be on probation. A student on probation
will be required to repeat the failed course but may enrol in the
second semester courses. However, the Delegated Authority
may impose conditions on a students re-enrolment in the failed
course and enrolment in the second semester courses. Students
will remain on probation until they have successfully passed
all courses in a successive twelve-month period or they fail
another course (in which case they will be required to follow
the show cause process below).
Unsatisfactory progress
A student who:
(a) fails to obtain a minimum grading of pass in more than
two courses ,
or;
(b) obtains a grading of pass in three courses, but fails to
obtain a grading of pass in one of the courses:
(i) Clear Thinking and Reasoning or Algebra in the Business or
Science and Technology specialisations; or
(ii) Clear Thinking and Reasoning or Communications in the
Social Studies specialisation
will be deemed not to have maintained satisfactory progress
and may be excluded from the program. A student whose
progress is unsatisfactory will be required to show cause as to
why he or she should be allowed to continue in the program.
The show cause procedures are set out in the Academic Progress
Procedures. The Delegated Authority will consider the students
show cause application and decide whether the students
enrolment should be subject to the outcomes described in
paragraphs (a) to (f) of the section entitled Academic Progress
Decisions below.
2. Progression to Third Semester

A student who obtains a minimum grading of pass in all
required courses in second and third semesters of the Associate
Degree program will be permitted to progress from second
semester to third semester and third semester to fourth
semester.
Unsatisfactory Progress
A student who:
50per cent of the unit value of the courses attempted in a
semester of enrolment

Decisions below.
3. Progress in fourth semester

On Probation
Where a student fails one course in the fourth semester the
student will be deemed to be on probation.
A student on probation will be required to repeat the
failedcourse.
The Delegated Authority may impose conditions on a
students re-enrolment in the failed course and enrolment in
further courses.
The student will remain on probation until he or she has
successfully passed all courses. If the student fails another
course in this period, he or she will be subject to the
Unsatisfactory Progress provisions below.
Unsatisfactory Progress
A student who:
50per cent of the unit value of the courses attempted in a
or;
(b) for the second time, fails any of the courses attempted in a
The show cause procedures and appeal provisions are set out in
the ANU Academic Progress Rules and the Academic Progress
Decisions below.
Academic Progress Decisions

In all cases of unsatisfactory academic progress, the Delegated
Authority may:
(a) exclude the student from the program permanently or for a
period of time; or
(b) require the student to vary his or her load to take account
of the impact of external pressures on his or her academic
studies; or
(c) require the student to take leave of absence from the
program for a period of time; or
or;
(d) impose conditions on the students re-enrolment in the

program; or
(b) for the second time, fails any of the courses attempted in a
(e) refer the student to academic and professional staff for

advice and support; or

(f) initiate other strategies as appropriate.
The show cause procedures and appeal provisions are set out in
the ANU Academic Progress Rules and the Academic Progress
736
Application of ANU Legislation

All ANU policies, rules, codes and orders apply to students
enrolled in the Associate Degree program.
ASSOCIATE DEGREES
Program delivery
Proposed assessment:
The academic programs and courses for the Associate Degree

will be delivered by ANU College and ANU, with ANU exercising
quality control in the areas of curriculum development, the
student experience and student learning outcomes.
1. Researched essay The students will be required to write a

referenced essay of choice analysing a key historical event.
(25 per cent)
For program and course information please contact:

John See
Principal and General Manager
ANU College
T: 02 6125 5000
F: 02 6257 1433
2. Class tests Two class tests will be given dealing with

lecture and textbook content, plus any additional materials
used in class. (30 per cent)
3. Final exam This will consist of a variety of question types
that will be explained in the revision and used in the class
tests. (35 per cent)
E: associate.degree@anucollege.com.au
W: www.anucollege.com.au
4. Homework and presentations Students will be required

to present a topic in tutorial from a range covered in the
course dealing with events and/or personalities in the 20th
century. (10 per cent)
Course descriptions
Clear Thinking and Reasoning

ASGS1002 (6 units)
Associate Degree Course Descriptions for Business, Science and

Technology and Social Studies specialisations
Algebra
ASGS1005 (6 units)
First Semester Course

Contact hours: Four hours of class time (lectures and/or
tutorials) per week
Syllabus: Student skills aimed to be developed will include:
Identifying good and bad reasoning
Contact hours: Total of 4 hours of lectures and tutorials per week
Evaluating claims and evidence
Syllabus: This unit is a detailed study and application of:
Understanding arguments and different points of view
Equations and Inequalities
Understanding the assumptions one carries into reasoning
Graphs of Functions including key properties and symmetry
Analysing texts
Linear functions
Quadratic functions
Communicating points of view through speaking and

writing
Polynomial functions
Discussion and dialogue skills
Rational Functions including Partial Fraction

Decompositions
Argumentative writing skills
Inverse functions and Composite Functions

Exponential and logarithmic functions
Basics of systems of equations and matrices
Sequences and Series including Arithmetic, Geometric and
Infinite series
Mathematical Induction and
The Binomial Theorem.
Proposed assessment: Test 1 (10 per cent), Test 2 (15 per cent),
Test 3 (15 per cent), Final Exam (60 per cent).
20th Century History

ASGS1001 (6 units)
Contact hours: Classes will meet twice weekly for two-hour
sessions
Incompatible courses:
Syllabus: At the end of this course, it is expected students
should have a broad understanding of major global events
such as World War I and II, the decline of empires and end of
colonialism, the Great Depression, the Cold War and the rise
of terrorism. It will also examine political changes around the
globe and famous characters such as Winston Churchill, Mao
Tse Tung, Nelson Mandela and others.
Proposed assessment: Two class tests (50 per cent), Final Exam
(50 per cent).
Communications
ASGS1003 (6 units)
Contact hours: Total of three hours of lectures and 1 hour
tutorial per week
Syllabus: At the completion of this unit it is expected that
students will:
Have a sound basic understanding of the key topics covered
under Communications.
Be able to assess critically the role of communication in
contemporary life.
Have a sound understanding of how to apply their oral and
written communication skills in researching and presenting
ideas and issues in communication studies.
Proposed assessment: Tutorial presentation - weeks 3-12
(20 per cent), essay of 1000 words - due Week 5 (20 per cent),
essay of 1500 words - due Week 9 (20 per cent), two short
response papers (10 per cent), final exam (30 per cent).
737
ASSOCIATE DEGREES
Computing Fundamentals
ASGS1004 (6 units)
sessions
Syllabus: On successful completion of this course, it is expected
students will have:
Advanced skills in the use of personal and networked
computers, especially in the MS Office suite of applications
An introductory knowledge of the principles, techniques and
languages of computer programming.
Proposed assessment: In-class and homework knowledge recall
tests (30 per cent), diagnostic and problem-solving task (35 per
cent), evaluative essay (35 per cent).
Introduction to the Australian Economy

ASGS1007 (6 units)
Contact hours: Four hours of class time (lectures and/or
tutorials) per week.
Syllabus: On completion of this course, students will have an
overall grasp of the structure and operation of the Australian
economy, and be able to consider, analyse and critically evaluate
key issues and ideas that influence and shape it.
Proposed Assessment: Mid-semester exam addressing lecture,
tutorial and reading content (20per cent), fully researched and
referenced essay analysing a major economicphenomenon
(2,000 words) (40per cent), final exam addressing lecture,
tutorial and reading content (30per cent), attendance and
participation (10per cent).
Introductory Politics
ASGS1006 (6 units)
sessions
Syllabus: On completion of this course, it is expected students
will have an overall grasp of the structure and history of the
Australian political system, and be able to consider, analyse and
critically evaluate key domestic and international structures,
ideas, movements and events that influence and shape it.
Proposed assessment: Presentation - 10-minute talk on a
political theme (10 per cent), short essay dealing with selected
lecture, tutorial and reading content - 500 words (10 per cent),
mid-term exam addressing lecture, tutorial and reading content
(20 per cent), fully researched and referenced essay analysing a
major political phenomenon - 1,500 words (20 per cent), final
exam addressing lecture, tutorial and reading content - short
answers (20 per cent), essay (20 per cent).
Associate Degree co-taught with CIT

The ANU offers an Associate Degree co-taught with the
Canberra Institute of Technology (CIT) specialising in
Engineering, Music or Science. The Associate Degree is a
two-year full-time qualification accredited against higher
education requirements undertaken following Year 12 (or
equivalent) or as a mature age entry pathway.
The Associate Degree offers an exit point at the sub-degree
level, or an articulated pathway into the bachelor degree for
further in-depth study, foundation academic skills, attributes
and understandings for a discipline, and a broad-based point
of entry to potential employment in that discipline (please see
below for specific requirements). The overall program is quality
assured by the Australian National University.
Articulation
Successful completion of the Associate Degree specialising in
Engineering, Music or Science, with at least a credit average
across all graded CIT-delivered courses and passes in the ANU
delivered courses, will ordinarily guarantee students direct
admission to the relevant bachelor degree program at ANU, ie
the Bachelor of Engineering, the Bachelor of Arts (Music) or
the Bachelor of Science, with 72 units of status (equivalent to
about18 months of full-time study). Students who meet the
DEEWR citizenship requirements may be entitled to access a
Commonwealth Supported (HECS) place for Australian students
to assist them to undertake the ANU courses for the degree.
Admission
Students apply to the CIT at the beginning of the program and
normally undertake courses offered by CIT in the first year. See
www.cit.act.edu.au/current/administration/apply Enrolment
in ANU courses will normally commence upon completion of
the first year of the program. Students seeking to enrol for the
second year of the Associate Degree are advised to contact
the Student Administration Manager, Enrolments and Student
Records, Australian National University .
T: 02 6126125;
E: enrolments@anu.edu.au before the end of January to
arrange their enrolment.
Associate Degree in Engineering

(Academic Program: 2700 | Academic Plan: 2700XADENG)
Minimum: 96 units
Articulation: To the Bachelor of Engineering
Coordinator: Douglas Lang, CIT; Dr Matthew Doolan, ANU
This program will provide students with a strong practical base
as well as the theoretical foundation required for studying
engineering at university level. Two fields of engineering will be
offered; mechanical and electronic. Students study universitytype subjects while at CIT which provide graduates with the
potential to progress to a Bachelor of Engineering degree at ANU.
Entry Requirements
Either
(a) An ACT Year 12 Certificate (or equivalent) with ACT Year 12
Mathematical Methods or Mathematical Applications,
738
ASSOCIATE DEGREES
Table 1: Program for the Mechanical Engineering Stream.

Indicative Semester 1 study
Course
Units
ANUQ206
Mathematics for University Entrance 1 (Calculus)
ANUQ224
Measurement Techniques
ANUQ233
Programming 1
ANUQ228
Introduction to Circuit Theory 1
ANUQ229

Prerequisite/Co-requisite: Introduction to Circuit Theory 1 (ANUQ228)
ANUQ211
Simple Problems in Statics & Strength of Materials
ANUQ142
Physics
ANUQ214
Occupational Health & Safety
ANUQ215
Risk Management for Engineering
ANUQ207
Mechanical Detail Drawings
TOTAL CREDIT
24
Table 2: Program for the Electronic Engineering stream

Indicative Semester 1 study
Course
Units
ANUQ206
Mathematics for University Entrance 1 (Calculus)
ANUQ224
ANUQ233
ANUQ228
ANUQ229
Measurement Techniques
Programming 1
ANUQ211
ANUQ142
ANUQ214
ANUQ215

Prerequisite/Co-requisite: Introduction to Circuit Theory 1 (ANUQ228)
Simple Problems in Statics & Strength of Materials
Physics
Occupational Health & Safety
Risk Management for Engineering
ANUQ230
Introduction to Digital Electronics
1
3
TOTAL CREDIT
24
or
(b) Mature Age (turn at least 20 in first year of study). Refer to
www.cit.act.edu.au/future/mature_age/
and
Have relevant work or other practical experience and a
demonstrated level of general education, which provides a
reasonable chance of successfully completing the program.
NOTE: International students who have an IELTS rating of
less than 6.5 who will be studying at ANU in the first year of
the program, will be required to undertake additional English
language study concurrently with their first semester of study.
Preference will be given to applicants who have an ACT Year
12 T-Major in physics or equivalent, and one or more of: other studies in chemistry and/or general science; - related
work experience, or are involved in recreational activities
which demonstrate an interest in electronic or mechanical
engineering.
Program Structure
2
3
4
1
For program and course information about the CIT component

please contact:
CIT Science, Forensic and Engineering Centre
Bruce Campus
Haydon Drive
Bruce
ACT 2601
CIT Student Services HUB
T: 02 6207 3188
E: douglas.lang@cit.act.edu.au
Further information requests about the ANU component should
be directed to:
Ian Ross Building 32a
ANU
ACT 0200
T: 02 61250677
E: student.services@cecs.anu.edu.au
For detailed program structure refer to the ANU website: http://

studyat.anu.edu.au/programs/2700XADENG;overview.html
739
ASSOCIATE DEGREES
Associate Degree in Music
ANU College of Arts and Social Sciences StudentOfficeHaydonAllen Building 22ANU ACT 0200
(Academic Program: 2150 | Academic Plan: 2150XADMUS)
T: 02 6125 2898 or 6125 5711

E: enquiries.arts@anu.edu.au

Minimum: 96 units
Articulation: To the Bachelor of Arts (Music)
Associate Degree in Science
Coordinator: John Frohlich, CIT; Mike Price, ANU
(Academic Program: 2650 | Academic Plan: 2650XBSCI )
This program aims to broaden the offerings in Music

performance and research combining the current strengths of
both institutions, CIT (contemporary music technologies and
industry skills) with the ANU (strengths in music performance
and research).
Either
(a) (a) An ACT Year 12 Certificate (or equivalent) with a tertiary
major in music and an accredited minor in English,,
or
(b) Mature Age (turn at least 20 in first year of study). Refer to
www.cit.act.edu.au/future/mature_age
and
Competence in at least one instrument, which may include
voice.
Selection will be based on a resume outlining education
achievements and work experience, and an audition to determine
music competence to perform at Associate Degree level.
NOTE: The Associate Degree specialising in music is not available
to international students.
Program structure
For detailed program structure refer to the ANU website: http://
studyat.anu.edu.au/programs/2150XADMUS;requirements.html
and
78 units of courses offered by the CIT and 18 units of courses
offered by the ANU School of Music:
Semester 1 (CIT courses)
Units
MUSC216 Introduction to Music Industry
MUSC169 Maintain & Expand Music Knowledge & Critical

Listening Skills
MUSC217 Introduction to Music Industry Technology OR

MUSC233 New Introduction to Audio Technology
MUSC174 Develop & Maintain Stagecraft Skills
MUSC223 Advanced Music Theory
PROJ148 Music Industry Project Management
For program and course information about the CIT component

please contact:
CIT Centre for Creative IndustriesAinsworth Street, PhillipGPO
Box 826CanberraACT 2601
T: 02 6207 3583
W: www.cit.act.edu.au
For program and course information about the ANU component
please contact:
740
Minimum: 96 units
Articulation: To the Bachelor of Science
Co-ordinator: Anne Brown, CIT; Elizabeth Ormerod, ANU
This program will provide students with a strong theoretical
foundation in the sciences, in particular the natural sciences,
sound preparation for conducting independent research
relevant to a broad range of applied laboratory and field work
situations, and a higher education pathway to complete the
Bachelor of Science.
Depending upon electives chosen, graduates will be well
prepared for further study in Botany and Zoology, Ecology
and Evolution, Genetics or Resource and Environmental
Management.
Either
(a) An ACT Year 12 Certificate (or equivalent) with a T-Major
in both mathematics and a science, and at least a T-Minor in
English, or
(b) Mature Age (turn at least 20 in first year of study) Refer to
www.cit.act.edu.au/future/mature_age),
and
Have relevant work or other practical experience and a
demonstrated level of general education, which provides a
reasonable chance of successfully completing the program.
Note: International students who have an IELTS rating of less
than 6.5 who will be studying at ANU in the first year of the
program, will be required to undertake additional English
language study concurrently with their first semester of study.
Preference will be given to applicants who have an ACT Year 12
T-Major in chemistry or equivalent, and one or more of: - an
ACT Year 12 T-Major in an additional science or equivalent; other studies in chemistry, general science, physics, or
biology; - a demonstrated interest in the field as evidenced
by work experience, volunteer work, or membership of related
scientific clubs or societies.
Program Structure
For detailed program structure refer to the ANU website:
www://studyat.anu.edu.au/programs/2650XBSCIper
cent20;overview.html
Students may complete a generic stream or, to maximise their
articulation into ANU, one of four pathways in Botany and
Zoology, Ecology and Evolution, Genetics, or Resource and
Environmental Management. Information about the program
ASSOCIATE DEGREES
requirements and course selection is available at the ANU

website or by contacting the co-ordinator for the program.
Further information about the CIT component of the program
should be directed to:
The Administrator,
CIT Science, Forensic and Engineering Centre,
D Block,
Vowells Crescent,
Bruce
CANBERRA ACT 2601
T: 02 6207 4349
www.cit.act.edu.au
Further information about the ANU component should be
directed to:
recognise the primary responsibility of the student for his or

her own progress, and should assist the student to exercise
that responsibility effectively.
4. Processes for making decisions about whether or not
students should be permitted to continue their studies at
the ANU should be open, fair, resource efficient and timely.
Students enrolled for the Associate Degree who fail a course
undertaken at CIT should consult the program co-ordinator and
the Unsatisfactory Academic Performance Policy of the CIT.
Students enrolled for the Associate Degree who fail a course
undertaken at ANU should consult the program co-ordinator
and the ANU Academic Progress Rules, rules 1-9 and 19-23, as
amended from time to time.
Student Office
Frank Fenner Building 42
ANU
ACT 0200
T: 02 6125 2809
E: enquiries.science@anu.edu.au
W: www.anu.edu.au
Assessment and examination

When undertaking courses at CIT, students will be subject to
relevant CIT rules and policies on assessment and grading,
including those related to discipline and academic progress.
The assessment and grading of each course undertaken at the
ANU will be consistent with ANU policy, procedures and rules,
in particular the Assessment Review and Appeals Policy, the
Determination of Systems and Consultation on Assessment
Policy, and Examinations Rules (at www.anu.edu.au/cabs/rules/
ExamsRules.pdf). Supplementary examinations in courses
undertaken at ANU will be granted in accordance with the
Examinations Rules.
Application of ANU legislation

ANU policies, rules, codes and orders apply to students enrolled
in the Associate Degree program. Students will be subject to
relevant CIT rules and policies on assessment and grading,
including those related to discipline and academic progress,
when undertaking courses at CIT.
Academic progress
Principles:
1. The University has a responsibility to ensure appropriate
and early intervention for students whose progress is
unsatisfactory.
2. This responsibility is owed primarily, but not solely, to
the individual students affected; other members of the
University community also have an interest in the best
possible use of available resources.
3. Early interventions should be supportive of the individual
student concerned, and directed towards ensuring the
satisfactory academic progress of that student. They should
741
742
Course Index
743
Index
Course name
Course code
Page
16th, 17th & 18th Century Literature (H)
ENGL3005 (6 units)
254
19th & 20th Century Literature
ENGL2008 (6 units)
251
20th Century American Drama
DRAM2015 (6 units)
249
20th Century History
ASGS1001 (6 units)
737
Abnormal Psychology across the Life Span
659
Aboriginal & Torres Strait Islander Art
ARTH2098 (6 units)
343
INFS2005 (6 units)
454
ACCT4004F (24 units)
436
ACCT4004P (12 units)
436
BUSN1002 (6 units)
439
Accounting Theory
BUSN3001 (6 units)
439
Acoustics of Voice
LING3005 (6 units)
281
Acting Skills 3: Advanced Character Preparation & Performance
DRAM2021 (6 units)
249
Acting Skills: Character Creation, Improvisation & Performance 1
DRAM2016 (3 units)
249
Acting Skills: Character Creation, Improvisation & Performance 2
DRAM2017 (3 units)
249
STAT4031 (6 units)
463
STAT4032 (6 units)
463
ACST4004F (24 units)
437
ACST4004P (12 units)
437
STAT3038 (6 units)
462
Administrative Law
LAWS2201 (6 units)
512
Advanced Algorithms
501
Advanced Analytic Philosophy
PHIL3072 (6 units)
321
Advanced Ancient Greek A
GREK2102 (6 units)
347
Advanced Ancient Greek B
GREK2103 (6 units)
347
Advanced Ancient Greek C
GREK2104 (6 units)
347
Advanced Ancient Greek D
GREK2105 (6 units)
347
Advanced Ancient Greek E
GREK2106 (6 units)
347
Advanced Ancient Greek F
GREK2107 (6 units)
347
Advanced ancient Greek G
GREK2108 (6 units)
347
Advanced Ancient Greek H
GREK2109 (6 units)
266
Advanced Ancient Greek I
GREK2110 (6 units)
266
Advanced Ancient Greek J
GREK2111 (6 units)
347
Advanced Ancient Greek N
GREK2115 (6 units)
347
Advanced Ancient Greek O
GREK2116 (6 units)
347
Advanced Ancient Greek P - Reading course
GREK2117 (6 units)
266
Advanced Ancient Greek Q - Reading Course
GREK2118 (6 units)
266
Advanced Arabic A
ARAB3001 (6 units)
183
Advanced Arabic B
ARAB3002 (6 units)
183
Advanced Continental Philosophy
PHIL3071 (6 units)
321
COMP3420 (6 units)
441
Advanced Databases & Data Mining
487
Advanced Derivatives Pricing and Applications
453
451
Advanced Ethics, Social & Political Philosophy
PHIL3073 (6 units)
321
Advanced French I
FREN3008 (6 units)
259
Advanced French II
FREN3009 (6 units)
259
Advanced Genetics & Bioinformatics
604
Advanced Interactivity
DART3004 (6 units)
239
Advanced International Law
LAWS2264 (6 units)
528
Advanced Japanese: Readings in Print and Electronic Media
JPNS3007 (6 units)
391
Advanced Japanese: Speech and Presentation
JPNS3005 (6 units)
391
744
Index
Course name
Course code
Page
MUSM3244 (3 units)
313
Advanced Laboratory Techniques in Chemical Synthesis
612
Advanced Latin A
LATN2102 (6 units)
349
Advanced Latin B
LATN2103 (6 units)
349
Advanced Latin C
LATN2104 (6 units)
349
Advanced Latin D
LATN2105 (6 units)
349
Advanced Latin E
LATN2106 (6 units)
349
Advanced Latin F
LATN2107 (6 units)
349
Advanced Latin G
LATN2108 (6 units)
349
Advanced Latin H
LATN2109 (6 units)
276
Advanced Latin I
LATN2110 (6 units)
276
Advanced Latin J
LATN2111 (6 units)
349
Advanced Latin N
LATN2115 (6 units)
349
Advanced Latin O
LATN2116 (6 units)
349
Advanced Latin P - Reading Course
LATN2117 (6 units)
276
Advanced Latin Q - Reading Course
LATN2118 (6 units)
276
BUSN3003 (6 units)
440
Advanced Marketing Research Methods
STAT3005 (6 units)
461
Advanced Persian A
PERS3005 (6 units)
317
Advanced Persian B
PERS3006 (6 units)
317
Advanced Philosophical Topics A
PHIL3062 (6 units)
352
Advanced Philosophical Topics B
PHIL3063 (6 units)
352
Advanced Physics II
648
Advanced Physics I
648
Advanced Reading In South Asian Cultures
SKRT3108 (6 units)
400
Advanced Readings in Chinese A
CHIN3211 (6 units)
380
Advanced Readings in Chinese B
CHIN3212 (6 units)
381
Advanced Readings in Japanese History
JPNS3023 (6 units)
393
Advanced Readings in Japanese Law
JPNS3024 (6 units)
393
HIND3108 (6 units)
384
Advanced Readings in Southeast Asian Culture
INDN3005 (6 units)
387
Advanced Readings in Thai Language and Culture
THAI3008 (6 units)
404
Advanced Research Methods
658
Advanced Sanskrit A
SKRT2103 (6 units)
399
Advanced Sanskrit B
SKRT2104 (6 units)
399
Advanced Sanskrit C
SKRT2105 (6 units)
399
Advanced Sanskrit D
SKRT2106 (6 units)
400
Advanced Spanish II
SPAN3004 (6 units)
335
Advanced Spanish I
SPAN3003 (6 units)
335
Advanced Studies 1
ARTS1101 (6 units)
193
Advanced Studies 1
SCNC1101 (6 units)
661
Advanced Studies 2
ARTS1102 (6 units)
193
Advanced Studies 2
SCNC1102 (6 units)
661
Advanced Studies 3
ARTS2101 (6 units)
193
Advanced Studies 3
ASIA2102 (6 units)
369
Advanced Studies 3
SCNC2101 (6 units)
661
Advanced Studies 4
ARTS2102 (6 units)
194
Advanced Studies 4
ASIA2104 (6 units)
369
Advanced Studies 4
SCNC2102 (6 units)
661
Advanced Studies 5
ARTS3101 (6 units)
195
Advanced Studies 5
ASIA3101 (6 units)
376
Advanced Studies 5
SCNC3101 (6 units)
661
745
Index
Course name
Course code
Page
Advanced Studies 6
ARTS3102 (6 units)
195
Advanced Studies 6
ASIA3102 (6 units)
376
Advanced Studies 6
SCNC3102 (6 units)
661
Advanced Studies 7
SCNC3103 (6 units)
661
Advanced Studies 8
SCNC3104 (6 units)
661
Advanced Studies in Asia & the Pacific
ASIA3026 (6 units)
375
Advanced Theoretical Physics
650
Advanced Topics in Information Systems
INFS3021 (6 units)
465
Advanced Turkish A
TURK3001 (6 units)
337
Advanced Turkish B
TURK3002 (6 units)
337
Advances in Human Genetics
597
Advances in Molecular Plant Science
605
Advertising
MKTG2033 (6 units)
458
Aesthetics
PHIL2068 (6 units)
352
Agroecology & Sustainable Systems
630
Algebra 1 Honours: Groups, Rings & Advanced Linear Algebra
639
Algebra 2 Honours: Field extensions & Galois Theory
644
Algebra
ASGS1005 (6 units)
737
Algebraic Topology Honours
644
Algorithms
488
Alternative Readings of Chinese Masterpieces
CHIN3116 (6 units)
380
American Accents, Race Gender & Ethnicity in Modern American Literature
ENGL2006 (6 units)
345
American Sixties
HIST2126 (6 units)
348
American Voices: Aspects of Social Thought in the United States
HIST2107 (6 units)
348
Analogue Electronics
ENGN3227 (6 units)
498
Analysis 1 Honours 3
MATH2320 (6 units)
455
Analysis 1 Honours: Metric Spaces & Applications
639
Analysis 2 Honours: Topology, Lebesgue Integration & Hilbert Spaces
642
Analysis 3 Honours: Functional analysis, Spectral theory & Applications
643
Analysis of Mammalian Remains
344
Analytical Chemistry
610
Analytical Methods for Anthropology & Archaeology
ARCH2126 (3 units)
189
Ancient Athens: Democracy & Empire
ANCH1013 (6 units)
176
GREK4005F (24 units each Semester)
267
GREK4005P (12 units each Semester)
267
ANCH4005F (24 units each Semester)
177
ANCH4005P (12 units each semester)
177
Animals, Plants & People
ARCH2108 (6 units)
188
ANTH4005F (24 units each Semester)
182
ANTH4005P (12 units each semester)
182
Anthropology of Art
ANTH2010 (6 units)
341
Anthropology of Emotion
ANTH2034 (6 units)
341
Anthropology of New Guinea & Melanesia
ANTH2006 (6 units)
341
Anthropology & the Urban Experience
ANTH2054 (6 units)
341
Apocalypse Then: Dantes Inferno
ITAL3017 (6 units)
349
Application of Bayesian Networks in Natural Resource Management
632
Applied Algebra 1 Honours: Groups, Rings & Advanced Linear Algebra
641
Applied Analysis 1 Honours: Metric Spaces & Applications
641
Applied Anthropology
ANTH2062 (6 units)
342
Applied Arabic
ARAB2010 (12 units)
182
450
450
746
Index
Course name
Course code
Page
Applied Ethics
PHIL2085 (6 units)
319
Applied Geographic Information Science
630
282
282
Applied Macro and Financial Econometrics
451
451
Applied Spectroscopy
608
Applied Statistics
STAT3008 (6 units)
461
ECON2090 (6 units)
464
Applied Tax Policy(P)
ECON2040 (6 units)
464
Archaeological Field & Laboratory Methods A
ARCH3004A (6 units)
189
Archaeological Field & Laboratory Methods B
ARCH3004B (6 units)
189
196
196
Archaeology: Finding treasure & history
ARCH1111 (6 units)
185
Archaeology in Film & Fiction
ARCH2052 (6 units)
342
ARCH4105F (24 units each Semester)
190
ARCH4105P (12 units each semester)
190
Archaeology of China & Southeast Asia
ARCH2050 (6 units)
342
Archaeology of Death & Mortuary Practices
ARCH2054 (6 units)
342
Archaeology of Mexico & the Maya
ARCH2021 (6 units)
186
Archaeology of the Central Andes
ARCH2040 (6 units)
187
Archaeology of the Neanderthals: who were they?
ARCH2036 (6 units)
187
Archaeology & the Document
ARCH2034 (6 units)
186
Art & Architecture of Asia: Continuity & Change
ARTH2059 (6 units)
343
Art & Architecture of Southeast Asia: Tradition & Transformation
ARTH2056 (6 units)
343
Artefacts & Society in the Greco-Roman World
ANCH2009 (6 units)
341
Art History & Curatorship IV Honours (S)
ARTH4006F (24 units each Semester)
192
Artificial Intelligence
COMP3620 (6 units)
488
Art & Its Context: Materials, Techniques, Display
ARTH2044 (6 units)
190
Art of Portraiture: History & Theory
ARTH2102 (6 units)
192
Art of the Modern Print
ARTH2052 (6 units)
191
Art & Politics
ARTV2015 (6 units)
343
Art & Politics of Collecting
ARTH2057 (6 units)
191
Asian Giants: India, China and Japan; Alternate Paths to Prosperity (H)
ECHI2119 (6 units)
464
Asian Giants: India, China and Japan; Alternate Paths to Prosperity (P)
ECHI2109 (6 units)
464
ASIA4001F (12 units)
377
ASIA4001P (12 units)
378
ASTR4005F (24 units)
593
ASTR4005P (12 units)
594
Astrophysics
ASTR1001 (6 units) A
593
Astrophysics Research Topic
593
Atomic Physics: Atom-light interactions
650
Audio-Video Output
DART3005 (6 units)
240
Auditing
BUSN3002 (6 units)
440
MUSM1276 (3 units)
294
MUSM1277 (3 units)
294
MUSM1278 (3 units)
294
MUSM1279 (3 units)
295
MUSM2254 (3 units)
305
MUSM2253 (3 units)
305
MUSM2256 (3 units)
305
747
Index
Course name
Course code
Page
MUSM2255 (3 units)
305
Aural 5
MUSM3228 (3 units)
312
Aural 6
MUSM3229 (3 units)
312
Australian Archaeology
ARCH2004 (6 units)
185
Australian Art: 20th & 21st Century
ARTH2027 (6 units)
342
Australian Art: Methods & Approaches
ARTH2049 (6 units)
343
Australian Art: The Modern Period
ARTV2054 (6 units)
219
Australian Crimes: Crime narratives on page, stage & screen
ENGL2081 (6 units)
254
Australian Democracy: Comparative & Theoretical Approaches
POLS2103 (6 units)
327
Australian Economic History (H)
ECHI2112 (6 units)
464
Australian Economic History (P)
ECHI2102 (6 units)
464
Australian Economy
ECHI1006 (6 units)
442
Australian Film: Ned Kelly to Mad Max
ENGL2066 (6 units)
346
Australian Foreign Policy: Australias Foreign Wars
POLS3001 (6 units)
328
Australian History
HIST1203 (6 units)
347
Australian Legal History
LAWS2273 (6 units)
531
Australian Music
MUSM2205 (6 units)
296
Australian National Internship A
ANIP3004 (18 units)
177
Australian National Internship B
ANIP3005 (12 units)
177
Australian National Internship C
ANIP3006 (18 units)
177
Australian Plant Diversity
596
Australian Political Economy
POLS2054 (6 units)
353
Australian Political Parties
POLS2067 (6 units)
353
Australian Public Law
LAWS1205 (6 units)
510
Australians at Work
HIST2078 (6 units)
348
Australian Society: Development & Change
SOCY2033 (6 units)
354
Australian Studies IV Honours (S)
AUST4005F (24 units each Semester)
232
Australian Vertebrates
595
Australias Environment
620
Australias Forests
622
Automating Tools for New Media
COMP2720 (6 units)
485
Bad Neighbours: Law & life in Ancient Athens
ANCH2016 (6 units)
176
Bankruptcy and Insolvency
LAWS2209 (6 units)
514
Behavioural Economics: Psychology and Economics
ECON2013 (6 units)
444
Belonging, Identity & Nationalism
ANTH2056 (6 units)
341
BIMB4005F (24 units)
606
BIMB4005P (12 units)
606
Biochemistry & Nutrition
598
Bioinformatics & Biological Modelling
639
BIAN4005F (24 units each Semester)
237
BIAN4005P (12 units in each semester) 238
Biological Basis of Behaviour
656
Biology 1: Evolution, Ecology & Genetics
594
Biology 2: Molecular Biology
594
Biomedical Engineering
ENGN4533 (6 units)
502
Biotechnology in Context
605
Body Matters: An Introduction to Reading in Literature, Film & Performance
ENGL2079 (6 units)
345
BOZO4005F (24 units)
606
BOZO4005P (12 units)
607
Britain before the Romans - from Stonehenge to the Celts
ARCH2002 (6 units)
342
Britons & Romans: Archaeology of the Western Roman Empire
ARCH2056 (6 units)
342
Buddhism
ASIA2251 (6 units)
371
748
Index
Course name
Course code
Page
Bureaucracy Politics & Power
POLS2009 (6 units)
323
EMET3007 (6 units)
451
MGMT2003 (6 units)
456
Business Ethics
MGMT3016 (6 units)
456
Business in China
BUSI3028 (6 units)
438
INFS1001 (6 units)
453
BUSN1001 (6 units)
438
Business Skills
MGMT1001 (6 units)
455
Business Statistics
STAT1009 (6 units)
460
Byzantine Commonwealth
ARTH2038 (6 units)
342
Byzantine Empire
ARTH2015 (6 units)
342
Calculus & Matrix Models
636
Cantonese A
CHIN3201 (6 units)
380
Cantonese B
CHIN3202 (6 units)
380
Carbonate Reef Field Studies
616
Cartographies: Art Exploration & Knowledge
ARTV2016 (6 units)
343
Cartographies of Security: Critical Security Studies & International Politics
POLS2099 (6 units)
353
Cell Physiology in Health & Disease
598
Cellular Neuroscience
599
Central Concepts of Music
MUSM1201 (6 units)
285
608
609
Chemistry 1
607
Chemistry 2
608
CHEM4005F (24 units)
612
CHEM4005P (12 units)
612
Chemistry of the Earth & Oceans
614
Child Language Acquisition
LING3021 (6 units)
281
Chinese Language & Society
CHIN3005 (6 units)
378
Chinese Linguistics
LING2017 (6 units)
349
Chinese Traditional Theatre: Literature and Performance
ASIA2169 (6 units)
371
Cinema in Southeast Asia: Genre & Cultural Identities
GEND2031 (6 units)
261
Cinemedia as Performance
NEWM2002 (6 units)
351
Cities & their Hinterlands
623
Citizens, The State & Democracy
SOCY2052 (6 units)
354
City Life & Suburban Dream: a History of Urban Australia
HIST2119 (6 units)
269
City Sites: studies in art & urbanity
ARTV2056 (6 units)
344
Classical Chinese 1
CHIN3030 (6 units)
379
Classical Chinese 2
CHIN3031 (6 units)
380
Classical Chinese 3
CHIN3032 (6 units)
380
Classical Chinese 4
CHIN3033 (6 units)
380
Classical German Literature
GERM2024 (6 units)
346
Classical Marxism
POLS2061 (6 units)
353
Classical Sociological Theory
SOCY2040 (6 units)
354
Classic Novel into Film
ENGL2067 (6 units)
252
Classics IV Honours
CLAS4005F (24 units each Semester)
238
Classics IV Honours
CLAS4005P (12 units in each semester) 239
Clear Thinking and Reasoning
ASGS1002 (6 units)
737
Climate Change Science & Policy
629
Climate Change Science & Policy Field School
626
Climate Law
LAWS2274 (6 units)
532
Clinical Youth Law Program
LAWS2267 (6 units)
528
749
Index
Course name
Course code
Page
Coastal Environmental Earth Science
618
Collective Behaviour & Social Movements
SOCY2041 (6 units)
354
196
196
Commerce IV Honours
COMM4004F (24 units)
441
Commerce IV Honours
COMM4004P (12 units)
441
Commercial Law
LAWS2210 (6 units)
515
Commodification & the Self
PHIL2109 (6 units)
352
Commonwealth Constitutional Law
LAWS2202 (6 units)
512
Communications
ASGS1003 (6 units)
737
Communications Technologies
ENGN3215 (6 units)
502
Community Law Clinical Program
LAWS2268 (12 units)
529
Company Accounting
BUSN2015 (6 units)
439
Comparative Law
LAWS2272 (6 units)
531
Competition Policy, Privatisation and Regulation (H)
ECON2012 (6 units)
464
Competition Policy, Privatisation and Regulation (P)
ECON2010 (6 units)
464
ARTV2100 (6 units)
220
ARTV2022 (6 units)
211
ARTV2023 (6 units)
214
ARTV3024 (6 units)
225
Complex Analysis Honours
642
Composite Materials
502
Composition 1
MUSM1218 (6 units)
287
Composition 2
MUSM1219 (6 units)
287
Composition 3
MUSM2218 (6 units)
298
Composition 4
MUSM2219 (6 units)
298
MUSM3218 (6 units)
308
MUSM3219 (6 units)
308
647
647
Computer Graphics
491
Computer Networks
501
Computer Science Group Project
COMP3130 (6 units)
487
Computer Science Honours
COMP4006 (24 units)
489
COMP4005F (12 units to 24 units)
492
COMP4005P (12 units to 24 units)
492
Computer Science Research Project
COMP3006 (6 units)
486
Computer Vision
ENGN4528 (6 units)
502
Computing Fundamentals
ASGS1004 (6 units)
738
Concepts in Practice
NEWM2005 (6 units)
351
484
Condensed Matter Physics
650
Conducting 1
MUSM1272 (3 units)
293
Conducting 2
MUSM1273 (3 units)
293
Conducting 3
MUSM2245 (3 units)
304
Conducting 4
MUSM2246 (3 units)
304
Conflict of Laws
LAWS2212 (6 units)
534
Consequentialism
PHIL2112 (6 units)
352
Conservation Biology
603
Consumer Behaviour
MKTG2031 (6 units)
458
Consumerism & its Critics, Britain 1714-1846
HIST2221 (6 units)
271
Consumer Protection and Product Liability Law
LAWS2259 (6 units)
527
750
Index
Course name
Course code
Page
Contemporary Asian Art
ARTV2053 (6 units)
219
Contemporary Australian Art
ARTV2017 (6 units)
210
Contemporary Australian Political Issues
POLS2083 (6 units)
353
Contemporary Australian Writing
ENGL2011 (6 units)
251
Contemporary European Narrative
LANG3003 (6 units)
349
EURO4105F (24 units each Semester)
255
255
Contemporary France
FREN2012 (6 units)
346
Contemporary International Art: Critical Themes
ARTH2101 (6 units)
343
Contemporary issues in Asia & Australia: an introduction to social theory

& practice
621
Contemporary Issues in Constitutional Law
LAWS2213 (6 units)
515
Contemporary Metaphysics
PHIL2060 (6 units)
351
MUSM1274 (3 units)
293
MUSM1275 (3 units)
294
Contemporary Optics
653
Contemporary Political Theory
POLS2063 (6 units)
353
Continuing Ancient Greek
GREK1102 (6 units)
265
Continuing Ancient Greek (L)
GREK2119 (6 units)
266
Continuing French I
FREN2024 (6 units)
258
Continuing French II
FREN2025 (6 units)
258
Continuing Latin
LATN1102 (6 units)
275
Continuing Latin (L)
LATN2119 (6 units)
276
Continuing Spanish II
SPAN2002 (6 units)
334
Continuing Spanish I
SPAN2001 (6 units)
334
Continuous State Stochastic Processes
STAT3006 (6 units)
465
452
Contracts
LAWS1204 (6 units)
510
Control Systems
ENGN3223 (6 units)
497
Conversation Analysis
LING3011 (6 units)
281
Convicts & Emigrants: Australia 1770s to 1870s
HIST2128 (6 units)
348
Cool Old Masters
ARTV2050 (6 units)
344
Core Computer Studies
ARTV1032 (6 units)
206
Core Studies in Design Arts: 2D image trading
DESA1020 (6 units)
244
Core Studies in Design Arts: 3D/ Space & Materials
DESA1021 (6 units)
244
Core Studies in Design Arts: Life Drawing
DESA1022 (6 units)
244
Core Studies in Visual Arts: 2D image trading
ARTV1020 (6 units)
206
Core Studies in Visual Arts: 3D/ Space & Materials
ARTV1021 (6 units)
206
Core Studies in Visual Arts: Life Drawing
ARTV1022 (6 units)
206
Corporate Finance
FINM2001 (6 units)
452
Corporate Social Responsibility, Accountability and Reporting
BUSN3017 (6 units)
440
Corporate Strategy
MGMT3015 (6 units)
456
MGMT2001 (6 units)
455
Corporate Valuation
FINM3005 (6 units)
452
Corporations Law
LAWS2203 (6 units)
513
Cost Benefit Analysis
ECON2133 (6 units)
464
Costume, Fashion & Visual Culture
ARTV2055 (6 units)
219
Country Lives: Australian Rural History
HIST2129 (6 units)
348
Creative Writing 2: Story to Script
ENGL2077 (6 units)
345
Creative Writing 3: Advanced Fiction
ENGL2078 (6 units)
253
Creative Writing
ENGL2076 (6 units)
253
Credibility Theory
STAT3036 (6 units) C
462
751
Index
Course name
Course code
Page
Criminal Justice
LAWS2214 (6 units)
534
LAWS1206 (6 units)
511
Critical Thinking & Practical Reasoning
PHIL1005 (6 units)
318
Critical Thought in an Economic Context
ECCO2001 (6 units)
463
Cross-Cultural Communication
LING1021 (6 units)
278
Cross Cultural Communication (L)
LING2021 (6 units)
280
BUSI3029 (6 units)
463
Crossing Borders: Diasporas & Transnationalism
ANTH2129 (6 units)
180
Culture, Biology & Population Dynamics
233
Culture & Development
ANTH2009 (6 units)
179
Culture & Human Diversity: Introducing Anthropology
ANTH1002 (6 units)
178
Culture Matters: An Interdisciplinary Approach
GEND2000 (6 units)
346
Culture & Person
ANTH2057 (6 units)
341
Cultures in Motion: The Anthropology of Globalisation
ANTH2131 (6 units)
342
Curatorship Theory & Practice
ARTH2045 (6 units)
343
Current Affairs in the Spanish-speaking world (Continuing)
SPAN2100 (6 units)
334
Current Affairs in the Spanish-speaking World (Intermediate)
SPAN3100 (6 units)
335
Current Topics in Developmental & Molecular Biology
605
Cyberculture
ARTV2018 (6 units)
344
Data Mining Honours
644
Data Structures & Algorithms I
COMP1130 (6 units)
482
Data Structures & Algorithms II
COMP1140 (6 units)
483
Decay & disturbance: Archaeological formation processes
ARCH2035 (6 units)
186
Democracy, Difference & Desire
PHIL2101 (6 units)
320
Democratic Vistas: Aspects of Nineteenth Century American Literature
ENGL2005 (6 units)
251
Design Arts Honours
DESA4005F (24 units each Semester)
247
Design Arts Honours
DESA4005P (12 units in each semester) 247
Design History
ARTV2051 (6 units)
344
STAT3012 (6 units)
461
Design & the Theatre: Scenic Design
DRAM2010 (6 units)
344
Developmental Psychology
656
Development & Change of Urban Society
SOCY2035 (6 units)
332
Development & Change
POLS2011 (6 units)
323
BUSI2027 (6 units)
463
Development Poverty and Famine (H)
ECHI2013 (6 units)
442
Development Poverty and Famine (P)
ECHI2003 (6 units)
442
DEST4005F (24 units each Semester)
248
DEST4005P (12 units in each semester) 248
Dictionaries & Dictionary-Making
LING2023 (6 units)
350
MATH1115 (6 units)
455
Differential Equations & Applications
638
Differential Geometry H
643
241
241
241
242
497
ENGN4612 (6 units)
500
ENGN3213 (6 units)
496
Diplomacy & International Conflict
POLS2056 (6 units)
353
314
314
752
Index
Course name
Course code
Page
Directed Study Project (Arabic)
ARAB3007 (6 units)
184
Directing for the Camera
FILM2007 (6 units)
256
ENGN1211 (6 units)
493
Discrete Mathematical Models
636
Diversity of Life
595
Documentary: Real Life in Virtual Space
FILM2010 (6 units)
257
DRAM4005F (24 units each Semester)
250
DRAM4005P (12 units each semester)
250
Dynamics of Business in the Middle East
BUSI2024 (6 units)
437
BUSI2034 (6 units)
437
Dynamic Visual Effects for Film & Broadcast
DART3001 (6 units)
239
Early Italian Literature from the Sicilian School to the Renaissance
ITAL2010 (6 units)
274
Early Medieval Europe: Art & Architecture
ARTH2095 (6 units)
343
East Asian Women and War
ASIA2166 (6 units)
370
Ecological Measurement & Modelling
622
Ecological Restoration & Management
628
Ecology of Disease
599
Ecology of Health & Disease
599
Econometric Methods
EMET2007 (6 units)
450
EMET2008 (6 units)
450
Economic Geology
616
ECHI4004 (F) 24 units
443
ECHI4004 (P) 12 units
443
Economics 3 (H)
ECON3100 (6 units) C
448
450
450
621
Economics I (H)
ECON1100 (6 units)
443
449
449
Education & Society
SOCY2021 (6 units)
331
Eighteenth Century Literature
ENGL2050 (6 units)
345
Elections in Southeast Asia: Between Democracy and Electoral Authoritarianism
ASIA2070 (6 units)
369
Electric Citizens: The Rise of the Modern Media in the United States, 1865-2000 HIST2121 (6 units)
348
Electromagnetism
649
Electronic Business
INFS2004 (6 units)
453
Electronic Circuits
494
Electronic Music: History, Theory & Practice
MUSM2262 (6 units)
306
Elementary Turkish A
TURK1001 (6 units)
336
Elementary Turkish B
TURK1002 (6 units)
336
E-Marketing
MKTG2032 (6 units)
465
Emperors & Madmen: The Early Roman Empire
HIST2222 (6 units)
272
Emperors & Revolutionaries: Histories of Modern China
ASIA2037 (6 units)
366
Empire & its Fictions
ENGL2068 (6 units)
252
HIST1015 (6 units)
267
Ends of Empire: British Colonial Rule & its Outcomes
465
Energy Resources & Renewable Technologies
ENGN4516 (6 units)
499
497
Engaging Asia: Working with Government
ASIA2020 (6 units)
364
Engineering Law
COMP4211 (3 units)
501
Engineering Law
ENGN4611 (6 units)
500
Engineering Management
ENGN3221 (6 units)
496
753
Index
Course name
Course code
Page
500
ENGN3706 (6 units)
498
ENGN3712 (12 units)
498
ENGN4706 (6 units)
500
ENGN4712 (12 units)
501
ENGN4718 (18 units)
501
ENGN4724 (24 units)
501
Engineering Research & Development Project (Methods)
ENGN2706 (6 units)
495
Engineering Systems Analysis
ENGN2226 (6 units)
495
English in a Legal Context
LAWS1209 (0 units)
511
ENGL4005F (24 units each Semester)
254
ENGL4005P (12 units each Semester)
254
English - Vietnamese Translation
VIET3015 (6 units)
408
MUSM1224 (3 units)
287
MUSM1225 (3 units)
287
MUSM2224 (3 units)
298
MUSM2225 (3 units)
298
MUSM3224 (3 units)
308
MUSM3225 (3 units)
308
MUSM1226 (3 units)
289
MUSM1227 (3 units)
289
MUSM2226 (3 units)
300
MUSM2227 (3 units)
300
MUSM3226 (3 units)
310
MUSM3227 (3 units)
310
Enterprise Systems in Business
INFS3002 (6 units)
454
Entomology
600
MGMT3027 (6 units)
457
Environmental Chemistry
609
Environmental Law Elective
LAWS2216 (6 units)
516
Environmental Law
LAWS2215 (6 units)
515
Environmental Mathematics
642
Environmental Policy & Planning
631
Environment & Development: exploring interactions through theory & practice
623
634
634
Environment & Society Research Methods
620
SOCY2022 (6 units)
331
Equity and Trusts
LAWS2205 (6 units)
513
Equity & Justice
ARTS2010 (6 units)
343
European Cinemas, European Societies
FILM2003 (6 units)
256
European Philosophy A
PHIL2087 (6 units)
352
European Philosophy B
PHIL2097 (6 units)
319
EURO4005F
255
255
European Union: Policies, Institutions & Challenges
EURO2003 (6 units)
255
Europe: Contemporary Issues in Historical Perspective
EURO2005 (6 units)
465
Europe in the 20th Century
HIST2140 (6 units)
270
Europe in the Modern Era: Foundations of International Relations
EURO1004 (6 units)
255
Europe & the Atlantic World, c. 1450-1750
HIST1205 (6 units)
347
Evidence
LAWS2207 (6 units)
514
Evolutionary & Behavioural Ecology
601
754
Index
Course name
Course code
Page
Evolution of Biodiversity
597
Excessive Appetites: Sociocultural Perspectives on Addiction, Drug Use & Gender GEND2033 (6 units)
346
Exchange - Bachelor of Social Sciences (Honours)
441
ECCO5921 (6 units)
Exchange Program for Asian Studies Students
ASIA5920 (6 units)
378
Exchange Program for Business and Economics Students - Band 2
ECCO5920 (6 - 24 units)
441
Exchange Program for Business and Economics Students Band 3
ECCO5922 (6 - 24 units)
442
Exchange Program for Law Students
533
Exchange Program for Music Students
MUSM5920 (6 units to 24 units)
315
BUSI3065 (6 units)
463
Experience of Theatre III: Greek, Roman & Medieval Theatre
DRAM2014 (6 units)
344
Experience Theatre II: Drama before 1900
DRAM2012 (6 units)
248
Experience Theatre I: Twentieth Century Theatre
DRAM2011 (6 units)
344
Exploring Poetry
ENGL1009 (6 units)
251
Exploring Youth Cultures
ANTH2061 (6 units)
342
Fabric of Life: An Introduction To Textile History
ARTH2055 (6 units)
343
Family Law
LAWS2217 (6 units)
516
Farm & Urban Forestry
634
Fascism & Antifascism
POLS2092 (6 units)
325
Fear, Fighting & Flourishing: Australia in the World System
POLS2106 (6 units)
353
Feminist and Critical Legal Theory
LAWS2218 (6 units)
517
653
Fibre Optics Communications Systems
499
Field Geology
615
Field Methods
LING2009 (6 units)
350
Field Studies in Behavioural Ecology
601
Film as Philosophy
PHIL2102 (6 units)
320
Filmi Hindi
HIND2150 (6 units)
383
Filming Cultures
ANTH2049 (6 units)
341
Film & Music
FILM2008 (6 units)
346
Film Scoring
MUSM1167 (3 units)
350
FILM4005F (24 units each Semester)
257
FILM4005P (12 units each Semester)
257
Finance IV Honours
FINM4004F (24 units)
453
Finance IV Honours
FINM4004P (12 units)
453
ECON3016 (6 units)
448
Financial Economics(P)
ECON3006 (6 units)
447
Financial Instruments and Risk Management
FINM2002 (6 units)
452
STAT2032 (6 units)
460
Financial Reporting By Corporations
BUSN3008 (6 units)
440
ENGN4615 (6 units)
502
Fire in the Environment
627
FINM3006 (6 units)
465

464
flair: Cultural life style in todays Italy
ITAL2011 (6 units)
348
Folk Music: Theory & Practice
MUSM2252 (6 units)
351
Food for Thought: Anthropological theories of food & eating
ANTH2132 (6 units)
342
Forensic Anthropology & Archaeology
235
Forest Policies & Practices
634
Forest Products
635
Forestry Honours 1
ENVS4035 (6 units)
636
Forestry Honours 2
ENVS4045 (12 units)
636
Forestry IV Honours Bachelor of Science (Forestry) (S)
636
755
Index
Course name
Course code
Page
Forestry IV Honours Bachelor of Science (Forestry) (S)
636
Formal Methods in Software Engineering
485
Foundations of Australian Law
LAWS1201 (6 units)
509
MATH2501 (6 units)
455
Foundations of Economic and Financial Models
EMET1001 (6 units)
450
Foundations of Mathematics Honours
643
648
Foundations of Social Research
SOCY2037 (6 units)
354
Fourier Systems & Optics
651
Fractal Geometry & Chaotic Dynamics
641
Framing Other Cultures
ARTV2019 (6 units)
344
Frankfurt School & Habermas
POLS2076 (6 units)
325
French Cinema
FREN2023 (6 units)
346
FREN4005F (24 units each Semester)
259
FREN4005P (12 units each Semester)
260
French Literature & The Pacific
FREN2022 (6 units)
258
French Revolution: A Cultural Perspective
HIST1017 (6 units)
347
From Origins to Civilizations
ARCH1112 (6 units)
185
Fundamental Ideas in Philosophy: An Introduction
PHIL1004 (6 units)
317
Galaxies & Cosmology
593
Gallipoli: History & National Imagination
MEAS2108 (6 units)
284
Games, Graphs & Machines
638
Gendered Politics of War
POLS2085 (6 units)
325
Gender Globalisation & Development
POLS2086 (6 units)
353
Gender, Health & Embodiment
GEND2025 (6 units)
346
Gender in Cross-Cultural Perspective
ANTH2025 (6 units)
179
Gender in Humanities: Reading Jane Eyre
GEND2024 (6 units)
346
Gender, Sex & Sexuality: An Introduction to Feminist Theory
GEND2023 (6 units)
346
GEND4105F (24 units each Semester)
262
GEND4105P (12 units each Semester)
262
Gender & Visual Culture
ARTV2020 (6 units)
344
STAT3015 (6 units)
462
General Microbiology
596
MUSM2247 (3 units)
351
Genes, Memes & Cultural Difference
ANTH2127 (6 units) B
180
Genes: Replications & Expression
597
Genocide - Post 1945
POLS2100 (6 units)
353
Genocide Studies
POLS2096 (6 units)
326
Genomics & its Applications
604
635
635
619
619
Geomorphology: Landscape Evolution under Changing Climate
631
Geophysics
615
German Cinema
GERM2046 (6 units)
347
German Cinema
GERM3046 (6 units)
347
GERM4005F (24 units each Semester)
265
GERM4005P (12 units each Semester)
265
German Language Change
GERM2111 (6 units)
347
German Prose of the 20th Century
GERM3041 (6 units)
347
GERM3007 (6 units)
264
756
Index
Course name
Course code
Page
GERM3008 (6 units)
264
GERM2103 (6 units)
263
GERM2104 (6 units)
263
GERM2105 (6 units)
263
GERM2106 (6 units)
264
GERM1021 (6 units)
262
GERM1022 (6 units)
262
Germany & Austria in Europe
POLS2071 (6 units)
353
Global Citizens
PHIL2111 (6 units)
352
Global Cycles & Paleooceanography
618
Globalisation and Regionalisation in the World Economy (H)
ECHI2016 (6 units)
464
Globalisation and Regionalisation in the World Economy (P)
ECHI2006 (6 units)
463
Globalism & the Politics of Identity
POLS2075 (6 units)
353
Global Justice
PHIL2113 (6 units)
320
Global & Local
ANTH1003 (6 units)
178
Global Social Movements
POLS2064 (6 units)
324
Going Public: Sex, Sexuality & Feminism
GEND2034 (6 units)
261
Government & Politics in the USA (Part A)
POLS2013A (6 units)
323
Government & Politics in the USA (Part B)
POLS2013B (6 units)
352
STAT3011 (6 units)
461
Great Thinkers of the 20th Century
PHIL2107 (6 units)
352
Greek Art & Architecture
ARTH2053 (6 units)
343
Groundwater
617
Healing Powers: Medicine & Society Since 1750
HIST2111 (6 units)
348
Health, Disease & Behaviours in the Past
344
Health Economics
ECON3004 (6 units)
447
Health Law, Bioethics and Human Rights
LAWS2219 (6 units)
517
Health Psychology
658
MUSM2239 (6 units)
303
High Performance Scientific Computation
501
Hindi 1A
HIND1100 (6 units)
382
Hindi 1A: in-country
HIND1008 (6 units)
381
Hindi 1B
HIND1200 (6 units)
382
Hindi 1B: in-country
HIND1009 (6 units)
381
Hindi 2 A-B: in-country
HIND2002 (18 units)
382
Hindi 2A
HIND2300 (6 units)
383
Hindi 2B
HIND2400 (6 units)
383
Hindi 2 C-D: in-country
HIND3002 (18 units)
384
HIST4005F (24 units each Semester)
272
HIST4005P (12 units each Semester)
272
History of Archaeology: Discovering the Past
ARCH2006 (6 units)
186
ECHI2015 (6 units)
442
ECHI2005 (6 units)
442
History of Western Sexuality
HIST2018 (6 units)
348
History on Film
HIST2130 (6 units)
348
History & Theory (H)
HIST2110 (6 units)
268
Homer & the Trojan War
ANCH2014 (6 units)
341
Honours in Business
MMIB4004F (24 units)
458
Honours in Business
MMIB4004P (12 units)
459
ARTV4200F (24 units each Semester)
232
ARTV4200P (12 units each Semester)
232
Honours Thesis
LAWS3202 (12 units)
533
757
Index
Course name
Course code
Page
How Piano is your Forte? - The History of the Piano
MUSM1281 (3 units)
351
Human Biology
595
Human Computer Interface Design & Evaluation
COMP3900 (6 units)
501
Human Ecology
623
635
635
Human Evolution
232
Human Futures
630
Human Nutrition & Population Health
606
Human Physiology
595
MGMT2030 (6 units)
456
Human Rights Law in Australia
LAWS2220 (6 units)
517
Human Security: Conflict, Displacement & Peace Building
ASIA2047 (6 units)
367
Human Skeletal Analysis
236
Human Society as Animal Society: Sex, Conflict, Co-operation & Human

Uniqueness
234
Human Variations & Racism in Western Culture, c. 1450-1950
HIST2133 (6 units)
269
Hybrid Interactive Digital Media
DART3003 (6 units)
239
Hydrology for Natural Resource Management
622
Ideas, Causality & Personal Identity: Issues from Locke & Hume
PHIL2099 (6 units)
352
Ideas in Politics
POLS1003 (6 units)
352
Identity, Difference & Ethnicity
SOCY3022 (6 units)
333
Ideological Issues Under the Fifth Republic
FREN2014 (6 units)
346
Images of 20th Century German Culture
GERM3047 (6 units)
265
Imagining the Future: The Social Origins of Utopias & Science Fiction
SOCY2053 (6 units)
354
Income Tax
LAWS2221 (6 units)
518
Independent Research Project
628
India Imagined: Constructing Nationhood
ENGL2070 (6 units)
345
India & Modernity: Concepts & Issues in South Asia from the 18th to the
21st Centuries
ASIA2061 (6 units)
368
Indigenous Australian History
HIST2022 (6 units)
268
Indigenous Australians and the Law
LAWS2238 (6 units)
535
Indigenous Australians & Australian Society Today
ANTH2017 (6 units)
179
Indigenous Australian Societies & Cultures
ANTH2005 (6 units)
179
Indigenous Australian Visual Culture
ARTV2021 (6 units)
210
Indigenous Perspectives in Archaeological Fieldwork
ARCH2053 (6 units)
342
Individual Project
ENGN4200 (6 units)
498
Individual Research Honours (Part A)
315
Individual Research Honours (Part B)
315
Individual Research Unit
ARTV2034 (6 units)
218
Individual & Society in Asia & the Pacific A
ASIA1025 (6 units)
362
Individual & Society in Asia & the Pacific B
ASIA1030 (6 units)
362
INDN1005 (6 units)
385
Indonesian 1A
INDN1002 (6 units)
384
INDN1006 (6 units)
385
Indonesian 1B
INDN1003 (6 units)
384
INDN2004 (6 units)
386
Indonesian 2A
INDN2002 (6 units)
385
INDN2006 (6 units)
386
Indonesian 2B
INDN2003 (6 units)
385
Indonesian 3A In-Country
INDN3012 (6 units)
387
Indonesian 3A
INDN3002 (6 units)
386
758
Index
Course name
Course code
Page
INDN3013 (6 units)
388
Indonesian 3B
INDN3003 (6 units)
387
Indonesia: Politics, Society & Development
ASIA2516 (6 units)
372
Indonesias Regions: Politics, Society and Economy
ASIA2069 (6 units)
368
COMP4800 (0 units)
492
ECON2057 (6 units)
444
Industrial Organisation(P)
ECON2107 (6 units)
445
Infection & Immunity
602
INFS2024 (6 units)
454
INFS3024 (6 units)
454
COMP3410 (6 units)
441
487
INFT4005F (12 units to 24 units)
493
INFT4005P (12 units to 24 units)
493
Information Technology Law
LAWS2245 (6 units)
523
MUSM1216 (3 units)
286
MUSM1217 (3 units)
286
MUSM2216 (3 units)
297
MUSM2217 (3 units)
297
MUSM3216 (3 units)
307
MUSM3217 (3 units)
307
Integrated Studies
MUSM4121A (6 units)
315
Integrated Studies
MUSM4121B (6 units)
315
Integrative Research Methods
633
LAWS2222 (6 units)
518
Intermediate Ancient Greek
GREK2101 (6 units)
265
Intermediate Arabic A
ARAB2011 (6 units)
183
Intermediate Arabic B
ARAB2012 (6 units)
183
Intermediate French I
FREN3006 (6 units)
259
Intermediate French II
FREN3007 (6 units)
259
Intermediate Latin
LATN2101 (6 units)
275
Intermediate Persian A
PERS2003 (6 units)
317
Intermediate Persian B
PERS2004 (6 units)
317
Intermediate Spanish II
SPAN3002 (6 units)
335
Intermediate Spanish I
SPAN3001 (6 units)
335
Intermediate Turkish A
TURK2001 (6 units)
336
Intermediate Turkish B
TURK2002 (6 units)
337
International Accounting
BUSN3064 (6 units)
463
International Advocacy and Procedure
LAWS2265 (6 units)
535
International Arbitration and Negotiation Moot Competition in Japan
LAWS2266 (6 units)
528
BUSI2025 (6 units)
437
International Criminal Law
LAWS2252 (6 units)
525
International Dispute Resolution
LAWS2223 (6 units)
534
International Economics
ECON3103 (6 units)
449
ECON3013 (6 units)
448
International Environmental Law
LAWS2253 (6 units)
535
International Environmental Policy
632
FINM3002 (6 units)
452
MGMT3025 (6 units)
457
International Law Elective: Law of the Sea
LAWS2224 (6 units)
534
International Law
LAWS2250 (6 units)
524
International Law of Human Rights
LAWS2225 (6 units)
519
759
Index
Course name
Course code
Page
BUSI3030 (6 units)
438
BUSI3024 (6 units)
438
International Organisations (Geneva)
LAWS2258 (6 units)
526
International Relations in North East Asia
ASIA2017 (6 units)
364
International Relations IV Honours - Fulltime
329
International Relations IV Honours - Parttime
POLS4105P (12 units each Semester)
329
International Relations Theory
POLS3017 (6 units)
328
BUSI3020 (6 units)
437
International Trade Law
LAWS2226 (6 units)
519
Internship 2
ARTS3050 (12 units)
195
Internship
ARTS3000 (6 units)
194
Introducing Asian Modernisms
ARTV2052 (6 units)
219
STAT1031 (6 units)
460
Introduction to Art & Design Theory A
ARTV1009 (6 units)
201
Introduction to Art & Design Theory B
ARTV1010 (6 units)
202
Introduction to Art History
ARTH1002 (6 units)
190
Introduction to Asian Performing Arts: Performance, Genres & Intercultural

Translation
MUSM76 (6 units)
351
Introduction to Australian Literature
ENGL1004 (6 units)
250
ASIA2366 (6 units)
371
Introduction to Chinese Society and Culture
ASIA2367 (6 units)
372
Introduction to Chinese Society
ASIA1067 (6 units)
363
BUSN1101 (6 units)
439
484
Introduction to Cultural Heritage Management
ARCH2051 (6 units)
188
MUSM1260 (3 units)
351
Introduction to Earth Science in the Field
613
ENGN1218 (6 units)
494
Introduction to Environmental Archaeology
ARCH2041 (6 units)
188
Introduction to Film Genres
FILM1003 (6 units)
255
Introduction to Film Studies
FILM1002 (6 units)
255
Introduction to International Relations
POLS1005 (6 units)
323
Introduction to Literary Theory
ENGL2009 (6 units)
345
ENGN1215 (6 units) A
493
Introduction to Mechanics
ENGN1217 (6 units)
494
Introduction to Melanesian Pidgins and Creoles (PNG Tok Pisin, Solomon Islands
Pijin and Vanuatu Bis)
PASI1010 (6 units)
397
Introduction to Modern & Contemporary Art
ARTH1003 (6 units)
190
Introduction to Music Technology 1: Theory & Practice (Music Notation,

Acoustics, Synthesis)
MUSM2263 (3 units)
306
Introduction to Music Technology 2: Theory & Practice (Music Sampling,

Sequencing, Recording)
MUSM2264 (3 units)
307
Introduction to Performance Wellness
MUSM1280 (3 units)
295
Introduction to Politics
POLS1002 (6 units)
322
Introduction to Probabilistic Graphical Models
COMP4690 (6 units)
501
Introduction to Programming & Algorithms
482
Introduction to Programming and Algorithms
COMP1100 (6 units)
441
PSYC1003 (6 units)
459
PSYC1004 (6 units)
459
Introduction to Quantitative Research Methods
SOCY2038 (6 units)
354
Introduction to Religion A
RELS1002 (6 units)
354
RELS1003 (6 units)
330
760
Index
Course name
Course code
Page
RELS1003 (6 units)
399
Introduction to Remote Sensing & Geographic Information Systems
624
Introduction to Sanskrit A
SKRT1002 (6 units)
399
Introduction to Sanskrit B
SKRT1003 (6 units)
399
SOCY1004 (6 units)
331
SOCY1004 (6 units)
459
Introduction to Software Engineering
COMP1510 (6 units)
483
482
Introduction to Spanish II
SPAN1002 (6 units)
334
Introduction to Spanish I
SPAN1001 (6 units)
333
Introduction to Statistical Machine Learning
COMP4670 (6 units)
491
Introduction to Structural & Field Geology
613
Introduction to Syntax
LING2003 (6 units)
278
Introduction to the Australian Economy
ASGS1007 (6 units)
738
Introduction to the Creative Digital Environment
ARTV1100 (6 units)
206
Introduction to the Modern Middle East
MEAS1001 (6 units)
283
Introduction to the Novel
ENGL1008 (6 units)
250
Introduction to the Study of Language
LING1001 (6 units)
277
Introduction to the Study of Language (L)
LING2001 (6 units)
278
Introduction to the Western Theatrical Tradition
DRAM1006 (6 units)
248
MUSM1258 (3 units)
350
Introductory Arabic A
ARAB1002 (6 units)
182
Introductory Arabic B
ARAB1003 (6 units)
182
Introductory Course to Arabic Linguistics
ARAB3003 (6 units)
184
Introductory Course to Arabic Literature
ARAB3005 (6 units)
184
Introductory French I
FREN1003 (6 units)
257
Introductory French II
FREN1004 (6 units)
257
Introductory Genetics
597
Introductory Human Anatomy
598
STAT2001 (6 units)
460
Introductory Persian A
PERS1001 (6 units)
316
Introductory Persian B
PERS1002 (6 units)
316
Introductory Politics
ASGS1006 (6 units)
738
Investment Decisions and Financial Systems
ENGN3211 (6 units)
451
Investment Decisions & Financial Systems
ENGN3211 (6 units)
496
Investments
FINM3001 (6 units)
452
Iranian History & Culture
MEAS2000 (6 units)
283
Islam : History & Institutions
MEAS2104 (6 units)
283
Islamic Art & the West
ARTH2100 (6 units)
343
Islam in South Asia
ASIA3164 (6 units)
376
Islam in Southeast Asia
ASIA2165 (6 units)
370
Issues in Behavioural Neuroscience
658
Issues in Cognitive Psychology
658
Issues in International Political Economy
POLS2094 (6 units)
353
Issues in the Decorative Arts & Design
ARTV2035 (6 units)
344
Italian Italian Studies - Advanced 1
ITAL3015 (6 units)
274
ITAL4005F (24 units each Semester)
349
ITAL4005P (12 units each Semester)
275
Italiano/Standard e Regionale: Aspects of Spoken Italian
ITAL3018 (6 units)
349
Italian Renaissance: Art & Architecture
ARTH2019 (6 units)
342
Italian Studies - Advanced 2
ITAL3016 (6 units)
274
Italian Studies Continuing 1
ITAL2005 (6 units)
273
761
Index
Course name
Course code
Page
Italian Studies - Continuing 2
ITAL2006 (6 units)
273
ITAL2007 (6 units)
273
ITAL2008 (6 units)
273
Italian Studies - Introductory 2
ITAL1003 (6 units)
272
Italian Studies - Introductory I
ITAL1002 (6 units)
272
Jane Austen History & Fiction
ENGL2074 (6 units)
253
Japanese Economic Development Since World War 2
ASIA2023 (6 units)
364
Japanese Economy and Economic Policy
ECON2008 (6 units)
444
Japanese - English Translation
JPNS3013 (6 units)
392
Japanese Grammar
JPNS2024 (6 units)
391
Japanese Law and Society
LAWS2227 (6 units)
520
Japanese Law & Society
ASIA2032 (6 units)
366
Japanese Lexicon
JPNS2009 (6 units)
390
Japanese Linguistics
JPNS2007 (6 units)
390
Japanese Politics
POLS2030 (6 units)
352
Japanese Seminar A
JPNS3102 (6 units)
393
Japanese Seminar B
JPNS3103 (6 units)
394
COMP2750 (6 units)
485
MUSM1235 (3 units)
291
MUSM1236 (3 units)
292
MUSM2235 (3 units)
302
MUSM2236 (3 units)
302
Jazz Aural and Improvisation 2
MUSM1231 (3 units)
291
MUSM1230 (3 units)
291
MUSM2230 (3 units)
302
MUSM2231 (3 units)
302
MUSM3230 (3 units)
312
MUSM3231 (3 units)
312
MUSM2210 (3 units)
296
MUSM2211 (3 units)
296
MUSM2212 (3 units)
296
MUSM2213 (3 units)
296
Jazz History 1
MUSM1210 (3 units)
285
Jazz History 2
MUSM1211 (3 units)
285
Jazz History 3
MUSM2240 (3 units)
303
Jazz History 4
MUSM2241 (3 units)
303
MUSM3239 (3 units)
313
MUSM3240 (3 units)
313
Jessup Moot
LAWS3010 (6 units)
532
J.S. Bach & Sons
MUSM2261 (3 units)
351
MUSM1268 (3 units)
293
MUSM1269 (3 units)
293
MUSM1261 (3 units)
351
MUSM1262 (3 units)
351
Keyboard Repertoire 3 - Schubert, Mendelssohn, Chopin
MUSM2257 (3 units)
306
Keyboard Repertoire 4 - Schumann, Liszt, Brahms
MUSM2258 (3 units)
306
Keyboard Repertoire 5 - Debussy & Ravel
MUSM2259 (3 units)
351
Keyboard Repertoire 6 - 20th & 21st century
MUSM2260 (3 units)
351
Knowledge and Society
ASIA3009 (6 units)
373
Korean and Japanese Cinema: Shaping Identities through the Lens
ASIA2056 (6 units)
367
Korean Seminar A
KORE3009 (6 units)
395
Korean Seminar B
KORE3010 (6 units)
395
762
Index
Course name
Course code
Page
Laboratory Techniques in Chemical Synthesis
611
Labour Economics and Industrial Relations (H)
ECON2059 (6 units)
444
Labour Economics and Industrial Relations (P)
ECON2009 (6 units)
444
Labour Law
LAWS2228 (6 units)
520
Land & Catchment Management
626
Landforms & Soils: Landscape Systems 2
624
Landscape Archaeology
ARCH2017 (12 units)
342
Language Change
LING2005 (6 units)
279
Language & Culture
LING2015 (6 units)
280
Language & Identity in a European Context
LANG3005 (6 units)
349
Language in Asia
ASIA1001 (6 units)
362
Language in Asia
ASIA2001 (6 units)
363
Language in Asia (L)
ASIA2103 (6 units)
369
Language in Indigenous Australia
LING2016 (6 units)
280
Language Planning & Language Politics
LING2022 (6 units)
281
Language Power & Identity
LING2103 (6 units)
350
Languages in Contact
LING2018 (6 units)
350
Language & Society
LING1002 (6 units)
277
Language & Society (L)
LING2002 (6 units)
278
Languages of the Pacific
PASI2020 (6 units)
398
MUSM3245 (3 units)
313
LATN4005F (24 units each Semester)
277
LATN4005P (12 units each Semester)
277
Latin Percussion & Hand Drumming
MUSM1259 (3 units)
292
ECON2139 (6 units)
447
ECON2120 (6 units)
446
Law and Psychology
LAWS2260 (6 units)
527
Law and Sexualities
LAWS2256 (6 units)
535
Law and Society in South East Asia
LAWS2229 (6 units)
534
Law and the Environment
LAWS3103 (6 units)
533
Law, Crime & Social Control
SOCY3016 (6 units)
354
Law Internship
LAWS2230 (6 units)
521
BUSN2101 (6 units)
439
Law Reform
LAWS2270 (6 units)
535
Lawyers Justice and Ethics
LAWS1202 (6 units)
509
Leadership
MGMT3021 (6 units)
457
Learning Oceania: an Introduction to Pacific Studies
PASI2001 (6 units)
397
Legal Theory
LAWS2249 (6 units)
524
Legislative Drafting and Technology
LAWS2251 (6 units)
525
Lies, Drugs, Sex & Video Tapes: Counter-Narratives to Global Politics
POLS3020 (6 units)
354
Life Contingencies
STAT3037 (6 units)
462
Life Issues: Applying Psychology
655
Life Physics
648
282
282
Literature, History, Cinema: A-Three-Voice Dialogue
ITAL2009 (6 units)
274
Litigation and Dispute Management
LAWS2244 (6 units)
523
Living Cells
595
Logic
352
Love Death & Freedom (20th Century French Phenomenology)
PHIL2059 (6 units)
351
Macroeconomics 1
ECON1102 (6 units)
443
Macroeconomics 2(H)
ECON2111 (6 units)
445
763
Index
Course name
Course code
Page
Macroeconomics 2(P)
ECON2102 (6 units)
445
Macroeconomics 3
sECON3102 (6 units)
449
Magmatism & Metamorphism
617
Mainland SEA Borders
ASIA2167 (6 units)
370
Mainland SE Asia: Colonial and Postcolonial Predicaments
ASIA2041 (6 units)
366
Major 1
ARTV1011 (6 units)
202
Major 1
DESA1001 (6 units)
242
Major 2
ARTV1012 (6 units)
204
Major 2
DESA1002 (6 units)
243
Major 3
ARTV2003 (12 units)
207
Major 3
DESA2002 (12 units)
244
Major 4
ARTV2004 (12 units)
207
Major 4
DESA3001 (12 units)
245
Major 5
ARTV3026 (12 units)
228
Major 5
DESA3002 (12 units)
246
Major 6
ARTV3027 (12 units)
230
Major 6
DESA3003 (12 units)
246
Major D1 F/T
ARTV1005 (24 units)
196
Major D1 P/T
ARTV1007 (12 units)
199
Major D2 F/T
ARTV1006 (24 units)
198
Major D2 P/T
ARTV1008 (12 units)
200
Major D3 F/T
ARTV2009 (24 units)
209
Major D3 P/T
ARTV2011 (12 units)
209
Major D4 F/T
ARTV2010 (24 units)
209
Major D4 P/T
ARTV2012 (12 units)
209
Major D5 P/T
ARTV3009 (12 units)
223
Major D6 P/T
ARTV3010 (12 units)
223
ARTV4007 (12 units)
344
ARTV4008 (12 units)
344
Making Light Work in 3D Animation
DART3002 (6 units)
239
BUSN2011 (6 units)
439
Management, People and Organisations
MGMT1003 (6 units)
455
STAT3014 (6 units)
465
MGMT2035 (6 units)
465
Managing Software Development
486
Managing Software Quality & Process
COMP4130 (6 units)
490
ENGN3222 (6 units)
497
ENGN3212 (6 units)
496
Marine Biogeochemistry
617
Marine Biology
595
Marine Ecology
600
Marine Palaeontology & Evolution of Life on Earth
615
MKTG2003 (6 units)
458
Marketing
MKTG2004 (6 units)
458
Marketing Research
MKTG2001 (6 units)
457
Materials Chemistry
609
ECON3121 (6 units)
464
MATH1003 (6 units)
455
MATH1005 (6 units)
455
MATH1115 (6 units)
455
MATH1013 (6 units)
455
MATH2035 (6 units)
455
764
Index
Course name
Course code
Page
MATH1014 (6 units)
455
637
636
638
637
Mathematics for Economists
AECON2125 (6 units)
446
Mathematics for Economists
BECON2127 (6 units)
446
646
647
MATH3015 (6 units)
455
640
Maths Methods 1 Honours: Ordinary Differential Equations & Advanced

Vector Calculus
639
Maths Methods 2 Honours: Partial Differential Equations, Fourier Analysis &

Complex Analysis
640
Matrix Computations & Optimisation
646
Mechanics of Materials
494
Media Cultures 1
NEWM1001 (6 units)
315
Media Cultures 2
NEWM2001 (6 units)
316
Media Cultures 3
NEWM3001 (6 units)
316
Media & Modernity
ANTH2128 (6 units)
342
Media Politics: Political leaders, media moguls, journalists & audiences.
POLS2104 (6 units)
327
Medical Anthropology
ANTH2026 (6 units)
180
Medical Sciences Elective
605
Medicinal Chemistry
610
Memory
ARTV2024 (6 units)
218
Microeconomics 1
ECON1101 (6 units)
443
Microeconomics 2(H)
ECON2111 (6 units)
445
Microeconomics 2(P)
ECON2101 (6 units)
444
Microeconomics 3
ECON3101 (6 units)
448
502
Microphotonics, Biophotonics & Nanophotonics
652
Migration Law
LAWS2269 (6 units)
530
Milestone Papers in Computing
501
Mind, World & Dreams
PHIL1006 (6 units)
351
Mineralogy
614
ECON3054 (6 units)
448
Modern Australian Drama
DRAM2008 (6 units)
344
Modern Chinese 1
CHIN1020 (12 units)
378
Modern Chinese 2
CHIN2020 (12 units)
378
Modern Chinese 3
CHIN3020 (6 units)
379
Modern Chinese 4
CHIN3021 (6 units)
379
Modern Chinese 5
CHIN3022 (6 units)
379
Modern Chinese 6
CHIN3023 (6 units)
379
Modern Chinese 7
CHIN3024 (6 units)
379
Modern Chinese 8
CHIN3025 (6 units)
379
Modern European Theatre
DRAM2001 (6 units)
344
Modernism & Postmodernism: Architecture in our Century
ARTH2092 (6 units)
343
Modernism & Postmodernism in Art & Design: 1850-2000
ARTH2043 (6 units)
343
Modernist Literature 1890-1940
ENGL2080 (6 units)
253
Modern Japanese Culture
ASIA2058 (6 units)
367
Modern Japanese Society
ASIA2009 (6 units)
363
765
Index
Course name
Course code
Page
Modern Korea
ASIA2040 (6 units)
366
Modern Korean 1
KORE1020 (6 units)
394
Modern Korean 2
KORE1021 (6 units)
394
Modern Korean 3
KORE2521 (12 units)
394
Modern Korean 4
KORE2522 (12 units)
395
Modern Korean 5
KORE3012 (6 units)
395
Modern Korean 6
KORE3013 (6 units)
395
Modern Novel Into Film
ENGL2069 (6 units)
252
Modern Sociological Theory
SOCY3014 (6 units)
354
Modern Thai Prose: In-Country
THAI3012 (6 units)
404
Modern Thai Prose
THAI3006 (6 units)
403
Modern Theories of Knowledge
PHIL2074 (6 units)
318
Modern Turkey: History, Culture & Regional Relations
MEAS2003 (6 units)
350
Molecular Biotechnology
598
Molecular Immunology
603
Money and Banking
ECON2026 (6 units)
464
Money Markets and Finance
FINM1001 (6 units)
452
Money, Power, War
POLS1004 (6 units)
322
Morphology
LING2007 (6 units)
279
Moving Pictures: Cinema & the Visual Arts
FILM2005 (6 units)
345
Music in Asian Cultures
MUSM2089 (6 units)
295
MUSM1240 (6 units)
350
Music in Eighteenth & Nineteenth Century Europe
MUSM2251 (6 units)
304
MUSM2088 (6 units)
295
MUSM4105F (24 units each Semester)
314
MUSM4105P (12 units each Semester)
315
Musicology 1
MUSM1220 (6 units)
287
Musicology 2
MUSM1221 (6 units)
287
Musicology 3
MUSM2220 (6 units)
298
Musicology 4
MUSM2221 (6 units)
298
Musicology 5
MUSM3220 (6 units)
308
Musicology 6
MUSM3221 (6 units)
308
My Generation: Narratives of Youth in Fiction, Film & New Media
ENGL1012 (6 units)
345
CLAS1002 (6 units)
344
CLAS2002 (6 units)
238
Narrative in Traditional & New Media
NEWM1002 (6 units)
315
Nationalism in Europe: History, Politics, Theory
EURO2011 (6 units)
345
Navigating the Pacific: Mapping the study and research resources
PASI3006
398
COMP2410 (6 units)
484
COMP2410 (6 units)
441
NEUR4005F (24 units)
607
NEUR4005P (12 units)
607
New Caledonia: Field Work & Research
FREN2026 (6 units)
259
New States of Eurasia: Emerging Issues in Politics & Security
MEAS2001 (6 units)
350
Nuclear Physics
651
Number Theory & Cryptography
642
Nutrition, Disease & the Human Environment
233
Ocean & Atmosphere Modelling
618
On the Beach: Film and History in the Pacific
PASI2004 (6 units)
398
Opera
MUSM1252 (3 units)
350
501
MGMT2007 (6 units)
456
766
Index
Course name
Course code
Page
Organisational Performance Management
BUSN3013 (6 units)
463
Organometallic Chemistry
611
Origins & Dispersals of Agricultural Populations
ARCH2039 (6 units)
187
Origins of Analytical Philosophy
PHIL2100 (6 units)
352
Overview of Logic & Computation
491
Pacific Encounters: an Introduction to History & Culture in Oceania
PASI2002 (6 units)
397
Pacific Politics
POLS2055 (6 units)
324
Page to Stage 1: Acting
DRAM1005 (6 units)
248
Page to Stage 2 : Directing
DRAM2005 (6 units)
248
Painters of Modern Life
ARTH2039 (6 units)
342
Palaeo-Environmental Reconstruction
631
Parallel Systems
490
Parasitology
602
Partial Differential Equations & Applications
639
Participatory Resource Management: Addressing Environmental Conflict
627
Pathways from the Periphery? Miracle Economies & World Poverty
POLS2095 (6 units)
325
Perception
657
Percussion Arranging & Composition
MUSM1257 (3 units)
350
MUSM1254 (3 units)
350
Percussion Pedagogy
MUSM1253 (3 units)
350
Performance 1
MUSM1214 (6 units)
286
Performance 2
MUSM1215 (6 units)
286
Performance 3
MUSM2214 (6 units)
297
Performance 4
MUSM2215 (6 units)
297
Performance 5
MUSM3214 (6 units)
307
Performance 6
MUSM3215 (6 units)
307
Personality & the Assessment of Individual Differences
659
Perspectives on Crime from Psychology & Criminology
657
PHIL4005F (24 units each Semester)
322
PHIL4005P (12 units each Semester)
322
Philosophy of Language
PHIL2016 (6 units)
351
Philosophy of Psychology
351
637
PHIL2042 (6 units)
318
Philosophy of The Enlightenment
PHIL2092 (6 units)
352
Philosophy, Society, Humanity
PHIL1007 (6 units)
318
Phonetics: Sounds of the Worlds Languages - Later Year
LING2010 (6 units)
350
Phonetics: Sounds of the Worlds Languages
LING1010 (6 units)
277
Phonological Analysis
LING2019 (6 units)
350
Photography: A History in Art
ARTH2050 (6 units)
343
Photonics
653
Physical & Analytical Methods Laboratory
612
Physical Aspects of Inorganic Chemistry
611
Physical Chemistry
610
653
654
Physics of Fluid Flows
651
619
619
Physics of the Earth
653
Planetary Geology
616
Plants: Genes to Environment
596
767
Index
Course name
Course code
Page
Plants & Global Climate Change
600
Play into Film: The Cinematic Adaptation of Theatrical Texts
FILM2002 (6 units)
256
Poetry of the Universe
PHIL2058 (6 units)
351
Policy & Institutional Analysis in Environment & Sustainability
629
PLST4005F (24 units each Semester)
322
PLST4005P (12 units each Semester)
322
Political Economy of Macroeconomic Policy
ECON3053 (6 units)
464
Political Leadership & Executive Government
POLS2105 (6 units)
328
329
Politics in Britain
POLS2025 (6 units)
323
Politics in Central Asia
POLS2070 (6 units)
324
Politics in Russia
POLS2069 (6 units)
324
Politics in the Middle East
POLS2031 (6 units)
323
Politics of the Korean Peninsula
ASIA3814 (6 units)
377
Politics & Rights
PHIL2065 (6 units)
352
Popular Culture, Gender & Modernity
HIST2122 (6 units)
348
MUSM77 (6 units)
351
Population Analysis
POPS2002 (6 units)
354
Population & Australia
SOCY2032 (6 units)
332
Population Ecology
596
Population Genetics
603
329
POPS4105P (12 units each Semster)
330
Population & Society
POPS2001 (6 units)
329
329
POPS4005P (12 units each Semester)
329
Post-Colonial Discourses in Australian Art
ARTH2093 (6 units)
192
Post-Colonial Literature
ENGL2018 (6 units)
345
Postmodern Sublime
ARTH2061 (6 units)
191
Post-Roman Archaeology of Britain: Arthur & the Anglo Saxons
ARCH2037 (6 units)
187
Postwar British Drama
DRAM2009 (6 units)
344
Postwar European Cinema: Films and Directors
FILM2004 (6 units)
345
Postwar German Society
GERM2020 (6 units)
262
Postwar Italian Cinema
FILM2009 (6 units)
346
Power Electronics
ENGN4625 (6 units)
502
Practical Aspects of Computational Chemistry
612
ASIA3006 (6 units)
372
ASIA3016 (12 units)
374
Practical Assignment in China
ASIA3019 (6 units)
375
Practical Assignment in Japan
ASIA3107 (6 units)
376
KORE3016 (6 units)
396
KORE3017 (12 units)
396
Practical Assignment in Southeast Asia
ASIA3007 (6 units)
372
ENGN3100 (0 units)
496
Practical Skills for Communicating Science
SCOM2001 (6 units) B
662
Pressure Groups & Political Lobbying
POLS2043 (6 units)
353
Primate Ecology & Behaviour
235
Primate Evolutionary Biology
234
Principal Study 4 Honours (Part A)
314
Principal Study 4 Honours (Part B)
314
Principal Study 4
MUSM4090A (12 units)
314
Principal Study 4
MUSM4090B (12 units)
314
768
Index
Course name
Course code
Page
Principles of Intellectual Property
LAWS3104 (6 units)
534
Principles of Programming Languages
488
Principles of Tax Law
BUSN3014 (6 units)
440
Probability Modelling with Applications
640
Process as Composition & Aesthetic
DART3007 (6 units)
240
Professional Practices Advanced
ARTV2028 (6 units)
218
Professional Practices
ARTV2027 (6 units)
218
Project/Case Studies in Commerce
BUSN3059 (6 units)
441
Project Management and Information Systems
INFS3059 (6 units)
454
Project Work in Computer Systems
COMP3750 (6 units)
489
Project Work in Information Systems
COMP3760 (6 units)
489
Project Work in Software Engineering I
COMP4720 (3 units)
492
Project Work in Software Engineering II
COMP4730 (6 units)
492
Property
LAWS2204 (6 units)
513
Psychology 1: Understanding Mind, Brain & Behaviour
654
Psychology 2: Understanding People in Context
655
PSYC4005F (24 units)
659
PSYC4005P (12 units)
660
Public Economics - Theory (H)
ECON2132 (6 units)
447
Public Economics - Theory (P)
ECON2131 (6 units)
446
BUSN3006 (6 units)
440
Qualitative Research Methods for Sustainability
624
Qualitative Research Methods
SOCY2043 (6 units)
332
Quantitative Methods in Psychology
656
STAT1008 (6 units)
459
Quantum Mechanics
649
Race & Human Genetic Variation
233
Radiofrequency Engineering
ENGN4545 (6 units)
500
Rationalism: Themes from Descartes to Leibniz
PHIL2108 (6 units)
352
Reading Popular Culture: An Introduction to Cultural Studies
GEND1002 (6 units)
260
Reading Russian For Academic Purposes II
RUSS3003 (6 units)
330
Reading Russian for Academic Purposes I
RUSS3002 (6 units)
330
Readings in Asian Societies & Histories A
ASIA3012 (6 units)
373
Readings in Asian Societies & Histories B
ASIA3013 (6 units)
374
Readings in Chinese Popular Culture
CHIN3014 (6 units)
378
Readings in Japanese A
JPNS3018 (6 units)
392
Readings in Japanese B
JPNS3019 (6 units)
392
Readings in Japanese C
JPNS3020 (6 units)
392
Readings in Japanese D
JPNS3021 (6 units)
392
HIND2108 (6 units)
383
SKRT2108 (6 units)
400
Readings in Southeast Asian Culture
INDN3004 (6 units)
387
Real Men: Manhood & Identity in the Western World
HIST2213 (6 units)
348
Real-Time & Embedded Systems
COMP4330 (6 units)
490
Reason, Critique & the Self: Kant & German Idealism
PHIL3070 (6 units)
352
MUSM1263 (3 units)
292
MUSM1264 (3 units)
292
Refugee Law
LAWS2271 (6 units)
530
Refugee Politics: Statelessness & Displacement in the Twentieth &

Twenty-First Centuries
POLS2101 (6 units)
326
Regional & Thematic Topics in Demographic Anthropology
237
Regional Topics in Human Genetic Variation
237
769
Index
Course name
Course code
Page
Regional Topics in Nutrition, Disease & the Human Environment
237
STAT2008 (6 units)
460
Reinforcement Learning & Planning Under Uncertainty
COMP4640 (6 units)
491
COMP2400 (6 units)
441
484
Relationships, Marriage & Family
SOCY2057 (6 units)
333
Relativity, Black Holes & Cosmology
643
Religion and Politics in South Asia A
ASIA2161 (6 units)
370
Religion & Politics in Australia
POLS2081 (6 units)
353
Religion, Ritual & Cosmology
ANTH2004 (6 units)
178
Religion & Society in India
ANTH2033 (6 units)
341
Renaissance Drama
ENGL2012 (6 units)
345
Renaissance & England
ENGL2056 (6 units)
252
Representations of Nature
ENGL2057 (6 units)
345
Representing the Self
ARTV2029 (6 units)
344
Research Design & Analysis in Archaeology
ARCH3000 (6 units)
189
Research Design & Analysis in Biological Anthropology
236
Research Design in Biological Anthropology
BIAN3017 (3 units)
236
ENGN1900 (6 units)
502
ENGN2900 (6 units)
502
ENGN3900 (6 units)
502
ENGN4900 (6 units)
502
Research Essay (Arabic)
ARAB3004 (6 units)
184
Researching & Writing History
HIST2139 (6 units)
270
Research Project in Chemistry
611
Research Projects
604
Research Projects
604
651
652
652
652
Resource and Environmental Economics (H)
ECON2129 (6 units)
446
Resource and Environmental Economics (P)
ECON2128 (6 units)
446
Resources, Environment & Society: Geography of Sustainability
619
Resources & the Environment
614
Restitution
LAWS2254 (6 units)
535
Restrictive Trade Practices
LAWS2255 (6 units)
525
Riots & Rebellions - Eighteenth & Nineteenth-Century Protest Movements

under British Rule
HIST1204 (6 units)
347
Risk Theory
STAT3035 (6 units)
462
Robotics
ENGN4627 (6 units)
500
Rome: Republic to Empire
HIST1019 (6 units)
267
Russian Art: Icons & Revolutions
ARTH2060 (6 units)
343
RUSS4005F (24 units each Semester)
330
RUSS4005P (12 units each Semester)
331
Samurai Society in Japan
ASIA3011 (6 units)
373
SCOM4005F (24 units)
663
SCOM4005P (12 units)
663
Science in the Media
663
Science & Mathematics Teaching in Secondary Schools
SCNC3200 (6 units) C
661
Science & Public Awareness
SCOM1001 (6 units) A
662
Science, Risk & Ethics
662
770
Index
Course name
Course code
Page
MATH3501 (6 units)
455
Scientific Computing
646
Scientific Dating & Isotope analysis for Archaeology & Palaeoanthropology
235
Scientific & Industrial Modelling
645
Scottish Literature
ENGL2063 (6 units)
346
Screen Evolution
DART3006 (6 units)
240
Second Language Acquisition
LING2101 (6 units)
281
Security & Strategic Studies A
ASIA2028 (6 units)
365
Security & Strategic Studies B
ASIA2030 (6 units)
365
Selected Topics in Australian-United States Comparative Law (Alabama)
LAWS2248 (6 units)
524
Selected Topics in Australian-United States Comparative Law (ANU)
LAWS2257 (6 units)
526
Selected Topics in Criminal Law
LAWS2261 (6 units)
527
Selected Topics in European Studies
EURO2010 (6 units)
345
Selected Topics in French Studies
FREN2021 (6 units)
258
Selected Topics in Sociology
SOCY3003 (6 units)
354
Selected Topics in Spanish II
SPAN2004 (6 units)
334
Selected Topics in Spanish I
SPAN2003 (6 units)
334
Selected Topics in Torts
LAWS2233 (6 units)
535
Self & Society
SOCY1002 (6 units)
331
Semantics
LING2008 (6 units)
279
Semiconductor & Optoelectronic Devices
502
Semiconductors
495
Seminar A
618
Seminar B
619
Seminar on Semantics
LING3022 (6 units)
282
Sensory Physiology & Animal Behaviour
599
Sex & Death: the Philosophy of Biology
319
Sex, Gender & Identity: An Introduction to Gender Studies
GEND1001 (6 units)
260
Sex, Gender & Society
SOCY2044 (6 units)
354
Shakespeare & Film
ENGL2055 (6 units)
345
Shaping Future Sound
DART3008 (6 units)
241
Shopping Around
ARTV2030 (6 units)
344
Signal Processing
ENGN2228 (6 units)
495
Social Animals: anthropological perspectives on animal-human relationships
ANTH2133 (6 units)
181
Social Inequality in Comparative Perspective
SOCY2055 (6 units)
354
Social Marketing
MKTG3024 (6 units)
458
Social Networks: Critical Structure & Processes in Modern Society
SOCY2054 (6 units)
332
Social Philosophy
PHIL2110 (6 units)
352
Social Psychology
PSYC2001 (6 units)
459
Social Psychology
655
SOCY4005F (24 units each Semester)
333
SOCY4005P (12 units each Semester)
333
Sociology of Health & Illness
SOCY3021 (6 units)
354
SOCY2030 (6 units)
332
SOCY2030 (6 units)
459
Sociology of Work & Employment
SOCY2056 (6 units)
354
Software Analysis & Design
486
483
Software Construction for Software Engineers
COMP2500 (6 units)
485
Software Design
484
Software Design for Software Engineers
COMP2510 (6 units)
485
Software Engineering Group Project
486
771
Index
Course name
Course code
Page
Software Engineering Practice
COMP4500 (6 units)
490
Software Engineering Project
COMP3500 (6 units)
487
Software Engineering Research Project
COMP4540 (12 units)
490
Soil Resources
626
Solar Energy TechnologiesENGN4524 (6 units) C
502
Solid State Physics
652
Souls & Lives: Models of the Self in Literature
ENGL2073 (6 units)
345
SouthEast Asia Field School: Contemporary Change in SouthEast Asia
ANTH3014 (6 units)
181
Southeast Asia: Introduction to Key Debates
ASIA2015 (6 units)
363
Southeast Asian Economic Policy and Development(H)
ECON3019 (6 units)
464
Southeast Asian Economic Policy and Development (P)
ECON3009 (6 units)
464
Southeast Asian Frontiers: Thailand & Burma/Myanmar
ASIA3014 (12 units)
374
Southeast Asian Security
ASIA2060 (6 units)
368
Spanish IV Honours
SPAN4005F (24 units each Semester)
336
Spanish IV Honours
SPAN4005P (12 units each Semester)
336
Special Law Elective 1: Animals and the Law
LAWS2234 (6 units)
521
535
535
535
LAWS2241 (6 units)
535
535
Special Topic
628
Special Topics
619
ACST3001 (6 units)
463
Special Topics in Arabic
ARAB3006 (6 units)
184
Special Topics In Commerce
BUSN3060 (6 units)
441
ECON3020 (6 units)
464
ENGN4521 (6 units)
499
ENGN4522 (6 units)
499
ENGN4523 (6 units)
499
Special Topics in Engineering I
ENGN4520 (6 units)
499
601
602
FINM3004 (6 units)
465
Special Topics in Intellectual Property
LAWS2263 (6 units)
535
Special Topics in Linguistics
LING3025 (6 units)
282
Special Topics in Mathematics
645
Special Topics in Psychology
659
STAT3039 (6 units)
465
Spectroscopic Techniques in Biophysical Chemistry
610
Speculative Fictions: Challenges to Narrative Realism
ENGL2075 (6 units)
345
GERM2048 (6 units)
347
GERM3048 (6 units)
347
Spoken Japanese 1
JPNS1012 (6 units)
389
Spoken Japanese 2
JPNS1013 (6 units)
389
Spoken Japanese 3
JPNS2012 (6 units) E
390
Spoken Japanese 4
JPNS2013 (6 units)
390
STAT3013 (6 units)
461
Statistical Marketing Research Methods
STAT2003 (6 units)
460
Statistical Techniques
STAT1003 (6 units)
459
STAT4004F (24 units)
463
STAT4004P (12 units)
463
772
Index
Course name
Course code
Page
Stellar Astrophysics & Dynamics
593
STAT3004 (6 units)
461
Strategic Marketing
MKTG3023 (6 units)
458
Strategic Thinking: An Introduction to Game Theory (H)
ECON2142 (6 units)
447
Strategic Thinking: An Introduction to Game Theory (P)
ECON2141 (6 units)
447
Strategy I: Grand Strategy - Peace & Security Through War, Power, Force & Fraud POLS2097 (6 units)
353
Strategy II: Revolution, Terror, Resistance, Rebellion & Death
353
POLS2098 (6 units)
Structural Geology & Tectonics
616
Structure of English
LING1020 (6 units)
278
Structure of English (L)
LING2020 (6 units)
280
Structure of German
GERM2110 (6 units)
347
Studies in Social Problems
SOCY2058 (6 units)
354
MUSM2249 (3 units)
351
Studio Piano Pedagogy I
MUSM2248 (3 units)
351
Study of A Language Family
LING3008 (6 units)
350
Succession
LAWS2236 (6 units)
522
Supervised Research in Anthropology
ANTH3010 (6 units)
181
Supervised Research in Archaeology
ARCH2055 (6 units)
188
Supervised Research in Biological Anthropology
235
Surficial Processes, Source to Sink
614
Survey of United States Law
LAWS2247 (6 units)
523
Survival Models
STAT3032 (6 units)
462
Sustainability, System & Agency
PHIL2114 (6 units)
321
Sustainable Forest Management
633
Sustainable Forest Planning
633
MKTG2002 (6 units)
457
Symmetry, Spectroscopy & Structure of Molecules
609
Syntactic Theory
LING2026 (6 units)
350
System Architectural Understanding & the Human Brain
COMP3650 (6 units)
488
System Design
ENGN2225 (6 units)
495
System Dynamics
ENGN2221 (6 units)
494
Systems Engineering Project
ENGN4221 (6 units)
499
Systems Neuroscience
600
System Theory
ENGN4226 (6 units)
502
Takeovers and Securities Industry Law
LAWS2237 (6 units)
522
Teaching Japanese: Content
JPNS3012 (6 units)
392
Teaching Languages
LING2013 (6 units)
279
Techniques for Business Project Management
MGMT3002 (6 units)
456
Techniques in Organic & Biological Chemistry
610
Technoculture & the Body
GEND2026 (6 units)
346
Technology & Society 1800-2000
HIST2117 (6 units)
348
Telecommunication Networks
ENGN4535 (6 units)
502
Tetum 1A
TETM1002 (6 units)
400
Tetum 1B
TETM1003 (6 units)
400
Tetum 2A In-Country
TETM2002 (6 units)
401
Tetum 2B In-Country
TETM2003 (6 units)
401
Texts & Contexts
ENGL2064 (6 units)
346
Thai 1A: In-Country
THAI1004 (6 units)
402
Thai 1A
THAI1002 (6 units)
402
Thai 1B
THAI1003 (6 units)
402
Thai 2A
THAI2002 (6 units)
402
Thai 2B
THAI2003 (6 units)
403
773
Index
Course name
Course code
Page
Thai 3A
THAI3002 (6 units)
403
The American Musical
DRAM2020 (6 units)
249
The Archaeology of South-West Asia & Egypt: Early Agriculture to Urban

Civilisation
ARCH2001 (6 units)
342
The Archaeology of the Pacific Islanders
ARCH2005 (6 units)
185
The Blue Planet: An Introduction to Earth System Science
613
The Chinese Art of War: Sunzi Bingfa
ASIA2066 (6 units)
368
The City in the Roman Empire
HIST2218 (6 units)
348
The Cold War: 1945-1989
HIST2141 (6 units)
270
The Contemporary Pacific: Society, Politics and Development
PASI3001 (6 units)
398
The Critical Ear - the History of Tuning
MUSM3241 (3 units)
351
The Future of East Timor
ASIA2027 (6 units)
365
The Great War, 1914-1918
HIST2214 (6 units)
348
The Hero in Classical Literature: Identity, Gender & Self-Definition in

Ancient Poetry
CLAS2012 (6 units)
344
The History of Persian Art
MEAS2106 (6 units)
350
The History of the English Language
LING2104 (6 units)
350
The Lithosphere
615
Themes from Wittgenstein
PHIL2094 (6 units)
319
Themes in Anthropology I
ANTH2050 (6 units)
341
Themes in Anthropology II
ANTH2051 (6 units)
341
Themes in Australian Theatre: The Migrant Experience
DRAM2019 (6 units)
344
Themes in Contemporary Melanesia
PASI2003 (6 units)
397
The Mongol Empire in World History
ASIA2016 (6 units)
364
654
654
Theoretical Physics
650
Theories of Ethics
PHIL2064 (6 units)
352
Theories of Imitation & Representation
ENGL2058 (6 units)
345
Theories of the Image
ARTV2031 (6 units)
218
The Origins of the International Order in Southeast Asia
ASIA3030 (6 units)
375
Theory of Computation
COMP3630 (6 units)
488
Theory of Partial Differential Equations Honours
643
The Political Economy of the Middle East
MEAS2105 (6 units)
284
The Political Philosophy of Deception
POLS2102 (6 units)
327
The Politics of China
ASIA2026 (6 units)
364
The Politics of Dance/Musicals
GEND2030 (6 units)
346
495
Thermal & Statistical Physics
649
The Social Psychology of Groups and Organisations
PSYC3002 (6 units)
459
The Social Psychology of Groups Processes & Social Change
657
The Sociology of Disaster
SOCY2008 (6 units)
354
The Spanish Speaking World Through Its Songs
SPAN3101 (6 units)
335
Thinking Selves: Philosophy & Literature
ENGL2071 (6 units)
345
Three American Revolutions, 1765 - 1876
HIST1206 (6 units)
268
Tools for Molecular Ecology
601
Tools for New Media & the Web
COMP1710 (6 units)
483
Topics in Bioinformatics Honours
645
Topics in Biological & Organic Chemistry
610
Topics in Computational Maths Honours
645
Topics in Computer Science
489
Topics in Gender/Cultural Studies A
GEND2027 (6 units)
346
774
Index
Course name
Course code
Page
Topics in Gender/Cultural Studies B
GEND2028 (6 units)
346
Topics in History
HIST2220 (6 units)
348
Topics in Human Evolution
236
Topics in Mathematical Physics Honours
645
Topics in Modern Inorganic Chemistry
611
Topics in Politics: Ideology in Australian Politics
POLS2107 (6 units)
353
Topics in Primatology
236
Topics in Software Engineering I
489
Topics in Software Engineering II
COMP4700 (3 units)
491
Topics in Software Engineering III
COMP4710 (6 units)
491
Torts
LAWS1203 (6 units)
510
Traditional Grammar
CLAS1001 (6 units)
238
Traditional Grammar (L)
CLAS2011 (6 units)
238
Transforming Culture: Race, Gender & Nation
GEND2032 (6 units)
261
Translation across Languages: specialised material
LANG3002 (6 units)
275
Translation across Languages: the translation of literary texts
LANG3001 (6 units)
349
Trauma, Memory & Culture
GEND2021 (6 units)
260
Travellers & Geographers in Antiquity
ANCH2015 (6 units)
341
Tudor-Stuart England c.1485-1714: Politics, Society & Culture
HIST2219 (6 units)
271
Turkish History: Ottoman State to Modern Turkey
MEAS2002 (6 units)
283
Turning points in Music: 1600-1914
MUSM1203 (6 units)
285
Twentieth Century Australia
HIST1207 (6 units)
348
United States Cinema: Hollywood & Beyond
FILM2006 (6 units)
345
Urdu 2
AURDU2300 (6 units)
405
Urdu 2B: in-country
URDU2008 (6 units)
405
Urdu 2B
URDU2400 (6 units)
405
Vegetation Ecology: Landscape Systems 1
625
Victorian & Edwardian Art: Australia & Europe 1837-1914
ARTH2097 (6 units)
343
Victorian Literature
ENGL2061 (6 units)
345
Vietnamese 1A: In-Country
VIET1006 (6 units)
406
Vietnamese 1A
VIET1002 (6 units)
406
Vietnamese 1B: In-Country
VIET1007 (6 units)
406
Vietnamese 1B
VIET1003 (6 units)
406
Vietnamese 2A
VIET2002 (6 units)
407
Vietnamese 2B
VIET2003 (6 units)
407
Vietnamese 3A
VIET3002 (6 units)
407
Vietnamese 3B
VIET3003 (6 units)
408
Vietnamese for Nationals A
VIET3004 (6 units)
408
Vietnamese for Nationals B
VIET3005 (6 units)
408
Vietnam Field School
ENVS2017 (6 units to 12 units) B
625
Violence & Terror
ANTH2130 (6 units)
181
Visual Culture & New Media Arts
NEWM2003 (6 units)
351
Visualising Contemporary Pacific and Asian Cultures through Art
ASIA3905 (6 units)
377
Visual Perception & Cognition
656
Vocal Ensemble 1
MUSM1270 (3 units)
293
Vocal Ensemble 2
MUSM1271 (3 units)
293
Vocal Ensemble 3
MUSM2243 (3 units)
304
Vocal Ensemble 4
MUSM2244 (3 units)
304
Vocal Ensemble 5
MUSM3242 (3 units)
313
Vocal Ensemble 6
MUSM3243 (3 units)
313
Vocal Literature 1
MUSM1250 (3 units)
350
Vocal Literature 2
MUSM1251 (3 units)
350
775
Index
Course name
Course code
Page
Washington Internship
POLS3021 (6 units)
328
Water Quality & Environmental Flow Assessment & Modelling
632
Water Resource Management
627
Waves & Optics
649
Weather, Climate & Fire
621
Western Art Music of the Twentieth-Century & Beyond
MUSM2250 (6 units)
304
ENGN4536 (6 units)
502
Women in Italian Society
ITAL3014 (6 units)
349
Work and Law - Selected Topics
LAWS2231 (6 units)
534
Work Experience in Photonics
653
Work Integrated Learning Experience
COMP3810 (6 units)
501
World at War, 1939-1945
HIST2136 (6 units)
269
MUSM1177 (3 units)
284
Writing a Womans Life: Studies in Autobiography & Biography
GEND2016 (6 units)
346
Written Japanese A
JPNS1014 (6 units)
389
Written Japanese B
JPNS1015 (6 units)
389
Written Japanese C
JPNS2014 (6 units)
390
Written Japanese D
JPNS2015 (6 units)
391
Year in China Project
CHIN3501 (6 units)
381
Year in China (S)
CHIN3550 (24 units)
381
Year in India (S)
HIND3550 (24 units)
384
Year in Indonesia (S)
INDN3550 (24 units)
388
Year in Japan (S)
JPNS3550 (24 units)
394
Year in Korea for Background Speakers (Semester)
KORE3552 (24 units)
397
Year in Korea Project
KORE3501 (6 units)
396
Year in Korea (Semester)
KORE3550 (24 units)
396
Year in Thailand Project
THAI3501 (6 units)
404
Year in Thailand (S)
THAI3550 (24 units)
405
Year In Vietnam Project
VIET3501 (6 units)
408
Year In Vietnam (S)
VIET3550 (24 units)
409
776

ANU Undergraduate Handbook 2009

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

ANU Undergraduate Handbook 2009

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

2009

Cover image: Eels of the Escarpment, 2007, spray enamel,

The Arms of the University granted in 1954

The motto `Naturam Primum Cognoscere Rerum is from the

Academic Advisory Services

You can consult The Australian National University Act

ANU College of Law

T: 1800 620 032

All enquiries should be addressed to:

Disability Services Unit

Telephone Typewriter TTY

International Education Office IEO

Jabal Indigenous Higher Education Centre

Student Employment Office

University Accommodation Services

Undergraduate Scholarships and Prizes

The telephone number of the Student Administration

Officers & Staff

University Officers (as at September 2008) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

Application & Admission

Bachelor degrees & undergraduate diplomas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14

Programs & Awards Statute

Schedule of Programs offered by ANU

Part 1 - Single Bachelor Degrees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

Enrolment & re-enrolment

Examination & assessment

University Accommodation Services

Directorate Student Services

Academic Skills & Learning Centre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

Other ANU student services

ANU Students Association . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28

Banks, credit union, post office & pharmacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

Undergraduate scholarships, prizes & awards

ANU College of Arts & Social Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

Principal Dates for 2009

Semester and session dates for 2009

Teaching breaks for 2009

Officers & Staff

ANU College of Arts & Social Sciences

University Officers (as at September 2008)

College General Manager

Deputy Vice-Chancellor and Vice-President

School of Archaeology and Anthropology

Pro Vice-Chancellor (Education)

Pro Vice-Chancellor (Research)

Officers for Ceremonial Occasions

School of Language Studies

Centre for Applied Philosophy & Public Ethics

Centre for Arab & Islamic Studies (Middle East

ANU College of Asia & the Pacific

Centre for Asian Societies & Histories

South Asia Centre

Southeast Asia Centre

Security Studies Program

Pacific Studies Program

ANU College of Engineering &

Mainland Southeast Asia Program

ANU College of Business & Economics

Associate Dean (Undergraduate)

College Dean and Chair

School of Accounting & Information Systems

School of Management, Marketing & International

School of Finance & Applied Statistics

ANU College of Law